Tue Mar 18 19:39:24 CET 2008

Author: trent.nelson
Date: Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
New Revision: 61536

Added:
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/ABOUT.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/ChangeLog
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Makefile.in
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/Tkinter.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/Tkinter.py.diff
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/_tkinter.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/_tkinter.c.diff
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/tkappinit.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/tkappinit.c.diff
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/BUGS-1.12.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/BUGS-2.0.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/ChangeLog
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/INSTALL-1.12.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/INSTALL-2.0.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/README-1.12.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/README-2.0.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/Tix.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/about.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/bold.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/capital.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/centerj.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/combobox.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/combobox.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/combobox.xpm.1
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/drivea.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/drivea.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/exit.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/filebox.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/filebox.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/italic.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/justify.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/leftj.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/netw.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/netw.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/optmenu.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/rightj.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/select.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/tix.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/underline.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/pman.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/Balloon.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/BtnBox.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/CmpImg.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/ComboBox.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/Control.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/NoteBook.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/OptMenu.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/PopMenu.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/SHList1.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/SHList2.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/Tree.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/tixwidgets.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/BUGS-2.1.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/BUGS.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/INSTALL.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/README.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/about.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/bold.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/capital.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/centerj.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/combobox.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/combobox.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/combobox.xpm.1
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/drivea.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/drivea.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/exit.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/filebox.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/filebox.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/italic.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/justify.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/leftj.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/netw.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/netw.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/optmenu.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/rightj.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/select.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/tix.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/underline.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/Balloon.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/BtnBox.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/CmpImg.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/ComboBox.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/Control.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/DirList.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/DirTree.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/NoteBook.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/OptMenu.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/PanedWin.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/PopMenu.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/SHList1.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/SHList2.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/Tree.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/tixwidgets.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/INSTALL-2.1.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Lib/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Lib/lib-tk/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Lib/lib-tk/Tix.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/README-2.1.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/README-2.2.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Tix.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/README.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/aclocal.m4
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/configure
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/configure.in
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/MkChoose.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/MkDirLis.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/MkSample.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/MkScroll.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/about.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/bold.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/capital.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/centerj.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/code.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/combobox.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/combobox.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/drivea.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/drivea.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/exit.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/filebox.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/filebox.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/harddisk.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/harddisk.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/italic.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/justify.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/leftj.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/netw.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/netw.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/network.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/network.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/optmenu.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/rightj.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/select.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/tix.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/underlin.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/AllSampl.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/ArrowBtn.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Balloon.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/BtnBox.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CObjView.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/ChkList.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CmpImg.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CmpImg1.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CmpImg2.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CmpImg3.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CmpImg4.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/ComboBox.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Control.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/DirDlg.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/DirList.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/DirTree.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/DragDrop.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/DynTree.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/EFileDlg.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/EditGrid.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/FileDlg.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/FileEnt.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/HList1.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/LabEntry.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/LabFrame.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/ListNBK.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Meter.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/NoteBook.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/OptMenu.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/PanedWin.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/PopMenu.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SGrid0.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SGrid1.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SHList.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SHList2.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SListBox.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/STList1.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/STList2.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/STList3.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SText.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SWindow.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Sample.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Select.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/StdBBox.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Tree.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Xpm.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Xpm1.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/tclIndex
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/tixwidgets.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/widget
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/FAQ.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/FAQ.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Files.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.0.0.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.0.1.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.0.2.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.1.0.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.1.1.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.1.2.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.1.3.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.2.0.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.4.0.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/TixBook.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/images.pl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/labels.pl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_4.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_5.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_6.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_7.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_8.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/sectionstar3_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_4.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_5.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_4_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_4_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_4_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_5_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_5_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_5_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_6_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_6_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_7_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_7_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_4.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_5.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_6.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_7.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsectionstar3_2_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsectionstar3_2_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsectionstar3_2_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_1_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_1_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_2_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_2_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_2_4.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_4.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_5.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_6.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_7.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_4.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_5.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_6.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_7.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_4.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_4.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_3_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_3_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_2_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_2_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_4.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_5.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_6.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_4.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_4.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_1_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_1_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_2_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_3_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_4_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_4_4.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_4_5.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_5_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_5_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/tableofcontents3_1.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/ARROWS.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/arrows.png   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/container/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/container/notebook.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/container/pane_add.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/container/pane_horz.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/container/pane_vert.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/container/sl-bar.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/container/sl-nobar.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/filesel/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/filesel/dirlist.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/filesel/dirtree.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/filesel/exfile.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/filesel/fb_comp.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/hierarchy.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/hierarchy.png   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/hlist/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/hlist/dirtree.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/hlist/hlist1.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/hlist/hlist_ex1.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/hlist/hlist_ex2.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/hlist/hlist_ex3.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/combo.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/ctl_noopt.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/ctl_subw.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/ctl_wopt.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/hierarchy.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/law_comp.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/lawyer.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/select-vert.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/select.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/select1.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/oop/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/oop/arrows.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tix32.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tix32.png   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/horizontal.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/joe.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/relation.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/tlist.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/twofont.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/twofont2.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/vertical.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/widgets.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/demo1.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/docview_w.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/setup0.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/setup1.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/setup2.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/setup3.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/setup5.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/setup6.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/tk42a.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/tk42b.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/license.html_lib
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/license.tcltk
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/pdf/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/pdf/TixBook.pdf
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/pdf/TixUser.pdf
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/pdf/pguide-tix4.0.pdf   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/container.tex.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/container/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/container/notebook.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/container/pane_add.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/container/pane_horz.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/container/pane_vert.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/container/sl-bar.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/container/sl-nobar.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/cover.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/filesel/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/filesel/dirlist.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/filesel/dirtree.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/filesel/exfile.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/filesel/fb_comp.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/hlist/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/hlist/dirtree.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/hlist/hlist1.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/hlist/hlist_ex1.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/hlist/hlist_ex2.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/hlist/hlist_ex3.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/ctl_noopt.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/ctl_subw.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/ctl_wopt.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/hierarchy.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/law_comp.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/lawyer.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/select-vert.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/select.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/select1.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/oop/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/oop/arrows.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/horizontal.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/joe.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/relation.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/tlist.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/twofont.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/twofont2.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/vertical.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/widgets.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/filesel.tex.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/hlist.tex.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/intro.tex.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/oop.tex.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/preface.tex.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/tix.book.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/tlist.tex.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tix.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixAppInit.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixClass.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixCmds.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixCompat.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDItem.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDef.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDiITxt.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDiImg.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDiStyle.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDiText.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDiWin.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixError.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixForm.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixForm.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixFormMisc.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGeometry.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrData.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrData.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrFmt.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrRC.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrSel.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrSort.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrUtl.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrid.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrid.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixHLCol.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixHLHdr.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixHLInd.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixHList.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixHList.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixImgCmp.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixImgXpm.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixImgXpm.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixInit.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixInputO.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixInt.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixList.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixMethod.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixNBFrame.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixOption.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixPort.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixScroll.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixSmpLs.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixTList.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixTList.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixUtils.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixWidget.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/index.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Balloon.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/BtnBox.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/CObjView.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/ChkList.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/ComboBox.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Compat.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Console.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Control.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DefSchm.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DialogS.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DirBox.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DirDlg.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DirList.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DirTree.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DragDrop.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DtlList.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/EFileBox.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/EFileDlg.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Event.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/FileBox.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/FileCbx.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/FileDlg.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/FileEnt.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/FloatEnt.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Grid.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/HList.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/HListDD.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/IconView.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Init.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/LabEntry.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/LabFrame.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/LabWidg.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/ListNBk.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Makefile
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Meter.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/MultView.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/NoteBook.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/OldUtil.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/OptMenu.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/PanedWin.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/PopMenu.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Primitiv.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/ResizeH.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SGrid.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SHList.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SListBox.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/STList.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SText.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SWidget.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SWindow.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Select.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Shell.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SimpDlg.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/StackWin.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/StatBar.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/StdBBox.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/StdShell.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/TList.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Tix.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Tree.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Utils.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/VResize.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/VStack.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/VTree.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Variable.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/WInfo.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/act_fold.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/act_fold.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/act_fold.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/balarrow.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/cbxarrow.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/ck_def.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/ck_off.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/ck_on.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/cross.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/decr.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/drop.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/file.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/file.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/file.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/folder.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/folder.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/folder.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/harddisk.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/hourglas.mask
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/hourglas.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/incr.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/info.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/info.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/maximize.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minimize.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minus.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minus.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minus.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minusarm.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minusarm.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minusarm.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/mktransgif.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/network.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/no_entry.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/no_entry.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/openfile.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/openfold.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/openfold.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/openfold.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plus.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plus.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plus.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plusarm.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plusarm.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plusarm.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/resize1.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/resize2.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/restore.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/srcfile.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/srcfile.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/srcfile.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/system.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/textfile.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/textfile.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/textfile.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/tick.xbm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/warning.gif   (contents, props changed)
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/warning.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/fs.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/10Point.fs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/10Point.fsc
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/12Point.fs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/12Point.fsc
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/14Point.fs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/14Point.fsc
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Bisque.cs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Bisque.csc
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Blue.cs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Blue.csc
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Gray.cs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Gray.csc
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Makefile
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Old12Pt.fs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Old14Pt.fs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/SGIGray.cs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/SGIGray.csc
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TK.cs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TK.csc
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TK.fs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TK.fsc
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TixGray.cs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TixGray.csc
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TkWin.cs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TkWin.csc
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TkWin.fs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TkWin.fsc
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.cs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.csc
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.fs
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.fsc
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.py
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/pkgIndex.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/tixmkpref
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/license.terms
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/GNUmakefile
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/Makefile
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/TixIntro.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/compound.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/html/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/html/.cvsignore
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/html/README.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/index.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/man.macros
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/pixmap.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tix.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixBalloon.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixButtonBox.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixCheckList.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixComboBox.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixControl.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixDestroy.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixDirList.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixDirSelectDialog.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixDirTree.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixDisplayStyle.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixExFileSelectBox.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixExFileSelectDialog.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixFileEntry.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixFileSelectBox.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixFileSelectDialog.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixForm.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixGetBoolean.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixGetInt.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixGrid.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixHList.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixInputOnly.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixLabelEntry.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixLabelFrame.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixListNoteBook.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixMeter.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixMwm.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixNBFrame.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixNoteBook.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixOptionMenu.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixPanedWindow.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixPopupMenu.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixScrolledHList.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixScrolledListBox.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixScrolledText.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixScrolledWindow.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixSelect.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixStdButtonBox.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixTList.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixTree.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixUtils.n
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixwish.1
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tclconfig/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tclconfig/README.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tclconfig/install-sh
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tclconfig/tcl.m4
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/Driver.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/Makefile.in
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/README
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/TODO.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/Test.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/all.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/auto_loaded.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/basic.test
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/class.test
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/cleanup/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/cleanup/cleanup.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/cleanup/files
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/defs.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/distyle.test
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/files
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/NoteBook.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/api.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/cmderror.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/combobox.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/dirbox.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/draw.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/event0.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/filebox.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/files
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/fs.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/labentry.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/minterp.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/mwm.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/oop.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/options.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/optmenu.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/pane.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/pkginit.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/samples.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/select.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/slistbox.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/testtmpl.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/var1.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/grid/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/grid.test
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/grid/Grid.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/grid/files
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/DirList.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/HLHdr.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/HLInd.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/HList.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/files
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/items.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl.test
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/files
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/general.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/itk.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/namesp.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/pkginit.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/scope1.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/library/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/library/CaseData.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/library/TestLib.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/library/TestLib.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/library/load-init.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/load/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/load/files
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/load/general.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/load/pkginit.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/method.test
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/namesp.test
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/option.test
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/tclIndex
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/tlist/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/tlist/TList.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/tlist/files
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/widgetTestClass1.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/2cpp.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/brace.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/comments.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/compound.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-badcol.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-badpix.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-commt.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-missline.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-ok.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-shortln.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/files
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/folder.xpm
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/xpm.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/README.html
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/README.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/hanno.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/man2html-fixindex.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/tcltrim
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/tix-man2html.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/tixindex
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/winsetup.iss
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/.cvsignore
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/README.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixDefault.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixDraw.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixInt.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixMwm.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixPort.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixWm.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixXpm.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/README.txt
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/example.vc6
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/make_pkgIndex.tcl
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/makefile.vc
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWCmpt.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinDefault.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinDraw.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinInt.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinPort.h
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinWm.c
   external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinXpm.c
Log:
Initial import of tix-8.4.2.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/ABOUT.html
==============================================================================

--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/ABOUT.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About Tix</TITLE>
+<!-- $Id: ABOUT.html,v 1.5 2001/12/09 05:23:39 idiscovery Exp $ -->
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#800000" ALINK="#800080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+
+<H2>About Tix</H2>
+
+<blockquote>
+
+    Tix, which stands for Tk Interface Extension, is an extension
+    library for Tcl/Tk. Tix adds many <a
+    href="man/html/TixCmd/TixIntro.htm"> new widgets </a>, <a
+    href="man/html/TixCmd/TixIntro.htm"> image types </a> and <a
+    href="man/html/TixCmd/TixIntro.htm"> other commands </a> that
+    allows you to create compelling Tcl/Tk-based GUI applications. <p>
+
+    The following sample screen shows some widgets provided by Tix,
+    such as such as <a href="man/html/TixCmd/tixHList.htm">Hierarchical
+    Listbox</a>, <a href="man/html/TixCmd/tixNoteBook.htm">NoteBook </a>
+    and <a href="man/html/TixCmd/tixComboBox.htm">ComboBox </a>.
+
+
+    For a list of all the features in Tix, as well as how to use Tix
+    in your applications, see the <a
+    href="man/index.html"> Tix Manual Index</a>. <p>
+
+    One advantage of Tix over other Tk widget libraries is many of the
+    Tix core widgets are implemented in native code. This enhances
+    performance and provides native look-and-feel for your
+    applications. <p>
+
+
+    Tix is open-source software. See <a
+    href="license.terms">license.terms</a> for details. <p>
+
+</blockquote>
+
+<h3>Getting more information about Tix</h3>
+
+<blockquote>   
+
+    To contact the Tix Project Group, reach your fellow Tix users,
+    submit patches or bug reports, and find a range of other
+    information, please visit our web site at <a
+    HREF="http://tix.sourceforge.net">http://tix.sourceforge.net</A>.
+
+</blockquote>
+
+<hr>
+
+<a href=index.html>Documentation Index</a><br>
+
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/ChangeLog
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/ChangeLog	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+2006-11-16  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh at ActiveState.com>
+
+	**** 8.4.2 TAGGED ****
+
+	* generic/tix.h (TIX_PATCH_LEVEL): updated to 8.4.2
+	* library/Init.tcl, README.txt, configure.in, configure:
+
+	* generic/tixInit.c, generic/tixInitScript.h: inline initScript
+	into tixInit.c, use patchlevel info for tcl_findLibrary.
+
+	* win/makefile.vc: note that this isn't actually maintained.
+
+	* Makefile.in (dist): make simple and effective dist target.
+	Changes source tarball to Tix$patchLevel-src.tar.gz.
+
+2006-11-15  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh at ActiveState.com>
+
+	**** 8.4.1 TAGGED ****
+
+	* generic/tix.h (TIX_PATCH_LEVEL): updated to 8.4.1
+	* library/Init.tcl:
+	* README.txt, configure.in, configure, tclconfig/tcl.m4:
+
+	* unix/tixUnixXpm.c: define TkPutImage to XPutImage on X11.
+
+	* generic/tixInit.c (Tix_Init): provide patchlevel version detail.
+
+2006-04-11  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh at ActiveState.com>
+
+	* win/make_pkgIndex.tcl: correctly escape \$dir.
+
+	* generic/tix.h (strcasecmp): define to _stricmp on Win32, as
+	VS2005 requires this (and that works still with VC6).
+
+2006-01-25  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh at ActiveState.com>
+
+	* configure, configure.in: update to TEA 3.5
+	* tclconfig/tcl.m4:        TEA rcs 1.89 2006/01/25 21:25:02
+
+2005-03-25  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh at ActiveState.com>
+
+	* tclconfig/tcl.m4, configure, configure.in: update to TEA 3.2
+	* generic/tixGeometry.c, generic/tixInit.c: OS X patch from Steffen
+	* generic/tixInputO.c, generic/tixPort.h:
+	* generic/tixUtils.c, generic/tixWidget.c:
+	* man/index.html, unix/tixUnixDraw.c, unix/tixUnixMwm.c:
+	* unix/tixUnixPort.h, unix/tixUnixWm.c, unix/tixUnixXpm.c:
+
+2004-12-23  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh at ActiveState.com>
+
+	**** 8.4.0 TAGGED ****
+
+	* README.txt, index.html: updated with 8.4.0 release info
+	* docs/Files.txt, docs/Release.html, docs/Release-8.4.0.txt:
+
+	* generic/tixInit.c (Tix_Init): remove USE_TIX_SAM refs
+
+	* tools/README.txt: update for removed tools
+	* tools/icon.tcl, tools/etags.tcl, tools/Makefile (removed): 
+	* tools/tixverify.tcl, tools/tclc_s.tcl (removed): 
+	* tools/makescript.tcl, tools/makebitmap.tcl (removed): 
+	* tools/doconfig.tcl, tools/domakefile.tcl (removed): 
+	* tools/doxx.tcl, tools/dosstrip.tcl (removed): removed old tools
+
+	* Makefile.in: add 'demo' makefile target
+
+	* library/Tix.tcl (tixAppContext:Constructor): init
+	tixOption(fixed_font) to Courier
+
+	* demos/tixwidgets.tcl: add 'tix initstyle', use real menus,
+	remove impotent "Manager Widgets" tab.
+
+	* docs/SAModule.txt (removed):
+	* docs/FAQ.txt, docs/FAQ.html: removed old info
+
+	* man/tix.n:
+	* library/Tix.tcl (tixAppContext:Constructor, tix initstyle): 
+	* library/Init.tcl: reintroduce the 'tixAppContext tix' removed on
+	2004-04-09 as that defines the 'tix' command.  Instead, move the
+	style initialization in that to an explicit 'tix initstyle'
+	command.  This preserves the 'tix' command as well as separation
+	of package require and use of tix style.
+
+	* library/pkgIndex.tcl (removed): this is now generated by the TEA
+	configure/makefile script.  Other makefiles not creating this need
+	to be fixed.
+
+	* tests/class.test: fix test to note updated args handling
+
+	* tests/method.test: remove dead code
+
+2004-10-08  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh at ActiveState.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (PKG_CFLAGS): removed EXTRA_CFLAGS ref
+
+2004-10-01  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh at ActiveState.com>
+
+	* generic/tk8.0/console.tcl, generic/tk8.0/tk.tcl (removed): no
+	longer relevant
+
+	* configure, configure.in, tclconfig/tcl.m4: updated to TEA 3.1
+	This corrects some unix 64-bit builds.
+
+	* README.txt, unix/README.txt, win/README.txt: updated notes to be
+	not so out of date.
+
+	* win/example.vc6, win/makefile.vc: made these more relevant, but
+	no attempt to actually test them.
+
+	* README.html, Roadmap.html (removed):            Removed lots of
+	* unix/Makefile.in, unix/aclocal.m4 (removed):    crufty build stuff
+	* unix/configure, unix/configure.in (removed):    that is no longer
+	* unix/install-sh, unix/mkIndex.tcl.in (removed): supported and/or
+	* unix/pkgIndex.tcl.in, unix/tcl.m4 (removed):    correct.
+	* unix/tixConfig.sh.in (removed):
+	* win/makefile.gnu, win/patch_win_main.tcl (removed):
+	* win/common.mak, win/example.gnu (removed):       There is only the
+	* win/example.vc5, win/makefile.bc (removed):      Tix as library
+	* win/winMain_patch.c (removed):                   now.
+	* win/rc/tixwish.ico, win/rc/tixwish.rc (removed):
+
+	* Makefile.in: set TIX_LIBRARY to $(srcdir)/library
+
+2004-04-09  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh at ActiveState.com>
+
+	* library/pref/WmDefault.tcl: improve default font sizes.
+
+	* generic/tixInit.c: lower Tix default scheme prio to 20 from 79.
+		**** POTENTIAL INCOMPATABILITY ****
+
+	* library/Event.tcl (tixEvalCmdBinding): account for the case that
+	tixAppContext has not been called.
+
+	* library/SHList.tcl (tixScrolledHList:GeometryInfo): handle case
+	that child frame isn't a true Frame.
+
+	* library/Tree.tcl: make Tree recognize HList methods and pass
+	them on accordingly.
+
+	* library/Tix.tcl (tixAppContext:Constructor): do not reset
+	certain toplevel config options (like -menu).  Remove all refs to
+	monochrome scheme settings.
+
+	* library/Init.tcl: DO NOT CALL 'tixAppContext tix' on init.
+	This means that the Tix defaults do not kick in on the package
+	require of Tix.  You must call 'tixAppContext tix' after the
+	package require to kick in Tix' defaults.
+		**** POTENTIAL INCOMPATABILITY ****
+
+2004-03-27  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh at ActiveState.com>
+
+	* win/tixWinXpm.c (TixpXpmRealizePixmap): fix unreleased DC that
+	caused palette panic on exit
+
+	* ChangeLog.txt (removed), ChangeLog (new): renamed ChangeLog to
+	editor-standard unprefixed version
+
+	* config/acinclude.m4 (removed):
+	* Makefile.in, aclocal.m4, configure, configure.in,
+	* tclconfig/* (new):
+	new TEA based build system.  This build Tix as a standard Tcl
+	extension, and does not have support for stand-alone tixwish.
+
+	* generic/tixMwm.c (removed), unix/tixUnixMwm.c (new): renamed
+	* generic/tix.h, generic/tixClass.c, generic/tixCmds.c
+	* generic/tixDItem.c, generic/tixDef.h, generic/tixDiITxt.c
+	* generic/tixDiImg.c, generic/tixDiStyle.c, generic/tixDiText.c
+	* generic/tixDiWin.c, generic/tixError.c, generic/tixForm.c
+	* generic/tixForm.h, generic/tixFormMisc.c, generic/tixGeometry.c
+	* generic/tixGrData.c, generic/tixGrFmt.c, generic/tixGrRC.c
+	* generic/tixGrSel.c, generic/tixGrSort.c, generic/tixGrUtl.c
+	* generic/tixGrid.c, generic/tixGrid.h, generic/tixHLCol.c
+	* generic/tixHLHdr.c, generic/tixHLInd.c, generic/tixHList.c
+	* generic/tixHList.h, generic/tixImgCmp.c, generic/tixImgXpm.c
+	* generic/tixInit.c, generic/tixInitScript.h, generic/tixInputO.c
+	* generic/tixInt.h, generic/tixMethod.c, generic/tixNBFrame.c
+	* generic/tixOption.c, generic/tixPort.h, generic/tixScroll.c
+	* generic/tixTList.c, generic/tixUtils.c, generic/tixWidget.c
+	* unix/tixUnixDraw.c, unix/tixUnixXpm.c
+	* win/tixWCmpt.c, win/tixWinDraw.c, win/tixWinPort.h
+	* win/tixWinXpm.c:
+	rewrite for proper CONST-ification and various code cleanup.
+
+	* library/Balloon.tcl, library/ChkList.tcl, library/ComboBox.tcl
+	* library/Compat.tcl, library/Control.tcl, library/DialogS.tcl
+	* library/DirBox.tcl, library/DirList.tcl, library/DirTree.tcl
+	* library/EFileBox.tcl, library/Event.tcl, library/FileBox.tcl
+	* library/FileCbx.tcl, library/FileEnt.tcl, library/FloatEnt.tcl
+	* library/Grid.tcl, library/HList.tcl, library/Init.tcl
+	* library/LabEntry.tcl, library/ListNBk.tcl, library/NoteBook.tcl
+	* library/OldUtil.tcl, library/PanedWin.tcl, library/PopMenu.tcl
+	* library/Primitiv.tcl, library/SHList.tcl, library/SListBox.tcl
+	* library/StackWin.tcl, library/Tix.tcl, library/Utils.tcl
+	* library/VResize.tcl, library/VStack.tcl, library/VTree.tcl
+	* library/fs.tcl, library/pkgIndex.tcl, library/pref/WmDefault.tcl:
+	Code cleanup to use newer Tcl 8.4 code features.
+	Rewrite of FS handling routines using Tcl core features.
+
+	* library/FileCmpt.tcl (removed): removed or consolidated cruft.
+	* library/FileUtil.tcl (removed):
+	* library/TAGS (removed):
+	* library/UnixFile.tcl (removed):
+	* library/Verify.tcl (removed):
+	* library/Version.tcl (removed):
+	* library/WinFile.tcl (removed):
+	* library/tclIndex (removed):
+
+	* demos/MkChoose.tcl:
+	* demos/MkDirLis.tcl:
+	* demos/tixwidgets.tcl:
+	* demos/samples/STList3.tcl: minor demo updates
+
+	* docs/Files.txt: note FS docs are out of date.
+
+	* tests/basic.test:          minor changes.  The tests likely don't
+	* tests/general/dirbox.tcl:  work right now as they have references
+	* tests/general/fs.tcl:      to a lot of old FS routines.
+	* tests/hlist/DirList.tcl:
+	* tests/library/CaseData.tcl:
+	* tests/library/TestLib.tcl:
+
+	*** Start of major revision to Tix        ***
+	*** Tcl/Tk 8.4+ compatible from here on   ***
+	*** Use older versions for earlier Tcl/Tk ***
+
+2002-01-25  Mike Clarkson  <mikeclarkson at users.sourceforge.net>
+
+	* win/: Fixed Windows makefile.vc and rc/tixwish.rc
+	
+	* Released as tix-8.2.0b3
+	
+2002-01-23  Mike Clarkson  <mikeclarkson at users.sourceforge.net>
+
+	* unix/: Fixed unix configure, configure.in and Makefile.in
+	
+	* Released as tix-8.2.0b2
+	
+2001-12-01  Mike Clarkson  <mikeclarkson at users.sourceforge.net>
+
+	* library/Tix.tcl: Restored fontsets and schemes that were 
+	missing from 8.2.0EA. Defaults to WmDefault like 8.1.3.
+
+	* tests/general/samples.tcl: Restored the 8.1.x widgets demo
+	missing from 8.2.0EA and renamed them to tixwidgets.tcl - 
+	they give a more visual overview and are used by the test suite.
+
+2001-11-21  Mike Clarkson  <mikeclarkson at users.sourceforge.net>
+
+	* library/pref/: Added WmDefault.* files, a Package for making Tix
+	   apps use the CDE/GNOME/KDE/Windows scheme.
+	* library/: Many minor bug fixes to the library files.
+	* demo/samples/: Removed font and color overrides from the demos,
+	   so that the native look and feel would be preserved.
+	* On Windows, initialize the console even if there is no script.
+	See the release notes for details of the $TIX_CONSOLE
+	* A site wide initialization file tixwishrc.tcl is now used.
+	See the release notes for details of the tixwishrc.tcl file.
+	* Removed the patches to Tkinter.py as it is now standard in Python.
+	* Released as 8.1.2.
+
+2001-01-21  Ioi K. Lam	<ioilam at users.sourceforge.net>
+	* Added new tools/tix-man2html.tcl for generating HTML version
+	  of the Tix man pages.
+	* Files in man/*.html are now auto-generated (with
+	  GNUmakefile) so they are no longer kept in the CVS tree.
+	* Renamed the man pages like HList.n to tixHList.n so that
+	  they can be easily picked up by the Unix man command (e.g.,
+	  man tixHList).
+
+2001-01-14  Ioi K. Lam	<ioilam at users.sourceforge.net>
+	* The DItem API has been changed to better separate the DItem
+	  rendering from the host widgets. Now background, highlight
+	  and anchor line rendering are all done by the DItems
+	  themselves.
+
+2001-01-11  Ioi K. Lam	<ioilam at users.sourceforge.net>
+	* Removed old4176.zip. There has been many incompatible changes
+	  that made building Tix with pre-8.0 Tcl very difficult.
+
+2001-01-08  Ioi K. Lam	<ioilam at users.sourceforge.net>
+	* Tix_LoadTclLibrary() is removed. Use tcl_findLibrary instead.
+
+2001-01-07  Ioi K. Lam	<ioilam at users.sourceforge.net>
+	* SAM support for the Tix library itself has been restored
+	  (unix only). You can use the --enable-sam option for
+	  unix/configure to include all the Tix script files in
+	  libtix.{a,so}. 
+
+	  There is no SAM support for building the TCL and TK
+	  libraries, though.
+
+	  Also, there is no libtixsam.{a,so} anymore. The Tix scripts
+	  are linked into libtix.{a,so} directly if SAM is enabled.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+2001-01-05  Ioi K. Lam	<ioilam at users.sourceforge.net>
+	* Tix 8.2.0 EA released.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------	
+2001-01-04  Ioi K. Lam	<ioilam at users.sourceforge.net>
+	* New file win/makefile.gnu for building Tix with the free
+	  Cygwin tools instead of VC++.
+	
+2001-01-03  Ioi K. Lam	<ioilam at users.sourceforge.net>
+	* Tix version changed to Tix 8.2.0.
+	
+2000-12-29  Ioi K. Lam	<ioilam at users.sourceforge.net>
+	* New "HTML-like" widget demo front-end "demos/widget", copied
+	  from Tk 8.x.
+	
+2000-12-28  Ioi K. Lam	<ioilam at users.sourceforge.net>
+	* Windows build is updated to the standard procedure defined in
+	  the Tcl Extension Architecture (TEA). Only VC++ makefile
+	  is supported in the moment.
+	* New win32 executable tixwishc81.exe uses the "DOS" console
+	  instead of the GUI TK console. This is usually better for
+	  debugging purposes during Tix core development. The old
+	  tixwish81.exe remains, without change, for end-user apps.
+	* Support for ET (Embedded Tk) is now officially removed. See
+	  notes about Stand-Alone Module (SAM) below.
+
+2000-12-26  Ioi K. Lam	<ioilam at users.sourceforge.net>
+	* !!! FEATURE REMOVED !!!
+	  The Stand-Alone Module (SAM) feature is now dropped from
+	  Tix. If you wish to package scripts inside an executable
+	  binary, use one of the "wrap" extensions (such as ProWrap)
+	  instead. The following files are removed from the
+	  repository:
+		unix/tixUnixSam.c
+		unix/samAppInit.c
+	* Namespace handling code has been updated to the Tcl 8.0+
+	  API. Therefore, the old special handling code for Itcl is no
+	  longer necessary. The following files are removed from the
+	  repository:
+		generic/tixItcl.h
+		generic/tixItcl.c
+	* Unix build is updated to the standard procedure defined in
+	  the Tcl Extension Architecture (TEA). Now there is a single
+	  configure script that builds Tix for different versions of
+	  Tcl 8.x. All the old build subdirectories such as unix/tk8.3
+	  are now removed.
+	  
+	  This new build procedure also uses the "Stubs" interface to
+	  link to Tcl and Tk. This way, the same libtix.so can be
+	  loaded into any version of wish that supports stubs.
+
+2000-12-23  Ioi K. Lam	<ioilam at users.sourceforge.net>
+	* New option -usetkdialog for tixFileEntry widget.
+	* !!! INCOMPATIBILITY !!! -scheme and -fontset options are now
+	  silently ignored in the [tix] command. This is done to achieve
+	  better native look-and-feel. Support for the -fontset and
+	  -scheme options will be reimplemented in a future version.
+	
+2000-12-16  Ioi K. Lam	<ioilam at users.sourceforge.net>
+	!!! INCOMPATIBILITY !!!
+	* [tixWidgetClass] behavior has changed in incompatible ways:
+	  (1) Tcl-style comments (prefixed by #) are no longer allowed.
+	      The second argument to [tixWidgetClass] is treated strictly
+	      as a list accepted by Tcl_SplitList().
+	  (2) the [subst] command is no longer applied on certained
+	      entries in the second argument to [tixWidgetClass]. If you
+	      want substitution to happen, use [tixWidgetClassEx] instead.
+
+======================================================================
+Log started 2000-12-16
+======================================================================

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Makefile.in
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Makefile.in	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,456 @@
+# Makefile.in --
+#
+#	This file is a Makefile for Sample TEA Extension.  If it has the name
+#	"Makefile.in" then it is a template for a Makefile;  to generate the
+#	actual Makefile, run "./configure", which is a configuration script
+#	generated by the "autoconf" program (constructs like "@foo@" will get
+#	replaced in the actual Makefile.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation.
+# Copyright 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# RCS: @(#) $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.5 2006/11/16 22:33:42 hobbs Exp $
+
+#========================================================================
+# Nothing of the variables below this line need to be changed.  Please
+# check the TARGETS section below to make sure the make targets are
+# correct.
+#========================================================================
+
+#========================================================================
+# The names of the source files is defined in the configure script.
+# The object files are used for linking into the final library.
+# This will be used when a dist target is added to the Makefile.
+# It is not important to specify the directory, as long as it is the
+# $(srcdir) or in the generic, win or unix subdirectory.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_SOURCES	= @PKG_SOURCES@
+PKG_OBJECTS	= @PKG_OBJECTS@
+
+#========================================================================
+# PKG_TCL_SOURCES identifies Tcl runtime files that are associated with
+# this package that need to be installed, if any.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_TCL_SOURCES = \
+	library/Init.tcl	library/Balloon.tcl	library/BtnBox.tcl \
+	library/CObjView.tcl	library/ChkList.tcl	library/ComboBox.tcl \
+	library/Compat.tcl	library/Console.tcl	library/Control.tcl \
+	library/DefSchm.tcl	library/DialogS.tcl	library/DirBox.tcl \
+	library/DirDlg.tcl	library/DirList.tcl	library/DirTree.tcl \
+	library/DragDrop.tcl	library/DtlList.tcl	library/EFileBox.tcl \
+	library/EFileDlg.tcl	library/Event.tcl	library/FileBox.tcl \
+	library/FileCbx.tcl	library/FileDlg.tcl \
+	library/FileEnt.tcl	library/FloatEnt.tcl	library/Grid.tcl \
+	library/HList.tcl	library/HListDD.tcl	library/IconView.tcl \
+	library/LabEntry.tcl	library/LabFrame.tcl	library/LabWidg.tcl \
+	library/ListNBk.tcl	library/Meter.tcl	library/MultView.tcl \
+	library/NoteBook.tcl	library/OldUtil.tcl	library/OptMenu.tcl \
+	library/PanedWin.tcl	library/PopMenu.tcl	library/Primitiv.tcl \
+	library/ResizeH.tcl	library/SGrid.tcl	library/SHList.tcl \
+	library/SListBox.tcl	library/STList.tcl	library/SText.tcl \
+	library/SWidget.tcl	library/SWindow.tcl	library/Select.tcl \
+	library/Shell.tcl	library/SimpDlg.tcl	library/StackWin.tcl \
+	library/StatBar.tcl	library/StdBBox.tcl	library/StdShell.tcl \
+	library/TList.tcl	library/Tix.tcl		library/Tree.tcl \
+	library/Utils.tcl	library/VResize.tcl	library/VStack.tcl \
+	library/VTree.tcl	library/Variable.tcl	\
+	library/WInfo.tcl	library/fs.tcl
+
+#========================================================================
+# This is a list of public header files to be installed, if any.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_HEADERS	= @PKG_HEADERS@
+
+PKG_EXTRA_FILES = license.terms README.txt
+
+PKG_MAN_PAGES	= 
+
+#========================================================================
+# "PKG_LIB_FILE" refers to the library (dynamic or static as per
+# configuration options) composed of the named objects.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_LIB_FILE	= @PKG_LIB_FILE@
+PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE = @PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE@
+
+lib_BINARIES	= $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
+BINARIES	= $(lib_BINARIES)
+
+SHELL		= @SHELL@
+
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+prefix		= @prefix@
+exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir		= @bindir@
+libdir		= @libdir@
+datadir		= @datadir@
+mandir		= @mandir@
+includedir	= @includedir@
+
+DESTDIR		=
+
+PKG_DIR		= $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+pkgdatadir	= $(datadir)/$(PKG_DIR)
+pkglibdir	= $(libdir)/$(PKG_DIR)
+pkgincludedir	= $(includedir)/$(PKG_DIR)
+
+top_builddir	= .
+
+INSTALL		= @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM	= @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA	= @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT	= @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+
+PACKAGE_NAME	= @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION	= @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+CC		= @CC@
+CFLAGS_DEFAULT	= @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@
+CFLAGS_WARNING	= @CFLAGS_WARNING@
+CLEANFILES	= @CLEANFILES@
+EXEEXT		= @EXEEXT@
+LDFLAGS_DEFAULT	= @LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@
+MAKE_LIB	= @MAKE_LIB@
+MAKE_SHARED_LIB	= @MAKE_SHARED_LIB@
+MAKE_STATIC_LIB	= @MAKE_STATIC_LIB@
+MAKE_STUB_LIB	= @MAKE_STUB_LIB@
+OBJEXT		= @OBJEXT@
+RANLIB		= @RANLIB@
+RANLIB_STUB	= @RANLIB_STUB@
+SHLIB_CFLAGS	= @SHLIB_CFLAGS@
+SHLIB_LD	= @SHLIB_LD@
+SHLIB_LD_FLAGS	= @SHLIB_LD_FLAGS@
+SHLIB_LD_LIBS	= @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@
+STLIB_LD	= @STLIB_LD@
+TCL_DEFS	= @TCL_DEFS@
+TCL_SRC_DIR	= @TCL_SRC_DIR@
+TCL_BIN_DIR	= @TCL_BIN_DIR@
+TK_SRC_DIR	= @TK_SRC_DIR@
+TK_BIN_DIR	= @TK_BIN_DIR@
+
+# Not used by sample, but retained for reference of what Tcl required
+TCL_LIBS	= @TCL_LIBS@
+TK_LIBS		= @TK_LIBS@
+
+#========================================================================
+# TCLLIBPATH seeds the auto_path in Tcl's init.tcl so we can test our
+# package without installing.  The other environment variables allow us
+# to test against an uninstalled Tcl.  Add special env vars that you
+# require for testing here (like TCLX_LIBRARY).
+#========================================================================
+
+EXTRA_PATH	= $(top_builddir):$(TCL_BIN_DIR):$(TK_BIN_DIR)
+TCLSH_ENV	= TCL_LIBRARY=`@CYGPATH@ $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/library` \
+		  TK_LIBRARY=`@CYGPATH@ $(TK_SRC_DIR)/library` \
+		  TIX_LIBRARY=`@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/library` \
+		  @LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@)" \
+		  PATH="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(PATH)" \
+		  TCLLIBPATH="$(top_builddir)"
+TCLSH_PROG	= @TCLSH_PROG@
+WISH_PROG	= @WISH_PROG@
+TCLSH		= $(TCLSH_ENV) $(TCLSH_PROG)
+WISH		= $(TCLSH_ENV) $(WISH_PROG)
+
+# The local includes must come first, because the TK_XINCLUDES can be
+# just a comment
+INCLUDES	= @PKG_INCLUDES@ \
+		  @TCL_INCLUDES@ @TK_INCLUDES@ @TK_XINCLUDES@
+
+PKG_CFLAGS	= @PKG_CFLAGS@
+
+DEFS		= @DEFS@ $(PKG_CFLAGS)
+
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = Makefile
+
+CPPFLAGS	= @CPPFLAGS@
+LIBS		= @PKG_LIBS@ @LIBS@
+AR		= ar
+CFLAGS		= @CFLAGS@
+COMPILE		= $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+#========================================================================
+# Start of user-definable TARGETS section
+#========================================================================
+
+#========================================================================
+# TEA TARGETS.  Please note that the "libraries:" target refers to platform
+# independent files, and the "binaries:" target inclues executable programs and
+# platform-dependent libraries.  Modify these targets so that they install
+# the various pieces of your package.  The make and install rules
+# for the BINARIES that you specified above have already been done.
+#========================================================================
+
+all: binaries libraries doc
+
+#========================================================================
+# The binaries target builds executable programs, Windows .dll's, unix
+# shared/static libraries, and any other platform-dependent files.
+# The list of targets to build for "binaries:" is specified at the top
+# of the Makefile, in the "BINARIES" variable.
+#========================================================================
+
+binaries: $(BINARIES) pkgIndex.tcl
+
+libraries:
+
+doc:
+
+install: all install-binaries install-libraries install-doc
+
+install-binaries: binaries install-lib-binaries install-bin-binaries
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) pkgIndex.tcl $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)
+	@list='$(PKG_EXTRA_FILES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \
+	    destp=`basename $$p`; \
+	    echo " Install $$destp $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+
+#========================================================================
+# This rule installs platform-independent files, such as header files.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-libraries: libraries
+
+#========================================================================
+# Install documentation.  Unix manpages should go in the $(mandir)
+# directory.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-doc: doc
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/html
+	@list='$(PKG_MAN_PAGES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+		html=`basename $$p|sed -e 's/.[^.]*$$//'`.html; \
+	  	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/doc/$$html $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/html/; \
+	done
+
+html:
+	@cd $(srcdir)/doc; \
+	list='$(PKG_MAN_PAGES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+		html=`basename $$p|sed -e 's/.[^.]*$$//'`.html; \
+		echo "Creating \"$$html\" from \"$$p\""; \
+		rm -f $$html; \
+		nroff -man $$p | rman -f HTML > $$html; \
+	done
+
+# Piping to cat is necessary on Windows to see the output, and
+# harmless on Unix
+test: binaries libraries
+	$(WISH) `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/tests/all.tcl` $(TESTFLAGS) | cat
+
+shell: binaries libraries
+	@$(WISH) $(SCRIPT)
+
+demo: binaries libraries
+	$(WISH) `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/demos/tixwidgets.tcl` $(TESTFLAGS) | cat
+
+gdb:
+	$(TCLSH_ENV) gdb $(WISH_PROG) $(SCRIPT)
+
+depend:
+
+#========================================================================
+# $(PKG_LIB_FILE) should be listed as part of the BINARIES variable
+# mentioned above.  That will ensure that this target is built when you
+# run "make binaries".
+#
+# The $(PKG_OBJECTS) objects are created and linked into the final
+# library.  In most cases these object files will correspond to the
+# source files above.
+#========================================================================
+
+$(PKG_LIB_FILE): $(PKG_OBJECTS)
+	-rm -f $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
+	${MAKE_LIB}
+	$(RANLIB) $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
+
+#========================================================================
+# In the following lines, $(srcdir) refers to the toplevel directory
+# containing your extension.  If your sources are in a subdirectory,
+# you will have to modify the paths to reflect this:
+#
+# tkpkg.$(OBJEXT): $(srcdir)/src/win/tkpkg.c
+# 	$(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/generic/tkpkg.c` -o $@
+#
+# Setting the VPATH variable to a list of paths will cause the 
+# makefile to look into these paths when resolving .c to .obj
+# dependencies.
+#========================================================================
+
+VPATH = $(srcdir):$(srcdir)/generic:$(srcdir)/unix:$(srcdir)/win
+
+.SUFFIXES: .c .$(OBJEXT)
+
+.c. at OBJEXT@:
+	$(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $<`
+
+pkgIndex.tcl:
+	(\
+	echo 'if {[catch {package require Tcl 8.4}]} return';\
+	echo 'package ifneeded $(PACKAGE_NAME) $(PACKAGE_VERSION) \
+	    [list load [file join $$dir $(PKG_LIB_FILE)] $(PACKAGE_NAME)]'\
+	) > pkgIndex.tcl
+
+#========================================================================
+# End of user-definable section
+#========================================================================
+
+#========================================================================
+# Don't modify the file to clean here.  Instead, set the "CLEANFILES"
+# variable in configure.in
+#========================================================================
+
+clean:  
+	-test -z "$(BINARIES)" || rm -f $(BINARIES)
+	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core
+	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
+
+distclean: clean
+	-rm -f *.tab.c
+	-rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -f config.cache config.log config.status
+
+#========================================================================
+# Install binary object libraries.  On Windows this includes both .dll and
+# .lib files.  Because the .lib files are not explicitly listed anywhere,
+# we need to deduce their existence from the .dll file of the same name.
+#
+# You should not have to modify this target.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-lib-binaries:
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)
+	@list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	    echo " $(RANLIB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
+	    $(RANLIB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	    ext=`echo $$p|sed -e "s/.*\.//"`; \
+	    if test "x$$ext" = "xdll"; then \
+		lib=`basename $$p|sed -e 's/.[^.]*$$//'`.lib; \
+		if test -f $$lib; then \
+		    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib"; \
+	            $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib; \
+		fi; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@echo "Installing library files to $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp";
+	@list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \
+	    destp=`basename $$p`; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@echo "Installing preference sets to $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/pref"
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/pref
+	@cp -p $(srcdir)/library/pref/*.* $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/pref/
+	@echo "Installing bitmaps to $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/bitmaps"
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/bitmaps
+	@cp -p $(srcdir)/library/bitmaps/*.* $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/bitmaps/
+
+#========================================================================
+# Install binary executables (e.g. .exe files)
+#
+# You should not have to modify this target.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-bin-binaries:
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
+	@list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+uninstall-binaries:
+	list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	done
+	list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  p=`basename $$p`; \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	done
+	list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p; \
+	done
+
+#========================================================================
+# Starkit creation - requires ActiveTcl or compatible tclsh
+# You should not have to modify this target.
+#========================================================================
+
+STARKIT_EXT	= .kit.tcl
+STARKIT_TCLSH	= $(TCLSH)
+STARKIT_BASE	= tclsh
+STARKIT		= $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(STARKIT_EXT)
+
+starkit-clean:
+	rm -f $(STARKIT)
+
+starkit: starkit-clean
+	@echo "Building $(STARKIT)"
+	(\
+	echo 'package require vfs'; \
+	echo 'package require Mk4tcl'; \
+	echo ''; \
+	echo 'set HEADER {#!/bin/sh';\
+	echo '# \\'; \
+	echo 'exec %1s "$$0" $${1+"$$@"}'; \
+	echo 'package require starkit'; \
+	echo 'starkit::header mk4 -readonly}'; \
+	echo ''; \
+	echo 'set HEADER [format "$$HEADER\n%c" [file tail [info nameofexe]] 0x1a]'; \
+	echo 'set file "$(STARKIT)"'; \
+	echo 'set fid [open $$file w]'; \
+	echo 'puts $$fid $$HEADER'; \
+	echo 'close $$fid'; \
+	echo ''; \
+	echo 'vfs::mk4::Mount $$file $$file'; \
+	echo 'file copy $(PKG_LIB_FILE) $$file/'; \
+	echo 'vfs::unmount $$file'; \
+	) | $(STARKIT_TCLSH)
+
+#========================================================================
+# Distribution creation
+# You should not have to modify this target.
+#========================================================================
+
+TAR		= tar
+#COMPRESS	= $(TAR) cvf $(PKG_DIR)-src.tar $(PKG_DIR); compress $(PKG_DIR).tar
+COMPRESS	= $(TAR) zcvf $(PKG_DIR)-src.tar.gz $(PKG_DIR)
+DIST_ROOT	= /tmp/dist
+DIST_DIR	= $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR)
+
+dist-clean:
+	rm -rf $(DIST_DIR) $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR)-src.tar.*
+
+dist: dist-clean
+	mkdir -p $(DIST_DIR)
+	cp -pr $(srcdir)/* $(DIST_DIR)/
+	chmod 664 $(DIST_DIR)/Makefile.in $(DIST_DIR)/aclocal.m4
+	chmod 775 $(DIST_DIR)/configure $(DIST_DIR)/configure.in
+
+	find $(DIST_DIR) -type d -name CVS | xargs rm -rf
+
+	(cd $(DIST_ROOT); $(COMPRESS);)
+
+.PHONY: all binaries clean depend distclean doc install libraries test
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/Tkinter.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/Tkinter.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,3142 @@
+"""Wrapper functions for Tcl/Tk.
+
+Tkinter provides classes which allow the display, positioning and
+control of widgets. Toplevel widgets are Tk and Toplevel. Other
+widgets are Frame, Label, Entry, Text, Canvas, Button, Radiobutton,
+Checkbutton, Scale, Listbox, Scrollbar, OptionMenu. Properties of the widgets are
+specified with keyword arguments.  Keyword arguments have the same
+name as the corresponding resource under Tk.
+
+Widgets are positioned with one of the geometry managers Place, Pack
+or Grid. These managers can be called with methods place, pack, grid
+available in every Widget.
+
+Actions are bound to events by resources (e.g. keyword argument command) or
+with the method bind.
+
+Example (Hello, World):
+import Tkinter
+from Tkconstants import *
+tk = Tkinter.Tk()
+frame = Tkinter.Frame(tk, relief=RIDGE, borderwidth=2)
+frame.pack(fill=BOTH,expand=1)
+label = Tkinter.Label(frame, text="Hello, World")
+label.pack(fill=X, expand=1)
+button = Tkinter.Button(frame,text="Exit",command=tk.destroy)
+button.pack(side=BOTTOM)
+tk.mainloop()
+"""
+
+__version__ = "$Revision: 1.2 $"
+
+import sys
+if sys.platform == "win32":
+    import FixTk # Attempt to configure Tcl/Tk without requiring PATH
+import _tkinter # If this fails your Python may not be configured for Tk
+tkinter = _tkinter # b/w compat for export
+TclError = _tkinter.TclError
+from types import *
+from Tkconstants import *
+import string; _string = string; del string
+try:
+    import MacOS; _MacOS = MacOS; del MacOS
+except ImportError:
+    _MacOS = None
+
+TkVersion = _string.atof(_tkinter.TK_VERSION)
+TclVersion = _string.atof(_tkinter.TCL_VERSION)
+try: TixVersion = _string.atof(_tkinter.TIX_VERSION)
+except AttributeError: TixVersion = None
+    
+READABLE = _tkinter.READABLE
+WRITABLE = _tkinter.WRITABLE
+EXCEPTION = _tkinter.EXCEPTION
+
+# These are not always defined, e.g. not on Win32 with Tk 8.0 :-(
+try: _tkinter.createfilehandler
+except AttributeError: _tkinter.createfilehandler = None
+try: _tkinter.deletefilehandler
+except AttributeError: _tkinter.deletefilehandler = None
+
+
+def _flatten(tuple):
+    """Internal function."""
+    res = ()
+    for item in tuple:
+        if type(item) in (TupleType, ListType):
+            res = res + _flatten(item)
+        elif item is not None:
+            res = res + (item,)
+    return res
+
+try: _flatten = _tkinter._flatten
+except AttributeError: pass
+
+def _cnfmerge(cnfs):
+    """Internal function."""
+    if type(cnfs) is DictionaryType:
+        return cnfs
+    elif type(cnfs) in (NoneType, StringType):
+        return cnfs
+    else:
+        cnf = {}
+        for c in _flatten(cnfs):
+            try:
+                cnf.update(c)
+            except (AttributeError, TypeError), msg:
+                print "_cnfmerge: fallback due to:", msg
+                for k, v in c.items():
+                    cnf[k] = v
+        return cnf
+
+try: _cnfmerge = _tkinter._cnfmerge
+except AttributeError: pass
+
+class Event:
+    """Container for the properties of an event.
+
+    Instances of this type are generated if one of the following events occurs:
+
+    KeyPress, KeyRelease - for keyboard events
+    ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, Motion, Enter, Leave, MouseWheel - for mouse events
+    Visibility, Unmap, Map, Expose, FocusIn, FocusOut, Circulate,
+    Colormap, Gravity, Reparent, Property, Destroy, Activate,
+    Deactivate - for window events.
+
+    If a callback function for one of these events is registered
+    using bind, bind_all, bind_class, or tag_bind, the callback is
+    called with an Event as first argument. It will have the
+    following attributes (in braces are the event types for which
+    the attribute is valid):
+
+        serial - serial number of event
+    num - mouse button pressed (ButtonPress, ButtonRelease)
+    focus - whether the window has the focus (Enter, Leave)
+    height - height of the exposed window (Configure, Expose)
+    width - width of the exposed window (Configure, Expose)
+    keycode - keycode of the pressed key (KeyPress, KeyRelease)
+    state - state of the event as a number (ButtonPress, ButtonRelease,
+                            Enter, KeyPress, KeyRelease,
+                            Leave, Motion)
+    state - state as a string (Visibility)
+    time - when the event occurred
+    x - x-position of the mouse
+    y - y-position of the mouse
+    x_root - x-position of the mouse on the screen
+             (ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, KeyPress, KeyRelease, Motion)
+    y_root - y-position of the mouse on the screen
+             (ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, KeyPress, KeyRelease, Motion)
+    char - pressed character (KeyPress, KeyRelease)
+    send_event - see X/Windows documentation
+    keysym - keysym of the the event as a string (KeyPress, KeyRelease)
+    keysym_num - keysym of the event as a number (KeyPress, KeyRelease)
+    type - type of the event as a number
+    widget - widget in which the event occurred
+    delta - delta of wheel movement (MouseWheel)
+    """
+    pass
+
+_support_default_root = 1
+_default_root = None
+
+def NoDefaultRoot():
+    """Inhibit setting of default root window.
+
+    Call this function to inhibit that the first instance of
+    Tk is used for windows without an explicit parent window.
+    """
+    global _support_default_root
+    _support_default_root = 0
+    global _default_root
+    _default_root = None
+    del _default_root
+
+def _tkerror(err):
+    """Internal function."""
+    pass
+
+def _exit(code='0'):
+    """Internal function. Calling it will throw the exception SystemExit."""
+    raise SystemExit, code
+
+_varnum = 0
+class Variable:
+    """Internal class. Base class to define value holders for e.g. buttons."""
+    _default = ""
+    def __init__(self, master=None):
+        """Construct a variable with an optional MASTER as master widget.
+        The variable is named PY_VAR_number in Tcl.
+        """
+        global _varnum
+        if not master:
+            master = _default_root
+        self._master = master
+        self._tk = master.tk
+        self._name = 'PY_VAR' + `_varnum`
+        _varnum = _varnum + 1
+        self.set(self._default)
+    def __del__(self):
+        """Unset the variable in Tcl."""
+        self._tk.globalunsetvar(self._name)
+    def __str__(self):
+        """Return the name of the variable in Tcl."""
+        return self._name
+    def set(self, value):
+        """Set the variable to VALUE."""
+        return self._tk.globalsetvar(self._name, value)
+    def trace_variable(self, mode, callback):
+        """Define a trace callback for the variable.
+
+        MODE is one of "r", "w", "u" for read, write, undefine.
+        CALLBACK must be a function which is called when
+        the variable is read, written or undefined.
+
+        Return the name of the callback.
+        """
+        cbname = self._master._register(callback)
+        self._tk.call("trace", "variable", self._name, mode, cbname)
+        return cbname
+    trace = trace_variable
+    def trace_vdelete(self, mode, cbname):
+        """Delete the trace callback for a variable.
+
+        MODE is one of "r", "w", "u" for read, write, undefine.
+        CBNAME is the name of the callback returned from trace_variable or trace.
+        """
+        self._tk.call("trace", "vdelete", self._name, mode, cbname)
+        self._master.deletecommand(cbname)
+    def trace_vinfo(self):
+        """Return all trace callback information."""
+        return map(self._tk.split, self._tk.splitlist(
+            self._tk.call("trace", "vinfo", self._name)))
+
+class StringVar(Variable):
+    """Value holder for strings variables."""
+    _default = ""
+    def __init__(self, master=None):
+        """Construct a string variable.
+
+        MASTER can be given as master widget."""
+        Variable.__init__(self, master)
+
+    def get(self):
+        """Return value of variable as string."""
+        return self._tk.globalgetvar(self._name)
+
+class IntVar(Variable):
+    """Value holder for integer variables."""
+    _default = 0
+    def __init__(self, master=None):
+        """Construct an integer variable.
+
+        MASTER can be given as master widget."""
+        Variable.__init__(self, master)
+
+    def get(self):
+        """Return the value of the variable as an integer."""
+        return getint(self._tk.globalgetvar(self._name))
+
+class DoubleVar(Variable):
+    """Value holder for float variables."""
+    _default = 0.0
+    def __init__(self, master=None):
+        """Construct a float variable.
+
+        MASTER can be given as a master widget."""
+        Variable.__init__(self, master)
+
+    def get(self):
+        """Return the value of the variable as a float."""
+        return getdouble(self._tk.globalgetvar(self._name))
+
+class BooleanVar(Variable):
+    """Value holder for boolean variables."""
+    _default = "false"
+    def __init__(self, master=None):
+        """Construct a boolean variable.
+
+        MASTER can be given as a master widget."""
+        Variable.__init__(self, master)
+
+    def get(self):
+        """Return the value of the variable as 0 or 1."""
+        return self._tk.getboolean(self._tk.globalgetvar(self._name))
+
+def mainloop(n=0):
+    """Run the main loop of Tcl."""
+    _default_root.tk.mainloop(n)
+
+getint = int
+
+getdouble = float
+
+def getboolean(s):
+    """Convert true and false to integer values 1 and 0."""
+    return _default_root.tk.getboolean(s)
+
+# Methods defined on both toplevel and interior widgets
+class Misc:
+    """Internal class.
+
+    Base class which defines methods common for interior widgets."""
+
+    # XXX font command?
+    _tclCommands = None
+    def destroy(self):
+        """Internal function.
+
+        Delete all Tcl commands created for
+        this widget in the Tcl interpreter."""
+        if self._tclCommands is not None:
+            for name in self._tclCommands:
+                #print '- Tkinter: deleted command', name
+                self.tk.deletecommand(name)
+            self._tclCommands = None
+    def deletecommand(self, name):
+        """Internal function.
+
+        Delete the Tcl command provided in NAME."""
+        #print '- Tkinter: deleted command', name
+        self.tk.deletecommand(name)
+        try:
+            self._tclCommands.remove(name)
+        except ValueError:
+            pass
+    def tk_strictMotif(self, boolean=None):
+        """Set Tcl internal variable, whether the look and feel
+        should adhere to Motif.
+
+        A parameter of 1 means adhere to Motif (e.g. no color
+        change if mouse passes over slider).
+        Returns the set value."""
+        return self.tk.getboolean(self.tk.call(
+            'set', 'tk_strictMotif', boolean))
+    def tk_bisque(self):
+        """Change the color scheme to light brown as used in Tk 3.6 and before."""
+        self.tk.call('tk_bisque')
+    def tk_setPalette(self, *args, **kw):
+        """Set a new color scheme for all widget elements.
+
+        A single color as argument will cause that all colors of Tk
+        widget elements are derived from this.
+        Alternatively several keyword parameters and its associated
+        colors can be given. The following keywords are valid:
+        activeBackground, foreground, selectColor,
+        activeForeground, highlightBackground, selectBackground,
+        background, highlightColor, selectForeground,
+        disabledForeground, insertBackground, troughColor."""
+        self.tk.call(('tk_setPalette',)
+              + _flatten(args) + _flatten(kw.items()))
+    def tk_menuBar(self, *args):
+        """Do not use. Needed in Tk 3.6 and earlier."""
+        pass # obsolete since Tk 4.0
+    def wait_variable(self, name='PY_VAR'):
+        """Wait until the variable is modified.
+
+        A parameter of type IntVar, StringVar, DoubleVar or
+        BooleanVar must be given."""
+        self.tk.call('tkwait', 'variable', name)
+    waitvar = wait_variable # XXX b/w compat
+    def wait_window(self, window=None):
+        """Wait until a WIDGET is destroyed.
+
+        If no parameter is given self is used."""
+        if window == None:
+            window = self
+        self.tk.call('tkwait', 'window', window._w)
+    def wait_visibility(self, window=None):
+        """Wait until the visibility of a WIDGET changes
+        (e.g. it appears).
+
+        If no parameter is given self is used."""
+        if window == None:
+            window = self
+        self.tk.call('tkwait', 'visibility', window._w)
+    def setvar(self, name='PY_VAR', value='1'):
+        """Set Tcl variable NAME to VALUE."""
+        self.tk.setvar(name, value)
+    def getvar(self, name='PY_VAR'):
+        """Return value of Tcl variable NAME."""
+        return self.tk.getvar(name)
+    getint = int
+    getdouble = float
+    def getboolean(self, s):
+        """Return 0 or 1 for Tcl boolean values true and false given as parameter."""
+        return self.tk.getboolean(s)
+    def focus_set(self):
+        """Direct input focus to this widget.
+
+        If the application currently does not have the focus
+        this widget will get the focus if the application gets
+        the focus through the window manager."""
+        self.tk.call('focus', self._w)
+    focus = focus_set # XXX b/w compat?
+    def focus_force(self):
+        """Direct input focus to this widget even if the
+        application does not have the focus. Use with
+        caution!"""
+        self.tk.call('focus', '-force', self._w)
+    def focus_get(self):
+        """Return the widget which has currently the focus in the
+        application.
+
+        Use focus_displayof to allow working with several
+        displays. Return None if application does not have
+        the focus."""
+        name = self.tk.call('focus')
+        if name == 'none' or not name: return None
+        return self._nametowidget(name)
+    def focus_displayof(self):
+        """Return the widget which has currently the focus on the
+        display where this widget is located.
+
+        Return None if the application does not have the focus."""
+        name = self.tk.call('focus', '-displayof', self._w)
+        if name == 'none' or not name: return None
+        return self._nametowidget(name)
+    def focus_lastfor(self):
+        """Return the widget which would have the focus if top level
+        for this widget gets the focus from the window manager."""
+        name = self.tk.call('focus', '-lastfor', self._w)
+        if name == 'none' or not name: return None
+        return self._nametowidget(name)
+    def tk_focusFollowsMouse(self):
+        """The widget under mouse will get automatically focus. Can not
+        be disabled easily."""
+        self.tk.call('tk_focusFollowsMouse')
+    def tk_focusNext(self):
+        """Return the next widget in the focus order which follows
+        widget which has currently the focus.
+
+        The focus order first goes to the next child, then to
+        the children of the child recursively and then to the
+        next sibling which is higher in the stacking order.  A
+        widget is omitted if it has the takefocus resource set
+        to 0."""
+        name = self.tk.call('tk_focusNext', self._w)
+        if not name: return None
+        return self._nametowidget(name)
+    def tk_focusPrev(self):
+        """Return previous widget in the focus order. See tk_focusNext for details."""
+        name = self.tk.call('tk_focusPrev', self._w)
+        if not name: return None
+        return self._nametowidget(name)
+    def after(self, ms, func=None, *args):
+        """Call function once after given time.
+
+        MS specifies the time in milliseconds. FUNC gives the
+        function which shall be called. Additional parameters
+        are given as parameters to the function call.  Return
+        identifier to cancel scheduling with after_cancel."""
+        if not func:
+            # I'd rather use time.sleep(ms*0.001)
+            self.tk.call('after', ms)
+        else:
+            # XXX Disgusting hack to clean up after calling func
+            tmp = []
+            def callit(func=func, args=args, self=self, tmp=tmp):
+                try:
+                    apply(func, args)
+                finally:
+                    try:
+                        self.deletecommand(tmp[0])
+                    except TclError:
+                        pass
+            name = self._register(callit)
+            tmp.append(name)
+            return self.tk.call('after', ms, name)
+    def after_idle(self, func, *args):
+        """Call FUNC once if the Tcl main loop has no event to
+        process.
+
+        Return an identifier to cancel the scheduling with
+        after_cancel."""
+        return apply(self.after, ('idle', func) + args)
+    def after_cancel(self, id):
+        """Cancel scheduling of function identified with ID.
+
+        Identifier returned by after or after_idle must be
+        given as first parameter."""
+        self.tk.call('after', 'cancel', id)
+    def bell(self, displayof=0):
+        """Ring a display's bell."""
+        self.tk.call(('bell',) + self._displayof(displayof))
+    # Clipboard handling:
+    def clipboard_clear(self, **kw):
+        """Clear the data in the Tk clipboard.
+
+        A widget specified for the optional displayof keyword
+        argument specifies the target display."""
+        if not kw.has_key('displayof'): kw['displayof'] = self._w
+        self.tk.call(('clipboard', 'clear') + self._options(kw))
+    def clipboard_append(self, string, **kw):
+        """Append STRING to the Tk clipboard.
+
+        A widget specified at the optional displayof keyword
+        argument specifies the target display. The clipboard
+        can be retrieved with selection_get."""
+        if not kw.has_key('displayof'): kw['displayof'] = self._w
+        self.tk.call(('clipboard', 'append') + self._options(kw)
+              + ('--', string))
+    # XXX grab current w/o window argument
+    def grab_current(self):
+        """Return widget which has currently the grab in this application
+        or None."""
+        name = self.tk.call('grab', 'current', self._w)
+        if not name: return None
+        return self._nametowidget(name)
+    def grab_release(self):
+        """Release grab for this widget if currently set."""
+        self.tk.call('grab', 'release', self._w)
+    def grab_set(self):
+        """Set grab for this widget.
+
+        A grab directs all events to this and descendant
+        widgets in the application."""
+        self.tk.call('grab', 'set', self._w)
+    def grab_set_global(self):
+        """Set global grab for this widget.
+
+        A global grab directs all events to this and
+        descendant widgets on the display. Use with caution -
+        other applications do not get events anymore."""
+        self.tk.call('grab', 'set', '-global', self._w)
+    def grab_status(self):
+        """Return None, "local" or "global" if this widget has
+        no, a local or a global grab."""
+        status = self.tk.call('grab', 'status', self._w)
+        if status == 'none': status = None
+        return status
+    def lower(self, belowThis=None):
+        """Lower this widget in the stacking order."""
+        self.tk.call('lower', self._w, belowThis)
+    def option_add(self, pattern, value, priority = None):
+        """Set a VALUE (second parameter) for an option
+        PATTERN (first parameter).
+
+        An optional third parameter gives the numeric priority
+        (defaults to 80)."""
+        self.tk.call('option', 'add', pattern, value, priority)
+    def option_clear(self):
+        """Clear the option database.
+
+        It will be reloaded if option_add is called."""
+        self.tk.call('option', 'clear')
+    def option_get(self, name, className):
+        """Return the value for an option NAME for this widget
+        with CLASSNAME.
+
+        Values with higher priority override lower values."""
+        return self.tk.call('option', 'get', self._w, name, className)
+    def option_readfile(self, fileName, priority = None):
+        """Read file FILENAME into the option database.
+
+        An optional second parameter gives the numeric
+        priority."""
+        self.tk.call('option', 'readfile', fileName, priority)
+    def selection_clear(self, **kw):
+        """Clear the current X selection."""
+        if not kw.has_key('displayof'): kw['displayof'] = self._w
+        self.tk.call(('selection', 'clear') + self._options(kw))
+    def selection_get(self, **kw):
+        """Return the contents of the current X selection.
+
+        A keyword parameter selection specifies the name of
+        the selection and defaults to PRIMARY.  A keyword
+        parameter displayof specifies a widget on the display
+        to use."""
+        if not kw.has_key('displayof'): kw['displayof'] = self._w
+        return self.tk.call(('selection', 'get') + self._options(kw))
+    def selection_handle(self, command, **kw):
+        """Specify a function COMMAND to call if the X
+        selection owned by this widget is queried by another
+        application.
+
+        This function must return the contents of the
+        selection. The function will be called with the
+        arguments OFFSET and LENGTH which allows the chunking
+        of very long selections. The following keyword
+        parameters can be provided:
+        selection - name of the selection (default PRIMARY),
+        type - type of the selection (e.g. STRING, FILE_NAME)."""
+        name = self._register(command)
+        self.tk.call(('selection', 'handle') + self._options(kw)
+              + (self._w, name))
+    def selection_own(self, **kw):
+        """Become owner of X selection.
+
+        A keyword parameter selection specifies the name of
+        the selection (default PRIMARY)."""
+        self.tk.call(('selection', 'own') +
+                 self._options(kw) + (self._w,))
+    def selection_own_get(self, **kw):
+        """Return owner of X selection.
+
+        The following keyword parameter can
+        be provided:
+        selection - name of the selection (default PRIMARY),
+        type - type of the selection (e.g. STRING, FILE_NAME)."""
+        if not kw.has_key('displayof'): kw['displayof'] = self._w
+        name = self.tk.call(('selection', 'own') + self._options(kw))
+        if not name: return None
+        return self._nametowidget(name)
+    def send(self, interp, cmd, *args):
+        """Send Tcl command CMD to different interpreter INTERP to be executed."""
+        return self.tk.call(('send', interp, cmd) + args)
+    def lower(self, belowThis=None):
+        """Lower this widget in the stacking order."""
+        self.tk.call('lower', self._w, belowThis)
+    def tkraise(self, aboveThis=None):
+        """Raise this widget in the stacking order."""
+        self.tk.call('raise', self._w, aboveThis)
+    lift = tkraise
+    def colormodel(self, value=None):
+        """Useless. Not implemented in Tk."""
+        return self.tk.call('tk', 'colormodel', self._w, value)
+    def winfo_atom(self, name, displayof=0):
+        """Return integer which represents atom NAME."""
+        args = ('winfo', 'atom') + self._displayof(displayof) + (name,)
+        return getint(self.tk.call(args))
+    def winfo_atomname(self, id, displayof=0):
+        """Return name of atom with identifier ID."""
+        args = ('winfo', 'atomname') \
+               + self._displayof(displayof) + (id,)
+        return self.tk.call(args)
+    def winfo_cells(self):
+        """Return number of cells in the colormap for this widget."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'cells', self._w))
+    def winfo_children(self):
+        """Return a list of all widgets which are children of this widget."""
+        return map(self._nametowidget,
+               self.tk.splitlist(self.tk.call(
+                   'winfo', 'children', self._w)))
+    def winfo_class(self):
+        """Return window class name of this widget."""
+        return self.tk.call('winfo', 'class', self._w)
+    def winfo_colormapfull(self):
+        """Return true if at the last color request the colormap was full."""
+        return self.tk.getboolean(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'colormapfull', self._w))
+    def winfo_containing(self, rootX, rootY, displayof=0):
+        """Return the widget which is at the root coordinates ROOTX, ROOTY."""
+        args = ('winfo', 'containing') \
+               + self._displayof(displayof) + (rootX, rootY)
+        name = self.tk.call(args)
+        if not name: return None
+        return self._nametowidget(name)
+    def winfo_depth(self):
+        """Return the number of bits per pixel."""
+        return getint(self.tk.call('winfo', 'depth', self._w))
+    def winfo_exists(self):
+        """Return true if this widget exists."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'exists', self._w))
+    def winfo_fpixels(self, number):
+        """Return the number of pixels for the given distance NUMBER
+        (e.g. "3c") as float."""
+        return getdouble(self.tk.call(
+            'winfo', 'fpixels', self._w, number))
+    def winfo_geometry(self):
+        """Return geometry string for this widget in the form "widthxheight+X+Y"."""
+        return self.tk.call('winfo', 'geometry', self._w)
+    def winfo_height(self):
+        """Return height of this widget."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'height', self._w))
+    def winfo_id(self):
+        """Return identifier ID for this widget."""
+        return self.tk.getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'id', self._w))
+    def winfo_interps(self, displayof=0):
+        """Return the name of all Tcl interpreters for this display."""
+        args = ('winfo', 'interps') + self._displayof(displayof)
+        return self.tk.splitlist(self.tk.call(args))
+    def winfo_ismapped(self):
+        """Return true if this widget is mapped."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'ismapped', self._w))
+    def winfo_manager(self):
+        """Return the window mananger name for this widget."""
+        return self.tk.call('winfo', 'manager', self._w)
+    def winfo_name(self):
+        """Return the name of this widget."""
+        return self.tk.call('winfo', 'name', self._w)
+    def winfo_parent(self):
+        """Return the name of the parent of this widget."""
+        return self.tk.call('winfo', 'parent', self._w)
+    def winfo_pathname(self, id, displayof=0):
+        """Return the pathname of the widget given by ID."""
+        args = ('winfo', 'pathname') \
+               + self._displayof(displayof) + (id,)
+        return self.tk.call(args)
+    def winfo_pixels(self, number):
+        """Rounded integer value of winfo_fpixels."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'pixels', self._w, number))
+    def winfo_pointerx(self):
+        """Return the x coordinate of the pointer on the root window."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'pointerx', self._w))
+    def winfo_pointerxy(self):
+        """Return a tuple of x and y coordinates of the pointer on the root window."""
+        return self._getints(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'pointerxy', self._w))
+    def winfo_pointery(self):
+        """Return the y coordinate of the pointer on the root window."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'pointery', self._w))
+    def winfo_reqheight(self):
+        """Return requested height of this widget."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'reqheight', self._w))
+    def winfo_reqwidth(self):
+        """Return requested width of this widget."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'reqwidth', self._w))
+    def winfo_rgb(self, color):
+        """Return tuple of decimal values for red, green, blue for
+        COLOR in this widget."""
+        return self._getints(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'rgb', self._w, color))
+    def winfo_rootx(self):
+        """Return x coordinate of upper left corner of this widget on the
+        root window."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'rootx', self._w))
+    def winfo_rooty(self):
+        """Return y coordinate of upper left corner of this widget on the
+        root window."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'rooty', self._w))
+    def winfo_screen(self):
+        """Return the screen name of this widget."""
+        return self.tk.call('winfo', 'screen', self._w)
+    def winfo_screencells(self):
+        """Return the number of the cells in the colormap of the screen
+        of this widget."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'screencells', self._w))
+    def winfo_screendepth(self):
+        """Return the number of bits per pixel of the root window of the
+        screen of this widget."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'screendepth', self._w))
+    def winfo_screenheight(self):
+        """Return the number of pixels of the height of the screen of this widget
+        in pixel."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'screenheight', self._w))
+    def winfo_screenmmheight(self):
+        """Return the number of pixels of the height of the screen of
+        this widget in mm."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'screenmmheight', self._w))
+    def winfo_screenmmwidth(self):
+        """Return the number of pixels of the width of the screen of
+        this widget in mm."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'screenmmwidth', self._w))
+    def winfo_screenvisual(self):
+        """Return one of the strings directcolor, grayscale, pseudocolor,
+        staticcolor, staticgray, or truecolor for the default
+        colormodel of this screen."""
+        return self.tk.call('winfo', 'screenvisual', self._w)
+    def winfo_screenwidth(self):
+        """Return the number of pixels of the width of the screen of
+        this widget in pixel."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'screenwidth', self._w))
+    def winfo_server(self):
+        """Return information of the X-Server of the screen of this widget in
+        the form "XmajorRminor vendor vendorVersion"."""
+        return self.tk.call('winfo', 'server', self._w)
+    def winfo_toplevel(self):
+        """Return the toplevel widget of this widget."""
+        return self._nametowidget(self.tk.call(
+            'winfo', 'toplevel', self._w))
+    def winfo_viewable(self):
+        """Return true if the widget and all its higher ancestors are mapped."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'viewable', self._w))
+    def winfo_visual(self):
+        """Return one of the strings directcolor, grayscale, pseudocolor,
+        staticcolor, staticgray, or truecolor for the
+        colormodel of this widget."""
+        return self.tk.call('winfo', 'visual', self._w)
+    def winfo_visualid(self):
+        """Return the X identifier for the visual for this widget."""
+        return self.tk.call('winfo', 'visualid', self._w)
+    def winfo_visualsavailable(self, includeids=0):
+        """Return a list of all visuals available for the screen
+        of this widget.
+
+        Each item in the list consists of a visual name (see winfo_visual), a
+        depth and if INCLUDEIDS=1 is given also the X identifier."""
+        data = self.tk.split(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'visualsavailable', self._w,
+                     includeids and 'includeids' or None))
+        if type(data) is StringType:
+            data = [self.tk.split(data)]
+        return map(self.__winfo_parseitem, data)
+    def __winfo_parseitem(self, t):
+        """Internal function."""
+        return t[:1] + tuple(map(self.__winfo_getint, t[1:]))
+    def __winfo_getint(self, x):
+        """Internal function."""
+        return _string.atoi(x, 0)
+    def winfo_vrootheight(self):
+        """Return the height of the virtual root window associated with this
+        widget in pixels. If there is no virtual root window return the
+        height of the screen."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'vrootheight', self._w))
+    def winfo_vrootwidth(self):
+        """Return the width of the virtual root window associated with this
+        widget in pixel. If there is no virtual root window return the
+        width of the screen."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'vrootwidth', self._w))
+    def winfo_vrootx(self):
+        """Return the x offset of the virtual root relative to the root
+        window of the screen of this widget."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'vrootx', self._w))
+    def winfo_vrooty(self):
+        """Return the y offset of the virtual root relative to the root
+        window of the screen of this widget."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'vrooty', self._w))
+    def winfo_width(self):
+        """Return the width of this widget."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'width', self._w))
+    def winfo_x(self):
+        """Return the x coordinate of the upper left corner of this widget
+        in the parent."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'x', self._w))
+    def winfo_y(self):
+        """Return the y coordinate of the upper left corner of this widget
+        in the parent."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('winfo', 'y', self._w))
+    def update(self):
+        """Enter event loop until all pending events have been processed by Tcl."""
+        self.tk.call('update')
+    def update_idletasks(self):
+        """Enter event loop until all idle callbacks have been called. This
+        will update the display of windows but not process events caused by
+        the user."""
+        self.tk.call('update', 'idletasks')
+    def bindtags(self, tagList=None):
+        """Set or get the list of bindtags for this widget.
+
+        With no argument return the list of all bindtags associated with
+        this widget. With a list of strings as argument the bindtags are
+        set to this list. The bindtags determine in which order events are
+        processed (see bind)."""
+        if tagList is None:
+            return self.tk.splitlist(
+                self.tk.call('bindtags', self._w))
+        else:
+            self.tk.call('bindtags', self._w, tagList)
+    def _bind(self, what, sequence, func, add, needcleanup=1):
+        """Internal function."""
+        if type(func) is StringType:
+            self.tk.call(what + (sequence, func))
+        elif func:
+            funcid = self._register(func, self._substitute,
+                        needcleanup)
+            cmd = ('%sif {"[%s %s]" == "break"} break\n'
+                   %
+                   (add and '+' or '',
+                funcid,
+                _string.join(self._subst_format)))
+            self.tk.call(what + (sequence, cmd))
+            return funcid
+        elif sequence:
+            return self.tk.call(what + (sequence,))
+        else:
+            return self.tk.splitlist(self.tk.call(what))
+    def bind(self, sequence=None, func=None, add=None):
+        """Bind to this widget at event SEQUENCE a call to function FUNC.
+
+        SEQUENCE is a string of concatenated event
+        patterns. An event pattern is of the form
+        <MODIFIER-MODIFIER-TYPE-DETAIL> where MODIFIER is one
+        of Control, Mod2, M2, Shift, Mod3, M3, Lock, Mod4, M4,
+        Button1, B1, Mod5, M5 Button2, B2, Meta, M, Button3,
+        B3, Alt, Button4, B4, Double, Button5, B5 Triple,
+        Mod1, M1. TYPE is one of Activate, Enter, Map,
+        ButtonPress, Button, Expose, Motion, ButtonRelease
+        FocusIn, MouseWheel, Circulate, FocusOut, Property,
+        Colormap, Gravity Reparent, Configure, KeyPress, Key,
+        Unmap, Deactivate, KeyRelease Visibility, Destroy,
+        Leave and DETAIL is the button number for ButtonPress,
+        ButtonRelease and DETAIL is the Keysym for KeyPress and
+        KeyRelease. Examples are
+        <Control-Button-1> for pressing Control and mouse button 1 or
+        <Alt-A> for pressing A and the Alt key (KeyPress can be omitted).
+        An event pattern can also be a virtual event of the form
+        <<AString>> where AString can be arbitrary. This
+        event can be generated by event_generate.
+        If events are concatenated they must appear shortly
+        after each other.
+
+        FUNC will be called if the event sequence occurs with an
+        instance of Event as argument. If the return value of FUNC is
+        "break" no further bound function is invoked.
+
+        An additional boolean parameter ADD specifies whether FUNC will
+        be called additionally to the other bound function or whether
+        it will replace the previous function.
+
+        Bind will return an identifier to allow deletion of the bound function with
+        unbind without memory leak.
+
+        If FUNC or SEQUENCE is omitted the bound function or list
+        of bound events are returned."""
+
+        return self._bind(('bind', self._w), sequence, func, add)
+    def unbind(self, sequence, funcid=None):
+        """Unbind for this widget for event SEQUENCE  the
+        function identified with FUNCID."""
+        self.tk.call('bind', self._w, sequence, '')
+        if funcid:
+            self.deletecommand(funcid)
+    def bind_all(self, sequence=None, func=None, add=None):
+        """Bind to all widgets at an event SEQUENCE a call to function FUNC.
+        An additional boolean parameter ADD specifies whether FUNC will
+        be called additionally to the other bound function or whether
+        it will replace the previous function. See bind for the return value."""
+        return self._bind(('bind', 'all'), sequence, func, add, 0)
+    def unbind_all(self, sequence):
+        """Unbind for all widgets for event SEQUENCE all functions."""
+        self.tk.call('bind', 'all' , sequence, '')
+    def bind_class(self, className, sequence=None, func=None, add=None):
+
+        """Bind to widgets with bindtag CLASSNAME at event
+        SEQUENCE a call of function FUNC. An additional
+        boolean parameter ADD specifies whether FUNC will be
+        called additionally to the other bound function or
+        whether it will replace the previous function. See bind for
+        the return value."""
+
+        return self._bind(('bind', className), sequence, func, add, 0)
+    def unbind_class(self, className, sequence):
+        """Unbind for a all widgets with bindtag CLASSNAME for event SEQUENCE
+        all functions."""
+        self.tk.call('bind', className , sequence, '')
+    def mainloop(self, n=0):
+        """Call the mainloop of Tk."""
+        self.tk.mainloop(n)
+    def quit(self):
+        """Quit the Tcl interpreter. All widgets will be destroyed."""
+        self.tk.quit()
+    def _getints(self, string):
+        """Internal function."""
+        if string:
+            return tuple(map(getint, self.tk.splitlist(string)))
+    def _getdoubles(self, string):
+        """Internal function."""
+        if string:
+            return tuple(map(getdouble, self.tk.splitlist(string)))
+    def _getboolean(self, string):
+        """Internal function."""
+        if string:
+            return self.tk.getboolean(string)
+    def _displayof(self, displayof):
+        """Internal function."""
+        if displayof:
+            return ('-displayof', displayof)
+        if displayof is None:
+            return ('-displayof', self._w)
+        return ()
+    def _options(self, cnf, kw = None):
+        """Internal function."""
+        if kw:
+            cnf = _cnfmerge((cnf, kw))
+        else:
+            cnf = _cnfmerge(cnf)
+        res = ()
+        for k, v in cnf.items():
+            if v is not None:
+                if k[-1] == '_': k = k[:-1]
+                if callable(v):
+                    v = self._register(v)
+                res = res + ('-'+k, v)
+        return res
+    def nametowidget(self, name):
+        """Return the Tkinter instance of a widget identified by
+        its Tcl name NAME."""
+        w = self
+        if name[0] == '.':
+            w = w._root()
+            name = name[1:]
+        find = _string.find
+        while name:
+            i = find(name, '.')
+            if i >= 0:
+                name, tail = name[:i], name[i+1:]
+            else:
+                tail = ''
+            w = w.children[name]
+            name = tail
+        return w
+    _nametowidget = nametowidget
+    def _register(self, func, subst=None, needcleanup=1):
+        """Return a newly created Tcl function. If this
+        function is called, the Python function FUNC will
+        be executed. An optional function SUBST can
+        be given which will be executed before FUNC."""
+        f = CallWrapper(func, subst, self).__call__
+        name = `id(f)`
+        try:
+            func = func.im_func
+        except AttributeError:
+            pass
+        try:
+            name = name + func.__name__
+        except AttributeError:
+            pass
+        self.tk.createcommand(name, f)
+        if needcleanup:
+            if self._tclCommands is None:
+                self._tclCommands = []
+            self._tclCommands.append(name)
+        #print '+ Tkinter created command', name
+        return name
+    register = _register
+    def _root(self):
+        """Internal function."""
+        w = self
+        while w.master: w = w.master
+        return w
+    _subst_format = ('%#', '%b', '%f', '%h', '%k',
+             '%s', '%t', '%w', '%x', '%y',
+             '%A', '%E', '%K', '%N', '%W', '%T', '%X', '%Y', '%D')
+    def _substitute(self, *args):
+        """Internal function."""
+        if len(args) != len(self._subst_format): return args
+        getboolean = self.tk.getboolean
+        getint = int
+        nsign, b, f, h, k, s, t, w, x, y, A, E, K, N, W, T, X, Y, D = args
+        # Missing: (a, c, d, m, o, v, B, R)
+        e = Event()
+        e.serial = getint(nsign)
+        e.num = getint(b)
+        try: e.focus = getboolean(f)
+        except TclError: pass
+        e.height = getint(h)
+        e.keycode = getint(k)
+        # For Visibility events, event state is a string and
+        # not an integer:
+        try:
+            e.state = getint(s)
+        except ValueError:
+            e.state = s
+        e.time = getint(t)
+        e.width = getint(w)
+        e.x = getint(x)
+        e.y = getint(y)
+        e.char = A
+        try: e.send_event = getboolean(E)
+        except TclError: pass
+        e.keysym = K
+        e.keysym_num = getint(N)
+        e.type = T
+        try:
+            e.widget = self._nametowidget(W)
+        except KeyError:
+            e.widget = W
+        e.x_root = getint(X)
+        e.y_root = getint(Y)
+        try:
+            e.delta = getint(D)
+        except ValueError:
+            e.delta = 0
+        return (e,)
+    def _report_exception(self):
+        """Internal function."""
+        import sys
+        exc, val, tb = sys.exc_type, sys.exc_value, sys.exc_traceback
+        root = self._root()
+        root.report_callback_exception(exc, val, tb)
+    # These used to be defined in Widget:
+    def configure(self, cnf=None, **kw):
+        """Configure resources of a widget.
+
+        The values for resources are specified as keyword
+        arguments. To get an overview about
+        the allowed keyword arguments call the method keys.
+        """
+        # XXX ought to generalize this so tag_config etc. can use it
+        if kw:
+            cnf = _cnfmerge((cnf, kw))
+        elif cnf:
+            cnf = _cnfmerge(cnf)
+        if cnf is None:
+            cnf = {}
+            for x in self.tk.split(
+                self.tk.call(self._w, 'configure')):
+                cnf[x[0][1:]] = (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+            return cnf
+        if type(cnf) is StringType:
+            x = self.tk.split(self.tk.call(
+                self._w, 'configure', '-'+cnf))
+            return (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'configure')
+              + self._options(cnf))
+    config = configure
+    def cget(self, key):
+        """Return the resource value for a KEY given as string."""
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'cget', '-' + key)
+    __getitem__ = cget
+    def __setitem__(self, key, value):
+        self.configure({key: value})
+    def keys(self):
+        """Return a list of all resource names of this widget."""
+        return map(lambda x: x[0][1:],
+               self.tk.split(self.tk.call(self._w, 'configure')))
+    def __str__(self):
+        """Return the window path name of this widget."""
+        return self._w
+    # Pack methods that apply to the master
+    _noarg_ = ['_noarg_']
+    def pack_propagate(self, flag=_noarg_):
+        """Set or get the status for propagation of geometry information.
+
+        A boolean argument specifies whether the geometry information
+        of the slaves will determine the size of this widget. If no argument
+        is given the current setting will be returned.
+        """
+        if flag is Misc._noarg_:
+            return self._getboolean(self.tk.call(
+                'pack', 'propagate', self._w))
+        else:
+            self.tk.call('pack', 'propagate', self._w, flag)
+    propagate = pack_propagate
+    def pack_slaves(self):
+        """Return a list of all slaves of this widget
+        in its packing order."""
+        return map(self._nametowidget,
+               self.tk.splitlist(
+                   self.tk.call('pack', 'slaves', self._w)))
+    slaves = pack_slaves
+    # Place method that applies to the master
+    def place_slaves(self):
+        """Return a list of all slaves of this widget
+        in its packing order."""
+        return map(self._nametowidget,
+               self.tk.splitlist(
+                   self.tk.call(
+                       'place', 'slaves', self._w)))
+    # Grid methods that apply to the master
+    def grid_bbox(self, column=None, row=None, col2=None, row2=None):
+        """Return a tuple of integer coordinates for the bounding
+        box of this widget controlled by the geometry manager grid.
+
+        If COLUMN, ROW is given the bounding box applies from
+        the cell with row and column 0 to the specified
+        cell. If COL2 and ROW2 are given the bounding box
+        starts at that cell.
+
+        The returned integers specify the offset of the upper left
+        corner in the master widget and the width and height.
+        """
+        args = ('grid', 'bbox', self._w)
+        if column is not None and row is not None:
+            args = args + (column, row)
+        if col2 is not None and row2 is not None:
+            args = args + (col2, row2)
+        return self._getints(apply(self.tk.call, args)) or None
+
+    bbox = grid_bbox
+    def _grid_configure(self, command, index, cnf, kw):
+        """Internal function."""
+        if type(cnf) is StringType and not kw:
+            if cnf[-1:] == '_':
+                cnf = cnf[:-1]
+            if cnf[:1] != '-':
+                cnf = '-'+cnf
+            options = (cnf,)
+        else:
+            options = self._options(cnf, kw)
+        if not options:
+            res = self.tk.call('grid',
+                       command, self._w, index)
+            words = self.tk.splitlist(res)
+            dict = {}
+            for i in range(0, len(words), 2):
+                key = words[i][1:]
+                value = words[i+1]
+                if not value:
+                    value = None
+                elif '.' in value:
+                    value = getdouble(value)
+                else:
+                    value = getint(value)
+                dict[key] = value
+            return dict
+        res = self.tk.call(
+                  ('grid', command, self._w, index)
+                  + options)
+        if len(options) == 1:
+            if not res: return None
+            # In Tk 7.5, -width can be a float
+            if '.' in res: return getdouble(res)
+            return getint(res)
+    def grid_columnconfigure(self, index, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Configure column INDEX of a grid.
+
+        Valid resources are minsize (minimum size of the column),
+        weight (how much does additional space propagate to this column)
+        and pad (how much space to let additionally)."""
+        return self._grid_configure('columnconfigure', index, cnf, kw)
+    columnconfigure = grid_columnconfigure
+    def grid_propagate(self, flag=_noarg_):
+        """Set or get the status for propagation of geometry information.
+
+        A boolean argument specifies whether the geometry information
+        of the slaves will determine the size of this widget. If no argument
+        is given, the current setting will be returned.
+        """
+        if flag is Misc._noarg_:
+            return self._getboolean(self.tk.call(
+                'grid', 'propagate', self._w))
+        else:
+            self.tk.call('grid', 'propagate', self._w, flag)
+    def grid_rowconfigure(self, index, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Configure row INDEX of a grid.
+
+        Valid resources are minsize (minimum size of the row),
+        weight (how much does additional space propagate to this row)
+        and pad (how much space to let additionally)."""
+        return self._grid_configure('rowconfigure', index, cnf, kw)
+    rowconfigure = grid_rowconfigure
+    def grid_size(self):
+        """Return a tuple of the number of column and rows in the grid."""
+        return self._getints(
+            self.tk.call('grid', 'size', self._w)) or None
+    size = grid_size
+    def grid_slaves(self, row=None, column=None):
+        """Return a list of all slaves of this widget
+        in its packing order."""
+        args = ()
+        if row is not None:
+            args = args + ('-row', row)
+        if column is not None:
+            args = args + ('-column', column)
+        return map(self._nametowidget,
+               self.tk.splitlist(self.tk.call(
+                   ('grid', 'slaves', self._w) + args)))
+
+    # Support for the "event" command, new in Tk 4.2.
+    # By Case Roole.
+
+    def event_add(self, virtual, *sequences):
+        """Bind a virtual event VIRTUAL (of the form <<Name>>)
+        to an event SEQUENCE such that the virtual event is triggered
+        whenever SEQUENCE occurs."""
+        args = ('event', 'add', virtual) + sequences
+        self.tk.call(args)
+
+    def event_delete(self, virtual, *sequences):
+        """Unbind a virtual event VIRTUAL from SEQUENCE."""
+        args = ('event', 'delete', virtual) + sequences
+        self.tk.call(args)
+
+    def event_generate(self, sequence, **kw):
+        """Generate an event SEQUENCE. Additional
+        keyword arguments specify parameter of the event
+        (e.g. x, y, rootx, rooty)."""
+        args = ('event', 'generate', self._w, sequence)
+        for k, v in kw.items():
+            args = args + ('-%s' % k, str(v))
+        self.tk.call(args)
+
+    def event_info(self, virtual=None):
+        """Return a list of all virtual events or the information
+        about the SEQUENCE bound to the virtual event VIRTUAL."""
+        return self.tk.splitlist(
+            self.tk.call('event', 'info', virtual))
+
+    # Image related commands
+
+    def image_names(self):
+        """Return a list of all existing image names."""
+        return self.tk.call('image', 'names')
+
+    def image_types(self):
+        """Return a list of all available image types (e.g. phote bitmap)."""
+        return self.tk.call('image', 'types')
+
+
+class CallWrapper:
+    """Internal class. Stores function to call when some user
+    defined Tcl function is called e.g. after an event occurred."""
+    def __init__(self, func, subst, widget):
+        """Store FUNC, SUBST and WIDGET as members."""
+        self.func = func
+        self.subst = subst
+        self.widget = widget
+    def __call__(self, *args):
+        """Apply first function SUBST to arguments, than FUNC."""
+        try:
+            if self.subst:
+                args = apply(self.subst, args)
+            return apply(self.func, args)
+        except SystemExit, msg:
+            raise SystemExit, msg
+        except:
+            self.widget._report_exception()
+
+
+class Wm:
+    """Provides functions for the communication with the window manager."""
+    def wm_aspect(self,
+              minNumer=None, minDenom=None,
+              maxNumer=None, maxDenom=None):
+        """Instruct the window manager to set the aspect ratio (width/height)
+        of this widget to be between MINNUMER/MINDENOM and MAXNUMER/MAXDENOM. Return a tuple
+        of the actual values if no argument is given."""
+        return self._getints(
+            self.tk.call('wm', 'aspect', self._w,
+                     minNumer, minDenom,
+                     maxNumer, maxDenom))
+    aspect = wm_aspect
+    def wm_client(self, name=None):
+        """Store NAME in WM_CLIENT_MACHINE property of this widget. Return
+        current value."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'client', self._w, name)
+    client = wm_client
+    def wm_colormapwindows(self, *wlist):
+        """Store list of window names (WLIST) into WM_COLORMAPWINDOWS property
+        of this widget. This list contains windows whose colormaps differ from their
+        parents. Return current list of widgets if WLIST is empty."""
+        if len(wlist) > 1:
+            wlist = (wlist,) # Tk needs a list of windows here
+        args = ('wm', 'colormapwindows', self._w) + wlist
+        return map(self._nametowidget, self.tk.call(args))
+    colormapwindows = wm_colormapwindows
+    def wm_command(self, value=None):
+        """Store VALUE in WM_COMMAND property. It is the command
+        which shall be used to invoke the application. Return current
+        command if VALUE is None."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'command', self._w, value)
+    command = wm_command
+    def wm_deiconify(self):
+        """Deiconify this widget. If it was never mapped it will not be mapped.
+        On Windows it will raise this widget and give it the focus."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'deiconify', self._w)
+    deiconify = wm_deiconify
+    def wm_focusmodel(self, model=None):
+        """Set focus model to MODEL. "active" means that this widget will claim
+        the focus itself, "passive" means that the window manager shall give
+        the focus. Return current focus model if MODEL is None."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'focusmodel', self._w, model)
+    focusmodel = wm_focusmodel
+    def wm_frame(self):
+        """Return identifier for decorative frame of this widget if present."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'frame', self._w)
+    frame = wm_frame
+    def wm_geometry(self, newGeometry=None):
+        """Set geometry to NEWGEOMETRY of the form =widthxheight+x+y. Return
+        current value if None is given."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'geometry', self._w, newGeometry)
+    geometry = wm_geometry
+    def wm_grid(self,
+         baseWidth=None, baseHeight=None,
+         widthInc=None, heightInc=None):
+        """Instruct the window manager that this widget shall only be
+        resized on grid boundaries. WIDTHINC and HEIGHTINC are the width and
+        height of a grid unit in pixels. BASEWIDTH and BASEHEIGHT are the
+        number of grid units requested in Tk_GeometryRequest."""
+        return self._getints(self.tk.call(
+            'wm', 'grid', self._w,
+            baseWidth, baseHeight, widthInc, heightInc))
+    grid = wm_grid
+    def wm_group(self, pathName=None):
+        """Set the group leader widgets for related widgets to PATHNAME. Return
+        the group leader of this widget if None is given."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'group', self._w, pathName)
+    group = wm_group
+    def wm_iconbitmap(self, bitmap=None):
+        """Set bitmap for the iconified widget to BITMAP. Return
+        the bitmap if None is given."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'iconbitmap', self._w, bitmap)
+    iconbitmap = wm_iconbitmap
+    def wm_iconify(self):
+        """Display widget as icon."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'iconify', self._w)
+    iconify = wm_iconify
+    def wm_iconmask(self, bitmap=None):
+        """Set mask for the icon bitmap of this widget. Return the
+        mask if None is given."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'iconmask', self._w, bitmap)
+    iconmask = wm_iconmask
+    def wm_iconname(self, newName=None):
+        """Set the name of the icon for this widget. Return the name if
+        None is given."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'iconname', self._w, newName)
+    iconname = wm_iconname
+    def wm_iconposition(self, x=None, y=None):
+        """Set the position of the icon of this widget to X and Y. Return
+        a tuple of the current values of X and X if None is given."""
+        return self._getints(self.tk.call(
+            'wm', 'iconposition', self._w, x, y))
+    iconposition = wm_iconposition
+    def wm_iconwindow(self, pathName=None):
+        """Set widget PATHNAME to be displayed instead of icon. Return the current
+        value if None is given."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'iconwindow', self._w, pathName)
+    iconwindow = wm_iconwindow
+    def wm_maxsize(self, width=None, height=None):
+        """Set max WIDTH and HEIGHT for this widget. If the window is gridded
+        the values are given in grid units. Return the current values if None
+        is given."""
+        return self._getints(self.tk.call(
+            'wm', 'maxsize', self._w, width, height))
+    maxsize = wm_maxsize
+    def wm_minsize(self, width=None, height=None):
+        """Set min WIDTH and HEIGHT for this widget. If the window is gridded
+        the values are given in grid units. Return the current values if None
+        is given."""
+        return self._getints(self.tk.call(
+            'wm', 'minsize', self._w, width, height))
+    minsize = wm_minsize
+    def wm_overrideredirect(self, boolean=None):
+        """Instruct the window manager to ignore this widget
+        if BOOLEAN is given with 1. Return the current value if None
+        is given."""
+        return self._getboolean(self.tk.call(
+            'wm', 'overrideredirect', self._w, boolean))
+    overrideredirect = wm_overrideredirect
+    def wm_positionfrom(self, who=None):
+        """Instruct the window manager that the position of this widget shall
+        be defined by the user if WHO is "user", and by its own policy if WHO is
+        "program"."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'positionfrom', self._w, who)
+    positionfrom = wm_positionfrom
+    def wm_protocol(self, name=None, func=None):
+        """Bind function FUNC to command NAME for this widget.
+        Return the function bound to NAME if None is given. NAME could be
+        e.g. "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF" or "WM_DELETE_WINDOW"."""
+        if callable(func):
+            command = self._register(func)
+        else:
+            command = func
+        return self.tk.call(
+            'wm', 'protocol', self._w, name, command)
+    protocol = wm_protocol
+    def wm_resizable(self, width=None, height=None):
+        """Instruct the window manager whether this width can be resized
+        in WIDTH or HEIGHT. Both values are boolean values."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'resizable', self._w, width, height)
+    resizable = wm_resizable
+    def wm_sizefrom(self, who=None):
+        """Instruct the window manager that the size of this widget shall
+        be defined by the user if WHO is "user", and by its own policy if WHO is
+        "program"."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'sizefrom', self._w, who)
+    sizefrom = wm_sizefrom
+    def wm_state(self, newstate=None):
+        """Query or set the state of this widget as one of normal, icon,
+        iconic (see wm_iconwindow), withdrawn, or zoomed (Windows only)."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'state', self._w, newstate)
+    state = wm_state
+    def wm_title(self, string=None):
+        """Set the title of this widget."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'title', self._w, string)
+    title = wm_title
+    def wm_transient(self, master=None):
+        """Instruct the window manager that this widget is transient
+        with regard to widget MASTER."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'transient', self._w, master)
+    transient = wm_transient
+    def wm_withdraw(self):
+        """Withdraw this widget from the screen such that it is unmapped
+        and forgotten by the window manager. Re-draw it with wm_deiconify."""
+        return self.tk.call('wm', 'withdraw', self._w)
+    withdraw = wm_withdraw
+
+
+class Tk(Misc, Wm):
+    """Toplevel widget of Tk which represents mostly the main window
+    of an appliation. It has an associated Tcl interpreter."""
+    _w = '.'
+    def __init__(self, screenName=None, baseName=None, className='Tk'):
+        """Return a new Toplevel widget on screen SCREENNAME. A new Tcl interpreter will
+        be created. BASENAME will be used for the identification of the profile file (see
+        readprofile).
+        It is constructed from sys.argv[0] without extensions if None is given. CLASSNAME
+        is the name of the widget class."""
+        global _default_root
+        self.master = None
+        self.children = {}
+        if baseName is None:
+            import sys, os
+            baseName = os.path.basename(sys.argv[0])
+            baseName, ext = os.path.splitext(baseName)
+            if ext not in ('.py', '.pyc', '.pyo'):
+                baseName = baseName + ext
+        self.tk = _tkinter.create(screenName, baseName, className)
+        if _MacOS:
+            # Disable event scanning except for Command-Period
+            _MacOS.SchedParams(1, 0)
+            # Work around nasty MacTk bug
+            # XXX Is this one still needed?
+            self.update()
+        # Version sanity checks
+        tk_version = self.tk.getvar('tk_version')
+        if tk_version != _tkinter.TK_VERSION:
+            raise RuntimeError, \
+            "tk.h version (%s) doesn't match libtk.a version (%s)" \
+            % (_tkinter.TK_VERSION, tk_version)
+        tcl_version = self.tk.getvar('tcl_version')
+        if tcl_version != _tkinter.TCL_VERSION:
+            raise RuntimeError, \
+            "tcl.h version (%s) doesn't match libtcl.a version (%s)" \
+            % (_tkinter.TCL_VERSION, tcl_version)
+        if TkVersion < 4.0:
+            raise RuntimeError, \
+            "Tk 4.0 or higher is required; found Tk %s" \
+            % str(TkVersion)
+        self.tk.createcommand('tkerror', _tkerror)
+        self.tk.createcommand('exit', _exit)
+        self.readprofile(baseName, className)
+        if _support_default_root and not _default_root:
+            _default_root = self
+        self.protocol("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", self.destroy)
+    def destroy(self):
+        """Destroy this and all descendants widgets. This will
+        end the application of this Tcl interpreter."""
+        for c in self.children.values(): c.destroy()
+        self.tk.call('destroy', self._w)
+        Misc.destroy(self)
+        global _default_root
+        if _support_default_root and _default_root is self:
+            _default_root = None
+    def readprofile(self, baseName, className):
+        """Internal function. It reads BASENAME.tcl and CLASSNAME.tcl into
+        the Tcl Interpreter and calls execfile on BASENAME.py and CLASSNAME.py if
+        such a file exists in the home directory."""
+        import os
+        if os.environ.has_key('HOME'): home = os.environ['HOME']
+        else: home = os.curdir
+        class_tcl = os.path.join(home, '.%s.tcl' % className)
+        class_py = os.path.join(home, '.%s.py' % className)
+        base_tcl = os.path.join(home, '.%s.tcl' % baseName)
+        base_py = os.path.join(home, '.%s.py' % baseName)
+        dir = {'self': self}
+        exec 'from Tkinter import *' in dir
+        if os.path.isfile(class_tcl):
+            self.tk.call('source', class_tcl)
+        if os.path.isfile(class_py):
+            execfile(class_py, dir)
+        if os.path.isfile(base_tcl):
+            self.tk.call('source', base_tcl)
+        if os.path.isfile(base_py):
+            execfile(base_py, dir)
+    def report_callback_exception(self, exc, val, tb):
+        """Internal function. It reports exception on sys.stderr."""
+        import traceback, sys
+        sys.stderr.write("Exception in Tkinter callback\n")
+        sys.last_type = exc
+        sys.last_value = val
+        sys.last_traceback = tb
+        traceback.print_exception(exc, val, tb)
+
+# Ideally, the classes Pack, Place and Grid disappear, the
+# pack/place/grid methods are defined on the Widget class, and
+# everybody uses w.pack_whatever(...) instead of Pack.whatever(w,
+# ...), with pack(), place() and grid() being short for
+# pack_configure(), place_configure() and grid_columnconfigure(), and
+# forget() being short for pack_forget().  As a practical matter, I'm
+# afraid that there is too much code out there that may be using the
+# Pack, Place or Grid class, so I leave them intact -- but only as
+# backwards compatibility features.  Also note that those methods that
+# take a master as argument (e.g. pack_propagate) have been moved to
+# the Misc class (which now incorporates all methods common between
+# toplevel and interior widgets).  Again, for compatibility, these are
+# copied into the Pack, Place or Grid class.
+
+class Pack:
+    """Geometry manager Pack.
+
+    Base class to use the methods pack_* in every widget."""
+    def pack_configure(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Pack a widget in the parent widget. Use as options:
+        after=widget - pack it after you have packed widget
+        anchor=NSEW (or subset) - position widget according to
+                                  given direction
+                before=widget - pack it before you will pack widget
+        expand=1 or 0 - expand widget if parent size grows
+        fill=NONE or X or Y or BOTH - fill widget if widget grows
+        in=master - use master to contain this widget
+        ipadx=amount - add internal padding in x direction
+        ipady=amount - add internal padding in y direction
+        padx=amount - add padding in x direction
+        pady=amount - add padding in y direction
+        side=TOP or BOTTOM or LEFT or RIGHT -  where to add this widget.
+        """
+        self.tk.call(
+              ('pack', 'configure', self._w)
+              + self._options(cnf, kw))
+    pack = configure = config = pack_configure
+    def pack_forget(self):
+        """Unmap this widget and do not use it for the packing order."""
+        self.tk.call('pack', 'forget', self._w)
+    forget = pack_forget
+    def pack_info(self):
+        """Return information about the packing options
+        for this widget."""
+        words = self.tk.splitlist(
+            self.tk.call('pack', 'info', self._w))
+        dict = {}
+        for i in range(0, len(words), 2):
+            key = words[i][1:]
+            value = words[i+1]
+            if value[:1] == '.':
+                value = self._nametowidget(value)
+            dict[key] = value
+        return dict
+    info = pack_info
+    propagate = pack_propagate = Misc.pack_propagate
+    slaves = pack_slaves = Misc.pack_slaves
+
+class Place:
+    """Geometry manager Place.
+
+    Base class to use the methods place_* in every widget."""
+    def place_configure(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Place a widget in the parent widget. Use as options:
+        in=master - master relative to which the widget is placed.
+        x=amount - locate anchor of this widget at position x of master
+        y=amount - locate anchor of this widget at position y of master
+        relx=amount - locate anchor of this widget between 0.0 and 1.0
+                      relative to width of master (1.0 is right edge)
+            rely=amount - locate anchor of this widget between 0.0 and 1.0
+                      relative to height of master (1.0 is bottom edge)
+            anchor=NSEW (or subset) - position anchor according to given direction
+        width=amount - width of this widget in pixel
+        height=amount - height of this widget in pixel
+        relwidth=amount - width of this widget between 0.0 and 1.0
+                          relative to width of master (1.0 is the same width
+                  as the master)
+            relheight=amount - height of this widget between 0.0 and 1.0
+                           relative to height of master (1.0 is the same
+                   height as the master)
+            bordermode="inside" or "outside" - whether to take border width of master widget
+                                               into account
+            """
+        for k in ['in_']:
+            if kw.has_key(k):
+                kw[k[:-1]] = kw[k]
+                del kw[k]
+        self.tk.call(
+              ('place', 'configure', self._w)
+              + self._options(cnf, kw))
+    place = configure = config = place_configure
+    def place_forget(self):
+        """Unmap this widget."""
+        self.tk.call('place', 'forget', self._w)
+    forget = place_forget
+    def place_info(self):
+        """Return information about the placing options
+        for this widget."""
+        words = self.tk.splitlist(
+            self.tk.call('place', 'info', self._w))
+        dict = {}
+        for i in range(0, len(words), 2):
+            key = words[i][1:]
+            value = words[i+1]
+            if value[:1] == '.':
+                value = self._nametowidget(value)
+            dict[key] = value
+        return dict
+    info = place_info
+    slaves = place_slaves = Misc.place_slaves
+
+class Grid:
+    """Geometry manager Grid.
+
+    Base class to use the methods grid_* in every widget."""
+    # Thanks to Masazumi Yoshikawa (yosikawa at isi.edu)
+    def grid_configure(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Position a widget in the parent widget in a grid. Use as options:
+        column=number - use cell identified with given column (starting with 0)
+        columnspan=number - this widget will span several columns
+        in=master - use master to contain this widget
+        ipadx=amount - add internal padding in x direction
+        ipady=amount - add internal padding in y direction
+        padx=amount - add padding in x direction
+        pady=amount - add padding in y direction
+        row=number - use cell identified with given row (starting with 0)
+        rowspan=number - this widget will span several rows
+        sticky=NSEW - if cell is larger on which sides will this
+                      widget stick to the cell boundary
+        """
+        self.tk.call(
+              ('grid', 'configure', self._w)
+              + self._options(cnf, kw))
+    grid = configure = config = grid_configure
+    bbox = grid_bbox = Misc.grid_bbox
+    columnconfigure = grid_columnconfigure = Misc.grid_columnconfigure
+    def grid_forget(self):
+        """Unmap this widget."""
+        self.tk.call('grid', 'forget', self._w)
+    forget = grid_forget
+    def grid_remove(self):
+        """Unmap this widget but remember the grid options."""
+        self.tk.call('grid', 'remove', self._w)
+    def grid_info(self):
+        """Return information about the options
+        for positioning this widget in a grid."""
+        words = self.tk.splitlist(
+            self.tk.call('grid', 'info', self._w))
+        dict = {}
+        for i in range(0, len(words), 2):
+            key = words[i][1:]
+            value = words[i+1]
+            if value[:1] == '.':
+                value = self._nametowidget(value)
+            dict[key] = value
+        return dict
+    info = grid_info
+    def grid_location(self, x, y):
+        """Return a tuple of column and row which identify the cell
+        at which the pixel at position X and Y inside the master
+        widget is located."""
+        return self._getints(
+            self.tk.call(
+                'grid', 'location', self._w, x, y)) or None
+    location = grid_location
+    propagate = grid_propagate = Misc.grid_propagate
+    rowconfigure = grid_rowconfigure = Misc.grid_rowconfigure
+    size = grid_size = Misc.grid_size
+    slaves = grid_slaves = Misc.grid_slaves
+
+class BaseWidget(Misc):
+    """Internal class."""
+    def _setup(self, master, cnf):
+        """Internal function. Sets up information about children."""
+        if _support_default_root:
+            global _default_root
+            if not master:
+                if not _default_root:
+                    _default_root = Tk()
+                master = _default_root
+        self.master = master
+        self.tk = master.tk
+        name = None
+        if cnf.has_key('name'):
+            name = cnf['name']
+            del cnf['name']
+        if not name:
+            name = `id(self)`
+        self._name = name
+        if master._w=='.':
+            self._w = '.' + name
+        else:
+            self._w = master._w + '.' + name
+        self.children = {}
+        if self.master.children.has_key(self._name):
+            self.master.children[self._name].destroy()
+        self.master.children[self._name] = self
+    def __init__(self, master, widgetName, cnf={}, kw={}, extra=()):
+        """Construct a widget with the parent widget MASTER, a name WIDGETNAME
+        and appropriate options."""
+        if kw:
+            cnf = _cnfmerge((cnf, kw))
+        self.widgetName = widgetName
+        BaseWidget._setup(self, master, cnf)
+        classes = []
+        for k in cnf.keys():
+            if type(k) is ClassType:
+                classes.append((k, cnf[k]))
+                del cnf[k]
+        self.tk.call(
+            (widgetName, self._w) + extra + self._options(cnf))
+        for k, v in classes:
+            k.configure(self, v)
+    def destroy(self):
+        """Destroy this and all descendants widgets."""
+        for c in self.children.values(): c.destroy()
+        if self.master.children.has_key(self._name):
+            del self.master.children[self._name]
+        self.tk.call('destroy', self._w)
+        Misc.destroy(self)
+    def _do(self, name, args=()):
+        # XXX Obsolete -- better use self.tk.call directly!
+        return self.tk.call((self._w, name) + args)
+
+if TixVersion:
+    # The Tix 'tixForm' geometry manager
+    class Form:
+        """The Tix Form geometry manager
+    
+        Widgets can be arranged by specifying attachments to other widgets.
+        See Tix documentation for complete details"""
+    
+        def config(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+	    apply(self.tk.call, ('tixForm', self._w) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+        form = config
+    
+        def __setitem__(self, key, value):
+	    Form.form({key: value})
+    
+        def check(self):
+	    return self.tk.call('tixForm', 'check', self._w)
+    
+        def forget(self):
+	    self.tk.call('tixForm', 'forget', self._w)
+    
+        def grid(self, xsize=0, ysize=0):
+	    if (not xsize) and (not ysize):
+	        x = self.tk.call('tixForm', 'grid', self._w)
+	        y = self.tk.splitlist(x)
+	        z = ()
+	        for x in y:
+		    z = z + (self.tk.getint(x),)
+	        return z
+	    self.tk.call('tixForm', 'grid', self._w, xsize, ysize)
+    
+        def info(self, option=None):
+	    if not option:
+	        return self.tk.call('tixForm', 'info', self._w)
+	    if option[0] != '-':
+	        option = '-' + option
+	    return self.tk.call('tixForm', 'info', self._w, option)
+    
+        def slaves(self):
+	    return map(self._nametowidget,
+		       self.tk.splitlist(
+		           self.tk.call(
+		    	   'tixForm', 'slaves', self._w)))
+    
+    class Widget(BaseWidget, Pack, Place, Grid, Form):
+        """Internal class.
+    
+        Base class for a widget which can be positioned with the geometry managers
+        Pack, Place, Grid or Form."""
+        pass
+else:
+    class Widget(BaseWidget, Pack, Place, Grid):
+        """Internal class.
+    
+        Base class for a widget which can be positioned with the geometry managers
+        Pack, Place or Grid."""
+        pass
+
+class Toplevel(BaseWidget, Wm):
+    """Toplevel widget, e.g. for dialogs."""
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Construct a toplevel widget with the parent MASTER.
+
+        Valid resource names: background, bd, bg, borderwidth, class,
+        colormap, container, cursor, height, highlightbackground,
+        highlightcolor, highlightthickness, menu, relief, screen, takefocus,
+        use, visual, width."""
+        if kw:
+            cnf = _cnfmerge((cnf, kw))
+        extra = ()
+        for wmkey in ['screen', 'class_', 'class', 'visual',
+                  'colormap']:
+            if cnf.has_key(wmkey):
+                val = cnf[wmkey]
+                # TBD: a hack needed because some keys
+                # are not valid as keyword arguments
+                if wmkey[-1] == '_': opt = '-'+wmkey[:-1]
+                else: opt = '-'+wmkey
+                extra = extra + (opt, val)
+                del cnf[wmkey]
+        BaseWidget.__init__(self, master, 'toplevel', cnf, {}, extra)
+        root = self._root()
+        self.iconname(root.iconname())
+        self.title(root.title())
+        self.protocol("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", self.destroy)
+
+class Button(Widget):
+    """Button widget."""
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Construct a button widget with the parent MASTER.
+
+        Valid resource names: activebackground, activeforeground, anchor,
+        background, bd, bg, bitmap, borderwidth, command, cursor, default,
+        disabledforeground, fg, font, foreground, height,
+        highlightbackground, highlightcolor, highlightthickness, image,
+        justify, padx, pady, relief, state, takefocus, text, textvariable,
+        underline, width, wraplength."""
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'button', cnf, kw)
+    def tkButtonEnter(self, *dummy):
+        self.tk.call('tkButtonEnter', self._w)
+    def tkButtonLeave(self, *dummy):
+        self.tk.call('tkButtonLeave', self._w)
+    def tkButtonDown(self, *dummy):
+        self.tk.call('tkButtonDown', self._w)
+    def tkButtonUp(self, *dummy):
+        self.tk.call('tkButtonUp', self._w)
+    def tkButtonInvoke(self, *dummy):
+        self.tk.call('tkButtonInvoke', self._w)
+    def flash(self):
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'flash')
+    def invoke(self):
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke')
+
+# Indices:
+# XXX I don't like these -- take them away
+def AtEnd():
+    return 'end'
+def AtInsert(*args):
+    s = 'insert'
+    for a in args:
+        if a: s = s + (' ' + a)
+    return s
+def AtSelFirst():
+    return 'sel.first'
+def AtSelLast():
+    return 'sel.last'
+def At(x, y=None):
+    if y is None:
+        return '@' + `x`
+    else:
+        return '@' + `x` + ',' + `y`
+
+class Canvas(Widget):
+    """Canvas widget to display graphical elements like lines or text."""
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Construct a canvas widget with the parent MASTER.
+
+        Valid resource names: background, bd, bg, borderwidth, closeenough,
+        confine, cursor, height, highlightbackground, highlightcolor,
+        highlightthickness, insertbackground, insertborderwidth,
+        insertofftime, insertontime, insertwidth, offset, relief,
+        scrollregion, selectbackground, selectborderwidth, selectforeground,
+        state, takefocus, width, xscrollcommand, xscrollincrement,
+        yscrollcommand, yscrollincrement."""
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'canvas', cnf, kw)
+    def addtag(self, *args):
+        """Internal function."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'addtag') + args)
+    def addtag_above(self, newtag, tagOrId):
+        """Add tag NEWTAG to all items above TAGORID."""
+        self.addtag(newtag, 'above', tagOrId)
+    def addtag_all(self, newtag):
+        """Add tag NEWTAG to all items."""
+        self.addtag(newtag, 'all')
+    def addtag_below(self, newtag, tagOrId):
+        """Add tag NEWTAG to all items below TAGORID."""
+        self.addtag(newtag, 'below', tagOrId)
+    def addtag_closest(self, newtag, x, y, halo=None, start=None):
+        """Add tag NEWTAG to item which is closest to pixel at X, Y.
+        If several match take the top-most.
+        All items closer than HALO are considered overlapping (all are
+        closests). If START is specified the next below this tag is taken."""
+        self.addtag(newtag, 'closest', x, y, halo, start)
+    def addtag_enclosed(self, newtag, x1, y1, x2, y2):
+        """Add tag NEWTAG to all items in the rectangle defined
+        by X1,Y1,X2,Y2."""
+        self.addtag(newtag, 'enclosed', x1, y1, x2, y2)
+    def addtag_overlapping(self, newtag, x1, y1, x2, y2):
+        """Add tag NEWTAG to all items which overlap the rectangle
+        defined by X1,Y1,X2,Y2."""
+        self.addtag(newtag, 'overlapping', x1, y1, x2, y2)
+    def addtag_withtag(self, newtag, tagOrId):
+        """Add tag NEWTAG to all items with TAGORID."""
+        self.addtag(newtag, 'withtag', tagOrId)
+    def bbox(self, *args):
+        """Return a tuple of X1,Y1,X2,Y2 coordinates for a rectangle
+        which encloses all items with tags specified as arguments."""
+        return self._getints(
+            self.tk.call((self._w, 'bbox') + args)) or None
+    def tag_unbind(self, tagOrId, sequence, funcid=None):
+        """Unbind for all items with TAGORID for event SEQUENCE  the
+        function identified with FUNCID."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'bind', tagOrId, sequence, '')
+        if funcid:
+            self.deletecommand(funcid)
+    def tag_bind(self, tagOrId, sequence=None, func=None, add=None):
+        """Bind to all items with TAGORID at event SEQUENCE a call to function FUNC.
+
+        An additional boolean parameter ADD specifies whether FUNC will be
+        called additionally to the other bound function or whether it will
+        replace the previous function. See bind for the return value."""
+        return self._bind((self._w, 'bind', tagOrId),
+                  sequence, func, add)
+    def canvasx(self, screenx, gridspacing=None):
+        """Return the canvas x coordinate of pixel position SCREENX rounded
+        to nearest multiple of GRIDSPACING units."""
+        return getdouble(self.tk.call(
+            self._w, 'canvasx', screenx, gridspacing))
+    def canvasy(self, screeny, gridspacing=None):
+        """Return the canvas y coordinate of pixel position SCREENY rounded
+        to nearest multiple of GRIDSPACING units."""
+        return getdouble(self.tk.call(
+            self._w, 'canvasy', screeny, gridspacing))
+    def coords(self, *args):
+        """Return a list of coordinates for the item given in ARGS."""
+        # XXX Should use _flatten on args
+        return map(getdouble,
+                           self.tk.splitlist(
+                   self.tk.call((self._w, 'coords') + args)))
+    def _create(self, itemType, args, kw): # Args: (val, val, ..., cnf={})
+        """Internal function."""
+        args = _flatten(args)
+        cnf = args[-1]
+        if type(cnf) in (DictionaryType, TupleType):
+            args = args[:-1]
+        else:
+            cnf = {}
+        return getint(apply(
+            self.tk.call,
+            (self._w, 'create', itemType)
+            + args + self._options(cnf, kw)))
+    def create_arc(self, *args, **kw):
+        """Create arc shaped region with coordinates x1,y1,x2,y2."""
+        return self._create('arc', args, kw)
+    def create_bitmap(self, *args, **kw):
+        """Create bitmap with coordinates x1,y1."""
+        return self._create('bitmap', args, kw)
+    def create_image(self, *args, **kw):
+        """Create image item with coordinates x1,y1."""
+        return self._create('image', args, kw)
+    def create_line(self, *args, **kw):
+        """Create line with coordinates x1,y1,...,xn,yn."""
+        return self._create('line', args, kw)
+    def create_oval(self, *args, **kw):
+        """Create oval with coordinates x1,y1,x2,y2."""
+        return self._create('oval', args, kw)
+    def create_polygon(self, *args, **kw):
+        """Create polygon with coordinates x1,y1,...,xn,yn."""
+        return self._create('polygon', args, kw)
+    def create_rectangle(self, *args, **kw):
+        """Create rectangle with coordinates x1,y1,x2,y2."""
+        return self._create('rectangle', args, kw)
+    def create_text(self, *args, **kw):
+        """Create text with coordinates x1,y1."""
+        return self._create('text', args, kw)
+    def create_window(self, *args, **kw):
+        """Create window with coordinates x1,y1,x2,y2."""
+        return self._create('window', args, kw)
+    def dchars(self, *args):
+        """Delete characters of text items identified by tag or id in ARGS (possibly
+        several times) from FIRST to LAST character (including)."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'dchars') + args)
+    def delete(self, *args):
+        """Delete items identified by all tag or ids contained in ARGS."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'delete') + args)
+    def dtag(self, *args):
+        """Delete tag or id given as last arguments in ARGS from items
+        identified by first argument in ARGS."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'dtag') + args)
+    def find(self, *args):
+        """Internal function."""
+        return self._getints(
+            self.tk.call((self._w, 'find') + args)) or ()
+    def find_above(self, tagOrId):
+        """Return items above TAGORID."""
+        return self.find('above', tagOrId)
+    def find_all(self):
+        """Return all items."""
+        return self.find('all')
+    def find_below(self, tagOrId):
+        """Return all items below TAGORID."""
+        return self.find('below', tagOrId)
+    def find_closest(self, x, y, halo=None, start=None):
+        """Return item which is closest to pixel at X, Y.
+        If several match take the top-most.
+        All items closer than HALO are considered overlapping (all are
+        closests). If START is specified the next below this tag is taken."""
+        return self.find('closest', x, y, halo, start)
+    def find_enclosed(self, x1, y1, x2, y2):
+        """Return all items in rectangle defined
+        by X1,Y1,X2,Y2."""
+        return self.find('enclosed', x1, y1, x2, y2)
+    def find_overlapping(self, x1, y1, x2, y2):
+        """Return all items which overlap the rectangle
+        defined by X1,Y1,X2,Y2."""
+        return self.find('overlapping', x1, y1, x2, y2)
+    def find_withtag(self, tagOrId):
+        """Return all items with TAGORID."""
+        return self.find('withtag', tagOrId)
+    def focus(self, *args):
+        """Set focus to the first item specified in ARGS."""
+        return self.tk.call((self._w, 'focus') + args)
+    def gettags(self, *args):
+        """Return tags associated with the first item specified in ARGS."""
+        return self.tk.splitlist(
+            self.tk.call((self._w, 'gettags') + args))
+    def icursor(self, *args):
+        """Set cursor at position POS in the item identified by TAGORID.
+        In ARGS TAGORID must be first."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'icursor') + args)
+    def index(self, *args):
+        """Return position of cursor as integer in item specified in ARGS."""
+        return getint(self.tk.call((self._w, 'index') + args))
+    def insert(self, *args):
+        """Insert TEXT in item TAGORID at position POS. ARGS must
+        be TAGORID POS TEXT."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'insert') + args)
+    def itemcget(self, tagOrId, option):
+        """Return the resource value for an OPTION for item TAGORID."""
+        return self.tk.call(
+            (self._w, 'itemcget') + (tagOrId, '-'+option))
+    def itemconfigure(self, tagOrId, cnf=None, **kw):
+        """Configure resources of an item TAGORID.
+
+        The values for resources are specified as keyword
+        arguments. To get an overview about
+        the allowed keyword arguments call the method without arguments.
+        """
+        if cnf is None and not kw:
+            cnf = {}
+            for x in self.tk.split(
+                self.tk.call(self._w,
+                         'itemconfigure', tagOrId)):
+                cnf[x[0][1:]] = (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+            return cnf
+        if type(cnf) == StringType and not kw:
+            x = self.tk.split(self.tk.call(
+                self._w, 'itemconfigure', tagOrId, '-'+cnf))
+            return (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'itemconfigure', tagOrId) +
+                 self._options(cnf, kw))
+    itemconfig = itemconfigure
+    # lower, tkraise/lift hide Misc.lower, Misc.tkraise/lift,
+    # so the preferred name for them is tag_lower, tag_raise
+    # (similar to tag_bind, and similar to the Text widget);
+    # unfortunately can't delete the old ones yet (maybe in 1.6)
+    def tag_lower(self, *args):
+        """Lower an item TAGORID given in ARGS
+        (optional below another item)."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'lower') + args)
+    lower = tag_lower
+    def move(self, *args):
+        """Move an item TAGORID given in ARGS."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'move') + args)
+    def postscript(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Print the contents of the canvas to a postscript
+        file. Valid options: colormap, colormode, file, fontmap,
+        height, pageanchor, pageheight, pagewidth, pagex, pagey,
+        rotate, witdh, x, y."""
+        return self.tk.call((self._w, 'postscript') +
+                    self._options(cnf, kw))
+    def tag_raise(self, *args):
+        """Raise an item TAGORID given in ARGS
+        (optional above another item)."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'raise') + args)
+    lift = tkraise = tag_raise
+    def scale(self, *args):
+        """Scale item TAGORID with XORIGIN, YORIGIN, XSCALE, YSCALE."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'scale') + args)
+    def scan_mark(self, x, y):
+        """Remember the current X, Y coordinates."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'scan', 'mark', x, y)
+    def scan_dragto(self, x, y):
+        """Adjust the view of the canvas to 10 times the
+        difference between X and Y and the coordinates given in
+        scan_mark."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'scan', 'dragto', x, y)
+    def select_adjust(self, tagOrId, index):
+        """Adjust the end of the selection near the cursor of an item TAGORID to index."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'select', 'adjust', tagOrId, index)
+    def select_clear(self):
+        """Clear the selection if it is in this widget."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'select', 'clear')
+    def select_from(self, tagOrId, index):
+        """Set the fixed end of a selection in item TAGORID to INDEX."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'select', 'from', tagOrId, index)
+    def select_item(self):
+        """Return the item which has the selection."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'select', 'item')
+    def select_to(self, tagOrId, index):
+        """Set the variable end of a selection in item TAGORID to INDEX."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'select', 'to', tagOrId, index)
+    def type(self, tagOrId):
+        """Return the type of the item TAGORID."""
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'type', tagOrId) or None
+    def xview(self, *args):
+        """Query and change horizontal position of the view."""
+        if not args:
+            return self._getdoubles(self.tk.call(self._w, 'xview'))
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'xview') + args)
+    def xview_moveto(self, fraction):
+        """Adjusts the view in the window so that FRACTION of the
+        total width of the canvas is off-screen to the left."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'xview', 'moveto', fraction)
+    def xview_scroll(self, number, what):
+        """Shift the x-view according to NUMBER which is measured in "units" or "pages" (WHAT)."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'xview', 'scroll', number, what)
+    def yview(self, *args):
+        """Query and change vertical position of the view."""
+        if not args:
+            return self._getdoubles(self.tk.call(self._w, 'yview'))
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'yview') + args)
+    def yview_moveto(self, fraction):
+        """Adjusts the view in the window so that FRACTION of the
+        total height of the canvas is off-screen to the top."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'yview', 'moveto', fraction)
+    def yview_scroll(self, number, what):
+        """Shift the y-view according to NUMBER which is measured in "units" or "pages" (WHAT)."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'yview', 'scroll', number, what)
+
+class Checkbutton(Widget):
+    """Checkbutton widget which is either in on- or off-state."""
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Construct a checkbutton widget with the parent MASTER.
+
+        Valid resource names: activebackground, activeforeground, anchor,
+        background, bd, bg, bitmap, borderwidth, command, cursor,
+        disabledforeground, fg, font, foreground, height,
+        highlightbackground, highlightcolor, highlightthickness, image,
+        indicatoron, justify, offvalue, onvalue, padx, pady, relief,
+        selectcolor, selectimage, state, takefocus, text, textvariable,
+        underline, variable, width, wraplength."""
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'checkbutton', cnf, kw)
+    def deselect(self):
+        """Put the button in off-state."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'deselect')
+    def flash(self):
+        """Flash the button."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'flash')
+    def invoke(self):
+        """Toggle the button and invoke a command if given as resource."""
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke')
+    def select(self):
+        """Put the button in on-state."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'select')
+    def toggle(self):
+        """Toggle the button."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'toggle')
+
+class Entry(Widget):
+    """Entry widget which allows to display simple text."""
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Construct an entry widget with the parent MASTER.
+
+        Valid resource names: background, bd, bg, borderwidth, cursor,
+        exportselection, fg, font, foreground, highlightbackground,
+        highlightcolor, highlightthickness, insertbackground,
+        insertborderwidth, insertofftime, insertontime, insertwidth,
+        invalidcommand, invcmd, justify, relief, selectbackground,
+        selectborderwidth, selectforeground, show, state, takefocus,
+        textvariable, validate, validatecommand, vcmd, width,
+        xscrollcommand."""
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'entry', cnf, kw)
+    def delete(self, first, last=None):
+        """Delete text from FIRST to LAST (not included)."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', first, last)
+    def get(self):
+        """Return the text."""
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'get')
+    def icursor(self, index):
+        """Insert cursor at INDEX."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'icursor', index)
+    def index(self, index):
+        """Return position of cursor."""
+        return getint(self.tk.call(
+            self._w, 'index', index))
+    def insert(self, index, string):
+        """Insert STRING at INDEX."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'insert', index, string)
+    def scan_mark(self, x):
+        """Remember the current X, Y coordinates."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'scan', 'mark', x)
+    def scan_dragto(self, x):
+        """Adjust the view of the canvas to 10 times the
+        difference between X and Y and the coordinates given in
+        scan_mark."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'scan', 'dragto', x)
+    def selection_adjust(self, index):
+        """Adjust the end of the selection near the cursor to INDEX."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'adjust', index)
+    select_adjust = selection_adjust
+    def selection_clear(self):
+        """Clear the selection if it is in this widget."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'clear')
+    select_clear = selection_clear
+    def selection_from(self, index):
+        """Set the fixed end of a selection to INDEX."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'from', index)
+    select_from = selection_from
+    def selection_present(self):
+        """Return whether the widget has the selection."""
+        return self.tk.getboolean(
+            self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'present'))
+    select_present = selection_present
+    def selection_range(self, start, end):
+        """Set the selection from START to END (not included)."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'range', start, end)
+    select_range = selection_range
+    def selection_to(self, index):
+        """Set the variable end of a selection to INDEX."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'to', index)
+    select_to = selection_to
+    def xview(self, index):
+        """Query and change horizontal position of the view."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'xview', index)
+    def xview_moveto(self, fraction):
+        """Adjust the view in the window so that FRACTION of the
+        total width of the entry is off-screen to the left."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'xview', 'moveto', fraction)
+    def xview_scroll(self, number, what):
+        """Shift the x-view according to NUMBER which is measured in "units" or "pages" (WHAT)."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'xview', 'scroll', number, what)
+
+class Frame(Widget):
+    """Frame widget which may contain other widgets and can have a 3D border."""
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Construct a frame widget with the parent MASTER.
+
+        Valid resource names: background, bd, bg, borderwidth, class,
+        colormap, container, cursor, height, highlightbackground,
+        highlightcolor, highlightthickness, relief, takefocus, visual, width."""
+        cnf = _cnfmerge((cnf, kw))
+        extra = ()
+        if cnf.has_key('class_'):
+            extra = ('-class', cnf['class_'])
+            del cnf['class_']
+        elif cnf.has_key('class'):
+            extra = ('-class', cnf['class'])
+            del cnf['class']
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'frame', cnf, {}, extra)
+
+class Label(Widget):
+    """Label widget which can display text and bitmaps."""
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Construct a label widget with the parent MASTER.
+
+        Valid resource names: anchor, background, bd, bg, bitmap,
+        borderwidth, cursor, fg, font, foreground, height,
+        highlightbackground, highlightcolor, highlightthickness, image,
+        justify, padx, pady, relief, takefocus, text, textvariable,
+        underline, width, wraplength."""
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'label', cnf, kw)
+
+class Listbox(Widget):
+    """Listbox widget which can display a list of strings."""
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Construct a listbox widget with the parent MASTER.
+
+        Valid resource names: background, bd, bg, borderwidth, cursor,
+        exportselection, fg, font, foreground, height, highlightbackground,
+        highlightcolor, highlightthickness, relief, selectbackground,
+        selectborderwidth, selectforeground, selectmode, setgrid, takefocus,
+        width, xscrollcommand, yscrollcommand, listvariable."""
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'listbox', cnf, kw)
+    def activate(self, index):
+        """Activate item identified by INDEX."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'activate', index)
+    def bbox(self, *args):
+        """Return a tuple of X1,Y1,X2,Y2 coordinates for a rectangle
+        which encloses the item identified by index in ARGS."""
+        return self._getints(
+            self.tk.call((self._w, 'bbox') + args)) or None
+    def curselection(self):
+        """Return list of indices of currently selected item."""
+        # XXX Ought to apply self._getints()...
+        return self.tk.splitlist(self.tk.call(
+            self._w, 'curselection'))
+    def delete(self, first, last=None):
+        """Delete items from FIRST to LAST (not included)."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', first, last)
+    def get(self, first, last=None):
+        """Get list of items from FIRST to LAST (not included)."""
+        if last:
+            return self.tk.splitlist(self.tk.call(
+                self._w, 'get', first, last))
+        else:
+            return self.tk.call(self._w, 'get', first)
+    def index(self, index):
+        """Return index of item identified with INDEX."""
+        i = self.tk.call(self._w, 'index', index)
+        if i == 'none': return None
+        return getint(i)
+    def insert(self, index, *elements):
+        """Insert ELEMENTS at INDEX."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'insert', index) + elements)
+    def nearest(self, y):
+        """Get index of item which is nearest to y coordinate Y."""
+        return getint(self.tk.call(
+            self._w, 'nearest', y))
+    def scan_mark(self, x, y):
+        """Remember the current X, Y coordinates."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'scan', 'mark', x, y)
+    def scan_dragto(self, x, y):
+        """Adjust the view of the listbox to 10 times the
+        difference between X and Y and the coordinates given in
+        scan_mark."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'scan', 'dragto', x, y)
+    def see(self, index):
+        """Scroll such that INDEX is visible."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'see', index)
+    def selection_anchor(self, index):
+        """Set the fixed end oft the selection to INDEX."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'anchor', index)
+    select_anchor = selection_anchor
+    def selection_clear(self, first, last=None):
+        """Clear the selection from FIRST to LAST (not included)."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w,
+                 'selection', 'clear', first, last)
+    select_clear = selection_clear
+    def selection_includes(self, index):
+        """Return 1 if INDEX is part of the selection."""
+        return self.tk.getboolean(self.tk.call(
+            self._w, 'selection', 'includes', index))
+    select_includes = selection_includes
+    def selection_set(self, first, last=None):
+        """Set the selection from FIRST to LAST (not included) without
+        changing the currently selected elements."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'set', first, last)
+    select_set = selection_set
+    def size(self):
+        """Return the number of elements in the listbox."""
+        return getint(self.tk.call(self._w, 'size'))
+    def xview(self, *what):
+        """Query and change horizontal position of the view."""
+        if not what:
+            return self._getdoubles(self.tk.call(self._w, 'xview'))
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'xview') + what)
+    def xview_moveto(self, fraction):
+        """Adjust the view in the window so that FRACTION of the
+        total width of the entry is off-screen to the left."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'xview', 'moveto', fraction)
+    def xview_scroll(self, number, what):
+        """Shift the x-view according to NUMBER which is measured in "units" or "pages" (WHAT)."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'xview', 'scroll', number, what)
+    def yview(self, *what):
+        """Query and change vertical position of the view."""
+        if not what:
+            return self._getdoubles(self.tk.call(self._w, 'yview'))
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'yview') + what)
+    def yview_moveto(self, fraction):
+        """Adjust the view in the window so that FRACTION of the
+        total width of the entry is off-screen to the top."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'yview', 'moveto', fraction)
+    def yview_scroll(self, number, what):
+        """Shift the y-view according to NUMBER which is measured in "units" or "pages" (WHAT)."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'yview', 'scroll', number, what)
+
+class Menu(Widget):
+    """Menu widget which allows to display menu bars, pull-down menus and pop-up menus."""
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Construct menu widget with the parent MASTER.
+
+        Valid resource names: activebackground, activeborderwidth,
+        activeforeground, background, bd, bg, borderwidth, cursor,
+        disabledforeground, fg, font, foreground, postcommand, relief,
+        selectcolor, takefocus, tearoff, tearoffcommand, title, type."""
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'menu', cnf, kw)
+    def tk_bindForTraversal(self):
+        pass # obsolete since Tk 4.0
+    def tk_mbPost(self):
+        self.tk.call('tk_mbPost', self._w)
+    def tk_mbUnpost(self):
+        self.tk.call('tk_mbUnpost')
+    def tk_traverseToMenu(self, char):
+        self.tk.call('tk_traverseToMenu', self._w, char)
+    def tk_traverseWithinMenu(self, char):
+        self.tk.call('tk_traverseWithinMenu', self._w, char)
+    def tk_getMenuButtons(self):
+        return self.tk.call('tk_getMenuButtons', self._w)
+    def tk_nextMenu(self, count):
+        self.tk.call('tk_nextMenu', count)
+    def tk_nextMenuEntry(self, count):
+        self.tk.call('tk_nextMenuEntry', count)
+    def tk_invokeMenu(self):
+        self.tk.call('tk_invokeMenu', self._w)
+    def tk_firstMenu(self):
+        self.tk.call('tk_firstMenu', self._w)
+    def tk_mbButtonDown(self):
+        self.tk.call('tk_mbButtonDown', self._w)
+    def tk_popup(self, x, y, entry=""):
+        """Post the menu at position X,Y with entry ENTRY."""
+        self.tk.call('tk_popup', self._w, x, y, entry)
+    def activate(self, index):
+        """Activate entry at INDEX."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'activate', index)
+    def add(self, itemType, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Internal function."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'add', itemType) +
+                 self._options(cnf, kw))
+    def add_cascade(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Add hierarchical menu item."""
+        self.add('cascade', cnf or kw)
+    def add_checkbutton(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Add checkbutton menu item."""
+        self.add('checkbutton', cnf or kw)
+    def add_command(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Add command menu item."""
+        self.add('command', cnf or kw)
+    def add_radiobutton(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Addd radio menu item."""
+        self.add('radiobutton', cnf or kw)
+    def add_separator(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Add separator."""
+        self.add('separator', cnf or kw)
+    def insert(self, index, itemType, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Internal function."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'insert', index, itemType) +
+                 self._options(cnf, kw))
+    def insert_cascade(self, index, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Add hierarchical menu item at INDEX."""
+        self.insert(index, 'cascade', cnf or kw)
+    def insert_checkbutton(self, index, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Add checkbutton menu item at INDEX."""
+        self.insert(index, 'checkbutton', cnf or kw)
+    def insert_command(self, index, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Add command menu item at INDEX."""
+        self.insert(index, 'command', cnf or kw)
+    def insert_radiobutton(self, index, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Addd radio menu item at INDEX."""
+        self.insert(index, 'radiobutton', cnf or kw)
+    def insert_separator(self, index, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Add separator at INDEX."""
+        self.insert(index, 'separator', cnf or kw)
+    def delete(self, index1, index2=None):
+        """Delete menu items between INDEX1 and INDEX2 (not included)."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', index1, index2)
+    def entrycget(self, index, option):
+        """Return the resource value of an menu item for OPTION at INDEX."""
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'entrycget', index, '-' + option)
+    def entryconfigure(self, index, cnf=None, **kw):
+        """Configure a menu item at INDEX."""
+        if cnf is None and not kw:
+            cnf = {}
+            for x in self.tk.split(self.tk.call(
+                (self._w, 'entryconfigure', index))):
+                cnf[x[0][1:]] = (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+            return cnf
+        if type(cnf) == StringType and not kw:
+            x = self.tk.split(self.tk.call(
+                (self._w, 'entryconfigure', index, '-'+cnf)))
+            return (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'entryconfigure', index)
+              + self._options(cnf, kw))
+    entryconfig = entryconfigure
+    def index(self, index):
+        """Return the index of a menu item identified by INDEX."""
+        i = self.tk.call(self._w, 'index', index)
+        if i == 'none': return None
+        return getint(i)
+    def invoke(self, index):
+        """Invoke a menu item identified by INDEX and execute
+        the associated command."""
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke', index)
+    def post(self, x, y):
+        """Display a menu at position X,Y."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'post', x, y)
+    def type(self, index):
+        """Return the type of the menu item at INDEX."""
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'type', index)
+    def unpost(self):
+        """Unmap a menu."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'unpost')
+    def yposition(self, index):
+        """Return the y-position of the topmost pixel of the menu item at INDEX."""
+        return getint(self.tk.call(
+            self._w, 'yposition', index))
+
+class Menubutton(Widget):
+    """Menubutton widget, obsolete since Tk8.0."""
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'menubutton', cnf, kw)
+
+class Message(Widget):
+    """Message widget to display multiline text. Obsolete since Label does it too."""
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'message', cnf, kw)
+
+class Radiobutton(Widget):
+    """Radiobutton widget which shows only one of several buttons in on-state."""
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Construct a radiobutton widget with the parent MASTER.
+
+        Valid resource names: activebackground, activeforeground, anchor,
+        background, bd, bg, bitmap, borderwidth, command, cursor,
+        disabledforeground, fg, font, foreground, height,
+        highlightbackground, highlightcolor, highlightthickness, image,
+        indicatoron, justify, padx, pady, relief, selectcolor, selectimage,
+        state, takefocus, text, textvariable, underline, value, variable,
+        width, wraplength."""
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'radiobutton', cnf, kw)
+    def deselect(self):
+        """Put the button in off-state."""
+
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'deselect')
+    def flash(self):
+        """Flash the button."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'flash')
+    def invoke(self):
+        """Toggle the button and invoke a command if given as resource."""
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke')
+    def select(self):
+        """Put the button in on-state."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'select')
+
+class Scale(Widget):
+    """Scale widget which can display a numerical scale."""
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Construct a scale widget with the parent MASTER.
+
+        Valid resource names: activebackground, background, bigincrement, bd,
+        bg, borderwidth, command, cursor, digits, fg, font, foreground, from,
+        highlightbackground, highlightcolor, highlightthickness, label,
+        length, orient, relief, repeatdelay, repeatinterval, resolution,
+        showvalue, sliderlength, sliderrelief, state, takefocus,
+        tickinterval, to, troughcolor, variable, width."""
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'scale', cnf, kw)
+    def get(self):
+        """Get the current value as integer or float."""
+        value = self.tk.call(self._w, 'get')
+        try:
+            return getint(value)
+        except ValueError:
+            return getdouble(value)
+    def set(self, value):
+        """Set the value to VALUE."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'set', value)
+    def coords(self, value=None):
+        """Return a tuple (X,Y) of the point along the centerline of the
+        trough that corresponds to VALUE or the current value if None is
+        given."""
+
+        return self._getints(self.tk.call(self._w, 'coords', value))
+    def identify(self, x, y):
+        """Return where the point X,Y lies. Valid return values are "slider",
+        "though1" and "though2"."""
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'identify', x, y)
+
+class Scrollbar(Widget):
+    """Scrollbar widget which displays a slider at a certain position."""
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Construct a scrollbar widget with the parent MASTER.
+
+        Valid resource names: activebackground, activerelief,
+        background, bd, bg, borderwidth, command, cursor,
+        elementborderwidth, highlightbackground,
+        highlightcolor, highlightthickness, jump, orient,
+        relief, repeatdelay, repeatinterval, takefocus,
+        troughcolor, width."""
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'scrollbar', cnf, kw)
+    def activate(self, index):
+        """Display the element at INDEX with activebackground and activerelief.
+        INDEX can be "arrow1","slider" or "arrow2"."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'activate', index)
+    def delta(self, deltax, deltay):
+        """Return the fractional change of the scrollbar setting if it
+        would be moved by DELTAX or DELTAY pixels."""
+        return getdouble(
+            self.tk.call(self._w, 'delta', deltax, deltay))
+    def fraction(self, x, y):
+        """Return the fractional value which corresponds to a slider
+        position of X,Y."""
+        return getdouble(self.tk.call(self._w, 'fraction', x, y))
+    def identify(self, x, y):
+        """Return the element under position X,Y as one of
+        "arrow1","slider","arrow2" or ""."""
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'identify', x, y)
+    def get(self):
+        """Return the current fractional values (upper and lower end)
+        of the slider position."""
+        return self._getdoubles(self.tk.call(self._w, 'get'))
+    def set(self, *args):
+        """Set the fractional values of the slider position (upper and
+        lower ends as value between 0 and 1)."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'set') + args)
+
+class Text(Widget):
+    """Text widget which can display text in various forms."""
+    # XXX Add dump()
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Construct a text widget with the parent MASTER.
+
+        Valid resource names: background, bd, bg, borderwidth, cursor,
+        exportselection, fg, font, foreground, height,
+        highlightbackground, highlightcolor, highlightthickness,
+        insertbackground, insertborderwidth, insertofftime,
+        insertontime, insertwidth, padx, pady, relief,
+        selectbackground, selectborderwidth, selectforeground,
+        setgrid, spacing1, spacing2, spacing3, state, tabs, takefocus,
+        width, wrap, xscrollcommand, yscrollcommand."""
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'text', cnf, kw)
+    def bbox(self, *args):
+        """Return a tuple of (x,y,width,height) which gives the bounding
+        box of the visible part of the character at the index in ARGS."""
+        return self._getints(
+            self.tk.call((self._w, 'bbox') + args)) or None
+    def tk_textSelectTo(self, index):
+        self.tk.call('tk_textSelectTo', self._w, index)
+    def tk_textBackspace(self):
+        self.tk.call('tk_textBackspace', self._w)
+    def tk_textIndexCloser(self, a, b, c):
+        self.tk.call('tk_textIndexCloser', self._w, a, b, c)
+    def tk_textResetAnchor(self, index):
+        self.tk.call('tk_textResetAnchor', self._w, index)
+    def compare(self, index1, op, index2):
+        """Return whether between index INDEX1 and index INDEX2 the
+        relation OP is satisfied. OP is one of <, <=, ==, >=, >, or !=."""
+        return self.tk.getboolean(self.tk.call(
+            self._w, 'compare', index1, op, index2))
+    def debug(self, boolean=None):
+        """Turn on the internal consistency checks of the B-Tree inside the text
+        widget according to BOOLEAN."""
+        return self.tk.getboolean(self.tk.call(
+            self._w, 'debug', boolean))
+    def delete(self, index1, index2=None):
+        """Delete the characters between INDEX1 and INDEX2 (not included)."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', index1, index2)
+    def dlineinfo(self, index):
+        """Return tuple (x,y,width,height,baseline) giving the bounding box
+        and baseline position of the visible part of the line containing
+        the character at INDEX."""
+        return self._getints(self.tk.call(self._w, 'dlineinfo', index))
+    def get(self, index1, index2=None):
+        """Return the text from INDEX1 to INDEX2 (not included)."""
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'get', index1, index2)
+    # (Image commands are new in 8.0)
+    def image_cget(self, index, option):
+        """Return the value of OPTION of an embedded image at INDEX."""
+        if option[:1] != "-":
+            option = "-" + option
+        if option[-1:] == "_":
+            option = option[:-1]
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, "image", "cget", index, option)
+    def image_configure(self, index, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Configure an embedded image at INDEX."""
+        if not cnf and not kw:
+            cnf = {}
+            for x in self.tk.split(
+                    self.tk.call(
+                    self._w, "image", "configure", index)):
+                cnf[x[0][1:]] = (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+            return cnf
+        apply(self.tk.call,
+              (self._w, "image", "configure", index)
+              + self._options(cnf, kw))
+    def image_create(self, index, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Create an embedded image at INDEX."""
+        return apply(self.tk.call,
+                 (self._w, "image", "create", index)
+                 + self._options(cnf, kw))
+    def image_names(self):
+        """Return all names of embedded images in this widget."""
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, "image", "names")
+    def index(self, index):
+        """Return the index in the form line.char for INDEX."""
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'index', index)
+    def insert(self, index, chars, *args):
+        """Insert CHARS before the characters at INDEX. An additional
+        tag can be given in ARGS. Additional CHARS and tags can follow in ARGS."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'insert', index, chars) + args)
+    def mark_gravity(self, markName, direction=None):
+        """Change the gravity of a mark MARKNAME to DIRECTION (LEFT or RIGHT).
+        Return the current value if None is given for DIRECTION."""
+        return self.tk.call(
+            (self._w, 'mark', 'gravity', markName, direction))
+    def mark_names(self):
+        """Return all mark names."""
+        return self.tk.splitlist(self.tk.call(
+            self._w, 'mark', 'names'))
+    def mark_set(self, markName, index):
+        """Set mark MARKNAME before the character at INDEX."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'mark', 'set', markName, index)
+    def mark_unset(self, *markNames):
+        """Delete all marks in MARKNAMES."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'mark', 'unset') + markNames)
+    def mark_next(self, index):
+        """Return the name of the next mark after INDEX."""
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'mark', 'next', index) or None
+    def mark_previous(self, index):
+        """Return the name of the previous mark before INDEX."""
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'mark', 'previous', index) or None
+    def scan_mark(self, x, y):
+        """Remember the current X, Y coordinates."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'scan', 'mark', x, y)
+    def scan_dragto(self, x, y):
+        """Adjust the view of the text to 10 times the
+        difference between X and Y and the coordinates given in
+        scan_mark."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'scan', 'dragto', x, y)
+    def search(self, pattern, index, stopindex=None,
+           forwards=None, backwards=None, exact=None,
+           regexp=None, nocase=None, count=None):
+        """Search PATTERN beginning from INDEX until STOPINDEX.
+        Return the index of the first character of a match or an empty string."""
+        args = [self._w, 'search']
+        if forwards: args.append('-forwards')
+        if backwards: args.append('-backwards')
+        if exact: args.append('-exact')
+        if regexp: args.append('-regexp')
+        if nocase: args.append('-nocase')
+        if count: args.append('-count'); args.append(count)
+        if pattern[0] == '-': args.append('--')
+        args.append(pattern)
+        args.append(index)
+        if stopindex: args.append(stopindex)
+        return self.tk.call(tuple(args))
+    def see(self, index):
+        """Scroll such that the character at INDEX is visible."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'see', index)
+    def tag_add(self, tagName, index1, *args):
+        """Add tag TAGNAME to all characters between INDEX1 and index2 in ARGS.
+        Additional pairs of indices may follow in ARGS."""
+        self.tk.call(
+            (self._w, 'tag', 'add', tagName, index1) + args)
+    def tag_unbind(self, tagName, sequence, funcid=None):
+        """Unbind for all characters with TAGNAME for event SEQUENCE  the
+        function identified with FUNCID."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'tag', 'bind', tagName, sequence, '')
+        if funcid:
+            self.deletecommand(funcid)
+    def tag_bind(self, tagName, sequence, func, add=None):
+        """Bind to all characters with TAGNAME at event SEQUENCE a call to function FUNC.
+
+        An additional boolean parameter ADD specifies whether FUNC will be
+        called additionally to the other bound function or whether it will
+        replace the previous function. See bind for the return value."""
+        return self._bind((self._w, 'tag', 'bind', tagName),
+                  sequence, func, add)
+    def tag_cget(self, tagName, option):
+        """Return the value of OPTION for tag TAGNAME."""
+        if option[:1] != '-':
+            option = '-' + option
+        if option[-1:] == '_':
+            option = option[:-1]
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'tag', 'cget', tagName, option)
+    def tag_configure(self, tagName, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Configure a tag TAGNAME."""
+        if type(cnf) == StringType:
+            x = self.tk.split(self.tk.call(
+                self._w, 'tag', 'configure', tagName, '-'+cnf))
+            return (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+        self.tk.call(
+              (self._w, 'tag', 'configure', tagName)
+              + self._options(cnf, kw))
+    tag_config = tag_configure
+    def tag_delete(self, *tagNames):
+        """Delete all tags in TAGNAMES."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'tag', 'delete') + tagNames)
+    def tag_lower(self, tagName, belowThis=None):
+        """Change the priority of tag TAGNAME such that it is lower
+        than the priority of BELOWTHIS."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'tag', 'lower', tagName, belowThis)
+    def tag_names(self, index=None):
+        """Return a list of all tag names."""
+        return self.tk.splitlist(
+            self.tk.call(self._w, 'tag', 'names', index))
+    def tag_nextrange(self, tagName, index1, index2=None):
+        """Return a list of start and end index for the first sequence of
+        characters between INDEX1 and INDEX2 which all have tag TAGNAME.
+        The text is searched forward from INDEX1."""
+        return self.tk.splitlist(self.tk.call(
+            self._w, 'tag', 'nextrange', tagName, index1, index2))
+    def tag_prevrange(self, tagName, index1, index2=None):
+        """Return a list of start and end index for the first sequence of
+        characters between INDEX1 and INDEX2 which all have tag TAGNAME.
+        The text is searched backwards from INDEX1."""
+        return self.tk.splitlist(self.tk.call(
+            self._w, 'tag', 'prevrange', tagName, index1, index2))
+    def tag_raise(self, tagName, aboveThis=None):
+        """Change the priority of tag TAGNAME such that it is higher
+        than the priority of ABOVETHIS."""
+        self.tk.call(
+            self._w, 'tag', 'raise', tagName, aboveThis)
+    def tag_ranges(self, tagName):
+        """Return a list of ranges of text which have tag TAGNAME."""
+        return self.tk.splitlist(self.tk.call(
+            self._w, 'tag', 'ranges', tagName))
+    def tag_remove(self, tagName, index1, index2=None):
+        """Remove tag TAGNAME from all characters between INDEX1 and INDEX2."""
+        self.tk.call(
+            self._w, 'tag', 'remove', tagName, index1, index2)
+    def window_cget(self, index, option):
+        """Return the value of OPTION of an embedded window at INDEX."""
+        if option[:1] != '-':
+            option = '-' + option
+        if option[-1:] == '_':
+            option = option[:-1]
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'window', 'cget', index, option)
+    def window_configure(self, index, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Configure an embedded window at INDEX."""
+        if type(cnf) == StringType:
+            x = self.tk.split(self.tk.call(
+                self._w, 'window', 'configure',
+                index, '-'+cnf))
+            return (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+        self.tk.call(
+              (self._w, 'window', 'configure', index)
+              + self._options(cnf, kw))
+    window_config = window_configure
+    def window_create(self, index, cnf={}, **kw):
+        """Create a window at INDEX."""
+        self.tk.call(
+              (self._w, 'window', 'create', index)
+              + self._options(cnf, kw))
+    def window_names(self):
+        """Return all names of embedded windows in this widget."""
+        return self.tk.splitlist(
+            self.tk.call(self._w, 'window', 'names'))
+    def xview(self, *what):
+        """Query and change horizontal position of the view."""
+        if not what:
+            return self._getdoubles(self.tk.call(self._w, 'xview'))
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'xview') + what)
+    def xview_moveto(self, fraction):
+        """Adjusts the view in the window so that FRACTION of the
+        total width of the canvas is off-screen to the left."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'xview', 'moveto', fraction)
+    def xview_scroll(self, number, what):
+        """Shift the x-view according to NUMBER which is measured
+        in "units" or "pages" (WHAT)."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'xview', 'scroll', number, what)
+    def yview(self, *what):
+        """Query and change vertical position of the view."""
+        if not what:
+            return self._getdoubles(self.tk.call(self._w, 'yview'))
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'yview') + what)
+    def yview_moveto(self, fraction):
+        """Adjusts the view in the window so that FRACTION of the
+        total height of the canvas is off-screen to the top."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'yview', 'moveto', fraction)
+    def yview_scroll(self, number, what):
+        """Shift the y-view according to NUMBER which is measured
+        in "units" or "pages" (WHAT)."""
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'yview', 'scroll', number, what)
+    def yview_pickplace(self, *what):
+        """Obsolete function, use see."""
+        self.tk.call((self._w, 'yview', '-pickplace') + what)
+
+class _setit:
+    """Internal class. It wraps the command in the widget OptionMenu."""
+    def __init__(self, var, value, callback=None):
+        self.__value = value
+        self.__var = var
+        self.__callback = callback
+    def __call__(self, *args):
+        self.__var.set(self.__value)
+        if self.__callback:
+            apply(self.__callback, (self.__value,)+args)
+
+class OptionMenu(Menubutton):
+    """OptionMenu which allows the user to select a value from a menu."""
+    def __init__(self, master, variable, value, *values, **kwargs):
+        """Construct an optionmenu widget with the parent MASTER, with
+        the resource textvariable set to VARIABLE, the initially selected
+        value VALUE, the other menu values VALUES and an additional
+        keyword argument command."""
+        kw = {"borderwidth": 2, "textvariable": variable,
+              "indicatoron": 1, "relief": RAISED, "anchor": "c",
+              "highlightthickness": 2}
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, "menubutton", kw)
+        self.widgetName = 'tk_optionMenu'
+        menu = self.__menu = Menu(self, name="menu", tearoff=0)
+        self.menuname = menu._w
+        # 'command' is the only supported keyword
+        callback = kwargs.get('command')
+        if kwargs.has_key('command'):
+            del kwargs['command']
+        if kwargs:
+            raise TclError, 'unknown option -'+kwargs.keys()[0]
+        menu.add_command(label=value,
+                 command=_setit(variable, value, callback))
+        for v in values:
+            menu.add_command(label=v,
+                     command=_setit(variable, v, callback))
+        self["menu"] = menu
+
+    def __getitem__(self, name):
+        if name == 'menu':
+            return self.__menu
+        return Widget.__getitem__(self, name)
+
+    def destroy(self):
+        """Destroy this widget and the associated menu."""
+        Menubutton.destroy(self)
+        self.__menu = None
+
+class Image:
+    """Base class for images."""
+    _last_id = 0
+    def __init__(self, imgtype, name=None, cnf={}, master=None, **kw):
+        self.name = None
+        if not master:
+            master = _default_root
+            if not master:
+                raise RuntimeError, 'Too early to create image'
+        self.tk = master.tk
+        if not name:
+            Image._last_id += 1
+            name = "pyimage" +`Image._last_id` # tk itself would use image<x>
+            # The following is needed for systems where id(x)
+            # can return a negative number, such as Linux/m68k:
+            if name[0] == '-': name = '_' + name[1:]
+        if kw and cnf: cnf = _cnfmerge((cnf, kw))
+        elif kw: cnf = kw
+        options = ()
+        for k, v in cnf.items():
+            if callable(v):
+                v = self._register(v)
+            options = options + ('-'+k, v)
+        self.tk.call(('image', 'create', imgtype, name,) + options)
+        self.name = name
+    def __str__(self): return self.name
+    def __del__(self):
+        if self.name:
+            try:
+                self.tk.call('image', 'delete', self.name)
+            except TclError:
+                # May happen if the root was destroyed
+                pass
+    def __setitem__(self, key, value):
+        self.tk.call(self.name, 'configure', '-'+key, value)
+    def __getitem__(self, key):
+        return self.tk.call(self.name, 'configure', '-'+key)
+    def configure(self, **kw):
+        """Configure the image."""
+        res = ()
+        for k, v in _cnfmerge(kw).items():
+            if v is not None:
+                if k[-1] == '_': k = k[:-1]
+                if callable(v):
+                    v = self._register(v)
+                res = res + ('-'+k, v)
+        self.tk.call((self.name, 'config') + res)
+    config = configure
+    def height(self):
+        """Return the height of the image."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('image', 'height', self.name))
+    def type(self):
+        """Return the type of the imgage, e.g. "photo" or "bitmap"."""
+        return self.tk.call('image', 'type', self.name)
+    def width(self):
+        """Return the width of the image."""
+        return getint(
+            self.tk.call('image', 'width', self.name))
+
+class PhotoImage(Image):
+    """Widget which can display colored images in GIF, PPM/PGM format."""
+    def __init__(self, name=None, cnf={}, master=None, **kw):
+        """Create an image with NAME.
+
+        Valid resource names: data, format, file, gamma, height, palette,
+        width."""
+        apply(Image.__init__, (self, 'photo', name, cnf, master), kw)
+    def blank(self):
+        """Display a transparent image."""
+        self.tk.call(self.name, 'blank')
+    def cget(self, option):
+        """Return the value of OPTION."""
+        return self.tk.call(self.name, 'cget', '-' + option)
+    # XXX config
+    def __getitem__(self, key):
+        return self.tk.call(self.name, 'cget', '-' + key)
+    # XXX copy -from, -to, ...?
+    def copy(self):
+        """Return a new PhotoImage with the same image as this widget."""
+        destImage = PhotoImage()
+        self.tk.call(destImage, 'copy', self.name)
+        return destImage
+    def zoom(self,x,y=''):
+        """Return a new PhotoImage with the same image as this widget
+        but zoom it with X and Y."""
+        destImage = PhotoImage()
+        if y=='': y=x
+        self.tk.call(destImage, 'copy', self.name, '-zoom',x,y)
+        return destImage
+    def subsample(self,x,y=''):
+        """Return a new PhotoImage based on the same image as this widget
+        but use only every Xth or Yth pixel."""
+        destImage = PhotoImage()
+        if y=='': y=x
+        self.tk.call(destImage, 'copy', self.name, '-subsample',x,y)
+        return destImage
+    def get(self, x, y):
+        """Return the color (red, green, blue) of the pixel at X,Y."""
+        return self.tk.call(self.name, 'get', x, y)
+    def put(self, data, to=None):
+        """Put row formated colors to image starting from
+        position TO, e.g. image.put("{red green} {blue yellow}", to=(4,6))"""
+        args = (self.name, 'put', data)
+        if to:
+            if to[0] == '-to':
+                to = to[1:]
+            args = args + ('-to',) + tuple(to)
+        self.tk.call(args)
+    # XXX read
+    def write(self, filename, format=None, from_coords=None):
+        """Write image to file FILENAME in FORMAT starting from
+        position FROM_COORDS."""
+        args = (self.name, 'write', filename)
+        if format:
+            args = args + ('-format', format)
+        if from_coords:
+            args = args + ('-from',) + tuple(from_coords)
+        self.tk.call(args)
+
+class BitmapImage(Image):
+    """Widget which can display a bitmap."""
+    def __init__(self, name=None, cnf={}, master=None, **kw):
+        """Create a bitmap with NAME.
+
+        Valid resource names: background, data, file, foreground, maskdata, maskfile."""
+        apply(Image.__init__, (self, 'bitmap', name, cnf, master), kw)
+
+def image_names(): return _default_root.tk.call('image', 'names')
+def image_types(): return _default_root.tk.call('image', 'types')
+
+######################################################################
+# Extensions:
+
+class Studbutton(Button):
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'studbutton', cnf, kw)
+        self.bind('<Any-Enter>',       self.tkButtonEnter)
+        self.bind('<Any-Leave>',       self.tkButtonLeave)
+        self.bind('<1>',               self.tkButtonDown)
+        self.bind('<ButtonRelease-1>', self.tkButtonUp)
+
+class Tributton(Button):
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        Widget.__init__(self, master, 'tributton', cnf, kw)
+        self.bind('<Any-Enter>',       self.tkButtonEnter)
+        self.bind('<Any-Leave>',       self.tkButtonLeave)
+        self.bind('<1>',               self.tkButtonDown)
+        self.bind('<ButtonRelease-1>', self.tkButtonUp)
+        self['fg']               = self['bg']
+        self['activebackground'] = self['bg']
+
+######################################################################
+# Test:
+
+def _test():
+    root = Tk()
+    text = "This is Tcl/Tk version %s" % TclVersion
+    if TclVersion >= 8.1:
+        try:
+            text = text + unicode("\nThis should be a cedilla: \347",
+                                  "iso-8859-1")
+        except NameError:
+            pass # no unicode support
+    label = Label(root, text=text)
+    label.pack()
+    test = Button(root, text="Click me!",
+              command=lambda root=root: root.test.configure(
+                  text="[%s]" % root.test['text']))
+    test.pack()
+    root.test = test
+    quit = Button(root, text="QUIT", command=root.destroy)
+    quit.pack()
+    # The following three commands are needed so the window pops
+    # up on top on Windows...
+    root.iconify()
+    root.update()
+    root.deiconify()
+    root.mainloop()
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    _test()
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/Tkinter.py.diff
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/Tkinter.py.diff	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+*** Tkinter.py.dist	Mon Oct 16 14:49:40 2000
+--- Tkinter.py	Wed Nov 22 01:56:28 2000
+***************
+*** 45,51 ****
+  
+  TkVersion = _string.atof(_tkinter.TK_VERSION)
+  TclVersion = _string.atof(_tkinter.TCL_VERSION)
+! 
+  READABLE = _tkinter.READABLE
+  WRITABLE = _tkinter.WRITABLE
+  EXCEPTION = _tkinter.EXCEPTION
+--- 45,53 ----
+  
+  TkVersion = _string.atof(_tkinter.TK_VERSION)
+  TclVersion = _string.atof(_tkinter.TCL_VERSION)
+! try: TixVersion = _string.atof(_tkinter.TIX_VERSION)
+! except AttributeError: TixVersion = None
+!     
+  READABLE = _tkinter.READABLE
+  WRITABLE = _tkinter.WRITABLE
+  EXCEPTION = _tkinter.EXCEPTION
+***************
+*** 1770,1781 ****
+          # XXX Obsolete -- better use self.tk.call directly!
+          return self.tk.call((self._w, name) + args)
+  
+! class Widget(BaseWidget, Pack, Place, Grid):
+!     """Internal class.
+! 
+!     Base class for a widget which can be positioned with the geometry managers
+!     Pack, Place or Grid."""
+!     pass
+  
+  class Toplevel(BaseWidget, Wm):
+      """Toplevel widget, e.g. for dialogs."""
+--- 1772,1834 ----
+          # XXX Obsolete -- better use self.tk.call directly!
+          return self.tk.call((self._w, name) + args)
+  
+! if TixVersion:
+!     # The Tix 'tixForm' geometry manager
+!     class Form:
+!         """The Tix Form geometry manager
+!     
+!         Widgets can be arranged by specifying attachments to other widgets.
+!         See Tix documentation for complete details"""
+!     
+!         def config(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+! 	    apply(self.tk.call, ('tixForm', self._w) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+!         form = config
+!     
+!         def __setitem__(self, key, value):
+! 	    Form.form({key: value})
+!     
+!         def check(self):
+! 	    return self.tk.call('tixForm', 'check', self._w)
+!     
+!         def forget(self):
+! 	    self.tk.call('tixForm', 'forget', self._w)
+!     
+!         def grid(self, xsize=0, ysize=0):
+! 	    if (not xsize) and (not ysize):
+! 	        x = self.tk.call('tixForm', 'grid', self._w)
+! 	        y = self.tk.splitlist(x)
+! 	        z = ()
+! 	        for x in y:
+! 		    z = z + (self.tk.getint(x),)
+! 	        return z
+! 	    self.tk.call('tixForm', 'grid', self._w, xsize, ysize)
+!     
+!         def info(self, option=None):
+! 	    if not option:
+! 	        return self.tk.call('tixForm', 'info', self._w)
+! 	    if option[0] != '-':
+! 	        option = '-' + option
+! 	    return self.tk.call('tixForm', 'info', self._w, option)
+!     
+!         def slaves(self):
+! 	    return map(self._nametowidget,
+! 		       self.tk.splitlist(
+! 		           self.tk.call(
+! 		    	   'tixForm', 'slaves', self._w)))
+!     
+!     class Widget(BaseWidget, Pack, Place, Grid, Form):
+!         """Internal class.
+!     
+!         Base class for a widget which can be positioned with the geometry managers
+!         Pack, Place, Grid or Form."""
+!         pass
+! else:
+!     class Widget(BaseWidget, Pack, Place, Grid):
+!         """Internal class.
+!     
+!         Base class for a widget which can be positioned with the geometry managers
+!         Pack, Place or Grid."""
+!         pass
+  
+  class Toplevel(BaseWidget, Wm):
+      """Toplevel widget, e.g. for dialogs."""

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/_tkinter.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/_tkinter.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,2264 @@
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (C) 1994 Steen Lumholt.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/* _tkinter.c -- Interface to libtk.a and libtcl.a. */
+
+/* TCL/TK VERSION INFO:
+
+	Only Tcl/Tk 8.0 and later are supported.  Older versions are not
+	supported.  (Use Python 1.5.2 if you cannot upgrade your Tcl/Tk
+	libraries.)
+*/
+
+/* XXX Further speed-up ideas, involving Tcl 8.0 features:
+
+   - In Tcl_Call(), create Tcl objects from the arguments, possibly using
+   intelligent mappings between Python objects and Tcl objects (e.g. ints,
+   floats and Tcl window pointers could be handled specially).
+
+   - Register a new Tcl type, "Python callable", which can be called more
+   efficiently and passed to Tcl_EvalObj() directly (if this is possible).
+
+*/
+
+
+#include "Python.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#ifdef WITH_THREAD
+#include "pythread.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef macintosh
+#define MAC_TCL
+#endif
+
+#include <tcl.h>
+#include <tk.h>
+#ifdef WITH_TIX
+#include <tix.h>
+#endif
+
+#define TKMAJORMINOR (TK_MAJOR_VERSION*1000 + TK_MINOR_VERSION)
+
+#if TKMAJORMINOR < 8000
+#error "Tk older than 8.0 not supported"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(macintosh)
+/* Sigh, we have to include this to get at the tcl qd pointer */
+#include <tkMac.h>
+/* And this one we need to clear the menu bar */
+#include <Menus.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !(defined(MS_WINDOWS) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
+#define HAVE_CREATEFILEHANDLER
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CREATEFILEHANDLER
+
+/* Tcl_CreateFileHandler() changed several times; these macros deal with the
+   messiness.  In Tcl 8.0 and later, it is not available on Windows (and on
+   Unix, only because Jack added it back); when available on Windows, it only
+   applies to sockets. */
+
+#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
+#define FHANDLETYPE TCL_WIN_SOCKET
+#else
+#define FHANDLETYPE TCL_UNIX_FD
+#endif
+
+/* If Tcl can wait for a Unix file descriptor, define the EventHook() routine
+   which uses this to handle Tcl events while the user is typing commands. */
+
+#if FHANDLETYPE == TCL_UNIX_FD
+#define WAIT_FOR_STDIN
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_CREATEFILEHANDLER */
+
+#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
+#include <conio.h>
+#define WAIT_FOR_STDIN
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WITH_THREAD
+
+/* The threading situation is complicated.  Tcl is not thread-safe, except for
+   Tcl 8.1, which will probably remain in alpha status for another 6 months
+   (and the README says that Tk will probably remain thread-unsafe forever).
+   So we need to use a lock around all uses of Tcl.  Previously, the Python
+   interpreter lock was used for this.  However, this causes problems when
+   other Python threads need to run while Tcl is blocked waiting for events.
+
+   To solve this problem, a separate lock for Tcl is introduced.  Holding it
+   is incompatible with holding Python's interpreter lock.  The following four
+   macros manipulate both locks together.
+
+   ENTER_TCL and LEAVE_TCL are brackets, just like Py_BEGIN_ALLOW_THREADS and
+   Py_END_ALLOW_THREADS.  They should be used whenever a call into Tcl is made
+   that could call an event handler, or otherwise affect the state of a Tcl
+   interpreter.  These assume that the surrounding code has the Python
+   interpreter lock; inside the brackets, the Python interpreter lock has been 
+   released and the lock for Tcl has been acquired.
+
+   Sometimes, it is necessary to have both the Python lock and the Tcl lock.
+   (For example, when transferring data from the Tcl interpreter result to a
+   Python string object.)  This can be done by using different macros to close
+   the ENTER_TCL block: ENTER_OVERLAP reacquires the Python lock (and restores
+   the thread state) but doesn't release the Tcl lock; LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL
+   releases the Tcl lock.
+
+   By contrast, ENTER_PYTHON and LEAVE_PYTHON are used in Tcl event
+   handlers when the handler needs to use Python.  Such event handlers are
+   entered while the lock for Tcl is held; the event handler presumably needs
+   to use Python.  ENTER_PYTHON releases the lock for Tcl and acquires
+   the Python interpreter lock, restoring the appropriate thread state, and
+   LEAVE_PYTHON releases the Python interpreter lock and re-acquires the lock
+   for Tcl.  It is okay for ENTER_TCL/LEAVE_TCL pairs to be contained inside
+   the code between ENTER_PYTHON and LEAVE_PYTHON.
+
+   These locks expand to several statements and brackets; they should not be
+   used in branches of if statements and the like.
+
+*/
+
+static PyThread_type_lock tcl_lock = 0;
+static PyThreadState *tcl_tstate = NULL;
+
+#define ENTER_TCL \
+	{ PyThreadState *tstate = PyThreadState_Get(); Py_BEGIN_ALLOW_THREADS \
+	    PyThread_acquire_lock(tcl_lock, 1); tcl_tstate = tstate;
+
+#define LEAVE_TCL \
+    tcl_tstate = NULL; PyThread_release_lock(tcl_lock); Py_END_ALLOW_THREADS}
+
+#define ENTER_OVERLAP \
+	Py_END_ALLOW_THREADS
+
+#define LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL \
+	tcl_tstate = NULL; PyThread_release_lock(tcl_lock); }
+
+#define ENTER_PYTHON \
+	{ PyThreadState *tstate = tcl_tstate; tcl_tstate = NULL; \
+            PyThread_release_lock(tcl_lock); PyEval_RestoreThread((tstate)); }
+
+#define LEAVE_PYTHON \
+	{ PyThreadState *tstate = PyEval_SaveThread(); \
+            PyThread_acquire_lock(tcl_lock, 1); tcl_tstate = tstate; }
+
+#else
+
+#define ENTER_TCL
+#define LEAVE_TCL
+#define ENTER_OVERLAP
+#define LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL
+#define ENTER_PYTHON
+#define LEAVE_PYTHON
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef macintosh
+
+/*
+** Additional cruft needed by Tcl/Tk on the Mac.
+** This is for Tcl 7.5 and Tk 4.1 (patch release 1).
+*/
+
+/* ckfree() expects a char* */
+#define FREECAST (char *)
+
+#include <Events.h> /* For EventRecord */
+
+typedef int (*TclMacConvertEventPtr) (EventRecord *eventPtr);
+void Tcl_MacSetEventProc(TclMacConvertEventPtr procPtr);
+int TkMacConvertEvent(EventRecord *eventPtr);
+
+staticforward int PyMacConvertEvent(EventRecord *eventPtr);
+
+#if defined(__CFM68K__) && !defined(__USING_STATIC_LIBS__)
+	#pragma import on
+#endif
+
+#include <SIOUX.h>
+extern int SIOUXIsAppWindow(WindowPtr);
+
+#if defined(__CFM68K__) && !defined(__USING_STATIC_LIBS__)
+	#pragma import reset
+#endif
+#endif /* macintosh */
+
+#ifndef FREECAST
+#define FREECAST (char *)
+#endif
+
+/**** Tkapp Object Declaration ****/
+
+staticforward PyTypeObject Tkapp_Type;
+
+typedef struct {
+	PyObject_HEAD
+	Tcl_Interp *interp;
+} TkappObject;
+
+#define Tkapp_Check(v) ((v)->ob_type == &Tkapp_Type)
+#define Tkapp_Interp(v) (((TkappObject *) (v))->interp)
+#define Tkapp_Result(v) Tcl_GetStringResult(Tkapp_Interp(v))
+
+#define DEBUG_REFCNT(v) (printf("DEBUG: id=%p, refcnt=%i\n", \
+(void *) v, ((PyObject *) v)->ob_refcnt))
+
+
+
+/**** Error Handling ****/
+
+static PyObject *Tkinter_TclError;
+static int quitMainLoop = 0;
+static int errorInCmd = 0;
+static PyObject *excInCmd;
+static PyObject *valInCmd;
+static PyObject *trbInCmd;
+
+
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkinter_Error(PyObject *v)
+{
+	PyErr_SetString(Tkinter_TclError, Tkapp_Result(v));
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+
+
+/**** Utils ****/
+
+#ifdef WITH_THREAD
+#ifndef MS_WINDOWS
+
+/* Millisecond sleep() for Unix platforms. */
+
+static void
+Sleep(int milli)
+{
+	/* XXX Too bad if you don't have select(). */
+	struct timeval t;
+	t.tv_sec = milli/1000;
+	t.tv_usec = (milli%1000) * 1000;
+	select(0, (fd_set *)0, (fd_set *)0, (fd_set *)0, &t);
+}
+#endif /* MS_WINDOWS */
+#endif /* WITH_THREAD */
+
+
+static char *
+AsString(PyObject *value, PyObject *tmp)
+{
+	if (PyString_Check(value))
+		return PyString_AsString(value);
+	else if (PyUnicode_Check(value)) {
+		PyObject *v = PyUnicode_AsUTF8String(value);
+		if (v == NULL)
+			return NULL;
+		if (PyList_Append(tmp, v) != 0) {
+			Py_DECREF(v);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		Py_DECREF(v);
+		return PyString_AsString(v);
+	}
+	else {
+		PyObject *v = PyObject_Str(value);
+		if (v == NULL)
+			return NULL;
+		if (PyList_Append(tmp, v) != 0) {
+			Py_DECREF(v);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		Py_DECREF(v);
+		return PyString_AsString(v);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+#define ARGSZ 64
+
+static char *
+Merge(PyObject *args)
+{
+	PyObject *tmp = NULL;
+	char *argvStore[ARGSZ];
+	char **argv = NULL;
+	int fvStore[ARGSZ];
+	int *fv = NULL;
+	int argc = 0, fvc = 0, i;
+	char *res = NULL;
+
+	if (!(tmp = PyList_New(0)))
+	    return NULL;
+
+	argv = argvStore;
+	fv = fvStore;
+
+	if (args == NULL)
+		argc = 0;
+
+	else if (!PyTuple_Check(args)) {
+		argc = 1;
+		fv[0] = 0;
+		if (!(argv[0] = AsString(args, tmp)))
+			goto finally;
+	}
+	else {
+		argc = PyTuple_Size(args);
+
+		if (argc > ARGSZ) {
+			argv = (char **)ckalloc(argc * sizeof(char *));
+			fv = (int *)ckalloc(argc * sizeof(int));
+			if (argv == NULL || fv == NULL) {
+				PyErr_NoMemory();
+				goto finally;
+			}
+		}
+
+		for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+			PyObject *v = PyTuple_GetItem(args, i);
+			if (PyTuple_Check(v)) {
+				fv[i] = 1;
+				if (!(argv[i] = Merge(v)))
+					goto finally;
+				fvc++;
+			}
+			else if (v == Py_None) {
+				argc = i;
+				break;
+			}
+			else {
+				fv[i] = 0;
+				if (!(argv[i] = AsString(v, tmp)))
+					goto finally;
+				fvc++;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	res = Tcl_Merge(argc, argv);
+	if (res == NULL)
+		PyErr_SetString(Tkinter_TclError, "merge failed");
+
+  finally:
+	for (i = 0; i < fvc; i++)
+		if (fv[i]) {
+			ckfree(argv[i]);
+		}
+	if (argv != argvStore)
+		ckfree(FREECAST argv);
+	if (fv != fvStore)
+		ckfree(FREECAST fv);
+
+	Py_DECREF(tmp);
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+
+static PyObject *
+Split(char *list)
+{
+	int argc;
+	char **argv;
+	PyObject *v;
+
+	if (list == NULL) {
+		Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+		return Py_None;
+	}
+
+	if (Tcl_SplitList((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, list, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
+		/* Not a list.
+		 * Could be a quoted string containing funnies, e.g. {"}.
+		 * Return the string itself.
+		 */
+		return PyString_FromString(list);
+	}
+
+	if (argc == 0)
+		v = PyString_FromString("");
+	else if (argc == 1)
+		v = PyString_FromString(argv[0]);
+	else if ((v = PyTuple_New(argc)) != NULL) {
+		int i;
+		PyObject *w;
+
+		for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+			if ((w = Split(argv[i])) == NULL) {
+				Py_DECREF(v);
+				v = NULL;
+				break;
+			}
+			PyTuple_SetItem(v, i, w);
+		}
+	}
+	Tcl_Free(FREECAST argv);
+	return v;
+}
+
+
+
+/**** Tkapp Object ****/
+
+#ifndef WITH_APPINIT
+int
+Tcl_AppInit(Tcl_Interp *interp)
+{
+	Tk_Window main;
+
+	main = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
+	if (Tcl_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+		PySys_WriteStderr("Tcl_Init error: %s\n", Tcl_GetStringResult(interp));
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (Tk_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+		PySys_WriteStderr("Tk_Init error: %s\n", Tcl_GetStringResult(interp));
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+#ifdef WITH_TIX
+	if (Tix_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+		PySys_WriteStderr("Tix_Init error: %s\n", Tcl_GetStringResult(interp));
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+#endif
+	return TCL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* !WITH_APPINIT */
+
+
+
+
+/* Initialize the Tk application; see the `main' function in
+ * `tkMain.c'.
+ */
+
+static void EnableEventHook(void); /* Forward */
+static void DisableEventHook(void); /* Forward */
+
+static TkappObject *
+Tkapp_New(char *screenName, char *baseName, char *className, int interactive)
+{
+	TkappObject *v;
+	char *argv0;
+  
+	v = PyObject_New(TkappObject, &Tkapp_Type);
+	if (v == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	v->interp = Tcl_CreateInterp();
+
+#if defined(macintosh)
+	/* This seems to be needed */
+	ClearMenuBar();
+	TkMacInitMenus(v->interp);
+#endif
+	/* Delete the 'exit' command, which can screw things up */
+	Tcl_DeleteCommand(v->interp, "exit");
+
+	if (screenName != NULL)
+		Tcl_SetVar2(v->interp, "env", "DISPLAY",
+			    screenName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+
+	if (interactive)
+		Tcl_SetVar(v->interp, "tcl_interactive", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	else
+		Tcl_SetVar(v->interp, "tcl_interactive", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+
+	/* This is used to get the application class for Tk 4.1 and up */
+	argv0 = (char*)ckalloc(strlen(className) + 1);
+	if (!argv0) {
+		PyErr_NoMemory();
+		Py_DECREF(v);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	strcpy(argv0, className);
+	if (isupper((int)(argv0[0])))
+		argv0[0] = tolower(argv0[0]);
+	Tcl_SetVar(v->interp, "argv0", argv0, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	ckfree(argv0);
+
+	if (Tcl_AppInit(v->interp) != TCL_OK)
+		return (TkappObject *)Tkinter_Error((PyObject *)v);
+
+	EnableEventHook();
+
+	return v;
+}
+
+
+
+/** Tcl Eval **/
+
+#if TKMAJORMINOR >= 8001
+#define USING_OBJECTS
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USING_OBJECTS
+
+static Tcl_Obj*
+AsObj(PyObject *value)
+{
+	Tcl_Obj *result;
+
+	if (PyString_Check(value))
+		return Tcl_NewStringObj(PyString_AS_STRING(value),
+					PyString_GET_SIZE(value));
+	else if (PyInt_Check(value))
+		return Tcl_NewLongObj(PyInt_AS_LONG(value));
+	else if (PyFloat_Check(value))
+		return Tcl_NewDoubleObj(PyFloat_AS_DOUBLE(value));
+	else if (PyTuple_Check(value)) {
+		Tcl_Obj **argv = (Tcl_Obj**)
+			ckalloc(PyTuple_Size(value)*sizeof(Tcl_Obj*));
+		int i;
+		if(!argv)
+		  return 0;
+		for(i=0;i<PyTuple_Size(value);i++)
+		  argv[i] = AsObj(PyTuple_GetItem(value,i));
+		result = Tcl_NewListObj(PyTuple_Size(value), argv);
+		ckfree(FREECAST argv);
+		return result;
+	}
+	else if (PyUnicode_Check(value)) {
+#if TKMAJORMINOR <= 8001
+		/* In Tcl 8.1 we must use UTF-8 */
+		PyObject* utf8 = PyUnicode_AsUTF8String(value);
+		if (!utf8)
+			return 0;
+		result = Tcl_NewStringObj(PyString_AS_STRING(utf8),
+					  PyString_GET_SIZE(utf8));
+		Py_DECREF(utf8);
+		return result;
+#else /* TKMAJORMINOR > 8001 */
+		/* In Tcl 8.2 and later, use Tcl_NewUnicodeObj() */
+		if (sizeof(Py_UNICODE) != sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)) {
+			/* XXX Should really test this at compile time */
+			PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SystemError,
+				"Py_UNICODE and Tcl_UniChar differ in size");
+			return 0;
+		}
+		return Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(PyUnicode_AS_UNICODE(value),
+					 PyUnicode_GET_SIZE(value));
+#endif /* TKMAJORMINOR > 8001 */
+	}
+	else {
+		PyObject *v = PyObject_Str(value);
+		if (!v)
+			return 0;
+		result = AsObj(v);
+		Py_DECREF(v);
+		return result;
+	}
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_Call(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	Tcl_Obj *objStore[ARGSZ];
+	Tcl_Obj **objv = NULL;
+	int objc = 0, i;
+	PyObject *res = NULL;
+	Tcl_Interp *interp = Tkapp_Interp(self);
+	/* Could add TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL if wrapped by GlobalCall... */
+	int flags = TCL_EVAL_DIRECT;
+
+	objv = objStore;
+
+	if (args == NULL)
+		objc = 0;
+
+	else if (!PyTuple_Check(args)) {
+		objc = 1;
+		objv[0] = AsObj(args);
+		if (objv[0] == 0)
+			goto finally;
+		Tcl_IncrRefCount(objv[0]);
+	}
+	else {
+		objc = PyTuple_Size(args);
+
+		if (objc > ARGSZ) {
+			objv = (Tcl_Obj **)ckalloc(objc * sizeof(char *));
+			if (objv == NULL) {
+				PyErr_NoMemory();
+				goto finally;
+			}
+		}
+
+		for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
+			PyObject *v = PyTuple_GetItem(args, i);
+			if (v == Py_None) {
+				objc = i;
+				break;
+			}
+			objv[i] = AsObj(v);
+			if (!objv[i])
+				goto finally;
+			Tcl_IncrRefCount(objv[i]);
+		}
+	}
+
+	ENTER_TCL
+
+	i = Tcl_EvalObjv(interp, objc, objv, flags);
+
+	ENTER_OVERLAP
+	if (i == TCL_ERROR)
+		Tkinter_Error(self);
+	else {
+		/* We could request the object result here, but doing
+		   so would confuse applications that expect a string. */
+		char *s = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
+		char *p = s;
+		/* If the result contains any bytes with the top bit set,
+		   it's UTF-8 and we should decode it to Unicode */
+		while (*p != '\0') {
+			if (*p & 0x80)
+				break;
+			p++;
+		}
+		if (*p == '\0')
+			res = PyString_FromStringAndSize(s, (int)(p-s));
+		else {
+			/* Convert UTF-8 to Unicode string */
+			p = strchr(p, '\0');
+			res = PyUnicode_DecodeUTF8(s, (int)(p-s), "strict");
+			if (res == NULL) {
+			    PyErr_Clear();
+			    res = PyString_FromStringAndSize(s, (int)(p-s));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL
+
+  finally:
+	for (i = 0; i < objc; i++)
+		Tcl_DecrRefCount(objv[i]);
+	if (objv != objStore)
+		ckfree(FREECAST objv);
+	return res;
+}
+
+#else /* !USING_OBJECTS */
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_Call(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	/* This is copied from Merge() */
+	PyObject *tmp = NULL;
+	char *argvStore[ARGSZ];
+	char **argv = NULL;
+	int fvStore[ARGSZ];
+	int *fv = NULL;
+	int argc = 0, fvc = 0, i;
+	PyObject *res = NULL; /* except this has a different type */
+	Tcl_CmdInfo info; /* and this is added */
+	Tcl_Interp *interp = Tkapp_Interp(self); /* and this too */
+
+	if (!(tmp = PyList_New(0)))
+	    return NULL;
+
+	argv = argvStore;
+	fv = fvStore;
+
+	if (args == NULL)
+		argc = 0;
+
+	else if (!PyTuple_Check(args)) {
+		argc = 1;
+		fv[0] = 0;
+		if (!(argv[0] = AsString(args, tmp)))
+			goto finally;
+	}
+	else {
+		argc = PyTuple_Size(args);
+
+		if (argc > ARGSZ) {
+			argv = (char **)ckalloc(argc * sizeof(char *));
+			fv = (int *)ckalloc(argc * sizeof(int));
+			if (argv == NULL || fv == NULL) {
+				PyErr_NoMemory();
+				goto finally;
+			}
+		}
+
+		for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+			PyObject *v = PyTuple_GetItem(args, i);
+			if (PyTuple_Check(v)) {
+				fv[i] = 1;
+				if (!(argv[i] = Merge(v)))
+					goto finally;
+				fvc++;
+			}
+			else if (v == Py_None) {
+				argc = i;
+				break;
+			}
+			else {
+				fv[i] = 0;
+				if (!(argv[i] = AsString(v, tmp)))
+					goto finally;
+				fvc++;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	/* End code copied from Merge() */
+
+	/* All this to avoid a call to Tcl_Merge() and the corresponding call
+	   to Tcl_SplitList() inside Tcl_Eval()...  It can save a bundle! */
+	if (Py_VerboseFlag >= 2) {
+		for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
+			PySys_WriteStderr("%s ", argv[i]);
+	}
+	ENTER_TCL
+	info.proc = NULL;
+	if (argc < 1 ||
+	    !Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, argv[0], &info) ||
+	    info.proc == NULL)
+	{
+		char *cmd;
+		cmd = Tcl_Merge(argc, argv);
+		i = Tcl_Eval(interp, cmd);
+		ckfree(cmd);
+	}
+	else {
+		Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+		i = (*info.proc)(info.clientData, interp, argc, argv);
+	}
+	ENTER_OVERLAP
+	if (info.proc == NULL && Py_VerboseFlag >= 2)
+		PySys_WriteStderr("... use TclEval ");
+	if (i == TCL_ERROR) {
+		if (Py_VerboseFlag >= 2)
+			PySys_WriteStderr("... error: '%s'\n",
+				Tcl_GetStringResult(interp));
+		Tkinter_Error(self);
+	}
+	else {
+		if (Py_VerboseFlag >= 2)
+			PySys_WriteStderr("-> '%s'\n", Tcl_GetStringResult(interp));
+		res = PyString_FromString(Tcl_GetStringResult(interp));
+	}
+	LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL
+
+	/* Copied from Merge() again */
+  finally:
+	for (i = 0; i < fvc; i++)
+		if (fv[i]) {
+			ckfree(argv[i]);
+		}
+	if (argv != argvStore)
+		ckfree(FREECAST argv);
+	if (fv != fvStore)
+		ckfree(FREECAST fv);
+
+	Py_DECREF(tmp);
+	return res;
+}
+
+#endif /* !USING_OBJECTS */
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_GlobalCall(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	/* Could do the same here as for Tkapp_Call(), but this is not used
+	   much, so I can't be bothered.  Unfortunately Tcl doesn't export a
+	   way for the user to do what all its Global* variants do (save and
+	   reset the scope pointer, call the local version, restore the saved
+	   scope pointer). */
+
+	char *cmd;
+	PyObject *res = NULL;
+
+	cmd  = Merge(args);
+	if (cmd) {
+		int err;
+		ENTER_TCL
+		err = Tcl_GlobalEval(Tkapp_Interp(self), cmd);
+		ENTER_OVERLAP
+		if (err == TCL_ERROR)
+			res = Tkinter_Error(self);
+		else
+			res = PyString_FromString(Tkapp_Result(self));
+		LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL
+		ckfree(cmd);
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_Eval(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *script;
+	PyObject *res = NULL;
+	int err;
+  
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s:eval", &script))
+		return NULL;
+
+	ENTER_TCL
+	err = Tcl_Eval(Tkapp_Interp(self), script);
+	ENTER_OVERLAP
+	if (err == TCL_ERROR)
+		res = Tkinter_Error(self);
+	else
+		res = PyString_FromString(Tkapp_Result(self));
+	LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL
+	return res;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_GlobalEval(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *script;
+	PyObject *res = NULL;
+	int err;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s:globaleval", &script))
+		return NULL;
+
+	ENTER_TCL
+	err = Tcl_GlobalEval(Tkapp_Interp(self), script);
+	ENTER_OVERLAP
+	if (err == TCL_ERROR)
+		res = Tkinter_Error(self);
+	else
+		res = PyString_FromString(Tkapp_Result(self));
+	LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL
+	return res;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_EvalFile(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *fileName;
+	PyObject *res = NULL;
+	int err;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s:evalfile", &fileName))
+		return NULL;
+
+	ENTER_TCL
+	err = Tcl_EvalFile(Tkapp_Interp(self), fileName);
+	ENTER_OVERLAP
+	if (err == TCL_ERROR)
+		res = Tkinter_Error(self);
+
+	else
+		res = PyString_FromString(Tkapp_Result(self));
+	LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL
+	return res;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_Record(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *script;
+	PyObject *res = NULL;
+	int err;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s", &script))
+		return NULL;
+
+	ENTER_TCL
+	err = Tcl_RecordAndEval(Tkapp_Interp(self), script, TCL_NO_EVAL);
+	ENTER_OVERLAP
+	if (err == TCL_ERROR)
+		res = Tkinter_Error(self);
+	else
+		res = PyString_FromString(Tkapp_Result(self));
+	LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL
+	return res;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_AddErrorInfo(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *msg;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s:adderrorinfo", &msg))
+		return NULL;
+	ENTER_TCL
+	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(Tkapp_Interp(self), msg);
+	LEAVE_TCL
+
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	return Py_None;
+}
+
+
+
+/** Tcl Variable **/
+
+static PyObject *
+SetVar(PyObject *self, PyObject *args, int flags)
+{
+	char *name1, *name2, *ok, *s;
+	PyObject *newValue;
+	PyObject *tmp;
+
+	tmp = PyList_New(0);
+	if (!tmp)
+		return NULL;
+
+	if (PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "sO:setvar", &name1, &newValue)) {
+		/* XXX Merge? */
+		s = AsString(newValue, tmp);
+		if (s == NULL)
+			return NULL;
+		ENTER_TCL
+		ok = Tcl_SetVar(Tkapp_Interp(self), name1, s, flags);
+		LEAVE_TCL
+	}
+	else {
+		PyErr_Clear();
+		if (PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "ssO:setvar",
+				     &name1, &name2, &newValue)) {
+			s = AsString(newValue, tmp);
+			if (s == NULL)
+				return NULL;
+			ENTER_TCL
+			ok = Tcl_SetVar2(Tkapp_Interp(self), name1, name2, 
+					 s, flags);
+			LEAVE_TCL
+		}
+		else {
+			Py_DECREF(tmp);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	Py_DECREF(tmp);
+
+	if (!ok)
+		return Tkinter_Error(self);
+
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	return Py_None;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_SetVar(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	return SetVar(self, args, TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_GlobalSetVar(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	return SetVar(self, args, TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+}
+
+
+
+static PyObject *
+GetVar(PyObject *self, PyObject *args, int flags)
+{
+	char *name1, *name2=NULL, *s;
+	PyObject *res = NULL;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s|s:getvar", &name1, &name2))
+		return NULL;
+	ENTER_TCL
+	if (name2 == NULL)
+		s = Tcl_GetVar(Tkapp_Interp(self), name1, flags);
+
+	else
+		s = Tcl_GetVar2(Tkapp_Interp(self), name1, name2, flags);
+	ENTER_OVERLAP
+
+	if (s == NULL)
+		res = Tkinter_Error(self);
+	else
+		res = PyString_FromString(s);
+	LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL
+	return res;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_GetVar(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	return GetVar(self, args, TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_GlobalGetVar(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	return GetVar(self, args, TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+}
+
+
+
+static PyObject *
+UnsetVar(PyObject *self, PyObject *args, int flags)
+{
+	char *name1, *name2=NULL;
+	PyObject *res = NULL;
+	int code;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s|s:unsetvar", &name1, &name2))
+		return NULL;
+	ENTER_TCL
+	if (name2 == NULL)
+		code = Tcl_UnsetVar(Tkapp_Interp(self), name1, flags);
+
+	else
+		code = Tcl_UnsetVar2(Tkapp_Interp(self), name1, name2, flags);
+	ENTER_OVERLAP
+
+	if (code == TCL_ERROR)
+		res = Tkinter_Error(self);
+	else {
+		Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+		res = Py_None;
+	}
+	LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL
+	return res;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_UnsetVar(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	return UnsetVar(self, args, TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_GlobalUnsetVar(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	return UnsetVar(self, args, TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+}
+
+
+
+/** Tcl to Python **/
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_GetInt(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *s;
+	int v;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s:getint", &s))
+		return NULL;
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(Tkapp_Interp(self), s, &v) == TCL_ERROR)
+		return Tkinter_Error(self);
+	return Py_BuildValue("i", v);
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_GetDouble(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *s;
+	double v;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s:getdouble", &s))
+		return NULL;
+	if (Tcl_GetDouble(Tkapp_Interp(self), s, &v) == TCL_ERROR)
+		return Tkinter_Error(self);
+	return Py_BuildValue("d", v);
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_GetBoolean(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *s;
+	int v;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s:getboolean", &s))
+		return NULL;
+	if (Tcl_GetBoolean(Tkapp_Interp(self), s, &v) == TCL_ERROR)
+		return Tkinter_Error(self);
+	return Py_BuildValue("i", v);
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_ExprString(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *s;
+	PyObject *res = NULL;
+	int retval;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s:exprstring", &s))
+		return NULL;
+	ENTER_TCL
+	retval = Tcl_ExprString(Tkapp_Interp(self), s);
+	ENTER_OVERLAP
+	if (retval == TCL_ERROR)
+		res = Tkinter_Error(self);
+	else
+		res = Py_BuildValue("s", Tkapp_Result(self));
+	LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL
+	return res;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_ExprLong(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *s;
+	PyObject *res = NULL;
+	int retval;
+	long v;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s:exprlong", &s))
+		return NULL;
+	ENTER_TCL
+	retval = Tcl_ExprLong(Tkapp_Interp(self), s, &v);
+	ENTER_OVERLAP
+	if (retval == TCL_ERROR)
+		res = Tkinter_Error(self);
+	else
+		res = Py_BuildValue("l", v);
+	LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL
+	return res;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_ExprDouble(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *s;
+	PyObject *res = NULL;
+	double v;
+	int retval;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s:exprdouble", &s))
+		return NULL;
+	PyFPE_START_PROTECT("Tkapp_ExprDouble", return 0)
+	ENTER_TCL
+	retval = Tcl_ExprDouble(Tkapp_Interp(self), s, &v);
+	ENTER_OVERLAP
+	PyFPE_END_PROTECT(retval)
+	if (retval == TCL_ERROR)
+		res = Tkinter_Error(self);
+	else
+		res = Py_BuildValue("d", v);
+	LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL
+	return res;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_ExprBoolean(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *s;
+	PyObject *res = NULL;
+	int retval;
+	int v;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s:exprboolean", &s))
+		return NULL;
+	ENTER_TCL
+	retval = Tcl_ExprBoolean(Tkapp_Interp(self), s, &v);
+	ENTER_OVERLAP
+	if (retval == TCL_ERROR)
+		res = Tkinter_Error(self);
+	else
+		res = Py_BuildValue("i", v);
+	LEAVE_OVERLAP_TCL
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_SplitList(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *list;
+	int argc;
+	char **argv;
+	PyObject *v;
+	int i;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s:splitlist", &list))
+		return NULL;
+
+	if (Tcl_SplitList(Tkapp_Interp(self), list, &argc, &argv) == TCL_ERROR)
+		return Tkinter_Error(self);
+
+	if (!(v = PyTuple_New(argc)))
+		return NULL;
+	
+	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+		PyObject *s = PyString_FromString(argv[i]);
+		if (!s || PyTuple_SetItem(v, i, s)) {
+			Py_DECREF(v);
+			v = NULL;
+			goto finally;
+		}
+	}
+
+  finally:
+	ckfree(FREECAST argv);
+	return v;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_Split(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *list;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s:split", &list))
+		return NULL;
+	return Split(list);
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_Merge(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *s = Merge(args);
+	PyObject *res = NULL;
+
+	if (s) {
+		res = PyString_FromString(s);
+		ckfree(s);
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+
+/** Tcl Command **/
+
+/* Client data struct */
+typedef struct {
+	PyObject *self;
+	PyObject *func;
+} PythonCmd_ClientData;
+
+static int
+PythonCmd_Error(Tcl_Interp *interp)
+{
+	errorInCmd = 1;
+	PyErr_Fetch(&excInCmd, &valInCmd, &trbInCmd);
+	LEAVE_PYTHON
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/* This is the Tcl command that acts as a wrapper for Python
+ * function or method.
+ */
+static int
+PythonCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	PythonCmd_ClientData *data = (PythonCmd_ClientData *)clientData;
+	PyObject *self, *func, *arg, *res, *tmp;
+	int i, rv;
+	char *s;
+
+	ENTER_PYTHON
+
+	/* TBD: no error checking here since we know, via the
+	 * Tkapp_CreateCommand() that the client data is a two-tuple
+	 */
+	self = data->self;
+	func = data->func;
+
+	/* Create argument list (argv1, ..., argvN) */
+	if (!(arg = PyTuple_New(argc - 1)))
+		return PythonCmd_Error(interp);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (argc - 1); i++) {
+		PyObject *s = PyString_FromString(argv[i + 1]);
+		if (!s || PyTuple_SetItem(arg, i, s)) {
+			Py_DECREF(arg);
+			return PythonCmd_Error(interp);
+		}
+	}
+	res = PyEval_CallObject(func, arg);
+	Py_DECREF(arg);
+
+	if (res == NULL)
+		return PythonCmd_Error(interp);
+
+	if (!(tmp = PyList_New(0))) {
+		Py_DECREF(res);
+		return PythonCmd_Error(interp);
+	}
+
+	s = AsString(res, tmp);
+	if (s == NULL) {
+		rv = PythonCmd_Error(interp);
+	}
+	else {
+		Tcl_SetResult(Tkapp_Interp(self), s, TCL_VOLATILE);
+		rv = TCL_OK;
+	}
+
+	Py_DECREF(res);
+	Py_DECREF(tmp);
+
+	LEAVE_PYTHON
+
+	return rv;
+}
+
+static void
+PythonCmdDelete(ClientData clientData)
+{
+	PythonCmd_ClientData *data = (PythonCmd_ClientData *)clientData;
+
+	ENTER_PYTHON
+	Py_XDECREF(data->self);
+	Py_XDECREF(data->func);
+	PyMem_DEL(data);
+	LEAVE_PYTHON
+}
+
+
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_CreateCommand(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	PythonCmd_ClientData *data;
+	char *cmdName;
+	PyObject *func;
+	Tcl_Command err;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "sO:createcommand", &cmdName, &func))
+		return NULL;
+	if (!PyCallable_Check(func)) {
+		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, "command not callable");
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	data = PyMem_NEW(PythonCmd_ClientData, 1);
+	if (!data)
+		return NULL;
+	Py_XINCREF(self);
+	Py_XINCREF(func);
+	data->self = self;
+	data->func = func;
+
+	ENTER_TCL
+	err = Tcl_CreateCommand(Tkapp_Interp(self), cmdName, PythonCmd,
+				(ClientData)data, PythonCmdDelete);
+	LEAVE_TCL
+	if (err == NULL) {
+		PyErr_SetString(Tkinter_TclError, "can't create Tcl command");
+		PyMem_DEL(data);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	return Py_None;
+}
+
+
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_DeleteCommand(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *cmdName;
+	int err;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s:deletecommand", &cmdName))
+		return NULL;
+	ENTER_TCL
+	err = Tcl_DeleteCommand(Tkapp_Interp(self), cmdName);
+	LEAVE_TCL
+	if (err == -1) {
+		PyErr_SetString(Tkinter_TclError, "can't delete Tcl command");
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	return Py_None;
+}
+
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CREATEFILEHANDLER
+/** File Handler **/
+
+typedef struct _fhcdata {
+	PyObject *func;
+	PyObject *file;
+	int id;
+	struct _fhcdata *next;
+} FileHandler_ClientData;
+
+static FileHandler_ClientData *HeadFHCD;
+
+static FileHandler_ClientData *
+NewFHCD(PyObject *func, PyObject *file, int id)
+{
+	FileHandler_ClientData *p;
+	p = PyMem_NEW(FileHandler_ClientData, 1);
+	if (p != NULL) {
+		Py_XINCREF(func);
+		Py_XINCREF(file);
+		p->func = func;
+		p->file = file;
+		p->id = id;
+		p->next = HeadFHCD;
+		HeadFHCD = p;
+	}
+	return p;
+}
+
+static void
+DeleteFHCD(int id)
+{
+	FileHandler_ClientData *p, **pp;
+	
+	pp = &HeadFHCD; 
+	while ((p = *pp) != NULL) {
+		if (p->id == id) {
+			*pp = p->next;
+			Py_XDECREF(p->func);
+			Py_XDECREF(p->file);
+			PyMem_DEL(p);
+		}
+		else
+			pp = &p->next;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+FileHandler(ClientData clientData, int mask)
+{
+	FileHandler_ClientData *data = (FileHandler_ClientData *)clientData;
+	PyObject *func, *file, *arg, *res;
+
+	ENTER_PYTHON
+	func = data->func;
+	file = data->file;
+
+	arg = Py_BuildValue("(Oi)", file, (long) mask);
+	res = PyEval_CallObject(func, arg);
+	Py_DECREF(arg);
+
+	if (res == NULL) {
+		errorInCmd = 1;
+		PyErr_Fetch(&excInCmd, &valInCmd, &trbInCmd);
+	}
+	Py_XDECREF(res);
+	LEAVE_PYTHON
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_CreateFileHandler(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+     /* args is (file, mask, func) */
+{
+	FileHandler_ClientData *data;
+	PyObject *file, *func;
+	int mask, tfile;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "OiO:createfilehandler",
+			      &file, &mask, &func))
+		return NULL;
+	tfile = PyObject_AsFileDescriptor(file);
+	if (tfile < 0)
+		return NULL;
+	if (!PyCallable_Check(func)) {
+		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, "bad argument list");
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	data = NewFHCD(func, file, tfile);
+	if (data == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	/* Ought to check for null Tcl_File object... */
+	ENTER_TCL
+	Tcl_CreateFileHandler(tfile, mask, FileHandler, (ClientData) data);
+	LEAVE_TCL
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	return Py_None;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_DeleteFileHandler(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	PyObject *file;
+	int tfile;
+  
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "O:deletefilehandler", &file))
+		return NULL;
+	tfile = PyObject_AsFileDescriptor(file);
+	if (tfile < 0)
+		return NULL;
+
+	DeleteFHCD(tfile);
+
+	/* Ought to check for null Tcl_File object... */
+	ENTER_TCL
+	Tcl_DeleteFileHandler(tfile);
+	LEAVE_TCL
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	return Py_None;
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_CREATEFILEHANDLER */
+
+
+/**** Tktt Object (timer token) ****/
+
+staticforward PyTypeObject Tktt_Type;
+
+typedef struct {
+	PyObject_HEAD
+	Tcl_TimerToken token;
+	PyObject *func;
+} TkttObject;
+
+static PyObject *
+Tktt_DeleteTimerHandler(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	TkttObject *v = (TkttObject *)self;
+	PyObject *func = v->func;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ":deletetimerhandler"))
+		return NULL;
+	if (v->token != NULL) {
+		Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(v->token);
+		v->token = NULL;
+	}
+	if (func != NULL) {
+		v->func = NULL;
+		Py_DECREF(func);
+		Py_DECREF(v); /* See Tktt_New() */
+	}
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	return Py_None;
+}
+
+static PyMethodDef Tktt_methods[] =
+{
+	{"deletetimerhandler", Tktt_DeleteTimerHandler, 1},
+	{NULL, NULL}
+};
+
+static TkttObject *
+Tktt_New(PyObject *func)
+{
+	TkttObject *v;
+  
+	v = PyObject_New(TkttObject, &Tktt_Type);
+	if (v == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	Py_INCREF(func);
+	v->token = NULL;
+	v->func = func;
+
+	/* Extra reference, deleted when called or when handler is deleted */
+	Py_INCREF(v);
+	return v;
+}
+
+static void
+Tktt_Dealloc(PyObject *self)
+{
+	TkttObject *v = (TkttObject *)self;
+	PyObject *func = v->func;
+
+	Py_XDECREF(func);
+
+	PyObject_Del(self);
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tktt_Repr(PyObject *self)
+{
+	TkttObject *v = (TkttObject *)self;
+	char buf[100];
+
+	sprintf(buf, "<tktimertoken at %p%s>", v,
+		v->func == NULL ? ", handler deleted" : "");
+	return PyString_FromString(buf);
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tktt_GetAttr(PyObject *self, char *name)
+{
+	return Py_FindMethod(Tktt_methods, self, name);
+}
+
+static PyTypeObject Tktt_Type =
+{
+	PyObject_HEAD_INIT(NULL)
+	0,				     /*ob_size */
+	"tktimertoken",			     /*tp_name */
+	sizeof(TkttObject),		     /*tp_basicsize */
+	0,				     /*tp_itemsize */
+	Tktt_Dealloc,			     /*tp_dealloc */
+	0,				     /*tp_print */
+	Tktt_GetAttr,			     /*tp_getattr */
+	0,				     /*tp_setattr */
+	0,				     /*tp_compare */
+	Tktt_Repr,			     /*tp_repr */
+	0,				     /*tp_as_number */
+	0,				     /*tp_as_sequence */
+	0,				     /*tp_as_mapping */
+	0,				     /*tp_hash */
+};
+
+
+
+/** Timer Handler **/
+
+static void
+TimerHandler(ClientData clientData)
+{
+	TkttObject *v = (TkttObject *)clientData;
+	PyObject *func = v->func;
+	PyObject *res;
+
+	if (func == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	v->func = NULL;
+
+	ENTER_PYTHON
+
+	res  = PyEval_CallObject(func, NULL);
+	Py_DECREF(func);
+	Py_DECREF(v); /* See Tktt_New() */
+
+	if (res == NULL) {
+		errorInCmd = 1;
+		PyErr_Fetch(&excInCmd, &valInCmd, &trbInCmd);
+	}
+	else
+		Py_DECREF(res);
+
+	LEAVE_PYTHON
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_CreateTimerHandler(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	int milliseconds;
+	PyObject *func;
+	TkttObject *v;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "iO:createtimerhandler",
+			      &milliseconds, &func))
+		return NULL;
+	if (!PyCallable_Check(func)) {
+		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, "bad argument list");
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	v = Tktt_New(func);
+	v->token = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(milliseconds, TimerHandler,
+					  (ClientData)v);
+
+	return (PyObject *) v;
+}
+
+
+/** Event Loop **/
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_MainLoop(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	int threshold = 0;
+#ifdef WITH_THREAD
+	PyThreadState *tstate = PyThreadState_Get();
+#endif
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "|i:mainloop", &threshold))
+		return NULL;
+
+	quitMainLoop = 0;
+	while (Tk_GetNumMainWindows() > threshold &&
+	       !quitMainLoop &&
+	       !errorInCmd)
+	{
+		int result;
+
+#ifdef WITH_THREAD
+		Py_BEGIN_ALLOW_THREADS
+		PyThread_acquire_lock(tcl_lock, 1);
+		tcl_tstate = tstate;
+		result = Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_DONT_WAIT);
+		tcl_tstate = NULL;
+		PyThread_release_lock(tcl_lock);
+		if (result == 0)
+			Sleep(20);
+		Py_END_ALLOW_THREADS
+#else
+		result = Tcl_DoOneEvent(0);
+#endif
+
+		if (PyErr_CheckSignals() != 0)
+			return NULL;
+		if (result < 0)
+			break;
+	}
+	quitMainLoop = 0;
+
+	if (errorInCmd) {
+		errorInCmd = 0;
+		PyErr_Restore(excInCmd, valInCmd, trbInCmd);
+		excInCmd = valInCmd = trbInCmd = NULL;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	return Py_None;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_DoOneEvent(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	int flags = 0;
+	int rv;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "|i:dooneevent", &flags))
+		return NULL;
+
+	ENTER_TCL
+	rv = Tcl_DoOneEvent(flags);
+	LEAVE_TCL
+	return Py_BuildValue("i", rv);
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_Quit(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ":quit"))
+		return NULL;
+
+	quitMainLoop = 1;
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	return Py_None;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_InterpAddr(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ":interpaddr"))
+		return NULL;
+
+	return PyInt_FromLong((long)Tkapp_Interp(self));
+}
+
+
+
+/**** Tkapp Method List ****/
+
+static PyMethodDef Tkapp_methods[] =
+{
+	{"call", 	       Tkapp_Call, 0},
+	{"globalcall", 	       Tkapp_GlobalCall, 0},
+	{"eval", 	       Tkapp_Eval, 1},
+	{"globaleval", 	       Tkapp_GlobalEval, 1},
+	{"evalfile", 	       Tkapp_EvalFile, 1},
+	{"record", 	       Tkapp_Record, 1},
+	{"adderrorinfo",       Tkapp_AddErrorInfo, 1},
+	{"setvar", 	       Tkapp_SetVar, 1},
+	{"globalsetvar",       Tkapp_GlobalSetVar, 1},
+	{"getvar", 	       Tkapp_GetVar, 1},
+	{"globalgetvar",       Tkapp_GlobalGetVar, 1},
+	{"unsetvar", 	       Tkapp_UnsetVar, 1},
+	{"globalunsetvar",     Tkapp_GlobalUnsetVar, 1},
+	{"getint", 	       Tkapp_GetInt, 1},
+	{"getdouble", 	       Tkapp_GetDouble, 1},
+	{"getboolean", 	       Tkapp_GetBoolean, 1},
+	{"exprstring", 	       Tkapp_ExprString, 1},
+	{"exprlong", 	       Tkapp_ExprLong, 1},
+	{"exprdouble", 	       Tkapp_ExprDouble, 1},
+	{"exprboolean",        Tkapp_ExprBoolean, 1},
+	{"splitlist", 	       Tkapp_SplitList, 1},
+	{"split", 	       Tkapp_Split, 1},
+	{"merge", 	       Tkapp_Merge, 0},
+	{"createcommand",      Tkapp_CreateCommand, 1},
+	{"deletecommand",      Tkapp_DeleteCommand, 1},
+#ifdef HAVE_CREATEFILEHANDLER
+	{"createfilehandler",  Tkapp_CreateFileHandler, 1},
+	{"deletefilehandler",  Tkapp_DeleteFileHandler, 1},
+#endif
+	{"createtimerhandler", Tkapp_CreateTimerHandler, 1},
+	{"mainloop", 	       Tkapp_MainLoop, 1},
+	{"dooneevent", 	       Tkapp_DoOneEvent, 1},
+	{"quit", 	       Tkapp_Quit, 1},
+	{"interpaddr",         Tkapp_InterpAddr, 1},
+	{NULL, 		       NULL}
+};
+
+
+
+/**** Tkapp Type Methods ****/
+
+static void
+Tkapp_Dealloc(PyObject *self)
+{
+	ENTER_TCL
+	Tcl_DeleteInterp(Tkapp_Interp(self));
+	LEAVE_TCL
+	PyObject_Del(self);
+	DisableEventHook();
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkapp_GetAttr(PyObject *self, char *name)
+{
+	return Py_FindMethod(Tkapp_methods, self, name);
+}
+
+static PyTypeObject Tkapp_Type =
+{
+	PyObject_HEAD_INIT(NULL)
+	0,				     /*ob_size */
+	"tkapp",			     /*tp_name */
+	sizeof(TkappObject),		     /*tp_basicsize */
+	0,				     /*tp_itemsize */
+	Tkapp_Dealloc,			     /*tp_dealloc */
+	0,				     /*tp_print */
+	Tkapp_GetAttr,			     /*tp_getattr */
+	0,				     /*tp_setattr */
+	0,				     /*tp_compare */
+	0,				     /*tp_repr */
+	0,				     /*tp_as_number */
+	0,				     /*tp_as_sequence */
+	0,				     /*tp_as_mapping */
+	0,				     /*tp_hash */
+};
+
+
+
+/**** Tkinter Module ****/
+
+typedef struct {
+	PyObject* tuple;
+	int size; /* current size */
+	int maxsize; /* allocated size */
+} FlattenContext;
+
+static int
+_bump(FlattenContext* context, int size)
+{
+	/* expand tuple to hold (at least) size new items.
+	   return true if successful, false if an exception was raised */
+
+	int maxsize = context->maxsize * 2;
+
+	if (maxsize < context->size + size)
+		maxsize = context->size + size;
+
+	context->maxsize = maxsize;
+
+	return _PyTuple_Resize(&context->tuple, maxsize, 0) >= 0;
+}
+
+static int
+_flatten1(FlattenContext* context, PyObject* item, int depth)
+{
+	/* add tuple or list to argument tuple (recursively) */
+
+	int i, size;
+
+	if (depth > 1000) {
+		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_ValueError,
+				"nesting too deep in _flatten");
+		return 0;
+	} else if (PyList_Check(item)) {
+		size = PyList_GET_SIZE(item);
+		/* preallocate (assume no nesting) */
+		if (context->size + size > context->maxsize &&
+		    !_bump(context, size))
+			return 0;
+		/* copy items to output tuple */
+		for (i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+			PyObject *o = PyList_GET_ITEM(item, i);
+			if (PyList_Check(o) || PyTuple_Check(o)) {
+				if (!_flatten1(context, o, depth + 1))
+					return 0;
+			} else if (o != Py_None) {
+				if (context->size + 1 > context->maxsize &&
+				    !_bump(context, 1))
+					return 0;
+				Py_INCREF(o);
+				PyTuple_SET_ITEM(context->tuple,
+						 context->size++, o);
+			}
+		}
+	} else if (PyTuple_Check(item)) {
+		/* same, for tuples */
+		size = PyTuple_GET_SIZE(item);
+		if (context->size + size > context->maxsize &&
+		    !_bump(context, size))
+			return 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+			PyObject *o = PyTuple_GET_ITEM(item, i);
+			if (PyList_Check(o) || PyTuple_Check(o)) {
+				if (!_flatten1(context, o, depth + 1))
+					return 0;
+			} else if (o != Py_None) {
+				if (context->size + 1 > context->maxsize &&
+				    !_bump(context, 1))
+					return 0;
+				Py_INCREF(o);
+				PyTuple_SET_ITEM(context->tuple,
+						 context->size++, o);
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, "argument must be sequence");
+		return 0;
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkinter_Flatten(PyObject* self, PyObject* args)
+{
+	FlattenContext context;
+	PyObject* item;
+
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "O:_flatten", &item))
+		return NULL;
+
+	context.maxsize = PySequence_Size(item);
+	if (context.maxsize <= 0)
+		return PyTuple_New(0);
+	
+	context.tuple = PyTuple_New(context.maxsize);
+	if (!context.tuple)
+		return NULL;
+	
+	context.size = 0;
+
+	if (!_flatten1(&context, item,0))
+		return NULL;
+
+	if (_PyTuple_Resize(&context.tuple, context.size, 0))
+		return NULL;
+
+	return context.tuple;
+}
+
+static PyObject *
+Tkinter_Create(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+{
+	char *screenName = NULL;
+	char *baseName = NULL;
+	char *className = NULL;
+	int interactive = 0;
+
+	baseName = strrchr(Py_GetProgramName(), '/');
+	if (baseName != NULL)
+		baseName++;
+	else
+		baseName = Py_GetProgramName();
+	className = "Tk";
+  
+	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "|zssi:create",
+			      &screenName, &baseName, &className,
+			      &interactive))
+		return NULL;
+
+	return (PyObject *) Tkapp_New(screenName, baseName, className, 
+				      interactive);
+}
+
+static PyMethodDef moduleMethods[] =
+{
+	{"_flatten",           Tkinter_Flatten, 1},
+	{"create",             Tkinter_Create, 1},
+#ifdef HAVE_CREATEFILEHANDLER
+	{"createfilehandler",  Tkapp_CreateFileHandler, 1},
+	{"deletefilehandler",  Tkapp_DeleteFileHandler, 1},
+#endif
+	{"createtimerhandler", Tkapp_CreateTimerHandler, 1},
+	{"mainloop",           Tkapp_MainLoop, 1},
+	{"dooneevent",         Tkapp_DoOneEvent, 1},
+	{"quit",               Tkapp_Quit, 1},
+	{NULL,                 NULL}
+};
+
+#ifdef WAIT_FOR_STDIN
+
+static int stdin_ready = 0;
+
+#ifndef MS_WINDOWS
+static void
+MyFileProc(void *clientData, int mask)
+{
+	stdin_ready = 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+static PyThreadState *event_tstate = NULL;
+
+static int
+EventHook(void)
+{
+#ifndef MS_WINDOWS
+	int tfile;
+#endif
+#ifdef WITH_THREAD
+	PyEval_RestoreThread(event_tstate);
+#endif
+	stdin_ready = 0;
+	errorInCmd = 0;
+#ifndef MS_WINDOWS
+	tfile = fileno(stdin);
+	Tcl_CreateFileHandler(tfile, TCL_READABLE, MyFileProc, NULL);
+#endif
+	while (!errorInCmd && !stdin_ready) {
+		int result;
+#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
+		if (_kbhit()) {
+			stdin_ready = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+#endif
+#if defined(WITH_THREAD) || defined(MS_WINDOWS)
+		Py_BEGIN_ALLOW_THREADS
+		PyThread_acquire_lock(tcl_lock, 1);
+		tcl_tstate = event_tstate;
+
+		result = Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_DONT_WAIT);
+
+		tcl_tstate = NULL;
+		PyThread_release_lock(tcl_lock);
+		if (result == 0)
+			Sleep(20);
+		Py_END_ALLOW_THREADS
+#else
+		result = Tcl_DoOneEvent(0);
+#endif
+
+		if (result < 0)
+			break;
+	}
+#ifndef MS_WINDOWS
+	Tcl_DeleteFileHandler(tfile);
+#endif
+	if (errorInCmd) {
+		errorInCmd = 0;
+		PyErr_Restore(excInCmd, valInCmd, trbInCmd);
+		excInCmd = valInCmd = trbInCmd = NULL;
+		PyErr_Print();
+	}
+#ifdef WITH_THREAD
+	PyEval_SaveThread();
+#endif
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+static void
+EnableEventHook(void)
+{
+#ifdef WAIT_FOR_STDIN
+	if (PyOS_InputHook == NULL) {
+#ifdef WITH_THREAD
+		event_tstate = PyThreadState_Get();
+#endif
+		PyOS_InputHook = EventHook;
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+DisableEventHook(void)
+{
+#ifdef WAIT_FOR_STDIN
+	if (Tk_GetNumMainWindows() == 0 && PyOS_InputHook == EventHook) {
+		PyOS_InputHook = NULL;
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/* all errors will be checked in one fell swoop in init_tkinter() */
+static void
+ins_long(PyObject *d, char *name, long val)
+{
+	PyObject *v = PyInt_FromLong(val);
+	if (v) {
+		PyDict_SetItemString(d, name, v);
+		Py_DECREF(v);
+	}
+}
+static void
+ins_string(PyObject *d, char *name, char *val)
+{
+	PyObject *v = PyString_FromString(val);
+	if (v) {
+		PyDict_SetItemString(d, name, v);
+		Py_DECREF(v);
+	}
+}
+
+
+DL_EXPORT(void)
+init_tkinter(void)
+{
+	PyObject *m, *d;
+
+	Tkapp_Type.ob_type = &PyType_Type;
+
+#ifdef WITH_THREAD
+	tcl_lock = PyThread_allocate_lock();
+#endif
+
+	m = Py_InitModule("_tkinter", moduleMethods);
+
+	d = PyModule_GetDict(m);
+	Tkinter_TclError = Py_BuildValue("s", "TclError");
+	PyDict_SetItemString(d, "TclError", Tkinter_TclError);
+
+	ins_long(d, "READABLE", TCL_READABLE);
+	ins_long(d, "WRITABLE", TCL_WRITABLE);
+	ins_long(d, "EXCEPTION", TCL_EXCEPTION);
+	ins_long(d, "WINDOW_EVENTS", TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS);
+	ins_long(d, "FILE_EVENTS", TCL_FILE_EVENTS);
+	ins_long(d, "TIMER_EVENTS", TCL_TIMER_EVENTS);
+	ins_long(d, "IDLE_EVENTS", TCL_IDLE_EVENTS);
+	ins_long(d, "ALL_EVENTS", TCL_ALL_EVENTS);
+	ins_long(d, "DONT_WAIT", TCL_DONT_WAIT);
+	ins_string(d, "TK_VERSION", TK_VERSION);
+	ins_string(d, "TCL_VERSION", TCL_VERSION);
+#ifdef WITH_TIX
+	ins_string(d, "TIX_VERSION", TIX_VERSION);
+#endif
+
+	PyDict_SetItemString(d, "TkappType", (PyObject *)&Tkapp_Type);
+
+	Tktt_Type.ob_type = &PyType_Type;
+	PyDict_SetItemString(d, "TkttType", (PyObject *)&Tktt_Type);
+
+	/* This helps the dynamic loader; in Unicode aware Tcl versions
+	   it also helps Tcl find its encodings. */
+	Tcl_FindExecutable(Py_GetProgramName());
+
+	if (PyErr_Occurred())
+		return;
+
+#if 0
+	/* This was not a good idea; through <Destroy> bindings,
+	   Tcl_Finalize() may invoke Python code but at that point the
+	   interpreter and thread state have already been destroyed! */
+	Py_AtExit(Tcl_Finalize);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef macintosh
+	/*
+	** Part of this code is stolen from MacintoshInit in tkMacAppInit.
+	** Most of the initializations in that routine (toolbox init calls and
+	** such) have already been done for us, so we only need these.
+	*/
+	tcl_macQdPtr = &qd;
+
+	Tcl_MacSetEventProc(PyMacConvertEvent);
+#if GENERATINGCFM
+	mac_addlibresources();
+#endif /* GENERATINGCFM */
+#endif /* macintosh */
+}
+
+
+
+#ifdef macintosh
+
+/*
+** Anyone who embeds Tcl/Tk on the Mac must define panic().
+*/
+
+void
+panic(char * format, ...)
+{
+	va_list varg;
+	
+	va_start(varg, format);
+	
+	vfprintf(stderr, format, varg);
+	(void) fflush(stderr);
+	
+	va_end(varg);
+
+	Py_FatalError("Tcl/Tk panic");
+}
+
+/*
+** Pass events to SIOUX before passing them to Tk.
+*/
+
+static int
+PyMacConvertEvent(EventRecord *eventPtr)
+{
+	WindowPtr frontwin;
+	/*
+	** Sioux eats too many events, so we don't pass it everything.  We
+	** always pass update events to Sioux, and we only pass other events if
+	** the Sioux window is frontmost. This means that Tk menus don't work
+	** in that case, but at least we can scroll the sioux window.
+	** Note that the SIOUXIsAppWindow() routine we use here is not really
+	** part of the external interface of Sioux...
+	*/
+	frontwin = FrontWindow();
+	if ( eventPtr->what == updateEvt || SIOUXIsAppWindow(frontwin) ) {
+		if (SIOUXHandleOneEvent(eventPtr))
+			return 0; /* Nothing happened to the Tcl event queue */
+	}
+	return TkMacConvertEvent(eventPtr);
+}
+
+#if GENERATINGCFM
+
+/*
+** Additional Mac specific code for dealing with shared libraries.
+*/
+
+#include <Resources.h>
+#include <CodeFragments.h>
+
+static int loaded_from_shlib = 0;
+static FSSpec library_fss;
+
+/*
+** If this module is dynamically loaded the following routine should
+** be the init routine. It takes care of adding the shared library to
+** the resource-file chain, so that the tk routines can find their
+** resources.
+*/
+OSErr pascal
+init_tkinter_shlib(CFragInitBlockPtr data)
+{
+	__initialize();
+	if ( data == nil ) return noErr;
+	if ( data->fragLocator.where == kDataForkCFragLocator ) {
+		library_fss = *data->fragLocator.u.onDisk.fileSpec;
+		loaded_from_shlib = 1;
+	} else if ( data->fragLocator.where == kResourceCFragLocator ) {
+		library_fss = *data->fragLocator.u.inSegs.fileSpec;
+		loaded_from_shlib = 1;
+	}
+	return noErr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert the library resources into the search path. Put them after
+** the resources from the application. Again, we ignore errors.
+*/
+static
+mac_addlibresources(void)
+{
+	if ( !loaded_from_shlib ) 
+		return;
+	(void)FSpOpenResFile(&library_fss, fsRdPerm);
+}
+
+#endif /* GENERATINGCFM */
+#endif /* macintosh */

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/_tkinter.c.diff
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/_tkinter.c.diff	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+*** _tkinter.c.dist	Mon Oct 16 14:49:32 2000
+--- _tkinter.c	Wed Nov 22 00:27:54 2000
+***************
+*** 43,48 ****
+--- 43,51 ----
+  
+  #include <tcl.h>
+  #include <tk.h>
++ #ifdef WITH_TIX
++ #include <tix.h>
++ #endif
+  
+  #define TKMAJORMINOR (TK_MAJOR_VERSION*1000 + TK_MINOR_VERSION)
+  
+***************
+*** 427,432 ****
+--- 430,441 ----
+  		PySys_WriteStderr("Tk_Init error: %s\n", Tcl_GetStringResult(interp));
+  		return TCL_ERROR;
+  	}
++ #ifdef WITH_TIX
++ 	if (Tix_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
++ 		PySys_WriteStderr("Tix_Init error: %s\n", Tcl_GetStringResult(interp));
++ 		return TCL_ERROR;
++ 	}
++ #endif
+  	return TCL_OK;
+  }
+  #endif /* !WITH_APPINIT */
+***************
+*** 2121,2126 ****
+--- 2130,2138 ----
+  	ins_long(d, "DONT_WAIT", TCL_DONT_WAIT);
+  	ins_string(d, "TK_VERSION", TK_VERSION);
+  	ins_string(d, "TCL_VERSION", TCL_VERSION);
++ #ifdef WITH_TIX
++ 	ins_string(d, "TIX_VERSION", TIX_VERSION);
++ #endif
+  
+  	PyDict_SetItemString(d, "TkappType", (PyObject *)&Tkapp_Type);
+  

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/tkappinit.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/tkappinit.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* appinit.c -- Tcl and Tk application initialization.
+
+   The function Tcl_AppInit() below initializes various Tcl packages.
+   It is called for each Tcl interpreter created by _tkinter.create().
+   It needs to be compiled with -DWITH_<package> flags for each package
+   that you are statically linking with.  You may have to add sections
+   for packages not yet listed below.
+
+   Note that those packages for which Tcl_StaticPackage() is called with
+   a NULL first argument are known as "static loadable" packages to
+   Tcl but not actually initialized.  To use these, you have to load
+   it explicitly, e.g. tkapp.eval("load {} Blt").
+ */
+
+#include <tcl.h>
+#include <tk.h>
+
+int
+Tcl_AppInit(Tcl_Interp *interp)
+{
+	Tk_Window main_window;
+
+	if (Tcl_Init (interp) == TCL_ERROR)
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	if (Tk_Init (interp) == TCL_ERROR)
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+
+
+        main_window = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
+
+   
+#ifdef WITH_MOREBUTTONS
+	{
+		extern Tcl_CmdProc studButtonCmd;
+		extern Tcl_CmdProc triButtonCmd;
+
+		Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "studbutton", studButtonCmd,
+				  (ClientData) main_window, NULL);
+		Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "tributton", triButtonCmd,
+				  (ClientData) main_window, NULL);
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WITH_PIL /* 0.2b5 and later -- not yet released as of May 14 */
+	{
+		extern void TkImaging_Init(Tcl_Interp *);
+		TkImaging_Init(interp);
+		/* XXX TkImaging_Init() doesn't have the right return type */
+		/*Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Imaging", TkImaging_Init, NULL);*/
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WITH_PIL_OLD /* 0.2b4 and earlier */
+	{
+		extern void TkImaging_Init(void);
+		/* XXX TkImaging_Init() doesn't have the right prototype */
+		/*Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Imaging", TkImaging_Init, NULL);*/
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WITH_TIX
+        {
+                extern int Tix_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+                extern int Tix_SafeInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+
+	        if (Tix_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	            return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+	        Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tix", Tix_Init, Tix_SafeInit);
+        }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WITH_BLT
+	{
+		extern int Blt_Init(Tcl_Interp *);
+		extern int Blt_SafeInit(Tcl_Interp *);
+		Tcl_StaticPackage(NULL, "Blt", Blt_Init, Blt_SafeInit);
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WITH_TOGL
+	{
+		/* XXX I've heard rumors that this doesn't work */
+		extern int Togl_Init(Tcl_Interp *);
+		/* XXX Is there no Togl_SafeInit? */
+		Tcl_StaticPackage(NULL, "Togl", Togl_Init, NULL);
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WITH_XXX
+
+#endif
+	return TCL_OK;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/tkappinit.c.diff
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/2.0/tkappinit.c.diff	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+*** tkappinit.c.dist	Mon Oct 16 14:49:34 2000
+--- tkappinit.c	Wed Nov 22 02:00:13 2000
+***************
+*** 25,32 ****
+--- 25,34 ----
+  	if (Tk_Init (interp) == TCL_ERROR)
+  		return TCL_ERROR;
+  
++ 
+          main_window = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
+  
++    
+  #ifdef WITH_MOREBUTTONS
+  	{
+  		extern Tcl_CmdProc studButtonCmd;
+***************
+*** 60,66 ****
+          {
+                  extern int Tix_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+                  extern int Tix_SafeInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+!                 Tcl_StaticPackage(NULL, "Tix", Tix_Init, Tix_SafeInit);
+          }
+  #endif
+  
+--- 62,72 ----
+          {
+                  extern int Tix_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+                  extern int Tix_SafeInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+! 
+! 	        if (Tix_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+! 	            return TCL_ERROR;
+! 		}
+! 	        Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tix", Tix_Init, Tix_SafeInit);
+          }
+  #endif
+  

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/BUGS-1.12.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/BUGS-1.12.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+1)	The compound image stuff doesn't work.  CmpImg core dumps.
+	This seems to be something to do with Tcl/Tkinter
+
+	**** FIXED **** as of Tcl7.6, Tk4.2, Tix4.0.5
+
+2)	tk.call is used a lot in the demos. These functions should be
+	encapsulated somewhere in Python (more mods to Tkinter ?)
+
+3)	Callback definition is not straightforward. A lot of the time
+	a lambda definition has to be written. However, this is a
+	general Tkinter problem.
+
+4)	In the Control widget, the callbacks for increment, decrement
+	and validate should return a string to Tix. Find a way to do
+	this.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/BUGS-2.0.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/BUGS-2.0.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+$Id: BUGS-2.0.txt,v 1.1 2000/11/05 19:46:32 idiscovery Exp $
+
+1)	There seems to be a problem with ComboBox that shows up
+in the ExFileSelectBox demo. The popdown scrolled list widget
+is being created, then destroyed. This does not happen in Tcl Tix.
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/ChangeLog
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/ChangeLog	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+$Id: ChangeLog,v 1.1 2000/11/05 19:46:02 idiscovery Exp $
+
+PyTix version 2.0 alpha
+-----------------------
+
+	CHANGES
+	-------
+	1) Made diffs against Python 2.0 and put them in the 2.0 subdirectory.
+	2) Changed _tkinter.c to define TIX_VERSION and call Tix_Init.
+
+	BUG FIXES
+	---------
+	1) Fixed demo/samples/CmpImg.py to make the images be descendents
+	of the root window (see the Python FAQ for an explanation).
+
+PyTix version 1.12
+------------------
+
+	CHANGES
+	-------
+	1) Tkinter.py now only has the addition of the Form class since
+	   the globalsetvar() etc. has been rolled into the 1.4 Tkinter
+	
+	BUG FIXES
+	---------
+	1) Fixed typo in TixWidgets.subwidgets_all()
+	2) Fixed bug in TixWidgets.subwidgets_all where some Tix internal
+	   widgets were causing an exception.
+	3) Added new method config_all to set common configuration options
+	   for a tree of subwidgets
+	4) The label subwidget of the ComboBox was inadvertently left out
+	5) The orientation option of a PanedWindow was not marked static
+
+	
+PyTix Version 1.11
+-------------------
+
+ADDITIONS
+---------
+
+Tix ver. 4.0.1 has enhanced HList functionality and an additional widget (Tree).
+Tix.py V1.11 has been updated to reflect these changes as well. However,
+it will still work with Tix v4.0 since there are no incompatible changes (only
+additions).
+
+A new DisplayStyle class has been added (thanks to Steffen Kremser). This
+allows the user to create a display style and apply it to many items
+subsequently (via the -style switch).
+
+BUG FIXES
+---------
+
+0) In the __init__ methods for all the __dummy... Tix widgets, initialization
+   of the subwidgets was missing in V1.1. Thanks to Guenter Kolousek for
+   pointing this out.
+
+1) Removed listbox child of ComboBox as result of (0). It can now be accessed
+   as combobox.slistbox.listbox
+
+2) The dirlist member in ExFileSelectBox was actually a DirList and not a
+   ScrolledListBox.
+
+3) The HList widget method 'column' was renamed and modified to 'column_width'
+
+4) NoteBook.raised_page() renamed to NoteBook.raised()
+
+5) Various other small bug fixes

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/INSTALL-1.12.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/INSTALL-1.12.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+Installing PyTix
+----------------
+
+0) To use PyTix, you need Tcl (V7.6), Tk (V4.2), Tix (V4.0.5) and Python (V1.4).
+   PyTix has been written and tested on a Sun Sparc running Solaris 2.5
+   with the above mentioned packages.
+
+   Tcl7.5 and Tk4.1 should work just as well but I haven't tried it. If
+   you are using Tcl7.4 and Tk4.0, there are bugs with the handling of
+   compound images.
+
+   There is nothing OS-specific in PyTix itself so it should work on
+   any machine with Tix and Python installed.
+
+1) Build and install Tcl 7.6, Tk 4.2 and Tix 4.0.5.
+   Ensure that Tix is properly installed by running tixwish and executing
+   the demo programs
+
+   Note that Tix 4.0.5 does not compile with Tcl 7.6 / Tk 4.2 out of the
+   box although it seems to compile and run OK. You might want to use
+   Tcl 7.5/ Tk 4.1 instead.
+
+2) Modify _tkinter.c in the Modules directory of the Python distribution.
+   In the routine Tcl_AppInit(), add the following lines just after the
+   block which calls to Tk_Init().
+
+	  if (Tix_Init (interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	    fprintf(stderr, "Tix_Init error: %s\n", interp->result);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	  }
+
+   The modified _tkinter.c is supplied.
+
+3) Modify the Modules/Setup file to link in the Tix library. On Solaris,
+   this looks like
+
+	tkinter tkintermodule.c -I/usr/local/include -L/usr/local/lib \
+		-ltix4.0-tk4.1 -ltk4.2 -ltcl7.6 -lX11
+
+4) Copy Tix.py and the modified Tkinter.py to Lib/tkinter. If you have
+   modified Tkinter for any reason, just apply the diffs by hand. There
+   are only a few changes (see Tkinter.diff)
+
+5) Rebuild Python and reinstall.
+
+You should now have a working Tix implementation in Python. To see if all
+is as it should be, run the 'tixwidgets.py' script in the demos directory.
+
+If you find any bugs or have suggestions for improvement, please report them
+to me.
+
+Sudhir Shenoy (sshenoy at gol.com)

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/INSTALL-2.0.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/INSTALL-2.0.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+$Id: INSTALL-2.0.txt,v 1.4 2000/11/23 02:32:30 idiscovery Exp $
+
+Installing PyTix
+----------------
+
+0) To use PyTix, you need Tcl/Tk (V8.[012]), Tix (V8.1) and Python (V2.0).
+   PyTix has been written and tested on a Intel Pentium running RH Linux 5.2
+   with the above mentioned packages.
+
+   There is nothing OS-specific in PyTix itself so it should work on
+   any machine with Tix and Python installed.
+
+1) Build and install Tcl/Tk 8.0 8.1 or 8.2 and Tix 8.1.
+   Ensure that Tix is properly installed by running tixwish and executing
+   the demo programs. Under Unix use the --enable-shared configure option
+   for all three. We recommend tcl tcl8.2.3 for this release of PyTix.
+
+   Note that Tix 8.1 does not compile with Tcl 8.3 under Windows out of the
+   box although it seems to compile and run OK. You might want to use
+   Tcl 8.2 instead. 
+
+2) Modify _tkinter.c in the Modules directory of the Python distribution.
+   The modified _tkinter.c is supplied in the 2.0 subdirectory.
+   Modify tkappinit.c in the Modules directory of the Python distribution.
+   The modified tkappinit.c is supplied in the 2.0 subdirectory.
+   These modified files can be used for Tkinter with or without Tix.
+   
+3) Modify the Modules/Setup file to link in the Tix library according
+   to the comments in the file. On Linux this looks like
+
+# *** Always uncomment this (leave the leading underscore in!):
+ _tkinter _tkinter.c tkappinit.c -DWITH_APPINIT \
+# *** Uncomment and edit to reflect where your Tcl/Tk headers are:
+	-I/usr/local/src/tcl8.2.3/generic -I/usr/local/src/tk8.2.3/generic \
+# *** Uncomment and edit to reflect where your X11 header files are:
+	-I/usr/X11R6/include \
+# *** Or uncomment this for Solaris:
+#	-I/usr/openwin/include \
+# *** Uncomment and edit for Tix extension only:
+	-DWITH_TIX -I/usr/local/src/tix-8.1.1/generic -L/usr/local/src/tix-8.1.1/unix/tk8.2 -ltix8.1.8.2 \
+# *** Uncomment and edit for BLT extension only:
+#	-DWITH_BLT -I/usr/local/blt/blt8.0-unoff/include -lBLT8.0 \
+# *** Uncomment and edit for PIL (TkImaging) extension only:
+#	-DWITH_PIL -I../Extensions/Imaging/libImaging  tkImaging.c \
+# *** Uncomment and edit for TOGL extension only:
+#	-DWITH_TOGL togl.c \
+# *** Uncomment and edit to reflect where your Tcl/Tk libraries are:
+	-L/usr/local/src/tcl8.2.3/unix 	-L/usr/local/src/tk8.2.3/unix \
+# *** Uncomment and edit to reflect your Tcl/Tk versions:
+	-ltk8.2 -ltcl8.2 \
+# *** Uncomment and edit to reflect where your X11 libraries are:
+	-L/usr/X11R6/lib \
+# *** Or uncomment this for Solaris:
+#	-L/usr/openwin/lib \
+# *** Uncomment these for TOGL extension only:
+#	-lGL -lGLU -lXext -lXmu \
+# *** Uncomment for AIX:
+#	-lld \
+# *** Always uncomment this; X11 libraries to link with:
+	-lX11
+
+4) Modify Tkinter.py in the Lib/lib-tk directory of the Python distribution.
+   The modified Tkinter.py is supplied in the 2.0 subdirectory.
+   This modified file can be used for Tkinter with or without Tix.
+
+5) Copy Tix.py to the Lib/lib-tk directory of the Python distribution.
+
+6) Rebuild Python and reinstall.
+
+You should now have a working Tix implementation in Python. To see if all
+is as it should be, run the 'tixwidgets.py' script in the demos directory.
+
+If you find any bugs or have suggestions for improvement, please report them
+via http://tix.sourceforge.net
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/README-1.12.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/README-1.12.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+About PyTix
+-----------
+
+PyTix is based on an idea of Jean-Marc Lugrin (lugrin at ms.com) who wrote
+pytix (another Python-Tix marriage). Tix widgets are an attractive and
+useful extension to Tk. See http://www.cis.upenn.edu/~ioi/tix/tix.html
+for more details about Tix and how to get it.
+
+PyTix differs from Pytix in the following ways -
+	1) It is complete at least as far as the Tix documentation
+	   would allow !!
+	2) Tix widgets are represented by classes in Python. Sub-widgets
+	   are members of the mega-widget class. For example, if a
+	   particular TixWidget (e.g. ScrolledText) has an embedded widget
+	   (Text in this case), it is possible to call the methods of the
+	   child directly.
+	3) The members of the class are created automatically. In the case
+	   of widgets like ButtonBox, the members are added dynamically.
+
+
+Changes in Version 1.12 (see ChangeLog for details)
+-----------------------
+
+1) Minor bug fixes
+2) Tested with Python 1.4, Tk 4.2, Tcl 7.6 and Tix 4.0.5
+3) Compound Images now work !!
+
+Modifications to Tkinter
+------------------------
+
+To support the full Tix functionality, the Tkinter module has been
+modified. The modifications are quite minor (see Tkinter.diff for a diff
+listing). Basically, in order to support the 'tixForm' geometry manager,
+a new class 'Form' has been added. The class 'Widget' now also inherits
+from this class.
+
+
+Tix.py
+------
+
+PyTix has Tix.py as the wrapper for Tix widgets. It defines a couple of new
+classes (TixWidget and TixSubWidget) which do the dirty work of initializing
+a new widget instance.
+
+The problem in Tix is that a single widget is actually a composite of many
+smaller widgets. For example, a LabelEntry widget contains a Label and
+and Entry. When we instantiate the LabelEntry widget, Python code is not
+aware of the subwidgets. This is a problem because we cannot refer to
+the widgets e.g. to change the color. We cannot instantiate a new widget
+either because this would send a call to Tk to create a widget that is
+already created. To separate the instantiation of the Python class and
+the Tk widget, we need to have the new classes.
+
+The subwidgets instances in Python is properly subclassed from the
+appropriate base class. For example the 'entry' child of the LabelEntry
+widget is subclassed from the Entry class. Thus all the methods of the
+Entry class are known by the subwidget. This makes it possible to write
+code like
+
+	w = Tix.LabelEntry(master)
+	w.text['bg'] = 'gray'
+	w.text.insert(Tix.END, 'Hello, world')
+
+The appropriate subwidgets are created automatically (they are kept in a
+list in the parent). Member access is provided by writing the __getattr__
+method.
+
+There is a separate class for each Tix widget.
+There are a few Tix convenience routines defined at the end as well.
+
+
+How to install
+--------------
+
+See the file INSTALL for installation directions
+
+
+How to use
+----------
+
+You must import the module Tix in your program. You no longer have to
+import Tkinter since Tix.py does it for you.
+
+See the sample programs in demos and demos/samples for an idea of how
+to use Tix.
+
+The basic documentation remains the Tix man pages. Note that currently
+this documentation is not complete but it is expected to be so by Jan.
+1996.
+
+Credits
+-------
+
+The original pytix was written by Jean-Marc Lugrin (lugrin at ms.com).
+
+PyTix (this package) is written by Sudhir Shenoy (sshenoy at gol.com)
+
+Version 1.11 was only possible with help from Steffen Kremser(kremser at danet.de)
+who helped a lot on cleaning up the HList widget and also translated the HList
+demos from the Tix distribution

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/README-2.0.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/README-2.0.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+About PyTix
+-----------
+
+PyTix is based on an idea of Jean-Marc Lugrin (lugrin at ms.com) who wrote
+pytix (another Python-Tix marriage). Tix widgets are an attractive and
+useful extension to Tk. See http://tix.sourceforge.net
+for more details about Tix and how to get it.
+
+Features:
+	1) It is almost complete.
+	2) Tix widgets are represented by classes in Python. Sub-widgets
+	   are members of the mega-widget class. For example, if a
+	   particular TixWidget (e.g. ScrolledText) has an embedded widget
+	   (Text in this case), it is possible to call the methods of the
+	   child directly.
+	3) The members of the class are created automatically. In the case
+	   of widgets like ButtonBox, the members are added dynamically.
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/Tix.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/Tix.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1097 @@
+#
+# $Id: Tix.py,v 1.5 2000/12/08 01:14:24 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix.py -- Tix widget wrappers, part of PyTix.
+#
+#	- Sudhir Shenoy (sshenoy at gol.com), Dec. 1995.
+#	  based on an idea (and a little code !!) of Jean-Marc Lugrin
+#						     (lugrin at ms.com)
+#
+# NOTE: In order to minimize changes to Tkinter.py, some of the code here
+#	(TixWidget.__init__) has been taken from Tkinter (Widget.__init__)
+#	and will break if there are major changes in Tkinter.
+#
+# The Tix widgets are represented by a class hierarchy in python with proper
+# inheritance of base classes.
+#
+# As a result after creating a 'w = StdButtonBox', I can write
+#		w.ok['text'] = 'Who Cares'
+#    or		w.ok['bg'] = w['bg']
+# or even	w.ok.invoke()
+# etc.
+#
+# Compare the demo tixwidgets.py to the original Tcl program and you will
+# appreciate the advantages.
+#
+
+import string
+from Tkinter import *
+from Tkinter import _flatten, _cnfmerge, _default_root
+
+# WARNING - TkVersion is a limited precision floating point number
+if TkVersion < 3.999:
+    raise ImportError, "This version of Tix.py requires Tk 4.0 or higher"
+
+import _tkinter # If this fails your Python may not be configured for Tk
+TixVersion = string.atof(tkinter.TIX_VERSION) # If this fails your Python may not be configured for Tix
+# WARNING - TixVersion is a limited precision floating point number
+
+# Some more constants (for consistency with Tkinter)
+WINDOW = 'window'
+TEXT = 'text'
+IMAGETEXT = 'imagetext'
+
+# BEWARE - this is implemented by copying some code from the Widget class
+#          in Tkinter (to override Widget initialization) and is therefore
+#          liable to break.
+class TixWidget(Widget):
+    """A TixWidget class is used to package all (or most) Tix widgets.
+
+    Widget initialization is extended in two ways:
+    	1) It is possible to give a list of options which must be part of
+	the creation command (so called Tix 'static' options). These cannot be
+	given as a 'config' command later.
+	2) It is possible to give the name of an existing TK widget. These are
+	child widgets created automatically by a Tix mega-widget. The Tk call
+	to create these widgets is therefore bypassed in TixWidget.__init__
+
+    Both options are for use by subclasses only.
+    """
+    def __init__ (self, master=None, widgetName=None,
+		  static_options=None, cnf={}, kw={}):
+	# Merge keywords and dictionary arguments
+	if kw:
+	    cnf = _cnfmerge((cnf, kw))
+	else:
+	    cnf = _cnfmerge(cnf)
+
+	# Move static options into extra. static_options must be
+	# a list of keywords (or None).
+	extra=()
+	if static_options:
+	    for k,v in cnf.items()[:]:
+		if k in static_options:
+		    extra = extra + ('-' + k, v)
+		    del cnf[k]
+
+	self.widgetName = widgetName
+	Widget._setup(self, master, cnf)
+
+	# If widgetName is None, this is a dummy creation call where the
+	# corresponding Tk widget has already been created by Tix
+	if widgetName:
+	    apply(self.tk.call, (widgetName, self._w) + extra)
+
+	# Non-static options - to be done via a 'config' command
+	if cnf:
+	    Widget.config(self, cnf)
+
+	# Dictionary to hold subwidget names for easier access. We can't
+	# use the children list because the public Tix names may not be the
+	# same as the pathname component
+	self.subwidget_list = {}
+
+    # We set up an attribute access function so that it is possible to
+    # do w.ok['text'] = 'Hello' rather than w.subwidget('ok')['text'] = 'Hello'
+    # when w is a StdButtonBox.
+    # We can even do w.ok.invoke() because w.ok is subclassed from the
+    # Button class if you go through the proper constructors
+    def __getattr__(self, name):
+	if self.subwidget_list.has_key(name):
+	    return self.subwidget_list[name]
+	raise AttributeError, name
+
+    # Set a variable without calling its action routine
+    def set_silent(self, value):
+	self.tk.call('tixSetSilent', self._w, value)
+
+    # Return the named subwidget (which must have been created by
+    # the sub-class).
+    def subwidget(self, name):
+	n = self._subwidget_name(name)
+	if not n:
+	    raise TclError, "Subwidget " + name + " not child of " + self._name
+	# Remove header of name and leading dot
+	n = n[len(self._w)+1:]
+	return self._nametowidget(n)
+
+    # Return all subwidgets
+    def subwidgets_all(self):
+	names = self._subwidget_names()
+	if not names:
+	    return []
+	retlist = []
+	for name in names:
+	    name = name[len(self._w)+1:]
+	    try:
+		retlist.append(self._nametowidget(name))
+	    except:
+		# some of the widgets are unknown e.g. border in LabelFrame
+		pass
+	return retlist
+
+    # Get a subwidget name (returns a String, not a Widget !)
+    def _subwidget_name(self,name):
+	try:
+	    return self.tk.call(self._w, 'subwidget', name)
+	except TclError:
+	    return None
+
+    # Return the name of all subwidgets
+    def _subwidget_names(self):
+	try:
+	    x = self.tk.call(self._w, 'subwidgets', '-all')
+	    return self.tk.split(x)
+	except TclError:
+	    return None
+
+    # Set configuration options for all subwidgets (and self)
+    def config_all(self, option, value):
+	if option == '':
+	    return
+	elif type(option) != type(''):
+	    option = `option`
+	if type(value) != type(''):
+	    value = `value`
+	names = self._subwidget_names()
+	for name in names:
+	    self.tk.call(name, 'configure', '-' + option, value)
+
+
+# Subwidgets are child widgets created automatically by mega-widgets.
+# In python, we have to create these subwidgets manually to mirror their
+# existence in Tk/Tix.
+class TixSubWidget(TixWidget):
+    """Subwidget class.
+
+    This is used to mirror child widgets automatically created
+    by Tix/Tk as part of a mega-widget in Python (which is not informed
+    of this)"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, name,
+		 destroy_physically=1, check_intermediate=1):
+	if check_intermediate:
+	    path = master._subwidget_name(name)
+	    try:
+		path = path[len(master._w)+1:]
+		plist = string.splitfields(path, '.')
+	    except:
+		plist = []
+
+	if (not check_intermediate) or len(plist) < 2:
+	    # immediate descendant
+	    TixWidget.__init__(self, master, None, None, {'name' : name})
+	else:
+	    # Ensure that the intermediate widgets exist
+	    parent = master
+	    for i in range(len(plist) - 1):
+		n = string.joinfields(plist[:i+1], '.')
+		try:
+		    w = master._nametowidget(n)
+		    parent = w
+		except KeyError:
+		    # Create the intermediate widget
+		    parent = TixSubWidget(parent, plist[i],
+					  destroy_physically=0,
+					  check_intermediate=0)
+	    TixWidget.__init__(self, parent, None, None, {'name' : name})
+	self.destroy_physically = destroy_physically
+
+    def destroy(self):
+	# For some widgets e.g., a NoteBook, when we call destructors,
+	# we must be careful not to destroy the frame widget since this
+	# also destroys the parent NoteBook thus leading to an exception
+	# in Tkinter when it finally calls Tcl to destroy the NoteBook
+	for c in self.children.values(): c.destroy()
+	if self.master.children.has_key(self._name):
+	    del self.master.children[self._name]
+	if self.master.subwidget_list.has_key(self._name):
+	    del self.master.subwidget_list[self._name]
+	if self.destroy_physically:
+	    # This is bypassed only for a few widgets
+	    self.tk.call('destroy', self._w)
+
+
+# Useful func. to split Tcl lists and return as a dict. From Tkinter.py
+def _lst2dict(lst):
+    dict = {}
+    for x in lst:
+	dict[x[0][1:]] = (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+    return dict
+
+# Useful class to create a display style - later shared by many items.
+# Contributed by Steffen Kremser
+class DisplayStyle:
+    """DisplayStyle - handle configuration options shared by
+    (multiple) Display Items"""
+
+    def __init__(self, itemtype, cnf={}, **kw ):
+ 	master = _default_root		# global from Tkinter
+ 	if not master and cnf.has_key('refwindow'): master=cnf['refwindow']
+ 	elif not master and kw.has_key('refwindow'):  master= kw['refwindow']
+ 	elif not master: raise RuntimeError, "Too early to create display style: no root window"
+	self.tk = master.tk
+ 	self.stylename = apply(self.tk.call, ('tixDisplayStyle', itemtype) +
+			       self._options(cnf,kw) )
+
+    def __str__(self):
+	return self.stylename
+ 
+    def _options(self, cnf, kw ):
+	if kw and cnf:
+	    cnf = _cnfmerge((cnf, kw))
+	elif kw:
+	    cnf = kw
+	opts = ()
+	for k, v in cnf.items():
+	    opts = opts + ('-'+k, v)
+	return opts
+ 
+    def delete(self):
+	self.tk.call(self.stylename, 'delete')
+	del(self)
+ 
+    def __setitem__(self,key,value):
+	self.tk.call(self.stylename, 'configure', '-%s'%key, value)
+ 
+    def config(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+	return _lst2dict(
+	    self.tk.split(
+		apply(self.tk.call,
+		      (self.stylename, 'configure') + self._options(cnf,kw))))
+ 
+    def __getitem__(self,key):
+	return self.tk.call(self.stylename, 'cget', '-%s'%key, value)
+
+
+######################################################
+### The Tix Widget classes - in alphabetical order ###
+######################################################
+
+class Balloon(TixWidget):
+    """Balloon help widget.
+
+    Subwidget	Class
+    ---------	-----
+    label	Label
+    message	Message"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixBalloon', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label',
+						   destroy_physically=0)
+	self.subwidget_list['message'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'message',
+						     destroy_physically=0)
+
+    def bind_widget(self, widget, cnf={}, **kw):
+	"""Bind balloon widget to another.
+	One balloon widget may be bound to several widgets at the same time"""
+	apply(self.tk.call, 
+	      (self._w, 'bind', widget._w) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def unbind_widget(self, widget):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'unbind', widget._w)
+
+class ButtonBox(TixWidget):
+    """ButtonBox - A container for pushbuttons"""
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixButtonBox',
+			   ['orientation', 'options'], cnf, kw)
+
+    def add(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+	"""Add a button with given name to box."""
+
+	btn = apply(self.tk.call,
+		    (self._w, 'add', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+	self.subwidget_list[name] = _dummyButton(self, name)
+	return btn
+
+    def invoke(self, name):
+	if self.subwidget_list.has_key(name):
+	    self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke', name)
+
+class ComboBox(TixWidget):
+    """ComboBox - an Entry field with a dropdown menu
+
+    Subwidget	Class
+    ---------	-----
+    entry	Entry
+    arrow	Button
+    slistbox	ScrolledListBox
+    tick	Button }
+    cross	Button } present if created with the fancy option"""
+
+    def __init__ (self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixComboBox', 
+			   ['editable', 'dropdown', 'fancy', 'options'],
+			   cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label')
+	self.subwidget_list['entry'] = _dummyEntry(self, 'entry')
+	self.subwidget_list['arrow'] = _dummyButton(self, 'arrow')
+	self.subwidget_list['slistbox'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self,
+								'slistbox')
+	try:
+	    self.subwidget_list['tick'] = _dummyButton(self, 'tick')
+	    self.subwidget_list['cross'] = _dummyButton(self, 'cross')
+	except TypeError:
+	    # unavailable when -fancy not specified
+	    pass
+
+    def add_history(self, str):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'addhistory', str)
+
+    def append_history(self, str):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'appendhistory', str)
+
+    def insert(self, index, str):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'insert', index, str)
+
+    def pick(self, index):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'pick', index)
+
+class Control(TixWidget):
+    """Control - An entry field with value change arrows.
+
+    Subwidget	Class
+    ---------	-----
+    incr	Button
+    decr	Button
+    entry	Entry
+    label	Label"""
+
+    def __init__ (self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixControl', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['incr'] = _dummyButton(self, 'incr')
+	self.subwidget_list['decr'] = _dummyButton(self, 'decr')
+	self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label')
+	self.subwidget_list['entry'] = _dummyEntry(self, 'entry')
+
+    def decrement(self):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'decr')
+
+    def increment(self):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'incr')
+
+    def invoke(self):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke')
+
+    def update(self):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'update')
+
+class DirList(TixWidget):
+    """DirList - Directory Listing.
+
+    Subwidget	Class
+    ---------	-----
+    hlist	HList
+    hsb		Scrollbar
+    vsb		Scrollbar"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixDirList', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+	self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+	self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+    def chdir(self, dir):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'chdir', dir)
+
+class DirTree(TixWidget):
+    """DirList - Directory Listing in a hierarchical view.
+
+    Subwidget	Class
+    ---------	-----
+    hlist	HList
+    hsb		Scrollbar
+    vsb		Scrollbar"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixDirTree', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+	self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+	self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+    def chdir(self, dir):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'chdir', dir)
+
+class ExFileSelectBox(TixWidget):
+    """ExFileSelectBox - MS Windows style file select box.
+
+    Subwidget	Class
+    ---------	-----
+    cancel	Button
+    ok		Button
+    hidden	Checkbutton
+    types	ComboBox
+    dir		ComboBox
+    file	ComboBox
+    dirlist	ScrolledListBox
+    filelist	ScrolledListBox"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixExFileSelectBox', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['cancel'] = _dummyButton(self, 'cancel')
+	self.subwidget_list['ok'] = _dummyButton(self, 'ok')
+	self.subwidget_list['hidden'] = _dummyCheckbutton(self, 'hidden')
+	self.subwidget_list['types'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'types')
+	self.subwidget_list['dir'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'dir')
+	self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyDirList(self, 'dirlist')
+	self.subwidget_list['file'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'file')
+	self.subwidget_list['filelist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'filelist')
+
+    def filter(self):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'filter')
+
+    def invoke(self):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke')
+
+class ExFileSelectDialog(TixWidget):
+    """ExFileSelectDialog - MS Windows style file select dialog.
+
+    Subwidgets	Class
+    ----------	-----
+    fsbox	ExFileSelectBox"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixExFileSelectDialog',
+			   ['options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['fsbox'] = _dummyExFileSelectBox(self, 'fsbox')
+
+    def popup(self):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'popup')
+
+    def popdown(self):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'popdown')
+
+class FileSelectBox(TixWidget):
+    """ExFileSelectBox - Motif style file select box.
+
+    Subwidget	Class
+    ---------	-----
+    selection	ComboBox
+    filter	ComboBox
+    dirlist	ScrolledListBox
+    filelist	ScrolledListBox"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixFileSelectBox', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'dirlist')
+	self.subwidget_list['filelist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'filelist')
+	self.subwidget_list['filter'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'filter')
+	self.subwidget_list['selection'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'selection')
+
+    def apply_filter(self):		# name of subwidget is same as command
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'filter')
+
+    def invoke(self):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke')
+
+class FileSelectDialog(TixWidget):
+    """FileSelectDialog - Motif style file select dialog.
+
+    Subwidgets	Class
+    ----------	-----
+    btns	StdButtonBox
+    fsbox	FileSelectBox"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixFileSelectDialog',
+			   ['options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['btns'] = _dummyStdButtonBox(self, 'btns')
+	self.subwidget_list['fsbox'] = _dummyFileSelectBox(self, 'fsbox')
+
+    def popup(self):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'popup')
+
+    def popdown(self):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'popdown')
+
+class FileEntry(TixWidget):
+    """FileEntry - Entry field with button that invokes a FileSelectDialog
+
+    Subwidgets	Class
+    ----------	-----
+    button	Button
+    entry	Entry"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixFileEntry',
+			   ['dialogtype', 'options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['button'] = _dummyButton(self, 'button')
+	self.subwidget_list['entry'] = _dummyEntry(self, 'entry')
+
+    def invoke(self):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke')
+
+    def file_dialog(self):
+	# XXX return python object
+	pass
+
+class HList(TixWidget):
+    """HList - Hierarchy display.
+
+    Subwidgets - None"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixHList',
+			   ['columns', 'options'], cnf, kw)
+
+    def add(self, entry, cnf={}, **kw):
+	return apply(self.tk.call,
+		     (self._w, 'add', entry) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def add_child(self, parent=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+	if not parent:
+	    parent = ''
+	return apply(self.tk.call,
+		     (self._w, 'addchild', parent) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def anchor_set(self, entry):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'anchor', 'set', entry)
+
+    def anchor_clear(self):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'anchor', 'clear')
+
+    def column_width(self, col=0, width=None, chars=None):
+	if not chars:
+	    return self.tk.call(self._w, 'column', 'width', col, width)
+	else:
+	    return self.tk.call(self._w, 'column', 'width', col,
+				'-char', chars)
+
+    def delete_all(self):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', 'all')
+
+    def delete_entry(self, entry):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', 'entry', entry)
+
+    def delete_offsprings(self, entry):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', 'offsprings', entry)
+
+    def delete_siblings(self, entry):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', 'siblings', entry)
+
+    def header_create(self, col, cnf={}, **kw):
+ 	apply(self.tk.call,
+ 	      (self._w, 'header', 'create', col) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+ 
+    def header_configure(self, col, cnf={}, **kw):
+	if cnf is None:
+	    return _lst2dict(
+		self.tk.split(
+		    self.tk.call(self._w, 'header', 'configure', col)))
+	apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'header', 'configure', col)
+	      + self._options(cnf, kw))
+ 
+    def header_cget(self,  col, opt):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'header', 'cget', col, opt)
+ 
+    def header_exists(self,  col):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'header', 'exists', col)
+ 
+    def header_delete(self, col):
+ 	self.tk.call(self._w, 'header', 'delete', col)
+ 
+    def header_size(self, col):
+ 	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'header', 'size', col)
+ 
+    def hide_entry(self, entry):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'hide', 'entry', entry)
+
+    def indicator_create(self, entry, cnf={}, **kw):
+ 	apply(self.tk.call,
+ 	      (self._w, 'indicator', 'create', entry) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+ 
+    def indicator_configure(self, entry, cnf={}, **kw):
+	if cnf is None:
+	    return _lst2dict(
+		self.tk.split(
+		    self.tk.call(self._w, 'indicator', 'configure', entry)))
+	apply(self.tk.call,
+	      (self._w, 'indicator', 'configure', entry) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+ 
+    def indicator_cget(self,  entry, opt):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'indicator', 'cget', entry, opt)
+ 
+    def indicator_exists(self,  entry):
+	return self.tk.call (self._w, 'indicator', 'exists', entry)
+ 
+    def indicator_delete(self, entry):
+ 	self.tk.call(self._w, 'indicator', 'delete', entry)
+ 
+    def indicator_size(self, entry):
+ 	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'indicator', 'size', entry)
+
+    def info_anchor(self):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'anchor')
+
+    def info_children(self, entry=None):
+	c = self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'children', entry)
+	return self.tk.splitlist(c)
+
+    def info_data(self, entry):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'data', entry)
+
+    def info_exists(self, entry):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'exists', entry)
+
+    def info_hidden(self, entry):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'hidden', entry)
+
+    def info_next(self, entry):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'next', entry)
+
+    def info_parent(self, entry):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'parent', entry)
+
+    def info_prev(self, entry):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'prev', entry)
+
+    def info_selection(self):
+	c = self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'selection')
+	return self.tk.splitlist(c)
+
+    def item_cget(self,  col, opt):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'item', 'cget', col, opt)
+ 
+    def item_configure(self, entry, col, cnf={}, **kw):
+	if cnf is None:
+	    return _lst2dict(
+		self.tk.split(
+		    self.tk.call(self._w, 'item', 'configure', entry, col)))
+	apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'item', 'configure', entry, col) +
+	      self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def item_create(self, entry, col, cnf={}, **kw):
+	apply(self.tk.call,
+	      (self._w, 'item', 'create', entry, col) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def item_exists(self, entry, col):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'item', 'exists', entry, col)
+ 
+    def item_delete(self, entry, col):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'item', 'delete', entry, col)
+
+    def nearest(self, y):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'nearest', y)
+
+    def see(self, entry):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'see', entry)
+
+    def selection_clear(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+	apply(self.tk.call,
+	      (self._w, 'selection', 'clear') + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def selection_includes(self, entry):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'includes', entry)
+
+    def selectiom_set(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+	apply(self.tk.call,
+	      (self._w, 'selection', 'set') + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def show_entry(self, entry):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'show', 'entry', entry)
+
+    def xview(self, *args):
+	apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'xview') + args)
+
+    def yview(self, *args):
+	apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'yview') + args)
+
+class InputOnly(TixWidget):
+    """InputOnly - Invisible widget.
+
+    Subwidgets - None"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixInputOnly', None, cnf, kw)
+
+class LabelEntry(TixWidget):
+    """LabelEntry - Entry field with label.
+
+    Subwidgets	Class
+    ----------	-----
+    label	Label
+    entry	Entry"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixLabelEntry',
+			   ['labelside','options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label')
+	self.subwidget_list['entry'] = _dummyEntry(self, 'entry')
+
+class LabelFrame(TixWidget):
+    """LabelFrame - Labelled Frame container.
+
+    Subwidgets	Class
+    ----------	-----
+    label	Label
+    frame	Frame"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixLabelFrame',
+			   ['labelside','options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label')
+	self.subwidget_list['frame'] = _dummyFrame(self, 'frame')
+
+class Meter(TixWidget):   # Rozen
+    """Meter - Widget suitable for displaying progress.
+
+    No Subwidgets"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+        TixWidget.__init__(self,master,'tixMeter',['options'], cnf, kw)
+
+class NoteBook(TixWidget):
+    """NoteBook - Multi-page container widget (tabbed notebook metaphor).
+
+    Subwidgets	Class
+    ----------	-----
+    nbframe	NoteBookFrame
+    <pages>	g/p widgets added dynamically"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self,master,'tixNoteBook', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['nbframe'] = TixSubWidget(self, 'nbframe',
+						      destroy_physically=0)
+
+    def add(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+	apply(self.tk.call,
+	      (self._w, 'add', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+	self.subwidget_list[name] = TixSubWidget(self, name)
+	return self.subwidget_list[name]
+
+    def delete(self, name):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', name)
+
+    def page(self, name):
+	return self.subwidget(name)
+
+    def pages(self):
+	# Can't call subwidgets_all directly because we don't want .nbframe
+	names = self.tk.split(self.tk.call(self._w, 'pages'))
+	ret = []
+	for x in names:
+	    ret.append(self.subwidget(x))
+	return ret
+
+    def raise_page(self, name):		# raise is a python keyword
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'raise', name)
+
+    def raised(self):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'raised')
+
+class NoteBookFrame(TixWidget):
+    """Will be added when Tix documentation is available !!!"""
+    pass
+
+class OptionMenu(TixWidget):
+    """OptionMenu - Option menu widget.
+
+    Subwidget	Class
+    ---------	-----
+    menubutton	Menubutton
+    menu	Menu"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixOptionMenu', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['menubutton'] = _dummyMenubutton(self, 'menubutton')
+	self.subwidget_list['menu'] = _dummyMenu(self, 'menu')
+
+    def add_command(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+	apply(self.tk.call,
+	      (self._w, 'add', 'command', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def add_separator(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+	apply(self.tk.call,
+	      (self._w, 'add', 'separator', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def delete(self, name):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', name)
+
+    def disable(self, name):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'disable', name)
+
+    def enable(self, name):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'enable', name)
+
+class PanedWindow(TixWidget):
+    """PanedWindow - Multi-pane container widget. Panes are resizable.
+
+    Subwidgets	Class
+    ----------	-----
+    <panes>	g/p widgets added dynamically"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixPanedWindow', ['orientation', 'options'], cnf, kw)
+
+    def add(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+	apply(self.tk.call,
+	      (self._w, 'add', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+	self.subwidget_list[name] = TixSubWidget(self, name,
+						 check_intermediate=0)
+	return self.subwidget_list[name]
+
+    def panes(self):
+	names = self.tk.call(self._w, 'panes')
+	ret = []
+	for x in names:
+	    ret.append(self.subwidget(x))
+	return ret
+
+class PopupMenu(TixWidget):
+    """PopupMenu widget.
+
+    Subwidgets	Class
+    ----------	-----
+    menubutton	Menubutton
+    menu	Menu"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixPopupMenu', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['menubutton'] = _dummyMenubutton(self, 'menubutton')
+	self.subwidget_list['menu'] = _dummyMenu(self, 'menu')
+
+    def bind_widget(self, widget):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'bind', widget._w)
+
+    def unbind_widget(self, widget):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'unbind', widget._w)
+
+    def post_widget(self, widget, x, y):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'post', widget._w, x, y)
+
+class ResizeHandle(TixWidget):
+    """Incomplete - no documentation in Tix for this !!!"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixResizeHandle',
+			   ['options'], cnf, kw)
+
+    def attach_widget(self, widget):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'attachwidget', widget._w)
+
+class ScrolledHList(TixWidget):
+    """ScrolledHList - HList with scrollbars."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixScrolledHList', ['options'],
+			   cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+	self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+	self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class ScrolledListBox(TixWidget):
+    """ScrolledListBox - Listbox with scrollbars."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixScrolledListBox', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['listbox'] = _dummyListbox(self, 'listbox')
+	self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+	self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class ScrolledText(TixWidget):
+    """ScrolledText - Text with scrollbars."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixScrolledText', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['text'] = _dummyText(self, 'text')
+	self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+	self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class ScrolledWindow(TixWidget):
+    """ScrolledWindow - Window with scrollbars."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixScrolledWindow', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['window'] = _dummyFrame(self, 'window')
+	self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+	self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class Select(TixWidget):
+    """Select - Container for buttons. Can enforce radio buttons etc.
+
+    Subwidgets are buttons added dynamically"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixSelect',
+			   ['allowzero', 'radio', 'orientation', 'labelside',
+			    'options'],
+			   cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label')
+
+    def add(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+	apply(self.tk.call,
+	      (self._w, 'add', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+	self.subwidget_list[name] = _dummyButton(self, name)
+	return self.subwidget_list[name]
+
+    def invoke(self, name):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke', name)
+
+class StdButtonBox(TixWidget):
+    """StdButtonBox - Standard Button Box (OK, Apply, Cancel and Help) """
+
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixStdButtonBox',
+			   ['orientation', 'options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['ok'] = _dummyButton(self, 'ok')
+	self.subwidget_list['apply'] = _dummyButton(self, 'apply')
+	self.subwidget_list['cancel'] = _dummyButton(self, 'cancel')
+	self.subwidget_list['help'] = _dummyButton(self, 'help')
+
+    def invoke(self, name):
+	if self.subwidget_list.has_key(name):
+	    self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke', name)
+
+class Tree(TixWidget):
+    """Tree - The tixTree widget (general purpose DirList like widget)"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+	TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixTree',
+			   ['options'], cnf, kw)
+	self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+	self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+	self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+    def autosetmode(self):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'autosetmode')
+
+    def close(self, entrypath):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'close', entrypath)
+
+    def getmode(self, entrypath):
+	return self.tk.call(self._w, 'getmode', entrypath)
+
+    def open(self, entrypath):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'open', entrypath)
+
+    def setmode(self, entrypath, mode='none'):
+	self.tk.call(self._w, 'setmode', entrypath, mode)
+
+###########################################################################
+### The subclassing below is used to instantiate the subwidgets in each ###
+### mega widget. This allows us to access their methods directly.       ###
+###########################################################################
+
+class _dummyButton(TixSubWidget, Button):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyCheckbutton(TixSubWidget, Checkbutton):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyEntry(TixSubWidget, Entry):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyFrame(TixSubWidget, Frame):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyLabel(TixSubWidget, Label):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyListbox(TixSubWidget, Listbox):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyMenu(TixSubWidget, Menu):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyMenubutton(TixSubWidget, Menubutton):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyScrollbar(TixSubWidget, Scrollbar):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyText(TixSubWidget, Text):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyScrolledListBox(TixSubWidget, ScrolledListBox):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+	self.subwidget_list['listbox'] = _dummyListbox(self, 'listbox')
+	self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+	self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class _dummyHList(TixSubWidget, HList):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyComboBox(TixSubWidget, ComboBox):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+	self.subwidget_list['entry'] = _dummyEntry(self, 'entry')
+	self.subwidget_list['arrow'] = _dummyButton(self, 'arrow')
+	self.subwidget_list['slistbox'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self,
+								'slistbox')
+	self.subwidget_list['listbox'] = _dummyListbox(self, 'listbox',
+						       destroy_physically=0)
+
+class _dummyDirList(TixSubWidget, DirList):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+	self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+	self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+	self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class _dummyExFileSelectBox(TixSubWidget, ExFileSelectBox):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+	self.subwidget_list['cancel'] = _dummyButton(self, 'cancel')
+	self.subwidget_list['ok'] = _dummyButton(self, 'ok')
+	self.subwidget_list['hidden'] = _dummyCheckbutton(self, 'hidden')
+	self.subwidget_list['types'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'types')
+	self.subwidget_list['dir'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'dir')
+	self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'dirlist')
+	self.subwidget_list['file'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'file')
+	self.subwidget_list['filelist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'filelist')
+
+class _dummyFileSelectBox(TixSubWidget, FileSelectBox):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+	self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'dirlist')
+	self.subwidget_list['filelist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'filelist')
+	self.subwidget_list['filter'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'filter')
+	self.subwidget_list['selection'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'selection')
+
+class _dummyStdButtonBox(TixSubWidget, StdButtonBox):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+	self.subwidget_list['ok'] = _dummyButton(self, 'ok')
+	self.subwidget_list['apply'] = _dummyButton(self, 'apply')
+	self.subwidget_list['cancel'] = _dummyButton(self, 'cancel')
+	self.subwidget_list['help'] = _dummyButton(self, 'help')
+
+class _dummyNoteBookFrame(TixSubWidget, NoteBookFrame):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=0):
+	TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+########################
+### Utility Routines ###
+########################
+
+# Returns the qualified path name for the widget. Normally used to set
+# default options for subwidgets. See tixwidgets.py
+def OptionName(widget):
+    return widget.tk.call('tixOptionName', widget._w)
+
+# Called with a dictionary argument of the form
+# {'*.c':'C source files', '*.txt':'Text Files', '*':'All files'}
+# returns a string which can be used to configure the fsbox file types
+# in an ExFileSelectBox. i.e.,
+# '{{*} {* - All files}} {{*.c} {*.c - C source files}} {{*.txt} {*.txt - Text Files}}'
+def FileTypeList(dict):
+    s = ''
+    for type in dict.keys():
+	s = s + '{{' + type + '} {' + type + ' - ' + dict[type] + '}} '
+    return s
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/about.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/about.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * about_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 7 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c gray70",
+"O	c navy",
+"+	c red",
+"@	c yellow",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"        .................................         ",
+"      ..XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXoo.         ",
+"      .XooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooXo.         ",
+"     .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXooXo.         ",
+"     ..oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooXo.         ",
+"     ...............................XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.++++     ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo+++       ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo+++++       ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo++++++      ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo+++   +     ",
+"     .OOOOO@@@@@OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo++.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOO@OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOO@@OOO at OOO@OOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOO@OOOO at O@OOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOO@OOOOO at OOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOO@OOOOO at OOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOO@OOOO at O@OOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOO@@@OO at OOO@OOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo..          ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo            ",
+"      OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.X.            ",
+"        .............................             ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/bold.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/bold.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define bold_width 16
+#define bold_height 16
+static unsigned char bold_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x07, 0xfc, 0x0f, 0x18, 0x1c, 0x18, 0x18,
+   0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x1c, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x30,
+   0x18, 0x30, 0x18, 0x38, 0xfc, 0x3f, 0xfc, 0x1f};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/capital.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/capital.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define capital_width 16
+#define capital_height 16
+static unsigned char capital_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x08, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x06,
+   0x30, 0x03, 0xb0, 0x01, 0xf0, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x01, 0xb0, 0x03,
+   0x30, 0x07, 0x30, 0x0e, 0x30, 0x1c, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/centerj.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/centerj.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define centerj_width 16
+#define centerj_height 16
+static unsigned char centerj_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x0d,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x58, 0x77, 0x00, 0x00, 0xb0, 0x3b, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0xf7,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd8, 0x7e};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/combobox.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/combobox.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define combobox_width 32
+#define combobox_height 32
+static unsigned char combobox_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3e, 0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x2a, 0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x2a,
+   0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x2a, 0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x2b, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3e,
+   0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x2a,
+   0x28, 0x49, 0x00, 0x2a, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x22,
+   0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x22, 0x28, 0x49, 0x12, 0x22, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x22,
+   0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x22, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x22, 0x28, 0x49, 0x02, 0x22,
+   0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x2a, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x2a,
+   0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/combobox.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/combobox.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * combobox_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 6 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #FFFF80808080",
+"O	c gray70",
+"+	c #808000008080",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   ....................................  XXXXXXX  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX  X  .  .  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX  X  .  .  ",
+"   .oooo.oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX  X  .  .  ",
+"   .oo.o..oo.o.oo.o.ooooooooooooooooooX  X  .  .  ",
+"   .o..o.o.o.oo.oo.oo.ooooooooooooooooX  X ... .  ",
+"   .oo.oo.oo.o.oo.ooo.ooooooooooooooooX  X  .  .  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX  X     .  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  X......  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  ",
+"   X............................................  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.O+OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OX OX.  ",
+"   X.O++OOO+OO+++OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.X ..X.  ",
+"   X.O+O+O+OOO+O+OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.O++OOO+OO+++OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.XXXXX.  ",
+"   X.O.....X..........................OOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.OX...XXX.X.XX.XX.................OOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.OX.X..X..X.XX..XX.X..............OOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.O.X...X..X.X...X..X..............OOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO+OOOOOOOOOOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOO+OOO+OOOOO+OOOO+OOOOOOOOOOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.O+++OO+OO+O+OO++O++OO+OO+OOOOOOOOOOX.X...X.  ",
+"   X.OO+OO++OO+O+OO+OOO+OO+O++OOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOO+OOOOO++OO+OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.O .OX.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.XXXXX.  ",
+"   X............................................  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/combobox.xpm.1
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/combobox.xpm.1	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * combobox_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 4 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c #FFFF80808080",
+"o	c gray70",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   ....................................  .......  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  .  .  .  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  .  .  .  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  .  .  .  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  .  .  .  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  . ... .  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  .  .  .  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  .     .  ",
+"   ....................................  .......  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   .............................................  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .o...................................o.ooooo.  ",
+"   .o...................................o.ooooo.  ",
+"   .o...................................o.ooooo.  ",
+"   .o...................................o.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .............................................  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/drivea.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/drivea.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define drivea_width 32
+#define drivea_height 32
+static unsigned char drivea_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a,
+   0x48, 0x55, 0xd5, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1b, 0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d,
+   0xa8, 0xfa, 0xaf, 0x1a, 0xc8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xfa, 0xaf, 0x1a,
+   0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a, 0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d,
+   0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/drivea.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/drivea.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * drivea_xpm[] = {
+/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"32 32 5 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #c000c000c000",
+"O	c #800080008000",
+/* pixels */
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"   ..........................   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+"   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xoo...................oO.   ",
+"   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .oOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.   ",
+"   ..........................   ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/exit.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/exit.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * exit_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 5 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #000080800000",
+"O	c yellow",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"     .......................................      ",
+"     .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOoooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOOooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOOOoooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOoooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOoooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOoooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOOOoooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOOooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOoooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.      ",
+"     .......................................      ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/filebox.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/filebox.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define filebox_width 32
+#define filebox_height 32
+static unsigned char filebox_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20,
+   0xe4, 0xff, 0xff, 0x27, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24,
+   0xe4, 0xff, 0xff, 0x27, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0xe4, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0x27,
+   0x24, 0x50, 0x02, 0x25, 0x24, 0x40, 0x02, 0x24, 0x24, 0x50, 0x02, 0x25,
+   0x24, 0x40, 0x02, 0x24, 0x24, 0x50, 0x02, 0x25, 0x24, 0x40, 0x02, 0x24,
+   0x24, 0x50, 0x02, 0x25, 0xe4, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0x27, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20,
+   0xe4, 0xff, 0xff, 0x27, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24,
+   0xe4, 0xff, 0xff, 0x27, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/filebox.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/filebox.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * filebox_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 6 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c white",
+"X	c gray80",
+"o	c black",
+"O	c #FFFF80808080",
+"+	c gray70",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   ............................................   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXooXooXoXooXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXooXooXoXooXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.XXo   ",
+"   .XXoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XXo   ",
+"   .XXoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XXo   ",
+"   .XX......................................XXo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXoooooooooooooooo.XXXXoooooooooooooooo.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XX.................XXXX.................XXo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXooXooXoXooXoXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXooXooXoXooXoXooXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.Xo   ",
+"   .XXoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo   ",
+"   .XXoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo   ",
+"   .XX.......................................Xo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo   ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/italic.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/italic.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define italic_width 16
+#define italic_height 16
+static unsigned char italic_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x3f, 0x80, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x06, 0x00, 0x06,
+   0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x80, 0x01, 0x80, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x00,
+   0x60, 0x00, 0x60, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x01, 0xfc, 0x01};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/justify.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/justify.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define justify_width 16
+#define justify_height 16
+static unsigned char justify_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xec, 0xdb, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0xdb,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xbc, 0xf7, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0xde, 0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0xdf,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0xef, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0xdf};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/leftj.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/leftj.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define leftj_width 16
+#define leftj_height 16
+static unsigned char leftj_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xcc, 0x6d, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0x01,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xec, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0x03,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x3b, 0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x1f};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/netw.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/netw.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define netw_width 32
+#define netw_height 32
+static unsigned char netw_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x40,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52, 0x00, 0x00, 0x8a, 0x51, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x4a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x40, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x52, 0x55,
+   0x02, 0x40, 0xaa, 0x6a, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x0a, 0x50, 0xfe, 0x7f,
+   0x0a, 0x52, 0x80, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52, 0x80, 0x00, 0x8a, 0x51, 0x80, 0x00,
+   0x0a, 0x50, 0x80, 0x00, 0x4a, 0x50, 0x80, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0xe0, 0x03,
+   0x0a, 0x50, 0x20, 0x02, 0xfa, 0xdf, 0x3f, 0x03, 0x02, 0x40, 0xa0, 0x02,
+   0x52, 0x55, 0xe0, 0x03, 0xaa, 0x6a, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/netw.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/netw.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * netw_xpm[] = {
+/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"32 32 7 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #c000c000c000",
+"O	c #404040",
+"+	c blue",
+"@	c red",
+/* pixels */
+"                                ",
+"                 .............. ",
+"                 .XXXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+"                 .XooooooooooO. ",
+"                 .Xo.......XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++o+XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++o+XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++oo++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.+o++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.XXXXXXXoO. ",
+"                 .XooooooooooO. ",
+"                 .Xo at ooo....oO. ",
+" ..............  .XooooooooooO. ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXXX.  .XooooooooooO. ",
+" .XooooooooooO.  .OOOOOOOOOOOO. ",
+" .Xo.......XoO.  .............. ",
+" .Xo.++++o+XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++o+XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++oo++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.+o++++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++++XoO.      .....      ",
+" .Xo.XXXXXXXoO.      .XXX.      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.@@@@@@.X O.      ",
+" .Xo at ooo....oO.      .OOO.      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.      .....      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.                 ",
+" .OOOOOOOOOOOO.                 ",
+" ..............                 ",
+"                                "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/optmenu.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/optmenu.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * optmenu_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 5 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c white",
+"X	c gray80",
+"o	c gray50",
+"O	c black",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   ..............................                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXOXOXXOXXOXXXXOOXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXOXOXXOXOXXXOXXOXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXOXXOXXOXXXOXXXOXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXOXXXOXXOOXXOXOXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo.............o   ",
+"   .............................o             o   ",
+"   ..XXXOXXXXXOXXXXXXXXOXXXXXXXOo             o   ",
+"   ..XXOXOXOXXOXOXXXOXXOXXXXXXXOo     ......  o   ",
+"   ..XXXOXXXOXXOXXXOXXXOXXXXXXXOo     .    o  o   ",
+"   ..XXOXXXOXXXOXOXXOXXOXXXXXXXOo     .    o  o   ",
+"   ..XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXOo     .ooooo  o   ",
+"   .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOo             o   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo             o   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXooooooooooooooo   ",
+"   .XXXXOXXXXXOXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXOXXXXXXXXXOXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXOXXOXXOXOXOXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXOXXOXOXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXOXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXOXOXXXXXXXOXOXXXXXOXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXOXOXOXXOXXXXXOXXOXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXOXXOXOXOXXXOXOXOXXOXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXOXXXXOXXOXXXOXXOXXXXOXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo                 ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/rightj.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/rightj.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define rightj_width 16
+#define rightj_height 16
+static unsigned char rightj_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xdb, 0x00, 0x00, 0x70, 0xdb,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xef, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd8, 0xde, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xdd,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xa0, 0xef, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd8, 0xde};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/select.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/select.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * select_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 9 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c gray95",
+"o	c gray50",
+"O	c gray70",
+"+	c navy",
+"@	c #000080800000",
+"#	c #808000000000",
+"$	c white",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"  ..............................................  ",
+"  .XXXXXXXXXXooooooooooooXXXXXXXXXXXoXXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+"  .X         ooOOOOOOOOOOXX         oX        o.  ",
+"  .X         ooOOOOOOOOOOXX         oX        o.  ",
+"  .X   ++++  ooOOOOOOOOOOXX  ...    oX  @     o.  ",
+"  .X  +++++  ooOOOOOOOOOOXX .   .   oX  @@@   o.  ",
+"  .X +++   + ooOOOOOOOOOOXX .    .  oX @  @   o.  ",
+"  .X +     + ooOO#####OOOXX .    .  oX @  @   o.  ",
+"  .X +     + ooOO#OOO##OOXX .       oX @   @  o.  ",
+"  .X +     + ooO##OOOO##OXX .       oX @    @ o.  ",
+"  .X ++   ++ ooO###OOO#OOXX .       oX @    @ o.  ",
+"  .X +++++++ ooO#######OOXX .       oX @    @ o.  ",
+"  .X +     + ooO##O#OO#OOXX .       oX @    @ o.  ",
+"  .X +    ++ ooO##OOOOO#OXX .    .  oX @    @ o.  ",
+"  .X +     + ooOO#OOOOO#OXX .    .  oX @   @@ o.  ",
+"  .X +    ++ ooOO#OOOOO#OXX  ....   oX @@@@@  o.  ",
+"  .X         ooOO######OOXX         oX        o.  ",
+"  .X         ooOOOOOOOOOOXX        $oX        o.  ",
+"  .XoooooooooooXXXXXXXXXXXoooooooooooXooooooooo.  ",
+"  ..............................................  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/tix.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/underline.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/bitmaps/underline.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define underline_width 16
+#define underline_height 16
+static unsigned char underline_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x1c, 0x38, 0x1c,
+   0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x70, 0x0e,
+   0xf0, 0x0f, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x1f};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/pman.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/pman.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,536 @@
+#! /usr/local/bin/python
+#
+#
+# $Id: pman.py,v 1.1 2000/11/05 19:52:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# An xman like program.  - Sudhir Shenoy, January 1996.
+#
+# Features:
+#
+# Can have multiple man pages open at the same time.
+#
+# Hypertext: Manual page cross references in the Apropos output or a man page
+# are highlighted when the mouse moves on top of them. Clicking button 1 over
+# the highlighted reference displays the relevant page.
+#
+# Regexp search in manual page window with wrap around.
+#
+# Handles MANPATH correctly. If the same man page (e.g. 'make') is in more
+# than one directory (/usr/man/man1 and /usr/local/man/man1), precedence is
+# decided by which dir appears first in the MANPATH.
+#
+# BUGS: Doesn't handle the case when the reference is split across two lines.
+# This can be fixed by sucking in the whole text from the text widget and then
+# doing the search e.g., in class ManWindow but this involves more work.
+#
+# Page display is slow.
+#
+
+import os, regex, regsub, string, sys, Tix
+
+BOLDFONT = '*-Courier-Bold-R-Normal-*-140-*'
+ITALICFONT = '*-Courier-Medium-O-Normal-*-140-*'
+
+footer_pat = regex.compile('^     Page [1-9][0-9]*[ \t]+\|^.*Last change:.*[1-9][0-9]*\n')
+empty_pat = regex.compile('^[ \t]*\n')
+underline_pat = regex.compile('^[ \t]*[Xv!_][Xv!_ \t]*\n')
+link_pat = regex.compile('\([A-Za-z0-9._]+\)[ \t]*([ \t]*\([A-Za-z0-9]+\)[ \t]*)')
+
+# Man Page display widget - borrowed from Guido's demos with minor changes.
+class ManPageWidget(Tix.ScrolledText):
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}):
+	# Initialize base class
+	Tix.ScrolledText.__init__(self, master, cnf)
+	self.text['state'] = 'disabled'
+
+	# Define tags for formatting styles
+	self.text.tag_config('X', {'underline': 1})
+	self.text.tag_config('!', {'font': BOLDFONT})
+	self.text.tag_config('_', {'font': ITALICFONT})
+
+	# Set state to idle
+	self.fp = None
+	self.lineno = 0
+	self.tagnum = 0
+
+    # Test whether we are busy parsing a file
+    def busy(self):
+	return self.fp != None
+
+    # Ensure we're not busy
+    def kill(self):
+	if self.busy():
+	    self._endparser()
+
+    # Parse a file, in the background
+    def asyncparsefile(self, fp):
+	self._startparser(fp)
+	self.tk.createfilehandler(fp, Tix.READABLE, self._filehandler)
+
+    parsefile = asyncparsefile	# Alias
+
+    # I/O handler used by background parsing
+    def _filehandler(self, fp, mask):
+	nextline = self.fp.readline()
+	if not nextline:
+	    self._endparser()
+	    return
+	self._parseline(nextline)
+
+    # Parse a file, now (cannot be aborted)
+    def syncparsefile(self, fp):
+	from select import select
+	def avail(fp=fp, tout=0.0, select=select):
+	    return select([fp], [], [], tout)[0]
+	height = self.getint(self['height'])
+	self._startparser(fp)
+	while 1:
+	    nextline = fp.readline()
+	    if not nextline:
+		break
+	    self._parseline(nextline)
+	self._endparser()
+
+    # Initialize parsing from a particular file -- must not be busy
+    def _startparser(self, fp):
+	if self.busy():
+	    raise RuntimeError, 'startparser: still busy'
+	fp.fileno()		# Test for file-ness
+	self.fp = fp
+	self.lineno = 0
+	self.tagnum = 0
+	self.ok = 0
+	self.empty = 0
+	self.buffer = None
+	self.text['state'] = 'normal'
+	self.text.delete('1.0', 'end')
+	self.text['state'] = 'disabled'
+
+    # End parsing -- must be busy, need not be at EOF
+    def _endparser(self):
+	if not self.busy():
+	    raise RuntimeError, 'endparser: not busy'
+	if self.buffer:
+	    self._parseline('')
+	try:
+	    self.tk.deletefilehandler(self.fp)
+	except Tix.TclError, msg:
+	    pass
+	self.fp.close()
+	self.fp = None
+	del self.ok, self.empty, self.buffer
+
+    # Parse a single line
+    def _parseline(self, nextline):
+	if not self.buffer:
+	    # Save this line -- we need one line read-ahead
+	    self.buffer = nextline
+	    return
+	if empty_pat.match(self.buffer) >= 0:
+	    # Buffered line was empty -- set a flag
+	    self.empty = 1
+	    self.buffer = nextline
+	    return
+	textline = self.buffer
+	if underline_pat.match(nextline) >= 0:
+	    # Next line is properties for buffered line
+	    propline = nextline
+	    self.buffer = None
+	else:
+	    # Next line is read-ahead
+	    propline = None
+	    self.buffer = nextline
+	if not self.ok:
+	    # First non blank line after footer must be header
+	    # -- skip that too
+	    self.ok = 1
+	    self.empty = 0
+	    return
+	if footer_pat.match(textline) >= 0:
+	    # Footer -- start skipping until next non-blank line
+	    self.ok = 0
+	    self.empty = 0
+	    return
+	self.text['state'] = 'normal'
+	if Tix.TkVersion >= 4.0:
+	    self.text.mark_set('insert', 'end-1c')
+	else:
+	    self.text.mark_set('insert', 'end')
+	if self.empty:
+	    # One or more previous lines were empty
+	    # -- insert one blank line in the text
+	    self._insert_prop('\n')
+	    self.lineno = self.lineno + 1
+	    self.empty = 0
+	if not propline:
+	    # No properties
+	    self._insert_prop(textline)
+	else:
+	    # Search for properties
+	    p = ''
+	    j = 0
+	    for i in range(min(len(propline), len(textline))):
+		if propline[i] != p:
+		    if j < i:
+			self._insert_prop(textline[j:i], p)
+			j = i
+		    p = propline[i]
+	    self._insert_prop(textline[j:])
+	startpos = 0
+	line = textline[:]
+	while 1:
+	    pos = link_pat.search(line)
+	    if pos < 0:
+		break
+	    pos = pos + startpos
+	    startpos = startpos + link_pat.regs[0][1]
+	    tag = self._w + `self.tagnum`
+	    self.tagnum = self.tagnum + 1
+	    self.text.tag_add(tag, '%d.%d' % (self.lineno + 1, pos),
+			      '%d.%d' % (self.lineno + 1, startpos))
+	    self.text.tag_bind(tag, '<Any-Enter>',
+			       lambda e=None,t=tag,w=self: w._highlight(t, 1))
+	    self.text.tag_bind(tag, '<Any-Leave>',
+			       lambda e=None,t=tag,w=self: w._highlight(t, 0))
+	    self.text.tag_bind(tag, '<1>',
+			       lambda e=None,w=self,t=textline[pos:startpos]:
+			       w._hyper_link(t))
+	    if startpos >= len(textline):
+		break
+	    line = textline[startpos:]
+	self.lineno = self.lineno + 1
+	self.text['state'] = 'disabled'
+
+    def _highlight(self, tag, how):
+	if how:
+	    self.text.tag_config(tag, background="#43ce80", relief=Tix.RAISED)
+	else:
+	    self.text.tag_config(tag, background="", relief=Tix.FLAT)
+
+    def _hyper_link(self, txt):
+	if link_pat.search(txt) < 0:
+	    print "Invalid man reference string"
+	    return
+	pagename = txt[link_pat.regs[1][0]:link_pat.regs[1][1]]
+	section = txt[link_pat.regs[2][0]:link_pat.regs[2][1]]
+	mandirs = ManDirectories()
+	pipe = mandirs.FormattedPipe(section, pagename)
+	self.parsefile(pipe)
+
+    # Insert a string at the end, with at most one property (tag)
+    def _insert_prop(self, str, prop = ' '):
+	here = self.text.index('insert')
+	self.text.insert('insert', str)
+	if prop != ' ':
+	    self.text.tag_add(prop, here, 'insert')
+#end class ManPageWidget
+
+
+class ManDirectories:
+    """Find all man directories (using MANPATH if defined)
+
+    The section names are kept in the list sections.
+    Descriptive names are in the dictionary section_names
+    The full path name(s) for each section are in the dictionary secpaths."""
+
+    def __init__(self):
+	known_names = {'1':'User Commands', '1b':'Commands: BSD',
+		       '1c':'Commands: Communications',
+		       '1f':'Commands: FMLI', '1m':'Commands: Maintenance',
+		       '1s':'Commands: SunOS specific',
+		       '2':'System Calls',
+		       '3':'Subroutines', '3b':'Routines: BSD',
+		       '3c':'Routines: C Library', '3e':'Routines: ELF',
+		       '3g':'Routines: General', '3i':'Routines: Wide Char',
+		       '3k':'Routines: Kernel VM', '3m':'Routines: Math',
+		       '3n':'Routines: Network', '3r':'Routines: Realtime',
+		       '3s':'Routines: Std. I/O', '3t':'Routines: Threads',
+		       '3x':'Routines: Misc.',
+		       '4':'File Formats', '4b':'Files: BSD',
+		       '5':'Miscellaneous',
+		       '6':'Games',
+		       '7':'Devices',
+		       '9':'Device Drivers', '9e':'Drivers: Entry Points',
+		       '9f':'Drivers: Functions',
+		       '9s':'Drivers: Data Structures',
+		       'l':'Local',
+		       'n':'New'}
+	if os.environ.has_key('MANPATH'):
+	    manpath = os.environ["MANPATH"]
+	if not manpath:
+	    manpath = "/usr/share/man"
+	manpath = string.splitfields(manpath, ':')
+	self.secpaths = {}
+	for path in manpath:
+	    files = os.listdir(path)
+	    for f in files:
+		if os.path.isdir(path + '/' + f) and len(f) > 3 and f[:3] == 'man':
+		    sec = f[3:]
+		    if self.secpaths.has_key(sec):
+			temp = self.secpaths[sec] + ':'
+		    else:
+			temp = ''
+		    self.secpaths[sec] = temp + path + '/' + f
+	self.sections = self.secpaths.keys()
+	self.sections.sort()
+	self.section_names = {}
+	for s in self.sections:
+	    if s in known_names.keys():
+		self.section_names[s + ': ' + known_names[s]] = s
+	    else:
+		self.section_names[s] = s
+
+    def Pages(self, secname):
+	if not self.secpaths.has_key(secname):
+	    return []
+	paths = string.splitfields(self.secpaths[secname], ':')
+	wid = len(secname)
+	names = []
+	for path in paths:
+	    files = os.listdir(path)
+	    for file in files:
+		if file[-(wid + 1):-wid] == '.' and file[-wid:] == secname:
+		    file = file[:-(wid + 1)]
+		    if file not in names:
+			# if duplicate - preceding path takes precedence
+			names.append(file)
+	names.sort()
+	return names
+
+    def FormattedPipe(self, secname, page):
+	secname = string.lower(secname)
+	if not self.secpaths.has_key(secname):
+	    raise ValueError
+	file = page + '.' + secname
+	paths = string.splitfields(self.secpaths[secname], ':')
+	cwd = os.getcwd()
+	for path in paths:
+	    files = os.listdir(path)
+	    if file in files:
+		file = path + '/' + file
+		os.chdir(path)
+		os.chdir('..')
+		break
+	pipe = os.popen('nroff -man %s | ul -i' % file)
+	os.chdir(cwd)
+	return pipe
+#end class ManDirectories
+
+
+class ManPageWindow:
+    def __init__(self, pipe):
+	self.top = Tix.Toplevel()
+	frame = Tix.Frame(self.top)
+	frame2 = Tix.Frame(frame)
+	self.search_str = Tix.StringVar()
+	self.case_sensitive = Tix.StringVar()
+	btn = Tix.Button(frame2, text='Regexp Search:', command=self.Search)
+	entry = Tix.Entry(frame2, relief=Tix.SUNKEN)
+	entry['textvariable'] = self.search_str
+	entry.bind('<Return>', self.Search)
+	casesense = Tix.Checkbutton(frame2, text='Case Sensitive',
+				    relief=Tix.FLAT,
+				    variable=self.case_sensitive)
+	btn.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, expand=0)
+	entry.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, expand=1, fill=Tix.X)
+	casesense.pack(side=Tix.RIGHT, expand=0)
+	self.man = ManPageWidget(frame)
+	btn = Tix.Button(frame, text='Close', command=self.Quit)
+	frame2.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=0, fill=Tix.X)
+	self.man.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+	btn.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, expand=0, fill=Tix.X)
+	frame.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+	self.man.parsefile(pipe)
+
+    def Search(self, event=None):
+	str = self.search_str.get()
+	if not str:
+	    self.top.bell()
+	    print "No search string ?"
+	    return
+	try:
+	    if self.case_sensitive.get() == '1':
+		pat = regex.compile(str, regex.casefold)
+	    else:
+		pat = regex.compile(str)
+	except regex.error, msg:
+	    self.top.bell()
+	    print "regex error"
+	    return
+	pos = self.man.text.index('insert')
+	lineno = string.atoi(pos[:string.find(pos, '.')])
+	endpos = self.man.text.index('end')
+	endlineno = string.atoi(endpos[:string.find(endpos, '.')])
+	wraplineno = lineno
+	found = 0
+	while 1:
+	    lineno = lineno + 1
+	    if lineno > endlineno:
+		if wraplineno <= 0:
+		    break
+		endlineno = wraplineno
+		lineno = 0
+		wraplineno = 0
+	    line = self.man.text.get('%d.0 linestart' % lineno,
+				     '%d.0 lineend' % lineno)
+	    i = pat.search(line)
+	    if i >= 0:
+		found = 1
+		n = max(1, len(pat.group(0)))
+		try:
+		    self.man.text.tag_remove('sel', 'sel.first', 'sel.last')
+		except Tix.TclError:
+		    pass
+		self.man.text.tag_add('sel', '%d.%d' % (lineno, i),
+				      '%d.%d' % (lineno, i+n))
+		self.man.text.mark_set('insert', '%d.%d' % (lineno, i))
+		self.man.text.yview_pickplace('insert')
+		break
+
+	if not found:
+	    self.frame.bell()
+
+    def Quit(self):
+	del self.search_str
+	del self.case_sensitive
+       	self.top.destroy()
+#end class ManPageWindow
+
+class AproposWindow:
+    def __init__(self):
+	self.top = Tix.Toplevel()
+	frame = Tix.Frame(self.top)
+	frame2 = Tix.Frame(frame)
+	self.apropos_str = Tix.StringVar()
+	btn = Tix.Button(frame2, text='Apropos:', command=self.Apropos)
+	entry = Tix.Entry(frame2, relief=Tix.SUNKEN, width=20)
+	entry['textvariable'] = self.apropos_str
+	entry.bind('<Return>', self.Apropos)
+	btn.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, expand=0)
+	entry.pack(side=Tix.RIGHT, expand=1, fill=Tix.X)
+	frame2.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=0, fill=Tix.X)
+	self.stext = Tix.ScrolledText(frame)
+	self.stext.text.tag_config('!', font=BOLDFONT)
+	btn = Tix.Button(frame, text='Close', command=self.Quit)
+	self.stext.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+	btn.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, expand=0, fill=Tix.X)
+	frame.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+
+    def Apropos(self, event=None):
+	str = self.apropos_str.get()
+	if not str:
+	    self.top.bell()
+	    print "No string ?"
+	    return
+	pipe = os.popen('apropos ' + str, 'r')
+	self.stext.text.delete('1.0', Tix.END)
+	tabs = regex.compile('\011+')
+	num = 1
+	while 1:
+	    line = pipe.readline()
+	    if not line:
+		break
+	    line = regsub.gsub(tabs, '\011', line)
+	    fields = string.splitfields(line, '\011')
+	    if len(fields) == 1:
+		line = line[string.find(line, ' ') + 1:]
+		line = regsub.gsub('^ *', '', line)
+		fields = ['???', line]
+	    if len(fields) == 2:
+		tmp = string.splitfields(fields[1], '-')
+		fields = fields[0:1] + tmp
+	    num = num + 1
+	    self.stext.text.insert('insert', fields[0]+'\t', '!')
+	    self.stext.text.insert('insert', fields[1], `num`)
+	    self.stext.text.tag_bind(`num`, '<Any-Enter>',
+				     lambda e=None,t=`num`,w=self:
+				     w._highlight(t, 1))
+	    self.stext.text.tag_bind(`num`, '<Any-Leave>',
+				     lambda e=None,t=`num`,w=self:
+				     w._highlight(t, 0))
+	    self.stext.text.tag_bind(`num`, '<1>',
+				     lambda e=None,w=self,t=fields[1]:
+				     w._hyper_link(t))
+	    self.stext.text.insert('insert', fields[2])
+
+    def _highlight(self, tag, how):
+	if how:
+	    self.stext.text.tag_config(tag, background="#43ce80",
+				       relief=Tix.RAISED)
+	else:
+	    self.stext.text.tag_config(tag, background="", relief=Tix.FLAT)
+
+    def _hyper_link(self, txt):
+	if link_pat.search(txt) < 0:
+	    print "Invalid man reference string"
+	    return
+	pagename = txt[link_pat.regs[1][0]:link_pat.regs[1][1]]
+	section = txt[link_pat.regs[2][0]:link_pat.regs[2][1]]
+	mandirs = ManDirectories()
+	pipe = mandirs.FormattedPipe(section, pagename)
+	disp = ManPageWindow(pipe)
+
+    def Quit(self):
+	del self.apropos_str
+	self.top.destroy()
+
+class PManWindow:
+    def __init__(self, master=None):
+	self.mandirs = ManDirectories()
+	self.frame = Tix.Frame(master)
+	self.section = Tix.StringVar()
+	combo = Tix.ComboBox(self.frame, label='Section: ', dropdown=1,
+			     editable=0, variable=self.section,
+			     command=self.UpdatePageList)
+	pagelist = Tix.ScrolledListBox(self.frame, scrollbar='auto')
+	self.listbox = pagelist.listbox
+	self.listbox.bind('<Double-1>', self.ShowPage)
+	temp = self.mandirs.section_names.keys()
+	temp.sort()
+	for s in temp:
+	    combo.insert(Tix.END, s)
+	box = Tix.ButtonBox(self.frame, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL)
+	box.add('show', text='Show Page ...', underline=0, width=13,
+		command=self.ShowPage)
+	box.add('aprop', text='Apropos ...', underline=0, width=13,
+		command=self.Apropos)
+	box.add('quit', text='Quit', underline=0, width=13,
+		command=self.Quit)
+	combo.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=0, fill=Tix.X)
+	pagelist.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+	box.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, expand=0, fill=Tix.X)
+	self.frame.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+
+    def UpdatePageList(self, event=None):
+	secname = self.section.get()
+	if not self.mandirs.section_names.has_key(secname):
+	    return
+	secname = self.mandirs.section_names[secname]
+	pages = self.mandirs.Pages(secname)
+	self.listbox.delete(0, Tix.END)
+	for page in pages:
+	    self.listbox.insert(Tix.END, page)
+
+    def ShowPage(self, event=None):
+	secname = self.section.get()
+	secname = self.mandirs.section_names[secname]
+	idx = self.listbox.curselection()
+	pagename = self.listbox.get(idx)
+	pipe = self.mandirs.FormattedPipe(secname, pagename)
+	page_display = ManPageWindow(pipe)
+
+    def Apropos(self):
+	apropos_disp = AproposWindow()
+
+    def Quit(self):
+	sys.exit()
+#end class PManWindow
+
+def main():
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    root.minsize(10, 10)
+    win = PManWindow(root)
+    root.mainloop()
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    main()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/Balloon.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/Balloon.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+#!/usr/local/bin/python
+# 
+# $Id: Balloon.py,v 1.1 2000/11/05 19:54:53 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixBalloon widget, which provides
+# a interesting way to give help tips about elements in your user interface.
+# Your can display the help message in a "balloon" and a status bar widget.
+#
+
+import Tix
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    status = Tix.Label(w, width=40, relief=Tix.SUNKEN, bd=1)
+    status.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.Y, padx=2, pady=1)
+
+    # Create two mysterious widgets that need balloon help
+    button1 = Tix.Button(w, text='Something Unexpected',
+			 command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+    button2 = Tix.Button(w, text='Something Else Unexpected')
+    button2['command'] = lambda w=button2: w.destroy()
+    button1.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1)
+    button2.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1)
+
+    # Create the balloon widget and associate it with the widgets that we want
+    # to provide tips for:
+    b = Tix.Balloon(w, statusbar=status)
+
+    b.bind_widget(button1, balloonmsg='Close Window',
+		  statusmsg='Press this button to close this window')
+    b.bind_widget(button2, balloonmsg='Self-destruct button',
+		  statusmsg='Press this button and it will destroy itself')
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/BtnBox.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/BtnBox.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#!/usr/local/bin/python
+# 
+# $Id: BtnBox.py,v 1.1 2000/11/05 19:56:48 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixButtonBox widget, which is a
+# group of TK buttons. You can use it to manage the buttons in a dialog box,
+# for example.
+#
+
+import Tix
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    # Create the label on the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    top = Tix.Label(w, padx=20, pady=10, bd=1, relief=Tix.RAISED,
+		    anchor=Tix.CENTER, text='This dialog box is\n a demonstration of the\n tixButtonBox widget')
+
+    # Create the button box and add a few buttons in it. Set the
+    # -width of all the buttons to the same value so that they
+    # appear in the same size.
+    #
+    # Note that the -text, -underline, -command and -width options are all
+    # standard options of the button widgets.
+    #
+    box = Tix.ButtonBox(w, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL)
+    box.add('ok', text='OK', underline=0, width=5,
+	    command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+    box.add('close', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=5,
+	    command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+    box.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+    top.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/CmpImg.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/CmpImg.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+#!/usr/local/bin/python
+# 
+# $Id: CmpImg.py,v 1.1 2000/11/05 19:57:44 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the compound images: it uses compound
+# images to display a text string together with a pixmap inside
+# buttons
+#
+
+import Tix
+
+network_pixmap = """/* XPM */
+static char * netw_xpm[] = {
+/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"32 32 7 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #c000c000c000",
+"O	c #404040",
+"+	c blue",
+"@	c red",
+/* pixels */
+"                                ",
+"                 .............. ",
+"                 .XXXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+"                 .XooooooooooO. ",
+"                 .Xo.......XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++o+XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++o+XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++oo++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.+o++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.XXXXXXXoO. ",
+"                 .XooooooooooO. ",
+"                 .Xo at ooo....oO. ",
+" ..............  .XooooooooooO. ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXXX.  .XooooooooooO. ",
+" .XooooooooooO.  .OOOOOOOOOOOO. ",
+" .Xo.......XoO.  .............. ",
+" .Xo.++++o+XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++o+XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++oo++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.+o++++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++++XoO.      .....      ",
+" .Xo.XXXXXXXoO.      .XXX.      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.@@@@@@.X O.      ",
+" .Xo at ooo....oO.      .OOO.      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.      .....      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.                 ",
+" .OOOOOOOOOOOO.                 ",
+" ..............                 ",
+"                                "};
+"""
+
+hard_disk_pixmap = """/* XPM */
+static char * drivea_xpm[] = {
+/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"32 32 5 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #c000c000c000",
+"O	c #800080008000",
+/* pixels */
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"   ..........................   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+"   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xoo...................oO.   ",
+"   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .oOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.   ",
+"   ..........................   ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                "};
+"""
+
+network_bitmap = """
+#define netw_width 32
+#define netw_height 32
+static unsigned char netw_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x40,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52, 0x00, 0x00, 0x8a, 0x51, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x4a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x40, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x52, 0x55,
+   0x02, 0x40, 0xaa, 0x6a, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x0a, 0x50, 0xfe, 0x7f,
+   0x0a, 0x52, 0x80, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52, 0x80, 0x00, 0x8a, 0x51, 0x80, 0x00,
+   0x0a, 0x50, 0x80, 0x00, 0x4a, 0x50, 0x80, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0xe0, 0x03,
+   0x0a, 0x50, 0x20, 0x02, 0xfa, 0xdf, 0x3f, 0x03, 0x02, 0x40, 0xa0, 0x02,
+   0x52, 0x55, 0xe0, 0x03, 0xaa, 0x6a, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
+"""
+
+hard_disk_bitmap = """
+#define drivea_width 32
+#define drivea_height 32
+static unsigned char drivea_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a,
+   0x48, 0x55, 0xd5, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1b, 0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d,
+   0xa8, 0xfa, 0xaf, 0x1a, 0xc8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xfa, 0xaf, 0x1a,
+   0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a, 0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d,
+   0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
+"""
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    w.img0 = Tix.Image('pixmap', data=network_pixmap)
+    if not w.img0:
+	w.img0 = Tix.Image('bitmap', data=network_bitmap)
+    w.img1 = Tix.Image('pixmap', data=hard_disk_pixmap)
+    if not w.img0:
+	w.img1 = Tix.Image('bitmap', data=hard_disk_bitmap)
+
+    hdd = Tix.Button(w, padx=4, pady=1, width=120)
+    net = Tix.Button(w, padx=4, pady=1, width=120)
+
+    # Create the first image: we create a line, then put a string,
+    # a space and a image into this line, from left to right.
+    # The result: we have a one-line image that consists of three
+    # individual items
+    #
+    # The tk.calls should be methods in Tix ...
+    w.hdd_img = Tix.Image('compound', window=hdd)
+    w.hdd_img.tk.call(str(w.hdd_img), 'add', 'line')
+    w.hdd_img.tk.call(str(w.hdd_img), 'add', 'text', '-text', 'Hard Disk',
+		    '-underline', '0')
+    w.hdd_img.tk.call(str(w.hdd_img), 'add', 'space', '-width', '7')
+    w.hdd_img.tk.call(str(w.hdd_img), 'add', 'image', '-image', w.img1)
+
+    # Put this image into the first button
+    #
+    hdd['image'] = w.hdd_img
+
+    # Next button
+    w.net_img = Tix.Image('compound', window=net)
+    w.net_img.tk.call(str(w.net_img), 'add', 'line')
+    w.net_img.tk.call(str(w.net_img), 'add', 'text', '-text', 'Network',
+		    '-underline', '0')
+    w.net_img.tk.call(str(w.net_img), 'add', 'space', '-width', '7')
+    w.net_img.tk.call(str(w.net_img), 'add', 'image', '-image', w.img0)
+
+    # Put this image into the first button
+    #
+    net['image'] = w.net_img
+
+    close = Tix.Button(w, pady=1, text='Close',
+		       command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+
+    hdd.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=10, pady=10, fill=Tix.Y, expand=1)
+    net.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=10, pady=10, fill=Tix.Y, expand=1)
+    close.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=10, pady=10, fill=Tix.Y, expand=1)
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()
+ 

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/ComboBox.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/ComboBox.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+#!/usr/local/bin/python
+# 
+# $Id: ComboBox.py,v 1.1 2000/11/05 19:58:00 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixComboBox widget, which is close
+# to the MS Window Combo Box control.
+#
+import Tix
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    global demo_month, demo_year
+
+    top = Tix.Frame(w, bd=1, relief=Tix.RAISED)
+
+    demo_month = Tix.StringVar()
+    demo_year = Tix.StringVar()
+
+    # $w.top.a is a drop-down combo box. It is not editable -- who wants
+    # to invent new months?
+    #
+    # [Hint] The -options switch sets the options of the subwidgets.
+    # [Hint] We set the label.width subwidget option of both comboboxes to 
+    #        be 10 so that their labels appear to be aligned.
+    #
+    a = Tix.ComboBox(top, label="Month: ", dropdown=1,
+	command=select_month, editable=0, variable=demo_month,
+	options='listbox.height 6 label.width 10 label.anchor e')
+
+    # $w.top.b is a non-drop-down combo box. It is not editable: we provide
+    # four choices for the user, but he can enter an alternative year if he
+    # wants to.
+    #
+    # [Hint] Use the padY and anchor options of the label subwidget to
+    #	     align the label with the entry subwidget.
+    # [Hint] Notice that you should use padY (the NAME of the option) and not
+    #        pady (the SWITCH of the option).
+    #
+    b = Tix.ComboBox(top, label="Year: ", dropdown=0,
+	command=select_year, editable=1, variable=demo_year,
+	options='listbox.height 4 label.padY 5 label.width 10 label.anchor ne')
+
+    a.pack(side=Tix.TOP, anchor=Tix.W)
+    b.pack(side=Tix.TOP, anchor=Tix.W)
+
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'January')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'February')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'March')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'April')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'May')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'June')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'July')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'August')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'September')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'October')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'November')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'December')
+
+    b.insert(Tix.END, '1992')
+    b.insert(Tix.END, '1993')
+    b.insert(Tix.END, '1994')
+    b.insert(Tix.END, '1995')
+    b.insert(Tix.END, '1996')
+
+    # Use "tixSetSilent" to set the values of the combo box if you
+    # don't want your -command procedures (cbx:select_month and 
+    # cbx:select_year) to be called.
+    #
+    a.set_silent('January')
+    b.set_silent('1995')
+
+    box = Tix.ButtonBox(w, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL)
+    box.add('ok', text='Ok', underline=0, width=6,
+	    command=lambda w=w: ok_command(w))
+    box.add('cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=6,
+	    command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+    box.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+    top.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+def select_month(event=None):
+    print "Month =", demo_month.get()
+
+def select_year(event=None):
+    print "Year =", demo_year.get()
+
+def ok_command(w):
+    print "Month =", demo_month.get(), ", Year=", demo_year.get()
+    w.destroy()
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/Control.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/Control.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+#!/usr/local/bin/python
+# 
+# $Id: Control.py,v 1.1 2000/11/05 19:58:13 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixControl widget -- it is an
+# entry widget with up/down arrow buttons. You can use the arrow buttons
+# to adjust the value inside the entry widget.
+#
+# This example program uses three Control widgets. One lets you select
+# integer values; one lets you select floating point values and the last
+# one lets you select a few names.
+#
+import Tix
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    global demo_maker, demo_thrust, demo_num_engines
+
+    demo_maker = Tix.StringVar()
+    demo_thrust = Tix.DoubleVar()
+    demo_num_engines = Tix.IntVar()
+    demo_maker.set('P&W')
+    demo_thrust.set(20000.0)
+    demo_num_engines.set(2)
+
+    top = Tix.Frame(w, bd=1, relief=Tix.RAISED)
+
+    # $w.top.a allows only integer values
+    #
+    # [Hint] The -options switch sets the options of the subwidgets.
+    # [Hint] We set the label.width subwidget option of the Controls to 
+    #        be 16 so that their labels appear to be aligned.
+    #
+    a = Tix.Control(top, label='Number of Engines: ', integer=1,
+		    variable=demo_num_engines, min=1, max=4,
+		    options='entry.width 10 label.width 20 label.anchor e')
+    
+    b = Tix.Control(top, label='Thrust: ', integer=0,
+		    min='10000.0', max='60000.0', step=500,
+		    variable=demo_thrust,
+		    options='entry.width 10 label.width 20 label.anchor e')
+
+    c = Tix.Control(top, label='Engine Maker: ', value='P&W',
+		    variable=demo_maker,
+		    options='entry.width 10 label.width 20 label.anchor e')
+
+    # We can't define these in the init because the widget 'c' doesn't
+    # exist yet and we need to reference it
+    c['incrcmd'] = lambda w=c: adjust_maker(w, 1)
+    c['decrcmd'] = lambda w=c: adjust_maker(w, -1)
+    c['validatecmd'] = lambda w=c: validate_maker(w)
+
+    a.pack(side=Tix.TOP, anchor=Tix.W)
+    b.pack(side=Tix.TOP, anchor=Tix.W)
+    c.pack(side=Tix.TOP, anchor=Tix.W)
+
+    box = Tix.ButtonBox(w, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL)
+    box.add('ok', text='Ok', underline=0, width=6,
+	    command=lambda w=w: ok_command(w))
+    box.add('cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=6,
+	    command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+    box.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+    top.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+maker_list = ['P&W', 'GE', 'Rolls Royce']
+
+def adjust_maker(w, inc):
+    i = maker_list.index(demo_maker.get())
+    i = i + inc
+    if i >= len(maker_list):
+	i = 0
+    elif i < 0:
+	i = len(maker_list) - 1
+
+    # In Tcl/Tix we should return the string maker_list[i]. We can't
+    # do that in Tkinter so we set the global variable. (This works).
+    demo_maker.set(maker_list[i])
+
+def validate_maker(w):
+    try:
+	i = maker_list.index(demo_maker.get())
+    except:
+	# Works here though. Why ? Beats me.
+	return maker_list[0]
+    # Works here though. Why ? Beats me.
+    return maker_list[i]
+
+def ok_command(w):
+    print "Selected", demo_num_engines.get(), "of", demo_maker.get(), " engines each of thrust", demo_thrust.get()
+    w.destroy()
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/NoteBook.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/NoteBook.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+#!/usr/local/bin/python
+# 
+# $Id: NoteBook.py,v 1.1 2000/11/05 19:58:27 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixNoteBook widget, which allows
+# you to lay out your interface using a "notebook" metaphore
+#
+import Tix
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    global root
+    root = w
+
+    # We use these options to set the sizes of the subwidgets inside the
+    # notebook, so that they are well-aligned on the screen.
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if prefix:
+	prefix = '*'+prefix
+    else:
+	prefix = ''
+    w.option_add(prefix+'*TixControl*entry.width', 10)
+    w.option_add(prefix+'*TixControl*label.width', 18)
+    w.option_add(prefix+'*TixControl*label.anchor', Tix.E)
+    w.option_add(prefix+'*TixNoteBook*tagPadX', 8)
+
+    # Create the notebook widget and set its backpagecolor to gray.
+    # Note that the -backpagecolor option belongs to the "nbframe"
+    # subwidget.
+    nb = Tix.NoteBook(w, name='nb', ipadx=6, ipady=6)
+    nb['bg'] = 'gray'
+    nb.nbframe['backpagecolor'] = 'gray'
+	
+    # Create the two tabs on the notebook. The -underline option
+    # puts a underline on the first character of the labels of the tabs.
+    # Keyboard accelerators will be defined automatically according
+    # to the underlined character.	
+    nb.add('hard_disk', label="Hard Disk", underline=0)
+    nb.add('network', label="Network", underline=0)
+	
+    nb.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=5, pady=5 ,side=Tix.TOP)
+
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # Create the first page
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # Create two frames: one for the common buttons, one for the
+    # other widgets
+    #
+    tab=nb.hard_disk
+    f = Tix.Frame(tab)
+    common = Tix.Frame(tab)
+	
+    f.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=2, pady=2, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+    common.pack(side=Tix.RIGHT, padx=2, fill=Tix.Y)
+	
+    a = Tix.Control(f, value=12,   label='Access time: ')
+    w = Tix.Control(f, value=400,  label='Write Throughput: ')
+    r = Tix.Control(f, value=400,  label='Read Throughput: ')
+    c = Tix.Control(f, value=1021, label='Capacity: ')
+	
+    a.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    w.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    r.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    c.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+	
+    # Create the common buttons
+    createCommonButtons(common)
+	
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # Create the second page	
+    #----------------------------------------
+	
+    tab = nb.network
+
+    f = Tix.Frame(tab)
+    common = Tix.Frame(tab)
+	
+    f.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=2, pady=2, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+    common.pack(side=Tix.RIGHT, padx=2, fill=Tix.Y)
+	
+    a = Tix.Control(f, value=12,   label='Access time: ')
+    w = Tix.Control(f, value=400,  label='Write Throughput: ')
+    r = Tix.Control(f, value=400,  label='Read Throughput: ')
+    c = Tix.Control(f, value=1021, label='Capacity: ')
+    u = Tix.Control(f, value=10,   label='Users: ')
+	
+    a.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    w.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    r.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    c.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    u.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+	
+    createCommonButtons(common)
+	
+def doDestroy():
+    global root
+    root.destroy()
+
+def createCommonButtons(master):
+    ok = Tix.Button(master, name='ok', text='OK', width=6, 
+		command=doDestroy)
+    cancel = Tix.Button(master, name='cancel', 
+		    text='Cancel', width=6, 
+		    command=doDestroy)
+    
+    ok.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=2, pady=2)
+    cancel.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=2, pady=2)	
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/OptMenu.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/OptMenu.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#!/usr/local/bin/python
+# 
+# $Id: OptMenu.py,v 1.1 2000/11/05 19:58:41 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixOptionMenu widget -- you can
+# use it for the user to choose from a fixed set of options
+#
+import Tix
+
+options = {'text':'Plain Text', 'post':'PostScript', 'html':'HTML',
+	   'tex':'LaTeX', 'rtf':'Rich Text Format'}
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    global demo_opt_from, demo_opt_to
+
+    demo_opt_from = Tix.StringVar()
+    demo_opt_to = Tix.StringVar()
+
+    top = Tix.Frame(w, bd=1, relief=Tix.RAISED)
+
+    from_file = Tix.OptionMenu(top, label="From File Format : ",
+			       variable=demo_opt_from,
+			       options = 'label.width  19 label.anchor e menubutton.width 15')
+
+    to_file = Tix.OptionMenu(top, label="To File Format : ",
+			     variable=demo_opt_to,
+			     options='label.width  19 label.anchor e menubutton.width 15')
+
+    # Add the available options to the two OptionMenu widgets
+    #
+    # [Hint] You have to add the options first before you set the
+    #	     global variables "demo_opt_from" and "demo_opt_to". Otherwise
+    #	     the OptionMenu widget will complain about "unknown options"!
+    #
+    for opt in options.keys():
+	from_file.add_command(opt, label=options[opt])
+	to_file.add_command(opt, label=options[opt])
+
+    demo_opt_from.set('html')
+    demo_opt_to.set('post')
+
+    from_file.pack(side=Tix.TOP, anchor=Tix.W, pady=3, padx=6)
+    to_file.pack(side=Tix.TOP, anchor=Tix.W, pady=3, padx=6)
+
+    box = Tix.ButtonBox(w, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL)
+    box.add('ok', text='Ok', underline=0, width=6,
+	    command=lambda w=w: ok_command(w))
+    box.add('cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=6,
+	    command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+    box.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+    top.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+def ok_command(w):
+    print "Convert file from", demo_opt_from.get(), " to", demo_opt_to.get()
+    w.destroy()
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/PopMenu.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/PopMenu.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# Tix Demostration Program
+# 
+# $Id: PopMenu.py,v 1.1 2000/11/05 19:58:57 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixPopupMenu widget.
+#
+import Tix
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    # We create the frame and the button, then we'll bind the PopupMenu
+    # to both widgets. The result is, when you press the right mouse
+    # button over $w.top or $w.top.but, the PopupMenu will come up.
+    #
+    top = Tix.Frame(w, relief=Tix.RAISED, bd=1)
+    but = Tix.Button(top, text='Press the right mouse button over this button or its surrounding area')
+    but.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=50, pady=50)
+
+    p = Tix.PopupMenu(top, title='Popup Test')
+    p.bind_widget(top)
+    p.bind_widget(but)
+
+    # Set the entries inside the PopupMenu widget. 
+    # [Hint] You have to manipulate the "menu" subwidget.
+    #	     $w.top.p itself is NOT a menu widget.
+    # [Hint] Watch carefully how the sub-menu is created
+    #
+    p.menu.add_command(label='Desktop', underline=0)
+    p.menu.add_command(label='Select', underline=0)
+    p.menu.add_command(label='Find', underline=0)
+    p.menu.add_command(label='System', underline=1)
+    p.menu.add_command(label='Help', underline=0)
+    m1 = Tix.Menu(p.menu)
+    m1.add_command(label='Hello')
+    p.menu.add_cascade(label='More', menu=m1)
+
+    but.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=40, pady=50)
+
+    box = Tix.ButtonBox(w, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL)
+    box.add('ok', text='Ok', underline=0, width=6,
+	    command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+    box.add('cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=6,
+	    command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+    box.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+    top.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/SHList1.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/SHList1.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+#!/usr/local/bin/python
+# 
+# $Id: SHList1.py,v 1.1 2000/11/05 19:59:11 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixScrolledHList widget.
+#
+
+import Tix
+
+def RunSample (w) :
+
+    # We create the frame and the ScrolledHList widget
+    # at the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    top = Tix.Frame( w, relief=Tix.RAISED, bd=1)
+
+    # Put a simple hierachy into the HList (two levels). Use colors and
+    # separator widgets (frames) to make the list look fancy
+    #
+    top.a  = Tix.ScrolledHList(top)
+    top.a.pack( expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=10, pady=10, side=Tix.TOP)
+
+
+    # This is our little relational database
+    #
+    bosses = [
+	('jeff',  'Jeff Waxman'),
+	('john',  'John Lee'),
+	('peter', 'Peter Kenson')
+    ]
+
+    employees = [
+	('alex',  'john',  'Alex Kellman'),
+	('alan',  'john',  'Alan Adams'),
+	('andy',  'peter', 'Andreas Crawford'),
+	('doug',  'jeff',  'Douglas Bloom'),
+	('jon',   'peter', 'Jon Baraki'),
+	('chris', 'jeff',  'Chris Geoffrey'),
+	('chuck', 'jeff',  'Chuck McLean')
+    ]
+
+    hlist=top.a.hlist
+
+    # Let configure the appearance of the HList subwidget 
+    #
+    hlist.config( separator='.', width=25, drawbranch=0, indent=10)
+
+    count=0
+    for boss,name in bosses :
+	if count :
+	    f=Tix.Frame(hlist, name='sep%d' % count, height=2, width=150,
+		bd=2, relief=Tix.SUNKEN, bg=hlist['bg'] )
+
+	    hlist.add_child( itemtype=Tix.WINDOW, 
+		window=f, state=Tix.DISABLED )
+	
+	hlist.add(boss, itemtype=Tix.TEXT, text=name)
+	count = count+1
+    
+
+    for person,boss,name in employees :
+	# '.' is the separator character we chose above
+	#
+	key= boss    + '.'     + person
+	#    ^^^^                ^^^^^^
+	#    parent entryPath /  child's name
+
+	hlist.add( key, text=name )
+
+	# [Hint] Make sure the keys (e.g. 'boss.person') you choose
+	#	 are unique names. If you cannot be sure of this (because of
+	#	 the structure of your database, e.g.) you can use the
+	#	 "add_child" command instead:
+	#
+	#  hlist.addchild( boss,  text=name)
+	#                  ^^^^
+	#                  parent entryPath 
+
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    box= Tix.ButtonBox(top, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL )
+    box.add( 'ok',  text='Ok', underline=0,  width=6,
+	command = lambda w=w:  w.destroy() )
+
+    box.add( 'cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=6,
+	command = lambda w=w:  w.destroy() )
+
+    box.pack( side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+    top.pack( side=Tix.TOP,    fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1 )
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if __name__== '__main__' :
+    root=Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/SHList2.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/SHList2.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+#!/usr/local/bin/python
+# 
+# $Id: SHList2.py,v 1.1 2000/11/05 19:59:27 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the PyTix demo program "tixwidget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates how to use multiple columns and multiple styles
+# in the tixHList widget
+#
+# In a tixHList widget, you can have one ore more columns. 
+#
+
+import Tix
+
+def RunSample (w) :
+
+    # We create the frame and the ScrolledHList widget
+    # at the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    top = Tix.Frame( w, relief=Tix.RAISED, bd=1)
+
+    # Put a simple hierachy into the HList (two levels). Use colors and
+    # separator widgets (frames) to make the list look fancy
+    #
+    top.a = Tix.ScrolledHList(top, options='hlist.columns 3 hlist.header 1' )
+
+    top.a.pack( expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=10, pady=10, side=Tix.TOP)
+
+    hlist=top.a.hlist
+
+    # Create the title for the HList widget
+    #	>> Notice that we have set the hlist.header subwidget option to true
+    #      so that the header is displayed
+    #
+
+    boldfont=hlist.tk.call('tix','option','get','bold_font')
+
+    # First some styles for the headers
+    style={}
+    style['header'] = Tix.DisplayStyle(Tix.TEXT, fg='black', refwindow=top,
+	anchor=Tix.CENTER, padx=8, pady=2, font = boldfont )
+
+    hlist.header_create(0, itemtype=Tix.TEXT, text='Name',
+	style=style['header'])
+    hlist.header_create(1, itemtype=Tix.TEXT, text='Position',
+	style=style['header'])
+
+    # Notice that we use 3 columns in the hlist widget. This way when the user
+    # expands the windows wide, the right side of the header doesn't look
+    # chopped off. The following line ensures that the 3 column header is
+    # not shown unless the hlist window is wider than its contents.
+    #
+    hlist.column_width(2,0)
+
+    # This is our little relational database
+    #
+    boss = ('doe', 'John Doe',	'Director')
+
+    managers = [
+	('jeff',  'Jeff Waxman',	'Manager'),
+	('john',  'John Lee',		'Manager'),
+	('peter', 'Peter Kenson',	'Manager')
+    ]
+
+    employees = [
+	('alex',  'john',	'Alex Kellman',		'Clerk'),
+	('alan',  'john',       'Alan Adams',		'Clerk'),
+	('andy',  'peter',      'Andreas Crawford',	'Salesman'),
+	('doug',  'jeff',       'Douglas Bloom',	'Clerk'),
+	('jon',   'peter',      'Jon Baraki',		'Salesman'),
+	('chris', 'jeff',       'Chris Geoffrey',	'Clerk'),
+	('chuck', 'jeff',       'Chuck McLean',		'Cleaner')
+    ]
+
+    style['mgr_name'] = Tix.DisplayStyle(Tix.TEXT, refwindow=top,
+	fg='#202060', selectforeground = '#202060', font = boldfont )
+
+    style['mgr_posn'] = Tix.DisplayStyle(Tix.TEXT, padx=8,  refwindow=top,
+	fg='#202060', selectforeground='#202060' )
+
+    style['empl_name'] = Tix.DisplayStyle(Tix.TEXT, refwindow=top,
+	fg='#602020', selectforeground = '#602020', font = boldfont )
+
+    style['empl_posn'] = Tix.DisplayStyle(Tix.TEXT, padx=8,  refwindow=top,
+	fg='#602020', selectforeground = '#602020' )
+
+    # Let configure the appearance of the HList subwidget 
+    #
+    hlist.config(separator='.', width=25, drawbranch=0, indent=10)
+    hlist.column_width(0, chars=20)
+
+    # Create the boss
+    #
+    hlist.add ('.',           itemtype=Tix.TEXT, text=boss[1],
+	style=style['mgr_name'])
+    hlist.item_create('.', 1, itemtype=Tix.TEXT, text=boss[2],
+	style=style['mgr_posn'])
+
+    # Create the managers
+    #
+
+    for key,name,posn in managers :
+	e= '.'+ key
+	hlist.add(e, itemtype=Tix.TEXT, text=name,
+	    style=style['mgr_name'])
+	hlist.item_create(e, 1, itemtype=Tix.TEXT, text=posn,
+	    style=style['mgr_posn'])
+
+
+    for key,mgr,name,posn in employees :
+	# "." is the separator character we chose above
+
+	entrypath = '.' + mgr        + '.' + key 
+
+	#           ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^  ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+	#	    parent entryPath / child's name
+
+	hlist.add(entrypath, text=name, style=style['empl_name'])
+	hlist.item_create(entrypath, 1, itemtype=Tix.TEXT,
+	    text = posn, style = style['empl_posn'] )
+    
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    box= Tix.ButtonBox(top, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL )
+    box.add( 'ok',  text='Ok', underline=0,  width=6,
+	command = lambda w=w: w.destroy() )
+
+    box.add( 'cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=6,
+	command = lambda w=w: w.destroy() )
+
+    box.pack( side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+    top.pack( side=Tix.TOP,    fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1 )
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if __name__== '__main__' :
+    root=Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/Tree.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/samples/Tree.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+#!/usr/local/bin/python
+# 
+# $Id: Tree.py,v 1.1 2000/11/05 19:59:48 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates how to use the TixTree widget to display
+# dynamic hierachical data (the files in the Unix file system)
+#
+
+import Tix, os
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    top = Tix.Frame(w, relief=Tix.RAISED, bd=1)
+    tree = Tix.Tree(top, options='separator "/"')
+    tree.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=10, pady=10, side=Tix.LEFT)
+    tree['opencmd'] = lambda dir=None, w=tree: opendir(w, dir)
+
+    # The / directory is added in the "open" mode. The user can open it
+    # and then browse its subdirectories ...
+    adddir(tree, "/")
+
+    box = Tix.ButtonBox(w, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL)
+    box.add('ok', text='Ok', underline=0, command=w.destroy, width=6)
+    box.add('cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, command=w.destroy, width=6)
+    box.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+    top.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+def adddir(tree, dir):
+    if dir == '/':
+	text = '/'
+    else:
+	text = os.path.basename(dir)
+    tree.hlist.add(dir, itemtype=Tix.IMAGETEXT, text=text,
+		   image=tree.tk.call('tix', 'getimage', 'folder'))
+    try:
+	os.listdir(dir)
+	tree.setmode(dir, 'open')
+    except os.error:
+	# No read permission ?
+	pass
+
+# This function is called whenever the user presses the (+) indicator or
+# double clicks on a directory whose mode is "open". It loads the files
+# inside that directory into the Tree widget.
+#
+# Note we didn't specify the closecmd option for the Tree widget, so it
+# performs the default action when the user presses the (-) indicator or
+# double clicks on a directory whose mode is "close": hide all of its child
+# entries
+def opendir(tree, dir):
+    entries = tree.hlist.info_children(dir)
+    if entries:
+	# We have already loaded this directory. Let's just
+	# show all the child entries
+	#
+	# Note: since we load the directory only once, it will not be
+	#       refreshed if the you add or remove files from this
+	#	directory.
+	#
+	for entry in entries:
+	    tree.hlist.show_entry(entry)
+    files = os.listdir(dir)
+    for file in files:
+	if os.path.isdir(dir + '/' + file):
+	    adddir(tree, dir + '/' + file)
+	else:
+	    tree.hlist.add(dir + '/' + file, itemtype=Tix.IMAGETEXT, text=file,
+			   image=tree.tk.call('tix', 'getimage', 'file'))
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/tixwidgets.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/PyTix-2.0/demos/tixwidgets.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,823 @@
+#! /usr/local/bin/python
+#
+# $Id: tixwidgets.py,v 1.2 2000/11/22 08:03:01 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# tixwidgets.py --
+# 	This is a demo program of all Tix widgets available from Python. If
+#	you have installed Python & Tix properly, you can execute this as
+#
+#		% tixwidget.py
+#
+
+import os, sys, Tix
+
+class Demo:
+    pass
+
+root = Tix.Tk()
+demo = Demo()
+demo.dir = None				# script directory
+demo.balloon = None			# balloon widget
+demo.useBalloons = Tix.StringVar()
+demo.useBalloons.set('0')
+demo.statusbar = None			# status bar widget
+demo.welmsg = None			# Msg widget
+demo.welfont = ''			# font name
+demo.welsize = ''			# font size
+
+def main():
+    global demo, root
+
+    progname = sys.argv[0]
+    dirname = os.path.dirname(progname)
+    if dirname and dirname != os.curdir:
+	demo.dir = dirname
+	index = -1
+	for i in range(len(sys.path)):
+	    p = sys.path[i]
+	    if p in ("", os.curdir):
+		index = i
+	if index >= 0:
+	    sys.path[index] = dirname
+	else:
+	    sys.path.insert(0, dirname)
+    else:
+	demo.dir = os.getcwd()
+    sys.path.insert(0, demo.dir+'/samples')
+
+    root.withdraw()
+    root = Tix.Toplevel()
+    root.title('Tix Widget Demonstration')
+    root.geometry('780x570+50+50')
+
+    demo.balloon = Tix.Balloon(root)
+    frame1 = MkMainMenu(root)
+    frame2 = MkMainNotebook(root)
+    frame3 = MkMainStatus(root)
+    frame1.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.X)
+    frame3.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+    frame2.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=4, pady=4)
+    demo.balloon['statusbar'] = demo.statusbar
+    root.mainloop()
+
+def exit_cmd(event=None):
+    sys.exit()
+
+def MkMainMenu(top):
+    global demo
+
+    w = Tix.Frame(top, bd=2, relief=Tix.RAISED)
+    file = Tix.Menubutton(w, text='File', underline=0, takefocus=0)
+    help = Tix.Menubutton(w, text='Help', underline=0, takefocus=0)
+    file.pack(side=Tix.LEFT)
+    help.pack(side=Tix.RIGHT)
+    fm = Tix.Menu(file)
+    file['menu'] = fm
+    hm = Tix.Menu(help)
+    help['menu'] = hm
+
+    fm.add_command(label='Exit', underline=1, accelerator='Ctrl+X',
+		   command=exit_cmd)
+    hm.add_checkbutton(label='BalloonHelp', underline=0, command=ToggleHelp,
+		       variable=demo.useBalloons)
+    # The trace variable option doesn't seem to work, instead I use 'command'
+    #apply(w.tk.call, ('trace', 'variable', demo.useBalloons, 'w',
+    #		      ToggleHelp))
+    top.bind_all("<Control-x>", exit_cmd)
+    top.bind_all("<Control-X>", exit_cmd)
+    return w
+
+def MkMainNotebook(top):
+    top.option_add('*TixNoteBook*tagPadX', 6)
+    top.option_add('*TixNoteBook*tagPadY', 4)
+    top.option_add('*TixNoteBook*borderWidth', 2)
+    top.option_add('*TixNoteBook*font',
+		   '-*-helvetica-bold-o-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*')
+    w = Tix.NoteBook(top, ipadx=5, ipady=5)
+    w.add('wel', label='Welcome', underline=0,
+	  createcmd=lambda w=w, name='wel': MkWelcome(w, name))
+    w.add('cho', label='Choosers', underline=0,
+	  createcmd=lambda w=w, name='cho': MkChoosers(w, name))
+    w.add('scr', label='Scrolled Widgets', underline=0,
+	  createcmd=lambda w=w, name='scr': MkScroll(w, name))
+    w.add('mgr', label='Manager Widgets', underline=0,
+	  createcmd=lambda w=w, name='mgr': MkManager(w, name))
+    w.add('dir', label='Directory List', underline=0,
+	  createcmd=lambda w=w, name='dir': MkDirList(w, name))
+    w.add('exp', label='Run Sample Programs', underline=0,
+	  createcmd=lambda w=w, name='exp': MkSample(w, name))
+    return w
+
+def MkMainStatus(top):
+    global demo
+
+    w = Tix.Frame(top, relief=Tix.RAISED, bd=1)
+    demo.statusbar = Tix.Label(w, relief=Tix.SUNKEN, bd=1, font='-*-helvetica-medium-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*')
+    demo.statusbar.form(padx=3, pady=3, left=0, right='%70')
+    return w
+
+def MkWelcome(nb, name):
+    w = nb.page(name)
+    bar = MkWelcomeBar(w)
+    text = MkWelcomeText(w)
+    bar.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.X, padx=2, pady=2)
+    text.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+def MkWelcomeBar(top):
+    global demo
+
+    w = Tix.Frame(top, bd=2, relief=Tix.GROOVE)
+    b1 = Tix.ComboBox(w, command=lambda w=top: MainTextFont(w))
+    b2 = Tix.ComboBox(w, command=lambda w=top: MainTextFont(w))
+    b1.entry['width'] = 15
+    b1.slistbox.listbox['height'] = 3
+    b2.entry['width'] = 4
+    b2.slistbox.listbox['height'] = 3
+
+    demo.welfont = b1
+    demo.welsize = b2
+
+    b1.insert(Tix.END, 'Courier')
+    b1.insert(Tix.END, 'Helvetica')
+    b1.insert(Tix.END, 'Lucida')
+    b1.insert(Tix.END, 'Times Roman')
+
+    b2.insert(Tix.END, '8')
+    b2.insert(Tix.END, '10')
+    b2.insert(Tix.END, '12')
+    b2.insert(Tix.END, '14')
+    b2.insert(Tix.END, '18')
+
+    b1.pick(1)
+    b2.pick(3)
+
+    b1.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=4, pady=4)
+    b2.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=4, pady=4)
+
+    demo.balloon.bind_widget(b1, msg='Choose\na font',
+			     statusmsg='Choose a font for this page')
+    demo.balloon.bind_widget(b2, msg='Point size',
+			     statusmsg='Choose the font size for this page')
+    return w
+
+def MkWelcomeText(top):
+    global demo
+
+    w = Tix.ScrolledWindow(top, scrollbar='auto')
+    win = w.window
+    title = Tix.Label(win, font='-*-times-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*',
+		      bd=0, width=30, anchor=Tix.N, text='Welcome to TIX Version 4.0 from Python Version 1.3')
+    msg = Tix.Message(win, font='-*-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*',
+		      bd=0, width=400, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='Tix 4.0 is a set of mega-widgets based on TK. This program \
+demonstrates the widgets in the Tix widget set. You can choose the pages \
+in this window to look at the corresponding widgets. \n\n\
+To quit this program, choose the "File | Exit" command.')
+    title.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=10, pady=10)
+    msg.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=10, pady=10)
+    demo.welmsg = msg
+    return w
+
+def MainTextFont(w):
+    global demo
+
+    if not demo.welmsg:
+	return
+    font = demo.welfont['value']
+    point = demo.welsize['value']
+    if font == 'Times Roman':
+	font = 'times'
+    fontstr = '-*-%s-bold-r-normal-*-%s-*-*-*-*-*-*-*' % (font, point)
+    demo.welmsg['font'] = fontstr
+
+def ToggleHelp():
+    if demo.useBalloons.get() == '1':
+	demo.balloon['state'] = 'both'
+    else:
+	demo.balloon['state'] = 'none'
+
+def MkChoosers(nb, name):
+    w = nb.page(name)
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix:
+	prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixLabelFrame*label.padX', 4)
+
+    til = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='Chooser Widgets')
+    cbx = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixComboBox')
+    ctl = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixControl')
+    sel = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixSelect')
+    opt = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixOptionMenu')
+    fil = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixFileEntry')
+    fbx = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixFileSelectBox')
+    tbr = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='Tool Bar')
+
+    MkTitle(til.frame)
+    MkCombo(cbx.frame)
+    MkControl(ctl.frame)
+    MkSelect(sel.frame)
+    MkOptMenu(opt.frame)
+    MkFileEnt(fil.frame)
+    MkFileBox(fbx.frame)
+    MkToolBar(tbr.frame)
+
+    # First column: comBox and selector
+    cbx.form(top=0, left=0, right='%33')
+    sel.form(left=0, right='&'+str(cbx), top=cbx)
+    opt.form(left=0, right='&'+str(cbx), top=sel, bottom=-1)
+
+    # Second column: title .. etc
+    til.form(left=cbx, top=0,right='%66')
+    ctl.form(left=cbx, right='&'+str(til), top=til)
+    fil.form(left=cbx, right='&'+str(til), top=ctl)
+    tbr.form(left=cbx, right='&'+str(til), top=fil, bottom=-1)
+
+    #
+    # Third column: file selection
+    fbx.form(right=-1, top=0, left='%66')
+
+def MkCombo(w):
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix: prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixComboBox*label.width', 10)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixComboBox*label.anchor', Tix.E)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixComboBox*entry.width', 14)
+
+    static = Tix.ComboBox(w, label='Static', editable=0)
+    editable = Tix.ComboBox(w, label='Editable', editable=1)
+    history = Tix.ComboBox(w, label='History', editable=1, history=1,
+			   anchor=Tix.E)
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'January')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'February')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'March')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'April')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'May')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'June')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'July')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'August')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'September')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'October')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'November')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'December')
+
+    editable.insert(Tix.END, 'Angola')
+    editable.insert(Tix.END, 'Bangladesh')
+    editable.insert(Tix.END, 'China')
+    editable.insert(Tix.END, 'Denmark')
+    editable.insert(Tix.END, 'Ecuador')
+
+    history.insert(Tix.END, '/usr/bin/ksh')
+    history.insert(Tix.END, '/usr/local/lib/python')
+    history.insert(Tix.END, '/var/adm')
+
+    static.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=5, pady=3)
+    editable.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=5, pady=3)
+    history.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=5, pady=3)
+
+states = ['Bengal', 'Delhi', 'Karnataka', 'Tamil Nadu']
+
+def spin_cmd(w, inc):
+    idx = states.index(demo_spintxt.get()) + inc
+    if idx < 0:
+	idx = len(states) - 1
+    elif idx >= len(states):
+	idx = 0
+# following doesn't work.
+#    return states[idx]
+    demo_spintxt.set(states[idx])	# this works
+
+def spin_validate(w):
+    global states, demo_spintxt
+
+    try:
+	i = states.index(demo_spintxt.get())
+    except:
+	return states[0]
+    return states[i]
+    # why this procedure works as opposed to the previous one beats me.
+
+def MkControl(w):
+    global demo_spintxt
+
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix: prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixControl*label.width', 10)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixControl*label.anchor', Tix.E)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixControl*entry.width', 13)
+
+    demo_spintxt = Tix.StringVar()
+    demo_spintxt.set(states[0])
+    simple = Tix.Control(w, label='Numbers')
+    spintxt = Tix.Control(w, label='States', variable=demo_spintxt)
+    spintxt['incrcmd'] = lambda w=spintxt: spin_cmd(w, 1)
+    spintxt['decrcmd'] = lambda w=spintxt: spin_cmd(w, -1)
+    spintxt['validatecmd'] = lambda w=spintxt: spin_validate(w)
+
+    simple.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=5, pady=3)
+    spintxt.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=5, pady=3)
+    
+def MkSelect(w):
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix: prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixSelect*label.anchor', Tix.CENTER)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixSelect*orientation', Tix.VERTICAL)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixSelect*labelSide', Tix.TOP)
+
+    sel1 = Tix.Select(w, label='Mere Mortals', allowzero=1, radio=1)
+    sel2 = Tix.Select(w, label='Geeks', allowzero=1, radio=0)
+
+    sel1.add('eat', text='Eat')
+    sel1.add('work', text='Work')
+    sel1.add('play', text='Play')
+    sel1.add('party', text='Party')
+    sel1.add('sleep', text='Sleep')
+
+    sel2.add('eat', text='Eat')
+    sel2.add('prog1', text='Program')
+    sel2.add('prog2', text='Program')
+    sel2.add('prog3', text='Program')
+    sel2.add('sleep', text='Sleep')
+
+    sel1.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=5, pady=3, fill=Tix.X)
+    sel2.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=5, pady=3, fill=Tix.X)
+
+def MkOptMenu(w):
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix: prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixOptionMenu*label.anchor', Tix.E)
+    m = Tix.OptionMenu(w, label='File Format : ', options='menubutton.width 15')
+    m.add_command('text', label='Plain Text')
+    m.add_command('post', label='PostScript')
+    m.add_command('format', label='Formatted Text')
+    m.add_command('html', label='HTML')
+    m.add_command('sep')
+    m.add_command('tex', label='LaTeX')
+    m.add_command('rtf', label='Rich Text Format')
+
+    m.pack(fill=Tix.X, padx=5, pady=3)
+
+def MkFileEnt(w):
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, font='-*-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*',
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='Press the "open file" icon button and a TixFileSelectDialog will popup.')
+    ent = Tix.FileEntry(w, label='Select a file : ')
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=3, pady=3)
+    ent.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.X, padx=3, pady=3)
+
+def MkFileBox(w):
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, font='-*-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*',
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='The TixFileSelectBox is a Motif-style box with various enhancements. For example, you can adjust the size of the two listboxes and your past selections are recorded.')
+    box = Tix.FileSelectBox(w)
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=3, pady=3)
+    box.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.X, padx=3, pady=3)
+
+def MkToolBar(w):
+    global demo
+
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix: prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixSelect*frame.borderWidth', 1)
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, font='-*-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*',
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='The Select widget is also good for arranging buttons in a tool bar.')
+    bar = Tix.Frame(w, bd=2, relief=Tix.RAISED)
+    font = Tix.Select(w, allowzero=1, radio=0, label='')
+    para = Tix.Select(w, allowzero=0, radio=1, label='')
+
+    font.add('bold', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/bold.xbm')
+    font.add('italic', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/italic.xbm')
+    font.add('underline', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/underline.xbm')
+    font.add('capital', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/capital.xbm')
+
+    para.add('left', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/leftj.xbm')
+    para.add('right', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/rightj.xbm')
+    para.add('center', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/centerj.xbm')
+    para.add('justify', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/justify.xbm')
+
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=3, pady=3)
+    bar.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.X, padx=3, pady=3)
+    font.pack({'in':bar}, side=Tix.LEFT, padx=3, pady=3)
+    para.pack({'in':bar}, side=Tix.LEFT, padx=3, pady=3)
+
+def MkTitle(w):
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix: prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixSelect*frame.borderWidth', 1)
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, font='-*-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*',
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='There are many types of "chooser" widgets that allow the user to input different types of information')
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=3, pady=3)
+
+def MkScroll(nb, name):
+    w = nb.page(name)
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix:
+	prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixLabelFrame*label.padX', 4)
+
+    sls = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixScrolledListBox')
+    swn = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixScrolledWindow')
+    stx = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixScrolledText')
+
+    MkSList(sls.frame)
+    MkSWindow(swn.frame)
+    MkSText(stx.frame)
+
+    sls.form(top=0, left=0, right='%33', bottom=-1)
+    swn.form(top=0, left=sls, right='%66', bottom=-1)
+    stx.form(top=0, left=swn, right=-1, bottom=-1)
+
+def MkSList(w):
+    top = Tix.Frame(w, width=300, height=330)
+    bot = Tix.Frame(w)
+    msg = Tix.Message(top, font='-*-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*',
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=200, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='This TixScrolledListBox is configured so that it uses scrollbars only when it is necessary. Use the handles to resize the listbox and watch the scrollbars automatically appear and disappear.')
+
+    list = Tix.ScrolledListBox(top, scrollbar='auto')
+    list.place(x=50, y=150, width=120, height=80)
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, 'Alabama')
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, 'California')
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, 'Montana')
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, 'New Jersey')
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, 'New York')
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, 'Pennsylvania')
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, 'Washington')
+
+    rh = Tix.ResizeHandle(top, bg='black',
+			  relief=Tix.RAISED,
+			  handlesize=8, gridded=1, minwidth=50, minheight=30)
+    btn = Tix.Button(bot, text='Reset', command=lambda w=rh, x=list: SList_reset(w,x))
+    top.propagate(0)
+    msg.pack(fill=Tix.X)
+    btn.pack(anchor=Tix.CENTER)
+    top.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    bot.pack(fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    list.bind('<Map>', func=lambda arg=0, rh=rh, list=list:
+	      list.tk.call('tixDoWhenIdle', str(rh), 'attachwidget', str(list)))
+
+def SList_reset(rh, list):
+    list.place(x=50, y=150, width=120, height=80)
+    list.update()
+    rh.attach_widget(list)
+
+def MkSWindow(w):
+    global demo
+
+    top = Tix.Frame(w, width=330, height=330)
+    bot = Tix.Frame(w)
+    msg = Tix.Message(top, font='-*-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*',
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=200, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='The TixScrolledWindow widget allows you to scroll any kind of Tk widget. It is more versatile than a scrolled canvas widget.')
+    win = Tix.ScrolledWindow(top, scrollbar='auto')
+    image = Tix.Image('photo', file=demo.dir + "/bitmaps/tix.gif")
+    lbl = Tix.Label(win.window, image=image)
+    lbl.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+
+    win.place(x=30, y=150, width=190, height=120)
+
+    rh = Tix.ResizeHandle(top, bg='black',
+			  relief=Tix.RAISED,
+			  handlesize=8, gridded=1, minwidth=50, minheight=30)
+    btn = Tix.Button(bot, text='Reset', command=lambda w=rh, x=win: SWindow_reset(w,x))
+    top.propagate(0)
+    msg.pack(fill=Tix.X)
+    btn.pack(anchor=Tix.CENTER)
+    top.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    bot.pack(fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    win.bind('<Map>', func=lambda arg=0, rh=rh, win=win:
+	     win.tk.call('tixDoWhenIdle', str(rh), 'attachwidget', str(win)))
+
+def SWindow_reset(rh, win):
+    win.place(x=30, y=150, width=190, height=120)
+    win.update()
+    rh.attach_widget(win)
+
+def MkSText(w):
+    top = Tix.Frame(w, width=330, height=330)
+    bot = Tix.Frame(w)
+    msg = Tix.Message(top, font='-*-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*',
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=200, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='The TixScrolledWindow widget allows you to scroll any kind of Tk widget. It is more versatile than a scrolled canvas widget.')
+
+    win = Tix.ScrolledText(top, scrollbar='auto')
+#    win.text['wrap'] = 'none'
+    win.text.insert(Tix.END, 'This is a text widget embedded in a scrolled window. Although the original Tix demo does not have any text here, I decided to put in some so that you can see the effect of scrollbars etc.')
+    win.place(x=30, y=150, width=190, height=100)
+
+    rh = Tix.ResizeHandle(top, bg='black',
+			  relief=Tix.RAISED,
+			  handlesize=8, gridded=1, minwidth=50, minheight=30)
+    btn = Tix.Button(bot, text='Reset', command=lambda w=rh, x=win: SText_reset(w,x))
+    top.propagate(0)
+    msg.pack(fill=Tix.X)
+    btn.pack(anchor=Tix.CENTER)
+    top.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    bot.pack(fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    win.bind('<Map>', func=lambda arg=0, rh=rh, win=win:
+	     win.tk.call('tixDoWhenIdle', str(rh), 'attachwidget', str(win)))
+
+def SText_reset(rh, win):
+    win.place(x=30, y=150, width=190, height=120)
+    win.update()
+    rh.attach_widget(win)
+
+def MkManager(nb, name):
+    w = nb.page(name)
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix:
+	prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixLabelFrame*label.padX', 4)
+
+    pane = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixPanedWindow')
+    note = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixNoteBook')
+
+    MkPanedWindow(pane.frame)
+    MkNoteBook(note.frame)
+
+    pane.form(top=0, left=0, right=note, bottom=-1)
+    note.form(top=0, right=-1, bottom=-1)
+
+def MkPanedWindow(w):
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, font='-*-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*',
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='The PanedWindow widget allows the user to interactively manipulate the sizes of several panes. The panes can be arranged either vertically or horizontally.')
+    group = Tix.Label(w, text='Newsgroup: comp.lang.python')
+    pane = Tix.PanedWindow(w, orientation='vertical')
+
+    p1 = pane.add('list', min=70, size=100)
+    p2 = pane.add('text', min=70)
+    list = Tix.ScrolledListBox(p1)
+    text = Tix.ScrolledText(p2)
+
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "  12324 Re: TK is good for your health")
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "+ 12325 Re: TK is good for your health")
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "+ 12326 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: TK is good...)")
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "  12327 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: TK is good...)")
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "+ 12328 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: TK is good...)")
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "  12329 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: TK is good...)")
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "+ 12330 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: TK is good...)")
+
+    text.text['bg'] = list.listbox['bg']
+    text.text['wrap'] = 'none'
+    text.text.insert(Tix.END, """
+Mon, 19 Jun 1995 11:39:52        comp.lang.tcl              Thread   34 of  220
+Lines 353       A new way to put text and bitmaps together iNo responses
+ioi at blue.seas.upenn.edu                Ioi K. Lam at University of Pennsylvania
+
+Hi,
+
+I have implemented a new image type called "compound". It allows you
+to glue together a bunch of bitmaps, images and text strings together
+to form a bigger image. Then you can use this image with widgets that
+support the -image option. This way you can display very fancy stuffs
+in your GUI. For example, you can display a text string string
+together with a bitmap, at the same time, inside a TK button widget. A
+screenshot of compound images can be found at the bottom of this page:
+
+        http://www.cis.upenn.edu/~ioi/tix/screenshot.html
+
+You can also you is in other places such as putting fancy bitmap+text
+in menus, tabs of tixNoteBook widgets, etc. This feature will be
+included in the next release of Tix (4.0b1). Count on it to make jazzy
+interfaces!""")
+    list.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=4, pady=6)
+    text.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=4, pady=6)
+
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=3, pady=3, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    group.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=3, pady=3, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    pane.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=3, pady=3, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+def MkNoteBook(w):
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, font='-*-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*',
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='The NoteBook widget allows you to layout a complex interface into individual pages.')
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix:
+	prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixControl*entry.width', 10)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixControl*label.width', 18)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixControl*label.anchor', Tix.E)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixNoteBook*tagPadX', 8)
+
+    nb = Tix.NoteBook(w, ipadx=6, ipady=6)
+    nb.add('hard_disk', label="Hard Disk", underline=0)
+    nb.add('network', label="Network", underline=0)
+
+    # Frame for the buttons that are present on all pages
+    common = Tix.Frame(nb.hard_disk)
+    common.pack(side=Tix.RIGHT, padx=2, pady=2, fill=Tix.Y)
+    CreateCommonButtons(common)
+
+    # Widgets belonging only to this page
+    a = Tix.Control(nb.hard_disk, value=12, label='Access Time: ')
+    w = Tix.Control(nb.hard_disk, value=400, label='Write Throughput: ')
+    r = Tix.Control(nb.hard_disk, value=400, label='Read Throughput: ')
+    c = Tix.Control(nb.hard_disk, value=1021, label='Capacity: ')
+    a.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    w.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    r.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    c.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+
+    common = Tix.Frame(nb.network)
+    common.pack(side=Tix.RIGHT, padx=2, pady=2, fill=Tix.Y)
+    CreateCommonButtons(common)
+
+    a = Tix.Control(nb.network, value=12, label='Access Time: ')
+    w = Tix.Control(nb.network, value=400, label='Write Throughput: ')
+    r = Tix.Control(nb.network, value=400, label='Read Throughput: ')
+    c = Tix.Control(nb.network, value=1021, label='Capacity: ')
+    u = Tix.Control(nb.network, value=10, label='Users: ')
+    a.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    w.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    r.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    c.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    u.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=3, pady=3, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    nb.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=5, pady=5, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+def CreateCommonButtons(f):
+    ok = Tix.Button(f, text='OK', width = 6)
+    cancel = Tix.Button(f, text='Cancel', width = 6)
+    ok.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=2, pady=2)
+    cancel.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=2, pady=2)
+
+def MkDirList(nb, name):
+    w = nb.page(name)
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix:
+	prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixLabelFrame*label.padX', 4)
+
+    dir = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixDirList')
+    fsbox = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixExFileSelectBox')
+    MkDirListWidget(dir.frame)
+    MkExFileWidget(fsbox.frame)
+    dir.form(top=0, left=0, right='%40', bottom=-1)
+    fsbox.form(top=0, left='%40', right=-1, bottom=-1)
+
+def MkDirListWidget(w):
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, font='-*-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*',
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='The TixDirList widget gives a graphical representation of the file system directory and makes it easy for the user to choose and access directories.')
+    dirlist = Tix.DirList(w, options='hlist.padY 1 hlist.width 25 hlist.height 16')
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=3, pady=3)
+    dirlist.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=3, pady=3)
+
+def MkExFileWidget(w):
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, font='-*-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*',
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='The TixExFileSelectBox widget is more user friendly than the Motif style FileSelectBox.')
+    # There's a bug in the ComboBoxes - the scrolledlistbox is destroyed
+    box = Tix.ExFileSelectBox(w, bd=2, relief=Tix.RAISED)
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=3, pady=3)
+    box.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=3, pady=3)
+
+###
+### List of all the demos we want to show off
+comments = {'widget' : 'Widget Demos', 'image' : 'Image Demos'}
+samples = {'Balloon'		: 'Balloon',
+	   'Button Box'		: 'BtnBox',
+	   'Combo Box'		: 'ComboBox',
+	   'Compound Image'	: 'CmpImg',
+	   'Control'		: 'Control',
+	   'Notebook'		: 'NoteBook',
+	   'Option Menu'	: 'OptMenu',
+	   'Popup Menu'		: 'PopMenu',
+	   'ScrolledHList (1)'	: 'SHList1',
+	   'ScrolledHList (2)'	: 'SHList2',
+	   'Tree (dynamic)'	: 'Tree'
+}
+
+stypes = {}
+stypes['widget'] = ['Balloon', 'Button Box', 'Combo Box', 'Control',
+		    'Notebook', 'Option Menu', 'Popup Menu',
+		    'ScrolledHList (1)', 'ScrolledHList (2)', 'Tree (dynamic)']
+stypes['image'] = ['Compound Image']
+
+def MkSample(nb, name):
+    w = nb.page(name)
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix:
+	prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixLabelFrame*label.padX', 4)
+
+    lab = Tix.Label(w, text='Select a sample program:', anchor=Tix.W)
+    lab1 = Tix.Label(w, text='Source:', anchor=Tix.W)
+
+    slb = Tix.ScrolledHList(w, options='listbox.exportSelection 0')
+    slb.hlist['command'] = lambda args=0, w=w,slb=slb: Sample_Action(w, slb, 'run')
+    slb.hlist['browsecmd'] = lambda args=0, w=w,slb=slb: Sample_Action(w, slb, 'browse')
+
+    stext = Tix.ScrolledText(w, name='stext')
+    stext.text.bind('<1>', stext.text.focus())
+    stext.text.bind('<Up>', lambda w=stext.text: w.yview(scroll='-1 unit'))
+    stext.text.bind('<Down>', lambda w=stext.text: w.yview(scroll='1 unit'))
+    stext.text.bind('<Left>', lambda w=stext.text: w.xview(scroll='-1 unit'))
+    stext.text.bind('<Right>', lambda w=stext.text: w.xview(scroll='1 unit'))
+
+    run = Tix.Button(w, text='Run ...', name='run', command=lambda args=0, w=w,slb=slb: Sample_Action(w, slb, 'run'))
+    view = Tix.Button(w, text='View Source ...', name='view', command=lambda args=0,w=w,slb=slb: Sample_Action(w, slb, 'view'))
+
+    lab.form(top=0, left=0, right='&'+str(slb))
+    slb.form(left=0, top=lab, bottom=-4)
+    lab1.form(left='&'+str(stext), top=0, right='&'+str(stext), bottom=stext)
+    run.form(left=str(slb)+' 30', bottom=-4)
+    view.form(left=run, bottom=-4)
+    stext.form(bottom=str(run)+' -5', left='&'+str(run), right='-0', top='&'+str(slb))
+
+    stext.text['bg'] = slb.hlist['bg']
+    stext.text['state'] = 'disabled'
+    stext.text['wrap'] = 'none'
+    #XXX    stext.text['font'] = fixed_font
+
+    slb.hlist['separator'] = '.'
+    slb.hlist['width'] = 25
+    slb.hlist['drawbranch'] = 0
+    slb.hlist['indent'] = 10
+    slb.hlist['wideselect'] = 1
+
+    for type in ['widget', 'image']:
+	if type != 'widget':
+	    x = Tix.Frame(slb.hlist, bd=2, height=2, width=150,
+			  relief=Tix.SUNKEN, bg=slb.hlist['bg'])
+	    slb.hlist.add_child(itemtype=Tix.WINDOW, window=x, state='disabled')
+	x = slb.hlist.add_child(itemtype=Tix.TEXT, state='disabled',
+				text=comments[type])
+	for key in stypes[type]:
+	    slb.hlist.add_child(x, itemtype=Tix.TEXT, data=key,
+				text=key)
+    slb.hlist.selection_clear()
+
+    run['state'] = 'disabled'
+    view['state'] = 'disabled'
+
+def Sample_Action(w, slb, action):
+    global demo
+
+    run = w._nametowidget(str(w) + '.run')
+    view = w._nametowidget(str(w) + '.view')
+    stext = w._nametowidget(str(w) + '.stext')
+
+    hlist = slb.hlist
+    anchor = hlist.info_anchor()
+    if not anchor:
+	run['state'] = 'disabled'
+	view['state'] = 'disabled'
+    elif not hlist.info_parent(anchor):
+	# a comment
+	return
+
+    run['state'] = 'normal'
+    view['state'] = 'normal'
+    key = hlist.info_data(anchor)
+    title = key
+    prog = samples[key]
+
+    if action == 'run':
+	exec('import ' + prog)
+	w = Tix.Toplevel()
+	w.title(title)
+	rtn = eval(prog + '.RunSample')
+	rtn(w)
+    elif action == 'view':
+	w = Tix.Toplevel()
+	w.title('Source view: ' + title)
+	LoadFile(w, demo.dir + '/samples/' + prog + '.py')
+    elif action == 'browse':
+	ReadFile(stext.text, demo.dir + '/samples/' + prog + '.py')
+
+def LoadFile(w, fname):
+    b = Tix.Button(w, text='Close', command=w.destroy)
+    t = Tix.ScrolledText(w)
+    #    b.form(left=0, bottom=0, padx=4, pady=4)
+    #    t.form(left=0, bottom=b, right='-0', top=0)
+    t.pack()
+    b.pack()
+
+    t.text['highlightcolor'] = t['bg']
+    t.text['bd'] = 2
+    t.text['bg'] = t['bg']
+    t.text['wrap'] = 'none'
+
+    ReadFile(t.text, fname)
+
+def ReadFile(w, fname):
+    old_state = w['state']
+    w['state'] = 'normal'
+    w.delete('0.0', Tix.END)
+
+    try:
+	f = open(fname)
+	lines = f.readlines()
+	for s in lines:
+	    w.insert(Tix.END, s)
+	f.close()
+    finally:
+#	w.see('1.0')
+	w['state'] = old_state
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    main()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/BUGS-2.1.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/BUGS-2.1.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+# $Id: BUGS-2.1.txt,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:01:28 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+
+1)	There seems to be a problem with ComboBox that shows up
+in the ExFileSelectBox demo. The popdown scrolled list widget
+is being created, then destroyed. This does not happen in Tcl Tix.
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/BUGS.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/BUGS.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+$Id: BUGS.txt,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+
+1)	There seems to be a problem with ComboBox that shows up
+in the ExFileSelectBox demo. The popdown scrolled list widget
+is being created, then destroyed. This does not happen in Tcl Tix.
+This is probably a sympton in Tix from _tkinter; if you find the cause 
+of this, please post a patch on http://tix.sourceforge.net.
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/INSTALL.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/INSTALL.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+$Id: INSTALL.txt,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+
+Installing Tix.py
+----------------
+
+0) To use Tix.py, you need Tcl/Tk (V8.3.3), Tix (V8.1.1) and Python (V2.1.1).
+   Tix.py has been written and tested on a Intel Pentium running RH Linux 5.2
+   and Mandrake Linux 7.0 and Windows with the above mentioned packages.
+
+   Older versions, e.g. Tix 4.1 and Tk 8.0, might also work.
+
+   There is nothing OS-specific in Tix.py itself so it should work on
+   any machine with Tix and Python installed. You can get Tcl and Tk
+   from http://dev.scriptics.com and Tix from http://tix.sourceforge.net.
+
+1) Build and install Tcl/Tk 8.3. Build and install Tix 8.1.
+   Ensure that Tix is properly installed by running tixwish and executing
+   the demo programs. Under Unix, use the --enable-shared configure option
+   for all three. We recommend tcl8.3.3 for this release of Tix.py.
+
+2a) If you have a distribution like ActiveState with a tcl subdirectory
+   of $PYTHONHOME, which contains the directories tcl8.3 and tk8.3,
+   make a directory tix8.1 as well. Recursively copy the files from
+   <tix>/library to $PYTHONHOME/lib/tix8.1, and copy the dynamic library
+   (tix8183.dll or libtix8.1.8.3.so) to the same place as the tcl dynamic
+   libraries  ($PYTHONHOME/Dlls or lib/python-2.1/lib-dynload). In this
+   case you are all installed, and you can skip to the end.
+
+2b) Modify Modules/Setup.dist and setup.py to change the version of the 
+   tix library from tix4.1.8.0 to tix8.1.8.3
+   These modified files can be used for Tkinter with or without Tix.
+   
+3) The default is to build dynamically, and use the Tcl 'package require'.
+   To build statically, modify the Modules/Setup file to link in the Tix 
+   library according to the comments in the file. On Linux this looks like:
+
+# *** Always uncomment this (leave the leading underscore in!):
+_tkinter _tkinter.c tkappinit.c -DWITH_APPINIT \
+# *** Uncomment and edit to reflect where your Tcl/Tk libraries are:
+	-L/usr/local/lib \
+# *** Uncomment and edit to reflect where your Tcl/Tk headers are:
+	-I/usr/local/include \
+# *** Uncomment and edit to reflect where your X11 header files are:
+	-I/usr/X11R6/include \
+# *** Or uncomment this for Solaris:
+#	-I/usr/openwin/include \
+# *** Uncomment and edit for BLT extension only:
+#	-DWITH_BLT -I/usr/local/blt/blt8.0-unoff/include -lBLT8.0 \
+# *** Uncomment and edit for PIL (TkImaging) extension only:
+#     (See http://www.pythonware.com/products/pil/ for more info)
+#	-DWITH_PIL -I../Extensions/Imaging/libImaging  tkImaging.c \
+# *** Uncomment and edit for TOGL extension only:
+#	-DWITH_TOGL togl.c \
+# *** Uncomment and edit for Tix extension only:
+	-DWITH_TIX -ltix8.1.8.3 \
+# *** Uncomment and edit to reflect your Tcl/Tk versions:
+	-ltk8.3 -ltcl8.3 \
+# *** Uncomment and edit to reflect where your X11 libraries are:
+	-L/usr/X11R6/lib \
+# *** Or uncomment this for Solaris:
+#	-L/usr/openwin/lib \
+# *** Uncomment these for TOGL extension only:
+#	-lGL -lGLU -lXext -lXmu \
+# *** Uncomment for AIX:
+#	-lld \
+# *** Always uncomment this; X11 libraries to link with:
+	-lX11
+
+4) Rebuild Python and reinstall.
+
+You should now have a working Tix implementation in Python. To see if all
+is as it should be, run the 'tixwidgets.py' script in the Demo/tix directory.
+Under X windows, do
+	/usr/local/bin/python Demo/tix/tixwidgets.py
+
+If this does not work, you may need to tell python where to find
+the Tcl, Tk and Tix library files. This is done by setting the
+TCL_LIBRARY, TK_LIBRARY and TIX_LIBRARY environment variables. Try this:
+
+	env 	TCL_LIBRARY=/usr/local/lib/tcl8.3 \
+		TK_LIBRARY=/usr/local/lib/tk8.3 \
+		TIX_LIBRARY=/usr/local/lib/tix8.1 \
+		/usr/local/bin/python Demo/tix/tixwidgets.py
+
+
+If you find any bugs or have suggestions for improvement, please report them
+via http://tix.sourceforge.net
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/README.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/README.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+About Tix.py
+-----------
+
+Tix.py is based on an idea of Jean-Marc Lugrin (lugrin at ms.com) who wrote
+pytix (another Python-Tix marriage). Tix widgets are an attractive and
+useful extension to Tk. See http://tix.sourceforge.net
+for more details about Tix and how to get it.
+
+Features:
+	1) It is almost complete.
+	2) Tix widgets are represented by classes in Python. Sub-widgets
+	   are members of the mega-widget class. For example, if a
+	   particular TixWidget (e.g. ScrolledText) has an embedded widget
+	   (Text in this case), it is possible to call the methods of the
+	   child directly.
+	3) The members of the class are created automatically. In the case
+	   of widgets like ButtonBox, the members are added dynamically.
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/about.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/about.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * about_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 7 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c gray70",
+"O	c navy",
+"+	c red",
+"@	c yellow",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"        .................................         ",
+"      ..XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXoo.         ",
+"      .XooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooXo.         ",
+"     .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXooXo.         ",
+"     ..oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooXo.         ",
+"     ...............................XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.++++     ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo+++       ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo+++++       ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo++++++      ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo+++   +     ",
+"     .OOOOO@@@@@OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo++.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOO@OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOO@@OOO at OOO@OOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOO@OOOO at O@OOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOO@OOOOO at OOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOO@OOOOO at OOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOO@OOOO at O@OOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOO@@@OO at OOO@OOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo..          ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo            ",
+"      OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.X.            ",
+"        .............................             ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/bold.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/bold.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define bold_width 16
+#define bold_height 16
+static unsigned char bold_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x07, 0xfc, 0x0f, 0x18, 0x1c, 0x18, 0x18,
+   0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x1c, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x30,
+   0x18, 0x30, 0x18, 0x38, 0xfc, 0x3f, 0xfc, 0x1f};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/capital.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/capital.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define capital_width 16
+#define capital_height 16
+static unsigned char capital_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x08, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x06,
+   0x30, 0x03, 0xb0, 0x01, 0xf0, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x01, 0xb0, 0x03,
+   0x30, 0x07, 0x30, 0x0e, 0x30, 0x1c, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/centerj.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/centerj.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define centerj_width 16
+#define centerj_height 16
+static unsigned char centerj_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x0d,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x58, 0x77, 0x00, 0x00, 0xb0, 0x3b, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0xf7,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd8, 0x7e};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/combobox.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/combobox.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define combobox_width 32
+#define combobox_height 32
+static unsigned char combobox_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3e, 0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x2a, 0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x2a,
+   0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x2a, 0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x2b, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3e,
+   0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x2a,
+   0x28, 0x49, 0x00, 0x2a, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x22,
+   0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x22, 0x28, 0x49, 0x12, 0x22, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x22,
+   0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x22, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x22, 0x28, 0x49, 0x02, 0x22,
+   0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x2a, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x2a,
+   0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/combobox.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/combobox.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * combobox_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 6 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #FFFF80808080",
+"O	c gray70",
+"+	c #808000008080",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   ....................................  XXXXXXX  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX  X  .  .  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX  X  .  .  ",
+"   .oooo.oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX  X  .  .  ",
+"   .oo.o..oo.o.oo.o.ooooooooooooooooooX  X  .  .  ",
+"   .o..o.o.o.oo.oo.oo.ooooooooooooooooX  X ... .  ",
+"   .oo.oo.oo.o.oo.ooo.ooooooooooooooooX  X  .  .  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX  X     .  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  X......  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  ",
+"   X............................................  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.O+OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OX OX.  ",
+"   X.O++OOO+OO+++OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.X ..X.  ",
+"   X.O+O+O+OOO+O+OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.O++OOO+OO+++OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.XXXXX.  ",
+"   X.O.....X..........................OOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.OX...XXX.X.XX.XX.................OOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.OX.X..X..X.XX..XX.X..............OOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.O.X...X..X.X...X..X..............OOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO+OOOOOOOOOOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOO+OOO+OOOOO+OOOO+OOOOOOOOOOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.O+++OO+OO+O+OO++O++OO+OO+OOOOOOOOOOX.X...X.  ",
+"   X.OO+OO++OO+O+OO+OOO+OO+O++OOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOO+OOOOO++OO+OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.O .OX.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.XXXXX.  ",
+"   X............................................  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/combobox.xpm.1
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/combobox.xpm.1	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * combobox_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 4 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c #FFFF80808080",
+"o	c gray70",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   ....................................  .......  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  .  .  .  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  .  .  .  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  .  .  .  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  .  .  .  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  . ... .  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  .  .  .  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  .     .  ",
+"   ....................................  .......  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   .............................................  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .o...................................o.ooooo.  ",
+"   .o...................................o.ooooo.  ",
+"   .o...................................o.ooooo.  ",
+"   .o...................................o.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.ooooo.  ",
+"   .............................................  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/drivea.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/drivea.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define drivea_width 32
+#define drivea_height 32
+static unsigned char drivea_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a,
+   0x48, 0x55, 0xd5, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1b, 0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d,
+   0xa8, 0xfa, 0xaf, 0x1a, 0xc8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xfa, 0xaf, 0x1a,
+   0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a, 0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d,
+   0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/drivea.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/drivea.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * drivea_xpm[] = {
+/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"32 32 5 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #c000c000c000",
+"O	c #800080008000",
+/* pixels */
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"   ..........................   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+"   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xoo...................oO.   ",
+"   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .oOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.   ",
+"   ..........................   ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/exit.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/exit.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * exit_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 5 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #000080800000",
+"O	c yellow",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"     .......................................      ",
+"     .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOoooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOOooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOOOoooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOoooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOoooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOoooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOOOoooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOOooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOoooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.      ",
+"     .......................................      ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/filebox.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/filebox.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define filebox_width 32
+#define filebox_height 32
+static unsigned char filebox_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20,
+   0xe4, 0xff, 0xff, 0x27, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24,
+   0xe4, 0xff, 0xff, 0x27, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0xe4, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0x27,
+   0x24, 0x50, 0x02, 0x25, 0x24, 0x40, 0x02, 0x24, 0x24, 0x50, 0x02, 0x25,
+   0x24, 0x40, 0x02, 0x24, 0x24, 0x50, 0x02, 0x25, 0x24, 0x40, 0x02, 0x24,
+   0x24, 0x50, 0x02, 0x25, 0xe4, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0x27, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20,
+   0xe4, 0xff, 0xff, 0x27, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24,
+   0xe4, 0xff, 0xff, 0x27, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/filebox.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/filebox.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * filebox_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 6 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c white",
+"X	c gray80",
+"o	c black",
+"O	c #FFFF80808080",
+"+	c gray70",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   ............................................   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXooXooXoXooXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXooXooXoXooXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.XXo   ",
+"   .XXoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XXo   ",
+"   .XXoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XXo   ",
+"   .XX......................................XXo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXoooooooooooooooo.XXXXoooooooooooooooo.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XX.................XXXX.................XXo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXooXooXoXooXoXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXooXooXoXooXoXooXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.Xo   ",
+"   .XXoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo   ",
+"   .XXoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo   ",
+"   .XX.......................................Xo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo   ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/italic.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/italic.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define italic_width 16
+#define italic_height 16
+static unsigned char italic_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x3f, 0x80, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x06, 0x00, 0x06,
+   0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x80, 0x01, 0x80, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x00,
+   0x60, 0x00, 0x60, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x01, 0xfc, 0x01};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/justify.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/justify.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define justify_width 16
+#define justify_height 16
+static unsigned char justify_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xec, 0xdb, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0xdb,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xbc, 0xf7, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0xde, 0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0xdf,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0xef, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0xdf};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/leftj.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/leftj.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define leftj_width 16
+#define leftj_height 16
+static unsigned char leftj_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xcc, 0x6d, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0x01,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xec, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0x03,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x3b, 0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x1f};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/netw.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/netw.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define netw_width 32
+#define netw_height 32
+static unsigned char netw_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x40,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52, 0x00, 0x00, 0x8a, 0x51, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x4a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x40, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x52, 0x55,
+   0x02, 0x40, 0xaa, 0x6a, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x0a, 0x50, 0xfe, 0x7f,
+   0x0a, 0x52, 0x80, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52, 0x80, 0x00, 0x8a, 0x51, 0x80, 0x00,
+   0x0a, 0x50, 0x80, 0x00, 0x4a, 0x50, 0x80, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0xe0, 0x03,
+   0x0a, 0x50, 0x20, 0x02, 0xfa, 0xdf, 0x3f, 0x03, 0x02, 0x40, 0xa0, 0x02,
+   0x52, 0x55, 0xe0, 0x03, 0xaa, 0x6a, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/netw.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/netw.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * netw_xpm[] = {
+/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"32 32 7 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #c000c000c000",
+"O	c #404040",
+"+	c blue",
+"@	c red",
+/* pixels */
+"                                ",
+"                 .............. ",
+"                 .XXXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+"                 .XooooooooooO. ",
+"                 .Xo.......XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++o+XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++o+XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++oo++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.+o++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.XXXXXXXoO. ",
+"                 .XooooooooooO. ",
+"                 .Xo at ooo....oO. ",
+" ..............  .XooooooooooO. ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXXX.  .XooooooooooO. ",
+" .XooooooooooO.  .OOOOOOOOOOOO. ",
+" .Xo.......XoO.  .............. ",
+" .Xo.++++o+XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++o+XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++oo++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.+o++++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++++XoO.      .....      ",
+" .Xo.XXXXXXXoO.      .XXX.      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.@@@@@@.X O.      ",
+" .Xo at ooo....oO.      .OOO.      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.      .....      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.                 ",
+" .OOOOOOOOOOOO.                 ",
+" ..............                 ",
+"                                "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/optmenu.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/optmenu.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * optmenu_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 5 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c white",
+"X	c gray80",
+"o	c gray50",
+"O	c black",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   ..............................                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXOXOXXOXXOXXXXOOXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXOXOXXOXOXXXOXXOXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXOXXOXXOXXXOXXXOXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXOXXXOXXOOXXOXOXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo.............o   ",
+"   .............................o             o   ",
+"   ..XXXOXXXXXOXXXXXXXXOXXXXXXXOo             o   ",
+"   ..XXOXOXOXXOXOXXXOXXOXXXXXXXOo     ......  o   ",
+"   ..XXXOXXXOXXOXXXOXXXOXXXXXXXOo     .    o  o   ",
+"   ..XXOXXXOXXXOXOXXOXXOXXXXXXXOo     .    o  o   ",
+"   ..XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXOo     .ooooo  o   ",
+"   .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOo             o   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo             o   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXooooooooooooooo   ",
+"   .XXXXOXXXXXOXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXOXXXXXXXXXOXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXOXXOXXOXOXOXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXOXXOXOXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXOXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXOXOXXXXXXXOXOXXXXXOXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXOXOXOXXOXXXXXOXXOXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXOXXOXOXOXXXOXOXOXXOXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXOXXXXOXXOXXXOXXOXXXXOXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo                 ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/rightj.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/rightj.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define rightj_width 16
+#define rightj_height 16
+static unsigned char rightj_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xdb, 0x00, 0x00, 0x70, 0xdb,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xef, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd8, 0xde, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xdd,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xa0, 0xef, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd8, 0xde};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/select.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/select.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * select_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 9 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c gray95",
+"o	c gray50",
+"O	c gray70",
+"+	c navy",
+"@	c #000080800000",
+"#	c #808000000000",
+"$	c white",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"  ..............................................  ",
+"  .XXXXXXXXXXooooooooooooXXXXXXXXXXXoXXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+"  .X         ooOOOOOOOOOOXX         oX        o.  ",
+"  .X         ooOOOOOOOOOOXX         oX        o.  ",
+"  .X   ++++  ooOOOOOOOOOOXX  ...    oX  @     o.  ",
+"  .X  +++++  ooOOOOOOOOOOXX .   .   oX  @@@   o.  ",
+"  .X +++   + ooOOOOOOOOOOXX .    .  oX @  @   o.  ",
+"  .X +     + ooOO#####OOOXX .    .  oX @  @   o.  ",
+"  .X +     + ooOO#OOO##OOXX .       oX @   @  o.  ",
+"  .X +     + ooO##OOOO##OXX .       oX @    @ o.  ",
+"  .X ++   ++ ooO###OOO#OOXX .       oX @    @ o.  ",
+"  .X +++++++ ooO#######OOXX .       oX @    @ o.  ",
+"  .X +     + ooO##O#OO#OOXX .       oX @    @ o.  ",
+"  .X +    ++ ooO##OOOOO#OXX .    .  oX @    @ o.  ",
+"  .X +     + ooOO#OOOOO#OXX .    .  oX @   @@ o.  ",
+"  .X +    ++ ooOO#OOOOO#OXX  ....   oX @@@@@  o.  ",
+"  .X         ooOO######OOXX         oX        o.  ",
+"  .X         ooOOOOOOOOOOXX        $oX        o.  ",
+"  .XoooooooooooXXXXXXXXXXXoooooooooooXooooooooo.  ",
+"  ..............................................  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/tix.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/underline.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/bitmaps/underline.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define underline_width 16
+#define underline_height 16
+static unsigned char underline_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x1c, 0x38, 0x1c,
+   0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x70, 0x0e,
+   0xf0, 0x0f, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x1f};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/Balloon.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/Balloon.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+# $Id: Balloon.py,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets.py": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixBalloon widget, which provides
+# a interesting way to give help tips about elements in your user interface.
+# Your can display the help message in a "balloon" and a status bar widget.
+#
+
+import Tix
+
+TCL_ALL_EVENTS		= 0
+
+def RunSample (root):
+    balloon = DemoBalloon(root)
+    balloon.mainloop()
+    balloon.destroy()
+
+class DemoBalloon:
+    def __init__(self, w):
+        self.root = w
+        self.exit = -1
+
+        z = w.winfo_toplevel()
+        z.wm_protocol("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", lambda self=self: self.quitcmd())
+
+        status = Tix.Label(w, width=40, relief=Tix.SUNKEN, bd=1)
+        status.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.Y, padx=2, pady=1)
+
+        # Create two mysterious widgets that need balloon help
+        button1 = Tix.Button(w, text='Something Unexpected',
+                             command=self.quitcmd)
+        button2 = Tix.Button(w, text='Something Else Unexpected')
+        button2['command'] = lambda w=button2: w.destroy()
+        button1.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1)
+        button2.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1)
+
+        # Create the balloon widget and associate it with the widgets that we want
+        # to provide tips for:
+        b = Tix.Balloon(w, statusbar=status)
+
+        b.bind_widget(button1, balloonmsg='Close Window',
+                      statusmsg='Press this button to close this window')
+        b.bind_widget(button2, balloonmsg='Self-destruct button',
+                      statusmsg='Press this button and it will destroy itself')
+
+    def quitcmd (self):
+        self.exit = 0
+
+    def mainloop(self):
+        foundEvent = 1
+        while self.exit < 0 and foundEvent > 0:
+            foundEvent = self.root.tk.dooneevent(TCL_ALL_EVENTS)
+
+    def destroy (self):
+        self.root.destroy()
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/BtnBox.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/BtnBox.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# 
+# $Id: BtnBox.py,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets.py": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixButtonBox widget, which is a
+# group of TK buttons. You can use it to manage the buttons in a dialog box,
+# for example.
+#
+
+import Tix
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    # Create the label on the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    top = Tix.Label(w, padx=20, pady=10, bd=1, relief=Tix.RAISED,
+		    anchor=Tix.CENTER, text='This dialog box is\n a demonstration of the\n tixButtonBox widget')
+
+    # Create the button box and add a few buttons in it. Set the
+    # -width of all the buttons to the same value so that they
+    # appear in the same size.
+    #
+    # Note that the -text, -underline, -command and -width options are all
+    # standard options of the button widgets.
+    #
+    box = Tix.ButtonBox(w, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL)
+    box.add('ok', text='OK', underline=0, width=5,
+	    command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+    box.add('close', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=5,
+	    command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+    box.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+    top.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/CmpImg.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/CmpImg.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# 
+# $Id: CmpImg.py,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets.py": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the compound images: it uses compound
+# images to display a text string together with a pixmap inside
+# buttons
+#
+
+import Tix
+
+network_pixmap = """/* XPM */
+static char * netw_xpm[] = {
+/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"32 32 7 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #c000c000c000",
+"O	c #404040",
+"+	c blue",
+"@	c red",
+/* pixels */
+"                                ",
+"                 .............. ",
+"                 .XXXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+"                 .XooooooooooO. ",
+"                 .Xo.......XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++o+XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++o+XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++oo++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.+o++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.XXXXXXXoO. ",
+"                 .XooooooooooO. ",
+"                 .Xo at ooo....oO. ",
+" ..............  .XooooooooooO. ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXXX.  .XooooooooooO. ",
+" .XooooooooooO.  .OOOOOOOOOOOO. ",
+" .Xo.......XoO.  .............. ",
+" .Xo.++++o+XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++o+XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++oo++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.+o++++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++++XoO.      .....      ",
+" .Xo.XXXXXXXoO.      .XXX.      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.@@@@@@.X O.      ",
+" .Xo at ooo....oO.      .OOO.      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.      .....      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.                 ",
+" .OOOOOOOOOOOO.                 ",
+" ..............                 ",
+"                                "};
+"""
+
+hard_disk_pixmap = """/* XPM */
+static char * drivea_xpm[] = {
+/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"32 32 5 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #c000c000c000",
+"O	c #800080008000",
+/* pixels */
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"   ..........................   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+"   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xoo...................oO.   ",
+"   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .oOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.   ",
+"   ..........................   ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                "};
+"""
+
+network_bitmap = """
+#define netw_width 32
+#define netw_height 32
+static unsigned char netw_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x40,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52, 0x00, 0x00, 0x8a, 0x51, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x4a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x40, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x52, 0x55,
+   0x02, 0x40, 0xaa, 0x6a, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x0a, 0x50, 0xfe, 0x7f,
+   0x0a, 0x52, 0x80, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52, 0x80, 0x00, 0x8a, 0x51, 0x80, 0x00,
+   0x0a, 0x50, 0x80, 0x00, 0x4a, 0x50, 0x80, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0xe0, 0x03,
+   0x0a, 0x50, 0x20, 0x02, 0xfa, 0xdf, 0x3f, 0x03, 0x02, 0x40, 0xa0, 0x02,
+   0x52, 0x55, 0xe0, 0x03, 0xaa, 0x6a, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
+"""
+
+hard_disk_bitmap = """
+#define drivea_width 32
+#define drivea_height 32
+static unsigned char drivea_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a,
+   0x48, 0x55, 0xd5, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1b, 0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d,
+   0xa8, 0xfa, 0xaf, 0x1a, 0xc8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xfa, 0xaf, 0x1a,
+   0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a, 0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d,
+   0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
+"""
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    w.img0 = Tix.Image('pixmap', data=network_pixmap)
+    if not w.img0:
+	w.img0 = Tix.Image('bitmap', data=network_bitmap)
+    w.img1 = Tix.Image('pixmap', data=hard_disk_pixmap)
+    if not w.img0:
+	w.img1 = Tix.Image('bitmap', data=hard_disk_bitmap)
+
+    hdd = Tix.Button(w, padx=4, pady=1, width=120)
+    net = Tix.Button(w, padx=4, pady=1, width=120)
+
+    # Create the first image: we create a line, then put a string,
+    # a space and a image into this line, from left to right.
+    # The result: we have a one-line image that consists of three
+    # individual items
+    #
+    # The tk.calls should be methods in Tix ...
+    w.hdd_img = Tix.Image('compound', window=hdd)
+    w.hdd_img.tk.call(str(w.hdd_img), 'add', 'line')
+    w.hdd_img.tk.call(str(w.hdd_img), 'add', 'text', '-text', 'Hard Disk',
+		    '-underline', '0')
+    w.hdd_img.tk.call(str(w.hdd_img), 'add', 'space', '-width', '7')
+    w.hdd_img.tk.call(str(w.hdd_img), 'add', 'image', '-image', w.img1)
+
+    # Put this image into the first button
+    #
+    hdd['image'] = w.hdd_img
+
+    # Next button
+    w.net_img = Tix.Image('compound', window=net)
+    w.net_img.tk.call(str(w.net_img), 'add', 'line')
+    w.net_img.tk.call(str(w.net_img), 'add', 'text', '-text', 'Network',
+		    '-underline', '0')
+    w.net_img.tk.call(str(w.net_img), 'add', 'space', '-width', '7')
+    w.net_img.tk.call(str(w.net_img), 'add', 'image', '-image', w.img0)
+
+    # Put this image into the first button
+    #
+    net['image'] = w.net_img
+
+    close = Tix.Button(w, pady=1, text='Close',
+		       command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+
+    hdd.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=10, pady=10, fill=Tix.Y, expand=1)
+    net.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=10, pady=10, fill=Tix.Y, expand=1)
+    close.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=10, pady=10, fill=Tix.Y, expand=1)
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()
+ 

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/ComboBox.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/ComboBox.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# 
+# $Id: ComboBox.py,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets.py": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixComboBox widget, which is close
+# to the MS Window Combo Box control.
+#
+import Tix
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    global demo_month, demo_year
+
+    top = Tix.Frame(w, bd=1, relief=Tix.RAISED)
+
+    demo_month = Tix.StringVar()
+    demo_year = Tix.StringVar()
+
+    # $w.top.a is a drop-down combo box. It is not editable -- who wants
+    # to invent new months?
+    #
+    # [Hint] The -options switch sets the options of the subwidgets.
+    # [Hint] We set the label.width subwidget option of both comboboxes to 
+    #        be 10 so that their labels appear to be aligned.
+    #
+    a = Tix.ComboBox(top, label="Month: ", dropdown=1,
+	command=select_month, editable=0, variable=demo_month,
+	options='listbox.height 6 label.width 10 label.anchor e')
+
+    # $w.top.b is a non-drop-down combo box. It is not editable: we provide
+    # four choices for the user, but he can enter an alternative year if he
+    # wants to.
+    #
+    # [Hint] Use the padY and anchor options of the label subwidget to
+    #	     align the label with the entry subwidget.
+    # [Hint] Notice that you should use padY (the NAME of the option) and not
+    #        pady (the SWITCH of the option).
+    #
+    b = Tix.ComboBox(top, label="Year: ", dropdown=0,
+	command=select_year, editable=1, variable=demo_year,
+	options='listbox.height 4 label.padY 5 label.width 10 label.anchor ne')
+
+    a.pack(side=Tix.TOP, anchor=Tix.W)
+    b.pack(side=Tix.TOP, anchor=Tix.W)
+
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'January')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'February')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'March')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'April')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'May')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'June')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'July')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'August')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'September')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'October')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'November')
+    a.insert(Tix.END, 'December')
+
+    b.insert(Tix.END, '1992')
+    b.insert(Tix.END, '1993')
+    b.insert(Tix.END, '1994')
+    b.insert(Tix.END, '1995')
+    b.insert(Tix.END, '1996')
+
+    # Use "tixSetSilent" to set the values of the combo box if you
+    # don't want your -command procedures (cbx:select_month and 
+    # cbx:select_year) to be called.
+    #
+    a.set_silent('January')
+    b.set_silent('1995')
+
+    box = Tix.ButtonBox(w, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL)
+    box.add('ok', text='Ok', underline=0, width=6,
+	    command=lambda w=w: ok_command(w))
+    box.add('cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=6,
+	    command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+    box.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+    top.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+def select_month(event=None):
+    # tixDemo:Status "Month = %s" % demo_month.get()
+    pass
+
+def select_year(event=None):
+    # tixDemo:Status "Year = %s" % demo_year.get()
+    pass
+
+def ok_command(w):
+    # tixDemo:Status "Month = %s, Year= %s" % (demo_month.get(), demo_year.get())
+    w.destroy()
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/Control.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/Control.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+# $Id: Control.py,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets.py": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixControl widget -- it is an
+# entry widget with up/down arrow buttons. You can use the arrow buttons
+# to adjust the value inside the entry widget.
+#
+# This example program uses three Control widgets. One lets you select
+# integer values; one lets you select floating point values and the last
+# one lets you select a few names.
+
+import Tix
+
+TCL_ALL_EVENTS		= 0
+
+def RunSample (root):
+    control = DemoControl(root)
+    control.mainloop()
+    control.destroy()
+
+class DemoControl:
+    def __init__(self, w):
+        self.root = w
+        self.exit = -1
+
+        global demo_maker, demo_thrust, demo_num_engines
+
+        demo_maker = Tix.StringVar()
+        demo_thrust = Tix.DoubleVar()
+        demo_num_engines = Tix.IntVar()
+        demo_maker.set('P&W')
+        demo_thrust.set(20000.0)
+        demo_num_engines.set(2)
+
+        top = Tix.Frame(w, bd=1, relief=Tix.RAISED)
+
+        # $w.top.a allows only integer values
+        #
+        # [Hint] The -options switch sets the options of the subwidgets.
+        # [Hint] We set the label.width subwidget option of the Controls to 
+        #        be 16 so that their labels appear to be aligned.
+        #
+        a = Tix.Control(top, label='Number of Engines: ', integer=1,
+                        variable=demo_num_engines, min=1, max=4,
+                        options='entry.width 10 label.width 20 label.anchor e')
+
+        b = Tix.Control(top, label='Thrust: ', integer=0,
+                        min='10000.0', max='60000.0', step=500,
+                        variable=demo_thrust,
+                        options='entry.width 10 label.width 20 label.anchor e')
+
+        c = Tix.Control(top, label='Engine Maker: ', value='P&W',
+                        variable=demo_maker,
+                        options='entry.width 10 label.width 20 label.anchor e')
+
+        # We can't define these in the init because the widget 'c' doesn't
+        # exist yet and we need to reference it
+        c['incrcmd'] = lambda w=c: adjust_maker(w, 1)
+        c['decrcmd'] = lambda w=c: adjust_maker(w, -1)
+        c['validatecmd'] = lambda w=c: validate_maker(w)
+
+        a.pack(side=Tix.TOP, anchor=Tix.W)
+        b.pack(side=Tix.TOP, anchor=Tix.W)
+        c.pack(side=Tix.TOP, anchor=Tix.W)
+
+        box = Tix.ButtonBox(w, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL)
+        box.add('ok', text='Ok', underline=0, width=6,
+                command=self.okcmd)
+        box.add('cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=6,
+                command=self.quitcmd)
+        box.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+        top.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+    def okcmd (self):
+        # tixDemo:Status "Selected %d of %s engines each of thrust %d", (demo_num_engines.get(), demo_maker.get(), demo_thrust.get())
+        self.quitcmd()
+        
+    def quitcmd (self):
+        self.exit = 0
+
+    def mainloop(self):
+        while self.exit < 0:
+            self.root.tk.dooneevent(TCL_ALL_EVENTS)
+
+    def destroy (self):
+        self.root.destroy()
+
+maker_list = ['P&W', 'GE', 'Rolls Royce']
+
+def adjust_maker(w, inc):
+    i = maker_list.index(demo_maker.get())
+    i = i + inc
+    if i >= len(maker_list):
+	i = 0
+    elif i < 0:
+	i = len(maker_list) - 1
+
+    # In Tcl/Tix we should return the string maker_list[i]. We can't
+    # do that in Tkinter so we set the global variable. (This works).
+    demo_maker.set(maker_list[i])
+
+def validate_maker(w):
+    try:
+	i = maker_list.index(demo_maker.get())
+    except ValueError:
+	# Works here though. Why ? Beats me.
+	return maker_list[0]
+    # Works here though. Why ? Beats me.
+    return maker_list[i]
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/DirList.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/DirList.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DirList.py,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets.py":  it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixDirList widget -- you can
+# use it for the user to select a directory. For example, an installation
+# program can use the tixDirList widget to ask the user to select the
+# installation directory for an application.
+#
+
+import Tix, os, copy
+from Tkconstants import *
+
+TCL_ALL_EVENTS		= 0
+
+def RunSample (root):
+    dirlist = DemoDirList(root)
+    dirlist.mainloop()
+    dirlist.destroy()
+    
+class DemoDirList:
+    def __init__(self, w):
+        self.root = w
+        self.exit = -1
+        
+        z = w.winfo_toplevel()
+        z.wm_protocol("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", lambda self=self: self.quitcmd())
+        
+        # Create the tixDirList and the tixLabelEntry widgets on the on the top
+        # of the dialog box
+
+        # bg = root.tk.eval('tix option get bg')
+        # adding bg=bg crashes Windows pythonw tk8.3.3 Python 2.1.0
+
+        top = Tix.Frame( w, relief=RAISED, bd=1)
+
+        # Create the DirList widget. By default it will show the current
+        # directory
+        #
+        #
+        top.dir = Tix.DirList(top)
+        top.dir.hlist['width'] = 40
+        
+        # When the user presses the ".." button, the selected directory
+        # is "transferred" into the entry widget
+        #
+        top.btn = Tix.Button(top, text = "  >>  ", pady = 0)
+
+        # We use a LabelEntry to hold the installation directory. The user
+        # can choose from the DirList widget, or he can type in the directory 
+        # manually
+        #
+        top.ent = Tix.LabelEntry(top, label="Installation Directory:",
+                                  labelside = 'top',
+                                  options = '''
+                                  entry.width 40
+                                  label.anchor w
+                                  ''')
+        
+        font = self.root.tk.eval('tix option get fixed_font')
+        # font = self.root.master.tix_option_get('fixed_font')
+        top.ent.entry['font'] = font
+
+        self.dlist_dir = copy.copy(os.curdir)
+        # This should work setting the entry's textvariable
+        top.ent.entry['textvariable'] = self.dlist_dir
+        top.btn['command'] = lambda dir=top.dir, ent=top.ent, self=self: \
+                             self.copy_name(dir,ent)
+
+        # top.ent.entry.insert(0,'tix'+`self`)
+        top.ent.entry.bind('<Return>', lambda self=self: self.okcmd () )
+
+        top.pack( expand='yes', fill='both', side=TOP)
+        top.dir.pack( expand=1, fill=BOTH, padx=4, pady=4, side=LEFT)
+        top.btn.pack( anchor='s', padx=4, pady=4, side=LEFT)
+        top.ent.pack( expand=1, fill=X, anchor='s', padx=4, pady=4, side=LEFT)
+
+        # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+        #
+        box = Tix.ButtonBox (w, orientation='horizontal')
+        box.add ('ok', text='Ok', underline=0, width=6,
+                     command = lambda self=self: self.okcmd () )
+        box.add ('cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=6,
+                     command = lambda self=self: self.quitcmd () )
+
+        box.pack( anchor='s', fill='x', side=BOTTOM)
+
+    def copy_name (self, dir, ent):
+        # This should work as it is the entry's textvariable
+        self.dlist_dir = dir.cget('value')
+        # but it isn't so I'll do it manually
+        ent.entry.delete(0,'end')
+        ent.entry.insert(0, self.dlist_dir)
+
+    def okcmd (self):
+        # tixDemo:Status "You have selected the directory" + self.dlist_dir
+        self.quitcmd()
+
+    def quitcmd (self):
+        self.exit = 0
+
+    def mainloop(self):
+        while self.exit < 0:
+            self.root.tk.dooneevent(TCL_ALL_EVENTS)
+
+    def destroy (self):
+        self.root.destroy()
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "tixwidgets.py".
+#
+if __name__== '__main__' :
+    import tkMessageBox, traceback
+
+    try:
+        root=Tix.Tk()
+        RunSample(root)
+    except:
+        t, v, tb = sys.exc_info()
+        text = "Error running the demo script:\n"
+        for line in traceback.format_exception(t,v,tb):
+            text = text + line + '\n'
+            d = tkMessageBox.showerror ( 'Tix Demo Error', text)
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/DirTree.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/DirTree.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DirTree.py,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets.py":  it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixDirTree widget -- you can
+# use it for the user to select a directory. For example, an installation
+# program can use the tixDirTree widget to ask the user to select the
+# installation directory for an application.
+#
+
+import Tix, os, copy
+from Tkconstants import *
+
+TCL_ALL_EVENTS		= 0
+
+def RunSample (root):
+    dirtree = DemoDirTree(root)
+    dirtree.mainloop()
+    dirtree.destroy()
+
+class DemoDirTree:
+    def __init__(self, w):
+        self.root = w
+        self.exit = -1
+        
+        z = w.winfo_toplevel()
+        z.wm_protocol("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", lambda self=self: self.quitcmd())
+
+        # Create the tixDirTree and the tixLabelEntry widgets on the on the top
+        # of the dialog box
+
+        # bg = root.tk.eval('tix option get bg')
+        # adding bg=bg crashes Windows pythonw tk8.3.3 Python 2.1.0
+
+        top = Tix.Frame( w, relief=RAISED, bd=1)
+
+        # Create the DirTree widget. By default it will show the current
+        # directory
+        #
+        #
+        top.dir = Tix.DirTree(top)
+        top.dir.hlist['width'] = 40
+        
+        # When the user presses the ".." button, the selected directory
+        # is "transferred" into the entry widget
+        #
+        top.btn = Tix.Button(top, text = "  >>  ", pady = 0)
+
+        # We use a LabelEntry to hold the installation directory. The user
+        # can choose from the DirTree widget, or he can type in the directory 
+        # manually
+        #
+        top.ent = Tix.LabelEntry(top, label="Installation Directory:",
+                                  labelside = 'top',
+                                  options = '''
+                                  entry.width 40
+                                  label.anchor w
+                                  ''')
+
+        self.dlist_dir = copy.copy(os.curdir)
+        top.ent.entry['textvariable'] = self.dlist_dir
+        top.btn['command'] = lambda dir=top.dir, ent=top.ent, self=self: \
+                             self.copy_name(dir,ent)
+
+        top.ent.entry.bind('<Return>', lambda self=self: self.okcmd () )
+
+        top.pack( expand='yes', fill='both', side=TOP)
+        top.dir.pack( expand=1, fill=BOTH, padx=4, pady=4, side=LEFT)
+        top.btn.pack( anchor='s', padx=4, pady=4, side=LEFT)
+        top.ent.pack( expand=1, fill=X, anchor='s', padx=4, pady=4, side=LEFT)
+
+        # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+        #
+        box = Tix.ButtonBox (w, orientation='horizontal')
+        box.add ('ok', text='Ok', underline=0, width=6,
+                     command = lambda self=self: self.okcmd () )
+        box.add ('cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=6,
+                     command = lambda self=self: self.quitcmd () )
+
+        box.pack( anchor='s', fill='x', side=BOTTOM)
+
+    def copy_name (self, dir, ent):
+        # This should work as it is the entry's textvariable
+        self.dlist_dir = dir.cget('value')
+        # but it isn't so I'll do it manually
+        ent.entry.delete(0,'end')
+        ent.entry.insert(0, self.dlist_dir)
+
+    def okcmd (self):
+        # tixDemo:Status "You have selected the directory" + self.dlist_dir
+        self.quitcmd()
+
+    def quitcmd (self):
+        # tixDemo:Status "You have selected the directory" + self.dlist_dir
+        self.exit = 0
+
+    def mainloop(self):
+        while self.exit < 0:
+            self.root.tk.dooneevent(TCL_ALL_EVENTS)
+
+    def destroy (self):
+        self.root.destroy()
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "tixwidgets.py".
+#
+if __name__== '__main__' :
+    root=Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/NoteBook.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/NoteBook.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# 
+# $Id: NoteBook.py,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets.py": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixNoteBook widget, which allows
+# you to lay out your interface using a "notebook" metaphore
+#
+import Tix
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    global root
+    root = w
+
+    # We use these options to set the sizes of the subwidgets inside the
+    # notebook, so that they are well-aligned on the screen.
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if prefix:
+	prefix = '*'+prefix
+    else:
+	prefix = ''
+    w.option_add(prefix+'*TixControl*entry.width', 10)
+    w.option_add(prefix+'*TixControl*label.width', 18)
+    w.option_add(prefix+'*TixControl*label.anchor', Tix.E)
+    w.option_add(prefix+'*TixNoteBook*tagPadX', 8)
+
+    # Create the notebook widget and set its backpagecolor to gray.
+    # Note that the -backpagecolor option belongs to the "nbframe"
+    # subwidget.
+    nb = Tix.NoteBook(w, name='nb', ipadx=6, ipady=6)
+    nb['bg'] = 'gray'
+    nb.nbframe['backpagecolor'] = 'gray'
+	
+    # Create the two tabs on the notebook. The -underline option
+    # puts a underline on the first character of the labels of the tabs.
+    # Keyboard accelerators will be defined automatically according
+    # to the underlined character.	
+    nb.add('hard_disk', label="Hard Disk", underline=0)
+    nb.add('network', label="Network", underline=0)
+	
+    nb.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=5, pady=5 ,side=Tix.TOP)
+
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # Create the first page
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # Create two frames: one for the common buttons, one for the
+    # other widgets
+    #
+    tab=nb.hard_disk
+    f = Tix.Frame(tab)
+    common = Tix.Frame(tab)
+	
+    f.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=2, pady=2, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+    common.pack(side=Tix.RIGHT, padx=2, fill=Tix.Y)
+	
+    a = Tix.Control(f, value=12,   label='Access time: ')
+    w = Tix.Control(f, value=400,  label='Write Throughput: ')
+    r = Tix.Control(f, value=400,  label='Read Throughput: ')
+    c = Tix.Control(f, value=1021, label='Capacity: ')
+	
+    a.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    w.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    r.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    c.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+	
+    # Create the common buttons
+    createCommonButtons(common)
+	
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # Create the second page	
+    #----------------------------------------
+	
+    tab = nb.network
+
+    f = Tix.Frame(tab)
+    common = Tix.Frame(tab)
+	
+    f.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=2, pady=2, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+    common.pack(side=Tix.RIGHT, padx=2, fill=Tix.Y)
+	
+    a = Tix.Control(f, value=12,   label='Access time: ')
+    w = Tix.Control(f, value=400,  label='Write Throughput: ')
+    r = Tix.Control(f, value=400,  label='Read Throughput: ')
+    c = Tix.Control(f, value=1021, label='Capacity: ')
+    u = Tix.Control(f, value=10,   label='Users: ')
+	
+    a.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    w.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    r.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    c.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    u.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+	
+    createCommonButtons(common)
+	
+def doDestroy():
+    global root
+    root.destroy()
+
+def createCommonButtons(master):
+    ok = Tix.Button(master, name='ok', text='OK', width=6, 
+		command=doDestroy)
+    cancel = Tix.Button(master, name='cancel', 
+		    text='Cancel', width=6, 
+		    command=doDestroy)
+    
+    ok.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=2, pady=2)
+    cancel.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=2, pady=2)	
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/OptMenu.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/OptMenu.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# 
+# $Id: OptMenu.py,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets.py": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixOptionMenu widget -- you can
+# use it for the user to choose from a fixed set of options
+#
+import Tix
+
+options = {'text':'Plain Text', 'post':'PostScript', 'html':'HTML',
+	   'tex':'LaTeX', 'rtf':'Rich Text Format'}
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    global demo_opt_from, demo_opt_to
+
+    demo_opt_from = Tix.StringVar()
+    demo_opt_to = Tix.StringVar()
+
+    top = Tix.Frame(w, bd=1, relief=Tix.RAISED)
+
+    from_file = Tix.OptionMenu(top, label="From File Format : ",
+			       variable=demo_opt_from,
+			       options = 'label.width  19 label.anchor e menubutton.width 15')
+
+    to_file = Tix.OptionMenu(top, label="To File Format : ",
+			     variable=demo_opt_to,
+			     options='label.width  19 label.anchor e menubutton.width 15')
+
+    # Add the available options to the two OptionMenu widgets
+    #
+    # [Hint] You have to add the options first before you set the
+    #	     global variables "demo_opt_from" and "demo_opt_to". Otherwise
+    #	     the OptionMenu widget will complain about "unknown options"!
+    #
+    for opt in options.keys():
+	from_file.add_command(opt, label=options[opt])
+	to_file.add_command(opt, label=options[opt])
+
+    demo_opt_from.set('html')
+    demo_opt_to.set('post')
+
+    from_file.pack(side=Tix.TOP, anchor=Tix.W, pady=3, padx=6)
+    to_file.pack(side=Tix.TOP, anchor=Tix.W, pady=3, padx=6)
+
+    box = Tix.ButtonBox(w, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL)
+    box.add('ok', text='Ok', underline=0, width=6,
+	    command=lambda w=w: ok_command(w))
+    box.add('cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=6,
+	    command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+    box.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+    top.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+def ok_command(w):
+    # tixDemo:Status "Convert file from %s to %s" % ( demo_opt_from.get(), demo_opt_to.get())
+    w.destroy()
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/PanedWin.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/PanedWin.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+# $Id: PanedWin.py,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets.py": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixPanedWindow widget. This program
+# is a dummy news reader: the user can adjust the sizes of the list
+# of artical names and the size of the text widget that shows the body
+# of the article.
+
+import Tix
+
+TCL_ALL_EVENTS		= 0
+
+def RunSample (root):
+    panedwin = DemoPanedwin(root)
+    panedwin.mainloop()
+    panedwin.destroy()
+
+class DemoPanedwin:
+    def __init__(self, w):
+        self.root = w
+        self.exit = -1
+
+        z = w.winfo_toplevel()
+        z.wm_protocol("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", lambda self=self: self.quitcmd())
+
+        group = Tix.LabelEntry(w, label='Newsgroup:', options='entry.width 25')
+        group.entry.insert(0,'comp.lang.python')
+        pane = Tix.PanedWindow(w, orientation='vertical')
+
+        p1 = pane.add('list', min=70, size=100)
+        p2 = pane.add('text', min=70)
+        list = Tix.ScrolledListBox(p1)
+        list.listbox['width'] = 80
+        list.listbox['height'] = 5
+        text = Tix.ScrolledText(p2)
+        text.text['width'] = 80
+        text.text['height'] = 20
+
+        list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "  12324 Re: Tkinter is good for your health")
+        list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "+ 12325 Re: Tkinter is good for your health")
+        list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "+ 12326 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: Tkinter is good...)")
+        list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "  12327 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: Tkinter is good...)")
+        list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "+ 12328 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: Tkinter is good...)")
+        list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "  12329 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: Tkinter is good...)")
+        list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "+ 12330 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: Tkinter is good...)")
+
+        text.text['bg'] = list.listbox['bg']
+        text.text['wrap'] = 'none'
+        text.text.insert(Tix.END, """
+    Mon, 19 Jun 1995 11:39:52        comp.lang.python              Thread   34 of  220
+    Lines 353       A new way to put text and bitmaps together iNo responses
+    ioi at blue.seas.upenn.edu                Ioi K. Lam at University of Pennsylvania
+
+    Hi,
+
+    I have implemented a new image type called "compound". It allows you
+    to glue together a bunch of bitmaps, images and text strings together
+    to form a bigger image. Then you can use this image with widgets that
+    support the -image option. For example, you can display a text string string
+    together with a bitmap, at the same time, inside a TK button widget.
+    """)
+        text.text['state'] = 'disabled'
+
+        list.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=4, pady=6)
+        text.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=4, pady=6)
+
+        group.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=3, pady=3, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+        pane.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=3, pady=3, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+        box = Tix.ButtonBox(w, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL)
+        box.add('ok', text='Ok', underline=0, width=6,
+                command=self.quitcmd)
+        box.add('cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=6,
+                command=self.quitcmd)
+        box.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+
+    def quitcmd (self):
+        self.exit = 0
+
+    def mainloop(self):
+        while self.exit < 0:
+            self.root.tk.dooneevent(TCL_ALL_EVENTS)
+
+    def destroy (self):
+        self.root.destroy()
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/PopMenu.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/PopMenu.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: PopMenu.py,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets.py": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixPopupMenu widget.
+#
+import Tix
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    # We create the frame and the button, then we'll bind the PopupMenu
+    # to both widgets. The result is, when you press the right mouse
+    # button over $w.top or $w.top.but, the PopupMenu will come up.
+    #
+    top = Tix.Frame(w, relief=Tix.RAISED, bd=1)
+    but = Tix.Button(top, text='Press the right mouse button over this button or its surrounding area')
+    but.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=50, pady=50)
+
+    p = Tix.PopupMenu(top, title='Popup Test')
+    p.bind_widget(top)
+    p.bind_widget(but)
+
+    # Set the entries inside the PopupMenu widget. 
+    # [Hint] You have to manipulate the "menu" subwidget.
+    #	     $w.top.p itself is NOT a menu widget.
+    # [Hint] Watch carefully how the sub-menu is created
+    #
+    p.menu.add_command(label='Desktop', underline=0)
+    p.menu.add_command(label='Select', underline=0)
+    p.menu.add_command(label='Find', underline=0)
+    p.menu.add_command(label='System', underline=1)
+    p.menu.add_command(label='Help', underline=0)
+    m1 = Tix.Menu(p.menu)
+    m1.add_command(label='Hello')
+    p.menu.add_cascade(label='More', menu=m1)
+
+    but.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=40, pady=50)
+
+    box = Tix.ButtonBox(w, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL)
+    box.add('ok', text='Ok', underline=0, width=6,
+	    command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+    box.add('cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=6,
+	    command=lambda w=w: w.destroy())
+    box.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+    top.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/SHList1.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/SHList1.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# 
+# $Id: SHList1.py,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets.py": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixScrolledHList widget.
+#
+
+import Tix
+
+TCL_ALL_EVENTS		= 0
+
+def RunSample (root):
+    shlist = DemoSHList(root)
+    shlist.mainloop()
+    shlist.destroy()
+    
+class DemoSHList:
+    def __init__(self, w):
+        self.root = w
+        self.exit = -1
+
+        z = w.winfo_toplevel()
+        z.wm_protocol("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", lambda self=self: self.quitcmd())
+        
+        # We create the frame and the ScrolledHList widget
+        # at the top of the dialog box
+        #
+        top = Tix.Frame( w, relief=Tix.RAISED, bd=1)
+
+        # Put a simple hierachy into the HList (two levels). Use colors and
+        # separator widgets (frames) to make the list look fancy
+        #
+        top.a = Tix.ScrolledHList(top)
+        top.a.pack( expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=10, pady=10, side=Tix.TOP)
+
+        # This is our little relational database
+        #
+        bosses = [
+            ('jeff',  'Jeff Waxman'),
+            ('john',  'John Lee'),
+            ('peter', 'Peter Kenson')
+        ]
+
+        employees = [
+            ('alex',  'john',  'Alex Kellman'),
+            ('alan',  'john',  'Alan Adams'),
+            ('andy',  'peter', 'Andreas Crawford'),
+            ('doug',  'jeff',  'Douglas Bloom'),
+            ('jon',   'peter', 'Jon Baraki'),
+            ('chris', 'jeff',  'Chris Geoffrey'),
+            ('chuck', 'jeff',  'Chuck McLean')
+        ]
+
+        hlist=top.a.hlist
+
+        # Let configure the appearance of the HList subwidget 
+        #
+        hlist.config( separator='.', width=25, drawbranch=0, indent=10)
+
+        count=0
+        for boss,name in bosses :
+            if count :
+                f=Tix.Frame(hlist, name='sep%d' % count, height=2, width=150,
+                    bd=2, relief=Tix.SUNKEN )
+
+                hlist.add_child( itemtype=Tix.WINDOW, 
+                    window=f, state=Tix.DISABLED )
+
+            hlist.add(boss, itemtype=Tix.TEXT, text=name)
+            count = count+1
+
+
+        for person,boss,name in employees :
+            # '.' is the separator character we chose above
+            #
+            key= boss    + '.'     + person
+            #    ^^^^                ^^^^^^
+            #    parent entryPath /  child's name
+
+            hlist.add( key, text=name )
+
+            # [Hint] Make sure the keys (e.g. 'boss.person') you choose
+            #	 are unique names. If you cannot be sure of this (because of
+            #	 the structure of your database, e.g.) you can use the
+            #	 "add_child" command instead:
+            #
+            #  hlist.addchild( boss,  text=name)
+            #                  ^^^^
+            #                  parent entryPath 
+
+
+        # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+        #
+        box= Tix.ButtonBox(top, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL )
+        box.add( 'ok',  text='Ok', underline=0,  width=6,
+            command = self.okcmd)
+
+        box.add( 'cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=6,
+            command = self.quitcmd)
+
+        box.pack( side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+        top.pack( side=Tix.TOP,    fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1 )
+
+    def okcmd (self):
+        self.quitcmd()
+
+    def quitcmd (self):
+        self.exit = 0
+
+    def mainloop(self):
+        while self.exit < 0:
+            self.root.tk.dooneevent(TCL_ALL_EVENTS)
+
+    def destroy (self):
+        self.root.destroy()
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "tixwidgets.py".
+#
+if __name__== '__main__' :
+    root=Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/SHList2.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/SHList2.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# 
+# $Id: SHList2.py,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates how to use multiple columns and multiple styles
+# in the tixHList widget
+#
+# In a tixHList widget, you can have one ore more columns. 
+#
+
+import Tix
+
+TCL_ALL_EVENTS		= 0
+
+def RunSample (root):
+    shlist = DemoSHList(root)
+    shlist.mainloop()
+    shlist.destroy()
+    
+class DemoSHList:
+    def __init__(self, w):
+        self.root = w
+        self.exit = -1
+
+        z = w.winfo_toplevel()
+        z.wm_protocol("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", lambda self=self: self.quitcmd())
+        
+        # We create the frame and the ScrolledHList widget
+        # at the top of the dialog box
+        #
+        top = Tix.Frame( w, relief=Tix.RAISED, bd=1)
+
+        # Put a simple hierachy into the HList (two levels). Use colors and
+        # separator widgets (frames) to make the list look fancy
+        #
+        top.a = Tix.ScrolledHList(top, options='hlist.columns 3 hlist.header 1' )
+        top.a.pack( expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=10, pady=10, side=Tix.TOP)
+
+        hlist=top.a.hlist
+
+        # Create the title for the HList widget
+        #	>> Notice that we have set the hlist.header subwidget option to true
+        #      so that the header is displayed
+        #
+
+        boldfont=hlist.tk.call('tix','option','get','bold_font')
+
+        # First some styles for the headers
+        style={}
+        style['header'] = Tix.DisplayStyle(Tix.TEXT, refwindow=hlist,
+            anchor=Tix.CENTER, padx=8, pady=2, font = boldfont )
+
+        hlist.header_create(0, itemtype=Tix.TEXT, text='Name',
+            style=style['header'])
+        hlist.header_create(1, itemtype=Tix.TEXT, text='Position',
+            style=style['header'])
+
+        # Notice that we use 3 columns in the hlist widget. This way when the user
+        # expands the windows wide, the right side of the header doesn't look
+        # chopped off. The following line ensures that the 3 column header is
+        # not shown unless the hlist window is wider than its contents.
+        #
+        hlist.column_width(2,0)
+
+        # This is our little relational database
+        #
+        boss = ('doe', 'John Doe',	'Director')
+
+        managers = [
+            ('jeff',  'Jeff Waxman',	'Manager'),
+            ('john',  'John Lee',		'Manager'),
+            ('peter', 'Peter Kenson',	'Manager')
+        ]
+
+        employees = [
+            ('alex',  'john',	'Alex Kellman',		'Clerk'),
+            ('alan',  'john',       'Alan Adams',		'Clerk'),
+            ('andy',  'peter',      'Andreas Crawford',	'Salesman'),
+            ('doug',  'jeff',       'Douglas Bloom',	'Clerk'),
+            ('jon',   'peter',      'Jon Baraki',		'Salesman'),
+            ('chris', 'jeff',       'Chris Geoffrey',	'Clerk'),
+            ('chuck', 'jeff',       'Chuck McLean',		'Cleaner')
+        ]
+
+        style['mgr_name'] = Tix.DisplayStyle(Tix.TEXT, refwindow=hlist)
+
+        style['mgr_posn'] = Tix.DisplayStyle(Tix.TEXT, padx=8, refwindow=hlist)
+
+        style['empl_name'] = Tix.DisplayStyle(Tix.TEXT, refwindow=hlist)
+
+        style['empl_posn'] = Tix.DisplayStyle(Tix.TEXT, padx=8, refwindow=hlist)
+
+        # Let configure the appearance of the HList subwidget 
+        #
+        hlist.config(separator='.', width=25, drawbranch=0, indent=10)
+        hlist.column_width(0, chars=20)
+
+        # Create the boss
+        #
+        hlist.add ('.',           itemtype=Tix.TEXT, text=boss[1],
+            style=style['mgr_name'])
+        hlist.item_create('.', 1, itemtype=Tix.TEXT, text=boss[2],
+            style=style['mgr_posn'])
+
+        # Create the managers
+        #
+
+        for key,name,posn in managers :
+            e= '.'+ key
+            hlist.add(e, itemtype=Tix.TEXT, text=name,
+                style=style['mgr_name'])
+            hlist.item_create(e, 1, itemtype=Tix.TEXT, text=posn,
+                style=style['mgr_posn'])
+
+
+        for key,mgr,name,posn in employees :
+            # "." is the separator character we chose above
+
+            entrypath = '.' + mgr        + '.' + key 
+
+            #           ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^  ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+            #	    parent entryPath / child's name
+
+            hlist.add(entrypath, text=name, style=style['empl_name'])
+            hlist.item_create(entrypath, 1, itemtype=Tix.TEXT,
+                text = posn, style = style['empl_posn'] )
+
+
+        # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+        #
+        box= Tix.ButtonBox(top, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL )
+        box.add( 'ok',  text='Ok', underline=0,  width=6,
+            command = self.okcmd )
+
+        box.add( 'cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, width=6,
+            command = self.quitcmd )
+
+        box.pack( side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+        top.pack( side=Tix.TOP,    fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1 )
+
+    def okcmd (self):
+        self.quitcmd()
+
+    def quitcmd (self):
+        self.exit = 0
+
+    def mainloop(self):
+        while self.exit < 0:
+            self.root.tk.dooneevent(TCL_ALL_EVENTS)
+
+    def destroy (self):
+        self.root.destroy()
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "tixwidgets.py".
+#
+if __name__== '__main__' :
+    root=Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/Tree.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/samples/Tree.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# 
+# $Id: Tree.py,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "tixwidgets.py": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program.
+
+# This file demonstrates how to use the TixTree widget to display
+# dynamic hierachical data (the files in the Unix file system)
+#
+
+import Tix, os
+
+def RunSample(w):
+    top = Tix.Frame(w, relief=Tix.RAISED, bd=1)
+    tree = Tix.Tree(top, options='separator "/"')
+    tree.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=10, pady=10, side=Tix.LEFT)
+    tree['opencmd'] = lambda dir=None, w=tree: opendir(w, dir)
+
+    # The / directory is added in the "open" mode. The user can open it
+    # and then browse its subdirectories ...
+    adddir(tree, "/")
+
+    box = Tix.ButtonBox(w, orientation=Tix.HORIZONTAL)
+    box.add('ok', text='Ok', underline=0, command=w.destroy, width=6)
+    box.add('cancel', text='Cancel', underline=0, command=w.destroy, width=6)
+    box.pack(side=Tix.BOTTOM, fill=Tix.X)
+    top.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+def adddir(tree, dir):
+    if dir == '/':
+	text = '/'
+    else:
+	text = os.path.basename(dir)
+    tree.hlist.add(dir, itemtype=Tix.IMAGETEXT, text=text,
+		   image=tree.tk.call('tix', 'getimage', 'folder'))
+    try:
+	os.listdir(dir)
+	tree.setmode(dir, 'open')
+    except os.error:
+	# No read permission ?
+	pass
+
+# This function is called whenever the user presses the (+) indicator or
+# double clicks on a directory whose mode is "open". It loads the files
+# inside that directory into the Tree widget.
+#
+# Note we didn't specify the closecmd option for the Tree widget, so it
+# performs the default action when the user presses the (-) indicator or
+# double clicks on a directory whose mode is "close": hide all of its child
+# entries
+def opendir(tree, dir):
+    entries = tree.hlist.info_children(dir)
+    if entries:
+	# We have already loaded this directory. Let's just
+	# show all the child entries
+	#
+	# Note: since we load the directory only once, it will not be
+	#       refreshed if the you add or remove files from this
+	#	directory.
+	#
+	for entry in entries:
+	    tree.hlist.show_entry(entry)
+    files = os.listdir(dir)
+    for file in files:
+	if os.path.isdir(dir + '/' + file):
+	    adddir(tree, dir + '/' + file)
+	else:
+	    tree.hlist.add(dir + '/' + file, itemtype=Tix.IMAGETEXT, text=file,
+			   image=tree.tk.call('tix', 'getimage', 'file'))
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunSample(root)
+    root.mainloop()

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/tixwidgets.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Demo/tix/tixwidgets.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1032 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+# $Id: tixwidgets.py,v 1.1 2001/12/09 23:29:43 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# tixwidgets.py --
+#
+#	For Tix, see http://tix.sourceforge.net
+#
+# 	This is a demo program of all Tix widgets available from Python. If
+#	you have installed Python & Tix properly, you can execute this as
+#
+#		% python tixwidgets.py
+#
+
+import os, os.path, sys, Tix
+from Tkconstants import *
+
+TCL_DONT_WAIT		= 1<<1
+TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS	= 1<<2
+TCL_FILE_EVENTS		= 1<<3
+TCL_TIMER_EVENTS	= 1<<4
+TCL_IDLE_EVENTS		= 1<<5
+TCL_ALL_EVENTS		= 0
+
+class Demo:
+    def __init__(self, top):
+        self.root = top
+        self.exit = -1
+
+        self.dir = None				# script directory
+        self.balloon = None			# balloon widget
+        self.useBalloons = Tix.StringVar()
+        self.useBalloons.set('0')
+        self.statusbar = None			# status bar widget
+        self.welmsg = None			# Msg widget
+        self.welfont = ''			# font name
+        self.welsize = ''			# font size
+
+        progname = sys.argv[0]
+        dirname = os.path.dirname(progname)
+        if dirname and dirname != os.curdir:
+            self.dir = dirname
+            index = -1
+            for i in range(len(sys.path)):
+                p = sys.path[i]
+                if p in ("", os.curdir):
+                    index = i
+            if index >= 0:
+                sys.path[index] = dirname
+            else:
+                sys.path.insert(0, dirname)
+        else:
+            self.dir = os.getcwd()
+        sys.path.insert(0, self.dir+'/samples')
+
+    def MkMainMenu(self):
+        top = self.root
+        w = Tix.Frame(top, bd=2, relief=RAISED)
+        file = Tix.Menubutton(w, text='File', underline=0, takefocus=0)
+        help = Tix.Menubutton(w, text='Help', underline=0, takefocus=0)
+        file.pack(side=LEFT)
+        help.pack(side=RIGHT)
+        fm = Tix.Menu(file, tearoff=0)
+        file['menu'] = fm
+        hm = Tix.Menu(help, tearoff=0)
+        help['menu'] = hm
+
+        if w.tk.eval ('info commands console') == "console":
+            fm.add_command(label='Console', underline=1,
+                           command=lambda w=w: w.tk.eval('console show'))
+
+        fm.add_command(label='Exit', underline=1,
+                     command = lambda self=self: self.quitcmd () )
+        hm.add_checkbutton(label='BalloonHelp', underline=0, command=ToggleHelp,
+                           variable=self.useBalloons)
+        # The trace variable option doesn't seem to work, instead I use 'command'
+        #apply(w.tk.call, ('trace', 'variable', self.useBalloons, 'w',
+        #		      ToggleHelp))
+        return w
+
+    def MkMainNotebook(self):
+        top = self.root
+        w = Tix.NoteBook(top, ipadx=5, ipady=5, options="""
+        *TixNoteBook*tagPadX 6
+        *TixNoteBook*tagPadY 4
+        *TixNoteBook*borderWidth 2
+        """)
+        # This may be required if there is no *Background option
+        top['bg'] = w['bg']
+
+        w.add('wel', label='Welcome', underline=0,
+              createcmd=lambda w=w, name='wel': MkWelcome(w, name))
+        w.add('cho', label='Choosers', underline=0,
+              createcmd=lambda w=w, name='cho': MkChoosers(w, name))
+        w.add('scr', label='Scrolled Widgets', underline=0,
+              createcmd=lambda w=w, name='scr': MkScroll(w, name))
+        w.add('mgr', label='Manager Widgets', underline=0,
+              createcmd=lambda w=w, name='mgr': MkManager(w, name))
+        w.add('dir', label='Directory List', underline=0,
+              createcmd=lambda w=w, name='dir': MkDirList(w, name))
+        w.add('exp', label='Run Sample Programs', underline=0,
+              createcmd=lambda w=w, name='exp': MkSample(w, name))
+        return w
+
+    def MkMainStatus(self):
+        global demo
+        top = self.root
+
+        w = Tix.Frame(top, relief=Tix.RAISED, bd=1)
+        demo.statusbar = Tix.Label(w, relief=Tix.SUNKEN, bd=1)
+        demo.statusbar.form(padx=3, pady=3, left=0, right='%70')
+        return w
+
+    def build(self):
+        root = self.root
+        z = root.winfo_toplevel()
+        z.wm_title('Tix Widget Demonstration')
+        z.geometry('790x590+10+10')
+
+        demo.balloon = Tix.Balloon(root)
+        frame1 = self.MkMainMenu()
+        frame2 = self.MkMainNotebook()
+        frame3 = self.MkMainStatus()
+        frame1.pack(side=TOP, fill=X)
+        frame3.pack(side=BOTTOM, fill=X)
+        frame2.pack(side=TOP, expand=1, fill=BOTH, padx=4, pady=4)
+        demo.balloon['statusbar'] = demo.statusbar
+        z.wm_protocol("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", lambda self=self: self.quitcmd())
+
+    def quitcmd (self):
+        """Quit our mainloop. It is up to you to call root.destroy() after."""
+        self.exit = 0
+
+    def loop(self):
+        import tkMessageBox, traceback
+        while self.exit < 0:
+            try:
+                while self.exit < 0:
+                    self.root.tk.dooneevent(TCL_ALL_EVENTS)
+            except SystemExit:
+                #print 'Exit'
+                self.exit = 1
+                break
+            except KeyboardInterrupt:
+                if tkMessageBox.askquestion ('Interrupt', 'Really Quit?') == 'yes':
+                    # self.tk.eval('exit')
+                    return
+                else:
+                    pass
+                continue
+            except:
+                t, v, tb = sys.exc_info()
+                text = ""
+                for line in traceback.format_exception(t,v,tb):
+                    text += line + '\n'
+                try: tkMessageBox.showerror ('Error', text)
+                except: pass
+                self.exit = 1
+                raise SystemExit, 1
+
+
+    def destroy (self):
+        self.root.destroy()
+    
+def RunMain(root):
+    global demo
+
+    demo = Demo(root)
+
+    demo.build()
+    demo.loop()
+    demo.destroy()
+
+# Tabs
+def MkWelcome(nb, name):
+    w = nb.page(name)
+    bar = MkWelcomeBar(w)
+    text = MkWelcomeText(w)
+    bar.pack(side=TOP, fill=X, padx=2, pady=2)
+    text.pack(side=TOP, fill=BOTH, expand=1)
+
+def MkWelcomeBar(top):
+    global demo
+
+    w = Tix.Frame(top, bd=2, relief=Tix.GROOVE)
+    b1 = Tix.ComboBox(w, command=lambda w=top: MainTextFont(w))
+    b2 = Tix.ComboBox(w, command=lambda w=top: MainTextFont(w))
+    b1.entry['width'] = 15
+    b1.slistbox.listbox['height'] = 3
+    b2.entry['width'] = 4
+    b2.slistbox.listbox['height'] = 3
+
+    demo.welfont = b1
+    demo.welsize = b2
+
+    b1.insert(Tix.END, 'Courier')
+    b1.insert(Tix.END, 'Helvetica')
+    b1.insert(Tix.END, 'Lucida')
+    b1.insert(Tix.END, 'Times Roman')
+
+    b2.insert(Tix.END, '8')
+    b2.insert(Tix.END, '10')
+    b2.insert(Tix.END, '12')
+    b2.insert(Tix.END, '14')
+    b2.insert(Tix.END, '18')
+
+    b1.pick(1)
+    b2.pick(3)
+
+    b1.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=4, pady=4)
+    b2.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=4, pady=4)
+
+    demo.balloon.bind_widget(b1, msg='Choose\na font',
+			     statusmsg='Choose a font for this page')
+    demo.balloon.bind_widget(b2, msg='Point size',
+			     statusmsg='Choose the font size for this page')
+    return w
+
+def MkWelcomeText(top):
+    global demo
+
+    w = Tix.ScrolledWindow(top, scrollbar='auto')
+    win = w.window
+    text = 'Welcome to TIX in Python'
+    title = Tix.Label(win,
+		      bd=0, width=30, anchor=Tix.N, text=text)
+    msg = Tix.Message(win,
+		      bd=0, width=400, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='Tix is a set of mega-widgets based on TK. This program \
+demonstrates the widgets in the Tix widget set. You can choose the pages \
+in this window to look at the corresponding widgets. \n\n\
+To quit this program, choose the "File | Exit" command.\n\n\
+For more information, see http://tix.sourceforge.net.')
+    title.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=10, pady=10)
+    msg.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=10, pady=10)
+    demo.welmsg = msg
+    return w
+
+def MainTextFont(w):
+    global demo
+
+    if not demo.welmsg:
+	return
+    font = demo.welfont['value']
+    point = demo.welsize['value']
+    if font == 'Times Roman':
+	font = 'times'
+    fontstr = '%s %s' % (font, point)
+    demo.welmsg['font'] = fontstr
+
+def ToggleHelp():
+    if demo.useBalloons.get() == '1':
+	demo.balloon['state'] = 'both'
+    else:
+	demo.balloon['state'] = 'none'
+
+def MkChoosers(nb, name):
+    w = nb.page(name)
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix:
+	prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixLabelFrame*label.padX', 4)
+
+    til = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='Chooser Widgets')
+    cbx = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixComboBox')
+    ctl = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixControl')
+    sel = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixSelect')
+    opt = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixOptionMenu')
+    fil = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixFileEntry')
+    fbx = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixFileSelectBox')
+    tbr = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='Tool Bar')
+
+    MkTitle(til.frame)
+    MkCombo(cbx.frame)
+    MkControl(ctl.frame)
+    MkSelect(sel.frame)
+    MkOptMenu(opt.frame)
+    MkFileEnt(fil.frame)
+    MkFileBox(fbx.frame)
+    MkToolBar(tbr.frame)
+
+    # First column: comBox and selector
+    cbx.form(top=0, left=0, right='%33')
+    sel.form(left=0, right='&'+str(cbx), top=cbx)
+    opt.form(left=0, right='&'+str(cbx), top=sel, bottom=-1)
+
+    # Second column: title .. etc
+    til.form(left=cbx, top=0,right='%66')
+    ctl.form(left=cbx, right='&'+str(til), top=til)
+    fil.form(left=cbx, right='&'+str(til), top=ctl)
+    tbr.form(left=cbx, right='&'+str(til), top=fil, bottom=-1)
+
+    #
+    # Third column: file selection
+    fbx.form(right=-1, top=0, left='%66')
+
+def MkCombo(w):
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix: prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixComboBox*label.width', 10)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixComboBox*label.anchor', Tix.E)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixComboBox*entry.width', 14)
+
+    static = Tix.ComboBox(w, label='Static', editable=0)
+    editable = Tix.ComboBox(w, label='Editable', editable=1)
+    history = Tix.ComboBox(w, label='History', editable=1, history=1,
+			   anchor=Tix.E)
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'January')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'February')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'March')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'April')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'May')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'June')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'July')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'August')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'September')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'October')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'November')
+    static.insert(Tix.END, 'December')
+
+    editable.insert(Tix.END, 'Angola')
+    editable.insert(Tix.END, 'Bangladesh')
+    editable.insert(Tix.END, 'China')
+    editable.insert(Tix.END, 'Denmark')
+    editable.insert(Tix.END, 'Ecuador')
+
+    history.insert(Tix.END, '/usr/bin/ksh')
+    history.insert(Tix.END, '/usr/local/lib/python')
+    history.insert(Tix.END, '/var/adm')
+
+    static.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=5, pady=3)
+    editable.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=5, pady=3)
+    history.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=5, pady=3)
+
+states = ['Bengal', 'Delhi', 'Karnataka', 'Tamil Nadu']
+
+def spin_cmd(w, inc):
+    idx = states.index(demo_spintxt.get()) + inc
+    if idx < 0:
+	idx = len(states) - 1
+    elif idx >= len(states):
+	idx = 0
+# following doesn't work.
+#    return states[idx]
+    demo_spintxt.set(states[idx])	# this works
+
+def spin_validate(w):
+    global states, demo_spintxt
+
+    try:
+	i = states.index(demo_spintxt.get())
+    except ValueError:
+	return states[0]
+    return states[i]
+    # why this procedure works as opposed to the previous one beats me.
+
+def MkControl(w):
+    global demo_spintxt
+
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix: prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixControl*label.width', 10)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixControl*label.anchor', Tix.E)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixControl*entry.width', 13)
+
+    demo_spintxt = Tix.StringVar()
+    demo_spintxt.set(states[0])
+    simple = Tix.Control(w, label='Numbers')
+    spintxt = Tix.Control(w, label='States', variable=demo_spintxt)
+    spintxt['incrcmd'] = lambda w=spintxt: spin_cmd(w, 1)
+    spintxt['decrcmd'] = lambda w=spintxt: spin_cmd(w, -1)
+    spintxt['validatecmd'] = lambda w=spintxt: spin_validate(w)
+
+    simple.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=5, pady=3)
+    spintxt.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=5, pady=3)
+    
+def MkSelect(w):
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix: prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixSelect*label.anchor', Tix.CENTER)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixSelect*orientation', Tix.VERTICAL)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixSelect*labelSide', Tix.TOP)
+
+    sel1 = Tix.Select(w, label='Mere Mortals', allowzero=1, radio=1)
+    sel2 = Tix.Select(w, label='Geeks', allowzero=1, radio=0)
+
+    sel1.add('eat', text='Eat')
+    sel1.add('work', text='Work')
+    sel1.add('play', text='Play')
+    sel1.add('party', text='Party')
+    sel1.add('sleep', text='Sleep')
+
+    sel2.add('eat', text='Eat')
+    sel2.add('prog1', text='Program')
+    sel2.add('prog2', text='Program')
+    sel2.add('prog3', text='Program')
+    sel2.add('sleep', text='Sleep')
+
+    sel1.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=5, pady=3, fill=Tix.X)
+    sel2.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, padx=5, pady=3, fill=Tix.X)
+
+def MkOptMenu(w):
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix: prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixOptionMenu*label.anchor', Tix.E)
+    m = Tix.OptionMenu(w, label='File Format : ', options='menubutton.width 15')
+    m.add_command('text', label='Plain Text')
+    m.add_command('post', label='PostScript')
+    m.add_command('format', label='Formatted Text')
+    m.add_command('html', label='HTML')
+    m.add_command('sep')
+    m.add_command('tex', label='LaTeX')
+    m.add_command('rtf', label='Rich Text Format')
+
+    m.pack(fill=Tix.X, padx=5, pady=3)
+
+def MkFileEnt(w):
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, 
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='Press the "open file" icon button and a TixFileSelectDialog will popup.')
+    ent = Tix.FileEntry(w, label='Select a file : ')
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=3, pady=3)
+    ent.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.X, padx=3, pady=3)
+
+def MkFileBox(w):
+    """The FileSelectBox is a Motif-style box with various enhancements.
+    For example, you can adjust the size of the two listboxes
+    and your past selections are recorded.
+    """
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, 
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='The Tix FileSelectBox is a Motif-style box with various enhancements. For example, you can adjust the size of the two listboxes and your past selections are recorded.')
+    box = Tix.FileSelectBox(w)
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=3, pady=3)
+    box.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.X, padx=3, pady=3)
+
+def MkToolBar(w):
+    """The Select widget is also good for arranging buttons in a tool bar.
+    """
+    global demo
+
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix: prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixSelect*frame.borderWidth', 1)
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, 
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='The Select widget is also good for arranging buttons in a tool bar.')
+    bar = Tix.Frame(w, bd=2, relief=Tix.RAISED)
+    font = Tix.Select(w, allowzero=1, radio=0, label='')
+    para = Tix.Select(w, allowzero=0, radio=1, label='')
+
+    font.add('bold', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/bold.xbm')
+    font.add('italic', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/italic.xbm')
+    font.add('underline', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/underline.xbm')
+    font.add('capital', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/capital.xbm')
+
+    para.add('left', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/leftj.xbm')
+    para.add('right', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/rightj.xbm')
+    para.add('center', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/centerj.xbm')
+    para.add('justify', bitmap='@' + demo.dir + '/bitmaps/justify.xbm')
+
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=3, pady=3)
+    bar.pack(side=Tix.TOP, fill=Tix.X, padx=3, pady=3)
+    font.pack({'in':bar}, side=Tix.LEFT, padx=3, pady=3)
+    para.pack({'in':bar}, side=Tix.LEFT, padx=3, pady=3)
+
+def MkTitle(w):
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix: prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixSelect*frame.borderWidth', 1)
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, 
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='There are many types of "chooser" widgets that allow the user to input different types of information')
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=3, pady=3)
+
+def MkScroll(nb, name):
+    w = nb.page(name)
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix:
+	prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixLabelFrame*label.padX', 4)
+
+    sls = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixScrolledListBox')
+    swn = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixScrolledWindow')
+    stx = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixScrolledText')
+
+    MkSList(sls.frame)
+    MkSWindow(swn.frame)
+    MkSText(stx.frame)
+
+    sls.form(top=0, left=0, right='%33', bottom=-1)
+    swn.form(top=0, left=sls, right='%66', bottom=-1)
+    stx.form(top=0, left=swn, right=-1, bottom=-1)
+
+def MkSList(w):
+    """This TixScrolledListBox is configured so that it uses scrollbars
+    only when it is necessary. Use the handles to resize the listbox and
+    watch the scrollbars automatically appear and disappear.  """
+    top = Tix.Frame(w, width=300, height=330)
+    bot = Tix.Frame(w)
+    msg = Tix.Message(top, 
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=200, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='This TixScrolledListBox is configured so that it uses scrollbars only when it is necessary. Use the handles to resize the listbox and watch the scrollbars automatically appear and disappear.')
+
+    list = Tix.ScrolledListBox(top, scrollbar='auto')
+    list.place(x=50, y=150, width=120, height=80)
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, 'Alabama')
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, 'California')
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, 'Montana')
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, 'New Jersey')
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, 'New York')
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, 'Pennsylvania')
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, 'Washington')
+
+    rh = Tix.ResizeHandle(top, bg='black',
+			  relief=Tix.RAISED,
+			  handlesize=8, gridded=1, minwidth=50, minheight=30)
+    btn = Tix.Button(bot, text='Reset', command=lambda w=rh, x=list: SList_reset(w,x))
+    top.propagate(0)
+    msg.pack(fill=Tix.X)
+    btn.pack(anchor=Tix.CENTER)
+    top.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    bot.pack(fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    list.bind('<Map>', func=lambda arg=0, rh=rh, list=list:
+	      list.tk.call('tixDoWhenIdle', str(rh), 'attachwidget', str(list)))
+
+def SList_reset(rh, list):
+    list.place(x=50, y=150, width=120, height=80)
+    list.update()
+    rh.attach_widget(list)
+
+def MkSWindow(w):
+    """The ScrolledWindow widget allows you to scroll any kind of Tk
+    widget. It is more versatile than a scrolled canvas widget.
+    """
+    global demo
+
+    text = 'The Tix ScrolledWindow widget allows you to scroll any kind of Tk widget. It is more versatile than a scrolled canvas widget.'
+    
+    file = os.path.join(demo.dir, 'bitmaps', 'tix.gif')
+    if not os.path.isfile(file):
+        text += ' (Image missing)'
+
+    top = Tix.Frame(w, width=330, height=330)
+    bot = Tix.Frame(w)
+    msg = Tix.Message(top, 
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=200, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text=text)
+
+    win = Tix.ScrolledWindow(top, scrollbar='auto')
+
+    if 0:
+        global image1
+        # This image is not showing up in the Label unless it is set to a
+        # global variable - no problem under Tcl/Tix. I assume it is being
+        # garbage collected somehow, even though the Tcl command 'image names'
+        # shows that as far as Tcl is concerned, the image exists and is
+        # called pyimage1. What I find curious is that this if 0: branch
+        # works only if image1 is global, *even though I give Label a string*.
+        image1 = Tix.Image('photo', file=file)
+    else:
+        # No need for image1 to be global if I do it in pure Tcl.
+        # When I do it in pure Tcl the image shows up in the Label.
+        # The tcl command 'image names' shows as far as Tcl is concerned,
+        # the image exists and is called image1. So I assume the problem
+        # lies Tkinter.py Image.__init__, where the image gets the name
+        # pyimage1, instead of what Tcl would have called it - image1.
+        image1 = win.tk.eval('image create photo -file {%s}' % file)
+        
+    lbl = Tix.Label(win.window, image='%s' % image1)
+    lbl.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+
+    win.place(x=30, y=150, width=190, height=120)
+
+    rh = Tix.ResizeHandle(top, bg='black',
+			  relief=Tix.RAISED,
+			  handlesize=8, gridded=1, minwidth=50, minheight=30)
+    btn = Tix.Button(bot, text='Reset', command=lambda w=rh, x=win: SWindow_reset(w,x))
+    top.propagate(0)
+    msg.pack(fill=Tix.X)
+    btn.pack(anchor=Tix.CENTER)
+    top.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    bot.pack(fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    win.bind('<Map>', func=lambda arg=0, rh=rh, win=win:
+	     win.tk.call('tixDoWhenIdle', str(rh), 'attachwidget', str(win)))
+
+def SWindow_reset(rh, win):
+    win.place(x=30, y=150, width=190, height=120)
+    win.update()
+    rh.attach_widget(win)
+
+def MkSText(w):
+    """The TixScrolledWindow widget allows you to scroll any kind of Tk
+    widget. It is more versatile than a scrolled canvas widget."""
+    top = Tix.Frame(w, width=330, height=330)
+    bot = Tix.Frame(w)
+    msg = Tix.Message(top, 
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=200, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='The TixScrolledWindow widget allows you to scroll any kind of Tk widget. It is more versatile than a scrolled canvas widget.')
+
+    win = Tix.ScrolledText(top, scrollbar='auto')
+#    win.text['wrap'] = 'none'
+    win.text.insert(Tix.END, 'This is a text widget embedded in a scrolled window. Although the original Tix demo does not have any text here, I decided to put in some so that you can see the effect of scrollbars etc.')
+    win.place(x=30, y=150, width=190, height=100)
+
+    rh = Tix.ResizeHandle(top, bg='black',
+			  relief=Tix.RAISED,
+			  handlesize=8, gridded=1, minwidth=50, minheight=30)
+    btn = Tix.Button(bot, text='Reset', command=lambda w=rh, x=win: SText_reset(w,x))
+    top.propagate(0)
+    msg.pack(fill=Tix.X)
+    btn.pack(anchor=Tix.CENTER)
+    top.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    bot.pack(fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    win.bind('<Map>', func=lambda arg=0, rh=rh, win=win:
+	     win.tk.call('tixDoWhenIdle', str(rh), 'attachwidget', str(win)))
+
+def SText_reset(rh, win):
+    win.place(x=30, y=150, width=190, height=120)
+    win.update()
+    rh.attach_widget(win)
+
+def MkManager(nb, name):
+    w = nb.page(name)
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix:
+	prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixLabelFrame*label.padX', 4)
+
+    pane = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixPanedWindow')
+    note = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixNoteBook')
+
+    MkPanedWindow(pane.frame)
+    MkNoteBook(note.frame)
+
+    pane.form(top=0, left=0, right=note, bottom=-1)
+    note.form(top=0, right=-1, bottom=-1)
+
+def MkPanedWindow(w):
+    """The PanedWindow widget allows the user to interactively manipulate
+    the sizes of several panes. The panes can be arranged either vertically
+    or horizontally.
+    """
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, 
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='The PanedWindow widget allows the user to interactively manipulate the sizes of several panes. The panes can be arranged either vertically or horizontally.')
+    group = Tix.LabelEntry(w, label='Newsgroup:', options='entry.width 25')
+    group.entry.insert(0,'comp.lang.python')
+    pane = Tix.PanedWindow(w, orientation='vertical')
+
+    p1 = pane.add('list', min=70, size=100)
+    p2 = pane.add('text', min=70)
+    list = Tix.ScrolledListBox(p1)
+    text = Tix.ScrolledText(p2)
+
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "  12324 Re: Tkinter is good for your health")
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "+ 12325 Re: Tkinter is good for your health")
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "+ 12326 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: Tkinter is good...)")
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "  12327 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: Tkinter is good...)")
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "+ 12328 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: Tkinter is good...)")
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "  12329 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: Tkinter is good...)")
+    list.listbox.insert(Tix.END, "+ 12330 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: Tkinter is good...)")
+
+    text.text['bg'] = list.listbox['bg']
+    text.text['wrap'] = 'none'
+    text.text.insert(Tix.END, """
+Mon, 19 Jun 1995 11:39:52        comp.lang.python              Thread   34 of  220
+Lines 353       A new way to put text and bitmaps together iNo responses
+ioi at blue.seas.upenn.edu                Ioi K. Lam at University of Pennsylvania
+
+Hi,
+
+I have implemented a new image type called "compound". It allows you
+to glue together a bunch of bitmaps, images and text strings together
+to form a bigger image. Then you can use this image with widgets that
+support the -image option. For example, you can display a text string string
+together with a bitmap, at the same time, inside a TK button widget.
+""")
+    list.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=4, pady=6)
+    text.pack(expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=4, pady=6)
+
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=3, pady=3, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    group.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=3, pady=3, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    pane.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=3, pady=3, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+def MkNoteBook(w):
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, 
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='The NoteBook widget allows you to layout a complex interface into individual pages.')
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix:
+	prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixControl*entry.width', 10)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixControl*label.width', 18)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixControl*label.anchor', Tix.E)
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixNoteBook*tagPadX', 8)
+
+    nb = Tix.NoteBook(w, ipadx=6, ipady=6)
+    nb.add('hard_disk', label="Hard Disk", underline=0)
+    nb.add('network', label="Network", underline=0)
+
+    # Frame for the buttons that are present on all pages
+    common = Tix.Frame(nb.hard_disk)
+    common.pack(side=Tix.RIGHT, padx=2, pady=2, fill=Tix.Y)
+    CreateCommonButtons(common)
+
+    # Widgets belonging only to this page
+    a = Tix.Control(nb.hard_disk, value=12, label='Access Time: ')
+    w = Tix.Control(nb.hard_disk, value=400, label='Write Throughput: ')
+    r = Tix.Control(nb.hard_disk, value=400, label='Read Throughput: ')
+    c = Tix.Control(nb.hard_disk, value=1021, label='Capacity: ')
+    a.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    w.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    r.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    c.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+
+    common = Tix.Frame(nb.network)
+    common.pack(side=Tix.RIGHT, padx=2, pady=2, fill=Tix.Y)
+    CreateCommonButtons(common)
+
+    a = Tix.Control(nb.network, value=12, label='Access Time: ')
+    w = Tix.Control(nb.network, value=400, label='Write Throughput: ')
+    r = Tix.Control(nb.network, value=400, label='Read Throughput: ')
+    c = Tix.Control(nb.network, value=1021, label='Capacity: ')
+    u = Tix.Control(nb.network, value=10, label='Users: ')
+    a.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    w.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    r.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    c.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+    u.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=20, pady=2)
+
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=3, pady=3, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    nb.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=5, pady=5, fill=Tix.BOTH, expand=1)
+
+def CreateCommonButtons(f):
+    ok = Tix.Button(f, text='OK', width = 6)
+    cancel = Tix.Button(f, text='Cancel', width = 6)
+    ok.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=2, pady=2)
+    cancel.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=2, pady=2)
+
+def MkDirList(nb, name):
+    w = nb.page(name)
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix:
+	prefix = ''
+    w.option_add('*' + prefix + '*TixLabelFrame*label.padX', 4)
+
+    dir = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixDirList')
+    fsbox = Tix.LabelFrame(w, label='tixExFileSelectBox')
+    MkDirListWidget(dir.frame)
+    MkExFileWidget(fsbox.frame)
+    dir.form(top=0, left=0, right='%40', bottom=-1)
+    fsbox.form(top=0, left='%40', right=-1, bottom=-1)
+
+def MkDirListWidget(w):
+    """The TixDirList widget gives a graphical representation of the file
+    system directory and makes it easy for the user to choose and access
+    directories.
+    """
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, 
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='The TixDirList widget gives a graphical representation of the file system directory and makes it easy for the user to choose and access directories.')
+    dirlist = Tix.DirList(w, options='hlist.padY 1 hlist.width 25 hlist.height 16')
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=3, pady=3)
+    dirlist.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=3, pady=3)
+
+def MkExFileWidget(w):
+    """The TixExFileSelectBox widget is more user friendly than the Motif
+    style FileSelectBox.  """
+    msg = Tix.Message(w, 
+		      relief=Tix.FLAT, width=240, anchor=Tix.N,
+		      text='The TixExFileSelectBox widget is more user friendly than the Motif style FileSelectBox.')
+    # There's a bug in the ComboBoxes - the scrolledlistbox is destroyed
+    box = Tix.ExFileSelectBox(w, bd=2, relief=Tix.RAISED)
+    msg.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=3, pady=3)
+    box.pack(side=Tix.TOP, padx=3, pady=3)
+
+###
+### List of all the demos we want to show off
+comments = {'widget' : 'Widget Demos', 'image' : 'Image Demos'}
+samples = {'Balloon'		: 'Balloon',
+	   'Button Box'		: 'BtnBox',
+	   'Combo Box'		: 'ComboBox',
+	   'Compound Image'	: 'CmpImg',
+	   'Directory List'	: 'DirList',
+	   'Directory Tree'	: 'DirTree',
+	   'Control'		: 'Control',
+	   'Notebook'		: 'NoteBook',
+	   'Option Menu'	: 'OptMenu',
+	   'Paned Window'	: 'PanedWin',
+	   'Popup Menu'		: 'PopMenu',
+	   'ScrolledHList (1)'	: 'SHList1',
+	   'ScrolledHList (2)'	: 'SHList2',
+	   'Tree (dynamic)'	: 'Tree'
+}
+
+# There are still a lot of demos to be translated:
+##	set root {
+##	    {d "File Selectors"		file	}
+##	    {d "Hierachical ListBox"	hlist	}
+##	    {d "Tabular ListBox"	tlist	{c tixTList}}
+##	    {d "Grid Widget"		grid	{c tixGrid}}
+##	    {d "Manager Widgets"	manager	}
+##	    {d "Scrolled Widgets"	scroll	}
+##	    {d "Miscellaneous Widgets"	misc	}
+##	    {d "Image Types"		image	}
+##	}
+##	
+##	set image {
+##	    {d "Compound Image"		cmpimg	}
+##	    {d "XPM Image"		xpm	{i pixmap}}
+##	}
+##	
+##	set cmpimg {
+##	    {f "In Buttons"		CmpImg.tcl	}
+##	    {f "In NoteBook"		CmpImg2.tcl	}
+##	    {f "Notebook Color Tabs"	CmpImg4.tcl	}
+##	    {f "Icons"			CmpImg3.tcl	}
+##	}
+##	
+##	set xpm {
+##	    {f "In Button"		Xpm.tcl		{i pixmap}}
+##	    {f "In Menu"		Xpm1.tcl	{i pixmap}}
+##	}
+##	
+##	set file {
+##added	    {f DirList				DirList.tcl	}
+##added	    {f DirTree				DirTree.tcl	}
+##	    {f DirSelectDialog			DirDlg.tcl	}
+##	    {f ExFileSelectDialog		EFileDlg.tcl	}
+##	    {f FileSelectDialog			FileDlg.tcl	}
+##	    {f FileEntry			FileEnt.tcl	}
+##	}
+##	
+##	set hlist {
+##	    {f HList			HList1.tcl	}
+##	    {f CheckList		ChkList.tcl	{c tixCheckList}}
+##done	    {f "ScrolledHList (1)"	SHList.tcl	}
+##done	    {f "ScrolledHList (2)"	SHList2.tcl	}
+##done	    {f Tree			Tree.tcl	}
+##done	    {f "Tree (Dynamic)"		DynTree.tcl	{v win}}
+##	}
+##	
+##	set tlist {
+##	    {f "ScrolledTList (1)"	STList1.tcl	{c tixTList}}
+##	    {f "ScrolledTList (2)"	STList2.tcl	{c tixTList}}
+##	}
+##	global tcl_platform
+##	#  This demo hangs windows
+##	if {$tcl_platform(platform) != "windows"} {
+##na	lappend tlist     {f "TList File Viewer"	STList3.tcl	{c tixTList}}
+##	}
+##	
+##	set grid {
+##na	    {f "Simple Grid"		SGrid0.tcl	{c tixGrid}}
+##na	    {f "ScrolledGrid"		SGrid1.tcl	{c tixGrid}}
+##na	    {f "Editable Grid"		EditGrid.tcl	{c tixGrid}}
+##	}
+##	
+##	set scroll {
+##	    {f ScrolledListBox		SListBox.tcl	}
+##	    {f ScrolledText		SText.tcl	}
+##	    {f ScrolledWindow		SWindow.tcl	}
+##na	    {f "Canvas Object View"	CObjView.tcl	{c tixCObjView}}
+##	}
+##	
+##	set manager {
+##	    {f ListNoteBook		ListNBK.tcl	}
+##done	    {f NoteBook			NoteBook.tcl	}
+##done	    {f PanedWindow		PanedWin.tcl	}
+##	}
+##	
+##	set misc {
+##done	    {f Balloon			Balloon.tcl	}
+##done	    {f ButtonBox		BtnBox.tcl	}
+##done	    {f ComboBox			ComboBox.tcl	}
+##done	    {f Control			Control.tcl	}
+##	    {f LabelEntry		LabEntry.tcl	}
+##	    {f LabelFrame		LabFrame.tcl	}
+##	    {f Meter			Meter.tcl	{c tixMeter}}
+##done	    {f OptionMenu		OptMenu.tcl	}
+##done	    {f PopupMenu		PopMenu.tcl	}
+##	    {f Select			Select.tcl	}
+##	    {f StdButtonBox		StdBBox.tcl	}
+##	}
+##
+
+stypes = {}
+stypes['widget'] = ['Balloon', 'Button Box', 'Combo Box', 'Control',
+                    'Directory List', 'Directory Tree',
+		    'Notebook', 'Option Menu', 'Popup Menu', 'Paned Window',
+		    'ScrolledHList (1)', 'ScrolledHList (2)', 'Tree (dynamic)']
+stypes['image'] = ['Compound Image']
+
+def MkSample(nb, name):
+    w = nb.page(name)
+    prefix = Tix.OptionName(w)
+    if not prefix:
+	prefix = ''
+    else:
+	prefix = '*' + prefix
+    w.option_add(prefix + '*TixLabelFrame*label.padX', 4)
+
+    pane = Tix.PanedWindow(w, orientation='horizontal')
+    pane.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH)
+    f1 = pane.add('list', expand='1')
+    f2 = pane.add('text', expand='5')
+    f1['relief'] = 'flat'
+    f2['relief'] = 'flat'
+
+    lab = Tix.Label(f1, text='Select a sample program:', anchor=Tix.W)
+    lab.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=0, fill=Tix.X, padx=5, pady=5)
+    lab1 = Tix.Label(f2, text='Source:', anchor=Tix.W)
+    lab1.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=0, fill=Tix.X, padx=5, pady=5)
+
+    slb = Tix.Tree(f1, options='hlist.width 25')
+    slb.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=5)
+
+    stext = Tix.ScrolledText(f2, name='stext')
+    font = root.tk.eval('tix option get fixed_font')
+    stext.text.config(font=font)
+    stext.text.bind('<Up>', lambda w=stext.text: w.yview(scroll='-1 unit'))
+    stext.text.bind('<Down>', lambda w=stext.text: w.yview(scroll='1 unit'))
+    stext.text.bind('<Left>', lambda w=stext.text: w.xview(scroll='-1 unit'))
+    stext.text.bind('<Right>', lambda w=stext.text: w.xview(scroll='1 unit'))
+    stext.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=1, fill=Tix.BOTH, padx=7)
+
+    frame = Tix.Frame(f2, name='frame')
+    frame.pack(side=Tix.TOP, expand=0, fill=Tix.X, padx=7)
+
+    run = Tix.Button(frame, text='Run ...', name='run')
+    view = Tix.Button(frame, text='View Source ...', name='view')
+    run.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, expand=0, fill=Tix.NONE)
+    view.pack(side=Tix.LEFT, expand=0, fill=Tix.NONE)
+
+    stext.text['bg'] = slb.hlist['bg']
+    stext.text['state'] = 'disabled'
+    stext.text['wrap'] = 'none'
+    stext.text['width'] = 80
+
+    slb.hlist['separator'] = '.'
+    slb.hlist['width'] = 25
+    slb.hlist['drawbranch'] = 0
+    slb.hlist['indent'] = 10
+    slb.hlist['wideselect'] = 1
+    slb.hlist['command'] = lambda args=0, w=w,slb=slb,stext=stext,run=run,view=view: Sample_Action(w, slb, stext, run, view, 'run')
+    slb.hlist['browsecmd'] = lambda args=0, w=w,slb=slb,stext=stext,run=run,view=view: Sample_Action(w, slb, stext, run, view, 'browse')
+
+    run['command']      = lambda args=0, w=w,slb=slb,stext=stext,run=run,view=view: Sample_Action(w, slb, stext, run, view, 'run')
+    view['command'] = lambda args=0, w=w,slb=slb,stext=stext,run=run,view=view: Sample_Action(w, slb, stext, run, view, 'view')
+
+    for type in ['widget', 'image']:
+	if type != 'widget':
+	    x = Tix.Frame(slb.hlist, bd=2, height=2, width=150,
+			  relief=Tix.SUNKEN, bg=slb.hlist['bg'])
+	    slb.hlist.add_child(itemtype=Tix.WINDOW, window=x, state='disabled')
+	x = slb.hlist.add_child(itemtype=Tix.TEXT, state='disabled',
+				text=comments[type])
+	for key in stypes[type]:
+	    slb.hlist.add_child(x, itemtype=Tix.TEXT, data=key,
+				text=key)
+    slb.hlist.selection_clear()
+
+    run['state'] = 'disabled'
+    view['state'] = 'disabled'
+
+def Sample_Action(w, slb, stext, run, view, action):
+    global demo
+
+    hlist = slb.hlist
+    anchor = hlist.info_anchor()
+    if not anchor:
+	run['state'] = 'disabled'
+	view['state'] = 'disabled'
+    elif not hlist.info_parent(anchor):
+	# a comment
+	return
+
+    run['state'] = 'normal'
+    view['state'] = 'normal'
+    key = hlist.info_data(anchor)
+    title = key
+    prog = samples[key]
+
+    if action == 'run':
+	exec('import ' + prog)
+	w = Tix.Toplevel()
+	w.title(title)
+	rtn = eval(prog + '.RunSample')
+	rtn(w)
+    elif action == 'view':
+	w = Tix.Toplevel()
+	w.title('Source view: ' + title)
+	LoadFile(w, demo.dir + '/samples/' + prog + '.py')
+    elif action == 'browse':
+	ReadFile(stext.text, demo.dir + '/samples/' + prog + '.py')
+
+def LoadFile(w, fname):
+    global root
+    b = Tix.Button(w, text='Close', command=w.destroy)
+    t = Tix.ScrolledText(w)
+    #    b.form(left=0, bottom=0, padx=4, pady=4)
+    #    t.form(left=0, bottom=b, right='-0', top=0)
+    t.pack()
+    b.pack()
+
+    font = root.tk.eval('tix option get fixed_font')
+    t.text.config(font=font)
+    t.text['bd'] = 2
+    t.text['wrap'] = 'none'
+
+    ReadFile(t.text, fname)
+
+def ReadFile(w, fname):
+    old_state = w['state']
+    w['state'] = 'normal'
+    w.delete('0.0', Tix.END)
+
+    try:
+	f = open(fname)
+	lines = f.readlines()
+	for s in lines:
+	    w.insert(Tix.END, s)
+	f.close()
+    finally:
+#	w.see('1.0')
+	w['state'] = old_state
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    root = Tix.Tk()
+    RunMain(root)
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/INSTALL-2.1.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/INSTALL-2.1.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+# -*-mode: text; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+# $Id: INSTALL-2.1.txt,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:01:28 idiscovery Exp $
+
+INSTALLING TIX
+
+0) To use Tix.py, you need Tcl/Tk (V8.3.3), Tix (V8.2.0) and Python (V2.1.1).
+   Tix.py has been written and tested on a Intel Pentium running RH Linux 5.2
+   and Mandrake Linux 6.x and 7.0 and Windows with the above mentioned packages.
+   Any version of Tcl 8.3.x should work with any version of Python >= 2.1.0
+   and any version of Tix >= 8.1.1 from http://tix.sourceforge.net. However,
+   tcl/tk8.4* is likely to cause problems and may not work by default.
+
+   Older versions, e.g. Tix 4.1 and Tk 8.0, might also work;
+   there is nothing OS-specific in Tix.py itself so it should work on
+   any machine with Tix and Python installed. You can get Tcl and Tk
+   from http://dev.scriptics.com and Tix from http://tix.sourceforge.net.
+
+1) Build and install Tcl/Tk 8.3. Build and install Tix 8.1.2 or 8.2.x.
+   Ensure that Tix is properly installed by running tixwish and executing
+   the demo programs. Under Unix, use the --enable-shared configure option
+   for all three. We recommend tcl8.3.3 for this release of Tix.py.
+
+2a) If you have a distribution like ActiveState with a tcl subdirectory
+   of $PYTHONHOME, which contains the directories tcl8.3 and tk8.3,
+   make a directory tix8.2 as well. Recursively copy the files from the 
+   *installed* <tix>/lib8.2 to $PYTHONHOME/lib/tix8.2, and copy the dynamic 
+   library (tix8283.dll or libtix8.2.8.3.so) to the same place as the tcl 
+   dynamic libraries  ($PYTHONHOME/Dlls or lib/python-2.1/lib-dynload). 
+   For shared library install such as this are all down, and you 
+   can skip to the section TESTING.
+
+
+2b) To build statically, modify Modules/Setup.dist and setup.py to change 
+   the version of the tix library from tix4.1.8.0 to tix8.2.8.3 if necessary.
+   These modified files can be used for Tkinter with or without Tix.
+   
+3) The default is to build dynamically, and use the Tcl 'package require'.
+   Under Windows, you will have to modify the MS VC project files, 
+   which is complex: use a text editor to modify the PCBuild/_tkinter.dsp file.
+   To build statically under Unix, modify the Modules/Setup file to link 
+   in the Tix library according to the comments in the file. 
+   On Linux this looks like:
+
+# *** Always uncomment this (leave the leading underscore in!):
+_tkinter _tkinter.c tkappinit.c -DWITH_APPINIT \
+# *** Uncomment and edit to reflect where your Tcl/Tk libraries are:
+	-L/usr/local/lib \
+# *** Uncomment and edit to reflect where your Tcl/Tk headers are:
+	-I/usr/local/include \
+# *** Uncomment and edit to reflect where your X11 header files are:
+	-I/usr/X11R6/include \
+# *** Or uncomment this for Solaris:
+#	-I/usr/openwin/include \
+# *** Uncomment and edit for BLT extension only:
+#	-DWITH_BLT -I/usr/local/blt/blt8.0-unoff/include -lBLT8.0 \
+# *** Uncomment and edit for PIL (TkImaging) extension only:
+#     (See http://www.pythonware.com/products/pil/ for more info)
+#	-DWITH_PIL -I../Extensions/Imaging/libImaging  tkImaging.c \
+# *** Uncomment and edit for TOGL extension only:
+#	-DWITH_TOGL togl.c \
+# *** Uncomment and edit for Tix extension only:
+	-DWITH_TIX -ltix8.2.8.3 \
+# *** Uncomment and edit to reflect your Tcl/Tk versions:
+	-ltk8.3 -ltcl8.3 \
+# *** Uncomment and edit to reflect where your X11 libraries are:
+	-L/usr/X11R6/lib \
+# *** Or uncomment this for Solaris:
+#	-L/usr/openwin/lib \
+# *** Uncomment these for TOGL extension only:
+#	-lGL -lGLU -lXext -lXmu \
+# *** Uncomment for AIX:
+#	-lld \
+# *** Always uncomment this; X11 libraries to link with:
+	-lX11
+
+4) Rebuild Python and reinstall.
+
+TESTING
+-------
+
+You should now have a working Tix implementation in Python. To see if all
+is as it should be, run the 'tixwidgets.py' script in the Demo/tix directory.
+Under X windows, do
+	/usr/local/bin/python Demo/tix/tixwidgets.py
+
+If this does not work, you may need to tell python where to find
+the Tcl, Tk and Tix library files. This is done by setting the
+TCL_LIBRARY, TK_LIBRARY and TIX_LIBRARY environment variables. 
+Try this under Unix:
+
+	env 	TCL_LIBRARY=/usr/local/lib/tcl8.3 \
+		TK_LIBRARY=/usr/local/lib/tk8.3 \
+		TIX_LIBRARY=/usr/local/lib/tix8.2 \
+		/usr/local/bin/python Demo/tix/tixwidgets.py
+
+or under Windows:
+
+	set	TCL_LIBRARY=\usr\local\lib\tcl8.3
+	set	TK_LIBRARY=\usr\local\lib\tk8.3
+	set	TIX_LIBRARY=\usr\local\lib\tix8.2
+	pythonw.exe Demo\tix\tixwidgets.py
+
+
+If you find any bugs or have suggestions for improvement, please report them
+via http://tix.sourceforge.net
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Lib/lib-tk/Tix.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Lib/lib-tk/Tix.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1625 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+# $Id: Tix.py,v 1.1 2002/01/24 09:48:42 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix.py -- Tix widget wrappers.
+#
+#	For Tix, see http://tix.sourceforge.net
+#
+#       - Sudhir Shenoy (sshenoy at gol.com), Dec. 1995.
+#         based on an idea of Jean-Marc Lugrin (lugrin at ms.com)
+#
+# NOTE: In order to minimize changes to Tkinter.py, some of the code here
+#       (TixWidget.__init__) has been taken from Tkinter (Widget.__init__)
+#       and will break if there are major changes in Tkinter.
+#
+# The Tix widgets are represented by a class hierarchy in python with proper
+# inheritance of base classes.
+#
+# As a result after creating a 'w = StdButtonBox', I can write
+#              w.ok['text'] = 'Who Cares'
+#    or              w.ok['bg'] = w['bg']
+# or even       w.ok.invoke()
+# etc.
+#
+# Compare the demo tixwidgets.py to the original Tcl program and you will
+# appreciate the advantages.
+#
+
+import string
+from Tkinter import *
+from Tkinter import _flatten, _cnfmerge, _default_root
+
+# WARNING - TkVersion is a limited precision floating point number
+if TkVersion < 3.999:
+    raise ImportError, "This version of Tix.py requires Tk 4.0 or higher"
+
+import _tkinter # If this fails your Python may not be configured for Tk
+# TixVersion = string.atof(tkinter.TIX_VERSION) # If this fails your Python may not be configured for Tix
+# WARNING - TixVersion is a limited precision floating point number
+
+# Some more constants (for consistency with Tkinter)
+WINDOW = 'window'
+TEXT = 'text'
+STATUS = 'status'
+IMMEDIATE = 'immediate'
+IMAGE = 'image'
+IMAGETEXT = 'imagetext'
+BALLOON = 'balloon'
+AUTO = 'auto'
+ACROSSTOP = 'acrosstop'
+
+# Some constants used by Tkinter dooneevent()
+TCL_DONT_WAIT		= 1<<1
+TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS	= 1<<2
+TCL_FILE_EVENTS		= 1<<3
+TCL_TIMER_EVENTS	= 1<<4
+TCL_IDLE_EVENTS		= 1<<5
+TCL_ALL_EVENTS		= 0
+
+# BEWARE - this is implemented by copying some code from the Widget class
+#          in Tkinter (to override Widget initialization) and is therefore
+#          liable to break.
+import Tkinter, os
+
+# Could probably add this to Tkinter.Misc
+class tixCommand:
+    """The tix commands provide access to miscellaneous  elements
+    of  Tix's  internal state and the Tix application context.
+    Most of the information manipulated by these  commands pertains
+    to  the  application  as a whole, or to a screen or
+    display, rather than to a particular window.
+
+    This is a mixin class, assumed to be mixed to Tkinter.Tk
+    that supports the self.tk.call method.
+    """
+
+    def tix_addbitmapdir(self, directory):
+        """Tix maintains a list of directories under which
+        the  tix_getimage  and tix_getbitmap commands will
+        search for image files. The standard bitmap  directory
+        is $TIX_LIBRARY/bitmaps. The addbitmapdir command
+        adds directory into this list. By  using  this
+        command, the  image  files  of an applications can
+        also be located using the tix_getimage or tix_getbitmap
+        command.
+        """
+        return self.tk.call('tix', 'addbitmapdir', directory)
+
+    def tix_cget(self, option):
+        """Returns  the  current  value  of the configuration
+        option given by option. Option may be  any  of  the
+        options described in the CONFIGURATION OPTIONS section.
+        """
+        return self.tk.call('tix', 'cget', option)
+
+    def tix_configure(self, cnf=None, **kw):
+        """Query or modify the configuration options of the Tix application
+        context. If no option is specified, returns a dictionary all of the
+        available options.  If option is specified with no value, then the
+        command returns a list describing the one named option (this list
+        will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value
+        returned if no option is specified).  If one or more option-value
+        pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given option(s)
+        to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an
+        empty string. Option may be any of the configuration options.
+        """
+        # Copied from Tkinter.py
+        if kw:
+            cnf = _cnfmerge((cnf, kw))
+        elif cnf:
+            cnf = _cnfmerge(cnf)
+        if cnf is None:
+            cnf = {}
+            for x in self.tk.split(self.tk.call('tix', 'configure')):
+                cnf[x[0][1:]] = (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+            return cnf
+        if type(cnf) is StringType:
+            x = self.tk.split(self.tk.call('tix', 'configure', '-'+cnf))
+            return (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+        return self.tk.call(('tix', 'configure') + self._options(cnf))
+
+    def tix_filedialog(self, dlgclass=None):
+        """Returns the file selection dialog that may be shared among
+        different calls from this application.  This command will create a
+        file selection dialog widget when it is called the first time. This
+        dialog will be returned by all subsequent calls to tix_filedialog.
+        An optional dlgclass parameter can be passed to specified what type
+        of file selection dialog widget is desired. Possible options are
+        tix FileSelectDialog or tixExFileSelectDialog.
+        """
+        if dlgclass is not None:
+            return self.tk.call('tix', 'filedialog', dlgclass)
+        else:
+            return self.tk.call('tix', 'filedialog')
+
+    def tix_getbitmap(self, name):
+        """Locates a bitmap file of the name name.xpm or name in one of the
+        bitmap directories (see the tix_addbitmapdir command above).  By
+        using tix_getbitmap, you can avoid hard coding the pathnames of the
+        bitmap files in your application. When successful, it returns the
+        complete pathname of the bitmap file, prefixed with the character
+        '@'.  The returned value can be used to configure the -bitmap
+        option of the TK and Tix widgets.
+        """
+        return self.tk.call('tix', 'getbitmap', name)
+
+    def tix_getimage(self, name):
+        """Locates an image file of the name name.xpm, name.xbm or name.ppm
+        in one of the bitmap directories (see the addbitmapdir command
+        above). If more than one file with the same name (but different
+        extensions) exist, then the image type is chosen according to the
+        depth of the X display: xbm images are chosen on monochrome
+        displays and color images are chosen on color displays. By using
+        tix_ getimage, you can advoid hard coding the pathnames of the
+        image files in your application. When successful, this command
+        returns the name of the newly created image, which can be used to
+        configure the -image option of the Tk and Tix widgets.
+        """
+        return self.tk.call('tix', 'getimage', name)
+
+    def tix_option_get(self, name):
+        """Gets  the options  manitained  by  the  Tix
+        scheme mechanism. Available options include:
+
+            active_bg       active_fg      bg
+            bold_font       dark1_bg       dark1_fg
+            dark2_bg        dark2_fg       disabled_fg
+            fg       	    fixed_font     font
+            inactive_bg     inactive_fg    input1_bg
+            input2_bg       italic_font    light1_bg
+            light1_fg       light2_bg      light2_fg
+            menu_font       output1_bg     output2_bg
+            select_bg       select_fg      selector
+            """
+        # could use self.tk.globalgetvar('tixOption', name)
+        return self.tk.call('tix', 'option', 'get', name)
+
+    def tix_resetoptions(self, newScheme, newFontSet, newScmPrio=None):
+        """Resets the scheme and fontset of the Tix application to
+        newScheme and newFontSet, respectively.  This affects only those
+        widgets created after this call. Therefore, it is best to call the
+        resetoptions command before the creation of any widgets in a Tix
+        application.
+
+        The optional parameter newScmPrio can be given to reset the
+        priority level of the Tk options set by the Tix schemes.
+
+        Because of the way Tk handles the X option database, after Tix has
+        been has imported and inited, it is not possible to reset the color
+        schemes and font sets using the tix config command.  Instead, the
+        tix_resetoptions command must be used.
+        """
+        if newScmPrio is not None:
+            return self.tk.call('tix', 'resetoptions', newScheme, newFontSet, newScmPrio)
+        else:
+            return self.tk.call('tix', 'resetoptions', newScheme, newFontSet)
+
+class Tk(Tkinter.Tk, tixCommand):
+    """Toplevel widget of Tix which represents mostly the main window
+    of an application. It has an associated Tcl interpreter."""
+    def __init__(self, screenName=None, baseName=None, className='Tix'):
+        Tkinter.Tk.__init__(self, screenName, baseName, className)
+        tixlib = os.environ.get('TIX_LIBRARY')
+        self.tk.eval('global auto_path; lappend auto_path [file dir [info nameof]]')
+        if tixlib is not None:
+            self.tk.eval('global auto_path; lappend auto_path {%s}' % tixlib)
+            self.tk.eval('global tcl_pkgPath; lappend tcl_pkgPath {%s}' % tixlib)
+        # Load Tix - this should work dynamically or statically
+        # If it's static, lib/tix8.1/pkgIndex.tcl should have
+        #		'load {} Tix'
+        # If it's dynamic under Unix, lib/tix8.1/pkgIndex.tcl should have
+        #		'load libtix8.1.8.3.so Tix'
+        self.tk.eval('package require Tix')
+
+
+# The Tix 'tixForm' geometry manager
+class Form:
+    """The Tix Form geometry manager
+
+    Widgets can be arranged by specifying attachments to other widgets.
+    See Tix documentation for complete details"""
+
+    def config(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+        apply(self.tk.call, ('tixForm', self._w) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    form = config
+
+    def __setitem__(self, key, value):
+        Form.form(self, {key: value})
+
+    def check(self):
+        return self.tk.call('tixForm', 'check', self._w)
+
+    def forget(self):
+        self.tk.call('tixForm', 'forget', self._w)
+
+    def grid(self, xsize=0, ysize=0):
+        if (not xsize) and (not ysize):
+            x = self.tk.call('tixForm', 'grid', self._w)
+            y = self.tk.splitlist(x)
+            z = ()
+            for x in y:
+                z = z + (self.tk.getint(x),)
+            return z
+        self.tk.call('tixForm', 'grid', self._w, xsize, ysize)
+
+    def info(self, option=None):
+        if not option:
+            return self.tk.call('tixForm', 'info', self._w)
+        if option[0] != '-':
+            option = '-' + option
+        return self.tk.call('tixForm', 'info', self._w, option)
+
+    def slaves(self):
+        return map(self._nametowidget,
+                   self.tk.splitlist(
+                       self.tk.call(
+                       'tixForm', 'slaves', self._w)))
+
+
+    
+
+Tkinter.Widget.__bases__ = Tkinter.Widget.__bases__ + (Form,)
+
+class TixWidget(Tkinter.Widget):
+    """A TixWidget class is used to package all (or most) Tix widgets.
+
+    Widget initialization is extended in two ways:
+       1) It is possible to give a list of options which must be part of
+       the creation command (so called Tix 'static' options). These cannot be
+       given as a 'config' command later.
+       2) It is possible to give the name of an existing TK widget. These are
+       child widgets created automatically by a Tix mega-widget. The Tk call
+       to create these widgets is therefore bypassed in TixWidget.__init__
+
+    Both options are for use by subclasses only.
+    """
+    def __init__ (self, master=None, widgetName=None,
+                static_options=None, cnf={}, kw={}):
+       # Merge keywords and dictionary arguments
+       if kw:
+            cnf = _cnfmerge((cnf, kw))
+       else:
+           cnf = _cnfmerge(cnf)
+
+       # Move static options into extra. static_options must be
+       # a list of keywords (or None).
+       extra=()
+       if static_options:
+           for k,v in cnf.items()[:]:
+              if k in static_options:
+                  extra = extra + ('-' + k, v)
+                  del cnf[k]
+
+       self.widgetName = widgetName
+       Widget._setup(self, master, cnf)
+
+       # If widgetName is None, this is a dummy creation call where the
+       # corresponding Tk widget has already been created by Tix
+       if widgetName:
+           apply(self.tk.call, (widgetName, self._w) + extra)
+
+       # Non-static options - to be done via a 'config' command
+       if cnf:
+           Widget.config(self, cnf)
+
+       # Dictionary to hold subwidget names for easier access. We can't
+       # use the children list because the public Tix names may not be the
+       # same as the pathname component
+       self.subwidget_list = {}
+
+    # We set up an attribute access function so that it is possible to
+    # do w.ok['text'] = 'Hello' rather than w.subwidget('ok')['text'] = 'Hello'
+    # when w is a StdButtonBox.
+    # We can even do w.ok.invoke() because w.ok is subclassed from the
+    # Button class if you go through the proper constructors
+    def __getattr__(self, name):
+       if self.subwidget_list.has_key(name):
+           return self.subwidget_list[name]
+       raise AttributeError, name
+
+    def set_silent(self, value):
+       """Set a variable without calling its action routine"""
+       self.tk.call('tixSetSilent', self._w, value)
+
+    def subwidget(self, name):
+       """Return the named subwidget (which must have been created by
+       the sub-class)."""
+       n = self._subwidget_name(name)
+       if not n:
+           raise TclError, "Subwidget " + name + " not child of " + self._name
+       # Remove header of name and leading dot
+       n = n[len(self._w)+1:]
+       return self._nametowidget(n)
+
+    def subwidgets_all(self):
+       """Return all subwidgets."""
+       names = self._subwidget_names()
+       if not names:
+           return []
+       retlist = []
+       for name in names:
+           name = name[len(self._w)+1:]
+           try:
+              retlist.append(self._nametowidget(name))
+           except:
+              # some of the widgets are unknown e.g. border in LabelFrame
+              pass
+       return retlist
+
+    def _subwidget_name(self,name):
+       """Get a subwidget name (returns a String, not a Widget !)"""
+       try:
+           return self.tk.call(self._w, 'subwidget', name)
+       except TclError:
+           return None
+
+    def _subwidget_names(self):
+       """Return the name of all subwidgets."""
+       try:
+           x = self.tk.call(self._w, 'subwidgets', '-all')
+           return self.tk.split(x)
+       except TclError:
+           return None
+
+    def config_all(self, option, value):
+       """Set configuration options for all subwidgets (and self)."""
+       if option == '':
+           return
+       elif type(option) != type(''):
+           option = `option`
+       if type(value) != type(''):
+           value = `value`
+       names = self._subwidget_names()
+       for name in names:
+           self.tk.call(name, 'configure', '-' + option, value)
+
+# Subwidgets are child widgets created automatically by mega-widgets.
+# In python, we have to create these subwidgets manually to mirror their
+# existence in Tk/Tix.
+class TixSubWidget(TixWidget):
+    """Subwidget class.
+
+    This is used to mirror child widgets automatically created
+    by Tix/Tk as part of a mega-widget in Python (which is not informed
+    of this)"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, name,
+               destroy_physically=1, check_intermediate=1):
+       if check_intermediate:
+           path = master._subwidget_name(name)
+           try:
+              path = path[len(master._w)+1:]
+              plist = string.splitfields(path, '.')
+           except:
+              plist = []
+
+       if (not check_intermediate) or len(plist) < 2:
+           # immediate descendant
+           TixWidget.__init__(self, master, None, None, {'name' : name})
+       else:
+           # Ensure that the intermediate widgets exist
+           parent = master
+           for i in range(len(plist) - 1):
+              n = string.joinfields(plist[:i+1], '.')
+              try:
+                  w = master._nametowidget(n)
+                  parent = w
+              except KeyError:
+                  # Create the intermediate widget
+                  parent = TixSubWidget(parent, plist[i],
+                                     destroy_physically=0,
+                                     check_intermediate=0)
+           TixWidget.__init__(self, parent, None, None, {'name' : name})
+       self.destroy_physically = destroy_physically
+
+    def destroy(self):
+       # For some widgets e.g., a NoteBook, when we call destructors,
+       # we must be careful not to destroy the frame widget since this
+       # also destroys the parent NoteBook thus leading to an exception
+       # in Tkinter when it finally calls Tcl to destroy the NoteBook
+       for c in self.children.values(): c.destroy()
+       if self.master.children.has_key(self._name):
+           del self.master.children[self._name]
+       if self.master.subwidget_list.has_key(self._name):
+           del self.master.subwidget_list[self._name]
+       if self.destroy_physically:
+           # This is bypassed only for a few widgets
+           self.tk.call('destroy', self._w)
+
+
+# Useful func. to split Tcl lists and return as a dict. From Tkinter.py
+def _lst2dict(lst):
+    dict = {}
+    for x in lst:
+       dict[x[0][1:]] = (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+    return dict
+
+# Useful class to create a display style - later shared by many items.
+# Contributed by Steffen Kremser
+class DisplayStyle:
+    """DisplayStyle - handle configuration options shared by
+    (multiple) Display Items"""
+
+    def __init__(self, itemtype, cnf={}, **kw ):
+        master = _default_root              # global from Tkinter
+        if not master and cnf.has_key('refwindow'): master=cnf['refwindow']
+        elif not master and kw.has_key('refwindow'):  master= kw['refwindow']
+        elif not master: raise RuntimeError, "Too early to create display style: no root window"
+        self.tk = master.tk
+        self.stylename = apply(self.tk.call, ('tixDisplayStyle', itemtype) +
+                            self._options(cnf,kw) )
+
+    def __str__(self):
+       return self.stylename
+ 
+    def _options(self, cnf, kw ):
+       if kw and cnf:
+           cnf = _cnfmerge((cnf, kw))
+       elif kw:
+           cnf = kw
+       opts = ()
+       for k, v in cnf.items():
+           opts = opts + ('-'+k, v)
+       return opts
+ 
+    def delete(self):
+       self.tk.call(self.stylename, 'delete')
+       del(self)
+ 
+    def __setitem__(self,key,value):
+       self.tk.call(self.stylename, 'configure', '-%s'%key, value)
+ 
+    def config(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+       return _lst2dict(
+           self.tk.split(
+              apply(self.tk.call,
+                    (self.stylename, 'configure') + self._options(cnf,kw))))
+ 
+    def __getitem__(self,key):
+       return self.tk.call(self.stylename, 'cget', '-%s'%key)
+
+
+######################################################
+### The Tix Widget classes - in alphabetical order ###
+######################################################
+
+class Balloon(TixWidget):
+    """Balloon help widget.
+
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    label       Label
+    message       Message"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        # static seem to be -installcolormap -initwait -statusbar -cursor
+       static = ['options', 'installcolormap', 'initwait', 'statusbar', 'cursor']
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixBalloon', static, cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label',
+                                             destroy_physically=0)
+       self.subwidget_list['message'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'message',
+                                               destroy_physically=0)
+
+    def bind_widget(self, widget, cnf={}, **kw):
+       """Bind balloon widget to another.
+       One balloon widget may be bound to several widgets at the same time"""
+       apply(self.tk.call, 
+             (self._w, 'bind', widget._w) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def unbind_widget(self, widget):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'unbind', widget._w)
+
+class ButtonBox(TixWidget):
+    """ButtonBox - A container for pushbuttons.
+    Subwidgets are the buttons added with the add method.
+    """
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixButtonBox',
+                        ['orientation', 'options'], cnf, kw)
+
+    def add(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+       """Add a button with given name to box."""
+
+       btn = apply(self.tk.call,
+                  (self._w, 'add', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+       self.subwidget_list[name] = _dummyButton(self, name)
+       return btn
+
+    def invoke(self, name):
+       if self.subwidget_list.has_key(name):
+           self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke', name)
+
+class ComboBox(TixWidget):
+    """ComboBox - an Entry field with a dropdown menu. The user can select a
+    choice by either typing in the entry subwdget or selecting from the
+    listbox subwidget.
+
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    entry       Entry
+    arrow       Button
+    slistbox    ScrolledListBox
+    tick        Button 
+    cross       Button : present if created with the fancy option"""
+
+    def __init__ (self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixComboBox', 
+                        ['editable', 'dropdown', 'fancy', 'options'],
+                        cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label')
+       self.subwidget_list['entry'] = _dummyEntry(self, 'entry')
+       self.subwidget_list['arrow'] = _dummyButton(self, 'arrow')
+       self.subwidget_list['slistbox'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self,
+                                                        'slistbox')
+       try:
+           self.subwidget_list['tick'] = _dummyButton(self, 'tick')
+           self.subwidget_list['cross'] = _dummyButton(self, 'cross')
+       except TypeError:
+           # unavailable when -fancy not specified
+           pass
+
+    def add_history(self, str):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'addhistory', str)
+
+    def append_history(self, str):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'appendhistory', str)
+
+    def insert(self, index, str):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'insert', index, str)
+
+    def pick(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'pick', index)
+
+class Control(TixWidget):
+    """Control - An entry field with value change arrows.  The user can
+    adjust the value by pressing the two arrow buttons or by entering
+    the value directly into the entry. The new value will be checked
+    against the user-defined upper and lower limits.
+
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    incr       Button
+    decr       Button
+    entry       Entry
+    label       Label"""
+
+    def __init__ (self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixControl', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['incr'] = _dummyButton(self, 'incr')
+       self.subwidget_list['decr'] = _dummyButton(self, 'decr')
+       self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label')
+       self.subwidget_list['entry'] = _dummyEntry(self, 'entry')
+
+    def decrement(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'decr')
+
+    def increment(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'incr')
+
+    def invoke(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke')
+
+    def update(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'update')
+
+class DirList(TixWidget):
+    """DirList - displays a list view of a directory, its previous
+    directories and its sub-directories. The user can choose one of
+    the directories displayed in the list or change to another directory.
+
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    hlist       HList
+    hsb              Scrollbar
+    vsb              Scrollbar"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixDirList', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+    def chdir(self, dir):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'chdir', dir)
+
+class DirTree(TixWidget):
+    """DirTree - Directory Listing in a hierarchical view.
+    Displays a tree view of a directory, its previous directories and its
+    sub-directories. The user can choose one of the directories displayed
+    in the list or change to another directory.
+
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    hlist       HList
+    hsb              Scrollbar
+    vsb              Scrollbar"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixDirTree', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+    def chdir(self, dir):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'chdir', dir)
+
+class DirSelectBox(TixWidget):
+    """DirSelectBox - Motif style file select box.
+    It is generally used for
+    the user to choose a file. FileSelectBox stores the files mostly
+    recently selected into a ComboBox widget so that they can be quickly
+    selected again.
+    
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    selection       ComboBox
+    filter       ComboBox
+    dirlist       ScrolledListBox
+    filelist       ScrolledListBox"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixDirSelectBox', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyDirList(self, 'dirlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['dircbx'] = _dummyFileComboBox(self, 'dircbx')
+
+class ExFileSelectBox(TixWidget):
+    """ExFileSelectBox - MS Windows style file select box.
+    It provides an convenient method for the user to select files.
+
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    cancel       Button
+    ok              Button
+    hidden       Checkbutton
+    types       ComboBox
+    dir              ComboBox
+    file       ComboBox
+    dirlist       ScrolledListBox
+    filelist       ScrolledListBox"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixExFileSelectBox', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['cancel'] = _dummyButton(self, 'cancel')
+       self.subwidget_list['ok'] = _dummyButton(self, 'ok')
+       self.subwidget_list['hidden'] = _dummyCheckbutton(self, 'hidden')
+       self.subwidget_list['types'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'types')
+       self.subwidget_list['dir'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'dir')
+       self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyDirList(self, 'dirlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['file'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'file')
+       self.subwidget_list['filelist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'filelist')
+
+    def filter(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'filter')
+
+    def invoke(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke')
+
+
+# Should inherit from a Dialog class
+class DirSelectDialog(TixWidget):
+    """The DirSelectDialog widget presents the directories in the file
+    system in a dialog window. The user can use this dialog window to
+    navigate through the file system to select the desired directory.
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    dirbox       DirSelectDialog"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixDirSelectDialog',
+                        ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['dirbox'] = _dummyDirSelectBox(self, 'dirbox')
+       # cancel and ok buttons are missing
+       
+    def popup(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'popup')
+
+    def popdown(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'popdown')
+
+
+# Should inherit from a Dialog class
+class ExFileSelectDialog(TixWidget):
+    """ExFileSelectDialog - MS Windows style file select dialog.
+    It provides an convenient method for the user to select files.
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    fsbox       ExFileSelectBox"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixExFileSelectDialog',
+                        ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['fsbox'] = _dummyExFileSelectBox(self, 'fsbox')
+
+    def popup(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'popup')
+
+    def popdown(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'popdown')
+
+class FileSelectBox(TixWidget):
+    """ExFileSelectBox - Motif style file select box.
+    It is generally used for
+    the user to choose a file. FileSelectBox stores the files mostly
+    recently selected into a ComboBox widget so that they can be quickly
+    selected again.
+    
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    selection       ComboBox
+    filter       ComboBox
+    dirlist       ScrolledListBox
+    filelist       ScrolledListBox"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixFileSelectBox', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'dirlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['filelist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'filelist')
+       self.subwidget_list['filter'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'filter')
+       self.subwidget_list['selection'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'selection')
+
+    def apply_filter(self):              # name of subwidget is same as command
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'filter')
+
+    def invoke(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke')
+
+# Should inherit from a Dialog class
+class FileSelectDialog(TixWidget):
+    """FileSelectDialog - Motif style file select dialog.
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    btns       StdButtonBox
+    fsbox       FileSelectBox"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixFileSelectDialog',
+                        ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['btns'] = _dummyStdButtonBox(self, 'btns')
+       self.subwidget_list['fsbox'] = _dummyFileSelectBox(self, 'fsbox')
+
+    def popup(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'popup')
+
+    def popdown(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'popdown')
+
+class FileEntry(TixWidget):
+    """FileEntry - Entry field with button that invokes a FileSelectDialog.
+    The user can type in the filename manually. Alternatively, the user can
+    press the button widget that sits next to the entry, which will bring
+    up a file selection dialog.
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    button       Button
+    entry       Entry"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixFileEntry',
+                        ['dialogtype', 'options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['button'] = _dummyButton(self, 'button')
+       self.subwidget_list['entry'] = _dummyEntry(self, 'entry')
+
+    def invoke(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke')
+
+    def file_dialog(self):
+       # XXX return python object
+       pass
+
+class HList(TixWidget):
+    """HList - Hierarchy display  widget can be used to display any data
+    that have a hierarchical structure, for example, file system directory
+    trees. The list entries are indented and connected by branch lines
+    according to their places in the hierachy.
+
+    Subwidgets - None"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixHList',
+                        ['columns', 'options'], cnf, kw)
+
+    def add(self, entry, cnf={}, **kw):
+       return apply(self.tk.call,
+                   (self._w, 'add', entry) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def add_child(self, parent=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+       if not parent:
+           parent = ''
+       return apply(self.tk.call,
+                   (self._w, 'addchild', parent) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def anchor_set(self, entry):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'anchor', 'set', entry)
+
+    def anchor_clear(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'anchor', 'clear')
+
+    def column_width(self, col=0, width=None, chars=None):
+       if not chars:
+           return self.tk.call(self._w, 'column', 'width', col, width)
+       else:
+           return self.tk.call(self._w, 'column', 'width', col,
+                            '-char', chars)
+
+    def delete_all(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', 'all')
+
+    def delete_entry(self, entry):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', 'entry', entry)
+
+    def delete_offsprings(self, entry):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', 'offsprings', entry)
+
+    def delete_siblings(self, entry):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', 'siblings', entry)
+
+    def dragsite_set(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dragsite', 'set', index)
+
+    def dragsite_clear(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dragsite', 'clear')
+
+    def dropsite_set(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dropsite', 'set', index)
+
+    def dropsite_clear(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dropsite', 'clear')
+
+    def header_create(self, col, cnf={}, **kw):
+        apply(self.tk.call,
+              (self._w, 'header', 'create', col) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+ 
+    def header_configure(self, col, cnf={}, **kw):
+       if cnf is None:
+           return _lst2dict(
+              self.tk.split(
+                  self.tk.call(self._w, 'header', 'configure', col)))
+       apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'header', 'configure', col)
+             + self._options(cnf, kw))
+ 
+    def header_cget(self,  col, opt):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'header', 'cget', col, opt)
+ 
+    def header_exists(self,  col):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'header', 'exists', col)
+ 
+    def header_delete(self, col):
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'header', 'delete', col)
+ 
+    def header_size(self, col):
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'header', 'size', col)
+ 
+    def hide_entry(self, entry):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'hide', 'entry', entry)
+
+    def indicator_create(self, entry, cnf={}, **kw):
+        apply(self.tk.call,
+              (self._w, 'indicator', 'create', entry) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+ 
+    def indicator_configure(self, entry, cnf={}, **kw):
+       if cnf is None:
+           return _lst2dict(
+              self.tk.split(
+                  self.tk.call(self._w, 'indicator', 'configure', entry)))
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'indicator', 'configure', entry) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+ 
+    def indicator_cget(self,  entry, opt):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'indicator', 'cget', entry, opt)
+ 
+    def indicator_exists(self,  entry):
+       return self.tk.call (self._w, 'indicator', 'exists', entry)
+ 
+    def indicator_delete(self, entry):
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'indicator', 'delete', entry)
+ 
+    def indicator_size(self, entry):
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'indicator', 'size', entry)
+
+    def info_anchor(self):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'anchor')
+
+    def info_children(self, entry=None):
+       c = self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'children', entry)
+       return self.tk.splitlist(c)
+
+    def info_data(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'data', entry)
+
+    def info_exists(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'exists', entry)
+
+    def info_hidden(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'hidden', entry)
+
+    def info_next(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'next', entry)
+
+    def info_parent(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'parent', entry)
+
+    def info_prev(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'prev', entry)
+
+    def info_selection(self):
+       c = self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'selection')
+       return self.tk.splitlist(c)
+
+    def item_cget(self, entry, col, opt):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'item', 'cget', entry, col, opt)
+ 
+    def item_configure(self, entry, col, cnf={}, **kw):
+       if cnf is None:
+           return _lst2dict(
+              self.tk.split(
+                  self.tk.call(self._w, 'item', 'configure', entry, col)))
+       apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'item', 'configure', entry, col) +
+             self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def item_create(self, entry, col, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'item', 'create', entry, col) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def item_exists(self, entry, col):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'item', 'exists', entry, col)
+ 
+    def item_delete(self, entry, col):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'item', 'delete', entry, col)
+
+    def nearest(self, y):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'nearest', y)
+
+    def see(self, entry):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'see', entry)
+
+    def selection_clear(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'selection', 'clear') + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def selection_includes(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'includes', entry)
+
+    def selection_set(self, first, last=None):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'set', first, last)
+
+    def show_entry(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'show', 'entry', entry)
+
+    def xview(self, *args):
+       apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'xview') + args)
+
+    def yview(self, *args):
+       apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'yview') + args)
+
+class InputOnly(TixWidget):
+    """InputOnly - Invisible widget.
+
+    Subwidgets - None"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixInputOnly', None, cnf, kw)
+
+class LabelEntry(TixWidget):
+    """LabelEntry - Entry field with label. Packages an entry widget
+    and a label into one mega widget. It can beused be used to simplify
+    the creation of ``entry-form'' type of interface.
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    label       Label
+    entry       Entry"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixLabelEntry',
+                        ['labelside','options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label')
+       self.subwidget_list['entry'] = _dummyEntry(self, 'entry')
+
+class LabelFrame(TixWidget):
+    """LabelFrame - Labelled Frame container. Packages a frame widget
+    and a label into one mega widget. To create widgets inside a
+    LabelFrame widget, one creates the new widgets relative to the
+    frame subwidget and manage them inside the frame subwidget.
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    label       Label
+    frame       Frame"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixLabelFrame',
+                        ['labelside','options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label')
+       self.subwidget_list['frame'] = _dummyFrame(self, 'frame')
+
+
+class ListNoteBook(TixWidget):
+    """A ListNoteBook widget is very similar to the TixNoteBook widget:
+    it can be used to display many windows in a limited space using a
+    notebook metaphor. The notebook is divided into a stack of pages
+    (windows). At one time only one of these pages can be shown.
+    The user can navigate through these pages by
+    choosing the name of the desired page in the hlist subwidget."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixDirList', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['shlist'] = _dummyScrolledHList(self, 'vsb')
+
+
+    def add(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'add', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+       self.subwidget_list[name] = TixSubWidget(self, name)
+       return self.subwidget_list[name]
+
+    def raise_page(self, name):              # raise is a python keyword
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'raise', name)
+
+class Meter(TixWidget):
+    """The Meter widget can be used to show the progress of a background
+    job which may take a long time to execute.
+    """
+
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixMeter',
+                        ['options'], cnf, kw)
+
+class NoteBook(TixWidget):
+    """NoteBook - Multi-page container widget (tabbed notebook metaphor).
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    nbframe       NoteBookFrame
+    <pages>       page widgets added dynamically with the add method"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self,master,'tixNoteBook', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['nbframe'] = TixSubWidget(self, 'nbframe',
+                                                destroy_physically=0)
+
+    def add(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'add', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+       self.subwidget_list[name] = TixSubWidget(self, name)
+       return self.subwidget_list[name]
+
+    def delete(self, name):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', name)
+
+    def page(self, name):
+       return self.subwidget(name)
+
+    def pages(self):
+       # Can't call subwidgets_all directly because we don't want .nbframe
+       names = self.tk.split(self.tk.call(self._w, 'pages'))
+       ret = []
+       for x in names:
+           ret.append(self.subwidget(x))
+       return ret
+
+    def raise_page(self, name):              # raise is a python keyword
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'raise', name)
+
+    def raised(self):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'raised')
+
+class NoteBookFrame(TixWidget):
+    """Will be added when Tix documentation is available !!!"""
+    pass
+
+class OptionMenu(TixWidget):
+    """OptionMenu - creates a menu button of options.
+
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    menubutton       Menubutton
+    menu       Menu"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixOptionMenu', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['menubutton'] = _dummyMenubutton(self, 'menubutton')
+       self.subwidget_list['menu'] = _dummyMenu(self, 'menu')
+
+    def add_command(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'add', 'command', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def add_separator(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'add', 'separator', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def delete(self, name):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', name)
+
+    def disable(self, name):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'disable', name)
+
+    def enable(self, name):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'enable', name)
+
+class PanedWindow(TixWidget):
+    """PanedWindow - Multi-pane container widget
+    allows the user to interactively manipulate the sizes of several
+    panes. The panes can be arranged either vertically or horizontally.The
+    user changes the sizes of the panes by dragging the resize handle
+    between two panes.
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    <panes>       g/p widgets added dynamically with the add method."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixPanedWindow', ['orientation', 'options'], cnf, kw)
+
+    def add(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'add', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+       self.subwidget_list[name] = TixSubWidget(self, name,
+                                           check_intermediate=0)
+       return self.subwidget_list[name]
+
+    def panes(self):
+       names = self.tk.call(self._w, 'panes')
+       ret = []
+       for x in names:
+           ret.append(self.subwidget(x))
+       return ret
+
+class PopupMenu(TixWidget):
+    """PopupMenu widget can be used as a replacement of the tk_popup command.
+    The advantage of the Tix PopupMenu widget is it requires less application
+    code to manipulate.
+
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    menubutton       Menubutton
+    menu       Menu"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixPopupMenu', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['menubutton'] = _dummyMenubutton(self, 'menubutton')
+       self.subwidget_list['menu'] = _dummyMenu(self, 'menu')
+
+    def bind_widget(self, widget):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'bind', widget._w)
+
+    def unbind_widget(self, widget):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'unbind', widget._w)
+
+    def post_widget(self, widget, x, y):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'post', widget._w, x, y)
+
+class ResizeHandle(TixWidget):
+    """Internal widget to draw resize handles on Scrolled widgets."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       # There seems to be a Tix bug rejecting the configure method
+       # Let's try making the flags -static
+       flags = ['options', 'command', 'cursorfg', 'cursorbg',
+                'handlesize', 'hintcolor', 'hintwidth',
+                'x', 'y']
+       # In fact, x y height width are configurable
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixResizeHandle',
+                           flags, cnf, kw)
+
+    def attach_widget(self, widget):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'attachwidget', widget._w)
+
+    def detach_widget(self, widget):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'detachwidget', widget._w)
+
+    def hide(self, widget):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'hide', widget._w)
+
+    def show(self, widget):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'show', widget._w)
+
+class ScrolledHList(TixWidget):
+    """ScrolledHList - HList with automatic scrollbars."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixScrolledHList', ['options'],
+                        cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class ScrolledListBox(TixWidget):
+    """ScrolledListBox - Listbox with automatic scrollbars."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixScrolledListBox', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['listbox'] = _dummyListbox(self, 'listbox')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class ScrolledText(TixWidget):
+    """ScrolledText - Text with automatic scrollbars."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixScrolledText', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['text'] = _dummyText(self, 'text')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class ScrolledTList(TixWidget):
+    """ScrolledTList - TList with automatic scrollbars."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixScrolledTList', ['options'],
+                        cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['tlist'] = _dummyTList(self, 'tlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class ScrolledWindow(TixWidget):
+    """ScrolledWindow - Window with automatic scrollbars."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixScrolledWindow', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['window'] = _dummyFrame(self, 'window')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class Select(TixWidget):
+    """Select - Container of button subwidgets. It can be used to provide
+    radio-box or check-box style of selection options for the user.
+
+    Subwidgets are buttons added dynamically using the add method."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixSelect',
+                        ['allowzero', 'radio', 'orientation', 'labelside',
+                         'options'],
+                        cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label')
+
+    def add(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'add', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+       self.subwidget_list[name] = _dummyButton(self, name)
+       return self.subwidget_list[name]
+
+    def invoke(self, name):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke', name)
+
+class StdButtonBox(TixWidget):
+    """StdButtonBox - Standard Button Box (OK, Apply, Cancel and Help) """
+
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixStdButtonBox',
+                        ['orientation', 'options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['ok'] = _dummyButton(self, 'ok')
+       self.subwidget_list['apply'] = _dummyButton(self, 'apply')
+       self.subwidget_list['cancel'] = _dummyButton(self, 'cancel')
+       self.subwidget_list['help'] = _dummyButton(self, 'help')
+
+    def invoke(self, name):
+       if self.subwidget_list.has_key(name):
+           self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke', name)
+
+class TList(TixWidget):
+    """TList - Hierarchy display widget which can be
+    used to display data in a tabular format. The list entries of a TList
+    widget are similar to the entries in the Tk listbox widget. The main
+    differences are (1) the TList widget can display the list entries in a
+    two dimensional format and (2) you can use graphical images as well as
+    multiple colors and fonts for the list entries.
+
+    Subwidgets - None"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixTList', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+
+    def active_set(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'active', 'set', index)
+
+    def active_clear(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'active', 'clear')
+
+    def anchor_set(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'anchor', 'set', index)
+
+    def anchor_clear(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'anchor', 'clear')
+
+    def delete(self, from_, to=None):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', from_, to)
+
+    def dragsite_set(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dragsite', 'set', index)
+
+    def dragsite_clear(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dragsite', 'clear')
+
+    def dropsite_set(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dropsite', 'set', index)
+
+    def dropsite_clear(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dropsite', 'clear')
+
+    def insert(self, index, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+              (self._w, 'insert', index) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def info_active(self):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'active')
+
+    def info_anchor(self):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'anchor')
+
+    def info_down(self, index):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'down', index)
+
+    def info_left(self, index):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'left', index)
+
+    def info_right(self, index):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'right', index)
+
+    def info_selection(self):
+       c = self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'selection')
+       return self.tk.splitlist(c)
+
+    def info_size(self):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'size')
+
+    def info_up(self, index):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'up', index)
+
+    def nearest(self, x, y):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'nearest', x, y)
+
+    def see(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'see', index)
+
+    def selection_clear(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'selection', 'clear') + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def selection_includes(self, index):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'includes', index)
+
+    def selection_set(self, first, last=None):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'set', first, last)
+
+    def xview(self, *args):
+       apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'xview') + args)
+
+    def yview(self, *args):
+       apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'yview') + args)
+
+class Tree(TixWidget):
+    """Tree - The tixTree widget can be used to display hierachical
+    data in a tree form. The user can adjust
+    the view of the tree by opening or closing parts of the tree."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixTree',
+                        ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+    def autosetmode(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'autosetmode')
+
+    def close(self, entrypath):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'close', entrypath)
+
+    def getmode(self, entrypath):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'getmode', entrypath)
+
+    def open(self, entrypath):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'open', entrypath)
+
+    def setmode(self, entrypath, mode='none'):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'setmode', entrypath, mode)
+
+
+# Could try subclassing Tree for CheckList - would need another arg to init
+class CheckList(TixWidget):
+    """The CheckList widget
+    displays a list of items to be selected by the user. CheckList acts
+    similarly to the Tk checkbutton or radiobutton widgets, except it is
+    capable of handling many more items than checkbuttons or radiobuttons.
+    """
+
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixCheckList',
+                           ['options'], cnf, kw)
+        self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+        self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+        self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+        
+    def autosetmode(self):
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'autosetmode')
+
+    def close(self, entrypath):
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'close', entrypath)
+
+    def getmode(self, entrypath):
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'getmode', entrypath)
+
+    def open(self, entrypath):
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'open', entrypath)
+
+    def getselection(self, mode='on'):
+        '''Mode can be on, off, default'''
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'getselection', mode)
+
+    def getstatus(self, entrypath):
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'getstatus', entrypath)
+
+    def setstatus(self, entrypath, mode='on'):
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'setstatus', entrypath, mode)
+
+
+###########################################################################
+### The subclassing below is used to instantiate the subwidgets in each ###
+### mega widget. This allows us to access their methods directly.       ###
+###########################################################################
+
+class _dummyButton(Button, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyCheckbutton(Checkbutton, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyEntry(Entry, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyFrame(Frame, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyLabel(Label, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyListbox(Listbox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyMenu(Menu, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyMenubutton(Menubutton, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyScrollbar(Scrollbar, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyText(Text, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyScrolledListBox(ScrolledListBox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['listbox'] = _dummyListbox(self, 'listbox')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class _dummyHList(HList, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyScrolledHList(ScrolledHList, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class _dummyTList(TList, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyComboBox(ComboBox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['entry'] = _dummyEntry(self, 'entry')
+       self.subwidget_list['arrow'] = _dummyButton(self, 'arrow')
+       # I'm not sure about this destroy_physically=0 in all cases;
+       # it may depend on if -dropdown is true; I've added as a trial
+       self.subwidget_list['slistbox'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self,
+                                                        'slistbox',
+                                                        destroy_physically=0)
+       self.subwidget_list['listbox'] = _dummyListbox(self, 'listbox',
+                                                 destroy_physically=0)
+
+class _dummyDirList(DirList, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class _dummyDirSelectBox(DirSelectBox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyDirList(self, 'dirlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['dircbx'] = _dummyFileComboBox(self, 'dircbx')
+
+class _dummyExFileSelectBox(ExFileSelectBox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['cancel'] = _dummyButton(self, 'cancel')
+       self.subwidget_list['ok'] = _dummyButton(self, 'ok')
+       self.subwidget_list['hidden'] = _dummyCheckbutton(self, 'hidden')
+       self.subwidget_list['types'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'types')
+       self.subwidget_list['dir'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'dir')
+       self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'dirlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['file'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'file')
+       self.subwidget_list['filelist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'filelist')
+
+class _dummyFileSelectBox(FileSelectBox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'dirlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['filelist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'filelist')
+       self.subwidget_list['filter'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'filter')
+       self.subwidget_list['selection'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'selection')
+
+class _dummyFileComboBox(ComboBox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['dircbx'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'dircbx')
+
+class _dummyStdButtonBox(StdButtonBox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['ok'] = _dummyButton(self, 'ok')
+       self.subwidget_list['apply'] = _dummyButton(self, 'apply')
+       self.subwidget_list['cancel'] = _dummyButton(self, 'cancel')
+       self.subwidget_list['help'] = _dummyButton(self, 'help')
+
+class _dummyNoteBookFrame(NoteBookFrame, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=0):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+########################
+### Utility Routines ###
+########################
+
+# Returns the qualified path name for the widget. Normally used to set
+# default options for subwidgets. See tixwidgets.py
+def OptionName(widget):
+    return widget.tk.call('tixOptionName', widget._w)
+
+# Called with a dictionary argument of the form
+# {'*.c':'C source files', '*.txt':'Text Files', '*':'All files'}
+# returns a string which can be used to configure the fsbox file types
+# in an ExFileSelectBox. i.e.,
+# '{{*} {* - All files}} {{*.c} {*.c - C source files}} {{*.txt} {*.txt - Text Files}}'
+def FileTypeList(dict):
+    s = ''
+    for type in dict.keys():
+       s = s + '{{' + type + '} {' + type + ' - ' + dict[type] + '}} '
+    return s
+
+# Still to be done:
+class CObjView(TixWidget):
+    """This file implements the Canvas Object View widget. This is a base
+    class of IconView. It implements automatic placement/adjustment of the
+    scrollbars according to the canvas objects inside the canvas subwidget.
+    The scrollbars are adjusted so that the canvas is just large enough
+    to see all the objects.
+    """
+    pass
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/README-2.1.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/README-2.1.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+# $Id: README-2.1.txt,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:01:28 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+
+About Tix.py
+-----------
+
+Tix.py is based on an idea of Jean-Marc Lugrin (lugrin at ms.com) who wrote
+pytix (another Python-Tix marriage). Tix widgets are an attractive and
+useful extension to Tk. See http://tix.sourceforge.net
+for more details about Tix and how to get it.
+
+As of version 2.1, Tix.py is a part of the standard Python library.
+You should find Tix.py in the Lib/lib-tk directory, and demos in the Demo/tix
+directory. The files here were current as of Python 2.2 and should work with
+any version of Python, but may have updated in the standard Python distribution
+(http://python.sourceforge.net and http://www.python.org).
+
+Features:
+	1) It is almost complete.
+	2) Tix widgets are represented by classes in Python. Sub-widgets
+	   are members of the mega-widget class. For example, if a
+	   particular TixWidget (e.g. ScrolledText) has an embedded widget
+	   (Text in this case), it is possible to call the methods of the
+	   child directly.
+	3) The members of the class are created automatically. In the case
+	   of widgets like ButtonBox, the members are added dynamically.
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/README-2.2.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/README-2.2.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+# $Id: README-2.2.txt,v 1.1 2002/01/24 09:48:42 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+
+About Tix.py
+-----------
+
+As of version 2.1, Tix.py is a part of the standard Python library.
+However, the Tix shipped with Python 2.2 is broken.
+
+You should replace Tix.py in the Lib/lib-tk directory, and demos in the Demo/tix
+directory with the files found here.
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Tix.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/Python/Tix.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1625 @@
+# -*-mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+# $Id: Tix.py,v 1.4 2002/01/31 19:13:15 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix.py -- Tix widget wrappers.
+#
+#	For Tix, see http://tix.sourceforge.net
+#
+#       - Sudhir Shenoy (sshenoy at gol.com), Dec. 1995.
+#         based on an idea of Jean-Marc Lugrin (lugrin at ms.com)
+#
+# NOTE: In order to minimize changes to Tkinter.py, some of the code here
+#       (TixWidget.__init__) has been taken from Tkinter (Widget.__init__)
+#       and will break if there are major changes in Tkinter.
+#
+# The Tix widgets are represented by a class hierarchy in python with proper
+# inheritance of base classes.
+#
+# As a result after creating a 'w = StdButtonBox', I can write
+#              w.ok['text'] = 'Who Cares'
+#    or              w.ok['bg'] = w['bg']
+# or even       w.ok.invoke()
+# etc.
+#
+# Compare the demo tixwidgets.py to the original Tcl program and you will
+# appreciate the advantages.
+#
+
+import string
+from Tkinter import *
+from Tkinter import _flatten, _cnfmerge, _default_root
+
+# WARNING - TkVersion is a limited precision floating point number
+if TkVersion < 3.999:
+    raise ImportError, "This version of Tix.py requires Tk 4.0 or higher"
+
+import _tkinter # If this fails your Python may not be configured for Tk
+# TixVersion = string.atof(tkinter.TIX_VERSION) # If this fails your Python may not be configured for Tix
+# WARNING - TixVersion is a limited precision floating point number
+
+# Some more constants (for consistency with Tkinter)
+WINDOW = 'window'
+TEXT = 'text'
+STATUS = 'status'
+IMMEDIATE = 'immediate'
+IMAGE = 'image'
+IMAGETEXT = 'imagetext'
+BALLOON = 'balloon'
+AUTO = 'auto'
+ACROSSTOP = 'acrosstop'
+
+# Some constants used by Tkinter dooneevent()
+TCL_DONT_WAIT		= 1<<1
+TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS	= 1<<2
+TCL_FILE_EVENTS		= 1<<3
+TCL_TIMER_EVENTS	= 1<<4
+TCL_IDLE_EVENTS		= 1<<5
+TCL_ALL_EVENTS		= 0
+
+# BEWARE - this is implemented by copying some code from the Widget class
+#          in Tkinter (to override Widget initialization) and is therefore
+#          liable to break.
+import Tkinter, os
+
+# Could probably add this to Tkinter.Misc
+class tixCommand:
+    """The tix commands provide access to miscellaneous  elements
+    of  Tix's  internal state and the Tix application context.
+    Most of the information manipulated by these  commands pertains
+    to  the  application  as a whole, or to a screen or
+    display, rather than to a particular window.
+
+    This is a mixin class, assumed to be mixed to Tkinter.Tk
+    that supports the self.tk.call method.
+    """
+
+    def tix_addbitmapdir(self, directory):
+        """Tix maintains a list of directories under which
+        the  tix_getimage  and tix_getbitmap commands will
+        search for image files. The standard bitmap  directory
+        is $TIX_LIBRARY/bitmaps. The addbitmapdir command
+        adds directory into this list. By  using  this
+        command, the  image  files  of an applications can
+        also be located using the tix_getimage or tix_getbitmap
+        command.
+        """
+        return self.tk.call('tix', 'addbitmapdir', directory)
+
+    def tix_cget(self, option):
+        """Returns  the  current  value  of the configuration
+        option given by option. Option may be  any  of  the
+        options described in the CONFIGURATION OPTIONS section.
+        """
+        return self.tk.call('tix', 'cget', option)
+
+    def tix_configure(self, cnf=None, **kw):
+        """Query or modify the configuration options of the Tix application
+        context. If no option is specified, returns a dictionary all of the
+        available options.  If option is specified with no value, then the
+        command returns a list describing the one named option (this list
+        will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value
+        returned if no option is specified).  If one or more option-value
+        pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given option(s)
+        to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an
+        empty string. Option may be any of the configuration options.
+        """
+        # Copied from Tkinter.py
+        if kw:
+            cnf = _cnfmerge((cnf, kw))
+        elif cnf:
+            cnf = _cnfmerge(cnf)
+        if cnf is None:
+            cnf = {}
+            for x in self.tk.split(self.tk.call('tix', 'configure')):
+                cnf[x[0][1:]] = (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+            return cnf
+        if type(cnf) is StringType:
+            x = self.tk.split(self.tk.call('tix', 'configure', '-'+cnf))
+            return (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+        return self.tk.call(('tix', 'configure') + self._options(cnf))
+
+    def tix_filedialog(self, dlgclass=None):
+        """Returns the file selection dialog that may be shared among
+        different calls from this application.  This command will create a
+        file selection dialog widget when it is called the first time. This
+        dialog will be returned by all subsequent calls to tix_filedialog.
+        An optional dlgclass parameter can be passed to specified what type
+        of file selection dialog widget is desired. Possible options are
+        tix FileSelectDialog or tixExFileSelectDialog.
+        """
+        if dlgclass is not None:
+            return self.tk.call('tix', 'filedialog', dlgclass)
+        else:
+            return self.tk.call('tix', 'filedialog')
+
+    def tix_getbitmap(self, name):
+        """Locates a bitmap file of the name name.xpm or name in one of the
+        bitmap directories (see the tix_addbitmapdir command above).  By
+        using tix_getbitmap, you can avoid hard coding the pathnames of the
+        bitmap files in your application. When successful, it returns the
+        complete pathname of the bitmap file, prefixed with the character
+        '@'.  The returned value can be used to configure the -bitmap
+        option of the TK and Tix widgets.
+        """
+        return self.tk.call('tix', 'getbitmap', name)
+
+    def tix_getimage(self, name):
+        """Locates an image file of the name name.xpm, name.xbm or name.ppm
+        in one of the bitmap directories (see the addbitmapdir command
+        above). If more than one file with the same name (but different
+        extensions) exist, then the image type is chosen according to the
+        depth of the X display: xbm images are chosen on monochrome
+        displays and color images are chosen on color displays. By using
+        tix_ getimage, you can advoid hard coding the pathnames of the
+        image files in your application. When successful, this command
+        returns the name of the newly created image, which can be used to
+        configure the -image option of the Tk and Tix widgets.
+        """
+        return self.tk.call('tix', 'getimage', name)
+
+    def tix_option_get(self, name):
+        """Gets  the options  manitained  by  the  Tix
+        scheme mechanism. Available options include:
+
+            active_bg       active_fg      bg
+            bold_font       dark1_bg       dark1_fg
+            dark2_bg        dark2_fg       disabled_fg
+            fg       	    fixed_font     font
+            inactive_bg     inactive_fg    input1_bg
+            input2_bg       italic_font    light1_bg
+            light1_fg       light2_bg      light2_fg
+            menu_font       output1_bg     output2_bg
+            select_bg       select_fg      selector
+            """
+        # could use self.tk.globalgetvar('tixOption', name)
+        return self.tk.call('tix', 'option', 'get', name)
+
+    def tix_resetoptions(self, newScheme, newFontSet, newScmPrio=None):
+        """Resets the scheme and fontset of the Tix application to
+        newScheme and newFontSet, respectively.  This affects only those
+        widgets created after this call. Therefore, it is best to call the
+        resetoptions command before the creation of any widgets in a Tix
+        application.
+
+        The optional parameter newScmPrio can be given to reset the
+        priority level of the Tk options set by the Tix schemes.
+
+        Because of the way Tk handles the X option database, after Tix has
+        been has imported and inited, it is not possible to reset the color
+        schemes and font sets using the tix config command.  Instead, the
+        tix_resetoptions command must be used.
+        """
+        if newScmPrio is not None:
+            return self.tk.call('tix', 'resetoptions', newScheme, newFontSet, newScmPrio)
+        else:
+            return self.tk.call('tix', 'resetoptions', newScheme, newFontSet)
+
+class Tk(Tkinter.Tk, tixCommand):
+    """Toplevel widget of Tix which represents mostly the main window
+    of an application. It has an associated Tcl interpreter."""
+    def __init__(self, screenName=None, baseName=None, className='Tix'):
+        Tkinter.Tk.__init__(self, screenName, baseName, className)
+        tixlib = os.environ.get('TIX_LIBRARY')
+        self.tk.eval('global auto_path; lappend auto_path [file dir [info nameof]]')
+        if tixlib is not None:
+            self.tk.eval('global auto_path; lappend auto_path {%s}' % tixlib)
+            self.tk.eval('global tcl_pkgPath; lappend tcl_pkgPath {%s}' % tixlib)
+        # Load Tix - this should work dynamically or statically
+        # If it's static, lib/tix8.1/pkgIndex.tcl should have
+        #		'load {} Tix'
+        # If it's dynamic under Unix, lib/tix8.1/pkgIndex.tcl should have
+        #		'load libtix8.1.8.3.so Tix'
+        self.tk.eval('package require Tix')
+
+
+# The Tix 'tixForm' geometry manager
+class Form:
+    """The Tix Form geometry manager
+
+    Widgets can be arranged by specifying attachments to other widgets.
+    See Tix documentation for complete details"""
+
+    def config(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+        apply(self.tk.call, ('tixForm', self._w) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    form = config
+
+    def __setitem__(self, key, value):
+        Form.form(self, {key: value})
+
+    def check(self):
+        return self.tk.call('tixForm', 'check', self._w)
+
+    def forget(self):
+        self.tk.call('tixForm', 'forget', self._w)
+
+    def grid(self, xsize=0, ysize=0):
+        if (not xsize) and (not ysize):
+            x = self.tk.call('tixForm', 'grid', self._w)
+            y = self.tk.splitlist(x)
+            z = ()
+            for x in y:
+                z = z + (self.tk.getint(x),)
+            return z
+        self.tk.call('tixForm', 'grid', self._w, xsize, ysize)
+
+    def info(self, option=None):
+        if not option:
+            return self.tk.call('tixForm', 'info', self._w)
+        if option[0] != '-':
+            option = '-' + option
+        return self.tk.call('tixForm', 'info', self._w, option)
+
+    def slaves(self):
+        return map(self._nametowidget,
+                   self.tk.splitlist(
+                       self.tk.call(
+                       'tixForm', 'slaves', self._w)))
+
+
+    
+
+Tkinter.Widget.__bases__ = Tkinter.Widget.__bases__ + (Form,)
+
+class TixWidget(Tkinter.Widget):
+    """A TixWidget class is used to package all (or most) Tix widgets.
+
+    Widget initialization is extended in two ways:
+       1) It is possible to give a list of options which must be part of
+       the creation command (so called Tix 'static' options). These cannot be
+       given as a 'config' command later.
+       2) It is possible to give the name of an existing TK widget. These are
+       child widgets created automatically by a Tix mega-widget. The Tk call
+       to create these widgets is therefore bypassed in TixWidget.__init__
+
+    Both options are for use by subclasses only.
+    """
+    def __init__ (self, master=None, widgetName=None,
+                static_options=None, cnf={}, kw={}):
+       # Merge keywords and dictionary arguments
+       if kw:
+            cnf = _cnfmerge((cnf, kw))
+       else:
+           cnf = _cnfmerge(cnf)
+
+       # Move static options into extra. static_options must be
+       # a list of keywords (or None).
+       extra=()
+       if static_options:
+           for k,v in cnf.items()[:]:
+              if k in static_options:
+                  extra = extra + ('-' + k, v)
+                  del cnf[k]
+
+       self.widgetName = widgetName
+       Widget._setup(self, master, cnf)
+
+       # If widgetName is None, this is a dummy creation call where the
+       # corresponding Tk widget has already been created by Tix
+       if widgetName:
+           apply(self.tk.call, (widgetName, self._w) + extra)
+
+       # Non-static options - to be done via a 'config' command
+       if cnf:
+           Widget.config(self, cnf)
+
+       # Dictionary to hold subwidget names for easier access. We can't
+       # use the children list because the public Tix names may not be the
+       # same as the pathname component
+       self.subwidget_list = {}
+
+    # We set up an attribute access function so that it is possible to
+    # do w.ok['text'] = 'Hello' rather than w.subwidget('ok')['text'] = 'Hello'
+    # when w is a StdButtonBox.
+    # We can even do w.ok.invoke() because w.ok is subclassed from the
+    # Button class if you go through the proper constructors
+    def __getattr__(self, name):
+       if self.subwidget_list.has_key(name):
+           return self.subwidget_list[name]
+       raise AttributeError, name
+
+    def set_silent(self, value):
+       """Set a variable without calling its action routine"""
+       self.tk.call('tixSetSilent', self._w, value)
+
+    def subwidget(self, name):
+       """Return the named subwidget (which must have been created by
+       the sub-class)."""
+       n = self._subwidget_name(name)
+       if not n:
+           raise TclError, "Subwidget " + name + " not child of " + self._name
+       # Remove header of name and leading dot
+       n = n[len(self._w)+1:]
+       return self._nametowidget(n)
+
+    def subwidgets_all(self):
+       """Return all subwidgets."""
+       names = self._subwidget_names()
+       if not names:
+           return []
+       retlist = []
+       for name in names:
+           name = name[len(self._w)+1:]
+           try:
+              retlist.append(self._nametowidget(name))
+           except:
+              # some of the widgets are unknown e.g. border in LabelFrame
+              pass
+       return retlist
+
+    def _subwidget_name(self,name):
+       """Get a subwidget name (returns a String, not a Widget !)"""
+       try:
+           return self.tk.call(self._w, 'subwidget', name)
+       except TclError:
+           return None
+
+    def _subwidget_names(self):
+       """Return the name of all subwidgets."""
+       try:
+           x = self.tk.call(self._w, 'subwidgets', '-all')
+           return self.tk.split(x)
+       except TclError:
+           return None
+
+    def config_all(self, option, value):
+       """Set configuration options for all subwidgets (and self)."""
+       if option == '':
+           return
+       elif type(option) != type(''):
+           option = `option`
+       if type(value) != type(''):
+           value = `value`
+       names = self._subwidget_names()
+       for name in names:
+           self.tk.call(name, 'configure', '-' + option, value)
+
+# Subwidgets are child widgets created automatically by mega-widgets.
+# In python, we have to create these subwidgets manually to mirror their
+# existence in Tk/Tix.
+class TixSubWidget(TixWidget):
+    """Subwidget class.
+
+    This is used to mirror child widgets automatically created
+    by Tix/Tk as part of a mega-widget in Python (which is not informed
+    of this)"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, name,
+               destroy_physically=1, check_intermediate=1):
+       if check_intermediate:
+           path = master._subwidget_name(name)
+           try:
+              path = path[len(master._w)+1:]
+              plist = string.splitfields(path, '.')
+           except:
+              plist = []
+
+       if (not check_intermediate) or len(plist) < 2:
+           # immediate descendant
+           TixWidget.__init__(self, master, None, None, {'name' : name})
+       else:
+           # Ensure that the intermediate widgets exist
+           parent = master
+           for i in range(len(plist) - 1):
+              n = string.joinfields(plist[:i+1], '.')
+              try:
+                  w = master._nametowidget(n)
+                  parent = w
+              except KeyError:
+                  # Create the intermediate widget
+                  parent = TixSubWidget(parent, plist[i],
+                                     destroy_physically=0,
+                                     check_intermediate=0)
+           TixWidget.__init__(self, parent, None, None, {'name' : name})
+       self.destroy_physically = destroy_physically
+
+    def destroy(self):
+       # For some widgets e.g., a NoteBook, when we call destructors,
+       # we must be careful not to destroy the frame widget since this
+       # also destroys the parent NoteBook thus leading to an exception
+       # in Tkinter when it finally calls Tcl to destroy the NoteBook
+       for c in self.children.values(): c.destroy()
+       if self.master.children.has_key(self._name):
+           del self.master.children[self._name]
+       if self.master.subwidget_list.has_key(self._name):
+           del self.master.subwidget_list[self._name]
+       if self.destroy_physically:
+           # This is bypassed only for a few widgets
+           self.tk.call('destroy', self._w)
+
+
+# Useful func. to split Tcl lists and return as a dict. From Tkinter.py
+def _lst2dict(lst):
+    dict = {}
+    for x in lst:
+       dict[x[0][1:]] = (x[0][1:],) + x[1:]
+    return dict
+
+# Useful class to create a display style - later shared by many items.
+# Contributed by Steffen Kremser
+class DisplayStyle:
+    """DisplayStyle - handle configuration options shared by
+    (multiple) Display Items"""
+
+    def __init__(self, itemtype, cnf={}, **kw ):
+        master = _default_root              # global from Tkinter
+        if not master and cnf.has_key('refwindow'): master=cnf['refwindow']
+        elif not master and kw.has_key('refwindow'):  master= kw['refwindow']
+        elif not master: raise RuntimeError, "Too early to create display style: no root window"
+        self.tk = master.tk
+        self.stylename = apply(self.tk.call, ('tixDisplayStyle', itemtype) +
+                            self._options(cnf,kw) )
+
+    def __str__(self):
+       return self.stylename
+ 
+    def _options(self, cnf, kw ):
+       if kw and cnf:
+           cnf = _cnfmerge((cnf, kw))
+       elif kw:
+           cnf = kw
+       opts = ()
+       for k, v in cnf.items():
+           opts = opts + ('-'+k, v)
+       return opts
+ 
+    def delete(self):
+       self.tk.call(self.stylename, 'delete')
+       del(self)
+ 
+    def __setitem__(self,key,value):
+       self.tk.call(self.stylename, 'configure', '-%s'%key, value)
+ 
+    def config(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+       return _lst2dict(
+           self.tk.split(
+              apply(self.tk.call,
+                    (self.stylename, 'configure') + self._options(cnf,kw))))
+ 
+    def __getitem__(self,key):
+       return self.tk.call(self.stylename, 'cget', '-%s'%key)
+
+
+######################################################
+### The Tix Widget classes - in alphabetical order ###
+######################################################
+
+class Balloon(TixWidget):
+    """Balloon help widget.
+
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    label       Label
+    message       Message"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        # static seem to be -installcolormap -initwait -statusbar -cursor
+       static = ['options', 'installcolormap', 'initwait', 'statusbar', 'cursor']
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixBalloon', static, cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label',
+                                             destroy_physically=0)
+       self.subwidget_list['message'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'message',
+                                               destroy_physically=0)
+
+    def bind_widget(self, widget, cnf={}, **kw):
+       """Bind balloon widget to another.
+       One balloon widget may be bound to several widgets at the same time"""
+       apply(self.tk.call, 
+             (self._w, 'bind', widget._w) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def unbind_widget(self, widget):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'unbind', widget._w)
+
+class ButtonBox(TixWidget):
+    """ButtonBox - A container for pushbuttons.
+    Subwidgets are the buttons added with the add method.
+    """
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixButtonBox',
+                        ['orientation', 'options'], cnf, kw)
+
+    def add(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+       """Add a button with given name to box."""
+
+       btn = apply(self.tk.call,
+                  (self._w, 'add', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+       self.subwidget_list[name] = _dummyButton(self, name)
+       return btn
+
+    def invoke(self, name):
+       if self.subwidget_list.has_key(name):
+           self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke', name)
+
+class ComboBox(TixWidget):
+    """ComboBox - an Entry field with a dropdown menu. The user can select a
+    choice by either typing in the entry subwdget or selecting from the
+    listbox subwidget.
+
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    entry       Entry
+    arrow       Button
+    slistbox    ScrolledListBox
+    tick        Button 
+    cross       Button : present if created with the fancy option"""
+
+    def __init__ (self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixComboBox', 
+                        ['editable', 'dropdown', 'fancy', 'options'],
+                        cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label')
+       self.subwidget_list['entry'] = _dummyEntry(self, 'entry')
+       self.subwidget_list['arrow'] = _dummyButton(self, 'arrow')
+       self.subwidget_list['slistbox'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self,
+                                                        'slistbox')
+       try:
+           self.subwidget_list['tick'] = _dummyButton(self, 'tick')
+           self.subwidget_list['cross'] = _dummyButton(self, 'cross')
+       except TypeError:
+           # unavailable when -fancy not specified
+           pass
+
+    def add_history(self, str):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'addhistory', str)
+
+    def append_history(self, str):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'appendhistory', str)
+
+    def insert(self, index, str):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'insert', index, str)
+
+    def pick(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'pick', index)
+
+class Control(TixWidget):
+    """Control - An entry field with value change arrows.  The user can
+    adjust the value by pressing the two arrow buttons or by entering
+    the value directly into the entry. The new value will be checked
+    against the user-defined upper and lower limits.
+
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    incr       Button
+    decr       Button
+    entry       Entry
+    label       Label"""
+
+    def __init__ (self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixControl', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['incr'] = _dummyButton(self, 'incr')
+       self.subwidget_list['decr'] = _dummyButton(self, 'decr')
+       self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label')
+       self.subwidget_list['entry'] = _dummyEntry(self, 'entry')
+
+    def decrement(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'decr')
+
+    def increment(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'incr')
+
+    def invoke(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke')
+
+    def update(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'update')
+
+class DirList(TixWidget):
+    """DirList - displays a list view of a directory, its previous
+    directories and its sub-directories. The user can choose one of
+    the directories displayed in the list or change to another directory.
+
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    hlist       HList
+    hsb              Scrollbar
+    vsb              Scrollbar"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixDirList', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+    def chdir(self, dir):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'chdir', dir)
+
+class DirTree(TixWidget):
+    """DirTree - Directory Listing in a hierarchical view.
+    Displays a tree view of a directory, its previous directories and its
+    sub-directories. The user can choose one of the directories displayed
+    in the list or change to another directory.
+
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    hlist       HList
+    hsb              Scrollbar
+    vsb              Scrollbar"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixDirTree', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+    def chdir(self, dir):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'chdir', dir)
+
+class DirSelectBox(TixWidget):
+    """DirSelectBox - Motif style file select box.
+    It is generally used for
+    the user to choose a file. FileSelectBox stores the files mostly
+    recently selected into a ComboBox widget so that they can be quickly
+    selected again.
+    
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    selection       ComboBox
+    filter       ComboBox
+    dirlist       ScrolledListBox
+    filelist       ScrolledListBox"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixDirSelectBox', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyDirList(self, 'dirlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['dircbx'] = _dummyFileComboBox(self, 'dircbx')
+
+class ExFileSelectBox(TixWidget):
+    """ExFileSelectBox - MS Windows style file select box.
+    It provides an convenient method for the user to select files.
+
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    cancel       Button
+    ok              Button
+    hidden       Checkbutton
+    types       ComboBox
+    dir              ComboBox
+    file       ComboBox
+    dirlist       ScrolledListBox
+    filelist       ScrolledListBox"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixExFileSelectBox', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['cancel'] = _dummyButton(self, 'cancel')
+       self.subwidget_list['ok'] = _dummyButton(self, 'ok')
+       self.subwidget_list['hidden'] = _dummyCheckbutton(self, 'hidden')
+       self.subwidget_list['types'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'types')
+       self.subwidget_list['dir'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'dir')
+       self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyDirList(self, 'dirlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['file'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'file')
+       self.subwidget_list['filelist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'filelist')
+
+    def filter(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'filter')
+
+    def invoke(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke')
+
+
+# Should inherit from a Dialog class
+class DirSelectDialog(TixWidget):
+    """The DirSelectDialog widget presents the directories in the file
+    system in a dialog window. The user can use this dialog window to
+    navigate through the file system to select the desired directory.
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    dirbox       DirSelectDialog"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixDirSelectDialog',
+                        ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['dirbox'] = _dummyDirSelectBox(self, 'dirbox')
+       # cancel and ok buttons are missing
+       
+    def popup(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'popup')
+
+    def popdown(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'popdown')
+
+
+# Should inherit from a Dialog class
+class ExFileSelectDialog(TixWidget):
+    """ExFileSelectDialog - MS Windows style file select dialog.
+    It provides an convenient method for the user to select files.
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    fsbox       ExFileSelectBox"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixExFileSelectDialog',
+                        ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['fsbox'] = _dummyExFileSelectBox(self, 'fsbox')
+
+    def popup(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'popup')
+
+    def popdown(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'popdown')
+
+class FileSelectBox(TixWidget):
+    """ExFileSelectBox - Motif style file select box.
+    It is generally used for
+    the user to choose a file. FileSelectBox stores the files mostly
+    recently selected into a ComboBox widget so that they can be quickly
+    selected again.
+    
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    selection       ComboBox
+    filter       ComboBox
+    dirlist       ScrolledListBox
+    filelist       ScrolledListBox"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixFileSelectBox', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'dirlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['filelist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'filelist')
+       self.subwidget_list['filter'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'filter')
+       self.subwidget_list['selection'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'selection')
+
+    def apply_filter(self):              # name of subwidget is same as command
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'filter')
+
+    def invoke(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke')
+
+# Should inherit from a Dialog class
+class FileSelectDialog(TixWidget):
+    """FileSelectDialog - Motif style file select dialog.
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    btns       StdButtonBox
+    fsbox       FileSelectBox"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixFileSelectDialog',
+                        ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['btns'] = _dummyStdButtonBox(self, 'btns')
+       self.subwidget_list['fsbox'] = _dummyFileSelectBox(self, 'fsbox')
+
+    def popup(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'popup')
+
+    def popdown(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'popdown')
+
+class FileEntry(TixWidget):
+    """FileEntry - Entry field with button that invokes a FileSelectDialog.
+    The user can type in the filename manually. Alternatively, the user can
+    press the button widget that sits next to the entry, which will bring
+    up a file selection dialog.
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    button       Button
+    entry       Entry"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixFileEntry',
+                        ['dialogtype', 'options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['button'] = _dummyButton(self, 'button')
+       self.subwidget_list['entry'] = _dummyEntry(self, 'entry')
+
+    def invoke(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke')
+
+    def file_dialog(self):
+       # XXX return python object
+       pass
+
+class HList(TixWidget):
+    """HList - Hierarchy display  widget can be used to display any data
+    that have a hierarchical structure, for example, file system directory
+    trees. The list entries are indented and connected by branch lines
+    according to their places in the hierachy.
+
+    Subwidgets - None"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixHList',
+                        ['columns', 'options'], cnf, kw)
+
+    def add(self, entry, cnf={}, **kw):
+       return apply(self.tk.call,
+                   (self._w, 'add', entry) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def add_child(self, parent=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+       if not parent:
+           parent = ''
+       return apply(self.tk.call,
+                   (self._w, 'addchild', parent) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def anchor_set(self, entry):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'anchor', 'set', entry)
+
+    def anchor_clear(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'anchor', 'clear')
+
+    def column_width(self, col=0, width=None, chars=None):
+       if not chars:
+           return self.tk.call(self._w, 'column', 'width', col, width)
+       else:
+           return self.tk.call(self._w, 'column', 'width', col,
+                            '-char', chars)
+
+    def delete_all(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', 'all')
+
+    def delete_entry(self, entry):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', 'entry', entry)
+
+    def delete_offsprings(self, entry):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', 'offsprings', entry)
+
+    def delete_siblings(self, entry):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', 'siblings', entry)
+
+    def dragsite_set(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dragsite', 'set', index)
+
+    def dragsite_clear(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dragsite', 'clear')
+
+    def dropsite_set(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dropsite', 'set', index)
+
+    def dropsite_clear(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dropsite', 'clear')
+
+    def header_create(self, col, cnf={}, **kw):
+        apply(self.tk.call,
+              (self._w, 'header', 'create', col) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+ 
+    def header_configure(self, col, cnf={}, **kw):
+       if cnf is None:
+           return _lst2dict(
+              self.tk.split(
+                  self.tk.call(self._w, 'header', 'configure', col)))
+       apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'header', 'configure', col)
+             + self._options(cnf, kw))
+ 
+    def header_cget(self,  col, opt):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'header', 'cget', col, opt)
+ 
+    def header_exists(self,  col):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'header', 'exists', col)
+ 
+    def header_delete(self, col):
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'header', 'delete', col)
+ 
+    def header_size(self, col):
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'header', 'size', col)
+ 
+    def hide_entry(self, entry):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'hide', 'entry', entry)
+
+    def indicator_create(self, entry, cnf={}, **kw):
+        apply(self.tk.call,
+              (self._w, 'indicator', 'create', entry) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+ 
+    def indicator_configure(self, entry, cnf={}, **kw):
+       if cnf is None:
+           return _lst2dict(
+              self.tk.split(
+                  self.tk.call(self._w, 'indicator', 'configure', entry)))
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'indicator', 'configure', entry) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+ 
+    def indicator_cget(self,  entry, opt):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'indicator', 'cget', entry, opt)
+ 
+    def indicator_exists(self,  entry):
+       return self.tk.call (self._w, 'indicator', 'exists', entry)
+ 
+    def indicator_delete(self, entry):
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'indicator', 'delete', entry)
+ 
+    def indicator_size(self, entry):
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'indicator', 'size', entry)
+
+    def info_anchor(self):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'anchor')
+
+    def info_children(self, entry=None):
+       c = self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'children', entry)
+       return self.tk.splitlist(c)
+
+    def info_data(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'data', entry)
+
+    def info_exists(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'exists', entry)
+
+    def info_hidden(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'hidden', entry)
+
+    def info_next(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'next', entry)
+
+    def info_parent(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'parent', entry)
+
+    def info_prev(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'prev', entry)
+
+    def info_selection(self):
+       c = self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'selection')
+       return self.tk.splitlist(c)
+
+    def item_cget(self, entry, col, opt):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'item', 'cget', entry, col, opt)
+ 
+    def item_configure(self, entry, col, cnf={}, **kw):
+       if cnf is None:
+           return _lst2dict(
+              self.tk.split(
+                  self.tk.call(self._w, 'item', 'configure', entry, col)))
+       apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'item', 'configure', entry, col) +
+             self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def item_create(self, entry, col, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'item', 'create', entry, col) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def item_exists(self, entry, col):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'item', 'exists', entry, col)
+ 
+    def item_delete(self, entry, col):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'item', 'delete', entry, col)
+
+    def nearest(self, y):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'nearest', y)
+
+    def see(self, entry):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'see', entry)
+
+    def selection_clear(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'selection', 'clear') + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def selection_includes(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'includes', entry)
+
+    def selection_set(self, first, last=None):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'set', first, last)
+
+    def show_entry(self, entry):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'show', 'entry', entry)
+
+    def xview(self, *args):
+       apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'xview') + args)
+
+    def yview(self, *args):
+       apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'yview') + args)
+
+class InputOnly(TixWidget):
+    """InputOnly - Invisible widget.
+
+    Subwidgets - None"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixInputOnly', None, cnf, kw)
+
+class LabelEntry(TixWidget):
+    """LabelEntry - Entry field with label. Packages an entry widget
+    and a label into one mega widget. It can beused be used to simplify
+    the creation of ``entry-form'' type of interface.
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    label       Label
+    entry       Entry"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixLabelEntry',
+                        ['labelside','options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label')
+       self.subwidget_list['entry'] = _dummyEntry(self, 'entry')
+
+class LabelFrame(TixWidget):
+    """LabelFrame - Labelled Frame container. Packages a frame widget
+    and a label into one mega widget. To create widgets inside a
+    LabelFrame widget, one creates the new widgets relative to the
+    frame subwidget and manage them inside the frame subwidget.
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    label       Label
+    frame       Frame"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixLabelFrame',
+                        ['labelside','options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label')
+       self.subwidget_list['frame'] = _dummyFrame(self, 'frame')
+
+
+class ListNoteBook(TixWidget):
+    """A ListNoteBook widget is very similar to the TixNoteBook widget:
+    it can be used to display many windows in a limited space using a
+    notebook metaphor. The notebook is divided into a stack of pages
+    (windows). At one time only one of these pages can be shown.
+    The user can navigate through these pages by
+    choosing the name of the desired page in the hlist subwidget."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixListNoteBook', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['shlist'] = _dummyScrolledHList(self, 'vsb')
+
+
+    def add(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'add', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+       self.subwidget_list[name] = TixSubWidget(self, name)
+       return self.subwidget_list[name]
+
+    def raise_page(self, name):              # raise is a python keyword
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'raise', name)
+
+class Meter(TixWidget):
+    """The Meter widget can be used to show the progress of a background
+    job which may take a long time to execute.
+    """
+
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixMeter',
+                        ['options'], cnf, kw)
+
+class NoteBook(TixWidget):
+    """NoteBook - Multi-page container widget (tabbed notebook metaphor).
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    nbframe       NoteBookFrame
+    <pages>       page widgets added dynamically with the add method"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self,master,'tixNoteBook', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['nbframe'] = TixSubWidget(self, 'nbframe',
+                                                destroy_physically=0)
+
+    def add(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'add', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+       self.subwidget_list[name] = TixSubWidget(self, name)
+       return self.subwidget_list[name]
+
+    def delete(self, name):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', name)
+
+    def page(self, name):
+       return self.subwidget(name)
+
+    def pages(self):
+       # Can't call subwidgets_all directly because we don't want .nbframe
+       names = self.tk.split(self.tk.call(self._w, 'pages'))
+       ret = []
+       for x in names:
+           ret.append(self.subwidget(x))
+       return ret
+
+    def raise_page(self, name):              # raise is a python keyword
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'raise', name)
+
+    def raised(self):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'raised')
+
+class NoteBookFrame(TixWidget):
+    """Will be added when Tix documentation is available !!!"""
+    pass
+
+class OptionMenu(TixWidget):
+    """OptionMenu - creates a menu button of options.
+
+    Subwidget       Class
+    ---------       -----
+    menubutton       Menubutton
+    menu       Menu"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixOptionMenu', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['menubutton'] = _dummyMenubutton(self, 'menubutton')
+       self.subwidget_list['menu'] = _dummyMenu(self, 'menu')
+
+    def add_command(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'add', 'command', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def add_separator(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'add', 'separator', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def delete(self, name):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', name)
+
+    def disable(self, name):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'disable', name)
+
+    def enable(self, name):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'enable', name)
+
+class PanedWindow(TixWidget):
+    """PanedWindow - Multi-pane container widget
+    allows the user to interactively manipulate the sizes of several
+    panes. The panes can be arranged either vertically or horizontally.The
+    user changes the sizes of the panes by dragging the resize handle
+    between two panes.
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    <panes>       g/p widgets added dynamically with the add method."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixPanedWindow', ['orientation', 'options'], cnf, kw)
+
+    def add(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'add', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+       self.subwidget_list[name] = TixSubWidget(self, name,
+                                           check_intermediate=0)
+       return self.subwidget_list[name]
+
+    def panes(self):
+       names = self.tk.call(self._w, 'panes')
+       ret = []
+       for x in names:
+           ret.append(self.subwidget(x))
+       return ret
+
+class PopupMenu(TixWidget):
+    """PopupMenu widget can be used as a replacement of the tk_popup command.
+    The advantage of the Tix PopupMenu widget is it requires less application
+    code to manipulate.
+
+
+    Subwidgets       Class
+    ----------       -----
+    menubutton       Menubutton
+    menu       Menu"""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixPopupMenu', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['menubutton'] = _dummyMenubutton(self, 'menubutton')
+       self.subwidget_list['menu'] = _dummyMenu(self, 'menu')
+
+    def bind_widget(self, widget):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'bind', widget._w)
+
+    def unbind_widget(self, widget):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'unbind', widget._w)
+
+    def post_widget(self, widget, x, y):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'post', widget._w, x, y)
+
+class ResizeHandle(TixWidget):
+    """Internal widget to draw resize handles on Scrolled widgets."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       # There seems to be a Tix bug rejecting the configure method
+       # Let's try making the flags -static
+       flags = ['options', 'command', 'cursorfg', 'cursorbg',
+                'handlesize', 'hintcolor', 'hintwidth',
+                'x', 'y']
+       # In fact, x y height width are configurable
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixResizeHandle',
+                           flags, cnf, kw)
+
+    def attach_widget(self, widget):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'attachwidget', widget._w)
+
+    def detach_widget(self, widget):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'detachwidget', widget._w)
+
+    def hide(self, widget):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'hide', widget._w)
+
+    def show(self, widget):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'show', widget._w)
+
+class ScrolledHList(TixWidget):
+    """ScrolledHList - HList with automatic scrollbars."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixScrolledHList', ['options'],
+                        cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class ScrolledListBox(TixWidget):
+    """ScrolledListBox - Listbox with automatic scrollbars."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixScrolledListBox', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['listbox'] = _dummyListbox(self, 'listbox')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class ScrolledText(TixWidget):
+    """ScrolledText - Text with automatic scrollbars."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixScrolledText', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['text'] = _dummyText(self, 'text')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class ScrolledTList(TixWidget):
+    """ScrolledTList - TList with automatic scrollbars."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixScrolledTList', ['options'],
+                        cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['tlist'] = _dummyTList(self, 'tlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class ScrolledWindow(TixWidget):
+    """ScrolledWindow - Window with automatic scrollbars."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixScrolledWindow', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['window'] = _dummyFrame(self, 'window')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class Select(TixWidget):
+    """Select - Container of button subwidgets. It can be used to provide
+    radio-box or check-box style of selection options for the user.
+
+    Subwidgets are buttons added dynamically using the add method."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixSelect',
+                        ['allowzero', 'radio', 'orientation', 'labelside',
+                         'options'],
+                        cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['label'] = _dummyLabel(self, 'label')
+
+    def add(self, name, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'add', name) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+       self.subwidget_list[name] = _dummyButton(self, name)
+       return self.subwidget_list[name]
+
+    def invoke(self, name):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke', name)
+
+class StdButtonBox(TixWidget):
+    """StdButtonBox - Standard Button Box (OK, Apply, Cancel and Help) """
+
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixStdButtonBox',
+                        ['orientation', 'options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['ok'] = _dummyButton(self, 'ok')
+       self.subwidget_list['apply'] = _dummyButton(self, 'apply')
+       self.subwidget_list['cancel'] = _dummyButton(self, 'cancel')
+       self.subwidget_list['help'] = _dummyButton(self, 'help')
+
+    def invoke(self, name):
+       if self.subwidget_list.has_key(name):
+           self.tk.call(self._w, 'invoke', name)
+
+class TList(TixWidget):
+    """TList - Hierarchy display widget which can be
+    used to display data in a tabular format. The list entries of a TList
+    widget are similar to the entries in the Tk listbox widget. The main
+    differences are (1) the TList widget can display the list entries in a
+    two dimensional format and (2) you can use graphical images as well as
+    multiple colors and fonts for the list entries.
+
+    Subwidgets - None"""
+
+    def __init__ (self,master=None,cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixTList', ['options'], cnf, kw)
+
+    def active_set(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'active', 'set', index)
+
+    def active_clear(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'active', 'clear')
+
+    def anchor_set(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'anchor', 'set', index)
+
+    def anchor_clear(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'anchor', 'clear')
+
+    def delete(self, from_, to=None):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'delete', from_, to)
+
+    def dragsite_set(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dragsite', 'set', index)
+
+    def dragsite_clear(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dragsite', 'clear')
+
+    def dropsite_set(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dropsite', 'set', index)
+
+    def dropsite_clear(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'dropsite', 'clear')
+
+    def insert(self, index, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+              (self._w, 'insert', index) + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def info_active(self):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'active')
+
+    def info_anchor(self):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'anchor')
+
+    def info_down(self, index):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'down', index)
+
+    def info_left(self, index):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'left', index)
+
+    def info_right(self, index):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'right', index)
+
+    def info_selection(self):
+       c = self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'selection')
+       return self.tk.splitlist(c)
+
+    def info_size(self):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'size')
+
+    def info_up(self, index):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'info', 'up', index)
+
+    def nearest(self, x, y):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'nearest', x, y)
+
+    def see(self, index):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'see', index)
+
+    def selection_clear(self, cnf={}, **kw):
+       apply(self.tk.call,
+             (self._w, 'selection', 'clear') + self._options(cnf, kw))
+
+    def selection_includes(self, index):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'includes', index)
+
+    def selection_set(self, first, last=None):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'selection', 'set', first, last)
+
+    def xview(self, *args):
+       apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'xview') + args)
+
+    def yview(self, *args):
+       apply(self.tk.call, (self._w, 'yview') + args)
+
+class Tree(TixWidget):
+    """Tree - The tixTree widget can be used to display hierachical
+    data in a tree form. The user can adjust
+    the view of the tree by opening or closing parts of the tree."""
+
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+       TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixTree',
+                        ['options'], cnf, kw)
+       self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+    def autosetmode(self):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'autosetmode')
+
+    def close(self, entrypath):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'close', entrypath)
+
+    def getmode(self, entrypath):
+       return self.tk.call(self._w, 'getmode', entrypath)
+
+    def open(self, entrypath):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'open', entrypath)
+
+    def setmode(self, entrypath, mode='none'):
+       self.tk.call(self._w, 'setmode', entrypath, mode)
+
+
+# Could try subclassing Tree for CheckList - would need another arg to init
+class CheckList(TixWidget):
+    """The CheckList widget
+    displays a list of items to be selected by the user. CheckList acts
+    similarly to the Tk checkbutton or radiobutton widgets, except it is
+    capable of handling many more items than checkbuttons or radiobuttons.
+    """
+
+    def __init__(self, master=None, cnf={}, **kw):
+        TixWidget.__init__(self, master, 'tixCheckList',
+                           ['options'], cnf, kw)
+        self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+        self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+        self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+        
+    def autosetmode(self):
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'autosetmode')
+
+    def close(self, entrypath):
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'close', entrypath)
+
+    def getmode(self, entrypath):
+        return self.tk.call(self._w, 'getmode', entrypath)
+
+    def open(self, entrypath):
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'open', entrypath)
+
+    def getselection(self, mode='on'):
+        '''Mode can be on, off, default'''
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'getselection', mode)
+
+    def getstatus(self, entrypath):
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'getstatus', entrypath)
+
+    def setstatus(self, entrypath, mode='on'):
+        self.tk.call(self._w, 'setstatus', entrypath, mode)
+
+
+###########################################################################
+### The subclassing below is used to instantiate the subwidgets in each ###
+### mega widget. This allows us to access their methods directly.       ###
+###########################################################################
+
+class _dummyButton(Button, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyCheckbutton(Checkbutton, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyEntry(Entry, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyFrame(Frame, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyLabel(Label, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyListbox(Listbox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyMenu(Menu, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyMenubutton(Menubutton, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyScrollbar(Scrollbar, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyText(Text, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyScrolledListBox(ScrolledListBox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['listbox'] = _dummyListbox(self, 'listbox')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class _dummyHList(HList, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyScrolledHList(ScrolledHList, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class _dummyTList(TList, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+class _dummyComboBox(ComboBox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['entry'] = _dummyEntry(self, 'entry')
+       self.subwidget_list['arrow'] = _dummyButton(self, 'arrow')
+       # I'm not sure about this destroy_physically=0 in all cases;
+       # it may depend on if -dropdown is true; I've added as a trial
+       self.subwidget_list['slistbox'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self,
+                                                        'slistbox',
+                                                        destroy_physically=0)
+       self.subwidget_list['listbox'] = _dummyListbox(self, 'listbox',
+                                                 destroy_physically=0)
+
+class _dummyDirList(DirList, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['hlist'] = _dummyHList(self, 'hlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['vsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'vsb')
+       self.subwidget_list['hsb'] = _dummyScrollbar(self, 'hsb')
+
+class _dummyDirSelectBox(DirSelectBox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyDirList(self, 'dirlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['dircbx'] = _dummyFileComboBox(self, 'dircbx')
+
+class _dummyExFileSelectBox(ExFileSelectBox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['cancel'] = _dummyButton(self, 'cancel')
+       self.subwidget_list['ok'] = _dummyButton(self, 'ok')
+       self.subwidget_list['hidden'] = _dummyCheckbutton(self, 'hidden')
+       self.subwidget_list['types'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'types')
+       self.subwidget_list['dir'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'dir')
+       self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'dirlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['file'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'file')
+       self.subwidget_list['filelist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'filelist')
+
+class _dummyFileSelectBox(FileSelectBox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['dirlist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'dirlist')
+       self.subwidget_list['filelist'] = _dummyScrolledListBox(self, 'filelist')
+       self.subwidget_list['filter'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'filter')
+       self.subwidget_list['selection'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'selection')
+
+class _dummyFileComboBox(ComboBox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['dircbx'] = _dummyComboBox(self, 'dircbx')
+
+class _dummyStdButtonBox(StdButtonBox, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=1):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+       self.subwidget_list['ok'] = _dummyButton(self, 'ok')
+       self.subwidget_list['apply'] = _dummyButton(self, 'apply')
+       self.subwidget_list['cancel'] = _dummyButton(self, 'cancel')
+       self.subwidget_list['help'] = _dummyButton(self, 'help')
+
+class _dummyNoteBookFrame(NoteBookFrame, TixSubWidget):
+    def __init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically=0):
+       TixSubWidget.__init__(self, master, name, destroy_physically)
+
+########################
+### Utility Routines ###
+########################
+
+# Returns the qualified path name for the widget. Normally used to set
+# default options for subwidgets. See tixwidgets.py
+def OptionName(widget):
+    return widget.tk.call('tixOptionName', widget._w)
+
+# Called with a dictionary argument of the form
+# {'*.c':'C source files', '*.txt':'Text Files', '*':'All files'}
+# returns a string which can be used to configure the fsbox file types
+# in an ExFileSelectBox. i.e.,
+# '{{*} {* - All files}} {{*.c} {*.c - C source files}} {{*.txt} {*.txt - Text Files}}'
+def FileTypeList(dict):
+    s = ''
+    for type in dict.keys():
+       s = s + '{{' + type + '} {' + type + ' - ' + dict[type] + '}} '
+    return s
+
+# Still to be done:
+class CObjView(TixWidget):
+    """This file implements the Canvas Object View widget. This is a base
+    class of IconView. It implements automatic placement/adjustment of the
+    scrollbars according to the canvas objects inside the canvas subwidget.
+    The scrollbars are adjusted so that the canvas is just large enough
+    to see all the objects.
+    """
+    pass
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/README.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/README.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+
+   Tix 8.4.2 for Tcl 8.4+
+   
+                       Tix Documentation Master Index
+
+   This file is the master index of all the documentation included in
+   this package. For additional information about Tix, please visit the
+   Tix Home Page at
+
+	http://tix.sourceforge.net/
+
+   or join the mailing lists there.
+
+     * ABOUT.html        A brief description of Tix.
+     * docs/Release.html Release notes on this version of Tix.
+     * unix/README.txt   Compiling and installing Tix under Unix.
+     * win/README.txt    Compiling and installing Tix under Windows.
+     * docs/html/TixUser/TixUser.html Tix Users's Guide.
+     * Programming with Tix:
+          + Tix Programmer's Guide.
+          + Using Tix Stand Alone Modules (SAM).
+     * docs/FAQ.html     The Tix Frequent Asked Questions.
+     * ChangeLog.txt     Changes made to Tix since the previous release.
+     * man/index.html    Programmer's Reference Manual.
+
+   Versions of Tcl/Tk prior to 8.4 are no longer supported.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/aclocal.m4
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/aclocal.m4	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#
+# Include the TEA standard macro set
+#
+
+builtin(include,tclconfig/tcl.m4)
+
+#
+# Add here whatever m4 macros you want to define for your package
+#

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/configure
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/configure	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,11674 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59 for Tix 8.4.2.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization.  ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  set -o posix
+fi
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_unset=unset
+else
+  as_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
+$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+for as_var in \
+  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
+  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
+  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
+do
+  if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
+    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
+  else
+    $as_unset $as_var
+  fi
+done
+
+# Required to use basename.
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+
+# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
+  chmod +x conf$$.sh
+  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  else
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  fi
+  rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2"  || {
+  # Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no path at all
+  # relative or not.
+  case $0 in
+    *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+    *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+done
+
+       ;;
+  esac
+  # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+  # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+  if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+    as_myself=$0
+  fi
+  if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+  case $CONFIG_SHELL in
+  '')
+    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+	 case $as_dir in
+	 /*)
+	   if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
+	     $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
+	     $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
+	     CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
+	     export CONFIG_SHELL
+	     exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
+	   fi;;
+	 esac
+       done
+done
+;;
+  esac
+
+  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
+  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
+  # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
+  # work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
+  # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
+  # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
+  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
+  # second 'sed' script.  Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed '=' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      N
+      s,$,-,
+      : loop
+      s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
+      t loop
+      s,-$,,
+      s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
+    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
+  . ./$as_me.lineno
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+
+case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
+  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
+' ECHO_T='	' ;;
+  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
+  *)       ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
+esac
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+echo >conf$$.file
+if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
+  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
+  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
+    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  else
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+  fi
+elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_ln_s=ln
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p=:
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+as_executable_p="test -f"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
+as_nl='
+'
+IFS=" 	$as_nl"
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH
+
+
+# Name of the host.
+# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
+# so uname gets run too.
+ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+
+exec 6>&1
+
+#
+# Initializations.
+#
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+ac_config_libobj_dir=.
+cross_compiling=no
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS=
+MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+# This variable seems obsolete.  It should probably be removed, and
+# only ac_max_sed_lines should be used.
+: ${ac_max_here_lines=38}
+
+# Identity of this package.
+PACKAGE_NAME='Tix'
+PACKAGE_TARNAME='tix'
+PACKAGE_VERSION='8.4.2'
+PACKAGE_STRING='Tix 8.4.2'
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''
+
+# Factoring default headers for most tests.
+ac_includes_default="\
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STRINGS_H
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STDINT_H
+#  include <stdint.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif"
+
+ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS CYGPATH EXEEXT PKG_LIB_FILE PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE PKG_STUB_SOURCES PKG_STUB_OBJECTS PKG_TCL_SOURCES PKG_HEADERS PKG_INCLUDES PKG_LIBS PKG_CFLAGS TCL_VERSION TCL_BIN_DIR TCL_SRC_DIR TCL_LIB_FILE TCL_LIB_FLAG TCL_LIB_SPEC TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC TCL_LIBS TCL_DEFS TCL_EXTRA_CFLAGS TCL_LD_FLAGS TCL_SHLIB_LD_LIBS TK_VERSION TK_BIN_DIR TK_SRC_DIR TK_LIB_FILE TK_LIB_FLAG TK_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_FILE TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_LIBS TK_XINCLUDES CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS CPPFLAGS ac_ct_CC OBJEXT CPP INSTALL_PROGRAM INSTALL_SCRIPT INSTALL_DATA SET_MAKE RANLIB ac_ct_RANLIB EGREP MATH_LIBS PKG_SOURCES PKG_OBJECTS TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE TCL_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE TCL_WIN_DIR_NATIVE TCL_BMAP_DIR_NATIVE TCL_TOOL_DIR_NATIVE TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE TCL_INCLUDES TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE TK_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE TK_WIN_DIR_NATIVE TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE TK_INCLUDES CLEANFILES TCL_THREADS SHARED_BUILD AR CELIB_DIR LIBOBJS DL_LIBS CFLAGS_DEBUG CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE CFLAGS_WARNING STLIB_LD SHLIB_LD SHLIB_LD_LIBS SHLIB_CFLAGS LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR TCL_DBGX CFLAGS_DEFAULT LDFLAGS_DEFAULT MAKE_LIB MAKE_SHARED_LIB MAKE_STATIC_LIB MAKE_STUB_LIB RANLIB_STUB TCLSH_PROG WISH_PROG LTLIBOBJS'
+ac_subst_files=''
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+ac_init_help=
+ac_init_version=false
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+cache_file=/dev/null
+exec_prefix=NONE
+no_create=
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+
+# Installation directory options.
+# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
+# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
+# by default will actually change.
+# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  ac_optarg=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case $ac_option in
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build_alias ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  --config-cache | -C)
+    cache_file=config.cache ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+  | --da=*)
+    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_$ac_feature=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case $ac_option in
+      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_$ac_feature='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
+    ac_init_help=long ;;
+  -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
+    ac_init_help=recursive ;;
+  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
+    ac_init_help=short ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target_alias ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
+    ac_init_version=: ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case $ac_option in
+      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_$ac_package='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_$ac_package=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ;;
+
+  *=*)
+    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`
+    eval "$ac_envvar='$ac_optarg'"
+    export $ac_envvar ;;
+
+  *)
+    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
+    echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
+    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
+    : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
+  { echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+# Be sure to have absolute paths.
+for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix
+do
+  eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+  case $ac_val in
+    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* | NONE | '' ) ;;
+    *)  { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  esac
+done
+
+# Be sure to have absolute paths.
+for ac_var in bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir \
+	      localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir
+do
+  eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+  case $ac_val in
+    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
+    *)  { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  esac
+done
+
+# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
+# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+build=$build_alias
+host=$host_alias
+target=$target_alias
+
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
+  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
+    cross_compiling=maybe
+    echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
+    If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
+  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
+    cross_compiling=yes
+  fi
+fi
+
+ac_tool_prefix=
+test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
+
+test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
+
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_confdir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$0" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $ac_confdir or .." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  else
+    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+fi
+(cd $srcdir && test -r ./$ac_unique_file) 2>/dev/null ||
+  { echo "$as_me: error: sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+srcdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed 's%\([^\\/]\)[\\/]*$%\1%'`
+ac_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
+ac_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
+ac_cv_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
+ac_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
+ac_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
+ac_cv_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
+ac_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
+ac_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
+ac_cv_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
+ac_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
+ac_env_CC_value=$CC
+ac_cv_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
+ac_cv_env_CC_value=$CC
+ac_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
+ac_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
+ac_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
+ac_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
+ac_env_CPP_value=$CPP
+ac_cv_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
+ac_cv_env_CPP_value=$CPP
+
+#
+# Report the --help message.
+#
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
+  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+\`configure' configures Tix 8.4.2 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
+
+To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
+VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
+
+Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
+
+Configuration:
+  -h, --help              display this help and exit
+      --help=short        display options specific to this package
+      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
+  -V, --version           display version information and exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking...' messages
+      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
+  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
+  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
+      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
+
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+Installation directories:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+			  [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+			  [PREFIX]
+
+By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
+\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
+an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
+for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
+
+For better control, use the options below.
+
+Fine tuning of the installation directories:
+  --bindir=DIR           user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR          system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR       program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR          read-only architecture-independent data [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR       read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR   modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR    modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR           object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR       C header files [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR    C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR          info documentation [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR           man documentation [PREFIX/man]
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+X features:
+  --x-includes=DIR    X include files are in DIR
+  --x-libraries=DIR   X library files are in DIR
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
+  case $ac_init_help in
+     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of Tix 8.4.2:";;
+   esac
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Optional Features:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --enable-threads        build with threads
+  --enable-shared         build and link with shared libraries (default: on)
+  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (default: off)
+  --enable-64bit-vis      enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off)
+  --enable-wince          enable Win/CE support (where applicable)
+  --enable-load           allow dynamic loading and "load" command (default:
+                          on)
+  --enable-symbols        build with debugging symbols (default: off)
+
+Optional Packages:
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --with-tcl              directory containing tcl configuration
+                          (tclConfig.sh)
+  --with-tk               directory containing tk configuration (tkConfig.sh)
+  --with-x                use the X Window System
+  --with-celib=DIR        use Windows/CE support library from DIR
+
+Some influential environment variables:
+  CC          C compiler command
+  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
+  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
+              nonstandard directory <lib dir>
+  CPPFLAGS    C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if you have
+              headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
+  CPP         C preprocessor
+
+Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
+it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
+
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
+  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
+  ac_popdir=`pwd`
+  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
+    test -d $ac_dir || continue
+    ac_builddir=.
+
+if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
+  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
+else
+  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
+fi
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
+       ac_top_srcdir=.
+    else
+       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
+    fi ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
+esac
+
+# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
+# the directories may not exist.
+case `pwd` in
+.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+*)
+  case "$ac_dir" in
+  .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+  *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+*)
+  case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
+  .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_top_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+
+    cd $ac_dir
+    # Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure.
+    if test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu; then
+      echo
+      $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu  --help=recursive
+    elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure; then
+      echo
+      $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure  --help=recursive
+    elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.ac ||
+	   test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.in; then
+      echo
+      $ac_configure --help
+    else
+      echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
+    fi
+    cd $ac_popdir
+  done
+fi
+
+test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0
+if $ac_init_version; then
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+Tix configure 8.4.2
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59
+
+Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+_ACEOF
+  exit 0
+fi
+exec 5>config.log
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+
+It was created by Tix $as_me 8.4.2, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.  Invocation command line was
+
+  $ $0 $@
+
+_ACEOF
+{
+cat <<_ASUNAME
+## --------- ##
+## Platform. ##
+## --------- ##
+
+hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`
+
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null               || echo unknown`
+/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`
+
+_ASUNAME
+
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  echo "PATH: $as_dir"
+done
+
+} >&5
+
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Core tests. ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Keep a trace of the command line.
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
+# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
+# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
+ac_configure_args=
+ac_configure_args0=
+ac_configure_args1=
+ac_sep=
+ac_must_keep_next=false
+for ac_pass in 1 2
+do
+  for ac_arg
+  do
+    case $ac_arg in
+    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
+    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+      continue ;;
+    *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
+      ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    case $ac_pass in
+    1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    2)
+      ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'"
+      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
+	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
+      else
+	case $ac_arg in
+	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
+	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
+	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
+	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
+	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
+	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep'$ac_arg'"
+      # Get rid of the leading space.
+      ac_sep=" "
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+done
+$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; }
+$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; }
+
+# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
+# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
+# would cause problems or look ugly.
+# WARNING: Be sure not to use single quotes in there, as some shells,
+# such as our DU 5.0 friend, will then `close' the trap.
+trap 'exit_status=$?
+  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
+  {
+    echo
+
+    cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ---------------- ##
+## Cache variables. ##
+## ---------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    echo
+    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+{
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case `(ac_space='"'"' '"'"'; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
+    *ac_space=\ *)
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'"'"'/'"'"'\\\\'"'"''"'"'/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='"'"'\\2'"'"'/p"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      sed -n \
+	"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
+      ;;
+    esac;
+}
+    echo
+
+    cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------------- ##
+## Output variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    echo
+    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
+    do
+      eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+      echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
+    done | sort
+    echo
+
+    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------- ##
+## Output files. ##
+## ------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+      echo
+      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
+      do
+	eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+	echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
+      done | sort
+      echo
+    fi
+
+    if test -s confdefs.h; then
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------- ##
+## confdefs.h. ##
+## ----------- ##
+_ASBOX
+      echo
+      sed "/^$/d" confdefs.h | sort
+      echo
+    fi
+    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
+      echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
+    echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
+  } >&5
+  rm -f core *.core &&
+  rm -rf conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
+    exit $exit_status
+     ' 0
+for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
+  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal
+done
+ac_signal=0
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo >confdefs.h
+
+# Predefined preprocessor variables.
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
+    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
+  # files actually), so we avoid doing that.
+  if test -f "$cache_file"; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+    case $cache_file in
+      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;;
+      *)                      . ./$cache_file;;
+    esac
+  fi
+else
+  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  >$cache_file
+fi
+
+# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
+# value.
+ac_cache_corrupted=false
+for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 |
+	       sed -n 's/^ac_env_\([a-zA-Z_0-9]*\)_set=.*/\1/p'`; do
+  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_old_val="\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value"
+  eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value"
+  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
+    set,)
+      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,set)
+      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,);;
+    *)
+      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
+	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&5
+echo "$as_me:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&2;}
+	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&5
+echo "$as_me:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;}
+	ac_cache_corrupted=:
+      fi;;
+  esac
+  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
+  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
+    case $ac_new_val in
+    *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
+      ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
+    esac
+    case " $ac_configure_args " in
+      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
+      *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+done
+if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
+  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars.
+# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows"
+# as well as PKG_LIB_FILE and PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    # TEA extensions pass this us the version of TEA they think they
+    # are compatible with.
+    TEA_VERSION="3.5"
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for correct TEA configuration" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for correct TEA configuration... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    if test x"${PACKAGE_NAME}" = x ; then
+	{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error:
+The PACKAGE_NAME variable must be defined by your TEA configure.in" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error:
+The PACKAGE_NAME variable must be defined by your TEA configure.in" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    fi
+    if test x"3.5" = x ; then
+	{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error:
+TEA version not specified." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error:
+TEA version not specified." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    elif test "3.5" != "${TEA_VERSION}" ; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: warning: requested TEA version \"3.5\", have \"${TEA_VERSION}\"" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}warning: requested TEA version \"3.5\", have \"${TEA_VERSION}\"" >&6
+    else
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})" >&6
+    fi
+    case "`uname -s`" in
+	*win32*|*WIN32*|*CYGWIN_NT*|*CYGWIN_9*|*CYGWIN_ME*|*MINGW32_*)
+	    # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -w"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo"
+fi
+fi
+CYGPATH=$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH
+if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CYGPATH" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CYGPATH" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+	    EXEEXT=".exe"
+	    TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    CYGPATH=echo
+	    EXEEXT=""
+	    TEA_PLATFORM="unix"
+	    ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Check if exec_prefix is set. If not use fall back to prefix.
+    # Note when adjusted, so that TEA_PREFIX can correct for this.
+    # This is needed for recursive configures, since autoconf propagates
+    # $prefix, but not $exec_prefix (doh!).
+    if test x$exec_prefix = xNONE ; then
+	exec_prefix_default=yes
+	exec_prefix=$prefix
+    fi
+
+
+
+
+    # This package name must be replaced statically for AC_SUBST to work
+
+    # Substitute STUB_LIB_FILE in case package creates a stub library too.
+
+
+    # We AC_SUBST these here to ensure they are subst'ed,
+    # in case the user doesn't call TEA_ADD_...
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in tclconfig $srcdir/tclconfig; do
+  if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/shtool; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in tclconfig $srcdir/tclconfig" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in tclconfig $srcdir/tclconfig" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess"
+ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub"
+ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Load the tclConfig.sh file
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+
+    #
+    # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
+    #
+
+    if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
+	no_tcl=true
+
+# Check whether --with-tcl or --without-tcl was given.
+if test "${with_tcl+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_tcl"
+  with_tclconfig=${withval}
+fi;
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Tcl configuration" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for Tcl configuration... $ECHO_C" >&6
+	if test "${ac_cv_c_tclconfig+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+
+	    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
+		case ${with_tclconfig} in
+		    */tclConfig.sh )
+			if test -f ${with_tclconfig}; then
+			    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&2;}
+			    with_tclconfig=`echo ${with_tclconfig} | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`
+			fi ;;
+		esac
+		if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd ${with_tclconfig}; pwd)`
+		else
+		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a private Tcl installation
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # on Windows, check in common installation locations
+	    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
+		-a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few common install locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few other private locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			${srcdir}/../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+		    break
+		fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+fi
+
+
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+	    TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
+	    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions" >&2;}
+	    exit 0
+	else
+	    no_tcl=
+	    TCL_BIN_DIR=${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6
+	fi
+    fi
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh... $ECHO_C" >&6
+
+    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+        echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: loading" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}loading" >&6
+	. ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh
+    else
+        echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
+
+    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
+    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
+    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
+    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
+    # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
+    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
+    if test -f ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile ; then
+        TCL_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
+        TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
+        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
+    elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+	# If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
+	# from the framework at the given location so that linking works
+	# against Tcl.framework installed in an arbitary location.
+	case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+	    *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
+		if test -f ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_LIB_FILE}; then
+		    for i in "`cd ${TCL_BIN_DIR}; pwd`" \
+			     "`cd ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../..; pwd`"; do
+			if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TCL_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then
+			    TCL_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i"` -framework ${TCL_LIB_FILE}"
+			    break
+			fi
+		    done
+		fi
+		if test -f ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}; then
+		    TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${TCL_BIN_DIR} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+		    TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+		fi
+		;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Load the tkConfig.sh file if necessary (Tk extension)
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    #
+    # Ok, lets find the tk configuration
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
+    #
+
+    if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_tk in case something fails here
+	no_tk=true
+
+# Check whether --with-tk or --without-tk was given.
+if test "${with_tk+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_tk"
+  with_tkconfig=${withval}
+fi;
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Tk configuration" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for Tk configuration... $ECHO_C" >&6
+	if test "${ac_cv_c_tkconfig+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+
+	    # First check to see if --with-tkconfig was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_tkconfig}" != x ; then
+		case ${with_tkconfig} in
+		    */tkConfig.sh )
+			if test -f ${with_tkconfig}; then
+			    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: --with-tk argument should refer to directory containing tkConfig.sh, not to tkConfig.sh itself" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tk argument should refer to directory containing tkConfig.sh, not to tkConfig.sh itself" >&2;}
+			    with_tkconfig=`echo ${with_tkconfig} | sed 's!/tkConfig\.sh$!!'`
+			fi ;;
+		esac
+		if test -f "${with_tkconfig}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd ${with_tkconfig}; pwd)`
+		else
+		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${with_tkconfig} directory doesn't contain tkConfig.sh" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ${with_tkconfig} directory doesn't contain tkConfig.sh" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a private Tk library
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../tk \
+			`ls -dr ../tk[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tk[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tk[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../tk \
+			`ls -dr ../../tk[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tk[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tk[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../../tk \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tk[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tk[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tk[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/Tk.framework/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd $i/Tk.framework; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few common install locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # on Windows, check in common installation locations
+	    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
+		-a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few other private locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			${srcdir}/../tk \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+fi
+
+
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+	    TK_BIN_DIR="# no Tk configs found"
+	    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Can't find Tk configuration definitions" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: Can't find Tk configuration definitions" >&2;}
+	    exit 0
+	else
+	    no_tk=
+	    TK_BIN_DIR=${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: found ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}found ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" >&6
+	fi
+    fi
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh... $ECHO_C" >&6
+
+    if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+        echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: loading" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}loading" >&6
+	. ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh
+    else
+        echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" >&6
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TK_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
+
+    # If the TK_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
+    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
+    # For example, the variable TK_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
+    # of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TK_LIB_SPEC
+    # instead of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
+    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
+    if test -f ${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile ; then
+        TK_LIB_SPEC=${TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
+        TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
+        TK_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
+    elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+	# If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
+	# from the framework at the given location so that linking works
+	# against Tk.framework installed in an arbitary location.
+	case ${TK_DEFS} in
+	    *TK_FRAMEWORK*)
+		if test -f ${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}; then
+		    for i in "`cd ${TK_BIN_DIR}; pwd`" \
+			     "`cd ${TK_BIN_DIR}/../..; pwd`"; do
+			if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TK_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then
+			    TK_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i"` -framework ${TK_LIB_FILE}"
+			    break
+			fi
+		    done
+		fi
+		if test -f ${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}; then
+		    TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${TK_BIN_DIR} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+		    TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+		fi
+		;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TK_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
+
+    # Ensure windowingsystem is defined
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" ; then
+	case ${TK_DEFS} in
+	    *MAC_OSX_TK*)
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define MAC_OSX_TK 1
+_ACEOF
+
+		TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="aqua"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="x11"
+		;;
+	esac
+    elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="win32"
+    fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave.
+# Must be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG and before TEA_SETUP_COMPILER.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
+	prefix_default=yes
+	if test x"${TCL_PREFIX}" != x; then
+	    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: --prefix defaulting to TCL_PREFIX ${TCL_PREFIX}" >&5
+echo "$as_me: --prefix defaulting to TCL_PREFIX ${TCL_PREFIX}" >&6;}
+	    prefix=${TCL_PREFIX}
+	else
+	    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: --prefix defaulting to /usr/local" >&5
+echo "$as_me: --prefix defaulting to /usr/local" >&6;}
+	    prefix=/usr/local
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE" -a x"${prefix_default}" = x"yes" \
+	-o x"${exec_prefix_default}" = x"yes" ; then
+	if test x"${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" != x; then
+	    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: --exec-prefix defaulting to TCL_EXEC_PREFIX ${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" >&5
+echo "$as_me: --exec-prefix defaulting to TCL_EXEC_PREFIX ${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" >&6;}
+	    exec_prefix=${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}
+	else
+	    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: --exec-prefix defaulting to ${prefix}" >&5
+echo "$as_me: --exec-prefix defaulting to ${prefix}" >&6;}
+	    exec_prefix=$prefix
+	fi
+    fi
+
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Standard compiler checks.
+# This sets up CC by using the CC env var, or looks for gcc otherwise.
+# This also calls AC_PROG_CC, AC_PROG_INSTALL and a few others to create
+# the basic setup necessary to compile executables.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    # Don't put any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE)
+    # in this macro, they need to go into TEA_SETUP_COMPILER instead.
+
+    # If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
+    # the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
+    if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
+	CFLAGS=""
+    fi
+
+    ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  CC=$ac_ct_CC
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="cc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  CC=$ac_ct_CC
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  CC=$ac_ct_CC
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO:" \
+     "checking for C compiler version" >&5
+ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2`
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe b.out"
+# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
+# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
+# of exeext.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output file name... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link_default\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link_default) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  # Find the output, starting from the most likely.  This scheme is
+# not robust to junk in `.', hence go to wildcards (a.*) only as a last
+# resort.
+
+# Be careful to initialize this variable, since it used to be cached.
+# Otherwise an old cache value of `no' led to `EXEEXT = no' in a Makefile.
+ac_cv_exeext=
+# b.out is created by i960 compilers.
+for ac_file in a_out.exe a.exe conftest.exe a.out conftest a.* conftest.* b.out
+do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj )
+	;;
+    conftest.$ac_ext )
+	# This is the source file.
+	;;
+    [ab].out )
+	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
+	# certainly right.
+	break;;
+    *.* )
+	ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	# FIXME: I believe we export ac_cv_exeext for Libtool,
+	# but it would be cool to find out if it's true.  Does anybody
+	# maintain Libtool? --akim.
+	export ac_cv_exeext
+	break;;
+    * )
+	break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6
+
+# Check the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6
+# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0
+# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+  if { ac_try='./$ac_file'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+    cross_compiling=no
+  else
+    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
+	cross_compiling=yes
+    else
+	{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+
+rm -f a.out a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+# Check the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of executables... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
+# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
+# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
+# `rm'.
+for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	  export ac_cv_exeext
+	  break;;
+    * ) break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
+ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of object files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  for ac_file in `(ls conftest.o conftest.obj; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg ) ;;
+    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
+       break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6
+OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
+ac_objext=$OBJEXT
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6
+GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes`
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+CFLAGS="-g"
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std1 is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std1.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
+# breaks some systems' header files.
+# AIX			-qlanglvl=ansi
+# Ultrix and OSF/1	-std1
+# HP-UX 10.20 and later	-Ae
+# HP-UX older versions	-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
+# SVR4			-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
+for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_arg
+break
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest.$ac_objext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
+  x|xno)
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6 ;;
+  *)
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&6
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
+esac
+
+# Some people use a C++ compiler to compile C.  Since we use `exit',
+# in C++ we need to declare it.  In case someone uses the same compiler
+# for both compiling C and C++ we need to have the C++ compiler decide
+# the declaration of exit, since it's the most demanding environment.
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+  choke me
+#endif
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  for ac_declaration in \
+   '' \
+   'extern "C" void std::exit (int) throw (); using std::exit;' \
+   'extern "C" void std::exit (int); using std::exit;' \
+   'extern "C" void exit (int) throw ();' \
+   'extern "C" void exit (int);' \
+   'void exit (int);'
+do
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_declaration
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit (42);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_declaration
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit (42);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  break
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+done
+rm -f conftest*
+if test -n "$ac_declaration"; then
+  echo '#ifdef __cplusplus' >>confdefs.h
+  echo $ac_declaration      >>confdefs.h
+  echo '#endif'             >>confdefs.h
+fi
+
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+    ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+  if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
+    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
+    do
+      ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether non-existent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then
+  break
+fi
+
+    done
+    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+
+fi
+  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6
+ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether non-existent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then
+  :
+else
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+    # Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for a BSD-compatible install... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+case $as_dir/ in
+  ./ | .// | /cC/* | \
+  /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \
+  ?:\\/os2\\/install\\/* | ?:\\/OS2\\/INSTALL\\/* | \
+  /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
+  *)
+    # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+    # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+    # by default.
+    for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+      for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+	if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    :
+	  elif test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c"
+	    break 3
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+    done
+    ;;
+esac
+done
+
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  We don't cache a
+    # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the path is relative.
+    INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$INSTALL" >&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... $ECHO_C" >&6
+set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y,:./+-,___p_,'`
+if eval "test \"\${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF
+all:
+	@echo 'ac_maketemp="$(MAKE)"'
+_ACEOF
+# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
+eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null | grep temp=`
+if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then
+  eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes
+else
+  eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.make
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+  SET_MAKE=
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+  SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
+fi
+
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Find ranlib
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$RANLIB" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB=":"
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
+if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
+else
+  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+fi
+
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+
+
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for egrep... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_egrep+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if echo a | (grep -E '(a|b)') >/dev/null 2>&1
+    then ac_cv_prog_egrep='grep -E'
+    else ac_cv_prog_egrep='egrep'
+    fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&6
+ EGREP=$ac_cv_prog_egrep
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  :
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
+# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#else
+# define ISLOWER(c) \
+		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
+		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
+		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
+	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
+      exit(2);
+  exit (0);
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
+		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+
+    # Any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE) have to go here.
+
+
+    #------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe. If so, use it.
+    # It makes compiling go faster.  (This is only a performance feature.)
+    #------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    if test -z "$no_pipe" -a -n "$GCC"; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if the compiler understands -pipe" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if the compiler understands -pipe... $ECHO_C" >&6
+	OLDCC="$CC"
+	CC="$CC -pipe"
+	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+CC="$OLDCC"
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+    fi
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Common compiler flag setup
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether byte ordering is bigendian" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether byte ordering is bigendian... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_c_bigendian+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  # See if sys/param.h defines the BYTE_ORDER macro.
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#if !BYTE_ORDER || !BIG_ENDIAN || !LITTLE_ENDIAN
+ bogus endian macros
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  # It does; now see whether it defined to BIG_ENDIAN or not.
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#if BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN
+ not big endian
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+# It does not; compile a test program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  # try to guess the endianness by grepping values into an object file
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+short ascii_mm[] = { 0x4249, 0x4765, 0x6E44, 0x6961, 0x6E53, 0x7953, 0 };
+short ascii_ii[] = { 0x694C, 0x5454, 0x656C, 0x6E45, 0x6944, 0x6E61, 0 };
+void _ascii () { char *s = (char *) ascii_mm; s = (char *) ascii_ii; }
+short ebcdic_ii[] = { 0x89D3, 0xE3E3, 0x8593, 0x95C5, 0x89C4, 0x9581, 0 };
+short ebcdic_mm[] = { 0xC2C9, 0xC785, 0x95C4, 0x8981, 0x95E2, 0xA8E2, 0 };
+void _ebcdic () { char *s = (char *) ebcdic_mm; s = (char *) ebcdic_ii; }
+int
+main ()
+{
+ _ascii (); _ebcdic ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  if grep BIGenDianSyS conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null ; then
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
+fi
+if grep LiTTleEnDian conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null ; then
+  if test "$ac_cv_c_bigendian" = unknown; then
+    ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
+  else
+    # finding both strings is unlikely to happen, but who knows?
+    ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown
+  fi
+fi
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+int
+main ()
+{
+  /* Are we little or big endian?  From Harbison&Steele.  */
+  union
+  {
+    long l;
+    char c[sizeof (long)];
+  } u;
+  u.l = 1;
+  exit (u.c[sizeof (long) - 1] == 1);
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
+else
+  echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
+fi
+rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&6
+case $ac_cv_c_bigendian in
+  yes)
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
+_ACEOF
+ ;;
+  no)
+     ;;
+  *)
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unknown endianness
+presetting ac_cv_c_bigendian=no (or yes) will help" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: unknown endianness
+presetting ac_cv_c_bigendian=no (or yes) will help" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+esac
+
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" ; then
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # On a few very rare systems, all of the libm.a stuff is
+    # already in libc.a.  Set compiler flags accordingly.
+    # Also, Linux requires the "ieee" library for math to work
+    # right (and it must appear before "-lm").
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for sin" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for sin... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_sin+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define sin to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares sin.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define sin innocuous_sin
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char sin (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef sin
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char sin ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_sin) || defined (__stub___sin)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = sin;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != sin;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_sin=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_sin=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_sin" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_sin" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_sin = yes; then
+  MATH_LIBS=""
+else
+  MATH_LIBS="-lm"
+fi
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for main in -lieee" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for main in -lieee... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_ieee_main+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lieee  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+main ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_ieee_main=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_ieee_main=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_ieee_main" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_ieee_main" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_ieee_main = yes; then
+  MATH_LIBS="-lieee $MATH_LIBS"
+fi
+
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Interactive UNIX requires -linet instead of -lsocket, plus it
+    # needs net/errno.h to define the socket-related error codes.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for main in -linet" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for main in -linet... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_inet_main+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-linet  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+main ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_inet_main=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_inet_main=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_inet_main" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_inet_main" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_inet_main = yes; then
+  LIBS="$LIBS -linet"
+fi
+
+    if test "${ac_cv_header_net_errno_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for net/errno.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for net/errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_net_errno_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_net_errno_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_net_errno_h" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking net/errno.h usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking net/errno.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <net/errno.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking net/errno.h presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking net/errno.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <net/errno.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: net/errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: net/errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: net/errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: net/errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: net/errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: net/errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: net/errno.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: net/errno.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: net/errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: net/errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: net/errno.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: net/errno.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: net/errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: net/errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: net/errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: net/errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the Tix lists.  ##
+## ------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for net/errno.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for net/errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_net_errno_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_header_net_errno_h=$ac_header_preproc
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_net_errno_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_net_errno_h" >&6
+
+fi
+if test $ac_cv_header_net_errno_h = yes; then
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #	Check for the existence of the -lsocket and -lnsl libraries.
+    #	The order here is important, so that they end up in the right
+    #	order in the command line generated by make.  Here are some
+    #	special considerations:
+    #	1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and
+    #	   "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl.
+    #	2. Use each function name only once:  can't redo a check because
+    #	   autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it.
+    #	3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that
+    #	   aren't already present in the normal libraries.  This is because
+    #	   IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're
+    #	   bogus:  they goof up name resolution if used.
+    #	4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too.
+    #	   To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
+    #	   if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    tcl_checkBoth=0
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for connect" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for connect... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_connect+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define connect to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares connect.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define connect innocuous_connect
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char connect (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef connect
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char connect ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_connect) || defined (__stub___connect)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = connect;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != connect;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_connect=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_connect=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_connect" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_connect" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_connect = yes; then
+  tcl_checkSocket=0
+else
+  tcl_checkSocket=1
+fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_checkSocket" = 1; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for setsockopt" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for setsockopt... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_setsockopt+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define setsockopt to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares setsockopt.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define setsockopt innocuous_setsockopt
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char setsockopt (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef setsockopt
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char setsockopt ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_setsockopt) || defined (__stub___setsockopt)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = setsockopt;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != setsockopt;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_setsockopt=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_setsockopt=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_setsockopt" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_setsockopt" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_setsockopt = yes; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for setsockopt in -lsocket" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for setsockopt in -lsocket... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lsocket  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char setsockopt ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+setsockopt ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt = yes; then
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket"
+else
+  tcl_checkBoth=1
+fi
+
+fi
+
+    fi
+    if test "$tcl_checkBoth" = 1; then
+	tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+	LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket -lnsl"
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for accept" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for accept... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_accept+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define accept to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares accept.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define accept innocuous_accept
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char accept (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef accept
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char accept ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_accept) || defined (__stub___accept)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = accept;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != accept;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_accept=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_accept=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_accept" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_accept" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_accept = yes; then
+  tcl_checkNsl=0
+else
+  LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
+fi
+
+    fi
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for gethostbyname" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for gethostbyname... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_gethostbyname+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define gethostbyname to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares gethostbyname.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define gethostbyname innocuous_gethostbyname
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char gethostbyname (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef gethostbyname
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char gethostbyname ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_gethostbyname) || defined (__stub___gethostbyname)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = gethostbyname;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != gethostbyname;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_gethostbyname=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_gethostbyname=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_gethostbyname" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_gethostbyname" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_gethostbyname = yes; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for gethostbyname in -lnsl" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for gethostbyname in -lnsl... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lnsl  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char gethostbyname ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+gethostbyname ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname = yes; then
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+    # Don't perform the eval of the libraries here because DL_LIBS
+    # won't be set until we call TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS
+
+    TCL_LIBS='${DL_LIBS} ${LIBS} ${MATH_LIBS}'
+
+
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dirent.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking dirent.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_dirent_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
+#   ifdef __Lynx__
+	/*
+	 * Generate compilation error to make the test fail:  Lynx headers
+	 * are only valid if really in the POSIX environment.
+	 */
+
+	missing_procedure();
+#   endif
+#endif
+DIR *d;
+struct dirent *entryPtr;
+char *p;
+d = opendir("foobar");
+entryPtr = readdir(d);
+p = entryPtr->d_name;
+closedir(d);
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_dirent_h=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_dirent_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_dirent_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_dirent_h" >&6
+
+    if test $tcl_cv_dirent_h = no; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define NO_DIRENT_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    fi
+
+    if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for errno.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking errno.h usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking errno.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <errno.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking errno.h presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking errno.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <errno.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the Tix lists.  ##
+## ------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for errno.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_header_errno_h=$ac_header_preproc
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&6
+
+fi
+if test $ac_cv_header_errno_h = yes; then
+  :
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define NO_ERRNO_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+    if test "${ac_cv_header_float_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for float.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for float.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_float_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_float_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_float_h" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking float.h usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking float.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <float.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking float.h presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking float.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <float.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: float.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: float.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: float.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: float.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: float.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: float.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: float.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: float.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: float.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: float.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: float.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: float.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: float.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: float.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: float.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: float.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the Tix lists.  ##
+## ------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for float.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for float.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_float_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_header_float_h=$ac_header_preproc
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_float_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_float_h" >&6
+
+fi
+if test $ac_cv_header_float_h = yes; then
+  :
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define NO_FLOAT_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+    if test "${ac_cv_header_values_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for values.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for values.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_values_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_values_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_values_h" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking values.h usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking values.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <values.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking values.h presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking values.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <values.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: values.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: values.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: values.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: values.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: values.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: values.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: values.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: values.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: values.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: values.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: values.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: values.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: values.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: values.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: values.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: values.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the Tix lists.  ##
+## ------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for values.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for values.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_values_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_header_values_h=$ac_header_preproc
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_values_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_values_h" >&6
+
+fi
+if test $ac_cv_header_values_h = yes; then
+  :
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define NO_VALUES_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+    if test "${ac_cv_header_limits_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limits.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for limits.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_limits_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_limits_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_limits_h" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking limits.h usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking limits.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <limits.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking limits.h presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking limits.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: limits.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: limits.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: limits.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: limits.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: limits.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: limits.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: limits.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: limits.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: limits.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: limits.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: limits.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: limits.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: limits.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: limits.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: limits.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: limits.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the Tix lists.  ##
+## ------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limits.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for limits.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_limits_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_header_limits_h=$ac_header_preproc
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_limits_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_limits_h" >&6
+
+fi
+if test $ac_cv_header_limits_h = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define NO_LIMITS_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+    if test "${ac_cv_header_stdlib_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for stdlib.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for stdlib.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stdlib_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking stdlib.h usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking stdlib.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <stdlib.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking stdlib.h presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking stdlib.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the Tix lists.  ##
+## ------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for stdlib.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for stdlib.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stdlib_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdlib_h=$ac_header_preproc
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" >&6
+
+fi
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdlib_h = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=1
+else
+  tcl_ok=0
+fi
+
+
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "strtol" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  tcl_ok=0
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "strtoul" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  tcl_ok=0
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "strtod" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  tcl_ok=0
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define NO_STDLIB_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    fi
+    if test "${ac_cv_header_string_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for string.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for string.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_string_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_string_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_string_h" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking string.h usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking string.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <string.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking string.h presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking string.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <string.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: string.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: string.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: string.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: string.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: string.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: string.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: string.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: string.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: string.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: string.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: string.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: string.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: string.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: string.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: string.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: string.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the Tix lists.  ##
+## ------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for string.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for string.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_string_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_header_string_h=$ac_header_preproc
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_string_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_string_h" >&6
+
+fi
+if test $ac_cv_header_string_h = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=1
+else
+  tcl_ok=0
+fi
+
+
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "strstr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  tcl_ok=0
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "strerror" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  tcl_ok=0
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+
+    # See also memmove check below for a place where NO_STRING_H can be
+    # set and why.
+
+    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define NO_STRING_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    fi
+
+    if test "${ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for sys/wait.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for sys/wait.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking sys/wait.h usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking sys/wait.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking sys/wait.h presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking sys/wait.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sys/wait.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sys/wait.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sys/wait.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sys/wait.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sys/wait.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sys/wait.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sys/wait.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sys/wait.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sys/wait.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sys/wait.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sys/wait.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sys/wait.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sys/wait.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sys/wait.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sys/wait.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sys/wait.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the Tix lists.  ##
+## ------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for sys/wait.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for sys/wait.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h=$ac_header_preproc
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" >&6
+
+fi
+if test $ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h = yes; then
+  :
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define NO_SYS_WAIT_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+    if test "${ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlfcn.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlfcn.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dlfcn.h usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking dlfcn.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dlfcn.h presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking dlfcn.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: dlfcn.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: dlfcn.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: dlfcn.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: dlfcn.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: dlfcn.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: dlfcn.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: dlfcn.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: dlfcn.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: dlfcn.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: dlfcn.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: dlfcn.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: dlfcn.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: dlfcn.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: dlfcn.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: dlfcn.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: dlfcn.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the Tix lists.  ##
+## ------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlfcn.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlfcn.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h=$ac_header_preproc
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" >&6
+
+fi
+if test $ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h = yes; then
+  :
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define NO_DLFCN_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+
+    # OS/390 lacks sys/param.h (and doesn't need it, by chance).
+
+for ac_header in sys/param.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the Tix lists.  ##
+## ------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc"
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+
+fi
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+	# Let the user call this, because if it triggers, they will
+	# need a compat/strtod.c that is correct.  Users can also
+	# use Tcl_GetDouble(FromObj) instead.
+	#TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD
+    fi
+
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Specify the C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_SOURCES,
+# public headers that need to be installed in TEA_ADD_HEADERS,
+# stub library C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES,
+# and runtime Tcl library files in TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES.
+# This defines PKG(_STUB)_SOURCES, PKG(_STUB)_OBJECTS, PKG_HEADERS
+# and PKG_TCL_SOURCES.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# core sources
+
+    vars="tixClass.c tixCmds.c tixCompat.c tixError.c tixGeometry.c
+		 tixInit.c tixList.c tixMethod.c tixOption.c tixScroll.c
+		 tixSmpLs.c tixUtils.c tixWidget.c"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	case $i in
+	    \$*)
+		# allow $-var names
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		# check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
+		if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
+		    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
+		    ; then
+		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+		fi
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		# this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
+		i=`basename $i`
+		# handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+		if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
+		else
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
+		fi
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $j"
+		;;
+	esac
+    done
+
+
+
+# ditem sources
+
+    vars="tixDItem.c tixDiITxt.c tixDiImg.c tixDiStyle.c tixDiText.c
+		 tixDiWin.c"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	case $i in
+	    \$*)
+		# allow $-var names
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		# check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
+		if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
+		    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
+		    ; then
+		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+		fi
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		# this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
+		i=`basename $i`
+		# handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+		if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
+		else
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
+		fi
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $j"
+		;;
+	esac
+    done
+
+
+
+# manager sources
+
+    vars="tixForm.c tixFormMisc.c"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	case $i in
+	    \$*)
+		# allow $-var names
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		# check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
+		if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
+		    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
+		    ; then
+		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+		fi
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		# this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
+		i=`basename $i`
+		# handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+		if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
+		else
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
+		fi
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $j"
+		;;
+	esac
+    done
+
+
+
+# widget sources
+
+    vars="tixGrid.c tixGrData.c tixGrFmt.c tixGrRC.c tixGrSel.c
+		 tixGrSort.c tixGrUtl.c tixHList.c tixHLCol.c tixHLInd.c
+		 tixHLHdr.c tixNBFrame.c tixTList.c"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	case $i in
+	    \$*)
+		# allow $-var names
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		# check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
+		if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
+		    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
+		    ; then
+		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+		fi
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		# this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
+		i=`basename $i`
+		# handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+		if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
+		else
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
+		fi
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $j"
+		;;
+	esac
+    done
+
+
+
+# misc sources
+
+    vars="tixImgCmp.c tixImgXpm.c"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	case $i in
+	    \$*)
+		# allow $-var names
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		# check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
+		if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
+		    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
+		    ; then
+		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+		fi
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		# this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
+		i=`basename $i`
+		# handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+		if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
+		else
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
+		fi
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $j"
+		;;
+	esac
+    done
+
+
+
+
+
+    vars=""
+    for i in $vars; do
+	# check for existence, be strict because it is installed
+	if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then
+	    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find header file '${srcdir}/$i'" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: could not find header file '${srcdir}/$i'" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	fi
+	PKG_HEADERS="$PKG_HEADERS $i"
+    done
+
+
+
+    vars="-I. -I\"`${CYGPATH} ${srcdir}/generic`\""
+    for i in $vars; do
+	PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i"
+    done
+
+
+
+    PKG_CFLAGS="$PKG_CFLAGS "
+
+
+
+    vars=""
+    for i in $vars; do
+	# check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
+	if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
+	    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
+	    ; then
+	    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find stub source file '$i'" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: could not find stub source file '$i'" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	fi
+	PKG_STUB_SOURCES="$PKG_STUB_SOURCES $i"
+	# this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
+	i=`basename $i`
+	# handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+	if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
+	    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
+	else
+	    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
+	fi
+	PKG_STUB_OBJECTS="$PKG_STUB_OBJECTS $j"
+    done
+
+
+
+
+    vars=""
+    for i in $vars; do
+	# check for existence, be strict because it is installed
+	if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then
+	    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find tcl source file '${srcdir}/$i'" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: could not find tcl source file '${srcdir}/$i'" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	fi
+	PKG_TCL_SOURCES="$PKG_TCL_SOURCES $i"
+    done
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Choose which headers you need.  Extension authors should try very
+# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files.  Internal headers
+# contain private data structures and are subject to change without
+# notice.
+# This MUST be called after TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG/TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# needed for tclPort.h and such ... can be corrected
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Tcl private include files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for Tcl private include files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+
+    TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_SRC_DIR}`
+    TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}\"
+    TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic\"
+    TCL_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/unix\"
+    TCL_WIN_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/win\"
+    TCL_BMAP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/bitmaps\"
+    TCL_TOOL_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/tools\"
+    TCL_COMPAT_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/compat\"
+
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+	TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=${TCL_WIN_DIR_NATIVE}
+    else
+	TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=${TCL_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE}
+    fi
+    # We want to ensure these are substituted so as not to require
+    # any *_NATIVE vars be defined in the Makefile
+    TCL_INCLUDES="-I${TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE} -I${TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE}"
+    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+        # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use
+        # the framework's Headers and PrivateHeaders directories
+        case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+	    *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
+	        if test -d "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers" -a -d "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders"; then
+	        TCL_INCLUDES="-I\"${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers\" -I\"${TCL_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders\" ${TCL_INCLUDES}"; else
+	        TCL_INCLUDES="${TCL_INCLUDES} ${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC} `echo "${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/Headers/PrivateHeaders/'`"; fi
+	        ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using srcdir found in tclConfig.sh: ${TCL_SRC_DIR}" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}Using srcdir found in tclConfig.sh: ${TCL_SRC_DIR}" >&6
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Tk private include files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for Tk private include files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+
+    TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${TK_SRC_DIR}`
+    TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}\"
+    TK_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/unix\"
+    TK_WIN_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/win\"
+    TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic\"
+    TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/xlib\"
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+	TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=${TK_WIN_DIR_NATIVE}
+    else
+	TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=${TK_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE}
+    fi
+    # We want to ensure these are substituted so as not to require
+    # any *_NATIVE vars be defined in the Makefile
+    TK_INCLUDES="-I${TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE} -I${TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE}"
+    if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "win32" \
+	-o "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "aqua"; then
+	TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I${TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE}"
+    fi
+    if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "aqua"; then
+	TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/macosx"
+    fi
+    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+        # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use
+        # the framework's Headers and PrivateHeaders directories
+        case ${TK_DEFS} in
+	    *TK_FRAMEWORK*)
+	        if test -d "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers" -a -d "${TK_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders"; then
+	        TK_INCLUDES="-I\"${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers\" -I\"${TK_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders\" ${TK_INCLUDES}"; fi
+	        ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using srcdir found in tkConfig.sh: ${TK_SRC_DIR}" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}Using srcdir found in tkConfig.sh: ${TK_SRC_DIR}" >&6
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# For Unix/Tk builds, make sure that the X libraries/headers are found.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "x11" ; then
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for X" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for X... $ECHO_C" >&6
+
+
+# Check whether --with-x or --without-x was given.
+if test "${with_x+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_x"
+
+fi;
+# $have_x is `yes', `no', `disabled', or empty when we do not yet know.
+if test "x$with_x" = xno; then
+  # The user explicitly disabled X.
+  have_x=disabled
+else
+  if test "x$x_includes" != xNONE && test "x$x_libraries" != xNONE; then
+    # Both variables are already set.
+    have_x=yes
+  else
+    if test "${ac_cv_have_x+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  # One or both of the vars are not set, and there is no cached value.
+ac_x_includes=no ac_x_libraries=no
+rm -fr conftest.dir
+if mkdir conftest.dir; then
+  cd conftest.dir
+  # Make sure to not put "make" in the Imakefile rules, since we grep it out.
+  cat >Imakefile <<'_ACEOF'
+acfindx:
+	@echo 'ac_im_incroot="${INCROOT}"; ac_im_usrlibdir="${USRLIBDIR}"; ac_im_libdir="${LIBDIR}"'
+_ACEOF
+  if (xmkmf) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null && test -f Makefile; then
+    # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
+    eval `${MAKE-make} acfindx 2>/dev/null | grep -v make`
+    # Open Windows xmkmf reportedly sets LIBDIR instead of USRLIBDIR.
+    for ac_extension in a so sl; do
+      if test ! -f $ac_im_usrlibdir/libX11.$ac_extension &&
+	 test -f $ac_im_libdir/libX11.$ac_extension; then
+	ac_im_usrlibdir=$ac_im_libdir; break
+      fi
+    done
+    # Screen out bogus values from the imake configuration.  They are
+    # bogus both because they are the default anyway, and because
+    # using them would break gcc on systems where it needs fixed includes.
+    case $ac_im_incroot in
+	/usr/include) ;;
+	*) test -f "$ac_im_incroot/X11/Xos.h" && ac_x_includes=$ac_im_incroot;;
+    esac
+    case $ac_im_usrlibdir in
+	/usr/lib | /lib) ;;
+	*) test -d "$ac_im_usrlibdir" && ac_x_libraries=$ac_im_usrlibdir ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  cd ..
+  rm -fr conftest.dir
+fi
+
+# Standard set of common directories for X headers.
+# Check X11 before X11Rn because it is often a symlink to the current release.
+ac_x_header_dirs='
+/usr/X11/include
+/usr/X11R6/include
+/usr/X11R5/include
+/usr/X11R4/include
+
+/usr/include/X11
+/usr/include/X11R6
+/usr/include/X11R5
+/usr/include/X11R4
+
+/usr/local/X11/include
+/usr/local/X11R6/include
+/usr/local/X11R5/include
+/usr/local/X11R4/include
+
+/usr/local/include/X11
+/usr/local/include/X11R6
+/usr/local/include/X11R5
+/usr/local/include/X11R4
+
+/usr/X386/include
+/usr/x386/include
+/usr/XFree86/include/X11
+
+/usr/include
+/usr/local/include
+/usr/unsupported/include
+/usr/athena/include
+/usr/local/x11r5/include
+/usr/lpp/Xamples/include
+
+/usr/openwin/include
+/usr/openwin/share/include'
+
+if test "$ac_x_includes" = no; then
+  # Guess where to find include files, by looking for Intrinsic.h.
+  # First, try using that file with no special directory specified.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  # We can compile using X headers with no special include directory.
+ac_x_includes=
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  for ac_dir in $ac_x_header_dirs; do
+  if test -r "$ac_dir/X11/Intrinsic.h"; then
+    ac_x_includes=$ac_dir
+    break
+  fi
+done
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+fi # $ac_x_includes = no
+
+if test "$ac_x_libraries" = no; then
+  # Check for the libraries.
+  # See if we find them without any special options.
+  # Don't add to $LIBS permanently.
+  ac_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+  LIBS="-lXt $LIBS"
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+XtMalloc (0)
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  LIBS=$ac_save_LIBS
+# We can link X programs with no special library path.
+ac_x_libraries=
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+LIBS=$ac_save_LIBS
+for ac_dir in `echo "$ac_x_includes $ac_x_header_dirs" | sed s/include/lib/g`
+do
+  # Don't even attempt the hair of trying to link an X program!
+  for ac_extension in a so sl; do
+    if test -r $ac_dir/libXt.$ac_extension; then
+      ac_x_libraries=$ac_dir
+      break 2
+    fi
+  done
+done
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi # $ac_x_libraries = no
+
+if test "$ac_x_includes" = no || test "$ac_x_libraries" = no; then
+  # Didn't find X anywhere.  Cache the known absence of X.
+  ac_cv_have_x="have_x=no"
+else
+  # Record where we found X for the cache.
+  ac_cv_have_x="have_x=yes \
+		ac_x_includes=$ac_x_includes ac_x_libraries=$ac_x_libraries"
+fi
+fi
+
+  fi
+  eval "$ac_cv_have_x"
+fi # $with_x != no
+
+if test "$have_x" != yes; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $have_x" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$have_x" >&6
+  no_x=yes
+else
+  # If each of the values was on the command line, it overrides each guess.
+  test "x$x_includes" = xNONE && x_includes=$ac_x_includes
+  test "x$x_libraries" = xNONE && x_libraries=$ac_x_libraries
+  # Update the cache value to reflect the command line values.
+  ac_cv_have_x="have_x=yes \
+		ac_x_includes=$x_includes ac_x_libraries=$x_libraries"
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes" >&6
+fi
+
+    not_really_there=""
+    if test "$no_x" = ""; then
+	if test "$x_includes" = ""; then
+	    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <X11/XIntrinsic.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  not_really_there="yes"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+	else
+	    if test ! -r $x_includes/X11/Intrinsic.h; then
+		not_really_there="yes"
+	    fi
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$no_x" = "yes" -o "$not_really_there" = "yes"; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for X11 header files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for X11 header files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+	found_xincludes="no"
+	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  found_xincludes="yes"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  found_xincludes="no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+	if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then
+	    dirs="/usr/unsupported/include /usr/local/include /usr/X386/include /usr/X11R6/include /usr/X11R5/include /usr/include/X11R5 /usr/include/X11R4 /usr/openwin/include /usr/X11/include /usr/sww/include"
+	    for i in $dirs ; do
+		if test -r $i/X11/Intrinsic.h; then
+		    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $i" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$i" >&6
+		    XINCLUDES=" -I$i"
+		    found_xincludes="yes"
+		    break
+		fi
+	    done
+	fi
+    else
+	if test "$x_includes" != ""; then
+	    XINCLUDES="-I$x_includes"
+	    found_xincludes="yes"
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test found_xincludes = "no"; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: couldn't find any!" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}couldn't find any!" >&6
+    fi
+
+    if test "$no_x" = yes; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for X11 libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for X11 libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+	XLIBSW=nope
+	dirs="/usr/unsupported/lib /usr/local/lib /usr/X386/lib /usr/X11R6/lib /usr/X11R5/lib /usr/lib/X11R5 /usr/lib/X11R4 /usr/openwin/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/sww/X11/lib"
+	for i in $dirs ; do
+	    if test -r $i/libX11.a -o -r $i/libX11.so -o -r $i/libX11.sl; then
+		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $i" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$i" >&6
+		XLIBSW="-L$i -lX11"
+		x_libraries="$i"
+		break
+	    fi
+	done
+    else
+	if test "$x_libraries" = ""; then
+	    XLIBSW=-lX11
+	else
+	    XLIBSW="-L$x_libraries -lX11"
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for XCreateWindow in -lXwindow" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for XCreateWindow in -lXwindow... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lXwindow  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char XCreateWindow ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+XCreateWindow ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow = yes; then
+  XLIBSW=-lXwindow
+fi
+
+    fi
+    if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: could not find any!  Using -lX11." >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}could not find any!  Using -lX11." >&6
+	XLIBSW=-lX11
+    fi
+    if test x"${XLIBSW}" != x ; then
+	PKG_LIBS="${PKG_LIBS} ${XLIBSW}"
+    fi
+
+    fi
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# A few miscellaneous platform-specific items:
+#
+# Define a special symbol for Windows (BUILD_tix in this case) so
+# that we create the export library with the dll.
+#
+# Windows creates a few extra files that need to be cleaned up.
+# You can add more files to clean if your extension creates any extra
+# files.
+#
+# TEA_ADD any extra compiler/build info here.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define BUILD_tix 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    CLEANFILES="pkgIndex.tcl *.lib *.dll *.exp *.ilk *.pdb *.pch"
+
+    vars="gdi32.lib user32.lib advapi32.lib comdlg32.lib"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+	    # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC.  No-op if not *.lib
+	    i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([^-].*\)\.lib$/-l\1/i'`
+	fi
+	PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i"
+    done
+
+
+
+    vars="tixWCmpt.c tixWinWm.c tixWinXpm.c tixWinDraw.c"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	case $i in
+	    \$*)
+		# allow $-var names
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		# check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
+		if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
+		    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
+		    ; then
+		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+		fi
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		# this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
+		i=`basename $i`
+		# handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+		if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
+		else
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
+		fi
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $j"
+		;;
+	esac
+    done
+
+
+
+
+    vars="-I. -I\"`${CYGPATH} ${srcdir}/win`\""
+    for i in $vars; do
+	PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i"
+    done
+
+
+else
+    CLEANFILES="pkgIndex.tcl"
+
+    vars="tixInputO.c tixUnixMwm.c"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	case $i in
+	    \$*)
+		# allow $-var names
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		# check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
+		if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
+		    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
+		    ; then
+		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+		fi
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		# this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
+		i=`basename $i`
+		# handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+		if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
+		else
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
+		fi
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $j"
+		;;
+	esac
+    done
+
+
+
+
+    vars="tixUnixDraw.c tixUnixXpm.c tixUnixWm.c"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	case $i in
+	    \$*)
+		# allow $-var names
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		# check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
+		if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
+		    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
+		    ; then
+		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: could not find source file '$i'" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+		fi
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		# this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
+		i=`basename $i`
+		# handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+		if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
+		else
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
+		fi
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $j"
+		;;
+	esac
+    done
+
+
+
+
+    vars="-I. -I\"`${CYGPATH} ${srcdir}/unix`\""
+    for i in $vars; do
+	PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i"
+    done
+
+
+fi
+if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "aqua"; then
+
+    vars="-I${TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE}/macosx"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i"
+    done
+
+
+fi
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
+# So far only Tcl responds to this one.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    # Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
+if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_threads"
+  tcl_ok=$enableval
+else
+  tcl_ok=yes
+fi;
+
+    if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then
+	enableval="$enable_threads"
+	tcl_ok=$enableval
+    else
+	tcl_ok=yes
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
+	TCL_THREADS=1
+
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then
+	    # We are always OK on Windows, so check what this platform wants:
+
+	    # USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
+	    # allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define USE_THREAD_ALLOC 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _REENTRANT 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	    fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _THREAD_SAFE 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lpthread  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char pthread_mutex_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+pthread_mutex_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+		# Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same
+		# library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is
+		# defined.  We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with
+		# pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't
+		# exist, like AIX 4.2.  [Bug: 4359]
+		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for __pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for __pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lpthread  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char __pthread_mutex_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+__pthread_mutex_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+		# The space is needed
+		THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread"
+	    else
+		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthreads" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthreads... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lpthreads  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char pthread_mutex_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+pthread_mutex_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+		if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+		    # The space is needed
+		    THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads"
+		else
+		    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lc  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char pthread_mutex_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+pthread_mutex_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+		    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+			echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc_r" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc_r... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lc_r  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char pthread_mutex_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+pthread_mutex_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+			if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+			    # The space is needed
+			    THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread"
+			else
+			    TCL_THREADS=0
+			    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Do not know how to find pthread lib on your system - thread support disabled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: Do not know how to find pthread lib on your system - thread support disabled" >&2;}
+			fi
+		    fi
+		fi
+	    fi
+	fi
+    else
+	TCL_THREADS=0
+    fi
+    # Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for building with threads" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for building with threads... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define TCL_THREADS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (default)" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes (default)" >&6
+    else
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+    fi
+    # TCL_THREADS sanity checking.  See if our request for building with
+    # threads is the same as the way Tcl was built.  If not, warn the user.
+    case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+	*THREADS=1*)
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "0"; then
+		{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING:
+    Building ${PACKAGE_NAME} without threads enabled, but building against Tcl
+    that IS thread-enabled.  It is recommended to use --enable-threads." >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING:
+    Building ${PACKAGE_NAME} without threads enabled, but building against Tcl
+    that IS thread-enabled.  It is recommended to use --enable-threads." >&2;}
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then
+		{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING:
+    --enable-threads requested, but building against a Tcl that is NOT
+    thread-enabled.  This is an OK configuration that will also run in
+    a thread-enabled core." >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING:
+    --enable-threads requested, but building against a Tcl that is NOT
+    thread-enabled.  This is an OK configuration that will also run in
+    a thread-enabled core." >&2;}
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+    esac
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The statement below defines a collection of symbols related to
+# building as a shared library instead of a static library.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to build libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to build libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    # Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given.
+if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_shared"
+  tcl_ok=$enableval
+else
+  tcl_ok=yes
+fi;
+
+    if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+	enableval="$enable_shared"
+	tcl_ok=$enableval
+    else
+	tcl_ok=yes
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: shared" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}shared" >&6
+	SHARED_BUILD=1
+    else
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: static" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}static" >&6
+	SHARED_BUILD=0
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define STATIC_BUILD 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    fi
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This macro figures out what flags to use with the compiler/linker
+# when building shared/static debug/optimized objects.  This information
+# can be taken from the tclConfig.sh file, but this figures it all out.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+
+
+    # Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support?
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if 64bit support is requested" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if 64bit support is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    # Check whether --enable-64bit or --disable-64bit was given.
+if test "${enable_64bit+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_64bit"
+  do64bit=$enableval
+else
+  do64bit=no
+fi;
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $do64bit" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$do64bit" >&6
+
+    # Step 0.b: Enable Solaris 64 bit VIS support?
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    # Check whether --enable-64bit-vis or --disable-64bit-vis was given.
+if test "${enable_64bit_vis+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_64bit_vis"
+  do64bitVIS=$enableval
+else
+  do64bitVIS=no
+fi;
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $do64bitVIS" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$do64bitVIS" >&6
+
+    if test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes"; then
+	# Force 64bit on with VIS
+	do64bit=yes
+    fi
+
+    # Step 0.c: Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds?
+
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if Windows/CE build is requested" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if Windows/CE build is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
+	# Check whether --enable-wince or --disable-wince was given.
+if test "${enable_wince+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_wince"
+  doWince=$enableval
+else
+  doWince=no
+fi;
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $doWince" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$doWince" >&6
+    fi
+
+    # Step 1: set the variable "system" to hold the name and version number
+    # for the system.
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking system version" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking system version... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_sys_version+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	    tcl_cv_sys_version=windows
+	elif test -f /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version; then
+	    tcl_cv_sys_version=NEXTSTEP-`awk '/3/,/3/' /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version`
+	else
+	    tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
+	    if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
+		{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&2;}
+		tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
+	    else
+		# Special check for weird MP-RAS system (uname returns weird
+		# results, and the version is kept in special file).
+
+		if test -r /etc/.relid -a "X`uname -n`" = "X`uname -s`" ; then
+		    tcl_cv_sys_version=MP-RAS-`awk '{print $3}' /etc/.relid`
+		fi
+		if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
+		    tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
+		fi
+	    fi
+	fi
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_sys_version" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_sys_version" >&6
+    system=$tcl_cv_sys_version
+
+
+    # Step 2: check for existence of -ldl library.  This is needed because
+    # Linux can use either -ldl or -ldld for dynamic loading.
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen in -ldl... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen = yes; then
+  have_dl=yes
+else
+  have_dl=no
+fi
+
+
+    # Require ranlib early so we can override it in special cases below.
+
+
+
+    # Step 3: set configuration options based on system name and version.
+    # This is similar to Tcl's unix/tcl.m4 except that we've added a
+    # "windows" case.
+
+    do64bit_ok=no
+    LDFLAGS_ORIG="$LDFLAGS"
+    # When ld needs options to work in 64-bit mode, put them in
+    # LDFLAGS_ARCH so they eventually end up in LDFLAGS even if [load]
+    # is disabled by the user. [Bug 1016796]
+    LDFLAGS_ARCH=""
+    TCL_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX=""
+    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
+    TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`'
+    ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION}`'
+    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
+    CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
+    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
+    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
+	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wno-implicit-int"
+    else
+	CFLAGS_WARNING=""
+    fi
+    TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE=0
+    TCL_BUILD_EXP_FILE=""
+    TCL_EXP_FILE=""
+    # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$AR"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_AR="ar"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
+if test -n "$AR"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AR" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$AR" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+    STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
+    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+    case $system in
+	windows)
+	    # This is a 2-stage check to make sure we have the 64-bit SDK
+	    # We have to know where the SDK is installed.
+	    # This magic is based on MS Platform SDK for Win2003 SP1 - hobbs
+	    # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
+	    # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
+	    MACHINE="X86"
+	    if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
+		if test "x${MSSDK}x" = "xx" ; then
+		    MSSDK="C:/Progra~1/Microsoft Platform SDK"
+		fi
+		MSSDK=`echo "$MSSDK" | sed -e  's!\\\!/!g'`
+		PATH64=""
+		case "$do64bit" in
+		    amd64|x64|yes)
+			MACHINE="AMD64" ; # default to AMD64 64-bit build
+			PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64/x86/AMD64"
+			;;
+		    ia64)
+			MACHINE="IA64"
+			PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64"
+			;;
+		esac
+		if test ! -d "${PATH64}" ; then
+		    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK to enable 64bit mode" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK to enable 64bit mode" >&2;}
+		    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Ensure latest Platform SDK is installed" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: Ensure latest Platform SDK is installed" >&2;}
+		    do64bit="no"
+		else
+		    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
+		    do64bit_ok="yes"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
+		if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
+		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Windows/CE and 64-bit builds incompatible" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: Windows/CE and 64-bit builds incompatible" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+		fi
+		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Windows/CE and GCC builds incompatible" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: Windows/CE and GCC builds incompatible" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+		fi
+
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-celib
+
+    if test x"${no_celib}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_celib in case something fails here
+	no_celib=true
+
+# Check whether --with-celib or --without-celib was given.
+if test "${with_celib+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_celib"
+  with_celibconfig=${withval}
+fi;
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Windows/CE celib directory" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for Windows/CE celib directory... $ECHO_C" >&6
+	if test "${ac_cv_c_celibconfig+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	    # First check to see if --with-celibconfig was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_celibconfig}" != x ; then
+		if test -d "${with_celibconfig}/inc" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd ${with_celibconfig}; pwd)`
+		else
+		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${with_celibconfig} directory doesn't contain inc directory" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ${with_celibconfig} directory doesn't contain inc directory" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a celib library
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../celib-palm-3.0 \
+			../celib \
+			../../celib-palm-3.0 \
+			../../celib \
+			`ls -dr ../celib-*3.[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			${srcdir}/../celib-palm-3.0 \
+			${srcdir}/../celib \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../celib-*3.[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -d "$i/inc" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+fi
+
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then
+	    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Cannot find celib support library directory" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: Cannot find celib support library directory" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	else
+	    no_celib=
+	    CELIB_DIR=${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}
+	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: found $CELIB_DIR" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}found $CELIB_DIR" >&6
+	fi
+    fi
+
+		# Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
+		# Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
+		CEVERSION=420; 		# could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
+		TARGETCPU=ARMV4;	# could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
+		ARCH=ARM;		# could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
+		PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
+		if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
+		    # If !yes then the user specified something
+		    # Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
+		    ARCH=
+		    eval `echo $doWince | awk -F, '{ \
+	    if (length($1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", $1; \
+	    if ($1 < 400)   { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
+	    if (length($2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper($2) }; \
+	    if (length($3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper($3) }; \
+	    if (length($4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", $4 }; \
+		    }'`
+		    if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
+			ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
+		    fi
+		fi
+		OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
+	    	if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
+			WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
+		    if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
+			WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
+		    fi
+		fi
+		if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
+		    SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
+		    if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
+			SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
+		    fi
+		fi
+		WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
+		SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
+		if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}" \
+		    -o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
+		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+		    doWince="no"
+		else
+		    # We could PATH_NOSPACE these, but that's not important,
+		    # as long as we quote them when used.
+		    CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
+		    if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
+			CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
+		    fi
+		    CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
+    		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
+	        if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
+		    runtime=-MT
+	        else
+		    runtime=-MD
+	        fi
+
+                if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
+		    # All this magic is necessary for the Win64 SDK RC1 - hobbs
+		    CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\""
+		    CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\""
+		    RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\""
+		    lflags="-nologo -MACHINE:${MACHINE} -LIBPATH:\"${MSSDK}/Lib/${MACHINE}\""
+		    LINKBIN="\"${PATH64}/link.exe\""
+		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od -W3 ${runtime}d"
+		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
+		    # Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie'
+		    # errors, c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573
+
+    vars="bufferoverflowU.lib"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+	    # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC.  No-op if not *.lib
+	    i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([^-].*\)\.lib$/-l\1/i'`
+	fi
+	PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i"
+    done
+
+
+		elif test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
+		    CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
+		    if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
+			CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe\""
+		    else
+			CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe\""
+		    fi
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
+		    RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
+		    arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower($0)}'`
+		    defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _WINDOWS"
+		    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+			# Static CE builds require static celib as well
+		    	defs="${defs} _DLL"
+		    fi
+		    for i in $defs ; do
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define $i 1
+_ACEOF
+
+		    done
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define _WIN32_WCE $CEVERSION
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define UNDER_CE $CEVERSION
+_ACEOF
+
+		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
+		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -Ox"
+		    lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
+		    lflags="-MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
+		    LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""
+
+		else
+		    RC="rc"
+		    lflags="-nologo"
+    		    LINKBIN="link"
+		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -W3 -WX ${runtime}d"
+		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+		# mingw gcc mode
+		RC="windres"
+		CFLAGS_DEBUG="-g"
+		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
+		SHLIB_LD="$CC -shared"
+		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+		LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-wl,--subsystem,console ${lflags}"
+		LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-wl,--subsystem,windows ${lflags}"
+	    else
+		SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll ${lflags}"
+		# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
+		STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
+		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.lib'
+		PATHTYPE=-w
+		# For information on what debugtype is most useful, see:
+		# http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dnvc60/html/gendepdebug.asp
+		# This essentially turns it all on.
+		LDFLAGS_DEBUG="-debug:full -debugtype:both -warn:2"
+		LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-release"
+		if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
+		    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
+		    LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
+		else
+		    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
+		    LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
+	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.dll'
+
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+	    # Bogus to avoid getting this turned off
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadNone.obj"
+    	    ;;
+	AIX-*)
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
+		# AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used
+		case "${CC}" in
+		    *_r)
+			# ok ...
+			;;
+		    *)
+			CC=${CC}_r
+			;;
+		esac
+		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using $CC for compiling with threads" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}Using $CC for compiling with threads" >&6
+	    fi
+	    LIBS="$LIBS -lc"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LIBPATH"
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker on AIX 4+
+	    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" -a "`uname -v`" -gt "3" ; then
+		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;}
+		else
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -q64"
+		    LDFLAGS_ARCH="-q64"
+		    RANLIB="${RANLIB} -X64"
+		    AR="${AR} -X64"
+		    SHLIB_LD_FLAGS="-b64"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "`uname -m`" = "ia64" ; then
+		# AIX-5 uses ELF style dynamic libraries on IA-64, but not PPC
+		SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
+		# AIX-5 has dl* in libc.so
+		DL_LIBS=""
+		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		else
+		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		fi
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    else
+		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		    SHLIB_LD="gcc -shared"
+		else
+		    SHLIB_LD="/bin/ld -bhalt:4 -bM:SRE -bE:lib.exp -H512 -T512 -bnoentry"
+		fi
+		SHLIB_LD="${TCL_SRC_DIR}/unix/ldAix ${SHLIB_LD} ${SHLIB_LD_FLAGS}"
+		DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+		TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE=1
+		TCL_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}.exp'
+	    fi
+
+	    # AIX v<=4.1 has some different flags than 4.2+
+	    if test "$system" = "AIX-4.1" -o "`uname -v`" -lt "4" ; then
+		case $LIBOBJS in
+    "tclLoadAix.$ac_objext"   | \
+  *" tclLoadAix.$ac_objext"   | \
+    "tclLoadAix.$ac_objext "* | \
+  *" tclLoadAix.$ac_objext "* ) ;;
+  *) LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS tclLoadAix.$ac_objext" ;;
+esac
+
+		DL_LIBS="-lld"
+	    fi
+
+	    # On AIX <=v4 systems, libbsd.a has to be linked in to support
+	    # non-blocking file IO.  This library has to be linked in after
+	    # the MATH_LIBS or it breaks the pow() function.  The way to
+	    # insure proper sequencing, is to add it to the tail of MATH_LIBS.
+	    # This library also supplies gettimeofday.
+	    #
+	    # AIX does not have a timezone field in struct tm. When the AIX
+	    # bsd library is used, the timezone global and the gettimeofday
+	    # methods are to be avoided for timezone deduction instead, we
+	    # deduce the timezone by comparing the localtime result on a
+	    # known GMT value.
+
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for gettimeofday in -lbsd" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for gettimeofday in -lbsd... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_bsd_gettimeofday+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lbsd  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char gettimeofday ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+gettimeofday ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_bsd_gettimeofday=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_bsd_gettimeofday=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_bsd_gettimeofday" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_bsd_gettimeofday" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_bsd_gettimeofday = yes; then
+  libbsd=yes
+else
+  libbsd=no
+fi
+
+	    if test $libbsd = yes; then
+	    	MATH_LIBS="$MATH_LIBS -lbsd"
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define USE_DELTA_FOR_TZ 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	BeOS*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -nostart"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+
+	    #-----------------------------------------------------------
+	    # Check for inet_ntoa in -lbind, for BeOS (which also needs
+	    # -lsocket, even if the network functions are in -lnet which
+	    # is always linked to, for compatibility.
+	    #-----------------------------------------------------------
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inet_ntoa in -lbind" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for inet_ntoa in -lbind... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lbind  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char inet_ntoa ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+inet_ntoa ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa = yes; then
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lbind -lsocket"
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	BSD/OS-2.1*|BSD/OS-3*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="shlicc -r"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	BSD/OS-4.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-export-dynamic -fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="cc -shared"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	dgux*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="cc -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	HP-UX-*.11.*)
+	    # Use updated header definitions where possible
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	    # Needed by Tcl, but not most extensions
+	    #AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?])
+	    #LIBS="$LIBS -lxnet"               # Use the XOPEN network library
+
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl"
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for shl_load in -ldld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char shl_load ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+shl_load ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z"
+		SHLIB_LD="ld -b"
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+		DL_OBJS="tclLoadShl.o"
+		DL_LIBS="-ldld"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH"
+	    fi
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		SHLIB_LD="gcc -shared"
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    fi
+
+	    # Users may want PA-RISC 1.1/2.0 portable code - needs HP cc
+	    #CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DAportable"
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" ; then
+		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		    hpux_arch=`${CC} -dumpmachine`
+		    case $hpux_arch in
+			hppa64*)
+			    # 64-bit gcc in use.  Fix flags for GNU ld.
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
+			    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+			    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+			    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+			    ;;
+			*)
+			    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;}
+			    ;;
+		    esac
+		else
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DD64"
+		    LDFLAGS_ARCH="+DD64"
+		fi
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	HP-UX-*.08.*|HP-UX-*.09.*|HP-UX-*.10.*)
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl"
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for shl_load in -ldld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char shl_load ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+shl_load ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z"
+		SHLIB_LD="ld -b"
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+		DL_OBJS="tclLoadShl.o"
+		DL_LIBS="-ldld"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH"
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	IRIX-5.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    ;;
+	IRIX-6.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mabi=n32"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -mabi=n32"
+	    else
+		case $system in
+		    IRIX-6.3)
+			# Use to build 6.2 compatible binaries on 6.3.
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32 -D_OLD_TERMIOS"
+			;;
+		    *)
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32"
+			;;
+		esac
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -n32"
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	IRIX64-6.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+
+	    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" ; then
+	        if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+	            { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported by gcc" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported by gcc" >&2;}
+	        else
+	            do64bit_ok=yes
+	            SHLIB_LD="ld -64 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	            CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -64"
+	            LDFLAGS_ARCH="-64"
+	        fi
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	Linux*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
+	    # egcs-2.91.66 on Redhat Linux 6.0 generates lots of warnings
+	    # when you inline the string and math operations.  Turn this off to
+	    # get rid of the warnings.
+	    #CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -D__NO_STRING_INLINES -D__NO_MATH_INLINES"
+
+	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    if test "`uname -m`" = "alpha" ; then
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"
+	    fi
+
+	    # The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related
+	    # to inlining of functions like strtod(). The
+	    # -fno-builtin flag should address this problem
+	    # but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag
+	    # is kind of overkill but it works.
+	    # Disable inlining only when one of the
+	    # files in compat/*.c is being linked in.
+	    if test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x ; then
+	        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline"
+	    fi
+
+	    ;;
+	GNU*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
+	    DL_OBJS=""
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    if test "`uname -m`" = "alpha" ; then
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	Lynx*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02
+	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared "
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-mshared -ldl"
+	    LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    ;;
+	MP-RAS-02*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="cc -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	MP-RAS-*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="cc -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	NetBSD-*|FreeBSD-[1-2].*)
+	    # NetBSD/SPARC needs -fPIC, -fpic will not do.
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ELF" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for ELF... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_ld_elf+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+		cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+#ifdef __ELF__
+	yes
+#endif
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "yes" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  tcl_cv_ld_elf=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_ld_elf=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_ld_elf" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_ld_elf" >&6
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_elf = yes; then
+		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
+	    else
+		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so.1.0'
+	    fi
+
+	    # Ancient FreeBSD doesn't handle version numbers with dots.
+
+	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+	    ;;
+	OpenBSD-*)
+	    # OpenBSD/SPARC[64] needs -fPIC, -fpic will not do.
+	    case `machine` in
+	    sparc|sparc64)
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC";;
+	    *)
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic";;
+	    esac
+	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared ${SHLIB_CFLAGS}"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so.1.0'
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ELF" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for ELF... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_ld_elf+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+		cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+#ifdef __ELF__
+	yes
+#endif
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "yes" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  tcl_cv_ld_elf=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_ld_elf=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_ld_elf" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_ld_elf" >&6
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_elf = yes; then
+		LDFLAGS=-Wl,-export-dynamic
+	    else
+		LDFLAGS=""
+	    fi
+
+	    # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
+	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+	    ;;
+	FreeBSD-*)
+	    # FreeBSD 3.* and greater have ELF.
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" ; then
+		# The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
+	    fi
+	    case $system in
+	    FreeBSD-3.*)
+	    	# FreeBSD-3 doesn't handle version numbers with dots.
+	    	UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+	    	SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
+	    	TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	Darwin-*)
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
+	    if test $do64bit = yes; then
+		do64bit_ok=yes
+		case `arch` in
+		    ppc)
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5";;
+		    i386)
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64";;
+		    *)
+			{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture \`arch\`" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture \`arch\`" >&2;}
+			do64bit_ok=no;;
+		esac
+	    else
+		# Check for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat build
+		echo "$CFLAGS " | grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc64|x86_64) ' && \
+		    echo "$CFLAGS " | grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc|i386) ' && \
+		    fat_32_64=yes
+	    fi
+	    # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS here:
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -dynamiclib ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}'
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if ld accepts -single_module flag" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if ld accepts -single_module flag... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_ld_single_module+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module"
+		cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+int i;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_ld_single_module=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_ld_single_module=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+		LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_ld_single_module" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_ld_single_module" >&6
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes; then
+		SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module"
+	    fi
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDyld.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only:
+	    test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \
+		"`echo "${CFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4 && \
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names"
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
+		cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+int i;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+		LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first" >&6
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first = yes; then
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
+	    fi
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+
+	    # TEA specific: for Tk extensions, remove 64-bit arch flags from
+	    # CFLAGS for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat builds as neither TkAqua
+	    # nor TkX11 can be built for 64-bit at present.
+	    test "$fat_32_64" = yes && test -n "${TK_BIN_DIR}" && \
+		CFLAGS="`echo "$CFLAGS " | sed -e 's/-arch ppc64 / /g' -e 's/-arch x86_64 / /g'`"
+	    ;;
+	NEXTSTEP-*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="cc -nostdlib -r"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadNext.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	OS/390-*)
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=""		# Optimizer is buggy
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _OE_SOCKETS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	    ;;
+	OSF1-1.0|OSF1-1.1|OSF1-1.2)
+	    # OSF/1 1.[012] from OSF, and derivatives, including Paragon OSF/1
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    # Hack: make package name same as library name
+	    SHLIB_LD='ld -R -export :'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadOSF.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	OSF1-1.*)
+	    # OSF/1 1.3 from OSF using ELF, and derivatives, including AD2
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    if test "$SHARED_BUILD" = "1" ; then
+	        SHLIB_LD="ld -shared"
+	    else
+	        SHLIB_LD="ld -non_shared"
+	    fi
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	OSF1-V*)
+	    # Digital OSF/1
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    if test "$SHARED_BUILD" = "1" ; then
+	        SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
+	    else
+	        SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
+	    fi
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"
+            else
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"
+	    fi
+	    # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" ; then
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE"
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64"
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//`
+		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		    LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc"
+		else
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+		    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    ;;
+	QNX-6*)
+	    # QNX RTP
+	    # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6.
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    # dlopen is in -lc on QNX
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SCO_SV-3.2*)
+	    # Note, dlopen is available only on SCO 3.2.5 and greater. However,
+	    # this test works, since "uname -s" was non-standard in 3.2.4 and
+	    # below.
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+	    	SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
+	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    else
+	    	SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
+	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    fi
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SINIX*5.4*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="cc -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-4*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+
+	    # SunOS can't handle version numbers with dots in them in library
+	    # specs, like -ltcl7.5, so use -ltcl75 instead.  Also, it
+	    # requires an extra version number at the end of .so file names.
+	    # So, the library has to have a name like libtcl75.so.1.0
+
+	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so.1.0'
+	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-5.[0-6])
+	    # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case
+
+	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
+	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _REENTRANT 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+
+	    # Note: need the LIBS below, otherwise Tk won't find Tcl's
+	    # symbols when dynamically loaded into tclsh.
+
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		SHLIB_LD="$CC -shared"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    else
+		SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-5*)
+	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
+	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _REENTRANT 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" ; then
+		arch=`isainfo`
+		if test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc" ; then
+			if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+			    if test "`gcc -dumpversion | awk -F. '{print $1}'`" -lt "3" ; then
+				{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system" >&2;}
+			    else
+				do64bit_ok=yes
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
+				SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+			    fi
+			else
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			    if test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes" ; then
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9a"
+			    	LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9a"
+			    else
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9"
+			    	LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9"
+			    fi
+			    # Solaris 64 uses this as well
+			    #LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64"
+			fi
+		elif test "$arch" = "amd64 i386" ; then
+		    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+			{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;}
+		    else
+			do64bit_ok=yes
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=amd64"
+			LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -xarch=amd64"
+		    fi
+		else
+		    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported for $arch" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported for $arch" >&2;}
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # Note: need the LIBS below, otherwise Tk won't find Tcl's
+	    # symbols when dynamically loaded into tclsh.
+
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		SHLIB_LD="$CC -shared"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+		if test "$do64bit_ok" = "yes" ; then
+		    # We need to specify -static-libgcc or we need to
+		    # add the path to the sparv9 libgcc.
+		    # JH: static-libgcc is necessary for core Tcl, but may
+		    # not be necessary for extensions.
+		    SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -mcpu=v9 -static-libgcc"
+		    # for finding sparcv9 libgcc, get the regular libgcc
+		    # path, remove so name and append 'sparcv9'
+		    #v9gcclibdir="`gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_s.so` | ..."
+		    #CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS},-R,$v9gcclibdir"
+		fi
+	    else
+		SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	UNIX_SV* | UnixWare-5*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="cc -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers
+	    # that don't grok the -Bexport option.  Test that it does.
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ld accepts -Bexport flag" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for ld accepts -Bexport flag... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_ld_Bexport+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+		cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+int i;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+	        LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_ld_Bexport" >&6
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport = yes; then
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    fi
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" -a "$do64bit_ok" = "no" ; then
+	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform" >&2;}
+    fi
+
+    # Step 4: disable dynamic loading if requested via a command-line switch.
+
+    # Check whether --enable-load or --disable-load was given.
+if test "${enable_load+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_load"
+  tcl_ok=$enableval
+else
+  tcl_ok=yes
+fi;
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+	DL_OBJS=""
+    fi
+
+    if test "x$DL_OBJS" != "x" ; then
+	BUILD_DLTEST="\$(DLTEST_TARGETS)"
+    else
+	echo "Can't figure out how to do dynamic loading or shared libraries"
+	echo "on this system."
+	SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	SHLIB_LD=""
+	SHLIB_SUFFIX=""
+	DL_OBJS="tclLoadNone.o"
+	DL_LIBS=""
+	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS_ORIG"
+	CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	BUILD_DLTEST=""
+    fi
+    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS_ARCH"
+
+    # If we're running gcc, then change the C flags for compiling shared
+    # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
+    # standard manufacturer compiler.
+
+    if test "$DL_OBJS" != "tclLoadNone.o" ; then
+	if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+	    case $system in
+		AIX-*)
+		    ;;
+		BSD/OS*)
+		    ;;
+		IRIX*)
+		    ;;
+		NetBSD-*|FreeBSD-*)
+		    ;;
+		Darwin-*)
+		    ;;
+		SCO_SV-3.2*)
+		    ;;
+		windows)
+		    ;;
+		*)
+		    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+		    ;;
+	    esac
+	fi
+    fi
+
+    if test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = "" ; then
+	SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}'
+    fi
+    if test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = "" ; then
+	UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}.a'
+    fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+    # These must be called after we do the basic CFLAGS checks and
+    # verify any possible 64-bit or similar switches are necessary
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for required early compiler flags" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for required early compiler flags... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    tcl_flags=""
+
+    if test "${tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=no
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#define _ISOC99_SOURCE 1
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _ISOC99_SOURCE 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _ISOC99_SOURCE"
+    fi
+
+
+    if test "${tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=no
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE"
+    fi
+
+
+    if test "${tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *)open64;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=no
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 1
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *)open64;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64"
+    fi
+
+    if test "x${tcl_flags}" = "x" ; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}none" >&6
+    else
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ${tcl_flags}" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}${tcl_flags}" >&6
+    fi
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for 64-bit integer type" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for 64-bit integer type... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
+	# See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
+	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+__int64 value = (__int64) 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_type_64bit=__int64
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_type_64bit="long long"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+	# See if we should use long anyway  Note that we substitute in the
+	# type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check
+	# program, so it should be modified only carefully...
+        cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+switch (0) {
+            case 1: case (sizeof(${tcl_type_64bit})==sizeof(long)): ;
+        }
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit}
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using long" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}using long" >&6
+    elif test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = "__int64" \
+		-a "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	# We actually want to use the default tcl.h checks in this
+	# case to handle both TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE and TCL_LL_MODIFIER*
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using Tcl header defaults" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}using Tcl header defaults" >&6
+    else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE ${tcl_cv_type_64bit}
+_ACEOF
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" >&6
+
+	# Now check for auxiliary declarations
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct dirent64" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct dirent64... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/dirent.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct dirent64 p;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_struct_dirent64" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_struct_dirent64" >&6
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	fi
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct stat64" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct stat64... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_struct_stat64+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct stat64 p;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_struct_stat64" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_struct_stat64" >&6
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	fi
+
+
+
+for ac_func in open64 lseek64
+do
+as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = $ac_func;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != $ac_func;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for off64_t" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for off64_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
+	if test "${tcl_cv_type_off64_t+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+off64_t offset;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_type_off64_t=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_type_off64_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+			if test "x${tcl_cv_type_off64_t}" = "xyes" && \
+	        test "x${ac_cv_func_lseek64}" = "xyes" && \
+	        test "x${ac_cv_func_open64}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+	else
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+	fi
+    fi
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols
+# option.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for build with symbols" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for build with symbols... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    # Check whether --enable-symbols or --disable-symbols was given.
+if test "${enable_symbols+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_symbols"
+  tcl_ok=$enableval
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi;
+    DBGX=""
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+	CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE}"
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE}"
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+    else
+	CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_DEBUG}"
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_DEBUG}"
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (standard debugging)" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes (standard debugging)" >&6
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS}"
+    fi
+
+
+
+
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define TCL_MEM_DEBUG 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled symbols mem debugging" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}enabled symbols mem debugging" >&6
+	else
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6
+	fi
+    fi
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Everyone should be linking against the Tcl stub library.  If you
+# can't for some reason, remove this definition.  If you aren't using
+# stubs, you also need to modify the SHLIB_LD_LIBS setting below to
+# link against the non-stubbed Tcl library.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define USE_TCL_STUBS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define USE_TK_STUBS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
+# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,
+# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then
+	MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -out:\$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
+	MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT} -out:\$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
+	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -out:\$@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
+    else
+	MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
+	MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} -o \$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS) \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS}"
+	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
+    fi
+
+    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_SHARED_LIB} "
+    else
+	MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_STATIC_LIB} "
+    fi
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Shared libraries and static libraries have different names.
+    # Use the double eval to make sure any variables in the suffix is
+    # substituted. (@@@ Might not be necessary anymore)
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	    # We force the unresolved linking of symbols that are really in
+	    # the private libraries of Tcl and Tk.
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
+	    if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
+	    fi
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	else
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	fi
+	# Some packages build their own stubs libraries
+	eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+	    PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}
+	fi
+	# These aren't needed on Windows (either MSVC or gcc)
+	RANLIB=:
+	RANLIB_STUB=:
+    else
+	RANLIB_STUB="${RANLIB}"
+	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+	    if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+	    fi
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	    RANLIB=:
+	else
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	fi
+	# Some packages build their own stubs libraries
+	eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+    fi
+
+    # These are escaped so that only CFLAGS is picked up at configure time.
+    # The other values will be substituted at make time.
+    CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${CFLAGS_DEFAULT} \${CFLAGS_WARNING}"
+    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${SHLIB_CFLAGS}"
+    fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Find tclsh so that we can run pkg_mkIndex to generate the pkgIndex.tcl
+# file during the install process.  Don't run the TCLSH_PROG through
+# ${CYGPATH} because it's being used directly by make.
+# Require that we use a tclsh shell version 8.2 or later since earlier
+# versions have bugs in the pkg_mkIndex routine.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+        # tclConfig.sh is in Tcl build directory
+        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+            TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
+        else
+            TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh"
+        fi
+    else
+        # tclConfig.sh is in install location
+        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+            TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
+        else
+            TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}.${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}"
+        fi
+        list="`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../bin 2>/dev/null` \
+              `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/..     2>/dev/null` \
+              `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/bin     2>/dev/null`"
+        for i in $list ; do
+            if test -f "$i/${TCLSH_PROG}" ; then
+                REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR="`cd "$i"; pwd`"
+                break
+            fi
+        done
+        TCLSH_PROG="${REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCLSH_PROG}"
+    fi
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ${TCLSH_PROG}" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}${TCLSH_PROG}" >&6
+
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for wish" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for wish... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+        # tkConfig.sh is in Tk build directory
+        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+            WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
+        else
+            WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish"
+        fi
+    else
+        # tkConfig.sh is in install location
+        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+            WISH_PROG="wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
+        else
+            WISH_PROG="wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}.${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}"
+        fi
+        list="`ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/../bin 2>/dev/null` \
+              `ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/..     2>/dev/null` \
+              `ls -d ${TK_PREFIX}/bin     2>/dev/null`"
+        for i in $list ; do
+            if test -f "$i/${WISH_PROG}" ; then
+                REAL_TK_BIN_DIR="`cd "$i"; pwd`"
+                break
+            fi
+        done
+        WISH_PROG="${REAL_TK_BIN_DIR}/${WISH_PROG}"
+    fi
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ${WISH_PROG}" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}${WISH_PROG}" >&6
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the Makefile.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+          ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile"
+cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
+# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
+# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
+# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
+# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
+# following values.
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+{
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
+    *ac_space=\ *)
+      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote
+      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+      sed -n \
+	"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
+      ;;
+    esac;
+} |
+  sed '
+     t clear
+     : clear
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
+     t end
+     /^ac_cv_env/!s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
+     : end' >>confcache
+if diff $cache_file confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache >$cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
+# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
+# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
+# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=/{
+s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/;
+s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/;
+s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/;
+s/^\([^=]*=[	 ]*\):*/\1/;
+s/:*$//;
+s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//;
+}'
+fi
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+#
+# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
+# take arguments), then we branch to the quote section.  Otherwise,
+# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
+cat >confdef2opt.sed <<\_ACEOF
+t clear
+: clear
+s,^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 (][^	 (]*([^)]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
+t quote
+s,^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 ][^	 ]*\)[	 ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
+t quote
+d
+: quote
+s,[	 `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?],\\&,g
+s,\[,\\&,g
+s,\],\\&,g
+s,\$,$$,g
+p
+_ACEOF
+# We use echo to avoid assuming a particular line-breaking character.
+# The extra dot is to prevent the shell from consuming trailing
+# line-breaks from the sub-command output.  A line-break within
+# single-quotes doesn't work because, if this script is created in a
+# platform that uses two characters for line-breaks (e.g., DOS), tr
+# would break.
+ac_LF_and_DOT=`echo; echo .`
+DEFS=`sed -n -f confdef2opt.sed confdefs.h | tr "$ac_LF_and_DOT" ' .'`
+rm -f confdef2opt.sed
+
+
+ac_libobjs=
+ac_ltlibobjs=
+for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
+  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
+  ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" |
+	 sed 's/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'`
+  # 2. Add them.
+  ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs $ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
+  ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs $ac_i"'$U.lo'
+done
+LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
+
+LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
+
+
+
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
+{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
+cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated by $as_me.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
+
+debug=false
+ac_cs_recheck=false
+ac_cs_silent=false
+SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization.  ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  set -o posix
+fi
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_unset=unset
+else
+  as_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
+$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+for as_var in \
+  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
+  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
+  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
+do
+  if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
+    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
+  else
+    $as_unset $as_var
+  fi
+done
+
+# Required to use basename.
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+
+# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
+  chmod +x conf$$.sh
+  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  else
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  fi
+  rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2"  || {
+  # Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no path at all
+  # relative or not.
+  case $0 in
+    *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+    *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+done
+
+       ;;
+  esac
+  # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+  # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+  if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+    as_myself=$0
+  fi
+  if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+  case $CONFIG_SHELL in
+  '')
+    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+	 case $as_dir in
+	 /*)
+	   if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
+	     $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
+	     $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
+	     CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
+	     export CONFIG_SHELL
+	     exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
+	   fi;;
+	 esac
+       done
+done
+;;
+  esac
+
+  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
+  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
+  # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
+  # work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
+  # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
+  # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
+  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
+  # second 'sed' script.  Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed '=' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      N
+      s,$,-,
+      : loop
+      s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
+      t loop
+      s,-$,,
+      s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
+  . ./$as_me.lineno
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+
+case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
+  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
+' ECHO_T='	' ;;
+  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
+  *)       ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
+esac
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+echo >conf$$.file
+if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
+  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
+  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
+    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  else
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+  fi
+elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_ln_s=ln
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p=:
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+as_executable_p="test -f"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
+as_nl='
+'
+IFS=" 	$as_nl"
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH
+
+exec 6>&1
+
+# Open the log real soon, to keep \$[0] and so on meaningful, and to
+# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
+# values after options handling.  Logging --version etc. is OK.
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+  echo
+  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
+## Running $as_me. ##
+_ASBOX
+} >&5
+cat >&5 <<_CSEOF
+
+This file was extended by Tix $as_me 8.4.2, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.  Invocation command line was
+
+  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
+  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
+  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
+  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
+  $ $0 $@
+
+_CSEOF
+echo "on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" >&5
+echo >&5
+_ACEOF
+
+# Files that config.status was made for.
+if test -n "$ac_config_files"; then
+  echo "config_files=\"$ac_config_files\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_headers"; then
+  echo "config_headers=\"$ac_config_headers\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_links"; then
+  echo "config_links=\"$ac_config_links\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_commands"; then
+  echo "config_commands=\"$ac_config_commands\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+
+ac_cs_usage="\
+\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
+current configuration.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]...
+
+  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
+  -V, --version    print version number, then exit
+  -q, --quiet      do not print progress messages
+  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
+      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
+  --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+		   instantiate the configuration file FILE
+
+Configuration files:
+$config_files
+
+Report bugs to <bug-autoconf at gnu.org>."
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+ac_cs_version="\\
+Tix config.status 8.4.2
+configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59,
+  with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"
+
+Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
+srcdir=$srcdir
+INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default
+# value.  By we need to know if files were specified by the user.
+ac_need_defaults=:
+while test $# != 0
+do
+  case $1 in
+  --*=*)
+    ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+    ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+    ac_shift=:
+    ;;
+  -*)
+    ac_option=$1
+    ac_optarg=$2
+    ac_shift=shift
+    ;;
+  *) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit
+     # arguments.
+     ac_option=$1
+     ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  esac
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  # Handling of the options.
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
+  --version | --vers* | -V )
+    echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;;
+  --he | --h)
+    # Conflict between --help and --header
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  --help | --hel | -h )
+    echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  --debug | --d* | -d )
+    debug=: ;;
+  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
+    $ac_shift
+    CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  --header | --heade | --head | --hea )
+    $ac_shift
+    CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
+    ac_cs_silent=: ;;
+
+  # This is an error.
+  -*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+
+  *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ;;
+
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+ac_configure_extra_args=
+
+if $ac_cs_silent; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
+  echo "running $SHELL $0 " $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6
+  exec $SHELL $0 $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
+do
+  case "$ac_config_target" in
+  # Handling of arguments.
+  "Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
+  *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  esac
+done
+
+# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
+# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
+# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
+# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
+if $ac_need_defaults; then
+  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+fi
+
+# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
+# simply because there is no reason to put it here, and in addition,
+# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
+# Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging.
+$debug ||
+{
+  trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0
+  trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15
+}
+
+# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
+
+{
+  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "./confstatXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
+  test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
+}  ||
+{
+  tmp=./confstat$$-$RANDOM
+  (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp)
+} ||
+{
+   echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+}
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+
+#
+# CONFIG_FILES section.
+#
+
+# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
+# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h
+if test -n "\$CONFIG_FILES"; then
+  # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+  sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t\$/@;t t/; /@;t t\$/s/[\\\\&,]/\\\\&/g;
+   s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t\$/,;t t/' >\$tmp/subs.sed <<\\CEOF
+s, at SHELL@,$SHELL,;t t
+s, at PATH_SEPARATOR@,$PATH_SEPARATOR,;t t
+s, at PACKAGE_NAME@,$PACKAGE_NAME,;t t
+s, at PACKAGE_TARNAME@,$PACKAGE_TARNAME,;t t
+s, at PACKAGE_VERSION@,$PACKAGE_VERSION,;t t
+s, at PACKAGE_STRING@,$PACKAGE_STRING,;t t
+s, at PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT,;t t
+s, at exec_prefix@,$exec_prefix,;t t
+s, at prefix@,$prefix,;t t
+s, at program_transform_name@,$program_transform_name,;t t
+s, at bindir@,$bindir,;t t
+s, at sbindir@,$sbindir,;t t
+s, at libexecdir@,$libexecdir,;t t
+s, at datadir@,$datadir,;t t
+s, at sysconfdir@,$sysconfdir,;t t
+s, at sharedstatedir@,$sharedstatedir,;t t
+s, at localstatedir@,$localstatedir,;t t
+s, at libdir@,$libdir,;t t
+s, at includedir@,$includedir,;t t
+s, at oldincludedir@,$oldincludedir,;t t
+s, at infodir@,$infodir,;t t
+s, at mandir@,$mandir,;t t
+s, at build_alias@,$build_alias,;t t
+s, at host_alias@,$host_alias,;t t
+s, at target_alias@,$target_alias,;t t
+s, at DEFS@,$DEFS,;t t
+s, at ECHO_C@,$ECHO_C,;t t
+s, at ECHO_N@,$ECHO_N,;t t
+s, at ECHO_T@,$ECHO_T,;t t
+s, at LIBS@,$LIBS,;t t
+s, at CYGPATH@,$CYGPATH,;t t
+s, at EXEEXT@,$EXEEXT,;t t
+s, at PKG_LIB_FILE@,$PKG_LIB_FILE,;t t
+s, at PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t
+s, at PKG_STUB_SOURCES@,$PKG_STUB_SOURCES,;t t
+s, at PKG_STUB_OBJECTS@,$PKG_STUB_OBJECTS,;t t
+s, at PKG_TCL_SOURCES@,$PKG_TCL_SOURCES,;t t
+s, at PKG_HEADERS@,$PKG_HEADERS,;t t
+s, at PKG_INCLUDES@,$PKG_INCLUDES,;t t
+s, at PKG_LIBS@,$PKG_LIBS,;t t
+s, at PKG_CFLAGS@,$PKG_CFLAGS,;t t
+s, at TCL_VERSION@,$TCL_VERSION,;t t
+s, at TCL_BIN_DIR@,$TCL_BIN_DIR,;t t
+s, at TCL_SRC_DIR@,$TCL_SRC_DIR,;t t
+s, at TCL_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_LIB_FILE,;t t
+s, at TCL_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_LIB_FLAG,;t t
+s, at TCL_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_LIB_SPEC,;t t
+s, at TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t
+s, at TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t
+s, at TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
+s, at TCL_LIBS@,$TCL_LIBS,;t t
+s, at TCL_DEFS@,$TCL_DEFS,;t t
+s, at TCL_EXTRA_CFLAGS@,$TCL_EXTRA_CFLAGS,;t t
+s, at TCL_LD_FLAGS@,$TCL_LD_FLAGS,;t t
+s, at TCL_SHLIB_LD_LIBS@,$TCL_SHLIB_LD_LIBS,;t t
+s, at TK_VERSION@,$TK_VERSION,;t t
+s, at TK_BIN_DIR@,$TK_BIN_DIR,;t t
+s, at TK_SRC_DIR@,$TK_SRC_DIR,;t t
+s, at TK_LIB_FILE@,$TK_LIB_FILE,;t t
+s, at TK_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_LIB_FLAG,;t t
+s, at TK_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_LIB_SPEC,;t t
+s, at TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t
+s, at TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t
+s, at TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
+s, at TK_LIBS@,$TK_LIBS,;t t
+s, at TK_XINCLUDES@,$TK_XINCLUDES,;t t
+s, at CC@,$CC,;t t
+s, at CFLAGS@,$CFLAGS,;t t
+s, at LDFLAGS@,$LDFLAGS,;t t
+s, at CPPFLAGS@,$CPPFLAGS,;t t
+s, at ac_ct_CC@,$ac_ct_CC,;t t
+s, at OBJEXT@,$OBJEXT,;t t
+s, at CPP@,$CPP,;t t
+s, at INSTALL_PROGRAM@,$INSTALL_PROGRAM,;t t
+s, at INSTALL_SCRIPT@,$INSTALL_SCRIPT,;t t
+s, at INSTALL_DATA@,$INSTALL_DATA,;t t
+s, at SET_MAKE@,$SET_MAKE,;t t
+s, at RANLIB@,$RANLIB,;t t
+s, at ac_ct_RANLIB@,$ac_ct_RANLIB,;t t
+s, at EGREP@,$EGREP,;t t
+s, at MATH_LIBS@,$MATH_LIBS,;t t
+s, at PKG_SOURCES@,$PKG_SOURCES,;t t
+s, at PKG_OBJECTS@,$PKG_OBJECTS,;t t
+s, at TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE@,$TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE,;t t
+s, at TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE@,$TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE,;t t
+s, at TCL_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE@,$TCL_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE,;t t
+s, at TCL_WIN_DIR_NATIVE@,$TCL_WIN_DIR_NATIVE,;t t
+s, at TCL_BMAP_DIR_NATIVE@,$TCL_BMAP_DIR_NATIVE,;t t
+s, at TCL_TOOL_DIR_NATIVE@,$TCL_TOOL_DIR_NATIVE,;t t
+s, at TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE@,$TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE,;t t
+s, at TCL_INCLUDES@,$TCL_INCLUDES,;t t
+s, at TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE@,$TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE,;t t
+s, at TK_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE@,$TK_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE,;t t
+s, at TK_WIN_DIR_NATIVE@,$TK_WIN_DIR_NATIVE,;t t
+s, at TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE@,$TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE,;t t
+s, at TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE@,$TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE,;t t
+s, at TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE@,$TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE,;t t
+s, at TK_INCLUDES@,$TK_INCLUDES,;t t
+s, at CLEANFILES@,$CLEANFILES,;t t
+s, at TCL_THREADS@,$TCL_THREADS,;t t
+s, at SHARED_BUILD@,$SHARED_BUILD,;t t
+s, at AR@,$AR,;t t
+s, at CELIB_DIR@,$CELIB_DIR,;t t
+s, at LIBOBJS@,$LIBOBJS,;t t
+s, at DL_LIBS@,$DL_LIBS,;t t
+s, at CFLAGS_DEBUG@,$CFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t
+s, at CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t
+s, at CFLAGS_WARNING@,$CFLAGS_WARNING,;t t
+s, at STLIB_LD@,$STLIB_LD,;t t
+s, at SHLIB_LD@,$SHLIB_LD,;t t
+s, at SHLIB_LD_LIBS@,$SHLIB_LD_LIBS,;t t
+s, at SHLIB_CFLAGS@,$SHLIB_CFLAGS,;t t
+s, at LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@,$LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR,;t t
+s, at TCL_DBGX@,$TCL_DBGX,;t t
+s, at CFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$CFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t
+s, at LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$LDFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t
+s, at MAKE_LIB@,$MAKE_LIB,;t t
+s, at MAKE_SHARED_LIB@,$MAKE_SHARED_LIB,;t t
+s, at MAKE_STATIC_LIB@,$MAKE_STATIC_LIB,;t t
+s, at MAKE_STUB_LIB@,$MAKE_STUB_LIB,;t t
+s, at RANLIB_STUB@,$RANLIB_STUB,;t t
+s, at TCLSH_PROG@,$TCLSH_PROG,;t t
+s, at WISH_PROG@,$WISH_PROG,;t t
+s, at LTLIBOBJS@,$LTLIBOBJS,;t t
+CEOF
+
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+  # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+  # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+  ac_max_sed_lines=48
+  ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file.
+  ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+  ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file.
+  ac_more_lines=:
+  ac_sed_cmds=
+  while $ac_more_lines; do
+    if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+      sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
+    else
+      sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
+    fi
+    if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then
+      ac_more_lines=false
+    else
+      # The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to
+      # speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there
+      # is no need to browse any of the substitutions).
+      # These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above.
+      (echo ':t
+  /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed
+      if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+	ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
+      else
+	ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
+      fi
+      ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1`
+      ac_beg=$ac_end
+      ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines`
+    fi
+  done
+  if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+    ac_sed_cmds=cat
+  fi
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case $ac_file in
+  - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin
+	cat >$tmp/stdin
+	ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+	ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+  *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+	ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+  * )   ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories.
+  ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$ac_file" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  { if $as_mkdir_p; then
+    mkdir -p "$ac_dir"
+  else
+    as_dir="$ac_dir"
+    as_dirs=
+    while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
+      as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+    done
+    test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
+  fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+
+  ac_builddir=.
+
+if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
+  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
+else
+  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
+fi
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
+       ac_top_srcdir=.
+    else
+       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
+    fi ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
+esac
+
+# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
+# the directories may not exist.
+case `pwd` in
+.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+*)
+  case "$ac_dir" in
+  .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+  *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+*)
+  case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
+  .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_top_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+
+
+  case $INSTALL in
+  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;;
+  *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_builddir$INSTALL ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+    rm -f "$ac_file"
+  fi
+  # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+  # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+  #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
+  if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then
+    configure_input=
+  else
+    configure_input="$ac_file.  "
+  fi
+  configure_input=$configure_input"Generated from `echo $ac_file_in |
+				     sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure."
+
+  # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the
+  # src tree.
+  ac_file_inputs=`IFS=:
+    for f in $ac_file_in; do
+      case $f in
+      -) echo $tmp/stdin ;;
+      [\\/$]*)
+	 # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:)
+	 test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	 echo "$f";;
+      *) # Relative
+	 if test -f "$f"; then
+	   # Build tree
+	   echo "$f"
+	 elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then
+	   # Source tree
+	   echo "$srcdir/$f"
+	 else
+	   # /dev/null tree
+	   { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	 fi;;
+      esac
+    done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+  sed "$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+:t
+/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
+s, at configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t
+s, at srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t
+s, at abs_srcdir@,$ac_abs_srcdir,;t t
+s, at top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t
+s, at abs_top_srcdir@,$ac_abs_top_srcdir,;t t
+s, at builddir@,$ac_builddir,;t t
+s, at abs_builddir@,$ac_abs_builddir,;t t
+s, at top_builddir@,$ac_top_builddir,;t t
+s, at abs_top_builddir@,$ac_abs_top_builddir,;t t
+s, at INSTALL@,$ac_INSTALL,;t t
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out
+  rm -f $tmp/stdin
+  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+    mv $tmp/out $ac_file
+  else
+    cat $tmp/out
+    rm -f $tmp/out
+  fi
+
+done
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+
+{ (exit 0); exit 0; }
+_ACEOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
+# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
+# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
+# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
+# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
+# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
+# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
+# need to make the FD available again.
+if test "$no_create" != yes; then
+  ac_cs_success=:
+  ac_config_status_args=
+  test "$silent" = yes &&
+    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
+  exec 5>/dev/null
+  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
+  exec 5>>config.log
+  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
+  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
+  $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+fi
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/configure.in
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/configure.in	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+#! /bin/bash -norc
+#
+# RCS: @(#) $Id: configure.in,v 1.6 2006/11/16 22:34:41 hobbs Exp $
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Sample configure.in for Tcl Extensions.  The only places you should
+# need to modify this file are marked by the string __CHANGE__
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Set your package name and version numbers here.
+#
+# This initializes the environment with PACKAGE_NAME and PACKAGE_VERSION
+# set as provided.  These will also be added as -D defs in your Makefile
+# so you can encode the package version directly into the source files.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_INIT([Tix], [8.4.2])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars.
+# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows"
+# as well as PKG_LIB_FILE and PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_INIT([3.5])
+
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(tclconfig)
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Load the tclConfig.sh file
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG
+TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Load the tkConfig.sh file if necessary (Tk extension)
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG
+TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave.
+# Must be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG and before TEA_SETUP_COMPILER.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PREFIX
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Standard compiler checks.
+# This sets up CC by using the CC env var, or looks for gcc otherwise.
+# This also calls AC_PROG_CC, AC_PROG_INSTALL and a few others to create
+# the basic setup necessary to compile executables.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Specify the C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_SOURCES,
+# public headers that need to be installed in TEA_ADD_HEADERS,
+# stub library C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES,
+# and runtime Tcl library files in TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES.
+# This defines PKG(_STUB)_SOURCES, PKG(_STUB)_OBJECTS, PKG_HEADERS
+# and PKG_TCL_SOURCES.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# core sources
+TEA_ADD_SOURCES([tixClass.c tixCmds.c tixCompat.c tixError.c tixGeometry.c
+		 tixInit.c tixList.c tixMethod.c tixOption.c tixScroll.c
+		 tixSmpLs.c tixUtils.c tixWidget.c])
+# ditem sources
+TEA_ADD_SOURCES([tixDItem.c tixDiITxt.c tixDiImg.c tixDiStyle.c tixDiText.c
+		 tixDiWin.c])
+# manager sources
+TEA_ADD_SOURCES([tixForm.c tixFormMisc.c])
+# widget sources
+TEA_ADD_SOURCES([tixGrid.c tixGrData.c tixGrFmt.c tixGrRC.c tixGrSel.c
+		 tixGrSort.c tixGrUtl.c tixHList.c tixHLCol.c tixHLInd.c
+		 tixHLHdr.c tixNBFrame.c tixTList.c])
+# misc sources
+TEA_ADD_SOURCES([tixImgCmp.c tixImgXpm.c])
+
+TEA_ADD_HEADERS([])
+TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I. -I\"`${CYGPATH} ${srcdir}/generic`\"])
+TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([])
+TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES([])
+TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES([])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Choose which headers you need.  Extension authors should try very
+# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files.  Internal headers
+# contain private data structures and are subject to change without
+# notice.
+# This MUST be called after TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG/TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# needed for tclPort.h and such ... can be corrected
+TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS
+TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# For Unix/Tk builds, make sure that the X libraries/headers are found.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PATH_X
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# A few miscellaneous platform-specific items:
+#
+# Define a special symbol for Windows (BUILD_tix in this case) so
+# that we create the export library with the dll.
+#
+# Windows creates a few extra files that need to be cleaned up.
+# You can add more files to clean if your extension creates any extra
+# files.
+#
+# TEA_ADD any extra compiler/build info here.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(BUILD_tix)
+    CLEANFILES="pkgIndex.tcl *.lib *.dll *.exp *.ilk *.pdb *.pch"
+    TEA_ADD_LIBS([gdi32.lib user32.lib advapi32.lib comdlg32.lib])
+    TEA_ADD_SOURCES([tixWCmpt.c tixWinWm.c tixWinXpm.c tixWinDraw.c])
+    TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I. -I\"`${CYGPATH} ${srcdir}/win`\"])
+else
+    CLEANFILES="pkgIndex.tcl"
+    TEA_ADD_SOURCES([tixInputO.c tixUnixMwm.c])
+    TEA_ADD_SOURCES([tixUnixDraw.c tixUnixXpm.c tixUnixWm.c])
+    TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I. -I\"`${CYGPATH} ${srcdir}/unix`\"])
+fi
+if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "aqua"; then
+    TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I${TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE}/macosx])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(CLEANFILES)
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
+# So far only Tcl responds to this one.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_ENABLE_THREADS
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The statement below defines a collection of symbols related to
+# building as a shared library instead of a static library.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_ENABLE_SHARED
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This macro figures out what flags to use with the compiler/linker
+# when building shared/static debug/optimized objects.  This information
+# can be taken from the tclConfig.sh file, but this figures it all out.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols 
+# option.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Everyone should be linking against the Tcl stub library.  If you
+# can't for some reason, remove this definition.  If you aren't using
+# stubs, you also need to modify the SHLIB_LD_LIBS setting below to
+# link against the non-stubbed Tcl library.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFINE(USE_TCL_STUBS)
+AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS)
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
+# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,
+# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_MAKE_LIB
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Find tclsh so that we can run pkg_mkIndex to generate the pkgIndex.tcl
+# file during the install process.  Don't run the TCLSH_PROG through
+# ${CYGPATH} because it's being used directly by make.
+# Require that we use a tclsh shell version 8.2 or later since earlier
+# versions have bugs in the pkg_mkIndex routine.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PROG_TCLSH
+TEA_PROG_WISH
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the Makefile.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_OUTPUT([Makefile])

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/MkChoose.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/MkChoose.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: MkChoose.tcl,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# MkChoose.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements the "Choosers" page in the widget demo
+#
+#	This file has not been properly documented. It is NOT intended
+#	to be used as an introductory demo program about Tix
+#	programming. For such demos, please see the files in the
+#	demos/samples directory or go to the "Samples" page in the
+#	"widget demo"
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc MkChoosers {nb page} {
+    set w [$nb subwidget $page]
+
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+    option add *$name*TixLabelFrame*label.padX 4
+
+    tixLabelFrame $w.til -label "Chooser Widgets"
+    tixLabelFrame $w.cbx -label "tixComboBox"
+    tixLabelFrame $w.ctl -label "tixControl"
+    tixLabelFrame $w.sel -label "tixSelect"
+    tixLabelFrame $w.opt -label "tixOptionMenu"
+    tixLabelFrame $w.fil -label "tixFileEntry"
+    tixLabelFrame $w.fbx -label "tixFileSelectBox"
+    tixLabelFrame $w.tbr -label "Tool Bar"
+
+    MkTitle   [$w.til subwidget frame]
+    MkCombo   [$w.cbx subwidget frame]
+    MkControl [$w.ctl subwidget frame]
+    MkSelect  [$w.sel subwidget frame]
+    MkOptMenu [$w.opt subwidget frame]
+    MkFileBox [$w.fbx subwidget frame]
+    MkFileEnt [$w.fil subwidget frame]
+    MkToolBar [$w.tbr subwidget frame]
+    
+    #
+    # First column: comBox and selector
+    tixForm $w.cbx -top 0 -left 0 -right %33
+    tixForm $w.sel -left 0 -right &$w.cbx -top $w.cbx
+    tixForm $w.opt -left 0 -right &$w.cbx -top $w.sel -bottom -1
+
+    #
+    # Second column: title .. etc
+    tixForm $w.til -left $w.cbx -right %66 -top 0
+    tixForm $w.ctl -left $w.cbx -right &$w.til -top $w.til
+    tixForm $w.fil -left $w.cbx -right &$w.til -top $w.ctl
+    tixForm $w.tbr -left $w.cbx -right &$w.til -top $w.fil -bottom -1
+
+    #
+    # Third column: file selection
+    tixForm $w.fbx -left %66  -right -1 -top 0
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 	ComboBox
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc MkCombo {w} {
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+    option add *$name*TixComboBox*label.width 10
+    option add *$name*TixComboBox*label.anchor e
+    option add *$name*TixComboBox*entry.width 14
+    
+    tixComboBox $w.static   -label "Static" \
+	-editable false 
+    tixComboBox $w.editable -label "Editable" \
+	-editable true
+    tixComboBox $w.history  -label "History" \
+	-editable true -history true -anchor e
+ 
+    $w.static insert end January
+    $w.static insert end February
+    $w.static insert end March
+    $w.static insert end April
+    $w.static insert end May
+    $w.static insert end June
+    $w.static insert end July
+    $w.static insert end August
+    $w.static insert end September
+    $w.static insert end October
+    $w.static insert end November
+    $w.static insert end December
+
+    $w.editable insert end "America"
+    $w.editable insert end "Britain"
+    $w.editable insert end "China"
+    $w.editable insert end "Denmark"
+    $w.editable insert end "Egypt"
+
+    $w.history insert end "/usr/bin/mail"
+    $w.history insert end "/etc/profile"
+    $w.history insert end "/home/d/doe/Mail/letter"
+
+    pack $w.static $w.editable $w.history -side top -padx 5 -pady 3
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 			The Control widgets
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+set states {Alabama "New York" Pennsylvania Washington}
+
+proc stCmd {w by value} {
+    global states
+
+    set index [lsearch $states $value]
+    set len   [llength $states]
+    set index [expr {$index + $by}]
+
+    if {$index < 0} {
+	set index [expr {$len -1}]
+    }
+    if {$index >= $len} {
+	set index 0
+    }
+
+    return [lindex $states $index]
+}
+
+proc stValidate {w value} {
+    global states
+
+    if {[lsearch $states $value] == -1} {
+	return [lindex $states 0]
+    } else {
+	return $value
+    }
+}
+
+proc MkControl {w} {
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+    option add *$name*TixControl*label.width 10
+    option add *$name*TixControl*label.anchor e
+    option add *$name*TixControl*entry.width 13
+
+
+    tixControl $w.simple -label Numbers
+
+    tixControl $w.spintext -label States \
+	-incrcmd [list stCmd $w.spintext 1] \
+	-decrcmd [list stCmd $w.spintext -1] \
+	-validatecmd [list stValidate .d] \
+	-value "Alabama"
+
+    pack $w.simple $w.spintext -side top -padx 5 -pady 3
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 			The Select Widgets
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc MkSelect {w} {
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+    option add *$name*TixSelect*label.anchor c
+    option add *$name*TixSelect*orientation vertical
+    option add *$name*TixSelect*labelSide top
+
+    tixSelect $w.sel1 -label "Mere Mortals" -allowzero true -radio true
+    tixSelect $w.sel2 -label "Geeks" -allowzero true -radio false
+
+    $w.sel1 add eat   -text Eat
+    $w.sel1 add work  -text Work
+    $w.sel1 add play  -text Play
+    $w.sel1 add party -text Party
+    $w.sel1 add sleep -text Sleep
+
+    $w.sel2 add eat   -text Eat
+    $w.sel2 add prog1 -text Program
+    $w.sel2 add prog2 -text Program
+    $w.sel2 add prog3 -text Program
+    $w.sel2 add sleep -text Sleep
+
+    pack $w.sel1 $w.sel2 -side left -padx 5 -pady 3 -fill x
+}
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 			The OptMenu Widget
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc MkOptMenu {w} {
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+
+    option add *$name*TixOptionMenu*label.anchor e
+
+    tixOptionMenu $w.menu -label "File Format : " \
+	-options {
+	    menubutton.width 15
+	}
+
+    $w.menu add command text   -label "Plain Text"      
+    $w.menu add command post   -label "PostScript"      
+    $w.menu add command format -label "Formatted Text"  
+    $w.menu add command html   -label "HTML"            
+    $w.menu add separator sep
+    $w.menu add command tex    -label "LaTeX"           
+    $w.menu add command rtf    -label "Rich Text Format"
+
+    pack $w.menu -padx 5 -pady 3 -fill x
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 	FileEntry
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc MkFileEnt {w} {
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+
+    message $w.msg \
+	-relief flat -width 240 -anchor n\
+	-text {Press the "open file" icon button and a\
+TixFileSelectDialog will popup.}
+
+    tixFileEntry $w.ent -label "Select a file : "
+
+    pack $w.msg -side top -expand yes -fill both -padx 3 -pady 3
+    pack $w.ent -side top -fill x -padx 3 -pady 3
+}
+
+proc MkFileBox {w} {
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+
+    message $w.msg \
+	-relief flat -width 240 -anchor n\
+	-text {The TixFileSelectBox is Motif-style file selection\
+box with various enhancements. For example, you can adjust the\
+size of the two listboxes and your past selections are recorded.}
+
+    tixFileSelectBox $w.box
+
+    pack $w.msg -side top -expand yes -fill both -padx 3 -pady 3
+    pack $w.box -side top -fill x -padx 3 -pady 3
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 	Tool Bar
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc MkToolBar {w} {
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+
+    option add $name*TixSelect*frame.borderWidth 1
+    message $w.msg -relief flat -width 240 -anchor n\
+	-text {The Select widget is also good for arranging buttons\
+		   in a tool bar.}
+
+    frame $w.bar -bd 2 -relief raised
+    tixSelect $w.font -allowzero true  -radio false -label {}
+    tixSelect $w.para -allowzero false -radio true -label {}
+
+    $w.font add bold      -bitmap [tix getbitmap bold]
+    $w.font add italic    -bitmap [tix getbitmap italic]
+    $w.font add underline -bitmap [tix getbitmap underlin]
+    $w.font add capital   -bitmap [tix getbitmap capital]
+
+    $w.para add left    -bitmap [tix getbitmap leftj]
+    $w.para add right   -bitmap [tix getbitmap rightj]
+    $w.para add center  -bitmap [tix getbitmap centerj]
+    $w.para add justify -bitmap [tix getbitmap justify]
+
+    pack $w.msg -side top -expand yes -fill both -padx 3 -pady 3
+    pack $w.bar -side top -fill x -padx 3 -pady 3
+    pack $w.para $w.font -in $w.bar -side left -padx 4 -pady 3
+}
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 	Title
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc MkTitle {w} {
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+
+    option add $name*TixSelect*frame.borderWidth 1
+    message $w.msg \
+	-relief flat -width 240 -anchor n\
+	-text {There are many types of "choose" widgets that allow\
+		   the user to input different type of information.}
+
+    pack $w.msg -side top -expand yes -fill both -padx 3 -pady 3
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/MkDirLis.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/MkDirLis.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: MkDirLis.tcl,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# MkDirLis.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements the "Directory List" page in the widget demo
+#
+#	This file has not been properly documented. It is NOT intended
+#	to be used as an introductory demo program about Tix
+#	programming. For such demos, please see the files in the
+#	demos/samples directory or go to the "Samples" page in the
+#	"widget demo"
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc MkDirList {nb page} {
+    set w [$nb subwidget $page]
+
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+    option add *$name*TixLabelFrame*label.padX 4
+
+    tixLabelFrame $w.dir  -label "tixDirList"
+    tixLabelFrame $w.fsbox -label "tixExFileSelectBox"
+    MkDirListWidget [$w.dir subwidget frame]
+    MkExFileWidget  [$w.fsbox subwidget frame]
+
+    tixForm $w.dir  -top 0 -left 0 -right %40 -bottom -1
+    tixForm $w.fsbox -top 0 -left %40 -right -1 -bottom -1
+}
+
+proc MkDirListWidget {w} {
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+
+    message $w.msg \
+	-relief flat -width 240 -anchor n\
+	-text "The TixDirList widget gives a graphical representation of\
+		the file system directory and makes it easy for the user\
+		to choose and access directories."
+
+    tixDirList $w.dirlist -options {
+	hlist.padY 1
+	hlist.width 25
+	hlist.height 16
+    }
+
+    pack $w.msg     -side top -expand yes -fill both -padx 3 -pady 3
+    pack $w.dirlist -side top  -padx 3 -pady 3
+}
+
+proc MkExFileWidget {w} {
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+
+    message $w.msg \
+	-relief flat -width 240 -anchor n\
+	-text {The TixExFileSelectBox widget is more user friendly \
+		   than the Motif style FileSelectBox.}
+
+    tixExFileSelectBox $w.exfsbox -bd 2 -relief raised
+
+    pack $w.msg    -side top -expand yes -fill both -padx 3 -pady 3
+    pack $w.exfsbox -side top  -padx 3 -pady 3
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/MkSample.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/MkSample.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: MkSample.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:34:59 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# MkSample.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements the "Sample" page in the widget demo
+#
+#	This file has not been properly documented. It is NOT intended
+#	to be used as an introductory demo program about Tix
+#	programming. For such demos, please see the files in the
+#	demos/samples directory or go to the "Samples" page in the
+#	"widget demo"
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+#
+#
+
+set tix_demo_running 1
+set samples_dir [file join $demo_dir samples]
+set sample_filename {}
+
+uplevel #0 source [list [file join $samples_dir AllSampl.tcl]]
+
+
+proc MkSample {nb page} {
+    global tixOption
+
+    #----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    set w [$nb subwidget $page]
+
+    set pane [tixPanedWindow $w.pane -orient horizontal]
+    pack $pane -expand yes -fill both
+
+    set f1 [$pane add 1 -expand 1]
+    set f2 [$pane add 2 -expand 3]
+    $f1 config -relief flat
+    $f2 config -relief flat
+
+    # Left pane: the Tree:
+    #
+    set lab [label $f1.lab  -text "Select a sample program:" -anchor w]
+    set tree [tixTree $f1.slb \
+	-options {
+	    hlist.selectMode single
+	    hlist.width  40
+	}]
+    $tree config \
+	-command   "Sample:Action $w $tree run" \
+	-browsecmd "Sample:Action $w $tree browse"
+
+    pack $lab -side top -fill x -padx 5 -pady 5
+    pack $tree -side top -fill both -expand yes -padx 5
+
+    # Right pane: the Text
+    #
+    set labe [tixLabelEntry $f2.lab -label "Source:" -options {
+	label.anchor w
+    }]
+
+    $labe subwidget entry config -state disabled
+
+    set stext [tixScrolledText $f2.stext]
+    set f3 [frame $f2.f3]
+
+    set run  [button $f3.run  -text "Run ..."  \
+	-command "Sample:Action $w $tree run"]
+    set view [button $f3.view -text "View Source in Browser ..." \
+	-command "Sample:Action $w $tree view"]
+
+    pack $run $view -side left -fill y -pady 2
+
+    pack $labe -side top -fill x -padx 7 -pady 2
+    pack $f3 -side bottom -fill x -padx 7
+    pack $stext -side top -fill both -expand yes -padx 7
+
+    #
+    # Set up the text subwidget
+
+    set text [$stext subwidget text]
+    bind $text <Up>    "%W yview scroll -1 unit"
+    bind $text <Down>  "%W yview scroll 1 unit"
+    bind $text <Left>  "%W xview scroll -1 unit"
+    bind $text <Right> "%W xview scroll 1 unit"
+    bind $text <Tab>   {focus [tk_focusNext %W]; break}
+
+    bindtags $text "$text Text [winfo toplevel $text] all"
+
+    $text config -bg [$tree subwidget hlist cget -bg] \
+	-state disabled -font $tixOption(fixed_font) -wrap none
+
+    $run  config -state disabled
+    $view config -state disabled
+
+    global demo
+    set demo(w:run)  $run
+    set demo(w:view) $view
+    set demo(w:tree) $tree
+    set demo(w:lab1) $labe
+    set demo(w:stext) $stext
+
+    set hlist [$tree subwidget hlist]
+    $hlist config -separator "." -width 30 -drawbranch 0 \
+	-wideselect false
+
+    set style [tixDisplayStyle imagetext -refwindow $hlist \
+	-fg $tixOption(fg) -padx 4]
+
+    set file   [tix getimage textfile]
+    set folder [tix getimage openfold]
+
+    ForAllSamples root "" \
+	[list AddSampleToHList $tree $hlist $style $file $folder]
+}
+
+# AddSampleToHList --
+#
+#	A callback from ForAllSamples. Add all the possible sample files
+#	into the Tree widget.
+#
+proc AddSampleToHList {tree hlist style file folder token type text dest} {
+    case $type {
+	d {
+	    return [$hlist addchild $token -itemtype imagetext -style $style \
+		-image $folder -text $text]
+	}
+	done {
+	    if {![tixStrEq $token ""]} {
+		$tree setmode $token close
+		$tree close $token
+	    }
+	}
+	f {
+	    return [$hlist addchild $token -itemtype imagetext \
+		-image $file -text $text -data [list $text $dest]]
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc Sample:Action {w slb action args} {
+    global samples demo_dir demo samples_dir
+
+    set hlist [$slb subwidget hlist]
+    set ent [$hlist info anchor]
+
+    if {$ent == ""} {
+	$demo(w:run)  config -state disabled
+	$demo(w:view) config -state disabled
+	return
+    }
+    if {[$hlist info data $ent] == {}} {
+	# This is just a comment
+	$demo(w:run)  config -state disabled
+	$demo(w:view) config -state disabled
+	return
+    } else {
+	$demo(w:run)  config -state normal
+	$demo(w:view) config -state normal
+    }
+
+    set theSample [$hlist info data $ent]
+    set title [lindex $theSample 0]
+    set prog  [lindex $theSample 1]
+
+    case $action {
+	"run" {
+	    RunProg $title $prog
+	}
+	"view" {
+	    LoadFile [file join $samples_dir $prog]
+	}
+	"browse" {
+	    # Bring up a short description of the sample program
+	    # in the scrolled text about
+
+	    set text [$demo(w:stext) subwidget text]
+	    uplevel #0 set sample_filename [list [file join $samples_dir $prog]]
+	    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle ReadFileWhenIdle $text
+
+	    $demo(w:lab1) subwidget entry config -state normal
+	    $demo(w:lab1) subwidget entry delete 0 end
+	    $demo(w:lab1) subwidget entry insert end [file join $samples_dir $prog]
+	    $demo(w:lab1) subwidget entry xview end
+	    $demo(w:lab1) subwidget entry config -state disabled
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc RunProg {title prog} {
+    global samples demo_dir demo samples_dir
+
+    set w .[lindex [split $prog .] 0]
+    set w [string tolower $w]
+
+    if [winfo exists $w] {
+	wm deiconify $w
+	raise $w
+	return
+    }
+
+    uplevel #0 source [list [file join $samples_dir $prog]]
+
+    toplevel $w 
+    wm title $w $title
+    RunSample $w
+}
+
+
+proc LoadFile {filename} {
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tmp $filename
+    regsub -all . $filename _ tmp
+    set w [string tolower .$tmp]
+
+    if [winfo exists $w] {
+	wm deiconify $w
+	raise $w
+	return
+    }
+
+    toplevel $w 
+    wm title $w "Source View: $filename"
+
+    button $w.b -text Close -command "destroy $w"
+    set t [tixScrolledText $w.text]
+    tixForm $w.b    -left 0 -bottom -0 -padx 4 -pady 4
+    tixForm $w.text -left 0 -right -0 -top 0 -bottom $w.b
+
+    $t subwidget text config -highlightcolor [$t cget -bg] -bd 2 \
+	-bg [$t cget -bg] -font $tixOption(fixed_font) 
+    if {$filename == {}} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    set text [$w.text subwidget text]
+    $text config -wrap none
+
+    ReadFile $text $filename
+}
+
+proc ReadFileWhenIdle {text} {
+    global sample_filename
+
+    if ![file isdir $sample_filename] {
+	ReadFile $text $sample_filename
+    }
+}
+
+proc ReadFile {text filename} {
+    set oldState [$text cget -state]
+    $text config -state normal
+    $text delete 0.0 end
+
+	set fd [open $filename {RDONLY}]
+	$text delete 1.0 end
+    
+	while {![eof $fd]} {
+	    $text insert end [gets $fd]\n
+	}
+	close $fd
+
+    $text see 1.0
+    $text config -state $oldState
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/MkScroll.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/MkScroll.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: MkScroll.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:34:59 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# MkScroll.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements the "Scrolled Widgets" page in the widget demo
+#
+#	This file has not been properly documented. It is NOT intended
+#	to be used as an introductory demo program about Tix
+#	programming. For such demos, please see the files in the
+#	demos/samples directory or go to the "Samples" page in the
+#	"widget demo"
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc MkScroll {nb page} {
+    set w [$nb subwidget $page]
+
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+    option add *$name*TixLabelFrame*label.padX 4
+
+    tixLabelFrame $w.sls -label "tixScrolledListBox"
+    tixLabelFrame $w.swn -label "tixScrolledWindow"
+    tixLabelFrame $w.stx -label "tixScrolledText"
+    MkSList   [$w.sls subwidget frame]
+
+    MkSText   [$w.stx subwidget frame]
+    MkSWindow [$w.swn subwidget frame]
+ 
+    tixForm $w.sls -top 0 -left 0 -right %33 -bottom -1
+    tixForm $w.swn -top 0 -left $w.sls -right %66 -bottom -1
+    tixForm $w.stx -top 0 -left $w.swn -right -1 -bottom -1
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# ScrolledListBox
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc MkSList {w} {
+    frame $w.top -width 300 -height 330
+    frame $w.bot
+
+    message $w.top.msg \
+	-relief flat -width 200 -anchor n\
+	-text {This TixScrolledListBox is configured so that it uses\
+scrollbars only when it is necessary. Use the handles to\
+resize the listbox and watch the scrollbars automatically\
+appear and disappear.}
+
+    set list [tixScrolledListBox $w.top.list -scrollbar auto]
+    place $list -x 50 -y 150 -width 120 -height 80
+    $list subwidget listbox insert end Alabama
+    $list subwidget listbox insert end California
+    $list subwidget listbox insert end Montana
+    $list subwidget listbox insert end "New Jersy"
+    $list subwidget listbox insert end "New York"
+    $list subwidget listbox insert end Pennsylvania
+    $list subwidget listbox insert end Washington
+
+    set rh [tixResizeHandle $w.top.r -relief raised \
+	    -handlesize 8 -gridded true -minwidth 50 -minheight 30]
+
+    button $w.bot.btn -text Reset -command "SList:Reset $rh $list"
+    pack propagate $w.top 0
+    pack $w.top.msg -fill x
+    pack $w.bot.btn -anchor c 
+    pack $w.top -expand yes -fill both
+    pack $w.bot -fill both
+
+    bind $list <Map> "tixDoWhenIdle $rh attachwidget $list"
+}
+
+proc SList:Reset {rh list} {
+    place $list -x 50 -y 150 -width 120 -height 80
+    update
+    $rh attachwidget $list
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# ScrolledWindow
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc MkSWindow {w} {
+    global demo_dir
+    frame $w.top -width 330 -height 330
+    frame $w.bot
+
+    message $w.top.msg \
+	-relief flat -width 200 -anchor n\
+	-text {The TixScrolledWindow widget allows you\
+to scroll any kind of TK widget. It is more versatile\
+than a scrolled canvas widget}
+
+    set win [tixScrolledWindow $w.top.win -scrollbar auto]
+    set f [$win subwidget window]
+    set image [image create photo -file $demo_dir/bitmaps/tix.gif]
+
+    label $f.b1 -image $image
+
+    pack $f.b1 -expand yes -fill both
+
+    place $win -x 30 -y 150 -width 190 -height 120
+    set rh [tixResizeHandle $w.top.r -relief raised \
+	    -handlesize 8 -gridded true -minwidth 50 -minheight 30]
+
+    button $w.bot.btn -text Reset -command "SWindow:Reset $rh $win"
+    pack propagate $w.top 0
+    pack $w.top.msg -fill x
+    pack $w.bot.btn -anchor c 
+    pack $w.top -expand yes -fill both
+    pack $w.bot -fill both
+
+    bind $win <Map> "tixDoWhenIdle $rh attachwidget $win"
+}
+
+proc SWindow:Reset {rh win} {
+    place $win -x 30 -y 150 -width 190 -height 120
+    update
+    $rh attachwidget $win
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# ScrolledText
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc MkSText {w} {
+    frame $w.top -width 330 -height 330
+    frame $w.bot
+
+    message $w.top.msg \
+	-relief flat -width 200 -anchor n\
+	-text {The TixScrolledWindow widget allows you\
+to scroll any kind of TK widget. It is more versatile\
+than a scrolled canvas widget}
+
+    set win [tixScrolledText $w.top.win -scrollbar both]
+    $win subwidget text config -wrap none
+
+    place $win -x 30 -y 150 -width 190 -height 100
+    set rh [tixResizeHandle $w.top.r -relief raised \
+	    -handlesize 8 -gridded true -minwidth 50 -minheight 30]
+
+    button $w.bot.btn -text Reset -command "SText:Reset $rh $win"
+    pack propagate $w.top 0
+    pack $w.top.msg -fill x
+    pack $w.bot.btn -anchor c 
+    pack $w.top -expand yes -fill both
+    pack $w.bot -fill both
+
+    bind $win <Map> "tixDoWhenIdle $rh attachwidget $win"
+}
+
+proc SText:Reset {rh win} {
+    place $win -x 30 -y 150 -width 190 -height 100
+    update
+    $rh attachwidget $win
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/about.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/about.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * about_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 7 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c gray70",
+"O	c navy",
+"+	c red",
+"@	c yellow",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"        .................................         ",
+"      ..XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXoo.         ",
+"      .XooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooXo.         ",
+"     .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXooXo.         ",
+"     ..oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooXo.         ",
+"     ...............................XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.++++     ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo+++       ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo+++++       ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo++++++      ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo+++   +     ",
+"     .OOOOO@@@@@OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo++.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOO@OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOO@@OOO at OOO@OOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOO@OOOO at O@OOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOO@OOOOO at OOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOO@OOOOO at OOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOOO@OOOO at O@OOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOO at OOOO@@@OO at OOO@OOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XoXo.         ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo..          ",
+"     .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo            ",
+"      OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.X.            ",
+"        .............................             ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/bold.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/bold.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define bold_width 16
+#define bold_height 16
+static unsigned char bold_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x07, 0xfc, 0x0f, 0x18, 0x1c, 0x18, 0x18,
+   0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x1c, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x30,
+   0x18, 0x30, 0x18, 0x38, 0xfc, 0x3f, 0xfc, 0x1f};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/capital.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/capital.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define capital_width 16
+#define capital_height 16
+static unsigned char capital_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x08, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x06,
+   0x30, 0x03, 0xb0, 0x01, 0xf0, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x01, 0xb0, 0x03,
+   0x30, 0x07, 0x30, 0x0e, 0x30, 0x1c, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/centerj.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/centerj.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define centerj_width 16
+#define centerj_height 16
+static unsigned char centerj_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x0d,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x58, 0x77, 0x00, 0x00, 0xb0, 0x3b, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0xf7,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd8, 0x7e};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/code.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/code.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * code_xpm[] = {
+"30 15 4 1",
+" 	c gray94",
+".	c #c0c0ff",
+"X	c #606060",
+"o	c black",
+"                              ",
+" ............................X",
+" ............................X",
+" ...ooo............o.........X",
+" ..o...o...........o.........X",
+" ..o...............o.........X",
+" ..o......ooo...oooo..ooo....X",
+" ..o.....o...o.o...o.o...o...X",
+" ..o.....o...o.o...o.ooooo...X",
+" ..o.....o...o.o...o.o.......X",
+" ..o...o.o...o.o...o.o...o...X",
+" ...ooo...ooo...oooo..ooo....X",
+" ............................X",
+" ............................X",
+"XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX"};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/combobox.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/combobox.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define combobox_width 32
+#define combobox_height 32
+static unsigned char combobox_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3e, 0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x2a, 0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x2a,
+   0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x2a, 0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x2b, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3e,
+   0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x2a,
+   0x28, 0x49, 0x00, 0x2a, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x22,
+   0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x22, 0x28, 0x49, 0x12, 0x22, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x22,
+   0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x22, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x22, 0x28, 0x49, 0x02, 0x22,
+   0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x2a, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x2a,
+   0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/combobox.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/combobox.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * combobox_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 6 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #FFFF80808080",
+"O	c gray70",
+"+	c #808000008080",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   ....................................  XXXXXXX  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX  X  .  .  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX  X  .  .  ",
+"   .oooo.oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX  X  .  .  ",
+"   .oo.o..oo.o.oo.o.ooooooooooooooooooX  X  .  .  ",
+"   .o..o.o.o.oo.oo.oo.ooooooooooooooooX  X ... .  ",
+"   .oo.oo.oo.o.oo.ooo.ooooooooooooooooX  X  .  .  ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX  X     .  ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  X......  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  ",
+"   X............................................  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.O+OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OX OX.  ",
+"   X.O++OOO+OO+++OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.X ..X.  ",
+"   X.O+O+O+OOO+O+OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.O++OOO+OO+++OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.XXXXX.  ",
+"   X.O.....X..........................OOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.OX...XXX.X.XX.XX.................OOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.OX.X..X..X.XX..XX.X..............OOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.O.X...X..X.X...X..X..............OOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO+OOOOOOOOOOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOO+OOO+OOOOO+OOOO+OOOOOOOOOOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.O+++OO+OO+O+OO++O++OO+OO+OOOOOOOOOOX.X...X.  ",
+"   X.OO+OO++OO+O+OO+OOO+OO+O++OOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOO+OOOOO++OO+OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.X  .X.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.O .OX.  ",
+"   X.OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX.OOOOX.  ",
+"   X.XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.XXXXX.  ",
+"   X............................................  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/drivea.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/drivea.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define drivea_width 32
+#define drivea_height 32
+static unsigned char drivea_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a,
+   0x48, 0x55, 0xd5, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1b, 0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d,
+   0xa8, 0xfa, 0xaf, 0x1a, 0xc8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xfa, 0xaf, 0x1a,
+   0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a, 0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d,
+   0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/drivea.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/drivea.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * drivea_xpm[] = {
+/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"32 32 5 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #c000c000c000",
+"O	c #800080008000",
+/* pixels */
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"   ..........................   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+"   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xoo...................oO.   ",
+"   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .oOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.   ",
+"   ..........................   ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/exit.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/exit.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * exit_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 5 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #000080800000",
+"O	c yellow",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"     .......................................      ",
+"     .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOoooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOOooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOOOoooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOoooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOoooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOoooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOOOoooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOOooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooOoooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX.      ",
+"     .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.      ",
+"     .......................................      ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/filebox.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/filebox.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define filebox_width 32
+#define filebox_height 32
+static unsigned char filebox_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20,
+   0xe4, 0xff, 0xff, 0x27, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24,
+   0xe4, 0xff, 0xff, 0x27, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0xe4, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0x27,
+   0x24, 0x50, 0x02, 0x25, 0x24, 0x40, 0x02, 0x24, 0x24, 0x50, 0x02, 0x25,
+   0x24, 0x40, 0x02, 0x24, 0x24, 0x50, 0x02, 0x25, 0x24, 0x40, 0x02, 0x24,
+   0x24, 0x50, 0x02, 0x25, 0xe4, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0x27, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20,
+   0xe4, 0xff, 0xff, 0x27, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24,
+   0xe4, 0xff, 0xff, 0x27, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/filebox.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/filebox.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * filebox_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 6 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c white",
+"X	c gray80",
+"o	c black",
+"O	c #FFFF80808080",
+"+	c gray70",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   ............................................   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXooXooXoXooXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXooXooXoXooXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.XXo   ",
+"   .XXoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XXo   ",
+"   .XXoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.XXo   ",
+"   .XX......................................XXo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXoooooooooooooooo.XXXXoooooooooooooooo.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XXo+++++++++++++++.XXXXo+++++++++++++++.XXo   ",
+"   .XX.................XXXX.................XXo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXooXooXoXooXoXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXooXooXoXooXoXooXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .XXoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.Xo   ",
+"   .XXoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo   ",
+"   .XXoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.Xo   ",
+"   .XX.......................................Xo   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo   ",
+"   .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo   ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/harddisk.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/harddisk.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define drivea_width 32
+#define drivea_height 32
+static unsigned char drivea_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a,
+   0x48, 0x55, 0xd5, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1b, 0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d,
+   0xa8, 0xfa, 0xaf, 0x1a, 0xc8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xfa, 0xaf, 0x1a,
+   0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a, 0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d,
+   0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/harddisk.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/harddisk.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * drivea_xpm[] = {
+/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"32 32 5 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #c000c000c000",
+"O	c #800080008000",
+/* pixels */
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"   ..........................   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+"   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xoo...................oO.   ",
+"   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .oOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.   ",
+"   ..........................   ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/italic.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/italic.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define italic_width 16
+#define italic_height 16
+static unsigned char italic_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x3f, 0x80, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x06, 0x00, 0x06,
+   0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x80, 0x01, 0x80, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x00,
+   0x60, 0x00, 0x60, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x01, 0xfc, 0x01};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/justify.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/justify.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define justify_width 16
+#define justify_height 16
+static unsigned char justify_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xec, 0xdb, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0xdb,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xbc, 0xf7, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0xde, 0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0xdf,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0xef, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0xdf};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/leftj.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/leftj.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define leftj_width 16
+#define leftj_height 16
+static unsigned char leftj_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xcc, 0x6d, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0x01,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xec, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0x03,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x3b, 0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x1f};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/netw.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/netw.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define netw_width 32
+#define netw_height 32
+static unsigned char netw_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x40,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52, 0x00, 0x00, 0x8a, 0x51, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x4a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x40, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x52, 0x55,
+   0x02, 0x40, 0xaa, 0x6a, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x0a, 0x50, 0xfe, 0x7f,
+   0x0a, 0x52, 0x80, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52, 0x80, 0x00, 0x8a, 0x51, 0x80, 0x00,
+   0x0a, 0x50, 0x80, 0x00, 0x4a, 0x50, 0x80, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0xe0, 0x03,
+   0x0a, 0x50, 0x20, 0x02, 0xfa, 0xdf, 0x3f, 0x03, 0x02, 0x40, 0xa0, 0x02,
+   0x52, 0x55, 0xe0, 0x03, 0xaa, 0x6a, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/netw.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/netw.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * netw_xpm[] = {
+/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"32 32 7 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #c000c000c000",
+"O	c #404040",
+"+	c blue",
+"@	c red",
+/* pixels */
+"                                ",
+"                 .............. ",
+"                 .XXXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+"                 .XooooooooooO. ",
+"                 .Xo.......XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++o+XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++o+XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++oo++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.+o++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.XXXXXXXoO. ",
+"                 .XooooooooooO. ",
+"                 .Xo at ooo....oO. ",
+" ..............  .XooooooooooO. ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXXX.  .XooooooooooO. ",
+" .XooooooooooO.  .OOOOOOOOOOOO. ",
+" .Xo.......XoO.  .............. ",
+" .Xo.++++o+XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++o+XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++oo++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.+o++++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++++XoO.      .....      ",
+" .Xo.XXXXXXXoO.      .XXX.      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.@@@@@@.X O.      ",
+" .Xo at ooo....oO.      .OOO.      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.      .....      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.                 ",
+" .OOOOOOOOOOOO.                 ",
+" ..............                 ",
+"                                "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/network.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/network.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define netw_width 32
+#define netw_height 32
+static unsigned char netw_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x40,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52, 0x00, 0x00, 0x8a, 0x51, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x4a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x40, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x52, 0x55,
+   0x02, 0x40, 0xaa, 0x6a, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x0a, 0x50, 0xfe, 0x7f,
+   0x0a, 0x52, 0x80, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52, 0x80, 0x00, 0x8a, 0x51, 0x80, 0x00,
+   0x0a, 0x50, 0x80, 0x00, 0x4a, 0x50, 0x80, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0xe0, 0x03,
+   0x0a, 0x50, 0x20, 0x02, 0xfa, 0xdf, 0x3f, 0x03, 0x02, 0x40, 0xa0, 0x02,
+   0x52, 0x55, 0xe0, 0x03, 0xaa, 0x6a, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/network.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/network.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * netw_xpm[] = {
+/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"32 32 7 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #c000c000c000",
+"O	c #404040",
+"+	c blue",
+"@	c red",
+/* pixels */
+"                                ",
+"                 .............. ",
+"                 .XXXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+"                 .XooooooooooO. ",
+"                 .Xo.......XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++o+XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++o+XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++oo++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.+o++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.XXXXXXXoO. ",
+"                 .XooooooooooO. ",
+"                 .Xo at ooo....oO. ",
+" ..............  .XooooooooooO. ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXXX.  .XooooooooooO. ",
+" .XooooooooooO.  .OOOOOOOOOOOO. ",
+" .Xo.......XoO.  .............. ",
+" .Xo.++++o+XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++o+XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++oo++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.+o++++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++++XoO.      .....      ",
+" .Xo.XXXXXXXoO.      .XXX.      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.@@@@@@.X O.      ",
+" .Xo at ooo....oO.      .OOO.      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.      .....      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.                 ",
+" .OOOOOOOOOOOO.                 ",
+" ..............                 ",
+"                                "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/optmenu.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/optmenu.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * optmenu_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 5 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c white",
+"X	c gray80",
+"o	c gray50",
+"O	c black",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"   ..............................                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXOXOXXOXXOXXXXOOXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXOXOXXOXOXXXOXXOXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXOXXOXXOXXXOXXXOXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXOXXXOXXOOXXOXOXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo.............o   ",
+"   .............................o             o   ",
+"   ..XXXOXXXXXOXXXXXXXXOXXXXXXXOo             o   ",
+"   ..XXOXOXOXXOXOXXXOXXOXXXXXXXOo     ......  o   ",
+"   ..XXXOXXXOXXOXXXOXXXOXXXXXXXOo     .    o  o   ",
+"   ..XXOXXXOXXXOXOXXOXXOXXXXXXXOo     .    o  o   ",
+"   ..XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXOo     .ooooo  o   ",
+"   .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOo             o   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo             o   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXooooooooooooooo   ",
+"   .XXXXOXXXXXOXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXOXXXXXXXXXOXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXOXXOXXOXOXOXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXOXXOXOXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXOXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXOXOXXXXXXXOXOXXXXXOXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXOXOXOXXOXXXXXOXXOXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXOXXOXOXOXXXOXOXOXXOXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXOXXXXOXXOXXXOXXOXXXXOXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo                 ",
+"   oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo                 ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/rightj.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/rightj.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define rightj_width 16
+#define rightj_height 16
+static unsigned char rightj_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xdb, 0x00, 0x00, 0x70, 0xdb,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xef, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd8, 0xde, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xdd,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xa0, 0xef, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd8, 0xde};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/select.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/select.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * select_xpm[] = {
+"50 40 9 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c gray95",
+"o	c gray50",
+"O	c gray70",
+"+	c navy",
+"@	c #000080800000",
+"#	c #808000000000",
+"$	c white",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"  ..............................................  ",
+"  .XXXXXXXXXXooooooooooooXXXXXXXXXXXoXXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+"  .X         ooOOOOOOOOOOXX         oX        o.  ",
+"  .X         ooOOOOOOOOOOXX         oX        o.  ",
+"  .X   ++++  ooOOOOOOOOOOXX  ...    oX  @     o.  ",
+"  .X  +++++  ooOOOOOOOOOOXX .   .   oX  @@@   o.  ",
+"  .X +++   + ooOOOOOOOOOOXX .    .  oX @  @   o.  ",
+"  .X +     + ooOO#####OOOXX .    .  oX @  @   o.  ",
+"  .X +     + ooOO#OOO##OOXX .       oX @   @  o.  ",
+"  .X +     + ooO##OOOO##OXX .       oX @    @ o.  ",
+"  .X ++   ++ ooO###OOO#OOXX .       oX @    @ o.  ",
+"  .X +++++++ ooO#######OOXX .       oX @    @ o.  ",
+"  .X +     + ooO##O#OO#OOXX .       oX @    @ o.  ",
+"  .X +    ++ ooO##OOOOO#OXX .    .  oX @    @ o.  ",
+"  .X +     + ooOO#OOOOO#OXX .    .  oX @   @@ o.  ",
+"  .X +    ++ ooOO#OOOOO#OXX  ....   oX @@@@@  o.  ",
+"  .X         ooOO######OOXX         oX        o.  ",
+"  .X         ooOOOOOOOOOOXX        $oX        o.  ",
+"  .XoooooooooooXXXXXXXXXXXoooooooooooXooooooooo.  ",
+"  ..............................................  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  ",
+"                                                  "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/tix.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/underlin.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/bitmaps/underlin.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define underline_width 16
+#define underline_height 16
+static unsigned char underline_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x1c, 0x38, 0x1c,
+   0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x70, 0x0e,
+   0xf0, 0x0f, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x1f};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/AllSampl.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/AllSampl.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: AllSampl.tcl,v 1.4 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# AllSampl.tcl --
+#
+#	This file is a directory of all the sample programs in the
+#	demos/samples subdirectory.
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+#
+
+# The following data structures contains information about the requirements
+# of the sample programs, as well as the relationship/grouping of the sample
+# programs.
+#
+# Each element in an info list has four parts: type, name, group/filename, and
+# condition. A group or a file is loaded only if the conditions are met.
+#
+# types: "d" directory "f" file
+# conditions:
+#	"i":	an image type must exist
+#	"c":	a command must exist
+#	"v": 	a variable must exist
+
+set root {
+    {d "File Selectors"		file	}
+    {d "Hierachical ListBox"	hlist	}
+    {d "Tabular ListBox"	tlist	{c tixTList}}
+    {d "Grid Widget"		grid	{c tixGrid}}
+    {d "Manager Widgets"	manager	}
+    {d "Scrolled Widgets"	scroll	}
+    {d "Miscellaneous Widgets"	misc	}
+    {d "Image Types"		image	}
+}
+
+set image {
+    {d "Compound Image"		cmpimg	}
+    {d "XPM Image"		xpm	{i pixmap}}
+}
+
+set cmpimg {
+    {f "In Buttons"		CmpImg.tcl	}
+    {f "In NoteBook"		CmpImg2.tcl	}
+    {f "Notebook Color Tabs"	CmpImg4.tcl	}
+    {f "Icons"			CmpImg3.tcl	}
+}
+
+set xpm {
+    {f "In Button"		Xpm.tcl		{i pixmap}}
+    {f "In Menu"		Xpm1.tcl	{i pixmap}}
+}
+
+set file {
+    {f DirList				DirList.tcl	}
+    {f DirTree				DirTree.tcl	}
+    {f DirSelectDialog			DirDlg.tcl	}
+    {f ExFileSelectDialog		EFileDlg.tcl	}
+    {f FileSelectDialog			FileDlg.tcl	}
+    {f FileEntry			FileEnt.tcl	}
+}
+
+set hlist {
+    {f HList			HList1.tcl	}
+    {f CheckList		ChkList.tcl	{c tixCheckList}}
+    {f "ScrolledHList (1)"	SHList.tcl	}
+    {f "ScrolledHList (2)"	SHList2.tcl	}
+    {f Tree			Tree.tcl	}
+    {f "Tree (Dynamic)"		DynTree.tcl	{v win}}
+}
+
+set tlist {
+    {f "ScrolledTList (1)"	STList1.tcl	{c tixTList}}
+    {f "ScrolledTList (2)"	STList2.tcl	{c tixTList}}
+}
+global tcl_platform
+#  This demo hangs windows
+if {$tcl_platform(platform) != "windows"} {
+lappend tlist     {f "TList File Viewer"	STList3.tcl	{c tixTList}}
+}
+
+set grid {
+    {f "Simple Grid"		SGrid0.tcl	{c tixGrid}}
+    {f "ScrolledGrid"		SGrid1.tcl	{c tixGrid}}
+    {f "Editable Grid"		EditGrid.tcl	{c tixGrid}}
+}
+
+set scroll {
+    {f ScrolledListBox		SListBox.tcl	}
+    {f ScrolledText		SText.tcl	}
+    {f ScrolledWindow		SWindow.tcl	}
+    {f "Canvas Object View"	CObjView.tcl	{c tixCObjView}}
+}
+
+set manager {
+    {f ListNoteBook		ListNBK.tcl	}
+    {f NoteBook			NoteBook.tcl	}
+    {f PanedWindow		PanedWin.tcl	}
+}
+
+set misc {
+    {f Balloon			Balloon.tcl	}
+    {f ButtonBox		BtnBox.tcl	}
+    {f ComboBox			ComboBox.tcl	}
+    {f Control			Control.tcl	}
+    {f LabelEntry		LabEntry.tcl	}
+    {f LabelFrame		LabFrame.tcl	}
+    {f Meter			Meter.tcl	{c tixMeter}}
+    {f OptionMenu		OptMenu.tcl	}
+    {f PopupMenu		PopMenu.tcl	}
+    {f Select			Select.tcl	}
+    {f StdButtonBox		StdBBox.tcl	}
+}
+
+# ForAllSamples --
+#
+#	Iterates over all the samples that can be run on this platform.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	name:		For outside callers, it must be "root"
+#	token:		An arbtrary string passed in by the caller.
+#	command:	Command prefix to be executed for each node
+#			in the samples hierarchy. It should return the
+#			token of the node that it has just created, if any.
+#
+proc ForAllSamples {name token command} {
+    global $name win
+
+    if {[tix platform] == "windows"} {
+	set win 1
+    }
+
+    foreach line [set $name] {
+	set type [lindex $line 0]
+	set text [lindex $line 1]
+	set dest [lindex $line 2]
+	set cond [lindex $line 3]
+
+	case [lindex $cond 0] {
+	    c {
+		set cmd [lindex $cond 1]
+		if {[info command $cmd] != $cmd} {
+		    if ![auto_load $cmd] {
+			continue
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    i {
+		if {[lsearch [image types] [lindex $cond 1]] == -1} {
+		    continue
+		}
+	    }
+	    v {
+		set doit 1
+		foreach var [lrange $cond 1 end] {
+		    if [uplevel #0 info exists [list $var]] {
+			set doit 0
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+		if !$doit {
+		    continue
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+
+	if {$type == "d"} {
+	    set tok [eval $command [list $token] $type [list $text] \
+	        [list $dest]]
+	    ForAllSamples $dest $tok $command
+	    eval $command [list $tok] done xx xx
+	} else {
+	    set tok [eval $command [list $token] $type [list $text] \
+		[list $dest]]
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+proc DoAll {hlist {path ""}} {
+    catch {
+	set theSample [$hlist info data $path]
+	if {$theSample != {}} {
+	    set title [lindex $theSample 0]
+	    set prog  [lindex $theSample 1]
+
+	    RunProg $title $prog
+	   update
+	}
+    }
+
+    foreach p [$hlist info children $path] {
+	DoAll $hlist $p
+    }    
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/ArrowBtn.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/ArrowBtn.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: ArrowBtn.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates how to write a new Tix widget class.
+#
+
+# ArrowBtn.tcl --
+#
+#	Arrow Button: a sample Tix widget.
+#
+set arrow(n) [image create bitmap -data {
+    #define up_width 15
+    #define up_height 15
+    static unsigned char up_bits[] = {
+	0x80, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xe0, 0x03, 0xf0, 0x07, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0xfc, 0x1f,
+	0xfe, 0x3f, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01,
+	0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00};
+}]
+set arrow(w) [image create bitmap -data {
+    #define left_width 15
+    #define left_height 15
+    static unsigned char left_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x60, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x78, 0x00, 0x7c, 0x00,
+	0xfe, 0x3f, 0xff, 0x3f, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x78, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00,
+	0x60, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
+}]
+set arrow(s) [image create bitmap -data {
+    #define down_width 15
+    #define down_height 15
+    static unsigned char down_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01,
+	0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0xfc, 0x1f, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0xf0, 0x07,
+	0xe0, 0x03, 0xc0, 0x01, 0x80, 0x00};
+}]
+set arrow(e) [image create bitmap -data {
+    #define right_width 15
+    #define right_height 15
+    static unsigned char right_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x1f,
+	0xfe, 0x3f, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x07,
+	0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00};
+}]
+
+tixWidgetClass tixArrowButton {
+    -classname  TixArrowButton
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -method {
+        flash invoke invert
+    }
+    -flag {
+        -direction -state
+    }
+    -configspec {
+        {-direction direction Direction e tixArrowButton:CheckDirection}
+        {-state state State normal}
+    }
+    -alias {
+        {-dir -direction}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+    set data(count) 0
+}
+
+proc tixArrowButton:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global arrow
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    set data(w:button) [button $w.button -image $arrow($data(-direction))]
+    pack $data(w:button) -expand yes -fill both
+}
+
+proc tixArrowButton:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    bind $data(w:button) <1> "tixArrowButton:IncrCount $w"
+}
+
+proc tixArrowButton:IncrCount {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    incr data(count)
+}
+
+proc tixArrowButton:CheckDirection {dir} {
+    if {[lsearch {n w s e} $dir] != -1} {
+        return $dir
+    } else {
+        error "wrong direction value \"$dir\""
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixArrowButton:flash {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:button) flash
+}
+
+proc tixArrowButton:invoke {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:button) invoke
+}
+
+proc tixArrowButton:invert {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set curDirection $data(-direction)
+    case $curDirection {
+        n {
+            set newDirection s
+        }
+        s {
+            set newDirection n
+        }
+        e {
+            set newDirection w
+        }
+        w {
+            set newDirection e
+        }
+    }
+    $w config -direction $newDirection
+}
+
+proc tixArrowButton:config-direction {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global arrow
+
+    $data(w:button) configure -image $arrow($value)
+}
+
+proc tixArrowButton:config-state {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global arrow
+
+    $data(w:button) configure -state $value
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Instantiate several widgets of the tixArrowButton class
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+    set top [frame $w.top -border 1 -relief raised]
+    tixArrowButton $top.a -dir w
+    tixArrowButton $top.b -dir e
+
+    pack $top.a $top.b -side left -expand yes -fill both -padx 50 -pady 10
+
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> "exit"
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Balloon.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Balloon.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Balloon.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixBalloon widget, which provides
+# a interesting way to give help tips about elements in your user interface.
+# Your can display the help message in a "balloon" and a status bar widget.
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create the status bar widget
+    #
+    label $w.status -width 40 -relief sunken -bd 1
+    pack $w.status -side bottom -fill y -padx 2 -pady 1
+
+    # These are two a mysterious widgets that need some explanation
+    #
+    button $w.button1 -text " Something Unexpected " \
+	-command "destroy $w"
+    button $w.button2 -text " Something Else Unexpected " \
+	-command "destroy $w.button2"
+    pack $w.button1 $w.button2 -side top -expand yes
+
+    # Create the balloon widget and associate it with the widgets that we want
+    # to provide tips for:
+    tixBalloon $w.b -statusbar $w.status
+
+    $w.b bind $w.button1 -balloonmsg "Close window" \
+	-statusmsg "Press this button to close this window" 
+    $w.b bind $w.button2 -balloonmsg "Self-destruct\nButton" \
+	-statusmsg "Press this button and it will get rid of itself" 
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> {if {"%W" == ".demo"} exit}
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/BtnBox.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/BtnBox.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: BtnBox.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixButtonBox widget, which is a
+# group of TK buttons. You can use it to manage the buttons in a dialog box,
+# for example.
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create the label on the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    label $w.top -padx 20 -pady 10 -border 1 -relief raised -anchor c -text \
+	"This dialog box is\n a demostration of the\n tixButtonBox widget"
+
+    # Create the button box and add a few buttons in it. Set the
+    # -width of all the buttons to the same value so that they
+    # appear in the same size.
+    #
+    # Note that the -text, -underline, -command and -width options are all
+    # standard options of the button widgets.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok    -text OK    -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" -width 5
+    $w.box add close -text Close -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" -width 5
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    # "after 0" is used so that the key bindings won't interfere with
+    # tkTraverseMenu
+    #
+    bind [winfo toplevel $w] <Alt-o>  \
+	"after 0 tkButtonInvoke [$w.box subwidget ok]"
+    bind [winfo toplevel $w] <Alt-c>  \
+	"after 0 tkButtonInvoke [$w.box subwidget close]"
+    bind [winfo toplevel $w] <Escape> \
+	"after 0 tkButtonInvoke [$w.box subwidget close]"
+
+    focus [$w.box subwidget ok] 
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CObjView.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CObjView.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: CObjView.tcl,v 1.4 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This program demonstrates the use of the CObjView (Canvas Object
+# View) class.
+#
+# $Id: CObjView.tcl,v 1.4 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+    label $w.lab  -justify left -text \
+"Click on the buttons to add or delete canvas
+objects randomally. Notice the scrollbars automatically
+adjust to include all objects in the scroll-region."
+
+    pack $w.lab -anchor c -padx 10 -pady 6 -side top
+    frame $w.f
+    pack $w.f -side bottom -fill y
+    tixCObjView $w.c
+    pack $w.c -expand yes -fill both -padx 4 -pady 2 -side top
+    button $w.add -command "CVDemo_Add $w.c"    -text Add    -width 6
+    button $w.del -command "CVDemo_Delete $w.c" -text Delete -width 6
+    button $w.exit -command "destroy $w" -text Exit -width 6
+    pack $w.add $w.del $w.exit -side left -padx 20 -pady 10 \
+        -anchor c -expand yes -in $w.f
+}
+
+proc CVDemo_Add {cov} {
+    # Generate four pseudo random numbers (x,y,w,h) to define the coordinates
+    # of a rectangle object in the canvas.
+    #
+    set colors {red green blue white black gray yellow}
+
+    set x [expr int(rand() * 400) - 120]
+    set y [expr int(rand() * 400) - 120]
+    set w [expr int(rand() * 120)]
+    set h [expr int(rand() * 120)]
+
+    # Create the canvas object
+    #
+    $cov subwidget canvas create rectangle $x $y [expr $x+$w] [expr $y+$h] \
+	-fill [lindex $colors [expr int(rand() * [llength $colors])]]
+
+    # Call the adjustscrollregion command to set the scroll bars so that all
+    # objects are included in the scroll-region
+    #
+    $cov adjustscrollregion
+}
+
+proc CVDemo_Delete {cov} {
+    set px [lindex [time update] 0]
+    set w [$cov subwidget canvas]
+    set items [$w find withtag all]
+
+    if [string compare $items ""] {
+	# There are items in the canvas, randomally delete one of them
+	# and re-adjust the scroll-region
+	#
+	set toDelete [expr $px % [llength $items]]
+	$w delete [lindex $items $toDelete]
+
+	$cov adjustscrollregion
+    }
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> {after 10 exit}
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/ChkList.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/ChkList.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: ChkList.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This program demonstrates the use of the tixCheckList widget.
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+    set top [frame $w.f -bd 1 -relief raised]
+    set box [tixButtonBox $w.b -bd 1 -relief raised]
+
+    pack $box -side bottom -fill both
+    pack $top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    #------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Create the 1st CheckList (Multiple Selection)
+    #
+    set f [frame $top.f1]
+    pack $f -side left -expand yes -fill both -padx 4
+
+    set l [label $f.l -text "Choose languages: "]
+    pack $l -side top -fill x -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    set c1 [tixCheckList $f.c -scrollbar auto]
+    pack $c1 -expand yes -fill both -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    set b1 [button $f.btn -text "Results >>" -command "ChkList_Result $c1"]
+    pack $b1 -anchor c
+    #------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Create the 2nd CheckList (Single Selection, using the -radio option)
+    #
+    set f [frame $top.f2]
+    pack $f -side left -expand yes -fill both -padx 4
+
+    set l [label $f.l -text "Choose one language: "]
+    pack $l -side top -fill x -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    set c2 [tixCheckList $f.c -scrollbar auto -radio true]
+    pack $c2 -expand yes -fill both -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    # Fill up the two checklists with languages
+    #
+    set names(1) "Ada"
+    set names(2) "BCPL"
+    set names(3) "C"
+    set names(4) "Dylan"
+    set names(5) "Eiffel"
+    set names(6) "Fortran"
+    set names(7) "Incr Tcl"
+    set names(8) "Python"
+    set names(9) "Scheme"
+    set names(0) "TCL"
+
+    set h1 [$c1 subwidget hlist]
+    set h2 [$c2 subwidget hlist]
+
+    foreach ent {1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0} {
+	$h1 add $ent -itemtype imagetext -text $names($ent)
+    }
+
+    foreach ent {1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0} {
+	$h2 add $ent -itemtype imagetext -text $names($ent)
+	$c2 setstatus $ent off
+    }
+
+    $c1 setstatus 1 on
+    $c1 setstatus 2 on
+    $c1 setstatus 3 default
+    $c1 setstatus 4 off
+    $c1 setstatus 5 off
+    $c1 setstatus 6 on
+    $c1 setstatus 7 off
+    $c1 setstatus 8 on
+    $c1 setstatus 9 on
+    $c1 setstatus 0 default
+
+
+    #------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Create the 3nd CheckList (a tree). Also, we disable some
+    # sub-selections if the top-level selections are not selected.
+    # i.e., if the user doesn't like any functional languages,
+    # make sure he doesn't select Lisp.
+    #
+    set f [frame $top.f3]
+    pack $f -side left -expand yes -fill both -padx 4
+
+    set l [label $f.l -text "Choose languages: "]
+    pack $l -side top -fill x -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    set c3 [tixCheckList $f.c -scrollbar auto -options {
+	hlist.indicator 1
+	hlist.indent    20
+    }]
+    pack $c3 -expand yes -fill both -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    set h3 [$c3 subwidget hlist]
+
+    $h3 add 0 -itemtype imagetext -text "Functional Languages"
+    $h3 add 1 -itemtype imagetext -text "Imperative Languages"
+
+    $h3 add 0.0 -itemtype imagetext -text Lisp
+    $h3 add 0.1 -itemtype imagetext -text Scheme
+    $h3 add 1.0 -itemtype imagetext -text C
+    $h3 add 1.1 -itemtype imagetext -text Python
+
+    $c3 setstatus 0   on
+    $c3 setstatus 1   on
+    $c3 setstatus 0.0 off
+    $c3 setstatus 0.1 off
+    $c3 setstatus 1.0 on
+    $c3 setstatus 1.1 off
+
+    $c3 config -browsecmd "ChkList:Monitor $c3"
+    $c3 config -command   "ChkList:Monitor $c3"
+
+    $c3 autosetmode
+
+    global chklist tixOption
+    set chklist(disabled) [tixDisplayStyle imagetext -fg $tixOption(disabled_fg) \
+	-refwindow [$c3 subwidget hlist]]
+    set chklist(normal)   [tixDisplayStyle imagetext -fg black \
+	-refwindow [$c3 subwidget hlist]]
+
+    # Create the buttons
+    #
+    $box add ok     -text Ok     -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+    $box add cancel -text Cancel -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+}
+
+proc ChkList_Result {clist} {
+    tixDemo:Status "Selected items: [$clist getselection on]"
+    tixDemo:Status "Unselected items: [$clist getselection off]"
+    tixDemo:Status "Default items: [$clist getselection default]"
+}
+
+# This function monitors if any of the two "general groups"
+# (functional and imperative languages) are de-selected. If so, it
+# sets all the sub-selections to non-selectable by setting their -state
+# to disabled.
+#
+proc ChkList:Monitor {c3 ent} {
+    global chklist
+
+    set h [$c3 subwidget hlist]
+
+    if {[$c3 getstatus 0] == "on"} {
+	set state normal
+    } else {
+	set state disabled
+    }
+
+    $h entryconfig 0.0 -state $state -style $chklist($state)
+    $h entryconfig 0.1 -state $state -style $chklist($state)
+
+    if {[$c3 getstatus 1] == "on"} {
+	set state normal
+    } else {
+	set state disabled
+    }
+
+    $h entryconfig 1.0 -state $state -style $chklist($state)
+    $h entryconfig 1.1 -state $state -style $chklist($state)
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CmpImg.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CmpImg.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: CmpImg.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the compound images: it uses compound
+# images to display a text string together with a pixmap inside
+# buttons
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    set img0 [tix getimage network]
+    set img1 [tix getimage harddisk]
+
+    button $w.hdd -padx 4 -pady 1 -width 120
+    button $w.net -padx 4 -pady 1 -width 120
+
+    # Create the first image: we create a line, then put a string,
+    # a space and a image into this line, from left to right.
+    # The result: we have a one-line image that consists of three
+    # individual items
+    #
+    set hdd_img [image create compound -window $w.hdd]
+    $hdd_img add line
+    $hdd_img add text -text "Hard Disk" -underline 0
+    $hdd_img add space -width 7
+    $hdd_img add image -image $img1
+ 
+    # Put this image into the first button
+    #
+    $w.hdd config -image $hdd_img
+
+    # Create the second compound image. Very similar to what we did above
+    #
+    set net_img [image create compound -window $w.net]
+    $net_img add line
+    $net_img add text -text "Network" -underline 0
+    $net_img add space -width 7
+    $net_img add image -image $img0
+
+    $w.net config -image $net_img
+
+    # The button to close the window
+    #
+
+    button $w.clo -pady 1 -text Close -command "destroy $w"
+
+    pack $w.hdd $w.net $w.clo -side left -padx 10 -pady 10 -fill y -expand yes
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CmpImg1.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CmpImg1.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: CmpImg1.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixNoteBook widget, which allows
+# you to lay out your interface using a "notebook" metaphore
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # We use these options to set the sizes of the subwidgets inside the
+    # notebook, so that they are well-aligned on the screen.
+    #
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+    option add *$name*TixControl*entry.width 10
+    option add *$name*TixControl*label.width 18
+    option add *$name*TixControl*label.anchor e
+    option add *$name*TixNoteBook*tabPadX 8
+
+    # Create the notebook widget and set its backpagecolor to gray.
+    # Note that the -backpagecolor option belongs to the "nbframe"
+    # subwidget.
+    tixNoteBook $w.nb -ipadx 6 -ipady 6
+    $w config -bg gray
+    $w.nb subwidget nbframe config -backpagecolor gray -tabpady 0
+
+    # Create the two tabs on the notebook. The -underline option
+    # puts a underline on the first character of the labels of the tabs.
+    # Keyboard accelerators will be defined automatically according
+    # to the underlined character.	
+    #
+    global network_pixmap hard_disk_pixmap
+    set img0 [image create pixmap -data $network_pixmap]
+    set img1 [image create pixmap -data $hard_disk_pixmap]
+
+    set hd_img [image create compound -window [$w.nb subwidget nbframe]]
+    $hd_img add line
+    $hd_img add text -text "Hard Disk" -underline 0
+    $hd_img add space -width 7
+    $hd_img add image -image $img1
+ 
+    $w.nb add hard_disk -image $hd_img
+
+    set net_img [image create compound -window [$w.nb subwidget nbframe]]
+    $net_img add line
+    $net_img add text -text "Network" -underline 0
+    $net_img add space -width 7
+    $net_img add image -image $img0
+
+    $w.nb add network  -image $net_img
+    # Create the first page
+    #
+    set f [$w.nb subwidget hard_disk]
+    
+    tixControl $f.a -value 12   -label "Access Time: "
+    tixControl $f.w -value 400  -label "Write Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.r -value 400  -label "Read Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.c -value 1021 -label "Capacity: "
+    pack $f.a $f.w $f.r $f.c  -side top -padx 20 -pady 2
+    
+    # Create the second page	
+    #
+    set f [$w.nb subwidget network]
+    
+    tixControl $f.a -value 12   -label "Access Time: "
+    tixControl $f.w -value 400  -label "Write Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.r -value 400  -label "Read Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.c -value 1021 -label "Capacity: "
+    tixControl $f.u -value 10   -label "Users: "
+    
+    pack $f.a $f.w $f.r $f.c $f.u -side top -padx 20 -pady 2
+    pack $w.nb -expand yes -fill both -padx 5 -pady 5
+
+}
+
+set network_pixmap {/* XPM */
+static char * netw_xpm[] = {
+/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"32 32 7 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #c000c000c000",
+"O	c #404040",
+"+	c blue",
+"@	c red",
+/* pixels */
+"                                ",
+"                 .............. ",
+"                 .XXXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+"                 .XooooooooooO. ",
+"                 .Xo.......XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++o+XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++o+XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++oo++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.+o++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.++++++XoO. ",
+"                 .Xo.XXXXXXXoO. ",
+"                 .XooooooooooO. ",
+"                 .Xo at ooo....oO. ",
+" ..............  .XooooooooooO. ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXXX.  .XooooooooooO. ",
+" .XooooooooooO.  .OOOOOOOOOOOO. ",
+" .Xo.......XoO.  .............. ",
+" .Xo.++++o+XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++o+XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++oo++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.+o++++XoO.        @        ",
+" .Xo.++++++XoO.      .....      ",
+" .Xo.XXXXXXXoO.      .XXX.      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.@@@@@@.X O.      ",
+" .Xo at ooo....oO.      .OOO.      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.      .....      ",
+" .XooooooooooO.                 ",
+" .OOOOOOOOOOOO.                 ",
+" ..............                 ",
+"                                "};}
+
+set hard_disk_pixmap {/* XPM */
+static char * drivea_xpm[] = {
+/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"32 32 5 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c white",
+"o	c #c000c000c000",
+"O	c #800080008000",
+/* pixels */
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"   ..........................   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+"   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+"   .Xoo...................oO.   ",
+"   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+"   .oOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.   ",
+"   ..........................   ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                ",
+"                                "};}
+
+
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CmpImg2.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CmpImg2.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: CmpImg2.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates how to use the compound image inside NoteBook
+# widgets. This file is basically a cross-over of NoteBook.tcl and CmpImg.tcl
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create the notebook widget and set its backpagecolor to gray.
+    # Note that the -backpagecolor option belongs to the "nbframe"
+    # subwidget.
+    tixNoteBook $w.nb -ipadx 6 -ipady 6
+    $w config -bg gray
+    $w.nb subwidget nbframe config -backpagecolor gray -tabpady 0
+
+    # Create the two compound images
+    #
+    #
+
+    # these are two Tix built-in images
+    #
+    set img0 [tix getimage network]
+    set img1 [tix getimage harddisk]
+
+    # Create the first image:
+    #
+    # Notice that the -window option must be set to the nbframe
+    # subwidget of the notebook because the image will be displayed
+    # in that widget.
+    #
+    set hdd_img [image create compound -window [$w.nb subwidget nbframe] \
+	-pady 0]
+    $hdd_img add line
+    $hdd_img add image -image $img1
+    $hdd_img add space -width 7
+    $hdd_img add text -text "Hard Disk" -underline 0
+ 
+    # Create the second compound image. Very similar to what we did above
+    #
+    set net_img [image create compound -window [$w.nb subwidget nbframe] \
+	-pady 0]
+    $net_img add line
+    $net_img add image -image $img0
+    $net_img add space -width 7
+    $net_img add text -text "Network" -underline 0
+
+    #
+    # Now create the pages
+    #
+
+    # We use these options to set the sizes of the subwidgets inside the
+    # notebook, so that they are well-aligned on the screen.
+    #
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+    option add *$name*TixControl*entry.width 10
+    option add *$name*TixControl*label.width 18
+    option add *$name*TixControl*label.anchor e
+
+    # Create the two tabs on the notebook. The -underline option
+    # puts a underline on the first character of the labels of the tabs.
+    # Keyboard accelerators will be defined automatically according
+    # to the underlined character.	
+    #
+    $w.nb add hard_disk -image $hdd_img
+    $w.nb add network   -image $net_img
+    pack $w.nb -expand yes -fill both -padx 5 -pady 5 -side top
+
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # Create the first page
+    #----------------------------------------
+    set f [$w.nb subwidget hard_disk]
+
+    # Create two frames: one for the common buttons, one for the
+    # other widgets
+    #
+    frame $f.f
+    frame $f.common
+    pack $f.f      -side left  -padx 2 -pady 2 -fill both -expand yes
+    pack $f.common -side right -padx 2 -pady 2 -fill y
+
+    # Create the controls that only belong to this page
+    #
+    tixControl $f.f.a -value 12   -label "Access Time: "
+    tixControl $f.f.w -value 400  -label "Write Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.f.r -value 400  -label "Read Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.f.c -value 1021 -label "Capacity: "
+    pack $f.f.a $f.f.w $f.f.r $f.f.c  -side top -padx 20 -pady 2
+
+    # Create the common buttons
+    #
+    CreateCommonButtons $w $f.common
+    
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # Create the second page	
+    #----------------------------------------
+    set f [$w.nb subwidget network]
+
+    frame $f.f
+    frame $f.common
+    pack $f.f      -side left  -padx 2 -pady 2 -fill both -expand yes
+    pack $f.common -side right -padx 2 -pady 2 -fill y
+
+    tixControl $f.f.a -value 12   -label "Access Time: "
+    tixControl $f.f.w -value 400  -label "Write Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.f.r -value 400  -label "Read Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.f.c -value 1021 -label "Capacity: "
+    tixControl $f.f.u -value 10   -label "Users: "
+
+    pack $f.f.a $f.f.w $f.f.r $f.f.c $f.f.u -side top -padx 20 -pady 2
+
+    CreateCommonButtons $w $f.common
+}
+
+proc CreateCommonButtons {w f} {
+    button $f.ok     -text OK     -width 6 -command "destroy $w"
+    button $f.cancel -text Cancel -width 6 -command "destroy $w"
+
+    pack $f.ok $f.cancel -side top -padx 2 -pady 2
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CmpImg3.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CmpImg3.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: CmpImg3.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# Demonstrates how to use compound images to display icons in a canvas widget.
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+    set top [frame $w.f -bd 1 -relief raised]
+    set box [tixButtonBox $w.b -bd 1 -relief raised]
+
+    pack $box -side bottom -fill both
+    pack $top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    label $top.lab -text "Drag the icons"
+    pack $top.lab -anchor c -side top -pady 4
+
+    # Create the canvas to display the icons
+    #
+    set c [canvas $top.c -relief sunken -bd 1]
+    pack $c -side top -expand yes -fill both -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    # create several compound images in the canvas
+    #
+    set network  [tix getimage network]
+    set harddisk [tix getimage harddisk]
+
+    set cmp_1 [image create compound -window $c -bd 1]
+    $cmp_1 add image -image $network
+    $cmp_1 add line
+    $cmp_1 add text   -text " Network "
+
+    set cmp_2 [image create compound -window $c -bd 1]
+    $cmp_2 add image -image $harddisk
+    $cmp_2 add line
+    $cmp_2 add text   -text " Hard disk "
+
+    set cmp_3 [image create compound -window $c -bd 1 \
+	-background #c0c0ff -relief raised \
+	-showbackground 1]
+    $cmp_3 add image -image $network
+    $cmp_3 add line
+    $cmp_3 add text   -text  " Network 2 "
+
+    $c create image  50  50  -image $cmp_1
+    $c create image 150  50  -image $cmp_2
+    $c create image 250  50  -image $cmp_3
+
+    bind $c <1>         "itemStartDrag $c %x %y"
+    bind $c <B1-Motion> "itemDrag $c %x %y"
+
+    # Create the buttons
+    #
+    $box add ok     -text Ok     -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+    $box add cancel -text Cancel -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+}
+
+
+proc itemStartDrag {c x y} {
+    global lastX lastY
+    $c raise current
+
+    set lastX [$c canvasx $x]
+    set lastY [$c canvasy $y]
+}
+
+proc itemDrag {c x y} {
+    global lastX lastY
+    set x [$c canvasx $x]
+    set y [$c canvasy $y]
+    $c move current [expr $x-$lastX] [expr $y-$lastY]
+    set lastX $x
+    set lastY $y
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CmpImg4.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/CmpImg4.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: CmpImg4.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates how to use the compound image to add
+# colors in Notebook tabs.
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create the notebook widget and set its backpagecolor to gray.
+    # Note that the -backpagecolor option belongs to the "nbframe"
+    # subwidget.
+    tixNoteBook $w.nb -ipadx 6 -ipady 6
+    # $w config -bg gray
+    # $w.nb subwidget nbframe config -backpagecolor gray -tabpady 0
+
+    # Create the two compound images --
+    #
+    # Create the first image:
+    #
+    # Notice that the -window option must be set to the nbframe
+    # subwidget of the notebook because the image will be displayed
+    # in that widget.
+    #
+    set hdd_img [image create compound -window [$w.nb subwidget nbframe] \
+	-pady 4 -padx 4 -bg #f09090 -showbackground 1]
+    $hdd_img add line
+    $hdd_img add text -text "Hard Disk" -underline 0 -padx 6 -pady 4
+ 
+    # Create the second compound image. Very similar to what we did above
+    #
+    set net_img [image create compound -window [$w.nb subwidget nbframe] \
+	-pady 4 -pady 4 -bg #9090f0 -showbackground 1]
+    $net_img add line
+    $net_img add text -text "Network" -underline 0 -padx 6 -pady 4
+
+    #
+    # Now create the pages
+    #
+
+    # We use these options to set the sizes of the subwidgets inside the
+    # notebook, so that they are well-aligned on the screen.
+    #
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+    option add *$name*TixControl*entry.width 10
+    option add *$name*TixControl*label.width 18
+    option add *$name*TixControl*label.anchor e
+
+    # Create the two tabs on the notebook. The -underline option
+    # puts a underline on the first character of the labels of the tabs.
+    # Keyboard accelerators will be defined automatically according
+    # to the underlined character.	
+    #
+    $w.nb add hard_disk -image $hdd_img
+    $w.nb add network   -image $net_img
+    pack $w.nb -expand yes -fill both -padx 5 -pady 5 -side top
+
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # Create the first page
+    #----------------------------------------
+    set f [$w.nb subwidget hard_disk]
+
+    # Create two frames: one for the common buttons, one for the
+    # other widgets
+    #
+    frame $f.f
+    frame $f.common
+    pack $f.f      -side left  -padx 2 -pady 2 -fill both -expand yes
+    pack $f.common -side right -padx 2 -pady 2 -fill y
+
+    # Create the controls that only belong to this page
+    #
+    tixControl $f.f.a -value 12   -label "Access Time: "
+    tixControl $f.f.w -value 400  -label "Write Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.f.r -value 400  -label "Read Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.f.c -value 1021 -label "Capacity: "
+    pack $f.f.a $f.f.w $f.f.r $f.f.c  -side top -padx 20 -pady 2
+
+    # Create the common buttons
+    #
+    CreateCommonButtons $w $f.common
+    
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # Create the second page	
+    #----------------------------------------
+    set f [$w.nb subwidget network]
+
+    frame $f.f
+    frame $f.common
+    pack $f.f      -side left  -padx 2 -pady 2 -fill both -expand yes
+    pack $f.common -side right -padx 2 -pady 2 -fill y
+
+    tixControl $f.f.a -value 12   -label "Access Time: "
+    tixControl $f.f.w -value 400  -label "Write Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.f.r -value 400  -label "Read Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.f.c -value 1021 -label "Capacity: "
+    tixControl $f.f.u -value 10   -label "Users: "
+
+    pack $f.f.a $f.f.w $f.f.r $f.f.c $f.f.u -side top -padx 20 -pady 2
+
+    CreateCommonButtons $w $f.common
+}
+
+proc CreateCommonButtons {w f} {
+    button $f.ok     -text OK     -width 6 -command "destroy $w"
+    button $f.cancel -text Cancel -width 6 -command "destroy $w"
+
+    pack $f.ok $f.cancel -side top -padx 2 -pady 2
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/ComboBox.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/ComboBox.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: ComboBox.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixComboBox widget, which is close
+# to the MS Window Combo Box control.
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create the comboboxes on the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -border 1 -relief raised
+
+    # $w.top.a is a drop-down combo box. It is not editable -- who wants
+    # to invent new months?
+    #
+    # [Hint] The -options switch sets the options of the subwidgets.
+    # [Hint] We set the label.width subwidget option of both comboboxes to 
+    #        be 10 so that their labels appear to be aligned.
+    #
+    tixComboBox $w.top.a -label "Month: " -dropdown true \
+	-command cbx:select_month -editable false -variable demo_month \
+	-options {
+	    listbox.height 6
+	    label.width 10
+	    label.anchor e
+	}
+
+
+    # $w.top.b is a non-drop-down combo box. It is not editable: we provide
+    # four choices for the user, but he can enter an alternative year if he
+    # wants to.
+    #
+    # [Hint] Use the padY and anchor options of the label subwidget to
+    #	     aligh the label with the entry subwidget.
+    # [Hint] Notice that you should use padY (the NAME of the option) and not
+    #        pady (the SWITCH of the option).
+    #
+    tixComboBox $w.top.b -label "Year: " -dropdown false \
+	-command cbx:select_year -editable true -variable demo_year \
+	-options {
+	    listbox.height 4
+	    label.padY 5
+	    label.width 10
+	    label.anchor ne
+	}
+
+    pack $w.top.a -side top -anchor w
+    pack $w.top.b -side top -anchor w
+
+    # Insert the choices into the combo boxes
+    #
+    $w.top.a insert end January
+    $w.top.a insert end February
+    $w.top.a insert end March
+    $w.top.a insert end April
+    $w.top.a insert end May
+    $w.top.a insert end June
+    $w.top.a insert end July
+    $w.top.a insert end August
+    $w.top.a insert end September
+    $w.top.a insert end October
+    $w.top.a insert end November
+    $w.top.a insert end December
+
+    $w.top.b insert end 1992
+    $w.top.b insert end 1993
+    $w.top.b insert end 1994
+    $w.top.b insert end 1995
+
+    # Use "tixSetSilent" to set the values of the combo box if you
+    # don't want your -command procedures (cbx:select_month and 
+    # cbx:select_year) to be called.
+    #
+    tixSetSilent $w.top.a January
+    tixSetSilent $w.top.b 1995
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "cbx:okcmd $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+proc cbx:select_year {args} {
+    tixDemo:Status "you have selected \"$args\""
+}
+
+proc cbx:select_month {s} {
+    tixDemo:Status "you have selected \"$s\""
+}
+
+proc cbx:okcmd {w} {
+    global demo_month demo_year
+
+    tixDemo:Status "The month selected is $demo_month of $demo_year"
+    destroy $w
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Control.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Control.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Control.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixControl widget -- it is an
+# entry widget with up/down arrow buttons. You can use the arrow buttons
+# to adjust the value inside the entry widget.
+#
+# This example program uses three Control widgets. One lets you select
+# integer values; one lets you select floating point values and the last
+# one lets you select a few names.
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create the tixControls on the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -border 1 -relief raised
+
+    # $w.top.a allows only integer values
+    #
+    # [Hint] The -options switch sets the options of the subwidgets.
+    # [Hint] We set the label.width subwidget option of the Controls to 
+    #        be 16 so that their labels appear to be aligned.
+    #
+    global demo_maker demo_thrust demo_num_engins
+    set demo_maker	P&W
+    set demo_thrust	20000.0
+    set demo_num_engins 2
+
+
+    tixControl $w.top.a -label "Number of Engines: " -integer true \
+	-variable demo_num_engins -min 1 -max 4\
+	-options {
+	    entry.width 10
+	    label.width 20
+	    label.anchor e
+	}
+
+    tixControl $w.top.b -label "Thrust: " -integer false \
+	-min 10000.0 -max 60000.0 -step 500\
+	-variable demo_thrust \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width 10
+	    label.width 20
+	    label.anchor e
+	}
+
+    tixControl $w.top.c -label "Engin Maker: " \
+	-incrcmd "ctl:adjust_maker $w.top.c +1" \
+	-decrcmd "ctl:adjust_maker $w.top.c -1" \
+	-validatecmd "ctl:validate_maker $w.top.c" \
+	-value "P&W" \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width 10
+	    label.width 20
+	    label.anchor e
+	}
+
+    pack $w.top.a $w.top.b $w.top.c -side top -anchor w
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "ctl:okcmd $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+set ctl_makers {GE P&W "Rolls Royce"}
+
+# This procedure gets called when the user presses the up/down arrow buttons.
+# We return the "previous" or "next" engin maker according to the "$by"
+# argument
+#
+proc ctl:adjust_maker {w by value} {
+    global ctl_makers
+
+    set index [lsearch $ctl_makers $value]
+    set len   [llength $ctl_makers]
+    set index [expr $index $by]
+	       
+    if {$index < 0} {
+	set index [expr $len -1]
+    }
+    if {$index >= $len} {
+	set index 0
+    }
+
+    return [lindex $ctl_makers $index]
+}
+
+proc ctl:validate_maker {w value} {
+    global ctl_makers
+
+    if {[lsearch $ctl_makers $value] == -1} {
+	return [lindex $ctl_makers 0]
+    } else {
+	return $value
+    }
+}
+
+proc ctl:okcmd {w} {
+    global demo_maker demo_thrust demo_num_engins
+
+    tixDemo:Status "You selected $demo_num_engins engin(s) of thrust $demo_thrust made \
+by $demo_maker"
+
+    destroy $w
+}
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/DirDlg.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/DirDlg.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DirDlg.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixDirSelectDialog widget:
+# it allows the user to select a directory.
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create an entry for the user to input a directory. If he can't
+    # bother to type in the name, he can press the "Browse ..." button
+    # and call up the diretcory dialog
+    #
+    frame $w.top -border 1 -relief raised
+
+    tixLabelEntry $w.top.ent -label "Select A Directory:" -labelside top \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width 25
+	    entry.textVariable demo_ddlg_dirname
+	    label.anchor w
+	}
+    bind [$w.top.ent subwidget entry] <Return> "ddlg:okcmd $w"
+
+    uplevel #0 set demo_ddlg_dirname {}
+
+    button $w.top.btn -text "Browse ..." -command "ddlg:browse"
+
+    pack $w.top.ent -side left -expand yes -fill x -anchor s -padx 4 -pady 4
+    pack $w.top.btn -side left -anchor s -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "ddlg:okcmd $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+# Pop up a directory selection dialog
+#
+proc ddlg:browse {} {
+    set dialog .dirdlg_popup
+    if ![winfo exists $dialog] {
+	tixDirSelectDialog $dialog
+    }
+    $dialog config -command ddlg:select_dir
+
+    $dialog popup
+}
+
+proc ddlg:select_dir {dir} {
+    global demo_ddlg_dirname 
+
+    set demo_ddlg_dirname $dir
+}
+
+proc ddlg:okcmd {w} {
+    global demo_ddlg_dirname 
+
+    if {$demo_ddlg_dirname != {}} {
+	tixDemo:Status "You have selected the directory $demo_ddlg_dirname"
+    } else {
+	tixDemo:Status "You haven't selected any directory"
+    }
+
+    destroy $w
+}
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/DirList.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/DirList.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DirList.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixDirList widget -- you can
+# use it for the user to select a directory. For example, an installation
+# program can use the tixDirList widget to ask the user to select the
+# installation directory for an application.
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create the tixDirList and the tixLabelEntry widgets on the on the top
+    # of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -border 1 -relief raised
+
+    # Create the DirList widget. By default it will show the current
+    # directory (returned by [pwd])
+    #
+    #
+    tixDirList $w.top.dir
+
+    # When the user presses the ".." button, the selected directory
+    # is "transferred" into the entry widget
+    #
+    button $w.top.btn -text "  >>  " -pady 0 \
+	-command "dlist:copy_name $w.top.dir"
+
+    # We use a LabelEntry to hold the installation directory. The user
+    # can choose from the DirList widget, or he can type in the directory 
+    # manually
+    #
+    tixLabelEntry $w.top.ent -label "Installation Directory:" -labelside top \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width 25
+	    entry.textVariable demo_dlist_dir
+	    label.anchor w
+	}
+    bind [$w.top.ent subwidget entry] <Return> "dlist:okcmd $w"
+
+    uplevel #0 set demo_dlist_dir [list [pwd]]
+
+    pack $w.top.dir -side left -expand yes -fill both -padx 4 -pady 4
+    pack $w.top.btn -side left -anchor s -padx 4 -pady 4
+    pack $w.top.ent -side left -fill x -anchor s -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "dlist:okcmd $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+
+proc dlist:copy_name {w} {
+    global demo_dlist_dir
+
+    set demo_dlist_dir [$w cget -value]
+}
+
+proc dlist:okcmd {w} {
+    global demo_dlist_dir
+
+    tixDemo:Status "You have selected the directory $demo_dlist_dir"
+
+    destroy $w
+}
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> "exit"
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/DirTree.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/DirTree.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DirTree.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixDirTree widget -- you can
+# use it for the user to select a directory. For example, an installation
+# program can use the tixDirList widget to ask the user to select the
+# installation directory for an application.
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create the tixDirTree and the tixLabelEntry widgets on the on the top
+    # of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -border 1 -relief raised
+
+    # Create the DirTree widget. By default it will show the current
+    # directory (returned by [pwd])
+    #
+    #
+    tixDirTree $w.top.dir -browsecmd "dtree:browse $w.top.ent"
+
+    # When the user presses the ".." button, the selected directory
+    # is "transferred" into the entry widget
+    #
+
+    # We use a LabelEntry to hold the installation directory. The user
+    # can choose from the DirTree widget, or he can type in the directory 
+    # manually
+    #
+    tixLabelEntry $w.top.ent -label "Installation Directory:" -labelside top \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width 25
+	    entry.textVariable demo_dtree_dir
+	    label.anchor w
+	}
+    bind [$w.top.ent subwidget entry] <Return> "dtree:okcmd $w"
+
+    uplevel #0 set demo_dtree_dir [list [pwd]]
+
+    pack $w.top.dir -side left -expand yes -fill both -padx 4 -pady 4
+    pack $w.top.ent -side left -fill x -anchor c -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "dtree:okcmd $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+proc dtree:browse {ent filename} {
+    uplevel #0 set demo_dtree_dir $filename
+
+}
+
+proc dtree:copy_name {w} {
+    global demo_dtree_dir
+
+    set demo_dtree_dir [$w cget -value]
+}
+
+proc dtree:okcmd {w} {
+    global demo_dtree_dir
+
+    tixDemo:Status "You have selected the directory $demo_dtree_dir"
+
+    destroy $w
+}
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> "exit"
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/DragDrop.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/DragDrop.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DragDrop.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the Drag+Drop features in Tix. Drag+Drop is still
+# experimental in Tix. Please don't use. For your eyes only.
+#
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    text $w.d -height 5
+    $w.d insert end {Quick and dirty example:
+click on any node on on the directory lists and drag. You can see the
+cursor change its shape. The "dropsite" of the directory lists will be
+highlighted when you drag the cursor accorss the directory nodes.
+Nothing will happen when you drop. }
+
+    pack $w.d -padx 10 -pady 5
+
+    tixDirList $w.d1; pack $w.d1 -fill both -padx 10 -pady 5 \
+	-side left
+    tixDirList $w.d2; pack $w.d2 -fill both -padx 10 -pady 5 \
+	-side left
+
+    button $w.b -text "Close" -command "destroy $w"
+    pack $w.b -side left -anchor c -expand yes
+
+    $w.d1 subwidget hlist config -selectmode dragdrop
+    $w.d2 subwidget hlist config -selectmode dragdrop
+}
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> "exit"
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/DynTree.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/DynTree.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DynTree.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates how to use the TixTree widget to display
+# dynamic hierachical data (the files in the Unix file system)
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # We create the frame and the ScrolledHList widget
+    # at the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -relief raised -bd 1
+
+    # Create a TixTree widget to display the hypothetical DOS disk drive
+    # 
+    #
+    tixTree $w.top.a  -options {
+	hlist.separator "/"
+	hlist.width 35
+	hlist.height 25
+    }
+
+    pack $w.top.a -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 10 -side left
+ 
+    set tree $w.top.a 
+    set hlist [$tree subwidget hlist]
+
+    $tree config -opencmd "DynTree:OpenDir $tree"
+
+    # Add the root directory the TixTree widget
+    DynTree:AddDir $tree /
+
+    # The / directory is added in the "open" mode. The user can open it
+    # and then browse its subdirectories ...
+    
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+proc DynTree:AddDir {tree dir} {
+    set hlist [$tree subwidget hlist]
+
+    if {$dir == "/"} {
+	set text /
+    } else {
+	set text [file tail $dir]
+    }
+
+    $hlist add $dir -itemtype imagetext \
+	-text $text -image [tix getimage folder]
+
+    catch {
+	# We need a catch here because the directory may not be readable by us
+	#
+	$tree setmode $dir none
+	if {[glob -nocomplain $dir/*] != {}} {
+	    $tree setmode $dir open
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+# This command is called whenever the user presses the (+) indicator or
+# double clicks on a directory whose mode is "open". It loads the files
+# inside that directory into the Tree widget.
+#
+# Note we didn't specify the -closecmd option for the Tree widget, so it
+# performs the default action when the user presses the (-) indicator or
+# double clicks on a directory whose mode is "close": hide all of its child
+# entries
+#
+proc DynTree:OpenDir {tree dir} {
+    set PWD [pwd]
+    set hlist [$tree subwidget hlist]
+
+    if {[$hlist info children $dir] != {}} {
+	# We have already loaded this directory. Let's just
+	# show all the child entries
+	#
+	# Note: since we load the directory only once, it will not be
+	#       refreshed if the you add or remove files from this
+	#	directory.
+	#
+	foreach kid [$hlist info children $dir] {
+	    $hlist show entry $kid
+	}
+	return
+    }
+
+    if [catch {cd $dir}] {
+	# We can't read that directory, better not do anything
+	cd $PWD
+	return
+    }
+
+    set files [lsort [glob -nocomplain *]]
+    foreach f $files {
+	if [file isdirectory $f] {
+	    if {$dir == "/"} {
+		set subdir /$f
+	    } else {
+		set subdir $dir/$f
+	    }
+	    DynTree:AddDir $tree $subdir
+	} else {
+	    if {$dir == "/"} {
+		set file /$f
+	    } else {
+		set file $dir/$f
+	    }
+
+	    $hlist add $file -itemtype imagetext \
+		-text $f -image [tix getimage file]
+	}
+    }
+
+    cd $PWD
+}
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/EFileDlg.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/EFileDlg.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: EFileDlg.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixExFileSelectDialog widget --
+# This is a neat file selection dialog that will make your apps look
+# real good!
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create an entry for the user to input a filename. If he can't
+    # bother to type in the name, he can press the "Browse ..." button
+    # and call up the file dialog
+    #
+    frame $w.top -border 1 -relief raised
+
+    tixLabelEntry $w.top.ent -label "Select A File:" -labelside top \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width 25
+	    entry.textVariable demo_efdlg_filename
+	    label.anchor w
+	}
+    bind [$w.top.ent subwidget entry] <Return> "efdlg:okcmd $w"
+
+    uplevel #0 set demo_efdlg_filename {}
+
+
+    button $w.top.btn -text "Browse ..." -command "efdlg:browse"
+
+    pack $w.top.ent -side left -expand yes -fill x -anchor s -padx 4 -pady 4
+    pack $w.top.btn -side left -anchor s -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "efdlg:okcmd $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+# Pop up a file selection dialog
+#
+proc efdlg:browse {} {
+    # [Hint]
+    # The best way to use an ExFileSelectDialog is not to create one yourself
+    # but to call the command "tix filedialog". This command creates one file
+    # dialog box that is shared by different parts of the application.
+    # This way, your application can save resources because it doesn't
+    # need to create a lot of file dialog boxes even if it needs to input
+    # file names at a lot of different occasions.
+    #
+    set dialog [tix filedialog tixExFileSelectDialog]
+    $dialog config -command efdlg:select_file
+
+    $dialog subwidget fsbox config -filetypes {
+	{{*}		{*     -- All files}}
+	{{*.txt}	{*.txt -- Text files}}
+	{{*.c}		{*.c   -- C source files}}
+    }
+
+    wm transient $dialog ""
+    $dialog popup
+}
+
+proc efdlg:select_file {file} {
+    global demo_efdlg_filename 
+
+    set demo_efdlg_filename $file
+}
+
+proc efdlg:okcmd {w} {
+    global demo_efdlg_filename 
+
+    if {$demo_efdlg_filename != {}} {
+	tixDemo:Status "You have selected the file $demo_efdlg_filename"
+    } else {
+	tixDemo:Status "You haven't selected any file"
+    }
+
+    destroy $w
+}
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/EditGrid.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/EditGrid.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: EditGrid.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# Demonstrates the use of editable entries in a Grid widget.
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+    global editgrid
+
+    wm title $w "Doe Inc. Performance"
+    wm geometry $w 640x300
+
+    label $w.lab -justify left -text \
+"The left column is calculated automatically. To calculate the right column,
+press the \"Calculate\" button"
+    pack $w.lab -side top -anchor c -padx 3 -pady 3
+
+    # Create the buttons
+    #
+    set f [frame $w.f -relief flat]
+    pack $f -side right -fill y
+    set add   [button $f.add   -text "Add Row"   -width 9 \
+	-command "EditGrid_addRow"]
+    set edit  [button $f.edit  -text "Edit"      -width 9 \
+	-command "EditGrid_edit"]
+    set cal   [button $f.cal   -text "Calculate" -width 9 \
+	-command "EditGrid_calculate"]
+    set close [button $f.close -text "Close"     -width 9 \
+	-command "destroy $w"]
+    pack $add   -side top    -padx 10
+    pack $edit  -side top    -padx 10
+    pack $cal   -side top    -padx 10 -pady 2
+    pack $close -side bottom -padx 10
+
+    # Create the grid and set options to make it editable.
+    #
+    tixScrolledGrid $w.g -bd 0
+    pack $w.g -expand yes -fill both -padx 3 -pady 3
+
+    set grid [$w.g subwidget grid]
+    $grid config \
+	-formatcmd "EditGrid_format $grid" \
+	-editnotifycmd "EditGrid_editNotify" \
+	-editdonecmd "EditGrid_editDone" \
+	-selectunit cell \
+	-selectmode single
+
+    # Insert some initial data
+    #
+    $grid set 0 1 -text "City #1"
+    $grid set 0 2 -text "City #2"
+    $grid set 0 3 -text "City #3"
+    $grid set 0 5 -text "Combined"
+
+    $grid set 2 0 -text "Population"
+    $grid set 4 0 -text "Avg. Income"
+
+    $grid set 2 1 -text 125
+    $grid set 2 2 -text  81
+    $grid set 2 3 -text 724
+
+    $grid set 4 1 -text 24432.12
+    $grid set 4 2 -text 18290.24
+    $grid set 4 3 -text 18906.34
+
+    # Global data used by other EditGrid_ procedures.
+    #
+    set editgrid(g)   $grid
+    set editgrid(top) 1
+    set editgrid(bot) 3
+    set editgrid(result) 5
+
+    EditGrid_calPop
+    EditGrid_calIncome
+}
+
+# EditGrid_edit --
+#
+#	Prompts the user to edit a cell.
+#
+proc EditGrid_edit {} {
+    global editgrid
+    set grid $editgrid(g)
+
+    set ent [$grid anchor get]
+    if [string comp $ent ""] {
+	$grid edit set [lindex $ent 0]  [lindex $ent 1]
+    }
+}
+
+# EditGrid_addRow --
+#
+#	Adds a new row to the table.
+#
+proc EditGrid_addRow {} {
+    global editgrid
+    set grid $editgrid(g)
+
+    $grid edit apply
+
+    $grid move row $editgrid(result) $editgrid(result) 1
+
+    incr editgrid(bot)
+    set editgrid(result) [expr $editgrid(bot) + 2]
+    $grid set 0 $editgrid(bot) -text "City #$editgrid(bot)"
+    $grid set 2 $editgrid(bot) -text 0
+    $grid set 4 $editgrid(bot) -text 0.0
+
+    EditGrid_calPop
+    EditGrid_calIncome
+}
+
+# EditGrid_calPop --
+#
+#	Calculates the total population
+#
+proc EditGrid_calPop {} {
+    global editgrid
+    set grid $editgrid(g)
+
+    set pop 0
+
+    for {set i $editgrid(top)} {$i <= $editgrid(bot)} {incr i} {
+	incr pop [$grid entrycget 2 $i -text]
+    }
+
+    $grid set 2 $editgrid(result) -text $pop
+}
+
+# EditGrid_calIncome --
+#
+#	Calculates the average income.
+#
+proc EditGrid_calIncome {} {
+    global editgrid
+    set grid $editgrid(g)
+
+    set income 0
+    set total_pop 0
+    for {set i $editgrid(top)} {$i <= $editgrid(bot)} {incr i} {
+	set pop [$grid entrycget 2 $i -text]
+	set inc [$grid entrycget 4 $i -text]
+	set income [expr $income + $pop.0 * $inc]
+	incr total_pop $pop
+    }
+
+    $grid set 4 $editgrid(result) -text [expr $income/$total_pop]
+
+}
+
+# EditGrid_calculate --
+#
+#	Recalculates both columns.
+#
+proc EditGrid_calculate {} {
+    global editgrid
+    set grid $editgrid(g)
+
+    $grid edit apply
+    EditGrid_calIncome
+}
+
+# EditGrid_editNotify --
+#
+#	Returns true if an entry can be edited.
+#
+proc EditGrid_editNotify {x y} {
+    global editgrid
+    set grid $editgrid(g)
+
+    if {$x == 2 || $x == 4} {
+	if {$y >= $editgrid(top) && $y <= $editgrid(bot)} {
+	    set editgrid(oldValue) [$grid entrycget $x $y -text]
+	    return 1
+	}
+    }	
+    return 0
+}
+
+# EditGrid_editDone --
+#
+#	Gets called when the user is done editing an entry.
+#
+proc EditGrid_editDone {x y} {
+    global editgrid
+    set grid $editgrid(g)
+
+    if {$x == 2} {
+	set pop [$grid entrycget $x $y -text]
+	if [catch {
+	    format %d $pop
+	}] {
+	    $grid entryconfig $x $y -text $editgrid(oldValue)
+	    tk_dialog .editGridWarn "" \
+		"$pop is not an valid integer. Try again" \
+		warning 0 Ok
+        } else {
+	    $grid entryconfig 4 $editgrid(result) -text "-"
+	    EditGrid_calPop
+	}
+    } else {
+	set income [$grid entrycget $x $y -text]
+	if [catch {
+	    format %f $income
+	}] {
+	    $grid entryconfig $x $y -text $editgrid(oldValue)
+	    tk_dialog .editGridWarn "" \
+		"$income is not an valid floating number. Try again" \
+		warning 0 Ok
+        } else {
+	    $grid entryconfig 4 $editgrid(result) -text "-"
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+# EditGrid_format --
+#
+#	This command is called whenever the background of the grid
+#	needs to be reformatted. The x1, y1, x2, y2 sprcifies the four
+#	corners of the area that needs to be reformatted.
+#
+proc EditGrid_format {w area x1 y1 x2 y2} {
+    global editgrid
+
+    set bg(s-margin) gray65
+    set bg(x-margin) gray65
+    set bg(y-margin) gray65
+    set bg(main)     gray20
+
+    case $area {
+	main {
+	    foreach col {2 4} {
+		$w format border $col 1 $col $editgrid(bot) \
+		    -relief flat -filled 1 -yon 1 -yoff 1\
+		    -bd 0 -bg #b0b0f0 -selectbackground #a0b0ff
+		$w format border $col 2 $col $editgrid(bot) \
+		    -relief flat -filled 1 -yon 1 -yoff 1\
+		    -bd 0 -bg #80b080 -selectbackground #80b0ff
+	    }
+
+	    $w format grid $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 \
+		-relief raised -bd 1 -bordercolor $bg($area) -filled 0 -bg red\
+		-xon 1 -yon 1 -xoff 0 -yoff 0 -anchor se
+	}
+	y-margin {
+	    $w format border $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 \
+		-fill 1 -relief raised -bd 1 -bg $bg($area) \
+		-selectbackground gray80
+	}
+	default {
+	    $w format border $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 \
+		-filled 1 \
+		-relief raised -bd 1 -bg $bg($area) \
+		-selectbackground gray80
+	}
+    }
+
+#    case $area {
+#	{main y-margin} {
+#	    set y [expr $editgrid(bot) + 1]
+#	    $w format border 0 $y 100 $y -bg black -filled 1 -bd 0
+#	}
+#   }
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/FileDlg.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/FileDlg.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: FileDlg.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixFileSelectDialog widget --
+# This is a neat file selection dialog that looks like the Motif 
+# file-selection dialog widget. I know that Motif sucks, but 
+# tixFileSelectDialog looks neat nevertheless.
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create an entry for the user to input a filename. If he can't
+    # bother to type in the name, he can press the "Browse ..." button
+    # and call up the file dialog
+    #
+    frame $w.top -border 1 -relief raised
+
+    tixLabelEntry $w.top.ent -label "Select A File:" -labelside top \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width 25
+	    entry.textVariable demo_fdlg_filename
+	    label.anchor w
+	}
+    bind [$w.top.ent subwidget entry] <Return> "fdlg:okcmd $w"
+
+    uplevel #0 set demo_fdlg_filename {}
+
+
+    button $w.top.btn -text "Browse ..." -command "fdlg:browse"
+
+    pack $w.top.ent -side left -expand yes -fill x -anchor s -padx 4 -pady 4
+    pack $w.top.btn -side left -anchor s -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "fdlg:okcmd $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+# Pop up a file selection dialog
+#
+proc fdlg:browse {} {
+    # [Hint]
+    # The best way to use an FileSelectDialog is not to create one yourself
+    # but to call the command "tix filedialog". This command creates one file
+    # dialog box that is shared by different parts of the application.
+    # This way, your application can save resources because it doesn't
+    # need to create a lot of file dialog boxes even if it needs to input
+    # file names at a lot of different occasions.
+    #
+    set dialog [tix filedialog tixFileSelectDialog]
+    $dialog config -command fdlg:select_file
+
+    $dialog popup
+}
+
+proc fdlg:select_file {file} {
+    global demo_fdlg_filename 
+
+    set demo_fdlg_filename $file
+}
+
+proc fdlg:okcmd {w} {
+    global demo_fdlg_filename 
+
+    if {$demo_fdlg_filename != {}} {
+	tixDemo:Status "You have selected the file $demo_fdlg_filename"
+    } else {
+	tixDemo:Status "You haven't selected any file"
+    }
+
+    destroy $w
+}
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/FileEnt.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/FileEnt.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: FileEnt.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixFileEntry widget -- an
+# easy of letting the user select a filename
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create the tixFileEntry's on the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -border 1 -relief raised
+
+    global demo_fent_from demo_fent_to
+
+    tixFileEntry $w.top.a -label "Move File From: " \
+	-variable demo_fent_from \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width 25
+	    label.width 16
+	    label.underline 10
+	    label.anchor e
+	}
+
+    tixFileEntry $w.top.b -label "To: " \
+	-variable demo_fent_to \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width 25
+	    label.underline 0
+	    label.width 16
+	    label.anchor e
+	}
+
+    pack $w.top.a $w.top.b -side top -anchor w -pady 3
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "fent:okcmd $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    # Let's set some nice bindings for keyboard accelerators
+    #
+    bind $w <Alt-f> "focus $w.top.a" 
+    bind $w <Alt-t> "focus $w.top.b" 
+    bind $w <Alt-o> "[$w.box subwidget ok] invoke; break" 
+    bind $w <Alt-c> "[$w.box subwidget cancel] invoke; break" 
+}
+
+proc fent:okcmd {w} {
+    global demo_fent_from demo_fent_to
+
+    # tixDemo:Status "You wanted to move file from $demo_fent_from to $demo_fent_to"
+
+    destroy $w
+}
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/HList1.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/HList1.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: HList1.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixHList widget -- you can
+# use to display data in a tree structure. For example, your family tree
+#
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create the tixHList and the tixLabelEntry widgets on the on the top
+    # of the dialog box
+    #
+    # [Hint] We create the tixHList and and the scrollbar by ourself,
+    #	     but it is more convenient to use the tixScrolledHlist widget
+    #	     which does all the chores for us.
+    #
+    # [Hint] Use of the -browsecmd and -command options:
+    #	     We want to set the tixLabelEntry accordingly whenever the user
+    #	     single-clicks on an entry in the HList box. Also, when the user
+    #	     double-clicks, we want to print out the selection and close
+    #	     the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -border 1 -relief raised
+
+    tixHList $w.top.h -yscrollcommand "$w.top.s set" -separator / \
+	-browsecmd "hlist1:browse $w.top.h" \
+	-command "hlist1:activate $w.top.h"\
+	-wideselection false \
+	-indent 15
+    scrollbar $w.top.s -command "$w.top.h yview" -takefocus 0
+
+    # Some icons for our list entries
+    #
+    global folder1 folder2
+    set img1 [image create bitmap -data $folder1]
+    set img2 [image create bitmap -data $folder2]
+
+    # Put our directories into the HList entry
+    #
+    set h $w.top.h
+    set dirs {
+	/
+	/lib
+	/pkg
+	/usr
+	/usr/lib
+	/usr/local
+	/usr/local/lib
+	/pkg/lib
+    }
+    foreach d $dirs {
+	$h add $d -itemtype imagetext -text $d -image $img2 -data $d
+
+	# We only want the user to select the directories that
+	# ends by "lib"
+	if {![string match "*lib" $d]} {
+	    $h entryconfig $d -state disabled -image $img1
+	}
+    }
+    
+    # We use a LabelEntry to hold the installation directory. The user
+    # can choose from the DirList widget, or he can type in the directory 
+    # manually
+    #
+    tixLabelEntry $w.top.e -label "Installation Directory:" -labelside top \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width 25
+	    entry.textVariable demo_hlist_dir
+	    label.anchor w
+	}
+    bind [$w.top.e subwidget entry] <Return> "hlist:okcmd $w"
+
+    # Set the default value
+    #
+    uplevel #0 set demo_hlist_dir /usr/local/lib
+    $h anchor set /usr/local/lib
+    $h select set /usr/local/lib
+
+    pack $w.top.h -side left -expand yes -fill both -padx 2 -pady 2
+    pack $w.top.s -side left -fill y -pady 2
+    pack $w.top.e -side left -expand yes -fill x -anchor s -padx 4 -pady 2
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "hlist:okcmd $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+# In an actual program, you may want to tell the user how much space he has
+# left in this directory
+#
+#
+proc hlist1:browse {w dir} {
+    global demo_hlist_dir
+
+    set demo_hlist_dir [$w entrycget $dir -data]
+}
+
+# In an actual program, you will install your favorit application
+# in the selected directory
+#
+proc hlist1:activate {w dir} {
+    global demo_hlist_dir
+
+    set demo_hlist_dir [$w entrycget $dir -data]
+    tixDemo:Status "You have selected the directory $demo_hlist_dir"
+
+    destroy [winfo toplevel $w]
+}
+
+proc hlist:okcmd {w} {
+    global demo_hlist_dir
+
+    tixDemo:Status "You have selected the directory $demo_hlist_dir"
+
+    destroy $w
+}
+
+set folder1 {
+#define foo_width 16
+#define foo_height 12
+static unsigned char foo_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0xfe, 0x41, 0x02, 0x40, 0x02, 0x40, 0x02, 0x40,
+   0x02, 0x40, 0x02, 0x40, 0x02, 0x40, 0x02, 0x40, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00};}
+
+set folder2 {
+#define foo_width 16
+#define foo_height 12
+static unsigned char foo_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x02, 0x40, 0x02, 0x44, 0xf2, 0x4f,
+   0xf2, 0x5f, 0xf2, 0x4f, 0x02, 0x44, 0x02, 0x40, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00};
+}
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/LabEntry.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/LabEntry.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: LabEntry.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixLabelEntry widget -- an entry that
+# come with a label at its side, so you don't need to create
+# extra frames on your own and do the messy hierarchical packing. This
+# example is adapted from the tixControl example, except now you don't
+# have arrow buttons to adjust the values for you ...
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create the tixLabelEntrys on the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -border 1 -relief raised
+
+    # $w.top.a allows only integer values
+    #
+    # [Hint] The -options switch sets the options of the subwidgets.
+    # [Hint] We set the label.width subwidget option of the Controls to 
+    #        be 16 so that their labels appear to be aligned.
+    #
+    global lent_demo_maker lent_demo_thrust lent_demo_num_engins
+    set lent_demo_maker	P&W
+    set lent_demo_thrust	20000.0
+    set lent_demo_num_engins 2
+
+    tixLabelEntry $w.top.a -label "Number of Engines: " \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width 10
+	    label.width 20
+	    label.anchor e
+	    entry.textVariable lent_demo_num_engins
+	}
+
+    tixLabelEntry $w.top.b -label "Thrust: "\
+	-options {
+	    entry.width 10
+	    label.width 20
+	    label.anchor e
+	    entry.textVariable lent_demo_thrust
+	}
+
+    tixLabelEntry $w.top.c -label "Engin Maker: " \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width 10
+	    label.width 20
+	    label.anchor e
+	    entry.textVariable lent_demo_maker
+	}
+
+    pack $w.top.a $w.top.b $w.top.c -side top -anchor w
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "labe:okcmd $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+proc labe:okcmd {w} {
+    global lent_demo_maker lent_demo_thrust lent_demo_num_engins
+
+    tixDemo:Status "You selected $lent_demo_num_engins engin(s) of thrust $lent_demo_thrust made \
+by $lent_demo_maker"
+
+    destroy $w
+}
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/LabFrame.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/LabFrame.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: LabFrame.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixLabelFrame widget -- a frame that
+# come with a label at its side. It looks nifty when you use the set the
+# -labelside option to "acrosstop". Note that a lot of Tix widgets, such
+# as tixComboBox or tixControl, have the -labelside and -label options. So
+# you can use these options to achieve the same effect as in this file
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create the radiobuttons at the top of the dialog box, put them
+    # inside two tixLabelFrames:
+    #
+    frame $w.top -border 1 -relief raised
+
+    tixLabelFrame $w.top.a -label Font: -labelside acrosstop -options {
+	label.padX 5
+    }
+    tixLabelFrame $w.top.b -label Size: -labelside acrosstop -options {
+	label.padX 5
+    }
+
+    pack $w.top.a $w.top.b  -side left -expand yes -fill both
+
+    # Create the radiobuttons inside the left frame.
+    #
+    # [Hint] You *must* create the new widgets inside the "frame"
+    #	     subwidget, *not* as immediate children of $w.top.a!
+    #
+    set f [$w.top.a subwidget frame]
+    foreach color {Red Green Blue Yellow Orange Purple} {
+	set lower [string tolower $color]
+	radiobutton $f.$lower -text $color -variable demo_color \
+	    -relief flat -value $lower -bd 2 -pady 0 -width 7 -anchor w
+	pack $f.$lower -side top -pady 0 -anchor w -padx 6
+    }
+
+    # Create the radiobuttons inside the right frame.
+    #
+    set f [$w.top.b subwidget frame]
+    foreach point {8 10 12 14 18 24} {
+	set lower [string tolower $point]
+	radiobutton $f.$lower -text $point -variable demo_point \
+	    -relief flat -value $lower -bd 2 -pady 0 -width 4 -anchor w
+	pack $f.$lower -side top -pady 0 -anchor w -padx 8
+    }
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "labf:okcmd $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+proc labf:okcmd {w} {
+    destroy $w
+}
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/ListNBK.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/ListNBK.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+#
+#	$Id: ListNBK.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This program demonstrates the ListBoteBook widget, which is very similar
+# to a NoteBook widget but uses an HList instead of page tabs to list the
+# pages.
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+    set top [frame $w.f -bd 1 -relief raised]
+    set box [tixButtonBox $w.b -bd 1 -relief raised]
+
+    pack $box -side bottom -fill both
+    pack $top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    #----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Create the ListNoteBook with nice icons
+    #----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    tixListNoteBook $top.n -ipadx 6 -ipady 6
+
+    set img0 [tix getimage harddisk]
+    set img1 [tix getimage network]
+
+    $top.n subwidget hlist add hard_disk -itemtype imagetext \
+	-image $img0 -text "Hard Disk" -under 0
+    $top.n subwidget hlist add network   -itemtype imagetext \
+	-image $img1 -text "Network"   -under 0
+
+    $top.n add hard_disk 
+    $top.n add network
+    
+    #
+    # Create the widgets inside the two pages
+    
+    # We use these options to set the sizes of the subwidgets inside the
+    # notebook, so that they are well-aligned on the screen.
+    #
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+    option add *$name*TixControl*entry.width 10
+    option add *$name*TixControl*label.width 18
+    option add *$name*TixControl*label.anchor e
+
+    set f [$top.n subwidget hard_disk]
+
+    tixControl $f.a -value 12   -label "Access Time: "
+    tixControl $f.w -value 400  -label "Write Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.r -value 400  -label "Read Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.c -value 1021 -label "Capacity: "
+    pack $f.a $f.w $f.r $f.c  -side top -padx 20 -pady 2
+
+    set f [$top.n subwidget network]
+
+    tixControl $f.a -value 12   -label "Access Time: "
+    tixControl $f.w -value 400  -label "Write Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.r -value 400  -label "Read Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.c -value 1021 -label "Capacity: "
+    tixControl $f.u -value 10   -label "Users: "
+
+    pack $f.a $f.w $f.r $f.c $f.u -side top -padx 20 -pady 2
+
+    pack $top.n -expand yes -fill both -padx 5 -pady 5
+
+    # Create the buttons
+    #
+    $box add ok     -text Ok     -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+    $box add cancel -text Cancel -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Start-up code
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Meter.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Meter.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Meter.tcl,v 1.4 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This program demonstrates the use of the tixMeter widget -- it is
+# used to display the progress of a background job
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+    set top [frame $w.f -bd 1 -relief raised]
+    set box [tixButtonBox $w.b -bd 1 -relief raised]
+
+    pack $box -side bottom -fill both
+    pack $top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    # Create the Meter and the Label
+    #
+    label $top.lab -text "Work in progress ...."
+    tixMeter $top.met -value 0 -text 0%
+
+    pack $top.lab -side top -padx 50 -pady 10 -anchor c
+    pack $top.met -side top -padx 50 -pady 10 -anchor c
+
+
+    # Create the buttons
+    #
+    $box add cancel  -text Cancel  -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6 -under 0
+    $box add restart -text Restart -width 6 -under 0
+
+    $box subwidget restart config -command \
+	"Meter:Start $top.met [$box subwidget cancel] [$box subwidget restart]"
+
+    $box subwidget restart invoke
+}
+
+proc Meter:Start {meter cancel restart} {
+    $restart config -state disabled
+    $cancel config -text Cancel
+    after 40 Meter:BackgroundJob $meter 0 $cancel $restart
+}
+
+proc Meter:BackgroundJob {meter progress cancel restart} {
+    if ![winfo exists $meter] {
+	# the window has already been destroyed	
+	#
+	return
+    }
+
+    set progress [expr $progress + 0.02]
+    set text [expr int($progress*100.0)]%
+
+    $meter config -value $progress -text $text
+
+    if {$progress < 1.0} {
+	after 40 Meter:BackgroundJob $meter $progress $cancel $restart
+    } else {
+	$cancel config -text OK -under 0
+	$restart config -state normal
+    }
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> {if {"%W" == ".demo"} exit}
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/NoteBook.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/NoteBook.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: NoteBook.tcl,v 1.4 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixNoteBook widget, which allows
+# you to lay out your interface using a "notebook" metaphore
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # We use these options to set the sizes of the subwidgets inside the
+    # notebook, so that they are well-aligned on the screen.
+    #
+    set name [tixOptionName $w]
+    option add *$name*TixControl*entry.width 10
+    option add *$name*TixControl*label.width 18
+    option add *$name*TixControl*label.anchor e
+
+    # Create the notebook widget and set its backpagecolor to gray.
+    # Note that the -backpagecolor option belongs to the "nbframe"
+    # subwidget.
+    tixNoteBook $w.nb -ipadx 6 -ipady 6
+    # $w config -bg gray
+    # $w.nb subwidget nbframe config -backpagecolor gray
+
+    # Create the two tabs on the notebook. The -underline option
+    # puts a underline on the first character of the labels of the tabs.
+    # Keyboard accelerators will be defined automatically according
+    # to the underlined character.	
+    #
+    $w.nb add hard_disk -label "Hard Disk" -underline 0
+    $w.nb add network   -label "Network"   -underline 0
+    pack $w.nb -expand yes -fill both -padx 5 -pady 5 -side top
+    
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # Create the first page
+    #----------------------------------------
+    set f [$w.nb subwidget hard_disk]
+
+    # Create two frames: one for the common buttons, one for the
+    # other widgets
+    #
+    frame $f.f
+    frame $f.common
+    pack $f.f      -side left  -padx 2 -pady 2 -fill both -expand yes
+    pack $f.common -side right -padx 2 -pady 2 -fill y
+
+    # Create the controls that only belong to this page
+    #
+    tixControl $f.f.a -value 12   -label "Access Time: "
+    tixControl $f.f.w -value 400  -label "Write Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.f.r -value 400  -label "Read Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.f.c -value 1021 -label "Capacity: "
+    pack $f.f.a $f.f.w $f.f.r $f.f.c  -side top -padx 20 -pady 2
+
+    # Create the common buttons
+    #
+    CreateCommonButtons $w $f.common
+    
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # Create the second page	
+    #----------------------------------------
+    set f [$w.nb subwidget network]
+
+    frame $f.f
+    frame $f.common
+    pack $f.f      -side left  -padx 2 -pady 2 -fill both -expand yes
+    pack $f.common -side right -padx 2 -pady 2 -fill y
+
+    tixControl $f.f.a -value 12   -label "Access Time: "
+    tixControl $f.f.w -value 400  -label "Write Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.f.r -value 400  -label "Read Throughput: "
+    tixControl $f.f.c -value 1021 -label "Capacity: "
+    tixControl $f.f.u -value 10   -label "Users: "
+
+    pack $f.f.a $f.f.w $f.f.r $f.f.c $f.f.u -side top -padx 20 -pady 2
+
+    CreateCommonButtons $w $f.common
+}
+
+proc CreateCommonButtons {w f} {
+    button $f.ok     -text OK     -width 6 -command "destroy $w"
+    button $f.cancel -text Cancel -width 6 -command "destroy $w"
+
+    pack $f.ok $f.cancel -side top -padx 2 -pady 2
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> {if {"%W" == ".demo"} exit}
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/OptMenu.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/OptMenu.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: OptMenu.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixOptionMenu widget -- you can
+# use it for the user to choose from a fixed set of options
+#
+set opt_options {text formatted post html tex rtf}
+
+set opt_labels(text)		"Plain Text" 
+set opt_labels(formatted)	"Formatted Text"
+set opt_labels(post)		"PostScript"
+set opt_labels(html)		"HTML"
+set opt_labels(tex)		"LaTeX"
+set opt_labels(rtf)		"Rich Text Format"
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+    catch {uplevel #0 unset demo_opt_from}
+    catch {uplevel #0 unset demo_opt_to  }
+
+    # Create the tixOptionMenu's on the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -border 1 -relief raised
+
+    tixOptionMenu $w.top.from -label "From File Format : " \
+	-variable demo_opt_from \
+	-options {
+	    label.width  19
+	    label.anchor e
+	    menubutton.width 15
+	}
+
+    tixOptionMenu $w.top.to -label "To File Format : " \
+	-variable demo_opt_to \
+	-options {
+	    label.width  19
+	    label.anchor e
+	    menubutton.width 15
+	}
+
+    # Add the available options to the two OptionMenu widgets
+    #
+    # [Hint] You have to add the options first before you set the
+    #	     global variables "demo_opt_from" and "demo_opt_to". Otherwise
+    #	     the OptionMenu widget will complain about "unknown options"!
+    #
+    global opt_options opt_labels
+    foreach opt $opt_options {
+	$w.top.from add command $opt -label $opt_labels($opt)
+	$w.top.to   add command $opt -label $opt_labels($opt)
+    }
+
+    uplevel #0 set demo_opt_from html
+    uplevel #0 set demo_opt_to   post
+
+    pack $w.top.from $w.top.to -side top -anchor w -pady 3 -padx 6
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "opt:okcmd $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    # Let's set some nice bindings for keyboard accelerators
+    #
+    bind $w <Alt-f> "focus $w.top.from" 
+    bind $w <Alt-t> "focus $w.top.to" 
+    bind $w <Alt-o> "[$w.box subwidget ok] invoke; break" 
+    bind $w <Alt-c> "[$w.box subwidget cancel] invoke; break" 
+}
+
+proc opt:okcmd {w} {
+    global demo_opt_from demo_opt_to opt_labels
+
+    tixDemo:Status "You wanted to convert file from $opt_labels($demo_opt_from) to $opt_labels($demo_opt_to)"
+
+    destroy $w
+}
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> {if {"%W" == ".demo"} exit}
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/PanedWin.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/PanedWin.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: PanedWin.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixPanedWindow widget. This program
+# is a dummy news reader: the user can adjust the sizes of the list
+# of artical names and the size of the text widget that shows the body
+# of the article
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # We create the frame at the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -relief raised -bd 1
+
+    # Use a LabelEntry widget to show the name of the newsgroup
+    # [Hint] We disable the entry widget so that the user can't
+    # mess up with the name of the newsgroup
+    #
+    tixLabelEntry $w.top.name -label "Newsgroup: " -options {
+	entry.width 25
+    }
+    $w.top.name subwidget entry insert 0 "comp.lang.tcl"
+    $w.top.name subwidget entry config -state disabled
+
+    pack $w.top.name -side top -anchor c -fill x -padx 14 -pady 6
+    # Now use a PanedWindow to contain the list and text widgets
+    #
+    tixPanedWindow $w.top.pane -paneborderwidth 0
+    pack $w.top.pane -side top -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 10
+
+    set p1 [$w.top.pane add list -min 70 -size 100]
+    set p2 [$w.top.pane add text -min 70]
+
+    tixScrolledListBox $p1.list
+    $p1.list subwidget listbox config -font [tix option get fixed_font]
+
+    tixScrolledText    $p2.text
+    $p2.text subwidget text    config -font [tix option get fixed_font]
+
+    pack $p1.list -expand yes -fill both -padx 4 -pady 6
+    pack $p2.text -expand yes -fill both -padx 4 -pady 6
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 8
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 8
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    # Put the junk inside the listbox and the tetx widget
+    #
+    $p1.list subwidget listbox insert end \
+	"  12324 Re: TK is good for your health" \
+	"+ 12325 Re: TK is good for your health" \
+	"+ 12326 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: TK is good...)" \
+	"  12327 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: TK is good...)" \
+	"+ 12328 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: TK is good...)" \
+	"  12329 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: TK is good...)" \
+	"+ 12330 Re: Tix is even better for your health (Was: TK is good...)"
+
+    $p2.text subwidget text config -wrap none -bg \
+	[$p1.list subwidget listbox cget -bg]
+    $p2.text subwidget text insert end {
+Mon, 19 Jun 1995 11:39:52        comp.lang.tcl              Thread   34 of  220
+Lines 353       A new way to put text and bitmaps together iNo responses
+ioi at blue.seas.upenn.edu                Ioi K. Lam at University of Pennsylvania
+
+Hi,
+
+I have implemented a new image type called "compound". It allows you
+to glue together a bunch of bitmaps, images and text strings together
+to form a bigger image. Then you can use this image with widgets that
+support the -image option. This way you can display very fancy stuffs
+in your GUI. For example, you can display a text string string
+together with a bitmap, at the same time, inside a TK button widget. A
+screenshot of compound images can be found at the bottom of this page:
+
+        http://www.cis.upenn.edu/~ioi/tix/screenshot.html
+
+You can also you is in other places such as putting fancy bitmap+text
+in menus, tabs of tixNoteBook widgets, etc. This feature will be
+included in the next release of Tix (4.0b1). Count on it to make jazzy
+interfaces!}
+
+}
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> {if {"%W" == ".demo"} exit}
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/PopMenu.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/PopMenu.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: PopMenu.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixPopupMenu widget.
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # We create the frame and the button, then we'll bind the PopupMenu
+    # to both widgets. The result is, when you press the right mouse
+    # button over $w.top or $w.top.but, the PopupMenu will come up.
+    #
+
+    frame $w.top -relief raised -bd 1
+
+    button $w.top.but -text {Press the right mouse button over
+this button or its surrounding area}
+
+    pack $w.top.but -expand yes -fill both -padx 50 -pady 50
+
+    tixPopupMenu $w.top.p -title "Popup Test"
+    $w.top.p bind $w.top
+    $w.top.p bind $w.top.but
+
+    # Set the entries inside the PopupMenu widget. 
+    # [Hint] You have to manipulate the "menu" subwidget.
+    #	     $w.top.p itself is NOT a menu widget.
+    # [Hint] Watch carefully how the sub-menu is created
+    #
+    set menu [$w.top.p subwidget menu]
+    $menu add command -label Desktop -under 0
+    $menu add command -label Select  -under 0
+    $menu add command -label Find    -under 0
+    $menu add command -label System  -under 1
+    $menu add command -label Help    -under 0
+    $menu add cascade -label More -menu $menu.m1
+    menu $menu.m1
+    $menu.m1 add command -label Hello
+
+    pack $w.top.but -side top -padx 40 -pady 50
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> {if {"%W" == ".demo"} exit}
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SGrid0.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SGrid0.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: SGrid0.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# A very simple demonstration of the tixGrid widget
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+    wm title $w "The First Grid Example"
+    wm geometry $w 480x300
+
+    set top [frame $w.f -bd 1 -relief raised]
+    set box [tixButtonBox $w.b -bd 1 -relief raised]
+
+    pack $box -side bottom -fill both
+    pack $top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    label $top.lab -text "This widget is still under alpha
+Please ignore the debug messages
+Not all features have been implemented" -justify left
+    pack $top.lab -side top -anchor c -padx 3 -pady 3
+
+    MakeGrid $top
+
+    # Create the buttons
+    #
+    $box add ok     -text Ok     -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+    $box add cancel -text Cancel -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+}
+
+# This command is called whenever the background of the grid needs to
+# be reformatted. The x1, y1, x2, y2 specifies the four corners of the area
+# that needs to be reformatted.
+#
+# area:
+#  x-margin:	the horizontal margin
+#  y-margin:	the vertical margin
+#  s-margin:	the overlap area of the x- and y-margins
+#  main:	The rest
+#
+proc SimpleFormat {w area x1 y1 x2 y2} {
+
+    global margin
+    set bg(s-margin) gray65
+    set bg(x-margin) gray65
+    set bg(y-margin) gray65
+    set bg(main)     gray20
+
+    case $area {
+	main {
+	    # The "grid" format is consecutive boxes without 3d borders
+	    #
+	    $w format grid $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 \
+		-relief raised -bd 1 -bordercolor $bg($area) -filled 0 -bg red\
+		-xon 1 -yon 1 -xoff 0 -yoff 0 -anchor se
+	}
+	{x-margin y-margin s-margin} {
+	    # border specifies consecutive 3d borders
+	    #
+	    $w format border $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 \
+		-fill 1 -relief raised -bd 1 -bg $bg($area) \
+		-selectbackground gray80
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+# Print a number in $ format
+#
+#
+proc Dollar {s} {
+    set n [string len $s]
+    set start [expr $n % 3]
+    if {$start == 0} {
+	set start 3
+    }
+
+    set str ""
+    for {set i 0} {$i < $n} {incr i} {
+	if {$start == 0} {
+	    append str ","
+	    set start 3
+	}
+	incr start -1
+	append str [string index $s $i]
+    }
+    return $str
+}
+
+proc MakeGrid {w} {
+    # Create the grid
+    #
+    tixScrolledGrid $w.g -bd 0
+    pack $w.g -expand yes -fill both -padx 3 -pady 3
+
+    set grid [$w.g subwidget grid]
+    $grid config -formatcmd "SimpleFormat $grid"
+
+
+    # Set the size of the columns
+    #
+    $grid size col 0 -size 10char
+    $grid size col 1 -size auto
+    $grid size col 2 -size auto
+    $grid size col 3 -size auto
+    $grid size col 4 -size auto
+
+    # set the default size of the column and rows. these sizes will be used
+    # if the size of a row or column has not be set via the "size col ?"
+    # command
+    $grid size col default -size 5char
+    $grid size row default -size 1.1char -pad0 3
+
+    for {set x 0} {$x < 10} {incr x} {
+	for {set y 0} {$y < 10} {incr y} {
+	    $grid set $x $y -itemtype text -text ($x,$y)
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SGrid1.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SGrid1.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: SGrid1.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# Demonstrates the tixGrid widget
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+    wm title $w "Doe Inc. Performance"
+    wm geometry $w 640x300
+
+    set top [frame $w.f -bd 1 -relief raised]
+    set box [tixButtonBox $w.b -bd 1 -relief raised]
+
+    pack $box -side bottom -fill both
+    pack $top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    label $top.lab -text "This widget is still under alpha
+Please ignore the debug messages
+Not all features have been implemented" -justify left
+    pack $top.lab -side top -anchor c -padx 3 -pady 3
+
+    MakeGrid $top
+
+    # Create the buttons
+    #
+    $box add ok     -text Ok     -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+    $box add cancel -text Cancel -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+}
+
+# This command is called whenever the background of the grid needs to
+# be reformatted. The x1, y1, x2, y2 sprcifies the four corners of the area
+# that needs to be reformatted.
+#
+proc gformat {w area x1 y1 x2 y2} {
+    set bg(s-margin) gray65
+    set bg(x-margin) gray65
+    set bg(y-margin) gray65
+    set bg(main)     gray20
+
+    case $area {
+	main {
+	    for {set y [expr ($y1/2) * 2]} {$y <= $y2} {incr y 2} {
+		$w format border $x1 $y $x2 $y \
+		    -relief flat -filled 1\
+		    -bd 0 -bg #80b080 -selectbackground #80b0ff
+	    }
+	    $w format grid $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 \
+		-relief raised -bd 1 -bordercolor $bg($area) -filled 0 -bg red\
+		-xon 1 -yon 1 -xoff 0 -yoff 0 -anchor se
+	}
+	y-margin {
+	    $w format border $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 \
+		-fill 1 -relief raised -bd 1 -bg $bg($area) \
+		-selectbackground gray80
+	}
+
+	default {
+	    $w format border $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 \
+		-filled 1 \
+		-relief raised -bd 1 -bg $bg($area) \
+		-selectbackground gray80
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+# Print a number in $ format
+#
+#
+proc Dollar {s} {
+    set n [string len $s]
+    set start [expr $n % 3]
+    if {$start == 0} {
+	set start 3
+    }
+
+    set str ""
+    for {set i 0} {$i < $n} {incr i} {
+	if {$start == 0} {
+	    append str ","
+	    set start 3
+	}
+	incr start -1
+	append str [string index $s $i]
+    }
+    return $str
+}
+
+proc MakeGrid {w} {
+
+    # data format {year revenue profit}
+    #
+    set data {
+	{1970	1000000000	1000000}
+	{1971	1100000000	2000000}
+	{1972	1200000000	3000000}
+	{1973	1300000000	4000000}
+	{1974	1400000000	5000000}
+	{1975	1500000000	6000000}
+	{1976	1600000000	7000000}
+	{1977	1700000000	8000000}
+	{1978	1800000000	9000000}
+	{1979	1900000000     10000000}
+	{1980	2000000000     11000000}
+	{1981	2100000000     22000000}
+	{1982	2200000000     33000000}
+	{1983	2300000000     44000000}
+	{1984	2400000000     55000000}
+	{1985	3500000000     36000000}
+	{1986	4600000000     57000000}
+	{1987	5700000000     68000000}
+	{1988	6800000000     79000000}
+	{1989	7900000000     90000000}
+	{1990  13000000000    111000000}
+	{1991  14100000000    122000000}
+	{1992  16200000000    233000000}
+	{1993  28300000000    344000000}
+	{1994  29400000000    455000000}
+	{1995  38500000000    536000000}
+    }
+
+    set headers {
+	"Revenue ($)"
+	"Rev. Growth (%)"
+	"Profit ($)"
+	"Profit Growth (%)"
+    }
+
+    # Create the grid
+    #
+    tixScrolledGrid $w.g -bd 0
+    pack $w.g -expand yes -fill both -padx 3 -pady 3
+
+    set grid [$w.g subwidget grid]
+    $grid config -formatcmd "gformat $grid"
+
+    # Set the size of the columns
+    #
+    $grid size col 0 -size 10char
+    $grid size col 1 -size auto
+    $grid size col 2 -size auto
+    $grid size col 3 -size auto
+    $grid size col 4 -size auto
+
+    # set the default size of the column and rows. these sizes will be used
+    # if the size of a row or column has not be set via the "size col ?"
+    # command
+    $grid size col default -size 5char
+    $grid size row default -size 1.1char -pad0 3
+
+    set margin [tixDisplayStyle text -refwindow $grid   \
+	-anchor c -padx 3 -font [tix option get bold_font]]
+    set dollar [tixDisplayStyle text  -refwindow $grid  \
+	-anchor e]
+
+    # Create the headers
+    #
+    set x 1
+    foreach h $headers {
+	$grid set $x 0 -itemtype text -text $h -style $margin
+	incr x
+    }
+
+    # Insert the data, year by year
+    #
+    set lastRevn {}
+    set lastProf {}
+    set i         1
+    foreach line $data {
+	set year [lindex $line 0]
+	set revn [lindex $line 1]
+	set prof [lindex $line 2]
+
+	if {$lastRevn != {}} {
+	    set rgrowth \
+		[format %4.2f [expr ($revn.0-$lastRevn)/$lastRevn*100.0]]
+	} else {
+	    set rgrowth "-"
+	}
+	if {$lastProf != {}} {
+	    set pgrowth \
+		[format %4.2f [expr ($prof.0-$lastProf)/$lastProf*100.0]]
+	} else {
+	    set pgrowth "-"
+	}
+	
+	$grid set 0 $i -itemtype text -style $margin -text $year
+	$grid set 1 $i -itemtype text -style $dollar -text [Dollar $revn]
+	$grid set 2 $i -itemtype text -style $dollar -text $rgrowth
+	$grid set 3 $i -itemtype text -style $dollar -text [Dollar $prof]
+	$grid set 4 $i -itemtype text -style $dollar -text $pgrowth
+
+	set lastRevn $revn.0
+	set lastProf $prof.0
+
+	incr i
+    }
+}
+
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SHList.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SHList.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: SHList.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixScrolledHList widget.
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # We create the frame and the ScrolledHList widget
+    # at the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -relief raised -bd 1
+
+    # Put a simple hierachy into the HList (two levels). Use colors and
+    # separator widgets (frames) to make the list look fancy
+    #
+    tixScrolledHList $w.top.a
+    pack $w.top.a -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 10 -side left
+
+
+    # This is our little relational database
+    #
+    set bosses {
+	{jeff  "Jeff Waxman"}
+	{john  "John Lee"}
+	{peter "Peter Kenson"}
+    }
+
+    set employees {
+	{alex	john 	"Alex Kellman"}
+	{alan	john 	"Alan Adams"}
+	{andy	peter 	"Andreas Crawford"}
+	{doug	jeff  	"Douglas Bloom"}
+	{jon	peter	"Jon Baraki"}
+	{chris	jeff	"Chris Geoffrey"}
+	{chuck	jeff	"Chuck McLean"}
+    }
+
+    set hlist [$w.top.a subwidget hlist]
+
+    # Let configure the appearance of the HList subwidget 
+    #
+    $hlist config -separator "." -width 25 -drawbranch 0 -indent 10
+
+    set index 0
+    foreach line $bosses {
+	if {$index != 0} {
+	    frame $hlist.sep$index -bd 2 -height 2 -width 150 -relief sunken \
+		-bg [$hlist cget -bg]
+
+	    $hlist addchild {} -itemtype window \
+		-window $hlist.sep$index -state disabled
+	}
+	$hlist add [lindex $line 0] -itemtype text \
+	    -text [lindex $line 1]
+	incr index
+    }
+
+    foreach line $employees {
+	# "." is the separator character we chose above
+	#
+	set entrypath [lindex $line 1].[lindex $line 0]
+	#             ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^   ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+	#	      parent entryPath / child's name
+
+	$hlist add $entrypath -text [lindex $line 2]
+
+	# [Hint] Make sure the [lindex $line 1].[lindex $line 0] you choose
+	#	 are unique names. If you cannot be sure of this (because of
+	#	 the structure of your database, e.g.) you can use the
+	#	 "addchild" widget command instead:
+	#
+	#  $hlist addchild [lindex $line 1] -text [lindex $line 2]
+	#                  ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+	#                  parent entryPath 
+
+    }
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind .demo <Destroy> exit
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SHList2.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SHList2.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: SHList2.tcl,v 1.4 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates how to use multiple columns and multiple styles
+# in the tixHList widget
+#
+# In a tixHList widget, you can have one ore more columns. 
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # We create the frame and the ScrolledHList widget
+    # at the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -relief raised -bd 1
+
+    # Put a simple hierachy into the HList (two levels). Use colors and
+    # separator widgets (frames) to make the list look fancy
+    #
+    tixScrolledHList $w.top.a -options {
+	hlist.columns 3
+	hlist.header  true
+    }
+    pack $w.top.a -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 10 -side left
+ 
+    set hlist [$w.top.a subwidget hlist]
+
+    # Create the title for the HList widget
+    #	>> Notice that we have set the hlist.header subwidget option to true
+    #      so that the header is displayed
+    #
+
+    # First some styles for the headers
+    set style(header) [tixDisplayStyle text  -refwindow $hlist \
+	-fg black -anchor c \
+        -padx 8 -pady 2\
+	-font [tix option get bold_font ]]
+
+    $hlist header create 0 -itemtype text -text Name \
+	-style $style(header)
+    $hlist header create 1 -itemtype text -text Position \
+	-style $style(header)
+
+    # Notice that we use 3 columns in the hlist widget. This way when the user
+    # expands the windows wide, the right side of the header doesn't look
+    # chopped off. The following line ensures that the 3 column header is
+    # not shown unless the hlist window is wider than its contents.
+    #
+    $hlist column width 2 0
+
+    # This is our little relational database
+    #
+    set boss {doe "John Doe"	Director}
+
+    set managers {
+	{jeff  "Jeff Waxman"	Manager}
+	{john  "John Lee"	Manager}
+	{peter "Peter Kenson"	Manager}
+    }
+
+    set employees {
+	{alex	john 	"Alex Kellman"		Clerk}
+	{alan	john 	"Alan Adams"		Clerk}
+	{andy	peter 	"Andreas Crawford"	Salesman}
+	{doug	jeff  	"Douglas Bloom"		Clerk}
+	{jon	peter	"Jon Baraki"		Salesman}
+	{chris	jeff	"Chris Geoffrey"	Clerk}
+	{chuck	jeff	"Chuck McLean"		Cleaner}
+    }
+
+    set style(mgr_name)  [tixDisplayStyle text  -refwindow $hlist \
+	-font [tix option get bold_font ]]
+    set style(mgr_posn)  [tixDisplayStyle text  -refwindow $hlist \
+	    -padx 8]
+
+    set style(empl_name) [tixDisplayStyle text  -refwindow $hlist \
+	-font [tix option get bold_font ]]
+    set style(empl_posn) [tixDisplayStyle text  -refwindow $hlist \
+	    -padx 8 ]
+
+    # Let configure the appearance of the HList subwidget 
+    #
+    $hlist config -separator "." -width 25 -drawbranch 0 -indent 10
+    $hlist column width 0 -char 20
+
+    # Create the boss
+    #
+    $hlist add . -itemtype text -text [lindex $boss 1] \
+	-style $style(mgr_name)
+    $hlist item create . 1 -itemtype text -text [lindex $boss 2] \
+	-style $style(mgr_posn)
+
+    # Create the managers
+    #
+    set index 0
+    foreach line $managers {
+	set row [$hlist add .[lindex $line 0] -itemtype text \
+	    -text [lindex $line 1] -style $style(mgr_name)]
+	$hlist item create $row 1 -itemtype text -text [lindex $line 2] \
+	    -style $style(mgr_posn)
+	incr index
+    }
+
+    foreach line $employees {
+	# "." is the separator character we chose above
+	#
+	set entrypath .[lindex $line 1].[lindex $line 0]
+	#              ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^   ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+	#	       parent entryPath / child's name
+
+	set row [$hlist add $entrypath -text [lindex $line 2] \
+	    -style $style(empl_name)]
+	$hlist item create $row 1 -itemtype text -text [lindex $line 3] \
+	    -style $style(empl_posn)
+
+	# [Hint] Make sure the .[lindex $line 1].[lindex $line 0] you choose
+	#	 are unique names. If you cannot be sure of this (because of
+	#	 the structure of your database, e.g.) you can use the
+	#	 "addchild" widget command instead:
+	#
+	#  $hlist addchild [lindex $line 1] -text [lindex $line 2]
+	#                  ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+	#                  parent entryPath 
+
+    }
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind .demo <Destroy> exit
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SListBox.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SListBox.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: SListBox.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixScrolledListBox widget.
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # We create the frame and the two ScrolledListBox widgets
+    # at the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -relief raised -bd 1
+
+    # The first ScrolledListBox widget always shows both scrollbars
+    #
+    tixScrolledListBox $w.top.a -scrollbar both
+    pack $w.top.a -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 10 -side left
+
+    # The second  ScrolledListBox widget shows the scrollbars only when
+    # needed.
+    #
+    # [Hint] See how you can use the -options switch to set the options
+    #	     for the subwidgets
+    #
+    tixScrolledListBox $w.top.b -scrollbar auto -options {
+	listbox.font 8x13
+    }
+    pack $w.top.b -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 10 -side left
+
+    # Put the elements inside the two listboxes: notice that you need
+    # to insert inside the "listbox" subwidget of the ScrolledListBox.
+    # $w.top.a itself does NOT have an "insert" command.
+    #
+    $w.top.a subwidget listbox insert 0 \
+	Alabama Alaska Arizona Arkansas California \
+	Colorado Connecticut Delaware Florida Georgia Hawaii Idaho Illinois \
+	Indiana Iowa Kansas Kentucky Louisiana Maine Maryland \
+	Massachusetts Michigan Minnesota Mississippi Missouri \
+	Montana Nebraska Nevada "New Hampshire" "New Jersey" "New Mexico" \
+	"New York" "North Carolina" "North Dakota" \
+	Ohio Oklahoma Oregon Pennsylvania "Rhode Island" \
+	"South Carolina" "South Dakota" \
+	Tennessee Texas Utah Vermont Virginia Washington \
+	"West Virginia" Wisconsin Wyoming
+
+    $w.top.a subwidget listbox config -cursor left_ptr
+    raise [$w.top.a subwidget listbox ]
+    $w.top.b subwidget listbox insert 0 \
+	Alabama Alaska Arizona Arkansas California \
+	Colorado Connecticut Delaware Florida Georgia Hawaii Idaho Illinois \
+	Indiana Iowa Kansas Kentucky
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/STList1.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/STList1.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: STList1.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# Demonstrates the scrolled tlist widget
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+    set top [frame $w.f -bd 1 -relief raised]
+    set box [tixButtonBox $w.b -bd 1 -relief raised]
+
+    pack $box -side bottom -fill both
+    pack $top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    # Create the scrolled tlist
+    #
+    tixScrolledTList $top.st -options {
+	tlist.orient vertical
+	tlist.selectMode single
+    }
+    pack $top.st -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 10
+
+    # Insert a list of numbers into the tlist subwidget
+    #
+    set tlist [$top.st subwidget tlist]
+
+    set numbers {
+	one two three fours five six seven eight nine ten eleven
+	twelve thirdteen fourteen
+    }
+
+    foreach num $numbers {
+	$tlist insert end -itemtype imagetext -text $num \
+	    -image [tix getimage openfold]
+    }
+
+    # Create the buttons
+    #
+    $box add ok     -text Ok     -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+    $box add cancel -text Cancel -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/STList2.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/STList2.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: STList2.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# Demonstrates the scrolled tlist widget
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+    set top [frame $w.f -bd 1 -relief raised]
+    set box [tixButtonBox $w.b -bd 1 -relief raised]
+
+    pack $box -side bottom -fill both
+    pack $top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    # Create the Paned Window to contain two scrolled tlist's
+    #
+    set p [tixPanedWindow $top.p -orient horizontal]
+    pack $p -expand yes -fill both -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    set p1 [$p add pane1 -expand 1]
+    set p2 [$p add pane2 -expand 1]
+
+    $p1 config -relief flat
+    $p2 config -relief flat
+
+    # Create a TList with vertical orientation
+    #
+    tixScrolledTList $p1.st -options {
+	tlist.orient vertical
+	tlist.selectMode single
+    }
+    label $p1.lab -text "Vertical Orientation"
+
+    pack $p1.lab -anchor c -side top -pady 2
+    pack $p1.st -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 10
+
+    # Create a TList with horizontal orientation
+    #	
+    tixScrolledTList $p2.st -options {
+	tlist.orient horizontal
+	tlist.selectMode single
+    }
+    label $p2.lab -text "Horizontal Orientation"
+
+    pack $p2.lab -anchor c -side top -pady 2
+    pack $p2.st -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 10
+
+    # Insert a list of numbers into the two tlist subwidget's
+    #
+    set vt [$p1.st subwidget tlist]
+    set ht [$p2.st subwidget tlist]
+
+    set numbers {
+	one two three fours five six seven eight nine ten eleven
+	twelve thirdteen fourteen
+    }
+
+    foreach num $numbers {
+	$vt insert end -itemtype imagetext -text $num \
+	    -image [tix getimage openfold]
+	$ht insert end -itemtype imagetext -text $num \
+	    -image [tix getimage openfold]
+    }
+
+    # Create the buttons
+    #
+    $box add ok     -text Ok     -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+    $box add cancel -text Cancel -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/STList3.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/STList3.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: STList3.tcl,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# Demonstrates the use of DirTree with the TList 
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+    set top [frame $w.f -bd 1 -relief raised]
+    set box [tixButtonBox $w.b -bd 1 -relief raised]
+
+    pack $box -side bottom -fill both
+    pack $top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    # Create the Paned Window to contain the dirtree and scrolled tlist
+    #
+    set p [tixPanedWindow $top.p -orient horizontal]
+    pack $p -expand yes -fill both -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    set p1 [$p add pane1 -expand 1]
+    set p2 [$p add pane2 -expand 4]
+
+    $p1 config -relief flat
+    $p2 config -relief flat
+
+    # Create a DirTree
+    #
+    tixDirTree $p1.dirtree -options {
+	hlist.width 28
+    }
+
+    pack $p1.dirtree -expand yes -fill both -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+
+    # Create a TList
+    # NOTE: we set the width of the tlist to 60 characters, since we'll have
+    #       quite a few files to display
+    #
+    tixScrolledTList $p2.st -options {
+	tlist.orient vertical
+	tlist.selectMode single
+	tlist.width 60
+	tlist.height 25
+    }
+    pack $p2.st -expand yes -fill both -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    set tlist [$p2.st subwidget tlist]
+
+    # setup the callbacks: when the user selects a directory, we'll display
+    # its content in the tlist widget
+    $p1.dirtree config \
+	-browsecmd [list TList:listdir $tlist] \
+	-command [list TList:listdir $tlist]
+
+    # List the directory now
+    #
+    TList:listdir $tlist [pwd]
+
+    # Create the buttons
+    #
+    $box add ok     -text Ok     -command [list destroy $w] -width 6
+    $box add cancel -text Cancel -command [list destroy $w] -width 6
+}
+
+proc TList:listdir {w dir} {
+    $w delete 0 end
+
+    if {[catch {glob -nocomplain -directory $dir *} entries]} {
+	# The user has entered an invalid directory
+	# %% todo: prompt error, go back to last succeed directory
+	return
+    }
+
+    set files ""
+    foreach fname [lsort -dictionary $entries] {
+	if {[file isdirectory $fname]} {
+	    set image [tix getimage folder]
+	} else {
+	    lappend files [file tail $fname]
+	    continue
+	}
+	$w insert end -itemtype imagetext \
+	    -text [file tail $fname] -image $image
+    }
+
+    foreach fname $files {
+	switch -glob -- $fname {
+	    {*.[ch]} { set image [tix getimage srcfile] }
+	    *.tcl -
+	    *.o      { set image [tix getimage file] }
+	    default  { set image [tix getimage textfile] }
+	}
+	$w insert end -itemtype imagetext -text $fname -image $image
+    }
+}
+
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SText.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SText.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: SText.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixScrolledText widget.
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # We create the frame and the ScrolledText widget
+    # at the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -relief raised -bd 1
+
+    # Create a Scrolled Text widget.
+    #
+    tixScrolledText $w.top.a
+    pack $w.top.a -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 10 -side left
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    # Put the junk inside the text subwidget of the ScrolledText widget
+    #
+    $w.top.a subwidget text insert end {
+Mon, 19 Jun 1995 11:39:52        comp.lang.tcl              Thread   34 of  220
+Lines 353       A new way to put text and bitmaps together
+ioi at xpi.com                Ioi K. Lam at Expert Interface Technologies
+
+Hi,
+
+I have implemented a new image type called "compound". It allows you
+to glue together a bunch of bitmaps, images and text strings together
+to form a bigger image. Then you can use this image with widgets that
+support the -image option. This way you can display very fancy stuffs
+in your GUI. For example, you can display a text string string
+together with a bitmap, at the same time, inside a TK button widget. A
+screenshot of compound images can be found at the bottom of this page:
+
+        http://www.xpi.com/tix/screenshot.html
+
+You can also you is in other places such as putting fancy bitmap+text
+in menus, tabs of tixNoteBook widgets, etc. This feature will be
+included in the next release of Tix (4.0b1). Count on it to make jazzy
+interfaces!}
+}
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SWindow.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/SWindow.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: SWindow.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixScrolledWindow widget.
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # We create the frame and the ScrolledWindow widget
+    # at the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -relief raised -bd 1
+
+    # Create a complex window inside the ScrolledWindow widget.
+    # ScrolledWindow are very convenient: unlink the canvas widget,
+    # you don't need to specify the scroll-redions for the
+    # ScrolledWindow. It will automatically adjust itself to fit
+    # size of the "window" subwidget
+    #
+    # [Hint] Be sure you create and pack new widgets inside the
+    #	     "window" subwidget and NOT inside $w.top.a itself!
+    #
+    tixScrolledWindow $w.top.a
+    pack $w.top.a -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 10 -side left
+
+    set f [$w.top.a subwidget window]
+    tixNoteBook $f.nb
+    pack $f.nb -expand yes -fill both -padx 20 -pady 20
+
+
+    $f.nb add image   -label "Image"   -underline 0
+    $f.nb add buttons -label "Buttons" -underline 0
+
+    # The first page: an image
+    #
+    global demo_dir
+    set p [$f.nb subwidget image]
+    set im [image create photo -file $demo_dir/bitmaps/tix.gif]
+    label $p.lab -image $im
+    pack $p.lab -padx 20 -pady 20
+
+    # The second page: buttons
+    #
+    set p [$f.nb subwidget buttons]
+    button $p.b1 -text "Welcome"  -width 8
+    button $p.b2 -text "to"       -width 8
+    button $p.b3 -text "the"      -width 8
+    button $p.b4 -text "World"    -width 8
+    button $p.b5 -text "of"       -width 8
+    button $p.b6 -text "Tix"      -width 8
+
+    pack $p.b1 $p.b2 $p.b3 $p.b4 $p.b5 $p.b6 -anchor c -side top
+
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    wm geometry $w 240x220
+}
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Sample.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Sample.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Sample.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# REPLACE WITH DESCRIPTION OF THIS DEMO.
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+    set top [frame $w.f -bd 1 -relief raised]
+    set box [tixButtonBox $w.b -bd 1 -relief raised]
+
+    pack $box -side bottom -fill both
+    pack $top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+
+    # Create the buttons
+    #
+    $box add ok     -text Ok     -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+    $box add cancel -text Cancel -command "destroy $w" -width 6
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Select.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Select.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Select.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixSelect widget.
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+    global demo_dir
+
+    # Create the frame on the top of the dialog box with two tixSelect
+    # widgets inside.
+    #
+    frame $w.top
+
+    # There can be one and only type of justification for any piece of text.
+    # So we set -radio to be true. Also, -allowzero is set to false: the user
+    # cannot select a "none" justification
+    #
+    tixSelect $w.top.just -allowzero false -radio true \
+	-label "Justification: "\
+	-options {
+	    label.width 15
+	    label.padx 4
+	    label.anchor e
+	}
+
+    # The user can select one or many or none of the font attributes in
+    # the font Select widget, so we set -radio to false (can select one or
+    # many) and -allowzero to true (can select none)
+    #
+    tixSelect $w.top.font -allowzero true  -radio false \
+	-label "Font: " \
+	-options {
+	    label.width 15
+	    label.padx 4
+	    label.anchor e
+	}
+
+    pack $w.top.just $w.top.font -side top -expand yes -anchor c \
+	-padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    # Add the choices of available font attributes
+    #
+    #
+    $w.top.font add bold      -bitmap @$demo_dir/bitmaps/bold.xbm
+    $w.top.font add italic    -bitmap @$demo_dir/bitmaps/italic.xbm
+    $w.top.font add underline -bitmap @$demo_dir/bitmaps/underlin.xbm
+    $w.top.font add capital   -bitmap @$demo_dir/bitmaps/capital.xbm
+
+    # Add the choices of available justification types
+    #
+    #
+    $w.top.just add left      -bitmap @$demo_dir/bitmaps/leftj.xbm
+    $w.top.just add right     -bitmap @$demo_dir/bitmaps/rightj.xbm
+    $w.top.just add center    -bitmap @$demo_dir/bitmaps/centerj.xbm
+    $w.top.just add justified -bitmap @$demo_dir/bitmaps/justify.xbm
+
+    $w.top.font config -variable sel_font
+    $w.top.just config -variable sel_just
+
+    # Set the default value of the two Select widgets
+    #
+    #
+    global sel_just sel_font
+    set sel_just justified
+    set sel_font {bold underline}
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -width 6\
+	-command "sel:cmd $w; destroy $w"
+	
+    $w.box add apply  -text Apply  -underline 0 -width 6\
+	-command "sel:cmd $w"
+
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -width 6\
+	-command "destroy $w"
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+# This procedure is called whenever the user pressed the OK or the Apply button
+#
+#
+proc sel:cmd {w} {
+    global sel_font sel_just
+
+    tixDemo:Status "The justification is $sel_just"
+
+    if {$sel_font == {}} {
+	tixDemo:Status "The font is normal"
+    } else {
+	tixDemo:Status "The font is $sel_font"
+    }
+
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind .demo <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/StdBBox.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/StdBBox.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: StdBBox.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of the tixStdButtonBox widget, which is a
+# group of "Standard" buttons for Motif-like dialog boxes.
+#
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # Create the label on the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    label $w.top -padx 20 -pady 10 -border 1 -relief raised -text \
+	"This dialog box is\n a demostration of the\n tixStdButtonBox widget" \
+	-justify center -anchor c
+
+    # Create the button box. We also do some manipulation of the
+    # button widgets inside: we disable the help button and change
+    # the label string of the "apply" button to "Filter"
+    #
+    # Note that the -text, -underline, -command and -width options are all
+    # standard options of the button widgets.
+    #
+    tixStdButtonBox $w.box
+    $w.box subwidget ok     config \
+	-command "tixDemo:Status {OK pressed}; destroy $w"
+    $w.box subwidget apply  config -text "Filter" -underline 0 \
+	-command "tixDemo:Status {Filter pressed}"
+    $w.box subwidget cancel config \
+	-command "tixDemo:Status {Cancel pressed}; destroy $w"
+    $w.box subwidget help config -state disabled
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes -anchor c
+
+
+    # "after 0" is used so that the key bindings won't interfere with
+    # tkTraverseMenu
+    #
+    bind [winfo toplevel $w] <Alt-o> \
+	"after 0 tkButtonInvoke [$w.box subwidget ok]"
+    bind [winfo toplevel $w] <Alt-f> \
+	"after 0 tkButtonInvoke [$w.box subwidget apply]"
+    bind [winfo toplevel $w] <Alt-c> \
+	"after 0 tkButtonInvoke [$w.box subwidget cancel]"
+    bind [winfo toplevel $w] <Escape> \
+	"after 0 tkButtonInvoke [$w.box subwidget cancel]"
+
+    focus [$w.box subwidget apply] 
+}
+
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Tree.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Tree.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Tree.tcl,v 1.4 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates how to use the TixTree widget to display
+# hierachical data (A hypothetical DOS disk drive).
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    # We create the frame and the ScrolledHList widget
+    # at the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -relief raised -bd 1
+
+    # Create a TixTree widget to display the hypothetical DOS disk drive
+    # 
+    #
+    tixTree $w.top.a -options {
+	separator "\\"
+    }
+
+    pack $w.top.a -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 10 -side left
+ 
+    set tree $w.top.a 
+    set hlist [$w.top.a subwidget hlist]
+
+    # STEP (1) Add the directories into the TixTree widget (using the
+    #	       hlist subwidget)
+
+    set directories {
+	C:
+	C:\\Dos
+	C:\\Windows
+	C:\\Windows\\System
+    }
+
+    foreach d $directories {
+	set text [lindex [split $d \\] end]
+	$hlist add $d -itemtype imagetext \
+	    -text $text -image [tix getimage folder]
+    }
+
+    # STEP (2) Use the "autosetmode" method of TixTree to indicate 
+    #	       which entries can be opened or closed. The
+    #	       "autosetmode" command will call the "setmode" method
+    #	       to set the mode of each entry to the following:
+    #
+    #		"open" : the entry has some children and the children are
+    #			 currently visible
+    #		"close": the entry has some children and the children are
+    #			 currently INvisible
+    #		"none": the entry does not have children.
+    #
+    #    If you don't like the "autosetmode" method, you can always call
+    #    "setmode" yourself, but that takes more work.
+    
+    $tree autosetmode
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> {if {"%W" == ".demo"} exit}
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Xpm.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Xpm.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Xpm.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of XPM images.
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    set hard_disk_pixmap {/* XPM */
+	static char * drivea_xpm[] = {
+	    /* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+	    "32 32 5 1",
+	    /* colors */
+	    " 	s None	c None",
+	    ".	c #000000000000",
+	    "X	c white",
+	    "o	c #c000c000c000",
+	    "O	c #800080008000",
+	    /* pixels */
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "   ..........................   ",
+	    "   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo.   ",
+	    "   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+	    "   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+	    "   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .Xoo...................oO.   ",
+	    "   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .oOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.   ",
+	    "   ..........................   ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                "};
+    }
+
+    frame $w.top -relief raised -bd 1
+    button $w.top.b -image [image create pixmap -data $hard_disk_pixmap]
+    pack $w.top -expand yes -fill both
+    pack $w.top.b -expand yes -padx 20  -pady 20
+
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind $w <Destroy> exit
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Xpm1.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/samples/Xpm1.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Xpm1.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:31:07 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Tix Demostration Program
+#
+# This sample program is structured in such a way so that it can be
+# executed from the Tix demo program "widget": it must have a
+# procedure called "RunSample". It should also have the "if" statment
+# at the end of this file so that it can be run as a standalone
+# program using tixwish.
+
+# This file demonstrates the use of XPM images in the menu.
+#
+
+proc RunSample {w} {
+
+    set hard_disk_pixmap {/* XPM */
+	static char * drivea_xpm[] = {
+	    /* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+	    "32 32 5 1",
+	    /* colors */
+	    " 	s None	c None",
+	    ".	c #000000000000",
+	    "X	c white",
+	    "o	c #c000c000c000",
+	    "O	c #800080008000",
+	    /* pixels */
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "   ..........................   ",
+	    "   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXo.   ",
+	    "   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+	    "   .Xooooooooooooooooo..oooO.   ",
+	    "   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .Xoo...................oO.   ",
+	    "   .Xoooooooo.......oooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .XooooooooooooooooooooooO.   ",
+	    "   .oOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.   ",
+	    "   ..........................   ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                ",
+	    "                                "};
+    }
+    # We create the frame and the ScrolledText widget
+    # at the top of the dialog box
+    #
+    frame $w.top -relief raised -bd 1
+
+    set m [frame $w.top.menu -relief raised -bd 2]
+    set mb [menubutton $m.mb -text Options -menu $m.mb.m]
+    set menu [menu $mb.m]
+
+    pack $m -side top -fill x
+    pack $mb -side left -fill y
+
+    # Put the label there
+    #
+    set lab [label $w.top.label -text "Go to the \"Options\" menu" -anchor c]
+    pack $lab -padx 40 -pady 40 -fill both -expand yes
+
+    set image [image create pixmap -data $hard_disk_pixmap]
+    $menu add command -image  $image \
+	-command "$lab config -image $image"
+
+    # Use a ButtonBox to hold the buttons.
+    #
+    tixButtonBox $w.box -orientation horizontal
+    $w.box add ok     -text Ok     -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+    $w.box add cancel -text Cancel -underline 0 -command "destroy $w" \
+	-width 6
+
+    pack $w.box -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    wm geometry $w 300x300
+}
+
+
+# This "if" statement makes it possible to run this script file inside or
+# outside of the main demo program "widget".
+#
+if {![info exists tix_demo_running]} {
+    wm withdraw .
+    set w .demo
+    toplevel $w; wm transient $w ""
+    RunSample $w
+    bind .demo <Destroy> exit
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/tclIndex
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/tclIndex	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+# Tcl autoload index file, version 2.0
+# This file is generated by the "auto_mkindex" command
+# and sourced to set up indexing information for one or
+# more commands.  Typically each line is a command that
+# sets an element in the auto_index array, where the
+# element name is the name of a command and the value is
+# a script that loads the command.
+
+set auto_index(MkChoosers) [list source [file join $dir MkChoose.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkCombo) [list source [file join $dir MkChoose.tcl]]
+set auto_index(stCmd) [list source [file join $dir MkChoose.tcl]]
+set auto_index(stValidate) [list source [file join $dir MkChoose.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkControl) [list source [file join $dir MkChoose.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkSelect) [list source [file join $dir MkChoose.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkOptMenu) [list source [file join $dir MkChoose.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkFileEnt) [list source [file join $dir MkChoose.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkFileBox) [list source [file join $dir MkChoose.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkToolBar) [list source [file join $dir MkChoose.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkTitle) [list source [file join $dir MkChoose.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkDirList) [list source [file join $dir MkDirLis.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkDirListWidget) [list source [file join $dir MkDirLis.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkExFileWidget) [list source [file join $dir MkDirLis.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkManager) [list source [file join $dir MkManag.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkPanedWindow) [list source [file join $dir MkManag.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkNoteBook) [list source [file join $dir MkManag.tcl]]
+set auto_index(CreateCommonButtons) [list source [file join $dir MkManag.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkSample) [list source [file join $dir MkSample.tcl]]
+set auto_index(AddSampleToHList) [list source [file join $dir MkSample.tcl]]
+set auto_index(Sample:Action) [list source [file join $dir MkSample.tcl]]
+set auto_index(RunProg) [list source [file join $dir MkSample.tcl]]
+set auto_index(LoadFile) [list source [file join $dir MkSample.tcl]]
+set auto_index(ReadFileWhenIdle) [list source [file join $dir MkSample.tcl]]
+set auto_index(ReadFile) [list source [file join $dir MkSample.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkScroll) [list source [file join $dir MkScroll.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkSList) [list source [file join $dir MkScroll.tcl]]
+set auto_index(SList:Reset) [list source [file join $dir MkScroll.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkSWindow) [list source [file join $dir MkScroll.tcl]]
+set auto_index(SWindow:Reset) [list source [file join $dir MkScroll.tcl]]
+set auto_index(MkSText) [list source [file join $dir MkScroll.tcl]]
+set auto_index(SText:Reset) [list source [file join $dir MkScroll.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tixDemo:MkMainWindow) [list source [file join $dir tixwidgets.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tixDemo:MkMainMenu) [list source [file join $dir tixwidgets.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tixDemo:MkMainNoteBook) [list source [file join $dir tixwidgets.tcl]]
+set auto_index(txiDemo:CreatePage) [list source [file join $dir tixwidgets.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tixDemo:MkMainStatus) [list source [file join $dir tixwidgets.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tixDemo:Status) [list source [file join $dir tixwidgets.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tixDemo:MkWelcome) [list source [file join $dir tixwidgets.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tixDemo:MkWelcomeBar) [list source [file join $dir tixwidgets.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tixDemo:MkWelcomeText) [list source [file join $dir tixwidgets.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tixDemo:MainTextFont) [list source [file join $dir tixwidgets.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tixDemo:FileOpen) [list source [file join $dir tixwidgets.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tixDemo:FileOpen:Doit) [list source [file join $dir tixwidgets.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tixDemo:BalloonHelp) [list source [file join $dir tixwidgets.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tixDemo:SelfTest) [list source [file join $dir tixwidgets.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tixDemo:Exit) [list source [file join $dir tixwidgets.tcl]]

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/tixwidgets.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/tixwidgets.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+# tixDemo --
+#
+# 	This is a demo program of all the available Tix widgets. If
+#	have installed Tix properly, you can execute this program
+#	by changing to this directory and executing
+#	the following in csh
+#
+#		% env TIX_LIBRARY=../library tixwish tixwidgets.tcl
+#
+#	Or this in sh
+#
+#		$ TIX_LIBRARY=../library tixwish tixwidgets.tcl
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#	This file has not been properly documented. It is NOT intended
+#	to be used as an introductory demo program about Tix
+#	programming. For such demos, please see the files in the
+#	demos/samples directory or go to the "Samples" page in the
+#	"widget demo"
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+package require Tix
+tix initstyle
+
+tk appname "TixDemo#[pid]"
+
+proc tixDemo:MkMainWindow {w} {
+    global demo auto_path demo_dir
+
+    # add this directory to the auto_path
+    lappend auto_path $demo_dir
+    tix addbitmapdir [file join $demo_dir bitmaps]
+
+    toplevel $w
+    wm title $w "Tix Widget Demonstration"
+    wm geometry $w 830x566+100+100
+
+    set demo(balloon) [tixBalloon .demos_balloon]
+
+    set menu   [tixDemo:MkMainMenu     $w]
+    set frame2 [tixDemo:MkMainNoteBook $w]
+    set frame3 [tixDemo:MkMainStatus   $w]
+
+    $w configure -menu $menu
+
+    pack $frame3 -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $frame2 -side top    -expand yes -fill both -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    $demo(balloon) config -statusbar $demo(statusbar)
+    set demo(notebook) $frame2
+}
+
+proc tixDemo:MkMainMenu {top} {
+    global useBallons
+
+    set m [menu $top.menu -tearoff 0]
+    $m add cascade -label "File" -menu $m.file -underline 0
+    $m add cascade -label "Help" -menu $m.help -underline 0
+
+    menu $m.file -tearoff 0
+    $m.file add command -label "Open ... " -command tixDemo:FileOpen \
+	-underline 1 -accelerator "Ctrl+O"
+    $m.file add sep
+    $m.file add command -label "Exit     " -command tixDemo:Exit \
+	-underline 1 -accelerator "Ctrl+X"
+
+    menu $m.help -tearoff 0
+    $m.help add checkbutton -under 0  -label "Balloon Help " \
+	-variable useBallons -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
+
+    trace variable useBallons w tixDemo:BalloonHelp
+
+    set useBallons 1
+
+    return $m
+}
+
+# Create the main display area of the widget programm. This area should
+# utilize the "tixNoteBook" widget once it is available. But now
+# we use the cheap substitute "tixStackWindow"
+#
+proc tixDemo:MkMainNoteBook {top} {
+    global demo
+    set hasGL 0
+
+    option add *TixNoteBook.tagPadX 6
+    option add *TixNoteBook.tagPadY 4
+    option add *TixNoteBook.borderWidth 2
+
+    set w [tixNoteBook $top.f2 -ipadx 5 -ipady 5]
+
+    $w add wel -createcmd [list tixDemo:CreatePage tixDemo:MkWelcome  $w wel] \
+	-label "Welcome" -under 0
+    $w add cho -createcmd [list tixDemo:CreatePage MkChoosers $w cho] \
+	-label "Choosers" -under 0
+    $w add scr -createcmd [list tixDemo:CreatePage MkScroll   $w scr] \
+	-label "Scrolled Widgets" -under 0
+# There currently is no MkManag.tcl that this expects ?!? - JH
+#    $w add mgr -createcmd [list tixDemo:CreatePage MkManager  $w mgr] \
+#	-label "Manager Widgets" -under 0
+    $w add dir -createcmd [list tixDemo:CreatePage MkDirList  $w dir] \
+	-label "Directory List" -under 0
+    $w add exp -createcmd [list tixDemo:CreatePage MkSample   $w exp] \
+	-label "Run Sample Programs" -under 0
+
+    if {$hasGL} {
+	$w add glw -createcmd [list MkGL $w glw] -tag "GL Widgets"
+    }
+
+    return $w
+}
+
+proc tixDemo:CreatePage {command w name} {
+    tixBusy $w on
+    set code [catch {$command $w $name} err]
+    tixBusy $w off
+    return -code $code $err
+}
+
+proc tixDemo:MkMainStatus {top} {
+    global demo demo_dir
+
+    set w [frame $top.f3 -relief raised -bd 1]
+    set demo(statusbar) \
+	[label $w.status -relief sunken -bd 1]
+
+    tixForm $demo(statusbar) -padx 3 -pady 3 -left 0 -right %70
+    $w.status configure -text [file native $demo_dir]
+    return $w
+}
+
+proc tixDemo:Status {msg} {
+    global demo
+
+    $demo(statusbar) configure -text $msg
+}
+
+
+proc tixDemo:MkWelcome {nb page} {
+    set w [$nb subwidget $page]
+
+    set bar  [tixDemo:MkWelcomeBar  $w]
+    set text [tixDemo:MkWelcomeText $w]
+
+    pack $bar  -side top -fill x -padx 2 -pady 2
+    pack $text -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+proc tixDemo:MkWelcomeBar {top} {
+    global demo
+
+    set w [frame $top.bar -bd 2 -relief groove]
+
+    # Create and configure comboBox 1
+    #
+    tixComboBox $w.cbx1 -command [list tixDemo:MainTextFont $top] \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width    15
+	    listbox.height 3
+	}
+    tixComboBox $w.cbx2 -command [list tixDemo:MainTextFont $top] \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width 4
+	    listbox.height 3
+	}
+    set demo(welfont) $w.cbx1
+    set demo(welsize) $w.cbx2
+    
+    $w.cbx1 insert end "Courier"
+    $w.cbx1 insert end "Helvetica"
+    $w.cbx1 insert end "Lucida"
+    $w.cbx1 insert end "Times Roman"
+
+    $w.cbx2 insert end 8
+    $w.cbx2 insert end 10
+    $w.cbx2 insert end 12
+    $w.cbx2 insert end 14
+    $w.cbx2 insert end 18
+
+    $w.cbx1 pick 1
+    $w.cbx2 pick 3
+
+    # Pack the comboboxes together
+    #
+    pack $w.cbx1 $w.cbx2 -side left -padx 4 -pady 4
+
+    $demo(balloon) bind $w.cbx1\
+	-msg "Choose\na font" -statusmsg "Choose a font for this page"
+    $demo(balloon) bind $w.cbx2\
+	-msg "Point size" -statusmsg "Choose the font size for this page"
+
+
+    tixDoWhenIdle tixDemo:MainTextFont $top
+    return $w
+}
+
+proc tixDemo:MkWelcomeText {top} {
+    global demo tix_version
+
+    set w [tixScrolledWindow $top.f3 -scrollbar auto]
+    set win [$w subwidget window]
+
+    label $win.title -font [list times -18 bold] \
+	-bd 0 -width 30 -anchor n\
+	-text "Welcome to TIX version $tix_version"
+
+    message $win.msg -font [list helvetica -14 bold] \
+	-bd 0 -width 400 -anchor n\
+	-text "\
+Tix $tix_version is a library of mega-widgets based on TK. This program \
+demonstrates the widgets in the Tix widget. You can choose the pages \
+in this window to look at the corresponding widgets. \
+To quit this program, choose the \"File | Exit\" command."
+
+
+    pack $win.title -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 10
+    pack $win.msg -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 10
+    set demo(welmsg) $win.msg 
+    return $w
+}
+
+proc tixDemo:MainTextFont {w args} {
+    global demo
+
+    if {![info exists demo(welmsg)]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    set font  [$demo(welfont) cget -value]
+    set point [$demo(welsize) cget -value]
+
+    case $font {
+	"Courier" {
+	    set f courier
+	}
+	"Helvetica" {
+	    set f helvetica
+	}
+	"Lucida" {
+	    set f lucida
+	}
+	default {
+	    set f times
+	}
+    }
+
+    set xfont [list $f -$point]
+    if [catch {$demo(welmsg) config -font $xfont} err] {
+	puts \a$err
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDemo:FileOpen {} {
+    global demo demo_dir
+    set filedlg [tix filedialog tixExFileSelectDialog]
+    if {![info exists demo(filedialog)]} {
+	$filedlg subwidget fsbox config -pattern *.tcl
+	$filedlg subwidget fsbox config -directory [file join $demo_dir samples]
+	$filedlg config -command tixDemo:FileOpen:Doit
+	set demo(filedialog) $filedlg
+    }
+    $filedlg config -title "Open Tix Sample Programs"
+    wm transient $filedlg ""
+    wm deiconify $filedlg
+    after idle raise $filedlg
+    $filedlg popup
+    tixPushGrab $filedlg
+}
+
+proc tixDemo:FileOpen:Doit {filename} {
+    global demo
+  
+    tixPopGrab
+    LoadFile $filename
+    $demo(filedialog) popdown
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Balloon Help
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDemo:BalloonHelp {args} {
+    global demo useBallons
+
+    if {$useBallons} {
+	$demo(balloon) config -state "both"
+    } else {
+	$demo(balloon) config -state "none"
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Self-testing
+#
+#	The following code are called by the Tix test suite. It opens
+#	every page in the demo program.
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDemo:SelfTest {} {
+    global demo testConfig
+
+    if ![info exists testConfig] {
+	return
+    }
+
+    tixDemo:MkMainWindow .widget
+
+    update
+    foreach p [$demo(notebook) pages] {
+	$demo(notebook) raise $p
+	update
+    }
+
+    destroy .widget
+}
+
+proc tixDemo:Exit {} {
+    destroy .widget
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Start!
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if {![info exists testConfig]} {
+    #
+    # If the testConfig variable exists, we are driven by the regression
+    # test. In that case, don't open the main window. The test program will
+    # call Widget:SelfTest
+    #
+    set kids [winfo children .]
+    wm withdraw .
+    set ::demo_dir [file normalize [file dirname [info script]]]
+    tixDemo:MkMainWindow .widget
+    wm transient .widget ""
+    if {[llength $kids] < 1} {bind .widget <Destroy> "exit"}
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/widget
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/demos/widget	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# the next line restarts using wish \
+exec wish "$0" "$@"
+
+# widget --
+#
+#       This script demonstrates the various widgets provided by Tix,
+#       along with many of the features of the Tix library. This file
+#       only contains code to generate the main window for the
+#       application, which invokes individual demonstrations.  The
+#       code for the actual demonstrations is contained in separate
+#       ".tcl" files in the samples/ subdirectory, which are sourced
+#       by this script as needed.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
+# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+# $Id: widget,v 1.6 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+
+package require Tix
+eval destroy [winfo child .]
+wm title . "Tix Widget Tour"
+set tix_demo_running 1
+set demo_dir [file dirname [info script]]
+tix addbitmapdir [file join $demo_dir bitmaps]
+
+# createMainWindow --
+#
+#       Creates the main window, consisting of a menu bar and a text
+#       widget that explains how to use the program, plus lists all of
+#       the demos as hypertext items.
+
+proc createMainWindow {} {
+    global tcl_platform old_cursor
+
+    switch $tcl_platform(platform) {
+        "windows" {
+            set font {Arial 12}
+        }
+        "unix" {
+            set font {Helvetica 12}
+        }
+        default {
+            set font {Helvetica 12}
+        }
+    }
+
+    menu .menuBar -tearoff 0
+    .menuBar add cascade -menu .menuBar.file -label "File" -underline 0
+    menu .menuBar.file -tearoff 0
+
+    # On the Mac use the specia .apple menu for the about item
+    if {$tcl_platform(platform) eq "macintosh"} {
+        .menuBar add cascade -menu .menuBar.apple
+        menu .menuBar.apple -tearoff 0
+        .menuBar.apple add command -label "About ..." -command "aboutBox"
+    } else {
+        .menuBar.file add command -label "About ..." -command "aboutBox"
+        .menuBar.file add sep
+    }
+
+    .menuBar.file add command -label "Exit" -command "exit"
+    . configure -menu .menuBar
+
+    frame .statusBar
+    label .statusBar.lab -text "   " -relief sunken -bd 1 \
+        -font -*-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* -anchor w
+    label .statusBar.foo -width 8 -relief sunken -bd 1 \
+        -font -*-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* -anchor w
+    pack .statusBar.lab -side left -padx 2 -expand yes -fill both
+    pack .statusBar.foo -side left -padx 2
+    pack .statusBar -side bottom -fill x -pady 2
+
+    frame .textFrame
+    scrollbar .s -orient vertical -command {.t yview} -highlightthickness 0 \
+        -takefocus 1
+    pack .s -in .textFrame -side right -fill y
+    text .t -yscrollcommand {.s set} -wrap word -width 55 -height 30 \
+        -font $font \
+        -setgrid 1 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 4 -pady 2 -takefocus 0
+    pack .t -in .textFrame -expand y -fill both -padx 1
+    pack  .textFrame -expand yes -fill both
+
+    if {$tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} {
+        #
+        # Make the scrollbar look win32
+        #
+
+        .textFrame config -bd 2 -relief sunken
+        .t config -bd 0
+        pack .t -padx 0
+    }
+
+    set old_cursor [.t cget -cursor]
+
+    # Create a bunch of tags to use in the text widget, such as those for
+    # section titles and demo descriptions.  Also define the bindings for
+    # tags.
+
+    .t tag configure title -font {Helvetica 18 bold} -justify center
+    .t tag configure header -font {Helvetica 14 bold}
+
+    # We put some "space" characters to the left and right of each
+    # demo description so that the descriptions are highlighted only
+    # when the mouse cursor is right over them (but not when the
+    # cursor is to their left or right)
+    #
+    .t tag configure demospace -lmargin1 1c -lmargin2 1c -spacing1 1
+    .t tag configure codeicon -lmargin1 1c -lmargin2 1c
+
+    if {[winfo depth .] == 1} {
+        .t tag configure demo -lmargin1 1c -lmargin2 1c \
+            -underline 1
+        .t tag configure visited -lmargin1 1c -lmargin2 1c \
+            -underline 1
+        .t tag configure hot -background black -foreground white
+    } else {
+        .t tag configure demo -lmargin1 1c -lmargin2 1c \
+            -foreground blue -underline 1
+        .t tag configure visited -lmargin1 1c -lmargin2 1c \
+            -foreground #303080 -underline 1
+        .t tag configure hot -foreground red -underline 1
+    }
+    .t tag bind demo <ButtonRelease-1> {
+        invoke [.t index {@%x,%y}]
+    }
+    .t tag bind codeicon <ButtonRelease-1> {
+        showCode [.t index [list {@%x,%y} +2 chars]]
+    }
+    global lastLine
+    set lastLine ""
+    .t tag bind demo <Enter> {
+        set lastLine [.t index {@%x,%y linestart}]
+        .t tag add hot [list $lastLine +3 chars] \
+            [list $lastLine lineend -1 chars]
+        .t config -cursor hand2
+        showStatus run [.t index {@%x,%y}]
+    }
+    .t tag bind demo <Leave> {
+        .t tag remove hot 1.0 end
+        .t config -cursor $old_cursor
+        .statusBar.lab config -text ""
+    }
+    .t tag bind demo <Motion> {
+        set newLine [.t index {@%x,%y linestart}]
+        if {[string compare $newLine $lastLine] != 0} {
+            .t tag remove hot 1.0 end
+            set lastLine $newLine
+
+            set tags [.t tag names {@%x,%y}]
+            set i [lsearch -glob $tags demo-*]
+            if {$i >= 0} {
+                .t tag add hot [list $lastLine +3 chars] \
+                    [list $lastLine lineend -1 chars]
+            }
+        }
+        showStatus run [.t index {@%x,%y}]
+    }
+
+    .t tag bind codeicon <Enter> {
+        .t config -cursor hand2
+    }
+    .t tag bind codeicon <Leave> {
+        .t config -cursor $old_cursor
+    }
+    .t tag bind codeicon <Motion> {
+        set tags [.t tag names [list {@%x,%y} +2 chars]]
+        set i [lsearch -glob $tags demo-*]
+        if {$i >= 0} {
+            showStatus code [.t index [list {@%x,%y} +2 chars]]
+        } else {
+            showStatus code ""
+        }
+    }
+
+    # Create the text for the text widget.
+
+    .t insert end "Tix Widget Tour\n" title
+    addNewLine .t
+    addText .t {
+        This program demonstrates the features of the Tix
+        library. Click on one of the highlighted lines below to run
+        the sample program and click on the
+    }
+    addSpace .t
+    .t image create end -image [tix getimage code]
+    addSpace .t
+    addText .t {
+        icon to view its source code.
+    }
+
+    addNewLine .t
+    addNewLine .t
+
+    addHeader .t "Hierachical ListBox"
+
+    addDemo .t HList1.tcl       "Simple HList"
+    addDemo .t ChkList.tcl      "CheckList"
+    addDemo .t SHList.tcl       "ScrolledHList (1)"
+    addDemo .t SHList2.tcl      "ScrolledHList (2)"
+    addDemo .t Tree.tcl         "Simple Tree"
+
+    # TODO
+    # addDemo .t "Dynamic Tree"		DynTree.tcl
+
+    addHeader .t "Tabular ListBox"
+
+    addDemo .t STList1.tcl      "ScrolledTList (1)"
+    addDemo .t STList2.tcl      "ScrolledTList (2)"
+    addDemo .t STList3.tcl      "TList File Viewer"
+
+    addHeader .t "Grid Widget"
+
+    addDemo .t SGrid0.tcl       "Simple Grid"
+    addDemo .t SGrid1.tcl       "ScrolledGrid"
+    addDemo .t EditGrid.tcl     "Editable Grid"
+
+    addHeader .t "Manager Widgets"
+
+    addDemo .t ListNBK.tcl      ListNoteBook
+    addDemo .t NoteBook.tcl     NoteBook
+    addDemo .t PanedWin.tcl     PanedWindow
+
+    addHeader .t "Scrolled Widgets"
+
+    addDemo .t SListBox.tcl     ScrolledListBox
+    addDemo .t SText.tcl        ScrolledText
+    addDemo .t SWindow.tcl      ScrolledWindow
+    addDemo .t CObjView.tcl     "Canvas Object View"
+
+    addHeader .t "Miscellaneous Widgets"
+
+    addDemo .t Balloon.tcl      Balloon
+    addDemo .t BtnBox.tcl       ButtonBox
+    addDemo .t ComboBox.tcl     ComboBox
+    addDemo .t Control.tcl      Control
+    addDemo .t LabEntry.tcl     LabelEntry
+    addDemo .t LabFrame.tcl     LabelFrame
+    addDemo .t Meter.tcl        Meter
+    addDemo .t OptMenu.tcl      OptionMenu
+    addDemo .t PopMenu.tcl      PopupMenu
+    addDemo .t Select.tcl       Select
+    addDemo .t StdBBox.tcl      StdButtonBox
+
+    addHeader .t "Image Types"
+
+    addDemo .t CmpImg.tcl       "Compound image in buttons"
+    addDemo .t CmpImg3.tcl      "Compound image in icons"
+    #addDemo .t CmpImg2.tcl      "Compound image in notebook"
+    #addDemo .t CmpImg4.tcl \
+    #    "Create color tabs in notebook using compound image"
+
+    addDemo .t Xpm.tcl          "XPM pixmap image in buttons"
+    addDemo .t Xpm1.tcl         "XPM pixmap image in menu"
+
+    .t configure -state disabled
+    focus .s
+
+    #
+    # Because .t is disabled and not focused, we have to do the 
+    # following hacks to make the scrolling work well
+    #
+    bind .s <MouseWheel> {
+        .t yview scroll [expr {- (%D / 120) * 2}] units
+    }
+    bind .s <Up> {
+        .t yview scroll -1 units
+    }
+    bind .s <Down> {
+        .t yview scroll 1 units
+    }
+    bind .s <Prior> {
+        .t yview scroll -1 page
+    }
+    bind .s <Next> {
+        .t yview scroll 1 page
+    }
+    bind .s <Home> {
+        .t yview 1.0
+    }
+    bind .s <End> {
+        .t yview end
+    }
+}
+
+# invoke --
+# This procedure is called when the user clicks on a demo description.
+# It is responsible for invoking the demonstration.
+#
+# Arguments:
+# index -	The index of the character that the user clicked on.
+
+proc invoke {index} {
+    global demo_dir
+
+    # Find out which sample to run
+    set tags [.t tag names $index]
+    set i [lsearch -glob $tags demo-*]
+    if {$i < 0} {
+	return
+    }
+    set demo [string range [lindex $tags $i] 5 end]
+    set title [string trim [.t get [list $index linestart +3 chars] \
+            [list $index lineend]]]
+    # Get the name of this sample
+    set w .[lindex [split $demo .] 0]
+    set w [string tolower $w]
+
+    if [winfo exists $w] {
+	wm deiconify $w
+	raise $w
+	return
+    }
+
+    # Load the sample if it's not running
+    set cursor [.t cget -cursor]
+    .t configure -cursor watch
+    update
+    uplevel #0 [list source [file join $demo_dir samples $demo]]
+
+    toplevel $w 
+    wm title $w $title
+    RunSample $w
+    
+    update
+    .t configure -cursor $cursor
+
+    .t tag add visited "$index linestart +1 chars" "$index lineend -1 chars"
+}
+
+# showStatus --
+#
+#	Show the name of the demo program in the status bar. This procedure
+#	is called when the user moves the cursor over a demo description.
+#
+
+proc showStatus {which index} {
+    set tags [.t tag names $index]
+    set i [lsearch -glob $tags demo-*]
+    set cursor [.t cget -cursor]
+    if {$i < 0} {
+	.statusBar.lab config -text " "
+	set newcursor xterm
+    } else {
+	set demo [string range [lindex $tags $i] 5 end]
+        if {"$which" == "run"} {
+            set text "Run the \"$demo\" sample program"
+        } else {
+            set text "Show code of the \"$demo\" sample program"
+        }
+	.statusBar.lab config -text $text
+	set newcursor hand2
+    }
+    if [string compare $cursor $newcursor] {
+	.t config -cursor $newcursor
+    }
+}
+
+# showCode --
+# This procedure is called when the user clicks on the "code" icon.
+# It is responsible for displaying the code of the selected sample program.
+#
+# Arguments:
+# index -	The index of the character that the user clicked on.
+
+proc showCode {index} {
+    global demo_dir
+
+    set tags [.t tag names $index]
+    set i [lsearch -glob $tags demo-*]
+    if {$i < 0} {
+	return
+    }
+    set cursor [.t cget -cursor]
+    .t configure -cursor watch
+    update
+    set demo [string range [lindex $tags $i] 5 end]
+
+    # Create the .code window
+    if {![winfo exists .code]} {
+	toplevel .code
+        frame .code.f
+        tixScrolledText .code.st
+        button .code.close -text Close -width 6 -command "wm withdraw .code"
+        pack .code.f -side bottom -fill x
+        pack .code.st -side top -fill both -expand yes
+        pack .code.close -in .code.f -side right -padx 10 -pady 10
+    }
+    set text [.code.st subwidget text]
+    $text delete 1.0 end
+    set fd [open [file join $demo_dir samples $demo]]
+    set data [read $fd]
+    close $fd
+    $text insert end $data
+
+    wm deiconify .code
+    wm title .code [file nativename [file join $demo_dir samples $demo]]
+    update
+    .t configure -cursor $cursor
+}
+
+proc addText {t text} {
+    regsub -all \n+ $text " " text
+    regsub -all {[ ]+} $text " " text
+    $t insert end [string trim $text]
+}
+
+proc addHeader {t text} {
+    addNewLine $t
+    $t insert end [string trim $text] header
+    addNewLine $t
+}
+
+proc addNewLine {t} {
+    $t insert end "\n" {demospace}
+}
+
+proc addSpace {t} {
+    $t insert end " " {demospace}
+}
+
+proc addDemo {t name text} {
+    $t insert end " " demospace
+    $t image create end -image [tix getimage code]
+    $t tag add codeicon [list end -2 chars] [list end -1 chars]
+    $t insert end " " demospace
+    $t insert end $text [list demo demo-$name]
+    $t insert end " " demospace
+    addNewLine $t
+}
+
+# aboutBox --
+#
+#	Pops up a message box with an "about" message
+#
+proc aboutBox {} {
+    tk_messageBox -icon info -type ok -title "About Widget Tour" -message \
+"Tix widget tour\n\nCopyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group."
+}
+
+#
+# Start the program
+#
+
+createMainWindow

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/FAQ.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/FAQ.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<!--	$Id: FAQ.html,v 1.5 2004/12/24 01:27:22 hobbs Exp $	-->
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Tix Frequently Asked Questions</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#800000" ALINK="#800080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+<center><h1>Tix Frequently Asked Questions</h1></center>
+
+
+<hr>
+
+<h3>
+    Legal Issues
+</h3>
+<DL>
+<DT> <b><a name=legal.1> [L.1] </a> 
+    Is Tix free software?
+</b><p>
+<DD>
+<b> ANSWER: </b> 
+
+    Tix is distributed under the same license as Tcl/Tk (a.k.a. BSD
+    style license).  Application developers can freely redistribute
+    Tix along with their products. <p>
+
+<p>
+</DL>
+<hr>
+<h3>
+    General Questions About Using The Tix Library
+</h3>
+<DL>
+<DT> <b><a name=general.1> [G.1] </a> 
+    What does the "<code>-disablecallback</code>"
+    option do?
+</b><p>
+<DD>
+<b> ANSWER: </b> 
+
+    Many Tix widgets have both a <code>-value</code> option and a
+    <code>-command</code> option. Any modification of the
+    <code>-value</code> will cause the <code>-command</code> callback
+    to be executed. Sometimes this is undesirable. For example,
+    calling "<code>config -value</code>" inside the callback procedure
+    will cause the callback to be re-entered and thus an infinite
+    recursion. <p>
+
+    The <code>-disablecallback</code> can be used to advoid this
+    problem. When this option is set, the <code>-command</code>
+    callback will not be executed even if the -value of a widget is
+    changed. Therefore, if you need to modify the -value of a widget
+    inside its callback, do this:
+
+    <blockquote><pre>
+    proc my_callback {w} {
+	$w config -disablecallback true
+	$w config value blah
+	$w config -disablecallback false
+    }
+    </pre></blockquote>
+
+    If you find this too troublesome, you can call the command tixSetSilent:
+
+    <blockquote><pre>
+    proc my_callback {w} {
+	tixSetSilent $w blah
+    }
+    </pre></blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<DT> <b><a name=general.2> [G.2] </a> 
+    How do I set the width of the entry subwidget inside the tixControl widget?
+</b><p>
+<DD>
+<b> ANSWER: </b> 
+
+    You can use the option database or the -options flag to set the
+    configuration options of the subwidgets. E.g: <pre>
+
+option add *TixControl*entry.width 10
+</pre>
+
+  OR
+
+<pre>
+tixControl .c -options {
+   entry.width  10
+}
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+<DT> <b><a name=general.6> [G.6] </a> 
+
+    I am not using the tixForm geometry manager, but it is giving me
+errors about TixForm. What happened?
+</b><p>
+<DD>
+<b> ANSWER: </b> 
+
+    When you get error messages like this:
+
+<pre> (TixForm) Error:Trying to use more than one geometry
+           manager for the same master window.
+           Giving up after 50 iterations.</pre>
+
+    Most likely, the problem is when using tixLabelFrame widgets, you
+    packed to the wrong frame: <p>
+
+    This is WRONG:
+
+<pre>   tixLabelFrame .d
+        button .d.b
+        pack .d.b </pre>
+
+This is the correct way:
+
+<pre>   tixLabelFrame .d
+        set f [.d subwidget frame]
+        button $f.b
+        pack $f.b
+        pack .d </pre>
+
+    Remember you don't pack directly into a TixLabelFrame
+    widget. Instead, you should pack into its <code>frame</code>
+    subwidget.
+
+<p>
+<DT> <b><a name=general.7> [G.7] </a> 
+    How do I generate the <code>tclIndex</code> file for Tix?
+</b><p>
+<DD>
+<b> ANSWER: </b> 
+
+    Tix <code>tclIndex</code> files cannot be generated using the
+    standard auto_mkindex procedure. You must use the tixindex program
+    in the <code>tools/</code> subdirectory in the Tix
+    distribution. The syntax is 
+    <pre> tixindex *.tcl
+    </pre>
+
+<p>
+<DT> <b><a name=general.8> [G.8] </a> 
+    Can I ignore the default arguments passed by the various
+    <code>-command</code> and <code>-browsecmd</code> options?
+</b><p>
+<DD>
+<b> ANSWER: </b> 
+    You can use the <code>tixBreak</code> command. For example:
+<pre> tixFileSelectDialog .c -command "puts foo; tixBreak" </pre>
+
+<p>
+<DT> <b><a name=general.9> [G.9] </a> 
+    What does <code>tixWidgetDoWhenIdle</code> do?
+</b><p>
+<DD>
+<b> ANSWER: </b> 
+
+    It does the same thing as tixDoWhileIdle (and "after -idle"). The
+    difference is it takes its second argument as the name of a widget
+    and executes this command only if the widget exists: i.e.: 
+
+
+<pre>  tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixComboBox::Update $w blah blah ..</pre>
+
+    will execute tixComboBox::Update only if $w exists. $w may be
+    destroyed after tixWidgetDoWhenIdle is called but before an idle
+    event happens.
+
+<p>
+<DT> <b><a name=general.feature_req> [G.10] </a> 
+    Why isn't such a feature in Tix? Will it be implemented?
+</b><p>
+<DD>
+<b> ANSWER: </b> 
+
+    Generally requests for new features are welcomed. You can submit
+    your requests to <a href=http://tix.sourceforge.net> http://tix.sourceforge.net </a> and
+    we'll be happy to hear from you. <p>
+
+    We can't guarantee to implement the requested features
+    immediately. Usually it depends on how important the features. If
+    the feature is requested by more people, it will usually get done
+    faster.
+
+    However, some frequently requested features probably won't be
+    imlemented. Usually these features are cosmetic changes and:
+
+    <ul>
+    <li> they do not add new capability to the widgets
+    <li> they are not universally liked
+    <li> they confuse the user.
+    </ul>
+
+    <p>
+    Some examples are:
+
+    <ul>
+
+    <li> <b>Different foreground and background colors for the
+    NoteBook tabs</b>: having a lot of colors may antagonize the users
+    that are "color haters"; also, the different colors don't make it
+    easier for the user to locate the desired tab.
+
+    <li> <b>Ring-binder metaphore for the NoteBook widget</b>: a waste
+    of screen real estate.
+
+    <li> <b>Rows of tabs for the NoteBook widget</b>: the user may be
+    confused when the rows of tabs are switched. If you need to have a
+    lot of tabs for the notebook, use the ListNoteBook widget instead.
+
+    </ul>
+
+
+<p>
+<DT> <b><a name=general.softwares> [G.11] </a> 
+    Who are using Tix in their software?
+</b><p>
+<DD>
+<b> ANSWER: </b> 
+
+See <A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A>
+
+
+<p>
+<DT> <b><a name=general.twice> [G.12] </a> 
+
+    I am using a DirList widget. When the user clicks on an item, the
+    procedure of my <code>-browsecmd</code> gets called
+    twice. However, I just want it to be called once.
+</b><p>
+<DD>
+<b> ANSWER: </b> 
+
+    The <code>-browsecmd</code> procedure is triggered by three types
+    of events: <code>&lt;1&gt;</code>,
+    <code>&lt;ButtonRelease-1&gt;</code>, and
+    <code>&lt;B1-Motion&gt;</code>. When the user clicks on an entry,
+    a <code>&lt;1&gt;</code> and a
+    <code>&lt;ButtonRelease-1&gt;</code> event will happen in rapid
+    session, which causes your <code>-browsecmd</code> procedure to be
+    called twice. <p>
+
+    A crude fix for this problem is to ignore all the
+    <code>&lt;ButtonRelease-1&gt;</code> events. You can find out the
+    event that triggers the <code>-browsecmd</code> procedure by the
+    <code>tixEvent</code> command. Here is an example:
+
+    <blockquote><pre>
+    tixDirList .c -browsecmd Browse
+
+    proc Browse {args} {
+	if {[tixEvent type] == "<code>&lt;ButtonRelease-1&gt;</code>"} {
+	    return
+	}
+	# ....
+    }
+    </pre></blockquote>
+
+    However, the above solution is not perfect. For example, if the
+    user clicks down the button at entry one, drags it over entries
+    two and three and release it on top of entry three, the following
+    events may be caused: <p>
+
+    <ol>
+        <li> <code>&lt;1&gt;</code> on entry one.
+        <li> <code>&lt;B1-Motion&gt;</code> on entry two.
+        <li> <code>&lt;ButtonRelease-1&gt;</code> on entry three.
+    </ol> <p>
+
+    Therefore, if you use the above method, the browse event on entry
+    three will be lost! <p>
+
+    To devise a better solution, it's better to understand the basic
+    design conventions of a Tix-based GUI. Suppose we have a list of
+    entries displayed in a listbox (or DirList, or HList). When the
+    user clicks on an entry, the GUI usually responds by displaying a
+    "<b>detailed view</b>" of the entry. For example, if we put a list
+    of file names in a listbox, when the user clicks on a file name,
+    we display the contents of the file in a text window. If the user
+    then clicks on another file name, the text window will load in the
+    contents of the new file. <p>
+
+    Now what happens if the user clicks on the same entry twice? Do we
+    reload the contents of the file into the text window? This is
+    usually unnecessary, inefficient and probably not what the user
+    wants to do. The Tix convention is, when the user clicks on the
+    same entry again, the detail view is not updated. If the user
+    wants to force an update (e.g, the user knows the file's contents
+    has been changed and wants to see the new version), he or she can
+    double-click on the entry and the application will respond by
+    redisplaying the detail view (reloading the file). <p>
+
+    To implement this policy, the Browse procedure should be modified
+    as the following:
+
+    <blockquote><pre>
+    proc Browse {args} {
+	global currentView
+
+	set ent [tixEvent value]
+	if {$ent == $currentView} {
+	    # We have already displayed the detailed view of $ent.
+	    #
+	    return
+	} else {
+	    set currentView $ent
+	    DisplayDetail $ent
+	}
+    }
+    </pre></blockquote> <p>
+
+<p>
+<DT> <b><a name=general.destroy> [G.13] </a> 
+
+    I get an error <i>"can't read data(-value): no such element in
+    array</i>" when I use the tixExFileSelectDialog.
+</b><p>
+<DD>
+<b> ANSWER: </b> 
+
+    If you use tixExFileSelectDialog like this:
+
+<pre>
+	tixExFileSelectDialog .f -command foo
+
+	foo {filename} {
+	    destroy .f
+	    do some other stuff ...
+	}
+</pre>
+
+ it will cause a Tcl error because the dialog assumes that it still
+ exists after calling your command. This usually result in errors like
+ this:
+
+<pre>
+	can't read "data(-value)": no such element in array
+	    while executing
+	"set data(-selection) $data(-value)..."
+	    (procedure "tixComboBox::SetValue" line 30)
+</pre>
+
+
+  This "feature" is built into many Tix widgets and can't be fixed
+  easily. To work around the problem, never destroy widgets inside
+  -command calls. Usually you should unmap toplevel windows
+  instead. If you must destroy widgets, do it with an "after"
+  command. For example, the foo procedure should be rewritten as:
+
+<pre>
+	foo {filename} {
+	    wm withdraw .f
+	    do some other stuff ...
+
+	    after idle {if [winfo exists .f] {destroy .f}}
+	}
+</pre>
+
+  Execute the "after" command at the very end of the
+  -command. Otherwise the idle handler may be activated by some
+  "update" calls.
+
+<p>
+</DL>
+<hr>
+<h3>
+    Question About Porting to Specific Platforms/Software
+</h3>
+<DL>
+<DT> <b><a name=port.1> [P.1] </a> 
+    The configure script gave me strange errors.
+</b><p>
+<DD>
+<b> ANSWER: </b> 
+    The problem may be you have several operating systems sharing the
+    same file system. Some people encounter error messages like this:
+
+<blockquote><pre>
+# ./configure --prefix=/usr/vendor/tcl
+loading cache ./config.cache
+checking for a BSD compatible install... /usr/bin/installbsd -c
+checking for ranlib... ranlib
+checking how to run the C preprocessor... cc -E
+checking for unistd.h... ./configure[603]: "${ac_cv_header_$ac_safe+set}": bad
+substitution
+</pre></blockquote>
+
+    The problem is at line 2, configure loaded in ./config.cache,
+    which may have been created by a different operating system, with
+    settings only usuable for that operating system. To get around
+    this, you should type
+
+<blockquote><pre>
+make distclean
+./configure
+make all
+</pre></blockquote>

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/FAQ.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/FAQ.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+$Id: FAQ.txt,v 1.4 2004/12/24 01:27:22 hobbs Exp $
+
+
+                        TIX FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
+
+  TABLE OF CONTENTS
+
+   Legal Issues 
+
+          + [L.1] Is Tix free software?
+
+   General Questions About Using The Tix Library 
+
+          + [G.1] What does the "-disablecallback" option do?
+          + [G.2] How do I set the width of the entry subwidget inside
+            the tixControl widget?
+          + [G.3] What is the "setslient" method?
+          + [G.4] Is there a Tix interface builder in the works?
+          + [G.5] Can you tell me about the syntax of tixForm
+          + [G.6] I am not using the tixForm geometry manager, but it is
+            giving me errors about TixForm. What happened?
+          + [G.7] How do I generate the tclIndex file for Tix?
+          + [G.8] Can I ignore the default arguments passed by the
+            various -command and -broeswcmd options?
+          + [G.9] What does tixWidgetDoWhenIdle do?
+          + [G.10] Why isn't such a feature in Tix? Will it be
+            implemented?
+          + [G.11] Who are using Tix in their software?
+          + [G.12] I am using a DirList widget. When the user clicks on
+            an item, the procedure of my -browsecmd gets called twice.
+            However, I just want it to be called once.
+          + [G.13] I get an error "can't read data(-value): no such
+            element in array" when I use the tixExFileSelectDialog.
+
+   Question About Porting to Specific Platforms/Software 
+
+          + [P.1] The configure script gave me strange errors.
+
+     _________________________________________________________________
+
+  LEGAL ISSUES 
+
+   [L.1] Is Tix free software? 
+
+          ANSWER: Tix is distributed under the same license as Tcl/Tk
+          (a.k.a. BSD style license). Application developers can freely
+          redistribute Tix along with their products.
+
+     _________________________________________________________________
+
+  GENERAL QUESTIONS ABOUT USING THE TIX LIBRARY 
+
+   [G.1] What does the "-disablecallback" option do? 
+
+          ANSWER: Many Tix widgets have both a -value option and a
+          -command option. Any modification of the -value will cause the
+          -command callback to be executed. Sometimes this is
+          undesirable. For example, calling "config -value" inside the
+          callback procedure will cause the callback to be re-entered and
+          thus an infinite recursion.
+
+          The -disablecallback can be used to advoid this problem. When
+          this option is set, the -command callback will not be executed
+          even if the -value of a widget is changed. Therefore, if you
+          need to modify the -value of a widget inside its callback, do
+          this:
+
+    proc my_callback {w} {
+        $w config -disablecallback true
+        $w config value blah
+        $w config -disablecallback false
+    }
+
+   If you find this too troublesome, you can call the command
+          tixSetSilent:
+
+    proc my_callback {w} {
+        tixSetSilent $w blah
+    }
+
+   [G.2] How do I set the width of the entry subwidget inside the
+          tixControl widget? 
+
+          ANSWER: You can use the option database or the -options flag to
+          set the configuration options of the subwidgets. E.g:
+
+option add *TixControl*entry.width 10
+
+   OR
+
+tixControl .c -options {
+   entry.width  10
+}
+
+   [G.3] What is the "setslient" method? 
+
+          ANSWER: This is an obsolete method. You could use it to achieve
+          the same effect as the -disablecallback option. selsilent used
+          to be a widget command for the ComboBox, Control, etc. It has
+          been removed since Tix 4.0a4 and replaced by the tixSetSilent
+          command. Please note that tixSetSilent is not a widget command
+          but an external procedure.
+
+   [G.4] Is there a Tix interface builder in the works? 
+
+          ANSWER: Yes. But I don't know when it will be finished.
+          (probably in 96).
+
+   [G.5] Can you tell me about the syntax of tixForm 
+
+          ANSWER: Please see the file man/Form.html or man/Form.n.
+
+   [G.6] I am not using the tixForm geometry manager, but it is giving me
+          errors about TixForm. What happened? 
+
+          ANSWER: When you get error messages like this:
+
+ (TixForm) Error:Trying to use more than one geometry
+           manager for the same master window.
+           Giving up after 50 iterations.
+
+   Most likely, the problem is when using tixLabelFrame widgets, you
+          packed to the wrong frame:
+
+          This is WRONG:
+
+   tixLabelFrame .d
+        button .d.b
+        pack .d.b
+
+   This is the correct way:
+
+   tixLabelFrame .d
+        set f [.d subwidget frame]
+        button $f.b
+        pack $f.b
+        pack .d
+
+   Remember you don't pack directly into a TixLabelFrame widget. Instead,
+          you should pack into its frame subwidget.
+
+   [G.7] How do I generate the tclIndex file for Tix? 
+
+          ANSWER: Tix tclIndex files cannot be generated using the
+          standard auto_mkindex procedure. You must use the tixindex
+          program in the tools/ subdirectory in the Tix distribution. The
+          syntax is
+
+ tixindex *.tcl
+
+   [G.8] Can I ignore the default arguments passed by the various
+          -command and -broeswcmd options? 
+
+          ANSWER: You can use the tixBreak command. For example:
+
+ tixFileSelectDialog .c -command "puts foo; tixBreak"
+
+   [G.9] What does tixWidgetDoWhenIdle do? 
+
+          ANSWER: It does the same thing as tixDoWhileIdle (and "after
+          -idle"). The difference is it takes its second argument as the
+          name of a widget and executes this command only if the widget
+          exists: i.e.:
+
+  tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixComboBox::Update $w blah blah ..
+
+   will execute tixComboBox::Update only if $w exists. $w may be
+          destroyed after tixWidgetDoWhenIdle is called but before an
+          idle event happens.
+
+   [G.10] Why isn't such a feature in Tix? Will it be implemented? 
+
+          ANSWER: Generally requests for new features are welcomed. You
+          can submit your requests to http://tix.sourceforge.net forums
+	  and we'll be happy to hear from you.
+
+          We can't guarantee to implement the requested features
+          immediately. Usually it depends on how important the features.
+          If the feature is requested by more people, it will usually get
+          done faster. However, some frequently requested features
+          probably won't be imlemented. Usually these features are
+          cosmetic changes and:
+
+          + they do not add new capability to the widgets
+          + they are not universally liked
+          + they confuse the user.
+
+          Some examples are:
+
+          + Different foreground and background colors for the NoteBook
+            tabs: having a lot of colors may antagonize the users that
+            are "color haters"; also, the different colors don't make it
+            easier for the user to locate the desired tab.
+          + Ring-binder metaphore for the NoteBook widget: a waste of
+            screen real estate.
+          + Rows of tabs for the NoteBook widget: the user may be
+            confused when the rows of tabs are switched. If you need to
+            have a lot of tabs for the notebook, use the ListNoteBook
+            widget instead.
+
+   [G.11] Who are using Tix in their software? 
+
+          ANSWER: See http://tix.sourceforge.net
+
+   [G.12] I am using a DirList widget. When the user clicks on an item,
+          the procedure of my -browsecmd gets called twice. However, I
+          just want it to be called once. 
+
+          ANSWER: The -browsecmd procedure is triggered by three types of
+          events: <1>, <ButtonRelease-1>, and <B1-Motion>. When the user
+          clicks on an entry, a <1> and a <ButtonRelease-1> event will
+          happen in rapid session, which causes your -browsecmd procedure
+          to be called twice.
+
+          A crude fix for this problem is to ignore all the
+          <ButtonRelease-1> events. You can find out the event that
+          triggers the -browsecmd procedure by the tixEvent command. Here
+          is an example:
+
+    tixDirList .c -browsecmd Browse
+
+    proc Browse {args} {
+        if {[tixEvent type] == "<ButtonRelease-1>"} {
+            return
+        }
+        # ....
+    }
+
+   However, the above solution is not perfect. For example, if the user
+          clicks down the button at entry one, drags it over entries two
+          and three and release it on top of entry three, the following
+          events may be caused:
+
+         1. <1> on entry one.
+         2. <B1-Motion> on entry two.
+         3. <ButtonRelease-1> on entry three.
+
+          Therefore, if you use the above method, the browse event on
+          entry three will be lost!
+
+          To devise a better solution, it's better to understand the
+          basic design conventions of a Tix-based GUI. Suppose we have a
+          list of entries displayed in a listbox (or DirList, or HList).
+          When the user clicks on an entry, the GUI usually responds by
+          displaying a "detailed view" of the entry. For example, if we
+          put a list of file names in a listbox, when the user clicks on
+          a file name, we display the contents of the file in a text
+          window. If the user then clicks on another file name, the text
+          window will load in the contents of the new file.
+
+          Now what happens if the user clicks on the same entry twice? Do
+          we reload the contents of the file into the text window? This
+          is usually unnecessary, inefficient and probably not what the
+          user wants to do. The Tix convention is, when the user clicks
+          on the same entry again, the detail view is not updated. If the
+          user wants to force an update (e.g, the user knows the file's
+          contents has been changed and wants to see the new version), he
+          or she can double-click on the entry and the application will
+          respond by redisplaying the detail view (reloading the file).
+
+          To implement this policy, the Browse procedure should be
+          modified as the following:
+
+    proc Browse {args} {
+        global currentView
+
+        set ent [tixEvent value]
+        if {$ent == $currentView} {
+            # We have already displayed the detailed view of $ent.
+            #
+            return
+        } else {
+            set currentView $ent
+            DisplayDetail $ent
+        }
+    }
+
+   [G.13] I get an error "can't read data(-value): no such element in
+          array" when I use the tixExFileSelectDialog. 
+
+          ANSWER: If you use tixExFileSelectDialog like this:
+
+        tixExFileSelectDialog .f -command foo
+
+        foo {filename} {
+            destroy .f
+            do some other stuff ...
+        }
+
+   it will cause a Tcl error because the dialog assumes that it still
+          exists after calling your command. This usually result in
+          errors like this:
+
+        can't read "data(-value)": no such element in array
+            while executing
+        "set data(-selection) $data(-value)..."
+            (procedure "tixComboBox::SetValue" line 30)
+
+   This "feature" is built into many Tix widgets and can't be fixed
+          easily. To work around the problem, never destroy widgets
+          inside -command calls. Usually you should unmap toplevel
+          windows instead. If you must destroy widgets, do it with an
+          "after" command. For example, the foo procedure should be
+          rewritten as:
+
+        foo {filename} {
+            wm withdraw .f
+            do some other stuff ...
+
+            after idle {if [winfo exists .f] {destroy .f}}
+        }
+
+   Execute the "after" command at the very end of the -command. Otherwise
+          the idle handler may be activated by some "update" calls.
+
+     _________________________________________________________________
+
+  QUESTION ABOUT PORTING TO SPECIFIC PLATFORMS/SOFTWARE 
+
+   [P.1] The configure script gave me strange errors. 
+
+          ANSWER: The problem may be you have several operating systems
+          sharing the same file system. Some people encounter error
+          messages like this:
+
+# ./configure --prefix=/usr/vendor/tcl
+loading cache ./config.cache
+checking for a BSD compatible install... /usr/bin/installbsd -c
+checking for ranlib... ranlib
+checking how to run the C preprocessor... cc -E
+checking for unistd.h... ./configure[603]: "${ac_cv_header_$ac_safe+set}": bad
+substitution
+
+   The problem is at line 2, configure loaded in ./config.cache, which
+          may have been created by a different operating system, with
+          settings only usuable for that operating system. To get around
+          this, you should type
+
+make distclean
+./configure
+make all
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Files.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Files.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+$Id: Files.txt,v 1.3 2004/12/24 01:54:03 hobbs Exp $
+
+This document describes the operating system independent file handling
+capability in Tix.  This is pertinent up to Tix 8.2, but isn't 100%
+correct for Tix 8.4, where the FS handling was simplified using more
+Tcl core file routines.  In general, this should all no longer be
+relevant for Tix 8.4 users.  Use Tcl core routines instead.
+
+1. The problem:
+
+   (A) Handling user inputs. In various Tix widgets, the user may enter
+   a text string to refer to a file, a directory or a file pattern.
+
+   File:
+	tixFileEntry
+	tixFileSelectBox, the Selection part
+
+   Directory:
+	tixDirBox
+	tixExFileSelectBox, the "Directory" part
+
+   Pattern:
+	tixFileSelectBox, the "Pattern" part
+	tixExFileSelectBox, the "File" part
+
+   (B) Interfacing with application
+
+   These widgets support a -directory option
+
+	tixDirList
+	tixDirTree
+	tixFileSelectBox
+	tixExFileSelectBox
+
+   These widgets support a -pattern option
+	tixFileSelectBox
+	tixExFileSelectBox
+
+   (C) Displaying the file system in a single hierarchy
+
+	tixDirList
+	tixDirTree
+
+2. Issues:
+
+   (A) Unix:
+	Tilde expansion
+
+   (B) Windows:
+	No single file system  hierarchy.
+
+   (C) Both:
+	Need to translate relative pathnames, "." and ".."
+ 
+3. Reusuability:
+
+   Many widgets need to list directory, glob, display hierarchy. We
+   don't want to rewrite the same code again and again.
+
+
+4. API.
+
+   (A) Types of API
+
+   External interface: Takes an input from the user or from the
+   application and translate it to a canonical form.
+
+   Internal interface: operate on filenames that are in canonical
+   forms. There are run-time checking whether the filenames arein
+   canonical forms.
+
+   We have the two types of interfaces so that we don't need to
+   perform needless translations from "user form" to "canonical
+   form".
+
+
+   (B) API Consistency
+
+   External API always takes a filename in the native format and
+   return file names in the native format.
+
+
+   (C) Errors
+
+   User errors are reported in an error dialog. Application errors
+   triggers a TCL error return code.
+
+   There should be in-line comments stating whether an input is from
+   user or application.
+
+5. VPATH: virtual hierarchical path
+
+   Unix:
+
+     In Unix, a VPATH is the same as a file pathname.
+
+   Windows:
+
+     In Windows 3.1, a VPATH is "xx\" followed by a normalized DOS
+     file pathname. "xx" by itself is "My computer" and refers to the
+     root directory of the C: drive.
+
+     In Windows 95, a VPATH is "xx\xx\" followed by a normalized DOS
+     file pathname. "xx" by itself is "Desktop" and refers to
+     "C:\Windows\Desktop". "xx\xx" by itself is "My computer" and
+     refers to the root directory of the C: drive.
+
+     Normalization do not go into the virtual prefix. E.g.: the VPATH for
+     "C:\Windows\..\..\" is "xx\xx\C:", not "xx\xx".
+
+
+6. Normalization:
+
+   tixFSNorm context text defFile flagsVar errorMsgVar
+
+	This is the main function that translate a user input to
+	normalized (canonical) form.
+
+   Parameters:
+        context:VPATH
+	    The "current directory" under which the translation
+	    occurs. It is used only if text refers to a relative
+	    pathname.
+
+	    if context is the empty string, then text must refer to an
+	    absolute path.
+
+	text:string
+	    The (user/application) input that needs to be
+	    normalized. The exact mode of translation depends on the
+	    flags
+
+	defFile:string
+	    If the input is a directory, append this to the directory.
+
+	flagsVar: ref to array
+	    flag(noPattern): we don't want patterns. Treat all wild
+	    card characters as normal file names
+
+   Return value:
+	No error occurs: errorMsg is not set and a list of three
+	elements is returned:
+
+	index 0: the normalized path of the input
+	index 1: the VPATH of the directory.
+	index 2: file(s) in the directory.
+	index 3: pattern(s) in the directory.
+
+	Either index 1 or 2, or both, are empty strings. They cannot
+	be both non-empty.
+
+   A Normalized path:
+
+   1) is absolute
+   2) has no double slashes
+   3) has no trailing slashes
+   4) has no relative pathnames
+   5) has no tildes
+
+
+   file normalize directory
+
+	This is mainly used to check the validity of -directory option
+	of the widgets.
+
+   Parameter:
+	directory:
+	    Must be an existing absolute path.
+
+   Return value:
+	Returns normalized path. Error given when directory is not an
+	existing absolute path
+
+
+7. VPATH translation:
+
+   tixFSVPath pathname:		returns the VPATH of pathname
+   tixFSPath VPATH:		returns the pathname of VPATH
+
+
+8. Valid file names:
+
+   Should prompt to user about invalid filenames (E.g. In Windows,
+   names cannot contain "*")
+
+9. Creation prompt:
+
+   If user enters a file or directory that doesn't exist, promt to ask
+   whether he wants to create it.
+
+
+10. 

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.0.0.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.0.0.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+$Id: Release-8.0.0.txt,v 1.1 2000/10/10 21:02:26 idiscovery Exp $
+
+============
+BUILDING TIX
+============
+1. You must have a recent source distribution of Tcl/Tk installed (we
+   have tested with 8.0.4 and 8.0.5).
+
+2. For Unix, You should be able to change to unix/tk8.0; then,
+   configure and compile with:
+        ./configure
+        make > make.log 2 > make.errs
+
+   Before running "make", you can edit the Makefile and change the -O
+   compile option to -O2 for slightly better performance with gcc/egcs.
+
+   You may find the configure options --prefix, --with-tcl, --with-tk
+   etc. useful. For example, I have a copy of the egcs compiler
+   installed as /d2a/exper/bin/gcc, the tcl8.0.4 and tk8.0.4 source
+   distributions at /d2a/src/tcl-tk/tcl8.0.4 and
+   /d2a/src/tcl-tk/tk8.0.4 respectively, and prefer to install Tix to
+   /d2a/exper, so I use something like this:
+
+        env PATH=/d2a/exper/bin:$PATH ./configure \
+            --prefix=/d2a/exper --enable-gcc --enable-shared \
+            --with-tcl=/d2a/src/tcl-tk/tcl8.0.4 \
+            --with-tk=/d2a/src/tcl-tk/tk8.0.4
+
+   [If you reassign the PATH variable like this, remember to do the
+   same thing with all the "make" commands as well.]
+
+   If the compile failed for some reason, you can look at the files
+   make.errs and make.log for clues.
+
+3. If the compile is successful, you should now be able to run it:
+        ./tixwish
+        source ../../demos/widget
+   This will bring up a demo window with lots of Tix megawidgets.
+
+4. You can now run the test suite if you wish and install Tix:
+      make tests [optional]
+      make install
+   [If the "make tests" fails with a complaint like this:
+           ld.so: open error 2 for /libtix4180.so.1.0
+    edit Makefile and remove the line that assigns a value to
+    LD_LIBRARY_PATH for the "tests" target (I had to do this on SunOS)].
+
+5. For WinNT, read win/README.
+
+========================
+NOTES ON FUTURE RELEASES
+========================
+
+1. If you are interested in a support contract for Tix please contact me
+   by email at ram at netcom.com.
+
+2. I plan to make at least one more release of Tix, though the timeframe
+   is uncertain. Among the changes planned:
+   -- performance improvements
+   -- cleanup various obsolete elements from code and docs (there is a
+      lot of clutter in many files).
+   -- more bug fixes
+
+3. Support for all versions of Tcl/Tk preceding 8.0 is now discontinued.
+
+====================
+CHANGES in 4.1.0.007
+====================
+
+1.  tix.h:TIX_RELEASE changed to 4.1.0.007
+
+2. Changed all uses of strdup to tixStrdup (changes to several files)
+   and moved declaration of tixStrDup to tixInt.h to avoid various
+   compiler warnings. Also, removed check for strdup() from files
+   'configure' and 'configure.in' in unix/tk8.0 since it is no longer
+   needed.
+
+3.  The following erroneous code crashes Tix:
+        # test Tix crash
+        package require Tix
+        tixWidgetClass ab {
+            -alias {-dir -direction}
+        }
+    The problem is that the argument to -alias is supposed to be a list
+    of pairs. Added a check in tixClass.c:InitAlias() for this.
+
+4.  Changes to suppress egcs warnings:
+    -- Uncommented prototype for tixStrDup() in tix.h
+    -- In tixGrData.c, changed many occurrences of "(char*)i" to
+       FIX(i) which has better casts.
+
+5. Replaced generic/{tixItcl.[ch],tixMethod.c} with fixed versions for
+   dealing properly with namespaces.  Also fixed 'level' bug in
+   tixItcl.c:TixItclSetGlobalNameSp(); see test code below.
+
+6. For very long lists, tixTree was showing stray vertical lines and
+   indicators. Caused by overflows in window coordinates which are
+   limited to 16-bit values in X. Fixed by adding bounds checks in
+   tixHList.c:DrawElements().
+
+7. An initial "see" command on a tixHList before the window is mapped
+   was not updating the scrollbar; fixed by adding UpdateScrollbars()
+   call in tixHList.c:WidgetDisplay().
+
+8. Removed directories win/tcl7.x and unix/tk4.x (versions of Tcl/Tk
+   earlier than 8.0 are no longer supported).
+
+9. There is a problem with compound images which causes a crash upon
+   exit, illustrated by the following script:
+   ------------
+   set i [image create compound -window .]
+   $i add text -text Hello
+   exit
+   ------------
+   This now appears to be fixed by changes to tixImgCmp.c
+
+10. An incompatibility between Tix and Jan Nijtmans Img extension has
+    been fixed.
+
+11. Fixed a bug in tests/library/TestLib.tcl:TestBlock that was causing
+    the button test in tests/general/event0.tcl to fail. Running
+    "make tests" under unix/tk8.0 now produces no errors with one
+    exception: The label-entry test in tests/general/labentry.tcl
+    sometimes fails for unknown reasons that appear to be related to
+    the way focus events are generated when a window is created directly
+    underneath the current pointer.
+
+    [NOTE: the fs.tcl tests attempt to locate home directories of all
+    users on your system, so if you have a non-existent home directory
+    (this happens on Red Hat Linux 5.2 because the home directory
+    /var/adm of user 'adm' does not exist), this test will report a
+    failure.]
+
+12. Some cosmetic changes to a few files in the test suite for better
+    readability.
+
+13. The Tix Programming Guide is now included in the release; see
+    docs/pguide-tix4.0.ps. Note that we have not made any changes to
+    this document and have not been able to locate the original
+    TeX/LaTeX file.
+
+14. tix.h: Changed the definition of strcasecmp to be the same as in
+    tk8.0.5/win/tkWinPort.h
+
+15. Added the BUILD_tix mechanism to tix.h.
+
+16. tixInt.h:
+    -- Changed EXTERN to extern. The EXTERN macro is used in Tcl
+       to implement the DLL import/export mechanism and should
+       therefore be used _ONLY_ to declare functions exported from a
+       package.
+    -- Removed some stuff within "#if 0 ... #endif"
+
+================
+ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS:
+================
+
+Thanks to the following people for reporting bugs and/or providing
+patches:
+-- Bruce Stephens <bruce at cenderis.demon.co.uk>
+-- Ric Klaren <klaren at telin.nl>
+-- Jean-Paul Dzisiak <JP.Dzisiak at ulg.ac.be>
+-- Jan Nijtmans <Jan.Nijtmans at wxs.nl>
+
+========================
+NOTES ON THE 'level' BUG:
+========================
+
+Both the 005 and 007 releases print:
+
+0
+1
+2
+1 a 2 b 3 c
+
+with the following code fragment. But 006 prints incorrect values:
+
+0
+2
+4
+
+One patch to 006 floating around replaces tixItcl.[ch] and tixMethod.c
+and prints these incorrect values:
+
+0
+1
+1
+
+Here is the code fragment:
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+tixWidgetClass class1 {
+    -classname Class2
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -method {
+        foo
+    }
+}
+
+proc class1:foo {w} {
+    puts [info level]
+    set a(1) a
+    set a(2) b
+    set a(3) c
+    $w.a baa a
+}
+proc class1:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar \#0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    class2 $w.a
+    pack $w.a
+    set data(w:a) $w.a
+}
+
+tixWidgetClass class2 {
+    -classname Class2
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -method {
+        baa
+    }
+}
+
+proc class2:baa {w var} {
+    puts [info level]
+    upvar 1 $var a
+    puts [array get a]
+}
+
+class1 .foo
+puts [info level]
+.foo foo
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.0.1.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.0.1.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+$Id: Release-8.0.1.txt,v 1.2 2000/10/11 05:36:04 idiscovery Exp $
+
+============
+BUILDING TIX
+============
+1. You must have a recent source distribution of Tcl/Tk installed (we
+   have tested with 8.0.4 and 8.0.5).
+
+2. For Unix, You should be able to change to unix/tk8.0; then,
+   configure and compile with:
+        ./configure
+        make > make.log
+
+   Before running "make", you can edit the Makefile and change the -O
+   compile option to -O2 for slightly better performance with gcc/egcs.
+
+   You may find the configure options --prefix, --with-tcl, --with-tk
+   etc. useful. For example, I have a copy of the egcs compiler
+   installed as /d2a/exper/bin/gcc, the tcl8.0.5 and tk8.0.5 source
+   distributions at /d2a/src/tcl-tk/tcl8.0.5 and
+   /d2a/src/tcl-tk/tk8.0.5 respectively, and prefer to install Tix to
+   /d2a/exper, so I use something like this:
+
+        env PATH=/d2a/exper/bin:$PATH ./configure \
+            --prefix=/d2a/exper --enable-gcc --enable-shared \
+            --with-tcl=/d2a/src/tcl-tk/tcl8.0.5 \
+            --with-tk=/d2a/src/tcl-tk/tk8.0.5
+
+   [If you reassign the PATH variable like this, remember to do the
+   same thing with all the "make" commands as well.]
+
+   If the compile failed for some reason, you can look at the files
+   make.errs and make.log for clues.
+
+3. If the compile is successful, you should now be able to run it:
+        ./tixwish
+        source ../../demos/widget
+   This will bring up a demo window with lots of Tix megawidgets.
+
+4. You can now run the test suite if you wish and install Tix:
+      make tests [optional]
+      make install
+   [If the "make tests" fails with a complaint like this:
+           ld.so: open error 2 for /libtix4180.so.1.0
+    edit Makefile and remove the line that assigns a value to
+    LD_LIBRARY_PATH for the "tests" target (I had to do this on SunOS)].
+
+5. For WinNT, read win/README.
+
+========================
+NOTES ON FUTURE RELEASES
+========================
+
+1. If you are interested in support see the web site at:
+   http://www.sourceforge.net
+
+2. Support for all versions of Tcl/Tk preceding 8.0 is now discontinued.
+
+====================
+CHANGES in tix-8.0.1
+====================
+
+1. Restored missing files from Tix-4.1.0.006.
+
+2. Changed documentation to reflect    http://www.sourceforge.net
+
+3. The Tix Programming Guide in HTML is now included in the release; see
+    docs/tix-book. Note that we have not made any changes to
+    this document and have not been able to locate the original
+    TeX/LaTeX file.
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.0.2.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.0.2.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+$Id: Release-8.0.2.txt,v 1.1 2000/11/01 00:52:59 idiscovery Exp $
+
+============
+BUILDING TIX
+============
+1. You must have a recent source distribution of Tcl/Tk installed (we
+   have tested with 8.0.4 and 8.0.5).
+
+2. For Unix, You should be able to change to unix/tk8.0; then,
+   configure and compile with:
+        ./configure
+        make > make.log
+
+   Before running "make", you can edit the Makefile and change the -O
+   compile option to -O2 for slightly better performance with gcc/egcs.
+
+   You may find the configure options --prefix, --with-tcl, --with-tk
+   etc. useful. For example, I have a copy of the egcs compiler
+   installed as /d2a/exper/bin/gcc, the tcl8.0.5 and tk8.0.5 source
+   distributions at /d2a/src/tcl-tk/tcl8.0.5 and
+   /d2a/src/tcl-tk/tk8.0.5 respectively, and prefer to install Tix to
+   /d2a/exper, so I use something like this:
+
+        env PATH=/d2a/exper/bin:$PATH ./configure \
+            --prefix=/d2a/exper --enable-gcc --enable-shared \
+            --with-tcl=/d2a/src/tcl-tk/tcl8.0.5 \
+            --with-tk=/d2a/src/tcl-tk/tk8.0.5
+
+   [If you reassign the PATH variable like this, remember to do the
+   same thing with all the "make" commands as well.]
+
+   If the compile failed for some reason, you can look at the files
+   make.errs and make.log for clues.
+
+3. If the compile is successful, you should now be able to run it:
+        ./tixwish
+        source ../../demos/widget
+   This will bring up a demo window with lots of Tix megawidgets.
+
+4. You can now run the test suite if you wish and install Tix:
+      make tests [optional]
+      make install
+   [If the "make tests" fails with a complaint like this:
+           ld.so: open error 2 for /libtix4180.so.1.0
+    edit Makefile and remove the line that assigns a value to
+    LD_LIBRARY_PATH for the "tests" target (I had to do this on SunOS)].
+
+5. For WinNT, read win/README.
+
+========================
+NOTES ON FUTURE RELEASES
+========================
+
+1. If you are interested in support see the web site at:
+   http://www.sourceforge.net
+
+2. Support for all versions of Tcl/Tk preceding 8.0 is now discontinued.
+
+====================
+CHANGES in tix-8.0.2
+====================
+
+1. Many bug fixes from egroups.com mailing lists - thanks to everyone
+who contributed.
+
+2. Added parentheses to library code.
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.1.0.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.1.0.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+$Id: Release-8.1.0.txt,v 1.1 2000/11/03 03:20:42 idiscovery Exp $
+
+============
+BUILDING TIX
+============
+1. You must have a recent source distribution of Tcl/Tk installed (we
+   have tested with and 8.0.5 and 8.2.3). Stubs are not yet supported.
+
+2. For Unix,  Change to unix, then
+
+sh configure
+
+   DO NOT make yet.
+   
+   You may find the configure options --prefix, and 
+   --with-tclconfig, --with-tkconfig useful. For help on the options, run
+   	sh configure --help
+   
+   For example, I prefer to install Tix to
+   /home/tmp, so I use something like this:
+
+        sh ./configure \
+            --prefix=/home/tmp --enable-gcc --enable-shared \
+            --with-tclconfig=../../tcl8.2.3 \
+            --with-tkconfig=../../tk8.2.3
+
+    Next, choose the subdirectory that corresponds to your Tcl version,
+    and change to that directory
+	cd tk8.2
+	
+    Configure and compile with:
+
+	./configure
+	make > make.log
+
+      or in the example above
+  
+         sh ./configure \
+            --prefix=/home/tmp --enable-gcc --enable-shared \
+            --with-tclconfig=../../../tcl8.2.3 \
+            --with-tkconfig=../../../tk8.2.3
+
+
+   Before running "make", you can edit the Makefile and change the -O
+   compile option to -O2 for slightly better performance with gcc/egcs.
+
+   If the compile failed for some reason, you can look at the file
+   make.log for clues.
+
+3. If the compile is successful, you should now be able to run it:
+
+	./tixwish
+	cd ../../tests
+        source Driver.tcl
+   This will bring up a demo window with lots of Tix megawidgets.
+
+4. You can now run the test suite if you wish and install Tix:
+      make tests [optional]
+      make install
+    
+   Then install in the unix/ directory
+   
+   	cd ..
+	make install
+	
+	
+
+
+========================
+NOTES ON FUTURE RELEASES
+========================
+
+1. If you are interested in support see the web site at:
+   http://www.sourceforge.net
+
+2. Support for all versions of Tcl/Tk preceding 8.0 is now discontinued.
+
+====================
+CHANGES in tix-8.1.0
+====================
+
+1. Added RedHat's Source Navigator's approach to configure.
+
+2. Changed Tix version number to 8.1
+
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.1.1.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.1.1.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+$Id: Release-8.1.1.txt,v 1.2 2000/11/23 02:26:57 idiscovery Exp $
+
+Release notes for 8.1.1
+
+	See Release-8.1.0.txt
+
+Changes for 8.1.1
+
+	1) Added tixDebug procedure. To activate debugging messages, use
+		tix configure -debug
+	2) Minor bug fixes.
+	3) Bulletproofed ComboBox.tcl against a bug showing up under Python.
+	4) Fixed Windows to properly handle TCL_STORAGE_CLASS with USE_TCL_STUBS
+	5) Fixed TkConsole declarations in tixWinMain.c
+	6) Added winDumpExts.c for 8.3 - should change to use Tcl 8.3's method.
+	7) Rewrote the patches to Tkinter.py so it will work with or without Tix.
+	8) Updated README files to say that Tix should now build under 8.3,
+	   but it's not "supported" in that it hasn't been tested on it yet.
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.1.2.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.1.2.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# -*- mode: text; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# $Id: Release-8.1.2.txt,v 1.2 2001/12/09 04:52:04 idiscovery Exp $
+
+Release notes for 8.1.2
+
+	See also Release-8.1.1.txt
+
+Changes for 8.1.2
+
+	1) Added lib/pref/WmDefault.* files, a Package for making Tix
+	   apps use the CDE/GNOME/KDE/Windows scheme
+	2) Many minor bug fixes to the library files.
+	3) Removed font and color overrides from the demos, so that
+	   the native look and feel would be preserved.
+	4) In the past, the interactive initialization file was inconsistent,
+	and on Windows, $env(HOME) is undefined or most users don't even
+	know where there HOME is (Profiles\User\Application Data\)!
+	So a site wide initialization file tixwishrc.tcl is now used,
+	which must be in the same directory as the executable. To restore
+	the past behaviour, simply add the following line to that file:
+		if {[file isfile [set file ~/.tixwishrc]]} {source $file}
+	5) 	On Windows, initialize the console even if there is no script.
+	The problem here is that frozen/wrapped exes never have a script.
+	To invoke this,  simply set the environment variable TIX_CONSOLE
+	to 1 if you want the console shown, and -1 if you want it hidden.
+	6) Added pkgIndex.tcl for Windows to the install.
+	7) Removed the patches to Tkinter.py as it is now standard in Python.
+	8) Updated README files to say that Tix should now build under 8.3.
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.1.3.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.1.3.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+$Id: Release-8.1.3.txt,v 1.2 2001/12/09 04:49:12 idiscovery Exp $
+
+Release notes for 8.1.3
+
+	See also Release-8.1.2.txt
+
+Changes for 8.1.3
+
+	1) Added a starting User Manual in html and pdf.
+	   Changed the programming guide from ps to pdf.
+	2) Minor bug fixes to the windows install files.
+	3) Minor bug fixes to lib/pref/WmDefault.* files,
+	   a Package for making Tix apps use the CDE/GNOME/KDE/Windows scheme.
+	   GNOME is still barely supported because of the difficulty
+	   of finding and parsing sawfish definition files.
+	4) Added index.html files to help users find the documentation.
+	5) Updated old /README and /docs/FAQ file, and added Roadmap.html.
+	6) Fixed bug with -debug in library/Init.tcl
+	7) Chamged demos/widget to demos/tixwidgets.tcl
+	8) Made sure default target for windows make is all not install.
+	9) Begin removing subwidget optiondb for things like *entries,
+	*scrollbars, *text, .background, etc - remove them next from schemes.
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.2.0.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.2.0.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+# -*- mode: text; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# $Id: Release-8.2.0.txt,v 1.2 2002/01/24 09:12:08 idiscovery Exp $
+
+        ---   Tix 8.2.0 Release Notes   ---
+
+
+OVERVIEW
+========
+
+    We appreciate your help in testing Tix. Please follow these steps:
+
+    + Read license.terms in this directory for licensing terms and
+      a disclaimer of all liabilities
+    + Read this document
+    + Download Tix source release
+    + Build Tix
+    + Run the Tix regression test suite and demos
+    + Install Tix (with care)
+    + Build/run your local apps using Tix
+    + Send us feedback
+
+CHANGES
+=======
+
+    For a full list of the changes, see ChangeLog.txt in the parent
+    directory. Here's a list of the major changes and improvements:
+
+    + Improved support for Tcl namespaces and Itcl
+    + Revamped build system for Unix and Windows
+    + You can now compile Tix using cygwin as well as VC++
+    + Better support for native look-and-feel on Windows (incomplete)
+    + Preliminary support for ::tk namespace using ExposePrivateCommand (tk8.4)
+    + Some features have been deactivated and may be restored in
+      future release:
+
+      + Embedded TK (ET). See http://hwaci.com for the successor to ET.
+
+
+DOWNLOAD TIX
+============
+
+    The sources to this release of Tix can be downloaded from
+
+        http://tix.sourceforge.net/
+
+    You also need to download Tcl and Tk sources from
+
+        http://tcl.activestate.com/
+
+
+BUILD TIX
+=========
+
+    Please read the files win/README.txt and unix/README.txt.
+
+    Because of major changes in the build system, you may run into
+    difficulties when building Tix. Do not despair. If you have
+    questions, bug reports or, better yet, bug fixes, please send post
+    them on http://tix.sourceforge.net.
+
+RUN TESTS AND DEMOS
+===================
+
+    Refer to the win/README.txt and unix/README.txt files for
+    instructions. You just need to type "make test" and "make
+    rundemos" in most cases.
+
+INSTALL TIX (WITH CARE)
+=======================
+
+    Refer to the win/README.txt and unix/README.txt files for
+    instructions. 
+
+FEEDBACK
+========
+
+    Please send us feedback so that we know about the quality of this
+    release. If it works fine, consider sending us a message such as
+    "it works" and noting the versions of OS, Tcl/Tk and other
+    relevant components. If you encounter problems, please let us know
+    so that we can fix them. 
+
+    Again, thank you for helping with Tix testing.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.4.0.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release-8.4.0.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+        ---   Tix 8.4.0 Release Notes   ---
+
+CHANGES
+=======
+
+    For a full list of the changes, see ChangeLog in the parent
+    directory. Here's a list of the major changes and improvements:
+
+    + Complete rewrite of the build system to use TEA
+    + Separation of Tix package require and Tix style usage
+    + Code cleanup to use Tcl 8.4 as a base version
+
+    The python binding has not been updated and may require some
+    maintenance work to function with this release.
+
+
+DOWNLOAD TIX
+============
+
+    The sources to this release of Tix can be downloaded from
+
+        http://tix.sourceforge.net/
+
+    You also need to download Tcl and Tk sources from
+
+        http://www.tck.tk/
+
+BUILD TIX
+=========
+
+1. Uncompress and unpack the distribution
+
+   ON UNIX / OS X:
+	gzip -cd Tix<version>.tar.gz | tar xf -
+
+   ON WINDOWS:
+	use something like WinZip to unpack the archive.
+
+   Because of major changes in the build system, you may run into
+   difficulties when building Tix. Do not despair. If you have
+   questions, bug reports or, better yet, bug fixes, please send post
+   them on http://tix.sourceforge.net.
+
+2. Configure
+
+   ON UNIX / OS X:
+        cd Tix<version>
+	./configure
+
+   Tix uses information left in tkConfig.sh when you built tk.  This
+   file will be found in $exec_prefix/lib/.  You might set the --prefix and
+   --exec-prefix options of configure if you don't want the default
+   (/usr/local).  If building on multiple unix platforms, the following is
+   recommended to isolate build conflicts:
+	mkdir <builddir>/<platform>
+	cd !$
+	/path/to/Tix<version>/configure
+
+   ON WINDOWS:
+
+   Version 8.4 added support for building in the cygwin environment on
+   Windows based on TEA (http://www.tcl.tk/doc/tea/).  You can retrieve
+   cygwin from:
+	http://sources.redhat.com/cygwin/
+
+   Inside the cygwin environment, you build the same as on Unix.
+
+   Otherwise, hack makefile.vc until it works and compile.  It has problems
+   executing wish from a path with a space in it, but the DLL builds just
+   fine.  A DLL should be available where you found this archive.
+
+3. Make and Install
+
+   ON UNIX, OS X or WINDOWS (with cygwin):
+	make
+	make test (OPTIONAL)
+	make install
+
+   ON WINDOWS (makefile.vc):
+	nmake -f makefile.vc
+	nmake -f makefile.vc test (OPTIONAL)
+	nmake -f makefile.vc install
+
+RUN TESTS AND DEMOS
+===================
+
+    Refer to the win/README.txt and unix/README.txt files for
+    instructions. You just need to type "make test" and "make
+    rundemos" in most cases.
+
+FEEDBACK
+========
+
+    Please send us feedback so that we know about the quality of this
+    release. If it works fine, consider sending us a message such as
+    "it works" and noting the versions of OS, Tcl/Tk and other
+    relevant components. If you encounter problems, please let us know
+    so that we can fix them. 
+
+    Again, thank you for helping with Tix testing.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/Release.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<!--	$Id: Release.html,v 1.5 2004/12/24 01:54:03 hobbs Exp $	-->
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Tix 8.4 Release Notes</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>Tix 8.4 Release Notes</H1>
+
+  This is a list of all the release notes of the Tix library for
+  version 8.1 and greater.
+
+<H3>Contents</H3>
+<DL>
+<DD>8.1</DD>
+<ul>
+  <li> <a href="Release-8.1.0.txt">Release-8.1.0.txt : Release 8.1.0</a>
+  <li> <a href="Release-8.1.1.txt">Release-8.1.1.txt : Release 8.1.1</a>
+  <li> <a href="Release-8.1.2.txt">Release-8.1.2.txt : Release 8.1.2</a>
+</ul>
+<DD>8.2</DD>
+<ul>
+  <li> <a href="Release-8.2.0.txt">Release-8.2.0.txt : Release 8.2.0</a>
+</ul>
+<DD>8.4</DD>
+<ul>
+  <li> <a href="Release-8.4.0.txt">Release-8.4.0.txt : Release 8.4.0</a>
+</ul>
+</DL>
+
+
+</BODY>
+</HTML>

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/TixBook.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/TixBook.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Tix Programming Guide</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif_gr.gif"> <IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif_gr.gif"> <A NAME=tex2html3 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html2 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html>Contents</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<P>
+<CENTER><H1>The Tix Programming Guide</H1>
+<P><b>
+Tix Group,<BR><i><A HREF="http://tix.sourceforge.net">http://tix.sourceforge.net</A>
+</i>
+</b><P>
+<P><b>
+<P>
+<IMG SRC="../gif/tix/tix32.gif">
+<P>
+</b><P>
+</CENTER>
+<P>
+<P>Fri Nov 30 00:51:12 PST 2001
+.
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html4 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html#SECTION00010000000000000000>Contents</A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html5 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html#SECTION00020000000000000000> Preface</A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html6 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_1.html#SECTION00021000000000000000> About This Manual<A NAME=01>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html7 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_2.html#SECTION00022000000000000000> About This Document<A NAME=02>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html8 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_3.html#SECTION00023000000000000000> Organization of This Manual<A NAME=03>&nbsp;</A><A NAME=04>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html9 HREF=section3_3.html#SECTION00030000000000000000> Introduction<A NAME=1>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html10 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html#SECTION00031000000000000000> What is Tix<A NAME=11>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html11 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html#SECTION00032000000000000000> Getting Started: the TixControl Widget<A NAME=12>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html12 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html#SECTION00033000000000000000> Accessing The Components Inside Mega Widgets<A NAME=13>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html13 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html#SECTION00034000000000000000> Another Tix Widget: TixComboBox<A NAME=14>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html14 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html#SECTION00035000000000000000> The TixSelect Widget<A NAME=15>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html15 HREF=section3_4.html#SECTION00040000000000000000> Container Widgets<A NAME=2>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html16 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html#SECTION00041000000000000000> TixNoteBook<A NAME=21>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html17 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html#SECTION00042000000000000000> PanedWindow<A NAME=22>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html18 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html#SECTION00043000000000000000> The Family of Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=23>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html19 HREF=section3_5.html#SECTION00050000000000000000> Tabular Listbox and Display Items<A NAME=3>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html20 HREF=subsection3_5_1.html#SECTION00051000000000000000> tixTList - The Tix Tabular Listbox Widget<A NAME=31>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html21 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html#SECTION00052000000000000000> Display Items<A NAME=32>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html22 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html#SECTION00053000000000000000> Creating Display Items in the TixTList Widget<A NAME=33>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html23 HREF=section3_6.html#SECTION00060000000000000000> Hierarchical Listbox<A NAME=4>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html24 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html#SECTION00061000000000000000> TixHList - The Tix Hierarchical Listbox Widget<A NAME=41>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html25 HREF=subsection3_6_2.html#SECTION00062000000000000000> Creating Collapsible Tree Structures with TixTree<A NAME=42>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html26 HREF=section3_7.html#SECTION00070000000000000000> Selecting Files and Directories<A NAME=5>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html27 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html#SECTION00071000000000000000> File Selection Dialog Widgets<A NAME=51>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html28 HREF=subsection3_7_2.html#SECTION00072000000000000000> Selecting Directories with the TixDirTree and TixDirList Widgets<A NAME=52>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html29 HREF=section3_8.html#SECTION00080000000000000000> Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=6>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html30 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html#SECTION00081000000000000000> Introduction to Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=61>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html31 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html#SECTION00082000000000000000> Widget Class Declaration<A NAME=62>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html32 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html#SECTION00083000000000000000> Writing Methods<A NAME=63>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html33 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html#SECTION00084000000000000000> Standard Initialization Methods<A NAME=64>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html34 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html#SECTION00085000000000000000> Declaring and Using Variables<A NAME=65>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html35 HREF=subsection3_8_6.html#SECTION00086000000000000000> Summary of Widget Instance Initialization<A NAME=66>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html36 HREF=subsection3_8_7.html#SECTION00087000000000000000> Loading the New Classes<A NAME=67>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/images.pl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/images.pl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 0.5.3 (Wed Jan 26 1994)
+# Associate image original text (scrambled) with physical files.
+
+
+1;
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/labels.pl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/labels.pl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 0.5.3 (Wed Jan 26 1994)
+# Associate symbolic labels with physical files.
+
+$external_labels{"65"} ="$URL/subsection3_8_5.html"; 
+$external_labels{"335"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_5.html"; 
+$external_labels{"137"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_7.html"; 
+$external_labels{"3"} ="$URL/section3_5.html"; 
+$external_labels{"12"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_2_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"642"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_4_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"514"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_7_1_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"111"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_5_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"31"} ="$URL/subsection3_5_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"24"} ="$URL/subsection3_4_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"17"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_6.html"; 
+$external_labels{"652"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_5_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"121"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_2_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"43"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_6_1_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"36"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"29"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_3_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"336"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_6.html"; 
+$external_labels{"131"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"62"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_2_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"55"} ="$URL/subsection3_7_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"643"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_4_5.html"; 
+$external_labels{"6412"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"6122"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"515"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html"; 
+$external_labels{"211"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_1_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"141"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_4_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"112"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"02"} ="$URL/subsectionstar3_2_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"67"} ="$URL/subsection3_8_7.html"; 
+$external_labels{"1511"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"1221"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"221"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_2_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"21"} ="$URL/subsection3_4_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"151"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_5_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"122"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_2_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"14"} ="$URL/subsection3_3_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"2"} ="$URL/section3_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"33"} ="$URL/subsection3_5_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"231"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_3_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"26"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_2_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"19"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_4_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"132"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"6"} ="$URL/section3_8.html"; 
+$external_labels{"52"} ="$URL/subsection3_7_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"45"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_6_1_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"212"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_1_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"113"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_5_5.html"; 
+$external_labels{"142"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_4_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"64"} ="$URL/subsection3_8_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"321"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_2_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"222"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_2_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"152"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_5_5.html"; 
+$external_labels{"123"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_2_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"04"} ="$URL/subsectionstar3_2_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"11"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_1_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"331"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"232"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_3_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"133"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"6521"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"23"} ="$URL/subsection3_4_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"16"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_5.html"; 
+$external_labels{"411"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_6_1_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"213"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_1_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"114"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_5_7.html"; 
+$external_labels{"143"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_4_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"1"} ="$URL/section3_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"6411"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"6121"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"42"} ="$URL/subsection3_6_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"35"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"28"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_3_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"322"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_2_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"223"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_2_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"153"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_5_6.html"; 
+$external_labels{"TableofContents"} ="$URL/tableofcontents3_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"61"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_1_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"54"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html"; 
+$external_labels{"5"} ="$URL/section3_7.html"; 
+$external_labels{"47"} ="$URL/subsection3_6_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"332"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"1513"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"134"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"01"} ="$URL/subsectionstar3_2_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"66"} ="$URL/subsection3_8_6.html"; 
+$external_labels{"511"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_7_1_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"412"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_6_1_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"214"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_1_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"144"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_4_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"13"} ="$URL/subsection3_3_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"224"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_2_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"154"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_5_7.html"; 
+$external_labels{"Contents"} ="$URL/subsection3_8_7.html"; 
+$external_labels{"32"} ="$URL/subsection3_5_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"25"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_2_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"18"} ="$URL/subsection3_3_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"333"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"135"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_5.html"; 
+$external_labels{"51"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_7_1_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"44"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_6_1_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"6511"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"611"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_1_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"512"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_7_1_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"413"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_6_1_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"63"} ="$URL/subsection3_8_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"56"} ="$URL/subsection3_7_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"4"} ="$URL/section3_6.html"; 
+$external_labels{"621"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_2_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"03"} ="$URL/subsectionstar3_2_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"631"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_3_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"6123"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html"; 
+$external_labels{"334"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"22"} ="$URL/subsection3_4_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"15"} ="$URL/subsection3_3_5.html"; 
+$external_labels{"136"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_6.html"; 
+$external_labels{"641"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_4_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"612"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_1_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"513"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_7_1_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"414"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_6_1_4.html"; 
+$external_labels{"41"} ="$URL/subsection3_6_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"34"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_2_2.html"; 
+$external_labels{"27"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_3_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"1512"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"110"} ="$URL/subsection3_3_5.html"; 
+$external_labels{"651"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_5_1.html"; 
+$external_labels{"53"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_7_1_3.html"; 
+$external_labels{"46"} ="$URL/subsection3_6_2.html"; 
+
+1;
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Introduction<A NAME=1>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html200 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html198 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html192 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html202 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html201 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html> What is Tix</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html199 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html193 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_3.html> Organization of This </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H1><A NAME=SECTION00030000000000000000> Introduction<A NAME=1>&nbsp;</A></A></H1>
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html203 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html#SECTION00031000000000000000> What is Tix<A NAME=11>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html204 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_1.html#SECTION00031100000000000000> Tix for Application Programmers<A NAME=111>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html205 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_2.html#SECTION00031200000000000000> Tix for Widget Developers<A NAME=112>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html206 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html#SECTION00032000000000000000> Getting Started: the TixControl Widget<A NAME=12>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html207 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_1.html#SECTION00032100000000000000> Creating a TixControl Widget<A NAME=121>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html208 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_2.html#SECTION00032200000000000000> Accessing The Value of a TixControl Widget<A NAME=122>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html209 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html#SECTION00032300000000000000>  Disabling Callbacks Temporarily<A NAME=1221>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html210 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_4.html#SECTION00032400000000000000> Validating User Inputs<A NAME=123>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html211 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html#SECTION00033000000000000000> Accessing The Components Inside Mega Widgets<A NAME=13>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html212 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_1.html#SECTION00033100000000000000> Subwidgets<A NAME=131>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html213 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_2.html#SECTION00033200000000000000> Subwidget Names<A NAME=132>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html214 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_3.html#SECTION00033300000000000000> The <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=133>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html215 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_4.html#SECTION00033400000000000000> Chaining the <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=134>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html216 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_5.html#SECTION00033500000000000000> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the <tt>-options</tt> Switch<A NAME=135>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html217 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_6.html#SECTION00033600000000000000> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the Tk Option Database<A NAME=136>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html218 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_7.html#SECTION00033700000000000000> Caution: Restricted Access<A NAME=137>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html219 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html#SECTION00034000000000000000> Another Tix Widget: TixComboBox<A NAME=14>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html220 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_1.html#SECTION00034100000000000000> Creating a TixComboBox Widget<A NAME=141>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html221 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_2.html#SECTION00034200000000000000> Controlling the Style of the TixComboBox<A NAME=142>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html222 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_3.html#SECTION00034300000000000000> Static Options<A NAME=143>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html223 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_4.html#SECTION00034400000000000000> Monitoring the User's Browsing Actions<A NAME=144>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html224 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html#SECTION00035000000000000000> The TixSelect Widget<A NAME=15>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html225 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_1.html#SECTION00035100000000000000> Creating A TixSelect Widget<A NAME=151>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html226 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html#SECTION00035200000000000000>  Label and Orientation<A NAME=1511>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html227 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html#SECTION00035300000000000000>  Creating the Button Subwidgets and Configuring
+Their Appearance<A NAME=1512>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html228 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html#SECTION00035400000000000000>  Accessing the Button Subwidgets<A NAME=1513>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html229 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_5.html#SECTION00035500000000000000> Specifying Selection Rules<A NAME=152>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html230 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_6.html#SECTION00035600000000000000> Accessing the Value of a TixSelect Widget<A NAME=153>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html231 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_7.html#SECTION00035700000000000000> Specifying Complex Selection Rules<A NAME=154>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_4.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_4.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Container Widgets<A NAME=2>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html571 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html569 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html563 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html573 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html572 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html> TixNoteBook</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html570 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html564 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_7.html> Specifying Complex Selection </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H1><A NAME=SECTION00040000000000000000> Container Widgets<A NAME=2>&nbsp;</A></A></H1>
+<P>
+   In addition to providing some nice-looking interface elements, Tix
+  offers some useful ways to organize the elements that you create.
+  It does this by providing <em>container widgets</em>, which are widgets
+  designed to contain whatever you want to put into them.
+<P>
+   Different container widgets have different policies as to how they
+  arrange the widgets inside them. In this chapter, we'll talk about
+  TixNoteBook, which arranges its subwidgets using a notebook metaphor,
+  TixPanedWindow, which arranges its subwidgets in non-overlapping
+  horizontal or vertical panes, and a family of ``Scrolled Widgets'', which
+  attach scrollbars to their subwidgets.
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html574 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html#SECTION00041000000000000000> TixNoteBook<A NAME=21>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html575 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_1.html#SECTION00041100000000000000> Adding Pages to a TixNoteBook<A NAME=211>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html576 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_2.html#SECTION00041200000000000000> Keyboard Accelerators<A NAME=212>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html577 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_3.html#SECTION00041300000000000000> Delaying the Creation of New Pages<A NAME=213>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html578 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_4.html#SECTION00041400000000000000> Changing Page Tabs and Deleting Pages<A NAME=214>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html579 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html#SECTION00042000000000000000> PanedWindow<A NAME=22>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html580 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_1.html#SECTION00042100000000000000> Adding Panes Inside a TixPanedWindow Widget<A NAME=221>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html581 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_2.html#SECTION00042200000000000000> Putting Widgets Inside the Panes<A NAME=222>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html582 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_3.html#SECTION00042300000000000000> Setting the Order of the Panes<A NAME=223>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html583 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_4.html#SECTION00042400000000000000> Changing the Sizes of the Panes<A NAME=224>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html584 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html#SECTION00043000000000000000> The Family of Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=23>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html585 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_1.html#SECTION00043100000000000000> The Scrolled Listbox Widget<A NAME=231>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html586 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_2.html#SECTION00043200000000000000> Other Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=232>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_5.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_5.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Tabular Listbox and Display Items<A NAME=3>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html740 HREF=subsection3_5_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html738 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html732 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html742 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html741 HREF=subsection3_5_1.html> tixTList - The </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html739 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html733 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_2.html> Other Scrolled Widgets</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H1><A NAME=SECTION00050000000000000000> Tabular Listbox and Display Items<A NAME=3>&nbsp;</A></A></H1>
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html743 HREF=subsection3_5_1.html#SECTION00051000000000000000> tixTList - The Tix Tabular Listbox Widget<A NAME=31>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html744 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html#SECTION00052000000000000000> Display Items<A NAME=32>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html745 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_1.html#SECTION00052100000000000000> Advantages of Display Items<A NAME=321>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html746 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_2.html#SECTION00052200000000000000> Display Items and Display Styles<A NAME=322>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html747 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html#SECTION00053000000000000000> Creating Display Items in the TixTList Widget<A NAME=33>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html748 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_1.html#SECTION00053100000000000000> Creating Display Items<A NAME=331>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html749 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_2.html#SECTION00053200000000000000> Setting the Styles of the Display Items<A NAME=332>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html750 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_3.html#SECTION00053300000000000000> Configuring and Deleting the Items<A NAME=333>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html751 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_4.html#SECTION00053400000000000000> Choosing the Orientation and Number of Rows or Columns<A NAME=334>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html752 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_5.html#SECTION00053500000000000000> Event Handling<A NAME=335>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html753 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_6.html#SECTION00053600000000000000> Selection<A NAME=336>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_6.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_6.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Hierarchical Listbox<A NAME=4>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html885 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html883 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html877 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html887 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html886 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html> TixHList - The </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html884 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html878 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_6.html> Selection</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H1><A NAME=SECTION00060000000000000000> Hierarchical Listbox<A NAME=4>&nbsp;</A></A></H1>
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html888 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html#SECTION00061000000000000000> TixHList - The Tix Hierarchical Listbox Widget<A NAME=41>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html889 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_1.html#SECTION00061100000000000000> Creating a Hierarchical List<A NAME=411>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html890 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_2.html#SECTION00061200000000000000> Creating Entries in a HList Widget<A NAME=412>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html891 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_3.html#SECTION00061300000000000000> Controlling the Layout of the Entries<A NAME=413>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html892 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_4.html#SECTION00061400000000000000> Handling the Selection and User Event<A NAME=414>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html893 HREF=subsection3_6_2.html#SECTION00062000000000000000> Creating Collapsible Tree Structures with TixTree<A NAME=42>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_7.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_7.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Selecting Files and Directories<A NAME=5>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html968 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html966 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html960 HREF=subsection3_6_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html970 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html969 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html> File Selection Dialog </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html967 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html961 HREF=subsection3_6_2.html> Creating Collapsible Tree </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H1><A NAME=SECTION00070000000000000000> Selecting Files and Directories<A NAME=5>&nbsp;</A></A></H1>
+<P>
+One task that an application has to perform frequently is to ask the user
+  to select files or directories. To select files, you can use the Tix <em>File Selection Widgets</em>: TixFileSelectDialog and
+  TixExFileSelectDialog. To select directories, you can use the Tix <em>Directory Selection Widgets</em>: TixDirList and TixDirTree.
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html971 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html#SECTION00071000000000000000> File Selection Dialog Widgets<A NAME=51>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html972 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_1.html#SECTION00071100000000000000> Using the TixFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=511>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html973 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_2.html#SECTION00071200000000000000> The Subwidget in the TixFileSelectDialog<A NAME=512>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html974 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_3.html#SECTION00071300000000000000> The TixExFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=513>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html975 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_4.html#SECTION00071400000000000000> Specifying File Types for TixExFileSelectDialog<A NAME=514>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html976 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html#SECTION00071500000000000000> 5.1.5 The <b><tt>tix filedialog</tt></b> Command<A NAME=515>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html977 HREF=subsection3_7_2.html#SECTION00072000000000000000> Selecting Directories with the TixDirTree and TixDirList Widgets<A NAME=52>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_8.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/section3_8.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=6>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1062 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1060 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1056 HREF=subsection3_7_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1064 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1063 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html> Introduction to Tix </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1061 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1057 HREF=subsection3_7_2.html> Selecting Directories with </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H1><A NAME=SECTION00080000000000000000> Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=6>&nbsp;</A></A></H1>
+<P>
+<em>This chapter is intended for experienced programmers who want to
+  create new Tix widgets. If you just want use the Tix widgets in your
+  applications, you can skip this chapter.</em>
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1065 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html#SECTION00081000000000000000> Introduction to Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=61>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1066 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_1.html#SECTION00081100000000000000> Widget Classes and Widget Instances<A NAME=611>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1067 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_2.html#SECTION00081200000000000000> What is in a Widget Instance<A NAME=612>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1068 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html#SECTION00081300000000000000>  Variables<A NAME=6121>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1069 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html#SECTION00081400000000000000>  Methods<A NAME=6122>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1070 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html#SECTION00081500000000000000>  Component Widgets<A NAME=6123>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1071 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html#SECTION00082000000000000000> Widget Class Declaration<A NAME=62>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1072 HREF=subsubsection3_8_2_1.html#SECTION00082100000000000000> Using the tixWidgetClass Command<A NAME=621>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1073 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html#SECTION00083000000000000000> Writing Methods<A NAME=63>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1074 HREF=subsubsection3_8_3_1.html#SECTION00083100000000000000> Declaring Public Methods<A NAME=631>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1075 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html#SECTION00084000000000000000> Standard Initialization Methods<A NAME=64>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1076 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_1.html#SECTION00084100000000000000> The InitWidgetRec Method<A NAME=641>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1077 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html#SECTION00084200000000000000>  Chaining Methods<A NAME=6411>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1078 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html#SECTION00084300000000000000>  The tixChainMethod call<A NAME=6412>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1079 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_4.html#SECTION00084400000000000000> The ConstructWidget Method<A NAME=642>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1080 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_5.html#SECTION00084500000000000000> The SetBindings Method<A NAME=643>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1081 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html#SECTION00085000000000000000> Declaring and Using Variables<A NAME=65>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1082 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_1.html#SECTION00085100000000000000> Initialization of Public Variables<A NAME=651>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1083 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html#SECTION00085200000000000000>  Type Checker<A NAME=6511>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1084 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_3.html#SECTION00085300000000000000> Public Variable Configuration Methods<A NAME=652>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1085 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html#SECTION00085400000000000000>  Configuration Methods and Public Variable Initialization<A NAME=6521>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1086 HREF=subsection3_8_6.html#SECTION00086000000000000000> Summary of Widget Instance Initialization<A NAME=66>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1087 HREF=subsection3_8_7.html#SECTION00087000000000000000> Loading the New Classes<A NAME=67>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/sectionstar3_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/sectionstar3_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Preface</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html155 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html153 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html147 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html157 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html156 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_1.html> About This Manual</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html154 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html148 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html>Contents</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H1><A NAME=SECTION00020000000000000000> Preface</A></H1>
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html158 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_1.html#SECTION00021000000000000000> About This Manual<A NAME=01>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html159 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_2.html#SECTION00022000000000000000> About This Document<A NAME=02>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html160 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_3.html#SECTION00023000000000000000> Organization of This Manual<A NAME=03>&nbsp;</A><A NAME=04>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> What is Tix<A NAME=11>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html240 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html238 HREF=section3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html232 HREF=section3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html242 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html241 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_1.html> Tix for Application </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html239 HREF=section3_3.html> Introduction</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html233 HREF=section3_3.html> Introduction</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00031000000000000000> What is Tix<A NAME=11>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html243 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_1.html#SECTION00031100000000000000> Tix for Application Programmers<A NAME=111>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html244 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_2.html#SECTION00031200000000000000> Tix for Widget Developers<A NAME=112>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Getting Started: the TixControl Widget<A NAME=12>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html273 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html271 HREF=section3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html265 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html275 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html274 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_1.html> Creating a TixControl </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html272 HREF=section3_3.html> Introduction</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html266 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_2.html> Tix for Widget </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00032000000000000000> Getting Started: the TixControl Widget<A NAME=12>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+<em>Pre-requisites: you should be familiar with Tk widgets and
+  programming, or read the Tk book along with this book</em>
+<P>
+Before delving into the deep philosophy of the Tix widgets, let us
+  first have a quick example to demonstrate the usefulness and
+  convenience of an Tix widget: the TixControl is basically an entry
+  widget that displays a value. Next to the entry, there are two up
+  and down arrow buttons for you to adjust the value inside the entry
+  widget.
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html276 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_1.html#SECTION00032100000000000000> Creating a TixControl Widget<A NAME=121>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html277 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_2.html#SECTION00032200000000000000> Accessing The Value of a TixControl Widget<A NAME=122>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html278 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html#SECTION00032300000000000000>  Disabling Callbacks Temporarily<A NAME=1221>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html279 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_4.html#SECTION00032400000000000000> Validating User Inputs<A NAME=123>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Accessing The Components Inside Mega Widgets<A NAME=13>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html330 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html328 HREF=section3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html322 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html332 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html331 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_1.html> Subwidgets</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html329 HREF=section3_3.html> Introduction</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html323 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_4.html> Validating User Inputs</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00033000000000000000> Accessing The Components Inside Mega Widgets<A NAME=13>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html333 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_1.html#SECTION00033100000000000000> Subwidgets<A NAME=131>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html334 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_2.html#SECTION00033200000000000000> Subwidget Names<A NAME=132>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html335 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_3.html#SECTION00033300000000000000> The <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=133>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html336 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_4.html#SECTION00033400000000000000> Chaining the <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=134>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html337 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_5.html#SECTION00033500000000000000> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the <tt>-options</tt> Switch<A NAME=135>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html338 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_6.html#SECTION00033600000000000000> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the Tk Option Database<A NAME=136>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html339 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_7.html#SECTION00033700000000000000> Caution: Restricted Access<A NAME=137>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_4.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_4.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Another Tix Widget: TixComboBox<A NAME=14>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html423 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html421 HREF=section3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html415 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html425 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html424 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_1.html> Creating a TixComboBox </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html422 HREF=section3_3.html> Introduction</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html416 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_7.html> Caution: Restricted Access</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00034000000000000000> Another Tix Widget: TixComboBox<A NAME=14>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+The <em>TixComboBox</em> widget is very similar to the ComboBox widgets
+  available in MS Windows and Motif 2.0. A TixComboBox consists of an entry
+  widget and a listbox widget. Usually, the ComboBox contains a list of
+  possible values for the user to select. The user may also choose an
+  alternative value by typing it in the entry widget. Figure 1-8
+ shows two ComboBoxes for the user to choose fonts and
+  character sizes. You can see fro the figure that a listbox is popped down
+  from the ComboBox for fonts for the user to choose among a list of
+  possible fonts.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/intro/combo.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html426 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_1.html#SECTION00034100000000000000> Creating a TixComboBox Widget<A NAME=141>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html427 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_2.html#SECTION00034200000000000000> Controlling the Style of the TixComboBox<A NAME=142>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html428 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_3.html#SECTION00034300000000000000> Static Options<A NAME=143>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html429 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_4.html#SECTION00034400000000000000> Monitoring the User's Browsing Actions<A NAME=144>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_5.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_5.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> The TixSelect Widget<A NAME=15>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html478 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html476 HREF=section3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html472 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html480 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html479 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_1.html> Creating A TixSelect </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html477 HREF=section3_3.html> Introduction</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html473 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_4.html> Monitoring the User's </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00035000000000000000> The TixSelect Widget<A NAME=15>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+The TixSelect widget figure 1-10 provides you the same
+  kind of facility that is available with the Tk <tt>radiobutton</tt> and
+  <tt>checkbutton</tt> widgets. That is, TixSelect allows the user to
+  select one or a few values out of many choices. However, TixSelect
+  is superior because it allows you to layout the choices in much less
+  space than what is required by the Tk <tt>radiobutton</tt>
+  widgets. Also, TixSelect supports complicated selection
+  rules. Because of these reasons, TixSelect is a primary choice for
+  implementing toolbar buttons, which often have strict space
+  requirements and complicated selection rules.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/intro/select.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html481 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_1.html#SECTION00035100000000000000> Creating A TixSelect Widget<A NAME=151>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html482 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html#SECTION00035200000000000000>  Label and Orientation<A NAME=1511>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html483 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html#SECTION00035300000000000000>  Creating the Button Subwidgets and Configuring
+Their Appearance<A NAME=1512>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html484 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html#SECTION00035400000000000000>  Accessing the Button Subwidgets<A NAME=1513>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html485 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_5.html#SECTION00035500000000000000> Specifying Selection Rules<A NAME=152>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html486 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_6.html#SECTION00035600000000000000> Accessing the Value of a TixSelect Widget<A NAME=153>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html487 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_7.html#SECTION00035700000000000000> Specifying Complex Selection Rules<A NAME=154>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_4_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_4_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> TixNoteBook<A NAME=21>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html595 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html593 HREF=section3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html587 HREF=section3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html597 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html596 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_1.html> Adding Pages to </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html594 HREF=section3_4.html> Container Widgets</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html588 HREF=section3_4.html> Container Widgets</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00041000000000000000> TixNoteBook<A NAME=21>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+When your need to put a lot of information into your interface, you
+  may find out that your window has to grow intolerably big in order
+  to hold all the information. Having a window that's 10000
+  pixels wide and 5000 pixels high doesn't seem to be the perfect
+  solution. Of course, you can ``chop up'' your big window into a set
+  of smaller dialog boxes, but the user will most likely find it
+  impossible to manage 20 different dialog boxes on their desktop.
+<P>
+   The TixNoteBook (fig 2-1) widget comes into rescue. It
+  allows you to pack a large interface into manageable ``pages'' using a
+  notebook metaphor: it contains multiple pages with anything you want on
+  them, displays one at a time, and attaches a tab to each page so the user
+  can bring it forward with a single click on the tab.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/container/notebook.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html598 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_1.html#SECTION00041100000000000000> Adding Pages to a TixNoteBook<A NAME=211>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html599 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_2.html#SECTION00041200000000000000> Keyboard Accelerators<A NAME=212>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html600 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_3.html#SECTION00041300000000000000> Delaying the Creation of New Pages<A NAME=213>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html601 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_4.html#SECTION00041400000000000000> Changing Page Tabs and Deleting Pages<A NAME=214>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_4_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_4_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> PanedWindow<A NAME=22>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html652 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html650 HREF=section3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html644 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html654 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html653 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_1.html> Adding Panes Inside </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html651 HREF=section3_4.html> Container Widgets</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html645 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_4.html> Changing Page Tabs </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00042000000000000000> PanedWindow<A NAME=22>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+The <em>TixPanedWindow</em> widget arranges arranges its subwidgets in
+  non-overlapping panes. As we can see in figure 2-4, the
+  PanedWindow widget puts a resize handle between the panes for the
+  user to manipulate the sizes of the panes interactively. The panes
+  can be arranged either vertically (figure 2-4) or
+  horizontally (2-4).
+<P>Each individual pane may have upper and lower limits of its
+  size. The user changes the sizes of the panes by dragging the resize
+  handle between two panes.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/container/pane_vert.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/container/pane_horz.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 2-4) The TixPane Widget<A NAME=24>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html655 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_1.html#SECTION00042100000000000000> Adding Panes Inside a TixPanedWindow Widget<A NAME=221>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html656 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_2.html#SECTION00042200000000000000> Putting Widgets Inside the Panes<A NAME=222>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html657 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_3.html#SECTION00042300000000000000> Setting the Order of the Panes<A NAME=223>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html658 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_4.html#SECTION00042400000000000000> Changing the Sizes of the Panes<A NAME=224>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_4_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_4_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> The Family of Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=23>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html707 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html705 HREF=section3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html701 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html709 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html708 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_1.html> The Scrolled Listbox </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html706 HREF=section3_4.html> Container Widgets</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html702 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_4.html> Changing the Sizes </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00043000000000000000> The Family of Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=23>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+With plain Tcl/Tk, the widgets do not automatically come with
+  scrollbars. If you want to use scrollbars with the text, canvas or
+  listbox widgets, you will need to create scrollbars separately and
+  attach them to the widgets. This can be a lot of hassle because you
+  would almost always need scrollbars for these widgets. Sometimes you
+  will wonder why you need to write the same boring code again and
+  again just to get the scrollbars to working.
+<P>The Tix scrolled widgets are here to make your life easier. With a
+  single command such as <tt>tixScrolledListBox</tt> or <tt>tixScrolledText</tt>, you can create a listbox or text widget that comes
+  automatically with scrollbars attached.
+<P>Another advantage of the Tix scrolled widgets is that you can
+  specify their scrolling policy so that the scrollbars appear only
+  when they are needed. This feature is especially useful if you are
+  displaying a lot of widgets and running out of screen real estate.
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html710 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_1.html#SECTION00043100000000000000> The Scrolled Listbox Widget<A NAME=231>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html711 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_2.html#SECTION00043200000000000000> Other Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=232>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_5_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_5_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> tixTList - The Tix Tabular Listbox Widget<A NAME=31>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html762 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html760 HREF=section3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html754 HREF=section3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html764 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html763 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html> Display Items</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html761 HREF=section3_5.html> Tabular Listbox and </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html755 HREF=section3_5.html> Tabular Listbox and </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00051000000000000000> tixTList - The Tix Tabular Listbox Widget<A NAME=31>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+<em>TixTList</em> is the Tabular Listbox Widget. It displays a list of
+  items in a tabular format. For example the TixTList widget in figure
+  3-1 displays files in a directory in rows and columns.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/tlist.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P><blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/joe.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+   TixTList does all what the standard Tk listbox widget can do, i.e,
+  it displays a list of items. However, TixTList is superior to the
+  listbox widget is many respects. First, TixTList allows you to
+  display the items in a two dimensional format. This way, you can
+  display more items at a time. Usually, the user can locate the
+  desired items much faster in a two dimensional list than the one
+  dimensional list displayed by the Tk listbox widget.
+<P>
+   In addition, while the Tk listbox widget can only display text items,
+  the TixTList widget can display a multitude of types of items: text,
+  images and widgets. Also, while you can use only one font and one color
+  in a listbox widget, you can use many different fonts and colors in a
+  TixTList widget. In figure 3-1, we use graphical images
+  inside a tixTList widget to represent file objects. In figure 3-2
+, we display the names of all employees of a hypothetical
+  company. Notice the use of a bold font to highlight all employees whose
+  first name is Joe.  <P><HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_5_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_5_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Display Items<A NAME=32>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html773 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html771 HREF=section3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html765 HREF=subsection3_5_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html775 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html774 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_1.html> Advantages of Display </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html772 HREF=section3_5.html> Tabular Listbox and </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html766 HREF=subsection3_5_1.html> tixTList - The </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00052000000000000000> Display Items<A NAME=32>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+Before we rush to discuss how to create the items inside a TixTList
+  widget, let's first spend some time on a very important topic about
+  the Tix library: the repationship between the display items and
+  their host widgets.
+<P>
+   We can better define the terms by taking a quick preview of the
+  TixHList widget, which will be covered in details in the next
+  chapter. Let's compare the items displayed on the two widgets in
+  figure 3-3. If we take a close look at the item
+  that shows the <tt>usr</tt> directory in the TixTList widget on the left
+  versus the TixHList widget on the right, we can see that this item
+  appears exactly the same on both widgets.
+<P>
+   If fact, all the items in these two widgets are of the <em>same</em> type:
+  they all display an image next to a textual name. The only difference
+  between these two widgets is how these items are arranged. The TixTList
+  widget arranges the items in rows and columns, while the TixHList widget
+  arranges the items in a hierachical format.
+<P>
+   With this observation in mind, we can see a separation of tasks
+  berween the widgets and the items they display. We call the TixHList
+  and TixTList widgets in figure 3-3 <em>host
+  widgets</em>: their task is to arrange the items according to their
+  particular rules. However, they don't really care what these items
+  display; they just treat the items as rectangle boxes. In contrast,
+  these items, which are called <em>display items</em> in Tix
+  terminology, controls the visual information they display, such as
+  the images, text strings, colors, fonts, etc. However, they don't
+  really care where on the host widget they will appear.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><P>
+<P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/widgets.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html776 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_1.html#SECTION00052100000000000000> Advantages of Display Items<A NAME=321>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html777 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_2.html#SECTION00052200000000000000> Display Items and Display Styles<A NAME=322>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_5_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_5_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Creating Display Items in the TixTList Widget<A NAME=33>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html804 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html802 HREF=section3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html798 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html806 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html805 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_1.html> Creating Display Items</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html803 HREF=section3_5.html> Tabular Listbox and </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html799 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_2.html> Display Items and </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00053000000000000000> Creating Display Items in the TixTList Widget<A NAME=33>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html807 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_1.html#SECTION00053100000000000000> Creating Display Items<A NAME=331>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html808 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_2.html#SECTION00053200000000000000> Setting the Styles of the Display Items<A NAME=332>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html809 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_3.html#SECTION00053300000000000000> Configuring and Deleting the Items<A NAME=333>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html810 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_4.html#SECTION00053400000000000000> Choosing the Orientation and Number of Rows or Columns<A NAME=334>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html811 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_5.html#SECTION00053500000000000000> Event Handling<A NAME=335>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html812 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_6.html#SECTION00053600000000000000> Selection<A NAME=336>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_6_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_6_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> TixHList - The Tix Hierarchical Listbox Widget<A NAME=41>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html902 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html900 HREF=section3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html894 HREF=section3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html904 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html903 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_1.html> Creating a Hierarchical </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html901 HREF=section3_6.html> Hierarchical Listbox</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html895 HREF=section3_6.html> Hierarchical Listbox</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00061000000000000000> TixHList - The Tix Hierarchical Listbox Widget<A NAME=41>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+<em>TixHList</em> is the Tix Hierarchical Listbox Widget. You can use it to
+  display any data that have a hierarchical structure. For example, the
+  HList widget in figure 4-1 displays a Unix file system
+  directory tree; the HList widget in figure 4-1 displays the
+  corporate hierarchy of a hypothetical company. As shown in these two
+  figures, the entries inside the TixHList widget are indented can be
+  optionally connected by branch lines according to their positions in the
+  hierarchy.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/hlist/dirtree.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/hlist/hlist1.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 4-1) Examples of the TixHList Widget<A NAME=41>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html905 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_1.html#SECTION00061100000000000000> Creating a Hierarchical List<A NAME=411>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html906 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_2.html#SECTION00061200000000000000> Creating Entries in a HList Widget<A NAME=412>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html907 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_3.html#SECTION00061300000000000000> Controlling the Layout of the Entries<A NAME=413>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html908 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_4.html#SECTION00061400000000000000> Handling the Selection and User Event<A NAME=414>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_6_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_6_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Creating Collapsible Tree Structures with TixTree<A NAME=42>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html957 HREF=section3_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html955 HREF=section3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html951 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html959 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html958 HREF=section3_7.html> Selecting Files and </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html956 HREF=section3_6.html> Hierarchical Listbox</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html952 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_4.html> Handling the Selection </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00062000000000000000> Creating Collapsible Tree Structures with TixTree<A NAME=42>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+The TixTree widget is based on the TixScrolledHList widget; you can
+  use it to create a collapsible hierarchical structure so that the
+  user can conveniently navigate through a large number of list
+  entries. As shown in figure 4-7, the TixTree puts
+  the little ``<tt>+</tt>'' and ``<tt>-</tt>'' icons next to the branches of
+  an HList entry that has descendants. These two icons are knows as
+  the open and close icons, respectively. When the user presses the
+  open icon next to an entry, its immediate children of an entry will
+  be displayed. Conversely, when the user presses the close icon, the
+  entry's children will become hidden.
+<P>
+   Program 4-6 shows how to create a collapsible tree. We
+  first create a TixTree widget. Then we add the entries in your
+  hierarchical structure into its <tt>hlist</tt> subwidget using the add
+  method of this subwidget. When we are finished with adding the entries,
+  we just call the <tt>autosetmode</tt> method of the TixTree widget, which
+  will automatically adds the open and close icons next to the entries who
+  have children.
+<P>
+<P><blockquote> <P><tt> set folder [tix getimage folder]<BR>
+tixTree .tree -command Command -options {<BR>
+    hlist.separator  /<BR>
+    hlist.itemType   imagetext<BR>
+    hlist.drawBranch true<BR>
+    hlist.indent     18<BR>
+}<BR>
+pack .tree -expand yes -fill both<BR>
+set hlist [.tree subwidget hlist]<BR>
+<BR>
+foreach directory {/ /usr /usr/bin /usr/local /etc /etc/rc.d} {<BR>
+    $hlist add $directory -image $folder -text $directory<BR>
+}<BR>
+.tree autosetmode<BR>
+<BR>
+proc Command {entry} {<BR>
+    puts &quot;you have selected $entry&quot;<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P><CENTER>(Figure 4-6) Creating a Collapsible Hierarchy<A NAME=46>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P>
+<P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/hlist/hlist_ex3.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+   Note that in program 4-6 we use the <tt>-command</tt> option of the TixTree
+  widget, not the <tt>-command</tt> option of its <tt>hlist</tt> subwidget. This
+  is because the TixTree actually used the <tt>-command</tt> option of its
+  <tt>hlist</tt> subwidget to process some low-level events. In general, if
+  both a mega-widget and its subwidget have the options of the same name,
+  you would always use the option that belongs to the mega-widget.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_7_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_7_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> File Selection Dialog Widgets<A NAME=51>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html986 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html984 HREF=section3_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html978 HREF=section3_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html988 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html987 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_1.html> Using the TixFileSelectDialog </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html985 HREF=section3_7.html> Selecting Files and </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html979 HREF=section3_7.html> Selecting Files and </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00071000000000000000> File Selection Dialog Widgets<A NAME=51>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+There are two file dialog widgets inside Tix: the
+  TixFileSelectDialog (figure 5-2) is similar to the
+  FileSelectionDialog widget in Motif; TixExFileSelectDialog (figure
+  5-3) looks like its conunterpart in MS Windows. Both
+  widgets let the user navigate through the file system directories
+  and select a file.
+<P>
+   One advanced feature of both types of file selection boxes is they use
+  ComboBoxes to store the files, directories and patterns the user has
+  selected in the past. If the user wants to select the same files again,
+  he can simply open the ComboBoxes and click on his past inputs. This
+  saves a lot of keystrokes and is especially useful when the user needs to
+  switch among several files or directories.
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html989 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_1.html#SECTION00071100000000000000> Using the TixFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=511>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html990 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_2.html#SECTION00071200000000000000> The Subwidget in the TixFileSelectDialog<A NAME=512>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html991 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_3.html#SECTION00071300000000000000> The TixExFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=513>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html992 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_4.html#SECTION00071400000000000000> Specifying File Types for TixExFileSelectDialog<A NAME=514>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html993 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html#SECTION00071500000000000000> 5.1.5 The <b><tt>tix filedialog</tt></b> Command<A NAME=515>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_7_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_7_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Selecting Directories with the TixDirTree and TixDirList Widgets<A NAME=52>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1053 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1051 HREF=section3_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1047 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1055 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1054 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1052 HREF=section3_7.html> Selecting Files and </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1048 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html> 5.1.5 The tix </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00072000000000000000> Selecting Directories with the TixDirTree and TixDirList Widgets<A NAME=52>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+There are two Tix widgets for selecting a directory: TixDirList (figure 5-6
+) and TixDirTree (figure 5-6). Both of them
+  display the directories in a hierarchical format. The display in the
+  TixDirList widget is more compact: it shows only the parent- and
+  child-directories of a particular directory. The TixDirTree widget, on
+  the other hand, can display the whole tree structure of the file system.
+<P>
+The programming interface of these two widgets are the same and you can
+  choose the which one to use depending on your application. As shown in
+  the following example, you can use the <tt>-directory</tt> option of the
+  TixDirList widget to specify a directory to display. In the example, we
+  set <tt>-directory</tt> to be <tt>/home/ioi/dev</tt>. As a result, the
+  TixDirList widget displays all the subdirectories and all the ancestor
+  directories of <tt>/home/ioi/dev</tt>. You can use the <tt>-command</tt> and
+  <tt>-browsecmd</tt> options to handle the user events: a double click or
+  Return key-stroke will trigger the <tt>-command</tt> option and a single
+  click or space bar key stroke will trigger the <tt>-browsecmd</tt>
+  option. Normally, you would handle both type of events in the same
+  manner, as we have done in program 5-5
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> tixDirList .d -value /home/ioi/dev <BR>    -command &quot;selectDir&quot; -browsecmd &quot;selectDir&quot;<BR>
+pack .d<BR>
+<BR>
+proc selectDir {dir} {<BR>
+    puts &quot;now you select $dir&quot;<BR>
+}</tt>
+</blockquote>
+<P><CENTER>(Figure 5-5) Using the TixDirList widget<A NAME=55>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/hlist/dirtree.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/hlist/dirlist.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 5-6) The DirTree and DirList Widgets<A NAME=56>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Introduction to Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=61>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1096 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1094 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1088 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1098 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1097 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_1.html> Widget Classes and </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1095 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1089 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00081000000000000000> Introduction to Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=61>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+Tix comes with a simple object oriented programming (OOP) framework,
+  the <em>Tix Intrinsics</em>, for writing mega-widgets. The Tix
+  Intrinsics is not a general purpose OOP system and it does not
+  support some features found in general purpose OOP systems such as
+  <tt>[incr Tcl]</tt>. However, the Tix Intrinsics is specially designed
+  for writing mega-widgets. It provides a simple and efficient
+  interface for creating mega-widgets so that you can avoid the
+  complexity and overheads of the general purpose OOP extensions to
+  Tcl.
+<P>The hard thing about programming with mega-widgets is to make sure
+  that each instance you create can handle its own activities.  Events
+  must be directed to the right widget, procedures must act on data
+  that is internal to that widget, and users should be able to change
+  the options associated with the widget.  For instance, we'll show an
+  arrow widget that needs to know what direction it's pointing; this
+  requires each instance of the widget to have its own variable.
+<P>Furthermore, each widget should respond properly to changes
+  requested by the application programmer during the program's run.
+  The whole reason people use Tcl/Tk is because they can alter things
+  on the fly.
+<P>The advantage of an object-oriented programming system is that you
+  can easily associate a widget with its own data and procedures
+  (methods).  This chapter shows how to do that, and how to configure
+  data both at the time the widget is initialized and later during the
+  program.
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1099 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_1.html#SECTION00081100000000000000> Widget Classes and Widget Instances<A NAME=611>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1100 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_2.html#SECTION00081200000000000000> What is in a Widget Instance<A NAME=612>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1101 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html#SECTION00081300000000000000>  Variables<A NAME=6121>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1102 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html#SECTION00081400000000000000>  Methods<A NAME=6122>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1103 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html#SECTION00081500000000000000>  Component Widgets<A NAME=6123>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Widget Class Declaration<A NAME=62>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1165 HREF=subsubsection3_8_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1163 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1157 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1167 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1166 HREF=subsubsection3_8_2_1.html> Using the tixWidgetClass </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1164 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1158 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html>  Component Widgets</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00082000000000000000> Widget Class Declaration<A NAME=62>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+The first step of writing a new widget class is to decide the base
+  class from which the new class. Usually, if the new class does not
+  share any common features with other classes, it should be derived
+  from the TixPrimitive class. If it does share common features with
+  other classes, then it should be derived from the appropriate base
+  class. For example, if the new class support scrollbars, it should
+  be derived from TixScrolledWidget; if it displays a label next to
+  its ``main area'', then it should be derived from TixLabelWidget.
+<P>In the case of our new TixArrowButton class, it doesn't really share
+  any common features with other classes, so we decide to use the base
+  class TixPrimitive as its superclass.
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1168 HREF=subsubsection3_8_2_1.html#SECTION00082100000000000000> Using the tixWidgetClass Command<A NAME=621>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Writing Methods<A NAME=63>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1186 HREF=subsubsection3_8_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1184 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1178 HREF=subsubsection3_8_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1188 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1187 HREF=subsubsection3_8_3_1.html> Declaring Public Methods</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1185 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1179 HREF=subsubsection3_8_2_1.html> Using the tixWidgetClass </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00083000000000000000> Writing Methods<A NAME=63>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+After we have declared the new widget class, we can write methods
+  for this class to define its behavior. Methods are just a special
+  type of TCL procedures and they are created by the <tt>proc</tt>
+  command. There are, however, three requirements for methods. First,
+  their names must be prefixed by the command name of their
+  class. Second, they must accept at least one argument and the first
+  argument that they accept must be called <tt>w</tt>. Third, the first
+  command executed inside each method must be:
+<blockquote> <P><tt> upvar #0 $w data
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>For example, the following is an implementation of the invert method
+  for the class TixArrowButton:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:invert {w} {<BR>
+    upvar #0 $w data<BR>
+<BR>
+    set curDirection $data(-direction)<BR>
+    case $curDirection {<BR>
+        n {<BR>
+            set newDirection s<BR>
+        }<BR>
+        s {<BR>
+            set newDirection n<BR>
+        }<BR>
+        # ....<BR>
+    }<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+   Notice that the name of the method is prefixed by the command name
+  of the class (<tt>tixArrowButton</tt>). Also, the first and only
+  argument that it accepts is <tt>w</tt> and the first line it executes
+  is ``<tt>upvar #0 $wdata</tt>''.
+<P>
+   The argument <tt>w</tt> specifies which widget instance this method
+  should act upon. For example, if the user has issued the command
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> .up invert
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+   on an instance <tt>.up</tt> of the class tixArrowButton, the method
+  <tt>tixArrowButton:invert</tt> will be called and the argument <tt>w</tt>
+  will have the value <tt>.up</tt>.
+<P>
+   The <tt>invert</tt> method is used to invert the direction of the
+  arrow. Therefore, it should examine the variable <tt>.up(-direction)</tt>, which stores the current direction of the instance
+  <tt>.up</tt>, and modify it appropriately. It turns out that in TCL,
+  the only clean way to access an array whose name is stored in a
+  variable is the ``<tt>upvar #0 $wdata</tt>'' technique: essentially
+  it tells the intepreter that the array data should be an alias for
+  the global array whose name is stored in <tt>$w</tt>. We will soon see
+  how the widget's methods use the data array.
+<P>
+   Once the mysterious ``<tt>upvar #0 $wdata</tt>'' line is explained,
+  it becomes clear what the rest of the <tt>tixArrowButton:invert</tt>
+  method does: it examines the current direction of the arrow, which
+  is stored in <tt>$data(-direction)</tt> and inverts it.
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1189 HREF=subsubsection3_8_3_1.html#SECTION00083100000000000000> Declaring Public Methods<A NAME=631>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_4.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_4.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Standard Initialization Methods<A NAME=64>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1207 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1205 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1199 HREF=subsubsection3_8_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1209 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1208 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_1.html> The InitWidgetRec Method</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1206 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1200 HREF=subsubsection3_8_3_1.html> Declaring Public Methods</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00084000000000000000> Standard Initialization Methods<A NAME=64>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+Each new mega-widget class must supply three standard initialization
+  methods.  When an instance of a Tix widget is created, three
+  three methods will be called to initialize this instance. The
+  methods are <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt>, <tt>ConstructWidget</tt> and <tt>SetBindings</tt> and they will be called in that order. The following
+  sections show how these methods can be implemented.
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1210 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_1.html#SECTION00084100000000000000> The InitWidgetRec Method<A NAME=641>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1211 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html#SECTION00084200000000000000>  Chaining Methods<A NAME=6411>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1212 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html#SECTION00084300000000000000>  The tixChainMethod call<A NAME=6412>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1213 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_4.html#SECTION00084400000000000000> The ConstructWidget Method<A NAME=642>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1214 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_5.html#SECTION00084500000000000000> The SetBindings Method<A NAME=643>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_5.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_5.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Declaring and Using Variables<A NAME=65>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1276 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1274 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1268 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1278 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1277 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_1.html> Initialization of Public </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1275 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1269 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_5.html> The SetBindings Method</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00085000000000000000> Declaring and Using Variables<A NAME=65>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+The private variables of a widget class do not need to be
+  declared. In fact they can be initialized and used anywhere by any
+  method. Usually, however, general purpose private variables are
+  initialized by the <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt> method and subwidget
+  variables are initialized in the <tt>ConstructWidget</tt> method.
+<P>We have seen in the <tt>tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec</tt> example that
+  the private variable <tt>data(count)</tt> was initialized there. Also,
+  the private variable <tt>data(w:button)</tt> was initialized in <tt>tixArrowButton:ConstructWidget</tt> and subsequently used in <tt>tixArrowButton:SetBindings</tt>.
+<P>In contrast, public variables must be declared inside the class
+  declaration. The following arguments are used to declare the public
+  variables and specify various options for them:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <UL><P><LI><P><tt>-flag</tt>: As shown in the class declaration in figure
+  6-2, the <tt>-flag</tt> argument declares all the public
+  variables of the TixArrowButton class, <tt>-direction</tt> and <tt>-state</tt>
+<P><LI><P><tt>-configspec</tt>: We can use the <tt>-configspec</tt> argument to
+  specify the details of each public variable. For example, the
+  following declaration
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> -configspec {<BR>
+    {-direction direction Direction e}<BR>
+    {-state state State normal}<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>specifies that the <tt>-direction</tt> variable has the resource
+  name <tt>direction</tt> and resource class <tt>Direction</tt>; its default
+  value is <tt>e</tt>. The application programmer can assign value to
+  this variable by using the <tt>-direction</tt> option in the command
+  line or by specifying resources in the Tk option database with its
+  resource name or class. The declaration of <tt>-state</tt> installs
+  similar definitions for that variable.
+<P><LI><P><tt>-alias</tt>: The <tt>-alias</tt> argument is used to specify
+  alternative names for public variables. In our example, the setting
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> -alias {<BR>
+    {-dir -direction}<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>specifies that <tt>-dir</tt> is the same variable as <tt>-direction</tt>. Therefore, when the application issue the command
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> .up config -dir w
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>it is the same as issuing
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt> .up config -direction w
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+   The <tt>-alias</tt> option provides only an alternative name for
+  the application programmer. Inside the widget's implementation code,
+  the variable is still accessed as <tt>data(-direction)</tt>, <em>not</em>
+  <tt>data(-dir)</tt>.  
+<P></UL>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1279 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_1.html#SECTION00085100000000000000> Initialization of Public Variables<A NAME=651>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1280 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html#SECTION00085200000000000000>  Type Checker<A NAME=6511>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1281 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_3.html#SECTION00085300000000000000> Public Variable Configuration Methods<A NAME=652>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1282 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html#SECTION00085400000000000000>  Configuration Methods and Public Variable Initialization<A NAME=6521>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_6.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_6.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Summary of Widget Instance Initialization<A NAME=66>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1333 HREF=subsection3_8_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1331 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1325 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1335 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1334 HREF=subsection3_8_7.html> Loading the New </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1332 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1326 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html>  Configuration Methods and </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00086000000000000000> Summary of Widget Instance Initialization<A NAME=66>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+The creation of a widget instance is a complex process. You must
+  understand how it works in order to write your widget classes. The
+  following is the steps taken by the Tix Intrinsics when a widget
+  instance is created:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <UL><P><LI><P>When the user creates an instance, the public variables are
+  intilized as discussed in section 6.5.1. Type checkers
+  are always called if they are specified. Configuration methods are
+  called only if they are specified in the <tt>-forcecall</tt> section.
+<P><LI><P>The <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt> method is called. It should initialize 
+  private variable, possibly according to the values the public
+  variables.
+<P><LI><P>The <tt>ConstructWidget</tt> method is called. It should create the
+  component widgets. It should also store the names of public
+  subwidgets into the subwidget variables.
+<P><LI><P>The <tt>SetBinding</tt> method is called. It should create bindings for
+  the component widgets.
+<P></UL>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+   After the above steps, the creation of the instance is complete and the
+  user can iterate with it using its widget command.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_7.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_7.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Loading the New Classes<A NAME=67>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif_gr.gif"> <A NAME=tex2html1340 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1336 HREF=subsection3_8_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1342 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1341 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1337 HREF=subsection3_8_6.html> Summary of Widget </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00087000000000000000> Loading the New Classes<A NAME=67>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+Usually, you can use a separate script file to store the
+  implementaion of each new widget class. If you have several of those
+  files, it will be a good idea to group the files into a single
+  directory and create a <tt>tclIndex</tt> file for them so that the new
+  classes can be auto-loaded.
+<P>
+   Suppose you have put the class files into the directory <tt>/usr/my/tix/classes</tt>. You can create the <tt>tclIndex</tt> file using
+  the <tt>tools/tixindex</tt> program that comes with Tix:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> cd /usr/my/tix/classes<BR>
+/usr/my/Tix8.1/tools/tixindex *.tcl
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+    The <tt>tclIndex</tt> file must be created by the <tt>tixindex</tt>
+  program. You cannot use the standard <tt>auto_mkindex</tt> command
+  that comes with Tcl.
+<P>
+   Once you have created the <tt>tclIndex</tt> file, you can use your new
+  widget classes by auto-loading. Here is a small demo program that
+  uses the new TixArrowButton class:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> #!/usr/local/bin/tixwish<BR>
+lappend auto_path /usr/my/tix/classes<BR>
+<BR>
+# Now I can use my TixArrowButton class!<BR>
+#<BR>
+tixArrowButton .arr -direction n<BR>
+pack .arr
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsectionstar3_2_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsectionstar3_2_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> About This Manual<A NAME=01>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html169 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html167 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html161 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html171 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html170 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_2.html> About This Document</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html168 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html> Preface</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html162 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html> Preface</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00021000000000000000> About This Manual<A NAME=01>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+ This manual is the programmer's guide to the Tix library. It takes you
+though a step-by-step tutorial about the different widgets and functions
+available in the Tix library. It also covers how to write new widgets using
+the Tix Intrinsics objecr-oriented programming interface. The accompanying
+<em>Tix Reference Manual</em> is a collection of the Tix manual pages. It
+describes all the options and other details of the Tix widgets and
+functions.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsectionstar3_2_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsectionstar3_2_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> About This Document<A NAME=02>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html180 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html178 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html172 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html182 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html181 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_3.html> Organization of This </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html179 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html> Preface</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html173 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_1.html> About This Manual</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00022000000000000000> About This Document<A NAME=02>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+This HTML document is converted from LaTeX source files to HTML by a
+modified version of latex2html.
+<P>
+This document is also available both pdf and HTML format from
+<A HREF="http://tix.sourceforge.net">http://tix.sourceforge.net</A>.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsectionstar3_2_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsectionstar3_2_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Organization of This Manual<A NAME=03>&nbsp;</A><A NAME=04>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html189 HREF=section3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html187 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html183 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html191 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html190 HREF=section3_3.html> Introduction</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html188 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html> Preface</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html184 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_2.html> About This Document</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00023000000000000000> Organization of This Manual<A NAME=03>&nbsp;</A><A NAME=04>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
+<P>
+   Chapter 1, <em>Introduction</em> gets you started with the
+  Tix widgets by describing their basic options and
+  operations. Chapter 2, <em>Container Widgets</em>,
+  describes the Tix widgets that can be used to contain other widgets
+  and maintain their geometry. Chapter 3, <em>TList
+  Widget and Display Items</em>, describes the tabular listbox widget and
+  the Tix display items, which are used by many Tix widgets. Chapter
+  4, <em>Hierarchical Listbox</em>, describes how to create
+  a hierarchical list structure using the TixHList widget. Chapter
+  5, <em>Selection Files and Directories</em>, describes
+  how to use the file and directory selection widgets in the Tix
+  library. Finally, Chapter 6, <em>Tix Object Oriented
+  Programming</em>, describes how to use the Tix object oriented
+  programming library to create new classes of Tix widgets.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_1_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_1_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Tix for Application Programmers<A NAME=111>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html253 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html251 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html245 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html255 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html254 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_2.html> Tix for Widget </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html252 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html> What is Tix</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html246 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html> What is Tix</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00031100000000000000> Tix for Application Programmers<A NAME=111>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The acronym Tix stands for Tk Interface Extension. Tix is different
+  things for different people.
+<P>
+If you are a GUI application programmer, that is, if you earn a
+  living by building graphical applications, you will appreciate Tix
+  as a library of <em>mega-widgets</em>: widgets made out of other
+  widgets. To use a crude analogy, if the widgets in the standard TK
+  library are bricks and mortars for a builder, the mega-widgets in
+  the Tix library are walls, windows or even pre-build kitchens. Of
+  course, these ``bigger components'' are themselves made of bricks
+  and mortars, but it will take much less effort to put them together
+  than planting bricks on top of each other.
+<P>
+The Tix widgets not only help you speed up the development of your
+  applications, they also help you in the design process. Since the
+  standard Tk widgets are too primitive, they force you to think of
+  your house as, by using the same analogy, millions of bricks. With
+  the help of the Tix mega-widgets, you can design your application is
+  a more structural and coherent manner.
+<P>
+Moreover, the Tix library provides a rich set of widgets. Figure
+  1-1 shows all Tix widgets - there are more than 40
+  of them! Although the standard Tk library has many useful widgets,
+  they are far from complete. The Tix library provides most of the
+  commonly needed widgets that are missing from standard Tk:
+  FileSelectBox, ComboBox, Control (a.k.a. SpinBox) and an assortment
+  of scroll-able widgets. Tix also includes many more widgets that are
+  generally useful in a wide range of applications: NoteBook,
+  FileEntry, PanedWindow, MDIWindow, etc.
+<P>
+With all these new widgets, you can introduce new interaction
+  techniques into applications, creating more useful and more
+  intuitive user interfaces.  You can design your application by
+  choosing the most appropriate widgets to match the special needs of
+  your application and users.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/intro/hierarchy.png">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_1_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_1_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Tix for Widget Developers<A NAME=112>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html262 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html260 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html256 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html264 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html263 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html> Getting Started: the </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html261 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html> What is Tix</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html257 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_1.html> Tix for Application </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00031200000000000000> Tix for Widget Developers<A NAME=112>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+On the other hand, if you are a widget developer, Tix provides an
+  object oriented programming environment, the Tix Intrinsics, that is
+  carefully designed for the development of mega-widgets. If you have
+  developed widgets in C, you will know how slow and painful such a
+  process would be. In recognition of the difficulties in widget
+  development, the Tix Intrinsics includes many tools that
+  dramatically cuts down the efforts required to develop new widgets.
+  With the Tix Intrinsics, the rapid prototyping/development of
+  widgets is finally feasible: you can write a new widgets in the
+  matter of hours or even minutes.
+<P>
+With the Tix Intrinsics, you widget code can readily become
+  reusable.  Tix also provides a set of rules and mechanisms that
+  allow you to develop widgets that are inter-operable with other
+  widgets.
+<P>
+In Part I of this manual, we will talk about using the Tix widgets.
+  The discussion of writing new Tix widgets will be carried out in
+  Part II.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_2_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_2_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Creating a TixControl Widget<A NAME=121>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html288 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html286 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html280 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html290 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html289 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_2.html> Accessing The Value </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html287 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html> Getting Started: the </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html281 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html> Getting Started: the </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00032100000000000000> Creating a TixControl Widget<A NAME=121>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The following code demonstrates how to create a TixControl widget and
+  specify its options:
+<P>
+<tt>     tixControl .lawyers -label Lawyers: -max 10 -min 0<BR>
+    .lawyers config -integer true -step 2
+</tt>
+<P>
+This example creates a TixControl widget that let us to select the
+  numbers of lawyers we wish to be allowed in this country.  (Figure
+  1-2)
+<P>
+Let us examine the options: the <tt>-label</tt> option specifies a
+  caption for this widget. The <tt>-max</tt> option specifies the maximum
+  number of lawyers we can choose. The <tt>-min</tt> option specifies the
+  minimum number of lawyers we can choose: although we would love to
+  enter a negative number, reality dictate that the lower limit must
+  be zero. The <tt>-integer</tt> option indicates that the number of
+  lawyers must be an integer; that is, we respect the lawyers' rights
+  not to be chopped up into decimal points. Finally, since lawyers
+  seem to go in pairs, we set the <tt>-step</tt> option to <tt>2</tt>, which
+  indicates that when we press the up/down arrow buttons, we want the
+  number of lawyers to go up and down by two each time.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/intro/lawyer.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+As shown in the example, you can create and manipulate a Tix widget
+  in the same manner as the standard Tk widgets. The options of the
+  widget can be specified during the creation of the widget.
+  Alternatively, they can be changed by the <tt>configure</tt> widget
+  command.  In addition, options can also be specified in the option
+  database or as X resources. Here is an example that produces the
+  same result as the previous code fragment:
+<P>
+<tt>     option add *lawyers.max 10<BR>
+    option add *lawyers.min 0<BR>
+    tixControl .lawyers -label Lawyers: -integer true<BR>
+    .lawyers config -step 2
+</tt>
+<P>
+In figure 1-3, you can see the composition of
+  TixControl: it is made out of a label widget, an entry widget and
+  two button widgets. Widgets that are composed of other widgets, like
+  TixControl, are called <em>mega-widgets</em>. Most widgets in the Tix
+  library are mega-widgets (xx: and as you know this book is about
+  them!).
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/intro/law_comp.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_2_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_2_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Accessing The Value of a TixControl Widget<A NAME=122>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html299 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html297 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html291 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html301 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html300 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html>  Disabling Callbacks Temporarily</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html298 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html> Getting Started: the </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html292 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_1.html> Creating a TixControl </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00032200000000000000> Accessing The Value of a TixControl Widget<A NAME=122>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The TixControl widget allows the user to input a value. There are
+  several ways to read this value in your program. First of all,
+  TixControl stores the current value in the <tt>-value</tt> option.  You
+  can use query the <tt>-value</tt> option by calling the command
+<P>
+<tt>     .c cget -value
+</tt>
+this command will return the current value of the tixContro widget
+  <tt>.c</tt>.  The following command sets the value of the widget to a
+  new number (100):
+<P>
+<tt>     .c config -value 100
+</tt>
+<P>
+The second way to access the value of TixControl is to use the <tt>-variable</tt> option. This options instructs the TixControl widget to
+  store the its value into a global variable so that you can read it
+  at any time. Also, by assigning a new value to this global variable,
+  you can change the value of the TixControl widget. Here is an
+  example:
+<P>
+<tt>     .c config -variable myvar<BR>
+    set myvar 100
+</tt>
+<P>
+   In some situations, you may want to be informed immediately when the
+  value of the TixControl widget changes. To accomplish this, you can use
+  the <tt>-command</tt> option.  The following line causes the TCL procedure
+  <tt>valueChanged</tt> to be called whenever the value of <tt>.c</tt> changes:
+<P>
+<tt>     tixControl .c -command valueChanged
+</tt>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_2_4.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_2_4.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Validating User Inputs<A NAME=123>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html319 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html317 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html313 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html321 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html320 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html318 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html> Getting Started: the </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html314 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html>  Disabling Callbacks Temporarily</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00032400000000000000> Validating User Inputs<A NAME=123>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+Sometimes it may be necessary to check the user input against certain
+  criteria. For example, you may want to allow only even numbers in a
+  TixControl widget. To do this, you can use the <tt>-validatecmd</tt> option,
+  which specifies a Tcl command to call whenever the user enters a new
+  value. Here is an example:
+<P>
+<tt>     tixControl .c -value 0 -step 2 -validatecmd evenOnly<BR>
+<BR>
+    proc evenOnly {value} {<BR>
+        return [expr $value - ($value %2)]<BR>
+    }</tt>
+<P>
+The value parameter to <tt>evenOnly</tt> is the new value entered by
+  the user.  The <tt>evenOnly</tt> procedure makes sure that the new
+  value is even by returning a modified, even number. The Tcl command
+  specified by the <tt>-validatecmd</tt> must return a value which it
+  deems valid and this value will be stored in the <tt>-value</tt> option
+  of the TixControl widget.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Subwidgets<A NAME=131>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html348 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html346 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html340 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html350 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html349 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_2.html> Subwidget Names</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html347 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html341 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00033100000000000000> Subwidgets<A NAME=131>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+As we have seen in section 1.2.1, the TixControl
+  widget is composed of several widgets: one label widget, one entry
+  widget and two button widgets. These ``widgets inside mega-widgets''
+  are called <em>subwidgets</em> in the Tix terminology. We will often
+  have the need to access these subwidgets. For example, sometimes we
+  need to change the configuration options of the subwidgets. In other
+  cases, we may need to interact with the subwidgets directly.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Subwidget Names<A NAME=132>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html359 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html357 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html351 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html361 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html360 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_3.html> The subwidget Method</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html358 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html352 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_1.html> Subwidgets</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00033200000000000000> Subwidget Names<A NAME=132>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+Each subwidget inside a mega is identified by a <em>subwidget
+  name</em>. Naturally, the label and entry subwidgets inside a TixSelect
+  widget are called <tt>label</tt> and <tt>entry</tt>, respectively. The two
+  button widgets are called <tt>incr</tt> and <tt>decr</tt> because they are
+  used to <tt>incr</tt>ement and <tt>decr</tt>ement the value inside the
+  TixControl widget (see figure 1-4).
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/intro/ctl_subw.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> The <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=133>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html370 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html368 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html362 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html372 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html371 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_4.html> Chaining the subwidget </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html369 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html363 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_2.html> Subwidget Names</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00033300000000000000> The <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=133>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+All Tix mega-widgets support the <tt>subwidget</tt> method. This method
+  takes at least one argument, the name of a subwidget. When you pass
+  only one argument to this method, it returns the pathname of the
+  subwidget which is identified by that name. For example, if .c is
+  the pathname of a TixControl widget, the command:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt>   .c subwidget entry
+</tt>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+returns the pathname of the <tt>entry</tt> subwidget, which is <tt>.c.frame.entry</tt> in this case.
+<P>
+If you call the <tt>subwidget</tt> method with additional arguments, the
+  widget command of the specified subwidget will be called with these
+  arguments. For example, if <tt>.c</tt> is, again, the pathname of a
+  TixControl widget, the command:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt>   .c subwidget entry configure -bg gray
+</tt>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+will cause the widget command of the <tt>entry</tt> subwidget of <tt>.c</tt> to be called with the arguments <tt>configure -bg gray</tt>. So
+  actually this command will be translated into the following call:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt>   .c.frame.entry configure -bg gray
+</tt>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+which calls the <tt>configure</tt> method of the <tt>entry</tt> subwidget
+  with the arguments <tt>-bg gray</tt> and changes its background color
+  to <tt>gray</tt>.
+<P>
+We can call the <tt>subwidget</tt> method with other types of arguments
+  to access different methods of the specified subwidget. For example,
+  the following call:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt>   .c subwidget entry icursor end
+</tt>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+calls the <tt>icursor</tt> method of the <tt>entry</tt> subwidget with the
+  argument <tt>end</tt> and sets the insert cursor of the <tt>entry</tt>
+  subwidget to the end of its input string.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_4.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_4.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Chaining the <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=134>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html381 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html379 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html373 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html383 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html382 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_5.html> Configuring Subwidget Options </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html380 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html374 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_3.html> The subwidget Method</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00033400000000000000> Chaining the <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=134>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+Some Tix mega-widgets may have subwidgets that in turn contain
+  subwidgets. For example, the TixExFileSelectDialog (section
+  5.1.3) widget contains a TixExFileSelectBox subwidget
+  called <tt>fsbox</tt>, which in turn contains a TixComboBox (section
+  1.4) subwidget called <tt>dir</tt>. If we want to access
+  the <tt>dir</tt> subwidget, we can just ``chain'' the <tt>subwidget</tt>
+  method. For example, if we have a TixExFileSelectDialog called <tt>.file</tt>, the following command will return the pathname of the <tt>dir</tt> subwidget of the <tt>fsbox</tt> subwidget of <tt>.file</tt>:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt>   .file subwidget fsbox subwidget dir
+</tt>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+Moreover, the following command configures the <tt>dir</tt> subwidget to
+  have a border of the groove type with a border width of 2 pixels:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt>   .file subwidget fsbox subwidget dir configure -bd 2 -relief groove
+</tt>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+The chaining of the subwidget command can be applied for arbitrarily
+  many levels, depending whether your widget has a subwidget that has
+  a subwidget that has a subwidget that has a subwidget ... and so on.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_5.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_5.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the <tt>-options</tt> Switch<A NAME=135>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html392 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html390 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html384 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html394 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html393 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_6.html> Configuring Subwidget Options </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html391 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html385 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_4.html> Chaining the subwidget </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00033500000000000000> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the <tt>-options</tt> Switch<A NAME=135>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+As we have seen above, we can use commands like ``<tt>subwidget</tt> <em>name</em> <tt>configure ...</tt>'' to set the configuration options of
+  subwidgets. However, this can get quite tedious if we want to configure
+  many options of many subwidgets.
+<P>
+There is a more convenient and terse way to configure the subwidget options
+  without using the <tt>subwidget</tt> method: the <tt>-options</tt> switch. All
+  Tix mega-widgets support the <tt>-option</tt> switch, which can be used
+  during the creation of the mega-widget.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt> tixControl .income -label &quot;Income: &quot; -variable income -options {<BR>
+    label.width       8<BR>
+    label.anchor      e<BR>
+    entry.width       10<BR>
+    entry.borderWidth 3<BR>
+}<BR>
+tixControl .age    -label &quot;Age: &quot;    -variable age    -options {<BR>
+    label.width       8<BR>
+    label.anchor      e<BR>
+    entry.width       10<BR>
+    entry.borderWidth 3<BR>
+}<BR>
+pack .income .age -side top
+</tt>
+</blockquote>
+<P><CENTER>(Figure 1-5) Using the <tt>-options</tt> switch<A NAME=15>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/intro/ctl_noopt.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/intro/ctl_wopt.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 1-6) Using the <tt>-options</tt> Switch to Align the Labels<A NAME=16>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+The use of the <tt>-options</tt> switch is illustrated in program
+  1-5, which creates two TixControl widgets for
+  the user to enter his income and age. Because of the different sizes
+  of the labels of these two widgets, if we create them haphazardly,
+  the output may look like fig 1-6.
+<P>
+To avoid this problem, we set the width of the <tt>label</tt>
+  subwidgets of the <tt>.income</tt> and <tt>.age</tt> widgets to be the
+  same (8 characters wide) and set their <tt>-anchor</tt> option to <tt>e</tt> (flushed to right), so that the labels appear to be
+  well-aligned. Program 1-5 also does other
+  things such as setting the <tt>entry</tt> subwidgets to have a width of
+  10 characters and a border-width of 3 pixels so that they appear
+  wider and ``deeper''. A better result is shown in figure
+  1-6.
+<P>
+  As we can see from program 1-5, the value for
+  the <tt>-options</tt> switch is a list of one or more pairs of
+<P>
+<blockquote> <em>subwidget-option-spec</em> <em>value</em> ..
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<em>subwidget-option-spec</em> is in the form <em>subwidget-name</em><tt>.</tt><em>option-name</em>. For example, <tt>label.anchor</tt> identifies the
+ <tt>anchor</tt> option of the <tt>label</tt> subwidget, <tt>entry.width</tt>
+ identifies the <tt>width</tt> option of the entry subwidget, and so on.
+<P>
+Notice we must use the <em>name</em> of the option, not the <em>command-line switch</em> of the option. For example, the option that
+ specifies the border-width of the <tt>entry</tt> subwidget has the
+ command-line switch <tt>-borderwidth</tt> but its name is <tt>borderWidth</tt> (notice the capitalization on the name but not on the
+ command-line switch). Therefore, we have used the capitalized version
+ of ``<tt>entry.borderWidth 3</tt>'' in program
+ 1-5 and not ``<tt>entry.borderwidth 3</tt>''. To
+ find out the names of the options of the respective subwidgets,
+ please refer to their manual pages.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_6.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_6.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the Tk Option Database<A NAME=136>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html403 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html401 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html395 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html405 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html404 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_7.html> Caution: Restricted Access</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html402 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html396 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_5.html> Configuring Subwidget Options </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00033600000000000000> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the Tk Option Database<A NAME=136>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The <tt>-options</tt> switch is good if you want to specify subwidget
+  options for one or a few mega-widgets. If you want to specify the
+  subwidget for many mega-widgets, it is easier to use the Tk Option
+  Database.
+<P>
+Options in the Tk Option Database can be specified using the <tt>option</tt> command and the pathname of the widget. For all the Tix
+  mega-widgets, it is guaranteed that the pathname of their subwidgets
+  ends with the <em>name</em> of the subwidgets. For example, if we have
+  a mega widget called <tt>.a.b.megaw</tt> and it has a subwidget whose
+  name is <tt>subw</tt>, then we can be sure that the pathname of the
+  subwidget will be something like
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt>   .a.b.megaw.foo.bar.subw
+</tt>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+Therefore, if we want to specify options for it in the Option
+  Database, we can issue commands like:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt>   option add *a.b.megaw*subw.option1 value1<BR>
+  option add *a.b.megaw*subw.option2 value2
+</tt>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+Notice that it will be wrong to issue the commands as:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt>   option add *a.b.megaw.subw.option1 value1<BR>
+  option add *a.b.megaw.subw.option2 value2
+</tt>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+because in general we will not know whether the subwidget is an
+  immediate child window of <tt>.a.b.megaw</tt> (<em>such a decision
+  is left to the mega-widget implementor and may vary in different
+  versions of the same mega-widget</em>).
+<P>
+Program 1-7 demonstrates how the Tk Option Database can be
+  used to achieve the same effect as program 1-5.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt> option add *TixControl*label.width       8<BR>
+option add *TixControl*label.anchor      e<BR>
+option add *TixControl*entry.width       10<BR>
+option add *TixControl*entry.borderWidth 3<BR>
+<BR>
+tixControl .income -label &quot;Income: &quot; -variable income<BR>
+tixControl .age    -label &quot;Age: &quot;    -variable age<BR>
+<BR>
+pack .income .age -side top
+</tt>
+</blockquote>
+(Figure 1-7) Using the Tk Option Database in Place of the <tt>-options</tt>  switch<A NAME=17>&nbsp;</A>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_7.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_7.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Caution: Restricted Access<A NAME=137>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html412 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html410 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html406 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html414 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html413 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html> Another Tix Widget: </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html411 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html407 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_6.html> Configuring Subwidget Options </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00033700000000000000> Caution: Restricted Access<A NAME=137>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+In the current implementation of Tix, there is no limits on how you
+  can access the options of the subwidgets. However, many options of
+  the subwidgets may be already used by the mega-widget in special
+  ways. For example, the <tt>-textvariable</tt> option of the <tt>entry</tt>
+  subwidget of TixControl may be used to store some private
+  information for the mega widget. Therefore, you should access the
+  options of the subwidgets with great care. In general you should
+  only access those options that affect the appearance of the
+  subwidgets (such as <tt>-font</tt> or <tt>-foreground</tt>) and leave
+  everything else intact. (<em></em>) {In future versions of Tix, there
+  will be explicit restrictions on which subwidget options you can
+  access. Errors will be generated if you try to access restricted
+  subwidget options}<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Creating a TixComboBox Widget<A NAME=141>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html438 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html436 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html430 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html440 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html439 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_2.html> Controlling the Style </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html437 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html> Another Tix Widget: </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html431 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html> Another Tix Widget: </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00034100000000000000> Creating a TixComboBox Widget<A NAME=141>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt> tixComboBox .c -label &quot;Animal:&quot; -editable true<BR>
+.c insert end cat<BR>
+.c insert end dog<BR>
+.c insert end pig
+</tt>
+</blockquote>
+<P><CENTER>(Figure 1-9) Creating a ComboBox<A NAME=19>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+In program 1-9, we set up a ComboBox <tt>.c</tt>
+  for the user to select an animal to play with. If the user is just a
+  dull person like you and me, he would just press the arrow button
+  and select a pre-designated animal such as ``dog''.  However, if he
+  wants to try something new, he could type ``micky'' or ``sloth''
+  into the entry widget and he will get to play with his favorite
+  animal.
+<P>
+Of course, sometimes we don't want too many sloths around us and we
+  want to limit the range of the user's selections. In this case we
+  can do one of two things. First, we can set the <tt>-editable</tt>
+  option to <tt>false</tt> so that the user cannot type in the entry
+  widget at all.  Alternatively, we can use the <tt>-validatecmd</tt>
+  option (see section 1.4.3) to check input the input.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Controlling the Style of the TixComboBox<A NAME=142>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html449 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html447 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html441 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html451 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html450 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_3.html> Static Options</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html448 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html> Another Tix Widget: </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html442 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_1.html> Creating a TixComboBox </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00034200000000000000> Controlling the Style of the TixComboBox<A NAME=142>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The TixComboBox widget can appear in many different styles. If we
+  set the <tt>-dropdown</tt> option to <tt>true</tt> (which is the default),
+  the listbox will only appear when the user presses the arrow button.
+  When <tt>-dropdown</tt> is set to <tt>false</tt>, the listbox is always
+  shown and the arrow button will disappear because it is not needed
+  anymore.
+<P>
+There is also an option called <tt>-fancy</tt>. It is set to <tt>false</tt> by default. When set to <tt>true</tt>, a tick button and a cross
+  button will appear next to the entry widget. The tick button allows
+  you to select again the value that's already in the ComboBox. If you
+  press the cross button, the entry widget will be cleared.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Static Options<A NAME=143>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html460 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html458 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html452 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html462 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html461 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_4.html> Monitoring the User's </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html459 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html> Another Tix Widget: </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html453 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_2.html> Controlling the Style </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00034300000000000000> Static Options<A NAME=143>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The <tt>-dropdown</tt> and <tt>-fancy</tt> options are so-called ``static
+  options''.  They can only be set during the creation of the
+  ComboBox. Hence this code is valid:
+<P>
+<tt>     tixComboBox .c -dropdown true
+</tt>
+<P>
+But the following code will generate an error because it attempts to
+  set the <tt>-dropdown</tt> option <em>after</em> the ComboBox has already
+  been created.
+<P>
+<tt>     TixComboBox .c<BR>
+    .c config -dropdown true
+</tt>
+<P>
+The restrictions of the static options, although annoying,
+  nevertheless make sense because we don't want our interface to
+  suddenly change its style. If sometimes a button is there and
+  sometimes it disappear all by itself, that will certainly create a
+  lot of confusion and makes the user wonder why he should buy our
+  software. Also, as you will see in chapter 6, having some
+  static options will make the life of widget writers a lot easier.
+<P>
+Accessing the value of the ComboBox is very similar to accessing the
+  value of the TixControl widget. The ComboBox has these four options,
+  which we discussed in section 1.2.2: <tt>-value</tt>,
+  <tt>-variable</tt>, <tt>-command</tt> and <tt>-validatecmd</tt>. You can use
+  these four options to access the user input and respond to user
+  actions in exactly the same way as discussed in section
+  1.2.2.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_4.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_4.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Monitoring the User's Browsing Actions<A NAME=144>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html469 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html467 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html463 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html471 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html470 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html468 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html> Another Tix Widget: </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html464 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_3.html> Static Options</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00034400000000000000> Monitoring the User's Browsing Actions<A NAME=144>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+When the user drags the mouse pointer over the listbox, the listbox
+  item under the pointer will be highlighted and a ``browse event''
+  will be generated. If you want to keep track of what items the user
+  has browses through, you can use the <tt>-browsecmd</tt> option. Here
+  is an example:
+<P>
+<tt>     tixComboBox .c -browsecmd mybrowse<BR>
+    ....<BR>
+<BR>
+    proc mybrowse {item} {<BR>
+        puts &quot;user has browsed $item&quot;<BR>
+    }</tt>
+<P>
+When the Tcl command specified by the <tt>-browsecmd</tt> option is
+  called, it will be called with one parameter: the current item that
+  the user has highlighted.
+<P>
+The <tt>-browsecmd</tt> is useful because it gives the user the
+  possibility of temporarily seeing the results of several choices
+  before committing to a final choice.
+<P>
+For example, we can list a set of image files in a ComboBox. When
+  the user single-clicks on an item on the ComboBox, we want to show a
+  simplified view of that image. After the user has browsed through
+  several images, he can finally decide on which image he wants by
+  double-clicking on that item in the listbox.
+<P>
+The following is some pseudo Tcl code that does this. Please notice
+  that the <tt>-browsecmd</tt> procedure is called every time the user
+  single-clicks on an item or drags the mouse pointer in the listbox.
+  The <tt>-command</tt> procedure is only called when the user
+  double-clicks on an item.
+<P>
+<tt> tixComboBox .c -dropdown false -browsecmd show_simple -command load_fullsize <BR>
+.c insert end &quot;/pkg/images/flowers.gif&quot;<BR>
+.c insert end &quot;/pkg/images/jimmy.gif&quot;<BR>
+.c insert end &quot;/pkg/images/ncsa.gif&quot;<BR>
+<BR>
+proc show_simple {filename} {<BR>
+    # Load in a simplified version of $filename<BR>
+}<BR>
+<BR>
+proc load_fullsize {filename} {<BR>
+    # Load in the full size image in $filename<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P>
+As we shall see, all Tix widgets that let us do some sort of
+  selections have the <tt>-browsecmd</tt> option. The <tt>-browsecmd</tt>
+  option allows us to respond to user events in a simple,
+  straight-forward manner. Of course, you can do the same thing with
+  the Tk <tt>bind</tt> command, but you don't want to do that unless you
+  are very fond of things like <tt>$&lt;$Control-Shift-ButtonRelease-1$&gt;$</tt>
+  and <tt>&quot;%x%X$w%W%w&quot;</tt>.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Creating A TixSelect Widget<A NAME=151>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html496 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html494 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html488 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html498 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html497 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html>  Label and Orientation</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html495 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html489 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00035100000000000000> Creating A TixSelect Widget<A NAME=151>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+Program 1-11 shows how to create a TixSelect
+  widget. At line 1 of program 1-11, we create a
+  TixSelect using the the <tt>tixSelect</tt> command.
+<P>
+<tt>  tixSelect .fruits -label &quot;Fruits: &quot; -orientation horizontal<BR>
+ .fruits add apple  -text Apple  -width 6<BR>
+ .fruits add orange -text Orange -width 6<BR>
+ .fruits add banana -text Banana -width 6<BR>
+ pack .fruits
+</tt>
+<P><CENTER>(Figure 1-11) Creating a TixSelect Widget<A NAME=111>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_5.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_5.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Specifying Selection Rules<A NAME=152>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html540 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html538 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html532 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html542 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html541 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_6.html> Accessing the Value </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html539 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html533 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html>  Accessing the Button </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00035500000000000000> Specifying Selection Rules<A NAME=152>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+For simple selection rules, you can use the <tt>-allowzero</tt> and <tt>-radio</tt> options. The <tt>-allowzero</tt> option specifies whether the user
+  can select none of the choices inside the TixSelect widget. The <tt>-radio</tt> option controls how many buttons can be selected at once: when
+  set to true, the user can select only one button at a time; when set to
+  false, the user can select as many buttons as he desires.
+<P>
+With these two options, we can write a program using two TixSelect widgets
+  for little Jimmy to fill up his lunch box. On the Sandwich side, we set
+  <tt>-radio</tt> to true and <tt>-allowzero</tt> <tt>false</tt>. That means Jimmy
+  can select one and only one sandwich among beef, cheese or ham
+  sandwiches. On the Veggie side, we want to encourage Jimmy to consume as
+  much veggie as possible, so we set the <tt>-allowzero</tt> option to <tt>false</tt>. We also set the <tt>-allowzero</tt> option to <tt>false</tt> so that
+  Jimmy cannot get away with eating none of the vegetables (see program
+  1-13).
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt> tixSelect .sandwich -allowzero false -radio true -label &quot;Sandwich :&quot;<BR>
+.sandwich add beef   -text Beef<BR>
+.sandwich add cheese -text Cheese<BR>
+.sandwich add ham    -text Ham<BR>
+<BR>
+tixSelect .vege -allowzero false -radio false -label &quot;Vegetable :&quot;<BR>
+.vege add bean    -text Bean<BR>
+.vege add carrot  -text Carrot<BR>
+.vege add lettuce -text Lettuce
+</tt>
+</blockquote>
+<P><CENTER>(Figure 1-13) Specifying Simple Selection Rules<A NAME=113>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_6.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_6.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Accessing the Value of a TixSelect Widget<A NAME=153>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html551 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html549 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html543 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html553 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html552 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_7.html> Specifying Complex Selection </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html550 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html544 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_5.html> Specifying Selection Rules</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00035600000000000000> Accessing the Value of a TixSelect Widget<A NAME=153>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The <em>value</em> of a TixSelect widget is a list of the names of the
+  button subwidgets that are currently selected. For example, in
+  program 1-11, if the user has selected the apple
+  button, then the value of the TixSelect widget will be <tt>apple</tt>. If the user has selected both the apple and the orange
+  buttons, then the value will be the list <tt>&quot;apple orange&quot;</tt>.
+<P>
+The TixSelect widget supports same set of options as the TixControl widget
+  for you to access its value: the <tt>-value</tt> option stores the current
+  value, which can be queried and modified using the cget and configure
+  methods. You can also use the <tt>-variable</tt> option to specify a global
+  variable to store the value of the TixSelect widget. The <tt>-command</tt>
+  option specifies a TCL command to be called whenever the user changes the
+  selection inside a TixSelect widget. This command is called with one
+  argument: the new value of the TixSelect widget. There is also the <tt>-disablecallback</tt> option which you can use to control whether the command
+  specified by the <tt>-command</tt> option should be called when the value of
+  the TixSelect changes.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_7.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_7.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Specifying Complex Selection Rules<A NAME=154>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html560 HREF=section3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html558 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html554 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html562 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html561 HREF=section3_4.html> Container Widgets</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html559 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html555 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_6.html> Accessing the Value </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00035700000000000000> Specifying Complex Selection Rules<A NAME=154>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+If you want to have more complex selection rules for the
+  TixSelect widget, you can use the <tt>-validatecmd</tt> option. This
+  option works the same as the <tt>-validatecmd</tt> option of the
+  TixControl widget which we discusses in section
+  1.2: it specifies a command to be called every
+  time the user attempts to change the selection inside a TixSelect
+  widget.
+<P>
+In the example program 1-14, the procedure
+  <tt>TwoMax</tt> will be called every time the user tries to change the
+  selection of the <tt>.fruits</tt> widget. <tt>TwoMax</tt> limits the
+  maximum number of fruits that the user to choose to be 2 by always
+  truncating the value of the TixSelect widget to have no more than
+  two items. If you run this program, you will find out that you can
+  never select a third fruit after you have select two fruits.
+<P>
+<tt>   tixSelect .fruits -label &quot;Fruits: &quot; -radio false -validatecmd TwoMax<BR>
+  .fruits add apple  -text Apple  -width 6<BR>
+  .fruits add orange -text Orange -width 6<BR>
+  .fruits add banana -text Banana -width 6<BR>
+  pack .fruits<BR>
+<BR>
+  proc TwoMax {value} {<BR>
+     if {[llength $value] $&gt;$ 2} {<BR>
+        return [lrange $value 0 1]<BR>
+     } else {<BR>
+        return $value<BR>
+     }<BR>
+  }</tt>
+<P><CENTER>(Figure 1-14) Specifying More Complex Selection Rules<A NAME=114>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Adding Pages to a TixNoteBook<A NAME=211>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html610 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html608 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html602 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html612 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html611 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_2.html> Keyboard Accelerators</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html609 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html> TixNoteBook</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html603 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html> TixNoteBook</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00041100000000000000> Adding Pages to a TixNoteBook<A NAME=211>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The example program in figure 2-2 creates the
+  TixNoteBook widget shown in figure 2-1. In the first
+  three lines, we create the notebook widget and two pages inside
+  it. While we create the pages, we also set the labels on the tabs
+  associated with each page and use the <tt>-underline</tt> option to
+  indicate the keyboard accelerator for each page.
+<P>
+   Each time we create a page in the notebook using the <tt>add</tt> method, a
+  frame subwidget is created for us automatically. This frame subwidget has
+  the same name as the page (the first parameter passed to the <tt>add</tt>
+  method). We can use the <tt>subwidget</tt> method to find out the pathname
+  of this frame subwidget and pack everything we want to display on the
+  page into this frame widget. Lines 4-10 of program 2-2 shows
+  how to create the widgets inside the ``Hard Disk'' page. Creating the
+  widgets inside the ``Network'' page will be similar.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> tixNoteBook .n<BR>
+.n add hd  -label &quot;Hard Disk&quot; -underline 0<BR>
+.n add net -label &quot;Network&quot;   -underline 0<BR>
+<BR>
+set frame [.n subwidget hd]<BR>
+tixControl $frame.access   -label &quot;Access Time:&quot;<BR>
+tixControl $frame.write    -label &quot;Write Throughput:&quot;<BR>
+tixControl $frame.read     -label &quot;Read Througput:&quot;<BR>
+tixControl $frame.capacity -label &quot;Capacity:&quot;<BR>
+pack $frame.access $frame.write $frame.read $frame.capacity <BR>    -side top -fill x
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P><CENTER>(Figure 2-2) Using The TixNoteBook Widget<A NAME=22>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Keyboard Accelerators<A NAME=212>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html621 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html619 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html613 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html623 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html622 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_3.html> Delaying the Creation </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html620 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html> TixNoteBook</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html614 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_1.html> Adding Pages to </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00041200000000000000> Keyboard Accelerators<A NAME=212>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+Note that in line 2-3 of program 2-2, we have indicated
+  the keyboard accelerators for the two pages using the <tt>-underline</tt> option. The value of this option is the position of the
+  character to be underlined in the string, where zero represents the
+  first character. When the user presses <tt>$&lt;$Alt-N$&gt;$</tt> or <tt>$&lt;$Meta-N$&gt;$</tt> the ``Network'' page will be activated; on the other hand,
+  if he presses <tt>$&lt;$Alt-H$&gt;$</tt> or <tt>$&lt;$Meta-H$&gt;$</tt> the ``Hard Disk'' page
+  will be activated. The TixNoteBook widget will automatically create
+  the keyboard bindings for these accelerators for us, in a way
+  similar to what the menu widget does, so there is no need to set the
+  keyboard bindings ourself.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Delaying the Creation of New Pages<A NAME=213>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html632 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html630 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html624 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html634 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html633 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_4.html> Changing Page Tabs </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html631 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html> TixNoteBook</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html625 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_2.html> Keyboard Accelerators</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00041300000000000000> Delaying the Creation of New Pages<A NAME=213>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+If your notebook contains many complicated pages, it may take quite a
+  while to create all widgets inside these pages and your program will
+  probably freezes for a few seconds when it pops up the notebook for
+  the first time. To avoid embarrassing moments like this, we can use
+  the ``delayed page creation'' feature of the TixNoteBook widget.
+<P>When we create a page using the <tt>add</tt> method, we can specify
+  the optional parameter <tt>-createcmd</tt> so that we only need to
+  create the page when the user wants to see it. This is illustrated
+  in program 2-3:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> tixNoteBook .n<BR>
+.n add hd  -label &quot;Hard Disk&quot; -underline 0 -createcmd CreateHd<BR>
+.n add net -label &quot;Network&quot;   -underline 0 -createCmd CreateNet<BR>
+<BR>
+proc CreateHd {frame} {<BR>
+    tixControl $frame.access   -label &quot;Access Time:&quot;<BR>
+    tixControl $frame.write    -label &quot;Write Throughput:&quot;<BR>
+    tixControl $frame.read     -label &quot;Read Througput:&quot;<BR>
+    tixControl $frame.capacity -label &quot;Capacity:&quot;<BR>
+    pack $frame.access $frame.write $frame.read $frame.capacity <BR>        -side top -fill x<BR>
+}<BR>
+<BR>
+proc CreateNet {frame} {<BR>
+    ...<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+<P>
+<P><CENTER>(Figure 2-3) Delayed Page Creation<A NAME=23>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+In line 2 of program 2-3, we use the <tt>-createcmd</tt>
+  option to specify that the procedure <tt>CreateHd</tt> should be called
+  when the ``Hard Disk'' page needs to be created. <tt>CreateHd</tt>
+  takes one argument, the frame subwidget of the page. As we can see,
+  program program 2-3 is not very different than program
+  2-2, except now we can issue less commands during the
+  set-up of the NoteBook widget and the interface can be started up
+  more quickly.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_4.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_4.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Changing Page Tabs and Deleting Pages<A NAME=214>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html641 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html639 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html635 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html643 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html642 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html> PanedWindow</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html640 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html> TixNoteBook</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html636 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_3.html> Delaying the Creation </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00041400000000000000> Changing Page Tabs and Deleting Pages<A NAME=214>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+To change the information in the tabs of the pages, we can use the
+  <tt>pageconfigure</tt> method. For example, the following command:
+<P><blockquote> <P><tt> .nb pageconfigure hd -label &quot;Fixed Disk&quot;
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>changes the label from ``Hard Disk'' to ``Fixed Disk''.  To delete a
+  page, we can use the <tt>delete</tt> method.
+<P>You should avoid using the <tt>pageconfigure</tt> and <tt>delete</tt>. Your users will just feel annoyed if the interface changes
+  all the time and notebook pages appear and disappear every now and
+  then.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Adding Panes Inside a TixPanedWindow Widget<A NAME=221>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html667 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html665 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html659 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html669 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html668 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_2.html> Putting Widgets Inside </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html666 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html> PanedWindow</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html660 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html> PanedWindow</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00042100000000000000> Adding Panes Inside a TixPanedWindow Widget<A NAME=221>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+You can create a TixPanedWindow widget using the <tt>tixPanedWindow</tt>
+  command. After that, you can add panes into this widget using the
+  <tt>add</tt> method (see program 2-5).
+<P>When you use the <tt>add</tt> method, there are several optional
+  parameters which you can use to control the size of each of the
+  pane. The <tt>-min</tt> parameter controls the minimum size of the pane
+  and the <tt>-max</tt> parameter controls its maximum size. These two
+  parameters controls how much the user can expand or shrink a
+  pane. If neither is specified, then the pane can be expanded or
+  shrunk without restrictions.
+<P>In addition, the -size parameter specifies the initial size of the
+  pane. If it is not specified, then the initial size of the pane will
+  be its natural size.
+<P>
+   In program 2-5, we set the initial size of <tt>pane1</tt> to
+  100 pixels using the -size parameter. We don't set the <tt>-size</tt>
+  parameter for <tt>pane2</tt> so it will appear in its natural
+  size. However, we use the <tt>-max</tt> option for <tt>pane2</tt> so that
+  the user can never expand the size of <tt>pane2</tt> to more than 300
+  pixels.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> tixPanedWindow .p<BR>
+.p add pane1 -size 100<BR>
+.p add pane2 -max 300<BR>
+<BR>
+set p1 [.p subwidget pane1]<BR>
+button $p1.b1 -text Button1<BR>
+button $p1.b2 -text Button2<BR>
+pack $p1.b1 $p1.b2 -side left -expand yes<BR>
+<BR>
+set p2 [.p subwidget pane2]<BR>
+button $p2.b -text &quot;Another Button&quot;<BR>
+pack $p2.b -side left -expand yes -fill both<BR>
+<BR>
+pack .p -expand yes -fill both
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P><CENTER>(Figure 2-5) Adding Panes into a TixPanedWindow Widget<A NAME=25>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Putting Widgets Inside the Panes<A NAME=222>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html678 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html676 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html670 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html680 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html679 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_3.html> Setting the Order </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html677 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html> PanedWindow</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html671 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_1.html> Adding Panes Inside </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00042200000000000000> Putting Widgets Inside the Panes<A NAME=222>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+Each pane we have created using the <tt>add</tt> method is essentially
+  a frame widget. After we have created the panes, we can put widgets
+  inside them. As shown inside program 2-5, we can use the
+  <tt>subwidget</tt> method to find out the name of the pane
+  subwidgets. Then we can just create new widgets as their children
+  and pack these new widgets inside the panes. The output of program
+  2-5 is shown in figure 2-6
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/container/pane_add.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Setting the Order of the Panes<A NAME=223>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html689 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html687 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html681 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html691 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html690 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_4.html> Changing the Sizes </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html688 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html> PanedWindow</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html682 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_2.html> Putting Widgets Inside </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00042300000000000000> Setting the Order of the Panes<A NAME=223>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+Usually, when you create a new pane, it is always added to the
+  bottom or right of the list of panes. If you want to control the
+  order in which the panes appear inside the TixPanedWindow widget,
+  you can use the two optional parameters, <tt>-before</tt> and <tt>-after</tt>, for the <tt>add</tt> method.  For example, the call:
+<P><blockquote> <P><tt> .p add pane2 -after pane1
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+ will place the new pane immediately after <tt>pane1</tt>. The call:
+<blockquote> <P><tt> .p add pane2 -before pane1
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+will place the new pane immediately in front of <tt>pane1</tt>.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_4.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_4.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Changing the Sizes of the Panes<A NAME=224>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html698 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html696 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html692 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html700 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html699 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html> The Family of </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html697 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html> PanedWindow</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html693 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_3.html> Setting the Order </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00042400000000000000> Changing the Sizes of the Panes<A NAME=224>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+If you want to change the sizes of the existing panes or change
+  their maximum/minimum size constraints, you can use the
+  <tt>paneconfigure</tt> method. For example, the following code changes the
+  size of <tt>pane2</tt> to 100 pixels and adjusts its minimum size
+  constraint to no less than 10 pixels:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> .p paneconfigure pane2 -size 100 -min 10
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+   Notice that after you call the <tt>paneconfigure</tt> method, the
+  PanedWindow may jitter and that may annoy the user. Therefore, use
+  this method only when it is necessary.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_3_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_3_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> The Scrolled Listbox Widget<A NAME=231>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html720 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html718 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html712 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html722 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html721 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_2.html> Other Scrolled Widgets</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html719 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html> The Family of </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html713 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html> The Family of </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00043100000000000000> The Scrolled Listbox Widget<A NAME=231>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+You can create a scrolled listbox widget using the <tt>tixScrolledListBox</tt>
+  command. Notice that the widget created by the <tt>tixScrolledListBox</tt>
+  command is not itself a listbox widget. Rather, it is a frame widget
+  which contains two scrollbar subwidgets: one is called <tt>hsb</tt> (the
+  horizontal scrollbar) and the other is called <tt>vsb</tt> (the vertical
+  scrollbar). Similarly, the listbox being scrolled is also a subwidget
+  which is appropriately called <tt>listbox</tt>. Therefore, if we need to put
+  things into the listbox (as we always do!), we can use the <tt>subwidget</tt> method. As shown in program 2-7, we first find
+  the pathname of the <tt>listbox</tt> subwidget by calling ``<tt>.sl
+  subwidget listbox</tt>''. Then, we insert some items into the <tt>listbox</tt>
+  subwidget.
+<P>
+<P><blockquote> <P><tt> tixScrolledListBox .sl -scrollbar auto<BR>
+set listbox [.sl subwidget listbox]<BR>
+<BR>
+for {set x 0} {$x $&lt;$ 6} {incr x} {<BR>
+    $listbox insert end &quot;This is item $x&quot;<BR>
+}<BR>
+<BR>
+pack .sl -side left -expand yes -fill both
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P><CENTER>(Figure 2-7) Scrolled Listbox Widget<A NAME=27>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+<P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/container/sl-nobar.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/container/sl-bar.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 2-8) Scrolled ListBox with Automatic Scrollbars<A NAME=28>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+Also, as seen in the first line of program 2-7, we use
+  the <tt>-scrollbar</tt> option to control the scrolling policy of the
+  TixScrolledListBox widget. Usually, we'll set it to ``<tt>auto</tt>'':
+  the scrollbars are displayed only if they are needed. Other possible
+  values are ``<tt>both</tt>'': the two scrollbars are always displayed;
+  ``<tt>x</tt>'': the horizontal scrollbar is always displayed, while the
+  vertical scrollbar is always hidden; ``<tt>y</tt>'': the opposite of
+  ``<tt>x</tt>''; ``<tt>none</tt>'': the two scrollbars are always
+  hidden. The result of program 2-7 is shown in figure
+  2-8.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_3_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_3_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Other Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=232>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html729 HREF=section3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html727 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html723 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html731 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html730 HREF=section3_5.html> Tabular Listbox and </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html728 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html> The Family of </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html724 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_1.html> The Scrolled Listbox </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00043200000000000000> Other Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=232>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The <b>TixScrolledText</b> widget is very similar to the
+  TixScrolledListBox widget, except it scrolls a text subwidget, which
+  is called <tt>text</tt>. One problem with the TixScrolledText widget,
+  though, is its <tt>-scrollbar</tt> option doesn't work in the <b>auto</b> mode. This is due to a bug in Tk which doesn't report the
+  width of the <b>text</b> subwidget correctly. Until this bug is fixed
+  in TK, the <b>auto</b> mode will behave the same way as the both mode
+  for the TixScrolledText widget.
+<P>
+   Another scrolled-widget is <b>TixScrolledWindow</b>. Sometimes you have a
+  large number of widgets that can't possibly be shown in the screen all at
+  once and your application doesn't allow you to divide the widgets into
+  several pages of a TixNoteBook. In this case you can use
+  TixScrolledWindow. It contains a frame subwidget called <tt>window</tt>. You
+  can just create as many widgets as you need as children of the <tt>window</tt> subwidget. An example is shown in program 2-9, which uses the
+  TixScrolledWindow widget to implement a ``cheap'' spreadsheet
+  application. The boxes of the spreadsheet are just entry widgets and they
+  are packed inside the <tt>window</tt> subwidget. The user will be able to
+  scroll to different parts of the spreadsheet if it is too large to fit in
+  one screen.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> tixScrolledWindow .sw -scrollbar auto<BR>
+set f [.sw subwidget window]<BR>
+<BR>
+for {set x 0} {$x $&lt;$ 10} {incr x} {<BR>
+    frame $f.f$x<BR>
+    pack  $f.f$x -side top -expand yes -fill both<BR>
+    for {set y 0} {$y $&lt;$ 10} {incr y} {<BR>
+        entry $f.f$x.e$y -width 10<BR>
+        pack $f.f$x.e$y -side left -fill x<BR>
+    }<BR>
+}<BR>
+<BR>
+pack .sw -side left -expand yes -fill both
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P><CENTER>(Figure 2-9) Cheap Spreadsheet Application with TixScrolledWindow<A NAME=29>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+There are two more scrolled-widgets in the Tix library: <b>TixScrolledTList</b> scrolls a TixTList widget and <b>TixScrolledHList</b>
+  scrolls a TixHList widget. The subwidgets that they scroll are called
+  <tt>tlist</tt> and <tt>hlist</tt>, respectively. The use of the TList and HList
+  widgets will be described in the next chapters.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_2_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_2_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Advantages of Display Items<A NAME=321>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html786 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html784 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html778 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html788 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html787 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_2.html> Display Items and </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html785 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html> Display Items</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html779 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html> Display Items</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00052100000000000000> Advantages of Display Items<A NAME=321>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+It is easy to see the advantages of seperating the display items from their
+  host widgets. First, the display items are easy to learn. Since they are
+  the same across different types of widgets. Once you learn about a type
+  of display items, you will know how to use them in all Tix widgets that
+  support display items (currently these include TixHList, TixTList and the
+  spreadsheet widget TixGrid, but the number is growing). In contrast, if
+  you want to create a text item for the Tk widgets, you will find out that
+  the listbox, text, canvas and entry widget each have a different method
+  of creating and manipulating text items, and it is quite annoying to
+  learn each of them individually.
+<P>
+   Second, the hosts widgets that use display items are extensible.
+  Because of the separation of task, the host widgets are not involved
+  in the implementation details of the display items. Therefore, if
+  you add a new type of display items, such as a <tt>animation</tt> type
+  that displays live video, the host widgets will gladly take them in
+  and display them. You don't need to modify the existing host widgets
+  at all. In contrast, if you want to display graphical images in the
+  existing Tk listbox widgets, you'd better set aside 100 hours to
+  rewrite it completely!
+<P>
+   Third, display items are good for writers of host widgets. Because
+  now they just need to implement the arrangement policy of the host
+  widgets. They don't need to worry about drawing at all because it is
+  all handled by the display items. This is a significant saving in
+  code because a widget that does not use display items has to spend
+  30%of its C code to do the drawing.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_2_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_2_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Display Items and Display Styles<A NAME=322>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html795 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html793 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html789 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html797 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html796 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html794 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html> Display Items</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html790 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_1.html> Advantages of Display </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00052200000000000000> Display Items and Display Styles<A NAME=322>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The appearance of a display item is controlled by a set of
+  attributes. For example, the <tt>text</tt> attribute controls the text
+  string displayed on the item and the <tt>font</tt> attribute specifies
+  what font should be used.
+<P>
+   Usually, each of the attributes falls into one of two categroies:
+  ``<em>individual</em>'' or ``<em>collective</em>''. For example, each of
+  the items inside a TixTList widget may display a different text
+  string; therefore we call the text string an <em>individual
+  attribute</em>. However, in most cases, the items share the same color,
+  font and spacing and we call these <em>collective attributes</em>.
+<P>
+   One question concerns where we keep the collective attribute for the
+  display items. Certainly, we can keep a <tt>font</tt> attribute for each
+  item, but this is not really an efficient solution. In fact, if all the
+  items have the same font, we would be keeping a duplicated copy of the
+  same font for each of the items we create. Since a host widget may have
+  many thousands of items, keeping thousands of dupilcated copys of the
+  same font, or any other collective attributes, would be very wasteful.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/relation.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+To avoid the unnecessary duplication of resources, Tix stores the
+  collective attributes in special objects called <em>display styles</em>. The
+  relationship between display items and their styles is depicted in figure
+  3-4. Each item holds its own copy of the individual
+  attributes, such as <tt>text</tt>. However, the collective attributes are
+  stored in the style objects. Each item has a special <tt>style</tt>
+  attribute that tells it which style it should use. In figure 3-4
+, since items <em>a</em> and <em>b</em> are assigned the same
+  style, therefore, they share the same font and color. Item <em>c</em> is
+  assigned a different style, thus, it uses a different font than <em>a</em>
+  and <em>b</em>.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Creating Display Items<A NAME=331>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html821 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html819 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html813 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html823 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html822 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_2.html> Setting the Styles </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html820 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html814 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00053100000000000000> Creating Display Items<A NAME=331>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+Now it's time to put our knowledge about host widgets, display items
+  and display styles into practice. The following example code creates
+  two items in a TixTList widget using the <tt>insert</tt> method:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> tixTList .t<BR>
+pack .t<BR>
+<BR>
+.t insert end -itemtype text -text &quot;First Item&quot;  -underline 0<BR>
+.t insert end -itemtype text -text &quot;Second Item&quot; -underline 0<BR>
+<BR>
+set picture [image create bitmap -file picture.xbm]<BR>
+.t insert end -itemtype image -image $picture</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+As we can see, the <tt>insert</tt> method of TixTList is very similar to the
+  <tt>insert</tt> method of the standard Tk listbox widget: it inserts a new
+  item into the TixTList widget.  The first argument it takes is the
+  location of the new item. For example <tt>0</tt> indicates the first
+  location in the list, <tt>1</tt> indicates the second location, and so
+  on. Also the special keyword <tt>end</tt> indicates the end of the list.
+<P>
+   Then, we can use the <tt>-itemtype</tt> switch to specify the type of
+  display item we want to create. There are currently four types of items
+  to choose from: <tt>text</tt>, <tt>image</tt>, <tt>imagetext</tt> and <tt>window</tt>. In the above example, we create two items of the type <tt>text</tt>
+  and one item of the type <tt>image</tt>. The subsequent arguments to the
+  <tt>insert</tt> method set the configuration options of the individual
+  attributes of the new item.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Setting the Styles of the Display Items<A NAME=332>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html832 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html830 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html824 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html834 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html833 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_3.html> Configuring and Deleting </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html831 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html825 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_1.html> Creating Display Items</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00053200000000000000> Setting the Styles of the Display Items<A NAME=332>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+Note that in the above example, if we want to control the foreground color
+  of the text items, we cannot issue commands such as:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt> .t insert end -itemtype text -text &quot;First Item&quot; -foreground black
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+ because <tt>-foreground</tt> is not an individual attribute of the text
+  item. Instead, it is a collective attribute and must be accessed using a
+  display style object. To do that we can use the command <tt>tixItemStyle</tt> to create display styles, as shown in the following
+  example:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> set style1 [tixDisplayStyle text -font 8x13]<BR>
+set style2 [tixDisplayStyle text -font 8x13bold]<BR>
+<BR>
+tixTList .t; pack .t<BR>
+<BR>
+.t insert end -itemtype text -text &quot;First Item&quot;  -underline 0 <BR>    -style $style1<BR>
+.t insert end -itemtype text -text &quot;Second Item&quot; -underline 0  <BR>    -style $style2<BR>
+.t insert end -itemtype text -text &quot;Third Item&quot;  -underline 0  <BR>    -style $style1</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+The first argument of <tt>tixDisplayStyle</tt> specify the type of style we
+  want to create. Each type of display item needs its own type of display
+  styles. Therefore, for example, we cannot create a style of type <tt>text</tt> and assign it to an item of type <tt>image</tt>. The subsequent
+  arguments to <tt>tixDisplayStyle</tt> set the configuration options of the
+  collective attributes defined by this style. A complete list of the
+  configuration options of each type of the display style is in figures ???
+  through ???.
+<P>
+   The <tt>tixDisplayStyle</tt> command returns the names of the newly created
+  styles to us and we use the variables <tt>style1</tt> and <tt>style2</tt> to
+  store these names. We can then assign the styles to the display items by
+  using the names of the styles. As shown in figure 3-5, by
+  assing these two styles to the <tt>-style</tt> option of the display items,
+  we assigned a medium-weight font to the first and third item and a bold
+  font to the second item.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/twofont.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/twofont2.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 3-5) Two Display Styles With Different Fonts<A NAME=35>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+   The name of the style returned by <tt>tixDisplayStyle</tt> is also the name
+  of a command which we can use to control the style. For example, we can
+  use the following commands to switch the fonts in the two styles we
+  created in the above example:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> $style1 configure -font 8x13bold<BR>
+$style2 configure -font 8x13
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+   After the execution of the above command, the font in the second item in
+  the TixTList widget becomes medium-weight and the font in the first and
+  third items becomes bold, as shown in figure 3-5.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Configuring and Deleting the Items<A NAME=333>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html843 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html841 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html835 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html845 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html844 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_4.html> Choosing the Orientation </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html842 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html836 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_2.html> Setting the Styles </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00053300000000000000> Configuring and Deleting the Items<A NAME=333>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+You can configure the individual attributes of the items using the <tt>entryconfigure</tt> method. There is also the entrycget method for querying
+  the attributes of the items. To <tt>delete</tt> the items, you can use the
+  delete method. In the following example, we use these two methods to
+  change the first and third items to display the text strings <tt>One</tt>
+  and <tt>Two</tt> and change the third item to use the style <tt>$style2</tt>. Then we delete the second item using the <tt>delete</tt> command.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> .t entryconfigure 0 -text One<BR>
+.t entryconfigure 2 -text Two<BR>
+.t delete 1
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_4.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_4.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Choosing the Orientation and Number of Rows or Columns<A NAME=334>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html854 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html852 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html846 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html856 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html855 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_5.html> Event Handling</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html853 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html847 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_3.html> Configuring and Deleting </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00053400000000000000> Choosing the Orientation and Number of Rows or Columns<A NAME=334>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+There are three options that controls the layout of the items in the
+  TixTList widget. The <tt>-orientation</tt> option can be set to either
+  vertical or horizontal. When <tt>-orientation</tt> is set to <tt>vertical</tt>,
+  the items are laid out vertically from top down and wrapped to the next
+  column when the bottom is reached (see figure 3-6). The opposite layout
+  policy is chosen if <tt>-orientation</tt> is set to <tt>horizontal</tt> (see
+  figure 3-6).
+<P>
+   When the <tt>-orientation</tt> option is set to <tt>vertical</tt>, normally
+  the number of columns displayed depends on the number of items in the
+  TixTList widget: the more items there are, the more columns will there
+  be. However, we can use the <tt>-columns</tt> option to control the number
+  of columns: the items will be wrapped in a way so that the number of
+  columns produced will be exactly as dicated by the <tt>-columns</tt> option.
+<P>
+   One use of the <tt>-columns</tt> option is to specify the same layout
+  policy as that of the standard Tk listbox widget. We can do this by
+  setting <tt>-orientation</tt> to vertical and <tt>-columns</tt> to <tt>1</tt>. This way we can get a replacement listbox widget that can
+  display multiple fonts and colors and graphics!
+<P>
+   The counterpart of the <tt>-columns</tt> option is the <tt>-rows</tt> option,
+  which is used for the same purpose when the <tt>-orientation</tt> option is
+  set to <tt>horizontal</tt>.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/vertical.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/horizontal.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 3-6) The <tt>-orientation</tt> option of the TixSelect Widget<A NAME=36>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_5.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_5.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Event Handling<A NAME=335>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html865 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html863 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html857 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html867 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html866 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_6.html> Selection</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html864 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html858 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_4.html> Choosing the Orientation </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00053500000000000000> Event Handling<A NAME=335>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+You can handle the events in a TList widget using the <tt>-browsecmd</tt> and
+  <tt>-command</tt> options. The meanings of these two options are silimar to
+  their meanings in other Tix widgets such as the ComboBox. Usually, the
+  command specified by <tt>-browsecmd</tt> is called when the user clicks or
+  drags the mouse over the items or presses the arrow keys. The command
+  specified by <tt>-command</tt> is called when the user double-clicks or
+  presses the Return key.  These commands are called with one extra
+  argument - the index of the currently ``active'' item, which is usually
+  the item under the mouse cursor.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_6.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_6.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Selection<A NAME=336>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html874 HREF=section3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html872 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html868 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html876 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html875 HREF=section3_6.html> Hierarchical Listbox</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html873 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html869 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_5.html> Event Handling</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00053600000000000000> Selection<A NAME=336>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The <tt>-selectmode</tt> option controls how many items the user can select at
+  one time. In the <tt>single</tt> and <tt>browse</tt> mode, the user can select
+  only one item at a time. In the <tt>multiple</tt> and <tt>extended</tt> mode,
+  the user can select multiple items; the <tt>extended</tt> mode allows
+  disjoint selections while the <tt>multiple</tt> mode does not.
+<P>
+   Normally, the user selects the items using the mouse or the
+  keyboard. You can find out which items the user has selected with the
+  <tt>info selection</tt> method, which returns a list of the currently
+  selected items. You can also set the selection using the <tt>selection
+  set</tt> method. For example, the command <tt>.tlist selection set 3</tt>
+  selects the item whose index is <tt>3</tt>. The command <tt>.tlist
+  selection set 2 10</tt> selects all the items at index <tt>2</tt> through <tt>10</tt>. The method <tt>selection clear</tt> empties the selection.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Creating a Hierarchical List<A NAME=411>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html917 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html915 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html909 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html919 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html918 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_2.html> Creating Entries in </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html916 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html> TixHList - The </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html910 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html> TixHList - The </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00061100000000000000> Creating a Hierarchical List<A NAME=411>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+A TixHList widget can be created by the command <tt>tixHList</tt>. However, most likely, you would want to create a TixHList
+  with scrollbars attached. Therefore, usually you will use the <tt>tixScrolledHList</tt> command to create a scrolled hierarchical listbox
+  (line 1 in program 4-2). The <tt>tixScrolledHList</tt>
+  command is very similar to the <tt>TixScrolledListBox</tt> command we
+  saw in section 2.3.1. It creates a TixHList subwidget
+  of the name <tt>hlist</tt> and attaches two scrollbars to it.
+<P>
+   As shown in the first five lines in program 4-2, we
+  create a scrolled TixHList widget, using the <tt>-options</tt> switch
+  (see section 1.3.5) to set several options for the <tt>hlist</tt> subwidget (we'll talk about these options shortly). Then, we
+  can access the HList subwidget widget using the <tt>subwidget
+  hlist</tt> method (line 7 in program 4-2).
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> tixScrolledHList .sh -options {<BR>
+    hlist.itemType text<BR>
+    hlist.drawBranch false<BR>
+    hlist.indent     8<BR>
+}<BR>
+pack .sh -expand yes -fill both<BR>
+set hlist [.sh subwidget hlist]<BR>
+<BR>
+$hlist add foo         -text &quot;foo&quot;<BR>
+$hlist add foo.bar     -text &quot;foo's 1st son&quot;<BR>
+$hlist add foo.bor     -text &quot;foo's 2nd son&quot;<BR>
+$hlist add foo.bar.bao -text &quot;foo's 1st son's 1st son&quot;<BR>
+$hlist add foo.bar.kao -text &quot;foo's 1st son's 2nd son&quot;<BR>
+$hlist add dor         -text &quot;dor, who has no son&quot;
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P><CENTER>(Figure 4-2) Creating Entries in a HList Widget<A NAME=42>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+<P><blockquote> <P><P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/hlist/hlist_ex1.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Creating Entries in a HList Widget<A NAME=412>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html928 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html926 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html920 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html930 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html929 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_3.html> Controlling the Layout </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html927 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html> TixHList - The </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html921 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_1.html> Creating a Hierarchical </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00061200000000000000> Creating Entries in a HList Widget<A NAME=412>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+   Each entry in an HList widget has a unique name, called its <em>entry-path</em>, which determines each entry's position in the HList
+  widget. The entry-paths of the HList entries are very similar to the
+  pathnames of Unix files. Each entry-path is a list of string names
+  separated by a <em>separator character</em>. By default, the separator
+  character is the period character (<tt>.</tt>), but it can be
+  configured using the <tt>-separator</tt> option of the HList widget.
+<P>
+   In program 4-3, we add several new entries <tt>foo</tt>,
+  <tt>foo.bar</tt>, <tt>foo.bor</tt>, <tt>foo.bar.bao</tt>, .. etc, into the
+  HList widget using the <tt>add</tt> method. The relationship between
+  the entries is signified by their names, in a way similar to how
+  Unix denotes directories and subdirectories. For example, <tt>foo</tt>
+  is the <em>parent</em> of <tt>foo.bar</tt> and <tt>foo.bor</tt>; <tt>foo.bar</tt> is the parent of <tt>foo.bar.bao</tt>, and so on. As far as
+  the terminology goes, we also say that <tt>foo.bar</tt> a <em>child</em>
+  of <tt>foo</tt>; <tt>foo</tt> is an <em>ancestor</em> of <tt>foo.bar.bao</tt>
+  and <tt>foo.bar.bao</tt> is a <em>descendant</em> of <tt>foo</tt>.
+<P>
+   The output of program 4-2 is shown in figure
+  4-3. As we can see, the entries are displayed under
+  their parents with the amount of indentation control by the <tt>-indent</tt> option of the HList widget: <tt>foo.bar.bao</tt> and <tt>foo.bar.kao</tt> are display under <tt>foo.bar</tt>, which is in turn
+  displayed under <tt>foo</tt>.
+<P>
+   Entries with no parents, for example, <tt>foo</tt> and <tt>dor</tt> in
+  program 4-2, are called <em>top-level
+  entries</em>. Top-level entries are usually entries with no immediate
+  superiors in a hierarchical. For example, the owner of a company, the
+  principle of a school or the root directory of a Unix file
+  system. Toplevel entries are displayed with no indentation.
+<P>As evident from program 4-2, all entries who
+  entry-path does not contain a separator character are top-level
+  entries. The only exception is the separator character itself is
+  also a toplevel entry. This makes it easy to display Unix file and
+  directory names inside the HList widget, as shown in program
+  4-4.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> set folder [tix getimage folder]<BR>
+tixScrolledHList .sh -options {<BR>
+    hlist.separator     /<BR>
+    hlist.itemType      imagetext<BR>
+    hlist.drawBranch    true<BR>
+    hlist.indent        14<BR>
+    hlist.wideSelection false<BR>
+}<BR>
+pack .sh -expand yes -fill both<BR>
+set hlist [.sh subwidget hlist]<BR>
+<BR>
+foreach directory {/ /usr /usr/bin /usr/local /etc /etc/rc.d} {<BR>
+    $hlist add $directory -image $folder -text $directory<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P><CENTER>(Figure 4-4) Displaying Directories in a HList Widget<A NAME=44>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><P>
+<P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/hlist/hlist_ex2.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+  Each entry is associated with a display item (see section 3.2
+ about display items). We can use the <tt>-itemtype</tt>
+option of the HList widget to specify the default type of display item
+to be created by the the <tt>add</tt> method, as shown in program 4-2
+ and 4-4. Alternatively, we can also specify
+the type of display item using the <tt>-itemtype</tt> option for the <tt>add</tt> method.
+<P><HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Controlling the Layout of the Entries<A NAME=413>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html939 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html937 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html931 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html941 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html940 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_4.html> Handling the Selection </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html938 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html> TixHList - The </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html932 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_2.html> Creating Entries in </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00061300000000000000> Controlling the Layout of the Entries<A NAME=413>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+There are two options to control the layout of the entries: the <tt>-showbranch</tt> option specifies whether branch lines should be drawn
+  between parent entries and their children. The <tt>-indent</tt> option
+  controls the amount of relative indentation between parent and child
+  entries. Notice the <tt>-drawbranch</tt> option is turned on in figure 4-5
+ but turned off in figure 4-3. Usually, you need
+  to set a bigger indentation when the branches are shown - we used an
+  indentation of 14 pixels in 4-5 compared to 8 pixels in 4-3
+.  <P><HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_4.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_4.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Handling the Selection and User Event<A NAME=414>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html948 HREF=subsection3_6_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html946 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html942 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html950 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html949 HREF=subsection3_6_2.html> Creating Collapsible Tree </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html947 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html> TixHList - The </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html943 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_3.html> Controlling the Layout </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00061400000000000000> Handling the Selection and User Event<A NAME=414>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The handling of the selection and user events for the HList widget
+  is very similar to the TList widget (see section
+  3.3.5), except that for the HList widget all the
+  operations are based on entry-paths, not list indices. The methods
+  <tt>info selection</tt>, <tt>selection set</tt> and <tt>selection clear</tt>
+  can be used to query, set or clear the selection; the option <tt>-selectmode</tt> controls how many entries can be selected at a time;
+  the options <tt>-browsecmd</tt> and <tt>-command</tt> can be used to
+  specify a command to be called to handle user events.
+<P>
+   There is one more option worth mentioning: the <tt>-wideselection</tt>
+  option. When set to <tt>true</tt>, the selection highlight will be drawn
+  across the whole HList widget (see figure 4-3). When set to
+  false, selection highlight will be drawn as wide as the selected entry
+  (see figure 4-5). Normally, you would set <tt>-wideselection</tt> to <tt>false</tt> when you use <tt>imagetext</tt> items inside
+  (as we did in program 4-4).
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Using the TixFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=511>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1002 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1000 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html994 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1004 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1003 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_2.html> The Subwidget in </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1001 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html> File Selection Dialog </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html995 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html> File Selection Dialog </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00071100000000000000> Using the TixFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=511>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+An example of using the TixFileSelectDialog widget is in figure 5-1
+. At line 1, we create a TixFileSelectDialog widget and set
+  the title of the dialog to ``Select A File'' using the <tt>-title</tt>
+  option. We also use the <tt>-command</tt> option to specify that the
+  procedure <tt>selectCmd</tt> should be called when the user has selected a
+  file. <tt>selectCmd</tt> will be called with one parameter, the filename
+  selected by the user. When the TixFileSelectDialog widget is created, it
+  is initially not shown on the screen. Therefore, at line 3, we call its
+  <tt>popup</tt> widget command to place the widget on the screen.
+<P>
+<P><tt> tixFileSelectDialog .file -title &quot;Select A File&quot; -command selectCmd<BR>
+.file subwidget fsbox config -pattern &quot;*.txt&quot; -directory /usr/info<BR>
+.file popup<BR>
+<BR>
+proc selectCmd {filename} {<BR>
+    puts &quot;You have selected $filename&quot;<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P><P><CENTER>(Figure 5-1) Using the TixFileSelectDialog<A NAME=51>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/filesel/fb_comp.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> The Subwidget in the TixFileSelectDialog<A NAME=512>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1013 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1011 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1005 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1015 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1014 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_3.html> The TixExFileSelectDialog Widget</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1012 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html> File Selection Dialog </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1006 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_1.html> Using the TixFileSelectDialog </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00071200000000000000> The Subwidget in the TixFileSelectDialog<A NAME=512>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+We may also want to set other options for the file dialog such as its file
+  filter and working directory. To do this, we must know the composition of
+  the TixFileSelectDialog widget. As shown in figure 5-2, the
+  TixFileSelectDialog contains a subwidget <tt>fsbox</tt> of the type
+  TixFileSelectBox and a subwidget <tt>bbox</tt> of the type TixStdButtonBox.
+<P>
+   The <tt>fsbox</tt> subwidget supports the <tt>-pattern</tt> and <tt>-directory</tt> options. At line 2 of figure 5-1, we use the <tt>-directory</tt> option to tell the <tt>fsbox</tt> subwidget to display files in
+the directory <tt>/usr/info</tt>; we also use the <tt>-pattern</tt> option to
+specify we only want the filenames that has the <tt>txt</tt> extension.
+<P>
+   The <tt>fsbox</tt> subwidget also supports the <tt>-selection</tt> option,
+  which stores the filename currently selected by the user. We can
+  query this value by the <tt>cget</tt> widget command of the <tt>fsbox</tt>
+  subwidget.
+<P>
+Remember that the <tt>-pattern</tt>, <tt>-directory</tt> and <tt>-selection</tt>
+  options do not belong to the TixFileSelectDialog widget. A common mistake
+  that people make is to try to configure the non-existent <tt>-pattern</tt>
+  option of the TixFileSelectDialog, which causes much despair, long error
+  messages and great loss of self-confidence. <em>Always remember:</em>, when
+  you want to configure an option, find out whether it belongs to the
+  widget or its subwidgets.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> The TixExFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=513>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1024 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1022 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1016 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1026 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1025 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_4.html> Specifying File Types </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1023 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html> File Selection Dialog </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1017 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_2.html> The Subwidget in </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00071300000000000000> The TixExFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=513>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/filesel/exfile.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+The TixExFileSelectDialog widget is very similar to the TixFileSelectDialog
+  widget. It supports all the options and widget commands of the latter, so
+  essentially we can just take the program 5-1 and replace the
+  command <tt>tixFileSelectDialog</tt> in the first line to <tt>tixExFileSelectDialog</tt>.
+<P>
+The composition of the TixExFileSelectDialog widget is a bit different: it
+  contains one contains one subwidget, which is also called <tt>fsbox</tt>, of
+  the type TixExFileSelectBox widget (figure 5-3). Again this
+  <tt>fsbox</tt> widgets supports all widget options and commands of the <tt>fsbox</tt> subwidget in TixFileSelectDialog, so the line 2 of program 5-1
+ can work for TixExFileSelectDialog widgets without any
+  change.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_4.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_4.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Specifying File Types for TixExFileSelectDialog<A NAME=514>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1035 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1033 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1027 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1037 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1036 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html> 5.1.5 The tix </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1034 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html> File Selection Dialog </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1028 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_3.html> The TixExFileSelectDialog Widget</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00071400000000000000> Specifying File Types for TixExFileSelectDialog<A NAME=514>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The TixExFileSelectBox widget has a ComboBox subwidget marked as
+  ``Select Files of Type:'' (see figure 5-3). This widget
+  contains some pre-set types of files for the user to choose
+  from. For example, a word processor program can include choices such
+  as ``Microsoft Word Documents'' and ``WordPerfect Documents''.
+<P>
+The TixExFileSelectBox widget has a <tt>-filetypes</tt> option for this
+  purpose. As shown in line 3 through 7 in program 5-4, the
+  value for the <tt>-filetypes</tt> option is a list. Each item in the list
+  should contain two parts. The first part is a list of file patterns and
+  the second part is the textual name for this type of files.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_1_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_1_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Widget Classes and Widget Instances<A NAME=611>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1112 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1110 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1104 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1114 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1113 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_2.html> What is in </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1111 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html> Introduction to Tix </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1105 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html> Introduction to Tix </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00081100000000000000> Widget Classes and Widget Instances<A NAME=611>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+All the mega-widget classes in Tix, such as TixComboBox and
+  TixControl, are implemented in the Tix Intrinsics framework. Also,
+  you can write new <em>widget classes</em> with the Tix Intrinsics. In
+  the next section, I'll go through all the steps of creating a new
+  widget class in Tix. I'll illustrate the idea using a new class
+  ``TixArrowButton'' as an example. TixArrowButton is essentially a
+  button that can display an arrow in one of the for directions
+  (see figure 6-1).
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/oop/arrows.gif">
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+   Once you have defined your classes, you can create <em>widget
+  instances</em> of these classes. For example, the following code will
+  create four instances of your new TixArrowButton class:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> tixArrowButton .up    -direction n<BR>
+tixArrowButton .left  -direction e<BR>
+tixArrowButton .right -direction w<BR>
+tixArrowButton .down  -direction s
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_1_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_1_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> What is in a Widget Instance<A NAME=612>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1123 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1121 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1115 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1125 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1124 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html>  Variables</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1122 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html> Introduction to Tix </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1116 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_1.html> Widget Classes and </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00081200000000000000> What is in a Widget Instance<A NAME=612>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+Each widget instance is composed of three integral parts: variables,
+  methods and component widgets
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_2_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_2_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Using the tixWidgetClass Command<A NAME=621>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1175 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1173 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1169 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1177 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1176 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html> Writing Methods</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1174 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html> Widget Class Declaration</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1170 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html> Widget Class Declaration</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00082100000000000000> Using the tixWidgetClass Command<A NAME=621>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+We can use the <tt>tixWidgetClass</tt> command to declare a new
+class. The syntax is:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> tixWidgetClass classCommandName {<BR>
+    -switch value<BR>
+    -switch value<BR>
+    ....<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+For example, the following is the declaration section of TixArrowButton:
+<P>
+<P><tt> tixWidgetClass tixArrowButton {<BR>
+    -classname  TixArrowButton<BR>
+    -superclass tixPrimitive<BR>
+    -method {<BR>
+        flash invoke invert<BR>
+    }<BR>
+    -flag {<BR>
+        -direction -state<BR>
+    }<BR>
+    -configspec {<BR>
+        {-direction direction Direction e}<BR>
+        {-state state State normal}<BR>
+    }<BR>
+    -alias {<BR>
+        {-dir -direction}<BR>
+    }<BR>
+    -default {<BR>
+        {*Button.anchor         c}<BR>
+        {*Button.padX           5}<BR>
+    }<BR>
+}</tt><P><P><CENTER>(Figure 6-2) declaration of the TixArrowButton Class<A NAME=62>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+   We'll look at what each option means as I describe the command in
+  the following sections.
+<P>
+   The first argument for <tt>tixWidgetClass</tt> is the <em>command name</em>
+  for the widget class (<tt>tixArrowButton</tt>). Command names are used to
+  create widgets of this class. For example, the code
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> tixArrowButton .arrow
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+   creates a widget instance <tt>.arrow</tt> of the class
+  TixArrowButton. Also, the command name is used as a prefix of all
+  the methods of this class. For example, the <tt>Foo</tt> and <tt>Bar</tt>
+  methods of the class TixArrowButton will be written as <tt>tixArrowButton:Foo</tt> and <tt>tixArrowButton:Bar</tt>.
+<P>
+   The <em>class name</em> of the class (<tt>TixArrowButton</tt>)is specified
+  by the <tt>-classname</tt> switch inside the main body of the
+  declaration. The class name is used only to specify options in the
+  TK option database. For example, the following commands specifies
+  the TixArrowButton widget instances should have the default value
+  <tt>up</tt> for their <tt>-direction</tt> option and the default value
+  <tt>normal</tt> for their <tt>-state</tt> option.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> option add *TixArrowButton.direction up<BR>
+option add *TixArrowButton.state     normal
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>Notice the difference in the capitalization of the class name
+  and the command name of the TixArrowButton class: both of them has
+  the individual words capitalized, but the command name (<tt>tixArrowButton</tt>)starts with a lower case letter while the class name
+  (<tt>TixArrowButton</tt>) starts with an upper case letter. When you
+  create your own classes, you should follow this naming convention.
+<P>The <tt>-superclass</tt> switch specifies the superclass of the new
+  widget. In our example, we have set it to <tt>tixPrimitive</tt>. Again,
+  pay attention to the capitalization: we should use the command name
+  of the superclass, not its class name.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_3_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_3_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Declaring Public Methods<A NAME=631>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1196 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1194 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1190 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1198 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1197 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html> Standard Initialization Methods</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1195 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html> Writing Methods</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1191 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html> Writing Methods</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00083100000000000000> Declaring Public Methods<A NAME=631>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+All the methods of a class are by default private methods and cannot
+  be accessed by the application programmer. If you want to make a
+  method public, you can include its name in the <tt>-method</tt> section
+  of the class declaration. In our TixArrowButton example, we have
+  declared that the methods <tt>flash</tt>, <tt>invert</tt> and <tt>invoke</tt>
+  are public methods and they can be accessed by the application
+  programmer. All other methods of the TixArrowButton class will be
+  private.
+   Usually, the names of private methods start with a capital letter
+  with individual words capitalized. The names of public methods
+  start with a lowercase letter.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_4_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_4_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> The InitWidgetRec Method<A NAME=641>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1223 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1221 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1215 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1225 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1224 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html>  Chaining Methods</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1222 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html> Standard Initialization Methods</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1216 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html> Standard Initialization Methods</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00084100000000000000> The InitWidgetRec Method<A NAME=641>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The purpose of the <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt> method is to initialize the
+  variables of the widget instance. For example, the following
+  implementation of <tt>tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec</tt> sets the <tt>count</tt> variable of each newly created instance to zero.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec {w} {<BR>
+    upvar #0 $w data<BR>
+<BR>
+    set data(count) 0<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>Earlier, we showed how each widget you create is associated with an
+  array of the same name.  Within the methods, you always refer to
+  this array through the name <tt>data</tt> -the method then works
+  properly in each instance of the widget.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_4_4.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_4_4.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> The ConstructWidget Method<A NAME=642>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1256 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1254 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1248 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1258 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1257 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_5.html> The SetBindings Method</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1255 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html> Standard Initialization Methods</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1249 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html>  The tixChainMethod call</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00084400000000000000> The ConstructWidget Method<A NAME=642>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The <tt>ConstructWidget</tt> method is used to creates the components
+  of a widget instance. In the case of TixArrowButton, we want to
+  create a new button subwidget, whose name is <tt>button</tt>, and use a
+  bitmap to display an arrow on this button. Assuming the bitmap files
+  are stored in the files <tt>up.xbm</tt>, <tt>down.xbm</tt>, <tt>left.xbm</tt>
+  and <tt>right.xbm</tt>, the string substitution <tt>@$data(-direction).xbm</tt> will give us the appropriate bitmap
+  depending on the current direction option of the widget instance.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:ConstructWidget {w} {<BR>
+    upvar #0 $w data<BR>
+<BR>
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget<BR>
+<BR>
+    set data(w:button) [button $w.button -bitmap @$data(-direction).xbm]<BR>
+    pack $data(w:button) -expand yes -fill both<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>The <tt>tixArrowButton:ConstructWidget</tt> method shown above sets
+  the variable <tt>data(w:button)</tt> to be the pathname of the <tt>button</tt> subwidget. As a convention of the Tix Intrinsics, we must
+  declare a public subwidget <em>swid</em> by storing its pathname in the
+  variable <tt>data(w:</tt><em>swid</em><tt>)</tt>.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_4_5.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_4_5.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> The SetBindings Method<A NAME=643>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1265 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1263 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1259 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1267 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1266 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html> Declaring and Using </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1264 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html> Standard Initialization Methods</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1260 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_4.html> The ConstructWidget Method</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00084500000000000000> The SetBindings Method<A NAME=643>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+In your interface, you want to handle a lot of events in the
+  subwidgets that make up your mega-widget.  For instance, when
+  somebody presses the button in a TixArrowButton widget, you want the
+  button to handle the event. The <tt>SetBindings</tt> method is used to
+  creates event bindings for the components inside the mega-widget. In
+  our TixArrowButton example, we use the bind command to specify that
+  the method <tt>tixArrowButton:IncrCount</tt> should be called each
+  time when the user presses the first mouse button. As a result, we
+  can count the number of times the user has pressed on the button
+  (obviously for no better reasons than using it as a dumb example).
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:SetBindings {w} {<BR>
+    upvar #0 $w data<BR>
+<BR>
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings<BR>
+<BR>
+    bind $data(w:button) $&lt;$1$&gt;$ &quot;tixArrowButton:IncrCount $w&quot;<BR>
+}<BR>
+<BR>
+proc tixArrowButton:IncrCount {w} {<BR>
+    upvar #0 $w data<BR>
+<BR>
+    incr data(count)<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_5_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_5_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Initialization of Public Variables<A NAME=651>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1291 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1289 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1283 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1293 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1292 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html>  Type Checker</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1290 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html> Declaring and Using </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1284 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html> Declaring and Using </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00085100000000000000> Initialization of Public Variables<A NAME=651>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+When a widget instance is created, all of its public variables are
+  initialized by the Tix Intrinsics before the <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt>
+  method is called. Therefore, <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt> and any other
+  method of this widgte instance are free to assume that all the
+  public variables have been properly initialized and use them as
+  such.
+<P>The public variables are initialized by the following criteria.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <UL><P><LI><P>Step 1: If the value of the variable is specified by the
+  creation command, this value is used. For example, if the
+  application programmer has created an instance in the following way:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> tixArrowButton .arr -direction n
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>The value <tt>n</tt> will be used for the -direction variable.
+<P><LI><P>Step 2: if step 1 fails but the value of the variable is
+  specified in the options database, that value is used. For example,
+  if the user has created an instance in the following way:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> option add *TixArrowButton.direction w<BR>
+tixArrowButton .arr
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>The value <tt>w</tt> will be used for the <tt>-direction</tt> variable.
+<P><LI><P>Step3: if step 2 also fails, the default value specified in
+  the <tt>-configspec</tt> secton of the class declaration will be used.
+<P></UL>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_5_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_5_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> Public Variable Configuration Methods<A NAME=652>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1313 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1311 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1305 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1315 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1314 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html>  Configuration Methods and </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1312 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html> Declaring and Using </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1306 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html>  Type Checker</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00085300000000000000> Public Variable Configuration Methods<A NAME=652>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+After a widget instance is created, the user can assign new values
+  to the public variables using the configure method. For example, the
+  following code changes the <tt>-direction</tt> variable of the <tt>.arr</tt> instance to <tt>n</tt>.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> .arr configure -direction n
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>In order for configuration to work, you have to define a
+  configuration method that does what the programmer expects. The
+  configuration method of a public variable is invoked whenever the
+  user calls the configure method to change the value of this
+  variable. The name of a configuration method must be the name of the
+  public variable prefixed by the creation command of the class and
+  <tt>:config</tt>. For example, the name configuration method for the
+  <tt>-direction</tt> variable of the TixArrowButton class is <tt>tixArrowButton:config-direction</tt>. The following code implements
+  this method:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:config-direction {w value} {<BR>
+    upvar #0 $w data<BR>
+<BR>
+    $data(w:button) config -bitmap @$value.xbm<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>Notice that when <tt>tixArrowButton:config-direction</tt> is called,
+  the <tt>value</tt> parameter contains the new value of the <tt>-direction</tt> variable but <tt>data(-direction)</tt> contains the <tt>old</tt> value. This is useful when the configuration method needs to
+  check the previous value of the variable before taking in the new
+  value.
+<P>If a type checker is defined for a variable, it will be called
+  before the configuration method is called. Therefore, the
+  configuration method can assume that the type of the <tt>value</tt>
+  parameter is got is always correct.
+<P>Sometimes it is necessary to override the value supplied by the
+  user. The following code illustrates this idea:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:config-direction {w value} {<BR>
+    upvar #0 $w data<BR>
+<BR>
+    if {$value == &quot;n&quot;} {<BR>
+        set value s<BR>
+        set data(-direction) $value<BR>
+    }<BR>
+<BR>
+    $data(w:button) config -bitmap @$value.xbm<BR>
+    return $data(-direction)<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>Notice the above code always overrides values of <tt>n</tt> to <tt>s</tt>. If you need to override the value, you must do the following two
+  things:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <UL><P><LI><P>Explicitly set the instance variable inside the configuration
+  method (the <tt>set data(-direction) $value</tt> line).
+<P><LI><P>Return the modified value from the configuration method.
+</UL>
+</blockquote>
+<P>If you do not need to override the value, you don't need to return
+  anything from the configuration method. In this case, the Tix
+  Intrinsics will assign the new value to the instance variable for
+  you.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>  Disabling Callbacks Temporarily<A NAME=1221>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html310 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html308 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html302 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html312 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html311 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_4.html> Validating User Inputs</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html309 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html> Getting Started: the </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html303 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_2.html> Accessing The Value </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00032300000000000000>  Disabling Callbacks Temporarily<A NAME=1221>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+Now, if you want to change a value from within the program, you have to
+  disable the callback. The reason is that the callback runs whenever you
+  (as well as the user) makes a change. In particular, if you make a change
+  within the callback procedure and forget to disable the callback, it will
+  recursively call itself and enter an infinite loop. To avoid this
+  problem, you should use the <tt>-disablecallback</tt> option. Here is an
+  example:
+<P>
+<tt>     tixControl .c -command addOne<BR>
+<BR>
+    proc addOne {value} {<BR>
+        .c config -disablecallback true<BR>
+        .c config -value [incr value]<BR>
+        .c config -disablecallback false<BR>
+    }</tt>
+<P>
+The procedure <tt>addOne</tt> adjusts the value of <tt>.c</tt> by one whenever
+  the user enters a new value into <tt>.c</tt>. Notice that it is necessary to
+  set <tt>-disablecallback</tt> here or otherwise <tt>addOne</tt> will be
+  infinitely recursed! That is because <tt>addOne</tt> is called <em>every
+  time</em> the value changes, either by the user or by the program.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>  Label and Orientation<A NAME=1511>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html507 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html505 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html499 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html509 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html508 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html>  Creating the Button </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html506 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html500 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_1.html> Creating A TixSelect </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00035200000000000000>  Label and Orientation<A NAME=1511>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+As shown in program 1-11, with the <tt>-label</tt>
+  option, we can put a label next to the button subwidgets as the
+  caption of the TixSelect widget. We can also control the layout of
+  the button subwidgets using the <tt>-orientation</tt> option. The <tt>-orientation</tt> option can have two values: <tt>horizontal</tt> (the
+  default value) or <tt>vertical</tt>, and the buttons are lied up
+  accordingly. Figure 1-12 shows the output of a
+  TixSelect widget whose <tt>-orientation</tt> is set to <tt>vertical</tt>.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>  Creating the Button Subwidgets and Configuring
+Their Appearance<A NAME=1512>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html518 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html516 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html510 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html520 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html519 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html>  Accessing the Button </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html517 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html511 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html>  Label and Orientation</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00035300000000000000>  Creating the Button Subwidgets and Configuring
+Their Appearance<A NAME=1512>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+After we have created the TixSelect widget, we can create the button
+  subwidgets inside the TixSelect widget by the <tt>add</tt> widget
+  command (lines 2-4 of program 1-11).
+<P>
+The first argument to the <tt>add</tt> command is the name of the button
+  subwidget. Additional arguments can be given in <em>option-value</em> pairs
+  to configure the appearance of the button subwidget. These <em>option-value</em> pairs can be any of those accepted by a normal TK button
+  widget. As shown in program 1-11, we use the <tt>-text</tt>
+  option to put appropriate text strings over the three button subwidgets.
+<P>
+Notice that we also set the <tt>-width</tt> option of all the button
+  subwidgets to 6 characters. This way, the three buttons will have
+  the same width. If we didn't set the <tt>-width</tt> option for the
+  button widgets, they will have different widths, depending on their
+  text string, and the result would look less esthetically pleasing
+  than buttons with same widths.
+<P>
+The output of program 1-11 is shown in figure
+  1-12
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/intro/select1.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/intro/select-vert.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 1-12) The TixSelect Widget<A NAME=112>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
+  </CENTER>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>  Accessing the Button Subwidgets<A NAME=1513>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html529 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html527 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html521 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html531 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html530 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_5.html> Specifying Selection Rules</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html528 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html522 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html>  Creating the Button </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00035400000000000000>  Accessing the Button Subwidgets<A NAME=1513>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+We have already seen the concept of subwidgets and how they can be
+  accessed in section 1.3.1 - when we create a Tix
+  mega-widget, some subwidgets are created for us automatically. For
+  example, the label and entry subwidgets inside a TixControl widget.
+  We can access these subwidgets in a multitude of ways, including
+  using the subwidget method.
+<P>
+One thing about the subwidgets we saw in section 1.3.1 is
+that they are ``static'', meaning they are created when the mega-widget is
+created and they remain there for the whole lifetime of the mega-widget.
+<P>
+The TixSelect widget takes us to a new concept: <em>dynamic
+  subwidgets</em> are subwidgets that can be created on-the-fly. After we
+  add a new button into the TixSelect widget, we get a new
+  subwidget. The name of this new subwidget is given by the first
+  parameter passed to the <tt>add</tt> method. As the following code
+  demonstrates, we can access this new subwidget using the <tt>subwidget</tt> method:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <tt> tixSelect .s<BR>
+.s add apple  -text Apple<BR>
+.s add orange -text Orange<BR>
+#   Mmmm..., let's make the widget look more educated<BR>
+#   by using French words<BR>
+.s subwidget apple  config -text Pomme<BR>
+.s subwidget orange config -text Orange
+</tt>
+</blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE> 5.1.5 The <b><tt>tix filedialog</tt></b> Command<A NAME=515>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1044 HREF=subsection3_7_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1042 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1038 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1046 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1045 HREF=subsection3_7_2.html> Selecting Directories with </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1043 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html> File Selection Dialog </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1039 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_4.html> Specifying File Types </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00071500000000000000> 5.1.5 The <b><tt>tix filedialog</tt></b> Command<A NAME=515>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+TixExFileSelectDialog and TixFileSelectDialog are very similar to
+  each other. So which one should we use? That is just a matter of
+  taste. However, since we know that programmers usually have bad
+  taste, clever programmers would rather step aside and let the users
+  exercise their own taste. To do this, we can use the <tt>tix
+  filedialog</tt> command.
+<P>
+   For any programs based on Tix, the user can choose his preferred
+  type of file dialog by setting the X resource <tt>FileDialog</tt> to
+  either <tt>tixFileSelectDialog</tt> or <tt>tixExFileSelectDialog</tt>.
+  This can usually be done by inserting a line similar to the
+  following into the user's <tt>.Xdefaults</tt> file:
+<blockquote> <P><tt> *myapp*FileDialog: tixExFileSelectDialog
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+   When we call the command <tt>tix filedialog</tt>, it will return a file
+  dialog widget of the user's preferred type.
+<P>
+   The advantage of using <tt>tix filedialog</tt> is it makes coding
+  flexible. If the management suddenly mandates that we dump the Motif
+  look-and-feel in favor of the MS Windows look-and-feel, we don't need to
+  dig up every line of <tt>tixFileSelectDialog</tt> calls and replace it with
+  <tt>tixExFileSelectDialog</tt>. Also, <tt>tix filedialog</tt> creates only one
+  copy of the file dialog, which can be shared by different parts of the
+  program. Therefore, we can avoid creating a separate file dialog widget
+  for each of the ``Open'', ``Save'' and ``Save As'' commands in our
+  application. This way, we can save resource since a file dialog is a
+  large widget and it takes up quite a bit of space.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> set dialog [tix filedialog]<BR>
+$dialog -title &quot;Select A File&quot; -command selectCmd<BR>
+$dialog subwidget fsbox config -pattern &quot;*.txt&quot; -directory /usr/info<BR>
+if {[winfo class $dialog] == &quot;TixExFileSelectDialog&quot;} {<BR>
+    $dialog subwidget fsbox config -filetypes {<BR>
+        {\*}            {*     - All files}\<BR>
+        {\*.txt}        {*.txt - Text files}\<BR>
+        {\*.c}          {*.c   - C source files}\<BR>
+    }<BR>
+}<BR>
+$dialog popup<BR>
+<BR>
+proc selectCmd {filename} {<BR>
+    puts &quot;You have selected $filename&quot;<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P><CENTER>(Figure 5-4) Using the <tt>tix dialog</tt> command<A NAME=54>&nbsp;</A>
+  </CENTER>
+<P>
+   The use of the <tt>tix filedialog</tt> command is shown in program 5-4
+. This program is very similar to what we saw in program 5-1
+, except now we aren't really sure which type of file dialog
+  the user have chosen. Therefore, if we want to do something allowed for
+  only one type of file dialogs, we have to be careful. At line 4 of
+  program 5-4, we use the <tt>winfo</tt> command to see whether
+  the type of the file dialog is TixExFileSelectDialog. If so, we set the
+  value for the <tt>-filetypes</tt> option of its <tt>fsbox</tt> subwidget.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>  Variables<A NAME=6121>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1134 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1132 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1126 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1136 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1135 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html>  Methods</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1133 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html> Introduction to Tix </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1127 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_2.html> What is in </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00081300000000000000>  Variables<A NAME=6121>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+Each widget instance is associated with a set of variables. In the
+  example of an instance of the TixArrowButton class, we may use a
+  variable to store the direction to which the arrow is pointing
+  to. We may also use a variable to count how many times the user has
+  pressed the button.
+<P>
+   Each variable can be public or private. Public variables may be
+  accessed by the application programmer (usually via <tt>configure</tt>
+  or cget <tt>methods</tt>) and their names usually start with a dash
+  (<tt>-</tt>). They usually are used to represent some user-configurable
+  options of the widget instance. Private variables, on the other
+  hand, cannot be accessed by the application programmer. They are
+  usually used to store information about the widget instance that are
+  of interests only to the widget writer.
+<P>
+   All the variables of an instance are stored in a global array that
+  has the same name as the instance. For example, the variables of the
+  instance <tt>.up</tt> are stored in the global array <tt>.up:</tt>. The
+  public variable <tt>-direction</tt>, which records the direction to
+  which the arrow is pointing to, is stored in <tt>.up(-direction)</tt>.
+  The private variable <tt>count</tt>, which counts how many times the
+  user has pressed the button, is stored in <tt>.up(count)</tt>. In
+  comparison, the same variables of the <tt>.down</tt> instance are
+  stored in <tt>.down(-direction)</tt> and <tt>.down(count)</tt>.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>  Methods<A NAME=6122>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1145 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1143 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1137 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1147 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1146 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html>  Component Widgets</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1144 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html> Introduction to Tix </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1138 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html>  Variables</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00081400000000000000>  Methods<A NAME=6122>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+To carry out operations on the widget, you define a set of
+  procedures called <em>methods</em> (to use common object-oriented
+  terminology). Each method can be declared as public or private. <em>Public methods</em> can be called by the application programmer. For
+  example, if the TixArrowButton class supports the public methods
+  <tt>invoke</tt> and <tt>invert</tt>, the application programmer can issue
+  the commands to call these method for the widget instance <tt>.up</tt>.
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> .up invert<BR>
+.up invoke
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+   In contrast, <em>Private methods</em> are of interests only to widget
+  writers and cannot be called by application programmers.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>  Component Widgets<A NAME=6123>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1154 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1152 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1148 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1156 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1155 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html> Widget Class Declaration</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1153 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html> Introduction to Tix </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1149 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html>  Methods</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00081500000000000000>  Component Widgets<A NAME=6123>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+A Tix mega-widget is composed of one or more component
+  widgets. The main part of a mega-widget is called the <em>root
+  widget</em>, which is usually a frame widget that encompasses all other
+  component widgets. The other component widgets are called <em>subwidgets</em>.
+<P>The root widget has the same name as the the mega-widget itself. In
+  the above example, we have a mega-widget called <tt>.up</tt>. It has a
+  root widget which is a frame widget and is also called <tt>.up</tt>. Inside <tt>.up</tt> we have a button subwidget called <tt>.up.button</tt>.
+<P>Similar to variables and methods, component widgets are also
+  classified into public and private component widgets. Only public
+  widgets may be accessed by the application programmer, via the <tt>subwidget</tt> method (see section 1.3.1) of each widget
+  instance.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>  Chaining Methods<A NAME=6411>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1234 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1232 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1226 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1236 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1235 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html>  The tixChainMethod call</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1233 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html> Standard Initialization Methods</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1227 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_1.html> The InitWidgetRec Method</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00084200000000000000>  Chaining Methods<A NAME=6411>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The above implementation is not sufficient because our
+  TixArrowButton class is derived from TixPrimitive. The class
+  derivation in Tix is basically an <em>is-a</em> relationship:
+  TixArrowButton <em>is a</em> TixPrimitive. TixPrimitive defines the
+  method <tt>tixPrimitive:InitWidgetRec</tt> which sets up the instance
+  variables of every instance of TixPrimitive. Since an instance of
+  TixArrowButton is also an instance of TixPrimitive, we need to make
+  sure that the instance variables defined by TixPrimitive are also
+  properly initialized. The technique of calling a method defined in a
+  superclass is called the <em>chaining</em> of a method. The following
+  implementation does this correctly:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec {w} {<BR>
+    upvar #0 $w data<BR>
+<BR>
+    tixPrimitive:InitWidgetRec $w<BR>
+    set data(count) 0<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>Notice that <tt>tixPrimitive:InitWidgetRec</tt> is called before anything
+  else is done. This way, we can define new classes by means of
+  successive refinement: we can first ask the superclass to set up the
+  instance variables, then we can modify some of those variables when
+  necessary and also define new variables.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>  The tixChainMethod call<A NAME=6412>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1245 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1243 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1237 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1247 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1246 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_4.html> The ConstructWidget Method</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1244 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html> Standard Initialization Methods</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1238 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html>  Chaining Methods</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00084300000000000000>  The tixChainMethod call<A NAME=6412>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+The above implementation of <tt>tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec</tt> is
+  correct but it may be cumbersome if we want to switch
+  superclasses. For example, suppose we want to create a new base class
+  TixArrowWidget, which presumably defines common attributes of any
+  class that have arrows in them. Then, instead of deriving
+  TixArrowButton directly from TixPrimitive, we decide to derive
+  TixArrowButton from TixArrowWidget, which is in turn derived from
+  TixPrimitive:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> tixWidgetClass tixArrowWidget {<BR>
+    -superclass tixPrimitive<BR>
+    ...<BR>
+}<BR>
+tixWidgetClass tixArrowButton {<BR>
+    -superclass tixArrowWidget<BR>
+    ...<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>Now we would need to change all the method chaining calls in
+  TixArrowButton from:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> tixPrimitive:SomeMethod
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>to:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> tixArrowWidget:SomeMethod
+</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>This may be a lot of work because you may have chained methods in many
+  places in the original implementation of TixArrowButton.
+<P>The <tt>tixChainMethod</tt> command solves this problem. It will
+  automatically find a superclass that defines the method we want to
+  chain and calls this method for us. For example, the following is a
+  better implementation of <tt>tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec</tt> that
+  uses <tt>tixChainMethod</tt> to avoid calling <tt>tixPrimitive:InitWidgetRec</tt> directly:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec {w} {<BR>
+    upvar #0 $w data<BR>
+<BR>
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec<BR>
+    set data(count) 0<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>Notice the order of the arguments for tixChainMethod: the name of
+  the instance, <tt>$w</tt>, is passed before the method we want to
+  chain, <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt>. In general, if the method we want to
+  chain has $1+n$arguments:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixPrimitive:MethodToChain {w arg1 arg2 ... argn} {<BR>
+    ...<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>We call it with the arguments in the following order
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> tixChainMethod $w MethodToChain $arg1 $arg2 ... $argn</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>We'll come back to more detailed discussion of <tt>tixChainMethod</tt>
+  shortly. For the time being, let's take it for granted that <tt>tixChainMethod</tt> must be used in the three standard initialization
+  methods: <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt>, <tt>ConstructWidget</tt> and <tt>SetBindings</tt>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>  Type Checker<A NAME=6511>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1302 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1300 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1294 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1304 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1303 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_3.html> Public Variable Configuration </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1301 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html> Declaring and Using </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1295 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_1.html> Initialization of Public </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00085200000000000000>  Type Checker<A NAME=6511>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+You can use a <em>type ckecker procedure</em> to check whether the user
+  has supplied a value of the correct type for a public variable. The
+  type checker is specified in the <tt>-configspec</tt> section of the
+  class declaration after the default value. The following code
+  specifies the type checker procedure <tt>CheckDirection</tt> for the
+  <tt>-direction</tt> variable:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt>     -configspec {<BR>
+        {-direction direction Direction e CheckDirection}<BR>
+        {-state state State normal}<BR>
+    }<BR>
+    ...<BR>
+}<BR>
+<BR>
+proc CheckDirection {dir} {<BR>
+    if {[lsearch {n s w e} $dir] != -1} {<BR>
+        return $dir<BR>
+    } else {<BR>
+        error &quot;wrong direction value $<BR>$&quot;$dir$<BR>$&quot;&quot;<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+   Notice that no type checker has been specified for the <tt>-state</tt>
+  variable and thus its value will not be checked.
+<P>
+   If a type checker procedure is specified for a public variable, this
+  procedure will be called once the value of a public variable is
+  determined by the three steps mentioned above.
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>  Configuration Methods and Public Variable Initialization<A NAME=6521>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html1322 HREF=subsection3_8_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1320 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1316 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1324 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1323 HREF=subsection3_8_6.html> Summary of Widget </A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1321 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html> Declaring and Using </A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1317 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_3.html> Public Variable Configuration </A>
+<HR> <P>
+<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00085400000000000000>  Configuration Methods and Public Variable Initialization<A NAME=6521>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
+<P>
+For efficiency reasons, the configuration methods are not called
+  during the intialization of the public variables. If you want to
+  force the configuration method to be called for a particular public
+  variable, you can specify it in the <tt>-forcecall</tt> section of the
+  class declaration. In the following example, we force the
+  configuration method of the <tt>-direction</tt> variable to be called
+  during intialization:
+<P>
+<blockquote> <P><tt> -forcecall {<BR>
+    -direction<BR>
+}</tt>
+<P></blockquote>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/tableofcontents3_1.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/TixBook/tableofcontents3_1.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Contents</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+ <HR> <A NAME=tex2html45 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html43 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html37 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A>  <BR>
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html46 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html> Preface</A>
+<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html44 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html38 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
+<HR> <P>
+<P><H2><A NAME=SECTION00010000000000000000>Contents</A></H2>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html47 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html#SECTION00010000000000000000>Contents</A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html48 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html#SECTION00020000000000000000> Preface</A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html49 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_1.html#SECTION00021000000000000000> About This Manual<A NAME=01>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html50 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_2.html#SECTION00022000000000000000> About This Document<A NAME=02>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html51 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_3.html#SECTION00023000000000000000> Organization of This Manual<A NAME=03>&nbsp;</A><A NAME=04>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html52 HREF=section3_3.html#SECTION00030000000000000000> Introduction<A NAME=1>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html53 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html#SECTION00031000000000000000> What is Tix<A NAME=11>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html54 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_1.html#SECTION00031100000000000000> Tix for Application Programmers<A NAME=111>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html55 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_2.html#SECTION00031200000000000000> Tix for Widget Developers<A NAME=112>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html56 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html#SECTION00032000000000000000> Getting Started: the TixControl Widget<A NAME=12>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html57 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_1.html#SECTION00032100000000000000> Creating a TixControl Widget<A NAME=121>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html58 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_2.html#SECTION00032200000000000000> Accessing The Value of a TixControl Widget<A NAME=122>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html59 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html#SECTION00032300000000000000>  Disabling Callbacks Temporarily<A NAME=1221>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html60 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_4.html#SECTION00032400000000000000> Validating User Inputs<A NAME=123>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html61 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html#SECTION00033000000000000000> Accessing The Components Inside Mega Widgets<A NAME=13>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html62 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_1.html#SECTION00033100000000000000> Subwidgets<A NAME=131>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html63 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_2.html#SECTION00033200000000000000> Subwidget Names<A NAME=132>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html64 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_3.html#SECTION00033300000000000000> The <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=133>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html65 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_4.html#SECTION00033400000000000000> Chaining the <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=134>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html66 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_5.html#SECTION00033500000000000000> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the <tt>-options</tt> Switch<A NAME=135>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html67 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_6.html#SECTION00033600000000000000> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the Tk Option Database<A NAME=136>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html68 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_7.html#SECTION00033700000000000000> Caution: Restricted Access<A NAME=137>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html69 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html#SECTION00034000000000000000> Another Tix Widget: TixComboBox<A NAME=14>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html70 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_1.html#SECTION00034100000000000000> Creating a TixComboBox Widget<A NAME=141>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html71 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_2.html#SECTION00034200000000000000> Controlling the Style of the TixComboBox<A NAME=142>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html72 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_3.html#SECTION00034300000000000000> Static Options<A NAME=143>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html73 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_4.html#SECTION00034400000000000000> Monitoring the User's Browsing Actions<A NAME=144>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html74 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html#SECTION00035000000000000000> The TixSelect Widget<A NAME=15>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html75 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_1.html#SECTION00035100000000000000> Creating A TixSelect Widget<A NAME=151>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html76 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html#SECTION00035200000000000000>  Label and Orientation<A NAME=1511>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html77 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html#SECTION00035300000000000000>  Creating the Button Subwidgets and Configuring
+Their Appearance<A NAME=1512>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html78 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html#SECTION00035400000000000000>  Accessing the Button Subwidgets<A NAME=1513>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html79 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_5.html#SECTION00035500000000000000> Specifying Selection Rules<A NAME=152>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html80 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_6.html#SECTION00035600000000000000> Accessing the Value of a TixSelect Widget<A NAME=153>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html81 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_7.html#SECTION00035700000000000000> Specifying Complex Selection Rules<A NAME=154>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html82 HREF=section3_4.html#SECTION00040000000000000000> Container Widgets<A NAME=2>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html83 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html#SECTION00041000000000000000> TixNoteBook<A NAME=21>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html84 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_1.html#SECTION00041100000000000000> Adding Pages to a TixNoteBook<A NAME=211>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html85 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_2.html#SECTION00041200000000000000> Keyboard Accelerators<A NAME=212>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html86 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_3.html#SECTION00041300000000000000> Delaying the Creation of New Pages<A NAME=213>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html87 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_4.html#SECTION00041400000000000000> Changing Page Tabs and Deleting Pages<A NAME=214>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html88 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html#SECTION00042000000000000000> PanedWindow<A NAME=22>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html89 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_1.html#SECTION00042100000000000000> Adding Panes Inside a TixPanedWindow Widget<A NAME=221>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html90 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_2.html#SECTION00042200000000000000> Putting Widgets Inside the Panes<A NAME=222>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html91 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_3.html#SECTION00042300000000000000> Setting the Order of the Panes<A NAME=223>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html92 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_4.html#SECTION00042400000000000000> Changing the Sizes of the Panes<A NAME=224>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html93 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html#SECTION00043000000000000000> The Family of Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=23>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html94 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_1.html#SECTION00043100000000000000> The Scrolled Listbox Widget<A NAME=231>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html95 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_2.html#SECTION00043200000000000000> Other Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=232>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html96 HREF=section3_5.html#SECTION00050000000000000000> Tabular Listbox and Display Items<A NAME=3>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html97 HREF=subsection3_5_1.html#SECTION00051000000000000000> tixTList - The Tix Tabular Listbox Widget<A NAME=31>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html98 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html#SECTION00052000000000000000> Display Items<A NAME=32>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html99 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_1.html#SECTION00052100000000000000> Advantages of Display Items<A NAME=321>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html100 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_2.html#SECTION00052200000000000000> Display Items and Display Styles<A NAME=322>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html101 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html#SECTION00053000000000000000> Creating Display Items in the TixTList Widget<A NAME=33>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html102 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_1.html#SECTION00053100000000000000> Creating Display Items<A NAME=331>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html103 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_2.html#SECTION00053200000000000000> Setting the Styles of the Display Items<A NAME=332>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html104 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_3.html#SECTION00053300000000000000> Configuring and Deleting the Items<A NAME=333>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html105 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_4.html#SECTION00053400000000000000> Choosing the Orientation and Number of Rows or Columns<A NAME=334>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html106 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_5.html#SECTION00053500000000000000> Event Handling<A NAME=335>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html107 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_6.html#SECTION00053600000000000000> Selection<A NAME=336>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html108 HREF=section3_6.html#SECTION00060000000000000000> Hierarchical Listbox<A NAME=4>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html109 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html#SECTION00061000000000000000> TixHList - The Tix Hierarchical Listbox Widget<A NAME=41>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html110 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_1.html#SECTION00061100000000000000> Creating a Hierarchical List<A NAME=411>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html111 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_2.html#SECTION00061200000000000000> Creating Entries in a HList Widget<A NAME=412>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html112 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_3.html#SECTION00061300000000000000> Controlling the Layout of the Entries<A NAME=413>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html113 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_4.html#SECTION00061400000000000000> Handling the Selection and User Event<A NAME=414>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html114 HREF=subsection3_6_2.html#SECTION00062000000000000000> Creating Collapsible Tree Structures with TixTree<A NAME=42>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html115 HREF=section3_7.html#SECTION00070000000000000000> Selecting Files and Directories<A NAME=5>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html116 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html#SECTION00071000000000000000> File Selection Dialog Widgets<A NAME=51>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html117 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_1.html#SECTION00071100000000000000> Using the TixFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=511>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html118 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_2.html#SECTION00071200000000000000> The Subwidget in the TixFileSelectDialog<A NAME=512>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html119 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_3.html#SECTION00071300000000000000> The TixExFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=513>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html120 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_4.html#SECTION00071400000000000000> Specifying File Types for TixExFileSelectDialog<A NAME=514>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html121 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html#SECTION00071500000000000000> 5.1.5 The <b><tt>tix filedialog</tt></b> Command<A NAME=515>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html122 HREF=subsection3_7_2.html#SECTION00072000000000000000> Selecting Directories with the TixDirTree and TixDirList Widgets<A NAME=52>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html123 HREF=section3_8.html#SECTION00080000000000000000> Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=6>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html124 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html#SECTION00081000000000000000> Introduction to Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=61>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html125 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_1.html#SECTION00081100000000000000> Widget Classes and Widget Instances<A NAME=611>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html126 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_2.html#SECTION00081200000000000000> What is in a Widget Instance<A NAME=612>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html127 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html#SECTION00081300000000000000>  Variables<A NAME=6121>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html128 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html#SECTION00081400000000000000>  Methods<A NAME=6122>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html129 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html#SECTION00081500000000000000>  Component Widgets<A NAME=6123>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html130 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html#SECTION00082000000000000000> Widget Class Declaration<A NAME=62>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html131 HREF=subsubsection3_8_2_1.html#SECTION00082100000000000000> Using the tixWidgetClass Command<A NAME=621>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html132 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html#SECTION00083000000000000000> Writing Methods<A NAME=63>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html133 HREF=subsubsection3_8_3_1.html#SECTION00083100000000000000> Declaring Public Methods<A NAME=631>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html134 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html#SECTION00084000000000000000> Standard Initialization Methods<A NAME=64>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html135 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_1.html#SECTION00084100000000000000> The InitWidgetRec Method<A NAME=641>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html136 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html#SECTION00084200000000000000>  Chaining Methods<A NAME=6411>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html137 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html#SECTION00084300000000000000>  The tixChainMethod call<A NAME=6412>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html138 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_4.html#SECTION00084400000000000000> The ConstructWidget Method<A NAME=642>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html139 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_5.html#SECTION00084500000000000000> The SetBindings Method<A NAME=643>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html140 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html#SECTION00085000000000000000> Declaring and Using Variables<A NAME=65>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html141 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_1.html#SECTION00085100000000000000> Initialization of Public Variables<A NAME=651>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html142 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html#SECTION00085200000000000000>  Type Checker<A NAME=6511>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html143 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_3.html#SECTION00085300000000000000> Public Variable Configuration Methods<A NAME=652>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html144 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html#SECTION00085400000000000000>  Configuration Methods and Public Variable Initialization<A NAME=6521>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL> 
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html145 HREF=subsection3_8_6.html#SECTION00086000000000000000> Summary of Widget Instance Initialization<A NAME=66>&nbsp;</A></A>
+<LI> <A NAME=tex2html146 HREF=subsection3_8_7.html#SECTION00087000000000000000> Loading the New Classes<A NAME=67>&nbsp;</A></A>
+</UL>
+</UL>
+<A NAME=TableofContents>&nbsp;</A>
+<P>
+<HR>
+
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+<P><ADDRESS>
+<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
+</ADDRESS>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/ARROWS.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/arrows.png
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/container/notebook.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/container/pane_add.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/container/pane_horz.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/container/pane_vert.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/container/sl-bar.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/container/sl-nobar.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/filesel/dirlist.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/filesel/dirtree.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/filesel/exfile.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/filesel/fb_comp.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/hierarchy.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/hierarchy.png
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/hlist/dirtree.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/hlist/hlist1.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/hlist/hlist_ex1.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/hlist/hlist_ex2.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/hlist/hlist_ex3.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/combo.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/ctl_noopt.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/ctl_subw.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/ctl_wopt.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/hierarchy.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/law_comp.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/lawyer.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/select-vert.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/select.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/intro/select1.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/oop/arrows.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tix32.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tix32.png
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/horizontal.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/joe.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/relation.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/tlist.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/twofont.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/twofont2.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/vertical.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/html/gif/tix/tlist/widgets.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/demo1.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/docview_w.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/setup0.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/setup1.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/setup2.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/setup3.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/setup5.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/setup6.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/tk42a.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/img/tk42b.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/license.html_lib
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/license.html_lib	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+COPYRIGHT NOTICE OF THE HTML_LIBRARY SOFTWARE. THE TERM "SOFTWARE"
+SHALL MEAN THE HTML_LIBRARY SOFTWARE ONLY. THIS NOTICE DOES NOT COVER
+THE TIX LIBRARY. SEE THE FILE "license.terms" FOR COPYRIGHT NOTICE AND
+LICENSE TERMS OF THE TIX LIBRARY.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Sun Microsystems, Inc.  The following terms apply to all files
+associated with the software unless explicitly disclaimed in individual
+files.
+
+The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
+license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
+Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
+and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
+the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
+they apply.
+
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY
+FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY
+DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES,
+INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.  THIS SOFTWARE
+IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE
+NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR
+MODIFICATIONS.
+
+RESTRICTED RIGHTS: Use, duplication or disclosure by the government
+is subject to the restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c) (1) (ii)
+of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software Clause as DFARS
+252.227-7013 and FAR 52.227-19.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/license.tcltk
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/license.tcltk	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+COPYRIGHT NOTICE OF THE TCL/TK SOFTWARE. THE TERM "SOFTWARE" SHALL
+MEAN THE TCL/TK SOFTWARE ONLY. THIS NOTICE DOES NOT COVER THE TIX
+LIBRARY. SEE THE FILE "license.terms" FOR COPYRIGHT NOTICE AND LICENSE
+TERMS OF THE TIX LIBRARY.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+This software is copyrighted by the Regents of the University of
+California, Sun Microsystems, Inc., and other parties.  The following
+terms apply to all files associated with the software unless explicitly
+disclaimed in individual files.
+
+The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
+license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
+Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
+and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
+the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
+they apply.
+
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY
+FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY
+DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES,
+INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.  THIS SOFTWARE
+IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE
+NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR
+MODIFICATIONS.
+
+RESTRICTED RIGHTS: Use, duplication or disclosure by the government
+is subject to the restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c) (1) (ii)
+of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software Clause as DFARS
+252.227-7013 and FAR 52.227-19.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/pdf/TixBook.pdf
==============================================================================
Binary files (empty file) and external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/pdf/TixBook.pdf	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008 differ

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/pdf/TixUser.pdf
==============================================================================
Binary files (empty file) and external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/pdf/TixUser.pdf	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008 differ

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/pdf/pguide-tix4.0.pdf
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/container.tex.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/container.tex.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
+<!-- $Id: container.tex.html,v 1.1 2000/10/10 19:48:13 idiscovery Exp $ -->
+<H1><A NAME=2>2 Container Widgets</H1>
+
+<p>  In addition to providing some nice-looking interface elements, Tix
+  offers some useful ways to organize the elements that you create.
+  It does this by providing <i> container widgets</i>, which are widgets
+  designed to contain whatever you want to put into them.
+
+<p>  Different container widgets have different policies as to how they
+  arrange the widgets inside them. In this chapter, we'll talk about
+  TixNoteBook, which arranges its subwidgets using a notebook
+  metaphor, TixPanedWindow, which arranges its subwidgets in
+  non-overlapping horizontal or vertical panes, and a family of
+  ``Scrolled Widgets'', which attach scrollbars to their subwidgets.
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=2.1>2.1 TixNoteBook</H2>
+
+<p>  When your need to put a lot of information into your interface, you
+  may find out that your window has to grow intolerably big in order
+  to hold all the information. Having a window that's 10000
+  pixels wide and 5000 pixels high doesn't seem to be the perfect
+  solution. Of course, you can ``chop up'' your big window into a set
+  of smaller dialog boxes, but the user will most likely find it
+  impossible to manage 20 different dialog boxes on their desktop.
+
+<p>  The TixNoteBook (fig <a href=container.tex.html#2-1>2-1 </a>) widget comes into
+  rescue. It allows you to pack a large interface into manageable
+  ``pages'' using a notebook metaphor: it contains multiple pages with
+  anything you want on them, displays one at a time, and attaches a
+  tab to each page so the user can bring it forward with a single
+  click on the tab.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=2-1>
+<center><img src=fig/container/notebook.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 2-1) The TixNoteBook Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=2.1.1>2.1.1 Adding Pages to a TixNoteBook</H3>
+
+<p>  The example program in figure <a href=container.tex.html#2-2>2-2 </a> creates the
+  TixNoteBook widget shown in figure <a href=container.tex.html#2-1>2-1 </a>. In the first
+  three lines, we create the notebook widget and two pages inside
+  it. While we create the pages, we also set the labels on the tabs
+  associated with each page and use the <code> -underline</code> option to
+  indicate the keyboard accelerator for each page.
+
+<p>  Each time we create a page in the notebook using the <code> add</code>
+  method, a frame subwidget is created for us automatically. This
+  frame subwidget has the same name as the page (the first parameter
+  passed to the <code> add</code> method). We can use the <code> subwidget</code>
+  method to find out the pathname of this frame subwidget and pack
+  everything we want to display on the page into this frame
+  widget. Lines 4-10 of program <a href=container.tex.html#2-2>2-2 </a> shows how to create
+  the widgets inside the ``Hard Disk'' page. Creating the widgets
+  inside the ``Network'' page will be similar.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=2-2>
+<blockquote><pre>
+tixNoteBook .n
+.n add hd  -label "Hard Disk" -underline 0
+.n add net -label "Network"   -underline 0
+
+<p>set frame [.n subwidget hd]
+tixControl $frame.access   -label "Access Time:"
+tixControl $frame.write    -label "Write Throughput:"
+tixControl $frame.read     -label "Read Througput:"
+tixControl $frame.capacity -label "Capacity:"
+pack $frame.access $frame.write $frame.read $frame.capacity <br>    -side top -fill x
+</pre></blockquote>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 2-2) Using The TixNoteBook Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=2.1.2>2.1.2 Keyboard Accelerators</H3>
+
+<p>  Note that in line 2-3 of program <a href=container.tex.html#2-2>2-2 </a>, we have indicated
+  the keyboard accelerators for the two pages using the <code>
+  -underline</code> option. The value of this option is the position of the
+  character to be underlined in the string, where zero represents the
+  first character. When the user presses <code> &lt;Alt-N&gt;</code> or <code>
+  &lt;Meta-N&gt;</code> the ``Network'' page will be activated; on the other hand,
+  if he presses <code> &lt;Alt-H&gt;</code> or <code> &lt;Meta-H&gt;</code> the ``Hard Disk'' page
+  will be activated. The TixNoteBook widget will automatically create
+  the keyboard bindings for these accelerators for us, in a way
+  similar to what the menu widget does, so there is no need to set the
+  keyboard bindings ourself.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=2.1.3>2.1.3 Delaying the Creation of New Pages</H3>
+
+<p>  If your notebook contains many complicated pages, it may take quite a
+  while to create all widgets inside these pages and your program will
+  probably freezes for a few seconds when it pops up the notebook for
+  the first time. To avoid embarrassing moments like this, we can use
+  the ``delayed page creation'' feature of the TixNoteBook widget.
+
+<p>  When we create a page using the <code> add</code> method, we can specify
+  the optional parameter <code> -createcmd</code> so that we only need to
+  create the page when the user wants to see it. This is illustrated
+  in program <a href=container.tex.html#2-3>2-3 </a>:
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=2-3>
+<blockquote><pre>
+tixNoteBook .n
+.n add hd  -label "Hard Disk" -underline 0 -createcmd CreateHd
+.n add net -label "Network"   -underline 0 -createCmd CreateNet
+
+<p>proc CreateHd {frame} {
+    tixControl $frame.access   -label "Access Time:"
+    tixControl $frame.write    -label "Write Throughput:"
+    tixControl $frame.read     -label "Read Througput:"
+    tixControl $frame.capacity -label "Capacity:"
+    pack $frame.access $frame.write $frame.read $frame.capacity <br>        -side top -fill x
+}
+
+<p>proc CreateNet {frame} {
+    ...
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 2-3) Delayed Page Creation</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>  In line 2 of program <a href=container.tex.html#2-3>2-3 </a>, we use the <code> -createcmd</code>
+  option to specify that the procedure <code> CreateHd</code> should be called
+  when the ``Hard Disk'' page needs to be created. <code> CreateHd</code>
+  takes one argument, the frame subwidget of the page. As we can see,
+  program program <a href=container.tex.html#2-3>2-3 </a> is not very different than program
+  <a href=container.tex.html#2-2>2-2 </a>, except now we can issue less commands during the
+  set-up of the NoteBook widget and the interface can be started up
+  more quickly.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=2.1.4>2.1.4 Changing Page Tabs and Deleting Pages</H3>
+
+<p>  To change the information in the tabs of the pages, we can use the
+  <code> pageconfigure</code> method. For example, the following command:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+.nb pageconfigure hd -label "Fixed Disk"
+</pre></blockquote>
+  changes the label from ``Hard Disk'' to ``Fixed Disk''.  To delete a
+  page, we can use the <code> delete</code> method.
+
+<p>  You should avoid using the <code> pageconfigure</code> and <code>
+  delete</code>. Your users will just feel annoyed if the interface changes
+  all the time and notebook pages appear and disappear every now and
+  then.
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=2.2>2.2 PanedWindow</H2>
+
+<p>  The <i> TixPanedWindow</i> widget arranges arranges its subwidgets in
+  non-overlapping panes. As we can see in figure <a href=container.tex.html#2-4>2-4 </a>, the
+  PanedWindow widget puts a resize handle between the panes for the
+  user to manipulate the sizes of the panes interactively. The panes
+  can be arranged either vertically (figure <a href=container.tex.html#2-4>2-4 </a>) or
+  horizontally (<a href=container.tex.html#2-4>2-4 </a>).
+
+<p>  Each individual pane may have upper and lower limits of its
+  size. The user changes the sizes of the panes by dragging the resize
+  handle between two panes.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=2-4>
+
+<center><TABLE BORDER=0><TR> 
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/container/pane_vert.gif><p><h4><center>Vertical Panes</center></h4></td>
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/container/pane_horz.gif><p><h4><center>Horizontal Panes</center></h4></td>
+ </TR></TABLE></center>
+
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 2-4) The TixPane Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=2.2.1>2.2.1 Adding Panes Inside a TixPanedWindow Widget</H3>
+
+<p>  You can create a TixPanedWindow widget using the <code> tixPanedWindow</code>
+  command. After that, you can add panes into this widget using the
+  <code> add</code> method (see program <a href=container.tex.html#2-5>2-5 </a>).
+
+<p>  When you use the <code> add</code> method, there are several optional
+  parameters which you can use to control the size of each of the
+  pane. The <code> -min</code> parameter controls the minimum size of the pane
+  and the <code> -max</code> parameter controls its maximum size. These two
+  parameters controls how much the user can expand or shrink a
+  pane. If neither is specified, then the pane can be expanded or
+  shrunk without restrictions.
+
+<p>  In addition, the -size parameter specifies the initial size of the
+  pane. If it is not specified, then the initial size of the pane will
+  be its natural size.
+
+<p>  In program <a href=container.tex.html#2-5>2-5 </a>, we set the initial size of <code> pane1</code> to
+  100 pixels using the -size parameter. We don't set the <code> -size</code>
+  parameter for <code> pane2</code> so it will appear in its natural
+  size. However, we use the <code> -max</code> option for <code> pane2</code> so that
+  the user can never expand the size of <code> pane2</code> to more than 300
+  pixels.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=2-5>
+<blockquote><pre>
+tixPanedWindow .p
+.p add pane1 -size 100
+.p add pane2 -max 300
+
+<p>set p1 [.p subwidget pane1]
+button $p1.b1 -text Button1
+button $p1.b2 -text Button2
+pack $p1.b1 $p1.b2 -side left -expand yes
+
+<p>set p2 [.p subwidget pane2]
+button $p2.b -text "Another Button"
+pack $p2.b -side left -expand yes -fill both
+
+<p>pack .p -expand yes -fill both
+</pre></blockquote>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 2-5) Adding Panes into a TixPanedWindow Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=2.2.2>2.2.2 Putting Widgets Inside the Panes</H3>
+
+<p>  Each pane we have created using the <code> add</code> method is essentially
+  a frame widget. After we have created the panes, we can put widgets
+  inside them. As shown inside program <a href=container.tex.html#2-5>2-5 </a>, we can use the
+  <code> subwidget</code> method to find out the name of the pane
+  subwidgets. Then we can just create new widgets as their children
+  and pack these new widgets inside the panes. The output of program
+  <a href=container.tex.html#2-5>2-5 </a> is shown in figure <a href=container.tex.html#2-6>2-6 </a>
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=2-6>
+<center><img src=fig/container/pane_add.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 2-6) Output of Program <a href=container.tex.html#2-5>2-5 </a></center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=2.2.3>2.2.3 Setting the Order of the Panes</H3>
+
+<p>  Usually, when you create a new pane, it is always added to the
+  bottom or right of the list of panes. If you want to control the
+  order in which the panes appear inside the TixPanedWindow widget,
+  you can use the two optional parameters, <code> -before</code> and <code>
+  -after</code>, for the <code> add</code> method.  For example, the call:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+.p add pane2 -after pane1
+</pre></blockquote>
+  will place the new pane immediately after <code> pane1</code>. The call:
+  
+<blockquote><pre>
+.p add pane2 -before pane1
+</pre></blockquote>
+   will place the new pane immediately in front of <code> pane1</code>.
+ 
+<H3><A NAME=2.2.4>2.2.4 Changing the Sizes of the Panes</H3>
+
+<p>  If you want to change the sizes of the existing panes or change
+  their maximum/minimum size constraints, you can use the
+  <code> paneconfigure</code> method. For example, the following code changes the
+  size of <code> pane2</code> to 100 pixels and adjusts its minimum size
+  constraint to no less than 10 pixels:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+.p paneconfigure pane2 -size 100 -min 10
+</pre></blockquote>
+  Notice that after you call the <code> paneconfigure</code> method, the
+  PanedWindow may jitter and that may annoy the user. Therefore, use
+  this method only when it is necessary.
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=2.3>2.3 The Family of Scrolled Widgets</H2>
+
+<p>  With plain Tcl/Tk, the widgets do not automatically come with
+  scrollbars. If you want to use scrollbars with the text, canvas or
+  listbox widgets, you will need to create scrollbars separately and
+  attach them to the widgets. This can be a lot of hassle because you
+  would almost always need scrollbars for these widgets. Sometimes you
+  will wonder why you need to write the same boring code again and
+  again just to get the scrollbars to working.
+
+<p>  The Tix scrolled widgets are here to make your life easier. With a
+  single command such as <code> tixScrolledListBox</code> or <code>
+  tixScrolledText</code>, you can create a listbox or text widget that comes
+  automatically with scrollbars attached.
+
+<p>  Another advantage of the Tix scrolled widgets is that you can
+  specify their scrolling policy so that the scrollbars appear only
+  when they are needed. This feature is especially useful if you are
+  displaying a lot of widgets and running out of screen real estate.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=2.3.1>2.3.1 The Scrolled Listbox Widget</H3>
+
+<p>  You can create a scrolled listbox widget using the <code>
+  tixScrolledListBox</code> command. Notice that the widget created by the
+  <code> tixScrolledListBox</code> command is not itself a listbox
+  widget. Rather, it is a frame widget which contains two scrollbar
+  subwidgets: one is called <code> hsb</code> (the horizontal scrollbar) and
+  the other is called <code> vsb</code> (the vertical scrollbar). Similarly,
+  the listbox being scrolled is also a subwidget which is
+  appropriately called <code> listbox</code>. Therefore, if we need to put
+  things into the listbox (as we always do!), we can use the <code>
+  subwidget</code> method. As shown in program <a href=container.tex.html#2-7>2-7 </a>, we first
+  find the pathname of the <code> listbox</code> subwidget by calling ``<code>
+  .sl subwidget listbox</code>''. Then, we insert some items into the <code>
+  listbox</code> subwidget.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=2-7>
+<blockquote><pre>
+tixScrolledListBox .sl -scrollbar auto
+set listbox [.sl subwidget listbox]
+
+<p>for {set x 0} {$x &lt; 6} {incr x} {
+    $listbox insert end "This is item $x"
+}
+
+<p>pack .sl -side left -expand yes -fill both
+</pre></blockquote>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 2-7) Scrolled Listbox Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=2-8>
+
+<center><TABLE BORDER=0><TR> 
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/container/sl-nobar.gif><p><h4><center>Scrollbars not displayed</center></h4></td>
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/container/sl-bar.gif><p><h4><center>Scrollbars displayed only when needed</center></h4></td>
+ </TR></TABLE></center>
+
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 2-8) Scrolled ListBox with Automatic Scrollbars</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>
+  Also, as seen in the first line of program <a href=container.tex.html#2-7>2-7 </a>, we use
+  the <code> -scrollbar</code> option to control the scrolling policy of the
+  TixScrolledListBox widget. Usually, we'll set it to ``<code> auto</code>'':
+  the scrollbars are displayed only if they are needed. Other possible
+  values are ``<code> both</code>'': the two scrollbars are always displayed;
+  ``<code> x</code>'': the horizontal scrollbar is always displayed, while the
+  vertical scrollbar is always hidden; ``<code> y</code>'': the opposite of
+  ``<code> x</code>''; ``<code> none</code>'': the two scrollbars are always
+  hidden. The result of program <a href=container.tex.html#2-7>2-7 </a> is shown in figure
+  <a href=container.tex.html#2-8>2-8 </a>.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=2.3.2>2.3.2 Other Scrolled Widgets</H3>
+
+<p>  The <b> TixScrolledText</b> widget is very similar to the
+  TixScrolledListBox widget, except it scrolls a text subwidget, which
+  is called <code> text</code>. One problem with the TixScrolledText widget,
+  though, is its <code> -scrollbar</code> option doesn't work in the <b>
+  auto</b> mode. This is due to a bug in Tk which doesn't report the
+  width of the <b> text</b> subwidget correctly. Until this bug is fixed
+  in TK, the <b> auto</b> mode will behave the same way as the both mode
+  for the TixScrolledText widget.
+
+<p>  Another scrolled-widget is <b> TixScrolledWindow</b>. Sometimes you
+  have a large number of widgets that can't possibly be shown in the
+  screen all at once and your application doesn't allow you to divide
+  the widgets into several pages of a TixNoteBook. In this case you
+  can use TixScrolledWindow. It contains a frame subwidget called <code>
+  window</code>. You can just create as many widgets as you need as children
+  of the <code> window</code> subwidget. An example is shown in program
+  <a href=container.tex.html#2-9>2-9 </a>, which uses the TixScrolledWindow widget to
+  implement a ``cheap'' spreadsheet application. The boxes of the
+  spreadsheet are just entry widgets and they are packed inside the
+  <code> window</code> subwidget. The user will be able to scroll to different
+  parts of the spreadsheet if it is too large to fit in one screen.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=2-9>
+<blockquote><pre>
+tixScrolledWindow .sw -scrollbar auto
+set f [.sw subwidget window]
+
+<p>for {set x 0} {$x &lt; 10} {incr x} {
+    frame $f.f$x
+    pack  $f.f$x -side top -expand yes -fill both
+    for {set y 0} {$y &lt; 10} {incr y} {
+        entry $f.f$x.e$y -width 10
+        pack $f.f$x.e$y -side left -fill x
+    }
+}
+
+<p>pack .sw -side left -expand yes -fill both
+</pre></blockquote>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 2-9) Cheap Spreadsheet Application with TixScrolledWindow</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>  There are two more scrolled-widgets in the Tix library: <b>
+  TixScrolledTList</b> scrolls a TixTList widget and <b>
+  TixScrolledHList</b> scrolls a TixHList widget. The subwidgets that
+  they scroll are called <code> tlist</code> and <code> hlist</code>,
+  respectively. The use of the TList and HList widgets will be
+  described in the next chapters.
+
+<p>
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/container/notebook.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/container/pane_add.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/container/pane_horz.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/container/pane_vert.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/container/sl-bar.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/container/sl-nobar.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/cover.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/filesel/dirlist.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/filesel/dirtree.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/filesel/exfile.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/filesel/fb_comp.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/hlist/dirtree.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/hlist/hlist1.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/hlist/hlist_ex1.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/hlist/hlist_ex2.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/hlist/hlist_ex3.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/ctl_noopt.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/ctl_subw.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/ctl_wopt.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/hierarchy.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/law_comp.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/lawyer.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/select-vert.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/select.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/intro/select1.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/oop/arrows.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/horizontal.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/joe.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/relation.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/tlist.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/twofont.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/twofont2.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/vertical.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/fig/tlist/widgets.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/filesel.tex.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/filesel.tex.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+<!-- $Id: filesel.tex.html,v 1.1 2000/10/10 19:49:35 idiscovery Exp $ -->
+
+<p><H1><A NAME=5>5 Selecting Files and Directories</H1>
+
+<p>  One task that an application has to perform frequently is to ask the
+  user to select files or directories. To select files, you can use
+  the Tix <i> File Selection Widgets</i>: TixFileSelectDialog and
+  TixExFileSelectDialog. To select directories, you can use the Tix
+  <i> Directory Selection Widgets</i>: TixDirList and TixDirTree.
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=5.1>5.1 File Selection Dialog Widgets</H2>
+
+<p>  There are two file dialog widgets inside Tix: the
+  TixFileSelectDialog (figure <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-2>5-2 </a>) is similar to the
+  FileSelectionDialog widget in Motif; TixExFileSelectDialog (figure
+  <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-3>5-3 </a>) looks like its conunterpart in MS Windows. Both
+  widgets let the user navigate through the file system directories
+  and select a file.
+
+<p>  One advanced feature of both types of file selection boxes is they
+  use ComboBoxes to store the files, directories and patterns the user
+  has selected in the past. If the user wants to select the same files
+  again, he can simply open the ComboBoxes and click on his past
+  inputs. This saves a lot of keystrokes and is especially useful when
+  the user needs to switch among several files or directories.
+
+<p>
+<H3><A NAME=5.1.1>5.1.1 Using the TixFileSelectDialog Widget</H3>
+
+<p>  An example of using the TixFileSelectDialog widget is in figure
+  <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-1>5-1 </a>. At line 1, we create a TixFileSelectDialog
+  widget and set the title of the dialog to ``Select A File'' using
+  the <code> -title</code> option. We also use the <code> -command</code> option to
+  specify that the procedure <code> selectCmd</code> should be called when the
+  user has selected a file. <code> selectCmd</code> will be called with one
+  parameter, the filename selected by the user. When the
+  TixFileSelectDialog widget is created, it is initially not shown on
+  the screen. Therefore, at line 3, we call its <code> popup</code> widget
+  command to place the widget on the screen.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=5-1>
+<pre>
+tixFileSelectDialog .file -title "Select A File" -command selectCmd
+.file subwidget fsbox config -pattern "*.txt" -directory /usr/info
+.file popup
+
+<p>proc selectCmd {filename} {
+    puts "You have selected $filename"
+}
+</pre>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 5-1) Using the TixFileSelectDialog</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=5-2>
+<center><img src=fig/filesel/fb_comp.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 5-2) The Composition of a TixFileSelectDialog Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=5.1.2>5.1.2 The Subwidget in the TixFileSelectDialog</H3>
+
+<p>  We may also want to set other options for the file dialog such as
+  its file filter and working directory. To do this, we must know the
+  composition of the TixFileSelectDialog widget. As shown in figure
+  <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-2>5-2 </a>, the TixFileSelectDialog contains a subwidget <code>
+  fsbox</code> of the type TixFileSelectBox and a subwidget <code> bbox</code> of
+  the type TixStdButtonBox.
+
+<p>  The <code> fsbox</code> subwidget supports the <code> -pattern</code> and <code>
+  -directory</code> options. At line 2 of figure <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-1>5-1 </a>, we
+  use the <code> -directory</code> option to tell the <code> fsbox</code> subwidget to
+  display files in the directory <code> /usr/info</code>; we also use the <code>
+  -pattern</code> option to specify we only want the filenames that has the
+  <code> txt</code> extension.
+
+<p>  The <code> fsbox</code> subwidget also supports the <code> -selection</code> option,
+  which stores the filename currently selected by the user. We can
+  query this value by the <code> cget</code> widget command of the <code> fsbox</code>
+  subwidget.
+
+<p>  Remember that the <code> -pattern</code>, <code> -directory</code> and <code>
+  -selection</code> options do not belong to the TixFileSelectDialog
+  widget. A common mistake that people make is to try to configure the
+  non-existent <code> -pattern</code> option of the TixFileSelectDialog, which
+  causes much despair, long error messages and great loss of
+  self-confidence. <i> Always remember:</i>, when you want to configure
+  an option, find out whether it belongs to the widget or its
+  subwidgets.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=5.1.3>5.1.3 The TixExFileSelectDialog Widget</H3>
+
+<p>
+<blockquote><a name=5-3>
+<center><img src=fig/filesel/exfile.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 5-3) The ExFileSelectDialog Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>
+  The TixExFileSelectDialog widget is very similar to the
+  TixFileSelectDialog widget. It supports all the options and widget
+  commands of the latter, so essentially we can just take the program
+  <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-1>5-1 </a> and replace the command <code> tixFileSelectDialog</code>
+  in the first line to <code> tixExFileSelectDialog</code>.
+
+<p>  The composition of the TixExFileSelectDialog widget is a bit
+  different: it contains one contains one subwidget, which is also
+  called <code> fsbox</code>, of the type TixExFileSelectBox widget (figure
+  <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-3>5-3 </a>). Again this <code> fsbox</code> widgets supports all
+  widget options and commands of the <code> fsbox</code> subwidget in
+  TixFileSelectDialog, so the line 2 of program <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-1>5-1 </a>
+  can work for TixExFileSelectDialog widgets without any change.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=5.1.4>5.1.4 Specifying File Types for TixExFileSelectDialog</H3>
+
+<p>  The TixExFileSelectBox widget has a ComboBox subwidget marked as
+  ``Select Files of Type:'' (see figure <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-3>5-3 </a>). This widget
+  contains some pre-set types of files for the user to choose
+  from. For example, a word processor program can include choices such
+  as ``Microsoft Word Documents'' and ``WordPerfect Documents''.
+
+<p>  The TixExFileSelectBox widget has a <code> -filetypes</code> option for this
+  purpose. As shown in line 3 through 7 in program
+  <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-4>5-4 </a>, the value for the <code> -filetypes</code> option is
+  a list. Each item in the list should contain two parts. The first
+  part is a list of file patterns and the second part is the textual
+  name for this type of files.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=5.1.5>5.1.5 The <b> <code> tix filedialog</code></b> Command</H3>
+
+<p>  TixExFileSelectDialog and TixFileSelectDialog are very similar to
+  each other. So which one should we use? That is just a matter of
+  taste. However, since we know that programmers usually have bad
+  taste, clever programmers would rather step aside and let the users
+  exercise their own taste. To do this, we can use the <code> tix
+  filedialog</code> command.
+
+<p>  For any programs based on Tix, the user can choose his preferred
+  type of file dialog by setting the X resource <code> FileDialog</code> to
+  either <code> tixFileSelectDialog</code> or <code> tixExFileSelectDialog</code>.
+  This can usually be done by inserting a line similar to the
+  following into the user's <code> .Xdefaults</code> file:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+*myapp*FileDialog: tixExFileSelectDialog
+</pre></blockquote>
+  When we call the command <code> tix filedialog</code>, it will return a file
+  dialog widget of the user's preferred type.
+
+<p>  The advantage of using <code> tix filedialog</code> is it makes coding
+  flexible. If the management suddenly mandates that we dump the Motif
+  look-and-feel in favor of the MS Windows look-and-feel, we don't
+  need to dig up every line of <code> tixFileSelectDialog</code> calls and
+  replace it with <code> tixExFileSelectDialog</code>. Also, <code> tix
+  filedialog</code> creates only one copy of the file dialog, which can be
+  shared by different parts of the program. Therefore, we can avoid
+  creating a separate file dialog widget for each of the ``Open'',
+  ``Save'' and ``Save As'' commands in our application. This way, we
+  can save resource since a file dialog is a large widget and it takes
+  up quite a bit of space.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=5-4>
+<blockquote><pre>
+set dialog [tix filedialog]
+$dialog -title "Select A File" -command selectCmd
+$dialog subwidget fsbox config -pattern "*.txt" -directory /usr/info
+if {[winfo class $dialog] == "TixExFileSelectDialog"} {
+    $dialog subwidget fsbox config -filetypes {
+        {{*}            {*     -- All files}}
+        {{*.txt}        {*.txt -- Text files}}
+        {{*.c}          {*.c   -- C source files}}
+    }
+}
+$dialog popup
+
+<p>proc selectCmd {filename} {
+    puts "You have selected $filename"
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 5-4) Using the <code> tix dialog</code> command</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>  The use of the <code> tix filedialog</code> command is shown in program
+  <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-4>5-4 </a>. This program is very similar to what we saw
+  in program <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-1>5-1 </a>, except now we aren't really sure
+  which type of file dialog the user have chosen. Therefore, if we
+  want to do something allowed for only one type of file dialogs, we
+  have to be careful. At line 4 of program <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-4>5-4 </a>, we
+  use the <code> winfo</code> command to see whether the type of the file
+  dialog is TixExFileSelectDialog. If so, we set the value for the
+  <code> -filetypes</code> option of its <code> fsbox</code> subwidget.
+
+<p>
+<H2><A NAME=5.2>5.2 Selecting Directories with the TixDirTree and TixDirList Widgets</H2>
+
+<p>  There are two Tix widgets for selecting a directory: TixDirList
+  (figure <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-6>5-6 </a>) and TixDirTree (figure
+  <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-6>5-6 </a>). Both of them display the directories in a
+  hierarchical format. The display in the TixDirList widget is more
+  compact: it shows only the parent- and child-directories of a
+  particular directory. The TixDirTree widget, on the other hand, can
+  display the whole tree structure of the file system.
+
+<p>  The programming interface of these two widgets are the same and you
+  can choose the which one to use depending on your application. As
+  shown in the following example, you can use the <code> -directory</code>
+  option of the TixDirList widget to specify a directory to
+  display. In the example, we set <code> -directory</code> to be <code>
+  /home/ioi/dev</code>. As a result, the TixDirList widget displays all the
+  subdirectories and all the ancestor directories of <code>
+  /home/ioi/dev</code>. You can use the <code> -command</code> and <code> -browsecmd</code>
+  options to handle the user events: a double click or Return
+  key-stroke will trigger the <code> -command</code> option and a single click
+  or space bar key stroke will trigger the <code> -browsecmd</code>
+  option. Normally, you would handle both type of events in the same
+  manner, as we have done in program <a href=filesel.tex.html#5-5>5-5 </a>
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=5-5>
+<blockquote><pre>
+tixDirList .d -value /home/ioi/dev <br>    -command "selectDir" -browsecmd "selectDir"
+pack .d
+
+<p>proc selectDir {dir} {
+    puts "now you select $dir"
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 5-5) Using the TixDirList widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<blockquote><a name=5-6>
+
+<center><TABLE BORDER=0><TR> 
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/filesel/dirtree.gif><p><h4><center>DirTree</center></h4></td>
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/filesel/dirlist.gif><p><h4><center>DirList</center></h4></td>
+ </TR></TABLE></center>
+
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 5-6) The DirTree and DirList Widgets</center></h3>
+</blockquote>

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/hlist.tex.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/hlist.tex.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+<!-- $Id: hlist.tex.html,v 1.2 2000/11/11 23:34:25 idiscovery Exp $ -->
+<H1><A NAME=4>4 Hierarchical Listbox</H1>
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=4.1>4.1 TixHList -- The Tix Hierarchical Listbox Widget</H2>
+
+<p>  <i> TixHList</i> is the Tix Hierarchical Listbox Widget. You can use it
+  to display any data that have a hierarchical structure. For example,
+  the HList widget in figure <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-1>4-1 </a> displays a Unix file
+  system directory tree; the HList widget in figure <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-1>4-1 </a>
+  displays the corporate hierarchy of a hypothetical company. As shown
+  in these two figures, the entries inside the TixHList widget are
+  indented can be optionally connected by branch lines according to
+  their positions in the hierarchy.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=4-1>
+
+<center><TABLE BORDER=0><TR> 
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/hlist/dirtree.gif>
+    <p><h4><center>Directory Tree Display</center></h4></td>
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/hlist/hlist1.gif>
+    <p><h4><center>A Corporate Hierarchy</center></h4></td>
+ </TR></TABLE></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 4-1) Examples of the TixHList Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=4.1.1>4.1.1 Creating a Hierarchical List</H3>
+
+<p>  A TixHList widget can be created by the command <code>
+  tixHList</code>. However, most likely, you would want to create a TixHList
+  with scrollbars attached. Therefore, usually you will use the <code>
+  tixScrolledHList</code> command to create a scrolled hierarchical listbox
+  (line 1 in program <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-2>4-2 </a>). The <code> tixScrolledHList</code>
+  command is very similar to the <code> TixScrolledListBox</code> command we
+  saw in section <a href=container.tex.html#2.3.1>2.3.1 </a>. It creates a TixHList subwidget
+  of the name <code> hlist</code> and attaches two scrollbars to it.
+
+<p>  As shown in the first five lines in program <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-2>4-2 </a>, we
+  create a scrolled TixHList widget, using the <code> -options</code> switch
+  (see section <a href=intro.tex.html#1.3.5>1.3.5 </a>) to set several options for the <code>
+  hlist</code> subwidget (we'll talk about these options shortly). Then, we
+  can access the HList subwidget widget using the <code> subwidget
+  hlist</code> method (line 7 in program <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-2>4-2 </a>).
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=4-2>
+<blockquote><pre>
+tixScrolledHList .sh -options {
+    hlist.itemType text
+    hlist.drawBranch false
+    hlist.indent     8
+}
+pack .sh -expand yes -fill both
+set hlist [.sh subwidget hlist]
+
+<p>$hlist add foo         -text "foo"
+$hlist add foo.bar     -text "foo's 1st son"
+$hlist add foo.bor     -text "foo's 2nd son"
+$hlist add foo.bar.bao -text "foo's 1st son's 1st son"
+$hlist add foo.bar.kao -text "foo's 1st son's 2nd son"
+$hlist add dor         -text "dor, who has no son"
+</pre></blockquote>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 4-2) Creating Entries in a HList Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<blockquote><a name=4-3>
+<center><img src=fig/hlist/hlist_ex1.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 4-3) Output of Program <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-2>4-2 </a></center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<H3><A NAME=4.1.2>4.1.2 Creating Entries in a HList Widget</H3>
+
+<p>  Each entry in an HList widget has a unique name, called its <i>
+  entry-path</i>, which determines each entry's position in the HList
+  widget. The entry-paths of the HList entries are very similar to the
+  pathnames of Unix files. Each entry-path is a list of string names
+  separated by a <i> separator character</i>. By default, the separator
+  character is the period character (<code> .</code>), but it can be
+  configured using the <code> -separator</code> option of the HList widget.
+
+<p>  In program <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-3>4-3 </a>, we add several new entries <code> foo</code>,
+  <code> foo.bar</code>, <code> foo.bor</code>, <code> foo.bar.bao</code>, .. etc, into the
+  HList widget using the <code> add</code> method. The relationship between
+  the entries is signified by their names, in a way similar to how
+  Unix denotes directories and subdirectories. For example, <code> foo</code>
+  is the <i> parent</i> of <code> foo.bar</code> and <code> foo.bor</code>; <code>
+  foo.bar</code> is the parent of <code> foo.bar.bao</code>, and so on. As far as
+  the terminology goes, we also say that <code> foo.bar</code> a <i> child</i>
+  of <code> foo</code>; <code> foo</code> is an <i> ancestor</i> of <code> foo.bar.bao</code>
+  and <code> foo.bar.bao</code> is a <i> descendant</i> of <code> foo</code>.
+
+<p>  The output of program <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-2>4-2 </a> is shown in figure
+  <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-3>4-3 </a>. As we can see, the entries are displayed under
+  their parents with the amount of indentation control by the <code>
+  -indent</code> option of the HList widget: <code> foo.bar.bao</code> and <code>
+  foo.bar.kao</code> are display under <code> foo.bar</code>, which is in turn
+  displayed under <code> foo</code>.
+
+<p>  Entries with no parents, for example, <code> foo</code> and <code> dor</code> in
+  program <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-2>4-2 </a>, are called <i> top-level
+  entries</i>. Top-level entries are usually entries with no immediate
+  superiors in a hierarchical. For example, the owner of a company, the
+  principle of a school or the root directory of a Unix file
+  system. Toplevel entries are displayed with no indentation.
+
+<p>  As evident from program <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-2>4-2 </a>, all entries who
+  entry-path does not contain a separator character are top-level
+  entries. The only exception is the separator character itself is
+  also a toplevel entry. This makes it easy to display Unix file and
+  directory names inside the HList widget, as shown in program
+  <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-4>4-4 </a>.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=4-4>
+<blockquote><pre>
+set folder [tix getimage folder]
+tixScrolledHList .sh -options {
+    hlist.separator     /
+    hlist.itemType      imagetext
+    hlist.drawBranch    true
+    hlist.indent        14
+    hlist.wideSelection false
+}
+pack .sh -expand yes -fill both
+set hlist [.sh subwidget hlist]
+
+<p>foreach directory {/ /usr /usr/bin /usr/local /etc /etc/rc.d} {
+    $hlist add $directory -image $folder -text $directory
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 4-4) Displaying Directories in a HList Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=4-5>
+<center><img src=fig/hlist/hlist_ex2.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 4-5) Output of Program <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-4>4-4 </a></center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p> <!ignored:nind> Each entry is associated with a display item (see section
+ <a href=tlist.tex.html#3.2>3.2 </a> about display items). We can use the <code> -itemtype</code>
+ option of the HList widget to specify the default type of display
+ item to be created by the the <code> add</code> method, as shown in program
+ <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-2>4-2 </a> and <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-4>4-4 </a>. Alternatively, we can
+ also specify the type of display item using the <code> -itemtype</code>
+ option for the <code> add</code> method.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=4.1.3>4.1.3 Controlling the Layout of the Entries</H3>
+
+<p>  There are two options to control the layout of the entries: the <code>
+  -showbranch</code> option specifies whether branch lines should be drawn
+  between parent entries and their children. The <code> -indent</code> option
+  controls the amount of relative indentation between parent and child
+  entries. Notice the <code> -drawbranch</code> option is turned on in figure
+  <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-5>4-5 </a> but turned off in figure
+  <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-3>4-3 </a>. Usually, you need to set a bigger indentation
+  when the branches are shown --- we used an indentation of 14 pixels
+  in <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-5>4-5 </a> compared to 8 pixels in <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-3>4-3 </a>.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=4.1.4>4.1.4 Handling the Selection and User Event</H3>
+
+<p>  The handling of the selection and user events for the HList widget
+  is very similar to the TList widget (see section
+  <a href=tlist.tex.html#3.3.5>3.3.5 </a>), except that for the HList widget all the
+  operations are based on entry-paths, not list indices. The methods
+  <code> info selection</code>, <code> selection set</code> and <code> selection clear</code>
+  can be used to query, set or clear the selection; the option <code>
+  -selectmode</code> controls how many entries can be selected at a time;
+  the options <code> -browsecmd</code> and <code> -command</code> can be used to
+  specify a command to be called to handle user events.
+
+<p>  There is one more option worth mentioning: the <code> -wideselection</code>
+  option. When set to <code> true</code>, the selection highlight will be
+  drawn across the whole HList widget (see figure
+  <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-3>4-3 </a>). When set to false, selection highlight will be
+  drawn as wide as the selected entry (see figure
+  <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-5>4-5 </a>). Normally, you would set <code> -wideselection</code>
+  to <code> false</code> when you use <code> imagetext</code> items inside (as we did
+  in program <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-4>4-4 </a>).
+  
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=4.2>4.2 Creating Collapsible Tree Structures with TixTree</H2>
+
+<p>  The TixTree widget is based on the TixScrolledHList widget; you can
+  use it to create a collapsible hierarchical structure so that the
+  user can conveniently navigate through a large number of list
+  entries. As shown in figure <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-7>4-7 </a>, the TixTree puts
+  the little ``<code> +</code>'' and ``<code> -</code>'' icons next to the branches of
+  an HList entry that has descendants. These two icons are knows as
+  the open and close icons, respectively. When the user presses the
+  open icon next to an entry, its immediate children of an entry will
+  be displayed. Conversely, when the user presses the close icon, the
+  entry's children will become hidden.
+
+<p>  Program <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-6>4-6 </a> shows how to create a collapsible
+  tree. We first create a TixTree widget. Then we add the entries in
+  your hierarchical structure into its <code> hlist</code> subwidget using the
+  add method of this subwidget. When we are finished with adding the
+  entries, we just call the <code> autosetmode</code> method of the TixTree
+  widget, which will automatically adds the open and close icons next
+  to the entries who have children.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=4-6>
+<blockquote><pre>
+set folder [tix getimage folder]
+tixTree .tree -command Command -options {
+    hlist.separator  /
+    hlist.itemType   imagetext
+    hlist.drawBranch true
+    hlist.indent     18
+}
+pack .tree -expand yes -fill both
+set hlist [.tree subwidget hlist]
+
+<p>foreach directory {/ /usr /usr/bin /usr/local /etc /etc/rc.d} {
+    $hlist add $directory -image $folder -text $directory
+}
+.tree autosetmode
+
+<p>proc Command {entry} {
+    puts "you have selected $entry"
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 4-6) Creating a Collapsible Hierarchy</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<blockquote><a name=4-7>
+<center><img src=fig/hlist/hlist_ex3.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 4-7) Output of Program <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-6>4-6 </a></center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>  Note that in program <a href=hlist.tex.html#4-6>4-6 </a> we use the <code> -command</code>
+  option of the TixTree widget, not the <code> -command</code> option of its <code>
+  hlist</code> subwidget. This is because the TixTree actually used the <code>
+  -command</code> option of its <code> hlist</code> subwidget to process some
+  low-level events. In general, if both a mega-widget and its
+  subwidget have the options of the same name, you would always use
+  the option that belongs to the mega-widget.
+
+<p>
+
+<p>

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/intro.tex.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/intro.tex.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,854 @@
+<!-- $Id: intro.tex.html,v 1.2 2000/11/11 23:34:36 idiscovery Exp $ -->
+<H1><A NAME=1>1 Introduction</H1>
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=1.1>1.1 What is Tix</H2>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.1.1>1.1.1 Tix for Application Programmers</H3>
+
+<p>  The acronym Tix stands for Tk Interface Extension. Tix is different
+  things for different people.
+
+<p>  If you are a GUI application programmer, that is, if you earn a
+  living by building graphical applications, you will appreciate Tix
+  as a library of <i> mega-widgets</i>: widgets made out of other
+  widgets. To use a crude analogy, if the widgets in the standard TK
+  library are bricks and mortars for a builder, the mega-widgets in
+  the Tix library are walls, windows or even pre-build kitchens. Of
+  course, these ``bigger components'' are themselves made of bricks
+  and mortars, but it will take much less effort to put them together
+  than planting bricks on top of each other.
+
+<p>  The Tix widgets not only help you speed up the development of your
+  applications, they also help you in the design process. Since the
+  standard Tk widgets are too primitive, they force you to think of
+  your house as, by using the same analogy, millions of bricks. With
+  the help of the Tix mega-widgets, you can design your application is
+  a more structural and coherent manner.
+
+<p>  Moreover, the Tix library provides a rich set of widgets. Figure
+  <a href=intro.tex.html#1-1>1-1 </a> shows all Tix widgets -- there are more than 40
+  of them! Although the standard Tk library has many useful widgets,
+  they are far from complete. The Tix library provides most of the
+  commonly needed widgets that are missing from standard Tk:
+  FileSelectBox, ComboBox, Control (a.k.a. SpinBox) and an assortment
+  of scroll-able widgets. Tix also includes many more widgets that are
+  generally useful in a wide range of applications: NoteBook,
+  FileEntry, PanedWindow, MDIWindow, etc.
+
+<p>  With all these new widgets, you can introduce new interaction
+  techniques into applications, creating more useful and more
+  intuitive user interfaces.  You can design your application by
+  choosing the most appropriate widgets to match the special needs of
+  your application and users.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=1-1>
+<center><img src=fig/intro/hierarchy.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 1-1) The Class Hierarchy of Tix Widgets</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.1.2>1.1.2 Tix for Widget Developers</H3>
+
+<p>  On the other hand, if you are a widget developer, Tix provides an
+  object oriented programming environment, the Tix Intrinsics, that is
+  carefully designed for the development of mega-widgets. If you have
+  developed widgets in C, you will know how slow and painful such a
+  process would be. In recognition of the difficulties in widget
+  development, the Tix Intrinsics includes many tools that
+  dramatically cuts down the efforts required to develop new widgets.
+  With the Tix Intrinsics, the rapid prototyping/development of
+  widgets is finally feasible: you can write a new widgets in the
+  matter of hours or even minutes.
+
+<p>  With the Tix Intrinsics, you widget code can readily become
+  reusable.  Tix also provides a set of rules and mechanisms that
+  allow you to develop widgets that are inter-operable with other
+  widgets.
+
+<p>  In Part I of this manual, we will talk about using the Tix widgets.
+  The discussion of writing new Tix widgets will be carried out in
+  Part II.
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=1.2>1.2 Getting Started: the TixControl Widget</H2>
+
+<p>  <i> Pre-requisites: you should be familiar with Tk widgets and
+  programming, or read the Tk book along with this book</i>
+
+<p>  Before delving into the deep philosophy of the Tix widgets, let us
+  first have a quick example to demonstrate the usefulness and
+  convenience of an Tix widget: the TixControl is basically an entry
+  widget that displays a value. Next to the entry, there are two up
+  and down arrow buttons for you to adjust the value inside the entry
+  widget.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.2.1>1.2.1 Creating a TixControl Widget</H3>
+
+<p>  The following code demonstrates how to create a TixControl widget and
+  specify its options:
+
+<p><pre>
+    tixControl .lawyers -label Lawyers: -max 10 -min 0
+    .lawyers config -integer true -step 2
+</pre>
+  This example creates a TixControl widget that let us to select the
+  numbers of lawyers we wish to be allowed in this country.  (Figure
+  <a href=intro.tex.html#1-2>1-2 </a>)
+
+<p>  Let us examine the options: the <code> -label</code> option specifies a
+  caption for this widget. The <code> -max</code> option specifies the maximum
+  number of lawyers we can choose. The <code> -min</code> option specifies the
+  minimum number of lawyers we can choose: although we would love to
+  enter a negative number, reality dictate that the lower limit must
+  be zero. The <code> -integer</code> option indicates that the number of
+  lawyers must be an integer; that is, we respect the lawyers' rights
+  not to be chopped up into decimal points. Finally, since lawyers
+  seem to go in pairs, we set the <code> -step</code> option to <code> 2</code>, which
+  indicates that when we press the up/down arrow buttons, we want the
+  number of lawyers to go up and down by two each time.
+
+<p>
+<blockquote><a name=1-2>
+<center><img src=fig/intro/lawyer.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 1-2) The TixControl Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>  As shown in the example, you can create and manipulate a Tix widget
+  in the same manner as the standard Tk widgets. The options of the
+  widget can be specified during the creation of the widget.
+  Alternatively, they can be changed by the <code> configure</code> widget
+  command.  In addition, options can also be specified in the option
+  database or as X resources. Here is an example that produces the
+  same result as the previous code fragment:
+
+<p><pre>
+    option add *lawyers.max 10
+    option add *lawyers.min 0
+    tixControl .lawyers -label Lawyers: -integer true
+    .lawyers config -step 2
+</pre>
+
+<p>  <!ignored:nind> In figure <a href=intro.tex.html#1-3>1-3 </a>, you can see the composition of
+  TixControl: it is made out of a label widget, an entry widget and
+  two button widgets. Widgets that are composed of other widgets, like
+  TixControl, are called <i> mega-widgets</i>. Most widgets in the Tix
+  library are mega-widgets (xx: and as you know this book is about
+  them!).
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=1-3>
+<center><img src=fig/intro/law_comp.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 1-3) The Composition of TixControl</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.2.2>1.2.2 Accessing The Value of a TixControl Widget</H3>
+
+
+<p>  The TixControl widget allows the user to input a value. There are
+  several ways to read this value in your program. First of all,
+  TixControl stores the current value in the <code> -value</code> option.  You
+  can use query the <code> -value</code> option by calling the command
+
+<p><pre>
+    .c cget -value
+</pre>
+
+<p>  this command will return the current value of the tixContro widget
+  <code> .c</code>.  The following command sets the value of the widget to a
+  new number (100):
+
+<p><pre>
+    .c config -value 100
+</pre>
+  The second way to access the value of TixControl is to use the <code>
+  -variable</code> option. This options instructs the TixControl widget to
+  store the its value into a global variable so that you can read it
+  at any time. Also, by assigning a new value to this global variable,
+  you can change the value of the TixControl widget. Here is an
+  example:
+
+<p><pre>
+    .c config -variable myvar
+    set myvar 100
+</pre>
+  
+  <!ignored:nind> In some situations, you may want to be informed immediately
+  when the value of the TixControl widget changes. To accomplish this,
+  you can use the <code> -command</code> option.  The following line causes
+  the TCL procedure <code> valueChanged</code> to be called whenever the value
+  of <code> .c</code> changes:
+
+<p><pre>
+    tixControl .c -command valueChanged
+</pre>
+
+<p><H4><A NAME=1.2.2.1> Disabling Callbacks Temporarily</H4>
+
+<p>
+  Now, if you want to change a value from within the program, you have
+  to disable the callback. The reason is that the callback runs
+  whenever you (as well as the user) makes a change. In particular, if
+  you make a change within the callback procedure and forget to
+  disable the callback, it will recursively call itself and enter an
+  infinite loop. To avoid this problem, you should use the <code>
+  -disablecallback</code> option. Here is an example:
+
+<p><pre>
+    tixControl .c -command addOne
+
+<p>    proc addOne {value} {
+        .c config -disablecallback true
+        .c config -value [incr value]
+        .c config -disablecallback false
+    }
+</pre>
+  The procedure <code> addOne</code> adjusts the value of <code> .c</code> by one
+  whenever the user enters a new value into <code> .c</code>. Notice that it
+  is necessary to set <code> -disablecallback</code> here or otherwise <code>
+  addOne</code> will be infinitely recursed! That is because <code> addOne</code> is
+  called <i> every time</i> the value changes, either by the user or by
+  the program.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.2.3>1.2.3 Validating User Inputs</H3>
+
+<p>  Sometimes it may be necessary to check the user input against
+  certain criteria. For example, you may want to allow only even
+  numbers in a TixControl widget. To do this, you can use the <code>
+  -validatecmd</code> option, which specifies a Tcl command to call whenever
+  the user enters a new value. Here is an example:
+
+<p><pre>
+    tixControl .c -value 0 -step 2 -validatecmd evenOnly
+
+<p>    proc evenOnly {value} {
+        return [expr $value - ($value %2)]
+    }
+</pre>
+  The value parameter to <code> evenOnly</code> is the new value entered by
+  the user.  The <code> evenOnly</code> procedure makes sure that the new
+  value is even by returning a modified, even number. The Tcl command
+  specified by the <code> -validatecmd</code> must return a value which it
+  deems valid and this value will be stored in the <code> -value</code> option
+  of the TixControl widget.
+
+<p>
+<H2><A NAME=1.3>1.3 Accessing The Components Inside Mega Widgets</H2>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.3.1>1.3.1 Subwidgets</H3>
+
+<p>  As we have seen in section <a href=intro.tex.html#1.2.1>1.2.1 </a>, the TixControl
+  widget is composed of several widgets: one label widget, one entry
+  widget and two button widgets. These ``widgets inside mega-widgets''
+  are called <i> subwidgets</i> in the Tix terminology. We will often
+  have the need to access these subwidgets. For example, sometimes we
+  need to change the configuration options of the subwidgets. In other
+  cases, we may need to interact with the subwidgets directly.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.3.2>1.3.2 Subwidget Names</H3>
+
+<p>  Each subwidget inside a mega is identified by a <i> subwidget
+  name</i>. Naturally, the label and entry subwidgets inside a TixSelect
+  widget are called <code> label</code> and <code> entry</code>, respectively. The two
+  button widgets are called <code> incr</code> and <code> decr</code> because they are
+  used to <code> incr</code>ement and <code> decr</code>ement the value inside the
+  TixControl widget (see figure <a href=intro.tex.html#1-4>1-4 </a>).
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=1-4>
+<center><img src=fig/intro/ctl_subw.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 1-4) Subwidgets inside TixControl Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<H3><A NAME=1.3.3>1.3.3 The <code> subwidget</code> Method</H3>
+
+<p>  All Tix mega-widgets support the <code> subwidget</code> method. This method
+  takes at least one argument, the name of a subwidget. When you pass
+  only one argument to this method, it returns the pathname of the
+  subwidget which is identified by that name. For example, if .c is
+  the pathname of a TixControl widget, the command:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+  .c subwidget entry
+</pre></blockquote>
+  returns the pathname of the <code> entry</code> subwidget, which is <code>
+  .c.frame.entry</code> in this case.
+
+<p>  If you call the <code> subwidget</code> method with additional arguments,
+  the widget command of the specified subwidget will be called with
+  these arguments. For example, if <code> .c</code> is, again, the pathname of
+  a TixControl widget, the command:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+  .c subwidget entry configure -bg gray
+</pre></blockquote>
+  will cause the widget command of the <code> entry</code> subwidget of <code>
+  .c</code> to be called with the arguments <code> configure -bg gray</code>. So
+  actually this command will be translated into the following call:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+  .c.frame.entry configure -bg gray
+</pre></blockquote>
+  which calls the <code> configure</code> method of the <code> entry</code> subwidget
+  with the arguments <code> -bg gray</code> and changes its background color
+  to <code> gray</code>.
+
+<p>  We can call the <code> subwidget</code> method with other types of arguments
+  to access different methods of the specified subwidget. For example,
+  the following call:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+  .c subwidget entry icursor end
+</pre></blockquote>
+  calls the <code> icursor</code> method of the <code> entry</code> subwidget with the
+  argument <code> end</code> and sets the insert cursor of the <code> entry</code>
+  subwidget to the end of its input string.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.3.4>1.3.4 Chaining the <code> subwidget</code> Method</H3>
+
+<p>  Some Tix mega-widgets may have subwidgets that in turn contain
+  subwidgets. For example, the TixExFileSelectDialog (section
+  <a href=filesel.tex.html#5.1.3>5.1.3 </a>) widget contains a TixExFileSelectBox subwidget
+  called <code> fsbox</code>, which in turn contains a TixComboBox (section
+  <a href=intro.tex.html#1.4>1.4 </a>) subwidget called <code> dir</code>. If we want to access
+  the <code> dir</code> subwidget, we can just ``chain'' the <code> subwidget</code>
+  method. For example, if we have a TixExFileSelectDialog called <code>
+  .file</code>, the following command will return the pathname of the <code>
+  dir</code> subwidget of the <code> fsbox</code> subwidget of <code> .file</code>:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+  .file subwidget fsbox subwidget dir
+</pre></blockquote>
+  Moreover, the following command configures the <code> dir</code> subwidget to
+  have a border of the groove type with a border width of 2 pixels:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+  .file subwidget fsbox subwidget dir configure -bd 2 -relief groove
+</pre></blockquote>
+
+<p>  The chaining of the subwidget command can be applied for arbitrarily
+  many levels, depending whether your widget has a subwidget that has
+  a subwidget that has a subwidget that has a subwidget ... and so on.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.3.5>1.3.5 Configuring Subwidget Options Using the <code> -options</code> Switch</H3>
+
+<p>  As we have seen above, we can use commands like ``<code> subwidget</code>
+  <i> name</i> <code> configure ...</code>'' to set the configuration options
+  of subwidgets. However, this can get quite tedious if we want to
+  configure many options of many subwidgets.
+
+<p>  There is a more convenient and terse way to configure the subwidget
+  options without using the <code> subwidget</code> method: the <code> -options</code>
+  switch. All Tix mega-widgets support the <code> -option</code> switch, which
+  can be used during the creation of the mega-widget.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=1-5>
+<blockquote><pre>
+tixControl .income -label "Income: " -variable income -options {
+    label.width       8
+    label.anchor      e
+    entry.width       10
+    entry.borderWidth 3
+}
+tixControl .age    -label "Age: "    -variable age    -options {
+    label.width       8
+    label.anchor      e
+    entry.width       10
+    entry.borderWidth 3
+}
+pack .income .age -side top
+</pre></blockquote>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 1-5) Using the <code> -options</code> switch</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<blockquote><a name=1-6>
+
+<center><TABLE BORDER=0><TR> 
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/intro/ctl_noopt.gif><p><h4><center>Unaligned Labels</center></h4></td>
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/intro/ctl_wopt.gif> <p><h4><center>Aligned Labels</center></h4></td>
+ </TR></TABLE></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 1-6) Using the <code> -options</code> Switch to Align the Labels</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>
+  The use of the <code> -options</code> switch is illustrated in program
+  <a href=intro.tex.html#1-5>1-5 </a>, which creates two TixControl widgets for
+  the user to enter his income and age. Because of the different sizes
+  of the labels of these two widgets, if we create them haphazardly,
+  the output may look like fig <a href=intro.tex.html#1-6>1-6 </a>.
+
+<p>  To avoid this problem, we set the width of the <code> label</code>
+  subwidgets of the <code> .income</code> and <code> .age</code> widgets to be the
+  same (8 characters wide) and set their <code> -anchor</code> option to <code>
+  e</code> (flushed to right), so that the labels appear to be
+  well-aligned. Program <a href=intro.tex.html#1-5>1-5 </a> also does other
+  things such as setting the <code> entry</code> subwidgets to have a width of
+  10 characters and a border-width of 3 pixels so that they appear
+  wider and ``deeper''. A better result is shown in figure
+  <a href=intro.tex.html#1-6>1-6 </a>.
+  
+  As we can see from program <a href=intro.tex.html#1-5>1-5 </a>, the value for
+  the <code> -options</code> switch is a list of one or more pairs of
+
+<p><blockquote>
+  <i> subwidget-option-spec</i> <i> value</i> ..
+</blockquote>
+
+<p> <i> subwidget-option-spec</i> is in the form <i> subwidget-name</i><code>
+ .</code><i> option-name</i>. For example, <code> label.anchor</code> identifies the
+ <code> anchor</code> option of the <code> label</code> subwidget, <code> entry.width</code>
+ identifies the <code> width</code> option of the entry subwidget, and so on.
+
+<p> Notice we must use the <i> name</i> of the option, not the <i>
+ command-line switch</i> of the option. For example, the option that
+ specifies the border-width of the <code> entry</code> subwidget has the
+ command-line switch <code> -borderwidth</code> but its name is <code>
+ borderWidth</code> (notice the capitalization on the name but not on the
+ command-line switch). Therefore, we have used the capitalized version
+ of ``<code> entry.borderWidth 3</code>'' in program
+ <a href=intro.tex.html#1-5>1-5 </a> and not ``<code> entry.borderwidth 3</code>''. To
+ find out the names of the options of the respective subwidgets,
+ please refer to their manual pages.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.3.6>1.3.6 Configuring Subwidget Options Using the Tk Option Database</H3>
+
+<p>  The <code> -options</code> switch is good if you want to specify subwidget
+  options for one or a few mega-widgets. If you want to specify the
+  subwidget for many mega-widgets, it is easier to use the Tk Option
+  Database.
+
+<p>  Options in the Tk Option Database can be specified using the <code>
+  option</code> command and the pathname of the widget. For all the Tix
+  mega-widgets, it is guaranteed that the pathname of their subwidgets
+  ends with the <i> name</i> of the subwidgets. For example, if we have
+  a mega widget called <code> .a.b.megaw</code> and it has a subwidget whose
+  name is <code> subw</code>, then we can be sure that the pathname of the
+  subwidget will be something like
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+  .a.b.megaw.foo.bar.subw
+</pre></blockquote>
+  Therefore, if we want to specify options for it in the Option
+  Database, we can issue commands like:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+  option add *a.b.megaw*subw.option1 value1
+  option add *a.b.megaw*subw.option2 value2
+</pre></blockquote>
+  Notice that it will be wrong to issue the commands as:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+  option add *a.b.megaw.subw.option1 value1
+  option add *a.b.megaw.subw.option2 value2
+</pre></blockquote>
+  because in general we will not know whether the subwidget is an
+  immediate child window of <code> .a.b.megaw</code> (<i>such a decision
+  is left to the mega-widget implementor and may vary in different
+  versions of the same mega-widget</i>).
+
+<p>  Program <a href=intro.tex.html#1-7>1-7 </a> demonstrates how the Tk Option
+  Database can be used to achieve the same effect as program
+  <a href=intro.tex.html#1-5>1-5 </a>.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=1-7>
+<blockquote><pre>
+option add *TixControl*label.width       8
+option add *TixControl*label.anchor      e
+option add *TixControl*entry.width       10
+option add *TixControl*entry.borderWidth 3
+
+<p>tixControl .income -label "Income: " -variable income
+tixControl .age    -label "Age: "    -variable age
+
+<p>pack .income .age -side top
+</pre></blockquote>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 1-7) Using the Tk Option Database in Place of the <code> -options</code>
+  switch</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.3.7>1.3.7 Caution: Restricted Access</H3>
+
+<p>  In the current implementation of Tix, there is no limits on how you
+  can access the options of the subwidgets. However, many options of
+  the subwidgets may be already used by the mega-widget in special
+  ways. For example, the <code> -textvariable</code> option of the <code> entry</code>
+  subwidget of TixControl may be used to store some private
+  information for the mega widget. Therefore, you should access the
+  options of the subwidgets with great care. In general you should
+  only access those options that affect the appearance of the
+  subwidgets (such as <code> -font</code> or <code> -foreground</code>) and leave
+  everything else intact. (<i></i>) { In future versions of Tix, there
+  will be explicit restrictions on which subwidget options you can
+  access. Errors will be generated if you try to access restricted
+  subwidget options}
+
+<p>
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=1.4>1.4 Another Tix Widget: TixComboBox</H2>
+
+<p>  The <i> TixComboBox</i> widget is very similar to the ComboBox widgets
+  available in MS Windows and Motif 2.0. A TixComboBox consists of an
+  entry widget and a listbox widget. Usually, the ComboBox contains a
+  list of possible values for the user to select. The user may also
+  choose an alternative value by typing it in the entry widget. Figure
+  <a href=intro.tex.html#1-8>1-8 </a> shows two ComboBoxes for the user to choose fonts and
+  character sizes. You can see fro the figure that a listbox is popped
+  down from the ComboBox for fonts for the user to choose among a list
+  of possible fonts.
+
+<p>
+<blockquote><a name=1-8>
+<center><img src=fig/intro/combobox.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 1-8) The TixComboBox Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.4.1>1.4.1 Creating a TixComboBox Widget</H3>
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=1-9>
+<blockquote><pre>
+tixComboBox .c -label "Animal:" -editable true
+.c insert end cat
+.c insert end dog
+.c insert end pig
+</pre></blockquote>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 1-9) Creating a ComboBox</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>  In program <a href=intro.tex.html#1-9>1-9 </a>, we set up a ComboBox <code> .c</code>
+  for the user to select an animal to play with. If the user is just a
+  dull person like you and me, he would just press the arrow button
+  and select a pre-designated animal such as ``dog''.  However, if he
+  wants to try something new, he could type ``micky'' or ``sloth''
+  into the entry widget and he will get to play with his favorite
+  animal.
+
+<p>  Of course, sometimes we don't want too many sloths around us and we
+  want to limit the range of the user's selections. In this case we
+  can do one of two things. First, we can set the <code> -editable</code>
+  option to <code> false</code> so that the user cannot type in the entry
+  widget at all.  Alternatively, we can use the <code> -validatecmd</code>
+  option (see section <a href=intro.tex.html#1.4.3>1.4.3 </a>) to check input the input.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.4.2>1.4.2 Controlling the Style of the TixComboBox</H3>
+
+<p>  The TixComboBox widget can appear in many different styles. If we
+  set the <code> -dropdown</code> option to <code> true</code> (which is the default),
+  the listbox will only appear when the user presses the arrow button.
+  When <code> -dropdown</code> is set to <code> false</code>, the listbox is always
+  shown and the arrow button will disappear because it is not needed
+  anymore.
+
+<p>  There is also an option called <code> -fancy</code>. It is set to <code>
+  false</code> by default. When set to <code> true</code>, a tick button and a cross
+  button will appear next to the entry widget. The tick button allows
+  you to select again the value that's already in the ComboBox. If you
+  press the cross button, the entry widget will be cleared.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.4.3>1.4.3 Static Options</H3>
+
+<p>  The <code> -dropdown</code> and <code> -fancy</code> options are so-called ``static
+  options''.  They can only be set during the creation of the
+  ComboBox. Hence this code is valid:
+
+<p><pre>
+    tixComboBox .c -dropdown true
+</pre>
+
+<p>  But the following code will generate an error because it attempts to
+  set the <code> -dropdown</code> option <i> after</i> the ComboBox has already
+  been created.
+
+<p><pre>
+    TixComboBox .c
+    .c config -dropdown true
+</pre>
+
+<p>  The restrictions of the static options, although annoying,
+  nevertheless make sense because we don't want our interface to
+  suddenly change its style. If sometimes a button is there and
+  sometimes it disappear all by itself, that will certainly create a
+  lot of confusion and makes the user wonder why he should buy our
+  software. Also, as you will see in chapter <a href=oop.tex.html#6>6 </a>, having some
+  static options will make the life of widget writers a lot easier.
+
+<p>  Accessing the value of the ComboBox is very similar to accessing the
+  value of the TixControl widget. The ComboBox has these four options,
+  which we discussed in section <a href=intro.tex.html#1.2.2>1.2.2 </a>: <code> -value</code>,
+  <code> -variable</code>, <code> -command</code> and <code> -validatecmd</code>. You can use
+  these four options to access the user input and respond to user
+  actions in exactly the same way as discussed in section
+  <a href=intro.tex.html#1.2.2>1.2.2 </a>.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.4.4>1.4.4 Monitoring the User's Browsing Actions</H3>
+
+<p>  When the user drags the mouse pointer over the listbox, the listbox
+  item under the pointer will be highlighted and a ``browse event''
+  will be generated. If you want to keep track of what items the user
+  has browses through, you can use the <code> -browsecmd</code> option. Here
+  is an example:
+
+<p><pre>
+    tixComboBox .c -browsecmd mybrowse
+    ....
+
+<p>    proc mybrowse {item} {
+        puts "user has browsed $item"
+    }
+</pre>
+
+<p>  When the Tcl command specified by the <code> -browsecmd</code> option is
+  called, it will be called with one parameter: the current item that
+  the user has highlighted.
+
+<p>  The <code> -browsecmd</code> is useful because it gives the user the
+  possibility of temporarily seeing the results of several choices
+  before committing to a final choice.
+
+<p>  For example, we can list a set of image files in a ComboBox. When
+  the user single-clicks on an item on the ComboBox, we want to show a
+  simplified view of that image. After the user has browsed through
+  several images, he can finally decide on which image he wants by
+  double-clicking on that item in the listbox.
+
+<p>  The following is some pseudo Tcl code that does this. Please notice
+  that the <code> -browsecmd</code> procedure is called every time the user
+  single-clicks on an item or drags the mouse pointer in the listbox.
+  The <code> -command</code> procedure is only called when the user
+  double-clicks on an item.
+
+<p><pre>
+tixComboBox .c -dropdown false -browsecmd show_simple -command load_fullsize 
+.c insert end "/pkg/images/flowers.gif"
+.c insert end "/pkg/images/jimmy.gif"
+.c insert end "/pkg/images/ncsa.gif"
+
+<p>proc show_simple {filename} {
+    # Load in a simplified version of $filename
+}
+
+<p>proc load_fullsize {filename} {
+    # Load in the full size image in $filename
+}
+</pre>
+
+<p>  As we shall see, all Tix widgets that let us do some sort of
+  selections have the <code> -browsecmd</code> option. The <code> -browsecmd</code>
+  option allows us to respond to user events in a simple,
+  straight-forward manner. Of course, you can do the same thing with
+  the Tk <code> bind</code> command, but you don't want to do that unless you
+  are very fond of things like <code> &lt;Control-Shift-ButtonRelease-1&gt;</code>
+  and <code> "%x %X $w %W %w"</code>.
+
+<p>
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=1.5>1.5 The TixSelect Widget</H2>
+
+<p>  The TixSelect widget figure <a href=intro.tex.html#1-10>1-10 </a> provides you the same
+  kind of facility that is available with the Tk <code> radiobutton</code> and
+  <code> checkbutton</code> widgets. That is, TixSelect allows the user to
+  select one or a few values out of many choices. However, TixSelect
+  is superior because it allows you to layout the choices in much less
+  space than what is required by the Tk <code> radiobutton</code>
+  widgets. Also, TixSelect supports complicated selection
+  rules. Because of these reasons, TixSelect is a primary choice for
+  implementing toolbar buttons, which often have strict space
+  requirements and complicated selection rules.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=1-10>
+<center><img src=fig/intro/select.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 1-10) The TixSelect Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.5.1>1.5.1 Creating A TixSelect Widget</H3>
+
+<p>  Program <a href=intro.tex.html#1-11>1-11 </a> shows how to create a TixSelect
+  widget. At line 1 of program <a href=intro.tex.html#1-11>1-11 </a>, we create a
+  TixSelect using the the <code> tixSelect</code> command.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=1-11>
+<pre>
+  tixSelect .fruits -label "Fruits: " -orientation horizontal
+  .fruits add apple  -text Apple  -width 6
+  .fruits add orange -text Orange -width 6
+  .fruits add banana -text Banana -width 6
+  pack .fruits
+</pre>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 1-11) Creating a TixSelect Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H4><A NAME=1.5.1.1> Label and Orientation</H4>
+
+<p>  As shown in program <a href=intro.tex.html#1-11>1-11 </a>, with the <code> -label</code>
+  option, we can put a label next to the button subwidgets as the
+  caption of the TixSelect widget. We can also control the layout of
+  the button subwidgets using the <code> -orientation</code> option. The <code>
+  -orientation</code> option can have two values: <code> horizontal</code> (the
+  default value) or <code> vertical</code>, and the buttons are lied up
+  accordingly. Figure <a href=intro.tex.html#1-12>1-12 </a> shows the output of a
+  TixSelect widget whose <code> -orientation</code> is set to <code> vertical</code>.
+
+<p><H4><A NAME=1.5.1.2> Creating the Button Subwidgets and Configuring
+Their Appearance</H4>
+
+<p>  After we have created the TixSelect widget, we can create the button
+  subwidgets inside the TixSelect widget by the <code> add</code> widget
+  command (lines 2-4 of program <a href=intro.tex.html#1-11>1-11 </a>).
+
+<p>  The first argument to the <code> add</code> command is the name of the
+  button subwidget. Additional arguments can be given in <i>
+  option-value</i> pairs to configure the appearance of the button
+  subwidget. These <i> option-value</i> pairs can be any of those
+  accepted by a normal TK button widget. As shown in program
+  <a href=intro.tex.html#1-11>1-11 </a>, we use the <code> -text</code> option to put
+  appropriate text strings over the three button subwidgets.
+
+<p>  Notice that we also set the <code> -width</code> option of all the button
+  subwidgets to 6 characters. This way, the three buttons will have
+  the same width. If we didn't set the <code> -width</code> option for the
+  button widgets, they will have different widths, depending on their
+  text string, and the result would look less esthetically pleasing
+  than buttons with same widths.
+
+<p>  The output of program <a href=intro.tex.html#1-11>1-11 </a> is shown in figure
+  <a href=intro.tex.html#1-12>1-12 </a>
+
+<p>
+<blockquote><a name=1-12>
+
+<center><TABLE BORDER=0><TR> 
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/intro/select1.gif>
+    <p><h4><center>Horizontal Orientation</center></h4></td>
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/intro/select-vert.gif>
+    <p><h4><center>Vertical Orientation</center></h4></td>
+ </TR></TABLE></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 1-12) The TixSelect Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H4><A NAME=1.5.1.3> Accessing the Button Subwidgets</H4>
+
+<p>  We have already seen the concept of subwidgets and how they can be
+  accessed in section <a href=intro.tex.html#1.3.1>1.3.1 </a> --- when we create a Tix
+  mega-widget, some subwidgets are created for us automatically. For
+  example, the label and entry subwidgets inside a TixControl widget.
+  We can access these subwidgets in a multitude of ways, including
+  using the subwidget method.
+
+<p>  One thing about the subwidgets we saw in section
+  <a href=intro.tex.html#1.3.1>1.3.1 </a> is that they are ``static'', meaning they are
+  created when the mega-widget is created and they remain there for
+  the whole lifetime of the mega-widget.
+
+<p>  The TixSelect widget takes us to a new concept: <i> dynamic
+  subwidgets</i> are subwidgets that can be created on-the-fly. After we
+  add a new button into the TixSelect widget, we get a new
+  subwidget. The name of this new subwidget is given by the first
+  parameter passed to the <code> add</code> method. As the following code
+  demonstrates, we can access this new subwidget using the <code>
+  subwidget</code> method:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+tixSelect .s
+.s add apple  -text Apple
+.s add orange -text Orange
+#   Mmmm..., let's make the widget look more educated
+#   by using French words
+.s subwidget apple  config -text Pomme
+.s subwidget orange config -text Orange
+</pre></blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<H3><A NAME=1.5.2>1.5.2 Specifying Selection Rules</H3>
+
+<p>  For simple selection rules, you can use the <code> -allowzero</code> and
+  <code> -radio</code> options. The <code> -allowzero</code> option specifies whether
+  the user can select none of the choices inside the TixSelect
+  widget. The <code> -radio</code> option controls how many buttons can be
+  selected at once: when set to true, the user can select only one
+  button at a time; when set to false, the user can select as many
+  buttons as he desires.
+
+<p>  With these two options, we can write a program using two TixSelect
+  widgets for little Jimmy to fill up his lunch box. On the Sandwich
+  side, we set <code> -radio</code> to true and <code> -allowzero</code> <code>
+  false</code>. That means Jimmy can select one and only one sandwich among
+  beef, cheese or ham sandwiches. On the Veggie side, we want to
+  encourage Jimmy to consume as much veggie as possible, so we set the
+  <code> -allowzero</code> option to <code> false</code>. We also set the <code>
+  -allowzero</code> option to <code> false</code> so that Jimmy cannot get away with
+  eating none of the vegetables (see program <a href=intro.tex.html#1-13>1-13 </a>).
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=1-13>
+<blockquote><pre>
+tixSelect .sandwich -allowzero false -radio true -label "Sandwich :"
+.sandwich add beef   -text Beef
+.sandwich add cheese -text Cheese
+.sandwich add ham    -text Ham
+
+<p>tixSelect .vege -allowzero false -radio false -label "Vegetable :"
+.vege add bean    -text Bean
+.vege add carrot  -text Carrot
+.vege add lettuce -text Lettuce
+</pre></blockquote>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 1-13) Specifying Simple Selection Rules</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>
+<H3><A NAME=1.5.3>1.5.3 Accessing the Value of a TixSelect Widget</H3>
+
+<p>  The <i> value</i> of a TixSelect widget is a list of the names of the
+  button subwidgets that are currently selected. For example, in
+  program <a href=intro.tex.html#1-11>1-11 </a>, if the user has selected the apple
+  button, then the value of the TixSelect widget will be <code>
+  apple</code>. If the user has selected both the apple and the orange
+  buttons, then the value will be the list <code> "apple orange"</code>.
+
+<p>  The TixSelect widget supports same set of options as the TixControl
+  widget for you to access its value: the <code> -value</code> option stores
+  the current value, which can be queried and modified using the cget
+  and configure methods. You can also use the <code> -variable</code> option
+  to specify a global variable to store the value of the TixSelect
+  widget. The <code> -command</code> option specifies a TCL command to be
+  called whenever the user changes the selection inside a TixSelect
+  widget. This command is called with one argument: the new value of
+  the TixSelect widget. There is also the <code> -disablecallback</code>
+  option which you can use to control whether the command specified by
+  the <code> -command</code> option should be called when the value of the
+  TixSelect changes.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=1.5.4>1.5.4 Specifying Complex Selection Rules</H3>
+
+<p>  If you want to have more complex selection rules for the
+  TixSelect widget, you can use the <code> -validatecmd</code> option. This
+  option works the same as the <code> -validatecmd</code> option of the
+  TixControl widget which we discusses in section
+  <a href=intro.tex.html#1.2>1.2 </a>: it specifies a command to be called every
+  time the user attempts to change the selection inside a TixSelect
+  widget.
+
+<p>  In the example program <a href=intro.tex.html#1-14>1-14 </a>, the procedure
+  <code> TwoMax</code> will be called every time the user tries to change the
+  selection of the <code> .fruits</code> widget. <code> TwoMax</code> limits the
+  maximum number of fruits that the user to choose to be 2 by always
+  truncating the value of the TixSelect widget to have no more than
+  two items. If you run this program, you will find out that you can
+  never select a third fruit after you have select two fruits.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=1-14>
+<pre>
+  tixSelect .fruits -label "Fruits: " -radio false -validatecmd TwoMax
+  .fruits add apple  -text Apple  -width 6
+  .fruits add orange -text Orange -width 6
+  .fruits add banana -text Banana -width 6
+  pack .fruits
+
+<p>  proc TwoMax {value} {
+     if {[llength $value] &gt; 2} {
+        return [lrange $value 0 1]
+     } else {
+        return $value
+     }
+  }
+</pre>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 1-14) Specifying More Complex Selection Rules</center></h3>
+</blockquote>

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/oop.tex.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/oop.tex.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,790 @@
+<!-- $Id: oop.tex.html,v 1.2 2000/11/11 23:34:47 idiscovery Exp $ -->
+<H1><A NAME=6>6 Tix Object Oriented Programming</H1>
+
+<p>  <i> This chapter is intended for experienced programmers who want to
+  create new Tix widgets. If you just want use the Tix widgets in your
+  applications, you can skip this chapter.</i>
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=6.1>6.1 Introduction to Tix Object Oriented Programming</H2>
+
+<p>  Tix comes with a simple object oriented programming (OOP) framework,
+  the <i> Tix Intrinsics</i>, for writing mega-widgets. The Tix
+  Intrinsics is not a general purpose OOP system and it does not
+  support some features found in general purpose OOP systems such as
+  <code> [incr Tcl]</code>. However, the Tix Intrinsics is specially designed
+  for writing mega-widgets. It provides a simple and efficient
+  interface for creating mega-widgets so that you can avoid the
+  complexity and overheads of the general purpose OOP extensions to
+  Tcl.
+
+<p>  The hard thing about programming with mega-widgets is to make sure
+  that each instance you create can handle its own activities.  Events
+  must be directed to the right widget, procedures must act on data
+  that is internal to that widget, and users should be able to change
+  the options associated with the widget.  For instance, we'll show an
+  arrow widget that needs to know what direction it's pointing; this
+  requires each instance of the widget to have its own variable.
+
+<p>  Furthermore, each widget should respond properly to changes
+  requested by the application programmer during the program's run.
+  The whole reason people use Tcl/Tk is because they can alter things
+  on the fly.
+
+<p>  The advantage of an object-oriented programming system is that you
+  can easily associate a widget with its own data and procedures
+  (methods).  This chapter shows how to do that, and how to configure
+  data both at the time the widget is initialized and later during the
+  program.
+
+<p>
+<H3><A NAME=6.1.1>6.1.1 Widget Classes and Widget Instances</H3>
+
+<p>  All the mega-widget classes in Tix, such as TixComboBox and
+  TixControl, are implemented in the Tix Intrinsics framework. Also,
+  you can write new <i> widget classes</i> with the Tix Intrinsics. In
+  the next section, I'll go through all the steps of creating a new
+  widget class in Tix. I'll illustrate the idea using a new class
+  ``TixArrowButton'' as an example. TixArrowButton is essentially a
+  button that can display an arrow in one of the for directions
+  (see figure <a href=oop.tex.html#6-1>6-1 </a>).
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=6-1>
+<center><img src=fig/oop/arrows.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 6-1) Arrow Buttons</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>  Once you have defined your classes, you can create <i> widget
+  instances</i> of these classes. For example, the following code will
+  create four instances of your new TixArrowButton class:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+tixArrowButton .up    -direction n
+tixArrowButton .left  -direction e
+tixArrowButton .right -direction w
+tixArrowButton .down  -direction s
+</pre></blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=6.1.2>6.1.2 What is in a Widget Instance</H3>
+
+<p>  Each widget instance is composed of three integral parts: variables,
+  methods and component widgets
+
+<p><H4><A NAME=6.1.2.1> Variables</H4>
+
+<p>  Each widget instance is associated with a set of variables. In the
+  example of an instance of the TixArrowButton class, we may use a
+  variable to store the direction to which the arrow is pointing
+  to. We may also use a variable to count how many times the user has
+  pressed the button.
+
+<p>  Each variable can be public or private. Public variables may be
+  accessed by the application programmer (usually via <code> configure</code>
+  or cget <code> methods</code>) and their names usually start with a dash
+  (<code> -</code>). They usually are used to represent some user-configurable
+  options of the widget instance. Private variables, on the other
+  hand, cannot be accessed by the application programmer. They are
+  usually used to store information about the widget instance that are
+  of interests only to the widget writer.
+
+<p>  All the variables of an instance are stored in a global array that
+  has the same name as the instance. For example, the variables of the
+  instance <code> .up</code> are stored in the global array <code> .up:</code>. The
+  public variable <code> -direction</code>, which records the direction to
+  which the arrow is pointing to, is stored in <code> .up(-direction)</code>.
+  The private variable <code> count</code>, which counts how many times the
+  user has pressed the button, is stored in <code> .up(count)</code>. In
+  comparison, the same variables of the <code> .down</code> instance are
+  stored in <code> .down(-direction)</code> and <code> .down(count)</code>.
+
+<p><H4><A NAME=6.1.2.2> Methods</H4>
+
+<p>  To carry out operations on the widget, you define a set of
+  procedures called <i> methods</i> (to use common object-oriented
+  terminology). Each method can be declared as public or private. <i>
+  Public methods</i> can be called by the application programmer. For
+  example, if the TixArrowButton class supports the public methods
+  <code> invoke</code> and <code> invert</code>, the application programmer can issue
+  the commands to call these method for the widget instance <code> .up</code>.
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+.up invert
+.up invoke
+</pre></blockquote>
+  In contrast, <i> Private methods</i> are of interests only to widget
+  writers and cannot be called by application programmers.
+
+<p><H4><A NAME=6.1.2.3> Component Widgets</H4>
+
+<p>  A Tix mega-widget is composed of one or more component
+  widgets. The main part of a mega-widget is called the <i> root
+  widget</i>, which is usually a frame widget that encompasses all other
+  component widgets. The other component widgets are called <i>
+  subwidgets</i>.
+
+<p>  The root widget has the same name as the the mega-widget itself. In
+  the above example, we have a mega-widget called <code> .up</code>. It has a
+  root widget which is a frame widget and is also called <code>
+  .up</code>. Inside <code> .up</code> we have a button subwidget called <code>
+  .up.button</code>.
+
+<p>  Similar to variables and methods, component widgets are also
+  classified into public and private component widgets. Only public
+  widgets may be accessed by the application programmer, via the <code>
+  subwidget</code> method (see section <a href=intro.tex.html#1.3.1>1.3.1 </a>) of each widget
+  instance.
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=6.2>6.2 Widget Class Declaration</H2>
+
+<p>  The first step of writing a new widget class is to decide the base
+  class from which the new class. Usually, if the new class does not
+  share any common features with other classes, it should be derived
+  from the TixPrimitive class. If it does share common features with
+  other classes, then it should be derived from the appropriate base
+  class. For example, if the new class support scrollbars, it should
+  be derived from TixScrolledWidget; if it displays a label next to
+  its ``main area'', then it should be derived from TixLabelWidget.
+
+<p>  In the case of our new TixArrowButton class, it doesn't really share
+  any common features with other classes, so we decide to use the base
+  class TixPrimitive as its superclass.
+
+<p>
+<H3><A NAME=6.2.1>6.2.1 Using the tixWidgetClass Command</H3>
+
+<p>  We can use the <code> tixWidgetClass</code> command to declare a new
+  class. The syntax is:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+tixWidgetClass classCommandName {
+    -switch value
+    -switch value
+    ....
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+  For example, the following is the declaration section of
+  TixArrowButton:
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=6-2>
+<pre>
+tixWidgetClass tixArrowButton {
+    -classname  TixArrowButton
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -method {
+        flash invoke invert
+    }
+    -flag {
+        -direction -state
+    }
+    -configspec {
+        {-direction direction Direction e}
+        {-state state State normal}
+    }
+    -alias {
+        {-dir -direction}
+    }
+    -default {
+        {*Button.anchor         c}
+        {*Button.padX           5}
+    }
+}
+</pre>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 6-2) declaration of the TixArrowButton Class</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>  We'll look at what each option means as I describe the command in
+  the following sections.
+
+<p>  The first argument for <code> tixWidgetClass</code> is the <i> command
+  name</i> for the widget class (<code> tixArrowButton</code>). Command names are
+  used to create widgets of this class. For example, the code
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+tixArrowButton .arrow
+</pre></blockquote>
+  creates a widget instance <code> .arrow</code> of the class
+  TixArrowButton. Also, the command name is used as a prefix of all
+  the methods of this class. For example, the <code> Foo</code> and <code> Bar</code>
+  methods of the class TixArrowButton will be written as <code>
+  tixArrowButton:Foo</code> and <code> tixArrowButton:Bar</code>.
+
+<p>  The <i> class name</i> of the class (<code> TixArrowButton</code>)is specified
+  by the <code> -classname</code> switch inside the main body of the
+  declaration. The class name is used only to specify options in the
+  TK option database. For example, the following commands specifies
+  the TixArrowButton widget instances should have the default value
+  <code> up</code> for their <code> -direction</code> option and the default value
+  <code> normal</code> for their <code> -state</code> option.
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+option add *TixArrowButton.direction up
+option add *TixArrowButton.state     normal
+</pre></blockquote>
+
+<p>  <!ignored:nind> Notice the difference in the capitalization of the class name
+  and the command name of the TixArrowButton class: both of them has
+  the individual words capitalized, but the command name (<code>
+  tixArrowButton</code>)starts with a lower case letter while the class name
+  (<code> TixArrowButton</code>) starts with an upper case letter. When you
+  create your own classes, you should follow this naming convention.
+
+<p>
+  The <code> -superclass</code> switch specifies the superclass of the new
+  widget. In our example, we have set it to <code> tixPrimitive</code>. Again,
+  pay attention to the capitalization: we should use the command name
+  of the superclass, not its class name.
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=6.3>6.3 Writing Methods</H2>
+
+<p>  After we have declared the new widget class, we can write methods
+  for this class to define its behavior. Methods are just a special
+  type of TCL procedures and they are created by the <code> proc</code>
+  command. There are, however, three requirements for methods. First,
+  their names must be prefixed by the command name of their
+  class. Second, they must accept at least one argument and the first
+  argument that they accept must be called <code> w</code>. Third, the first
+  command executed inside each method must be 
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+upvar #0 $w data
+</pre></blockquote>
+
+<p>  For example, the following is an implementation of the invert method
+  for the class TixArrowButton:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+proc tixArrowButton:invert {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+<p>    set curDirection $data(-direction)
+    case $curDirection {
+        n {
+            set newDirection s
+        }
+        s {
+            set newDirection n
+        }
+        # ....
+    }
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+  Notice that the name of the method is prefixed by the command name
+  of the class (<code> tixArrowButton</code>). Also, the first and only
+  argument that it accepts is <code> w</code> and the first line it executes
+  is ``<code> upvar #0 $w data</code>''.
+
+<p>  The argument <code> w</code> specifies which widget instance this method
+  should act upon. For example, if the user has issued the command
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+.up invert
+</pre></blockquote>
+  on an instance <code> .up</code> of the class tixArrowButton, the method
+  <code> tixArrowButton:invert</code> will be called and the argument <code> w</code>
+  will have the value <code> .up</code>.
+
+<p>  The <code> invert</code> method is used to invert the direction of the
+  arrow. Therefore, it should examine the variable <code>
+  .up(-direction)</code>, which stores the current direction of the instance
+  <code> .up</code>, and modify it appropriately. It turns out that in TCL,
+  the only clean way to access an array whose name is stored in a
+  variable is the ``<code> upvar #0 $w data</code>'' technique: essentially
+  it tells the intepreter that the array data should be an alias for
+  the global array whose name is stored in <code> $w</code>. We will soon see
+  how the widget's methods use the data array.
+
+<p>  Once the mysterious ``<code> upvar #0 $w data</code>'' line is explained,
+  it becomes clear what the rest of the <code> tixArrowButton:invert</code>
+  method does: it examines the current direction of the arrow, which
+  is stored in <code> $data(-direction)</code> and inverts it.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=6.3.1>6.3.1 Declaring Public Methods</H3>
+
+<p>  All the methods of a class are by default private methods and cannot
+  be accessed by the application programmer. If you want to make a
+  method public, you can include its name in the <code> -method</code> section
+  of the class declaration. In our TixArrowButton example, we have
+  declared that the methods <code> flash</code>, <code> invert</code> and <code> invoke</code>
+  are public methods and they can be accessed by the application
+  programmer. All other methods of the TixArrowButton class will be
+  private.
+
+<p>  Usually, the names of private methods start with a capital letter
+  with individual words capitalized. The names of public methods
+  start with a lowercase letter.
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=6.4>6.4 Standard Initialization Methods</H2>
+
+<p>  Each new mega-widget class must supply three standard initialization
+  methods.  When an instance of a Tix widget is created, three
+  three methods will be called to initialize this instance. The
+  methods are <code> InitWidgetRec</code>, <code> ConstructWidget</code> and <code>
+  SetBindings</code> and they will be called in that order. The following
+  sections show how these methods can be implemented.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=6.4.1>6.4.1 The InitWidgetRec Method</H3>
+
+<p>  The purpose of the <code> InitWidgetRec</code> method is to initialize the
+  variables of the widget instance. For example, the following
+  implementation of <code> tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec</code> sets the <code>
+  count</code> variable of each newly created instance to zero.
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+proc tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+<p>    set data(count) 0
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+
+<p>  Earlier, we showed how each widget you create is associated with an
+  array of the same name.  Within the methods, you always refer to
+  this array through the name <code> data</code> --the method then works
+  properly in each instance of the widget.
+
+<p><H4><A NAME=6.4.1.1> Chaining Methods</H4>
+
+<p>  The above implementation is not sufficient because our
+  TixArrowButton class is derived from TixPrimitive. The class
+  derivation in Tix is basically an <i> is-a</i> relationship:
+  TixArrowButton <i> is a</i> TixPrimitive. TixPrimitive defines the
+  method <code> tixPrimitive:InitWidgetRec</code> which sets up the instance
+  variables of every instance of TixPrimitive. Since an instance of
+  TixArrowButton is also an instance of TixPrimitive, we need to make
+  sure that the instance variables defined by TixPrimitive are also
+  properly initialized. The technique of calling a method defined in a
+  superclass is called the <i> chaining</i> of a method. The following
+  implementation does this correctly:
+
+<p>
+<blockquote><pre>
+proc tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+<p>    tixPrimitive:InitWidgetRec $w
+    set data(count) 0
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+  Notice that <code> tixPrimitive:InitWidgetRec</code> is called before anything
+  else is done. This way, we can define new classes by means of
+  successive refinement: we can first ask the superclass to set up the
+  instance variables, then we can modify some of those variables when
+  necessary and also define new variables.
+
+<p><H4><A NAME=6.4.1.2> The tixChainMethod call</H4>
+
+<p>  The above implementation of <code> tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec</code> is
+  correct but it may be cumbersome if we want to switch
+  superclasses. For example, suppose we want to create a new base class
+  TixArrowWidget, which presumably defines common attributes of any
+  class that have arrows in them. Then, instead of deriving
+  TixArrowButton directly from TixPrimitive, we decide to derive
+  TixArrowButton from TixArrowWidget, which is in turn derived from
+  TixPrimitive:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+tixWidgetClass tixArrowWidget {
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    ...
+}
+tixWidgetClass tixArrowButton {
+    -superclass tixArrowWidget
+    ...
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+  Now we would need to change all the method chaining calls in
+  TixArrowButton from:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+tixPrimitive:SomeMethod
+</pre></blockquote>
+  to:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+tixArrowWidget:SomeMethod
+</pre></blockquote>
+  This may be a lot of work because you may have chained methods in many
+  places in the original implementation of TixArrowButton.
+
+<p>  The <code> tixChainMethod</code> command solves this problem. It will
+  automatically find a superclass that defines the method we want to
+  chain and calls this method for us. For example, the following is a
+  better implementation of <code> tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec</code> that
+  uses <code> tixChainMethod</code> to avoid calling <code>
+  tixPrimitive:InitWidgetRec</code> directly:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+proc tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+<p>    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+    set data(count) 0
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+  Notice the order of the arguments for tixChainMethod: the name of
+  the instance, <code> $w</code>, is passed before the method we want to
+  chain, <code> InitWidgetRec</code>. In general, if the method we want to
+  chain has $1+n$ arguments:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+proc tixPrimitive:MethodToChain {w arg1 arg2 ... argn} {
+    ...
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+  We call it with the arguments in the following order
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+tixChainMethod $w MethodToChain $arg1 $arg2 ... $argn
+</pre></blockquote>
+  We'll come back to more detailed discussion of <code> tixChainMethod</code>
+  shortly. For the time being, let's take it for granted that <code>
+  tixChainMethod</code> must be used in the three standard initialization
+  methods: <code> InitWidgetRec</code>, <code> ConstructWidget</code> and <code>
+  SetBindings</code>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=6.4.2>6.4.2 The ConstructWidget Method</H3>
+
+<p>  The <code> ConstructWidget</code> method is used to creates the components
+  of a widget instance. In the case of TixArrowButton, we want to
+  create a new button subwidget, whose name is <code> button</code>, and use a
+  bitmap to display an arrow on this button. Assuming the bitmap files
+  are stored in the files <code> up.xbm</code>, <code> down.xbm</code>, <code> left.xbm</code>
+  and <code> right.xbm</code>, the string substitution <code>
+  @$data(-direction).xbm</code> will give us the appropriate bitmap
+  depending on the current direction option of the widget instance.
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+proc tixArrowButton:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+<p>    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+<p>    set data(w:button) [button $w.button -bitmap @$data(-direction).xbm]
+    pack $data(w:button) -expand yes -fill both
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+
+<p>  The <code> tixArrowButton:ConstructWidget</code> method shown above sets
+  the variable <code> data(w:button)</code> to be the pathname of the <code>
+  button</code> subwidget. As a convention of the Tix Intrinsics, we must
+  declare a public subwidget <i> swid</i> by storing its pathname in the
+  variable <code> data(w:</code><i> swid</i><code> )</code>.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=6.4.3>6.4.3 The SetBindings Method</H3>
+
+<p>  In your interface, you want to handle a lot of events in the
+  subwidgets that make up your mega-widget.  For instance, when
+  somebody presses the button in a TixArrowButton widget, you want the
+  button to handle the event. The <code> SetBindings</code> method is used to
+  creates event bindings for the components inside the mega-widget. In
+  our TixArrowButton example, we use the bind command to specify that
+  the method <code> tixArrowButton:IncrCount</code> should be called each
+  time when the user presses the first mouse button. As a result, we
+  can count the number of times the user has pressed on the button
+  (obviously for no better reasons than using it as a dumb example).
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+proc tixArrowButton:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+<p>    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+<p>    bind $data(w:button) &lt;1&gt; "tixArrowButton:IncrCount $w"
+}
+
+<p>proc tixArrowButton:IncrCount {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+<p>    incr data(count)
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=6.5>6.5 Declaring and Using Variables</H2>
+
+<p>  The private variables of a widget class do not need to be
+  declared. In fact they can be initialized and used anywhere by any
+  method. Usually, however, general purpose private variables are
+  initialized by the <code> InitWidgetRec</code> method and subwidget
+  variables are initialized in the <code> ConstructWidget</code> method.
+
+<p>  We have seen in the <code> tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec</code> example that
+  the private variable <code> data(count)</code> was initialized there. Also,
+  the private variable <code> data(w:button)</code> was initialized in <code>
+  tixArrowButton:ConstructWidget</code> and subsequently used in <code>
+  tixArrowButton:SetBindings</code>.
+
+<p>  In contrast, public variables must be declared inside the class
+  declaration. The following arguments are used to declare the public
+  variables and specify various options for them:
+
+<p><blockquote><ul>
+
+<p>  <li> <code> -flag</code>: As shown in the class declaration in figure
+  <a href=oop.tex.html#6-2>6-2 </a>, the <code> -flag</code> argument declares all the public
+  variables of the TixArrowButton class, <code> -direction</code> and <code>
+  -state</code>
+
+<p>  <li> <code> -configspec</code>: We can use the <code> -configspec</code> argument to
+  specify the details of each public variable. For example, the
+  following declaration
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+-configspec {
+    {-direction direction Direction e}
+    {-state state State normal}
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+
+<p>  <!ignored:nind> specifies that the <code> -direction</code> variable has the resource
+  name <code> direction</code> and resource class <code> Direction</code>; its default
+  value is <code> e</code>. The application programmer can assign value to
+  this variable by using the <code> -direction</code> option in the command
+  line or by specifying resources in the Tk option database with its
+  resource name or class. The declaration of <code> -state</code> installs
+  similar definitions for that variable.
+
+<p>  <li> <code> -alias</code>: The <code> -alias</code> argument is used to specify
+  alternative names for public variables. In our example, the setting
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+-alias {
+    {-dir -direction}
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+  specifies that <code> -dir</code> is the same variable as <code>
+  -direction</code>. Therefore, when the application issue the command
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+.up config -dir w
+</pre></blockquote>
+ it is the same as issuing
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+.up config -direction w
+</pre></blockquote>
+  The <code> -alias</code> option provides only an alternative name for
+  the application programmer. Inside the widget's implementation code,
+  the variable is still accessed as <code> data(-direction)</code>, <i> not</i>
+  <code> data(-dir)</code>.  
+
+<p></blockquote></ul>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=6.5.1>6.5.1 Initialization of Public Variables</H3>
+
+<p>  When a widget instance is created, all of its public variables are
+  initialized by the Tix Intrinsics before the <code> InitWidgetRec</code>
+  method is called. Therefore, <code> InitWidgetRec</code> and any other
+  method of this widgte instance are free to assume that all the
+  public variables have been properly initialized and use them as
+  such.
+
+<p>  The public variables are initialized by the following criteria.
+
+<p><blockquote><ul>
+
+<p>  <li>  Step 1: If the value of the variable is specified by the
+  creation command, this value is used. For example, if the
+  application programmer has created an instance in the following way:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+tixArrowButton .arr -direction n
+</pre></blockquote>
+  The value <code> n</code> will be used for the -direction variable.
+
+<p>  <li>  Step 2: if step 1 fails but the value of the variable is
+  specified in the options database, that value is used. For example,
+  if the user has created an instance in the following way:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+option add *TixArrowButton.direction w
+tixArrowButton .arr
+</pre></blockquote>
+  The value <code> w</code> will be used for the <code> -direction</code> variable.
+
+<p>  <li>  Step3: if step 2 also fails, the default value specified in
+  the <code> -configspec</code> secton of the class declaration will be used.
+
+<p></blockquote></ul>
+
+<p><H4><A NAME=6.5.1.1> Type Checker</H4>
+
+<p>  You can use a <i> type ckecker procedure</i> to check whether the user
+  has supplied a value of the correct type for a public variable. The
+  type checker is specified in the <code> -configspec</code> section of the
+  class declaration after the default value. The following code
+  specifies the type checker procedure <code> CheckDirection</code> for the
+  <code> -direction</code> variable:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+    -configspec {
+        {-direction direction Direction e CheckDirection}
+        {-state state State normal}
+    }
+    ...
+}
+
+<p>proc CheckDirection {dir} {
+    if {[lsearch {n s w e} $dir] != -1} {
+        return $dir
+    } else {
+        error "wrong direction value &#92;&quot;$dir&#92;&quot;"
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+  Notice that no type checker has been specified for the <code> -state</code>
+  variable and thus its value will not be checked.
+
+<p>  If a type checker procedure is specified for a public variable, this
+  procedure will be called once the value of a public variable is
+  determined by the three steps mentioned above.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=6.5.2>6.5.2 Public Variable Configuration Methods</H3>
+
+<p>  After a widget instance is created, the user can assign new values
+  to the public variables using the configure method. For example, the
+  following code changes the <code> -direction</code> variable of the <code>
+  .arr</code> instance to <code> n</code>.
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+.arr configure -direction n
+</pre></blockquote>
+
+<p>  In order for configuration to work, you have to define a
+  configuration method that does what the programmer expects. The
+  configuration method of a public variable is invoked whenever the
+  user calls the configure method to change the value of this
+  variable. The name of a configuration method must be the name of the
+  public variable prefixed by the creation command of the class and
+  <code> :config</code>. For example, the name configuration method for the
+  <code> -direction</code> variable of the TixArrowButton class is <code>
+  tixArrowButton:config-direction</code>. The following code implements
+  this method:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+proc tixArrowButton:config-direction {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+<p>    $data(w:button) config -bitmap @$value.xbm
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+  Notice that when <code> tixArrowButton:config-direction</code> is called,
+  the <code> value</code> parameter contains the new value of the <code>
+  -direction</code> variable but <code> data(-direction)</code> contains the <code>
+  old</code> value. This is useful when the configuration method needs to
+  check the previous value of the variable before taking in the new
+  value.
+
+<p>  If a type checker is defined for a variable, it will be called
+  before the configuration method is called. Therefore, the
+  configuration method can assume that the type of the <code> value</code>
+  parameter is got is always correct.
+
+<p>  Sometimes it is necessary to override the value supplied by the
+  user. The following code illustrates this idea:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+proc tixArrowButton:config-direction {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+<p>    if {$value == "n"} {
+        set value s
+        set data(-direction) $value
+    }
+
+<p>    $data(w:button) config -bitmap @$value.xbm
+    return $data(-direction)
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+  Notice the above code always overrides values of <code> n</code> to <code>
+  s</code>. If you need to override the value, you must do the following two
+  things:
+
+<p><blockquote><ul>
+
+<p>  <li>  Explicitly set the instance variable inside the configuration
+  method (the <code> set data(-direction) $value</code> line).
+
+<p>  <li>  Return the modified value from the configuration method.
+</blockquote></ul>
+  If you do not need to override the value, you don't need to return
+  anything from the configuration method. In this case, the Tix
+  Intrinsics will assign the new value to the instance variable for
+  you.
+
+<p><H4><A NAME=6.5.2.1> Configuration Methods and Public Variable Initialization</H4>
+
+<p>  For efficiency reasons, the configuration methods are not called
+  during the intialization of the public variables. If you want to
+  force the configuration method to be called for a particular public
+  variable, you can specify it in the <code> -forcecall</code> section of the
+  class declaration. In the following example, we force the
+  configuration method of the <code> -direction</code> variable to be called
+  during intialization:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+-forcecall {
+    -direction
+}
+</pre></blockquote>
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=6.6>6.6 Summary of Widget Instance Initialization</H2>
+
+<p>  The creation of a widget instance is a complex process. You must
+  understand how it works in order to write your widget classes. The
+  following is the steps taken by the Tix Intrinsics when a widget
+  instance is created:
+
+<p><blockquote><ul>
+
+<p>  <li>  When the user creates an instance, the public variables are
+  intilized as discussed in section <a href=oop.tex.html#6.5.1>6.5.1 </a>. Type checkers
+  are always called if they are specified. Configuration methods are
+  called only if they are specified in the <code> -forcecall</code> section.
+
+<p>  <li>  The <code> InitWidgetRec</code> method is called. It should initialize 
+  private variable, possibly according to the values the public
+  variables.
+
+<p>  <li>  The <code> ConstructWidget</code> method is called. It should create the
+  component widgets. It should also store the names of public
+  subwidgets into the subwidget variables.
+
+<p>  <li>  The <code> SetBinding</code> method is called. It should create bindings for
+  the component widgets.
+
+<p></blockquote></ul>
+  After the above steps, the creation of the instance is complete and the
+  user can iterate with it using its widget command.
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=6.7>6.7 Loading the New Classes</H2>
+
+<p>  Usually, you can use a separate script file to store the
+  implementaion of each new widget class. If you have several of those
+  files, it will be a good idea to group the files into a single
+  directory and create a <code> tclIndex</code> file for them so that the new
+  classes can be auto-loaded.
+
+<p>  Suppose you have put the class files into the directory <code>
+  /usr/my/tix/classes</code>. You can create the <code> tclIndex</code> file using
+  the <code> tools/tixindex</code> program that comes with Tix:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+cd /usr/my/tix/classes
+/usr/my/Tix4.0/tools/tixindex *.tcl
+</pre></blockquote>
+
+<p>  <!ignored:nind> The <code> tclIndex</code> file must be created by the <code> tixindex</code>
+  program. You cannot use the standard <code> auto_mkindex</code> command
+  that comes with Tcl.
+
+<p>  Once you have created the <code> tclIndex</code> file, you can use your new
+  widget classes by auto-loading. Here is a small demo program that
+  uses the new TixArrowButton class:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+#!/usr/local/bin/tixwish
+lappend auto_path /usr/my/tix/classes
+
+<p># Now I can use my TixArrowButton class!
+#
+tixArrowButton .arr -direction n
+pack .arr
+</pre></blockquote>

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/preface.tex.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/preface.tex.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!-- $Id: preface.tex.html,v 1.1 2000/10/10 19:52:46 idiscovery Exp $ -->
+<H2><A NAME=0.1>0.1 About This Manual</H2>
+
+<p>This manual is the programmer's guide to the Tix library. It takes you
+though a step-by-step tutorial about the different widgets and
+functions available in the Tix library. It also covers how to write
+new widgets using the Tix Intrinsics objecr-oriented programming
+interface. The accompanying <i> Tix Reference Manual</i> is a collection
+of the Tix manual pages. It describes all the options and other
+details of the Tix widgets and functions.
+
+<p>
+
+<p>
+<H2><A NAME=0.2>0.2 About This HTML Document</H2>
+
+<p>  This HTML document is converted from LaTeX source files to HTML by a
+  home grown TeX to HTML converter. This converted is written solely
+  in TCL and it can convert any LaTeX commands used in this document
+  (and probably nothing else).
+
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=0.3>0.3 Other Formats Of This Document</H2>
+
+<p>  This document is also available both postscript and HTML format. The
+  postscript format is available at
+  <a href=ftp://ftp.xpi.com/pub/tix-4.0.ps.gz>ftp://ftp.xpi.com/pub/tix-4.0.ps.gz</a>. The HTML format is
+  available from <a href=http://www.xpi.com/tix/doc/tix-4.0/tix.book.html>http://www.xpi.com/tix/doc/tix-4.0/tix.book.html</a>
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=0.4>0.4 Organization of This Manual</H2>
+
+<p>  Chapter <a href=intro.tex.html#1>1 </a>, <i> Introduction</i> gets you started with the
+  Tix widgets by describing their basic options and
+  operations. Chapter <a href=container.tex.html#2>2 </a>, <i> Container Widgets</i>,
+  describes the Tix widgets that can be used to contain other widgets
+  and maintain their geometry. Chapter <a href=tlist.tex.html#3>3 </a>, <i> TList
+  Widget and Display Items</i>, describes the tabular listbox widget and
+  the Tix display items, which are used by many Tix widgets. Chapter
+  <a href=hlist.tex.html#4>4 </a>, <i> Hierarchical Listbox</i>, describes how to create
+  a hierarchical list structure using the TixHList widget. Chapter
+  <a href=filesel.tex.html#5>5 </a>, <i> Selection Files and Directories</i>, describes
+  how to use the file and directory selection widgets in the Tix
+  library. Finally, Chapter <a href=oop.tex.html#6>6 </a>, <i> Tix Object Oriented
+  Programming</i>, describes how to use the Tix object oriented
+  programming library to create new classes of Tix widgets.
+
+<p>
+
+<p>
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/tix.book.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/tix.book.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+<!-- $Id: tix.book.html,v 1.1 2000/10/10 19:53:05 idiscovery Exp $ -->
+<HTML>
+<p>
+
+<p><center>
+<H1> Tix Programming Guide</H1>
+
+<p><img src=fig/cover.gif>
+
+<p></center>
+<ul>
+<ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=preface.tex.html#0.1>0.1 About This Manual</a>
+</b>
+<b>
+<li><a href=preface.tex.html#0.2>0.2 About This HTML Document</a>
+</b>
+<b>
+<li><a href=preface.tex.html#0.3>0.3 Other Formats Of This Document</a>
+</b>
+<b>
+<li><a href=preface.tex.html#0.4>0.4 Organization of This Manual</a>
+</b>
+</ul>
+<h1>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1>1 Introduction</a>
+</h1>
+<ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.1>1.1 What is Tix</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.1.1>1.1.1 Tix for Application Programmers</a>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.1.2>1.1.2 Tix for Widget Developers</a>
+</ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.2>1.2 Getting Started: the TixControl Widget</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.2.1>1.2.1 Creating a TixControl Widget</a>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.2.2>1.2.2 Accessing The Value of a TixControl Widget</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.2.2.1>1.2.2.1 Disabling Callbacks Temporarily</a>
+</ul>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.2.3>1.2.3 Validating User Inputs</a>
+</ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.3>1.3 Accessing The Components Inside Mega Widgets</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.3.1>1.3.1 Subwidgets</a>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.3.2>1.3.2 Subwidget Names</a>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.3.3>1.3.3 The <code> subwidget</code> Method</a>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.3.4>1.3.4 Chaining the <code> subwidget</code> Method</a>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.3.5>1.3.5 Configuring Subwidget Options Using the <code> -options</code> Switch</a>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.3.6>1.3.6 Configuring Subwidget Options Using the Tk Option Database</a>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.3.7>1.3.7 Caution: Restricted Access</a>
+</ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.4>1.4 Another Tix Widget: TixComboBox</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.4.1>1.4.1 Creating a TixComboBox Widget</a>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.4.2>1.4.2 Controlling the Style of the TixComboBox</a>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.4.3>1.4.3 Static Options</a>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.4.4>1.4.4 Monitoring the User's Browsing Actions</a>
+</ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.5>1.5 The TixSelect Widget</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.5.1>1.5.1 Creating A TixSelect Widget</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.5.1.1>1.5.1.1 Label and Orientation</a>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.5.1.2>1.5.1.2 Creating the Button Subwidgets and Configuring Their Appearance</a>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.5.1.3>1.5.1.3 Accessing the Button Subwidgets</a>
+</ul>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.5.2>1.5.2 Specifying Selection Rules</a>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.5.3>1.5.3 Accessing the Value of a TixSelect Widget</a>
+<li><a href=intro.tex.html#1.5.4>1.5.4 Specifying Complex Selection Rules</a>
+</ul>
+</ul>
+<h1>
+<li><a href=container.tex.html#2>2 Container Widgets</a>
+</h1>
+<ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=container.tex.html#2.1>2.1 TixNoteBook</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=container.tex.html#2.1.1>2.1.1 Adding Pages to a TixNoteBook</a>
+<li><a href=container.tex.html#2.1.2>2.1.2 Keyboard Accelerators</a>
+<li><a href=container.tex.html#2.1.3>2.1.3 Delaying the Creation of New Pages</a>
+<li><a href=container.tex.html#2.1.4>2.1.4 Changing Page Tabs and Deleting Pages</a>
+</ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=container.tex.html#2.2>2.2 PanedWindow</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=container.tex.html#2.2.1>2.2.1 Adding Panes Inside a TixPanedWindow Widget</a>
+<li><a href=container.tex.html#2.2.2>2.2.2 Putting Widgets Inside the Panes</a>
+<li><a href=container.tex.html#2.2.3>2.2.3 Setting the Order of the Panes</a>
+<li><a href=container.tex.html#2.2.4>2.2.4 Changing the Sizes of the Panes</a>
+</ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=container.tex.html#2.3>2.3 The Family of Scrolled Widgets</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=container.tex.html#2.3.1>2.3.1 The Scrolled Listbox Widget</a>
+<li><a href=container.tex.html#2.3.2>2.3.2 Other Scrolled Widgets</a>
+</ul>
+</ul>
+<h1>
+<li><a href=tlist.tex.html#3>3 Tabular Listbox and Display Items</a>
+</h1>
+<ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=tlist.tex.html#3.1>3.1 tixTList -- The Tix Tabular Listbox Widget</a>
+</b>
+<b>
+<li><a href=tlist.tex.html#3.2>3.2 Display Items</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=tlist.tex.html#3.2.1>3.2.1 Advantages of Display Items</a>
+<li><a href=tlist.tex.html#3.2.2>3.2.2 Display Items and Display Styles</a>
+</ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=tlist.tex.html#3.3>3.3 Creating Display Items in the TixTList Widget</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=tlist.tex.html#3.3.1>3.3.1 Creating Display Items</a>
+<li><a href=tlist.tex.html#3.3.2>3.3.2 Setting the Styles of the Display Items</a>
+<li><a href=tlist.tex.html#3.3.3>3.3.3 Configuring and Deleting the Items</a>
+<li><a href=tlist.tex.html#3.3.4>3.3.4 Choosing the Orientation and Number of Rows or Columns</a>
+<li><a href=tlist.tex.html#3.3.5>3.3.5 Event Handling</a>
+<li><a href=tlist.tex.html#3.3.6>3.3.6 Selection</a>
+</ul>
+</ul>
+<h1>
+<li><a href=hlist.tex.html#4>4 Hierarchical Listbox</a>
+</h1>
+<ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=hlist.tex.html#4.1>4.1 TixHList -- The Tix Hierarchical Listbox Widget</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=hlist.tex.html#4.1.1>4.1.1 Creating a Hierarchical List</a>
+<li><a href=hlist.tex.html#4.1.2>4.1.2 Creating Entries in a HList Widget</a>
+<li><a href=hlist.tex.html#4.1.3>4.1.3 Controlling the Layout of the Entries</a>
+<li><a href=hlist.tex.html#4.1.4>4.1.4 Handling the Selection and User Event</a>
+</ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=hlist.tex.html#4.2>4.2 Creating Collapsible Tree Structures with TixTree</a>
+</b>
+</ul>
+<h1>
+<li><a href=filesel.tex.html#5>5 Selecting Files and Directories</a>
+</h1>
+<ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=filesel.tex.html#5.1>5.1 File Selection Dialog Widgets</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=filesel.tex.html#5.1.1>5.1.1 Using the TixFileSelectDialog Widget</a>
+<li><a href=filesel.tex.html#5.1.2>5.1.2 The Subwidget in the TixFileSelectDialog</a>
+<li><a href=filesel.tex.html#5.1.3>5.1.3 The TixExFileSelectDialog Widget</a>
+<li><a href=filesel.tex.html#5.1.4>5.1.4 Specifying File Types for TixExFileSelectDialog</a>
+<li><a href=filesel.tex.html#5.1.5>5.1.5 The <b> <code> tix filedialog</code></b> Command</a>
+</ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=filesel.tex.html#5.2>5.2 Selecting Directories with the TixDirTree and TixDirList Widgets</a>
+</b>
+</ul>
+<h1>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6>6 Tix Object Oriented Programming</a>
+</h1>
+<ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.1>6.1 Introduction to Tix Object Oriented Programming</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.1.1>6.1.1 Widget Classes and Widget Instances</a>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.1.2>6.1.2 What is in a Widget Instance</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.1.2.1>6.1.2.1 Variables</a>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.1.2.2>6.1.2.2 Methods</a>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.1.2.3>6.1.2.3 Component Widgets</a>
+</ul>
+</ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.2>6.2 Widget Class Declaration</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.2.1>6.2.1 Using the tixWidgetClass Command</a>
+</ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.3>6.3 Writing Methods</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.3.1>6.3.1 Declaring Public Methods</a>
+</ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.4>6.4 Standard Initialization Methods</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.4.1>6.4.1 The InitWidgetRec Method</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.4.1.1>6.4.1.1 Chaining Methods</a>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.4.1.2>6.4.1.2 The tixChainMethod call</a>
+</ul>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.4.2>6.4.2 The ConstructWidget Method</a>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.4.3>6.4.3 The SetBindings Method</a>
+</ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.5>6.5 Declaring and Using Variables</a>
+</b>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.5.1>6.5.1 Initialization of Public Variables</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.5.1.1>6.5.1.1 Type Checker</a>
+</ul>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.5.2>6.5.2 Public Variable Configuration Methods</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.5.2.1>6.5.2.1 Configuration Methods and Public Variable Initialization</a>
+</ul>
+</ul>
+<b>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.6>6.6 Summary of Widget Instance Initialization</a>
+</b>
+<b>
+<li><a href=oop.tex.html#6.7>6.7 Loading the New Classes</a>
+</b>
+</ul>
+</HTML>
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/tlist.tex.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/docs/tix-book/tlist.tex.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+<!-- $Id: tlist.tex.html,v 1.2 2000/11/11 23:35:14 idiscovery Exp $ -->
+
+<H1><A NAME=3>3 Tabular Listbox and Display Items</H1>
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=3.1>3.1 tixTList -- The Tix Tabular Listbox Widget</H2>
+
+<p>  <i> TixTList</i> is the Tabular Listbox Widget. It displays a list of
+  items in a tabular format. For example the TixTList widget in figure
+  <a href=tlist.tex.html#3-1>3-1 </a> displays files in a directory in rows and columns.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=3-1>
+<center><img src=fig/tlist/tlist.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 3-1) Files Displayed in a TixTList Widget in a Tabular Format</center></h3>
+
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=3-2>
+<center><img src=fig/tlist/joe.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 3-2) Employee Names Displayed in a TixTList Widget</center></h3>
+
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>  TixTList does all what the standard Tk listbox widget can do, i.e,
+  it displays a list of items. However, TixTList is superior to the
+  listbox widget is many respects. First, TixTList allows you to
+  display the items in a two dimensional format. This way, you can
+  display more items at a time. Usually, the user can locate the
+  desired items much faster in a two dimensional list than the one
+  dimensional list displayed by the Tk listbox widget.
+
+<p>  In addition, while the Tk listbox widget can only display text
+  items, the TixTList widget can display a multitude of types of
+  items: text, images and widgets. Also, while you can use only one
+  font and one color in a listbox widget, you can use many different
+  fonts and colors in a TixTList widget. In figure <a href=tlist.tex.html#3-1>3-1 </a>, we
+  use graphical images inside a tixTList widget to represent file
+  objects. In figure <a href=tlist.tex.html#3-2>3-2 </a>, we display the names of all
+  employees of a hypothetical company. Notice the use of a bold font
+  to highlight all employees whose first name is Joe.
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=3.2>3.2 Display Items</H2>
+
+<p>  Before we rush to discuss how to create the items inside a TixTList
+  widget, let's first spend some time on a very important topic about
+  the Tix library: the repationship between the display items and
+  their host widgets.
+
+<p>  We can better define the terms by taking a quick preview of the
+  TixHList widget, which will be covered in details in the next
+  chapter. Let's compare the items displayed on the two widgets in
+  figure <a href=tlist.tex.html#3-3>3-3 </a>. If we take a close look at the item
+  that shows the <code> usr</code> directory in the TixTList widget on the left
+  versus the TixHList widget on the right, we can see that this item
+  appears exactly the same on both widgets.
+
+<p>  If fact, all the items in these two widgets are of the <i> same</i>
+  type: they all display an image next to a textual name. The only
+  difference between these two widgets is how these items are
+  arranged. The TixTList widget arranges the items in rows and
+  columns, while the TixHList widget arranges the items in a
+  hierachical format.
+
+<p>  With this observation in mind, we can see a separation of tasks
+  berween the widgets and the items they display. We call the TixHList
+  and TixTList widgets in figure <a href=tlist.tex.html#3-3>3-3 </a> <i> host
+  widgets</i>: their task is to arrange the items according to their
+  particular rules. However, they don't really care what these items
+  display; they just treat the items as rectangle boxes. In contrast,
+  these items, which are called <i> display items</i> in Tix
+  terminology, controls the visual information they display, such as
+  the images, text strings, colors, fonts, etc. However, they don't
+  really care where on the host widget they will appear.
+
+<p>
+<blockquote><a name=3-3>
+<center><img src=fig/tlist/widgets.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 3-3) The Same Type of Items Displayed in a TixTList (left) and a 
+  TixHList(right)</center></h3>
+
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=3.2.1>3.2.1 Advantages of Display Items</H3>
+
+<p>  It is easy to see the advantages of seperating the display items
+  from their host widgets. First, the display items are easy to
+  learn. Since they are the same across different types of
+  widgets. Once you learn about a type of display items, you will know
+  how to use them in all Tix widgets that support display items
+  (currently these include TixHList, TixTList and the spreadsheet
+  widget TixGrid, but the number is growing). In contrast, if you want
+  to create a text item for the Tk widgets, you will find out that the
+  listbox, text, canvas and entry widget each have a different method
+  of creating and manipulating text items, and it is quite annoying to
+  learn each of them individually.
+
+<p>  Second, the hosts widgets that use display items are extensible.
+  Because of the separation of task, the host widgets are not involved
+  in the implementation details of the display items. Therefore, if
+  you add a new type of display items, such as a <code> animation</code> type
+  that displays live video, the host widgets will gladly take them in
+  and display them. You don't need to modify the existing host widgets
+  at all. In contrast, if you want to display graphical images in the
+  existing Tk listbox widgets, you'd better set aside 100 hours to
+  rewrite it completely!
+
+<p>  Third, display items are good for writers of host widgets. Because
+  now they just need to implement the arrangement policy of the host
+  widgets. They don't need to worry about drawing at all because it is
+  all handled by the display items. This is a significant saving in
+  code because a widget that does not use display items has to spend
+  30% of its C code to do the drawing.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=3.2.2>3.2.2 Display Items and Display Styles</H3>
+
+<p>  The appearance of a display item is controlled by a set of
+  attributes. For example, the <code> text</code> attribute controls the text
+  string displayed on the item and the <code> font</code> attribute specifies
+  what font should be used.
+
+<p>  Usually, each of the attributes falls into one of two categroies:
+  ``<i> individual</i>'' or ``<i> collective</i>''. For example, each of
+  the items inside a TixTList widget may display a different text
+  string; therefore we call the text string an <i> individual
+  attribute</i>. However, in most cases, the items share the same color,
+  font and spacing and we call these <i> collective attributes</i>.
+
+<p>  One question concerns where we keep the collective attribute for the
+  display items. Certainly, we can keep a <code> font</code> attribute for
+  each item, but this is not really an efficient solution. In fact, if
+  all the items have the same font, we would be keeping a duplicated
+  copy of the same font for each of the items we create. Since a host
+  widget may have many thousands of items, keeping thousands of
+  dupilcated copys of the same font, or any other collective
+  attributes, would be very wasteful.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=3-4>
+<center><img src=fig/tlist/relation.gif></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 3-4) Relationship Between Display Items and Display Styles</center></h3>
+
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>
+  
+  To advoid the unnecessary duplication of resources, Tix stores the
+  collective attributes in special objects called <i> display
+  styles</i>. The relationship between display items and their styles is
+  depicted in figure <a href=tlist.tex.html#3-4>3-4 </a>. Each item holds its own
+  copy of the individual attributes, such as <code> text</code>. However, the
+  collective attributes are stored in the style objects. Each item has
+  a special <code> style</code> attribute that tells it which style it should
+  use. In figure <a href=tlist.tex.html#3-4>3-4 </a>, since items <i> a</i> and <i> b</i>
+  are assigned the same style, therefore, they share the same font and
+  color. Item <i> c</i> is assigned a different style, thus, it uses a
+  different font than <i> a</i> and <i> b</i>.
+
+<p>
+
+<p><H2><A NAME=3.3>3.3 Creating Display Items in the TixTList Widget</H2>
+
+<p>
+<H3><A NAME=3.3.1>3.3.1 Creating Display Items</H3>
+
+<p>  Now it's time to put our knowledge about host widgets, display items
+  and display styles into practice. The following example code creates
+  two items in a TixTList widget using the <code> insert</code> method:
+
+<p><!ignored:setlength>{0.0cm}
+<blockquote><pre>
+tixTList .t
+pack .t
+
+<p>.t insert end -itemtype text -text "First Item"  -underline 0
+.t insert end -itemtype text -text "Second Item" -underline 0
+
+<p>set picture [image create bitmap -file picture.xbm]
+.t insert end -itemtype image -image $picture
+</pre></blockquote>
+<!ignored:setlength>{0.2cm}
+
+<p>  <!ignored:nind> As we can see, the <code> insert</code> method of TixTList is very
+  similar to the <code> insert</code> method of the standard Tk listbox
+  widget: it inserts a new item into the TixTList widget.  The first
+  argument it takes is the location of the new item. For example <code>
+  0</code> indicates the first location in the list, <code> 1</code> indicates the
+  second location, and so on. Also the special keyword <code> end</code>
+  indicates the end of the list.
+
+<p>  Then, we can use the <code> -itemtype</code> switch to specify the type of
+  display item we want to create. There are currently four types of
+  items to choose from: <code> text</code>, <code> image</code>, <code> imagetext</code> and
+  <code> window</code>. In the above example, we create two items of the type
+  <code> text</code> and one item of the type <code> image</code>. The subsequent
+  arguments to the <code> insert</code> method set the configuration options
+  of the individual attributes of the new item. The available
+  options for these items are listed in figures ???
+  through ???.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=3.3.2>3.3.2 Setting the Styles of the Display Items</H3>
+
+<p>  Note that in the above example, if we want to control the foreground
+  color of the text items, we cannot issue commands such as:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+.t insert end -itemtype text -text "First Item" -foreground black
+</pre></blockquote>
+  because <code> -foreground</code> is not an individual attribute of the text
+  item. Instead, it is a collective attribute and must be accessed
+  using a display style object. To do that we can use the command <code>
+  tixItemStyle</code> to create display styles, as shown in the following
+  example:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+set style1 [tixDisplayStyle text -font 8x13]
+set style2 [tixDisplayStyle text -font 8x13bold]
+
+<p>tixTList .t; pack .t
+
+<p>.t insert end -itemtype text -text "First Item"  -underline 0 <br>    -style $style1
+.t insert end -itemtype text -text "Second Item" -underline 0  <br>    -style $style2
+.t insert end -itemtype text -text "Third Item"  -underline 0  <br>    -style $style1
+</pre></blockquote>
+
+<p>
+  <!ignored:nind> The first argument of <code> tixDisplayStyle</code> specify the type
+  of style we want to create. Each type of display item needs its own
+  type of display styles. Therefore, for example, we cannot create a
+  style of type <code> text</code> and assign it to an item of type <code>
+  image</code>. The subsequent arguments to <code> tixDisplayStyle</code> set the
+  configuration options of the collective attributes defined by this
+  style. A complete list of the configuration options of each type of
+  the display style is in figures ??? through
+  ???.
+
+<p>  The <code> tixDisplayStyle</code> command returns the names of the newly
+  created styles to us and we use the variables <code> style1</code> and <code>
+  style2</code> to store these names. We can then assign the styles to the
+  display items by using the names of the styles. As shown in figure
+  <a href=tlist.tex.html#3-5>3-5 </a>, by assing these two styles to the <code>
+  -style</code> option of the display items, we assigned a medium-weight
+  font to the first and third item and a bold font to the second item.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=3-5>
+
+<center><TABLE BORDER=0><TR> 
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/tlist/twofont.gif>
+    <p><h4><center>Three <code> text</code> items in a TixTList</center></h4></td>
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/tlist/twofont2.gif>
+    <p><h4><center>The <code> text</code> items with fonts switched</center></h4></td>
+ </TR></TABLE></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 3-5) Two Display Styles With Different Fonts</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>  The name of the style returned by <code> tixDisplayStyle</code> is also the
+  name of a command which we can use to control the style. For
+  example, we can use the following commands to switch the fonts in
+  the two styles we created in the above example:
+
+<p><blockquote><pre>
+$style1 configure -font 8x13bold
+$style2 configure -font 8x13
+</pre></blockquote>
+  After the execution of the above command, the font in the second
+  item in the TixTList widget becomes medium-weight and the font in
+  the first and third items becomes bold, as shown in figure
+  <a href=tlist.tex.html#3-5>3-5 </a>.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=3.3.3>3.3.3 Configuring and Deleting the Items</H3>
+
+<p>  You can configure the individual attributes of the items using the
+  <code> entryconfigure</code> method. There is also the entrycget method for
+  querying the attributes of the items. To <code> delete</code> the items, you
+  can use the delete method. In the following example, we use these
+  two methods to change the first and third items to display the text
+  strings <code> One</code> and <code> Two</code> and change the third item to use the
+  style <code> $style2</code>. Then we delete the second item using the <code>
+  delete</code> command.
+  
+<blockquote><pre>
+.t entryconfigure 0 -text One
+.t entryconfigure 2 -text Two
+.t delete 1
+</pre></blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=3.3.4>3.3.4 Choosing the Orientation and Number of Rows or Columns</H3>
+
+<p>  There are three options that controls the layout of the items in the
+  TixTList widget. The <code> -orientation</code> option can be set to either
+  vertical or horizontal. When <code> -orientation</code> is set to <code>
+  vertical</code>, the items are laid out vertically from top down and
+  wrapped to the next column when the bottom is reached (see figure
+  <a href=tlist.tex.html#3-6>3-6 </a>). The opposite layout policy is chosen if
+  <code> -orientation</code> is set to <code> horizontal</code> (see figure
+  <a href=tlist.tex.html#3-6>3-6 </a>).
+
+<p>  When the <code> -orientation</code> option is set to <code> vertical</code>,
+  normally the number of columns displayed depends on the number of
+  items in the TixTList widget: the more items there are, the more
+  columns will there be. However, we can use the <code> -columns</code> option
+  to control the number of columns: the items will be wrapped in a way
+  so that the number of columns produced will be exactly as dicated by
+  the <code> -columns</code> option.
+
+<p>  One use of the <code> -columns</code> option is to specify the same layout
+  policy as that of the standard Tk listbox widget. We can do this by
+  setting <code> -orientation</code> to vertical and <code> -columns</code> to <code>
+  1</code>. This way we can get a replacement listbox widget that can
+  display multiple fonts and colors and graphics!
+
+<p>  The counterpart of the <code> -columns</code> option is the <code> -rows</code>
+  option, which is used for the same purpose when the <code>
+  -orientation</code> option is set to <code> horizontal</code>.
+
+<p><blockquote><a name=3-6>
+
+<center><TABLE BORDER=0><TR> 
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/tlist/vertical.gif>
+    <p><h4><center>Vertical Orientation</center></h4></td>
+<p> <td valign=bottom>
+     <img src=fig/tlist/horizontal.gif>
+    <p><h4><center>Horizontal Orientation</center></h4></td>
+ </TR></TABLE></center>
+<hr><center><h3>(Figure 3-6) The <code> -orientation</code> option of the TixSelect Widget</center></h3>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=3.3.5>3.3.5 Event Handling</H3>
+
+<p>  You can handle the events in a TList widget using the <code>
+  -browsecmd</code> and <code> -command</code> options. The meanings of these two
+  options are silimar to their meanings in other Tix widgets such as
+  the ComboBox. Usually, the command specified by <code> -browsecmd</code> is
+  called when the user clicks or drags the mouse over the items or
+  presses the arrow keys. The command specified by <code> -command</code> is
+  called when the user double-clicks or presses the Return key.  These
+  commands are called with one extra argument --- the index of the
+  currently ``active'' item, which is usually the item under the mouse
+  cursor.
+
+<p><H3><A NAME=3.3.6>3.3.6 Selection</H3>
+
+<p>  The <code> -selectmode</code> option controls how many items the user can
+  select at one time. In the <code> single</code> and <code> browse</code> mode, the
+  user can select only one item at a time. In the <code> multiple</code> and
+  <code> extended</code> mode, the user can select multiple items; the <code>
+  extended</code> mode allows disjoint selections while the <code> multiple</code>
+  mode does not.
+
+<p>  Normally, the user selects the items using the mouse or the
+  keyboard. You can find out which items the user has selected with
+  the <code> info selection</code> method, which returns a list of the
+  currently selected items. You can also set the selection using the
+  <code> selection set</code> method. For example, the command <code> .tlist
+  selection set 3</code> selects the item whose index is <code> 3</code>. The
+  command <code> .tlist selection set 2 10</code> selects all the items at
+  index <code> 2</code> through <code> 10</code>. The method <code> selection clear</code>
+  empties the selection.
+
+<p>
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tix.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tix.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
+/*
+ * tix.h --
+ *
+ *	This is the standard header file for all tix C code. It
+ *	defines many macros and utility functions to make it easier to
+ *	write TCL commands and TK widgets in C. No more needs to write
+ *	2000 line functions!
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000      Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tix.h,v 1.15 2006/11/16 22:34:41 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TIX_H_
+#define _TIX_H_
+
+/*
+ * For C++ compilers, use extern "C"
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _TK
+#include <tk.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _TCL
+#include <tcl.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CONST84
+#define CONST84
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The following defines are used to indicate the various release levels.
+ */
+
+#define TIX_ALPHA_RELEASE	0
+#define TIX_BETA_RELEASE	1
+#define TIX_FINAL_RELEASE	2
+
+/*
+ * When version numbers change here, must also go into the following files
+ * and update the version numbers:
+ *
+ * unix/README.txt	(example directory name)
+ * configure.in		(1 LOC major/minor/patch), rerun autoconf
+ * library/Init.tcl	(1 LOC major/minor/patch)
+ * win/makefile.vc	(1 LOC major/minor/patch)
+ * tests/basic.test	(version checks)
+ * tests/README 	(example executable name)
+ */
+
+#define TIX_MAJOR_VERSION   8
+#define TIX_MINOR_VERSION   4
+#define TIX_RELEASE_LEVEL   TIX_FINAL_RELEASE
+#define TIX_RELEASE_SERIAL  2
+
+#define TIX_VERSION	    "8.4"
+#define TIX_PATCH_LEVEL	    "8.4.2"
+#define TIX_RELEASE         TIX_PATCH_LEVEL
+
+/*
+ * When building Tix itself, BUILD_tix should be defined by the makefile
+ * so that all EXTERN declarations get DLLEXPORT; when building apps
+ * using Tix, BUILD_tix should NOT be defined so that all EXTERN
+ * declarations get DLLIMPORT as defined in tcl.h
+ *
+ * NOTE: This ifdef MUST appear after the include of tcl.h and tk.h
+ * because the EXTERN declarations in those files need DLLIMPORT.
+ */
+/*
+ * These macros are used to control whether functions are being declared for
+ * import or export.  If a function is being declared while it is being built
+ * to be included in a shared library, then it should have the DLLEXPORT
+ * storage class.  If is being declared for use by a module that is going to
+ * link against the shared library, then it should have the DLLIMPORT storage
+ * class.  If the symbol is beind declared for a static build or for use from a
+ * stub library, then the storage class should be empty.
+ *
+ * The convention is that a macro called BUILD_xxxx, where xxxx is the
+ * name of a library we are building, is set on the compile line for sources
+ * that are to be placed in the library.  When this macro is set, the
+ * storage class will be set to DLLEXPORT.  At the end of the header file, the
+ * storage class will be reset to DLLIMPORt.
+ */
+
+#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
+#ifdef BUILD_tix
+# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
+#else
+# ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
+#  define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
+# else
+#  define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#define Tix_FreeProc Tcl_FreeProc
+
+#define TIX_STDIN_ALWAYS	0
+#define TIX_STDIN_OPTIONAL	1
+#define TIX_STDIN_NONE		2
+
+typedef struct {
+    CONST84 char *name;		/* Name of command. */
+    int (*cmdProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
+				int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+				/* Command procedure. */
+} Tix_TclCmd;
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ * 			SUB-COMMAND HANDLING
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+typedef int (*Tix_CmdProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+	Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv));
+typedef int (*Tix_SubCmdProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+	Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv));
+typedef int (*Tix_CheckArgvProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+	Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv));
+
+typedef struct _Tix_CmdInfo {
+    int		numSubCmds;
+    int		minargc;
+    int		maxargc;
+    char      * info;
+} Tix_CmdInfo;
+
+typedef struct _Tix_SubCmdInfo {
+    int			namelen;
+    CONST84 char       *name;
+    int			minargc;
+    int			maxargc;
+    Tix_SubCmdProc	proc;
+    CONST84 char       *info;
+    Tix_CheckArgvProc	checkArgvProc;
+} Tix_SubCmdInfo;
+
+/*
+ * Tix_ArraySize --
+ *
+ *	Find out the number of elements inside a C array. The argument "x"
+ * must be a valid C array. Pointers don't work.
+ */
+#define Tix_ArraySize(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0]))
+
+/*
+ * This is used for Tix_CmdInfo.maxargc and Tix_SubCmdInfo.maxargc,
+ * indicating that this command takes a variable number of arguments.
+ */
+#define TIX_VAR_ARGS	       -1
+
+/*
+ * TIX_DEFAULT_LEN --
+ *
+ * Use this for Tix_SubCmdInfo.namelen and Tix_ExecSubCmds() will try to
+ * determine the length of the subcommand name for you.
+ */
+#define TIX_DEFAULT_LEN	       -1
+
+/*
+ * TIX_DEFAULT_SUB_CMD --
+ *
+ * Use this for Tix_SubCmdInfo.name. This will match any subcommand name,
+ * including the empty string, when Tix_ExecSubCmds() finds a subcommand
+ * to execute.
+ */
+#define TIX_DEFAULT_SUBCMD	0
+
+/*
+ * TIX_DECLARE_CMD --
+ *
+ * This is just a handy macro to declare a C function to use as a
+ * command function.
+ */
+#define TIX_DECLARE_CMD(func) \
+    int func(ClientData clientData,\
+	Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv)
+
+/*
+ * TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD --
+ *
+ * This is just a handy macro to declare a C function to use as a
+ * sub command function.
+ */
+#define TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(func) \
+    int func(ClientData clientData,\
+	Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv)
+
+/*
+ * TIX_DEFINE_CMD --
+ *
+ * This is just a handy macro to define a C function to use as a
+ * command function.
+ */
+#define TIX_DEFINE_CMD(func) \
+int func(clientData, interp, argc, argv) \
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Main window associated with 	\
+				 * interpreter. */		\
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */	\
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */	\
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Link-list functions --
+ *
+ *	These functions makes it easy to use link lists in C code.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+typedef struct Tix_ListInfo {
+    int nextOffset;		/* offset of the "next" pointer in a list
+				 * item */
+    int prevOffset;		/* offset of the "next" pointer in a list
+				 * item */
+} Tix_ListInfo;
+
+
+/* Singly-linked list */
+typedef struct Tix_LinkList {
+    int numItems;		/* number of items in this list */
+    char * head;		/* (general pointer) head of the list */
+    char * tail;		/* (general pointer) tail of the list */
+} Tix_LinkList;
+
+typedef struct Tix_ListIterator {
+    char * last;
+    char * curr;
+    unsigned int started : 1;   /* True if the search operation has
+				 * already started for this list */
+    unsigned int deleted : 1;	/* True if a delete operation has been
+				 * performed on the current item (in this
+				 * case the curr pointer has already been
+				 * adjusted
+				 */
+} Tix_ListIterator;
+
+#define Tix_IsLinkListEmpty(list)  ((list.numItems) == 0)
+#define TIX_UNIQUE 1
+#define TIX_UNDEFINED -1
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * General Single Link List --
+ *
+ *	The next pointer can be anywhere inside a link.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+EXTERN void 		Tix_LinkListInit _ANSI_ARGS_((Tix_LinkList * lPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_LinkListAppend _ANSI_ARGS_((Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr,
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr, char * itemPtr, int flags));
+EXTERN void		Tix_LinkListStart _ANSI_ARGS_((Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr,
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr, Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_LinkListNext _ANSI_ARGS_((Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr,
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr, Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_LinkListDelete _ANSI_ARGS_((Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr,
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr, Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+EXTERN int		Tix_LinkListDeleteRange _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr, Tix_LinkList * lPtr,
+			    char * fromPtr, char * toPtr,
+			    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+EXTERN int		Tix_LinkListFind _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr, Tix_LinkList * lPtr,
+			    char * itemPtr, Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+EXTERN int		Tix_LinkListFindAndDelete _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr, Tix_LinkList * lPtr,
+			    char * itemPtr, Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_LinkListInsert _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr,
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr, char * itemPtr,
+			    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_LinkListIteratorInit _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+
+#define Tix_LinkListDone(liPtr) ((liPtr)->curr == NULL)
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Simple Single Link List --
+ *
+ *	The next pointer is always offset 0 in the link structure.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+EXTERN void 		Tix_SimpleListInit _ANSI_ARGS_((Tix_LinkList * lPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_SimpleListAppend _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr, char * itemPtr, int flags));
+EXTERN void		Tix_SimpleListStart _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr, Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_SimpleListNext _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr, Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_SimpleListDelete _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr, Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+EXTERN int		Tix_SimpleListDeleteRange _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr,
+			    char * fromPtr, char * toPtr,
+			    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+EXTERN int		Tix_SimpleListFind _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr,
+			    char * itemPtr, Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+EXTERN int		Tix_SimpleListFindAndDelete _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr, char * itemPtr,
+			    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_SimpleListInsert _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr, char * itemPtr,
+			    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_SimpleListIteratorInit _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr));
+
+#define Tix_SimpleListDone(liPtr) ((liPtr)->curr == NULL)
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *
+ *  			CUSTOM CONFIG OPTIONS
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/*
+ * These values are similar to the TK_RELIEF_XXX values, except we added
+ * TIX_RELIEF_SOLID.
+ *
+ * TODO: is this option documented??
+ */
+
+#define TIX_RELIEF_RAISED	1
+#define TIX_RELIEF_FLAT		2
+#define TIX_RELIEF_SUNKEN	4
+#define TIX_RELIEF_GROOVE	8
+#define TIX_RELIEF_RIDGE	16
+#define TIX_RELIEF_SOLID	32
+
+typedef int Tix_Relief;
+
+extern Tk_CustomOption tixConfigItemType;
+extern Tk_CustomOption tixConfigItemStyle;
+extern Tk_CustomOption tixConfigRelief;
+
+/*
+ * C functions exported by Tix
+ */
+
+EXTERN int		Tix_ArgcError _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, 
+			    int argc, CONST84 char ** argv, int prefixCount,
+			    CONST84 char *message));
+EXTERN void		Tix_CreateCommands _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tix_TclCmd *commands,
+			    ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc));
+EXTERN Tk_Window	Tix_CreateSubWindow _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp * interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    CONST84 char * subPath));
+EXTERN int		Tix_DefinePixmap _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp * interp, Tk_Uid name, char **data));
+EXTERN void		Tix_DrawAnchorLines _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Display *display, Drawable drawable,
+			    GC gc, int x, int y, int w, int h));
+EXTERN int		Tix_EvalArgv _ANSI_ARGS_((
+    			    Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv));
+EXTERN int 		Tix_ExistMethod _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    CONST84 char *context, CONST84 char *method));
+EXTERN void		Tix_Exit _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp, int code));
+EXTERN Pixmap		Tix_GetRenderBuffer _ANSI_ARGS_((Display *display,
+			    Drawable d, int width, int height, int depth));
+EXTERN GC               Tix_GetAnchorGC _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    XColor *bgColor));
+EXTERN int		Tix_GlobalVarEval _ANSI_ARGS_(
+			    TCL_VARARGS(Tcl_Interp *,interp));
+EXTERN int		Tix_HandleSubCmds _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_CmdInfo * cmdInfo,
+			    Tix_SubCmdInfo * subCmdInfo,
+			    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+EXTERN int 		Tix_Init _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp));
+EXTERN void 		Tix_OpenStdin _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp));
+EXTERN void 		Tix_SetArgv _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, 
+			    int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+EXTERN void		Tix_SetRcFileName _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp * interp, CONST84 char * rcFileName));
+EXTERN char *           Tix_ZAlloc _ANSI_ARGS_((unsigned int nbytes));
+
+/*
+ * Commands exported by Tix
+ *
+ */
+
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_CallMethodCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_ChainMethodCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_ClassCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_DoWhenIdleCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_DoWhenMappedCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_FileCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_FlushXCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_FormCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_GridCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_GeometryRequestCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_Get3DBorderCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_GetDefaultCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_GetMethodCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_HListCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_HandleOptionsCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_InputOnlyCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_ItemStyleCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_ManageGeometryCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_MapWindowCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_MoveResizeWindowCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_NoteBookFrameCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_ShellInputCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_TListCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_TmpLineCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_UnmapWindowCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_MwmCmd);
+extern TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_CreateWidgetCmd);
+
+#define SET_RECORD(interp, record, var, value) \
+	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, record, var, value, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY)
+
+#define GET_RECORD(interp, record, var) \
+	Tcl_GetVar2(interp, record, var, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY)
+
+
+#define TIX_HASHKEY(k) ((sizeof(k)>sizeof(int))?((char*)&(k)):((char*)(k)))
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Compatibility section
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(strcasecmp)
+#define strcasecmp _stricmp
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * end block for C++
+ */
+    
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _TIX_H_ */
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixAppInit.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixAppInit.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/* 
+ * tixAppInit.c --
+ *
+ *	Provides a default version of the Tcl_AppInit procedure for
+ *	use in wish and similar Tk-based applications.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixAppInit.c,v 1.1 2000/12/28 21:51:26 ioilam Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
+#undef USE_TCL_STUBS
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_TK_STUBS
+#undef USE_TK_STUBS
+#endif
+
+#include <tk.h>
+#include <tix.h>
+
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(MAC_TCL) /* UNIX */
+
+/*
+ * The following variable is a special hack that is needed in order for
+ * Sun shared libraries to be used for Tcl.
+ */
+
+extern int matherr();
+int *tclDummyMathPtr = (int *) matherr;
+
+#endif /* UNIX */
+
+#ifndef NO_MAIN
+
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * main --
+ *
+ *	This is the main program for the application.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None: Tk_Main never returns here, so this procedure never
+ *	returns either.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Whatever the application does.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+main(argc, argv)
+    int argc;			/* Number of command-line arguments. */
+    char **argv;		/* Values of command-line arguments. */
+{
+    Tk_Main(argc, argv, Tcl_AppInit);
+    return 0;			/* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
+}
+
+#endif /* NO_MAIN */
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tcl_AppInit --
+ *
+ *	This procedure performs application-specific initialization.
+ *	Most applications, especially those that incorporate additional
+ *	packages, will have their own version of this procedure.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a standard Tcl completion code, and leaves an error
+ *	message in interp->result if an error occurs.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Depends on the startup script.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+Tcl_AppInit(interp)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter for application. */
+{
+    if (Tcl_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	goto error;
+    }
+    if (Tk_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	goto error;
+    }
+    Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tk",  Tk_Init,  (Tcl_PackageInitProc *) NULL);
+
+    if (Tix_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	goto error;
+    }
+    Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tix", Tix_Init, (Tcl_PackageInitProc *) NULL);
+
+#if defined(__WIN32__) && defined(GUI_MODE_APP)
+    /*
+     * Initialize the console only if we are running as an interactive
+     * application.
+     */
+
+    if (Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+        goto error;
+    }
+#endif /* __WIN32__ */
+
+    /*
+     * Call the init procedures for included packages.  Each call should
+     * look like this:
+     *
+     * if (Mod_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+     *     goto error;
+     * }
+     *
+     * where "Mod" is the name of the module.
+     */
+
+    /*
+     * Call Tcl_CreateCommand for application-specific commands, if
+     * they weren't already created by the init procedures called above.
+     */
+
+    /*
+     * Specify a user-specific startup file to invoke if the application
+     * is run interactively.  Typically the startup file is "~/.apprc"
+     * where "app" is the name of the application.  If this line is deleted
+     * then no user-specific startup file will be run under any conditions.
+     */
+    Tix_SetRcFileName(interp, "~/.tixwishrc");
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+
+error:
+
+#if defined(__WIN32__) && defined(GUI_MODE_APP)
+
+    MessageBeep(MB_ICONEXCLAMATION);
+    MessageBox(NULL, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), "Error in Wish",
+	    MB_ICONSTOP | MB_OK | MB_TASKMODAL | MB_SETFOREGROUND);
+    ExitProcess(1);
+    /* we won't reach this, but we need the return */
+
+#endif /* __WIN32__ */
+
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixClass.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixClass.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1973 @@
+/*
+ * tixClass.c --
+ *
+ *	Implements the basic OOP class mechanism for the Tix Intrinsics.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and
+ * redistribution of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL
+ * WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixClass.c,v 1.5 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+/*
+ *
+ * Todo:
+ *
+ * (1) 	Problems: now a class shares some configspecs with the parent class.
+ *    	If an option is declared as -static in the child class but not
+ *	in the parent class, the parent class will still see this
+ *	option as static.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+#include <tk.h>
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+
+/*
+ * Access control is not enabled yet.
+ */
+#define USE_ACCESS_CONTROL 0
+
+
+static void		ClassTableDeleteProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp));
+static TixConfigSpec *	CopySpec _ANSI_ARGS_((TixConfigSpec *spec));
+static TixClassRecord * CreateClassByName _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    CONST84 char * classRec));
+static TixClassRecord * CreateClassRecord _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    CONST84 char * classRec, Tk_Window mainWindow,
+			    int isWidget));
+static void		FreeClassRecord _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    TixClassRecord *cPtr));
+static void		FreeParseOptions _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    TixClassParseStruct * parsePtr));
+static void		FreeSpec _ANSI_ARGS_((TixConfigSpec *spec));
+static TixClassRecord * GetClassByName _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    CONST84 char * classRec));
+static TixConfigSpec *	InitAlias _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    TixClassRecord * cPtr, CONST84 char *s));
+static int		InitHashEntries _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp,TixClassRecord * cPtr));
+static int		InitClass _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    CONST84 char * classRec, TixClassRecord * cPtr,
+			    TixClassRecord * scPtr,
+			    TixClassParseStruct * parsePtr));
+static TixConfigSpec *	InitSpec _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    CONST84 char * s, int isWidget));
+static int 		ParseClassOptions _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp * interp, CONST84 char * opts,
+			    TixClassParseStruct * rec));
+static int		ParseInstanceOptions _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp * interp,TixClassRecord * cPtr,
+			    CONST84 char *widRec, int argc, CONST84 char** argv));
+static int 		SetupAlias _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    TixClassRecord * cPtr, CONST84 char *s));
+static int		SetupAttribute _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    TixClassRecord * cPtr, CONST84 char *s,
+			    int which));
+static int 		SetupMethod _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    TixClassRecord * cPtr, CONST84 char *s));
+static int 		SetupDefault _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    TixClassRecord * cPtr, CONST84 char *s));
+#if USE_ACCESS_CONTROL
+static int 		SetupSubWidget _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    TixClassRecord * cPtr, CONST84 char *s));
+#endif
+static int 		SetupSpec _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    TixClassRecord * cPtr, CONST84 char *s,
+			    int isWidget));
+
+TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_CreateWidgetCmd);
+TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_CreateInstanceCmd);
+TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_InstanceCmd);
+TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_UninitializedClassCmd);
+
+/*
+ * Per-interpreter hashtables used to store the classes and class specs. 
+ */
+
+#define GetClassTable(interp) \
+    (TixGetHashTable(interp, "tixClassTab",  ClassTableDeleteProc, \
+            TCL_STRING_KEYS))
+#define GetSpecTable(interp)  \
+    (TixGetHashTable(interp, "tixSpecTab", NULL, TCL_STRING_KEYS))
+
+static char * TIX_EMPTY_STRING = "";
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * GetClassByName --
+ *
+ *	Return a class struct if it has been created.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static TixClassRecord *
+GetClassByName(interp, classRec)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    CONST84 char * classRec;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+
+    hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(GetClassTable(interp), classRec);
+    if (hashPtr) {
+	return (TixClassRecord *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    } else {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+static TixClassRecord *
+CreateClassByName(interp, classRec)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    CONST84 char * classRec;
+{
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+    TixInterpState state;
+
+    TixSaveInterpState(interp, &state);
+    cPtr = GetClassByName(interp, classRec);
+    if (cPtr == NULL) {
+	if (Tix_GlobalVarEval(interp, classRec, ":AutoLoad", (char*)NULL)
+	        == TCL_ERROR){
+	    cPtr = NULL;
+	} else {
+	    cPtr = GetClassByName(interp, classRec);
+	}
+    }
+    TixRestoreInterpState(interp, &state);
+
+    return cPtr;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CreateClassRecord --
+ *
+ *	Create a class record for the definiton of a new class, or return
+ *	error if the class already exists.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static TixClassRecord *
+CreateClassRecord(interp, classRec, mainWindow, isWidget)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    CONST84 char * classRec;
+    Tk_Window mainWindow;
+    int isWidget;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    int isNew;
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+
+    hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(GetClassTable(interp), classRec, &isNew);
+
+    if (isNew) {
+	cPtr = (TixClassRecord *)Tix_ZAlloc(sizeof(TixClassRecord));
+#if USE_ACCESS_CONTROL
+	cPtr->next       = NULL;
+#endif
+	cPtr->superClass = NULL;
+	cPtr->isWidget   = isWidget;
+	cPtr->className  = tixStrDup(classRec);
+	cPtr->ClassName  = NULL;
+	cPtr->nSpecs     = 0;
+	cPtr->specs      = 0;
+	cPtr->nMethods   = 0;
+	cPtr->methods    = 0;
+	cPtr->mainWindow = mainWindow;
+	cPtr->parsePtr	 = NULL;
+	cPtr->initialized= 0;
+	Tix_SimpleListInit(&cPtr->unInitSubCls);
+	Tix_SimpleListInit(&cPtr->subWDefs);
+
+#if USE_ACCESS_CONTROL
+	Tix_SimpleListInit(&cPtr->subWidgets);
+#endif
+
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)cPtr);
+	return cPtr;
+    } else {
+
+	/*
+	 * We don't allow redefinition of classes
+	 */
+
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Class \"", classRec, "\" redefined", NULL);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_ClassCmd
+ *
+ * 	Create a class record for a Tix class.
+ *
+ * argv[0] = "tixClass" or "tixWidgetClass"
+ * argv[1] = class
+ * argv[2] = arglist
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_ClassCmd)
+{
+    int	isWidget, code = TCL_OK;
+    TixClassParseStruct * parsePtr;
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr, * scPtr;
+    CONST84 char * classRec = argv[1];
+    Tk_Window mainWindow = (Tk_Window)clientData;
+
+    if (strcmp(argv[0], "tixClass")==0) {
+	isWidget = 0;
+    } else {
+	isWidget = 1;
+    }
+
+    if (argc != 3) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, "className {...}");
+    }
+
+    if (strstr(argv[1], "::") != NULL) {
+        /*
+         * Cannot contain :: in instance name, otherwise all hell will
+         * rise w.r.t. namespace
+         */
+
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid class name \"", argv[1],
+		"\": may not contain substring \"::\"", NULL);
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+
+    parsePtr = (TixClassParseStruct *)Tix_ZAlloc(sizeof(TixClassParseStruct));
+    if (ParseClassOptions(interp, argv[2], parsePtr) != TCL_OK) {
+	ckfree((char*)parsePtr);
+	parsePtr = NULL;
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    cPtr = GetClassByName(interp, classRec);
+    if (cPtr == NULL) {
+	cPtr = CreateClassRecord(interp, classRec, mainWindow, isWidget);
+	if (cPtr == NULL) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+    if (cPtr->initialized) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Class \"", classRec, "\" redefined", NULL);
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * (2) Set up the superclass
+     */
+
+    if (!parsePtr->superClass || strlen(parsePtr->superClass) == 0) {
+	scPtr = NULL;
+    }
+    else {
+	/*
+	 * Create the superclass's record if it does not exist yet.
+	 */
+	scPtr = GetClassByName(interp, parsePtr->superClass);
+	if (scPtr == NULL) {
+	    scPtr = CreateClassByName(interp, parsePtr->superClass);
+	    if (scPtr == NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * The superclass cannot be autoloaded. We create a
+		 * empty class record. This record may later be filled
+		 * by a tixClass call (which may be initiated by a
+		 * "source" call by the the application, or by SAM).
+		 */
+		scPtr = CreateClassRecord(interp, parsePtr->superClass,
+			mainWindow, isWidget);
+		if (scPtr == NULL) {
+		    code = TCL_ERROR;
+		    goto done;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    cPtr->superClass = scPtr;
+
+    if (scPtr == NULL || scPtr->initialized == 1) {
+	/*
+	 * It is safe to initialized the class now.
+	 */
+
+	code = InitClass(interp, classRec, cPtr, scPtr, parsePtr);
+	FreeParseOptions(parsePtr);
+        parsePtr = NULL;
+	cPtr->parsePtr = NULL;
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * This class has an uninitialized superclass. We wait until the
+	 * superclass is initialized before we initialize this class.
+         *
+         * Because there is no :: inside the cPtr->className, the command is
+         * created in the global namespace.
+	 */
+
+	Tix_SimpleListAppend(&scPtr->unInitSubCls, (char*)cPtr, 0);
+	Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, cPtr->className,
+		Tix_UninitializedClassCmd, (ClientData)cPtr, NULL);
+	cPtr->parsePtr = parsePtr;
+    }
+
+done:
+    if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
+	if (parsePtr != NULL) {
+	    FreeParseOptions(parsePtr);
+	}
+    }
+    return code;
+}
+
+static int
+ParseClassOptions(interp, opts, parsePtr)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    CONST84 char * opts;
+    TixClassParseStruct * parsePtr;
+{
+    int	   i;
+    int code = TCL_OK;
+
+    parsePtr->alias		= TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    parsePtr->configSpec	= TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    parsePtr->ClassName		= TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    parsePtr->def		= TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    parsePtr->flag		= TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    parsePtr->forceCall		= TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    parsePtr->isStatic		= TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    parsePtr->method		= TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    parsePtr->readOnly		= TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    parsePtr->subWidget		= TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    parsePtr->superClass	= TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    parsePtr->isVirtual		= TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    parsePtr->optArgv		= NULL;
+
+    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, opts, &parsePtr->optArgc, &parsePtr->optArgv)
+	    != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    if ((parsePtr->optArgc %2) == 1) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", 
+		parsePtr->optArgv[parsePtr->optArgc-1],
+	        "\" missing", (char*)NULL);
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+    for (i=0; i<parsePtr->optArgc; i+=2) {
+	if (strcmp(parsePtr->optArgv[i], "-alias") == 0) {
+	    parsePtr->alias = parsePtr->optArgv[i+1];
+	}
+	else if (strcmp(parsePtr->optArgv[i], "-configspec") == 0) {
+	    parsePtr->configSpec = parsePtr->optArgv[i+1];
+	}
+	else if (strcmp(parsePtr->optArgv[i], "-classname") == 0) {
+	    parsePtr->ClassName = parsePtr->optArgv[i+1];
+	}
+	else if (strcmp(parsePtr->optArgv[i], "-default") == 0) {
+	    parsePtr->def = parsePtr->optArgv[i+1];
+	}
+	else if (strcmp(parsePtr->optArgv[i], "-flag") == 0) {
+	    parsePtr->flag = parsePtr->optArgv[i+1];
+	}
+	else if (strcmp(parsePtr->optArgv[i], "-forcecall") == 0) {
+	    parsePtr->forceCall = parsePtr->optArgv[i+1];
+	}
+	else if (strcmp(parsePtr->optArgv[i], "-method") == 0) {
+	    parsePtr->method = parsePtr->optArgv[i+1];
+	}
+	else if (strcmp(parsePtr->optArgv[i], "-readonly") == 0) {
+	    parsePtr->readOnly = parsePtr->optArgv[i+1];
+	}
+	else if (strcmp(parsePtr->optArgv[i], "-static") == 0) {
+	    parsePtr->isStatic = parsePtr->optArgv[i+1];
+	}
+#if USE_ACCESS_CONTROL
+	else if (strcmp(parsePtr->optArgv[i], "-subwidget") == 0) {
+	    parsePtr->subWidget = parsePtr->optArgv[i+1];
+	}
+#endif
+	else if (strcmp(parsePtr->optArgv[i], "-superclass") == 0) {
+	    parsePtr->superClass = parsePtr->optArgv[i+1];
+	}
+	else if (strcmp(parsePtr->optArgv[i], "-virtual") == 0) {
+	    parsePtr->isVirtual = parsePtr->optArgv[i+1];
+	}
+	else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown parsePtr->option \"",
+		parsePtr->optArgv[i], "\"", (char*)NULL);
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (code != TCL_OK) {
+	if (parsePtr->optArgv != NULL) {
+	    ckfree((char*)parsePtr->optArgv);
+	    parsePtr->optArgv = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+    return code;
+}
+
+static void
+FreeParseOptions(parsePtr)
+    TixClassParseStruct * parsePtr;
+{
+    if (parsePtr->optArgv) {
+	ckfree((char*)parsePtr->optArgv);
+    }
+    ckfree((char*)parsePtr);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * InitClass --
+ *
+ * 	Initialize the class record using the arguments supplied by the
+ *	tixClass and tixWidgetClass commands.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The given class is initialized.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+InitClass(interp, classRec, cPtr, scPtr, parsePtr)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    CONST84 char * classRec;
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+    TixClassRecord * scPtr;
+    TixClassParseStruct * parsePtr;
+{
+    int code = TCL_OK;
+    int i, flag;
+    int isWidget = cPtr->isWidget;
+    Tix_ListIterator li;
+    TixClassRecord * subPtr;
+
+    cPtr->ClassName = tixStrDup(parsePtr->ClassName);
+
+    /*
+     * (3) Set up the methods.
+     */
+    if (SetupMethod(interp, cPtr, parsePtr->method) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    /* (4) Set up the major configspecs */
+    if (SetupSpec(interp, cPtr, parsePtr->configSpec, isWidget) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * (5) Set up the aliases
+     */
+
+    /* (5.1)Create the alias configSpec's */
+    if (parsePtr->alias && *parsePtr->alias) {
+	if (SetupAlias(interp, cPtr, parsePtr->alias) != TCL_OK) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We are done with the class record. Now let's put the flags into
+     * a hash table so then they can be retrived quickly whenever we call
+     * the "$widget config" method
+     */
+
+    if (InitHashEntries(interp, cPtr)!=TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * (5.2) Initialize the alias configSpec's
+     */
+    for (i=0; i<cPtr->nSpecs; i++) {
+	if (cPtr->specs[i]->isAlias) {
+	    cPtr->specs[i]->realPtr = 
+	      Tix_FindConfigSpecByName(interp, cPtr, cPtr->specs[i]->dbName);
+	} 
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * (6) Set up the attributes of the specs
+     */
+    if (parsePtr->isStatic  && *parsePtr->isStatic) {
+	if (SetupAttribute(interp, cPtr, parsePtr->isStatic, FLAG_STATIC)
+		!= TCL_OK) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+    if (parsePtr->readOnly  && *parsePtr->readOnly) {
+	if (SetupAttribute(interp,cPtr,parsePtr->readOnly, FLAG_READONLY)
+		!=TCL_OK) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+    if (parsePtr->forceCall  && *parsePtr->forceCall) {
+	if (SetupAttribute(interp,cPtr,parsePtr->forceCall,FLAG_FORCECALL)
+		!=TCL_OK) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* (7) Record the default options */
+    if (SetupDefault(interp, cPtr, parsePtr->def) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+#if USE_ACCESS_CONTROL
+    /* (8) Set up the SubWidget specs */
+    if (isWidget) {
+	if (SetupSubWidget(interp, cPtr, parsePtr->subWidget) != TCL_OK) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * Set up the TCL array variable to store some information about the
+     * class. This is compatible with the old Tix and it also speeds up
+     * some operations because the look-up of these variables are done
+     * by hash tables.
+     */
+
+    flag = TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY;
+    if (parsePtr->superClass) {
+	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, classRec, "superClass", parsePtr->superClass,flag);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, classRec, "superClass", "", flag);
+    }
+
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, classRec, "className",     classRec,            flag);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, classRec, "ClassName",     parsePtr->ClassName, flag);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, classRec, "options",       parsePtr->flag,      flag);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, classRec, "forceCall",     parsePtr->forceCall, flag);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, classRec, "defaults",      parsePtr->def   ,    flag);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, classRec, "methods",       parsePtr->method,    flag);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, classRec, "staticOptions", parsePtr->isStatic,  flag);
+
+    if (parsePtr->isVirtual) {
+	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, classRec, "virtual",   "1",        flag);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, classRec, "virtual",   "0",        flag);
+    }
+
+    if (isWidget) {
+	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, classRec, "isWidget",  "1",        flag);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, classRec, "isWidget",  "0",        flag);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now create the instantiation command. Because there is no ::
+     * inside the cPtr->className, the command is created in the
+     * global namespace.
+     */
+
+    if (isWidget) {
+	Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, cPtr->className, Tix_CreateWidgetCmd,
+		(ClientData)cPtr, NULL);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, cPtr->className, Tix_CreateInstanceCmd,
+		(ClientData)cPtr, NULL);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Create an "AutoLoad" command. This is needed so that class
+     * definitions can be auto-loaded properly
+     */
+
+    if (Tix_GlobalVarEval(interp, "proc ", cPtr->className, ":AutoLoad {} {}",
+	    (char *) NULL) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    cPtr->initialized = 1;
+
+    /*
+     * Complete the initialization of all the partially initialized
+     * sub-classes.
+     */
+
+    Tix_SimpleListIteratorInit(&li);
+    for (Tix_SimpleListStart(&cPtr->unInitSubCls, &li);
+	     !Tix_SimpleListDone(&li);
+	     Tix_SimpleListNext(&cPtr->unInitSubCls, &li)) {
+
+	subPtr = (TixClassRecord*)li.curr;
+	code = InitClass(interp, subPtr->className, subPtr, cPtr,
+		subPtr->parsePtr);
+
+	if (code == TCL_OK) {
+	    if (subPtr->parsePtr) {
+		FreeParseOptions(subPtr->parsePtr);
+	    }
+	    subPtr->parsePtr = NULL;
+	    Tix_SimpleListDelete(&cPtr->unInitSubCls, &li);
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * (ToDo) Tix is not in a stable state. Some variables
+	     * have not been freed.
+	     */
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * FreeClassRecord --
+ *
+ *	Frees the data associated with a class.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The Tix_InstanceCmd cannot be called afterwards.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+FreeClassRecord(cPtr)
+    TixClassRecord *cPtr;
+{
+    int i;
+    Tix_ListIterator li;
+
+    if (cPtr->className) {
+	ckfree(cPtr->className);
+    }
+    if (cPtr->ClassName) {
+	ckfree(cPtr->ClassName);
+    }
+    for (i=0; i<cPtr->nSpecs; i++) {
+        if (cPtr->specs[i] != NULL) {
+            FreeSpec(cPtr->specs[i]);
+        }
+    }
+    if (cPtr->specs) {
+	ckfree((char*)cPtr->specs);
+    }
+    for (i=0; i<cPtr->nMethods; i++) {
+	ckfree(cPtr->methods[i]);
+    }
+    if (cPtr->methods) {
+	ckfree((char*)cPtr->methods);
+    }
+
+    Tix_SimpleListIteratorInit(&li);
+    for (Tix_SimpleListStart(&cPtr->unInitSubCls, &li);
+	     !Tix_SimpleListDone(&li);
+	     Tix_SimpleListNext(&cPtr->unInitSubCls, &li)) {
+	Tix_SimpleListDelete(&cPtr->unInitSubCls, &li);
+    }
+    Tix_SimpleListIteratorInit(&li);
+    for (Tix_SimpleListStart(&cPtr->subWDefs, &li);
+	     !Tix_SimpleListDone(&li);
+	     Tix_SimpleListNext(&cPtr->subWDefs, &li)) {
+
+	Tix_SubwidgetDef * defPtr = (Tix_SubwidgetDef*)li.curr;
+	Tix_SimpleListDelete(&cPtr->subWDefs, &li);
+
+	ckfree((char*)defPtr->spec);
+	ckfree((char*)defPtr->value);
+	ckfree((char*)defPtr);
+    }
+
+    if (cPtr->parsePtr) {
+	FreeParseOptions(cPtr->parsePtr);
+    }
+
+    ckfree((char*)cPtr);
+}
+
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_UninitializedClassCmd)
+{
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr, *scPtr;
+
+    cPtr = (TixClassRecord *)clientData;
+    for (scPtr = cPtr->superClass; scPtr != NULL && scPtr->superClass != NULL;
+	    scPtr = scPtr->superClass) {
+	;
+    }
+    if (scPtr != NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Superclass \"", scPtr->className,
+	        "\" not defined", NULL);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Unknown Tix internal error", NULL);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_CreateInstanceCmd --
+ *
+ * 	Create an instance object of a normal Tix class.
+ *
+ * argv[0]  = object name.
+ * argv[1+] = args 
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_CreateInstanceCmd)
+{
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+    CONST84 char * widRec;
+    CONST84 char * value;
+    int i, code = TCL_OK;
+    TixConfigSpec * spec;
+
+    if (argc <= 1) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, "name ?arg? ...");
+    }
+
+    if (strstr(argv[1], "::") != NULL) {
+        /*
+         * Cannot contain :: in instance name, otherwise all hell will
+         * rise w.r.t. namespace
+         */
+
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid instance name \"", argv[1],
+		"\": may not contain substring \"::\"", NULL);
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    cPtr = (TixClassRecord *)clientData;
+    widRec = argv[1];
+
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, widRec, "className", cPtr->className, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, widRec, "ClassName", cPtr->ClassName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, widRec, "context",   cPtr->className, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+
+    /*
+     * This is the command that access the class instace. Because there
+     * is no :: inside widRec, it's created in the global namespace
+     */
+
+    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, widRec, Tix_InstanceCmd,
+	(ClientData)cPtr, NULL);
+
+    /*
+     * Set up the widget record according to defaults and arguments
+     */
+
+    ParseInstanceOptions(interp, cPtr, widRec, argc-2, argv+2);
+
+    /*
+     * Call the constructor method
+     */
+    if (Tix_CallMethod(interp, cPtr->className, widRec, "Constructor",
+		0, 0, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * %% warning. configuration methods for -forcecall options must
+     * *not* assume that the value in the widget record has been
+     * validated!
+     *
+     * todo: please explain the above in the programming guide.
+     */
+
+    for (i=0; i<cPtr->nSpecs; i++) {
+	spec = cPtr->specs[i];
+	if (spec->forceCall) {
+            value = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, widRec, spec->argvName,
+	            TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+            if (Tix_CallConfigMethod(interp, cPtr, widRec, spec, value)
+                    !=TCL_OK){
+                code = TCL_ERROR;
+                goto done;
+            }
+	}
+    }
+
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) widRec, TCL_VOLATILE);
+
+  done:
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_InstanceCmd
+ *
+ * 	Redirect the method calls to the class methods
+ *
+ * argv[0]  = widget name
+ * argv[1]  = method name
+ * argv[2+] = arglist
+ */
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_InstanceCmd)
+{
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+    CONST84 char * widRec = argv[0];
+    CONST84 char * method = argv[1];
+    CONST84 char * classRec;
+    CONST84 char * methodName;	/* full name of the method -- method may be
+				 * abbreviated */
+    unsigned int len;
+    int code;
+    int foundMethod;
+
+    cPtr = (TixClassRecord *)clientData;
+    classRec = cPtr->className;
+    
+    if (argc <= 1) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, "option ...");
+    }
+
+    Tk_Preserve((ClientData) cPtr);
+
+    len = strlen(method);
+
+    if ((methodName = Tix_FindPublicMethod(interp, cPtr, method)) == NULL) {
+	code = Tix_UnknownPublicMethodError(interp, cPtr, widRec, method);
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    if ((code = Tix_CallMethod(interp, classRec, widRec, methodName,
+	    argc-2, argv+2, &foundMethod)) == TCL_OK) {
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    if (foundMethod) {
+        /*
+         * The method is found, but its execution caused error. Return now.
+         * Don't try to run it again with the code below.
+         */
+        goto done;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * The method was not defined in Tcl code. See if it's one of
+     * the built-in methods: configure, cget or subwidget.
+     *
+     * Note that the "subwidgets" method is implemented in Tcl code
+     * (Primitiv.tcl) so we don't need to worry about it here.
+     */
+
+    if (strncmp(method, "configure", len) == 0) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+
+	if (argc==2) {
+	    code = Tix_QueryAllOptions(interp, cPtr, widRec);
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	else if (argc == 3) {
+	    code = Tix_QueryOneOption(interp, cPtr, widRec, argv[2]);
+	    goto done;
+	} else {
+	    code = Tix_ChangeOptions(interp, cPtr, widRec, argc-2, argv+2);
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(method, "cget", len) == 0) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+
+	if (argc == 3) {
+	    code = Tix_GetVar(interp, cPtr, widRec, argv[2]);
+	    goto done;
+	} else {
+	    code = Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 2, "-flag");
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+#if 0
+    else if (cPtr->isWidget && strcmp(method, "subwidgets") == 0) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+
+	code = Tix_CallMethod(interp, classRec, widRec, "subwidgets",
+	        argc-2, argv+2, NULL);
+	goto done;
+    }
+#endif
+    else if (cPtr->isWidget && strncmp(method, "subwidget", len) == 0) {
+        /*
+         * TODO: Subwidget protection is not yet implemented
+         */
+
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	if (argc >= 3) {
+#define STATIC_SPACE_SIZE 60
+	    char buff[STATIC_SPACE_SIZE];
+	    char *index = buff;
+            CONST84 char *swName;
+
+            if ((strlen(argv[2]) + 3) > STATIC_SPACE_SIZE) {
+                index = (char*)ckalloc(strlen(argv[2]) + 3);
+            }
+
+	    sprintf(index, "w:%s", argv[2]);
+	    swName = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, widRec, index, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+            if (index != buff) {
+                ckfree((char*)index);
+            }
+
+	    if (swName) {
+		if (argc == 3) {
+		    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) swName, TCL_VOLATILE);
+		    code = TCL_OK;
+		    goto done;
+		} else {
+		    argv[2] = swName;
+		    code = Tix_EvalArgv(interp, argc-2, argv+2);
+		    goto done;
+		}
+	    }
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown subwidget \"", argv[2],
+		"\"", NULL);
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+#undef STATIC_SPACE_SIZE
+	} else {
+	    code = Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 2, "name ?args ...?");
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * error message already append by Tix_CallMethod()
+	 */
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+  done:
+    Tk_Release((ClientData) cPtr);
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Subroutines for Class definition
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int SetupMethod(interp, cPtr, s)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+    CONST84 char * s;
+{
+    TixClassRecord * scPtr = cPtr->superClass;
+    CONST84 char ** listArgv;
+    int listArgc, i;
+    int nMethods;
+
+
+    if (s && *s) {
+	if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, s, &listArgc, &listArgv) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	listArgc = 0;
+	listArgv = 0;
+    }
+
+    nMethods = listArgc;
+
+    if (scPtr) {
+	nMethods += scPtr->nMethods;
+    }
+    cPtr->nMethods = nMethods;
+    cPtr->methods  = (char**)Tix_ZAlloc(nMethods*sizeof(char*));
+    /* Copy the methods of this class */
+    for (i=0; i<listArgc; i++) {
+	cPtr->methods[i] = tixStrDup(listArgv[i]);
+    }
+    /* Copy the methods of the super class */
+    for (; i<nMethods; i++) {
+	cPtr->methods[i] = tixStrDup(scPtr->methods[i-listArgc]);
+    }
+
+    if (listArgv) {
+	ckfree((char*)listArgv);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+SetupDefault(interp, cPtr, s)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+    CONST84 char * s;
+{
+    CONST84 char ** listArgv;
+    int listArgc, i;
+    TixClassRecord * scPtr = cPtr->superClass;
+    Tix_ListIterator li;
+    Tix_SubwidgetDef *defPtr;
+
+    if (s && *s) {
+	if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, s, &listArgc, &listArgv) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    if (scPtr) {
+	/*
+	 * Copy the subwidget default specs from the super-class
+	 */
+	Tix_SimpleListIteratorInit(&li);
+	for (Tix_SimpleListStart(&scPtr->subWDefs, &li);
+	     !Tix_SimpleListDone(&li);
+	     Tix_SimpleListNext (&scPtr->subWDefs, &li)) {
+
+	    Tix_SubwidgetDef * p = (Tix_SubwidgetDef*)li.curr;
+
+	    defPtr = (Tix_SubwidgetDef*)Tix_ZAlloc(sizeof(Tix_SubwidgetDef));
+	    defPtr->spec  = tixStrDup(p->spec);
+	    defPtr->value = tixStrDup(p->value);
+
+	    Tix_SimpleListAppend(&cPtr->subWDefs, (char*)defPtr, 0);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Merge with the new default specs
+     */
+    for (i=0; i<listArgc; i++) {
+	CONST84 char **list;
+	int n;
+
+	if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, listArgv[i], &n, &list) != TCL_OK) {
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	if (n != 2) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad subwidget default format \"",
+		listArgv[i], "\"", NULL);
+	    ckfree((char*)list);
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	
+	Tix_SimpleListIteratorInit(&li);
+	for (Tix_SimpleListStart(&cPtr->subWDefs, &li);
+	     !Tix_SimpleListDone(&li);
+	     Tix_SimpleListNext (&cPtr->subWDefs, &li)) {
+
+	    Tix_SubwidgetDef * p = (Tix_SubwidgetDef*)li.curr;
+
+	    if (strcmp(list[0], p->spec) == 0) {
+		Tix_SimpleListDelete(&cPtr->subWDefs, &li);
+		ckfree((char*)p->value);
+		ckfree((char*)p->spec);
+		ckfree((char*)p);
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	/* Append this spec to the end
+	 */
+	defPtr = (Tix_SubwidgetDef*)Tix_ZAlloc(sizeof(Tix_SubwidgetDef));
+	defPtr->spec  = tixStrDup(list[0]);
+	defPtr->value = tixStrDup(list[1]);
+
+	Tix_SimpleListAppend(&cPtr->subWDefs, (char*)defPtr, 0);
+
+	ckfree((char*)list);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Add the defaults into the options database.
+     */
+    Tix_SimpleListIteratorInit(&li);
+    for (Tix_SimpleListStart(&cPtr->subWDefs, &li);
+	 !Tix_SimpleListDone(&li);
+	 Tix_SimpleListNext (&cPtr->subWDefs, &li)) {
+
+	Tix_SubwidgetDef * p = (Tix_SubwidgetDef*)li.curr;
+
+	if (Tix_GlobalVarEval(interp, "option add *", cPtr->ClassName, 
+		p->spec, " [list ", p->value, "] widgetDefault",
+		NULL) != TCL_OK) {
+	    goto error;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (listArgv) {
+	ckfree((char*)listArgv);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+
+  error:
+   if (listArgv) {
+	ckfree((char*)listArgv);
+    }
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+static int
+SetupSpec(interp, cPtr, s, isWidget)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+    CONST84 char * s;
+    int isWidget;
+{
+    TixClassRecord * scPtr = cPtr->superClass;
+    CONST84 char ** listArgv;
+    int listArgc, i;
+    TixConfigSpec * dupSpec;
+    int nSpecs;
+    int j;
+    int nAlloc;
+    int code = TCL_OK;
+
+    if (s && *s) {
+	if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, s, &listArgc, &listArgv) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	listArgc = 0;
+	listArgv = 0;
+    }
+
+    nSpecs = listArgc;
+
+    if (scPtr != NULL) {
+	nAlloc = nSpecs+scPtr->nSpecs;
+    } else {
+	nAlloc = nSpecs;
+    }
+
+    cPtr->nSpecs = nSpecs;
+    cPtr->specs  = (TixConfigSpec**)Tix_ZAlloc(nAlloc*sizeof(TixConfigSpec*));
+
+    /*
+     * Initialize the specs of this class
+     */
+    for (i=0; i<listArgc; i++) {
+	if ((cPtr->specs[i] = InitSpec(interp, listArgv[i], isWidget))==NULL){
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+    /*
+     * Copy the specs of the super class
+     */
+    if (scPtr != NULL) {
+	for (i=0; i<scPtr->nSpecs; i++) {
+	    /* See if we have re-defined this configspec */
+	    for (dupSpec = 0, j=0; j<listArgc; j++) {
+		char * pName = scPtr->specs[i]->argvName;
+		if (strcmp(cPtr->specs[j]->argvName, pName)==0) {
+		    dupSpec = cPtr->specs[j];
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (dupSpec) {
+		/*
+		 * If we have not redefined the dbclass or dbname of
+		 * this duplicated configSpec, then simply
+		 * copy the parent's attributes to the new configSpec
+		 *
+		 * Otherwise we don't copy the parent's attributes (do nothing)
+		 */
+		if ((strcmp(dupSpec->dbClass, scPtr->specs[i]->dbClass) == 0)
+		    &&(strcmp(dupSpec->dbName, scPtr->specs[i]->dbName) == 0)){
+		    dupSpec->readOnly  = scPtr->specs[i]->readOnly;
+		    dupSpec->isStatic  = scPtr->specs[i]->isStatic;
+		    dupSpec->forceCall = scPtr->specs[i]->forceCall;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		/* 
+		 *Let's copy the parent's configSpec
+		 */
+		cPtr->specs[cPtr->nSpecs] = CopySpec(scPtr->specs[i]);
+		cPtr->nSpecs ++;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (cPtr->nSpecs != nAlloc) {
+	cPtr->specs = (TixConfigSpec**)
+	  ckrealloc((char*)cPtr->specs, cPtr->nSpecs*sizeof(TixConfigSpec*));
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (listArgv) {
+	ckfree((char*)listArgv);
+    }
+    return code;
+}
+
+static TixConfigSpec *
+InitSpec(interp, specList, isWidget)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    CONST84 char * specList;
+    int isWidget;
+{
+    CONST84 char ** listArgv = NULL;
+    int listArgc;
+    TixConfigSpec * sPtr = NULL;
+    
+    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, specList, &listArgc, &listArgv)!= TCL_OK) {
+	goto done;
+    }
+    if (( isWidget && (listArgc < 4 || listArgc > 5)) ||
+	(!isWidget && (listArgc < 2 || listArgc > 3))) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Wrong number of elements in ",
+	    "config spec list \"", specList, "\"", NULL);
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    sPtr = (TixConfigSpec * )Tix_ZAlloc(sizeof(TixConfigSpec));
+
+    sPtr->isAlias   = 0;
+    sPtr->readOnly  = 0;
+    sPtr->isStatic  = 0;
+    sPtr->forceCall = 0;
+    sPtr->realPtr   = NULL;
+
+    if (isWidget) {
+	sPtr->argvName = tixStrDup(listArgv[0]);
+	sPtr->dbName   = tixStrDup(listArgv[1]);
+	sPtr->dbClass  = tixStrDup(listArgv[2]);
+	sPtr->defValue = tixStrDup(listArgv[3]);
+    }
+    else {
+	sPtr->argvName = tixStrDup(listArgv[0]);
+	sPtr->dbClass  = TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+	sPtr->dbName   = TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+	sPtr->defValue = tixStrDup(listArgv[1]);
+    }
+
+    /* Set up the verifyCmd */
+    if ((isWidget && listArgc == 5) || (!isWidget && listArgc == 3)) {
+	int n;
+
+	if (isWidget) {
+	    n = 4;
+	} else {
+	    n = 2;
+	}
+
+	sPtr->verifyCmd = tixStrDup(listArgv[n]);
+    } else {
+	sPtr->verifyCmd = NULL;
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (listArgv) {
+	ckfree((char *) listArgv);
+    }
+    return sPtr;
+}
+
+static TixConfigSpec *
+CopySpec(sPtr)
+    TixConfigSpec *sPtr;	/* The spec record from the super class. */
+{
+    TixConfigSpec *nPtr = (TixConfigSpec *)Tix_ZAlloc(sizeof(TixConfigSpec));
+
+    nPtr->isAlias   = sPtr->isAlias;
+    nPtr->readOnly  = sPtr->readOnly;
+    nPtr->isStatic  = sPtr->isStatic;
+    nPtr->forceCall = sPtr->forceCall;
+
+    if (sPtr->argvName != NULL &&  sPtr->argvName != TIX_EMPTY_STRING) {
+	nPtr->argvName = tixStrDup(sPtr->argvName);
+    } else {
+	nPtr->argvName = TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    }
+    if (sPtr->defValue != NULL &&  sPtr->defValue != TIX_EMPTY_STRING) {
+	nPtr->defValue = tixStrDup(sPtr->defValue);
+    } else {
+	nPtr->defValue = TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    }
+    if (sPtr->dbName != NULL &&  sPtr->dbName != TIX_EMPTY_STRING) {
+	nPtr->dbName = tixStrDup(sPtr->dbName);
+    } else {
+	nPtr->dbName = TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    }
+    if (sPtr->dbClass != NULL &&  sPtr->dbClass != TIX_EMPTY_STRING) {
+	nPtr->dbClass = tixStrDup(sPtr->dbClass);
+    } else {
+	nPtr->dbClass = TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+    }
+    if (sPtr->verifyCmd != NULL) {
+	nPtr->verifyCmd = tixStrDup(sPtr->verifyCmd);
+    } else {
+	nPtr->verifyCmd = NULL;
+    }
+
+    nPtr->realPtr = NULL;
+
+    return nPtr;
+}
+
+static void
+FreeSpec(sPtr)
+    TixConfigSpec *sPtr;	/* The spec record to free. */
+{
+    if (sPtr->argvName != NULL && sPtr->argvName != TIX_EMPTY_STRING) {
+	ckfree(sPtr->argvName);
+    }
+    if (sPtr->defValue != NULL && sPtr->defValue != TIX_EMPTY_STRING) {
+	ckfree(sPtr->defValue);
+    }
+    if (sPtr->dbName   != NULL && sPtr->dbName   != TIX_EMPTY_STRING) {
+	ckfree(sPtr->dbName);
+    }
+    if (sPtr->dbClass  != NULL && sPtr->dbClass  != TIX_EMPTY_STRING) {
+	ckfree(sPtr->dbClass);
+    }
+    if (sPtr->verifyCmd != NULL) {
+	ckfree(sPtr->verifyCmd);
+    }
+    ckfree((char*)sPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SetupAttribute --
+ *
+ *	Marks the spec's with the given attribute (-readonly, -forcecall,
+ *	and -static).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The attributes of the specs are updated.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+SetupAttribute(interp, cPtr, s, which)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+    CONST84 char * s;
+    int which;
+{
+    CONST84 char ** listArgv;
+    int listArgc, i;
+    TixConfigSpec  * spec;
+
+    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, s, &listArgc, &listArgv) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    } else {
+	for (i=0; i<listArgc; i++) {
+	    spec = Tix_FindConfigSpecByName(interp, cPtr, listArgv[i]);
+	    if (spec == NULL) {
+		ckfree((char*)listArgv);
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	    switch(which) {
+	      case FLAG_READONLY:
+		spec->readOnly = 1;
+		break;
+	      case FLAG_STATIC:
+		spec->isStatic = 1;
+		break;
+	      case FLAG_FORCECALL:
+		spec->forceCall = 1;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    ckfree((char*)listArgv);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+SetupAlias(interp, cPtr, s)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+    CONST84 char * s;
+{
+    CONST84 char ** listArgv;
+    int listArgc, i;
+
+    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, s, &listArgc, &listArgv) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    } else {
+	int nAliases = listArgc;
+	int nAlloc = cPtr->nSpecs + nAliases;
+
+	cPtr->specs = (TixConfigSpec**)
+	    ckrealloc((char*)cPtr->specs, nAlloc*sizeof(TixConfigSpec*));
+
+	/* Initialize the aliases of this class */
+	for (i=cPtr->nSpecs; i<nAlloc; i++) {
+	    cPtr->specs[i] = InitAlias(interp, cPtr, listArgv[i-cPtr->nSpecs]);
+	    if (cPtr->specs[i] == NULL) {
+		ckfree((char*)listArgv);
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	cPtr->nSpecs = nAlloc;
+    }
+    ckfree((char*)listArgv);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static TixConfigSpec *
+InitAlias(interp, cPtr, s)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+    CONST84 char * s;
+{
+    CONST84 char ** listArgv;
+    int listArgc;
+    TixConfigSpec  * sPtr;
+
+    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, s, &listArgc, &listArgv) != TCL_OK
+	    || 2 != listArgc) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	sPtr = (TixConfigSpec*) Tix_ZAlloc(sizeof(TixConfigSpec));
+	sPtr->isAlias    = 1;
+	sPtr->isStatic   = 0;
+	sPtr->forceCall  = 0;
+	sPtr->readOnly   = 0;
+	sPtr->argvName   = tixStrDup(listArgv[0]);
+	sPtr->dbName     = tixStrDup(listArgv[1]);
+	sPtr->dbClass    = TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+	sPtr->defValue   = TIX_EMPTY_STRING;
+	sPtr->verifyCmd  = NULL;
+	sPtr->realPtr    = NULL;
+
+	ckfree((char*)listArgv);
+	return sPtr;
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+InitHashEntries(interp, cPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    TixClassRecord *cPtr;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry * hashPtr;
+    int    	    isNew;
+    CONST84 char  * key;
+    int		    i;
+    TixConfigSpec * sPtr;
+
+    for (i=0; i<cPtr->nSpecs; i++) {
+	sPtr = cPtr->specs[i];
+	key = Tix_GetConfigSpecFullName(cPtr->className, sPtr->argvName);
+
+	hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(GetSpecTable(interp), key, &isNew);
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)sPtr);
+
+	ckfree((char *) key);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Subroutines for object instantiation.
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseInstanceOptions(interp, cPtr, widRec, argc, argv)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+    CONST84 char *widRec;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char** argv;
+{
+    int i;
+    TixConfigSpec *spec;
+
+    if ((argc %2) != 0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "missing argument for \"", argv[argc-1],
+	    "\"", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Set all specs by their default values */
+    for (i=0; i<cPtr->nSpecs; i++) {
+	spec = cPtr->specs[i];
+	if (!spec->isAlias) {
+	    if (Tix_ChangeOneOption(interp, cPtr, widRec, spec,
+		spec->defValue, 1, 0)!=TCL_OK) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Set specs according to argument line values */
+    for (i=0; i<argc; i+=2) {
+	spec = Tix_FindConfigSpecByName(interp, cPtr, argv[i]);
+
+	if (spec == NULL) {	/* this is an invalid flag */
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	if (Tix_ChangeOneOption(interp, cPtr, widRec, spec,
+		argv[i+1], 0, 1)!=TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ClassTableDeleteProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called when the interp is about to be
+ *	deleted. It cleans up the hash entries and destroys the hash
+ *	table.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	All class definitions are deleted.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+ClassTableDeleteProc(clientData, interp)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+{
+    Tcl_HashTable * classTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)clientData;
+    Tcl_HashSearch hashSearch;
+    Tcl_HashEntry * hashPtr;
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+
+    for (hashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(classTablePtr, &hashSearch);
+	    hashPtr;
+	    hashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&hashSearch)) {
+	cPtr = (TixClassRecord*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	FreeClassRecord(cPtr);
+	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+    }
+    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(classTablePtr);
+    ckfree((char*)classTablePtr);
+}
+
+#if USE_ACCESS_CONTROL
+
+/*
+ * Everything after this line are not used at this moment.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *			ACCESS CONTROL
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void InitExportSpec(exPtr)
+    Tix_ExportSpec * exPtr;
+{
+    Tix_SimpleListInit(&exPtr->exportCmds);
+    Tix_SimpleListInit(&exPtr->restrictCmds);
+    Tix_SimpleListInit(&exPtr->exportOpts);
+    Tix_SimpleListInit(&exPtr->restrictOpts);
+}
+
+static Tix_LinkList * CopyStringList(list, newList)
+    Tix_LinkList * list;
+    Tix_LinkList * newList;
+{
+    Tix_StringLink * ptr, * newLink;
+
+    for (ptr=(Tix_StringLink*)list->head; ptr; ptr=ptr->next) {
+	newLink = (Tix_StringLink*)Tix_ZAlloc(sizeof(Tix_StringLink));
+
+	newLink->string = tixStrDup(ptr->string);
+	Tix_SimpleListAppend(newList, (char*)newLink, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+CopyExportSpec(src, dst)
+    Tix_ExportSpec * src;
+    Tix_ExportSpec * dst;
+{
+    CopyStringList(&src->exportCmds,   &dst->exportCmds);
+    CopyStringList(&src->restrictCmds, &dst->restrictCmds);
+
+    CopyStringList(&src->exportOpts,   &dst->exportOpts);
+    CopyStringList(&src->restrictOpts, &dst->restrictOpts);
+}
+
+/*
+ * (1) All items that appear in list1 must not appear in list 2
+ * (2) If either list have the item "all" -- an item whose string pointer is
+ *     NULL -- the other list must be empty.
+ */
+static int CheckMutualExclusion(list1, list2)
+    Tix_LinkList * list1;
+    Tix_LinkList * list2;
+{
+    Tix_StringLink * ptr, *ptr2;
+
+    if (list1->numItems == 0) {
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if (list2->numItems == 0) {
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    for (ptr=(Tix_StringLink *)(list1->head); ptr; ptr=ptr->next) {
+	if (ptr->string == NULL) {
+	    goto error;
+	}
+
+	for (ptr2=(Tix_StringLink *)(list2->head); ptr2; ptr2=ptr2->next) {
+	    if (strcmp(ptr->string, ptr2->string) == 0) {
+
+		/* Violates requirement (1) above :
+		 * Some items in list 1 also appear in list 2.
+		 */
+		goto error;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+
+  error:
+
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+static int AppendStrings(interp, list, string)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tix_LinkList * list;
+    char * string;
+{
+    char ** listArgv = NULL;
+    int listArgc, i;
+    Tix_StringLink * ptr;
+
+    if (string && *string) {
+	if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, string, &listArgc, &listArgv) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	/* Nothing to be done */
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<listArgc; i++) {
+	ptr = (Tix_StringLink *)Tix_ZAlloc(sizeof(Tix_StringLink));
+
+	if (strcmp(listArgv[i], "all")==0) {
+	    ptr->string = NULL;
+	} else {
+	    ptr->string = tixStrDup(listArgv[i]);
+	}
+	Tix_SimpleListAppend(list, (char*)ptr, 0);
+    }
+
+    if (listArgv) {
+	ckfree((char*)listArgv);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+static int ConflictingSpec(interp, which, eList, rList)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    char * which;
+    Tix_LinkList * eList;
+    Tix_LinkList * rList;
+{
+    Tix_LinkList *lists[2];
+    Tix_StringLink * ptr;
+    int i;
+    char * specs[2] = {"export :", "restrict :"};
+
+    lists[0] = eList;
+    lists[1] = rList;
+
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "conflicting export and restrictions ",
+	"for ", which, "\n", NULL);
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, specs[i], NULL);
+
+	for (ptr=(Tix_StringLink *)(lists[i]->head); ptr; ptr=ptr->next) {
+	    if (ptr->string == 0) {
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "all ", NULL);
+	    } else {
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ptr->string, " ", NULL);
+	    }
+	}
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Define or redefine the export control
+ */
+static int DefineExport(interp, exPtr, name, spec)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tix_ExportSpec * exPtr;
+    char * name;
+    char * spec;
+{
+    char ** listArgv = NULL;
+    int listArgc, i;
+
+    if (spec && *spec) {
+	if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, spec, &listArgc, &listArgv) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	/* Nothing to be done */
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    if (listArgc %2 != 0) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # of argument in subwidget spec: \"",
+	    spec, "\"", NULL);
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<listArgc; i+=2) {
+	if (strcmp(listArgv[i], "-exportcmd") == 0) {
+	    if (AppendStrings(interp, &exPtr->exportCmds, 
+		listArgv[i+1])==TCL_ERROR) {
+		goto error;
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (strcmp(listArgv[i], "-restrictcmd") == 0) {
+	    if (AppendStrings(interp, &exPtr->restrictCmds, 
+		listArgv[i+1])==TCL_ERROR){
+		goto error;
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (strcmp(listArgv[i], "-exportopt") == 0) {
+	    if (AppendStrings(interp, &exPtr->exportOpts,  
+		listArgv[i+1])==TCL_ERROR) {
+		goto error;
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (strcmp(listArgv[i], "-restrictopt") == 0) {
+	    if (AppendStrings(interp, &exPtr->restrictOpts, 
+		listArgv[i+1])==TCL_ERROR){
+		goto error;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (CheckMutualExclusion(&exPtr->exportCmds, &exPtr->restrictCmds)
+	==TCL_ERROR) {
+	ConflictingSpec(interp, "commands",
+	    &exPtr->exportCmds, &exPtr->restrictCmds);
+	goto error;
+    }
+    if (CheckMutualExclusion(&exPtr->restrictCmds, &exPtr->exportCmds)
+	==TCL_ERROR) {
+	ConflictingSpec(interp, "commands",
+	     &exPtr->exportCmds, &exPtr->restrictCmds);
+	goto error;
+    }
+    if (CheckMutualExclusion(&exPtr->exportOpts, &exPtr->restrictOpts)
+	==TCL_ERROR) {
+	ConflictingSpec(interp, "options",
+	     &exPtr->exportOpts, &exPtr->restrictOpts);
+	goto error;
+    }
+    if (CheckMutualExclusion(&exPtr->restrictOpts, &exPtr->exportOpts)
+	==TCL_ERROR) {
+	ConflictingSpec(interp, "options",
+	     &exPtr->exportOpts, &exPtr->restrictOpts);
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (listArgv) {
+	ckfree((char*)listArgv);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+
+  error:
+    if (listArgv) {
+	ckfree((char*)listArgv);
+    }
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *			SUBWIDGET SETUP
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Tix_SubWidgetSpec *
+GetSubWidgetSpec(cPtr, name)
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+    CONST84 char * name;
+{
+    Tix_SubWidgetSpec *ptr;
+
+    for (ptr=(Tix_SubWidgetSpec *)cPtr->subWidgets.head; ptr; ptr=ptr->next) {
+	if (strcmp(ptr->name, name) == 0) {
+	    return ptr;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+static Tix_SubWidgetSpec *
+AllocSubWidgetSpec()
+{
+    Tix_SubWidgetSpec * newPtr = 
+            (Tix_SubWidgetSpec *)Tix_ZAlloc(sizeof(Tix_SubWidgetSpec));
+
+    newPtr->next 	= NULL;
+    newPtr->name 	= NULL;
+    InitExportSpec(&newPtr->exportSpec);
+    return newPtr;
+}
+
+static void
+CopySubWidgetSpecs(scPtr, cPtr)
+    TixClassRecord * scPtr;
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+{
+    Tix_SubWidgetSpec *ssPtr;
+
+    for (ssPtr=(Tix_SubWidgetSpec *)scPtr->subWidgets.head;
+	ssPtr;
+	ssPtr=ssPtr->next) {
+
+	Tix_SubWidgetSpec *newPtr;
+	newPtr = AllocSubWidgetSpec();
+
+	newPtr->name = tixStrDup(ssPtr->name);
+	CopyExportSpec(&ssPtr->exportSpec, & newPtr->exportSpec);
+
+	Tix_SimpleListAppend(&cPtr->subWidgets, (char*)newPtr, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+SetupSubWidget(interp, cPtr, s)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+    CONST84 char * s;
+{
+    char ** listArgv;
+    TixClassRecord * scPtr = cPtr->superClass;
+    int listArgc, i;
+
+    if (s && *s) {
+	if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, s, &listArgc, &listArgv) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    if (listArgc %2 != 0) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # of argument in subwidget spec: \"",
+	    s, "\"", NULL);
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    /* Copy all the subwidgets of the superclass to this class */
+    if (scPtr) {
+	CopySubWidgetSpecs(scPtr, cPtr);
+    }
+
+    /* Iterate over all the newly defined or re-defined subwidgets */
+    for (i=0; i<listArgc; i+=2) {
+	char * name, *spec;
+	Tix_SubWidgetSpec * oldSpec;
+	Tix_SubWidgetSpec * newSpec;
+
+	name = listArgv[i];
+	spec = listArgv[i+1];
+
+	if (scPtr && ((oldSpec = GetSubWidgetSpec(cPtr, name)) != NULL)) {
+	    if (DefineExport(interp, &oldSpec->exportSpec, name, spec)
+		    != TCL_OK) {
+		goto error;
+	    }
+	}
+	else {
+	    newSpec = AllocSubWidgetSpec();
+	    newSpec->name = tixStrDup(name);
+
+	    Tix_SimpleListAppend(&cPtr->subWidgets, (char*)newSpec, 0);
+
+	    if (DefineExport(interp, &newSpec->exportSpec, name, spec) 
+		    != TCL_OK) {
+		goto error;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (listArgv) {
+	ckfree((char*)listArgv);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+
+
+  error:
+    if (listArgv) {
+	ckfree((char*)listArgv);
+    }
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+#endif
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixCmds.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixCmds.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
+/*
+ * tixCmds.c --
+ *
+ *	Implements various TCL commands for Tix. This file contains
+ *	misc small commands, or groups of commands, that are not big
+ *	enough to be put in a separate file.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000	   Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixCmds.c,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixDef.h>
+#include <math.h>
+
+TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_ParentWindow);
+
+/*
+ * Maximum intensity for a color:
+ */
+
+#define MAX_INTENSITY ((int) 65535)
+
+/*
+ * Data structure used by the tixDoWhenIdle command.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    char       * command;
+    Tk_Window  tkwin;
+} IdleStruct;
+
+/*
+ * Data structures used by the tixDoWhenMapped command.
+ */
+typedef struct _MapCmdLink {
+    char * command;
+    struct _MapCmdLink * next;
+} MapCmdLink;
+
+typedef struct {
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tk_Window	 tkwin;
+    MapCmdLink * cmds;
+} MapEventStruct;
+
+/*
+ * Global vars
+ */
+static Tcl_HashTable idleTable;		/* hash table for TixDoWhenIdle */
+static Tcl_HashTable mapEventTable;	/* hash table for TixDoWhenMapped */
+
+
+/*
+ * Functions used only in this file.
+ */
+static void		IdleHandler _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+static void		EventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr));
+static void		MapEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr));
+static int		IsOption _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST84 char *option,
+			    int optArgc, CONST84 char **optArgv));
+static XColor *		ScaleColor _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    XColor * color, double scale));
+static char *		NameOfColor _ANSI_ARGS_((XColor * colorPtr));
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_DoWhenIdle --
+ *
+ *	The difference between "tixDoWhenIdle" and "after" is: the
+ *	"after" handler is called after all other TK Idel Event
+ *	Handler are called.  Sometimes this will cause some toplevel
+ *	windows to be mapped before the Idle Event Handler is
+ *	executed.
+ *
+ *	This behavior of "after" is not suitable for implementing
+ *	geometry managers. Therefore I wrote "tixDoWhenIdle" which is
+ *	an exact TCL interface for Tk_DoWhenIdle()
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_DoWhenIdleCmd)
+{
+    int			isNew;
+    char	      * command;
+    static int		inited = 0;
+    IdleStruct	      * iPtr;
+    Tk_Window		tkwin;
+    Tcl_HashEntry * hashPtr;
+ 
+    if (!inited) {
+	Tcl_InitHashTable(&idleTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
+	inited = 1;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * parse the arguments
+     */
+    if (strncmp(argv[0], "tixWidgetDoWhenIdle", strlen(argv[0]))== 0) {
+	if (argc<3) {
+	    return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1,
+		"command window ?arg arg ...?");
+	}
+	/* tixWidgetDoWhenIdle reqires that the second argument must
+	 * be the name of a mega widget
+	 */
+	tkwin=Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[2], Tk_MainWindow(interp));
+	if (tkwin == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (argc<2) {
+	    return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1,
+		"command ?arg arg ...?");
+	}
+	tkwin = NULL;
+    }
+
+    command = Tcl_Merge(argc-1, argv+1);
+
+    hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&idleTable, command, &isNew);
+
+    if (!isNew) {
+	ckfree(command);
+    } else {
+	iPtr = (IdleStruct *) ckalloc(sizeof(IdleStruct));
+	iPtr->interp  = interp;
+	iPtr->command = command;
+	iPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
+
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)iPtr);
+
+	if (tkwin) {
+	    /* we just want one event handler for all idle events
+	     * associated with a window. This is done by first calling
+	     * Delete and then Create EventHandler.
+	     */
+	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EventProc,
+		(ClientData)tkwin);
+	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EventProc,
+		(ClientData)tkwin);
+	}
+
+	Tk_DoWhenIdle(IdleHandler, (ClientData) iPtr);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_DoWhenMapped
+ *
+ *	Arranges a command to be called when the window received an
+ *	<Map> event.
+ *
+ * argv[1..] = command argvs
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_DoWhenMappedCmd)
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry     * hashPtr;
+    int			isNew;
+    MapEventStruct    * mPtr;
+    MapCmdLink	      * cmd;
+    Tk_Window		tkwin;
+    static int		inited = 0;
+
+    if (argc!=3) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, " pathname command");
+    }
+
+    tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[1], Tk_MainWindow(interp));
+    if (tkwin == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (!inited) {
+	Tcl_InitHashTable(&mapEventTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+	inited = 1;
+    }
+
+    hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&mapEventTable, (char*)tkwin, &isNew);
+
+    if (!isNew) {
+	mPtr = (MapEventStruct*) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    } else {
+	mPtr = (MapEventStruct*) ckalloc(sizeof(MapEventStruct));
+	mPtr->interp = interp;
+	mPtr->tkwin  = tkwin;
+	mPtr->cmds   = 0;
+
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)mPtr);
+
+	Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	    MapEventProc, (ClientData)mPtr);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Add this into a link list
+     */
+    cmd = (MapCmdLink*) ckalloc(sizeof(MapCmdLink));
+    cmd->command = tixStrDup(argv[2]);
+
+    cmd->next = mPtr->cmds;
+    mPtr->cmds = cmd;
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_Get3DBorderCmd
+ *
+ *	Returns the upper and lower border shades of a color. Returns then
+ *	in a list of two X color names.
+ *
+ *	The color is not very useful if the display is a mono display:
+ *	it will just return black and white. So a clever program may
+ *	want to check the [tk colormodel] and if it is mono, then
+ *	dither using a bitmap.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_Get3DBorderCmd)
+{
+    XColor * color, * light, * dark;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    Tk_Uid colorUID;
+
+    if (argc != 2) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 0, "colorName");
+    }
+
+    tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
+
+    colorUID = Tk_GetUid(argv[1]);
+    color = Tk_GetColor(interp, tkwin, colorUID);
+    if (color == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if ((light = ScaleColor(tkwin, color, 1.4)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if ((dark  = ScaleColor(tkwin, color, 0.6)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, NameOfColor(light));
+    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, NameOfColor(dark));
+
+    Tk_FreeColor(color);
+    Tk_FreeColor(light);
+    Tk_FreeColor(dark);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_HandleOptionsCmd
+ *
+ * 
+ * argv[1] = recordName
+ * argv[2] = validOptions
+ * argv[3] = argList
+ *	     if (argv[3][0] == "-nounknown") then 
+ *		don't complain about unknown options
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_HandleOptionsCmd)
+{
+    int		listArgc;
+    int		optArgc;
+    CONST84 char ** listArgv = 0;
+    CONST84 char ** optArgv  = 0;
+    int		i, code = TCL_OK;
+    int		noUnknown = 0;
+
+    if (argc >= 2 && (strcmp(argv[1], "-nounknown") == 0)) {
+	noUnknown = 1;
+	argv[1] = argv[0];
+	argc --;
+	argv ++;
+    }
+
+    if (argc!=4) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 2, "w validOptions argList");
+    }
+
+    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, argv[2], &optArgc,  &optArgv ) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, argv[3], &listArgc, &listArgv) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;	
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    if ((listArgc %2) == 1) {
+	if (noUnknown || IsOption(listArgv[listArgc-1], optArgc, optArgv)) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", listArgv[listArgc-1],
+		"\" missing", (char*)NULL);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", listArgv[listArgc-1],
+		"\"", (char*)NULL);
+	}
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+    for (i=0; i<listArgc; i+=2) {
+	if (IsOption(listArgv[i], optArgc, optArgv)) {
+	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, argv[1], listArgv[i], listArgv[i+1], 0);
+	}
+	else if (!noUnknown) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", listArgv[i],
+		"\"; must be one of \"", argv[2], "\".", NULL);
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+
+    if (listArgv) {
+	ckfree((char *) listArgv);
+    }
+    if (optArgv) {
+	ckfree((char *) optArgv);
+    }
+
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_SetWindowParent --
+ *
+ *	Sets the parent of a window. This is normally to change the
+ *	state of toolbar and MDI windows between docking and free
+ *	modes.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Standard Tcl results.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Windows may be re-parented. See user documentation.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_ParentWindow)
+{
+    Tk_Window mainWin, tkwin, newParent;
+    int parentId;
+
+    if (argc != 3) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, "window parent");
+    }
+    mainWin = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
+    if (mainWin == NULL) {
+	Tcl_SetResult(interp, "interpreter does not have a main window",
+	    TCL_STATIC);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[1], mainWin);
+    if (tkwin == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    newParent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[2], mainWin);
+    if (newParent == NULL) {
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &parentId) != TCL_OK) {
+	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\"", argv[2],
+		"\" must be a window pathname or ID", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return TixpSetWindowParent(interp, tkwin, newParent, parentId);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_TmpLineCmd
+ *
+ *	Draw a temporary line on the root window
+ *
+ * argv[1..] = x1 y1 x2 y2
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_TmpLineCmd)
+{
+    Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    int x1, y1, x2, y2;
+    
+    if (argc != 5 && argc != 6) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 0,
+	    "tixTmpLine x1 y1 x2 y2 ?window?");
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &x1) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &y1) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &x2) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[4], &y2) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (argc == 6) {
+	/*
+	 * argv[5] tells which display to draw the tmp lines on, in
+	 * case the application has opened more than one displays. If
+	 * this argv[5] is omitted, draws to the display where the
+	 * main window is on.
+	 */
+	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[5], mainWin);
+	if (tkwin == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
+    }
+
+    TixpDrawTmpLine(x1, y1, x2, y2, tkwin);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * EventProc --
+ *
+ *	Monitors events sent to a window associated with a
+ *	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle command. If this window is destroyed,
+ *	remove the idle handlers associated with this window.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void EventProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    XEvent *eventPtr;
+{
+    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
+    Tcl_HashSearch hSearch;
+    Tcl_HashEntry * hashPtr;
+    IdleStruct * iPtr;
+
+    if (eventPtr->type != DestroyNotify) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /* Iterate over all the entries in the hash table */
+    for (hashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&idleTable, &hSearch);
+	 hashPtr;
+	 hashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&hSearch)) {
+
+	iPtr = (IdleStruct *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+
+	if (iPtr->tkwin == tkwin) {
+	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+	    Tk_CancelIdleCall(IdleHandler, (ClientData) iPtr);
+	    ckfree((char*)iPtr->command);
+	    ckfree((char*)iPtr);
+	}
+    }
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * IdleHandler --
+ *
+ *	Called when Tk is idle. Dispatches all commands registered by
+ *	tixDoWhenIdle and tixWidgetDoWhenIdle.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void IdleHandler(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* TCL command to evaluate */
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry * hashPtr;
+    IdleStruct * iPtr;
+
+    iPtr = (IdleStruct *) clientData;
+
+    /*
+     * Clean up the hash table. Note that we have to do this BEFORE
+     * calling the TCL command. Otherwise if the TCL command tries
+     * to register itself again, it will fail in Tix_DoWhenIdleCmd()
+     * because the command is still in the hashtable
+     */
+    hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&idleTable, iPtr->command);
+    if (hashPtr) {
+	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+    } else {
+	/* Probably some kind of error */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (Tcl_GlobalEval(iPtr->interp, iPtr->command) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (iPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(iPtr->interp,
+		"\n    (idle event handler executed by tixWidgetDoWhenIdle)");
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(iPtr->interp,
+		"\n    (idle event handler executed by tixDoWhenIdle)");
+	} 
+	Tk_BackgroundError(iPtr->interp);
+    }
+
+    ckfree((char*)iPtr->command);
+    ckfree((char*)iPtr);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * IsOption --
+ *
+ *	Checks whether the string pointed by "option" is one of the
+ *	options given by the "optArgv" array.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int IsOption(option, optArgc, optArgv)
+    CONST84 char *option;	/* Number of arguments. */ 
+    int optArgc;		/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **optArgv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i=0; i<optArgc; i++) {
+	if (strcmp(option, optArgv[i]) == 0) {
+	    return 1;
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+static void MapEventProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* TCL command to evaluate */
+    XEvent *eventPtr;		/* Information about event. */
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry     * hashPtr;
+    MapEventStruct    * mPtr;
+    MapCmdLink	      * cmd;
+
+    if (eventPtr->type != MapNotify) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    mPtr = (MapEventStruct *) clientData;
+
+    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(mPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	MapEventProc, (ClientData)mPtr);
+
+    /* Clean up the hash table.
+     */
+    if ((hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&mapEventTable, (char*)mPtr->tkwin))) {
+	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+    }
+
+    for (cmd = mPtr->cmds; cmd; ) {
+	MapCmdLink * old;
+
+	/* Execute the event handler */
+	if (Tcl_GlobalEval(mPtr->interp, cmd->command) != TCL_OK) {
+	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(mPtr->interp,
+		"\n    (event handler executed by tixDoWhenMapped)");
+	    Tk_BackgroundError(mPtr->interp);
+	}
+
+	/* Delete the link */
+	old = cmd;
+	cmd = cmd->next;
+
+	ckfree(old->command);
+	ckfree((char*)old);
+    }
+
+    /* deallocate the mapEventStruct */
+    ckfree((char*)mPtr);
+}
+
+static char *
+NameOfColor(colorPtr)
+   XColor * colorPtr;
+{
+    static char string[20];
+    char *ptr;
+
+    sprintf(string, "#%4x%4x%4x", colorPtr->red, colorPtr->green,
+	colorPtr->blue);
+
+    for (ptr = string; *ptr; ptr++) {
+	if (*ptr == ' ') {
+	    *ptr = '0';
+	}
+    }
+    return string;
+}
+
+
+static XColor *
+ScaleColor(tkwin, color, scale)
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    XColor * color;
+    double scale;
+{
+    int r, g, b;
+    XColor test;
+
+    r = (int)((float)(color->red)   * scale);
+    g = (int)((float)(color->green) * scale);
+    b = (int)((float)(color->blue)  * scale);
+    if (r > MAX_INTENSITY) { r = MAX_INTENSITY; }
+    if (g > MAX_INTENSITY) { g = MAX_INTENSITY; }
+    if (b > MAX_INTENSITY) { b = MAX_INTENSITY; }
+    test.red   = (unsigned short) r;
+    test.green = (unsigned short) g;
+    test.blue  = (unsigned short) b;
+
+    return Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, &test);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_GetDefaultCmd
+ *
+ *	Implements the tixGetDefault command.
+ *
+ *	Returns values for various default configuration options,
+ *	as defined in tixDef.h and tkDefault.h.
+ *
+ *	This command makes it possible to define default options
+ *	for the Tcl-implemented widgets according to platform-
+ *	specific values set in the C header files.
+ *
+ *	Note: there is no reason to make this an ObjCmd because the
+ *	same Tcl command is unlikely to be executed twice. The old
+ *	style "string" command is more compact and less prone to
+ *	programming errors.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_GetDefaultCmd)
+{
+    unsigned int i;
+#   define OPT(x) {#x, x}
+    static char *table[][2] = {
+	OPT(ACTIVE_BG),
+	OPT(CTL_FONT),
+	OPT(DISABLED),
+	OPT(HIGHLIGHT),
+	OPT(INDICATOR),
+	OPT(MENU_BG),
+	OPT(MENU_FG),
+	OPT(NORMAL_BG),
+	OPT(NORMAL_FG),
+	OPT(SELECT_BG),
+	OPT(SELECT_FG),
+	OPT(TEXT_FG),
+	OPT(TROUGH),
+	
+	OPT(TIX_EDITOR_BG),
+	OPT(TIX_BORDER_WIDTH),
+	OPT(TIX_HIGHLIGHT_THICKNESS),
+    };
+
+    if (argc != 2) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, "optionName");
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<Tix_ArraySize(table); i++) {
+	if (strcmp(argv[1], table[i][0]) == 0) {
+	    Tcl_SetResult(interp,   table[i][1], TCL_STATIC);
+	    return TCL_OK;
+	}
+    }
+
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", argv[1], 
+	    "\"", NULL);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixCompat.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixCompat.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixCompat.c,v 1.2 2001/01/08 06:15:32 ioilam Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixCompat.c --
+ *
+ *	Some compatibility functions for Tix.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+
+/*
+ * strdup is not a POSIX call and is not supported on many platforms.
+ */
+
+char * tixStrDup(s)
+    CONST char * s;
+{
+    size_t len = strlen(s)+1;
+    char * new_string;
+
+    new_string = (char*)ckalloc(len);
+    strcpy(new_string, s);
+
+    return new_string;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef NO_STRCASECMP
+
+int tixStrCaseCmp _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char * a, CONST char * b));
+
+int tixStrCaseCmp(a, b)
+    CONST char * a;
+    CONST char * b;
+{
+    while (1) {
+	if (*a== 0 && *b==0) {
+	    return 0;
+	}
+	if (*a==0) {
+	    return (1);
+	}
+	if (*b==0) {
+	    return (-1);
+	}
+	if (tolower(*a)>tolower(*b)) {
+	    return (-1);
+	}
+	if (tolower(*b)>tolower(*a)) {
+	    return (1);
+	}
+	a++; b++;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* NO_STRCASECMP */

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDItem.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDItem.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,839 @@
+/*
+ * tixDItem.c --
+ *
+ *	This file implements the "Display Items" in the Tix library.
+ *
+ *	Since many Tix widgets use the same type of display items, for
+ *	example, text items, image items, or text-image items (used in
+ *	HList, TList and Table), it makes sense to provide a set of
+ *	common routines to support these display items. Code re-use is
+ *	the major issue: we don't want to re-define almost the same
+ *	configSpecs again and again in different widgets. Therefore,
+ *	all display items provide common methods to configure,
+ *	display, calculate geometry, etc.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixDItem.c,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+
+
+static int   DItemParseProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+		Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST84 char *value,
+		char *widRec, int offset));
+
+static char *DItemPrintProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+		ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widRec,
+		int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr));
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *			   PUBLIC INTERFACE
+ *
+ *
+ * The following functions are called by widget implementors
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* Tix_AddDItemType, Tix_GetDItemType --
+ *
+ *
+ *	Maintain a list of item types, each identifies by a unique string
+ *	name;
+ */
+
+static Tix_DItemInfo * diTypes = NULL;
+
+void Tix_AddDItemType(diTypePtr)
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+{
+    diTypePtr->next =  diTypes;
+    diTypes = diTypePtr;
+}
+
+Tix_DItemInfo * Tix_GetDItemType(interp, type)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    CONST84 char * type;
+{
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+
+    for (diTypePtr = diTypes; diTypePtr; diTypePtr = diTypePtr->next) {
+	if (strcmp(type, diTypePtr->name)==0) {
+	    return diTypePtr;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (interp) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown display type \"", type, "\"", NULL);
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Tix_DItemCreate --
+ *
+ *	Create a display item according to the "type" string.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Tix_DItem * Tix_DItemCreate(ddPtr, type)
+   Tix_DispData * ddPtr;
+   CONST84 char * type;
+{
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+
+    if ((diTypePtr = Tix_GetDItemType(ddPtr->interp, type)) == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    return diTypePtr->createProc(ddPtr, diTypePtr);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Tix_DItemConfigure --
+ *
+ *	Configures a display item.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int Tix_DItemConfigure(iPtr, argc, argv, flags)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int flags;
+{
+    return iPtr->base.diTypePtr->configureProc(iPtr, argc, argv, flags);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_DItemDisplay --
+ *
+ *	Display a DItem. {x, y, width, height} specifies a region
+ *      for to display this item in. {xOffset, yOffset} gives the
+ *      offset of the top-left corner of the item relative to
+ *      the top-left corder of the region.
+ *
+ *      Background and foreground of the item are displayed according
+ *      to the flags parameter.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ * 
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tix_DItemDisplay(drawable, iPtr, x, y, width, height, xOffset, yOffset,flags)
+    Drawable drawable;
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int width;
+    int height;
+    int xOffset;
+    int yOffset;
+    int flags;
+{
+    iPtr->base.diTypePtr->displayProc(drawable, iPtr, x, y,
+            width, height, xOffset, yOffset, flags);
+}
+
+void Tix_DItemFree(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    iPtr->base.diTypePtr->freeProc(iPtr);
+
+    /*
+     * When it comes to here, iPtr is no longer a valid pointer!
+     */
+}
+
+void Tix_DItemCalculateSize(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    iPtr->base.diTypePtr->calculateSizeProc(iPtr);
+}
+
+char * Tix_DItemComponent(iPtr, x, y)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+{
+    return (iPtr->base.diTypePtr->componentProc(iPtr, x, y));
+}
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_FreeArgumentList --
+ *
+ *	Free the argument lists allocated by Tix_SplitConfig;
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Tix_FreeArgumentList(argListPtr)
+    Tix_ArgumentList *argListPtr;
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i=0; i<argListPtr->numLists; i++) {
+	ckfree((char*)argListPtr->arg[i].argv);
+    }
+    if (argListPtr->arg != argListPtr->preAlloc) {
+	ckfree((char*)argListPtr->arg);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_SplitConfig --
+ *
+ *	Split the command line arguments according for several configurable
+ *	objects.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Tix_SplitConfig(interp, tkwin, specsList, numLists, argc, argv, argListPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    Tk_ConfigSpec  ** specsList;	/* a list of two or more config spec
+					 * arrays */
+    int numLists;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    Tix_ArgumentList * argListPtr;
+{
+    Tix_Argument *arg;
+    int i, n, code = TCL_OK;
+    Tk_ConfigSpec  *specPtr;
+    size_t len;
+    int found;
+
+    if (argc % 2) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", argv[argc-1],
+	    "\" missing", (char *) NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (numLists > FIXED_SIZE) {
+	arg = (Tix_Argument*)ckalloc(numLists * sizeof(Tix_Argument));
+    } else {
+	arg = argListPtr->preAlloc;
+    }
+    argListPtr->arg = arg;
+    argListPtr->numLists = numLists;
+    for (i=0; i<numLists; i++) {
+	arg[i].argc = 0;
+	arg[i].argv = (CONST84 char**)ckalloc(argc * sizeof(char*));
+    }
+
+    /* Split the arguments for the appropriate objects */
+    for (n=0; n<argc; n+=2) {
+	len = strlen(argv[n]);
+	found = 0;
+
+	for (i=0; i<numLists; i++) {
+	    for (specPtr=specsList[i];
+		 specPtr->type != TK_CONFIG_END;
+		 specPtr++) {
+
+		if (specPtr->argvName == NULL) {
+		    continue;
+		}
+
+		if (strncmp(argv[n], specPtr->argvName, len) == 0) {
+		    arg[i].argv[arg[i].argc++] = argv[n  ];
+		    arg[i].argv[arg[i].argc++] = argv[n+1];
+		    found = 1;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if (found == 0) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", argv[n],
+		    "\"", (char *) NULL);
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
+	Tix_FreeArgumentList(argListPtr);
+    }
+    return code;
+}
+
+int
+Tix_MultiConfigureInfo(interp, tkwin, specsList, numLists, widgRecList,
+	argvName, flags, request)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window corresponding to widgRec. */
+    Tk_ConfigSpec **specsList;	/* Describes legal options. */
+    int numLists;
+    CONST84 char **widgRecList;	/* Record whose fields contain current
+				 * values for options. */
+    CONST84 char *argvName;	/* If non-NULL, indicates a single option
+				 * whose info is to be returned.  Otherwise
+				 * info is returned for all options. */
+    int flags;			/* Used to specify additional flags
+				 * that must be present in config specs
+				 * for them to be considered. */
+    int request;
+{
+    int i, found;
+    Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr;
+    Tcl_DString dString;
+    size_t len;
+    CONST84 char *result;
+
+    if (argvName != NULL) {
+	len = strlen(argvName);
+	for (found=0,i=0; i<numLists; i++) {
+	    for (specPtr=specsList[i];
+		 specPtr->type != TK_CONFIG_END;
+		 specPtr++) {
+
+		if (specPtr->argvName == NULL) {
+		    continue;
+		}
+
+		if (strncmp(argvName, specPtr->argvName, len) == 0) {
+		    found = 1;
+		    goto done;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      done:
+	if (!found) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", argvName,
+		"\"", (char *) NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (request == TIX_CONFIG_INFO) {
+	    if (widgRecList[i] != NULL) {
+		return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, tkwin, specsList[i],
+			(char *) widgRecList[i], argvName, flags);
+	    } else {
+		return TCL_OK;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (widgRecList[i] != NULL) {
+		return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, tkwin, specsList[i],
+			(char *) widgRecList[i], argvName, flags);
+	    } else {
+		return TCL_OK;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
+    for (i=0; i<numLists; i++) {
+	if (i != 0) {
+	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " ", 1);
+	}
+	if (widgRecList[i] != NULL) {
+	    Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, tkwin, specsList[i],
+		    (char *) widgRecList[i], NULL, flags);
+	}
+	result = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, result, (int) strlen(result));
+    }
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &dString);
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_ConfigureValue2 --
+ *
+ *
+ *	Returns the config information of a entry element (of an HList,
+ *	for example) and its display item.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Tix_ConfigureValue2(interp, tkwin, entRec, entConfigSpecs, iPtr,
+	argvName, flags)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window corresponding to widgRec. */
+    CONST84 char * entRec;
+    Tk_ConfigSpec *entConfigSpecs; /* Describes legal options of the entry */
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;		/* points to the entry's data record */
+    CONST84 char *argvName;	/* If non-NULL, indicates a single option
+				 * whose info is to be returned.  Otherwise
+				 * info is returned for all options. */
+    int flags;			/* Used to specify additional flags
+				 * that must be present in config specs
+				 * for them to be considered. */
+{
+    Tk_ConfigSpec *specsList[2];
+    CONST84 char *widgRecList[2];
+
+    specsList[0]   = entConfigSpecs;
+    specsList[1]   = Tix_DItemConfigSpecs(iPtr);
+    widgRecList[1] = (CONST84 char*)iPtr;
+    widgRecList[0] = entRec;
+
+    return Tix_MultiConfigureInfo(interp, tkwin, specsList, 2, widgRecList,
+	argvName, flags, TIX_CONFIG_VALUE);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_ConfigureInfo2 --
+ *
+ *
+ *	Returns the config information of a entry element (of an HList,
+ *	for example) and its display item.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Tix_ConfigureInfo2(interp, tkwin, entRec, entConfigSpecs, iPtr,
+	argvName, flags)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window corresponding to widgRec. */
+    CONST84 char * entRec;
+    Tk_ConfigSpec *entConfigSpecs; /* Describes legal options of the entry */
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;		/* points to the entry's data record */
+    CONST84 char *argvName;	/* If non-NULL, indicates a single option
+				 * whose info is to be returned.  Otherwise
+				 * info is returned for all options. */
+    int flags;			/* Used to specify additional flags
+				 * that must be present in config specs
+				 * for them to be considered. */
+{
+    Tk_ConfigSpec *specsList[2];
+    CONST84 char *widgRecList[2];
+
+    specsList[0]   = entConfigSpecs;
+    specsList[1]   = Tix_DItemConfigSpecs(iPtr);
+    widgRecList[1] = (CONST84 char*)iPtr;
+    widgRecList[0] = (CONST84 char*)entRec;
+
+    return Tix_MultiConfigureInfo(interp, tkwin, specsList, 2, widgRecList,
+	argvName, flags, TIX_CONFIG_INFO);
+}
+
+int
+Tix_WidgetConfigure2(interp, tkwin, entRec, entConfigSpecs, iPtr,
+		     argc, argv, flags, forced, sizeChanged_ret)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window corresponding to widgRec. */
+    CONST84 char * entRec;
+    Tk_ConfigSpec *entConfigSpecs; /* Describes legal options of the entry */
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;		/* points to the entry's data record */
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int flags;
+    int forced;			/* forced configure of DItem? */
+    int * sizeChanged_ret;
+{
+    Tix_ArgumentList argList;
+    Tk_ConfigSpec *specsList[2];
+    CONST84 char *widgRecList[2];
+    int code = TCL_OK;
+    int dummy;
+
+    if (sizeChanged_ret == NULL) {
+	sizeChanged_ret = &dummy;
+    }
+
+    specsList[0] = entConfigSpecs;
+    specsList[1] = Tix_DItemConfigSpecs(iPtr);
+    widgRecList[0] = (CONST84 char*)entRec;
+    widgRecList[1] = (CONST84 char*)iPtr;
+
+    if (Tix_SplitConfig(interp, tkwin, specsList,
+ 	2, argc, argv, &argList) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Handle the info specific to the entry */
+    if (argList.arg[0].argc > 0) {
+	if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin,
+	    entConfigSpecs, argList.arg[0].argc, argList.arg[0].argv,
+	    (char*)entRec, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (iPtr == NULL) {
+	goto done;
+    }
+    if (argList.arg[1].argc > 0 || forced) {
+	int oldSize[2];
+	oldSize[0] = iPtr->base.size[0];
+	oldSize[1] = iPtr->base.size[1];
+	if (Tix_DItemConfigure(iPtr, argList.arg[1].argc,
+	    argList.arg[1].argv, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (oldSize[0] != iPtr->base.size[0] ||
+	    oldSize[1] != iPtr->base.size[1]) {
+	    * sizeChanged_ret = 1;
+	} else {
+	    * sizeChanged_ret = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+
+    Tix_FreeArgumentList(&argList);
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *		 The Tix Customed Config Options
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/*
+ * The global data structures to use in widget configSpecs arrays
+ *
+ * These are declared in <tixConfig.h>
+ */
+
+Tk_CustomOption tixConfigItemType = {
+    DItemParseProc, DItemPrintProc, 0,
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  DItemParseProc --
+ *
+ *	Parse the text string and store the Tix_DItemType information
+ *	inside the widget record.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int DItemParseProc(clientData, interp, tkwin, value, widRec,offset)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    CONST84 char *value;
+    char *widRec;
+    int offset;
+{
+    Tix_DItemInfo  *newPtr;
+    Tix_DItemInfo **ptr = (Tix_DItemInfo **)(widRec + offset);
+
+    if (value == NULL) {
+	newPtr = NULL;
+    } else {
+	newPtr = Tix_GetDItemType(interp, value);
+	if (newPtr == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+    *ptr = newPtr;
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static char *DItemPrintProc(clientData, tkwin, widRec,offset, freeProcPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    char *widRec;
+    int offset;
+    Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr;
+{
+    Tix_DItemInfo *diTypePtr = *((Tix_DItemInfo**)(widRec+offset));
+
+    if (diTypePtr != NULL) {
+	return diTypePtr->name;
+    } else {
+	return 0;
+    }
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *			   PRIVATE INTERFACE
+ *
+ *
+ * The following functions are called by display type implementors
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* The priority is selected > disabled > active > normal */
+
+void
+TixGetColorDItemGC(iPtr, backGC_ret, foreGC_ret, anchorGC_ret, flags)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    GC * backGC_ret;
+    GC * foreGC_ret;
+    GC * anchorGC_ret;
+    int flags;
+{
+    TixColorStyle * stylePtr = (TixColorStyle *) iPtr->base.stylePtr;
+    GC dummy;
+    int bg = 0;
+
+    if (backGC_ret == NULL) {
+        backGC_ret = &dummy;
+    }
+    if (foreGC_ret == NULL) {
+        foreGC_ret = &dummy;
+    }
+    if (anchorGC_ret == NULL) {
+        anchorGC_ret = &dummy;
+    }
+
+    if (flags & TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_FG) {
+	*foreGC_ret = stylePtr->colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].foreGC;
+    }
+    else if (flags & TIX_DITEM_DISABLED_FG) {
+	*foreGC_ret = stylePtr->colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].foreGC;
+    }
+    else if (flags & TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_FG) {
+	*foreGC_ret = stylePtr->colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].foreGC;
+    }
+    else if (flags & TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG) {
+	*foreGC_ret = stylePtr->colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].foreGC;
+    }
+    else {
+	*foreGC_ret = None;
+    }
+
+    if (flags & TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_BG) {
+        bg = TIX_DITEM_SELECTED;
+    } else if (flags & TIX_DITEM_DISABLED_BG) {
+        bg = TIX_DITEM_DISABLED;
+    } else if (flags & TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_BG) {
+        bg = TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE;
+    } else if (flags & TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG) {
+        bg = TIX_DITEM_NORMAL;
+    } else {
+        bg = -1;
+    }
+
+    if (bg != -1) {
+	*backGC_ret = stylePtr->colors[bg].backGC;
+    } else {
+        *backGC_ret = None;
+    }
+        
+
+    if ((flags & TIX_DITEM_ANCHOR) && (bg != -1)) {
+	*anchorGC_ret = stylePtr->colors[bg].anchorGC;
+    } else {
+        *anchorGC_ret = None;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixDItemGetAnchor --
+ *
+ *	Calculate the position of the element according to its anchor
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TixDItemGetAnchor(anchor, x, y, cav_w, cav_h, width, height, x_ret, y_ret)
+    Tk_Anchor anchor;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int cav_w;
+    int cav_h;
+    int width;
+    int height;
+    int * x_ret;
+    int * y_ret;
+{
+    if (width > cav_w) {
+	* x_ret = x;
+    } else {
+	int rem = cav_w - width;
+
+	switch (anchor) {
+	  case TK_ANCHOR_NW: case TK_ANCHOR_W: case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
+	    * x_ret = x;
+	    break;
+	  case TK_ANCHOR_N: case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: case TK_ANCHOR_S:
+	    * x_ret = x + rem/2;
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    * x_ret = x + rem;
+	}
+    }
+    if (height > cav_h) {
+	* y_ret = y;
+    }
+    else {
+	int rem = cav_h - height;
+	switch (anchor) {
+	  case TK_ANCHOR_NW: case TK_ANCHOR_N: case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
+	    * y_ret = y;
+	    break;
+	  case TK_ANCHOR_W: case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: case TK_ANCHOR_E:
+	    * y_ret = y + rem/2;
+	    if ((rem % 2) == 1) {
+		/* Usually it looks better if we shift down one pixel
+		 * if the hight of the region is an odd number of pixels
+		 */
+		* y_ret += 1;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    * y_ret = y + rem;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+int
+Tix_DItemFillNormalBG(drawable, subRegPtr, iPtr, x, y, width, height,
+       xOffset, yOffset, flags)
+    Drawable drawable;          /* Where to display this item */
+    TixpSubRegion *subRegPtr;
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;           /* Item to display */
+    int x;                      /* x pos of top-left corner of region
+                                 * to display item in */
+    int y;                      /* y pos of top-left corner of region */
+    int width;                  /* width of region */
+    int height;                 /* height of region */
+    int xOffset;                /* X offset of item within region */
+    int yOffset;                /* Y offset of item within region */
+    int flags;                  /* Controls how fg/bg/anchor lines are
+                                 * drawn */
+{
+    GC gc;
+
+    if ((flags & TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG) == 0) {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (width == iPtr->base.size[0] && height == iPtr->base.size[1] && 
+            xOffset == 0 && yOffset == 0 &&
+            (flags & TIX_DITEM_OTHER_BG) != 0) {
+        /*
+         * The background area will be filled by another bg color, so
+         * there's no need to fill it with NORMAL_BG here.
+         */
+       
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    gc = iPtr->base.stylePtr->colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].backGC;
+    if (gc != None) {
+        TixpSubRegFillRectangle(iPtr->base.ddPtr->display, drawable,
+	        gc, subRegPtr, x, y, width, height);
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_DItemDrawBackground --
+ *
+ *      Display the background color of the item. The background and
+ *      foreground of the item are displayed according to the flags
+ *      parameter:
+ *
+ *      If TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG is specified in flags, the entire {x, y,
+ *      width, height} region is filled with the NORMAL_BG.
+ *
+ *      If one of the following is specified, a filled highlight rect
+ *      is drawn around the selectable area of the item.
+ *
+ *              TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_BG
+ *              TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_BG
+ *              TIX_DITEM_DISABLED_BG
+ *
+ *      In addition, if TIX_DITEM_ANCHOR is specified in flags, an
+ *      anchor rectangle is drawn around the selectable area of the
+ *      item.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ * 
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tix_DItemDrawBackground(drawable, subRegPtr, iPtr, x, y, width, height,
+       xOffset, yOffset, flags)
+    Drawable drawable;          /* Where to display this item */
+    TixpSubRegion *subRegPtr;
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;           /* Item to display */
+    int x;                      /* x pos of top-left corner of region
+                                 * to display item in */
+    int y;                      /* y pos of top-left corner of region */
+    int width;                  /* width of region */
+    int height;                 /* height of region */
+    int xOffset;                /* X offset of item within region */
+    int yOffset;                /* Y offset of item within region */
+    int flags;                  /* Controls how fg/bg/anchor lines are
+                                 * drawn */
+{
+    Display * display = iPtr->base.ddPtr->display;
+    GC backGC, anchorGC;
+    int bodyX, bodyY, bodyW, bodyH;
+
+    TixGetColorDItemGC(iPtr, &backGC, NULL, &anchorGC, flags);
+
+    /*
+     * Fill the entire region with the normal background color first 
+     * (if necessary).
+     */
+
+    Tix_DItemFillNormalBG(drawable, subRegPtr, iPtr, x, y, width, height,
+            xOffset, yOffset, flags);
+
+    /*
+     * Calculate the location of the item body.
+     */
+
+    TixDItemGetAnchor(iPtr->base.stylePtr->anchor, x, y, width, height,
+	    iPtr->base.size[0], iPtr->base.size[1], &x, &y);
+
+    x += xOffset;
+    y += yOffset;
+
+    bodyX = x + iPtr->base.selX;
+    bodyY = y + iPtr->base.selY;
+    bodyW = iPtr->base.selW;
+    bodyH = iPtr->base.selH;
+
+    /*
+     * Fill the selected background and draw anchor lines only around
+     * the item body itself
+     */
+
+    if ((flags & TIX_DITEM_OTHER_BG) && (backGC != None)) {
+        TixpSubRegSetClip(display, subRegPtr, backGC);
+	TixpSubRegFillRectangle(display, drawable, backGC,
+		subRegPtr, bodyX, bodyY, bodyW, bodyH);
+        TixpSubRegUnsetClip(display, subRegPtr, backGC);
+    }
+
+    if (anchorGC != None) {
+        TixpSubRegSetClip(display, subRegPtr, anchorGC);
+	TixpSubRegDrawAnchorLines(display, drawable,
+	        anchorGC, subRegPtr, bodyX, bodyY, bodyW, bodyH);
+        TixpSubRegUnsetClip(display, subRegPtr, anchorGC);
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDef.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDef.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ * tixDef.h --
+ *
+ *	This file defines the defaults for all options for all of
+ *	the Tix widgets.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000      Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixDef.h,v 1.6 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef TIX_DEFAULT
+#define TIX_DEFAULT
+
+/*
+ * The definitions below provide symbolic names for the default colors.
+ * NORMAL_BG -		Normal background color.
+ * ACTIVE_BG -		Background color when widget is active.
+ * SELECT_BG -		Background color for selected text.
+ * TROUGH -		Background color for troughs in scales and scrollbars.
+ * INDICATOR -		Color for indicator when button is selected.
+ * DISABLED -		Foreground color when widget is disabled.
+ */
+
+#define BLACK		"Black"
+#define WHITE		"White"
+
+#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(_WIN32)
+
+/*
+ * Defaults from Tk
+ */
+
+#define CTL_FONT	"{MS Sans Serif} 8"
+#define NORMAL_BG	"SystemButtonFace"
+#define NORMAL_FG	"SystemButtonText"
+#define ACTIVE_BG	NORMAL_BG
+#define TEXT_FG		"SystemWindowText"
+#define SELECT_BG	"SystemHighlight"
+#define SELECT_FG	"SystemHighlightText"
+#define TROUGH		"SystemScrollbar"
+#define INDICATOR	"SystemWindow"
+#define DISABLED	"SystemDisabledText"
+#define MENU_BG		"SystemMenu"
+#define MENU_FG		"SystemMenuText"
+#define HIGHLIGHT	"SystemWindowFrame"
+
+#   include <tixWinDefault.h>
+#else
+#   if defined(MAC_TCL)
+#	include <tixMacDefault.h>
+#   else
+
+#define NORMAL_BG	"#d9d9d9"
+#define ACTIVE_BG	"#ececec"
+#define SELECT_BG	"#c3c3c3"
+#define TROUGH		"#c3c3c3"
+#define INDICATOR	"#b03060"
+#define DISABLED	"#a3a3a3"
+
+#	include <tixUnixDefault.h>
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* TIX_DEFAULT */

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDiITxt.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDiITxt.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,839 @@
+/*
+ * tixDiITxt.c --
+ *
+ *	This file implements one of the "Display Items" in the Tix library :
+ *	Image-text display items.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixDiITxt.c,v 1.6 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tk.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixDef.h>
+
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_BITMAP	""
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_IMAGE		""
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_TYPE		"imagetext"
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_SHOWIMAGE	"1"
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_SHOWTEXT	"1"
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_STYLE		""
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_TEXT		""
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_UNDERLINE	"-1"
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec imageTextItemConfigSpecs[] = {
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
+       DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_BITMAP, Tk_Offset(TixImageTextItem, bitmap),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
+       DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TixImageTextItem, imageString),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-itemtype", "itemType", "ItemType", 
+       DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_TYPE, Tk_Offset(TixImageTextItem, diTypePtr),
+       0, &tixConfigItemType},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-showimage", "showImage", "ShowImage",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_SHOWIMAGE, Tk_Offset(TixImageTextItem, showImage), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-showtext", "showText", "ShowText",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_SHOWTEXT, Tk_Offset(TixImageTextItem, showText), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-style", "imageTextStyle", "ImageTextStyle",
+       DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_STYLE, Tk_Offset(TixImageTextItem, stylePtr),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tixConfigItemStyle},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
+       DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_TEXT, Tk_Offset(TixImageTextItem, text),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
+       DEF_IMAGETEXTITEM_UNDERLINE, Tk_Offset(TixImageTextItem, underline), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *		Configuration options for Text Styles
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_FG_COLOR	NORMAL_FG
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_FG_MONO	BLACK
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_BG_COLOR	TIX_EDITOR_BG
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_BG_MONO	WHITE
+
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	NORMAL_FG
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_MONO	WHITE
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	TIX_EDITOR_BG
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO	BLACK
+
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_FG_MONO	WHITE
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_BG_COLOR	SELECT_BG
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_BG_MONO	BLACK
+
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	BLACK
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_FG_MONO	BLACK
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_BG_COLOR	TIX_EDITOR_BG
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_BG_MONO	WHITE
+
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_FONT	        CTL_FONT
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_GAP		"4"
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_PADX		"2"
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_PADY		"2"
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_JUSTIFY	"left"
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_WLENGTH	"0"
+#define DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_ANCHOR	"w"
+
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec imageTextStyleConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
+       DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_ANCHOR, Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle, anchor), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+ 
+    {TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
+       DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_FONT, Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle, font), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-gap", "gap", "Gap",
+       DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_GAP, Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle, gap), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justyfy",
+       DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_JUSTIFY, Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle, justify),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
+       DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_PADX, Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle, pad[0]), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
+       DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_PADY, Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle, pad[1]), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
+       DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_WLENGTH, Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle, wrapLength),
+       0},
+
+/* The following is automatically generated */
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-background","background","Background",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-background","background","Background",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-foreground","foreground","Foreground",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-foreground","foreground","Foreground",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activebackground","activeBackground","ActiveBackground",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activebackground","activeBackground","ActiveBackground",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activeforeground","activeForeground","ActiveForeground",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activeforeground","activeForeground","ActiveForeground",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectbackground","selectBackground","SelectBackground",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectbackground","selectBackground","SelectBackground",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectforeground","selectForeground","SelectForeground",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectforeground","selectForeground","SelectForeground",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledbackground","disabledBackground","DisabledBackground",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledbackground","disabledBackground","DisabledBackground",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledforeground","disabledForeground","DisabledForeground",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledforeground","disabledForeground","DisabledForeground",
+	DEF_IMAGETEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void		ImageProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int height,
+			    int imgWidth, int imgHeight));
+static void		Tix_ImageTextItemCalculateSize	_ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static char *		Tix_ImageTextItemComponent  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr, int x, int y));
+static int		Tix_ImageTextItemConfigure _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv,
+			    int flags));
+static Tix_DItem *	Tix_ImageTextItemCreate _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DispData * ddPtr, Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr));
+static void		Tix_ImageTextItemDisplay  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Drawable drawable, Tix_DItem * iPtr,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int height,
+                            int xOffset, int yOffset, int flag));
+static void		Tix_ImageTextItemFree  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static void		Tix_ImageTextItemLostStyle  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static void		Tix_ImageTextItemStyleChanged  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static int		Tix_ImageTextStyleConfigure _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItemStyle* style, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv,
+			    int flags));
+static Tix_DItemStyle *	Tix_ImageTextStyleCreate _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr, char * name));
+static void		Tix_ImageTextStyleFree _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItemStyle* style));
+static void		Tix_ImageTextStyleSetTemplate _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItemStyle* style,
+			    Tix_StyleTemplate * tmplPtr));
+
+Tix_DItemInfo tix_ImageTextItemType = {
+    "imagetext",			/* type */
+    TIX_DITEM_IMAGETEXT,
+    Tix_ImageTextItemCreate,		/* createProc */
+    Tix_ImageTextItemConfigure,
+    Tix_ImageTextItemCalculateSize,
+    Tix_ImageTextItemComponent,
+    Tix_ImageTextItemDisplay,
+    Tix_ImageTextItemFree,
+    Tix_ImageTextItemStyleChanged,
+    Tix_ImageTextItemLostStyle,
+
+    Tix_ImageTextStyleCreate,
+    Tix_ImageTextStyleConfigure,
+    Tix_ImageTextStyleFree,
+    Tix_ImageTextStyleSetTemplate,
+
+    imageTextItemConfigSpecs,
+    imageTextStyleConfigSpecs,
+    NULL,				/*next */
+};
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_ImageText --
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Tix_DItem * Tix_ImageTextItemCreate(ddPtr, diTypePtr)
+    Tix_DispData * ddPtr;
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+{
+    TixImageTextItem * itPtr;
+
+    itPtr = (TixImageTextItem*) ckalloc(sizeof(TixImageTextItem));
+
+    itPtr->diTypePtr	= diTypePtr;
+    itPtr->ddPtr	= ddPtr;
+    itPtr->stylePtr	= NULL;
+    itPtr->clientData	= 0;
+    itPtr->size[0]	= 0;
+    itPtr->size[1]	= 0;
+
+    itPtr->bitmap	= None;
+    itPtr->bitmapW	= 0;
+    itPtr->bitmapH	= 0;
+
+    itPtr->imageString	= NULL;
+    itPtr->image	= NULL;
+    itPtr->imageW	= 0;
+    itPtr->imageH	= 0;
+
+    itPtr->numChars	= 0;            /* TODO: this is currently not used */
+    itPtr->text		= NULL;
+    itPtr->textW	= 0;
+    itPtr->textH	= 0;
+    itPtr->underline	= -1;
+
+    itPtr->showImage	= 1;
+    itPtr->showText	= 1;
+
+    return (Tix_DItem *)itPtr;
+}
+
+static void Tix_ImageTextItemFree(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixImageTextItem * itPtr = (TixImageTextItem *) iPtr;
+
+    if (itPtr->image) {
+	Tk_FreeImage(itPtr->image);
+    }
+    if (itPtr->stylePtr) {
+	TixDItemStyleFree(iPtr, (Tix_DItemStyle*)itPtr->stylePtr);
+    }
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(imageTextItemConfigSpecs, (char *)itPtr,
+	itPtr->ddPtr->display, 0);
+    ckfree((char*)itPtr);
+}
+
+static int Tix_ImageTextItemConfigure(iPtr, argc, argv, flags)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int flags;
+{
+    TixImageTextItem * itPtr = (TixImageTextItem *) iPtr;
+    TixImageTextStyle * oldStyle = itPtr->stylePtr;
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(itPtr->ddPtr->interp, itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin,
+	imageTextItemConfigSpecs,
+	argc, argv, (char *)itPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (itPtr->stylePtr == NULL) {
+	itPtr->stylePtr = (TixImageTextStyle*)TixGetDefaultDItemStyle(
+	    itPtr->ddPtr, &tix_ImageTextItemType, iPtr, NULL);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Free the old images for the widget, if there were any.
+     */
+    if (itPtr->image != NULL) {
+	Tk_FreeImage(itPtr->image);
+	itPtr->image = NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (itPtr->imageString != NULL) {
+	itPtr->image = Tk_GetImage(itPtr->ddPtr->interp, itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin,
+	    itPtr->imageString, ImageProc, (ClientData) itPtr);
+	if (itPtr->image == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (oldStyle != NULL && itPtr->stylePtr != oldStyle) {
+	Tix_ImageTextItemStyleChanged(iPtr);
+    }
+    else {
+	Tix_ImageTextItemCalculateSize((Tix_DItem*)itPtr);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_ImageTextItemDisplay --
+ *
+ *      Display an imagetext item. {x, y, width, height} specifies a
+ *      region for to display this item in. {xOffset, yOffset} gives
+ *      the offset of the top-left corner of the text item relative
+ *      to the top-left corder of the region.
+ *
+ *      Background and foreground of the item are displayed according
+ *      to the flags parameter.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      None.
+ * 
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+Tix_ImageTextItemDisplay(drawable, iPtr, x, y, width, height,
+        xOffset, yOffset, flags)
+    Drawable drawable;          /* Where to display this item */
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;           /* Item to display */
+    int x;                      /* x pos of top-left corner of region
+                                 * to display item in */
+    int y;                      /* y pos of top-left corner of region */
+    int width;                  /* width of region */
+    int height;                 /* height of region */
+    int xOffset;                /* X offset of item within region */
+    int yOffset;                /* Y offset of item within region */
+    int flags;                  /* Controls how fg/bg/anchor lines are
+                                 * drawn */
+{
+    TixImageTextItem *itPtr = (TixImageTextItem *)iPtr;
+    GC foreGC, bitmapGC;
+    TixpSubRegion subReg;
+    Display * display = itPtr->ddPtr->display;
+
+    if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    TixGetColorDItemGC(iPtr, NULL, &foreGC, NULL, flags);
+
+    TixpStartSubRegionDraw(display, drawable, foreGC,
+	    &subReg, 0, 0, x, y, width, height,
+	    itPtr->size[0] + xOffset, itPtr->size[1] + yOffset);
+
+    Tix_DItemDrawBackground(drawable, &subReg, iPtr, x, y, width, height,
+           xOffset, yOffset, flags);
+
+    /*
+     * Calculate the location of the item body according to anchor settings.
+     */
+
+    TixDItemGetAnchor(iPtr->base.stylePtr->anchor, x, y, width, height,
+	    iPtr->base.size[0], iPtr->base.size[1], &x, &y);
+
+    x += xOffset;
+    y += yOffset;
+
+    /*
+     * Draw the foreground items
+     */
+
+    if (itPtr->image != NULL) {
+	int bitY;
+
+	bitY = itPtr->size[1] - itPtr->imageH - 2*itPtr->stylePtr->pad[1];
+
+	if (bitY > 0) {
+	    bitY = bitY / 2 + (bitY %2);
+	} else {
+	    bitY = 0;
+	}
+	if (itPtr->showImage && foreGC != None) {
+	    TixpSubRegDrawImage(&subReg, itPtr->image, 0, 0,
+		    itPtr->imageW, itPtr->imageH, drawable,
+		    x + itPtr->stylePtr->pad[0],
+		    y + itPtr->stylePtr->pad[1] + bitY);
+	}
+	x += itPtr->imageW + itPtr->stylePtr->gap;
+    }
+    else if (itPtr->bitmap != None) {
+	int bitY;
+
+	bitY = itPtr->size[1] - itPtr->bitmapH - 2*itPtr->stylePtr->pad[1];
+	if (bitY > 0) {
+	    bitY = bitY / 2 + (bitY %2);
+	} else {
+	    bitY = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (itPtr->showImage && foreGC != None) {
+            if ((flags & TIX_DITEM_ALL_BG) != 0) {
+                /*
+                 * If we draw the background, the bitmap is never
+                 * displayed as selected, so we choose the normal GC.
+                 */
+
+                bitmapGC = itPtr->stylePtr->colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].foreGC;
+            } else {
+                /*
+                 * The caller has already drawn the background. foreGC
+                 * is the most compatible GC to be used with the background.
+                 */
+
+                bitmapGC = foreGC;
+            }
+
+	    TixpSubRegDrawBitmap(display, drawable, bitmapGC,
+		    &subReg, itPtr->bitmap, 0, 0,
+		    itPtr->bitmapW, itPtr->bitmapH,
+		    x + itPtr->stylePtr->pad[0],
+		    y + itPtr->stylePtr->pad[1] + bitY,
+		    1);
+	}
+	x += itPtr->bitmapW + itPtr->stylePtr->gap;
+    }
+
+    if (itPtr->text && itPtr->showText && foreGC != None) {
+	int textY;
+	
+	textY = itPtr->size[1] - itPtr->textH - 2*itPtr->stylePtr->pad[1];
+	if (textY > 0) {
+	    textY = textY / 2 + (textY %2);
+	} else {
+	    textY = 0;
+	}
+
+	TixpSubRegDisplayText(display, drawable, foreGC, &subReg,
+		itPtr->stylePtr->font, itPtr->text, -1,
+		x + itPtr->stylePtr->pad[0],
+		y + itPtr->stylePtr->pad[1] + textY,
+		itPtr->textW,
+		itPtr->stylePtr->justify,
+		itPtr->underline);
+    }
+
+    TixpEndSubRegionDraw(display, drawable, foreGC,
+	    &subReg);
+}
+
+static void
+Tix_ImageTextItemCalculateSize(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixImageTextItem *itPtr = (TixImageTextItem *)iPtr;
+    char * text;
+
+    itPtr->size[0] = 0;
+    itPtr->size[1] = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * Note: the size of the image or the text are used even when
+     * the showImage or showText options are off. These two options are 
+     * used to "blank" the respective components temporarily without
+     * affecting the geometry of the ditem. The main is to indicate
+     * transfer during drag+drop.
+     *
+     * If you want the image or text to completely disappear, config them
+     * to NULL
+     */
+
+    if (itPtr->image != NULL) {
+	Tk_SizeOfImage(itPtr->image, &itPtr->imageW, &itPtr->imageH);
+
+	itPtr->size[0] = itPtr->imageW + itPtr->stylePtr->gap;
+	itPtr->size[1] = itPtr->imageH;
+    }
+    else if (itPtr->bitmap != None) {
+	Tk_SizeOfBitmap(itPtr->ddPtr->display, itPtr->bitmap, &itPtr->bitmapW,
+		&itPtr->bitmapH);
+
+	itPtr->size[0] = itPtr->bitmapW + itPtr->stylePtr->gap;
+	itPtr->size[1] = itPtr->bitmapH;
+    }
+
+    text = itPtr->text;
+    if (text == NULL || text[0] == '\0') {
+        /*
+         * Use one space character so that the height of the item
+         * would be the same as a regular small item, and the width
+         * of the item won't be too tiny.
+         */
+
+        text = " ";
+    }
+
+    TixComputeTextGeometry(itPtr->stylePtr->font, text,
+            -1, itPtr->stylePtr->wrapLength,
+            &itPtr->textW, &itPtr->textH);
+
+    itPtr->size[0] += itPtr->textW;
+	
+    if (itPtr->textH > itPtr->size[1]) {
+        itPtr->size[1] = itPtr->textH;
+    }
+
+    itPtr->size[0] += 2*itPtr->stylePtr->pad[0];
+    itPtr->size[1] += 2*itPtr->stylePtr->pad[1];
+
+    itPtr->selX = 0;
+    itPtr->selY = 0;
+    itPtr->selW = itPtr->size[0];
+    itPtr->selH = itPtr->size[1];
+
+    if (itPtr->image != NULL) {
+        itPtr->selX = itPtr->imageW + itPtr->stylePtr->gap;
+        itPtr->selW -= itPtr->selX;
+    } else if (itPtr->bitmap != None) {
+        itPtr->selX = itPtr->bitmapW + itPtr->stylePtr->gap;
+        itPtr->selW -= itPtr->selX;
+    }
+}
+
+static char * Tix_ImageTextItemComponent(iPtr, x, y)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+{
+    /* TODO: Unimplemented */
+#if 0
+    TixImageTextItem *itPtr = (TixImageTextItem *)iPtr;
+#endif
+
+    static char * body = "body";
+
+    return body;
+}
+
+
+static void Tix_ImageTextItemStyleChanged(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixImageTextItem *itPtr = (TixImageTextItem *)iPtr;
+
+    if (itPtr->stylePtr == NULL) {
+	/* Maybe we haven't set the style to default style yet */
+	return;
+    }
+    Tix_ImageTextItemCalculateSize(iPtr);
+    if (itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc != NULL) {
+	itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc(iPtr);
+    }
+}
+static void Tix_ImageTextItemLostStyle(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixImageTextItem *itPtr = (TixImageTextItem *)iPtr;
+
+    itPtr->stylePtr = (TixImageTextStyle*)TixGetDefaultDItemStyle(
+	itPtr->ddPtr, &tix_ImageTextItemType, iPtr, NULL);
+
+    Tix_ImageTextItemStyleChanged(iPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImageProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the image code whenever the manager
+ *	for an image does something that affects the size of contents
+ *	of an image displayed in this widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Arranges for the HList to get redisplayed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ImageProc(clientData, x, y, width, height, imgWidth, imgHeight)
+    ClientData clientData;		/* Pointer to widget record. */
+    int x, y;				/* Upper left pixel (within image)
+					 * that must be redisplayed. */
+    int width, height;			/* Dimensions of area to redisplay
+					 * (may be <= 0). */
+    int imgWidth, imgHeight;		/* New dimensions of image. */
+{
+    TixImageTextItem *itPtr = (TixImageTextItem *)clientData;
+
+    Tix_ImageTextItemCalculateSize((Tix_DItem *)itPtr);
+    if (itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc != NULL) {
+	itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc((Tix_DItem *)itPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *			Display styles
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static Tix_DItemStyle *
+Tix_ImageTextStyleCreate(interp, tkwin, diTypePtr, name)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    char * name;
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+{
+    TixImageTextStyle * stylePtr =
+      (TixImageTextStyle *)ckalloc(sizeof(TixImageTextStyle));
+
+    stylePtr->font	 = NULL;
+    stylePtr->gap	 = 0;
+    stylePtr->justify	 = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
+    stylePtr->wrapLength = 0;
+
+    return (Tix_DItemStyle *)stylePtr;
+}
+
+static int
+Tix_ImageTextStyleConfigure(style, argc, argv, flags)
+    Tix_DItemStyle *style;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int flags;
+{
+    TixImageTextStyle * stylePtr = (TixImageTextStyle *)style;
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+    GC newGC;
+    int i, isNew;
+
+    if (stylePtr->font == NULL) {
+	isNew = 1;
+    } else {
+	isNew = 0;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * TODO: gap, wrapLength, etc changes: need to call TixDItemStyleChanged
+     */
+
+    if (!(flags &TIX_DONT_CALL_CONFIG)) {
+	if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(stylePtr->interp, stylePtr->tkwin,
+	    imageTextStyleConfigSpecs,
+	    argc, argv, (char *)stylePtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    gcValues.font = TixFontId(stylePtr->font);
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+
+    for (i=0; i<4; i++) {
+	/*
+         * Foreground GC
+         */
+
+	gcValues.background = stylePtr->colors[i].bg->pixel;
+	gcValues.foreground = stylePtr->colors[i].fg->pixel;
+	newGC = Tk_GetGC(stylePtr->tkwin,
+	    GCFont|GCForeground|GCBackground|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+
+	if (stylePtr->colors[i].foreGC != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(stylePtr->tkwin),
+		stylePtr->colors[i].foreGC);
+	}
+	stylePtr->colors[i].foreGC = newGC;
+
+	/*
+         * Background GC
+         */
+
+	gcValues.foreground = stylePtr->colors[i].bg->pixel;
+	newGC = Tk_GetGC(stylePtr->tkwin,
+	    GCFont|GCForeground|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+
+	if (stylePtr->colors[i].backGC != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(stylePtr->tkwin),
+		stylePtr->colors[i].backGC);
+	}
+	stylePtr->colors[i].backGC = newGC;
+
+        /*
+         * Anchor GC
+         */
+
+        newGC = Tix_GetAnchorGC(stylePtr->tkwin,
+                stylePtr->colors[i].bg);
+
+	if (stylePtr->colors[i].anchorGC != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(stylePtr->tkwin),
+		stylePtr->colors[i].anchorGC);
+	}
+	stylePtr->colors[i].anchorGC = newGC;
+    }
+
+    if (!isNew) {
+	TixDItemStyleChanged(stylePtr->diTypePtr, (Tix_DItemStyle *)stylePtr);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static void Tix_ImageTextStyleFree(style)
+    Tix_DItemStyle *style;
+{
+    TixImageTextStyle * stylePtr = (TixImageTextStyle *)style;
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(imageTextStyleConfigSpecs, (char *)stylePtr,
+	Tk_Display(stylePtr->tkwin), 0);
+    ckfree((char *)stylePtr);
+}
+
+static int bg_flags [4] = {
+    TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG,
+    TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_BG,
+    TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_BG,
+    TIX_DITEM_DISABLED_BG
+};
+static int fg_flags [4] = {
+    TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG,
+    TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_FG,
+    TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_FG,
+    TIX_DITEM_DISABLED_FG
+};
+
+static void
+Tix_ImageTextStyleSetTemplate(style, tmplPtr)
+    Tix_DItemStyle* style;
+    Tix_StyleTemplate * tmplPtr;
+{
+    TixImageTextStyle * stylePtr = (TixImageTextStyle *)style;
+    int i;
+
+    if (tmplPtr->flags & TIX_DITEM_FONT) {
+	if (stylePtr->font != NULL) {
+	    TixFreeFont(stylePtr->font);
+	}
+	stylePtr->font = TixGetFont(
+	    stylePtr->interp, stylePtr->tkwin,
+	    TixNameOfFont(tmplPtr->font));
+    }
+    if (tmplPtr->flags & TIX_DITEM_PADX) {
+	stylePtr->pad[0] = tmplPtr->pad[0];
+    }
+    if (tmplPtr->flags & TIX_DITEM_PADY) {
+	stylePtr->pad[1] = tmplPtr->pad[1];
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<4; i++) {
+	if (tmplPtr->flags & bg_flags[i]) {
+	    if (stylePtr->colors[i].bg != NULL) {
+		Tk_FreeColor(stylePtr->colors[i].bg);
+	    }
+	    stylePtr->colors[i].bg = Tk_GetColor(
+		stylePtr->interp, stylePtr->tkwin,
+		Tk_NameOfColor(tmplPtr->colors[i].bg));
+	}
+    }
+    for (i=0; i<4; i++) {
+	if (tmplPtr->flags & fg_flags[i]) {
+	    if (stylePtr->colors[i].fg != NULL) {
+		Tk_FreeColor(stylePtr->colors[i].fg);
+	    }
+	    stylePtr->colors[i].fg = Tk_GetColor(
+		stylePtr->interp, stylePtr->tkwin,
+		Tk_NameOfColor(tmplPtr->colors[i].fg));
+	}
+    }
+
+    Tix_ImageTextStyleConfigure(style, 0, 0, TIX_DONT_CALL_CONFIG);
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDiImg.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDiImg.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,623 @@
+/*
+ * tixDiImgTxt.c --
+ *
+ *	This file implements one of the "Display Items" in the Tix library :
+ *	Image-text display items.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixDiImg.c,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixDef.h>
+
+/*
+ * If the item has a really small text, or no text at all, use
+ * this size. This makes the drawing of selection more sane.
+ */
+
+#define MIN_IMAGE_WIDTH  2
+#define MIN_IMAGE_HEIGHT 2
+
+#define DEF_IMAGEITEM_BITMAP	""
+#define DEF_IMAGEITEM_IMAGE		""
+#define DEF_IMAGEITEM_TYPE		"image"
+#define DEF_IMAGEITEM_SHOWIMAGE		"1"
+#define DEF_IMAGEITEM_SHOWTEXT		"1"
+#define DEF_IMAGEITEM_STYLE		""
+#define DEF_IMAGEITEM_TEXT		""
+#define DEF_IMAGEITEM_UNDERLINE		"-1"
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec imageItemConfigSpecs[] = {
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
+       DEF_IMAGEITEM_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TixImageItem, imageString),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-itemtype", "itemType", "ItemType", 
+       DEF_IMAGEITEM_TYPE, Tk_Offset(TixImageItem, diTypePtr),
+       0, &tixConfigItemType},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-style", "imageStyle", "ImageStyle",
+       DEF_IMAGEITEM_STYLE, Tk_Offset(TixImageItem, stylePtr),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tixConfigItemStyle},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *		Configuration options for Text Styles
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_NORMAL_FG_COLOR		NORMAL_FG
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_NORMAL_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_NORMAL_BG_COLOR		TIX_EDITOR_BG
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_NORMAL_BG_MONO		WHITE
+
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR		NORMAL_FG
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR		TIX_EDITOR_BG
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
+
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_SELECTED_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_SELECTED_FG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_SELECTED_BG_COLOR	SELECT_BG
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_SELECTED_BG_MONO		BLACK
+
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	NORMAL_FG
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_DISABLED_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_DISABLED_BG_COLOR	TIX_EDITOR_BG
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_DISABLED_BG_MONO		WHITE
+
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_PADX		"0"
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_PADY		"0"
+#define DEF_IMAGESTYLE_ANCHOR		"w"
+
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec imageStyleConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
+       DEF_IMAGESTYLE_ANCHOR, Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle, anchor), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+ 
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
+       DEF_IMAGESTYLE_PADX, Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle, pad[0]), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
+       DEF_IMAGESTYLE_PADY, Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle, pad[1]), 0},
+
+/* The following was automatically generated */
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-background","background","Background",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_NORMAL_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-background","background","Background",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_NORMAL_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-foreground","foreground","Foreground",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_NORMAL_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-foreground","foreground","Foreground",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_NORMAL_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activebackground","activeBackground","ActiveBackground",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activebackground","activeBackground","ActiveBackground",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activeforeground","activeForeground","ActiveForeground",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activeforeground","activeForeground","ActiveForeground",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectbackground","selectBackground","SelectBackground",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_SELECTED_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectbackground","selectBackground","SelectBackground",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_SELECTED_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectforeground","selectForeground","SelectForeground",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_SELECTED_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectforeground","selectForeground","SelectForeground",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_SELECTED_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledbackground","disabledBackground","DisabledBackground",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_DISABLED_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledbackground","disabledBackground","DisabledBackground",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_DISABLED_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledforeground","disabledForeground","DisabledForeground",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledforeground","disabledForeground","DisabledForeground",
+	DEF_IMAGESTYLE_DISABLED_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void		ImageProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int height,
+			    int imgWidth, int imgHeight));
+static void		Tix_ImageItemCalculateSize  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static char *		Tix_ImageItemComponent	_ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr, int x, int y));
+static int		Tix_ImageItemConfigure _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv,
+			    int flags));
+static Tix_DItem *	Tix_ImageItemCreate _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DispData * ddPtr, Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr));
+static void		Tix_ImageItemDisplay  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Drawable drawable, Tix_DItem * iPtr,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int height,
+                            int xOffset, int yOffset, int flag));
+static void		Tix_ImageItemFree  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static void		Tix_ImageItemLostStyle	_ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static void		Tix_ImageItemStyleChanged  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static int		Tix_ImageStyleConfigure _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItemStyle* style, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv,
+			    int flags));
+static Tix_DItemStyle *	Tix_ImageStyleCreate _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr, char * name));
+static void		Tix_ImageStyleFree _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItemStyle* style));
+static void		Tix_ImageStyleSetTemplate _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItemStyle* style,
+			    Tix_StyleTemplate * tmplPtr));
+
+Tix_DItemInfo tix_ImageItemType = {
+    "image",			/* type */
+    TIX_DITEM_IMAGE,
+    Tix_ImageItemCreate,		/* createProc */
+    Tix_ImageItemConfigure,
+    Tix_ImageItemCalculateSize,
+    Tix_ImageItemComponent,
+    Tix_ImageItemDisplay,
+    Tix_ImageItemFree,
+    Tix_ImageItemStyleChanged,
+    Tix_ImageItemLostStyle,
+
+    Tix_ImageStyleCreate,               /* styleCreateProc */
+    Tix_ImageStyleConfigure,
+    Tix_ImageStyleFree,
+    Tix_ImageStyleSetTemplate,
+
+    imageItemConfigSpecs,
+    imageStyleConfigSpecs,
+    NULL,				/*next */
+};
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_Image --
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Tix_DItem * Tix_ImageItemCreate(ddPtr, diTypePtr)
+    Tix_DispData * ddPtr;
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+{
+    TixImageItem * itPtr;
+
+    itPtr = (TixImageItem*) ckalloc(sizeof(TixImageItem));
+
+    itPtr->diTypePtr	= diTypePtr;
+    itPtr->ddPtr	= ddPtr;
+    itPtr->stylePtr	= NULL;
+    itPtr->clientData	= 0;
+    itPtr->size[0]	= 0;
+    itPtr->size[1]	= 0;
+
+    itPtr->imageString	= NULL;
+    itPtr->image	= NULL;
+    itPtr->imageW	= 0;
+    itPtr->imageH	= 0;
+
+    return (Tix_DItem *)itPtr;
+}
+
+static void Tix_ImageItemFree(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixImageItem * itPtr = (TixImageItem *) iPtr;
+
+    if (itPtr->image) {
+	Tk_FreeImage(itPtr->image);
+    }
+    if (itPtr->stylePtr) {
+	TixDItemStyleFree(iPtr, (Tix_DItemStyle*)itPtr->stylePtr);
+    }
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(imageItemConfigSpecs, (char *)itPtr,
+	itPtr->ddPtr->display, 0);
+    ckfree((char*)itPtr);
+}
+
+static int Tix_ImageItemConfigure(iPtr, argc, argv, flags)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int flags;
+{
+    TixImageItem * itPtr = (TixImageItem *) iPtr;
+    TixImageStyle * oldStyle = itPtr->stylePtr;
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(itPtr->ddPtr->interp, itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin,
+	imageItemConfigSpecs,
+	argc, argv, (char *)itPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (itPtr->stylePtr == NULL) {
+	itPtr->stylePtr = (TixImageStyle*)TixGetDefaultDItemStyle(
+	    itPtr->ddPtr, &tix_ImageItemType, iPtr, NULL);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Free the old images for the widget, if there were any.
+     */
+    if (itPtr->image != NULL) {
+	Tk_FreeImage(itPtr->image);
+	itPtr->image = NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (itPtr->imageString != NULL) {
+	itPtr->image = Tk_GetImage(itPtr->ddPtr->interp, itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin,
+	    itPtr->imageString, ImageProc, (ClientData) itPtr);
+	if (itPtr->image == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (oldStyle != NULL && itPtr->stylePtr != oldStyle) {
+	Tix_ImageItemStyleChanged(iPtr);
+    }
+    else {
+	Tix_ImageItemCalculateSize((Tix_DItem*)itPtr);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_ImageItemDisplay --
+ *
+ *      Display an image item. {x, y, width, height} specifies a
+ *      region for to display this item in. {xOffset, yOffset} gives
+ *      the offset of the top-left corner of the image item relative
+ *      to the top-left corder of the region.
+ *
+ *      Background and foreground of the item are displayed according
+ *      to the flags parameter.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      None.
+ * 
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+Tix_ImageItemDisplay(drawable, iPtr, x, y, width, height, xOffset, yOffset,
+        flags)
+    Drawable drawable;
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int width;
+    int height;
+    int flags;
+{
+    TixImageItem *itPtr = (TixImageItem *)iPtr;
+    Display * display = itPtr->ddPtr->display;
+    TixpSubRegion subReg;
+    GC foreGC;
+
+    if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    TixGetColorDItemGC(iPtr, NULL, &foreGC, NULL, flags);
+
+    TixpStartSubRegionDraw(display, drawable, foreGC,
+	    &subReg, 0, 0, x, y, width, height,
+	    itPtr->size[0] + xOffset, itPtr->size[1] + yOffset);
+
+    Tix_DItemDrawBackground(drawable, &subReg, iPtr, x, y, width, height,
+           xOffset, yOffset, flags);
+
+    /*
+     * Calculate the location of the image according to anchor settings.
+     */
+
+    TixDItemGetAnchor(iPtr->base.stylePtr->anchor, x, y, width, height,
+	    iPtr->base.size[0], iPtr->base.size[1], &x, &y);
+
+    if (itPtr->image != NULL) {
+        /*
+         * Draw the image.
+         */
+
+	int bitY;
+
+	bitY = itPtr->size[1] - itPtr->imageH - 2*itPtr->stylePtr->pad[1];
+
+	if (bitY > 0) {
+	    bitY = bitY / 2;
+	} else {
+	    bitY = 0;
+	}
+
+        x += xOffset;
+        y += yOffset;
+
+	TixpSubRegDrawImage(&subReg, itPtr->image, 0, 0, itPtr->imageW,
+		itPtr->imageH, drawable,
+		x + itPtr->stylePtr->pad[0],
+		y + itPtr->stylePtr->pad[1] + bitY);
+    }
+
+    TixpEndSubRegionDraw(display, drawable, foreGC,
+	    &subReg);
+}
+
+static void
+Tix_ImageItemCalculateSize(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixImageItem *itPtr = (TixImageItem *)iPtr;
+
+    itPtr->size[0] = 0;
+    itPtr->size[1] = 0;
+
+    if (itPtr->image != NULL) {
+	Tk_SizeOfImage(itPtr->image, &itPtr->imageW, &itPtr->imageH);
+
+	itPtr->size[0] = itPtr->imageW;
+	itPtr->size[1] = itPtr->imageH;
+    } else {
+        itPtr->size[0] = MIN_IMAGE_WIDTH;
+        itPtr->size[0] = MIN_IMAGE_HEIGHT;
+    }
+
+    itPtr->size[0] += 2*itPtr->stylePtr->pad[0];
+    itPtr->size[1] += 2*itPtr->stylePtr->pad[1];
+
+    itPtr->selX = 0;
+    itPtr->selY = 0;
+    itPtr->selW = itPtr->size[0];
+    itPtr->selH = itPtr->size[1];
+}
+
+static char * Tix_ImageItemComponent(iPtr, x, y)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+{
+#if 0
+    TixImageItem *itPtr = (TixImageItem *)iPtr;
+#endif
+    static char * body = "body";
+
+    return body;
+}
+
+
+static void Tix_ImageItemStyleChanged(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixImageItem *itPtr = (TixImageItem *)iPtr;
+
+    if (itPtr->stylePtr == NULL) {
+	/* Maybe we haven't set the style to default style yet */
+	return;
+    }
+    Tix_ImageItemCalculateSize(iPtr);
+    if (itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc != NULL) {
+	itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc(iPtr);
+    }
+}
+static void Tix_ImageItemLostStyle(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixImageItem *itPtr = (TixImageItem *)iPtr;
+
+    itPtr->stylePtr = (TixImageStyle*)TixGetDefaultDItemStyle(
+	itPtr->ddPtr, &tix_ImageItemType, iPtr, NULL);
+
+    Tix_ImageItemStyleChanged(iPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImageProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the image code whenever the manager
+ *	for an image does something that affects the size of contents
+ *	of an image displayed in this widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Arranges for the HList to get redisplayed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ImageProc(clientData, x, y, width, height, imgWidth, imgHeight)
+    ClientData clientData;		/* Pointer to widget record. */
+    int x, y;				/* Upper left pixel (within image)
+					 * that must be redisplayed. */
+    int width, height;			/* Dimensions of area to redisplay
+					 * (may be <= 0). */
+    int imgWidth, imgHeight;		/* New dimensions of image. */
+{
+    TixImageItem *itPtr = (TixImageItem *)clientData;
+
+    Tix_ImageItemCalculateSize((Tix_DItem *)itPtr);
+    if (itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc != NULL) {
+	itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc((Tix_DItem *)itPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *			Display styles
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Tix_DItemStyle *
+Tix_ImageStyleCreate(interp, tkwin, diTypePtr, name)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    char * name;
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+{
+    TixImageStyle * stylePtr =
+      (TixImageStyle *)ckalloc(sizeof(TixImageStyle));
+
+    return (Tix_DItemStyle *)stylePtr;
+}
+
+static int
+Tix_ImageStyleConfigure(style, argc, argv, flags)
+    Tix_DItemStyle *style;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int flags;
+{
+    TixImageStyle * stylePtr = (TixImageStyle *)style;
+    int oldPadX;
+    int oldPadY;
+
+    oldPadX = stylePtr->pad[0];
+    oldPadY = stylePtr->pad[1];
+
+    if (!(flags &TIX_DONT_CALL_CONFIG)) {
+	if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(stylePtr->interp, stylePtr->tkwin,
+	    imageStyleConfigSpecs,
+	    argc, argv, (char *)stylePtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    TixDItemStyleConfigureGCs(style);
+
+    if (oldPadX != stylePtr->pad[0] ||  oldPadY != stylePtr->pad[1]) {
+	TixDItemStyleChanged(stylePtr->diTypePtr, (Tix_DItemStyle *)stylePtr);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static void Tix_ImageStyleFree(style)
+    Tix_DItemStyle *style;
+{
+    TixImageStyle * stylePtr = (TixImageStyle *)style;
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(imageStyleConfigSpecs, (char *)stylePtr,
+	Tk_Display(stylePtr->tkwin), 0);
+    ckfree((char *)stylePtr);
+}
+
+static int bg_flags [4] = {
+    TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG,
+    TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_BG,
+    TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_BG,
+    TIX_DITEM_DISABLED_BG
+};
+static int fg_flags [4] = {
+    TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG,
+    TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_FG,
+    TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_FG,
+    TIX_DITEM_DISABLED_FG
+};
+
+static void
+Tix_ImageStyleSetTemplate(style, tmplPtr)
+    Tix_DItemStyle* style;
+    Tix_StyleTemplate * tmplPtr;
+{
+    TixImageStyle * stylePtr = (TixImageStyle *)style;
+    int i;
+
+    if (tmplPtr->flags & TIX_DITEM_PADX) {
+	stylePtr->pad[0] = tmplPtr->pad[0];
+    }
+    if (tmplPtr->flags & TIX_DITEM_PADY) {
+	stylePtr->pad[1] = tmplPtr->pad[1];
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<4; i++) {
+	if (tmplPtr->flags & bg_flags[i]) {
+	    if (stylePtr->colors[i].bg != NULL) {
+		Tk_FreeColor(stylePtr->colors[i].bg);
+	    }
+	    stylePtr->colors[i].bg = Tk_GetColor(
+		stylePtr->interp, stylePtr->tkwin,
+		Tk_NameOfColor(tmplPtr->colors[i].bg));
+	}
+    }
+    for (i=0; i<4; i++) {
+	if (tmplPtr->flags & fg_flags[i]) {
+	    if (stylePtr->colors[i].fg != NULL) {
+		Tk_FreeColor(stylePtr->colors[i].fg);
+	    }
+	    stylePtr->colors[i].fg = Tk_GetColor(
+		stylePtr->interp, stylePtr->tkwin,
+		Tk_NameOfColor(tmplPtr->colors[i].fg));
+	}
+    }
+
+    Tix_ImageStyleConfigure(style, 0, 0, TIX_DONT_CALL_CONFIG);
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDiStyle.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDiStyle.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1070 @@
+/*
+ * tixDiStyle.c --
+ *
+ *	This file implements the "Display Item Styles" in the Tix library.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixDiStyle.c,v 1.6 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+
+typedef struct StyleLink {
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+    Tix_DItemStyle* stylePtr;
+    struct StyleLink * next;
+} StyleLink;
+
+typedef struct StyleInfo {
+    Tix_StyleTemplate * tmplPtr;
+    Tix_StyleTemplate tmpl;
+    StyleLink * linkHead;
+} StyleInfo;
+
+
+static int   		DItemStyleParseProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    CONST84 char *value,char *widRec, int offset));
+static char *		DItemStylePrintProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, 
+			    char *widRec, int offset,
+			    Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr));
+static Tix_DItemStyle*	FindDefaultStyle _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr, Tk_Window tkwin));
+static Tix_DItemStyle*	FindStyle _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    CONST84 char *styleName, Tcl_Interp *interp));
+static Tix_DItemStyle* 	GetDItemStyle  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DispData * ddPtr, Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr,
+			    CONST84 char *styleName, int *isNew_ret));
+static void		ListAdd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr,
+			    Tix_DItem *iPtr));
+static void		ListDelete _ANSI_ARGS_((Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr,
+			    Tix_DItem *iPtr));
+static void		ListDeleteAll _ANSI_ARGS_((Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr));
+static void		StyleCmdDeletedProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData));
+static int		StyleCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+static int		StyleConfigure _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    Tix_DItemStyle* stylePtr, int argc,
+			    CONST84 char **argv, int flags));
+static void		StyleDestroy _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+static void		DeleteStyle _ANSI_ARGS_((Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr));
+static void		DefWindowStructureProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr));
+static void		RefWindowStructureProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr));
+static void		SetDefaultStyle _ANSI_ARGS_((Tix_DItemInfo *diTypePtr,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin, Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr));
+
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(StyleConfigCmd);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(StyleCGetCmd);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(StyleDeleteCmd);
+
+static Tcl_HashTable defaultTable;
+
+/*
+ * This macro returns a hashtable to convert from style names (such as
+ * "tixStyle0") to Tix_DItemStyle structures.
+ */
+
+#define GetStyleTable(x) \
+    (TixGetHashTable((x), "tixStyleTab", NULL, TCL_STRING_KEYS))
+
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixInitializeDisplayItems --
+ *
+ *	Initializes the Display Item subsystem.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Nothing
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Built-in Display Types styles are created.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixInitializeDisplayItems()
+{
+    static int inited = 0;
+
+    if (!inited) {
+        inited = 1;
+        Tcl_InitHashTable(&defaultTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+
+	Tix_AddDItemType(&tix_ImageTextItemType);
+	Tix_AddDItemType(&tix_TextItemType);
+	Tix_AddDItemType(&tix_WindowItemType);
+	Tix_AddDItemType(&tix_ImageItemType);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixDItemStyleFree --
+ *
+ *	When an item does not need a style anymore (when the item
+ *	is destroyed, e.g.), it must call this procedute to free the
+ *	style).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Nothing
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The item is freed from the list of attached items in the style.
+ *	Also, the style will be freed if it was already destroyed and
+ *	it has no more items attached to it.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixDItemStyleFree(iPtr, stylePtr)
+    Tix_DItem *iPtr;
+    Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr;
+{
+    ListDelete(stylePtr, iPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_ItemStyleCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "tixItemStyle" Tcl
+ *	command.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A new widget is created and configured.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+Tix_ItemStyleCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
+    CONST84 char * styleName = NULL;
+    Tix_DispData dispData;
+    char buff[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
+    int i, n;
+    static int counter = 0;
+    Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr;
+
+    if (argc < 2) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, 
+	    "itemtype ?option value ...");
+    }
+    
+    if ((diTypePtr=Tix_GetDItemType(interp, argv[1])) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    
+    /*
+     * Parse the -refwindow option: this tells the style to use this
+     * window to query the default values for background, foreground
+     * etc. Usually, you should set the -refwindow to the window that
+     * holds the display items which are controlled by this style.
+     */
+
+    if (argc > 2) {
+	size_t len;
+	if (argc %2 != 0) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", argv[argc-1],
+		"\" missing", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	for (n=i=2; i<argc; i+=2) {
+	    len = strlen(argv[i]);
+	    if (strncmp(argv[i], "-refwindow", len) == 0) {
+		if ((tkwin=Tk_NameToWindow(interp,argv[i+1],tkwin)) == NULL) {
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (strncmp(argv[i], "-stylename", len) == 0) {
+		styleName = argv[i+1];
+		if (FindStyle(styleName, interp) != NULL) {
+		    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "style \"", argv[i+1],
+			"\" already exists", NULL);
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    if (n!=i) {
+		argv[n]   = argv[i];
+		argv[n+1] = argv[i+1];
+	    }
+	    n+=2;
+	}
+	argc = n;
+    }
+
+    if (styleName == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * No name is given, we'll make a unique name by default. The
+         * following loop hopefully will not run forever (unless 
+         * the user has created more than 4 billion styles with default
+         * names ...:-)
+	 */
+
+        while (1) {
+            sprintf(buff, "tixStyle%d", counter++);
+            if (Tcl_FindHashEntry(GetStyleTable(interp), buff) == NULL) {
+                styleName = buff;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+            
+    dispData.interp  = interp;
+    dispData.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
+    dispData.tkwin   = tkwin;
+
+    if ((stylePtr = GetDItemStyle(&dispData, diTypePtr,
+	 styleName, NULL)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (StyleConfigure(interp, stylePtr, argc-2, argv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	DeleteStyle(stylePtr);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	    RefWindowStructureProc, (ClientData)stylePtr);
+
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, styleName, NULL);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+StyleCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char **argv;
+{
+    int code;
+
+    static Tix_SubCmdInfo subCmdInfo[] = {
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "cget", 1, 1, StyleCGetCmd,
+	   "option"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "configure", 0, TIX_VAR_ARGS, StyleConfigCmd,
+	   "?option? ?value? ?option value ... ?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "delete", 0, 0, StyleDeleteCmd,
+	   ""},
+    };
+
+    static Tix_CmdInfo cmdInfo = {
+	Tix_ArraySize(subCmdInfo), 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, "?option? arg ?arg ...?",
+    };
+
+    Tk_Preserve(clientData);
+    code = Tix_HandleSubCmds(&cmdInfo, subCmdInfo, clientData,
+	interp, argc, argv);
+    Tk_Release(clientData);
+
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "cget" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+StyleCGetCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    Tix_DItemStyle* stylePtr= (Tix_DItemStyle*) clientData;
+
+    return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, stylePtr->base.tkwin,
+	stylePtr->base.diTypePtr->styleConfigSpecs,
+	(char *)stylePtr, argv[0], 0);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "configure" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+StyleConfigCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    Tix_DItemStyle* stylePtr= (Tix_DItemStyle*) clientData;
+
+    if (argc == 0) {
+	return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, stylePtr->base.tkwin,
+	    stylePtr->base.diTypePtr->styleConfigSpecs,
+	    (char *)stylePtr, (char *) NULL, 0);
+    } else if (argc == 1) {
+	return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, stylePtr->base.tkwin,
+	    stylePtr->base.diTypePtr->styleConfigSpecs,
+	    (char *)stylePtr, argv[0], 0);
+    } else {
+	return StyleConfigure(interp, stylePtr, argc, argv,
+	    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "delete" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+StyleDeleteCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    Tix_DItemStyle* stylePtr= (Tix_DItemStyle*) clientData;
+
+    if (stylePtr->base.flags & TIX_STYLE_DEFAULT) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Cannot delete default item style",
+	    NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    DeleteStyle(stylePtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+StyleConfigure(interp, stylePtr, argc, argv, flags)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Used for error reporting. */
+    Tix_DItemStyle* stylePtr;	/* Information about the style;  may or may
+				 * not already have values for some fields. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Arguments. */
+    int flags;			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
+{
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr = stylePtr->base.diTypePtr;
+
+    if (diTypePtr->styleConfigureProc(stylePtr, argc, argv, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * StyleDestroy --
+ *
+ *	Destroy a display style.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+StyleDestroy(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;
+{
+    Tix_DItemStyle* stylePtr= (Tix_DItemStyle*) clientData;
+    int i;
+
+    if ((stylePtr->base.flags & TIX_STYLE_DEFAULT)) {
+	/*
+	 * If this is the default style for the display items, we
+	 * can't tell the display items that it has lost its style,
+	 * otherwise the ditem will just attempt to create the default
+	 * style again, and we will go into an infinite loop
+	 */
+	if (stylePtr->base.refCount != 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * If the refcount is not zero, this style will NOT be
+	     * destroyed.  The real destroy will be triggered if all
+	     * DItems associated with this style is destroyed (in the
+	     * ListDelete() function).
+	     *
+	     * If a widget is destroyed, it is the responsibility of the
+	     * widget writer to delete all DItems associated with this
+	     * widget. We can discover memory leak if the widget is
+	     * destroyed but some default styles associated with it still
+	     * exist
+	     */
+	    return;
+	}
+    } else {
+	stylePtr->base.refCount = 0;
+    }
+
+    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&stylePtr->base.items);
+    ckfree((char*)stylePtr->base.name);
+
+    for (i=0; i<4; i++) {
+	if (stylePtr->base.colors[i].backGC != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(stylePtr->base.tkwin),
+                    stylePtr->base.colors[i].backGC);
+	}
+	if (stylePtr->base.colors[i].foreGC != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(stylePtr->base.tkwin), 
+                    stylePtr->base.colors[i].foreGC);
+	}
+	if (stylePtr->base.colors[i].anchorGC != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(stylePtr->base.tkwin),
+                      stylePtr->base.colors[i].anchorGC);
+	}
+    }
+
+    stylePtr->base.diTypePtr->styleFreeProc(stylePtr);
+}
+
+static void
+StyleCmdDeletedProc(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;
+{
+    Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr = (Tix_DItemStyle *)clientData;
+
+    stylePtr->base.styleCmd = NULL;
+    if (stylePtr->base.flags & TIX_STYLE_DEFAULT) {
+	/*
+	 * Don't do anything
+	 * ToDo: maybe should give a background warning:
+	 */
+    } else {
+	DeleteStyle(stylePtr);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+DeleteStyle(stylePtr)
+    Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry * hashPtr;
+
+    if (!(stylePtr->base.flags & TIX_STYLE_DELETED)) {
+	stylePtr->base.flags |= TIX_STYLE_DELETED;
+
+        /*
+         * Delete the Tcl command of this style
+         */
+
+	if (stylePtr->base.styleCmd != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_DeleteCommand(stylePtr->base.interp,
+	            Tcl_GetCommandName(stylePtr->base.interp,
+	            stylePtr->base.styleCmd));
+	}
+
+        /*
+         * Remove info about this style from the hash table.
+         */
+
+	hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(GetStyleTable(stylePtr->base.interp),
+                stylePtr->base.name);
+	if (hashPtr != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+	}
+	ListDeleteAll(stylePtr);
+
+        /*
+         * Make sure the event handler is removed. Otherwise we'd crash
+         * when the interpreter exits.
+         */
+
+        Tk_DeleteEventHandler(stylePtr->base.tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	        RefWindowStructureProc, (ClientData)stylePtr);
+
+        /*
+         * Schedule it to be free'd
+         */
+        
+	Tk_EventuallyFree((ClientData)stylePtr, (Tix_FreeProc *)StyleDestroy);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * FindDefaultStyle --
+ *
+ *	Return the default style of the given type of ditem for the
+ *	given tkwin, if such a default style exists.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Pointer to the default style or NULL.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static Tix_DItemStyle*
+FindDefaultStyle(diTypePtr, tkwin)
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    StyleInfo * infoPtr;
+    StyleLink * linkPtr;
+
+    if ((hashPtr=Tcl_FindHashEntry(&defaultTable, (char*)tkwin)) == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    infoPtr = (StyleInfo *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    for (linkPtr = infoPtr->linkHead; linkPtr; linkPtr=linkPtr->next) {
+	if (linkPtr->diTypePtr == diTypePtr) {
+	    return linkPtr->stylePtr;
+	}
+    } 
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+static void SetDefaultStyle(diTypePtr, tkwin, stylePtr)
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    StyleInfo * infoPtr;
+    StyleLink * newPtr;
+    int isNew;
+
+    newPtr = (StyleLink *)ckalloc(sizeof(StyleLink));
+    newPtr->diTypePtr = diTypePtr;
+    newPtr->stylePtr  = stylePtr;
+
+    hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&defaultTable, (char*)tkwin, &isNew);
+
+    if (!isNew) {
+	infoPtr = (StyleInfo *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	if (infoPtr->tmplPtr) {
+	    if (diTypePtr->styleSetTemplateProc != NULL) {
+		diTypePtr->styleSetTemplateProc(stylePtr,
+		    infoPtr->tmplPtr);
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	infoPtr = (StyleInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(StyleInfo));
+	infoPtr->linkHead = NULL;
+	infoPtr->tmplPtr  = NULL;
+
+	Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	    DefWindowStructureProc, (ClientData)tkwin);
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)infoPtr);
+    }
+    newPtr->next = infoPtr->linkHead;
+    infoPtr->linkHead = newPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixGetDefaultDItemStyle --
+ *
+ *	Gets the default style for an item if the application doesn't
+ *	explicitly give it an style with the -style switch.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The default style.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Tix_DItemStyle*
+TixGetDefaultDItemStyle(ddPtr, diTypePtr, iPtr, oldStylePtr)
+    Tix_DispData * ddPtr;		/* Info about the display. */
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;		/* Info about the DItem type. */
+    Tix_DItem *iPtr;			/* Get default style for this DItem. */
+    Tix_DItemStyle* oldStylePtr;	/* ?? */
+{
+    Tcl_DString dString;
+    Tix_DItemStyle* stylePtr;
+    int isNew;
+
+    stylePtr = FindDefaultStyle(diTypePtr, ddPtr->tkwin);
+    if (stylePtr == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Format default name for this style+window
+	 */
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, "style", 5);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, Tk_PathName(ddPtr->tkwin),
+		(int) strlen(Tk_PathName(ddPtr->tkwin)));
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, ":", 1);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, diTypePtr->name,
+		(int) strlen(diTypePtr->name));
+
+	/*
+	 * Create the new style
+	 */
+	stylePtr = GetDItemStyle(ddPtr, diTypePtr, dString.string, &isNew);
+	if (isNew) {
+	    diTypePtr->styleConfigureProc(stylePtr, 0, NULL, 0);
+	    stylePtr->base.flags |= TIX_STYLE_DEFAULT;
+	}
+
+	SetDefaultStyle(diTypePtr, ddPtr->tkwin, stylePtr);
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
+    }
+
+    if (oldStylePtr) {
+	ListDelete(oldStylePtr, iPtr);
+    }
+    ListAdd(stylePtr, iPtr);
+
+    return stylePtr;
+}
+
+void Tix_SetDefaultStyleTemplate(tkwin, tmplPtr)
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    Tix_StyleTemplate * tmplPtr;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry * hashPtr;
+    StyleInfo * infoPtr;
+    StyleLink * linkPtr;
+    int isNew;
+
+    hashPtr=Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&defaultTable, (char*)tkwin, &isNew);
+    if (!isNew) {
+	infoPtr = (StyleInfo *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	infoPtr->tmplPtr = &infoPtr->tmpl;
+	infoPtr->tmpl = *tmplPtr;
+
+	for (linkPtr = infoPtr->linkHead; linkPtr; linkPtr=linkPtr->next) {
+	    if (linkPtr->diTypePtr->styleSetTemplateProc != NULL) {
+		linkPtr->diTypePtr->styleSetTemplateProc(linkPtr->stylePtr,
+		    tmplPtr);
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	infoPtr = (StyleInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(StyleInfo));
+	infoPtr->linkHead = NULL;
+	infoPtr->tmplPtr = &infoPtr->tmpl;
+	infoPtr->tmpl = *tmplPtr;
+
+	Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	    DefWindowStructureProc, (ClientData)tkwin);
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)infoPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * GetDItemStyle --
+ *
+ *	Returns an ItemStyle with the given name.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Pointer to the given Tix_DItsmStyle.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	If the style doesn't already exist, it is allocated.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static Tix_DItemStyle*
+GetDItemStyle(ddPtr, diTypePtr, styleName, isNew_ret)
+    Tix_DispData * ddPtr;
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+    CONST84 char * styleName;
+    int * isNew_ret;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    int isNew, i;
+    Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr;
+
+    hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(GetStyleTable(ddPtr->interp),
+            styleName, &isNew);
+    if (!isNew) {
+	stylePtr = (Tix_DItemStyle *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    } else {
+	stylePtr = diTypePtr->styleCreateProc(ddPtr->interp,
+	        ddPtr->tkwin, diTypePtr, (char *) styleName);
+	stylePtr->base.styleCmd = Tcl_CreateCommand(ddPtr->interp,
+	        styleName, StyleCmd, (ClientData)stylePtr,
+                StyleCmdDeletedProc);
+	stylePtr->base.interp 	 = ddPtr->interp;
+	stylePtr->base.tkwin  	 = ddPtr->tkwin;
+	stylePtr->base.diTypePtr = diTypePtr;
+	stylePtr->base.name      = tixStrDup(styleName);
+	stylePtr->base.pad[0] 	 = 0;
+	stylePtr->base.pad[1] 	 = 0;
+	stylePtr->base.anchor 	 = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
+	stylePtr->base.refCount  = 0;
+	stylePtr->base.flags     = 0;
+        for (i=0; i<4; i++) {
+            stylePtr->base.colors[i].bg = NULL;
+            stylePtr->base.colors[i].fg = NULL;
+            stylePtr->base.colors[i].backGC= None;
+            stylePtr->base.colors[i].foreGC = None;
+            stylePtr->base.colors[i].anchorGC = None;
+        }
+
+	Tcl_InitHashTable(&stylePtr->base.items, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)stylePtr);
+    }
+
+    if (isNew_ret != NULL) {
+	* isNew_ret = isNew;
+    }
+
+    return stylePtr;
+}
+
+static Tix_DItemStyle *
+FindStyle(styleName, interp)
+    CONST84 char *styleName;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+{
+    Tix_DItemStyle* retval = NULL;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+
+    if ((hashPtr=Tcl_FindHashEntry(GetStyleTable(interp), styleName))!= NULL) {
+        retval = (Tix_DItemStyle *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    }
+
+    return retval;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixDItemStyleChanged --
+ *
+ *	Tell each Ditem that are affected by this style that the style
+ *	has changed. The Ditems will respond by updating their
+ *	attributes according to the new values of the style.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixDItemStyleChanged(diTypePtr, stylePtr)
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+    Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr;
+{
+    Tcl_HashSearch hashSearch;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+
+    for (hashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&stylePtr->base.items, &hashSearch);
+	 hashPtr;
+	 hashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&hashSearch)) {
+
+	iPtr = (Tix_DItem *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	diTypePtr->styleChangedProc(iPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ListAdd --
+ *
+ *	Add an item to the list of items affected by a style.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+ListAdd(stylePtr, iPtr)
+    Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr;
+    Tix_DItem *iPtr;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    int isNew;
+
+    hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&stylePtr->base.items, (char*)iPtr, &isNew);
+    if (!isNew) {
+	panic("DItem is already associated with style");
+    } else {
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)iPtr);
+    }
+    ++ stylePtr->base.refCount;
+}
+
+static void
+ListDelete(stylePtr, iPtr)
+    Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr;
+    Tix_DItem *iPtr;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+
+    hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&stylePtr->base.items, (char*)iPtr);
+    if (hashPtr == NULL) {
+	panic("DItem is not associated with style");
+    }
+    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+    stylePtr->base.refCount--;
+
+    if ((stylePtr->base.refCount == 0) &&
+            (stylePtr->base.flags & TIX_STYLE_DELETED) &&
+	    (stylePtr->base.flags & TIX_STYLE_DEFAULT)) {
+	Tk_EventuallyFree((ClientData)stylePtr, (Tix_FreeProc *)StyleDestroy);
+    }
+}
+    
+static void
+ListDeleteAll(stylePtr)
+    Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr;
+{
+    Tcl_HashSearch hashSearch;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+
+    for (hashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&stylePtr->base.items, &hashSearch);
+	 hashPtr;
+	 hashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&hashSearch)) {
+
+	iPtr = (Tix_DItem *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	if (stylePtr->base.diTypePtr->lostStyleProc != NULL) {
+	    stylePtr->base.diTypePtr->lostStyleProc(iPtr);
+	}
+	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DefWindowStructureProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked whenever StructureNotify events
+ *	occur for a window that has some default style(s) associated with it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The style(s) associated with this window will all be deleted.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DefWindowStructureProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Pointer to record describing window item. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr;		/* Describes what just happened. */
+{
+    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    StyleInfo * infoPtr;
+    StyleLink * linkPtr, *toFree;
+
+    if (eventPtr->type != DestroyNotify) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ((hashPtr=Tcl_FindHashEntry(&defaultTable, (char*)tkwin)) == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    infoPtr = (StyleInfo *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    for (linkPtr = infoPtr->linkHead; linkPtr; ) {
+	toFree = linkPtr;
+	linkPtr=linkPtr->next;
+
+	DeleteStyle(toFree->stylePtr);
+	ckfree((char*)toFree);
+    } 
+
+    ckfree((char*)infoPtr);
+    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * RefWindowStructureProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked when the refwindow of a non-default
+ *	style is deleted.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The style is deleted.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+RefWindowStructureProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Pointer to record describing window item. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr;		/* Describes what just happened. */
+{
+    Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr = (Tix_DItemStyle *)clientData;
+
+    if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
+	/*
+	 * If some DItems are still associated with this window, they
+	 * will receive a "LostStyle" notification.
+	 */
+	DeleteStyle(stylePtr);
+    } 
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *		 The Tix Customed Config Options
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The global data structures to use in widget configSpecs arrays
+ *
+ * These are declared in <tix.h>
+ */
+
+Tk_CustomOption tixConfigItemStyle = {
+    DItemStyleParseProc, DItemStylePrintProc, 0,
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  DItemStyleParseProc --
+ *
+ *	Parse the text string and store the Tix_DItemStyleType information
+ *	inside the widget record.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int DItemStyleParseProc(clientData, interp, tkwin, value, widRec,offset)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    CONST84 char *value;
+    char *widRec;		/* Must point to a valid Tix_DItem struct */
+    int offset;
+{
+    Tix_DItem       * iPtr = (Tix_DItem *)widRec;
+    Tix_DItemStyle ** ptr = (Tix_DItemStyle **)(widRec + offset);
+    Tix_DItemStyle  * oldPtr = *ptr;
+    Tix_DItemStyle  * newPtr;
+
+    if (value == NULL || strlen(value) == 0) {
+	/*
+	 * User gives a NULL string -- meaning he wants the default
+	 * style
+	 */
+	if (oldPtr && oldPtr->base.flags & TIX_STYLE_DEFAULT) {
+	    /*
+	     * This ditem is already associated with a default style. Let's
+	     * keep it.
+	     */
+	    newPtr = oldPtr;
+	} else {
+	    if (oldPtr) {
+		ListDelete(oldPtr, iPtr);
+	    }
+	    newPtr = NULL;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ((newPtr = FindStyle(value, interp)) == NULL) {
+	    goto not_found;
+	}
+	if (newPtr->base.flags & TIX_STYLE_DELETED) {
+	    goto not_found;
+	}
+	if (newPtr->base.diTypePtr != iPtr->base.diTypePtr) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Style type mismatch ",
+	        "Needed ", iPtr->base.diTypePtr->name, " style but got ",
+	        newPtr->base.diTypePtr->name, " style", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (oldPtr != newPtr) {
+	    if (oldPtr != NULL) {
+		ListDelete(oldPtr, iPtr);
+	    }
+	    ListAdd(newPtr, iPtr);
+	}
+    }
+
+    *ptr = newPtr;
+    return TCL_OK;
+
+not_found:
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Display style \"", value,
+	"\" not found", NULL);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+static char *DItemStylePrintProc(clientData, tkwin, widRec,offset, freeProcPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    char *widRec;
+    int offset;
+    Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr;
+{
+    Tix_DItemStyle *stylePtr = *((Tix_DItemStyle**)(widRec+offset));
+
+    if (stylePtr != NULL) {
+	return stylePtr->base.name;
+    } else {
+	return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+TixDItemStyleConfigureGCs(style)
+    Tix_DItemStyle *style;
+{
+    TixColorStyle * stylePtr = (TixColorStyle *)style;
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+    GC newGC;
+    int i;
+
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+    for (i=0; i<4; i++) {
+	/*
+         * Foreground GC
+         */
+
+	gcValues.background = stylePtr->colors[i].bg->pixel;
+	gcValues.foreground = stylePtr->colors[i].fg->pixel;
+	newGC = Tk_GetGC(stylePtr->tkwin,
+	    GCForeground|GCBackground|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+
+	if (stylePtr->colors[i].foreGC != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(stylePtr->tkwin),
+		stylePtr->colors[i].foreGC);
+	}
+	stylePtr->colors[i].foreGC = newGC;
+
+	/*
+         * Background GC
+         */
+
+	gcValues.foreground = stylePtr->colors[i].bg->pixel;
+	newGC = Tk_GetGC(stylePtr->tkwin,
+	    GCForeground|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+
+	if (stylePtr->colors[i].backGC != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(stylePtr->tkwin),
+		stylePtr->colors[i].backGC);
+	}
+	stylePtr->colors[i].backGC = newGC;
+
+        /*
+         * Anchor GC
+         */
+
+        newGC = Tix_GetAnchorGC(stylePtr->tkwin,
+                stylePtr->colors[i].bg);
+
+	if (stylePtr->colors[i].anchorGC != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(stylePtr->tkwin),
+		stylePtr->colors[i].anchorGC);
+	}
+	stylePtr->colors[i].anchorGC = newGC;
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDiText.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDiText.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,651 @@
+/*
+ * tixDiText.c --
+ *
+ *	This file implements one of the "Display Items" in the Tix library :
+ *	Text display items.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixDiText.c,v 1.7 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixDef.h>
+
+/*
+ * If the item has a really small text, or no text at all, use
+ * this size. This makes the drawing of selection lines more sane.
+ */
+
+#define MIN_TEXT_WIDTH  2
+#define MIN_TEXT_HEIGHT 2
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *		Configuration options for Text Items
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec textItemConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-itemtype", "itemType", "ItemType", 
+       DEF_TEXTITEM_TYPE, Tk_Offset(TixTextItem, diTypePtr),
+       0, &tixConfigItemType},
+    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-style", "textStyle", "TextStyle",
+       DEF_TEXTITEM_STYLE, Tk_Offset(TixTextItem, stylePtr),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tixConfigItemStyle},
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
+       DEF_TEXTITEM_TEXT, Tk_Offset(TixTextItem, text),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
+	DEF_TEXTITEM_UNDERLINE, Tk_Offset(TixTextItem, underline), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *		Configuration options for Text Styles
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec textStyleConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
+       DEF_TEXTSTYLE_ANCHOR, Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle, anchor), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+#if 0
+    /* %bordercolor not used */
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-bordercolor","borderColor","BorderColor",
+       DEF_TEXTSTYLE_BORDER_COLOR_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle, borderColor),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-bordercolor","borderColor","BorderColor",
+       DEF_TEXTSTYLE_BORDER_COLOR_MONO, Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle, borderColor),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+#endif
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
+       DEF_TEXTSTYLE_FONT, Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle, font), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justyfy",
+       DEF_TEXTSTYLE_JUSTIFY, Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle, justify),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
+       DEF_TEXTSTYLE_PADX, Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle, pad[0]), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
+       DEF_TEXTSTYLE_PADY, Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle, pad[1]), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
+       DEF_TEXTSTYLE_WLENGTH, Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle, wrapLength), 0},
+
+/* The following is automatically generated */
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-background","background","Background",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-background","background","Background",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-foreground","foreground","Foreground",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-foreground","foreground","Foreground",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activebackground","activeBackground","ActiveBackground",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activebackground","activeBackground","ActiveBackground",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activeforeground","activeForeground","ActiveForeground",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activeforeground","activeForeground","ActiveForeground",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectbackground","selectBackground","SelectBackground",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectbackground","selectBackground","SelectBackground",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectforeground","selectForeground","SelectForeground",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectforeground","selectForeground","SelectForeground",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledbackground","disabledBackground","DisabledBackground",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledbackground","disabledBackground","DisabledBackground",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledforeground","disabledForeground","DisabledForeground",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledforeground","disabledForeground","DisabledForeground",
+	DEF_TEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixTextStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void		Tix_TextItemCalculateSize  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static char *		Tix_TextItemComponent  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr, int x, int y));
+static int		Tix_TextItemConfigure _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv,
+			    int flags));
+static Tix_DItem *	Tix_TextItemCreate _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DispData * ddPtr, Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr));
+static void		Tix_TextItemDisplay  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Drawable drawable, Tix_DItem * iPtr,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int height,
+                            int xOffset, int yOffset, int flags));
+static void		Tix_TextItemFree  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static void		Tix_TextItemLostStyle  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static void		Tix_TextItemStyleChanged  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static int		Tix_TextStyleConfigure _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItemStyle* style, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv,
+			    int flags));
+static Tix_DItemStyle *	Tix_TextStyleCreate _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr, char * name));
+static void		Tix_TextStyleFree _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItemStyle* style));
+static void		Tix_TextStyleSetTemplate _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItemStyle* style,
+			    Tix_StyleTemplate * tmplPtr));
+
+Tix_DItemInfo tix_TextItemType = {
+    "text",			/* type */
+    TIX_DITEM_TEXT,
+    Tix_TextItemCreate,		/* createProc */
+    Tix_TextItemConfigure,
+    Tix_TextItemCalculateSize,
+    Tix_TextItemComponent,
+    Tix_TextItemDisplay,
+    Tix_TextItemFree,
+    Tix_TextItemStyleChanged,
+    Tix_TextItemLostStyle,
+
+    Tix_TextStyleCreate,
+    Tix_TextStyleConfigure,
+    Tix_TextStyleFree,
+    Tix_TextStyleSetTemplate,
+
+    textItemConfigSpecs,
+    textStyleConfigSpecs,
+    NULL,				/*next */
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_TextItemCreate --
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Tix_DItem * Tix_TextItemCreate(ddPtr, diTypePtr)
+    Tix_DispData * ddPtr;
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+{
+    TixTextItem * itPtr;
+
+    itPtr = (TixTextItem*) ckalloc(sizeof(TixTextItem));
+
+    itPtr->diTypePtr	= &tix_TextItemType;
+    itPtr->ddPtr	= ddPtr;
+    itPtr->stylePtr	= (TixTextStyle*)TixGetDefaultDItemStyle(
+	                  itPtr->ddPtr, &tix_TextItemType,
+                          (Tix_DItem*)itPtr, NULL);
+    itPtr->clientData	= 0;
+    itPtr->size[0]	= 0;
+    itPtr->size[1]	= 0;
+    itPtr->selX         = 0;
+    itPtr->selY         = 0;
+    itPtr->selW         = 0;
+    itPtr->selH         = 0;
+    
+    itPtr->numChars	= 0;
+    itPtr->text		= NULL;
+    itPtr->textW	= 0;
+    itPtr->textH	= 0;
+    itPtr->underline	= -1;
+
+    return (Tix_DItem *)itPtr;
+}
+
+static void Tix_TextItemFree(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixTextItem * itPtr = (TixTextItem *) iPtr;
+
+    if (itPtr->stylePtr) {
+	TixDItemStyleFree(iPtr, (Tix_DItemStyle*)itPtr->stylePtr);
+    }
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(textItemConfigSpecs, (char *)itPtr,
+	itPtr->ddPtr->display, 0);
+    ckfree((char*)itPtr);
+}
+
+static int
+Tix_TextItemConfigure(iPtr, argc, argv, flags)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int flags;
+{
+    TixTextItem * itPtr = (TixTextItem *) iPtr;
+    TixTextStyle * oldStyle = itPtr->stylePtr;
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(itPtr->ddPtr->interp, itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin,
+	textItemConfigSpecs,
+	argc, argv, (char *)itPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (itPtr->stylePtr == NULL) {
+	itPtr->stylePtr = (TixTextStyle*)TixGetDefaultDItemStyle(
+	    itPtr->ddPtr, &tix_TextItemType, iPtr, NULL);
+    }
+
+    if (oldStyle != NULL && itPtr->stylePtr != oldStyle) {
+	Tix_TextItemStyleChanged(iPtr);
+    }
+    else {
+	Tix_TextItemCalculateSize((Tix_DItem*)itPtr);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_TextItemDisplay --
+ *
+ *	Display a text item. {x, y, width, height} specifies a region
+ *      for to display this item in. {xOffset, yOffset} gives the
+ *      offset of the top-left corner of the text item relative to
+ *      the top-left corder of the region.
+ *
+ *      Background and foreground of the item are displayed according
+ *      to the flags parameter.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ * 
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+Tix_TextItemDisplay(drawable, iPtr, x, y, width, height, xOffset, yOffset,
+        flags)
+    Drawable drawable;
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int width;
+    int height;
+    int xOffset;
+    int yOffset;
+    int flags;
+{
+    TixTextItem *itPtr = (TixTextItem *)iPtr;
+    Display * display = iPtr->base.ddPtr->display;
+    TixpSubRegion subReg;
+    GC foreGC;
+
+    if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    TixGetColorDItemGC(iPtr, NULL, &foreGC, NULL, flags);
+
+    TixpStartSubRegionDraw(display, drawable, foreGC,
+	    &subReg, 0, 0, x, y, width, height,
+	    itPtr->size[0] + xOffset, itPtr->size[1] + yOffset);
+
+    Tix_DItemDrawBackground(drawable, &subReg, iPtr, x, y, width, height,
+           xOffset, yOffset, flags);
+
+    /*
+     * Calculate the location of the text according to anchor settings.
+     */
+
+    TixDItemGetAnchor(iPtr->base.stylePtr->anchor, x, y, width, height,
+	    iPtr->base.size[0], iPtr->base.size[1], &x, &y);
+
+    if (foreGC != None && itPtr->text != NULL) {
+        /*
+         * Draw the text
+         */
+
+	x += itPtr->stylePtr->pad[0] + xOffset;
+	y += itPtr->stylePtr->pad[1] + yOffset;
+
+	TixpSubRegDisplayText(display, drawable, foreGC,
+		&subReg, itPtr->stylePtr->font, itPtr->text,
+		itPtr->numChars, x, y, itPtr->textW, itPtr->stylePtr->justify,
+		itPtr->underline);
+    }
+
+    TixpEndSubRegionDraw(display, drawable, foreGC,
+	    &subReg);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_TextItemComponent --
+ *
+ *	Identifies the sub-component of this text item at the given
+ *      {x, y} location. Text items are not divided into sub-components
+ *      so the string "body" is always returned.
+ *
+ *      The returned string is statically allocated.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ * 
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static char *
+Tix_TextItemComponent(iPtr, x, y)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+{
+    static char * body = "body";
+
+    return body;
+}
+
+
+static void
+Tix_TextItemCalculateSize(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixTextItem *itPtr = (TixTextItem *)iPtr;
+    char * text = itPtr->text;
+    if (text == NULL || *text == '\0') {
+        /*
+         * Use one space character so that the height of the item
+         * would be the same as a regular small item, and the width
+         * of the item won't be too tiny.
+         */
+
+        text = " ";
+    }
+
+    itPtr->numChars = -1;
+    TixComputeTextGeometry(itPtr->stylePtr->font, text, -1,
+            itPtr->stylePtr->wrapLength, &itPtr->textW, &itPtr->textH);
+    itPtr->size[0] = itPtr->textW;
+    itPtr->size[1] = itPtr->textH;
+
+    itPtr->size[0] += 2*itPtr->stylePtr->pad[0];
+    itPtr->size[1] += 2*itPtr->stylePtr->pad[1];
+
+    itPtr->selX = 0;
+    itPtr->selY = 0;
+    itPtr->selW = itPtr->size[0];
+    itPtr->selH = itPtr->size[1];
+}
+
+static void
+Tix_TextItemStyleChanged(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixTextItem *itPtr = (TixTextItem *)iPtr;
+
+    if (itPtr->stylePtr == NULL) {
+	/* Maybe we haven't set the style to default style yet */
+	return;
+    }
+    Tix_TextItemCalculateSize(iPtr);
+    if (itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc != NULL) {
+	itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc(iPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+Tix_TextItemLostStyle(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixTextItem *itPtr = (TixTextItem *)iPtr;
+
+    itPtr->stylePtr = (TixTextStyle*)TixGetDefaultDItemStyle(
+	itPtr->ddPtr, &tix_TextItemType, iPtr, NULL);
+
+    Tix_TextItemStyleChanged(iPtr);
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *			Display styles
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Tix_DItemStyle *
+Tix_TextStyleCreate(interp, tkwin, diTypePtr, name)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    char * name;
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+{
+    TixTextStyle * stylePtr = (TixTextStyle *)ckalloc(sizeof(TixTextStyle));
+
+    stylePtr->font	 = NULL;
+    stylePtr->justify	 = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
+    stylePtr->wrapLength = 0;
+
+    return (Tix_DItemStyle *)stylePtr;
+}
+
+static int
+Tix_TextStyleConfigure(style, argc, argv, flags)
+    Tix_DItemStyle *style;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int flags;
+{
+    TixTextStyle * stylePtr = (TixTextStyle *)style;
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+    GC newGC;
+    int i, isNew;
+
+    if (stylePtr->font == NULL) {
+	isNew = 1;
+    } else {
+	isNew = 0;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * TODO: gap, wrapLength, etc changes: need to call TixDItemStyleChanged
+     */
+
+    if (!(flags &TIX_DONT_CALL_CONFIG)) {
+	if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(stylePtr->interp, stylePtr->tkwin,
+	    textStyleConfigSpecs,
+	    argc, argv, (char *)stylePtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    gcValues.font = TixFontId(stylePtr->font);
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+
+    for (i=0; i<4; i++) {
+	/*
+         * Foreground GC
+         */
+
+	gcValues.background = stylePtr->colors[i].bg->pixel;
+	gcValues.foreground = stylePtr->colors[i].fg->pixel;
+	newGC = Tk_GetGC(stylePtr->tkwin,
+	    GCFont|GCForeground|GCBackground|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+
+	if (stylePtr->colors[i].foreGC != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(stylePtr->tkwin),
+		stylePtr->colors[i].foreGC);
+	}
+	stylePtr->colors[i].foreGC = newGC;
+
+	/*
+         * Background GC
+         */
+
+	gcValues.foreground = stylePtr->colors[i].bg->pixel;
+	newGC = Tk_GetGC(stylePtr->tkwin,
+	    GCFont|GCForeground|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+
+	if (stylePtr->colors[i].backGC != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(stylePtr->tkwin),
+		stylePtr->colors[i].backGC);
+	}
+	stylePtr->colors[i].backGC = newGC;
+
+        /*
+         * Anchor GC
+         */
+
+        newGC = Tix_GetAnchorGC(stylePtr->tkwin,
+                stylePtr->colors[i].bg);
+
+	if (stylePtr->colors[i].anchorGC != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(stylePtr->tkwin),
+		stylePtr->colors[i].anchorGC);
+	}
+	stylePtr->colors[i].anchorGC = newGC;
+    }
+
+    if (!isNew) {
+	TixDItemStyleChanged(stylePtr->diTypePtr, (Tix_DItemStyle *)stylePtr);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static void
+Tix_TextStyleFree(style)
+    Tix_DItemStyle *style;
+{
+    TixTextStyle * stylePtr = (TixTextStyle *)style;
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(textStyleConfigSpecs, (char *)stylePtr,
+	Tk_Display(stylePtr->tkwin), 0);
+    ckfree((char *)stylePtr);
+}
+
+static int bg_flags [4] = {
+    TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG,
+    TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_BG,
+    TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_BG,
+    TIX_DITEM_DISABLED_BG
+};
+static int fg_flags [4] = {
+    TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG,
+    TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_FG,
+    TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_FG,
+    TIX_DITEM_DISABLED_FG
+};
+
+
+static void
+Tix_TextStyleSetTemplate(style, tmplPtr)
+    Tix_DItemStyle* style;
+    Tix_StyleTemplate * tmplPtr;
+{
+    TixTextStyle * stylePtr = (TixTextStyle *)style;
+    int i;
+
+    if (tmplPtr->flags & TIX_DITEM_FONT) {
+	if (stylePtr->font != NULL) {
+	    TixFreeFont(stylePtr->font);
+	}
+	stylePtr->font = TixGetFont(
+	    stylePtr->interp, stylePtr->tkwin,
+	    TixNameOfFont(tmplPtr->font));
+    }
+    if (tmplPtr->flags & TIX_DITEM_PADX) {
+	stylePtr->pad[0] = tmplPtr->pad[0];
+    }
+    if (tmplPtr->flags & TIX_DITEM_PADY) {
+	stylePtr->pad[1] = tmplPtr->pad[1];
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<4; i++) {
+	if (tmplPtr->flags & bg_flags[i]) {
+	    if (stylePtr->colors[i].bg != NULL) {
+		Tk_FreeColor(stylePtr->colors[i].bg);
+	    }
+	    stylePtr->colors[i].bg = Tk_GetColor(
+		stylePtr->interp, stylePtr->tkwin,
+		Tk_NameOfColor(tmplPtr->colors[i].bg));
+	}
+    }
+    for (i=0; i<4; i++) {
+	if (tmplPtr->flags & fg_flags[i]) {
+	    if (stylePtr->colors[i].fg != NULL) {
+		Tk_FreeColor(stylePtr->colors[i].fg);
+	    }
+	    stylePtr->colors[i].fg = Tk_GetColor(
+		stylePtr->interp, stylePtr->tkwin,
+		Tk_NameOfColor(tmplPtr->colors[i].fg));
+	}
+    }
+
+    Tix_TextStyleConfigure(style, 0, 0, TIX_DONT_CALL_CONFIG);
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDiWin.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixDiWin.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,934 @@
+/*
+ * tixDiWin.c --
+ *
+ *	This file implements one of the "Display Items" in the Tix library :
+ *	WindowItem display items.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixDiWin.c,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixDef.h>
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * 		 Data structures used by this file
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * 		      Private data definition
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static Tix_ListInfo mapWinListInfo = {
+    Tk_Offset(TixWindowItem, next),
+    TIX_UNDEFINED,
+};
+
+#define DEF_WINDOWITEM_WINDOW	 ""
+#define DEF_WINDOWITEM_STYLE	 ""
+#define DEF_WINDOWITEM_TYPE	 "window"
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec windowItemConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-itemtype", "itemType", "ItemType", 
+       DEF_WINDOWITEM_TYPE, Tk_Offset(TixWindowItem, diTypePtr),
+       0, &tixConfigItemType},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-style", "windowStyle", "WindowStyle",
+       DEF_WINDOWITEM_STYLE, Tk_Offset(TixWindowItem, stylePtr),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tixConfigItemStyle},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-widget", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *)NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_WINDOW, "-window", "window", "Window",
+       DEF_WINDOWITEM_WINDOW, Tk_Offset(TixWindowItem, tkwin), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * 		Configuration options for Window Styles
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_PADX	"0"
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_PADY	"0"
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_ANCHOR	"w"
+
+#define SELECTED_BG SELECT_BG 
+#define DISABLED_BG DISABLED  
+
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_NORMAL_FG_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_NORMAL_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_NORMAL_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_NORMAL_BG_MONO		WHITE
+
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR		ACTIVE_BG
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
+
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_SELECTED_FG_COLOR	BLACK
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_SELECTED_FG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_SELECTED_BG_COLOR	SELECTED_BG
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_SELECTED_BG_MONO		BLACK
+
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	BLACK
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_DISABLED_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_DISABLED_BG_COLOR	DISABLED_BG
+#define DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_DISABLED_BG_MONO		WHITE
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec windowStyleConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
+       DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_ANCHOR, Tk_Offset(TixWindowStyle, anchor), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+ 
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
+       DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_PADX, Tk_Offset(TixWindowStyle, pad[0]), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
+       DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_PADY, Tk_Offset(TixWindowStyle, pad[1]), 0},
+
+/* The following was automatically generated */
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-background","background","Background",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_NORMAL_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-background","background","Background",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_NORMAL_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-foreground","foreground","Foreground",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_NORMAL_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-foreground","foreground","Foreground",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_NORMAL_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activebackground","activeBackground","ActiveBackground",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activebackground","activeBackground","ActiveBackground",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activeforeground","activeForeground","ActiveForeground",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-activeforeground","activeForeground","ActiveForeground",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectbackground","selectBackground","SelectBackground",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_SELECTED_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectbackground","selectBackground","SelectBackground",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_SELECTED_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectforeground","selectForeground","SelectForeground",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_SELECTED_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-selectforeground","selectForeground","SelectForeground",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_SELECTED_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledbackground","disabledBackground","DisabledBackground",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_DISABLED_BG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledbackground","disabledBackground","DisabledBackground",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_DISABLED_BG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].bg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledforeground","disabledForeground","DisabledForeground",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+	{TK_CONFIG_COLOR,"-disabledforeground","disabledForeground","DisabledForeground",
+	DEF_WINDOWSTYLE_DISABLED_FG_MONO,
+	Tk_Offset(TixImageStyle,colors[TIX_DITEM_DISABLED].fg),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void		SubWindowLostSlaveProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin));
+static void		SubWindowRequestProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin));
+static void		SubWindowStructureProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr));
+static char *		Tix_WindowItemComponent  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr, int x, int y));
+static void		Tix_WindowItemCalculateSize  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static int 		Tix_WindowItemConfigure _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv,
+			    int flags));
+static Tix_DItem * 	Tix_WindowItemCreate _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DispData * ddPtr, Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr));
+static void		Tix_WindowItemDisplay  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Drawable drawable, Tix_DItem * iPtr,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int height,
+                            int xOffset, int yOffset, int flags));
+static void		Tix_WindowItemFree  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static void		Tix_WindowItemLostStyle  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static void 		Tix_WindowItemStyleChanged  _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr));
+static void		Tix_WindowItemUnmap _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    TixWindowItem *itPtr));
+static int 		Tix_WindowStyleConfigure _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItemStyle* style, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv,
+			    int flags));
+static Tix_DItemStyle *	Tix_WindowStyleCreate _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr, char * name));
+static void		Tix_WindowStyleFree _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItemStyle* style));
+static void 		Tix_WindowStyleSetTemplate _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItemStyle* style,
+			    Tix_StyleTemplate * tmplPtr));
+static void		UnmanageWindow _ANSI_ARGS_((Tix_DItem * iPtr,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin));
+static void		ManageWindow _ANSI_ARGS_((Tix_DItem * iPtr,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin));
+
+Tix_DItemInfo tix_WindowItemType = {
+    "window",			/* type */
+    TIX_DITEM_WINDOW,
+    Tix_WindowItemCreate,		/* createProc */
+    Tix_WindowItemConfigure,
+    Tix_WindowItemCalculateSize,
+    Tix_WindowItemComponent,
+    Tix_WindowItemDisplay,
+    Tix_WindowItemFree,
+    Tix_WindowItemStyleChanged,
+    Tix_WindowItemLostStyle,
+
+    Tix_WindowStyleCreate,
+    Tix_WindowStyleConfigure,
+    Tix_WindowStyleFree,
+    Tix_WindowStyleSetTemplate,
+
+    windowItemConfigSpecs,
+    windowStyleConfigSpecs,
+
+    NULL,				/*next */
+};
+
+/*
+ * The structure below defines the official type record for the
+ * placer:
+ */
+static Tk_GeomMgr windowItemGeomType = {
+    "tixWindowItem",			/* name */
+    SubWindowRequestProc,		/* requestProc */
+    SubWindowLostSlaveProc,		/* lostSlaveProc */
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_WindowItemCreate --
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Tix_DItem * Tix_WindowItemCreate(ddPtr, diTypePtr)
+    Tix_DispData * ddPtr;
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+{
+    TixWindowItem * itPtr;
+
+    itPtr = (TixWindowItem*) ckalloc(sizeof(TixWindowItem));
+
+    itPtr->diTypePtr	= diTypePtr;
+    itPtr->ddPtr 	= ddPtr;
+    itPtr->stylePtr     = NULL;
+    itPtr->clientData	= 0;
+    itPtr->size[0]	= 0;
+    itPtr->size[1]	= 0;
+
+    itPtr->tkwin	= NULL;
+
+    return (Tix_DItem *)itPtr;
+}
+
+/* %% */
+static void Tix_WindowItemFree(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixWindowItem * itPtr = (TixWindowItem *) iPtr;
+
+    if (itPtr->tkwin) {
+	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(itPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	    SubWindowStructureProc, (ClientData) itPtr);
+	Tk_ManageGeometry(itPtr->tkwin, (Tk_GeomMgr *)NULL,
+	    (ClientData) NULL);
+	Tk_UnmapWindow(itPtr->tkwin);
+    }
+    if (itPtr->stylePtr) {
+	TixDItemStyleFree(iPtr, (Tix_DItemStyle*)itPtr->stylePtr);
+    }
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(windowItemConfigSpecs, (char *)itPtr,
+	itPtr->ddPtr->display, 0);
+
+    ckfree((char*)itPtr);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ManageWindow --
+ *
+ *	Associate this sub-window with the window item.
+ *
+ * Side effect:
+ *	itPtr->tkwin is changed.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+ManageWindow(iPtr, tkwin)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+{
+    TixWindowItem * itPtr = (TixWindowItem *) iPtr;
+
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	SubWindowStructureProc, (ClientData) itPtr);
+    Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, &windowItemGeomType,
+	(ClientData) itPtr);
+
+    itPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * UnmanageWindow --
+ *
+ *	Disassociate this sub-window from the window item.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *	the tkwin parameter may not equal to itPtr->tkwin.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+UnmanageWindow(iPtr, tkwin)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+{
+    TixWindowItem * itPtr = (TixWindowItem *) iPtr;
+
+    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	SubWindowStructureProc, (ClientData) itPtr);
+    Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, (Tk_GeomMgr *)NULL,
+	(ClientData) NULL);
+    Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
+}
+
+static int Tix_WindowItemConfigure(iPtr, argc, argv, flags)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int flags;
+{
+    TixWindowItem * itPtr = (TixWindowItem *) iPtr;
+    TixWindowStyle * oldStyle = itPtr->stylePtr;
+    Tk_Window oldWindow;
+
+    oldWindow = itPtr->tkwin;
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(itPtr->ddPtr->interp, itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin,
+	windowItemConfigSpecs,
+	argc, argv, (char *)itPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (itPtr->stylePtr == NULL) {
+	itPtr->stylePtr = (TixWindowStyle*)TixGetDefaultDItemStyle(
+	    itPtr->ddPtr, &tix_WindowItemType, iPtr, NULL);
+    }
+
+    if (oldWindow != itPtr->tkwin) {
+	if (oldWindow != NULL) {
+	    UnmanageWindow(iPtr, oldWindow);
+	}
+	if (itPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Make sure that the master window is the parent of the
+	     * window associated with the item.
+	     * Also, don't allow a top-level window to be
+	     * managed inside a master window.
+	     */
+	    if (Tk_Parent(itPtr->tkwin) != itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin) {
+		Tcl_AppendResult(itPtr->ddPtr->interp, "can't use ",
+		    Tk_PathName(itPtr->tkwin),
+		    " in a window item of the master widget: must be a child",
+		    " of ", Tk_PathName(itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin), (char *) NULL);
+		goto badWindow;
+	    }
+	    if (((Tk_FakeWin *) (itPtr->tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL) {
+		Tcl_AppendResult(itPtr->ddPtr->interp, 
+		    "can't manage toplevel window",
+	 	    Tk_PathName(itPtr->tkwin),
+		    " as a window item of ", Tk_PathName(itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin),
+		    (char *) NULL);
+		goto badWindow;
+	    }
+	    ManageWindow(iPtr, itPtr->tkwin);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (oldStyle != NULL && itPtr->stylePtr != oldStyle) {
+	Tix_WindowItemStyleChanged(iPtr);
+    }
+    else {
+	Tix_WindowItemCalculateSize((Tix_DItem*)itPtr);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+
+badWindow:
+
+    itPtr->tkwin = NULL;
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_WindowItemDisplay --
+ *
+ *      Display an window item. {x, y, width, height} specifies a
+ *      region for to display this item in. {xOffset, yOffset} gives
+ *      the offset of the top-left corner of the window item relative
+ *      to the top-left corder of the region.
+ *
+ *      Background and foreground of the item are displayed according
+ *      to the flags parameter.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      The geometry management calls such as Tk_MoveResizeWindow()
+ *      may cause repaints in the parent window that owns this item,
+ *      but it shouldn't enter an infinite loop.
+ *      Tk_MoveResizeWindow (or the underlying windowing system?) will
+ *      supress repaint events if the window's geometry is not changed
+ *      by the Tk_MoveResizeWindow call.
+ * 
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+Tix_WindowItemDisplay(drawable, iPtr, x, y, width, height, xOffset, yOffset, 
+        flags)
+    Drawable drawable;
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int width;
+    int height;
+    int flags;
+{
+    TixWindowItem *itPtr = (TixWindowItem *)iPtr;
+    Display * display = itPtr->ddPtr->display;
+    TixpSubRegion subReg;
+    GC foreGC;
+    int winX, winY, winH, winW;
+
+    if (itPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    TixGetColorDItemGC(iPtr, NULL, &foreGC, NULL, flags);
+
+    TixpStartSubRegionDraw(display, drawable, foreGC,
+	    &subReg, 0, 0, x, y, width, height,
+	    itPtr->size[0] + xOffset, itPtr->size[1] + yOffset);
+
+    Tix_DItemDrawBackground(drawable, &subReg, iPtr, x, y, width, height,
+           xOffset, yOffset, flags);
+
+    /*
+     * Calculate the location of the window according to anchor settings.
+     */
+
+    TixDItemGetAnchor(itPtr->stylePtr->anchor, x, y, width, height,
+	    itPtr->size[0], itPtr->size[1], &x, &y);
+
+    winX = xOffset + itPtr->stylePtr->pad[0];
+    winY = yOffset + itPtr->stylePtr->pad[1];
+    winW = itPtr->size[0] - 2*itPtr->stylePtr->pad[0];
+    winH = itPtr->size[1] - 2*itPtr->stylePtr->pad[1];
+
+    if (winW + winX > width) {
+        winW = width - winX;
+    }
+    if (winH + winY > height) {
+        winH = height - winY;
+    }
+
+    winX += x;
+    winY += y;
+
+    if (width < 1 || height < 1 || winW < 1 || winH < 1) {
+	if (itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(itPtr->tkwin)) {
+	    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(itPtr->tkwin, itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin);
+	}
+
+	Tk_UnmapWindow(itPtr->tkwin);
+    } else {
+        if (itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin == Tk_Parent(itPtr->tkwin)) {
+            Tk_MapWindow(itPtr->tkwin);
+            Tk_MoveResizeWindow(itPtr->tkwin, winX, winY, winW, winH);
+        } else {
+            Tk_MaintainGeometry(itPtr->tkwin, itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin,
+	            winX, winY, winW, winH);
+        }
+    }
+
+    TixpEndSubRegionDraw(display, drawable, foreGC,
+	    &subReg);
+}
+
+static void
+Tix_WindowItemCalculateSize(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixWindowItem *itPtr = (TixWindowItem*)iPtr;
+
+    if (itPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
+	itPtr->size[0] = Tk_ReqWidth (itPtr->tkwin);
+	itPtr->size[1] = Tk_ReqHeight(itPtr->tkwin);
+    } else {
+	itPtr->size[0] = 0;
+	itPtr->size[1] = 0;
+    }
+
+    itPtr->size[0] += 2*itPtr->stylePtr->pad[0];
+    itPtr->size[1] += 2*itPtr->stylePtr->pad[1];
+
+    itPtr->selX = 0;
+    itPtr->selY = 0;
+    itPtr->selW = itPtr->size[0];
+    itPtr->selH = itPtr->size[1];
+}
+
+static char * Tix_WindowItemComponent(iPtr, x, y)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+{
+#if 0
+    TixWindowItem *itPtr = (TixWindowItem *)iPtr;
+#endif
+    static char * body = "body";
+
+    return body;
+}
+
+
+static void Tix_WindowItemStyleChanged(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixWindowItem *itPtr = (TixWindowItem *)iPtr;
+
+    if (itPtr->stylePtr == NULL) {
+	/* Maybe we haven't set the style to default style yet */
+	return;
+    }
+    Tix_WindowItemCalculateSize(iPtr);
+    if (itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc != NULL) {
+	itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc(iPtr);
+    }
+}
+static void Tix_WindowItemLostStyle(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixWindowItem *itPtr = (TixWindowItem *)iPtr;
+
+    itPtr->stylePtr = (TixWindowStyle*)TixGetDefaultDItemStyle(
+	itPtr->ddPtr, &tix_WindowItemType, iPtr, NULL);
+
+    Tix_WindowItemStyleChanged(iPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SubWindowStructureProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked whenever StructureNotify events
+ *	occur for a window that's managed as part of a display
+ *	item.  This procudure's only purpose is to clean up when
+ *	windows are deleted.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The window is disassociated from the window item when it is
+ *	deleted.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SubWindowStructureProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Pointer to record describing window item. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr;		/* Describes what just happened. */
+{
+    TixWindowItem * itPtr = (TixWindowItem *)clientData;
+    int oldWidth, oldHeight;
+
+    if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
+	itPtr->tkwin = NULL;
+    }
+    oldWidth  = itPtr->size[0];
+    oldHeight = itPtr->size[1];
+    Tix_WindowItemCalculateSize((Tix_DItem*)itPtr);
+
+    if (oldWidth != itPtr->size[0] || oldHeight != itPtr->size[1]) {
+	if (itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc != NULL) {
+	    itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc((Tix_DItem*)itPtr);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SubWindowRequestProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked whenever a window that's associated
+
+ *	with a display item changes its requested dimensions.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The size and location on the screen of the window may change,
+ *	depending on the options specified for the window item.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SubWindowRequestProc(clientData, tkwin)
+    ClientData clientData;		/* Pointer to record for window item.*/
+    Tk_Window tkwin;			/* Window that changed its desired
+					 * size. */
+{
+    TixWindowItem *itPtr = (TixWindowItem *) clientData;
+
+    Tix_WindowItemCalculateSize((Tix_DItem*)itPtr);
+    if (itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc != NULL) {
+	itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc((Tix_DItem*)itPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SubWindowLostSlaveProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by Tk whenever some other geometry
+ *	claims control over a slave that used to be managed by us.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Forgets all information about the slave.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+	/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+SubWindowLostSlaveProc(clientData, tkwin)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* TixWindowItem structure for slave
+				 * window that was stolen away. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
+{
+    TixWindowItem *itPtr = (TixWindowItem *) clientData;
+
+    if (itPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
+	return;
+    } else {
+	itPtr->tkwin = NULL;
+    }
+
+    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	SubWindowStructureProc, (ClientData) itPtr);
+    Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, (Tk_GeomMgr *)NULL,
+	(ClientData) NULL);
+    if (itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(tkwin)) {
+	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(tkwin, itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin);
+    }
+    Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
+
+    /*
+     * Inform the owner that the size has changed
+     */
+    Tix_WindowItemCalculateSize((Tix_DItem*)itPtr);
+    if (itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc != NULL) {
+	itPtr->ddPtr->sizeChangedProc((Tix_DItem*)itPtr);
+    }
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Tix_WindowItemUnmap --
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+Tix_WindowItemUnmap(itPtr)
+    TixWindowItem *itPtr;
+{
+    Tk_Window tkwin = itPtr->tkwin;
+
+    if (tkwin == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(tkwin)) {
+	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(tkwin, itPtr->ddPtr->tkwin);
+    }
+    Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *  			Display styles
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static Tix_DItemStyle *
+Tix_WindowStyleCreate(interp, tkwin, diTypePtr, name)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    char * name;
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+{
+    TixWindowStyle * stylePtr =
+      (TixWindowStyle *)ckalloc(sizeof(TixWindowStyle));
+
+    return (Tix_DItemStyle *)stylePtr;
+}
+
+static int
+Tix_WindowStyleConfigure(style, argc, argv, flags)
+    Tix_DItemStyle *style;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int flags;
+{
+    TixWindowStyle * stylePtr = (TixWindowStyle *)style;
+    int oldPadX;
+    int oldPadY;
+
+    oldPadX = stylePtr->pad[0];
+    oldPadY = stylePtr->pad[1];
+
+    if (!(flags &TIX_DONT_CALL_CONFIG)) {
+	if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(stylePtr->interp, stylePtr->tkwin,
+	    windowStyleConfigSpecs,
+	    argc, argv, (char *)stylePtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    TixDItemStyleConfigureGCs(style);
+
+    if (oldPadX != stylePtr->pad[0] ||  oldPadY != stylePtr->pad[1]) {
+	TixDItemStyleChanged(stylePtr->diTypePtr, (Tix_DItemStyle *)stylePtr);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static void Tix_WindowStyleFree(style)
+    Tix_DItemStyle *style;
+{
+    TixWindowStyle * stylePtr = (TixWindowStyle *)style;
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(windowStyleConfigSpecs, (char *)stylePtr,
+	Tk_Display(stylePtr->tkwin), 0);
+    ckfree((char *)stylePtr);
+}
+
+static int bg_flags [4] = {
+    TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG,
+    TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_BG,
+    TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_BG,
+    TIX_DITEM_DISABLED_BG
+};
+static int fg_flags [4] = {
+    TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG,
+    TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_FG,
+    TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_FG,
+    TIX_DITEM_DISABLED_FG
+};
+
+static void
+Tix_WindowStyleSetTemplate(style, tmplPtr)
+    Tix_DItemStyle* style;
+    Tix_StyleTemplate * tmplPtr;
+{
+    TixWindowStyle * stylePtr = (TixWindowStyle *)style;
+    int i;
+
+    if (tmplPtr->flags & TIX_DITEM_PADX) {
+	stylePtr->pad[0] = tmplPtr->pad[0];
+    }
+    if (tmplPtr->flags & TIX_DITEM_PADY) {
+	stylePtr->pad[1] = tmplPtr->pad[1];
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<4; i++) {
+	if (tmplPtr->flags & bg_flags[i]) {
+	    if (stylePtr->colors[i].bg != NULL) {
+		Tk_FreeColor(stylePtr->colors[i].bg);
+	    }
+	    stylePtr->colors[i].bg = Tk_GetColor(
+		stylePtr->interp, stylePtr->tkwin,
+		Tk_NameOfColor(tmplPtr->colors[i].bg));
+	}
+    }
+    for (i=0; i<4; i++) {
+	if (tmplPtr->flags & fg_flags[i]) {
+	    if (stylePtr->colors[i].fg != NULL) {
+		Tk_FreeColor(stylePtr->colors[i].fg);
+	    }
+	    stylePtr->colors[i].fg = Tk_GetColor(
+		stylePtr->interp, stylePtr->tkwin,
+		Tk_NameOfColor(tmplPtr->colors[i].fg));
+	}
+    }
+
+    Tix_WindowStyleConfigure(style, 0, 0, TIX_DONT_CALL_CONFIG);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *                  Mapped Window List Handling
+ *
+ *
+ * Maintaining a list of mapped window items. Every host widgets should
+ * call these functions so that unwanted window items will not appear
+ * on the screen.
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void Tix_SetWindowItemSerial(lPtr, iPtr, serial)
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int serial;
+{
+    TixWindowItem * itPtr = (TixWindowItem *)iPtr;
+    TixWindowItem * curr;
+    Tix_ListIterator li;
+    Tix_LinkListIteratorInit(&li);
+
+    itPtr->serial = serial;
+
+    for (Tix_LinkListStart(&mapWinListInfo, lPtr, &li);
+	 !Tix_LinkListDone(&li);
+	 Tix_LinkListNext (&mapWinListInfo, lPtr, &li)) {
+
+	curr = (TixWindowItem*)li.curr;
+
+	if (curr == itPtr) {
+	    /* Don't want any duplication */
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+    Tix_LinkListAppend(&mapWinListInfo, lPtr, (char*)itPtr, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * UnmapWindows --
+ *
+ *	We need to unmap all those windows that were displayed last time
+ *	but should be now invisible.
+ *	Otherwise we will have some unwanted child windows floating 
+ *	around.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void Tix_UnmapInvisibleWindowItems(lPtr, serial)
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    int serial;
+{
+    TixWindowItem * curr;
+    Tix_ListIterator li;
+    Tix_LinkListIteratorInit(&li);
+
+    for (Tix_LinkListStart(&mapWinListInfo, lPtr, &li);
+	 !Tix_LinkListDone(&li);
+	 Tix_LinkListNext (&mapWinListInfo, lPtr, &li)) {
+
+	curr = (TixWindowItem*)li.curr;
+	if (curr->serial != serial) {
+	    Tix_WindowItemUnmap(curr);
+	    Tix_LinkListDelete(&mapWinListInfo, lPtr, &li);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void
+Tix_WindowItemListRemove(lPtr, iPtr)
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+{
+    TixWindowItem * curr;
+    Tix_ListIterator li;
+    Tix_LinkListIteratorInit(&li);
+
+    for (Tix_LinkListStart(&mapWinListInfo, lPtr, &li);
+	 !Tix_LinkListDone(&li);
+	 Tix_LinkListNext (&mapWinListInfo, lPtr, &li)) {
+
+	curr = (TixWindowItem*)li.curr;
+	if (curr == (TixWindowItem*)iPtr) {
+	    Tix_WindowItemUnmap(curr);
+	    Tix_LinkListDelete(&mapWinListInfo, lPtr, &li);
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixError.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixError.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixError.c,v 1.2 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixError.c --
+ *
+ *	Implements error handlers for Tix.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+
+int Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, prefixCount, message)
+    Tcl_Interp	      * interp;
+    int			argc;
+    CONST84 char     ** argv;
+    int			prefixCount;
+    CONST84 char      * message;
+{
+    int i;
+
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # of arguments, should be \"",(char*)NULL);
+
+    for (i=0; i<prefixCount && i<argc; i++) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, argv[i], " ", (char*)NULL);
+    }
+
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, message, "\".", (char*)NULL);
+
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+int Tix_ValueMissingError(interp, spec)
+    Tcl_Interp	      * interp;
+    CONST84 char      * spec;
+{
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", spec,
+	"\" missing", (char*)NULL);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_UnknownPublicMethodError --
+ *
+ *
+ * ToDo: sort the list of commands.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int Tix_UnknownPublicMethodError(interp, cPtr, widRec, method)
+    Tcl_Interp	      * interp;
+    TixClassRecord    * cPtr;
+    CONST84 char      * widRec;
+    CONST84 char      * method;
+{
+    int	    i;
+    CONST84 char  * lead = "";
+
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", method, 
+	"\": must be ",
+	(char*)NULL);
+
+    for (i=0; i<cPtr->nMethods-1; i++) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, lead, cPtr->methods[i], (char*)NULL);
+	lead = ", ";
+    }
+    if (cPtr->nMethods>1) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " or ", (char*)NULL);
+    }
+    if (cPtr->nMethods>0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, cPtr->methods[i], (char*)NULL);
+    }
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixForm.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixForm.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,2114 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixForm.c,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixForm.c --
+ *
+ *	Implements the tixForm geometry manager, which has similar
+ *	capability as the Motif Form geometry manager. Please
+ *	refer to the documentation for the use of tixForm.
+ *
+ * 	This file implements the basic algorithm of tixForm.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ *
+ * ToDo:
+ *
+ *     (1) Delete the master structure when there is no more client to manage
+ *
+ * Possible bugs:
+ * (1) a client is deleted but the master doesn't know 
+ *     (clientPtr->tkwin == NULL)
+ * (2) Whan a client S is deleted or detached from the master, all other
+ *     clients attached to S must delete their reference to S
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixForm.h>
+#define DEBUG 0
+
+
+typedef struct SpringLink {
+    struct SpringLink * next;
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+} SpringLink;
+
+
+typedef struct SpringList { 
+    SpringLink * head, * tail;
+    int num;
+} SpringList;
+
+
+/*
+ * SubCommands of the tixForm command.
+ */
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(TixFm_SetGrid);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(TixFm_SetClient);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(TixFm_Check);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(TixFm_Forget);
+EXTERN TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(TixFm_Info);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(TixFm_Slaves);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(TixFm_Spring);
+
+static void 		ArrangeGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+static void 		ArrangeWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((MasterInfo * masterPtr));
+static void		CancelArrangeWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    MasterInfo * masterPtr));
+static void 		CalculateMasterSize _ANSI_ARGS_((MasterInfo *master));
+static void 		CheckIntergrity _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo * clientPtr));
+static MasterInfo * 	GetMasterInfo _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    int create));
+static void 		MasterStructureProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent * eventPtr));
+static int 		PinnClient _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo *clientPtr));
+static int 		PinnClientSide _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo *clientPtr,
+			    int axis, int which, int isSelf));
+static int 		PlaceClientSide _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo *clientPtr,
+			    int axis, int which, int isSelf));
+static int 		TestAndArrange _ANSI_ARGS_((MasterInfo *masterPtr));
+static int 		TixFm_CheckArgv _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv));
+static void		TixFm_LostSlaveProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin));
+static void 		TixFm_ReqProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin));
+static int 		PlaceAllClients _ANSI_ARGS_((MasterInfo *masterPtr));
+static int		PlaceClient _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo *clientPtr));
+static int		PlaceSide_AttOpposite _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    FormInfo *clientPtr, int axis,  int which));
+static int 		PlaceSide_AttAbsolute _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    FormInfo *clientPtr, int axis,  int which));
+static int 		PlaceSide_AttNone _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    FormInfo *clientPtr, int axis,  int which));
+static int		PlaceSide_AttParallel _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo *clientPtr,
+			    int axis, int which));
+static int 		PlaceSimpleCase _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    FormInfo *clientPtr, int axis,  int which));
+static int 		PlaceWithSpring _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    FormInfo *clientPtr, int axis,  int which));
+static 			int ReqSize  _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    int axis));
+static void 		UnmapClient _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo *clientPtr));
+static void		MapClient _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo *clientPtr,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int height));
+static int		PinnSide_AttNone _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo *clientPtr,
+			    int axis, int which));
+static int		PinnSide_AttPercent _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo *clientPtr,
+			    int axis, int which));
+static int		PinnSide_AttOpposite _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo *clientPtr,
+			    int axis, int which));
+static int		PinnSide_AttParallel _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo *clientPtr,
+			    int axis, int which));
+static SpringLink *	AllocSpringLink _ANSI_ARGS_((void));
+static void		FreeSpringLink _ANSI_ARGS_((SpringLink * link));
+static void		FreeSpringList _ANSI_ARGS_((SpringList * listPtr));
+static void		AddRightSprings _ANSI_ARGS_((SpringList * listPtr,
+			    FormInfo *clientPtr));
+static void		AddLeftSprings _ANSI_ARGS_((SpringList * listPtr,
+			    FormInfo *clientPtr));
+
+/*
+ * A macro used to simplify the "pinn client" code
+ */
+#define PINN_CLIENT_SIDE(client, axis, which, isSelf) \
+    if (PinnClientSide(client, axis, which, isSelf) == TCL_ERROR) { \
+	return TCL_ERROR; \
+    }
+/*
+ * A macro used to simplify the "place client" code
+ */
+#define PLACE_CLIENT_SIDE(client, axis, which, isSelf) \
+    if (PlaceClientSide(client, axis, which, isSelf) == TCL_ERROR) { \
+	return TCL_ERROR; \
+    }
+
+/*
+ * Information about the Form geometry manager.
+ */
+static Tk_GeomMgr formType = {
+    "tixForm",			/* name */
+    TixFm_ReqProc,		/* requestProc */
+    TixFm_LostSlaveProc,	/* lostSlaveProc */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Hash table used to map from Tk_Window tokens to corresponding
+ * FormInfo structures:
+ */
+static Tcl_HashTable formInfoHashTable;
+static Tcl_HashTable masterInfoHashTable;
+
+/*
+ * Have static variables in this module been initialized?
+ */
+static initialized = 0;
+
+static int ReqSize(tkwin, axis)
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    int axis;
+{
+    if (axis == AXIS_X) {
+	return Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin);
+    } else {
+	return Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_FormCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "tixForm" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Tix_FormCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Main window associated with
+				 * interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    static Tix_SubCmdInfo subCmdInfo[] = {
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "check", 1, 1, TixFm_Check,
+	   "master",},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "configure", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, TixFm_SetClient,
+	   "slave ?-flag value ...?",},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "forget", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, TixFm_Forget,
+	   "slave ?slave ...?",},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "grid", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, TixFm_SetGrid,
+	   "master ?x_grids y_grids?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "info", 1, 2, TixFm_Info,
+	   "slave ?-flag?",},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "slaves", 1, 1, TixFm_Slaves,
+	   "master",},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "spring", 3, 3, TixFm_Spring,
+	   "slave side strength",},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, TIX_DEFAULT_SUBCMD, 0, 0, TixFm_SetClient, 0,
+	    TixFm_CheckArgv,}
+    };
+
+    static Tix_CmdInfo cmdInfo = {
+	Tix_ArraySize(subCmdInfo), 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, "?option? arg ?arg ...?",
+    };
+
+    return Tix_HandleSubCmds(&cmdInfo, subCmdInfo, clientData,
+	interp, argc, argv);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixFm_SetGrid --
+ *
+ *	Sets some defaults for the master window
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int TixFm_SetGrid(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Main window associated with
+				 * interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    char buff[100];
+    Tk_Window   topLevel = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    Tk_Window   master;
+    MasterInfo* masterPtr;
+
+    master = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[0], topLevel);
+
+    if (master == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    } else {
+	masterPtr = GetMasterInfo(master, 1);
+    }
+
+    if (argc != 1 && argc != 3) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Wrong # of arguments, should be ",
+	    "tixForm grid master ?x_grids y_grids?", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (argc == 1) {
+	sprintf(buff, "%d %d", masterPtr->grids[0], masterPtr->grids[1]);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+    }
+    else {
+	int x, y;
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &x) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &y) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	if (x <=0 || y <=0) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Grid sizes must be positive integers",
+		 NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	masterPtr->grids[0] = x;
+	masterPtr->grids[1] = y;
+
+	ArrangeWhenIdle(masterPtr);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixFm_Forget --
+ *
+ *	Sets some defaults for the master window
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int TixFm_Forget(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Main window associated with
+				 * interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    FormInfo * clientPtr;
+    Tk_Window topLevel = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    int i;
+
+    for (i=0; i<argc; i++) {
+	clientPtr = TixFm_FindClientPtrByName(interp, argv[i], topLevel);
+	if (clientPtr == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	else {
+	    TixFm_ForgetOneClient(clientPtr);
+	}
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+void TixFm_ForgetOneClient(clientPtr)
+    FormInfo * clientPtr;
+{
+    if (clientPtr != NULL) {
+	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(clientPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	    TixFm_StructureProc, (ClientData) clientPtr);
+	Tk_ManageGeometry(clientPtr->tkwin, (Tk_GeomMgr *) NULL,
+	    (ClientData) NULL);
+	if (clientPtr->master->tkwin != Tk_Parent(clientPtr->tkwin)) {
+	    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(clientPtr->tkwin,
+		clientPtr->master->tkwin);
+	}
+	Tk_UnmapWindow(clientPtr->tkwin);
+	TixFm_Unlink(clientPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixFm_Slaves --
+ *
+ *	retuen the pathnames of the clients of a master window
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int TixFm_Slaves(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Main window associated with
+				 * interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    Tk_Window   topLevel = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    Tk_Window   master;
+    MasterInfo* masterPtr;
+    FormInfo  * clientPtr;
+
+    master = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[0], topLevel);
+
+    if (master == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    } else {
+	masterPtr = GetMasterInfo(master, 0);
+    }
+
+    if (masterPtr == 0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Window \"", argv[0], 
+	    "\" is not a tixForm master window", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    for (clientPtr = masterPtr->client; clientPtr; clientPtr=clientPtr->next) {
+	Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tk_PathName(clientPtr->tkwin));
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixFm_Spring --
+ *
+ *	Sets the spring strength of a slave's attachment sides
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int TixFm_Spring(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Main window associated with
+				 * interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    Tk_Window   topLevel = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    Tk_Window   tkwin;
+    FormInfo  * clientPtr;
+    int         strength;
+    int		i, j;
+    size_t	len;
+
+    if ((tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[0], topLevel)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if ((clientPtr = TixFm_GetFormInfo(tkwin, 0)) == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Window \"", argv[0], 
+	    "\" is not managed by the tixForm manager", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &strength) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    len = strlen(argv[1]);
+    if (strncmp(argv[1], "-top", len) == 0) {
+	i = 1; j = 0;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[1], "-bottom", len) == 0) {
+	i = 1; j = 1;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[1], "-left", len) == 0) {
+	i = 0; j = 0;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[1], "-right", len) == 0) {
+	i = 0; j = 1;
+    }
+    else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Unknown option \"", argv[1], 
+	    "\"", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    clientPtr->spring[i][j] = strength;
+
+    if (clientPtr->attType[i][j] == ATT_OPPOSITE) {
+	FormInfo * oppo;
+
+	oppo = clientPtr->att[i][j].widget;
+	oppo->spring[i][!j]  = strength;
+
+	if (strength != 0 && clientPtr->strWidget[i][j] == NULL) {
+	    clientPtr->strWidget[i][j] = oppo;
+
+	    if (oppo->strWidget[i][!j] != clientPtr) {
+		if (oppo->strWidget[i][!j] != NULL) {
+		    oppo->strWidget[i][!j]->strWidget[i][j] = NULL;
+		    oppo->strWidget[i][!j]->spring[i][j]  = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	    oppo->strWidget[i][!j] = clientPtr;
+	}
+    }
+
+    ArrangeWhenIdle(clientPtr->master);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixFm_Check --
+ *
+ *	Tests whether the master has circular reference.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int TixFm_Check(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Main window associated with
+				 * interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    MasterInfo * masterPtr;
+    Tk_Window topLevel = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    Tk_Window master;
+
+    master = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[0], topLevel);
+    if (master == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    masterPtr = GetMasterInfo(master, 1);
+
+    if (TestAndArrange(masterPtr) == TCL_OK) {
+	/* OK: no circular dependency */ 
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "0", NULL);
+    } else {
+	/* Bad: circular dependency */ 
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "1", NULL);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* Check the arguments to the default subcommand: TixFm_SetClient()
+ */
+static int TixFm_CheckArgv(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Main window associated with
+				 * interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    if ((argc >=1) && (argv[0][0] != '.')) {
+	return 0;			/* sorry, we expect a window name */
+    } else {
+	return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static int TixFm_SetClient(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Main window associated with
+				 * interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    Tk_Window topLevel = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    Tk_Window client, master;
+    FormInfo * clientPtr;
+    MasterInfo * masterPtr;
+    CONST84 char *pathName;	/* path name of the client window */
+
+    if (argc < 1 || (((argc-1) %2) != 0)) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Wrong # of arguments, should be ",
+	    "tixForm configure slave ?-flag value ...?", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    pathName = argv[0];
+    argc -=1;
+    argv +=1;
+
+    client = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, pathName, topLevel);
+
+    if (client == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    } else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(client)) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't put \"", pathName,
+	    "\"in a form: it's a top-level window", (char *) NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    } else {
+	clientPtr = TixFm_GetFormInfo(client, 1);
+    }
+
+    /* Check if the first argument is "-in". If so, 
+     * reset the master of this client
+     */
+    if (argc >= 2 && strcmp(argv[0], "-in")==0) {
+	if ((master=Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[1], topLevel)) == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	argc -= 2;
+	argv += 2;
+	masterPtr = GetMasterInfo(master, 1);
+    }
+    else if (clientPtr->master == NULL) {
+	if ((master = Tk_Parent(client))==NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	} 
+	masterPtr = GetMasterInfo(master, 1);
+    }
+    else {
+	masterPtr =clientPtr->master;
+    } 
+
+    if (clientPtr->master != masterPtr) {
+	if (clientPtr->master != NULL) {
+	    /* Take clientPtr from old master */
+	    Tk_ManageGeometry(clientPtr->tkwin, (Tk_GeomMgr *) NULL,
+		(ClientData) NULL);
+	    if (clientPtr->master->tkwin != Tk_Parent(clientPtr->tkwin)) {
+		Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(clientPtr->tkwin,
+		    clientPtr->master->tkwin);
+	    }
+	    TixFm_UnlinkFromMaster(clientPtr);
+	}
+	
+	/* attach the client to the master */
+	TixFm_AddToMaster(masterPtr, clientPtr);
+    }
+
+    if (argc > 0) {
+	if (TixFm_Configure(clientPtr, topLevel, interp, argc,
+	    argv)==TCL_ERROR){
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    ArrangeWhenIdle(clientPtr->master);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* The caller of this function needs to find out a pointer to a client
+ * that is already managed by tixForm.
+ */
+FormInfo * TixFm_FindClientPtrByName(interp, name, topLevel)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    CONST84 char * name;
+    Tk_Window topLevel;
+{
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    FormInfo * clientPtr;
+
+    if ((tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, name, topLevel)) == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    if ((clientPtr = TixFm_GetFormInfo(tkwin, 0)) == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Window \"", name, 
+	    "\" is not managed by the tixForm manager", NULL);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    return clientPtr;
+}
+
+
+static int TestAndArrange(masterPtr)
+    MasterInfo *masterPtr;
+{
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+    int i,j;
+
+    /*
+     * First mark all clients as unpinned, and clean the opposite flags,
+     * Check the attachment intergrity
+     */
+    for (clientPtr = masterPtr->client; clientPtr; clientPtr=clientPtr->next) {
+	if (clientPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
+	    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+		for (j=0; j<2; j++) {
+		    clientPtr->side[i][j].pcnt = 0;
+		    clientPtr->side[i][j].disp = 0;
+		}
+		/* clear all flags */
+		clientPtr->sideFlags[i] = 0;
+	    }
+	    clientPtr->depend = 0;
+	    CheckIntergrity(clientPtr);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Try to determine all the client's geometry
+     */
+    for (clientPtr = masterPtr->client; clientPtr; clientPtr=clientPtr->next) {
+	if (clientPtr->tkwin == NULL) { /* it was deleted */
+	    continue;
+	}
+	for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	    if ((clientPtr->sideFlags[i] & PINNED_ALL) != PINNED_ALL) {
+		if (PinnClient(clientPtr) == TCL_ERROR) {
+		    /*
+		     * Detected circular dependency
+		     */
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  UnmapClient
+ *
+ *	Unmap the client from the screen, using different methods according to
+ *	the relationship between the client and slave.
+ */
+static void UnmapClient(clientPtr)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+{
+    if (clientPtr->master->tkwin == Tk_Parent(clientPtr->tkwin)) {
+	Tk_UnmapWindow(clientPtr->tkwin);
+    }
+    else {
+	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(clientPtr->tkwin, clientPtr->master->tkwin);
+	Tk_UnmapWindow(clientPtr->tkwin);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  MapClient
+ *
+ *	Map the client to the screen, using different methods according to
+ *	the relationship between the client and slave.
+ */
+static void MapClient(clientPtr, x, y, width, height)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int width;
+    int height;
+{
+    if (clientPtr->master->tkwin == Tk_Parent(clientPtr->tkwin)) {
+	Tk_MoveResizeWindow(clientPtr->tkwin, x, y, width, height);
+	Tk_MapWindow(clientPtr->tkwin);
+    }
+    else {
+	Tk_MaintainGeometry(clientPtr->tkwin, clientPtr->master->tkwin,
+	    x, y, width, height);
+	Tk_MapWindow(clientPtr->tkwin);
+    }
+}
+
+static void ArrangeWhenIdle(masterPtr)
+    MasterInfo * masterPtr;
+{
+    if (!(masterPtr->flags.repackPending || masterPtr->flags.isDeleted)) {
+	masterPtr->flags.repackPending = 1;
+	Tk_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGeometry, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+CancelArrangeWhenIdle(masterPtr)
+    MasterInfo * masterPtr;
+{
+    if (masterPtr->flags.repackPending) {
+	Tk_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGeometry, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	masterPtr->flags.repackPending = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArrangeGeometry --
+ *
+ *	The heart of the Form geometry manager: calculates the sizes of
+ *	the clients and the master, then arrange the clients inside the
+ *	master according to their attachments.
+ */
+static void ArrangeGeometry(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Structure describing parent whose clients
+				 * are to be re-layed out. */
+{
+    MasterInfo *masterPtr;
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+    int i, j, coord[2][2];
+    int mSize[2];			/* Size of master */
+    int cSize[2];			/* Size of client */
+    int intBWidth;			/* internal borderWidth of master */
+
+    masterPtr = (MasterInfo *) clientData;
+
+    if (((Tk_FakeWin *) (masterPtr->tkwin))->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) {
+	masterPtr->flags.repackPending = 0;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (masterPtr->flags.isDeleted) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (masterPtr->numClients == 0) {
+	masterPtr->flags.repackPending = 0;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (TestAndArrange(masterPtr)) {	/* Detected circular dependency */
+	fprintf(stderr, "circular dependency.\n");
+	masterPtr->flags.repackPending = 0;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Try to determine the required size of the master
+     */
+    CalculateMasterSize(masterPtr);
+
+    /*
+     * If the requested size is not equal to the actual size of the master,
+     * we might have to ask TK to change the master's geometry
+     */
+
+    if ((masterPtr->reqSize[0] != Tk_ReqWidth(masterPtr->tkwin))
+	|| (masterPtr->reqSize[1] != Tk_ReqHeight(masterPtr->tkwin))) {
+
+	if (masterPtr->numRequests++ > 50) {
+	    fprintf(stderr, 
+		"(TixForm) Error:Trying to use more than one geometry\n\
+          manager for the same master window.\n\
+          Giving up after 50 iterations.\n");
+	} else {
+	    masterPtr->flags.repackPending = 0;
+	    Tk_GeometryRequest(masterPtr->tkwin,
+		masterPtr->reqSize[0], masterPtr->reqSize[1]);
+
+	    ArrangeWhenIdle(masterPtr);
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+	
+    masterPtr->numRequests = 0;
+
+    if (!Tk_IsMapped(masterPtr->tkwin)) {
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    intBWidth = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(masterPtr->tkwin);
+    mSize[0] = Tk_Width(masterPtr->tkwin)  - 2*intBWidth;
+    mSize[1] = Tk_Height(masterPtr->tkwin) - 2*intBWidth;
+
+    if (mSize[0] < 1 || mSize[1] <1) {
+	/* Master is not visible. Don't bother to place the clients
+	 */
+	masterPtr->flags.repackPending = 0;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now set all the client's geometry
+     */
+    if (PlaceAllClients(masterPtr) != TCL_OK) {
+	panic("circular dependency");
+    }
+
+    for (clientPtr = masterPtr->client; clientPtr; clientPtr=clientPtr->next) {
+	if (clientPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	    for (j=0; j<2; j++) {
+		coord[i][j] = clientPtr->posn[i][j];
+		if (j == 1) {
+		    coord[i][j] -= 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	    cSize[i] = coord[i][1] - coord[i][0] 
+	      - clientPtr->pad[i][0] - clientPtr->pad[i][1] + 1;
+	}
+
+	if ((cSize[0] <= 0) || (cSize[1] <= 0)) {
+	    /*
+	     * Window is too small, don't even bother to map
+	     */
+	    UnmapClient(clientPtr);
+	} else if ((coord[0][1] < 0) || (coord[1][1] < 0)) {
+	    /*
+	     * Window is outside of the master (left or top)
+	     */
+	    UnmapClient(clientPtr);
+	} else if ((coord[0][0] > mSize[0]) || (coord[1][0] > mSize[1])) {
+	    /*
+	     * Window is outside of the master (bottom or right)
+	     */
+	    UnmapClient(clientPtr);
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * Window is visible, then map it
+	     */
+	    MapClient(clientPtr,
+		coord[0][0] + clientPtr->pad[0][0] + intBWidth,
+		coord[1][0] + clientPtr->pad[1][0] + intBWidth,
+		cSize[0], cSize[1]);
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+    masterPtr->flags.repackPending = 0;
+}
+
+static int
+PinnSide_AttNone(clientPtr, axis, which)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;	/* The client to pinn down */
+    int axis;				/* 0 = x axis, 1 = yaxis */
+    int which;				/* 0 = min side, 1= max side */
+{
+    int reqSize;
+
+    if (clientPtr->attType[axis][NEXT_SIDE(which)] == ATT_NONE) {
+	if (which == SIDE0) {
+	    clientPtr->side[axis][which].pcnt = 0;
+	    clientPtr->side[axis][which].disp = 0;
+	    return TCL_OK;
+	}
+    }
+
+    reqSize = ReqSize(clientPtr->tkwin, axis) +
+      clientPtr->pad[axis][0] + clientPtr->pad[axis][1];
+
+    PINN_CLIENT_SIDE(clientPtr, axis, NEXT_SIDE(which), 1);
+
+    clientPtr->side[axis][which].pcnt =
+      clientPtr->side[axis][NEXT_SIDE(which)].pcnt;  
+
+    switch (which) {
+      case SIDE0:
+	clientPtr->side[axis][which].disp = 
+	  clientPtr->side[axis][NEXT_SIDE(which)].disp - reqSize;
+	break;
+
+      case SIDE1:
+	clientPtr->side[axis][which].disp = 
+	  clientPtr->side[axis][NEXT_SIDE(which)].disp + reqSize;
+	break;
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+PinnSide_AttPercent(clientPtr, axis, which)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;	/* The client to pinn down */
+    int axis;				/* 0 = x axis, 1 = yaxis */
+    int which;				/* 0 = min side, 1= max side */
+{
+    clientPtr->side[axis][which].pcnt = clientPtr->att[axis][which].grid;
+    clientPtr->side[axis][which].disp = clientPtr->off[axis][which];
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+PinnSide_AttOpposite(clientPtr, axis, which)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;	/* The client to pinn down */
+    int axis;				/* 0 = x axis, 1 = yaxis */
+    int which;				/* 0 = min side, 1= max side */
+{
+    FormInfo * attachPtr;
+
+    attachPtr = clientPtr->att[axis][which].widget;
+
+    PINN_CLIENT_SIDE(attachPtr, axis, NEXT_SIDE(which), 0);
+
+    clientPtr->side[axis][which].pcnt = 
+      attachPtr->side[axis][NEXT_SIDE(which)].pcnt;
+    clientPtr->side[axis][which].disp =
+      attachPtr->side[axis][NEXT_SIDE(which)].disp + 
+      clientPtr->off[axis][which];
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+PinnSide_AttParallel(clientPtr, axis, which)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;	/* The client to pinn down */
+    int axis;				/* 0 = x axis, 1 = yaxis */
+    int which;				/* 0 = min side, 1= max side */
+{
+    FormInfo * attachPtr;
+
+    attachPtr = clientPtr->att[axis][which].widget;
+
+    PINN_CLIENT_SIDE(attachPtr, axis, which, 0);
+
+    clientPtr->side[axis][which].pcnt = 
+      attachPtr->side[axis][which].pcnt;
+    clientPtr->side[axis][which].disp = 
+      attachPtr->side[axis][which].disp + 
+      clientPtr->off[axis][which];
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+static int PinnClientSide(clientPtr, axis, which, isSelf)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;	/* The client to pinn down */
+    int axis;				/* 0 = x axis, 1 = yaxis */
+    int which;				/* 0 = min side, 1= max side */
+    int isSelf;
+{
+    if ((which == SIDE0) && (clientPtr->sideFlags[axis] & PINNED_SIDE0)) {
+	/* already pinned */
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if ((which == SIDE1) && (clientPtr->sideFlags[axis] & PINNED_SIDE1)) {
+	/* already pinned */
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    if ((clientPtr->depend > 0) && !isSelf) {
+	/*
+	 * circular dependency detected
+	 */
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    clientPtr->depend ++;
+
+    switch (clientPtr->attType[axis][which]) {
+      case ATT_NONE:
+	if (PinnSide_AttNone(clientPtr, axis, which) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	break;
+
+      case ATT_OPPOSITE:
+	if (PinnSide_AttOpposite(clientPtr, axis, which) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	break;
+
+      case ATT_PARALLEL:
+	if (PinnSide_AttParallel(clientPtr, axis, which) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	break;
+
+      case ATT_GRID:
+	if (PinnSide_AttPercent(clientPtr, axis, which) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+
+    if (which == SIDE0) {
+	clientPtr->sideFlags[axis] |= PINNED_SIDE0;
+    } else {
+	clientPtr->sideFlags[axis] |= PINNED_SIDE1;
+    }
+    clientPtr->depend --;
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int PinnClient(clientPtr)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	if (!(clientPtr->sideFlags[i] & PINNED_SIDE0)) {
+	    PINN_CLIENT_SIDE(clientPtr, i, SIDE0, 0);
+	}
+	if (!(clientPtr->sideFlags[i] & PINNED_SIDE1)) {
+	    PINN_CLIENT_SIDE(clientPtr, i, SIDE1, 0);
+	}
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * CalculateMasterSize --
+ *
+ *	This internal procedure is used to find out the required
+ *	size of a master window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a pointer to the FormInfo structure
+ *	corresponding to tkwin.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	the reqSize[2] values in masterPtr is updated.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void CalculateMasterSize(masterPtr)
+    MasterInfo *masterPtr;
+{
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+    int i, cSize[2];
+    int req[2];
+    int intBWidth;
+
+    /* Information about the master window */
+    intBWidth = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(masterPtr->tkwin);
+    req[0] = req[1] = 2*intBWidth;
+
+    for (clientPtr = masterPtr->client; clientPtr; clientPtr=clientPtr->next) {
+	if (clientPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	cSize[0] = Tk_ReqWidth(clientPtr->tkwin);
+	cSize[1] = Tk_ReqHeight(clientPtr->tkwin);
+	cSize[0] += clientPtr->pad[0][0]+clientPtr->pad[0][1];
+	cSize[1] += clientPtr->pad[1][0]+clientPtr->pad[1][1];
+
+	for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	    /* The required size of the master depends on 
+	     *	(1) natural sizes of the clients
+	     *  (2) perc anchor points of the clients
+	     * Ideally, the master must include as much visible parts
+	     * of the clients as possible. It should also have a size
+	     * big enough so that all the clients' requested (natural)
+	     * sizes are satisfied. The algorithm is fairly simple, but
+	     * it took me quite a while to figure out and it quite difficult
+	     * to explain here. Please look at the following in-line
+	     * examples.
+	     */
+	    int p0 = clientPtr->side[i][0].pcnt;
+	    int p1 = clientPtr->side[i][1].pcnt;
+	    int d0 = clientPtr->side[i][0].disp;
+	    int d1 = clientPtr->side[i][1].disp;
+
+	    int req0 = 0;
+	    int req1 = 0;
+	    int reqx = 0;
+
+	    if (d0 < 0 && p0 != 0) {
+		req0 = -d0 * masterPtr->grids[i] / p0;
+	    }
+	    if (d1 > 0 && p1 != masterPtr->grids[i]) {
+		req1 =  d1 * masterPtr->grids[i] / (masterPtr->grids[i] - p1);
+	    }
+
+	    if (p0 == p1) {
+		/* case 1 */
+		/* Example: p0 = p1 = 10%; d0 = -10, d1 = 10
+		 * then mSize should at least be 100 pixels so that
+		 * side 0 can be visible. They are calculated in the
+		 * previous two if statements
+		 * result:
+		 * 	size  = 100
+		 * 	side0 = 0;
+		 *	side1 = 20;
+		 */
+
+		/* Two sides are attached to the same perc anchor point */
+		if (d0 >= d1) {
+		    /* widget invisible */
+		    req0 = req1 = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	    else if (p0 < p1) {
+		/* case 2 */
+		/* Example: p0 10%,  p2 = 20%; cSize = 35, d0 = -5, d1 = 0
+		 * then mSize should at least be 300 pixels so that
+		 * cSize can be satisfied.
+		 * result:
+		 * 	size  = 300
+		 * 	side0 = 25;
+		 *	side1 = 60;
+		 */
+		int x = cSize[i];
+		if (p0 != 0 || d0 > 0) {
+		    x +=  d0;
+		}
+		if (p1 != masterPtr->grids[i] || d1 < 0) {
+		    x += -d1;
+		}
+		if (x > 0) {
+		    reqx = x * masterPtr->grids[i] / (p1 - p0);
+		}
+	    }
+	    else {
+		/* case 2 */
+		/* This is very similar to case 1, except there are more cases
+		 * in which the widget becomes invisible
+		 */
+		if (d0 >=0 || d1 <=0) {
+		    /* widget invisible */
+		    req0 = req1 = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (req[i] < req0) {
+		req[i] = req0;
+	    }
+	    if (req[i] < req1) {
+		req[i] = req1;
+	    }
+	    if (req[i] < reqx) {
+		req[i] = reqx;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    req[0] += 2*intBWidth;
+    req[1] += 2*intBWidth;
+
+    masterPtr->reqSize[0] = (req[0] > 0) ? req[0] : 1;
+    masterPtr->reqSize[1] = (req[1] > 0) ? req[1] : 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixFm_StructureProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher in response
+ *	to StructureNotify events.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	If a window was just deleted, clean up all its packer-related
+ *	information.  If it was just resized, repack its clients, if
+ *	any.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixFm_StructureProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;		/* Our information about window
+					 * referred to by eventPtr. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr;			/* Describes what just happened. */
+{
+    FormInfo *clientPtr = (FormInfo *) clientData;
+
+    switch (eventPtr->type) {
+      case ConfigureNotify:
+	ArrangeWhenIdle(clientPtr->master);
+	break;
+
+      case DestroyNotify:
+	if (clientPtr->master) {
+	    TixFm_Unlink(clientPtr);
+	}
+	break;
+
+      case MapNotify:
+	break;
+
+      case UnmapNotify:
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+TixFm_ReqProc(clientData, tkwin)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* TixForm's information about
+				 * window that got new preferred
+				 * geometry.  */
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Other Tk-related information
+				 * about the window. */
+{
+    FormInfo *clientPtr = (FormInfo *) clientData;
+
+    if (clientPtr) {
+	ArrangeWhenIdle(clientPtr->master);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+MasterStructureProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;		/* Our information about window
+					 * referred to by eventPtr. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr;			/* Describes what just happened. */
+{
+    MasterInfo *masterPtr = (MasterInfo *) clientData;
+
+    switch (eventPtr->type) {
+      case ConfigureNotify:
+	if (masterPtr->numClients > 0) {
+	    ArrangeWhenIdle(masterPtr);
+	}
+	break;
+
+      case DestroyNotify:
+	TixFm_DeleteMaster(masterPtr);
+	break;
+
+      case MapNotify:
+	break;
+
+      case UnmapNotify:
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixFm_LostSlaveProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by Tk whenever some other geometry
+ *	claims control over a slave that used to be managed by us.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Forgets all packer-related information about the slave.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+TixFm_LostSlaveProc(clientData, tkwin)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Form structure for slave window that
+				 * was stolen away. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
+{
+    FormInfo *clientPtr = (FormInfo *) clientData;
+
+    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(clientPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	TixFm_StructureProc, (ClientData) clientPtr);
+    if (clientPtr->master->tkwin != Tk_Parent(clientPtr->tkwin)) {
+	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(clientPtr->tkwin, clientPtr->master->tkwin);
+    }
+    Tk_UnmapWindow(clientPtr->tkwin);
+    TixFm_Unlink(clientPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Do some basic integrity checking
+ * --> right, left cannot both attach to none
+ * --> top, bottom cannot both attach to none.
+ * Otherwise, top or left is always set to attach at {pixel 0}
+ */
+static void CheckIntergrity(clientPtr)
+    FormInfo * clientPtr;
+{
+#if 0
+    /* Check the X axis */
+    if ((clientPtr->attType[0][0] ==  ATT_NONE)
+	&&(clientPtr->attType[0][1]  ==  ATT_NONE)) {
+	clientPtr->attType[0][0]   = ATT_DEFAULT_PIXEL;
+	clientPtr->att[0][0].grid = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Check the Y axis */
+    if ((clientPtr->attType[1][0] ==  ATT_NONE)
+	&&(clientPtr->attType[1][1]  ==  ATT_NONE)) {
+	clientPtr->attType[1][0]   = ATT_DEFAULT_PIXEL;
+	clientPtr->att[1][0].grid = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Memory management routines
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void TixFm_AddToMaster(masterPtr, clientPtr)
+    MasterInfo *masterPtr;
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+{
+    if (clientPtr->master == masterPtr) {
+	/* already in master */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (clientPtr->master != NULL) {
+	/* We have to migrate the widget to a different parent*/
+    }
+
+    clientPtr->master = masterPtr;
+
+    if (masterPtr->client == NULL) {
+	masterPtr->client      = clientPtr;
+	masterPtr->client_tail = clientPtr;
+    } else {
+	masterPtr->client_tail->next = clientPtr;
+    }
+    clientPtr->next = NULL;
+    masterPtr->client_tail = clientPtr;
+
+    ++ masterPtr->numClients;
+
+    /* Manage its geometry using my proc */
+    Tk_ManageGeometry(clientPtr->tkwin, &formType, (ClientData)clientPtr);
+}
+
+void TixFm_UnlinkFromMaster(clientPtr)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+{
+    MasterInfo *masterPtr;
+    FormInfo *ptr, *prev;
+
+#if DEBUG
+    fprintf(stderr, "unlinking %s\n", Tk_PathName(clientPtr->tkwin));
+#endif
+
+    masterPtr = clientPtr->master;
+
+    /* First: get rid of the reference of this widget from other clients */
+    for (ptr=masterPtr->client; ptr; ptr=ptr->next) {
+	if (ptr != clientPtr) {
+	    int i, j;
+	    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+		for (j=0; j<2; j++) {
+		    switch (ptr->attType[i][j]) {
+		      case ATT_OPPOSITE:
+		      case ATT_PARALLEL:
+			if (ptr->att[i][j].widget == clientPtr) {
+			    ptr->attType[i][j] = ATT_GRID;
+			    ptr->att[i][j].grid = 0;
+			    ptr->off[i][j]      = ptr->posn[i][j];
+			}
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+		if (ptr->strWidget[i][j] == clientPtr) {
+		    ptr->strWidget[i][j] = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Second: delete this client from the list */
+    for (prev=ptr=masterPtr->client; ptr; prev=ptr,ptr=ptr->next) {
+	if (ptr == clientPtr) {
+	    if (prev==ptr) {
+		if (masterPtr->numClients == 1) {
+		    masterPtr->client_tail = NULL;
+		}
+		masterPtr->client = ptr->next;
+	    }
+	    else {
+		if (ptr->next == NULL) {
+		    masterPtr->client_tail = prev;
+		}
+		prev->next = ptr->next;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    -- masterPtr->numClients;
+}
+
+void TixFm_FreeMasterInfo(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;
+{
+    MasterInfo *masterPtr = (MasterInfo *)clientData;
+    ckfree((char*)masterPtr);
+}
+
+void TixFm_DeleteMaster(masterPtr)
+    MasterInfo *masterPtr;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
+    FormInfo *clientPtr, * toFree;
+
+    if (masterPtr->flags.isDeleted) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(masterPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	MasterStructureProc, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+
+    clientPtr=masterPtr->client;
+    while(clientPtr) {
+	toFree = clientPtr;
+	clientPtr = clientPtr->next;
+	TixFm_ForgetOneClient(toFree);
+    }
+
+    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&masterInfoHashTable,(char*)masterPtr->tkwin);
+    if (hPtr) {
+	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
+    }
+    CancelArrangeWhenIdle(masterPtr);
+    masterPtr->flags.isDeleted = 1;
+    Tk_EventuallyFree((ClientData)masterPtr,
+	(Tix_FreeProc*)TixFm_FreeMasterInfo);
+}
+
+
+void TixFm_Unlink(clientPtr)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
+    MasterInfo *masterPtr;
+
+    /* Delete this clientPtr from the master's list */
+    TixFm_UnlinkFromMaster(clientPtr);
+
+    /* Eventually free this clientPtr structure */
+    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&formInfoHashTable,(char*)clientPtr->tkwin);
+    if (hPtr != NULL) {
+	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
+    }
+    clientPtr->tkwin = NULL;
+    masterPtr = clientPtr->master;
+    ckfree((char*)clientPtr);
+
+    ArrangeWhenIdle(masterPtr);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixFm_GetFormInfo --
+ *
+ *	This internal procedure is used to locate a FormInfo
+ *	structure for a given window, creating one if one
+ *	doesn't exist already.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a pointer to the FormInfo structure
+ *	corresponding to tkwin.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A new FormInfo structure may be created.  If so, then
+ *	a callback is set up to clean things up when the
+ *	window is deleted.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+FormInfo *
+TixFm_GetFormInfo(tkwin, create)
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Token for window for which
+				 * FormInfo structure is desired. */
+    int create;
+{
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
+    int isNew;
+    int i,j;
+
+    if (!initialized) {
+	initialized = 1;
+	Tcl_InitHashTable(&formInfoHashTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+	Tcl_InitHashTable(&masterInfoHashTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * See if there's already FormInfo for this window.  If not,
+     * then create a new one.
+     */
+    if (!create) {
+	hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&formInfoHashTable, (char *)tkwin);
+	if (!hPtr) {
+	    return NULL;
+	} else {
+	    return (FormInfo *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	}
+    } else {
+	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&formInfoHashTable, (char *) tkwin, &isNew);
+	if (!isNew) {
+	    return (FormInfo *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	} else {
+	    clientPtr = (FormInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(FormInfo));
+	    clientPtr->tkwin	= tkwin;
+	    clientPtr->master	= NULL;
+	    clientPtr->next	= NULL;
+	    
+	    for (i=0; i< 2; i++) {
+		for (j=0; j< 2; j++) {
+		    clientPtr->attType[i][j]    = ATT_NONE;
+		    clientPtr->att[i][j].grid   = 0;
+		    clientPtr->att[i][j].widget = NULL;
+		    clientPtr->off[i][j]	= 0;
+
+		    clientPtr->pad[i][j]        = 0;
+		    clientPtr->side[i][j].pcnt  = 0;
+		    clientPtr->side[i][j].disp  = 0;
+		    
+		    clientPtr->spring[i][j]  	= -1;
+		    clientPtr->strWidget[i][j]  = 0;
+		}
+		clientPtr->springFail[i]  	= 0;
+		clientPtr->fill[i]  		= 0;
+	    }
+	    
+	    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, clientPtr);
+	    
+	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+		TixFm_StructureProc, (ClientData) clientPtr);
+	    
+	    return clientPtr;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static MasterInfo *
+GetMasterInfo(tkwin, create)
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Token for window for which
+				 * FormInfo structure is desired. */
+    int create;			/* Should I create the MasterInfo if it
+				 * does not exist? */
+{
+    MasterInfo *masterPtr;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
+    int isNew;
+
+    if (!initialized) {
+	initialized = 1;
+	Tcl_InitHashTable(&formInfoHashTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+	Tcl_InitHashTable(&masterInfoHashTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * See if there's already FormInfo for this window.  If not,
+     * then create a new one.
+     */
+    if (!create) {
+	hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&masterInfoHashTable, (char *)tkwin);
+	if (!hPtr) {
+	    return NULL;
+	} else {
+	    return (MasterInfo *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	}
+    } else {
+	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&masterInfoHashTable, (char *)tkwin,
+	    &isNew);
+	if (!isNew) {
+	    masterPtr =  (MasterInfo *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	}
+	else {
+	    masterPtr = (MasterInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(MasterInfo));
+	    masterPtr->tkwin	   		= tkwin;
+	    masterPtr->client	   		= NULL;
+	    masterPtr->client_tail 		= NULL;
+	    masterPtr->flags.repackPending 	= 0;
+	    masterPtr->flags.isDeleted 		= 0;
+	    masterPtr->numClients  		= 0;
+	    masterPtr->numRequests 		= 0;
+	    masterPtr->grids[0]			= 100;
+	    masterPtr->grids[1]			= 100;
+
+	    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, masterPtr);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* TK BUG:
+     *
+     * It seems like if you destroy some slaves TK will delete the event
+     * handler. So for sure we just create it every time a slave is created.
+     *
+     * Note: calling Tk_CreateEventHandler with same arguments twice won't
+     * create two instances of the same event handler: Thus safe to call
+     * blindly.
+     */
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	MasterStructureProc, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+#if 0
+    Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, (Tk_GeomMgr *)&masterType,
+	(ClientData) masterPtr);
+#endif
+    return masterPtr;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * PLace the clients
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int PlaceSide_AttNone(clientPtr, axis, which)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;	/* The client to Place down */
+    int axis;				/* 0 = x axis, 1 = yaxis */
+    int which;				/* 0 = min side, 1= max side */
+{
+    int reqSize;
+
+    if (clientPtr->attType[axis][NEXT_SIDE(which)] == ATT_NONE) {
+	if (which == SIDE0) {
+	    clientPtr->posn[axis][which] = 0;
+	    return TCL_OK;
+	}
+    }
+
+    reqSize = ReqSize(clientPtr->tkwin, axis) +
+      clientPtr->pad[axis][0] + clientPtr->pad[axis][1];
+
+
+    PLACE_CLIENT_SIDE(clientPtr, axis, NEXT_SIDE(which), 1);
+
+    switch (which) {
+      case SIDE0:
+	clientPtr->posn[axis][which] = 
+	  clientPtr->posn[axis][NEXT_SIDE(which)] - reqSize;
+	break;
+
+      case SIDE1:
+	clientPtr->posn[axis][which] = 
+	  clientPtr->posn[axis][NEXT_SIDE(which)] + reqSize;
+	break;
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int PlaceSide_AttAbsolute(clientPtr, axis, which)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;	/* The client to Place down */
+    int axis;				/* 0 = x axis, 1 = yaxis */
+    int which;				/* 0 = min side, 1= max side */
+{
+    int mSize[2];
+    MasterInfo * masterPtr = clientPtr->master;
+    int intBWidth = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(masterPtr->tkwin);
+    mSize[0] = Tk_Width(masterPtr->tkwin)  - 2*intBWidth;
+    mSize[1] = Tk_Height(masterPtr->tkwin) - 2*intBWidth;
+
+    clientPtr->posn[axis][which] =
+      mSize[axis] * clientPtr->side[axis][which].pcnt/masterPtr->grids[axis] +
+      clientPtr->side[axis][which].disp;
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int PlaceSide_AttOpposite(clientPtr, axis, which)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;	/* The client to Place down */
+    int axis;				/* 0 = x axis, 1 = yaxis */
+    int which;				/* 0 = min side, 1= max side */
+{
+    FormInfo * attachPtr;
+
+    attachPtr = clientPtr->att[axis][which].widget;
+
+    PLACE_CLIENT_SIDE(attachPtr, axis, NEXT_SIDE(which), 0);
+
+    clientPtr->posn[axis][which] = attachPtr->posn[axis][NEXT_SIDE(which)];
+    clientPtr->posn[axis][which] += clientPtr->off[axis][which];
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int PlaceSide_AttParallel(clientPtr, axis, which)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;	/* The client to Place down */
+    int axis;				/* 0 = x axis, 1 = yaxis */
+    int which;				/* 0 = min side, 1= max side */
+{
+    FormInfo * attachPtr;
+
+    attachPtr = clientPtr->att[axis][which].widget;
+
+    PLACE_CLIENT_SIDE(attachPtr, axis, NEXT_SIDE(which), 0);
+
+    clientPtr->posn[axis][which] = attachPtr->posn[axis][which];
+    clientPtr->posn[axis][which] += clientPtr->off[axis][which];
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+static int PlaceSimpleCase(clientPtr, axis, which)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;	/* The client to Place down */
+    int axis;				/* 0 = x axis, 1 = yaxis */
+    int which;				/* 0 = min side, 1= max side */
+{
+    clientPtr->depend ++;
+
+    switch (clientPtr->attType[axis][which]) {
+      case ATT_NONE:
+	if (PlaceSide_AttNone(clientPtr, axis, which) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	break;
+
+      case ATT_GRID:
+	if (PlaceSide_AttAbsolute(clientPtr, axis, which) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	break;
+ 
+      case ATT_OPPOSITE:
+	if (PlaceSide_AttOpposite(clientPtr, axis, which) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	break;
+      case ATT_PARALLEL:
+	if (PlaceSide_AttParallel(clientPtr, axis, which) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+
+    if (which == SIDE0) {
+	clientPtr->sideFlags[axis] |= PINNED_SIDE0;
+    } else {
+	clientPtr->sideFlags[axis] |= PINNED_SIDE1;
+    }
+    clientPtr->depend --;
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* ToDo: I'll make this more efficient by pre-allocating some links */
+static SpringLink *
+AllocSpringLink()
+{
+    return (SpringLink *) ckalloc(sizeof(SpringLink));
+}
+
+static void
+FreeSpringLink(link)
+    SpringLink * link;
+{
+    ckfree((char*)link);
+}
+
+static void FreeSpringList(listPtr)
+    SpringList * listPtr;
+{
+    SpringLink * link, * toFree; 
+
+    for (link=listPtr->head; link; ) {
+	toFree = link;
+	link=link->next;
+	FreeSpringLink(toFree);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+AddRightSprings(listPtr, clientPtr)
+    SpringList * listPtr;
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+{
+    SpringLink * link = AllocSpringLink();
+
+    link->next = NULL;
+    link->clientPtr = clientPtr;
+
+    if (listPtr->head == NULL) {
+	listPtr->head = listPtr->tail = link;
+    } else {
+	listPtr->tail->next = link;
+	listPtr->tail = link;
+    }
+    ++ listPtr->num;
+}
+
+static void
+AddLeftSprings(listPtr,clientPtr)
+    SpringList * listPtr;
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+{
+    SpringLink * link = AllocSpringLink();
+
+    link->next = listPtr->head;
+    link->clientPtr = clientPtr;
+
+    listPtr->head = link;
+    ++ listPtr->num;
+}
+
+static int
+PlaceWithSpring(clientPtr, axis, which)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;	/* The client to Place down */
+    int axis;				/* 0 = x axis, 1 = yaxis */
+    int which;				/* 0 = min side, 1= max side */
+{
+    SpringList springs;
+    SpringLink * link;
+    FormInfo *ptr;
+    float boundary[2];
+    float totalSize, totalStrength;
+    int mSize[2];
+    float gap, disp;
+    MasterInfo * masterPtr = clientPtr->master;
+    int intBWidth = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(masterPtr->tkwin);
+
+    springs.head = (SpringLink *)0;
+    springs.tail = (SpringLink *)0;
+    springs.num  = 0;
+
+    mSize[0] = Tk_Width(masterPtr->tkwin)  - 2*intBWidth;
+    mSize[1] = Tk_Height(masterPtr->tkwin) - 2*intBWidth;
+
+    /* Expand the right side of the spring list */
+    ptr = clientPtr;
+    while (1) {
+	switch (ptr->attType[axis][1]) {
+	  case ATT_OPPOSITE:
+	  case ATT_NONE:
+	    /* Some attachments */
+	    AddRightSprings(&springs, ptr);
+
+	    if ((ptr = ptr->strWidget[axis][1]) == 0) {
+		goto done1;
+	    }
+	    
+	    switch (ptr->attType[axis][0]) {
+	      case ATT_GRID:
+	      case ATT_PARALLEL:
+		goto done1;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  case ATT_GRID:
+	  case ATT_PARALLEL:
+	    AddRightSprings(&springs, ptr);
+	    goto done1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  done1:
+    /* Expand the left side of the spring list */
+
+    ptr = clientPtr;
+    while (2) {
+	switch (ptr->attType[axis][0]) {
+	  case ATT_OPPOSITE:
+	  case ATT_NONE:
+	    /* Some attachments */
+	    if (ptr != clientPtr) {
+		AddLeftSprings(&springs, ptr);
+	    }
+
+	    if ((ptr = ptr->strWidget[axis][0]) == 0) {
+		goto done2;
+	    }
+
+	    switch (ptr->attType[axis][1]) {
+	      case ATT_PARALLEL:
+		goto done2;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  case ATT_GRID:
+	  case ATT_PARALLEL:
+	    if (ptr != clientPtr) {
+		AddLeftSprings(&springs, ptr);
+	    }
+
+	    goto done2;
+	}
+    }
+
+  done2:
+
+    /* Make sure this is a good list (neither ends are none) */
+    if (springs.head == NULL) {
+	/* this should never happen, just to make sure */
+	goto fail;	
+    }
+    if (springs.head->clientPtr->attType[axis][0] == ATT_NONE) {
+	goto fail;
+    }
+    if (springs.tail->clientPtr->attType[axis][1] == ATT_NONE) {
+	goto fail;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now calculate the total requested sizes of the spring group
+     */
+    totalSize     = (float)(0.0);
+    totalStrength = (float)(0.0);
+    for (link=springs.head; link; link=link->next) {
+	int size = ReqSize(link->clientPtr->tkwin, axis);
+
+	totalSize += size + link->clientPtr->pad[axis][0] + 
+	  link->clientPtr->pad[axis][1];
+	
+	if (link->clientPtr->spring[axis][0] > 0) {
+	    totalStrength += link->clientPtr->spring[axis][0];
+	}
+    }
+    if (springs.tail->clientPtr->spring[axis][1] > 0) {
+	totalStrength += springs.tail->clientPtr->spring[axis][1];
+    }
+
+    boundary[0] = (float) mSize[axis] * 
+      (float) springs.head->clientPtr->side[axis][0].pcnt /
+      (float) masterPtr->grids[axis] +
+      (float) springs.head->clientPtr->side[axis][0].disp;
+    boundary[1] = (float) mSize[axis] * 
+      (float) springs.tail->clientPtr->side[axis][1].pcnt /
+      (float) masterPtr->grids[axis] +
+      (float) springs.tail->clientPtr->side[axis][1].disp;
+
+    /* (4) Now spread the sizes to the members of this list */
+    gap = (float)(boundary[1] - boundary[0]) - totalSize;
+    if (gap < 0) {
+	goto fail;
+    }
+
+    disp = boundary[0];
+    if (totalStrength <= 0.0) {
+	totalStrength = (float)(1.0);
+    }
+    for (link=springs.head; link; link=link->next) {
+	float spring0, spring1;
+	int gap0, gap1;
+	int adjust;		/* to overcome round-off errors */
+
+	spring0 = (float)link->clientPtr->spring[axis][0];
+	spring1 = (float)link->clientPtr->spring[axis][1];
+
+	if (spring0 < (float)(0.0)) {
+	    spring0 = (float)(0.0);
+	}
+	if (spring1 < (float)(0.0)) {
+	    spring1 = (float)(0.0);
+	}
+
+	/* Divide by two: because two consecutive clients share the same
+	 * spring; so each of them get a half.
+	 */
+	adjust = 0;
+	if (link !=springs.head) {
+	    if (spring0 > 0 && link->clientPtr->spring[axis][0] % 2 == 1) {
+		adjust = 1;
+	    }
+	    spring0 /= (float)(2.0);
+	}
+	if (link !=springs.tail) {
+	    spring1 /= (float)(2.0);
+	}
+
+	gap0 = (int)(gap * spring0 / totalStrength) + adjust;
+	gap1 = (int)(gap * spring1 / totalStrength);
+
+	if (link->clientPtr->fill[axis]) {
+	    link->clientPtr->posn[axis][0] = (int)disp;
+	    disp += gap0;
+	    disp += gap1;
+	    disp += ReqSize(link->clientPtr->tkwin, axis);
+
+	    /* Somehow there may be a round-off right at the end of the
+	     * list --> kludge*/
+	    if (link->next == NULL) {
+		disp = boundary[1];
+	    }
+	    link->clientPtr->posn[axis][1] = (int)disp;
+	} else {
+	    disp += gap0;
+	    link->clientPtr->posn[axis][0] = (int)disp;
+	    disp += ReqSize(link->clientPtr->tkwin, axis);
+	    link->clientPtr->posn[axis][1] = (int)disp;
+	    disp += gap1;
+
+	    /*
+	     * Somehow there may be a round-off right at the end of the
+	     * list --> kludge
+	     */
+	    if (link->next == NULL && gap1 < 0.001) {
+		link->clientPtr->posn[axis][1] =  (int)boundary[1];
+	    }
+	}
+
+	link->clientPtr->sideFlags[axis] |= PINNED_SIDE0;
+	link->clientPtr->sideFlags[axis] |= PINNED_SIDE1;
+    }
+
+    FreeSpringList(&springs);
+    return TCL_OK;
+
+  fail:
+    for (link=springs.head; link; link=link->next) {
+	link->clientPtr->springFail[axis] = 1;
+    }
+    FreeSpringList(&springs);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+static int PlaceClientSide(clientPtr, axis, which, isSelf)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;	/* The client to Place down */
+    int axis;				/* 0 = x axis, 1 = yaxis */
+    int which;				/* 0 = min side, 1= max side */
+    int isSelf;
+{
+    if ((which == SIDE0) && (clientPtr->sideFlags[axis] & PINNED_SIDE0)) {
+	/* already Placeed */
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if ((which == SIDE1) && (clientPtr->sideFlags[axis] & PINNED_SIDE1)) {
+	/* already Placeed */
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    if ((clientPtr->depend > 0) && !isSelf) {
+	/*
+	 * circular dependency detected
+	 */
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*  No spring : we just do a "simple case"
+     *  The condition is ( (x || x) && (x || x) )
+     */
+    if ((clientPtr->spring[axis][0] < 0 ||
+	 (clientPtr->sideFlags[axis] & PINNED_SIDE0)) &&
+	(clientPtr->spring[axis][1] < 0 ||
+	 (clientPtr->sideFlags[axis] & PINNED_SIDE1))) {
+        return PlaceSimpleCase(clientPtr, axis, which);
+    }
+    if (clientPtr->springFail[axis]) {
+	return PlaceSimpleCase(clientPtr, axis, which);
+    }
+
+    if (PlaceWithSpring(clientPtr, axis, which) != TCL_OK) {
+	/* if comes to here : (1) Not enough space for the spring expansion 
+	 * 		      (2) Not both end-sides are spring-attached */
+	return PlaceSimpleCase(clientPtr, axis, which);
+    } else {
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+}
+
+static int PlaceClient(clientPtr)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	if (!(clientPtr->sideFlags[i] & PINNED_SIDE0)) {
+	    PLACE_CLIENT_SIDE(clientPtr, i, SIDE0, 0);
+	}
+	if (!(clientPtr->sideFlags[i] & PINNED_SIDE1)) {
+	    PLACE_CLIENT_SIDE(clientPtr, i, SIDE1, 0);
+	}
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int PlaceAllClients(masterPtr)
+    MasterInfo * masterPtr;
+{
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+    int i;
+
+    /*
+     * First mark all clients as unpinned, and clean the opposite flags,
+     */
+    for (clientPtr = masterPtr->client; clientPtr; clientPtr=clientPtr->next) {
+	if (clientPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
+	    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+		/* clear all flags */
+		clientPtr->sideFlags[i]  = 0;
+		clientPtr->springFail[i] = 0;
+	    }
+	    clientPtr->depend = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now calculate their actual positions on the master
+     */
+    for (clientPtr = masterPtr->client; clientPtr; clientPtr=clientPtr->next) {
+	if (clientPtr->tkwin == NULL) { /* it was deleted */
+	    continue;
+	}
+	for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	    if ((clientPtr->sideFlags[i] & PINNED_ALL) != PINNED_ALL) {
+		if (PlaceClient(clientPtr) == TCL_ERROR) {
+		    /*
+		     * Detected circular dependency
+		     */
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixForm.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixForm.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixForm.h,v 1.2 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixForm.h --
+ *
+ *	Declares the internal functions and data types for the Tix Form
+ *	geometry manager.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TIX_FORM_H
+#define _TIX_FORM_H
+
+#define SIDE0	0
+#define SIDE1	1
+
+#define NEXT_SIDE(x) (!x)
+
+#define SIDEX	0
+#define SIDEY	1
+
+#define AXIS_X	0
+#define AXIS_Y	1
+
+#define OPPO_SIDE0  1
+#define OPPO_SIDE1  2
+#define OPPO_ALL    3
+
+#define PINNED_SIDE0  4
+#define PINNED_SIDE1  8
+#define PINNED_ALL   12
+
+#define ATT_NONE		0
+#define ATT_GRID		1
+#define ATT_OPPOSITE		2
+#define ATT_PARALLEL		3
+
+/*
+ * The following structures carry information about the client windows
+ */
+typedef union {
+    int			grid;
+    struct _FormInfo  * widget;
+} Attachment;
+
+typedef struct {
+    int pcnt;		/* percentage anchor point */
+    int disp;		/* displacement from the percentage anchor point*/
+} Side;
+
+typedef struct _FormInfo {
+    Tk_Window		tkwin;
+    struct _MasterInfo* master;		/* The master of this window */
+    struct _FormInfo  * next;
+
+    int			depend;		/* used to detect circular dependency*/
+
+    /* These are specified by the user and set by the "tixForm" command
+     */
+    Attachment		att[2][2];	/* anchor of attachment */
+    int			off[2][2];	/* offset of attachment */
+    char		isDefault[2][2];/* Is this side a default attachment*/
+
+    char		attType[2][2];	/* type of attachment
+					   GRID or PIXEL*/
+    int			pad[2][2];	/* value of padding */
+
+    /* These values are calculated by the PinnClient() functions
+     * and are used to calculated the required size of the master
+     * inside CalculateMasterGeometry(), as well as the positions
+     * of the clients inside ArrangeGeometry()
+     */
+    Side		side[2][2];
+    int			sideFlags[2];
+
+    /* These values are used to place the clients into the clients
+     */
+    int			posn[2][2];
+
+    /* These things are for Spring'ing */
+    int			spring[2][2];
+    struct _FormInfo  * strWidget[2][2];
+    int 		springFail[2];
+    int			fill[2];
+} FormInfo;
+
+
+/*
+ * The following structures carry information about the master windows
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned int	isDeleted : 1;
+    unsigned int	repackPending : 1;
+} MasterFlags;
+
+typedef struct _MasterInfo {
+    Tk_Window		tkwin;
+    struct _FormInfo  * client;
+    struct _FormInfo  * client_tail;
+    int			numClients;
+    int			reqSize[2];
+    int			numRequests;	/* This is used to detect
+					 * whether two geometry managers
+					 * are used to manage the same
+					 * master window
+					 */
+    int			grids[2];
+    MasterFlags		flags;
+} MasterInfo;
+
+/* tixFormMisc.c */
+
+
+EXTERN int 		TixFm_Configure _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo *clientPtr,
+			    Tk_Window topLevel,
+			    Tcl_Interp* interp, int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+
+/* tixForm.c */
+EXTERN FormInfo * 	TixFm_GetFormInfo _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    int create));
+EXTERN void 		TixFm_StructureProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent * eventPtr));
+EXTERN void 		TixFm_AddToMaster _ANSI_ARGS_((MasterInfo *masterPtr,
+			    FormInfo *clientPtr));
+EXTERN void 		TixFm_DeleteMaster _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    MasterInfo *masterPtr));
+EXTERN void		TixFm_FreeMasterInfo _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData));
+EXTERN FormInfo * 	TixFm_FindClientPtrByName _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp * interp, CONST84 char * name,
+			    Tk_Window topLevel));
+EXTERN void		TixFm_ForgetOneClient _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    FormInfo *clientPtr));
+EXTERN void  		TixFm_Unlink _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo *clientPtr));
+EXTERN void  		TixFm_UnlinkFromMaster _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    FormInfo *clientPtr));
+#endif /* _TIX_FORM_H */

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixFormMisc.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixFormMisc.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,600 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixFormMisc.c,v 1.2 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixFormMisc.c --
+ *
+ *	Implements the tixForm geometry manager, which has similar
+ *	capability as the Motif Form geometry manager. Please
+ *	refer to the documentation for the use of tixForm.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tix.h>
+#include <tixForm.h>
+
+/*
+ * SubCommands of the tixForm command.
+ */
+TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(TixFm_Info);
+
+static void 		AttachInfo _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    FormInfo * clientPtr, int axis, int which));
+static int		ConfigureAttachment _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo *clientPtr,
+			    Tk_Window topLevel, Tcl_Interp* interp,
+			    int axis, int which, CONST84 char *value));
+static int		ConfigureFill _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    FormInfo *clientPtr, Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    Tcl_Interp* interp, CONST84 char *value));
+static int		ConfigurePadding _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    FormInfo *clientPtr, Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    Tcl_Interp* interp, int axis, int which,
+			    CONST84 char *value));
+static int		ConfigureSpring _ANSI_ARGS_((FormInfo *clientPtr,
+			    Tk_Window topLevel, Tcl_Interp* interp,
+			    int axis, int which, CONST84 char *value));
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixFm_Info --
+ *
+ *	Return the information about the attachment of a client window
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int TixFm_Info(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Main window associated with
+				 * interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    Tk_Window topLevel = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    FormInfo * clientPtr;
+    char buff[256];
+    int i,j;
+    static CONST84 char *sideNames[2][2] = {
+	{"-left", "-right"},
+	{"-top", "-bottom"}
+    };
+    static CONST84 char *padNames[2][2] = {
+	{"-padleft", "-padright"},
+	{"-padtop", "-padbottom"}
+    };
+
+    clientPtr = TixFm_FindClientPtrByName(interp, argv[0], topLevel);
+    if (clientPtr == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (argc == 2) {
+	/* user wants some specific info
+	 */
+
+	for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	    for (j=0; j<2; j++) {
+		/* Do you want to know attachment? */
+		if (strcmp(argv[1], sideNames[i][j]) == 0) {
+		    AttachInfo(interp, clientPtr, i, j);
+		    return TCL_OK;
+		}
+
+		/* Do you want to know padding? */
+		if (strcmp(argv[1], padNames[i][j]) == 0) {
+		    sprintf(buff, "%d", clientPtr->pad[i][j]);
+		    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+		    return TCL_OK;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Unknown option \"", argv[1], "\"", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Otherwise, give full info */
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	for (j=0; j<2; j++) {
+	    /* The information about attachment */
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sideNames[i][j], " ", NULL);
+	    AttachInfo(interp, clientPtr, i, j);
+
+	    /* The information about padding */
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, padNames[i][j], " ", NULL);
+	    sprintf(buff, "%d", clientPtr->pad[i][j]);
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, " ", NULL);
+	}
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static void AttachInfo(interp, clientPtr, axis, which)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    FormInfo * clientPtr;
+    int axis;
+    int which;
+{
+    char buff[256];
+
+    switch(clientPtr->attType[axis][which]) {
+      case ATT_NONE:
+	Tcl_AppendElement(interp, "none");
+	break;
+
+      case ATT_GRID:
+	sprintf(buff, "{%%%d %d}", clientPtr->att[axis][which].grid,
+	    clientPtr->off[axis][which]);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, " ", NULL);
+	break;
+
+      case ATT_OPPOSITE:
+	sprintf(buff, "%d", clientPtr->off[axis][which]);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "{",
+	    Tk_PathName(clientPtr->att[axis][which].widget->tkwin),
+	    " ", buff, "} ", NULL);
+	break;
+
+      case ATT_PARALLEL:
+	sprintf(buff, "%d", clientPtr->off[axis][which]);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "{&",
+	    Tk_PathName(clientPtr->att[axis][which].widget->tkwin),
+	    " ", buff, "} ", NULL);
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Form Parameter Configuration
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int ConfigureAttachment(clientPtr, topLevel, interp, axis, which, value)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+    Tk_Window topLevel;
+    Tcl_Interp* interp;
+    int axis, which;
+    CONST84 char *value;
+{
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    FormInfo * attWidget;
+    int code = TCL_OK;
+    int offset;
+    int grid;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+
+    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, value, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (argc < 1 || argc > 2) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Malformed attachment value \"", value,
+	    "\"", NULL);
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    switch (argv[0][0]) {
+      case '#':		/* Attached to grid */
+      case '%': 	/* Attached to percent (aka grid) */
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0]+1, &grid) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	clientPtr->attType[axis][which]   = ATT_GRID;
+	clientPtr->att[axis][which].grid  = grid;
+	break;
+
+      case '&': 		/* Attached to parallel widget */
+	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[0]+1, topLevel);
+
+	if (tkwin != NULL) {
+	    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin)) {
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't attach to \"", value,
+	    	    "\": it's a top-level window", (char *) NULL);
+		code = TCL_ERROR;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    attWidget = TixFm_GetFormInfo(tkwin, 1);
+	    TixFm_AddToMaster(clientPtr->master, attWidget);
+
+	    clientPtr->attType[axis][which]    = ATT_PARALLEL;
+	    clientPtr->att[axis][which].widget = attWidget;
+	} else {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	break;
+
+      case '.': 		/* Attach to opposite widget */
+	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[0], topLevel);
+
+	if (tkwin != NULL) {
+	    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin)) {
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't attach to \"", value,
+	    	    "\": it's a top-level window", (char *) NULL);
+		code = TCL_ERROR;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    attWidget = TixFm_GetFormInfo(tkwin, 1);
+	    TixFm_AddToMaster(clientPtr->master, attWidget);
+
+	    clientPtr->attType[axis][which]    = ATT_OPPOSITE;
+	    clientPtr->att[axis][which].widget = attWidget;
+	} else {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	break;
+
+      case 'n':		/* none */
+	if (argc == 1 && strcmp(argv[0], "none") == 0) {
+	    clientPtr->attType[axis][which]    = ATT_NONE;
+	    goto done;
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Malformed attachment value \"", value,
+		"\"", NULL);
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	break;
+
+      default:		/* Check if is attached to pixel */
+	/* If there is only one value, this can be the offset with implicit
+	 * anchor point 0% or max_grid%
+	 */
+	if (argc != 1) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Malformed attachment value \"", value,
+		"\"", NULL);
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+#if 1
+	if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, topLevel, argv[0], &offset) != TCL_OK) {
+#else
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &offset) == TCL_ERROR) {
+#endif
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+
+	clientPtr->attType[axis][which]      = ATT_GRID;
+	clientPtr->off    [axis][which]      = offset;
+	if (offset < 0 || (offset == 0 && strcmp(argv[0], "-0") ==0)) {
+	    clientPtr->att[axis][which].grid = clientPtr->master->grids[axis];
+	} else {
+	    clientPtr->att[axis][which].grid = 0;
+	}
+
+	goto done;	/* We have already gotten both anchor and offset */
+    }
+
+    if (argc  == 2) {
+#if 1
+	if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, topLevel, argv[1], &offset) != TCL_OK) {
+#else
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &offset) == TCL_ERROR) {
+#endif
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    	clientPtr->off[axis][which] = offset;
+    } else {
+	clientPtr->off[axis][which] = 0;
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (argv) {
+	ckfree((char*) argv);
+    }
+    if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
+	clientPtr->attType[axis][which] = ATT_NONE;
+	clientPtr->off[axis][which] = 0;
+    }
+    return code;
+}
+
+static int ConfigurePadding(clientPtr, tkwin, interp, axis, which, value)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    Tcl_Interp* interp;
+    int axis, which;
+    CONST84 char *value;
+{
+    int p_value;
+
+    if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, value, &p_value) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else {
+	clientPtr->pad[axis][which] = p_value;
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+}
+
+static int ConfigureFill(clientPtr, tkwin, interp, value)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    Tcl_Interp* interp;
+    CONST84 char *value;
+{
+    size_t len = strlen(value);
+
+    if (strncmp(value, "x", len) == 0) {
+	clientPtr->fill[AXIS_X] = 1;
+	clientPtr->fill[AXIS_Y] = 0;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(value, "y", len) == 0) {
+	clientPtr->fill[AXIS_X] = 0;
+	clientPtr->fill[AXIS_Y] = 1;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(value, "both", len) == 0) {
+	clientPtr->fill[AXIS_X] = 1;
+	clientPtr->fill[AXIS_Y] = 1;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(value, "none", len) == 0) {
+	clientPtr->fill[AXIS_X] = 0;
+	clientPtr->fill[AXIS_Y] = 0;
+    }
+    else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad fill style \"", value,
+	    "\": must be none, x, y, or both", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int ConfigureSpring(clientPtr, topLevel, interp, axis, which, value)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+    Tk_Window topLevel;
+    Tcl_Interp* interp;
+    int axis, which;
+    CONST84 char *value;
+{
+    int         strength;
+    int		i = axis, j = which;
+
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, value, &strength) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    clientPtr->spring[i][j] = strength;
+
+    if (clientPtr->attType[i][j] == ATT_OPPOSITE) {
+	FormInfo * oppo;
+
+	oppo = clientPtr->att[i][j].widget;
+	oppo->spring[i][!j]  = strength;
+
+	if (strength != 0 && clientPtr->strWidget[i][j] == NULL) {
+	    clientPtr->strWidget[i][j] = oppo;
+
+	    if (oppo->strWidget[i][!j] != clientPtr) {
+		if (oppo->strWidget[i][!j] != NULL) {
+		    oppo->strWidget[i][!j]->strWidget[i][j] = NULL;
+		    oppo->strWidget[i][!j]->spring[i][j]  = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	    oppo->strWidget[i][!j] = clientPtr;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+int TixFm_Configure(clientPtr, topLevel, interp, argc, argv)
+    FormInfo *clientPtr;
+    Tk_Window topLevel;
+    Tcl_Interp* interp;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char **argv;
+{
+    int i, flag, value;
+
+    for (i=0; i< argc; i+=2) {
+	flag  = i;
+	value = i+1;
+
+	if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-in") == 0) {
+	    /* Reset the parent of the widget
+	     */
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
+		"\"-in \" must be the first option given to tixForm", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-l") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureAttachment(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		0, 0, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-left") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureAttachment(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		0, 0, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-r") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureAttachment(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		0, 1, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-right") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureAttachment(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		0, 1, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-top") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureAttachment(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+	        1, 0, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-t") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureAttachment(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+	        1, 0, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-bottom") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureAttachment(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		1, 1, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-b") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureAttachment(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		1, 1, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-padx") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigurePadding(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+  	        0, 0, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	    if (ConfigurePadding(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		0, 1, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-pady") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigurePadding(clientPtr,topLevel,interp,
+		1, 0, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	    if (ConfigurePadding(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		1, 1, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-padleft") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigurePadding(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		0, 0, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-lp") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigurePadding(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		0, 0, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-padright")== 0){
+	    if (ConfigurePadding(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		0, 1, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-rp")== 0){
+	    if (ConfigurePadding(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		0, 1, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-padtop")== 0) {
+	    if (ConfigurePadding(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		1, 0, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-tp")== 0) {
+	    if (ConfigurePadding(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		1, 0, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag],"-padbottom")== 0){
+	    if (ConfigurePadding(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		1, 1, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag],"-bp")== 0){
+	    if (ConfigurePadding(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		1, 1, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-leftspring") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureSpring(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		0, 0, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-ls") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureSpring(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		0, 0, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-rightspring") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureSpring(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		0, 1, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-rs") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureSpring(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		0, 1, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-topspring") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureSpring(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		1, 0, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-ts") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureSpring(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		1, 0, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-bottomspring") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureSpring(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		1, 1, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-bs") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureSpring(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		1, 1, argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (strcmp(argv[flag], "-fill") == 0) {
+	    if (ConfigureFill(clientPtr, topLevel, interp,
+		argv[value]) == TCL_ERROR) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Wrong option \"",
+		argv[i], "\".", (char *) NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Clear the previously set default attachment if the opposide
+     * edge is attached.
+     */
+
+#if 0
+    /* (1) The X axis */
+    if ((clientPtr->attType[0][0] ==  ATT_DEFAULT_PIXEL)
+	&&(clientPtr->attType[0][1]  !=  ATT_NONE)) {
+	clientPtr->attType[0][0]   = ATT_NONE;
+    }
+
+    /* (2) The Y axis */
+    if ((clientPtr->attType[1][0] ==  ATT_DEFAULT_PIXEL)
+	&&(clientPtr->attType[1][1]  !=  ATT_NONE)) {
+	clientPtr->attType[1][0]   = ATT_NONE;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGeometry.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGeometry.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixGeometry.c,v 1.4 2005/03/25 20:15:53 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/* 
+ * tixGeometry.c --
+ *
+ *	TCL bindings of TK Geometry Management functions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+
+static Tcl_HashTable clientTable;	/* hash table for geometry managers */
+
+static void		StructureProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr));
+static void		GeoReqProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin));
+static void		GeoLostSlaveProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin));
+
+typedef struct ClientStruct {
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tk_Window    tkwin;
+    char       * command;
+    unsigned     isDeleted : 1;
+} ClientStruct;
+
+static Tk_GeomMgr geoType = {
+    "tixGeometry",		/* name */
+    GeoReqProc,			/* requestProc */
+    GeoLostSlaveProc,		/* lostSlaveProc */
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * 			Geometry Management Hooks
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * The following functions handles the geometry requests of the clients
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void FreeClientStruct(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;
+{
+    ClientStruct * cnPtr = (ClientStruct *) clientData;
+
+    ckfree((char*)cnPtr->command);
+    ckfree((char*)cnPtr);
+}
+
+/* This function is called when the clients initiates a geometry
+ * request i.e., a button changes its text and now needs a larger
+ * width
+ *
+ */
+static void
+GeoReqProc(clientData, tkwin)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Information about
+				 * window that got new preferred
+				 * geometry.  */
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Other Tk-related information
+				 * about the window. */
+{
+    ClientStruct * cnPtr = (ClientStruct *) clientData;
+    int result;
+
+    if (cnPtr->isDeleted) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    result = Tix_GlobalVarEval(cnPtr->interp,	cnPtr->command, " -request ", 
+	Tk_PathName(cnPtr->tkwin), (char*)NULL);
+
+    if (result != TCL_OK) {
+	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(cnPtr->interp,
+	    "\n    (geometry request command executed by tixManageGeometry)");
+	Tk_BackgroundError(cnPtr->interp);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * This function is called when the clients is grabbed by another 
+ * geometry manager. %% Should inform with a -lost call
+ */
+static void
+GeoLostSlaveProc(clientData, tkwin)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Information about
+				 * window that got new preferred
+				 * geometry.  */
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Other Tk-related information
+				 * about the window. */
+{
+    ClientStruct  * cnPtr = (ClientStruct *) clientData;
+    Tcl_HashEntry * hashPtr;
+    int result;
+
+    if (cnPtr->isDeleted) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    result = Tix_GlobalVarEval(cnPtr->interp, cnPtr->command, " -lostslave ", 
+	Tk_PathName(cnPtr->tkwin), (char*)NULL);
+
+    if (result != TCL_OK) {
+	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(cnPtr->interp,
+	    "\n    (geometry request command executed by tixManageGeometry)");
+	Tk_BackgroundError(cnPtr->interp);
+    }
+
+    hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&clientTable, (char *)tkwin);
+    if (hashPtr) {
+	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+    }
+    cnPtr->isDeleted = 1;
+    Tk_EventuallyFree((ClientData) cnPtr, (Tix_FreeProc*)FreeClientStruct);
+}
+
+
+static void StructureProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    XEvent *eventPtr;
+{
+    ClientStruct  * cnPtr = (ClientStruct *) clientData;
+    Tcl_HashEntry * hashPtr;
+
+    if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
+	if (cnPtr->isDeleted) {
+	    return;
+	}
+
+	hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&clientTable, (char *)cnPtr->tkwin);
+	if (hashPtr) {
+	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+	}
+	cnPtr->isDeleted = 1;
+	Tk_EventuallyFree((ClientData) cnPtr, (Tix_FreeProc*)FreeClientStruct);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *
+ * argv[1] = clientPathName
+ * argv[2] = managerCommand	<-- can have arguments
+ *
+ * %% add possibility to delete a manager
+ *
+ */
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_ManageGeometryCmd)
+{
+    Tk_Window 		topLevel = (Tk_Window)clientData;
+    Tk_Window		tkwin;
+    ClientStruct      * cnPtr;
+    Tcl_HashEntry     * hashPtr;
+    int			isNew;
+    static int 	        inited = 0;
+
+    if (argc!=3) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, "pathname command");
+    }
+
+    if ((tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[1], topLevel)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (!inited) {
+	Tcl_InitHashTable(&clientTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+	inited = 1;
+    }
+
+    hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&clientTable, (char *)tkwin, &isNew);
+
+    if (!isNew) {
+	cnPtr = (ClientStruct *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	ckfree(cnPtr->command);
+	cnPtr->command = tixStrDup(argv[2]);
+    } else {
+	cnPtr = (ClientStruct *) ckalloc(sizeof(ClientStruct));
+	cnPtr->tkwin     = tkwin;
+	cnPtr->interp    = interp;
+	cnPtr->command   = tixStrDup(argv[2]);
+	cnPtr->isDeleted = 0;
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, cnPtr);
+
+	Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, &geoType, (ClientData)cnPtr);
+	Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	    StructureProc, (ClientData)cnPtr);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *	The following are TCL bindings for the TK geometry functions.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/*
+ *
+ * argv[1] = clientPathName
+ * argv[2] = req width
+ * argv[3] = req height
+ *
+ */
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_GeometryRequestCmd)
+{
+    Tk_Window topLevel = (Tk_Window)clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    int reqWidth;
+    int reqHeight;
+
+    if (argc != 4) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, 
+	    "pathname reqwidth reqheight");
+    }
+
+    if ((tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[1], topLevel)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, argv[2], &reqWidth) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, argv[3], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tk_GeometryRequest(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *
+ * argv[1] = clientPathName
+ * argv[2] = width
+ * argv[3] = height
+ * argv[4] = width
+ * argv[5] = height
+ *
+ */
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_MoveResizeWindowCmd)
+{
+    Tk_Window topLevel = (Tk_Window)clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    int x, y;
+    int width;
+    int height;
+
+    if (argc != 6) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1,
+			     "pathname x y width height");
+    }
+
+    if ((tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[1], topLevel)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, argv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, argv[3], &y) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, argv[4], &width) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, argv[5], &height) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tk_MoveResizeWindow(tkwin, x, y, width, height);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *
+ * argv[1] = clientPathName
+ *
+ */
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_MapWindowCmd)
+{
+    Tk_Window topLevel = (Tk_Window)clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+
+    if (argc != 2) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, "pathname");
+    }
+
+    if ((tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[1], topLevel)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tk_MapWindow(tkwin);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Tix_FlushXCmd -- calls XFlush()
+ * argv[1] = pathName
+ *
+ */
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_FlushXCmd)
+{
+    Tk_Window topLevel = (Tk_Window)clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+
+    if (argc != 2) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, "pathname");
+    }
+
+    if ((tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[1], topLevel)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+#if !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(MAC_TCL) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) /* UNIX */
+    XFlush(Tk_Display(tkwin));
+#endif
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *
+ * argv[1] = clientPathName
+ *
+ */
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_UnmapWindowCmd)
+{
+    Tk_Window 		topLevel = (Tk_Window)clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+
+    if (argc != 2) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, "pathname");
+    }
+
+    if ((tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[1], topLevel)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrData.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrData.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,912 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixGrData.c,v 1.2 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/* 
+ * tixGrData.c --
+ *
+ *	This module manipulates the data structure for a Grid widget.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixGrid.h>
+
+/* need "(unsigned int)" to prevent sign-extension on 64-bit machines, and
+ * "(unsigned long)" to avoid an egcs warning
+ */
+#define FIX(X) ((char*)(unsigned long)(unsigned int)(X))
+
+static int		FindRowCol _ANSI_ARGS_((TixGridDataSet * dataSet,
+			    int x, int y, TixGridRowCol * rowcol[2],
+			    Tcl_HashEntry * hashPtrs[2]));
+static TixGridRowCol *	InitRowCol _ANSI_ARGS_((int index));
+static int		RowColMaxSize _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int which, TixGridRowCol *rowCol,
+			    TixGridSize * defSize));
+
+static TixGridRowCol *
+InitRowCol(index)
+    int index;
+{
+    TixGridRowCol * rowCol = (TixGridRowCol *)ckalloc(sizeof(TixGridRowCol));
+
+    rowCol->dispIndex	   = index;
+    rowCol->size.sizeType  = TIX_GR_DEFAULT;
+    rowCol->size.sizeValue = 0;
+    rowCol->size.charValue = 0;
+    rowCol->size.pad0	   = 2;
+    rowCol->size.pad1	   = 2;
+    rowCol->size.pixels	   = 0;
+
+    Tcl_InitHashTable(&rowCol->table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+
+    return rowCol;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixGridDataSetInit --
+ *
+ *	Create an instance of the TixGridDataSet data structure.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+TixGridDataSet *
+TixGridDataSetInit()
+{
+    TixGridDataSet * dataSet =(TixGridDataSet*)ckalloc(sizeof(TixGridDataSet));
+
+    Tcl_InitHashTable(&dataSet->index[0], TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+    Tcl_InitHashTable(&dataSet->index[1], TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+
+    dataSet->maxIdx[0] = -1;
+    dataSet->maxIdx[1] = -1;
+
+    return dataSet;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixGridDataSetFree --
+ *
+ *	Frees an instance of the TixGridDataSet data structure.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixGridDataSetFree(dataSet)
+    TixGridDataSet* dataSet;
+{
+    Tcl_HashSearch hashSearch;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    TixGridRowCol *rcPtr;
+    int i;
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	for (hashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&dataSet->index[i], &hashSearch);
+		 hashPtr;
+		 hashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&hashSearch)) {
+	    rcPtr = (TixGridRowCol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	    if (rcPtr->table.numEntries > 0) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "Grid hash entry leaked: %d : %d\n", i,
+		    rcPtr->dispIndex);
+	    }
+
+	    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&rcPtr->table);
+	    ckfree((char*)rcPtr);
+	}
+    }
+
+    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dataSet->index[0]);
+    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dataSet->index[1]);
+    ckfree((char*)dataSet);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixGridDataFindEntry --
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Return the element if it exists. Otherwise returns NULL.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+char *
+TixGridDataFindEntry(dataSet, x, y)
+    TixGridDataSet * dataSet;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+{
+    TixGridRowCol *col, *row;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+
+    /* (1) Find the row and column */
+    if (!(hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dataSet->index[0], FIX(x)))) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    col = (TixGridRowCol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+
+    if (!(hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dataSet->index[1], FIX(y)))) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    row = (TixGridRowCol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+
+    /* (2) Find the entry */
+    if (row->table.numEntries < col->table.numEntries) {
+	if (!(hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&row->table, (char*)col))) {
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+    else {
+	if (!(hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&col->table, (char*)row))) {
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return (char *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * FindRowCol --
+ *
+ *	Internal function: finds row and column info an entry.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns true if BOTH row and column exist. If so, the row and
+ *	column info is returned in the rowcol.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+FindRowCol(dataSet, x, y, rowcol, hashPtrs)
+    TixGridDataSet * dataSet;	/* The Grid dataset. */
+    int x, y;			/* Location of the cell. */
+    TixGridRowCol * rowcol[2];	/* Returns information about the row/col. */
+    Tcl_HashEntry * hashPtrs[2];/* Returns hash table info about the row/col.*/
+{
+    hashPtrs[0] = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dataSet->index[0], FIX(x));
+    if (hashPtrs[0] != NULL) {
+	rowcol[0] = (TixGridRowCol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtrs[0]);
+    } else {
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    hashPtrs[1] = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dataSet->index[1], FIX(y));
+    if (hashPtrs[1] != NULL) {
+	rowcol[1] = (TixGridRowCol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtrs[1]);
+    } else {
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixGridDataCreateEntry --
+ *
+ *	Find or create the entry at the specified index.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A handle to the entry.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A new entry is created if it is not already in the dataset.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+CONST84 char *
+TixGridDataCreateEntry(dataSet, x, y, defaultEntry)
+    TixGridDataSet * dataSet;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    CONST84 char * defaultEntry;
+{
+    TixGridRowCol *rowcol[2];
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    int isNew, i, dispIndex[2];
+
+    dispIndex[0] = x;
+    dispIndex[1] = y;
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dataSet->index[i],
+	    FIX(dispIndex[i]), &isNew);
+
+	if (!isNew) {
+	    rowcol[i] = (TixGridRowCol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	} else {
+	    rowcol[i] = InitRowCol(dispIndex[i]);
+	    Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)rowcol[i]);
+
+	    if (dataSet->maxIdx[i] < dispIndex[i]) {
+		dataSet->maxIdx[i] = dispIndex[i];
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&rowcol[0]->table,
+	(char*)rowcol[1], &isNew);
+
+    if (!isNew) {
+	return (char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    }
+    else {
+	TixGrEntry *chPtr = (TixGrEntry *)defaultEntry;
+
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)chPtr);
+	chPtr->entryPtr[0] = hashPtr;
+
+	hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&rowcol[1]->table,
+	    (char*)rowcol[0], &isNew);
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)defaultEntry);
+	chPtr->entryPtr[1] = hashPtr;
+
+	return defaultEntry;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixGridDataDeleteEntry --
+ *
+ *	Deletes the entry at the specified index.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	True iff the entry existed and was deleted.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	If there is an entry at the index, it is deleted.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TixGridDataDeleteEntry(dataSet, x, y)
+    TixGridDataSet * dataSet;	/* The Grid dataset. */
+    int x;			/* Column number of the entry. */
+    int y;			/* Row number of the entry. */
+{
+    TixGridRowCol *rowcol[2];
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtrs[2];	/* Hash entries of the row/col. */
+    Tcl_HashEntry *cx, *cy;	/* Hash entries of the cell in the row/col. */
+
+    if (!FindRowCol(dataSet, x, y, rowcol, hashPtrs)) {
+	/*
+	 * The row and/or the column do not exist.
+	 */
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    cx = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&rowcol[0]->table, (char*)rowcol[1]);
+    cy = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&rowcol[1]->table, (char*)rowcol[0]);
+
+    if (cx == NULL && cy == NULL) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+    else if (cx != NULL && cy != NULL) {
+	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(cx);
+	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(cy);
+    }
+    else {
+	panic("Inconsistent grid dataset: (%d,%d) : %x %x", x, y, cx, cy);
+    }
+
+    return 1;
+
+    /*
+     * ToDo: trim down the hash table.
+     */
+}
+
+/* return value: has the size of the grid changed as a result of sorting */
+int
+TixGridDataUpdateSort(dataSet, axis, start, end, items)
+    TixGridDataSet * dataSet;
+    int axis;
+    int start;
+    int end;
+    Tix_GrSortItem *items;
+{
+    TixGridRowCol **ptr;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    int numItems = end - start + 1;
+    int i, k, max;
+
+    if (numItems <= 0) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    ptr = (TixGridRowCol **)ckalloc(numItems * sizeof(TixGridRowCol *));
+
+    for (k=0,i=start; i<=end; i++,k++) {
+	if (!(hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dataSet->index[axis], FIX(i)))) {
+	    /*
+	     * This row/col doesn't exist
+	     */
+	    ptr[k] = NULL;
+	} else {
+	    ptr[k] = (TixGridRowCol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+	}
+    }
+
+    max = start;
+    for (k=0,i=start; i<=end; i++,k++) {
+	int pos, isNew;
+	pos = items[k].index - start;
+
+	if (ptr[pos] != NULL) {
+	    hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dataSet->index[axis], FIX(i),
+		&isNew);
+	    Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)ptr[pos]);
+	    ptr[pos]->dispIndex = i;
+	    max = i;
+	}
+    }
+
+    ckfree((char*)ptr);
+
+    if (end+1 >= dataSet->maxIdx[axis]) {
+	if (dataSet->maxIdx[axis] != max+1) {
+	    dataSet->maxIdx[axis] = max+1;
+	    return 1;				/* size changed */
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;					/* size not changed */
+}
+
+
+static int
+RowColMaxSize(wPtr, which, rowCol, defSize)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int which;				/* 0=cols, 1=rows */
+    TixGridRowCol *rowCol;
+    TixGridSize * defSize;
+{
+    Tcl_HashSearch hashSearch;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    TixGrEntry * chPtr;
+    int maxSize = 1;
+
+    if (rowCol->table.numEntries == 0) {
+	return defSize->pixels;
+    }
+
+    for (hashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&rowCol->table, &hashSearch);
+	 hashPtr;
+	 hashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&hashSearch)) {
+
+	chPtr = (TixGrEntry *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	if (maxSize < chPtr->iPtr->base.size[which]) {
+	    maxSize = chPtr->iPtr->base.size[which];
+	}
+    }
+
+    return maxSize;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixGridDataGetRowColSize --
+ *
+ *	Returns width of a column or height of a row.
+ *	
+ * Results:
+ *	The width or height.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TixGridDataGetRowColSize(wPtr, dataSet, which, index, defSize, pad0, pad1)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;		/* Info about Grid widget */
+    TixGridDataSet * dataSet;	/* Dataset of the Grid */
+    int which;			/* 0=cols, 1=rows */
+    int index;			/* Column or row number */
+    TixGridSize * defSize;	/* The default size for the grid cells */
+    int *pad0;			/* Holds return value of horizontal padding. */
+    int *pad1;			/* Holds return value of vertical padding. */
+{
+    TixGridRowCol *rowCol;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    int size;
+
+    if (!(hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dataSet->index[which], FIX(index)))) {
+	size  = defSize->pixels;
+	*pad0 = defSize->pad0;
+	*pad1 = defSize->pad1;
+    }
+    else {
+	rowCol = (TixGridRowCol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    
+	switch (rowCol->size.sizeType) {
+	  case TIX_GR_AUTO:
+	    size  = RowColMaxSize(wPtr, which, rowCol, defSize);
+	    *pad0 = rowCol->size.pad0;
+	    *pad1 = rowCol->size.pad1;
+	    break;
+
+	  case TIX_GR_DEFINED_PIXEL:
+	    size  = rowCol->size.sizeValue;
+	    *pad0 = rowCol->size.pad0;
+	    *pad1 = rowCol->size.pad1;
+	    break;
+
+	  case TIX_GR_DEFINED_CHAR:
+	    size  = (int)(rowCol->size.charValue * wPtr->fontSize[which]);
+	    *pad0 = rowCol->size.pad0;
+	    *pad1 = rowCol->size.pad1;
+	    break;
+
+	  case TIX_GR_DEFAULT:
+	  default:			/* some error ?? */
+	    if (defSize->sizeType == TIX_GR_AUTO) {
+		size = RowColMaxSize(wPtr, which, rowCol, defSize);
+	    } else {
+		size = defSize->pixels;
+	    }
+	    *pad0 = defSize->pad0;
+	    *pad1 = defSize->pad1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return size;
+}
+
+int
+TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, xStr, yStr, xPtr, yPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    CONST84 char * xStr;
+    CONST84 char * yStr;
+    int * xPtr;
+    int * yPtr;
+{
+    CONST84 char * str[2];
+    int * ptr[2];
+    int i;
+
+    str[0] = xStr;
+    str[1] = yStr;
+    ptr[0] = xPtr;
+    ptr[1] = yPtr;
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	if (str[i] == NULL) {		/* ignore this index */
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	if (strcmp(str[i], "max") == 0) {
+	    *ptr[i] = wPtr->dataSet->maxIdx[i];
+	    if (*ptr[i] < wPtr->hdrSize[i]) {
+		*ptr[i] = wPtr->hdrSize[i];
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (strcmp(str[i], "end") == 0) {
+	    *ptr[i] = wPtr->dataSet->maxIdx[i] + 1;
+	    if (*ptr[i] < wPtr->hdrSize[i]) {
+		*ptr[i] = wPtr->hdrSize[i];
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, str[i], ptr[i]) != TCL_OK) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (*ptr[i] < 0) {
+	    *ptr[i] = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixGridDataConfigRowColSize --
+ *
+ *	Configure width of column or height of rows.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The column/rows size will be changed in an idle event.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TixGridDataConfigRowColSize(interp, wPtr, dataSet, which, index, argc, argv,
+	argcErrorMsg, changed_ret)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    TixGridDataSet * dataSet;
+    int which;			/* 0=cols, 1=rows */
+    int index;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    CONST84 char * argcErrorMsg;
+    int *changed_ret;		/* Returns whether size has been changed. */
+{
+    TixGridRowCol *rowCol;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    int isNew, code;
+
+    hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dataSet->index[which], FIX(index), &isNew);
+
+    if (!isNew) {
+	rowCol = (TixGridRowCol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    } else {
+	rowCol = InitRowCol(index);
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)rowCol);
+
+	if (dataSet->maxIdx[which] < index) {
+	    dataSet->maxIdx[which] = index;
+	}
+    }
+
+    code = Tix_GrConfigSize(interp, wPtr, argc, argv, &rowCol->size,
+	argcErrorMsg, changed_ret);
+
+    if (changed_ret) {
+	*changed_ret |= isNew;
+    }
+
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixGridDataGetGridSize --
+ *
+ *	Returns the number of rows and columns of the grid.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/*
+ * ToDo: maintain numCol and numRow info while adding entries.
+ */
+
+void
+TixGridDataGetGridSize(dataSet, numCol_ret, numRow_ret)
+    TixGridDataSet * dataSet;
+    int *numCol_ret;
+    int *numRow_ret;
+{
+    int maxSize[2], i;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    Tcl_HashSearch hashSearch;
+    TixGridRowCol * rowCol;
+
+    maxSize[0] = 1;
+    maxSize[1] = 1;
+
+    if (dataSet->index[0].numEntries == 0 || dataSet->index[1].numEntries==0) {
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	
+	for (hashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&dataSet->index[i], &hashSearch);
+	     hashPtr;
+	     hashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&hashSearch)) {
+
+	    rowCol = (TixGridRowCol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	    if (maxSize[i] < rowCol->dispIndex+1) {
+		maxSize[i] = rowCol->dispIndex+1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (numCol_ret) {
+	*numCol_ret  = maxSize[0];
+    }
+    if (numRow_ret) {
+	*numRow_ret = maxSize[1];
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * the following four functions return true if done -- no more rows or cells
+ * are left to traverse
+ */
+
+int
+TixGrDataFirstRow(dataSet, rowSearchPtr)
+    TixGridDataSet* dataSet;
+    Tix_GrDataRowSearch * rowSearchPtr;
+{
+    rowSearchPtr->hashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&dataSet->index[0],
+	&rowSearchPtr->hashSearch);
+
+    if (rowSearchPtr->hashPtr != NULL) {
+	rowSearchPtr->row = (TixGridRowCol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(
+		rowSearchPtr->hashPtr);
+	return 0;
+    } else {
+	rowSearchPtr->row = NULL;
+	return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+TixGrDataNextRow(rowSearchPtr)
+    Tix_GrDataRowSearch * rowSearchPtr;
+{
+    rowSearchPtr->hashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&rowSearchPtr->hashSearch);
+
+    if (rowSearchPtr->hashPtr != NULL) {
+	rowSearchPtr->row = (TixGridRowCol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(
+		rowSearchPtr->hashPtr);
+	return 0;
+    } else {
+	rowSearchPtr->row = NULL;
+	return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+TixGrDataFirstCell(rowSearchPtr, cellSearchPtr)
+    Tix_GrDataRowSearch * rowSearchPtr;
+    Tix_GrDataCellSearch * cellSearchPtr;
+{
+    cellSearchPtr->hashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&rowSearchPtr->row->table,
+	&cellSearchPtr->hashSearch);
+
+    if (cellSearchPtr->hashPtr != NULL) {
+	cellSearchPtr->data = (char *)Tcl_GetHashValue(
+		cellSearchPtr->hashPtr);
+	return 0;
+    } else {
+	cellSearchPtr->data = NULL;
+	return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+TixGrDataNextCell(cellSearchPtr)
+    Tix_GrDataCellSearch * cellSearchPtr;
+{
+    cellSearchPtr->hashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cellSearchPtr->hashSearch);
+
+    if (cellSearchPtr->hashPtr != NULL) {
+	cellSearchPtr->data = (char *)Tcl_GetHashValue(
+		cellSearchPtr->hashPtr);
+	return 0;
+    } else {
+	cellSearchPtr->data = NULL;
+	return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixGridDataDeleteSearchedEntry --
+ *
+ *	Deletes an entry returned by one of the search functions.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	If there is an entry at the index, it is deleted.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixGridDataDeleteSearchedEntry(cellSearchPtr)
+    Tix_GrDataCellSearch * cellSearchPtr;
+{
+    TixGrEntry * chPtr = (TixGrEntry *)cellSearchPtr->data;
+
+    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(chPtr->entryPtr[0]);
+    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(chPtr->entryPtr[1]);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixGridDataDeleteRange --
+ *
+ *	Deletes the rows (columns) at the given range.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The given rows (columns) are deleted.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixGridDataDeleteRange(wPtr, dataSet, which, from, to)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;		/* Info about the grid widget. */
+    TixGridDataSet * dataSet;	/* Dataset of the Grid */
+    int which;			/* 0=cols, 1=rows */
+    int from;			/* Starting column/row. */
+    int to;			/* Ending column/row (inclusive). */
+{
+    int tmp, i, other, deleted = 0;
+
+    if (from < 0 ) {
+	from = 0;
+    }
+    if (to < 0 ) {
+	to = 0;
+    }
+    if (from > to) {
+	tmp  = to;
+	to   = from;
+	from = tmp;
+    }
+    if (which == 0) {
+	other = 1;
+    } else {
+	other = 0;
+    }
+
+    for (i=from; i<=to; i++) {
+	Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr, *hp, *toDel;
+	TixGridRowCol *rcPtr, *rcp;
+	Tcl_HashSearch hashSearch;
+
+	hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dataSet->index[which], FIX(i));
+	if (hashPtr != NULL) {
+	    rcPtr = (TixGridRowCol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+
+	    for (hp = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&dataSet->index[other], &hashSearch);
+		    hp;
+		    hp = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&hashSearch)) {
+
+		rcp = (TixGridRowCol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hp);
+		toDel = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&rcp->table, (char*)rcPtr);
+		if (toDel != NULL) {
+		    TixGrEntry * chPtr;
+
+		    chPtr = (TixGrEntry *)Tcl_GetHashValue(toDel);
+		    if (chPtr) {
+			deleted = 1;
+			Tix_GrFreeElem(chPtr);
+		    }
+
+		    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(toDel);
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+	    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&rcPtr->table);
+	    ckfree((char*)rcPtr);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (deleted) {
+	Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_RESIZE);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixGridDataMoveRange --
+ *
+ *	Moves a range of row (columns) by a given offset. E.g. move 2-4 by 2
+ *	changes the rows 2,3,4 to 4,5,6.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Rows (columns) at locations where the given rows will be moved
+ *	to are deleted.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixGridDataMoveRange(wPtr, dataSet, which, from, to, by)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;		/* Info about the grid widget. */
+    TixGridDataSet * dataSet;	/* Dataset of the Grid */
+    int which;			/* 0=cols, 1=rows */
+    int from;			/* Starting column/row. */
+    int to;			/* Ending column/row (inclusive). */
+    int by;			/* The distance of the move. */
+{
+    int tmp, i, s, e, incr;
+    int df, dt;			/* Rows inside this range will be deleted
+				 * before the given rows are moved. */
+
+    if (by == 0) {
+	return;
+    }
+    if (from < 0 ) {
+	from = 0;
+    }
+    if (to < 0 ) {
+	to = 0;
+    }
+    if (from > to) {
+	tmp  = to;
+	to   = from;
+	from = tmp;
+    }
+
+    if ((from + by) < 0) {
+	/*
+	 * Delete the leading rows that will be moved beyond the top of grid.
+	 */
+	int n;			/* Number of rows to delete. */
+
+	n = - (from + by);
+	if (n > (to - from + 1)) {
+	    n =  to - from + 1;
+	}
+	TixGridDataDeleteRange(wPtr, dataSet, which, from, (from+n-1));
+	from = from + n;
+
+	if (from > to) {
+	    /*
+	     * All the rows have been deleted.
+	     */
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Delete rows at locations where the given rows will be moved to.
+     */
+    df = from + by;
+    dt = to   + by;
+
+    if (by > 0) {
+	if (df <= to) {
+	    df = to + 1;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (dt >= from) {
+	    dt = from - 1;
+	}
+    }
+    TixGridDataDeleteRange(wPtr, dataSet, which, df, dt);
+
+    /*
+     * Rename the rows.
+     */
+    if (by > 0) {
+	s    = to;
+	e    = from-1;
+	incr = -1;
+    } else {
+	s    = from;
+	e    = to+1;
+	incr = 1;
+    } 
+
+    for (i=s; i!=e; i+=incr) {
+	Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+	TixGridRowCol *rcPtr;
+	int isNew;
+
+	hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dataSet->index[which], FIX(i));
+	if (hashPtr != NULL) {
+	    rcPtr = (TixGridRowCol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	    rcPtr->dispIndex = i+by;
+	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+	    hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dataSet->index[which], FIX(i+by),
+		    &isNew);
+	    Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)rcPtr);
+	}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrData.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrData.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixGrData.h,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:42 idiscovery Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixGData.h --
+ *
+ *	Defines portable data structure for tixGrid.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TIX_GRID_DATA_H_
+#define _TIX_GRID_DATA_H_
+
+/*
+ * Data structure that stored the cells in a Grid widget. It is optimized
+ * for column/row insertion and deletion.
+ *
+ * - A grid is divideded into a set of rows and columns. Each row and column
+ *   is divided into a set of cells.
+ *
+ * - The following discusses the structure of a row. The structure of a
+ *   column is the reverse of a row.
+ *
+ *   Row y is stored in the hash table TixGridDataSet.index[1] with
+ *   the index y. Hence, to search for row y, we use the FindHashEntry
+ *   operation:
+ *
+ *	row_y = TixGridDataSet.index[1].FindHashEntry(y);
+ *
+ *   To locate a cell (x,y), we can first find the row y, and then
+ *   locate the cell at column x of this row. Note that the cell is
+ *   *not* indexed by its column position (y), but rather by the hash
+ *   table of the column y. The following example illustrates how cell
+ *   (x,y) can be searched:
+ *
+ *	row_y = TixGridDataSet.index[1].FindHashEntry(y);
+ *	col_x = TixGridDataSet.index[0].FindHashEntry(x);
+ *
+ *	cell_xy = row_x.list.FindHashEntry(&col_x);
+ *
+ *   The advantage of this arrangement is it is very efficient to
+ *   insert a row into into the grid -- we just have to fix the
+ *   indices of the rows table. For example, if, after the insertion,
+ *   row_y is now moved to the row y1, we change its index from y to
+ *   y1. In general, an insertion operation takes log(n) time in a
+ *   grid that contains n items.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct TixGridDataSet {
+    Tcl_HashTable index[2];		/* the row and column indices */
+    					/* index[0] holds the columns 
+					 * (horizontal index)
+					 */
+    int maxIdx[2];			/* the max row/col, or {-1,-1}
+					 * if there are no rows/col
+					 */
+} TixGridDataSet;
+
+#define TIX_GR_AUTO			0
+#define TIX_GR_DEFAULT			1
+#define TIX_GR_DEFINED_PIXEL		2
+#define TIX_GR_DEFINED_CHAR		3
+
+typedef struct TixGridSize {
+    int sizeType;
+    int sizeValue;			/* width or height */
+    int pixels;
+    int pad0, pad1;
+    double charValue;
+} TixGridSize;
+
+typedef struct TixGridRowCol {
+    /* private: */
+    Tcl_HashTable table;
+
+    /* public: */
+    int dispIndex;			/* the row or column in which
+					 * this TixGridRowCol is displayed */
+    TixGridSize size;
+} TixGridRowCol;
+
+
+#endif

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrFmt.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrFmt.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixGrFmt.c,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/* 
+ * tixGrFmt.c --
+ *
+ *	This module handles the formatting of the elements inside a Grid
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixDef.h>
+#include <tixGrid.h>
+
+typedef struct FormatStruct {
+    int x1, y1, x2, y2;
+} FormatStruct;
+
+typedef struct BorderFmtStruct {
+    int x1, y1, x2, y2;
+    Tk_3DBorder border;
+    Tk_3DBorder selectBorder;	/* the border color color */
+    int borderWidth;		/* Width of 3-D borders. */
+    int relief;			/* Indicates whether window as a whole is
+				 * raised, sunken, or flat. */
+    int xon, xoff;
+    int yon, yoff;
+    int filled;
+} BorderFmtStruct;
+
+typedef struct GridFmtStruct {
+    int x1, y1, x2, y2;
+    Tk_3DBorder border;		/* the border color color */
+    Tk_3DBorder selectBorder;	/* the border color color */
+    Tk_3DBorder bgBorder;	/* the background color */
+    int borderWidth;		/* Width of 3-D borders. */
+    int relief;			/* Indicates whether window as a whole is
+				 * raised, sunken, or flat. */
+    int xon, xoff;
+    int yon, yoff;
+    Tk_Anchor anchor;
+    int filled;
+} GridFmtStruct;
+
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrFormatBorder);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrFormatGrid);
+EXTERN TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrFormat);
+
+typedef int CFG_TYPE;
+
+static int		Tix_GrSaveColor _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    CFG_TYPE type, void * ptr));
+static void	    	GetBlockPosn _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr, int x1,
+			    int y1, int x2, int y2, int * bx1, int * by1,
+			    int * bx2, int * by2));
+static void 		GetRenderPosn _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int bx1, int by1, int bx2, int by2, int * rx1,
+			    int * ry1, int * rx2, int * ry2));
+static void		Tix_GrFillCells _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    Tk_3DBorder border, Tk_3DBorder selectBorder,
+			    int bx1, int by1, int bx2, int by2,
+			    int borderWidth, int relief, int filled,
+			    int bw[2][2]));
+static int		GetInfo _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char **argv,
+			    FormatStruct * infoPtr,
+			    Tk_ConfigSpec * configSpecs));
+
+#define DEF_GRID_ANCHOR			"se"
+#define DEF_GRID_BORDER_XOFF		"0"
+#define DEF_GRID_BORDER_XON		"1"
+#define DEF_GRID_BORDER_YOFF		"0"
+#define DEF_GRID_BORDER_YON		"1"
+#define DEF_GRID_GRIDLINE_XOFF		"0"
+#define DEF_GRID_GRIDLINE_XON		"1"
+#define DEF_GRID_GRIDLINE_YOFF		"0"
+#define DEF_GRID_GRIDLINE_YON		"1"
+#define DEF_GRID_FILLED			"0"
+#define DEF_GRID_BORDER_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_GRID_BORDER_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_GRID_GRIDLINE_COLOR		BLACK 
+#define DEF_GRID_GRIDLINE_MONO		BLACK
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec borderConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
+       DEF_GRID_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(BorderFmtStruct, border),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
+       DEF_GRID_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(BorderFmtStruct, border),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
+       DEF_GRID_BORDER_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(BorderFmtStruct, borderWidth), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-filled", "filled", "Filled",
+       DEF_GRID_FILLED, Tk_Offset(BorderFmtStruct, filled), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
+       DEF_GRID_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(BorderFmtStruct, relief), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
+       DEF_GRID_SELECT_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(BorderFmtStruct, selectBorder),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
+       DEF_GRID_SELECT_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(BorderFmtStruct, selectBorder),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-xoff", "xoff", "Xoff",
+       DEF_GRID_BORDER_XOFF, Tk_Offset(BorderFmtStruct, xoff), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-xon", "xon", "Xon",
+       DEF_GRID_BORDER_XON, Tk_Offset(BorderFmtStruct, xon), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-yoff", "yoff", "Yoff",
+       DEF_GRID_BORDER_YOFF, Tk_Offset(BorderFmtStruct, yoff), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-yon", "yon", "Yon",
+       DEF_GRID_BORDER_YON, Tk_Offset(BorderFmtStruct, yon), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};	
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec gridConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
+       DEF_GRID_ANCHOR, Tk_Offset(GridFmtStruct, anchor), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
+       DEF_GRID_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(GridFmtStruct, bgBorder),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
+       DEF_GRID_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(GridFmtStruct, bgBorder),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-bordercolor", "borderColor", "BorderColor",
+       DEF_GRID_GRIDLINE_COLOR, Tk_Offset(GridFmtStruct, border),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-bordercolor", "borderColor", "BorderColor",
+       DEF_GRID_GRIDLINE_MONO, Tk_Offset(GridFmtStruct, border),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
+       DEF_GRID_BORDER_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(GridFmtStruct, borderWidth), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-filled", "filled", "Filled",
+       DEF_GRID_FILLED, Tk_Offset(GridFmtStruct, filled), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
+       DEF_GRID_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(GridFmtStruct, relief), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
+       DEF_GRID_SELECT_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(GridFmtStruct, selectBorder),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
+       DEF_GRID_SELECT_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(GridFmtStruct, selectBorder),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-xoff", "xoff", "Xoff",
+       DEF_GRID_GRIDLINE_XOFF, Tk_Offset(GridFmtStruct, xoff), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-xon", "xon", "Xon",
+       DEF_GRID_GRIDLINE_XON, Tk_Offset(GridFmtStruct, xon), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-yoff", "yoff", "Yoff",
+       DEF_GRID_GRIDLINE_YOFF, Tk_Offset(GridFmtStruct, yoff), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-yon", "yon", "Yon",
+       DEF_GRID_GRIDLINE_YON, Tk_Offset(GridFmtStruct, yon), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};	
+
+int
+Tix_GrFormat(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    static Tix_SubCmdInfo subCmdInfo[] = {
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "border", 4, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_GrFormatBorder,
+	   "x1 y1 x2 y2 ?option value ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "grid",    4, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_GrFormatGrid,
+	   "x1 y1 x2 y2 ?option value ...?"},
+    };
+    static Tix_CmdInfo cmdInfo = {
+	Tix_ArraySize(subCmdInfo), 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, "?option? ?arg ...?",
+    };
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    if (wPtr->renderInfo == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "the \"format\" command can only be called ",
+	    "by the -formatcmd handler of the tixGrid widget", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return Tix_HandleSubCmds(&cmdInfo, subCmdInfo, clientData,
+	interp, argc+1, argv-1);
+}
+
+
+
+static int
+GetInfo(wPtr, interp, argc, argv, infoPtr, configSpecs)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+    FormatStruct * infoPtr;
+    Tk_ConfigSpec * configSpecs;
+{
+    int temp;
+
+    if (argc < 4) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 2, "x1 y1 x2 y2 ...");
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &infoPtr->x1) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &infoPtr->y1) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &infoPtr->x2) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &infoPtr->y2) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, configSpecs,
+	    argc-4, argv+4, (char *)infoPtr, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (infoPtr->x1 > infoPtr->x2) {
+	temp = infoPtr->x1;
+	infoPtr->x1 = infoPtr->x2;
+	infoPtr->x2 = temp;
+    }
+    if (infoPtr->y1 > infoPtr->y2) {
+	temp = infoPtr->y1;
+	infoPtr->y1 = infoPtr->y2;
+	infoPtr->y2 = temp;
+    }
+
+    /* trivial rejects */
+    if (infoPtr->x1 > wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x2) {
+	return TCL_BREAK;
+    }
+    if (infoPtr->x2 < wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x1) {
+	return TCL_BREAK;
+    }
+    if (infoPtr->y1 > wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y2) {
+	return TCL_BREAK;
+    }
+    if (infoPtr->y2 < wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y1) {
+	return TCL_BREAK;
+    }
+
+    /* the area is indeed visible, do some clipping */
+    if (infoPtr->x1 < wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x1) {
+	infoPtr->x1 = wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x1;
+    }
+    if (infoPtr->x2 > wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x2) {
+	infoPtr->x2 = wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x2;
+    }
+    if (infoPtr->y1 < wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y1) {
+	infoPtr->y1 = wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y1;
+    }
+    if (infoPtr->y2 > wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y2) {
+	infoPtr->y2 = wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y2;
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static void
+GetBlockPosn(wPtr, x1, y1, x2, y2, bx1, by1, bx2, by2)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int x1;		/* cell index */
+    int x2;
+    int y1;
+    int y2;
+    int * bx1;		/* block index */
+    int * by1;
+    int * bx2;
+    int * by2;
+{
+    *bx1 = x1;
+    *bx2 = x2;
+    *by1 = y1;
+    *by2 = y2;
+
+    switch (wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.whichArea) {
+      case TIX_S_MARGIN:
+	break;
+      case TIX_X_MARGIN:
+	*bx1 -= wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset;
+	*bx2 -= wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset;
+	break;
+      case TIX_Y_MARGIN:
+	*by1 -= wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset;
+	*by2 -= wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset;
+	break;
+      case TIX_MAIN:
+	*bx1 -= wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset;
+	*bx2 -= wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset;
+	*by1 -= wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset;
+	*by2 -= wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset;
+	break;
+    }
+} 
+
+static void
+GetRenderPosn(wPtr, bx1, by1, bx2, by2, rx1, ry1, rx2, ry2)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int bx1;		/* block index */
+    int by1;
+    int bx2;
+    int by2;
+    int * rx1;		/* render buffer position */
+    int * ry1;
+    int * rx2;
+    int * ry2;
+{
+    int x, y, i;
+
+
+    for (x=0,i=0; i<=bx2; i++) {
+	if (i == bx1) {
+	    *rx1 = x;
+	}
+	if (i == bx2) {
+	    *rx2 = x + wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[0][i].total - 1;
+	    break;
+
+	}
+	x += wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[0][i].total;
+    }
+
+
+    for (y=0,i=0; i<=by2; i++) {
+	if (i == by1) {
+	    *ry1 = y;
+	}
+	if (i == by2) {
+	    *ry2 = y + wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[1][i].total - 1;
+	    break;
+	}
+	y += wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[1][i].total;
+    }
+
+    *rx1 += wPtr->renderInfo->origin[0];
+    *rx2 += wPtr->renderInfo->origin[0];
+    *ry1 += wPtr->renderInfo->origin[1];
+    *ry2 += wPtr->renderInfo->origin[1];
+} 
+
+static void
+Tix_GrFillCells(wPtr, border, selectBorder, bx1, by1, bx2, by2,
+	borderWidth, relief, filled, bw)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Tk_3DBorder border;
+    Tk_3DBorder selectBorder;
+    int bx1;
+    int by1;
+    int bx2;
+    int by2;
+    int borderWidth;
+    int relief;
+    int filled;
+    int bw[2][2];
+{
+    int rx1, ry1, rx2, ry2;
+    int i, j;
+    Tk_3DBorder targetBorder;
+
+    for (i=bx1; i<=bx2; i++) {
+	for (j=by1; j<=by2; j++) {
+
+	    if (filled) {
+		GetRenderPosn(wPtr, i, j, i, j, &rx1,&ry1, &rx2,&ry2);
+
+		if (wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].selected) {
+		    targetBorder = selectBorder;
+		} else {
+		    targetBorder = border;
+		}
+
+		Tk_Fill3DRectangle(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+		    wPtr->renderInfo->drawable,
+		    targetBorder, rx1, ry1, rx2-rx1+1, ry2-ry1+1,
+	    	    0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
+
+		wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].filled = 1;
+	    } else {
+		if (!wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].filled) {
+		    if (i == bx1) {
+			if (wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[0][0] < bw[0][0]){
+			    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[0][0] = bw[0][0];
+			}
+		    }
+		    if (i == bx2) {
+			if (wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[0][1] < bw[0][1]){
+			    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[0][1] = bw[0][1];
+			}
+		    }
+		    if (j == by1) {
+			if (wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[1][0] < bw[1][0]){
+			    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[1][0] = bw[1][0];
+			}
+		    }
+		    if (j == by2) {
+			if (wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[1][1] < bw[1][1]){
+			    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[1][1] = bw[1][1];
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if (borderWidth > 0) {
+	GetRenderPosn(wPtr, bx1, by1, bx2, by2, &rx1,&ry1, &rx2,&ry2);
+
+	if (bx1 == bx2 &&  by1 == by2) {
+	    /* special case: if a single cell is selected, we invert the
+	     * border */
+
+	    if (wPtr->mainRB->elms[bx1][by1].selected) {
+		if (relief == TK_RELIEF_RAISED) {
+		    relief = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN;
+		}
+		else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) {
+		    relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	Tk_Draw3DRectangle(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	    wPtr->renderInfo->drawable,
+	    border, rx1, ry1, rx2-rx1+1, ry2-ry1+1,
+	    borderWidth, relief);
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+Tix_GrFormatBorder(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    BorderFmtStruct info;
+    int code = TCL_OK;
+    int bx1, bx2, by1, by2;
+    int i, j;
+
+    info.x1		= 0;
+    info.y1		= 0;
+    info.x2		= 0;
+    info.y2		= 0;
+    info.border		= NULL;
+    info.borderWidth	= 0;
+    info.selectBorder	= NULL;
+    info.relief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
+    info.xon		= 0;
+    info.xoff		= 0;
+    info.yon		= 0;
+    info.yoff		= 0;
+    info.filled		= 0;
+
+    if ((code = GetInfo(wPtr, interp, argc, argv, (FormatStruct*)&info,
+	    borderConfigSpecs))!= TCL_OK) {
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    /* 
+     * If the xon is not specified, then by default the xon is encloses the
+     * whole region. Same for yon.
+     */
+    if (info.xon == 0) {
+	info.xon = info.x2 - info.x1 + 1;
+	info.xoff = 0;
+    }
+    if (info.yon == 0) {
+	info.yon = info.y2 - info.y1 + 1;
+	info.yoff = 0;
+    }
+
+    GetBlockPosn(wPtr, info.x1, info.y1, info.x2, info.y2,
+	&bx1, &by1, &bx2, &by2);
+
+#if 0
+    /* now it works */
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+    if (bx1 == 0 && bx2 == 0 && by1 == 0 && by2 == 0) {
+	/* some how this doesn't work in BC++ 4.5 */
+	goto done;
+    }
+#endif
+#endif
+
+    for (i=bx1; i<=bx2; i+=(info.xon+info.xoff)) {
+	for (j=by1; j<=by2; j+=(info.yon+info.yoff)) {
+	    int _bx1, _by1, _bx2, _by2;
+	    int borderWidths[2][2];
+
+	    _bx1 = i;
+	    _bx2 = i+info.xon-1;
+	    _by1 = j;
+	    _by2 = j+info.yon-1;
+
+	    if (_bx2 > bx2) {
+		_bx2 = bx2;
+	    }
+	    if (_by2 > by2) {
+		_by2 = by2;
+	    }
+
+	    borderWidths[0][0] = info.borderWidth;
+	    borderWidths[0][1] = info.borderWidth;
+	    borderWidths[1][0] = info.borderWidth;
+	    borderWidths[1][1] = info.borderWidth;
+
+	    Tix_GrFillCells(wPtr, info.border, info.selectBorder,
+		_bx1, _by1, _bx2, _by2,
+		info.borderWidth, info.relief, info.filled, borderWidths);
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (code == TCL_BREAK) {
+	code = TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if (code == TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tix_GrSaveColor(wPtr, TK_CONFIG_BORDER, (void*)info.border) == 0) {
+	    info.border = (Tk_3DBorder)NULL;
+	}
+	if (Tix_GrSaveColor(wPtr, TK_CONFIG_BORDER, (void*)info.selectBorder)
+		== 0) {
+	    info.selectBorder = (Tk_3DBorder)NULL;
+	}
+	Tk_FreeOptions(borderConfigSpecs, (char *)&info,
+	    wPtr->dispData.display, 0);
+    }
+    return code;
+}
+
+static int
+Tix_GrFormatGrid(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    GridFmtStruct info;
+    int code = TCL_OK;
+    int rx1, rx2, ry1, ry2;
+    int bx1, bx2, by1, by2;
+    int i, j;
+    GC gc;
+    int borderWidths[2][2];
+
+    info.x1		= 0;
+    info.y1		= 0;
+    info.x2		= 0;
+    info.y2		= 0;
+    info.border		= NULL;
+    info.selectBorder	= NULL;
+    info.bgBorder	= NULL;
+    info.borderWidth	= 0;
+    info.relief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
+    info.xon		= 1;
+    info.xoff		= 0;
+    info.yon		= 1;
+    info.yoff		= 0;
+    info.filled		= 0;
+
+    if ((code = GetInfo(wPtr, interp, argc, argv, (FormatStruct*)&info,
+	    gridConfigSpecs))!= TCL_OK) {
+	goto done;
+    }
+    gc = Tk_3DBorderGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, info.border, 
+	TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
+
+    GetBlockPosn(wPtr, info.x1, info.y1, info.x2, info.y2,
+	&bx1, &by1, &bx2, &by2);
+
+    borderWidths[0][0] = 0;
+    borderWidths[0][1] = 0;
+    borderWidths[1][0] = 0;
+    borderWidths[1][1] = 0;
+
+    switch(info.anchor) {
+      case TK_ANCHOR_N:
+      case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
+      case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
+	borderWidths[1][0] = info.borderWidth;
+	break;
+      default:
+	; /* do nothing. This line gets rid of compiler warnings */
+    }
+    switch(info.anchor) {
+      case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
+      case TK_ANCHOR_S:
+      case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
+	borderWidths[1][1] = info.borderWidth;
+	break;
+      default:
+	; /* do nothing. This line gets rid of compiler warnings */
+    }
+    switch(info.anchor) {
+      case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
+      case TK_ANCHOR_W:
+      case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
+	borderWidths[0][0] = info.borderWidth;
+	break;
+      default:
+	; /* do nothing. This line gets rid of compiler warnings */
+    }
+    switch(info.anchor) {
+      case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
+      case TK_ANCHOR_E:
+      case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
+	borderWidths[0][1] = info.borderWidth;
+	break;
+      default:
+	; /* do nothing. This line gets rid of compiler warnings */
+    }
+
+    for (i=bx1; i<=bx2; i+=(info.xon+info.xoff)) {
+	for (j=by1; j<=by2; j+=(info.yon+info.yoff)) {
+	    int _bx1, _by1, _bx2, _by2;
+
+	    _bx1 = i;
+	    _bx2 = i+info.xon-1;
+	    _by1 = j;
+	    _by2 = j+info.yon-1;
+
+	    if (_bx2 > bx2) {
+		_bx2 = bx2;
+	    }
+	    if (_by2 > by2) {
+		_by2 = by2;
+	    }
+
+	    Tix_GrFillCells(wPtr, info.bgBorder, info.selectBorder,
+		_bx1, _by1, _bx2, _by2, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT, info.filled,
+		borderWidths);
+
+	    if (info.borderWidth > 0) {
+		GetRenderPosn(wPtr, _bx1, _by1, _bx2, _by2,
+		    &rx1,&ry1, &rx2,&ry2);
+
+		switch(info.anchor) {
+		  case TK_ANCHOR_N:
+		  case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
+		  case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
+		    XDrawLine(wPtr->dispData.display,
+		        wPtr->renderInfo->drawable, gc,
+		    	rx1, ry1, rx2, ry1);
+		    break;
+		  default:
+		    ; /* do nothing. This line gets rid of compiler warnings */
+		}
+		switch(info.anchor) {
+		  case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
+		  case TK_ANCHOR_S:
+		  case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
+		    XDrawLine(wPtr->dispData.display,
+		        wPtr->renderInfo->drawable, gc,
+		    	rx1, ry2, rx2, ry2);
+		    break;
+		  default:
+		    ; /* do nothing. This line gets rid of compiler warnings */
+		}
+		switch(info.anchor) {
+		  case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
+		  case TK_ANCHOR_W:
+		  case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
+		    XDrawLine(wPtr->dispData.display,
+		    	wPtr->renderInfo->drawable, gc,
+		    	rx1, ry1, rx1, ry2);
+		    break;
+		  default:
+		    ; /* do nothing. This line gets rid of compiler warnings */
+		}
+		switch(info.anchor) {
+		  case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
+		  case TK_ANCHOR_E:
+		  case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
+		    XDrawLine(wPtr->dispData.display,
+		    	wPtr->renderInfo->drawable, gc,
+		    	rx2, ry1, rx2, ry2);
+		    break;
+		  default:
+		    ; /* do nothing. This line gets rid of compiler warnings */
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (code == TCL_BREAK) {
+	code = TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if (code == TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tix_GrSaveColor(wPtr, TK_CONFIG_BORDER, (void*)info.border) == 0) {
+	    info.border    = (Tk_3DBorder)NULL;
+	}
+	if (Tix_GrSaveColor(wPtr, TK_CONFIG_BORDER, (void*)info.bgBorder)==0) {
+	    info.bgBorder  = (Tk_3DBorder)NULL;
+	}
+	if (Tix_GrSaveColor(wPtr, TK_CONFIG_BORDER, (void*)info.selectBorder)
+		== 0) {
+	    info.selectBorder = (Tk_3DBorder)NULL;
+	}
+	Tk_FreeOptions(gridConfigSpecs, (char *)&info, wPtr->dispData.display,
+	    0);
+    }
+    return code;
+}
+
+
+/* returns 1 if the caller can free the border/color */
+static int Tix_GrSaveColor(wPtr, type, ptr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    CFG_TYPE type;
+    void * ptr;
+{
+    long pixel;
+    Tix_ListIterator li;
+    int found;
+    ColorInfo * cPtr;
+
+    if (type == TK_CONFIG_COLOR) {
+	pixel = ((XColor *)ptr)->pixel;
+    } else {
+	pixel = Tk_3DBorderColor((Tk_3DBorder)ptr)->pixel;
+    }
+
+    Tix_SimpleListIteratorInit(&li);
+    for (found = 0, Tix_SimpleListStart(&wPtr->colorInfo, &li);
+	 !Tix_SimpleListDone(&li);
+	 Tix_SimpleListNext (&wPtr->colorInfo, &li)) {
+
+	cPtr = (ColorInfo *)li.curr;
+	if (cPtr->pixel == pixel) {
+	    cPtr->counter = wPtr->colorInfoCounter;
+	    return 1;
+	    
+	}
+    }
+
+    cPtr = (ColorInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(ColorInfo));
+	
+    if (type == TK_CONFIG_COLOR) {
+	cPtr->color  = (XColor *)ptr;
+    } else {
+	cPtr->border = (Tk_3DBorder)ptr;
+    }
+    cPtr->type  = (int)type;
+    cPtr->pixel = pixel;
+    cPtr->counter = wPtr->colorInfoCounter;
+
+    Tix_SimpleListAppend(&wPtr->colorInfo, (char*)cPtr, 0);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void
+Tix_GrFreeUnusedColors(wPtr, freeAll)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int freeAll;
+{
+    Tix_ListIterator li;
+    ColorInfo * cPtr;
+
+    Tix_SimpleListIteratorInit(&li);
+    for (Tix_SimpleListStart(&wPtr->colorInfo, &li);
+	 !Tix_SimpleListDone(&li);
+	 Tix_SimpleListNext (&wPtr->colorInfo, &li)) {
+
+	cPtr = (ColorInfo *)li.curr;
+	if (freeAll || cPtr->counter < wPtr->colorInfoCounter) {
+	    Tix_SimpleListDelete(&wPtr->colorInfo, &li);
+
+	    if (cPtr->type == (int)(TK_CONFIG_COLOR)) {
+		Tk_FreeColor(cPtr->color);
+	    } else {
+		Tk_Free3DBorder(cPtr->border);
+	    }
+	    ckfree((char*)cPtr);
+	}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrRC.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrRC.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixGrRC.c,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/* 
+ * tixGrRC.c --
+ *
+ *	This module handles "size" sub-commands.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixDef.h>
+#include <tixGrid.h>
+
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrRCSize);
+EXTERN TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrSetSize);
+
+int
+Tix_GrSetSize(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    static Tix_SubCmdInfo subCmdInfo[] = {
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "row",    1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_GrRCSize,
+	   "index ?option value ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "column", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_GrRCSize,
+	   "index ?option value ...?"},
+    };
+    static Tix_CmdInfo cmdInfo = {
+	Tix_ArraySize(subCmdInfo), 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, "option index ?arg ...?",
+    };
+
+    return Tix_HandleSubCmds(&cmdInfo, subCmdInfo, clientData,
+	interp, argc+1, argv-1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+Tix_GrRCSize(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int which, index, code;
+    char errorMsg[300];
+    int changed;
+
+    /* TODO: can the index be <0?? */
+    if (argv[-1][0] == 'c') {
+	which = 0;
+    } else {
+	which = 1;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	size_t len = strlen(argv[0]);
+
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	if (strncmp(argv[0], "default", len) != 0) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", argv[0],
+		"\"; must be an integer or \"default\"", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	} else {
+	    /*
+             * Set the default sizes
+             */
+
+            /* Buffer size checked: test=grrc-1.2 */
+	    sprintf(errorMsg, "%s %s ?option value ...?", argv[-2], argv[-1]);
+
+	    code = Tix_GrConfigSize(interp, wPtr, argc-1, argv+1,
+		    &wPtr->defSize[which], errorMsg, &changed);
+
+	    /* Handling special cases */
+	    if (code == TCL_OK) {
+		switch (wPtr->defSize[which].sizeType) {
+		  case TIX_GR_DEFAULT:
+		    wPtr->defSize[which].sizeType = TIX_GR_DEFINED_CHAR;
+		    if (which == 0) {
+			wPtr->defSize[which].charValue = 10.0;
+		    } else {
+			wPtr->defSize[which].charValue = 1.1;
+		    }
+		}
+
+		switch (wPtr->defSize[which].sizeType) {
+		  case TIX_GR_DEFINED_PIXEL:
+		    wPtr->defSize[which].pixels=wPtr->defSize[which].sizeValue;
+		    break;
+
+		  case TIX_GR_DEFINED_CHAR:
+		    wPtr->defSize[which].pixels =
+		       (int)(wPtr->defSize[which].charValue *
+			     wPtr->fontSize[which]);
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+        /* Buffer size checked: test=grrc-1.3 */
+	sprintf(errorMsg, "%s %s ?option value ...?", argv[-2], argv[-1]);
+
+	code = TixGridDataConfigRowColSize(interp, wPtr, wPtr->dataSet,
+	    which, index, argc-1, argv+1, errorMsg, &changed);
+    }
+
+    if (changed) {
+	Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_RESIZE);
+    }
+
+    return code;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrSel.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrSel.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixGrSel.c,v 1.2 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/* 
+ * tixGrSel.c --
+ *
+ *	This module handles the selection
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixDef.h>
+#include <tixGrid.h>
+
+EXTERN TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrSelection);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrSelIncludes);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrSelModify);
+
+static int		Tix_GrSelIncludes _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+static void		Tix_GrAdjustSelection _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, SelectBlock * sbPtr));
+static void		Tix_GrMergeSelection _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, SelectBlock * sbPtr));
+
+int
+Tix_GrSelection(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    static Tix_SubCmdInfo subCmdInfo[] = {
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "adjust",   2, 4, Tix_GrSelModify,
+	   "x1 y1 ?x2 y2?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "clear",    2, 4, Tix_GrSelModify,
+	   "x1 y1 ?x2 y2?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "includes", 2, 4, Tix_GrSelIncludes,
+	   "x1 y1 ?x2 y2?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "set",      2, 4, Tix_GrSelModify,
+	   "x1 y1 ?x2 y2?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "toggle",   2, 4, Tix_GrSelModify,
+	   "x1 y1 ?x2 y2?"},
+    };
+    static Tix_CmdInfo cmdInfo = {
+	Tix_ArraySize(subCmdInfo), 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, "?option? ?arg ...?",
+    };
+
+    return Tix_HandleSubCmds(&cmdInfo, subCmdInfo, clientData,
+	interp, argc+1, argv-1);
+}
+
+static int
+Tix_GrSelIncludes(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+#if 0
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+#endif
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static void
+Tix_GrMergeSelection(wPtr, sbPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    SelectBlock * sbPtr;
+{
+    Tix_ListIterator li;
+
+    switch (sbPtr->type) {
+      case TIX_GR_SET:
+      case TIX_GR_CLEAR:
+	if (sbPtr->range[0][0] == 0 &&
+	    sbPtr->range[1][0] == 0 &&
+	    sbPtr->range[0][1] == TIX_GR_MAX &&
+	    sbPtr->range[1][1] == TIX_GR_MAX) {
+
+	    /* clear everything else from the list
+	     */
+	    Tix_SimpleListIteratorInit(&li);
+
+	    for (Tix_SimpleListStart(&wPtr->selList, &li);
+		 !Tix_SimpleListDone(&li);
+		 Tix_SimpleListNext (&wPtr->selList, &li)) {
+
+		SelectBlock *ptr = (SelectBlock *)li.curr;
+		Tix_SimpleListDelete(&wPtr->selList, &li);
+		ckfree((char*)ptr);
+	    }
+	}
+	if (sbPtr->type == TIX_GR_SET) {
+	    Tix_SimpleListAppend(&wPtr->selList, (char*)sbPtr, 0);
+	}
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+#if 0
+
+    switch (sbPtr->type) {
+        case TIX_GR_TOGGLE: {
+        }
+	break;
+        case TIX_GR_SET: {
+	  Tix_SimpleListAppend(&wPtr->selList, (char*)sbPtr, 0);
+        }
+        break;
+        case TIX_GR_CLEAR: {
+	    Tix_SimpleListIteratorInit(&li);
+
+	    for (Tix_SimpleListStart(&wPtr->selList, &li);
+		 !Tix_SimpleListDone(&li);
+		 Tix_SimpleListNext (&wPtr->selList, &li)) {
+	    }
+        }
+	  
+    }
+#else
+
+    Tix_SimpleListAppend(&wPtr->selList, (char*)sbPtr, 0);
+
+#endif
+
+  done:
+    Tix_GrAddChangedRect(wPtr, sbPtr->range, 0);
+}
+
+static void
+Tix_GrAdjustSelection(wPtr, sbPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    SelectBlock * sbPtr;
+{
+    int changed[2][2];
+    SelectBlock * current;
+
+    current = (SelectBlock*)wPtr->selList.tail;
+
+    /*
+     * The changed region is the union of the area of the current selection
+     * and the adjusted selection.
+     */
+    changed[TIX_X][0] = sbPtr->range[TIX_X][0];
+    changed[TIX_X][1] = sbPtr->range[TIX_X][1];
+    changed[TIX_Y][0] = sbPtr->range[TIX_Y][0];
+    changed[TIX_Y][1] = sbPtr->range[TIX_Y][1];
+
+    if (changed[TIX_X][0] > current->range[TIX_X][0]) {
+	changed[TIX_X][0] = current->range[TIX_X][0];
+    }
+    if (changed[TIX_X][1] < current->range[TIX_X][1]) {
+	changed[TIX_X][1] = current->range[TIX_X][1];
+    }
+    if (changed[TIX_Y][0] > current->range[TIX_Y][0]) {
+	changed[TIX_Y][0] = current->range[TIX_Y][0];
+    }
+    if (changed[TIX_Y][1] < current->range[TIX_Y][1]) {
+	changed[TIX_Y][1] = current->range[TIX_Y][1];
+    }
+
+    /* Adjust the current selection according to sbPtr */
+    current->range[TIX_X][0] = sbPtr->range[TIX_X][0];
+    current->range[TIX_X][1] = sbPtr->range[TIX_X][1];
+    current->range[TIX_Y][0] = sbPtr->range[TIX_Y][0];
+    current->range[TIX_Y][1] = sbPtr->range[TIX_Y][1];
+
+    /* Set the changed area */
+    Tix_GrAddChangedRect(wPtr, changed, 0);
+
+    /* sbPtr is no longer needed */
+    ckfree((char*)sbPtr);
+}
+
+static int
+Tix_GrSelModify(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int type, adjust = 0;
+    SelectBlock * sbPtr = NULL;
+    int tmp;
+
+    if (argc != 2 && argc != 4) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 2, "x1 y1 ?x2 y2?");
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * (1) find out the type of operation.
+     */
+    if (argv[-1][0] == 'a') {
+	if (wPtr->selList.numItems <= 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * There is nothing in the selection list to adjust!
+	     */
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "selection list is empty", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	adjust = 1;
+	type = 0;
+    }
+    else if (argv[-1][0] == 'c') {
+	type = TIX_GR_CLEAR;
+    }
+    else if (argv[-1][0] == 's') {
+	type = TIX_GR_SET;
+    }
+    else {
+	type = TIX_GR_TOGGLE;
+    }
+
+    sbPtr = (SelectBlock*)ckalloc(sizeof(SelectBlock));
+    sbPtr->type = type;
+
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &sbPtr->range[0][0]) != TCL_OK) {
+	goto error;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &sbPtr->range[1][0]) != TCL_OK) {
+	goto error;
+    }
+    if (argc == 4) {
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &sbPtr->range[0][1]) != TCL_OK) {
+	    if (strcmp(argv[2], "max") == 0) {
+		Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+		sbPtr->range[0][1] = TIX_GR_MAX;
+	    } else {
+		goto error;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &sbPtr->range[1][1]) != TCL_OK) {
+	    if (strcmp(argv[3], "max") == 0) {
+		Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+		sbPtr->range[1][1] = TIX_GR_MAX;
+	    } else {
+		goto error;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	sbPtr->range[0][1] = sbPtr->range[0][0];
+	sbPtr->range[1][1] = sbPtr->range[1][0];
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->selectUnit != tixRowUid) {
+	if (sbPtr->range[0][0] > sbPtr->range[0][1]) {
+	    tmp = sbPtr->range[0][1];
+	    sbPtr->range[0][1] = sbPtr->range[0][0]; 
+	    sbPtr->range[0][0] = tmp;
+	}
+    } else {
+	sbPtr->range[0][0] = 0;
+	sbPtr->range[0][1] = TIX_GR_MAX;
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->selectUnit != tixColumnUid) {
+	if (sbPtr->range[1][0] > sbPtr->range[1][1]) {
+	    tmp = sbPtr->range[1][1];
+	    sbPtr->range[1][1] = sbPtr->range[1][0]; 
+	    sbPtr->range[1][0] = tmp;
+	}
+    } else {
+	sbPtr->range[1][0] = 0;
+	sbPtr->range[1][1] = TIX_GR_MAX;
+    }
+
+    if (adjust) {
+	Tix_GrAdjustSelection(wPtr, sbPtr);
+	sbPtr = NULL;
+    } else {
+	Tix_GrMergeSelection(wPtr, sbPtr);
+    }
+    wPtr->toComputeSel = 1;
+    return TCL_OK;
+
+  error:
+    if (sbPtr) {
+	ckfree((char*)sbPtr);
+    }
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrSort.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrSort.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,464 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixGrSort.c,v 1.2 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/* 
+ * tixGrSel.c --
+ *
+ *	This module handles the sorting of the Grid widget.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixGrid.h>
+
+/*
+ * The variables below are used to implement the "lsort" command.
+ * Unfortunately, this use of static variables prevents "lsort"
+ * from being thread-safe, but there's no alternative given the
+ * current implementation of qsort.  In a threaded environment
+ * these variables should be made thread-local if possible, or else
+ * "lsort" needs internal mutual exclusion.
+ */
+
+static Tcl_Interp *sortInterp = NULL;	/* Interpreter for "lsort" command. 
+					 * NULL means no lsort is active. */
+static enum {ASCII, INTEGER, REAL, COMMAND} sortMode;
+					/* Mode for sorting:compare as strings,
+					 * compare as numbers, or call
+					 * user-defined command for
+					 * comparison. */
+static Tcl_DString sortCmd;		/* Holds command if mode is COMMAND.
+					 * pre-initialized to hold base of
+					 * command. */
+static int sortIncreasing;		/* 0 means sort in decreasing order,
+					 * 1 means increasing order. */
+static int sortCode;			/* Anything other than TCL_OK means a
+					 * problem occurred while sorting; this
+					 * executing a comparison command, so
+					 * the sort was aborted. */
+
+/*
+ * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file:
+ */
+
+EXTERN TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrSort);
+
+static int		SortCompareProc _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST VOID *first,
+			    CONST VOID *second));
+char * 			Tix_GrGetCellText _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int x, int y));
+Tix_GrSortItem *	Tix_GrGetSortItems _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int axis, int start, int end, int sortKeyIndex));
+void			Tix_GrFreeSortItems _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    Tix_GrSortItem * items, int numItems));
+
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tcl_LsortCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "lsort" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+	/* ARGSUSED */
+
+char * 
+Tix_GrGetCellText(wPtr, x, y)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+{
+    TixGrEntry* chPtr;
+
+    if ((chPtr = (TixGrEntry*) TixGridDataFindEntry(wPtr->dataSet, x, y))) {
+	switch (Tix_DItemType(chPtr->iPtr)) {
+	  case TIX_DITEM_TEXT:
+	    return chPtr->iPtr->text.text;
+	  case TIX_DITEM_IMAGETEXT:
+	    return chPtr->iPtr->imagetext.text;
+	  default:
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+    } else {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+Tix_GrSortItem *
+Tix_GrGetSortItems(wPtr, axis, start, end, sortKeyIndex)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int axis;
+    int start;
+    int end;
+    int sortKeyIndex;
+{
+    int i, k, numItems;
+    Tix_GrSortItem *items;
+
+    if (end <= start) {
+	/* sanity check: no need to sort */
+	return (Tix_GrSortItem *) NULL;
+    }
+
+    numItems = end-start+1;
+    items = (Tix_GrSortItem *)ckalloc(sizeof(Tix_GrSortItem) * numItems);
+
+    for (k=0,i=start; i<=end; i++, k++) {
+	items[k].index = i;
+	if (axis == 0) {
+	    items[k].data = Tix_GrGetCellText(wPtr, i, sortKeyIndex);
+	} else {
+	    items[k].data = Tix_GrGetCellText(wPtr, sortKeyIndex, i);
+	}
+    }
+
+    return items;
+}
+
+
+void
+Tix_GrFreeSortItems(wPtr, items, numItems)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Tix_GrSortItem * items;
+    int numItems;
+{
+    ckfree((char*)items);
+}
+
+int
+Tix_GrSort(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int i, axis, otherAxis, start, end;
+    size_t len;
+    Tix_GrSortItem *items = NULL;
+    int numItems;
+    CONST84 char *command = NULL;	/* Initialization needed only to
+					 * prevent compiler warning. */
+    int sortKeyIndex;
+    int gridSize[2];
+
+    /*-------------------------------------------------------------------
+     *			Argument parsing
+     *-------------------------------------------------------------------
+     */
+    if (sortInterp != NULL) {
+	interp->result = "can't invoke the tixGrid sort command recursively";
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Figure out the sorting dimension
+     */
+    len = strlen(argv[0]);
+    if (strncmp(argv[0], "rows", len)==0) {
+	axis = 1;
+	otherAxis = 0;
+    } else if (strncmp(argv[0], "column", len)==0) {
+	axis = 0;
+	otherAxis = 1;
+    } else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong dimension \"", argv[0],
+	    "\", should be row or column",  (char *) NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+			
+    /* get the start and end index
+     */
+    if (axis == 0) {
+	if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, argv[1], NULL, &start, NULL)
+		!=TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, argv[2], NULL, &end, NULL)
+		!=TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, NULL, argv[1], NULL, &start)
+		!=TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, NULL, argv[2], NULL, &end)
+		!=TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Check the range
+     */
+    TixGridDataGetGridSize(wPtr->dataSet, &gridSize[0], &gridSize[1]);
+    if (start > end) {
+	int tmp = start;
+	start = end;
+	end = tmp;
+    }
+    if (start >= gridSize[axis]) {
+	/* no need to sort */
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if (end == start) {
+	/* no need to sort */
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    /* get the options
+     */
+    if ((argc-3) %2 != 0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", argv[argc-1],
+		"\" missing", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    sortInterp = interp;
+    sortMode = ASCII;
+    sortIncreasing = 1;
+    sortCode = TCL_OK;
+    sortKeyIndex = wPtr->hdrSize[otherAxis];	/* by default, use the first
+						 * scrollable item as the key
+						 */
+    for (i=3; i<argc; i+=2) {
+	len = strlen(argv[i]);
+	if (strncmp(argv[i], "-type", len) == 0) {
+	    if (strcmp(argv[i+1], "ascii") == 0) {
+		sortMode = ASCII;
+	    } else if (strcmp(argv[i+1], "integer") == 0) {
+		sortMode = INTEGER;
+	    } else if (strcmp(argv[i+1], "real") == 0) {
+		sortMode = REAL;
+	    } else {
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong type \"", argv[i+1],
+		    "\": must be ascii, integer or real", (char *) NULL);
+		sortCode = TCL_ERROR;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (strncmp(argv[i], "-order", len) == 0) {
+	    if (strcmp(argv[i+1], "increasing") == 0) {
+		sortIncreasing = 1;
+	    } else if (strcmp(argv[i+1], "decreasing") == 0) {
+	        sortIncreasing = 0;
+	    } else {
+	        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong order \"", argv[i+1],
+		    "\": must be increasing or decreasing", (char *) NULL);
+		sortCode = TCL_ERROR;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (strncmp(argv[i], "-key", len) == 0) {
+	    if (axis == 0) {
+		/* sort columns: the key is a column index (1) */
+		if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, NULL, argv[i+1], NULL,
+			&sortKeyIndex) !=TCL_OK) {
+		    sortCode = TCL_ERROR;
+		    goto done;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		/* sort rows: the key is a row index (0)*/
+		if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, argv[i+1], NULL,
+			&sortKeyIndex, NULL) !=TCL_OK) {
+		    sortCode = TCL_ERROR;
+		    goto done;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (strncmp(argv[i], "-command", len) == 0) {
+	    sortMode = COMMAND;
+	    command = argv[i+1];
+	}
+	else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong option \"", argv[i],
+		"\": must be -command, -key, -order or -type", (char *) NULL);
+	    sortCode = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+    if (sortMode == COMMAND) {
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&sortCmd);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&sortCmd, command, -1);
+    }
+
+    /*------------------------------------------------------------------
+     *		SORTING
+     *------------------------------------------------------------------
+     */
+    /* prepare the array to be sorted */
+    numItems = end - start + 1;
+    items = Tix_GrGetSortItems(wPtr, axis, start, end, sortKeyIndex);
+
+    if (items != NULL) {
+	int sizeChanged;
+
+	qsort((VOID *)items, (size_t)numItems, sizeof(Tix_GrSortItem),
+	    SortCompareProc);
+
+	for (i=0; i<numItems; i++) {
+	    printf("%d\n", items[i].index);
+	}
+	sizeChanged = TixGridDataUpdateSort(wPtr->dataSet, axis, start, end,
+	    items);
+	if (sizeChanged) {
+	    Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_RESIZE);
+	} else {
+	    wPtr->toResetRB = 1;
+	    Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_REDRAW);
+	}
+
+	Tix_GrFreeSortItems(wPtr, items, numItems);
+    }
+
+    /* Done */
+    if (sortCode == TCL_OK) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    }
+    if (sortMode == COMMAND) {
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&sortCmd);
+    }
+
+  done:
+    sortInterp = NULL;
+    return sortCode;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SortCompareProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by qsort to determine the proper
+ *	ordering between two elements.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	< 0 means first is "smaller" than "second", > 0 means "first"
+ *	is larger than "second", and 0 means they should be treated
+ *	as equal.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None, unless a user-defined comparison command does something
+ *	weird.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+SortCompareProc(first, second)
+    CONST VOID *first, *second;		/* Elements to be compared. */
+{
+    int order;
+    char *firstString  = ((Tix_GrSortItem*)first )->data;
+    char *secondString = ((Tix_GrSortItem*)second)->data;
+
+    order = 0;
+    if (sortCode != TCL_OK) {
+	/*
+	 * Once an error has occurred, skip any future comparisons
+	 * so as to preserve the error message in sortInterp->result.
+	 */
+
+	return order;
+    }
+    if (firstString == NULL && secondString == NULL) {
+	/* equal */
+	return order;
+    }
+    if (secondString == NULL) {
+	/* first larger than second */
+	order = 1;	
+	goto done;
+    }
+    if (firstString == NULL) {
+	order = -1;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    if (sortMode == ASCII) {
+	order = strcmp(firstString, secondString);
+    } else if (sortMode == INTEGER) {
+	int a, b;
+
+	if ((Tcl_GetInt(sortInterp, firstString, &a) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetInt(sortInterp, secondString, &b) != TCL_OK)) {
+	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(sortInterp,
+		    "\n    (converting list element from string to integer)");
+	    sortCode = TCL_ERROR;
+	    return order;
+	}
+	if (a > b) {
+	    order = 1;
+	} else if (b > a) {
+	    order = -1;
+	}
+    } else if (sortMode == REAL) {
+	double a, b;
+
+	if ((Tcl_GetDouble(sortInterp, firstString, &a) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetDouble(sortInterp, secondString, &b) != TCL_OK)) {
+	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(sortInterp,
+		    "\n    (converting list element from string to real)");
+	    sortCode = TCL_ERROR;
+	    return order;
+	}
+	if (a > b) {
+	    order = 1;
+	} else if (b > a) {
+	    order = -1;
+	}
+    } else {
+	int oldLength;
+	char *end;
+
+	/*
+	 * Generate and evaluate a command to determine which string comes
+	 * first.
+	 */
+
+	oldLength = Tcl_DStringLength(&sortCmd);
+	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&sortCmd, firstString);
+	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&sortCmd, secondString);
+	sortCode = Tcl_Eval(sortInterp, Tcl_DStringValue(&sortCmd));
+	Tcl_DStringTrunc(&sortCmd, oldLength);
+	if (sortCode != TCL_OK) {
+	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(sortInterp,
+		    "\n    (user-defined comparison command)");
+	    return order;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Parse the result of the command.
+	 */
+
+	order = strtol(sortInterp->result, &end, 0);
+	if ((end == sortInterp->result) || (*end != 0)) {
+	    Tcl_ResetResult(sortInterp);
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(sortInterp,
+		    "comparison command returned non-numeric result",
+		    (char *) NULL);
+	    sortCode = TCL_ERROR;
+	    return order;
+	}
+    }
+
+done:
+    if (!sortIncreasing) {
+	order = -order;
+    }
+    return order;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrUtl.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrUtl.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixGrUtl.c,v 1.2 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/* 
+ * tixGrUtl.c --
+ *
+ *	Utility functions for Grid
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixDef.h>
+#include <tixGrid.h>
+
+#ifndef UCHAR
+#define UCHAR(c) ((unsigned char) (c))
+#endif
+
+/* string must be a real number plus "char". E.g, "3.0char" */
+int
+Tix_GetChars(interp, string, doublePtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Use this for error reporting. */
+    CONST84 char *string;	/* String describing a justification style. */
+    double *doublePtr;		/* Place to store converted result. */
+{
+    char *end;
+    double d;
+
+    d = strtod(string, &end);
+    if (end == string) {
+	goto error;
+    }
+    while ((*end != '\0') && isspace(*end)) {
+	end++;
+    }
+    if (strncmp(end, "char", 4) != 0) {
+	goto error;
+    }
+    for (end+=4; (*end != '\0') && isspace(UCHAR(*end)); end++) {
+	;
+    }
+    if (*end != '\0') {
+	goto error;
+    }
+    if (d < 0) {
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    *doublePtr = d;
+    return TCL_OK;
+
+  error:
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad screen distance \"", string,
+	"\"", (char *) NULL);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+
+int Tix_GrConfigSize(interp, wPtr, argc, argv, sizePtr, argcErrorMsg,
+	changed_ret)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char **argv;
+    TixGridSize *sizePtr;
+    CONST84 char * argcErrorMsg;
+    int *changed_ret;
+{
+    int pixels;
+    double chars;
+    int i;
+    TixGridSize newSize;
+    int changed = 0;
+
+    if (argc == 0) {
+	char buff[40];
+
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-size ", NULL);
+
+	switch (sizePtr->sizeType) {
+	  case TIX_GR_AUTO:
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "auto", NULL);
+	    break;
+
+	  case TIX_GR_DEFAULT:
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "default", NULL);
+	    break;
+
+	  case TIX_GR_DEFINED_PIXEL:
+	    sprintf(buff, "%d", sizePtr->sizeValue);
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+	    break;
+
+	  case TIX_GR_DEFINED_CHAR:
+	    sprintf(buff, "%fchar", sizePtr->charValue);
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+	    break;
+
+	  default:
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "default", NULL);
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " -pad0 ", NULL);
+	sprintf(buff, "%d", sizePtr->pad0);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " -pad1 ", NULL);
+	sprintf(buff, "%d", sizePtr->pad1);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    if ((argc %2) != 0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value missing for option \"",
+	    argv[argc-1], "\"", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    newSize = *sizePtr;
+
+    for (i=0; i<argc; i+=2) {
+
+	if (strncmp("-size", argv[i], strlen(argv[i])) == 0) {
+	    if (strcmp(argv[i+1], "auto")==0) {
+		newSize.sizeType  = TIX_GR_AUTO;
+		newSize.sizeValue = 0;
+	    }
+	    else if (strcmp(argv[i+1], "default")==0) {
+		newSize.sizeType  = TIX_GR_DEFAULT;
+		newSize.sizeValue = 0;
+	    }
+	    else if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, argv[i+1],
+		 &pixels) == TCL_OK) {
+
+		newSize.sizeType  = TIX_GR_DEFINED_PIXEL;
+		newSize.sizeValue = pixels;
+	    }
+	    else {
+		Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+		if (Tix_GetChars(interp, argv[i+1], &chars) == TCL_OK) {
+		    newSize.sizeType  = TIX_GR_DEFINED_CHAR;
+		    newSize.charValue = chars;
+		}
+		else {
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (strcmp("-pad0", argv[i]) == 0) {
+	    if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, argv[i+1],
+		 &pixels) == TCL_OK) {
+
+		newSize.pad0 = pixels;
+	    }
+	    else {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (strcmp("-pad1", argv[i]) == 0) {
+	    if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, argv[i+1],
+		 &pixels) == TCL_OK) {
+
+		newSize.pad1 = pixels;
+	    }
+	    else {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+	else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Unknown option \"", argv[i],
+		"\"; must be -pad0, -pad1 or -size", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (changed_ret) {
+	if (sizePtr->sizeType  != newSize.sizeType) {
+	    changed = 1;
+	}
+	if (sizePtr->sizeValue != newSize.sizeValue) {
+	    changed = 1;
+	}
+	if (sizePtr->charValue != newSize.charValue) {
+	    changed = 1;
+	}
+	if (sizePtr->pad1      != newSize.pad0) {
+	    changed = 1;
+	}
+	if (sizePtr->pad1      != newSize.pad1) {
+	    changed = 1;
+	}
+	*changed_ret = changed;
+    }
+
+    *sizePtr = newSize;
+    return TCL_OK;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrid.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrid.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,3312 @@
+/* 
+ * tixGrid.c --
+ *
+ *	This module implements "tixGrid" widgets.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixGrid.c,v 1.5 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixDef.h>
+#include <tixGrid.h>
+
+/*
+ * Information used for argv parsing.
+ */
+static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-background", "background", "Background",
+       DEF_GRID_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, normalBg),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-background", "background", "Background",
+       DEF_GRID_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, normalBg),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
+       DEF_GRID_BORDER_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, borderWidth), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
+       DEF_GRID_CURSOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, cursor),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-editdonecmd", "editDoneCmd", "EditDoneCmd",
+       DEF_GRID_EDITDONE_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, editDoneCmd),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-editnotifycmd", "editNotifyCmd", "EditNotifyCmd",
+       DEF_GRID_EDITNOTIFY_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, editNotifyCmd),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-floatingcols", "floatingCols", "FloatingCols",
+	DEF_GRID_FLOATING_COLS, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, floatRange[1]), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-floatingrows", "floatingRows", "FloatingRows",
+	DEF_GRID_FLOATING_ROWS, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, floatRange[0]), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
+       DEF_GRID_FONT, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, font), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
+       DEF_GRID_FG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, normalFg),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
+       DEF_GRID_FG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, normalFg),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-formatcmd", "formatCmd", "FormatCmd",
+       DEF_GRID_FORMAT_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, formatCmd),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
+       DEF_GRID_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, reqSize[1]), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
+       "HighlightBackground",
+       DEF_GRID_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, border),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
+       "HighlightBackground",
+       DEF_GRID_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, border),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
+       DEF_GRID_HIGHLIGHT_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, highlightColorPtr),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
+       DEF_GRID_HIGHLIGHT_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, highlightColorPtr),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
+       "HighlightThickness",
+       DEF_GRID_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, highlightWidth), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-leftmargin", "leftMargin", "LeftMargin",
+       DEF_GRID_LEFT_MARGIN, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, hdrSize[0]), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-itemtype", "itemType", "ItemType",
+       DEF_GRID_ITEM_TYPE, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, diTypePtr),
+       0, &tixConfigItemType},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
+	DEF_GRID_PADX, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, padX), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
+	DEF_GRID_PADY, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, padY), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
+       DEF_GRID_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, relief), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
+	DEF_GRID_SELECT_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectBorder),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
+	DEF_GRID_SELECT_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectBorder),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth","BorderWidth",
+       DEF_GRID_SELECT_BORDERWIDTH,Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selBorderWidth),0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
+       DEF_GRID_SELECT_FG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectFg),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
+       DEF_GRID_SELECT_FG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectFg),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-selectmode", "selectMode", "SelectMode",
+	DEF_GRID_SELECT_MODE, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectMode), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-selectunit", "selectUnit", "SelectUnit",
+	DEF_GRID_SELECT_UNIT, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectUnit), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-sizecmd", "sizeCmd", "SizeCmd",
+       DEF_GRID_SIZE_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, sizeCmd),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-state", (char*)NULL, (char*)NULL,
+       DEF_GRID_STATE, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, state), 0},
+ 
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
+	DEF_GRID_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, takeFocus),
+	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-topmargin", "topMargin", "TopMargin",
+       DEF_GRID_TOP_MARGIN, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, hdrSize[1]), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
+	DEF_GRID_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, reqSize[0]), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
+       DEF_GRID_X_SCROLL_COMMAND,
+       Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, scrollInfo[0].command),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
+       DEF_GRID_Y_SCROLL_COMMAND,
+       Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, scrollInfo[1].command),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};	
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec entryConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
+ */
+
+	/* These are standard procedures for TK widgets
+	 * implemeted in C
+	 */
+
+static void		WidgetCmdDeletedProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData));
+static int		WidgetConfigure _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int argc, CONST84 char **argv,
+			    int flags));
+static void		WidgetDestroy _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+static void		WidgetEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr));
+static int		WidgetCommand _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *, int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+static void		WidgetDisplay _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+static void		WidgetComputeGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData));
+static void		IdleHandler _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData));
+	/* Extra procedures for this widget
+	 */
+static int		ConfigElement _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    TixGrEntry *chPtr, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv,
+			    int flags, int forced));
+static void		Tix_GrDisplayMainBody _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, Drawable buffer,
+			    int winW, int winH));
+static void		Tix_GrDrawBackground _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    RenderInfo * riPtr,Drawable drawable));
+static void		Tix_GrDrawCells _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    RenderInfo * riPtr,Drawable drawable));
+static void		Tix_GrDrawSites _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    RenderInfo * riPtr,Drawable drawable));
+int			Tix_GrGetElementPosn _ANSI_ARGS_((
+    			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int x, int y,
+			    int rect[2][2], int clipOK, int isSite,
+			    int isScr, int nearest));
+static void		UpdateScrollBars _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int sizeChanged));
+static void		GetScrollFractions _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, Tix_GridScrollInfo *siPtr,
+			    double * first_ret, double * last_ret));
+static void		Tix_GrDItemSizeChanged _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem *iPtr));
+static TixGrEntry *	Tix_GrFindCreateElem _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int x, int y));
+static TixGrEntry *	Tix_GrFindElem _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int x, int y));
+static void		Tix_GrPropagateSize _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, TixGrEntry * chPtr));
+static RenderBlock *	Tix_GrAllocateRenderBlock _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int winW, int winH,
+			    int *exactW, int *exactH));
+static void		Tix_GrFreeRenderBlock _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, RenderBlock * rbPtr));
+static void		Tix_GrComputeSelection _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr));
+static int		Tix_GrBBox _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int x, int y));
+static int		TranslateFromTo _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int argc, CONST84 char **argv, int *from,
+			    int * to, int *which));
+static void		Tix_GrComputeSubSelection _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int rect[2][2], int offs[2]));
+static int		Tix_GrCallFormatCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int which));
+static void		RecalScrollRegion _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int winW, int winH,
+			    Tix_GridScrollInfo *scrollInfo));
+static void		Tix_GrResetRenderBlocks _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr));
+
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrBdType);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrCGet);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrConfig);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrDelete);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrEdit);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrEntryCget);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrEntryConfig);
+EXTERN TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrFormat);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrGeometryInfo);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrInfo);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrIndex);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrMove);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrNearest);
+EXTERN TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrSelection);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrSet);
+EXTERN TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrSetSize);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrSetSite);
+EXTERN TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrSort);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrView);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_GrUnset);
+
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_GridCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "tixGrid" Tcl
+ *	command.  It creates a new "TixGrid" widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A new widget is created and configured.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Tix_GridCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    Tk_Window mainwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+
+    if (argc < 2) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args:  should be \"",
+		argv[0], " pathName ?options?\"", (char *) NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, mainwin, argv[1], (char *) NULL);
+    if (tkwin == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "TixGrid");
+
+    /*
+     * Allocate and initialize the widget record.
+     */
+    wPtr = (WidgetPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WidgetRecord));
+
+    wPtr->dispData.tkwin 	= tkwin;
+    wPtr->dispData.display 	= Tk_Display(tkwin);
+    wPtr->dispData.interp 	= interp;
+    wPtr->dispData.sizeChangedProc = Tix_GrDItemSizeChanged;
+    wPtr->font		= NULL;
+    wPtr->normalBg 		= NULL;
+    wPtr->normalFg		= NULL;
+    wPtr->command 		= NULL;
+    wPtr->border 		= NULL;
+    wPtr->borderWidth 		= 0;
+    wPtr->selectBorder 		= NULL;
+    wPtr->selBorderWidth 	= 0;
+    wPtr->selectFg		= NULL;
+    wPtr->backgroundGC		= None;
+    wPtr->selectGC		= None;
+    wPtr->anchorGC		= None;
+    wPtr->highlightWidth	= 0;
+    wPtr->highlightColorPtr	= NULL;
+    wPtr->highlightGC		= None;
+    wPtr->relief 		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
+    wPtr->cursor 		= None;
+    wPtr->selectMode		= NULL;
+    wPtr->selectUnit		= NULL;
+    wPtr->anchor[0] 		= TIX_SITE_NONE;
+    wPtr->anchor[1] 		= TIX_SITE_NONE;
+    wPtr->dragSite[0] 		= TIX_SITE_NONE;
+    wPtr->dragSite[1] 		= TIX_SITE_NONE;
+    wPtr->dropSite[0] 		= TIX_SITE_NONE;
+    wPtr->dropSite[1] 		= TIX_SITE_NONE;
+    wPtr->browseCmd		= 0;
+    wPtr->formatCmd		= 0;
+    wPtr->editDoneCmd		= 0;
+    wPtr->editNotifyCmd		= 0;
+    wPtr->sizeCmd		= 0;
+    wPtr->takeFocus		= NULL;
+    wPtr->serial		= 0;
+    wPtr->mainRB		= (RenderBlock*)NULL;
+    wPtr->hdrSize[0]		= 1;
+    wPtr->hdrSize[1]		= 1;
+    wPtr->expArea.x1 		= 10000;
+    wPtr->expArea.y1 		= 10000;
+    wPtr->expArea.x2 		= 0;
+    wPtr->expArea.y2 		= 0;
+    wPtr->dataSet		= TixGridDataSetInit();
+    wPtr->renderInfo		= NULL;
+    wPtr->defSize[0].sizeType	= TIX_GR_DEFINED_CHAR;
+    wPtr->defSize[0].charValue	= 10.0;
+    wPtr->defSize[0].pad0	= 2;
+    wPtr->defSize[0].pad1	= 2;
+    wPtr->defSize[1].sizeType	= TIX_GR_DEFINED_CHAR;
+    wPtr->defSize[1].charValue	= 1.2;
+    wPtr->defSize[1].pad0	= 2;
+    wPtr->defSize[1].pad1	= 2;
+    wPtr->gridSize[0]		= 0;
+    wPtr->gridSize[1]		= 0;
+    wPtr->reqSize[0]		= 0;
+    wPtr->reqSize[1]		= 0;
+    wPtr->state			= tixNormalUid;
+    wPtr->colorInfoCounter	= 0;
+
+    /* The flags */
+    wPtr->idleEvent 		= 0;
+    wPtr->toRedraw 		= 0;
+    wPtr->toResize 		= 0;
+    wPtr->toResetRB 		= 0;
+    wPtr->toComputeSel 		= 0;
+    wPtr->toRedrawHighlight 	= 0;
+
+    wPtr->scrollInfo[0].command  = NULL;
+    wPtr->scrollInfo[1].command  = NULL;
+
+    wPtr->scrollInfo[0].max  = 1;
+    wPtr->scrollInfo[0].unit   = 1;
+    wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset = 0;
+    wPtr->scrollInfo[0].window = 1.0;
+    wPtr->scrollInfo[1].max  = 1;
+    wPtr->scrollInfo[1].unit   = 1;
+    wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset = 0;
+    wPtr->scrollInfo[1].window = 1.0;
+
+    Tix_SimpleListInit(&wPtr->colorInfo);
+    Tix_SimpleListInit(&wPtr->selList);
+    Tix_SimpleListInit(&wPtr->mappedWindows);
+
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
+	WidgetEventProc, (ClientData) wPtr);
+    wPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateCommand(interp,
+	Tk_PathName(wPtr->dispData.tkwin), WidgetCommand, (ClientData) wPtr,
+	WidgetCmdDeletedProc);
+
+    if (WidgetConfigure(interp, wPtr, argc-2, argv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	Tk_DestroyWindow(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    interp->result = Tk_PathName(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetConfigure --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list in
+ *	conjunction with the Tk option database to configure (or
+ *	reconfigure) a List widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a standard Tcl result.  If TCL_ERROR is
+ *	returned, then interp->result contains an error message.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Configuration information, such as colors, border width,
+ *	etc. get set for wPtr;  old resources get freed,
+ *	if there were any.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+WidgetConfigure(interp, wPtr, argc, argv, flags)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;			/* Used for error reporting. */
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;			/* Information about widget. */
+    int argc;				/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;		/* Arguments. */
+    int flags;				/* Flags to pass to
+					 * Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
+{
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+    GC newGC;
+    TixFont oldfont;
+    Tix_StyleTemplate stTmpl;
+
+    oldfont = wPtr->font;
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, configSpecs,
+	    argc, argv, (char *) wPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    wPtr->bdPad = wPtr->highlightWidth + wPtr->borderWidth;
+
+    if ((wPtr->state != tixNormalUid) && (wPtr->state != tixDisabledUid)) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad state value \"", wPtr->state,
+	    "\":  must be normal or disabled", (char *) NULL);
+	wPtr->state = tixNormalUid;
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (oldfont != wPtr->font) {
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	 * Font has been changed (initialized), we need to reset the render
+	 * blocks
+	 */
+	wPtr->toResetRB = 1;
+
+	TixComputeTextGeometry(wPtr->font, "0", 1,
+	    0, &wPtr->fontSize[0], &wPtr->fontSize[1]);
+
+	/* Recalculate the default size of the cells	
+	 */
+	for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	    switch (wPtr->defSize[i].sizeType) {
+	      case TIX_GR_DEFINED_CHAR:
+		wPtr->defSize[i].pixels = (int)
+		    (wPtr->defSize[i].charValue * wPtr->fontSize[i]);
+		break;
+	      case TIX_GR_AUTO:
+		if (i==0) {
+		    wPtr->defSize[i].pixels = 10 * wPtr->fontSize[0];
+		}
+		if (i==1) {
+		    wPtr->defSize[i].pixels =  1 * wPtr->fontSize[1];
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * A few options need special processing, such as setting the
+     * background from a 3-D border, or filling in complicated
+     * defaults that couldn't be specified to Tk_ConfigureWidget.
+     */
+
+    Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, wPtr->border);
+
+    /*
+     * Note: GraphicsExpose events are disabled in normalGC because it's
+     * used to copy stuff from an off-screen pixmap onto the screen (we know
+     * that there's no problem with obscured areas).
+     */
+
+    /* The background GC */
+    gcValues.foreground 	= wPtr->normalBg->pixel;
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	GCForeground|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+    if (wPtr->backgroundGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->backgroundGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->backgroundGC = newGC;
+
+    /* The selected text GC */
+    gcValues.font 		= TixFontId(wPtr->font);
+    gcValues.foreground 	= wPtr->selectFg->pixel;
+    gcValues.background 	= Tk_3DBorderColor(wPtr->selectBorder)->pixel;
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	GCForeground|GCBackground|GCFont|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+    if (wPtr->selectGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->selectGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->selectGC = newGC;
+
+    /* The dotted anchor lines */
+    gcValues.foreground 	= wPtr->normalFg->pixel;
+    gcValues.background 	= wPtr->normalBg->pixel;
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+    gcValues.line_style         = LineDoubleDash;
+    gcValues.dashes 		= 2;
+    gcValues.subwindow_mode	= IncludeInferiors;
+
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	GCForeground|GCBackground|GCGraphicsExposures|GCLineStyle|GCDashList|
+	GCSubwindowMode, &gcValues);
+    if (wPtr->anchorGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->anchorGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->anchorGC = newGC;
+
+    /* The highlight border */
+    gcValues.background 	= wPtr->selectFg->pixel;
+    gcValues.foreground 	= wPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel;
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	GCForeground|GCBackground|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+    if (wPtr->highlightGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->highlightGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->highlightGC = newGC;
+
+    /* We must set the options of the default styles so that
+     * -- the default styles will change according to what is in
+     *    stTmpl
+     */
+    stTmpl.font 			= wPtr->font;
+    stTmpl.pad[0]  			= wPtr->padX;
+    stTmpl.pad[1]  			= wPtr->padY;
+    stTmpl.colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].fg  = wPtr->normalFg;
+    stTmpl.colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].bg  = wPtr->normalBg;
+    stTmpl.colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].fg= wPtr->selectFg;
+    stTmpl.colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].bg= Tk_3DBorderColor(wPtr->selectBorder);
+    stTmpl.flags = TIX_DITEM_FONT|TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG|
+	TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_BG|TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG|TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_FG |
+	TIX_DITEM_PADX|TIX_DITEM_PADY;
+
+    Tix_SetDefaultStyleTemplate(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, &stTmpl);
+
+    Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_RESIZE);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetCommand --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command
+ *	that corresponds to a widget managed by this module.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WidgetCommand(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;		/* Information about the widget. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;			/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;				/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;		/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    int code;
+
+    static Tix_SubCmdInfo subCmdInfo[] = {
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "anchor", 1, 3, Tix_GrSetSite,
+	   "option ?x y?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "bdtype", 2, 4, Tix_GrBdType,
+	   "x y ?xbdWidth ybdWidth?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "cget", 1, 1, Tix_GrCGet,
+	   "option"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "configure", 0, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_GrConfig,
+	   "?option? ?value? ?option value ... ?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "delete", 2, 3, Tix_GrDelete,
+	   "option from ?to?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "dragsite", 1, 3, Tix_GrSetSite,
+	   "option ?x y?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "dropsite", 1, 3, Tix_GrSetSite,
+	   "option ?x y?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "entrycget", 3, 3, Tix_GrEntryCget,
+	   "x y option"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "edit", 1, 3, Tix_GrEdit,
+	   "option ?args ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "entryconfigure", 2, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_GrEntryConfig,
+	   "x y ?option? ?value? ?option value ... ?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "format", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_GrFormat,
+	   "option ?args ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "geometryinfo", 0, 2, Tix_GrGeometryInfo,
+	   "?width height?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "info", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_GrInfo,
+	   "option ?args ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "index", 2, 2, Tix_GrIndex,
+	   "x y"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "move", 4, 4, Tix_GrMove,
+	   "option from to by"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "nearest", 2, 2, Tix_GrNearest,
+	   "x y"},
+#if 0
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "see", 1, 1, Tix_GrSee,
+	   "x y"},
+#endif
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "selection", 3, 5, Tix_GrSelection,
+	   "option x1 y1 ?x2 y2?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "set", 2, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_GrSet,
+	   "x y ?option value ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "size", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_GrSetSize,
+	   "option ?args ...?"},
+#ifndef __WIN32__
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "sort", 3, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_GrSort,
+	   "dimension start end ?args ...?"},
+#endif
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "unset", 2, 2, Tix_GrUnset,
+	   "x y"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "xview", 0, 3, Tix_GrView,
+	   "args"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "yview", 0, 3, Tix_GrView,
+	   "args"},
+    };
+
+    static Tix_CmdInfo cmdInfo = {
+	Tix_ArraySize(subCmdInfo), 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, "?option? arg ?arg ...?",
+    };
+
+    Tk_Preserve(clientData);
+    code = Tix_HandleSubCmds(&cmdInfo, subCmdInfo, clientData,
+	interp, argc, argv);
+    Tk_Release(clientData);
+
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetEventProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
+ *	events on Lists.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	When the window gets deleted, internal structures get
+ *	cleaned up.  When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+WidgetEventProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Information about window. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr;		/* Information about event. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int x2, y2;
+
+    switch (eventPtr->type) {
+      case DestroyNotify:
+	if (wPtr->dispData.tkwin != NULL) {
+	    wPtr->dispData.tkwin = NULL;
+	    Tcl_DeleteCommand(wPtr->dispData.interp, 
+	        Tcl_GetCommandName(wPtr->dispData.interp, wPtr->widgetCmd));
+	}
+	Tix_GrCancelDoWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	Tk_EventuallyFree((ClientData) wPtr, (Tix_FreeProc*)WidgetDestroy);
+	break;
+
+      case ConfigureNotify:
+	wPtr->expArea.x1 = 0;
+	wPtr->expArea.y1 = 0;
+	wPtr->expArea.x2 = Tk_Width (wPtr->dispData.tkwin) - 1;
+	wPtr->expArea.y2 = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin) - 1;
+	Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_RESIZE);
+	break;
+
+      case Expose:
+	if (wPtr->expArea.x1 > eventPtr->xexpose.x) {
+	    wPtr->expArea.x1 = eventPtr->xexpose.x;
+	}
+	if (wPtr->expArea.y1 > eventPtr->xexpose.y) {
+	    wPtr->expArea.y1 = eventPtr->xexpose.y;
+	}
+	x2 = eventPtr->xexpose.x + eventPtr->xexpose.width  - 1;
+	y2 = eventPtr->xexpose.y + eventPtr->xexpose.height - 1;
+
+	if (wPtr->expArea.x2 < x2) {
+	    wPtr->expArea.x2 = x2;
+	}
+	if (wPtr->expArea.y2 < y2) {
+	    wPtr->expArea.y2 = y2;
+	}
+	wPtr->toRedrawHighlight = 1;
+	Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_REDRAW);
+	break;
+
+      case FocusIn:
+	wPtr->hasFocus = 1;
+	wPtr->toRedrawHighlight = 1;
+	Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_REDRAW);
+	break;
+
+      case FocusOut:
+	wPtr->hasFocus = 0;
+	wPtr->toRedrawHighlight = 1;
+	Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_REDRAW);
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetDestroy --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by Tk_EventuallyFree or Tk_Release
+ *	to clean up the internal structure of a List at a safe time
+ *	(when no-one is using it anymore).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Everything associated with the List is freed up.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+WidgetDestroy(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Info about the Grid widget. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    if (wPtr->dataSet) {
+	Tix_GrDataRowSearch rowSearch;
+	Tix_GrDataCellSearch cellSearch;
+	int rowDone, cellDone;
+
+	for (rowDone = TixGrDataFirstRow(wPtr->dataSet, &rowSearch);
+	        !rowDone;
+	        rowDone = TixGrDataNextRow(&rowSearch)) {
+
+
+	    for (cellDone = TixGrDataFirstCell(&rowSearch, &cellSearch);
+		    !cellDone;
+		    cellDone = TixGrDataNextCell(&cellSearch)) {
+
+		TixGridDataDeleteSearchedEntry(&cellSearch);
+		Tix_GrFreeElem((TixGrEntry*)cellSearch.data);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	TixGridDataSetFree(wPtr->dataSet);
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->backgroundGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->backgroundGC);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->selectGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->selectGC);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->anchorGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->anchorGC);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->highlightGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->highlightGC);
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->mainRB) {
+	Tix_GrFreeRenderBlock(wPtr, wPtr->mainRB);
+    }
+
+    Tix_GrFreeUnusedColors(wPtr, 1);
+
+    if (!Tix_IsLinkListEmpty(wPtr->mappedWindows)) {
+	/*
+	 * All mapped windows should have been unmapped when the
+	 * the entries were deleted
+	 */
+	panic("tixGrid: mappedWindows not NULL");
+    }
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *) wPtr, wPtr->dispData.display, 0);
+    ckfree((char *) wPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetCmdDeletedProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked when a widget command is deleted.  If
+ *	the widget isn't already in the process of being destroyed,
+ *	this command destroys it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The widget is destroyed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+WidgetCmdDeletedProc(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Info about Grid widget. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    /*
+     * This procedure could be invoked either because the window was
+     * destroyed and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin
+     * is NULL) or because the command was deleted, and then this procedure
+     * destroys the widget.
+     */
+    if (wPtr->dispData.tkwin != NULL) {
+	Tk_Window tkwin = wPtr->dispData.tkwin;
+	wPtr->dispData.tkwin = NULL;
+	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+RecalScrollRegion(wPtr, winW, winH, scrollInfo)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;		/* Info about Grid widget. */
+    int winW;
+    int winH;
+    Tix_GridScrollInfo *scrollInfo;
+{
+    int gridSize[2];
+    int winSize[2];
+    int i, k;
+    int count;
+    int visibleSize;
+    int totalSize;
+    int pad0, pad1;
+
+    winSize[0] = winW;
+    winSize[1] = winH;
+    
+    TixGridDataGetGridSize(wPtr->dataSet, &gridSize[0],
+	&gridSize[1]);
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	for (k=0; k<wPtr->hdrSize[i] && k<gridSize[i]; k++) {
+	    winSize[i] -= TixGridDataGetRowColSize(wPtr, wPtr->dataSet, i,
+		k, &wPtr->defSize[i], &pad0, &pad1);
+	    winSize[i] -= pad0 + pad1;
+	}
+	if (winSize[i] <= 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * The window's contents are not visible.
+	     */
+	    scrollInfo[i].max    = 0;
+	    scrollInfo[i].window = 1.0;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (wPtr->hdrSize[i] >= gridSize[i]) {
+	    /*
+	     * There is no scrollable stuff in this dimension.
+	     */
+	    scrollInfo[i].max    = 0;
+	    scrollInfo[i].window = 1.0;
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	visibleSize = winSize[i];
+
+	for (count=0,k=gridSize[i]-1; k>=wPtr->hdrSize[i]&&k>=0; count++,k--) {
+	    winSize[i] -= TixGridDataGetRowColSize(wPtr, wPtr->dataSet, i,
+		k, &wPtr->defSize[i], &pad0, &pad1);
+	    winSize[i] -= pad0 + pad1;
+
+	    if (winSize[i] == 0) {
+		++ count;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    else if (winSize[i] < 0) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (count == 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * There is only one scrollable element and it is  *partially*
+	     * visible.
+	     */
+	    count = 1;
+	}
+	scrollInfo[i].max  = (gridSize[i]-wPtr->hdrSize[i]) - count;
+
+	/*
+	 * calculate the total pixel size  (%%SLOOOOOOW)
+	 */
+	for (totalSize=0,k=wPtr->hdrSize[i];k<gridSize[i];k++) {
+	    totalSize += TixGridDataGetRowColSize(wPtr, wPtr->dataSet, i,
+	        k, &wPtr->defSize[i], &pad0, &pad1);
+	    totalSize += pad0 + pad1;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 *we may need some left over spaces after the last element.
+	 */
+	totalSize += (-winSize[i]);
+
+	scrollInfo[i].window =
+	  (double)(visibleSize) / (double)totalSize;
+    }
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	if (scrollInfo[i].offset < 0) {
+	    scrollInfo[i].offset  = 0;
+	}
+	if (scrollInfo[i].offset > scrollInfo[i].max) {
+	    scrollInfo[i].offset = scrollInfo[i].max;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetComputeGeometry --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command
+ *	that corresponds to a widget managed by this module.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	none
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+WidgetComputeGeometry(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr)clientData;
+    int i, k;
+    int gridSize[2];
+    int req[2], pad0, pad1;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = wPtr->dispData.tkwin;
+
+    TixGridDataGetGridSize(wPtr->dataSet, &gridSize[0],
+	&gridSize[1]);
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	int end = wPtr->reqSize[i];
+	if (end == 0) {
+	    end = gridSize[0] + 1;
+	}
+	for (req[i]=0,k=0; k<end; k++) {
+	    req[i] += TixGridDataGetRowColSize(wPtr, wPtr->dataSet, i,
+		k, &wPtr->defSize[i], &pad0, &pad1);
+	    req[i] += pad0 + pad1;
+	}
+
+	req[i] += 2*(wPtr->highlightWidth + wPtr->borderWidth);
+    }
+
+    if (Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin) != req[0] || Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin) != req[0]) {
+	Tk_GeometryRequest(tkwin, req[0], req[1]);
+    }
+
+    /* arrange for the widget to be redrawn */
+    wPtr->toResetRB      = 1;
+    wPtr->toComputeSel   = 1;
+    wPtr->toRedrawHighlight = 1;
+
+    Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_REDRAW);
+}
+
+static void
+Tix_GrResetRenderBlocks(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    int winW, winH, exactW, exactH;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = wPtr->dispData.tkwin;
+
+    winW = Tk_Width (tkwin) - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth - 2*wPtr->borderWidth;
+    winH = Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth - 2*wPtr->borderWidth;
+
+    RecalScrollRegion(wPtr, winW, winH, wPtr->scrollInfo);
+
+    UpdateScrollBars(wPtr, 1);
+
+    if (wPtr->mainRB) {
+	Tix_GrFreeRenderBlock(wPtr, wPtr->mainRB);
+    }
+    wPtr->mainRB = Tix_GrAllocateRenderBlock(wPtr, winW, winH,&exactW,&exactH);
+
+    wPtr->expArea.x1 = 0;
+    wPtr->expArea.y1 = 0;
+    wPtr->expArea.x2 = Tk_Width (wPtr->dispData.tkwin) - 1;
+    wPtr->expArea.y2 = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin) - 1;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DItemSizeChanged --
+ *
+ *	This is called whenever the size of one of the HList's items
+ *	changes its size.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+Tix_GrDItemSizeChanged(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem *iPtr;
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr)iPtr->base.clientData;
+
+    if (wPtr) {
+	/* double-check: perhaps we haven't set the clientData yet! */
+	Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_RESIZE);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_GrDoWhenIdle --
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, type)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int type;
+{
+    switch (type) {
+      case TIX_GR_RESIZE:
+	wPtr->toResize = 1;
+	break;
+      case TIX_GR_REDRAW:
+	wPtr->toRedraw = 1;
+	break;
+    }
+
+    if (!wPtr->idleEvent) {
+	wPtr->idleEvent = 1;
+	Tk_DoWhenIdle(IdleHandler, (ClientData)wPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+IdleHandler(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Info about my widget. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    if (!wPtr->idleEvent) {	/* sanity check */
+	return;
+    }
+    wPtr->idleEvent = 0;    
+
+    if (wPtr->toResize) {
+	wPtr->toResize = 0;
+	WidgetComputeGeometry(clientData);
+    }
+    else if (wPtr->toRedraw) {
+	wPtr->toRedraw = 0;
+	WidgetDisplay(clientData);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_GrCancelDoWhenIdle --
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Tix_GrCancelDoWhenIdle(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    wPtr->toResize = 0;
+    wPtr->toRedraw = 0;
+
+    if (wPtr->idleEvent) {
+	Tk_CancelIdleCall(IdleHandler, (ClientData)wPtr);
+	wPtr->idleEvent = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * WidgetDisplay --
+ *
+ *	Display the widget: the borders, the background and the entries.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+WidgetDisplay(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Info about my widget. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    Drawable buffer = None;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = wPtr->dispData.tkwin;
+    int winH, winW, expW, expH;
+    GC highlightGC;
+
+    if (!Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
+	return;
+    }
+    wPtr->serial ++;
+
+    winW = Tk_Width(tkwin)  - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth - 2*wPtr->borderWidth;
+    winH = Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth - 2*wPtr->borderWidth;
+
+    if (winW <= 0 || winH <= 0) {	/* nothing to draw */
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->toResetRB) {
+	Tix_GrResetRenderBlocks(wPtr);
+	wPtr->toResetRB = 0;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->toComputeSel) {
+	Tix_GrComputeSelection(wPtr);
+	wPtr->toComputeSel = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* clip the exposed area to the visible part of the widget,
+     * just in case some of the routines had made it larger than
+     * it should be
+     */
+    if (wPtr->expArea.x1 < wPtr->bdPad) {
+	wPtr->expArea.x1 = wPtr->bdPad;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->expArea.y1 < wPtr->bdPad) {
+	wPtr->expArea.y1 = wPtr->bdPad;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->expArea.x2 >= Tk_Width(tkwin)  - wPtr->bdPad) {
+	wPtr->expArea.x2  = Tk_Width(tkwin)  - wPtr->bdPad - 1;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->expArea.y2 >= Tk_Height(tkwin) - wPtr->bdPad) {
+	wPtr->expArea.y2  = Tk_Height(tkwin) - wPtr->bdPad - 1;
+    }
+
+    expW = wPtr->expArea.x2 - wPtr->expArea.x1 + 1;
+    expH = wPtr->expArea.y2 - wPtr->expArea.y1 + 1;
+
+    if (expW <= 0 || expH <= 0) {	/* no cells to draw */
+	goto drawBorder;
+    }
+
+    buffer = Tix_GetRenderBuffer(wPtr->dispData.display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
+	expW, expH, Tk_Depth(tkwin));
+
+    if (buffer == Tk_WindowId(tkwin)) {
+	/* clear the window directly */
+	XFillRectangle(wPtr->dispData.display, buffer, wPtr->backgroundGC,
+		wPtr->expArea.x1, wPtr->expArea.y1,
+		(unsigned) expW, (unsigned) expH);
+    } else {
+	XFillRectangle(wPtr->dispData.display, buffer, wPtr->backgroundGC,
+		0, 0, (unsigned) expW, (unsigned) expH);
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->mainRB) {
+	Tix_GrDisplayMainBody(wPtr, buffer, winW, winH);
+    }
+
+    if (buffer != Tk_WindowId(tkwin)) {
+	XCopyArea(wPtr->dispData.display, buffer, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
+	    wPtr->backgroundGC, 0, 0, (unsigned) expW, (unsigned) expH,
+	    wPtr->expArea.x1, wPtr->expArea.y1);
+	Tk_FreePixmap(wPtr->dispData.display, buffer);
+    }
+
+  drawBorder:
+    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), wPtr->border,
+	wPtr->highlightWidth,
+	wPtr->highlightWidth,
+	Tk_Width(tkwin)  - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth, 
+	Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth,
+	wPtr->borderWidth, wPtr->relief);
+
+    if (wPtr->toRedrawHighlight && wPtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
+	if (wPtr->hasFocus) {
+	    highlightGC = wPtr->highlightGC;
+	} else {
+	    highlightGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, wPtr->border, 
+	        TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
+	}
+
+	Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, highlightGC, wPtr->highlightWidth,
+	    Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
+    }
+
+  done:
+    wPtr->expArea.x1 = 10000;
+    wPtr->expArea.y1 = 10000;
+    wPtr->expArea.x2 = 0;
+    wPtr->expArea.y2 = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_GrDisplayMainBody  --
+ *
+ *	Draw the background and cells
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void Tix_GrDisplayMainBody(wPtr, buffer, winW, winH)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Drawable buffer;
+    int winW;
+    int winH;
+{
+    Tk_Window tkwin = wPtr->dispData.tkwin;
+    RenderInfo mainRI;			/* render info for main body */
+    int i, j;
+
+    if (buffer == Tk_WindowId(tkwin)) {
+	/* rendering directly into the window */
+	mainRI.origin[0] = wPtr->highlightWidth + wPtr->borderWidth;
+	mainRI.origin[1] = wPtr->highlightWidth + wPtr->borderWidth;
+
+    } else {
+	/* rendering into a pixmap */
+	mainRI.origin[0] = wPtr->highlightWidth + wPtr->borderWidth
+	    - wPtr->expArea.x1;
+	mainRI.origin[1] = wPtr->highlightWidth + wPtr->borderWidth
+	    - wPtr->expArea.y1;
+    }
+
+    mainRI.drawable = buffer;
+    wPtr->colorInfoCounter ++;
+
+    wPtr->renderInfo = &mainRI;
+
+    /* 1. Draw the backgrounds
+     */
+    for (i=0; i<wPtr->mainRB->size[0]; i++) {
+	for (j=0; j<wPtr->mainRB->size[1]; j++) {
+	    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[0][0] = 0;
+	    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[1][0] = 0;
+	    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[0][1] = 0;
+	    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[1][1] = 0;
+	    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].filled        = 0;
+	}
+    }
+    Tix_GrDrawBackground(wPtr, &mainRI, buffer);
+
+    /* 2. Draw the cells
+     */
+    Tix_GrDrawCells(wPtr, &mainRI, buffer);
+
+    /* 3. Draw the special sites (anchor, drag, drop).
+     */
+    Tix_GrDrawSites(wPtr, &mainRI, buffer);
+
+    /* done */
+    wPtr->renderInfo = NULL;
+
+    /* Free the unwanted colors: they are left overs from the "format"
+     * widget command.
+     */
+    Tix_GrFreeUnusedColors(wPtr, 0);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_GrDrawCells --
+ *
+ *	Redraws the cells of the Grid
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void Tix_GrDrawCells(wPtr, riPtr, drawable)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    RenderInfo * riPtr;
+    Drawable drawable;
+{
+    int x, y, i, j;
+    int x1, y1, x2, y2;
+    TixGrEntry * chPtr;
+    int margin = wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->highlightWidth;
+
+    for (x=0,i=0; i<wPtr->mainRB->size[0]; i++) {
+	x1 = x  + margin;
+	x2 = x1 - 1 + wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[0][i].total;
+
+	if (x1 > wPtr->expArea.x2) {
+	    goto nextCol;
+	}
+	if (x2 < wPtr->expArea.x1) {
+	    goto nextCol;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * iterate over the columns
+	 */
+	for (y=0,j=0; j<wPtr->mainRB->size[1]; j++) {
+	    /*
+	     * iterate over each item in the column, from top
+	     * to bottom
+	     */
+	    y1 = y  + margin;
+	    y2 = y1 - 1 + wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[1][j].total;
+
+	    if (y1 > wPtr->expArea.y2) {
+		goto nextRow;
+	    }
+	    if (y2 < wPtr->expArea.y1) {
+		goto nextRow;
+	    }
+	    if (!wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].filled) {
+		if (wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].selected) {
+
+		    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+		    	drawable, wPtr->selectBorder,
+			x+riPtr->origin[0]+
+			    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[0][0],
+			y+riPtr->origin[1]+
+			    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[1][0],
+			wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[0][i].total - 
+			    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[0][0] -
+			    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[0][1],
+			wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[1][j].total - 
+			    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[1][0] -
+			    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].borderW[1][1],
+		    	0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    chPtr = wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].chPtr;
+	    if (chPtr != NULL) {
+		if (Tix_DItemType(chPtr->iPtr) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+		    Tix_DItemDisplay(Tk_WindowId(wPtr->dispData.tkwin),
+			chPtr->iPtr, x1, y1, 
+			wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[0][i].size,
+	       		wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[1][j].size, 0, 0,
+		        TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG);
+		} else {
+		    int drawX, drawY;
+		    drawX = x + riPtr->origin[0] +
+		        wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[0][i].preBorder;
+		    drawY = y + riPtr->origin[1] +
+		        wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[1][j].preBorder;
+
+		    Tix_DItemDisplay(drawable, chPtr->iPtr,
+		    	drawX, drawY,
+			wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[0][i].size,
+			wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[1][j].size, 0, 0,
+			TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG);
+		}
+	    }
+	  nextRow:
+	    y+= wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[1][j].total;
+	}
+      nextCol:
+	x+= wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[0][i].total;
+    }
+ 
+    for (i=0; i<wPtr->mainRB->size[0]; i++) {
+	for (j=0; j<wPtr->mainRB->size[1]; j++) {
+	    chPtr = wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].chPtr;
+	    if (chPtr != NULL) {
+		if (Tix_DItemType(chPtr->iPtr) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+
+		    Tix_SetWindowItemSerial(&wPtr->mappedWindows,
+			chPtr->iPtr, wPtr->serial);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* unmap those windows we mapped the last time */
+    Tix_UnmapInvisibleWindowItems(&wPtr->mappedWindows, wPtr->serial);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_GrDrawSites --
+ *
+ *	Redraws the special sites (anchor, drag, drop)
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void Tix_GrDrawSites(wPtr, riPtr, drawable)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    RenderInfo * riPtr;
+    Drawable drawable;
+{
+    int rect[2][2];
+    int visible;
+
+    visible = Tix_GrGetElementPosn(wPtr, wPtr->anchor[0], wPtr->anchor[1],
+	rect, 0, 1, 0, 0);
+    if (!visible) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    Tix_DrawAnchorLines(Tk_Display(wPtr->dispData.tkwin), drawable,
+	wPtr->anchorGC,
+	rect[0][0] + riPtr->origin[0],
+        rect[1][0] + riPtr->origin[1],
+	rect[0][1] - rect[0][0] + 1,
+	rect[1][1] - rect[1][0] + 1);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_GrGetElementPosn --
+ *
+ *	Returns the position of a visible element on the screen.
+ *
+ * Arguments
+ *	x,y:	index of the element.
+ *      rect:	stores the return values: four sides of the cell.
+ *	clipOK:	if true and element is only partially visible, return only
+ *		the visible portion.
+ *	isSite:	if (x,y) is a site, the return value depends on the
+ *		selectUnit variable.
+ *	isScr:  should we return the position within the widget (true)
+ *		or within the main display area (false).
+ *	nearest:if the element is outside of the widget, should we return
+ *		the position of the nearest element?
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+Tix_GrGetElementPosn(wPtr, x, y, rect, clipOK, isSite, isScr, nearest)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int rect[2][2];
+    int clipOK;		/* %% ignored */
+    int isSite;
+    int isScr;
+    int nearest;
+{
+    int i, j, pos[2];
+    int axis;
+    int useAxis;
+
+    if (wPtr->selectUnit == tixRowUid) {
+	axis = 0;
+	useAxis = 1;
+    }
+    else if (wPtr->selectUnit == tixColumnUid) {
+	axis = 1;
+	useAxis = 1;
+    }
+    else {
+	axis = 0; /* lint */
+	useAxis = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* %% didn't take care of the headers, etc */
+
+    pos[0] = x;
+    pos[1] = y;
+
+    /* clip the anchor site with the visible cells */
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	if (pos[i] == TIX_SITE_NONE) {
+	    return 0;
+	}
+
+	if (isSite && useAxis && i == axis) {
+	    rect[i][0] = 0;
+	    rect[i][1] = wPtr->mainRB->visArea[i]-1;
+	} else {
+	    if (pos[i] >= wPtr->hdrSize[i]) {
+		pos[i] -= wPtr->scrollInfo[i].offset;
+		if (pos[i] < wPtr->hdrSize[i]) {
+		    /* This cell has been scrolled "under the margins" */
+		    return 0;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (pos[i] < 0) {
+		if (!nearest) {
+		    return 0;
+		}
+		pos[i] = 0;
+	    }
+	    if (pos[i] >= wPtr->mainRB->size[i]) {
+		if (!nearest) {
+		    return 0;
+		}
+		pos[i] = wPtr->mainRB->size[i] - 1;
+	    }
+	    rect[i][0] = 0;
+	    for (j=0; j<pos[i]; j++) {
+		rect[i][0] += wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[i][j].total;
+	    }
+	    rect[i][1] = rect[i][0] + wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[i][j].total - 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (isScr) {
+	rect[0][0] += wPtr->bdPad;
+	rect[1][0] += wPtr->bdPad;
+	rect[0][1] += wPtr->bdPad;
+	rect[1][1] += wPtr->bdPad;
+    }
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * "bdtype" sub command --
+ *
+ *	Returns if the the screen position is at a border. This is useful
+ *	for changing the mouse cursor when the user points at a border
+ *	area. This indicates that the border can be adjusted interactively.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_GrBdType(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = wPtr->dispData.tkwin;
+    int i, k, screenPos[2], bd[2], pos[2], in[2], bdWidth[2];
+    char buf[100];
+    int inX = 0;
+    int inY = 0;
+
+    if (argc != 2 && argc != 4) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 2,
+	    "x y ?xbdWidth ybdWidth?");
+    }
+
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &screenPos[0]) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &screenPos[1]) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (argc == 4) {
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &bdWidth[0]) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &bdWidth[1]) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	bdWidth[0] = -1;
+	bdWidth[1] = -1;
+    }
+
+    if (!Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->mainRB == NULL || wPtr->toResetRB) {
+	Tix_GrResetRenderBlocks(wPtr);
+	wPtr->toResetRB = 0;
+    }
+
+    screenPos[0] -= wPtr->highlightWidth - wPtr->borderWidth;
+    screenPos[1] -= wPtr->highlightWidth - wPtr->borderWidth;
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	bd[i]  = -1;
+	pos[i] = 0;
+	in[i]  = 0;
+	for (k=0; k<wPtr->mainRB->size[i]; k++) {
+	    ElmDispSize * elm = &wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[i][k];
+	    if (screenPos[i] - elm->total <= 0) {
+		if (bdWidth[i] != -1) {
+		    if (screenPos[i] < bdWidth[i]) {
+			bd[i]  = k - 1;
+			pos[i] = k;
+		    }
+		    else if ((elm->total - screenPos[i]) <= bdWidth[i]) {
+			bd[i]  = k;
+			pos[i] = k + 1;
+		    }
+		    else {
+			pos[i] = k;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (screenPos[i] < elm->preBorder) {
+			bd[i]  = k - 1;
+			pos[i] = k;
+		    }
+		    else if ((screenPos[i] - elm->preBorder - elm->size)>= 0) {
+			bd[i]  = k;
+			pos[i] = k + 1;
+		    }
+		    else {
+			pos[i] = k;
+		    }
+		}
+		in[i] = k;
+		break;
+	    } else {
+		screenPos[i] -= elm->total;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (in[0] < wPtr->hdrSize[0] && bd[1] >= 0) {
+	inY = 1;
+    }
+    else if (in[1] < wPtr->hdrSize[1] && bd[0] >= 0) {
+	inX = 1;
+    }
+    
+    if (bd[0] < 0) {
+	bd[0] = 0;
+    }
+    if (bd[1] < 0) {
+	bd[1] = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (inX && inY) {
+	sprintf(buf, "xy %d %d", bd[0], bd[1]);
+    } else if (inX) {
+	sprintf(buf, "x %d %d", bd[0], bd[1]);
+    } else if (inY) {
+	sprintf(buf, "y %d %d", bd[0], bd[1]);
+    } else {
+	buf[0] = '\0';
+    }
+
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buf, NULL);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "set" sub command -- 
+ *
+ *	Sets the item at the position on the grid. This either creates
+ *	a new element or modifies the existing element. (if you don't want
+ *	to change the -itemtype of the existing element, it will be more
+ *	efficient to call the "itemconfigure" command).
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_GrSet(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    TixGrEntry * chPtr = NULL;
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int x, y;
+    CONST84 char * ditemType;
+    int code = TCL_OK;
+
+    /*------------------------------------------------------------
+     * (0) We need to find out where you want to set
+     *------------------------------------------------------------
+     */
+    if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, argv[0], argv[1], &x, &y)!=TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*------------------------------------------------------------
+     * (1) We need to determine the option: -itemtype.
+     *------------------------------------------------------------
+     */
+    /* (1.0) Find out the -itemtype, if specified */
+    ditemType = wPtr->diTypePtr->name; 	 /* default value */
+    if (argc > 2) {
+	size_t len;
+	int i;
+	if (argc %2 != 0) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", argv[argc-1],
+		"\" missing", NULL);
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	for (i=2; i<argc; i+=2) {
+	    len = strlen(argv[i]);
+	    if (strncmp(argv[i], "-itemtype", len) == 0) {
+		ditemType = argv[i+1];
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (Tix_GetDItemType(interp, ditemType) == NULL) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * (2) Get this item (a new item will be allocated if it does not exist
+     *     yet)
+     */
+    chPtr = Tix_GrFindCreateElem(interp, wPtr, x, y);
+
+    /* (2.1) The Display item data */
+    if ((iPtr = Tix_DItemCreate(&wPtr->dispData, ditemType)) == NULL) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+    iPtr->base.clientData = (ClientData)wPtr;     /* %%%% */
+
+    if (chPtr->iPtr) {
+	Tix_DItemFree(chPtr->iPtr);
+    }
+    chPtr->iPtr = iPtr;
+
+    if (ConfigElement(wPtr, chPtr, argc-2, argv+2, 0, 1) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR; goto done;
+    }
+    Tix_GrPropagateSize(wPtr, chPtr);
+
+  done:
+    if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
+	/* ? */
+    } else {
+	Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_RESIZE);
+    }
+
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "unset" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+Tix_GrUnset(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    TixGrEntry * chPtr;
+    int x, y;
+
+    if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, argv[0], argv[1], &x, &y)
+	    !=TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    chPtr = Tix_GrFindElem(interp, wPtr, x, y);
+    if (chPtr != NULL) {
+	TixGridDataDeleteEntry(wPtr->dataSet, x, y);
+	Tix_GrFreeElem(chPtr);
+	Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_RESIZE);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "cget" sub command --
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_GrCGet(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, configSpecs,
+	(char *)wPtr, argv[0], 0);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "configure" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_GrConfig(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    if (argc == 0) {
+	return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, configSpecs,
+	    (char *) wPtr, (char *) NULL, 0);
+    } else if (argc == 1) {
+	return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, configSpecs,
+	    (char *) wPtr, argv[0], 0);
+    } else {
+	return WidgetConfigure(interp, wPtr, argc, argv,
+	    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "delete" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_GrDelete(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int from, to, which;
+
+    if (TranslateFromTo(interp, wPtr, argc, argv, &from, &to, &which)!=TCL_OK){
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    TixGridDataDeleteRange(wPtr, wPtr->dataSet, which, from, to);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "edit" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_GrEdit(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int x, y;
+    Tcl_DString dstring;
+    char buff[20];
+    size_t len;
+    int code;
+
+    len = strlen(argv[0]);
+    if (strncmp(argv[0], "set", len) == 0) {
+	if (argc != 3) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # of arguments, must be: ",
+		argv[-2], " edit set x y", NULL);
+	}
+	if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, argv[1], argv[2], &x, &y)
+		!=TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&dstring);
+
+	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dstring, "tixGrid:EditCell");
+	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dstring, Tk_PathName(wPtr->dispData.tkwin));
+	sprintf(buff, "%d", x);
+	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dstring, buff);
+	sprintf(buff, "%d", y);
+	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dstring, buff);
+    } else if (strncmp(argv[0], "apply", len) == 0) {
+	if (argc != 1) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # of arguments, must be: ",
+		argv[-2], " edit apply", NULL);
+	}
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&dstring);
+
+	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dstring, "tixGrid:EditApply");
+	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dstring, Tk_PathName(wPtr->dispData.tkwin));
+    } else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", argv[0],
+		"\", must be apply or set", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    code = Tcl_GlobalEval(interp, dstring.string);
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&dstring);
+
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "entrycget" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_GrEntryCget(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int x, y;
+    TixGrEntry * chPtr;
+
+    if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, argv[0], argv[1], &x, &y)!=TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    chPtr = Tix_GrFindElem(interp, wPtr, x, y);
+    if (!chPtr) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "entry \"", argv[0], ",", argv[1],
+	    "\" does not exist", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return Tix_ConfigureValue2(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, (char *)chPtr,
+	entryConfigSpecs, chPtr->iPtr, argv[2], 0);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "entryconfigure" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_GrEntryConfig(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int x, y;
+    TixGrEntry * chPtr;
+
+    if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, argv[0], argv[1], &x, &y)!=TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    chPtr = Tix_GrFindElem(interp, wPtr, x, y);
+    if (!chPtr) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "entry \"", argv[0], ",", argv[1],
+	    "\" does not exist", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (argc == 2) {
+	return Tix_ConfigureInfo2(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	    (char*)chPtr, entryConfigSpecs, chPtr->iPtr, (char *) NULL, 0);
+    } else if (argc == 3) {
+	return Tix_ConfigureInfo2(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	    (char*)chPtr, entryConfigSpecs, chPtr->iPtr, (char *) argv[2], 0);
+    } else {
+	return ConfigElement(wPtr, chPtr, argc-2, argv+2,
+	    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "geometryinfo" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_GrGeometryInfo(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int qSize[2];
+    double first[2], last[2];
+    char string[80];
+    int i;
+    Tix_GridScrollInfo scrollInfo[2];
+
+    if (argc == 2) {
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &qSize[0]) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &qSize[1]) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	qSize[0] = Tk_Width (wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+	qSize[1] = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+    }
+    qSize[0] -= 2*wPtr->borderWidth + 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+    qSize[1] -= 2*wPtr->borderWidth + 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+
+    RecalScrollRegion(wPtr, qSize[0], qSize[1], scrollInfo);
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	qSize[i] -= 2*wPtr->borderWidth + 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+	GetScrollFractions(wPtr, &scrollInfo[i],
+	    &first[i], &last[i]);
+    }
+
+    sprintf(string, "{%f %f} {%f %f}", first[0], last[0], first[1], last[1]);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "index" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_GrIndex(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int x, y;
+    char buff[100];
+
+    if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, argv[0], argv[1], &x, &y)!=TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    sprintf(buff, "%d %d", x, y);
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "info" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_GrInfo(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    size_t len = strlen(argv[0]);
+    int x, y;
+
+    if (strncmp(argv[0], "bbox", len)==0) {
+	if (argc != 3) {
+	    return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 3, "x y");
+	}
+	if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, argv[1], argv[2], &x, &y)
+		!=TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	return Tix_GrBBox(interp, wPtr, x, y);
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "exists", len)==0) {
+	if (argc != 3) {
+	    return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 3, "x y");
+	}
+	if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, argv[1], argv[2], &x, &y)
+		!=TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (Tix_GrFindElem(interp, wPtr, x, y)) {
+	    Tcl_SetResult(interp, "1", TCL_STATIC);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_SetResult(interp, "0", TCL_STATIC);
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", argv[0], 
+	    "\": must be bbox or exists",
+	    NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "move" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_GrMove(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int from, to, which, by;
+
+    if (TranslateFromTo(interp, wPtr, 3, argv, &from, &to, &which)!=TCL_OK){
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &by) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+TixGridDataMoveRange(wPtr, wPtr->dataSet, which, from, to, by);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "nearest" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_GrNearest(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = wPtr->dispData.tkwin;
+    int i, k, screenPos[2], rbPos[2];
+    char buf[100];
+    RenderBlockElem* rePtr;
+
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &screenPos[0]) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &screenPos[1]) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (!Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->mainRB == NULL || wPtr->toResetRB) {
+	Tix_GrResetRenderBlocks(wPtr);
+	wPtr->toResetRB = 0;
+    }
+
+    screenPos[0] -= wPtr->highlightWidth - wPtr->borderWidth;
+    screenPos[1] -= wPtr->highlightWidth - wPtr->borderWidth;
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	for (k=0; k<wPtr->mainRB->size[i]; k++) {
+	    screenPos[i] -=  wPtr->mainRB->dispSize[i][k].total;
+	    if (screenPos[i]<=0) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (k >= wPtr->mainRB->size[i]) {
+	    k = wPtr->mainRB->size[i] - 1;
+	}
+	rbPos[i] = k;
+    }
+    rePtr = &(wPtr->mainRB->elms[rbPos[0]][rbPos[1]]);
+
+    sprintf(buf, "%d %d", rePtr->index[0], rePtr->index[1]);
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buf, NULL);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "anchor", "dragsite" and "dropsire" sub commands --
+ *
+ *	Set/remove the anchor element
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_GrSetSite(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    int changed = 0;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int * changePtr;
+    size_t len;
+    int changedRect[2][2];
+
+    /*
+     * Determine which site should be changed (the last else clause
+     * doesn't need to check the string because HandleSubCommand
+     * already ensures that only the valid options can be specified.
+     */
+    len = strlen(argv[-1]);
+    if (strncmp(argv[-1], "anchor", len)==0) {
+	changePtr = wPtr->anchor;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[-1], "dragsite", len)==0) {
+	changePtr = wPtr->dragSite;
+    }
+    else {
+	changePtr = wPtr->dropSite;
+    }
+
+    len = strlen(argv[0]);
+    if (strncmp(argv[0], "get", len)==0) {
+	char buf[100];
+
+	sprintf(buf, "%d %d", changePtr[0], changePtr[1]);
+	Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
+
+	return TCL_OK;
+    } else if (strncmp(argv[0], "set", len)==0) {
+	if (argc == 3) {
+	    int x, y;
+
+	    if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, argv[1], argv[2],
+		     &x, &y)!=TCL_OK) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	    if (x != changePtr[0] || y != changePtr[1]) {
+		changedRect[0][0] = x;
+		changedRect[1][0] = y;
+		changedRect[0][1] = changePtr[0];
+		changedRect[1][1] = changePtr[1];
+		changed = 1;
+
+		changePtr[0] = x;
+		changePtr[1] = y;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # of arguments, must be: ",
+		Tk_PathName(wPtr->dispData.tkwin), " ", argv[-1],
+		" set x y", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "clear", len)==0) {
+	if (argc == 1) {
+	    if (changePtr[0] !=TIX_SITE_NONE || changePtr[1] !=TIX_SITE_NONE) {
+		changedRect[0][0] = TIX_SITE_NONE;
+		changedRect[1][0] = TIX_SITE_NONE;
+		changedRect[0][1] = changePtr[0];
+		changedRect[1][1] = changePtr[1];
+		changed = 1;
+
+		changePtr[0] = TIX_SITE_NONE;
+		changePtr[1] = TIX_SITE_NONE;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # of arguments, must be: ",
+		Tk_PathName(wPtr->dispData.tkwin), " ", argv[-1],
+		" clear", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+    else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong option \"", argv[0], "\", ",
+	    "must be clear, get or set", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (changed) {
+	Tix_GrAddChangedRect(wPtr, changedRect, 1);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_GrAddChangedRect --
+ *
+ *	Add the "changed" region to the exposedArea structure.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Tix_GrAddChangedRect(wPtr, changedRect, isSite)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int changedRect[2][2];
+    int isSite;
+{
+    int rect[2][2];
+    int visible;
+    int i;
+    int changed = 0;
+
+    if (wPtr->mainRB == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * The grid will be completely refreshed. Don't do anything
+	 */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	visible = Tix_GrGetElementPosn(wPtr, changedRect[0][i],
+	    changedRect[1][i], rect, 1, isSite, 1, 1);
+	if (!visible) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (wPtr->expArea.x1 > rect[0][0]) {
+	    wPtr->expArea.x1 = rect[0][0];
+	    changed = 1;
+	}
+	if (wPtr->expArea.x2 < rect[0][1]) {
+	    wPtr->expArea.x2 = rect[0][1];
+	    changed = 1;
+	}
+	if (wPtr->expArea.y1 > rect[1][0]) {
+	    wPtr->expArea.y1 = rect[1][0];
+	    changed = 1;
+	}
+	if (wPtr->expArea.y2 < rect[1][1]) {
+	    wPtr->expArea.y2 = rect[1][1];
+	    changed = 1;
+	}
+    }
+    if (changed) {
+	Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_REDRAW);
+    }
+}
+
+void Tix_GrScrollPage(wPtr, count, axis)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int count;
+    int axis;
+{
+    int k, i = axis;
+    int winSize, sz, start, num;
+    int pad0, pad1; 
+
+    Tix_GridScrollInfo * siPtr = &wPtr->scrollInfo[axis];
+    int gridSize[2];
+
+    if (count == 0) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    TixGridDataGetGridSize(wPtr->dataSet, &gridSize[0],
+	&gridSize[1]);
+
+    if (gridSize[i] < wPtr->hdrSize[i]) {	 /* no scrollable data */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (axis == 0) {
+	winSize = Tk_Width(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+    } else {
+	winSize = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+    }
+    winSize -= 2*wPtr->highlightWidth + 2*wPtr->borderWidth;
+
+    for (k=0; k<wPtr->hdrSize[i] && k<gridSize[i]; k++) {
+	winSize -= TixGridDataGetRowColSize(wPtr, wPtr->dataSet, i,
+		k, &wPtr->defSize[i], &pad0, &pad1);
+	winSize -= pad0 + pad1;
+    }
+
+    if (winSize <= 0) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (count > 0) {
+	start = siPtr->offset + wPtr->hdrSize[i];
+	for (; count > 0; count--) {
+	    sz = winSize;
+
+	    for (num=0,k=start; k<gridSize[i]; k++,num++) {
+		sz -= TixGridDataGetRowColSize(wPtr, wPtr->dataSet, i,
+		    k, &wPtr->defSize[i], &pad0, &pad1);
+		sz -= pad0 + pad1;
+		if (sz == 0) {
+		    num++;
+		    break;
+		}
+		if (sz < 0) {
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (num==0) {
+		num++;
+	    }
+	    start += num;
+	}
+	siPtr->offset = start - wPtr->hdrSize[i];
+    }
+    else {
+	start = siPtr->offset + wPtr->hdrSize[i];
+
+	for (; count < 0; count++) {
+	    sz = winSize;
+
+	    for (num=0,k=start-1; k>=wPtr->hdrSize[i]; k--,num++) {
+		sz -= TixGridDataGetRowColSize(wPtr, wPtr->dataSet, i,
+		    k, &wPtr->defSize[i], &pad0, &pad1);
+		sz -= pad0 + pad1;
+		if (sz == 0) {
+		    num++;
+		    break;
+		}
+		if (sz < 0) {
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (num==0) {
+		num++;
+	    }
+	    start -= num;
+	}
+	siPtr->offset = start - wPtr->hdrSize[i];
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "xview" and "yview" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_GrView(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int axis, oldXOff, oldYOff;
+    Tix_GridScrollInfo * siPtr;
+
+    if (argv[-1][0] == 'x') {
+	axis = 0;
+    } else {
+	axis = 1;
+    }
+
+    oldXOff = wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset;
+    oldYOff = wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset;
+
+    if (argc == 0) {
+	char string[100];
+	double first, last;
+
+	GetScrollFractions(wPtr, &wPtr->scrollInfo[axis], &first, &last);
+	sprintf(string, "%f %f", first, last);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else {
+	int offset;
+	siPtr = &wPtr->scrollInfo[axis];
+
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &offset) == TCL_OK) {
+	    /* backward-compatible mode */
+	    siPtr->offset = offset;
+	} else {
+	    int type, count;
+	    double fraction;
+
+	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+
+	    /* Tk_GetScrollInfo () wants strange argc,argv combinations .. */
+	    type = Tk_GetScrollInfo(interp, argc+2, argv-2, &fraction, &count);
+
+	    switch (type) {
+	      case TK_SCROLL_ERROR:
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+
+	      case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
+		if (siPtr->window < 1.0) {
+		    fraction /= (1.0 - siPtr->window);
+		}
+
+		siPtr->offset = (int)(fraction * (siPtr->max+1));
+		break;
+
+	      case TK_SCROLL_PAGES:
+		Tix_GrScrollPage(wPtr, count, axis);
+		break;
+
+	      case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
+		siPtr->offset += count * siPtr->unit;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	/* check ... */
+	if (siPtr->offset < 0) {
+	    siPtr->offset  = 0;
+	}
+	if (siPtr->offset > siPtr->max) {
+	    siPtr->offset = siPtr->max;
+	}
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    printf("Configing Scrollbars: (%d %f %d) (%d %f %d)\n", 
+        wPtr->scrollInfo[0].max,
+        wPtr->scrollInfo[0].window,
+        wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset,
+        wPtr->scrollInfo[1].max,
+        wPtr->scrollInfo[1].window,
+        wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset);
+#endif
+
+    if (oldXOff != wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset ||
+	oldYOff != wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset) {
+	wPtr->toResetRB    = 1;
+	wPtr->toComputeSel = 1;
+	Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_REDRAW);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ * 			Memory Management Section
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ConfigElement(wPtr, chPtr, argc, argv, flags, forced)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    TixGrEntry *chPtr;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int flags;
+    int forced;
+{
+    int sizeChanged;
+
+    if (Tix_WidgetConfigure2(wPtr->dispData.interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	(char*)chPtr, entryConfigSpecs, chPtr->iPtr, argc, argv, flags,
+	forced, &sizeChanged) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (sizeChanged) {
+	/* %% be smart here: sometimes the size request doesn't need to
+	 * be changed
+	 */
+	Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_RESIZE);
+    } else {
+	/* set the exposed area */
+	Tix_GrDoWhenIdle(wPtr, TIX_GR_REDRAW);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static CONST84 char * areaNames[4] = {
+    "s-margin",
+    "x-margin",
+    "y-margin",
+    "main"
+};
+
+static int
+Tix_GrCallFormatCmd(wPtr, which)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int which;
+{
+#define STATIC_SPACE_SIZE (128 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE *4)
+    unsigned int size;
+    int code;
+    char buff[STATIC_SPACE_SIZE];
+    char * cmd = buff;
+
+    size = strlen(wPtr->formatCmd) + 10 + (TCL_INTEGER_SPACE *4) + 10;
+    if (size > STATIC_SPACE_SIZE) {
+	cmd = (char*)ckalloc(size);
+    }
+
+    wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.whichArea = which;
+    sprintf(cmd, "%s %s %d %d %d %d", wPtr->formatCmd, areaNames[which],
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x1, 
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y1, 
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x2, 
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y2);
+    code = Tcl_EvalEx(wPtr->dispData.interp, cmd, -1, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+
+    if (code != TCL_OK) {
+	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(wPtr->dispData.interp,
+	    "\n    (format command executed by tixGrid)");
+	Tk_BackgroundError(wPtr->dispData.interp);
+    }
+
+    if (cmd != buff) {
+	ckfree((char*)cmd);
+    }
+
+    return code;
+#undef STATIC_SPACE_SIZE
+}
+
+
+static void Tix_GrDrawBackground(wPtr, riPtr, drawable)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    RenderInfo * riPtr;
+    Drawable drawable;
+{
+    int mainSize[2];
+    int visibleHdr[2];
+
+    if (wPtr->formatCmd == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /* The visible size of the main area
+     */
+    mainSize[0] = wPtr->mainRB->size[0] - wPtr->hdrSize[0];
+    mainSize[1] = wPtr->mainRB->size[1] - wPtr->hdrSize[1];
+    if (mainSize[0] < 0) {
+	mainSize[0] = 0;
+    }
+    if (mainSize[1] < 0) {
+	mainSize[1] = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* the visible header size
+     */
+    if (wPtr->mainRB->size[0] < wPtr->hdrSize[0]) {
+	visibleHdr[0] = wPtr->mainRB->size[0];
+    } else {
+	visibleHdr[0] = wPtr->hdrSize[0];
+    }
+    if (wPtr->mainRB->size[1] < wPtr->hdrSize[1]) {
+	visibleHdr[1] = wPtr->mainRB->size[1];
+    } else {
+	visibleHdr[1] = wPtr->hdrSize[1];
+    }
+
+
+    /* the horizontal margin
+     */
+    if (wPtr->hdrSize[1] > 0 && mainSize[0] > 0) {
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x1 =
+	  wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset + wPtr->hdrSize[0];
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x2 =
+	  wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x1 + mainSize[0] - 1;
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y1 = 0;
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y2 = visibleHdr[1] - 1;
+
+	Tix_GrCallFormatCmd(wPtr, TIX_X_MARGIN);
+    }
+
+    /* the vertical margin
+     */
+    if (wPtr->hdrSize[0] > 0 && mainSize[1] > 0) {
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x1 = 0;
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x2 = visibleHdr[0] - 1;
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y1 = 
+	  wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset + wPtr->hdrSize[1];
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y2 =
+	  wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y1 + mainSize[1] - 1;
+
+	Tix_GrCallFormatCmd(wPtr, TIX_Y_MARGIN);
+    }
+    
+    /* the stationary part of the margin
+     */
+    if (visibleHdr[0] > 0 && visibleHdr[1] > 0) {
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x1 = 0;
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x2 = visibleHdr[0] - 1;
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y1 = 0;
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y2 = visibleHdr[1] - 1;
+    
+	Tix_GrCallFormatCmd(wPtr, TIX_S_MARGIN);
+    }
+
+    /* the main area
+     */
+    if (mainSize[0] > 0 && mainSize[1] > 0) {
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x1 =
+	  wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset + wPtr->hdrSize[0];
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x2 =
+	  wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.x1 + mainSize[0] - 1;
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y1 = 
+	  wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset + wPtr->hdrSize[1];
+	wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y2 =
+	  wPtr->renderInfo->fmt.y1 + mainSize[1] - 1;
+    
+	Tix_GrCallFormatCmd(wPtr, TIX_MAIN);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+Tix_GrComputeSubSelection(wPtr, rect, offs)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int rect[2][2];
+    int offs[2];
+{
+    int iMin, iMax, jMin, jMax;
+    Tix_ListIterator li;
+    SelectBlock * sbPtr;
+    int i, j, x, y;
+
+    Tix_SimpleListIteratorInit(&li);
+    for (Tix_SimpleListStart(&wPtr->selList, &li);
+	 !Tix_SimpleListDone(&li);
+	 Tix_SimpleListNext (&wPtr->selList, &li)) {
+
+	sbPtr = (SelectBlock *)li.curr;
+
+	/* clip the X direction	
+	 */
+	if (rect[0][0] > sbPtr->range[0][0]) {
+	    iMin = rect[0][0];
+	} else {
+	    iMin = sbPtr->range[0][0];
+	}
+
+	if (rect[0][1]<sbPtr->range[0][1] || sbPtr->range[0][1]==TIX_GR_MAX) {
+	    iMax = rect[0][1];
+	} else {
+	    iMax = sbPtr->range[0][1];
+	}
+	if (iMin > iMax) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	/* clip the Y direction
+	 */
+	if (rect[1][0] > sbPtr->range[1][0]) {
+	    jMin = rect[1][0];
+	} else {
+	    jMin = sbPtr->range[1][0];
+	}
+	if (rect[1][1]<sbPtr->range[1][1] || sbPtr->range[1][1]==TIX_GR_MAX) {
+	    jMax = rect[1][1];
+	} else {
+	    jMax = sbPtr->range[1][1];
+	}
+	if (jMin > jMax) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	for (i=iMin; i<=iMax; i++) {
+	    for (j=jMin; j<=jMax; j++) {
+		x = i - offs[0];
+		y = j - offs[1];
+
+		switch (sbPtr->type) {
+		  case TIX_GR_CLEAR:
+		    wPtr->mainRB->elms[x][y].selected = 0;
+		    break;
+		  case TIX_GR_SET:
+		    wPtr->mainRB->elms[x][y].selected = 1;
+		    break;
+		  case TIX_GR_TOGGLE:
+		    wPtr->mainRB->elms[x][y].selected = 
+		      !wPtr->mainRB->elms[x][y].selected;
+		    break;
+
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void Tix_GrComputeSelection(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    int rect[2][2], offs[2];
+    int i, j;
+    int mainSize[2];
+    int visibleHdr[2];
+
+    for (i=0; i<wPtr->mainRB->size[0]; i++) {
+	for (j=0; j<wPtr->mainRB->size[1]; j++) {
+	    wPtr->mainRB->elms[i][j].selected = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Get the visible size of the main area
+     */
+    mainSize[0] = wPtr->mainRB->size[0] - wPtr->hdrSize[0];
+    mainSize[1] = wPtr->mainRB->size[1] - wPtr->hdrSize[1];
+    if (mainSize[0] < 0) {
+	mainSize[0] = 0;
+    }
+    if (mainSize[1] < 0) {
+	mainSize[1] = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Get the visible header size
+     */
+    if (wPtr->mainRB->size[0] < wPtr->hdrSize[0]) {
+	visibleHdr[0] = wPtr->mainRB->size[0];
+    } else {
+	visibleHdr[0] = wPtr->hdrSize[0];
+    }
+    if (wPtr->mainRB->size[1] < wPtr->hdrSize[1]) {
+	visibleHdr[1] = wPtr->mainRB->size[1];
+    } else {
+	visibleHdr[1] = wPtr->hdrSize[1];
+    }
+    
+    /* Compute selection on the stationary part of the margin
+     */
+    if (visibleHdr[0] > 0 && visibleHdr[1] > 0) {
+	rect[0][0] = 0;
+	rect[0][1] = visibleHdr[0] - 1;
+	rect[1][0] = 0;
+	rect[1][1] = visibleHdr[1] - 1;
+	offs[0]    = 0;
+	offs[1]    = 0;
+    
+	Tix_GrComputeSubSelection(wPtr, rect, offs);    
+    }
+
+    /* Compute selection on the horizontal margin
+     */
+    if (wPtr->hdrSize[1] > 0 && mainSize[0] > 0) {
+	rect[0][0] = wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset + wPtr->hdrSize[0];
+	rect[0][1] = rect[0][0] + mainSize[0] - 1;
+	rect[1][0] = 0;
+	rect[1][1] = visibleHdr[1] - 1;
+	offs[0]    = wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset;;
+	offs[1]    = 0;
+    
+	Tix_GrComputeSubSelection(wPtr, rect, offs);
+    }
+
+    /* Compute selection on the vertical margin
+     */
+    if (wPtr->hdrSize[0] > 0 && mainSize[1] > 0) {
+	rect[0][0] = 0;
+	rect[0][1] = visibleHdr[0] - 1;
+	rect[1][0] = wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset + wPtr->hdrSize[1];
+	rect[1][1] = rect[1][0] + mainSize[1] - 1;
+	offs[0]    = 0;
+	offs[1]    = wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset;;
+    
+	Tix_GrComputeSubSelection(wPtr, rect, offs);
+    }
+
+    /* Compute selection on the main area
+     */
+    if (mainSize[0] > 0 && mainSize[1] > 0) {
+	rect[0][0] = wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset + wPtr->hdrSize[0];
+	rect[0][1] = rect[0][0] + mainSize[0] - 1;
+	rect[1][0] = wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset + wPtr->hdrSize[1];
+	rect[1][1] = rect[1][0] + mainSize[1] - 1;
+	offs[0]    = wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset;;
+	offs[1]    = wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset;;
+    
+	Tix_GrComputeSubSelection(wPtr, rect, offs);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  UpdateScrollBars
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+GetScrollFractions(wPtr, siPtr, first_ret, last_ret)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Tix_GridScrollInfo *siPtr;
+    double * first_ret;
+    double * last_ret;
+{
+    double first, last;
+    double usuable;
+
+    usuable = 1.0 - siPtr->window;
+    
+    if (siPtr->max > 0) {
+	first = usuable * (double)(siPtr->offset) / (double)(siPtr->max);
+	last  = first + siPtr->window;
+    } else {
+	first = 0.0;
+	last  = 1.0;
+    }
+
+    *first_ret = first;
+    *last_ret  = last;
+}
+
+static void UpdateScrollBars(wPtr, sizeChanged)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int sizeChanged;
+{
+    int i;
+    Tix_GridScrollInfo *siPtr;
+    Tcl_Interp * interp = wPtr->dispData.interp;
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	double first, last;
+	double usuable;
+
+	siPtr = &wPtr->scrollInfo[i];
+
+	usuable = 1.0 - siPtr->window;
+
+	if (siPtr->max > 0) {
+	    first = usuable * (double)(siPtr->offset) / (double)(siPtr->max);
+	    last  = first + siPtr->window;
+	} else {
+	    first = 0.0;
+	    last  = 1.0;
+	}
+
+	if (siPtr->command) {
+	    char buff[60];
+
+	    sprintf(buff, " %f %f", first, last);
+	    if (Tcl_VarEval(interp, siPtr->command, buff, 
+	        (char *) NULL) != TCL_OK) {
+		Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
+		    "\n    (scrolling command executed by tixGrid)");
+		Tk_BackgroundError(interp);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->sizeCmd && sizeChanged) {
+	if (Tcl_GlobalEval(wPtr->dispData.interp, wPtr->sizeCmd) != TCL_OK) {
+	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(wPtr->dispData.interp,
+		"\n    (size command executed by tixGrid)");
+	    Tk_BackgroundError(wPtr->dispData.interp);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_GrFindCreateElem --
+ *
+ *	Returns the element. If it doesn't exist, create a new one
+ *	and return it.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static TixGrEntry *
+Tix_GrFindCreateElem(interp, wPtr, x, y)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+{
+    static TixGrEntry * defaultEntry = NULL;
+    TixGrEntry * chPtr;
+
+    if (defaultEntry == NULL) {
+	defaultEntry = (TixGrEntry*)ckalloc(sizeof(TixGrEntry));
+	defaultEntry->iPtr     = NULL;
+    }
+
+    chPtr = (TixGrEntry*)TixGridDataCreateEntry(wPtr->dataSet, x, y,
+	(char*)defaultEntry);
+
+    if (chPtr == defaultEntry) {
+	defaultEntry = NULL;
+    }
+
+    return chPtr;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_GrFindElem --
+ *
+ *	Return the element if it exists. Otherwise returns 0.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static TixGrEntry *
+Tix_GrFindElem(interp, wPtr, x, y)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;	/* Used for error reporting */
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;		/* The grid widget */
+    int x;			/* X coord of the entry */
+    int y;			/* Y coord of the entry */
+{
+    return (TixGrEntry*)TixGridDataFindEntry(wPtr->dataSet, x, y);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_GrFreeElem --
+ *
+ *	Frees the element.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tix_GrFreeElem(chPtr)
+    TixGrEntry * chPtr;		/* The element fo free */
+{
+    if (chPtr->iPtr) {
+	Tix_DItemFree(chPtr->iPtr);
+    }
+    ckfree((char*)chPtr);
+}
+
+static void
+Tix_GrPropagateSize(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    TixGrEntry * chPtr;
+{
+#if 0
+    int i;
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	TreeListRoot * rPtr;
+	GridHeader * hdr;
+
+	rPtr = chPtr->nodes[i].root;
+	hdr = (GridHeader*) rPtr->data;
+
+	if (hdr->size < chPtr->size[i]) {
+	    hdr->size = chPtr->size[i];
+	    hdr->recalSize = 0;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+static RenderBlock * Tix_GrAllocateRenderBlock(wPtr, winW, winH, exactW,exactH)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int winW;
+    int winH;
+    int * exactW;
+    int * exactH;
+{
+    RenderBlock * rbPtr;
+    int i, j, k;
+    int offset[2];		/* how much the entries were scrolled */
+    int winSize[2];
+    int exactSize[2];		/* BOOL: are all the visible coloums and rows
+				 * displayed in whole */
+    int pad0, pad1; 
+
+    offset[0] = wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset + wPtr->hdrSize[0];
+    offset[1] = wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset + wPtr->hdrSize[1];
+
+    winSize[0] = winW;
+    winSize[1] = winH;
+
+    rbPtr = (RenderBlock*)ckalloc(sizeof(RenderBlock));
+
+    rbPtr->size[0]=0;
+    rbPtr->size[1]=0;
+    rbPtr->visArea[0] = winW;
+    rbPtr->visArea[1] = winH;
+
+    /* (1) find out the size requirement of each row and column.
+     *     The results are stored in rbPtr->size[i] and
+     *     rbPtr->dispSize[i][0 .. (rbPtr->size[i]-1)]
+     */
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	/* i=0 : handle the column sizes;
+	 * i=1 : handle the row    sizes;
+	 */
+	int index;
+	int pixelSize = 0;
+
+	/* The margins */
+	for (index=0; index<wPtr->hdrSize[i] && pixelSize<winSize[i]; index++){
+	    pixelSize += TixGridDataGetRowColSize(wPtr, wPtr->dataSet, i,
+		index, &wPtr->defSize[i], &pad0, &pad1);
+	    pixelSize += pad0 + pad1;
+	    rbPtr->size[i] ++;
+	}
+
+	for (index=offset[i]; pixelSize<winSize[i]; index++) {
+	    pixelSize += TixGridDataGetRowColSize(wPtr, wPtr->dataSet, i,
+		index, &wPtr->defSize[i], &pad0, &pad1);
+	    pixelSize += pad0 + pad1;
+	    rbPtr->size[i] ++;
+	}
+	if (pixelSize == winSize[i]) {
+	    exactSize[i] = 1;
+	} else {
+	    exactSize[i] = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* return values */
+
+    *exactW = exactSize[0];
+    *exactH = exactSize[1];
+
+    rbPtr->dispSize[0] = (ElmDispSize*)
+	ckalloc(sizeof(ElmDispSize)*rbPtr->size[0]);
+    rbPtr->dispSize[1] = (ElmDispSize*)
+	ckalloc(sizeof(ElmDispSize)*rbPtr->size[1]);
+
+    /*
+     * (2) fill the size info of all the visible rows and cols into
+     *     the dispSize arrays;
+     */
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	/*
+	 * i=0 : handle the column sizes;
+	 * i=1 : handle the row    sizes;
+	 */
+	int index;
+
+	for (k=0; k<rbPtr->size[i]; k++) {
+	    if (k < wPtr->hdrSize[i]) {			/* The margins */
+		index = k;
+	    } else {
+		index = k + offset[i] - wPtr->hdrSize[i];
+	    }
+
+	    rbPtr->dispSize[i][k].size = TixGridDataGetRowColSize(wPtr, 
+		wPtr->dataSet, i, index, &wPtr->defSize[i], &pad0, &pad1);
+	    rbPtr->dispSize[i][k].preBorder  = pad0;
+	    rbPtr->dispSize[i][k].postBorder = pad1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * (3) Put the visible elements into the render block array,
+     *     rbPtr->elms[*][*].
+     */
+    rbPtr->elms = (RenderBlockElem**)
+        ckalloc(sizeof(RenderBlockElem*)*rbPtr->size[0]);
+
+    for (i=0; i<rbPtr->size[0]; i++) {
+	rbPtr->elms[i] = (RenderBlockElem*)
+	    ckalloc(sizeof(RenderBlockElem) * rbPtr->size[1]);
+	for (j=0; j<rbPtr->size[1]; j++) {
+	    rbPtr->elms[i][j].chPtr = NULL;
+	    rbPtr->elms[i][j].selected = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<rbPtr->size[0]; i++) {
+	for (j=0; j<rbPtr->size[1]; j++) {
+	    int x, y;
+
+	    if (i<wPtr->hdrSize[0]) {
+		x = i;
+	    } else {
+		x = i+offset[0]-wPtr->hdrSize[0];
+	    }
+
+	    if (j<wPtr->hdrSize[1]) {
+		y = j;
+	    } else {
+		y = j+offset[1]-wPtr->hdrSize[1];
+	    }
+
+	    rbPtr->elms[i][j].chPtr = (TixGrEntry*) TixGridDataFindEntry(
+		wPtr->dataSet, x, y);
+	    rbPtr->elms[i][j].index[0] = x;
+	    rbPtr->elms[i][j].index[1] = y;
+	}
+    }
+
+    for (k=0; k<2; k++) {
+	for (i=0; i<rbPtr->size[k]; i++) {
+	    rbPtr->dispSize[k][i].total = 
+	          rbPtr->dispSize[k][i].preBorder
+	        + rbPtr->dispSize[k][i].size
+	        + rbPtr->dispSize[k][i].postBorder;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return rbPtr;
+}
+
+static void
+Tix_GrFreeRenderBlock(wPtr, rbPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    RenderBlock * rbPtr;
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i=0; i<rbPtr->size[0]; i++) {
+	ckfree((char*)rbPtr->elms[i]);
+    }
+    ckfree((char*)rbPtr->elms);
+    ckfree((char*)rbPtr->dispSize[0]);
+    ckfree((char*)rbPtr->dispSize[1]);
+    ckfree((char*)rbPtr);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_GrBBox --
+ *
+ *	Returns the visible bounding box of a entry.
+ *
+ * Return value:
+ *	See user documenetation.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int Tix_GrBBox(interp, wPtr, x, y)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;	/* Interpreter to report the bbox. */
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;		/* HList widget. */
+    int x;			/* X coordinate of the entry.*/
+    int y;			/* Y coordinate of the entry.*/
+{
+    int rect[2][2];
+    int visible;
+    char buff[100];
+
+    if (!Tk_IsMapped(wPtr->dispData.tkwin)) {
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    visible = Tix_GrGetElementPosn(wPtr, wPtr->anchor[0], wPtr->anchor[1],
+	rect, 0, 0, 1, 0);
+    if (!visible) {
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    sprintf(buff, "%d %d %d %d", rect[0][0], rect[1][0],
+	rect[0][1] - rect[0][0] + 1,
+	rect[1][1] - rect[1][0] + 1);
+
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TranslateFromTo --
+ *
+ *	Translate the "option from ?to?" arguments from string to integer.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Standard Tcl results.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	On success, *from and *to contains the from and to values.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+TranslateFromTo(interp, wPtr, argc, argv, from, to, which)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char **argv;
+    int *from;
+    int *to;
+    int * which;
+{
+    int dummy;
+    size_t len = strlen(argv[0]);
+
+    if (strncmp(argv[0], "row", len) == 0) {
+	*which = 1;
+
+	if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, "0", argv[1], &dummy, from)
+		!=TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (argc == 3) {
+	    if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, "0", argv[2], &dummy, to)
+		    !=TCL_OK) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    *to = *from;
+	}
+    } else if (strncmp(argv[0], "column", len) == 0) {
+	*which = 0;
+	if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, argv[1], "0", from, &dummy)
+		!=TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	if (argc == 3) {
+	    if (TixGridDataGetIndex(interp, wPtr, argv[2], "0", to, &dummy)
+		    !=TCL_OK) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    *to = *from;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrid.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixGrid.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,417 @@
+/*
+ * tixGrid.h --
+ *
+ *	Defines main data structures for tixGrid
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000      Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixGrid.h,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TIX_GRID_H_
+#define _TIX_GRID_H_
+
+#ifndef _TIX_GRID_DATA_H_
+#include "tixGrData.h"
+#endif
+
+#define TIX_X 0
+#define TIX_Y 1
+
+
+#define TIX_S_MARGIN 0
+#define TIX_X_MARGIN 1
+#define TIX_Y_MARGIN 2
+#define TIX_MAIN     3
+
+#define TIX_SITE_NONE -1
+
+typedef struct TixGrEntry {
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    Tcl_HashEntry * entryPtr[2];	/* The index of this entry in the
+					 * row/col tables */
+} TixGrEntry;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * 			Render Block
+ *
+ * Before the Grid is rendered, information is filled into a pseudo 2D
+ * array of RenderBlockElem's:
+ *
+ *	(1) entries are placed in the appropriate (x,y) locations
+ *	(2) background and borders are formatted according
+ *	(3) highlights are formatted.
+ *
+ * The widget is redrawn using the render-block. This saves reformatting
+ * the next time the widget is exposed.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+typedef struct RenderBlockElem {
+    TixGrEntry * chPtr;		/* not allocated, don't need to free */
+    int borderW[2][2];
+    int index[2];
+
+    unsigned int selected : 1;
+    unsigned int filled : 1;
+} RenderBlockElem;
+
+
+/* ElmDispSize --
+ *
+ *	This structure stores the size information of the visible
+ *	rows (RenderBlock.dispSize[0][...]) and columns
+ *	(RenderBlock.dispSize[1][...])
+ */
+typedef struct ElmDispSize {
+    int preBorder;
+    int size;
+    int postBorder;
+
+    int total;		/* simple the sum of the above */
+} ElmDispSize;
+
+typedef struct RenderBlock {
+    int size[2];		/* num of rows and cols in the render block */
+
+    RenderBlockElem **elms;   	/* An Malloc'ed pseudo 2D array (you can do
+				 * things like elms[0][0]), Used for the
+				 * main body of the Grid.
+				 */
+    ElmDispSize *dispSize[2];	/* (dispSizes[0][x], dispSizes[1][y])
+				 * will be the dimension of the element (x,y)
+				 * displayed on the screen (may be bigger
+				 * or smaller than its desired size). */
+    int visArea[2];		/* visible area (width times height) of
+				 * the visible cells on the screen */
+}  RenderBlock;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * 			RenderInfo
+ *
+ * This stores information for rendering from the RB into an X drawable.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+typedef struct RenderInfo {
+    Drawable drawable;
+    int origin[2];
+    int offset[2];
+    int size[2];		/* width and height of the area to draw
+				 * (number of pixels starting from the offset)
+				 * if offset = (2,2) and size = (5,5) we have
+				 * to draw the rectangle ((2,2), (6,6));
+				 */
+    struct {			/* the current valid grid area for the */
+	int x1, x2, y1, y2;	/* "format" command */
+	int whichArea;
+    } fmt;
+} RenderInfo;
+
+typedef struct ExposedArea {
+    int x1, y1, x2, y2; 
+} ExposedArea, Rect;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * 			ColorInfo
+ *
+ * These colors are used by the format commands. They must be saved
+ * or otherwise the colormap may be changed ..
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+typedef struct ColorInfo {
+    struct ColorInfo * next;
+    int counter;
+    int type;			/* TK_CONFIG_BORDER or TK_CONFIG_COLOR */
+    long pixel;
+    Tk_3DBorder border;
+    XColor * color;
+} ColorInfo;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * 			SelectBlock
+ *
+ * These structures are arranged in a list and are used to determine
+ * where a cell is selected.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#define TIX_GR_CLEAR		1
+#define TIX_GR_SET		2
+#define TIX_GR_TOGGLE		3
+
+#define TIX_GR_MAX		0x7fffffff
+
+#define TIX_GR_RESIZE		1
+#define TIX_GR_REDRAW		2
+
+
+typedef struct SelectBlock {
+    struct SelectBlock * next;
+    int range[2][2];		/* the top left and bottom right corners */
+    int type;			/* TIX_GR_CLEAR, TIX_GR_SET,
+				 * TIX_GR_TOGGLE
+				 *
+				 * If several SelectBlock covers the same
+				 * cell, the last block in the wPtr->selList
+				 * determines whether this cell is selected
+				 * or not */
+} SelectBlock;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * 			GrSortItem 
+ *
+ * Used to sort the items in the grid
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+typedef struct Tix_GrSortItem {
+    char * data;			/* is usually a string, but
+					 * can be a pointer to an
+					 * arbitrary data in C API */
+    int index;				/* row or column */
+} Tix_GrSortItem;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Data structure for iterating the cells inside the grid.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+typedef struct Tix_GrDataRowSearch {
+    struct TixGridRowCol * row;
+    Tcl_HashSearch hashSearch;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+} Tix_GrDataRowSearch;
+
+typedef struct Tix_GrDataCellSearch {
+    char * data;
+    Tcl_HashSearch hashSearch;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+} Tix_GrDataCellSearch;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *	        Main data structure of the grid widget.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+typedef struct Tix_GridScrollInfo {
+    char * command;
+
+    int max;		/* total size (width or height) of the widget*/
+    int offset;		/* The top/left side of the scrolled widget */
+    int unit;		/* How much should we scroll when the user */
+
+    double window;	/* visible size, percentage of the total */
+}Tix_GridScrollInfo;
+
+
+typedef struct GridStruct {
+    Tix_DispData dispData;
+
+    Tcl_Command widgetCmd;	/* Token for button's widget command. */
+
+    /*
+     * Information used when displaying widget:
+     */
+    int reqSize[2];		/* For app programmer to request size */
+
+    /*
+     * Information used when displaying widget:
+     */
+
+    /* Border and general drawing */
+    int borderWidth;		/* Width of 3-D borders. */
+    int selBorderWidth;		/* Width of 3-D borders for selected items */
+    int relief;			/* Indicates whether window as a whole is
+				 * raised, sunken, or flat. */
+    Tk_3DBorder border;		/* Used for drawing the 3d border. */
+    Tk_3DBorder selectBorder;	/* Used for selected background. */
+    XColor *normalFg;		/* Normal foreground for text. */
+    XColor *normalBg;		/* Normal background for  text. */
+    XColor *selectFg;		/* Color for drawing selected text. */
+
+    Tk_Uid state;		/* State can only be normal or disabled. */
+
+       /* GC and stuff */
+    GC backgroundGC;		/* GC for drawing background. */
+    GC selectGC;		/* GC for drawing selected background. */
+    GC anchorGC;		/* GC for drawing dotted anchor highlight. */
+    TixFont font;		/* Default font used by the DItems. */
+
+    /* Text drawing */
+    Cursor cursor;		/* Current cursor for window, or None. */
+
+    /* For highlights */
+    int highlightWidth;		/* Width in pixels of highlight to draw
+				 * around widget when it has the focus.
+				 * <= 0 means don't draw a highlight. */
+    int bdPad;			/* = highlightWidth + borderWidth */
+    XColor *highlightColorPtr;	/* Color for drawing traversal highlight. */
+    GC highlightGC;		/* For drawing traversal highlight. */
+
+    /*
+     * default pad and gap values
+     */
+    int padX, padY;
+
+    Tk_Uid selectMode;		/* Selection style: single, browse, multiple,
+				 * or extended.  This value isn't used in C
+				 * code, but the Tcl bindings use it. */
+    Tk_Uid selectUnit;		/* Selection unit: cell, row or column.
+				 * This value isn't used in C
+				 * code, but the Tcl bindings use it. */
+
+    /*
+     * The following three sites are used according to the -selectunit.
+     * if selectunit is: "cell", [0] and [1] are used; "row", only [0]
+     * is used; "column", only [1] is used
+     */
+    int anchor[2];		/* The current anchor unit */
+    int dropSite[2];		/* The current drop site */
+    int dragSite[2];		/* The current drop site */
+
+    /*
+     * Callback commands.
+     */
+    char *command;		/* The command when user double-clicks */
+    char *browseCmd;		/* The command to call when the selection
+				 * changes. */
+    char *editNotifyCmd;	/* The command to call to determine whether
+				 * a cell is editable. */
+    char *editDoneCmd;		/* The command to call when an entry has
+				 * been edited by the user.*/
+    char *formatCmd;		/* The command to call when the Grid widget
+				 * needs to be reformatted (e.g, Exposure
+				 * events or when contents have been
+				 * changed). */
+    char *sizeCmd;		/* The command to call when the size of
+				 * the listbox changes. E.g., when the user
+				 * add/deletes elements. Useful for auto-
+				 * scrollbar geometry managers */
+   
+    /*
+     * Info for lay-out
+     */
+    char *takeFocus;		/* Value of -takefocus option;  not used in
+				 * the C code, but used by keyboard traversal
+				 * scripts.  Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */
+
+    int serial;			/* this number is incremented before each time
+				 * the widget is redisplayed */
+
+    TixGridDataSet * dataSet;
+    RenderBlock * mainRB;	/* Malloc'ed */
+
+    int hdrSize[2];		/* number of rows (height of x header, index
+				 * [0]) and columns (width of y header, index
+				 * [1]) */
+    int floatRange[2];		/* Are the num of columns and rows floated?
+				 * (if floated, you can scroll past the max
+				 * element).*/
+    int gridSize[2];		/* the size of the grid where there is data */
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;	/* Default item type */
+    ExposedArea expArea;
+
+    RenderInfo * renderInfo;	/* only points to stuff in stack */
+    Tix_GridScrollInfo scrollInfo[2];
+    int fontSize[2];		/* size of the "0" char of the -font option
+				 */
+    TixGridSize defSize[2];
+    Tix_LinkList colorInfo;
+    Tix_LinkList selList;
+    Tix_LinkList mappedWindows;
+    int colorInfoCounter;
+
+    unsigned int hasFocus  : 1;
+
+    unsigned int idleEvent : 1;
+    unsigned int toResize  : 1;		/* idle event */
+    unsigned int toRedraw : 1;		/* idle event */
+
+    unsigned int toResetRB  : 1; /* Do we need to reset the render block */
+    unsigned int toComputeSel  : 1;
+    unsigned int toRedrawHighlight : 1;
+} Grid;
+
+typedef Grid   WidgetRecord;
+typedef Grid * WidgetPtr;
+
+/*
+ * common functions
+ */
+
+EXTERN void		Tix_GrAddChangedRect _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int changedRect[2][2],
+			    int isSite));
+EXTERN int		Tix_GrConfigSize _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int argc, CONST84 char **argv,
+			    TixGridSize *sizePtr, CONST84 char * argcErrorMsg,
+			    int *changed_ret));
+EXTERN void		Tix_GrDoWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int type));
+EXTERN void		Tix_GrCancelDoWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_GrFreeElem _ANSI_ARGS_((TixGrEntry * chPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_GrFreeUnusedColors _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int freeAll));
+EXTERN void		Tix_GrScrollPage _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int count, int axis));
+
+/*
+ * The dataset functions
+ */
+
+EXTERN int		TixGridDataConfigRowColSize _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp * interp, WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    TixGridDataSet * dataSet, int which, int index,
+			    int argc, CONST84 char ** argv, CONST84 char * argcErrorMsg,
+			    int *changed_ret));
+EXTERN CONST84 char *	TixGridDataCreateEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    TixGridDataSet * dataSet, int x, int y,
+			    CONST84 char * defaultEntry));
+EXTERN int		TixGridDataDeleteEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    TixGridDataSet * dataSet, int x, int y));
+EXTERN void		TixGridDataDeleteRange _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    TixGridDataSet * dataSet, int which,
+			    int from, int to));
+EXTERN void 		TixGridDataDeleteSearchedEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_GrDataCellSearch * cellSearchPtr));
+EXTERN char *		TixGridDataFindEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    TixGridDataSet * dataSet, int x, int y));
+EXTERN int		TixGrDataFirstCell _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_GrDataRowSearch * rowSearchPtr,
+			    Tix_GrDataCellSearch * cellSearchPtr));
+EXTERN int		TixGrDataFirstRow _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    TixGridDataSet* dataSet,
+			    Tix_GrDataRowSearch * rowSearchPtr));
+EXTERN int		TixGridDataGetRowColSize _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, TixGridDataSet * dataSet,
+			    int which, int index, TixGridSize * defSize,
+			    int *pad0, int * pad1));
+EXTERN void		TixGridDataGetGridSize _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    TixGridDataSet * dataSet, int *width_ret,
+			    int *height_ret));
+EXTERN int		TixGridDataGetIndex _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp * interp, WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    CONST84 char * xStr, CONST84 char * yStr,
+			    int * xPtr, int * yPtr));
+EXTERN void 		TixGridDataInsert _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    TixGridDataSet * dataSet,
+			    int x, int y, ClientData data));
+EXTERN void		TixGridDataMoveRange _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    TixGridDataSet * dataSet, int which,
+			    int from, int to, int by));
+EXTERN int		TixGrDataNextCell _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_GrDataCellSearch * cellSearchPtr));
+EXTERN int		TixGrDataNextRow _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_GrDataRowSearch * rowSearchPtr));
+EXTERN TixGridDataSet*	TixGridDataSetInit _ANSI_ARGS_((void));
+EXTERN void		TixGridDataSetFree _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    TixGridDataSet* dataSet));
+EXTERN int		TixGridDataUpdateSort _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    TixGridDataSet * dataSet, int axis,
+			    int start, int end, Tix_GrSortItem *items));
+
+#endif /*_TIX_GRID_H_*/

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixHLCol.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixHLCol.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,407 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixHLCol.c,v 1.2 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ *  tixHLCol.c ---
+ *
+ *
+ *	Implements columns inside tixHList widgets
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixHList.h>
+
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLItemCreate);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLItemConfig);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLItemCGet);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLItemDelete);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLItemExists);
+
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLColWidth);
+
+static HListElement *	Tix_HLGetColumn(Tcl_Interp *interp, WidgetPtr wPtr,
+	CONST84 char ** argv, int * column_ret, int mustExist);
+
+HListColumn *
+Tix_HLAllocColumn(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+{
+    HListColumn * column;
+    int i;
+
+    column =
+      (HListColumn*)ckalloc(sizeof(HListColumn)*wPtr->numColumns);
+    for (i=0; i<wPtr->numColumns; i++) {
+	column[i].type = HLTYPE_COLUMN;
+	column[i].self = (char*)&column[i];
+	column[i].chPtr = chPtr;
+	column[i].iPtr = NULL;
+	column[i].iPtr = NULL;
+	column[i].width = UNINITIALIZED;
+    }
+    return column;
+}
+
+static HListElement *
+Tix_HLGetColumn(interp, wPtr, argv, column_ret, mustExist)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int * column_ret;
+    int mustExist;
+{
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    int column;
+
+    if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[0])) == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &column) != TCL_OK) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    if (column >= wPtr->numColumns || column < 0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Column \"", argv[1], 
+	    "\" does not exist", (char*)NULL);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    if (mustExist && chPtr->col[column].iPtr == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "entry \"", argv[0],
+	    "\" does not have an item at column ", argv[1], NULL);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    * column_ret = column;
+    return chPtr;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "item" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Tix_HLItem(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    static Tix_SubCmdInfo subCmdInfo[] = {
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "cget", 3, 3, Tix_HLItemCGet,
+	   "entryPath column option"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "configure", 2, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_HLItemConfig,
+	   "entryPath column ?option? ?value ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "create", 2, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_HLItemCreate,
+	   "entryPath column ?option value ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "delete", 2, 2, Tix_HLItemDelete,
+	   "entryPath column"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "exists", 2, 2, Tix_HLItemExists,
+	   "entryPath column"},
+    };
+    static Tix_CmdInfo cmdInfo = {
+	Tix_ArraySize(subCmdInfo), 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, "?option? ?arg ...?",
+    };
+
+    return Tix_HandleSubCmds(&cmdInfo, subCmdInfo, clientData,
+	interp, argc+1, argv-1);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "item cget" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLItemCGet(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    int column;
+
+    if ((chPtr=Tix_HLGetColumn(interp, wPtr, argv, &column, 1)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, 
+	chPtr->col[column].iPtr->base.diTypePtr->itemConfigSpecs,
+	(char *)chPtr->col[column].iPtr, argv[2], 0);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "item configure" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLItemConfig(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    int column;
+
+    if ((chPtr=Tix_HLGetColumn(interp, wPtr, argv, &column, 1)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (argc == 2) {
+	return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, 
+	    chPtr->col[column].iPtr->base.diTypePtr->itemConfigSpecs,
+	    (char *)chPtr->col[column].iPtr, NULL, 0);
+    } else if (argc == 3) {
+	return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, 
+	    chPtr->col[column].iPtr->base.diTypePtr->itemConfigSpecs,
+	    (char *)chPtr->col[column].iPtr, argv[2], 0);
+    } else {
+	Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(wPtr, chPtr);
+	Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+
+	return Tix_DItemConfigure(chPtr->col[column].iPtr,
+	    argc-2, argv+2, TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "item create" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLItemCreate(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    int column, i;
+    size_t len;
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    CONST84 char * ditemType = NULL;
+
+    if ((chPtr=Tix_HLGetColumn(interp, wPtr, argv, &column, 0)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (argc %2) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", argv[argc-1],
+	    "\" missing", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    for (i=2; i<argc; i+=2) {
+	len = strlen(argv[i]);
+	if (strncmp(argv[i], "-itemtype", len) == 0) {
+	    ditemType = argv[i+1];
+	}
+    }
+    if (ditemType == NULL) {
+	ditemType = wPtr->diTypePtr->name;
+    }
+
+    iPtr = Tix_DItemCreate(&wPtr->dispData, ditemType);
+    if (iPtr == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    iPtr->base.clientData = (ClientData)&chPtr->col[column];
+    if (Tix_DItemConfigure(iPtr, argc-2, argv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (chPtr->col[column].iPtr != NULL) {
+	if (Tix_DItemType(chPtr->col[column].iPtr) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+	    Tix_WindowItemListRemove(&wPtr->mappedWindows,
+		chPtr->col[column].iPtr);
+	}
+	Tix_DItemFree(chPtr->col[column].iPtr);
+    }
+    chPtr->col[column].iPtr = iPtr;
+    Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(wPtr, chPtr);
+    Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "item delete" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLItemDelete(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    int column;
+
+    if ((chPtr=Tix_HLGetColumn(interp, wPtr, argv, &column, 1)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (column == 0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Cannot delete item at column 0",(char*)NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (Tix_DItemType(chPtr->col[column].iPtr) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+	Tix_WindowItemListRemove(&wPtr->mappedWindows,
+	    chPtr->col[column].iPtr);
+    }
+
+    /* Free the item and leave a blank */
+    Tix_DItemFree(chPtr->col[column].iPtr);
+    chPtr->col[column].iPtr = NULL;
+
+    Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(wPtr, chPtr);
+    Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "item exists" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLItemExists(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    int column;
+
+    if ((chPtr=Tix_HLGetColumn(interp, wPtr, argv, &column, 0)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (chPtr->col[column].iPtr == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "0", NULL);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "1", NULL);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "column" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Tix_HLColumn(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    static Tix_SubCmdInfo subCmdInfo[] = {
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "width", 1, 3, Tix_HLColWidth,
+	   "column ?-char? ?size?"},
+    };
+    static Tix_CmdInfo cmdInfo = {
+	Tix_ArraySize(subCmdInfo), 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, "?option? ?arg ...?",
+    };
+
+    return Tix_HandleSubCmds(&cmdInfo, subCmdInfo, clientData,
+	interp, argc+1, argv-1);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "column width" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLColWidth(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int column;
+    char buff[128];
+    int newWidth;
+
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &column) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (column >= wPtr->numColumns || column < 0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Column \"", argv[0], 
+	    "\" does not exist", (char*)NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (argc == 1) {		/* Query */
+	if (wPtr->root->dirty || wPtr->allDirty) {
+	    /* We must update the geometry NOW otherwise we will get a wrong
+	     * width
+	     */
+	    Tix_HLCancelResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	    Tix_HLComputeGeometry((ClientData)wPtr);
+	}
+	sprintf(buff, "%d", wPtr->actualSize[column].width);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if (argc == 2) {
+	if (argv[1][0] == '\0') {
+	    newWidth = UNINITIALIZED;
+	    goto setwidth;
+	}
+	if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, argv[1],
+		 &newWidth) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+ 	if (newWidth < 0) {
+	    newWidth = 0;
+	}
+    }
+    else if (argc == 3 && strcmp(argv[1], "-char")==0) {
+	if (argv[2][0] == '\0') {
+	    newWidth = UNINITIALIZED;
+	    goto setwidth;
+	}
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &newWidth) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (newWidth < 0) {
+	    newWidth = 0;
+	}
+	newWidth *= wPtr->scrollUnit[0];
+    }
+    else {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+3, argv-3, 3,
+	    "column ?-char? ?size?");
+    }
+
+  setwidth:
+
+    if (wPtr->reqSize[column].width == newWidth) {
+	return TCL_OK;
+    } else {
+	wPtr->reqSize[column].width = newWidth;
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->actualSize[column].width == newWidth) {
+	return TCL_OK;
+    } else {
+	wPtr->allDirty = 1;
+	Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixHLHdr.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixHLHdr.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,580 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixHLHdr.c,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ *  tixHLHdr.c ---
+ *
+ *
+ *	Implements headers for tixHList widgets
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixHList.h>
+#include <tixDef.h>
+
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLHdrCreate);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLHdrConfig);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLHdrCGet);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLHdrDelete);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLHdrExist);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLHdrSize);
+
+static void		FreeWindowItem _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp  *interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, HListHeader *hPtr));
+static void		FreeHeader _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp  *interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, HListHeader *hPtr));
+static HListHeader*	AllocHeader _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr));
+static HListHeader*	Tix_HLGetHeader _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, CONST84 char * string,
+			    int requireIPtr));
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec headerConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "headerBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
+       DEF_HLISTHEADER_BORDER_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(HListHeader, borderWidth), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-headerbackground", "headerBackground", "Background",
+       DEF_HLISTHEADER_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(HListHeader, background),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-headerbackground", "headerBackground", "Background",
+       DEF_HLISTHEADER_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(HListHeader, background),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "headerRelief", "Relief",
+       DEF_HLISTHEADER_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(HListHeader, relief), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * 		Local functions
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static HListHeader*
+AllocHeader(interp, wPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    HListHeader * hPtr = (HListHeader*)ckalloc(sizeof(HListHeader));
+    hPtr->type 		= HLTYPE_HEADER;
+    hPtr->self 		= (char*)hPtr;
+    hPtr->wPtr 		= wPtr;
+    hPtr->iPtr 		= NULL;
+    hPtr->width 	= 0;
+    hPtr->background	= NULL;
+    hPtr->relief	= TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
+    hPtr->borderWidth	= 2;
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, headerConfigSpecs,
+	    0, 0, (char *)hPtr, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	/* some unrecoverable errors */
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    return hPtr;
+}
+
+static void
+FreeWindowItem(interp, wPtr, hPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp  *interp;
+    WidgetPtr    wPtr;
+    HListHeader *hPtr;
+{
+    Tix_WindowItemListRemove(&wPtr->mappedWindows,
+	hPtr->iPtr);
+}
+
+static void
+FreeHeader(interp, wPtr, hPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp  *interp;
+    WidgetPtr    wPtr;
+    HListHeader *hPtr;
+{
+    if (hPtr->iPtr) {
+	if (Tix_DItemType(hPtr->iPtr) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+	    FreeWindowItem(interp, wPtr, hPtr);
+	}
+	Tix_DItemFree(hPtr->iPtr);
+    }
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(headerConfigSpecs, (char *)hPtr, wPtr->dispData.display, 0);
+    ckfree((char*) hPtr);
+}
+
+static HListHeader*
+Tix_HLGetHeader(interp, wPtr, string, requireIPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    CONST84 char * string;
+    int requireIPtr;
+{
+    int column;
+
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, &column) != TCL_OK) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    if (column >= wPtr->numColumns || column < 0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Column \"", string,
+	    "\" does not exist", (char*)NULL);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    if (requireIPtr && wPtr->headers[column]->iPtr == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Column \"", string,
+	    "\" does not have a header", (char*)NULL);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    return wPtr->headers[column];
+}
+
+int
+Tix_HLCreateHeaders(interp, wPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    int i;
+
+    wPtr->headers = (HListHeader**)
+      ckalloc(sizeof(HListHeader*) * wPtr->numColumns);
+
+    for (i=0; i<wPtr->numColumns; i++) {
+	wPtr->headers[i] = NULL;
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<wPtr->numColumns; i++) {
+	if ((wPtr->headers[i] = AllocHeader(interp, wPtr)) == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    wPtr->headerDirty = 1;
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+void Tix_HLFreeHeaders(interp, wPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    int i;
+
+    if (wPtr->headers == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<wPtr->numColumns; i++) {
+	if (wPtr->headers[i] != NULL) {
+	    FreeHeader(interp, wPtr, wPtr->headers[i]);
+	}
+    }
+
+    ckfree((char*)wPtr->headers);
+}
+
+void
+Tix_HLDrawHeader(wPtr, pixmap, gc, hdrX, hdrY, hdrW, hdrH, xOffset)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Pixmap pixmap;
+    GC gc;
+    int hdrX;
+    int hdrY;
+    int hdrW;
+    int hdrH;
+    int xOffset;
+{
+    int i, x, y;
+    int drawnWidth;		/* how much of the header have I drawn? */
+    int width;			/* width of the current header item */
+    int winItemExtra;		/* window items need a bit extra offset
+				 * because they must be places relative to
+				 * the main window, not the header subwindow
+				 */
+    x = hdrX - xOffset;
+    y = hdrY;
+    drawnWidth = 0;
+
+    winItemExtra = wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->highlightWidth;
+
+    if (wPtr->needToRaise) {
+	/* the needToRaise flag is set every time a new window item is
+	 * created inside the header of the HList.
+	 * 
+	 * We need to make sure that the windows items in the list
+	 * body are clipped by the header subwindow. However, the window
+	 * items inside the header should be over the header subwindow.
+	 *
+	 * The two XRaiseWindow calls in this function make sure that
+	 * the stacking relationship as described above always hold
+	 */
+	XRaiseWindow(Tk_Display(wPtr->headerWin),
+	    Tk_WindowId(wPtr->headerWin));
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<wPtr->numColumns; i++) {
+	HListHeader * hPtr = wPtr->headers[i];
+	width = wPtr->actualSize[i].width;
+
+	if (i == wPtr->numColumns-1) {
+	    /* If the widget is wider than required,
+	     * We need to extend the last item to the end of the list,
+	     * or otherwise we'll see a curtailed header
+	     */
+	    if (drawnWidth + width <hdrW) {
+		width = hdrW - drawnWidth;
+	    }
+	}
+
+        Tk_Fill3DRectangle(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, pixmap, hPtr->background,
+	    x, y, width, wPtr->headerHeight, hPtr->borderWidth,
+	    hPtr->relief);
+
+	/* Note when we draw the item, we use the
+	 * wPtr->actualSize[i].width instead of the (possibly extended) width
+	 * so that the header is well-aligned with the element columns.
+	 */
+	if (hPtr->iPtr) {
+	    int itemX, itemY;
+	    itemX = x+hPtr->borderWidth;
+	    itemY = y+hPtr->borderWidth;
+
+	    if (Tix_DItemType(hPtr->iPtr) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+		itemX += winItemExtra;
+		itemY += winItemExtra;
+	    }
+
+	    Tix_DItemDisplay(pixmap, hPtr->iPtr,
+	        itemX, itemY,
+		wPtr->actualSize[i].width - 2*hPtr->borderWidth,
+		wPtr->headerHeight        - 2*hPtr->borderWidth,
+                0, 0,
+		TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG);
+
+	    if (wPtr->needToRaise && 
+		Tix_DItemType(hPtr->iPtr) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+		TixWindowItem * wiPtr;
+
+		wiPtr = (TixWindowItem *)hPtr->iPtr;
+		if (Tk_WindowId(wiPtr->tkwin) == None) {
+		    Tk_MakeWindowExist(wiPtr->tkwin);
+		}
+
+		XRaiseWindow(Tk_Display(wiPtr->tkwin),
+		    Tk_WindowId(wiPtr->tkwin));
+	    }
+	}
+
+	x += width;
+	drawnWidth += width;
+
+#if 0
+	/* %% funny, doesn't work */
+	if (drawnWidth >= hdrW) {
+	    /* The rest is invisible. Don't bother to draw */
+	    break;
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+    wPtr->needToRaise = 0;
+}
+
+void Tix_HLComputeHeaderGeometry(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    int i;
+
+    wPtr->headerHeight = 0;
+
+    for (i=0; i<wPtr->numColumns; i++) {
+	int height;
+	int width;
+
+	if (wPtr->headers[i]->iPtr) {
+	    width  = Tix_DItemWidth (wPtr->headers[i]->iPtr);
+	    height = Tix_DItemHeight(wPtr->headers[i]->iPtr);
+	} else {
+	    width  = 0;
+	    height = 0;
+	}
+
+	width  += wPtr->headers[i]->borderWidth * 2;
+	height += wPtr->headers[i]->borderWidth * 2;
+
+	wPtr->headers[i]->width = width;
+
+	if (height > wPtr->headerHeight) {
+	    wPtr->headerHeight = height;
+	}
+    }
+
+    wPtr->headerDirty = 0;
+}
+ 
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "header" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Tix_HLHeader(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    static Tix_SubCmdInfo subCmdInfo[] = {
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "cget", 2, 2, Tix_HLHdrCGet,
+	   "column option"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "configure", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_HLHdrConfig,
+	   "column ?option? ?value ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "create", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_HLHdrCreate,
+	   "column ?option value ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "delete", 1, 1, Tix_HLHdrDelete,
+	   "column"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "exist", 1, 1, Tix_HLHdrExist,
+	   "column"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "size", 1, 1, Tix_HLHdrSize,
+	   "column"},
+    };
+    static Tix_CmdInfo cmdInfo = {
+	Tix_ArraySize(subCmdInfo), 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, "?option? ?arg ...?",
+    };
+
+    return Tix_HandleSubCmds(&cmdInfo, subCmdInfo, clientData,
+	interp, argc+1, argv-1);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "header cget" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLHdrCGet(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListHeader * hPtr;
+
+    if ((hPtr=Tix_HLGetHeader(interp, wPtr, argv[0], 1)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return Tix_ConfigureValue2(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	(char*)hPtr, headerConfigSpecs, hPtr->iPtr, argv[1], 0);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "header configure" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLHdrConfig(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListHeader * hPtr;
+
+    if ((hPtr=Tix_HLGetHeader(interp, wPtr, argv[0], 1)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (argc == 1) {
+	return Tix_ConfigureInfo2(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	    (char*)hPtr, headerConfigSpecs, hPtr->iPtr,
+	    (char *) NULL, 0);
+    } else if (argc == 2) {
+	return Tix_ConfigureInfo2(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	    (char*)hPtr, headerConfigSpecs, hPtr->iPtr,
+	    (char *) argv[1], 0);
+    } else {
+	int sizeChanged = 0;
+
+	if (Tix_WidgetConfigure2(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	    (char*)hPtr, headerConfigSpecs, hPtr->iPtr,
+	    argc-1, argv+1, TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY, 0, &sizeChanged) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (sizeChanged) {
+	    wPtr->headerDirty = 1;
+	    Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "header create" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLHdrCreate(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListHeader * hPtr;
+    int i;
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    CONST84 char * ditemType = NULL;
+
+    if ((hPtr=Tix_HLGetHeader(interp, wPtr, argv[0], 0)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if ((argc %2) == 0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", argv[argc-1],
+	    "\" missing", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    for (i=1; i<argc; i+=2) {
+	if (strncmp(argv[i], "-itemtype", strlen(argv[i])) == 0) {
+	    ditemType = argv[i+1];
+	}
+    }
+    if (ditemType == NULL) {
+	ditemType = wPtr->diTypePtr->name;
+    }
+
+    iPtr = Tix_DItemCreate(&wPtr->dispData, ditemType);
+    if (iPtr == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tix_DItemType(iPtr) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+	wPtr->needToRaise = 1;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * mark clientData to NULL. This will tell DItemSizeChanged()
+     * that ths item belongs to the header
+     */
+    iPtr->base.clientData = (ClientData)hPtr;
+
+    if (hPtr->iPtr != NULL) {
+	if (Tix_DItemType(hPtr->iPtr) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+	    FreeWindowItem(interp, wPtr, hPtr);
+	}
+	Tix_DItemFree(hPtr->iPtr);
+    }
+    hPtr->iPtr = iPtr;
+
+    if (Tix_WidgetConfigure2(wPtr->dispData.interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	(char*)hPtr, headerConfigSpecs, hPtr->iPtr, argc-1, argv+1, 0,
+	1, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+
+    wPtr->headerDirty = 1;
+    Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "header delete" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLHdrDelete(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListHeader * hPtr;
+
+    if ((hPtr=Tix_HLGetHeader(interp, wPtr, argv[0], 1)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (Tix_DItemType(hPtr->iPtr) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+	FreeWindowItem(interp, wPtr, hPtr);
+    }
+
+    /* Free the item and leave a blank! */
+    Tix_DItemFree(hPtr->iPtr);
+    hPtr->iPtr = NULL;
+
+    wPtr->headerDirty = 1;
+    Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "header exist" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLHdrExist(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListHeader * hPtr;
+
+    if ((hPtr=Tix_HLGetHeader(interp, wPtr, argv[0], 0)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (hPtr->iPtr == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "0", NULL);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "1", NULL);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "header size" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLHdrSize(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListHeader * hPtr;
+    char buff[128];
+
+    if ((hPtr=Tix_HLGetHeader(interp, wPtr, argv[0], 1)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (hPtr->iPtr == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "entry \"", argv[0],
+	    "\" does not have a header", (char*)NULL); 
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    sprintf(buff, "%d %d",
+	Tix_DItemWidth(hPtr->iPtr),
+	Tix_DItemHeight(hPtr->iPtr));
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixHLInd.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixHLInd.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixHLInd.c,v 1.2 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ *  tixHLInd.c ---
+ *
+ *	Implements indicators inside tixHList widgets
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Ioi Kim Lam. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixHList.h>
+
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLIndCreate);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLIndConfig);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLIndCGet);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLIndDelete);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLIndExists);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLIndSize);
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "indicator" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Tix_HLIndicator(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    static Tix_SubCmdInfo subCmdInfo[] = {
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "cget", 2, 2, Tix_HLIndCGet,
+	   "entryPath option"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "configure", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_HLIndConfig,
+	   "entryPath ?option? ?value ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "create", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_HLIndCreate,
+	   "entryPath ?option value ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "delete", 1, 1, Tix_HLIndDelete,
+	   "entryPath"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "exists", 1, 1, Tix_HLIndExists,
+	   "entryPath"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "size", 1, 1, Tix_HLIndSize,
+	   "entryPath"},
+    };
+    static Tix_CmdInfo cmdInfo = {
+	Tix_ArraySize(subCmdInfo), 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, "?option? ?arg ...?",
+    };
+
+    return Tix_HandleSubCmds(&cmdInfo, subCmdInfo, clientData,
+	interp, argc+1, argv-1);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "indicator cget" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLIndCGet(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+
+    if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[0])) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (chPtr->indicator == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "entry \"", argv[0],
+	    "\" does not have an indicator", (char*)NULL); 
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, 
+	chPtr->indicator->base.diTypePtr->itemConfigSpecs,
+	(char *)chPtr->indicator, argv[1], 0);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "indicator configure" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLIndConfig(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+
+    if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[0])) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (chPtr->indicator == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "entry \"", argv[0],
+	    "\" does not have an indicator", (char*)NULL); 
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (argc == 1) {
+	return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, 
+	    chPtr->indicator->base.diTypePtr->itemConfigSpecs,
+	    (char *)chPtr->indicator, NULL, 0);
+    } else if (argc == 2) {
+	return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, 
+	    chPtr->indicator->base.diTypePtr->itemConfigSpecs,
+	    (char *)chPtr->indicator, argv[1], 0);
+    } else {
+	Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(wPtr, chPtr);
+	Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+
+	return Tix_DItemConfigure(chPtr->indicator,
+	    argc-1, argv+1, TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "indicator create" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLIndCreate(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    int i;
+    size_t len;
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    CONST84 char * ditemType = NULL;
+
+    if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[0])) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if ((argc %2) == 0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", argv[argc-1],
+	    "\" missing", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    for (i=1; i<argc; i+=2) {
+	len = strlen(argv[i]);
+	if (strncmp(argv[i], "-itemtype", len) == 0) {
+	    ditemType = argv[i+1];
+	}
+    }
+    if (ditemType == NULL) {
+	ditemType = wPtr->diTypePtr->name;
+    }
+
+    iPtr = Tix_DItemCreate(&wPtr->dispData, ditemType);
+    if (iPtr == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tix_DItemType(iPtr) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+	wPtr->needToRaise = 1;
+    }
+
+    iPtr->base.clientData = (ClientData)chPtr;
+    if (Tix_DItemConfigure(iPtr, argc-1, argv+1, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (chPtr->indicator != NULL) {
+	if (Tix_DItemType(chPtr->indicator) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+	    Tix_WindowItemListRemove(&wPtr->mappedWindows,
+		chPtr->indicator);
+	}
+	Tix_DItemFree(chPtr->indicator);
+    }
+    chPtr->indicator = iPtr;
+    Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(wPtr, chPtr);
+    Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "indicator delete" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLIndDelete(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+
+    if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[0])) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (chPtr->indicator == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "entry \"", argv[0],
+	    "\" does not have an indicator", (char*)NULL); 
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (Tix_DItemType(chPtr->indicator) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+	Tix_WindowItemListRemove(&wPtr->mappedWindows,
+	    chPtr->indicator);
+    }
+
+    /* Free the item and leave a blank! */
+
+    Tix_DItemFree(chPtr->indicator);
+    chPtr->indicator = NULL;
+
+    Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(wPtr, chPtr);
+    Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "indicator exists" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLIndExists(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+
+    if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[0])) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (chPtr->indicator == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "0", NULL);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "1", NULL);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "indicator size" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLIndSize(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    char buff[100];
+
+    if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[0])) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (chPtr->indicator == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "entry \"", argv[0],
+	    "\" does not have an indicator", (char*)NULL); 
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    sprintf(buff, "%d %d",
+	Tix_DItemWidth(chPtr->indicator),
+	Tix_DItemHeight(chPtr->indicator));
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixHList.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixHList.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,4452 @@
+/* 
+ * tixHList.c --
+ *
+ *	This module implements "HList" widgets.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000      Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixHList.c,v 1.9 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixHList.h>
+#include <tixDef.h>
+
+/*
+ * Information used for argv parsing.
+ */
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-background", "background", "Background",
+       DEF_HLIST_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, normalBg),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-background", "background", "Background",
+       DEF_HLIST_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, normalBg),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
+       DEF_HLIST_BORDER_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, borderWidth), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-browsecmd", "browseCmd", "BrowseCmd",
+	DEF_HLIST_BROWSE_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, browseCmd),
+	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-columns", "columns", "Columns",
+       DEF_HLIST_COLUMNS, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, numColumns),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
+       DEF_HLIST_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, command),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
+       DEF_HLIST_CURSOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, cursor),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-dragcmd", "dragCmd", "DragCmd",
+	DEF_HLIST_DRAG_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, dragCmd),
+	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ 
+    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-drawbranch", "drawBranch", "DrawBranch",
+       DEF_HLIST_DRAW_BRANCH, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, drawBranch), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-dropcmd", "dropCmd", "DropCmd",
+	DEF_HLIST_DROP_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, dropCmd),
+	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
+       DEF_HLIST_FONT, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, font), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
+       DEF_HLIST_FG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, normalFg),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
+       DEF_HLIST_FG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, normalFg),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-gap", "gap", "Gap",
+       DEF_HLIST_GAP, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, gap), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-header", "header", "Header",
+       DEF_HLIST_HEADER, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, useHeader), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-height", "height", "Height",
+       DEF_HLIST_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, height), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
+       "HighlightBackground",
+       DEF_HLIST_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, border),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
+       "HighlightBackground",
+       DEF_HLIST_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, border),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
+       DEF_HLIST_HIGHLIGHT_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, highlightColorPtr),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
+       DEF_HLIST_HIGHLIGHT_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, highlightColorPtr),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
+	"HighlightThickness",
+	DEF_HLIST_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, highlightWidth), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-indent", "indent", "Indent",
+       DEF_HLIST_INDENT, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, indent), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-indicator", "indicator", "Indicator",
+       DEF_HLIST_INDICATOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, useIndicator), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-indicatorcmd", "indicatorCmd", "IndicatorCmd",
+	DEF_HLIST_INDICATOR_CMD, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, indicatorCmd),
+	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-itemtype", "itemType", "ItemType",
+       DEF_HLIST_ITEM_TYPE, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, diTypePtr),
+       0, &tixConfigItemType},
+
+     {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
+	DEF_HLIST_PADX, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, padX), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
+	DEF_HLIST_PADY, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, padY), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
+       DEF_HLIST_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, relief), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
+	DEF_HLIST_SELECT_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectBorder),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
+	DEF_HLIST_SELECT_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectBorder),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth","BorderWidth",
+       DEF_HLIST_SELECT_BORDERWIDTH,Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selBorderWidth),0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
+       DEF_HLIST_SELECT_FG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectFg),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
+       DEF_HLIST_SELECT_FG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectFg),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-selectmode", "selectMode", "SelectMode",
+	DEF_HLIST_SELECT_MODE, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectMode), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-separator", "separator", "Separator",
+       DEF_HLIST_SEPARATOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, separator), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-sizecmd", "sizeCmd", "SizeCmd",
+       DEF_HLIST_SIZE_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, sizeCmd),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ 
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
+	DEF_HLIST_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, takeFocus),
+	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-wideselection", "wideSelection", "WideSelection",
+       DEF_HLIST_WIDE_SELECT, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, wideSelect), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
+	DEF_HLIST_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, width), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
+	DEF_HLIST_X_SCROLL_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, xScrollCmd),
+	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
+	DEF_HLIST_Y_SCROLL_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, yScrollCmd),
+	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+	(char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec entryConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-data", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       DEF_HLISTENTRY_DATA, Tk_Offset(HListElement, data), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-state", (char*)NULL, (char*)NULL,
+       DEF_HLISTENTRY_STATE, Tk_Offset(HListElement, state), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/*
+ * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
+ */
+	/* These are standard procedures for TK widgets
+	 * implemeted in C
+	 */
+
+static void		WidgetCmdDeletedProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData));
+static int		WidgetConfigure _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int argc, CONST84 char **argv,
+			    int flags));
+static void		WidgetDestroy _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+static void		WidgetEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr));
+static int		WidgetCommand _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *, int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+static void		WidgetDisplay _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+
+	/* Extra procedures for this widget
+	 */
+static HListElement *	AllocElement _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement * parent, CONST84 char * pathName, 
+			    CONST84 char * name, CONST84 char * ditemType));
+static void		AppendList _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement *parent, HListElement *chPtr, int at,
+			    HListElement *afterPtr,
+			    HListElement *beforePtr));
+static void		CancelRedrawWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr));
+static void		CheckScrollBar _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int which));
+static void		ComputeBranchPosition _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, HListElement *chPtr));
+static void		ComputeElementGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement *chPtr, int indent));
+static void		ComputeOneElementGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement *chPtr, int indent));
+static int		ConfigElement _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement *chPtr, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv, 
+			    int flags, int forced));
+static int		CurSelection _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, HListElement * chPtr));
+static void		DeleteNode _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement * chPtr));
+static void		DeleteOffsprings _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement * chPtr));
+static void		DeleteSiblings _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement * chPtr));
+static void		DrawElements _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    Drawable drawable, HListElement * chPtr,
+			    int x, int y, int xOffset));
+static void		DrawOneElement _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr, 
+			    Drawable drawable, HListElement * chPtr,
+			    int x, int y, int xOffset));
+static HListElement *	FindElementAtPosition _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int y));
+static HListElement *	FindNextEntry  _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement * chPtr));
+static HListElement *	FindPrevEntry  _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement * chPtr));
+static void		FreeElement _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement * chPtr));
+static HListElement *	NewElement _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv,
+			    CONST84 char * pathName, CONST84 char * defParentName,
+			    int * newArgc));
+static void		RedrawWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr));
+static int		XScrollByPages _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int count));
+static int		XScrollByUnits _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int count));
+static int		YScrollByPages _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int count));
+static int		YScrollByUnits _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int count));
+static int		SelectionModifyRange _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement * from, HListElement * to,
+			    int select));
+static void		SelectionAdd _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement * chPtr));
+static void		HL_SelectionClear _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement * chPtr));
+static void		HL_SelectionClearAll _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement * chPtr, int *changed_ret));
+static void		HL_SelectionClearNotifyAncestors _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, HListElement * chPtr));
+static void		SelectionNotifyAncestors _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, HListElement * chPtr));
+static void		UpdateOneScrollBar _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    CONST84 char * command, int total, int window, int first));
+static void		UpdateScrollBars _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int sizeChanged));
+static void		DItemSizeChangedProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem *iPtr));
+static void		SubWindowEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr));
+static void		GetScrollFractions _ANSI_ARGS_((int total,
+			    int window, int first, double * first_ret,
+			    double * last_ret));
+static int		Tix_HLSeeElement _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, HListElement * chPtr,
+			    int callRedraw));
+static int		Tix_HLBBox _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, HListElement * chPtr));
+
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLAdd);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLAddChild);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLCGet);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLConfig);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLDelete);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLEntryCget);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLEntryConfig);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLGeometryInfo);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLHide);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLInfo);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLNearest);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLSee);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLSelection);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLSetSite);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLShow);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLXView);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLYView);
+
+
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_HListCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "HList" Tcl
+ *	command.  It creates a new "HList" widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A new widget is created and configured.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Tix_HListCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    Tk_Window mainwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Tk_Window tkwin, subwin;
+
+    if (argc < 2) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args:	 should be \"",
+		argv[0], " pathName ?options?\"", (char *) NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Allocate the main window for this window. Then allocate a subwindow
+     * to act as the header. The subwidget will always be raised to the top
+     * so that it won't be obscured by any window items
+     */
+    tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, mainwin, argv[1], (char *) NULL);
+    if (tkwin == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    subwin = Tix_CreateSubWindow(interp, tkwin, "header");
+    if (subwin == NULL) {
+	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "TixHList");
+    Tk_SetClass(subwin, "TixHListHeader");
+
+    /*
+     * Allocate and initialize the widget record.
+     */
+    wPtr = (WidgetPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WidgetRecord));
+
+    /* Init the hash table first (needed before calling AllocElement) */
+    Tcl_InitHashTable(&wPtr->childTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
+
+    wPtr->dispData.tkwin	= tkwin;
+    wPtr->dispData.display	= Tk_Display(tkwin);
+    wPtr->dispData.interp	= interp;
+    wPtr->dispData.sizeChangedProc = DItemSizeChangedProc;
+    wPtr->font			= NULL;
+    wPtr->normalBg		= NULL;
+    wPtr->normalFg		= NULL;
+    wPtr->border		= NULL;
+    wPtr->borderWidth		= 0;
+    wPtr->selectBorder		= NULL;
+    wPtr->selBorderWidth	= 0;
+    wPtr->selectFg		= NULL;
+    wPtr->backgroundGC		= None;
+    wPtr->normalGC		= None;
+    wPtr->selectGC		= None;
+    wPtr->anchorGC		= None;
+    wPtr->dropSiteGC		= None;
+    wPtr->highlightWidth	= 0;
+    wPtr->highlightColorPtr	= NULL;
+    wPtr->highlightGC		= None;
+    wPtr->relief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
+    wPtr->cursor		= None;
+    wPtr->indent		= 0;
+    wPtr->resizing		= 0;
+    wPtr->redrawing		= 0;
+    wPtr->hasFocus		= 0;
+    wPtr->topPixel		= 0;
+    wPtr->leftPixel		= 0;
+    wPtr->separator		= NULL;
+    wPtr->selectMode		= NULL;
+    wPtr->anchor		= NULL;
+    wPtr->dragSite		= NULL;
+    wPtr->dropSite		= NULL;
+    wPtr->command		= NULL;
+    wPtr->browseCmd		= NULL;
+    wPtr->sizeCmd		= NULL;
+    wPtr->dragCmd		= NULL;
+    wPtr->dropCmd		= NULL;
+    wPtr->takeFocus		= NULL;
+    wPtr->xScrollCmd		= NULL;
+    wPtr->yScrollCmd		= NULL;
+    wPtr->scrollUnit[0]		= 1;
+    wPtr->scrollUnit[1]		= 1;
+    wPtr->serial		= 0;
+    wPtr->numColumns		= 1;
+    wPtr->initialized		= 0;
+    wPtr->allDirty		= 0;
+    wPtr->headerDirty		= 0;
+    wPtr->needToRaise		= 0;
+    wPtr->drawBranch		= 1;
+    wPtr->wideSelect		= 0;
+    wPtr->diTypePtr		= NULL;
+    wPtr->reqSize		= NULL;
+    wPtr->actualSize		= NULL;
+    wPtr->root			= NULL;
+    wPtr->totalSize[0]		= 1;
+    wPtr->totalSize[1]		= 1;
+    wPtr->useIndicator		= 0;
+    wPtr->indicatorCmd		= NULL;
+    wPtr->headers		= NULL;
+    wPtr->useHeader		= 0;
+    wPtr->headerHeight		= 0;
+    wPtr->headerWin		= subwin;
+    wPtr->elmToSee		= 0;
+
+    Tix_LinkListInit(&wPtr->mappedWindows);
+
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
+	WidgetEventProc, (ClientData) wPtr);
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(wPtr->headerWin,
+	ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask,
+	SubWindowEventProc, (ClientData) wPtr);
+
+    wPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateCommand(interp,
+	Tk_PathName(wPtr->dispData.tkwin), WidgetCommand, (ClientData) wPtr,
+	WidgetCmdDeletedProc);
+    if (WidgetConfigure(interp, wPtr, argc-2, argv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	Tk_DestroyWindow(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tix_HLCreateHeaders(interp, wPtr) != TCL_OK) {
+	Tk_DestroyWindow(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Must call this **after** wPtr->numColumns is set */
+    wPtr->reqSize    = Tix_HLAllocColumn(wPtr, NULL);
+    wPtr->actualSize = Tix_HLAllocColumn(wPtr, NULL);
+    wPtr->root	     = AllocElement(wPtr, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+
+    wPtr->initialized = 1;
+
+    interp->result = Tk_PathName(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetCommand --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command
+ *	that corresponds to a widget managed by this module.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WidgetCommand(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;		/* Information about the widget. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;			/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;				/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;		/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    int code;
+
+    static Tix_SubCmdInfo subCmdInfo[] = {
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "add", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_HLAdd,
+	   "entryPath"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "addchild", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_HLAddChild,
+	   "parentEntryPath"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "anchor", 1, 2, Tix_HLSetSite,
+	   "option ?entryPath?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "cget", 1, 1, Tix_HLCGet,
+	   "option"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "column", 0, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_HLColumn,
+	   "?option? ?args ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "configure", 0, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_HLConfig,
+	   "?option? ?value? ?option value ... ?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "delete", 1, 2, Tix_HLDelete,
+	   "option ?entryPath?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "dragsite", 1, 2, Tix_HLSetSite,
+	   "option ?entryPath?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "dropsite", 1, 2, Tix_HLSetSite,
+	   "option ?entryPath?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "entrycget", 2, 2, Tix_HLEntryCget,
+	   "entryPath option"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "entryconfigure", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_HLEntryConfig,
+	   "entryPath ?option? ?value? ?option value ... ?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "geometryinfo", 0, 2, Tix_HLGeometryInfo,
+	   "?width height?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "header", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_HLHeader,
+	   "option ?args ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "hide", 2, 2, Tix_HLHide,
+	   "option entryPath"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "item", 0, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_HLItem,
+	   "?option? ?args ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "indicator", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_HLIndicator,
+	   "option ?args ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "info", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_HLInfo,
+	   "option ?args ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "nearest", 1, 1, Tix_HLNearest,
+	   "y"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "see", 1, 1, Tix_HLSee,
+	   "entryPath"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "selection", 1, 3, Tix_HLSelection,
+	   "option arg ?arg ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "show", 2, 2, Tix_HLShow,
+	   "option entryPath"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "xview", 0, 3, Tix_HLXView,
+	   "args"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "yview", 0, 3, Tix_HLYView,
+	   "args"},
+    };
+
+    static Tix_CmdInfo cmdInfo = {
+	Tix_ArraySize(subCmdInfo), 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, "?option? arg ?arg ...?",
+    };
+
+    Tk_Preserve(clientData);
+    code = Tix_HandleSubCmds(&cmdInfo, subCmdInfo, clientData,
+	interp, argc, argv);
+    Tk_Release(clientData);
+
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "add" sub command -- 
+ *
+ *	Add a new item into the list
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLAdd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    CONST84 char * pathName = argv[0];
+
+    argc --;
+    argv ++;
+
+    if ((chPtr = NewElement(interp, wPtr, argc, argv, pathName,
+	 NULL, &argc)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (argc > 0) {
+	if (ConfigElement(wPtr, chPtr, argc, argv, 0, 1) != TCL_OK) {
+	    DeleteNode(wPtr, chPtr);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (Tix_DItemConfigure(chPtr->col[0].iPtr, 0, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	    DeleteNode(wPtr, chPtr);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, chPtr->pathName, NULL);	
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "addchild" sub command --
+ *
+ *	Replacement for "add" sub command: it is more flexible and
+ *	you can have default names for entries.
+ *
+ *	Add a new item into the list
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLAddChild(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    CONST84 char * parentName;
+
+    parentName = argv[0];
+    if (argv[0] && strcmp(argv[0], "") == 0) {
+	parentName = NULL;
+    }
+
+    argc --;
+    argv ++;
+    if ((chPtr = NewElement(interp, wPtr, argc, argv, NULL,
+	 parentName, &argc)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (argc > 0) {
+	if (ConfigElement(wPtr, chPtr, argc, argv, 0, 1) != TCL_OK) {
+	    DeleteNode(wPtr, chPtr);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (Tix_DItemConfigure(chPtr->col[0].iPtr, 0, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	    DeleteNode(wPtr, chPtr);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, chPtr->pathName, NULL);	
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "anchor", "dragsite" and "dropsire" sub commands --
+ *
+ *	Set/remove the anchor element
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLSetSite(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    int changed = 0;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    HListElement ** changePtr;
+    size_t len ;
+
+    /*
+     * Determine which site should be changed.
+     */
+    len = strlen(argv[-1]);
+    if (strncmp(argv[-1], "anchor", len)==0) {
+	changePtr = &wPtr->anchor;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[-1], "dragsite", len)==0) {
+	changePtr = &wPtr->dragSite;
+    }
+    else {
+	changePtr = &wPtr->dropSite;
+    }
+
+    len = strlen(argv[0]);
+    if (strncmp(argv[0], "set", len)==0) {
+	if (argc == 2) {
+	    if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[1])) == NULL) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	    if (*changePtr != chPtr) {
+		*changePtr = chPtr;
+		changed = 1;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # of arguments, must be: ",
+		Tk_PathName(wPtr->dispData.tkwin), " ", argv[-1],
+		" set entryPath", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "clear", len)==0) {
+	if (*changePtr != NULL) {
+	    *changePtr = NULL;
+	    changed = 1;
+	}
+    }
+    else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong option \"", argv[0], "\", ",
+	    "must be clear or set", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (changed) {
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "cget" sub command --
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLCGet(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, configSpecs,
+		(char *)wPtr, argv[0], 0);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "configure" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLConfig(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    if (argc == 0) {
+	return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, configSpecs,
+	    (char *) wPtr, (char *) NULL, 0);
+    } else if (argc == 1) {
+	return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, configSpecs,
+	    (char *) wPtr, argv[0], 0);
+    } else {
+	return WidgetConfigure(interp, wPtr, argc, argv,
+	    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "delete" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLDelete(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    size_t len;
+
+    if (strcmp(argv[0], "all") == 0) {
+	Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(wPtr, wPtr->root);
+	DeleteOffsprings(wPtr, wPtr->root);
+
+	Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    len = strlen(argv[0]);
+
+    if (argc != 2) {
+	if ((strncmp(argv[0], "entry", len) == 0) ||
+	    (strncmp(argv[0], "offsprings", len) == 0) ||
+	    (strncmp(argv[0], "siblings", len) == 0)) {
+
+	    goto wrong_arg;
+	}
+	else {
+	    goto wrong_option;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[1])) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (strncmp(argv[0], "entry", len) == 0) {
+	Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(wPtr, chPtr->parent);
+	DeleteNode(wPtr, chPtr);
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "offsprings", len) == 0) {
+	Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(wPtr, chPtr);
+	DeleteOffsprings(wPtr, chPtr);
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "siblings", len) == 0) {
+	Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(wPtr, chPtr);
+	DeleteSiblings(wPtr, chPtr);
+    }
+    else {
+	goto wrong_arg;
+    }
+
+    Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+
+wrong_arg:
+
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, 
+	"wrong # of arguments, should be pathName delete ", argv[0],
+	" entryPath", NULL);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+
+wrong_option:
+
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", argv[0],
+	"\" must be all, entry, offsprings or siblings", NULL);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "entrycget" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLEntryCget(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+
+    if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[0])) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (chPtr->col[0].iPtr == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Item \"", argv[0], 
+	    "\" does not exist", (char*)NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    return Tix_ConfigureValue2(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, (char *)chPtr,
+	entryConfigSpecs, chPtr->col[0].iPtr, argv[1], 0);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "entryconfigure" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLEntryConfig(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+
+    if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[0])) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (argc == 1) {
+	return Tix_ConfigureInfo2(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	    (char*)chPtr, entryConfigSpecs, chPtr->col[0].iPtr,
+	    (char *) NULL, 0);
+    } else if (argc == 2) {
+	return Tix_ConfigureInfo2(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	    (char*)chPtr, entryConfigSpecs, chPtr->col[0].iPtr,
+	    (char *) argv[1], 0);
+    } else {
+	return ConfigElement(wPtr, chPtr, argc-1, argv+1,
+	    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "geometryinfo" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLGeometryInfo(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int qSize[2];
+    double first[2], last[2];
+    char string[80];
+
+    if (argc == 2) {
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &qSize[0]) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &qSize[1]) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	qSize[0] = Tk_Width (wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+	qSize[1] = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+    }
+    qSize[0] -= 2*wPtr->borderWidth + 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+    qSize[1] -= 2*wPtr->borderWidth + 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+
+    if (wPtr->useHeader) {
+	qSize[1] -= wPtr->headerHeight;
+    }
+
+    GetScrollFractions(wPtr->totalSize[0], qSize[0], wPtr->leftPixel,
+	&first[0], &last[0]);
+    GetScrollFractions(wPtr->totalSize[1], qSize[1], wPtr->topPixel,
+	&first[1], &last[1]);
+
+    sprintf(string, "{%f %f} {%f %f}", first[0], last[0], first[1], last[1]);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "hide" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* %% ToDo: implement the siblings ... etc options, to match those of "delete"
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLHide(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+
+    if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[1])) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(wPtr, chPtr->parent);
+    chPtr->hidden = 1;
+
+    Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "show" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLShow(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+
+    if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[1])) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(wPtr, chPtr->parent);
+    chPtr->hidden = 0;
+
+    Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "info" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLInfo(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    size_t len = strlen(argv[0]);
+    
+    if (strncmp(argv[0], "anchor", len)==0) {
+	if (wPtr->anchor) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, wPtr->anchor->pathName, NULL);
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "bbox", len)==0) {
+	HListElement * chPtr;
+
+	if (argc != 2) {
+	    return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 3, "entryPath");
+	}
+	if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[1])) == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	return Tix_HLBBox(interp, wPtr, chPtr);
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "children", len)==0) {
+	HListElement * ptr;
+
+	if (argc != 1 && argc != 2) {
+	    return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 3, "?entryPath?");
+	}
+	if (argc == 1 || (argc == 2 && *argv[1]==0)) {
+	    chPtr = wPtr->root;
+	} else {
+	    if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[1])) == NULL) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	for (ptr=chPtr->childHead; ptr; ptr=ptr->next) {
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, ptr->pathName);
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "data", len)==0) {
+	if (argc != 2) {
+	    return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 3, "entryPath");
+	}
+	if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[1])) == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, chPtr->data, NULL);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "dragsite", len)==0) {
+	if (wPtr->dragSite) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, wPtr->dragSite->pathName, NULL);
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "dropsite", len)==0) {
+	if (wPtr->dropSite) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, wPtr->dropSite->pathName, NULL);
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "exists", len)==0) {
+	if (argc != 2) {
+	    return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 3, "entryPath");
+	}
+	chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[1]);
+
+	if (chPtr) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "1", NULL);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "0", NULL);
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "hidden", len)==0) {
+	if (argc != 2) {
+	    return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 3, "entryPath");
+	}
+	if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[1])) == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (chPtr->hidden) {
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, "1");
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, "0");
+	}
+
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "item", len)==0) {
+	return Tix_HLItemInfo(interp, wPtr, argc-1, argv+1);
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "next", len)==0) {
+	HListElement * nextPtr;
+
+	if (argc != 2) {
+	    return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 3, "entryPath");
+	}
+
+	if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[1])) == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	nextPtr=FindNextEntry(wPtr, chPtr);
+
+	if (nextPtr) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, nextPtr->pathName, NULL);
+	}	    
+
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "parent", len)==0) {
+	if (argc != 2) {
+	    return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 3, "entryPath");
+	}
+	if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[1])) == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, chPtr->parent->pathName, NULL);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "prev", len)==0) {
+	HListElement * prevPtr;
+
+	if (argc != 2) {
+	    return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 3, "entryPath");
+	}
+	if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[1])) == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	prevPtr = FindPrevEntry(wPtr, chPtr);
+	if (prevPtr) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, prevPtr->pathName, NULL);
+	}	    
+
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "selection", len)==0) {
+	return CurSelection(interp, wPtr, wPtr->root);
+    }
+    else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", argv[0], 
+	    "\": must be anchor, bbox, children, data, dragsite, dropsite, ",
+	    "exists, hidden, item, next, parent, prev or selection",
+	    NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "info item" sub-sub command
+ * argv[0] = x
+ * argv[1] = y
+ *
+ *	returns {entryPath (indicator|column#) type component}
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Tix_HLItemInfo(interp, wPtr, argc, argv)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;		/* HList widget */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    int itemX, itemY;
+    int listX, listY;
+    int widX,  widY;
+    int i, m, n;
+    char column[20];
+
+    if (argc != 2) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+3, argv-3, 3, "x y");
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &widX) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &widY) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->root->dirty || wPtr->allDirty) {
+	/*
+	 * We must update the geometry NOW otherwise we will get a wrong entry
+	 */
+	Tix_HLCancelResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	Tix_HLComputeGeometry((ClientData)wPtr);
+    }
+    if ((chPtr = FindElementAtPosition(wPtr, widY)) == NULL) {
+	goto none;
+    }
+
+    listX = widX - wPtr->borderWidth - wPtr->highlightWidth + wPtr->leftPixel;
+    listY = widY - wPtr->borderWidth - wPtr->highlightWidth + wPtr->topPixel;
+
+    if (wPtr->useHeader) {
+	listY -= wPtr->headerHeight;
+    }
+
+    itemX = listX - Tix_HLElementLeftOffset(wPtr, chPtr);
+    itemY = listY - Tix_HLElementTopOffset (wPtr, chPtr);
+
+    if (itemY < 0 || itemY >= chPtr->height) {
+	goto none;
+    }
+    if (itemX < 0) {
+	goto none;
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->useIndicator && itemX < wPtr->indent) {
+	if (chPtr->indicator) {
+	    int indCenterX;
+	    int indOffX, indOffY;
+	    int indX, indY;
+
+	    /* This "if" is a BIG HACK */
+	    if (chPtr->parent == wPtr->root) {
+		indCenterX = wPtr->indent/2;
+	    }
+	    else if (chPtr->parent->parent == wPtr->root) {
+		indCenterX = chPtr->parent->branchX - wPtr->indent;
+	    } else {
+		indCenterX = chPtr->parent->branchX;
+	    }
+
+	    indOffX = indCenterX   - Tix_DItemWidth (chPtr->indicator)/2;
+	    indOffY = chPtr->iconY - Tix_DItemHeight(chPtr->indicator)/2;
+
+	    indX = itemX - indOffX;
+	    indY = itemY - indOffY;
+
+	    /* Is it outside of the indicator? */
+	    if (indX < 0 || indX >= Tix_DItemWidth (chPtr->indicator)) {
+		goto none;
+	    }
+	    if (indY < 0 || indY >= Tix_DItemHeight(chPtr->indicator)) {
+		goto none;
+	    }
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, chPtr->pathName);
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, "indicator");
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tix_DItemTypeName(chPtr->indicator));
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp,
+		Tix_DItemComponent(chPtr->indicator, indX, indY));
+	    return TCL_OK;
+	} else {
+	    goto none;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* skip the indent part */
+
+    if (!wPtr->useIndicator && chPtr->parent == wPtr->root) {
+	/* indent not used only in this case */
+    } else {
+	itemX -= wPtr->indent;
+    }
+
+    for (m=n=0,i=0; i<wPtr->numColumns; i++) {
+	n += wPtr->actualSize[i].width;
+	if (listX < n) {
+	    if (n > 1) {
+		itemX = listX - m;
+	    }
+	    goto _column;
+	}
+	m += wPtr->actualSize[i].width;
+    }
+    goto none;
+
+_column:
+    sprintf(column, "%d", i);
+    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, chPtr->pathName);
+    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, column);
+
+    if (chPtr->col[i].iPtr != NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tix_DItemTypeName(chPtr->col[i].iPtr));
+	Tcl_AppendElement(interp,
+	    Tix_DItemComponent(chPtr->col[i].iPtr, itemX, itemY));
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+	
+none:
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "nearest" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLNearest(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    int y;
+
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &y) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->root->dirty || wPtr->allDirty) {
+	/*
+	 * We must update the geometry NOW otherwise we will get a
+	 * wrong entry.
+	 */
+	Tix_HLCancelResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	Tix_HLComputeGeometry((ClientData)wPtr);
+    }
+
+    if ((chPtr = FindElementAtPosition(wPtr, y)) != NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, chPtr->pathName, NULL);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "see" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLSee(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+
+    if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[0])) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->resizing || wPtr->redrawing) {
+	if (wPtr->elmToSee) {
+	    ckfree(wPtr->elmToSee);
+	}
+	wPtr->elmToSee = tixStrDup(argv[0]);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    } else {
+	Tix_HLSeeElement(wPtr, chPtr, 1);
+
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_HLBBox --
+ *
+ *	Returns the visible bounding box of an HList element (x1, y1,
+ *	x2, y2).  Currently only y1 and y2 matters. x1 and x2 are
+ *	always the left and right edges of the window.
+ *
+ * Return value:
+ *	See user documenetation.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int Tix_HLBBox(interp, wPtr, chPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;	/* Interpreter to report the bbox. */
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;		/* HList widget. */
+    HListElement * chPtr;	/* Get the BBox for this element.*/
+{
+    int y, height;
+    int wXSize, wYSize;		/* size of the listbox window area */
+    int pad;
+
+    if (!Tk_IsMapped(wPtr->dispData.tkwin)) {
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->root->dirty || wPtr->allDirty) {
+	/*
+	 * We must update the geometry NOW otherwise we will wrong geometry 
+	 * info
+	 */
+	Tix_HLCancelResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	Tix_HLComputeGeometry((ClientData)wPtr);
+    }
+
+    y = Tix_HLElementTopOffset(wPtr, chPtr) - wPtr->topPixel;
+    pad = wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->highlightWidth;
+    wXSize = Tk_Width(wPtr->dispData.tkwin ) - 2*pad;
+    wYSize = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin) - 2*pad;
+
+    if (wXSize <= 0) {
+	wXSize = 1;
+    }
+    if (wYSize <= 0) {
+	wYSize = 1;
+    }
+
+    height = chPtr->height;
+    if (height <= 0) {
+	height = 1;
+    }
+
+    if (y >= wYSize || (y+height) <= 0) {
+	/*
+	 * The element is not visible
+	 */
+	return TCL_OK;
+    } else {
+	int x1;
+	int y1, y2;
+	char buff[100];
+
+	/*
+	 * The bounding box is clipped with the visible area of the widget.
+	 */
+
+	x1 = pad;
+	y1 = y + wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->highlightWidth;
+	y2 = y1 + height-1;
+
+	if (y1 < pad) {
+	    y1 = pad;
+	}
+	if (y2 >= pad+wYSize) {
+	    y2 = pad+wYSize -1;
+	}
+
+	if (y2 >= y1) {
+	    sprintf(buff, "%d %d %d %d", x1, y1, x1+wXSize-1, y2);
+	    Tcl_SetResult(interp, buff, TCL_VOLATILE);
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+}
+
+static int Tix_HLSeeElement(wPtr, chPtr, callRedraw)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    int callRedraw;
+{
+    int x, y;
+    int cXSize, cYSize;		/* element size */
+    int wXSize, wYSize;		/* size of the listbox window area */
+    int top, left;		/* new top and left offset of the HLIst */
+    int oldTop, oldLeft;
+
+    oldLeft = wPtr->leftPixel;
+    oldTop  = wPtr->topPixel;
+
+    x = Tix_HLElementLeftOffset(wPtr, chPtr);
+    y = Tix_HLElementTopOffset(wPtr, chPtr);
+    if (chPtr->col[0].iPtr) {
+	cXSize = Tix_DItemWidth(chPtr->col[0].iPtr);
+    } else {
+	cXSize = chPtr->col[0].width;
+    }
+    cYSize = chPtr->height;
+    wXSize = Tk_Width(wPtr->dispData.tkwin) - 
+      (2*wPtr->borderWidth + 2*wPtr->highlightWidth);
+    wYSize = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin) -
+      (2*wPtr->borderWidth + 2*wPtr->highlightWidth);
+
+    if (wPtr->useHeader) {
+	wYSize -= wPtr->headerHeight;
+    }
+
+    if (wXSize < 0 || wYSize < 0) {
+	/* The window is probably not visible */
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    if (cXSize < wXSize && wPtr->numColumns == 1) {
+	/* Align on the X direction */
+	left = wPtr->leftPixel;
+	if ((x < wPtr->leftPixel) || (x+cXSize > wPtr->leftPixel+wXSize)) {
+	    if (wXSize > cXSize) {
+		left = x - (wXSize-cXSize)/2;
+	    } else {
+		left = x;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	left = wPtr->leftPixel;
+    }
+
+    /* Align on the Y direction */
+    top = wPtr->topPixel;
+
+    if (cYSize < wYSize) {
+	if ((wPtr->topPixel-y)>wYSize || (y-wPtr->topPixel-wYSize) > wYSize) {
+	    /* far away, make it middle */
+	    top = y - (wYSize-cYSize)/2;
+	}
+	else if (y < wPtr->topPixel) {
+	    top = y;
+	}
+	else if (y+cYSize > wPtr->topPixel+wYSize){
+	    top = y+cYSize - wYSize ;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (oldLeft != left || oldTop != top) {
+	wPtr->leftPixel = left;
+	wPtr->topPixel	= top;
+
+	if (callRedraw) {
+	    UpdateScrollBars(wPtr, 0);
+	    RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	}
+	return 1;
+    } else {
+	return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "selection" sub command
+ *	Modify the selection in this HList box
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLSelection(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    size_t len = strlen(argv[0]);
+    int code = TCL_OK;
+    int changed = 0;
+
+    if (strncmp(argv[0], "clear", len)==0) {
+	if (argc == 1) {
+	    HL_SelectionClearAll(wPtr, wPtr->root, &changed);
+	}
+	else {
+	    HListElement * from, * to;
+
+	    from = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[1]);
+	    if (from == NULL) {
+		code = TCL_ERROR;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+
+	    if (argc == 3) {
+		to = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[2]);
+		if (to == NULL) {
+		    code = TCL_ERROR;
+		    goto done;
+		}
+		changed = SelectionModifyRange(wPtr, from, to, 0);
+	    }
+	    else {
+		if (from->selected == 1) {
+		    HL_SelectionClear(wPtr, from);
+		    changed = 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "includes", len)==0) {
+	if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[1])) == NULL) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	if (chPtr->selected) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "1", NULL);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "0", NULL);
+	}
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "get", len)==0) {
+	if (argc != 1) {
+	    Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 3, "");
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	} else {
+	    code = CurSelection(interp, wPtr, wPtr->root);
+	}
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "set", len)==0) {
+	HListElement * from, * to;
+
+	if (argc < 2 || argc > 3) {
+	    Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 3, "from ?to?");
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+
+	from = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[1]);
+	if (from == NULL) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (argc == 3) {
+	    to = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[2]);
+	    if (to == NULL) {
+		code = TCL_ERROR;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    changed = SelectionModifyRange(wPtr, from, to, 1);
+	} else {
+	    if (!from->selected && !from->hidden) {
+		SelectionAdd(wPtr, from);
+		changed = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", argv[0], 
+	    "\": must be anchor, clear, get, includes or set", NULL);
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (changed) {
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    }
+
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "xview" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLXView(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    int leftPixel;
+    int oldLeft = wPtr->leftPixel;
+    if (argc == 0) {
+	char string[20];
+
+	sprintf(string, "%d", wPtr->leftPixel);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[0])) != NULL) {
+	leftPixel = Tix_HLElementLeftOffset(wPtr, chPtr);
+    }
+    else if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &leftPixel) == TCL_OK) {
+	/* %% todo backward-compatible mode */
+
+    }
+    else {
+	int type, count;
+	double fraction;
+
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+
+	/* Tk_GetScrollInfo () wants strange argc,argv combinations .. */
+	type = Tk_GetScrollInfo(interp, argc+2, argv-2, &fraction, &count);
+	switch (type) {
+	  case TK_SCROLL_ERROR:
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+
+	  case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
+	    leftPixel = (int)(fraction * (double)wPtr->totalSize[0]);
+	    break;
+
+	  case TK_SCROLL_PAGES:
+	    leftPixel = XScrollByPages(wPtr, count);
+	    break;
+
+	  case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
+	    leftPixel = XScrollByUnits(wPtr, count);
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (oldLeft != leftPixel) {
+	wPtr->leftPixel = leftPixel;
+	UpdateScrollBars(wPtr, 0);
+
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    }
+
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "yview" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_HLYView(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    int topPixel;
+    int oldTop = wPtr->topPixel;
+
+    if (argc == 0) {
+	char string[20];
+
+	sprintf(string, "%d", wPtr->topPixel);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[0])) != NULL) {
+	topPixel = Tix_HLElementTopOffset(wPtr, chPtr);
+    }
+    else if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &topPixel) == TCL_OK) {
+	/* %% todo backward-compatible mode */
+    }
+    else {
+	int type, count;
+	double fraction;
+
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+
+	/* Tk_GetScrollInfo () wants strange argc,argv combinations .. */
+	type = Tk_GetScrollInfo(interp, argc+2, argv-2, &fraction, &count);
+	switch (type) {
+	  case TK_SCROLL_ERROR:
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+
+	  case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
+	    topPixel = (int)(fraction * (double)wPtr->totalSize[1]);
+	    break;
+
+	  case TK_SCROLL_PAGES:
+	    topPixel = YScrollByPages(wPtr, count);
+	    break;
+
+	  case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
+	    topPixel = YScrollByUnits(wPtr, count);
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (oldTop != topPixel) {
+	wPtr->topPixel = topPixel;
+	UpdateScrollBars(wPtr, 0);
+
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    }
+
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetConfigure --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list in
+ *	conjunction with the Tk option database to configure (or
+ *	reconfigure) a HList widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a standard Tcl result.  If TCL_ERROR is
+ *	returned, then interp->result contains an error message.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Configuration information, such as colors, border width,
+ *	etc. get set for wPtr;	old resources get freed,
+ *	if there were any.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+WidgetConfigure(interp, wPtr, argc, argv, flags)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;			/* Used for error reporting. */
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;			/* Information about widget. */
+    int argc;				/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;		/* Arguments. */
+    int flags;				/* Flags to pass to
+					 * Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
+{
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+    GC newGC;
+    TixFont oldfont;
+    int oldColumns;
+    Tix_StyleTemplate stTmpl;
+
+    oldfont = wPtr->font;
+    oldColumns = wPtr->numColumns;
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, configSpecs,
+	    argc, argv, (char *) wPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->initialized && oldColumns != wPtr->numColumns) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Cannot change the number of columns ",
+	    (char *) NULL);
+	wPtr->numColumns = oldColumns;
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->numColumns < 1) {
+	wPtr->numColumns = 1;
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->separator == 0 || wPtr->separator[0] == 0) {
+	if (wPtr->separator != 0) {
+	    ckfree(wPtr->separator);
+	}
+	wPtr->separator = tixStrDup(".");
+    }
+
+    if (oldfont != wPtr->font) {
+	/*
+	 * Font has been changed (initialized)
+	 */
+	TixComputeTextGeometry(wPtr->font, "0", 1,
+	    0, &wPtr->scrollUnit[0], &wPtr->scrollUnit[1]);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * A few options need special processing, such as setting the
+     * background from a 3-D border, or filling in complicated
+     * defaults that couldn't be specified to Tk_ConfigureWidget.
+     */
+
+    Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, wPtr->border);
+
+    /*
+     * Note: GraphicsExpose events are disabled in normalGC because it's
+     * used to copy stuff from an off-screen pixmap onto the screen (we know
+     * that there's no problem with obscured areas).
+     */
+
+    /* The background GC */
+    gcValues.foreground		= wPtr->normalBg->pixel;
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	GCForeground|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+    if (wPtr->backgroundGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->backgroundGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->backgroundGC = newGC;
+
+    /* The normal text GC */
+    gcValues.font		= TixFontId(wPtr->font);
+    gcValues.foreground		= wPtr->normalFg->pixel;
+    gcValues.background		= wPtr->normalBg->pixel;
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	GCForeground|GCBackground|GCFont|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+    if (wPtr->normalGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->normalGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->normalGC = newGC;
+
+    /* The selected text GC [TODO: why need the BG??]*/
+    gcValues.font		= TixFontId(wPtr->font);
+    gcValues.foreground		= wPtr->selectFg->pixel;
+    gcValues.background		= Tk_3DBorderColor(wPtr->selectBorder)->pixel;
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	GCForeground|GCBackground|GCFont|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+    if (wPtr->selectGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->selectGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->selectGC = newGC;
+
+    /* The dotted anchor lines */
+    newGC = Tix_GetAnchorGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+            Tk_3DBorderColor(wPtr->selectBorder));
+    if (wPtr->anchorGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->anchorGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->anchorGC = newGC;
+
+    /* The sloid dropsite lines */
+    gcValues.foreground		= wPtr->normalFg->pixel;
+    gcValues.background		= wPtr->normalBg->pixel;
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+    gcValues.subwindow_mode	= IncludeInferiors;
+
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	GCForeground|GCBackground|GCGraphicsExposures|GCSubwindowMode,
+	    &gcValues);
+    if (wPtr->dropSiteGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->dropSiteGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->dropSiteGC = newGC;
+
+    /* The highlight border */
+    gcValues.background		= wPtr->selectFg->pixel;
+    gcValues.foreground		= wPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel;
+    gcValues.subwindow_mode	= IncludeInferiors;
+
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	GCForeground|GCBackground|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+    if (wPtr->highlightGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->highlightGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->highlightGC = newGC;
+
+    /* We must set the options of the default styles so that
+     * -- the default styles will change according to what is in
+     *	  stTmpl
+     */
+
+    stTmpl.font				= wPtr->font;
+    stTmpl.pad[0]			= wPtr->padX;
+    stTmpl.pad[1]			= wPtr->padY;
+    stTmpl.colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].fg	= wPtr->normalFg;
+    stTmpl.colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].bg	= wPtr->normalBg;
+    stTmpl.colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].fg= wPtr->selectFg;
+    stTmpl.colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].bg= Tk_3DBorderColor(wPtr->selectBorder);
+    stTmpl.flags = TIX_DITEM_FONT|TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG|
+	TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_BG|TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG|TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_FG |
+	TIX_DITEM_PADX|TIX_DITEM_PADY;
+    Tix_SetDefaultStyleTemplate(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, &stTmpl);
+
+    /* Probably the size of the elements in this has changed */
+    Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetEventProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
+ *	events on HLists.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	When the window gets deleted, internal structures get
+ *	cleaned up.  When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+WidgetEventProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Information about window. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr;		/* Information about event. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    switch (eventPtr->type) {
+      case DestroyNotify:
+	if (wPtr->dispData.tkwin != NULL) {
+	    wPtr->dispData.tkwin = NULL;
+	    Tcl_DeleteCommand(wPtr->dispData.interp, 
+		Tcl_GetCommandName(wPtr->dispData.interp, wPtr->widgetCmd));
+	}
+	Tix_HLCancelResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	CancelRedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	Tk_EventuallyFree((ClientData)wPtr, (Tix_FreeProc*)WidgetDestroy);
+	break;
+
+      case ConfigureNotify:
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	UpdateScrollBars(wPtr, 1);
+	break;
+
+      case Expose:
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	break;
+
+      case FocusIn:
+	wPtr->hasFocus = 1;
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	break;
+
+      case FocusOut:
+	wPtr->hasFocus = 0;
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SubWindowEventProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
+ *	events on the header subwindow.
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SubWindowEventProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Information about window. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr;		/* Information about event. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+#ifdef TK_PARENT_DESTROYED
+    Tk_FakeWin * fw;
+#endif
+
+    switch (eventPtr->type) {
+      case DestroyNotify:
+
+#ifdef TK_PARENT_DESTROYED
+	/*
+	 * The TK_PARENT_DESTROYED symbol is no longer defined in Tk 8.0
+         *
+         * TODO: do we still have to handle this??
+	 */
+	fw = (Tk_FakeWin *) (wPtr->headerWin);
+	if (fw->flags & TK_PARENT_DESTROYED) {
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (wPtr->headerWin != NULL) {
+	    panic("HList: header subwindow deleted illegally\n");
+	}
+#endif
+	break;
+
+      case Expose:
+	if (wPtr->headerWin != NULL) {
+	    RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetDestroy --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by Tk_EventuallyFree or Tk_Release
+ *	to clean up the internal structure of a HList at a safe time
+ *	(when no-one is using it anymore).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Everything associated with the HList is freed up.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+WidgetDestroy(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Info about my widget. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    if (wPtr->root != NULL) {
+	DeleteOffsprings(wPtr, wPtr->root);
+	FreeElement(wPtr, wPtr->root);
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->backgroundGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->backgroundGC);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->normalGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->normalGC);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->selectGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->selectGC);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->anchorGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->anchorGC);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->dropSiteGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->dropSiteGC);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->highlightGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->highlightGC);
+    }
+
+    /* the following two members will be NULL if the widget was destroyed
+     * during its creation (e.g., wrong arguments during creation
+     */
+    if (wPtr->reqSize != NULL) {
+	ckfree((char*)wPtr->reqSize);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->actualSize != NULL) {
+	ckfree((char*)wPtr->actualSize);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->elmToSee != NULL) {
+	ckfree(wPtr->elmToSee);
+	wPtr->elmToSee = NULL;
+    }
+
+    Tix_HLFreeHeaders(wPtr->dispData.interp, wPtr);
+
+    if (!Tix_IsLinkListEmpty(wPtr->mappedWindows)) {
+	/*
+	 * All mapped windows should have been unmapped when the
+	 * the entries were deleted
+	 */
+	panic("tixHList: mappedWindows not NULL");
+    }
+    if (wPtr->headerWin) {
+	wPtr->headerWin = NULL;
+    }
+    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&wPtr->childTable);
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *) wPtr, wPtr->dispData.display, 0);
+    ckfree((char *) wPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetCmdDeletedProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked when a widget command is deleted.  If
+ *	the widget isn't already in the process of being destroyed,
+ *	this command destroys it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The widget is destroyed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+WidgetCmdDeletedProc(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    /*
+     * This procedure could be invoked either because the window was
+     * destroyed and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin
+     * is NULL) or because the command was deleted, and then this procedure
+     * destroys the widget.
+     */
+    if (wPtr->dispData.tkwin != NULL) {
+	Tk_Window tkwin = wPtr->dispData.tkwin;
+	wPtr->dispData.tkwin = NULL;
+	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_HLComputeGeometry --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command
+ *	that corresponds to a widget managed by this module.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	none
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Tix_HLComputeGeometry(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr)clientData;
+    int i, reqW, reqH;
+    int sizeChanged = 0;
+    int width;
+    wPtr->resizing = 0;
+
+    /* Update geometry request */
+    if (wPtr->useHeader && wPtr->headerDirty) {
+	Tix_HLComputeHeaderGeometry(wPtr);
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->root->dirty || wPtr->allDirty) {
+	if (wPtr->useIndicator) {
+	    /*
+	     * If we use indicator, then the toplevel elements are indented
+	     * by wPtr->indent. Otherwise they are indented by 0 pixels
+	     */
+	    ComputeElementGeometry(wPtr, wPtr->root, wPtr->indent);
+	} else {
+	    ComputeElementGeometry(wPtr, wPtr->root, 0);
+	}
+    }
+    width = 0;
+    for (i=0; i<wPtr->numColumns; i++) {
+	if (wPtr->reqSize[i].width != UNINITIALIZED) {
+	    wPtr->actualSize[i].width = wPtr->reqSize[i].width;
+	}
+	else {
+	    /* This is the req size of the entry columns */
+	    int entReq = wPtr->root->col[i].width;
+
+	    /* This is the req size of the header columns */
+	    int hdrReq = wPtr->headers[i]->width;
+
+	    if (wPtr->useHeader && hdrReq > entReq) {
+		wPtr->actualSize[i].width = hdrReq;
+	    } else {
+		wPtr->actualSize[i].width = entReq;
+	    }
+	}
+	width += wPtr->actualSize[i].width;
+    }
+    sizeChanged = 1;
+    wPtr->allDirty = 0;
+
+    wPtr->totalSize[0] = width;
+    wPtr->totalSize[1] = wPtr->root->allHeight;
+
+    if (wPtr->width > 0) {
+	reqW = wPtr->width * wPtr->scrollUnit[0];
+    } else {
+	reqW = width;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->height > 0) {
+	reqH = wPtr->height * wPtr->scrollUnit[1];
+    } else {
+	reqH = wPtr->root->allHeight;
+    }
+
+    wPtr->totalSize[0] += 2*wPtr->borderWidth + 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+    wPtr->totalSize[1] += 2*wPtr->borderWidth + 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+    reqW	       += 2*wPtr->borderWidth + 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+    reqH	       += 2*wPtr->borderWidth + 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+
+    if (wPtr->useHeader) {
+	reqH	       += wPtr->headerHeight;
+    }
+
+    /* Now we need to handle the multiple columns mode */
+
+    Tk_GeometryRequest(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, reqW, reqH);
+
+    /* Update scrollbars */
+    UpdateScrollBars(wPtr, sizeChanged);
+
+    RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle --
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    if (!wPtr->resizing) {
+	wPtr->resizing = 1;
+	Tk_DoWhenIdle(Tix_HLComputeGeometry, (ClientData)wPtr);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->redrawing) {
+	CancelRedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_HLResizeNow --
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Tix_HLResizeNow(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    if (wPtr->resizing) {
+	wPtr->resizing = 0;
+	Tk_CancelIdleCall(Tix_HLComputeGeometry, (ClientData)wPtr);
+	Tix_HLComputeGeometry((ClientData)wPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_HLCancelResizeWhenIdle --
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Tix_HLCancelResizeWhenIdle(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    if (wPtr->resizing) {
+	wPtr->resizing = 0;
+	Tk_CancelIdleCall(Tix_HLComputeGeometry, (ClientData)wPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RedrawWhenIdle --
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    if (!wPtr->redrawing && Tk_IsMapped(wPtr->dispData.tkwin)) {
+	wPtr->redrawing = 1;
+	Tk_DoWhenIdle(WidgetDisplay, (ClientData)wPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CancelRedrawWhenIdle --
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+CancelRedrawWhenIdle(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    if (wPtr->redrawing) {
+	wPtr->redrawing = 0;
+	Tk_CancelIdleCall(WidgetDisplay, (ClientData)wPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DItemSizeChangedProc --
+ *
+ *	This is called whenever the size of one of the HList's items
+ *	changes its size.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void DItemSizeChangedProc(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem *iPtr;
+{
+    HLItemTypeInfo * info = (HLItemTypeInfo *)iPtr->base.clientData;
+    HListColumn * colPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    HListHeader * hPtr;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+
+    if (info == NULL) {
+	/* Perhaps we haven't set the clientData yet! */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    switch (info->type) {
+      case HLTYPE_COLUMN:
+	colPtr = (HListColumn*) info;
+	chPtr = colPtr->chPtr;
+
+	if (chPtr) {	/* Sanity check */
+	    Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(chPtr->wPtr, chPtr);
+	    Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(chPtr->wPtr);
+	}
+	break;
+      case HLTYPE_HEADER:
+	hPtr = (HListHeader*)info;
+	wPtr = hPtr->wPtr;
+	wPtr->headerDirty = 1;
+	if (wPtr->useHeader) {
+	    Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	}
+	break;
+      case HLTYPE_ENTRY:
+	chPtr = (HListElement*)info;
+
+	if (chPtr) {	/* Sanity check */
+	    Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(chPtr->wPtr, chPtr);
+	    Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(chPtr->wPtr);
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * AllocElement --
+ *
+ *	Allocates a new structure for the new element and record it
+ *	in the hash table
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	a pointer to the new element's structure
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Has table is changed
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static HListElement *
+AllocElement(wPtr, parent, pathName, name, ditemType)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * parent;
+    CONST84 char * pathName;
+    CONST84 char * name;
+    CONST84 char * ditemType;
+{
+    HListElement      * chPtr;
+    Tcl_HashEntry     * hashPtr;
+    int			dummy;
+    Tix_DItem	      * iPtr;
+
+    if (ditemType == NULL) {
+	iPtr = NULL;
+    } else {
+	if ((iPtr = Tix_DItemCreate(&wPtr->dispData, ditemType)) == NULL) {
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+    chPtr = (HListElement*)ckalloc(sizeof(HListElement));
+
+    if (pathName) {
+	/* pathName == 0 is the root element */
+	hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&wPtr->childTable, pathName, &dummy);
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)chPtr);
+    }
+
+    if (parent) {
+	++ parent->numCreatedChild;
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->numColumns > 1) {
+	chPtr->col		= Tix_HLAllocColumn(wPtr, chPtr);
+    } else {
+	chPtr->col		= &chPtr->_oneCol;
+	chPtr->_oneCol.type	= HLTYPE_COLUMN;
+	chPtr->_oneCol.self	= (char*) &chPtr->_oneCol;
+	chPtr->_oneCol.chPtr	= chPtr;
+	chPtr->_oneCol.iPtr	= NULL;
+	chPtr->_oneCol.width	= 0;
+    }
+    if (pathName) {
+	chPtr->pathName		= tixStrDup(pathName);
+    } else {
+	chPtr->pathName		= NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (name) {
+	chPtr->name		= tixStrDup(name);
+    } else {
+	chPtr->name		= NULL;
+    }
+
+    chPtr->type = HLTYPE_ENTRY;
+    chPtr->self = (char*)chPtr;
+    chPtr->wPtr			= wPtr;
+    chPtr->parent		= parent;
+    chPtr->prev			= NULL;
+    chPtr->next			= NULL;
+    chPtr->childHead		= NULL;
+    chPtr->childTail		= NULL;
+    chPtr->numSelectedChild	= 0;
+    chPtr->numCreatedChild	= 0;
+    chPtr->col[0].iPtr		= iPtr;
+    chPtr->indicator		= NULL;
+
+    chPtr->height		= 0;
+    chPtr->allHeight		= 0;
+    chPtr->selected		= 0;
+    chPtr->dirty		= 0;
+    chPtr->hidden		= 0;
+    chPtr->state		= tixNormalUid;
+    chPtr->data			= NULL;
+    chPtr->branchX		= 0;
+    chPtr->branchY		= 0;
+
+    if (iPtr) {
+	/* The clientdata is usedful for the DItemSizeChangedProc() */
+	iPtr->base.clientData = (ClientData)&chPtr->col[0];
+    }
+
+    return chPtr;
+}
+
+static void
+FreeElement(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry * hashPtr;
+    int i;
+
+    if (chPtr->selected) {
+	HL_SelectionClear(wPtr, chPtr);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->anchor == chPtr) {
+	wPtr->anchor = NULL;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->dragSite == chPtr) {
+	wPtr->dragSite = NULL;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->dropSite == chPtr) {
+	wPtr->dropSite = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Free all the display items
+     */
+    for (i=0; i<wPtr->numColumns; i++) {
+	if (chPtr->col[i].iPtr) {
+	    if (Tix_DItemType(chPtr->col[i].iPtr) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+		Tix_WindowItemListRemove(&wPtr->mappedWindows,
+		    chPtr->col[i].iPtr);
+	    }
+	    Tix_DItemFree(chPtr->col[i].iPtr);
+	}
+    }
+    if (chPtr->indicator != NULL) {
+	if (Tix_DItemType(chPtr->indicator) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+	    Tix_WindowItemListRemove(&wPtr->mappedWindows,
+		chPtr->indicator);
+	}
+	Tix_DItemFree(chPtr->indicator);
+    }
+
+    if (chPtr->col != &chPtr->_oneCol) {
+	/*
+	 * This space was allocated dynamically
+	 */
+	ckfree((char*)chPtr->col);
+    }
+
+    if (chPtr->pathName) {
+	/*
+	 * Root does not have an entry in the hash table
+	 */
+	if ((hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&wPtr->childTable, chPtr->pathName))){
+	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+	}
+    }
+    if (chPtr->name != NULL) {
+	ckfree(chPtr->name);
+    }
+    if (chPtr->pathName != NULL) {
+	ckfree(chPtr->pathName);
+    }
+    if (chPtr->data != NULL) {
+	ckfree(chPtr->data);
+    }
+
+    ckfree((char*)chPtr);
+}
+
+static void
+AppendList(wPtr, parent, chPtr, at, afterPtr, beforePtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement *parent;
+    HListElement *chPtr;
+    int at;			/* At what position should this entry be added
+				 * default is "-1": add at the end */
+    HListElement *afterPtr;	/* after which entry should this entry be
+				 * added. Default is NULL : ignore */
+    HListElement *beforePtr;	/* before which entry should this entry be
+				 * added. Default is NULL : ignore */
+{
+    if (parent->childHead == NULL) {
+	parent->childHead = chPtr;
+	parent->childTail = chPtr;
+	chPtr->prev = NULL;
+	chPtr->next = NULL;
+    }
+    else {
+	if (at >= 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * Find the current element at the "at" position
+	     */
+	    HListElement *ptr;
+	    for (ptr=parent->childHead;
+		 ptr!=NULL && at > 0;
+		 ptr=ptr->next, --at) {
+		; /* do nothing, just keep counting */
+	    }
+	    if (ptr != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * We need to insert the new element *before* ptr.E.g,
+		 * if at == 0, then the new element should be the first
+		 * of the list
+		 */
+		beforePtr = ptr;
+	    } else {
+		/* Seems like we walked past the end of the list. Well, do
+		 * nothing here. By default, the new element will be
+		 * append to the end of the list
+		 */
+	    }
+	}
+	if (afterPtr != NULL) {
+	    if (afterPtr == parent->childTail) {
+		parent->childTail = chPtr;
+	    } else {
+		afterPtr->next->prev = chPtr;
+	    }
+	    chPtr->prev = afterPtr;
+	    chPtr->next = afterPtr->next;
+	    afterPtr->next = chPtr;
+	    return;
+	}
+	if (beforePtr !=NULL) {
+	    if (beforePtr == parent->childHead) {
+		parent->childHead = chPtr;
+	    } else {
+		beforePtr->prev->next = chPtr;
+	    }
+	    chPtr->prev = beforePtr->prev;
+	    chPtr->next = beforePtr;
+	    beforePtr->prev = chPtr;
+	    return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * By default, append it at the end of the list
+	 */
+	parent->childTail->next = chPtr;
+	chPtr->prev = parent->childTail;
+	chPtr->next = NULL;
+	parent->childTail = chPtr;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * NewElement --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is creates a new element and record it both
+ *	the hash table and in the tree.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	pointer to new element
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Hash table and tree changed if successful
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static HListElement *
+NewElement(interp, wPtr, argc, argv, pathName, defParentName, newArgc)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    CONST84 char * pathName;	/* Default pathname, if -pathname is not
+				 * specified in the options */
+    CONST84 char * defParentName;/* Default parent name (will NULL if pathName 
+				 * is not NULL */
+    int * newArgc;
+{
+#define FIXED_SPACE 20
+    char fixedSpace[FIXED_SPACE+1];
+    CONST84 char *p;
+    CONST84 char *name;			/* Last part of the name */
+    char *parentName = NULL;
+    int i, n, numChars;
+    HListElement *parent;
+    HListElement *chPtr;
+    char sep = wPtr->separator[0];
+    int allocated = 0;
+    CONST84 char * ditemType = NULL;
+    HListElement *afterPtr  = NULL;
+    HListElement *beforePtr = NULL;
+    int at = -1;
+    int numSwitches = 0;		/* counter on how many of the
+					 * -after, -before and -at switches
+					 * have been used. No more than one
+					 * of then can be used */
+
+    /*
+     * (1) We need to determine the options:
+     *	   -itemtype, -after, -before and/or -at.
+     *
+     */
+    if (argc > 0) {
+	size_t len;
+	if (argc %2 != 0) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", argv[argc-1],
+		"\" missing", NULL);
+	    chPtr = NULL;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	for (n=i=0; i<argc; i+=2) {
+	    len = strlen(argv[i]);
+	    if (strncmp(argv[i], "-itemtype", len) == 0) {
+		ditemType = argv[i+1];
+		goto copy;
+	    }
+	    else if (strncmp(argv[i], "-after", len) == 0) {
+		afterPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[i+1]);
+		if (afterPtr == NULL) {
+		    chPtr = NULL;
+		    goto done;
+		}
+		++ numSwitches;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    else if (strncmp(argv[i], "-before", len) == 0) {
+		beforePtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, argv[i+1]);
+		if (beforePtr == NULL) {
+		    chPtr = NULL;
+		    goto done;
+		}
+		++ numSwitches;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    else if (strncmp(argv[i], "-at", len) == 0) {
+		if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[i+1], &at) != TCL_OK) {
+		    chPtr = NULL;
+		    goto done;
+		}
+		++ numSwitches;
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	  copy:
+	    if (n!=i) {
+		argv[n] = argv[i];
+		argv[n+1] = argv[i+1];
+	    }
+	    n+=2;
+	}
+	* newArgc = n;
+    } else {
+	* newArgc = 0;
+    }
+    if (numSwitches > 1) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "No more than one of the -after, -before ",
+	    "and -at options can be used", NULL);
+	chPtr = NULL;
+	goto done;
+    }
+    if (ditemType == NULL) {
+	ditemType = wPtr->diTypePtr->name;
+    }
+    if (Tix_GetDItemType(interp, ditemType) == NULL) {
+	chPtr = NULL;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    /*------------------------------------------------------------
+     * (2) Create the new entry. The method depends on whether
+     *	   the "add" or "addchild" command has been called
+     *------------------------------------------------------------
+     */
+    if (pathName == NULL) {
+	/* (2.a) Called by the "addchild" command. We need to generate
+	 *     a default name for the child
+	 *
+	 */
+	char buff[40];
+
+	parentName = (char *) defParentName;
+	if (parentName == NULL) {
+	    parent = wPtr->root;
+	} else {
+	    if ((parent=Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, parentName))== NULL) {
+		Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "parent element \"", parentName,
+		    "\" does not exist", (char *) NULL);
+		chPtr = NULL;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/* 
+         * Generate a default name for this entry
+         *
+         * TODO: make sure this name is unique!
+         */
+	sprintf(buff, "%d", parent->numCreatedChild);
+	name = buff;
+
+	if (parentName == NULL) {
+	    pathName = tixStrDup(name);
+	    allocated = 1;
+	}
+	else {
+	    pathName = ckalloc(strlen(parentName)+1+ strlen(name)+1);
+	    allocated = 1;
+	    sprintf((char *) pathName, "%s%c%s", parentName, sep, name);
+	}
+    }
+    else {
+	/* (2.b) Called by the "add" command.
+	 *
+	 * Strip the parent's name out of pathName (it's everything up
+	 * to the last dot).  There are two tricky parts: (a) must
+	 * copy the parent's name somewhere else to avoid modifying
+	 * the pathName string (for large names, space for the copy
+	 * will have to be malloc'ed);	(b) must special-case the
+	 * situation where the parent is ".".
+	 */
+
+	if ((p = strrchr(pathName, (int)sep)) == NULL) {
+	    /* This is a toplevel element  (no "." in it) */
+	    name = pathName;
+	    parentName = NULL;
+	}
+	else {
+	    name = p+1;
+	    numChars = p-pathName;
+	    if (numChars > FIXED_SPACE) {
+		parentName = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned)(numChars+1));
+	    } else {
+		parentName = fixedSpace;
+	    }
+	    if (numChars == 0) {
+		if ((pathName[0] == sep) && (pathName[1] == '\0')) {
+		    /*
+		     * The separator by itself is also a toplevel entry
+		     */		      
+		    parentName = 0;
+		} else {
+		    parentName[0] = sep;
+		    parentName[1] = '\0';
+		}
+	    }
+	    else {
+		strncpy(parentName, pathName, (size_t) numChars);
+		parentName[numChars] = '\0';
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (parentName == NULL) {
+	    parent = wPtr->root;
+	} else {
+	    if ((parent = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, parentName))==NULL) {
+		Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "parent element \"", parentName,
+		"\" does not exist", (char *) NULL);
+		chPtr = NULL;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	}
+
+    }
+    if (Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, pathName) != NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "element \"", pathName,
+	    "\" already exists", (char *) NULL);
+	chPtr = NULL;
+	goto done;
+    }
+    else {
+	if (afterPtr != NULL && afterPtr->parent != parent) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot add entry after \"",
+		afterPtr->pathName, "\"", NULL);
+	    chPtr = NULL;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	if (beforePtr != NULL && beforePtr->parent != parent) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot add entry before \"",
+		beforePtr->pathName, "\"", NULL);
+	    chPtr = NULL;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	if ((chPtr = AllocElement(wPtr, parent, pathName, name, ditemType))
+	     == NULL) {
+	    /* Some error, now chPtr == NULL */
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	AppendList(wPtr, parent, chPtr, at, afterPtr, beforePtr);
+	Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(wPtr, chPtr);
+	Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	goto done;		/* success */
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (allocated) {
+	ckfree((char*)pathName);
+    }
+    if (parentName && parentName != fixedSpace && parentName !=defParentName) {
+	ckfree((char*)parentName);
+    }
+    return chPtr;
+}
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ConfigElement --
+ *
+ *	This procedure configures the element according to the
+ *	options.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Hash table and tree changed if successful
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+ConfigElement(wPtr, chPtr, argc, argv, flags, forced)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement *chPtr;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int flags;
+    int forced;			/* We need a "forced" configure to ensure that
+				 * the DItem is initialized properly */
+{
+    int sizeChanged;
+
+    if (Tix_WidgetConfigure2(wPtr->dispData.interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	(char*)chPtr, entryConfigSpecs, chPtr->col[0].iPtr, argc, argv, flags,
+	forced, &sizeChanged) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (sizeChanged) {
+	Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(wPtr, chPtr);
+	Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    } else {
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * FindElementAtPosition --
+ *
+ *	Finds a visible element nearest to a Y position
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Pointer to the element.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static HListElement * FindElementAtPosition(wPtr, y)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int y;
+{
+    HListElement * chPtr = wPtr->root;
+    int top = 0;
+
+    y -= wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->highlightWidth;
+    y += wPtr->topPixel;
+
+    if (wPtr->useHeader) {
+	y -= wPtr->headerHeight;
+    }
+
+    if (y < 0) {
+	/*
+	 * Position is above the top of the list, return the first element in
+	 * the list of toplevel entries.
+	 */
+	if (wPtr->root != NULL) {
+	    for (chPtr=wPtr->root->childHead; chPtr!=NULL; chPtr=chPtr->next) {
+		if (!chPtr->hidden) {
+		    return chPtr;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    if (y >= chPtr->allHeight) {
+	/*
+	 * Position is past the end of the list, return the last element.
+	 */
+	HListElement * vis;
+
+	chPtr=wPtr->root;
+	while (1) {
+	    if (chPtr->childTail == NULL) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    for (vis = chPtr->childTail; vis && vis->hidden; vis=vis->prev) {
+		;
+	    }
+	    if (vis == NULL) {
+		break;
+	    } else {
+		chPtr = vis;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (chPtr == wPtr->root) {
+	    /*
+	     * There is either no element, or all elements are not visible
+	     */
+	    return NULL;
+	} else {
+	    return chPtr;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * The following is a tail-recursive function flatten out in a while
+     * loop.
+     */
+
+    while (1) {
+    again:
+	for (chPtr=chPtr->childHead; chPtr!=NULL; chPtr=chPtr->next) {
+	    if (!chPtr->hidden) {
+		if (top <= y && y < top + chPtr->allHeight) {
+		    if (y < top + chPtr->height) {
+			return chPtr;
+		    } else {
+			top += chPtr->height;
+			goto again;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    top += chPtr->allHeight;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_HLFindElement --
+ *
+ *	Finds an element according to its pathname.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Pointer to the element if found. Otherwise NULL.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+HListElement * Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr, pathName)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    CONST84 char * pathName;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry     * hashPtr;
+
+    if (pathName) {
+	hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&wPtr->childTable, pathName);
+
+	if (hashPtr) {
+	    return (HListElement*) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Entry \"", pathName,
+		"\" not found", NULL);
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+    else {
+	/* pathName == 0 is the root element */
+	return wPtr->root;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SelectionModifyRange --
+ *
+ *	Select or de-select all the elements between from and to 
+ *	(inclusive), according to the "select" argument.
+ *
+ *	select == 1 : select
+ *	select == 0 : de-select
+ *
+ * Return value:
+ *	Whether the selection was actually changed
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int SelectionModifyRange(wPtr, from, to, select)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * from;
+    HListElement * to;
+    int select;
+{
+    int changed = 0;
+
+    if (Tix_HLElementTopOffset(wPtr, from) > Tix_HLElementTopOffset(wPtr, to)){
+	HListElement * tmp;
+	tmp  = to;
+	to   = from;
+	from = tmp;
+    }
+
+    while (1) {
+	if (!from->hidden && (int)from->selected != select) {
+	    if (select) {
+		SelectionAdd(wPtr, from);
+	    } else {
+		HL_SelectionClear(wPtr, from);
+		changed = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (from == to) {
+	    /*
+	     * Iterated to the end of the region
+	     */
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Go to the next list entry
+	 */
+	if (from->childHead) {
+	    from = from->childHead;
+	}
+	else if (from->next) {
+	    from = from->next;
+	}
+	else {
+	    /*
+	     * go to a different branch
+	     */
+	    while (from->parent->next == NULL && from != wPtr->root) {
+		from = from->parent;
+	    }
+	    if (from == wPtr->root) {
+		/*
+		 * Iterated over all list entries
+		 */
+		break;
+	    } else {
+		from = from->parent->next;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    return changed;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_HLElementTopOffset --
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int Tix_HLElementTopOffset(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+{
+    int top;
+    HListElement * ptr;
+
+    if (chPtr == wPtr->root) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+    top = Tix_HLElementTopOffset(wPtr, chPtr->parent);
+    top += chPtr->parent->height;
+
+    for (ptr=chPtr->parent->childHead; ptr!=NULL; ptr=ptr->next) {
+	if (ptr == chPtr) {
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (ptr->hidden) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	top += ptr->allHeight;
+    }
+    return top;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_HLElementLeftOffset --
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int Tix_HLElementLeftOffset(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+{
+    int left;
+
+    if (chPtr == wPtr->root || chPtr->parent == wPtr->root) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    left = Tix_HLElementLeftOffset(wPtr, chPtr->parent);
+    left += wPtr->indent;
+
+    return left;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * CurSelection --
+ *
+ *	returns the current selection in the result of interp;
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int CurSelection(interp, wPtr, chPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+{
+    HListElement * ptr;
+
+    /* Since this recursion starts with wPtr->root, we determine
+     * whether a node is selected when its *parent* is called. This
+     * will save one level of recursion (otherwise all leave nodes will
+     * be recursed once and will be slow ...
+     */
+    for (ptr=chPtr->childHead; ptr; ptr=ptr->next) {
+	if (ptr->selected && !(ptr->hidden)) {
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, ptr->pathName);
+	}
+	if (ptr->childHead) {
+	    CurSelection(interp, wPtr, ptr);
+	}
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_HLMarkElementDirty --
+ *
+ *	Marks a element "dirty", i.e., its geometry needs to be
+ *	recalculated.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The element and all its ancestores are marked dirty
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void Tix_HLMarkElementDirty(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement *chPtr;
+{
+    HListElement *ptr;
+
+    for (ptr=chPtr; ptr!= NULL && ptr->dirty == 0; ptr=ptr->parent) {
+	ptr->dirty = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ComputeElementGeometry --
+ *
+ *	Compute the geometry of this element (if its dirty) and the
+ *	geometry of all its dirty child elements
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The element and all its decendants are marked non-dirty
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void ComputeElementGeometry(wPtr, chPtr, indent)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement *chPtr;
+    int indent;
+{
+    HListElement *ptr;
+    int i;
+
+    if (!chPtr->dirty && !wPtr->allDirty) {
+	return;
+    } else {
+	chPtr->dirty = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (chPtr == wPtr->root) {
+	int i;
+	chPtr->height = 0;
+	chPtr->indent = 0;
+	for (i=0; i<wPtr->numColumns; i++) {
+	    chPtr->col[i].width = 0;
+	}
+    } else {
+	ComputeOneElementGeometry(wPtr, chPtr, indent);
+	indent += wPtr->indent;
+    }
+
+    chPtr->allHeight = chPtr->height;
+
+    for (ptr=chPtr->childHead; ptr!=NULL; ptr=ptr->next) {
+	if (ptr->hidden) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (ptr->dirty || wPtr->allDirty) {
+	    ComputeElementGeometry(wPtr, ptr, indent);
+	}
+
+	/* Propagate the child's size to the parent 
+	 *
+	 */
+	for (i=0; i<wPtr->numColumns; i++) {
+	    if (chPtr->col[i].width < ptr->col[i].width) {
+		chPtr->col[i].width = ptr->col[i].width;
+	    }
+	}
+	chPtr->allHeight += ptr->allHeight;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ComputeOneElementGeometry --
+ *
+ *	Compute the geometry of the element itself, not including 
+ *	its children, according to its current display type.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The chPtr->height fields are updated.
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void ComputeOneElementGeometry(wPtr, chPtr, indent)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement *chPtr;
+    int indent;
+{
+    int i;
+
+    chPtr->indent = indent;
+    chPtr->height = 0;
+
+    ComputeBranchPosition(wPtr, chPtr);
+
+    for (i=0; i<wPtr->numColumns; i++) {
+	Tix_DItem * iPtr = chPtr->col[i].iPtr;
+	int width  = 2*wPtr->selBorderWidth;
+	int height = 2*wPtr->selBorderWidth;
+
+	if (iPtr != NULL) {
+	    Tix_DItemCalculateSize(iPtr);
+	    /*
+             * Tix_DItemWidth() and Tix_DItemHeight() already include padding
+	     */
+	    width  += Tix_DItemWidth (iPtr);
+	    height += Tix_DItemHeight(iPtr);
+	}
+	if (chPtr->height < height) {
+	    chPtr->height = height;
+	}
+	chPtr->col[i].width = width;
+    }
+    chPtr->col[0].width += indent;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ComputeBranchPosition --
+ *
+ *	Compute the position of the branches
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The chPtr->branchX and chPtr->branchY fields are updated.
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void ComputeBranchPosition(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement *chPtr;
+{
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr = chPtr->col[0].iPtr;
+    int branchX, branchY;
+    int iconX;
+    int iconY;
+    int diff;
+
+    if (iPtr) {
+	if (Tix_DItemType(iPtr) == TIX_DITEM_IMAGETEXT) {
+	    /*
+	     * Calculate the bottom-middle position of the bitmap/image branch
+	     */
+	    if (iPtr->imagetext.image != NULL) {
+		branchX = iPtr->imagetext.imageW / 2;
+		branchY = iPtr->imagetext.imageH;
+		if (Tix_DItemHeight(iPtr) > iPtr->imagetext.imageH) {
+                    int diff = Tix_DItemHeight(iPtr) - iPtr->imagetext.imageH;
+		    branchY += diff /2;
+                    if (diff % 2) {
+                        branchY += 1;
+                    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    else if (iPtr->imagetext.bitmap != None) {
+		branchX = iPtr->imagetext.bitmapW / 2;
+		branchY = iPtr->imagetext.bitmapH;
+		if (Tix_DItemHeight(iPtr) >iPtr->imagetext.bitmapH) {
+                    int diff = Tix_DItemHeight(iPtr) - iPtr->imagetext.bitmapH;
+		    branchY += diff /2;
+                    if (diff % 2) {
+                        branchY += 1;
+                    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    else {
+		branchX = wPtr->indent/2;
+		branchY = Tix_DItemHeight(iPtr);
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    branchX = wPtr->indent/2;
+	    branchY = Tix_DItemHeight(iPtr);
+	}
+
+
+	/* X adjustment
+	 */
+	iconX = Tix_DItemPadX(iPtr);
+	branchX += Tix_DItemPadX(iPtr);
+
+	/* Y adjustment
+	 */
+	iconY = Tix_DItemHeight(iPtr) / 2;
+	diff = chPtr->height - Tix_DItemHeight(iPtr);
+	if (diff > 0) {
+	    switch (iPtr->base.stylePtr->anchor) {
+	      case TK_ANCHOR_NW: case TK_ANCHOR_N: case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
+		diff = 0;
+		break;
+	      case TK_ANCHOR_W: case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: case TK_ANCHOR_E:
+		diff /= 2;
+		break;
+	      default:
+		/* Do nothing */
+		;
+	    }
+	    branchY += diff;
+	    iconY   += diff;
+	}
+    }
+    else {
+	branchX = wPtr->indent/2;
+	branchY = chPtr->height;
+	iconX	= 0;
+	iconY	= chPtr->height/2;
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->useIndicator && chPtr->parent == wPtr->root) {
+	branchX += wPtr->indent;
+    }
+
+    chPtr->branchX = branchX - 1;
+    chPtr->branchY = branchY - 1;
+    chPtr->iconX   = iconX   - 1;
+    chPtr->iconY   = iconY   - 1;
+
+    if (chPtr->branchX < 0) {
+	chPtr->branchX = 0;
+    }
+    if (chPtr->branchY < 0) {
+	chPtr->branchY = 0;
+    }
+    if (chPtr->iconX < 0) {
+	chPtr->iconX = 0;
+    }
+    if (chPtr->iconY < 0) {
+	chPtr->iconY = 0;
+    }
+
+    chPtr->branchX += wPtr->selBorderWidth;
+    chPtr->branchY += wPtr->selBorderWidth;
+    chPtr->iconX   += wPtr->selBorderWidth;
+    chPtr->iconY   += wPtr->selBorderWidth;
+}
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetDisplay --
+ *
+ *	Draw the widget to the screen.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+WidgetDisplay(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Info about my widget. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    Drawable buffer;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = wPtr->dispData.tkwin;
+    int elmX, elmY;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp = wPtr->dispData.interp;
+
+    wPtr->redrawing = 0;		/* clear the redraw flag */
+    wPtr->serial ++;
+
+    if (wPtr->elmToSee != NULL) {
+	HListElement *chPtr;
+	  
+	if ((chPtr = Tix_HLFindElement(interp, wPtr,
+		wPtr->elmToSee)) == NULL) {
+	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	} else {
+	    Tix_HLSeeElement(wPtr, chPtr, 0);
+	    UpdateScrollBars(wPtr, 0);
+	}
+
+	ckfree(wPtr->elmToSee);
+	wPtr->elmToSee = NULL;
+    }
+
+
+    /*
+     *	STEP (1)
+     *		Calculate the drawing parameters
+     */
+    if (wPtr->wideSelect) {
+	wPtr->selectWidth = Tk_Width(wPtr->dispData.tkwin) - 
+	  (2*wPtr->borderWidth + 2*wPtr->highlightWidth);
+	if (wPtr->selectWidth < wPtr->totalSize[0]) {
+	    wPtr->selectWidth = wPtr->totalSize[0];
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Used to clip off elements that are too low to see */
+    wPtr->bottomPixel = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin) - 2*wPtr->borderWidth
+      - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+
+    elmX = wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->highlightWidth - wPtr->leftPixel;
+    elmY = wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->highlightWidth - wPtr->topPixel;
+
+    if (wPtr->useHeader) {
+	elmY += wPtr->headerHeight;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     *	STEP (2)
+     *		Draw the list body
+     */
+    buffer = Tix_GetRenderBuffer(wPtr->dispData.display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
+	Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin));
+
+    /* Fill the background */
+    XFillRectangle(wPtr->dispData.display, buffer, wPtr->backgroundGC,
+	    0, 0, (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin));
+
+    DrawElements(wPtr, buffer, wPtr->root, elmX, elmY,
+	wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->highlightWidth - wPtr->leftPixel);
+
+    if (wPtr->borderWidth > 0) {
+	/* Draw the border */
+	Tk_Draw3DRectangle(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, buffer, wPtr->border,
+	    wPtr->highlightWidth, wPtr->highlightWidth,
+	    Tk_Width(tkwin)  - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth, 
+	    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth, wPtr->borderWidth,
+	    wPtr->relief);
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
+	/* Draw the highlight */
+	GC gc;
+
+	if (wPtr->hasFocus) {
+	    gc = wPtr->highlightGC;
+	} else {
+	    gc = Tk_3DBorderGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, wPtr->border,
+		TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
+	}
+	Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, wPtr->highlightWidth, buffer);
+    }
+
+    if (buffer != Tk_WindowId(tkwin)) {
+	/*
+	 * Copy the information from the off-screen pixmap onto the screen,
+	 * then delete the pixmap.
+	 */
+
+	XCopyArea(wPtr->dispData.display, buffer, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
+		wPtr->normalGC, 0, 0,
+		(unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, 0);
+	Tk_FreePixmap(wPtr->dispData.display, buffer);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     *	STEP (3)
+     *		Draw the header
+     */
+    if (wPtr->useHeader) {
+	/* We need to draw the header after the elements, because some
+	 * half-scrolled elements may overwrite the space for the header
+	 */
+	int hdrX, hdrY, hdrW, hdrH, pad, xOffset;
+	Drawable buffer;
+
+	pad  = wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->highlightWidth;
+	hdrX = pad;
+	hdrY = pad;
+	hdrW = Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*pad;
+	hdrH = wPtr->headerHeight;
+	xOffset = wPtr->leftPixel;
+
+	Tk_MoveResizeWindow(wPtr->headerWin, hdrX, hdrY, hdrW, hdrH);
+	Tk_MapWindow(wPtr->headerWin);
+
+	buffer = Tix_GetRenderBuffer(wPtr->dispData.display,
+	    Tk_WindowId(wPtr->headerWin), hdrW, hdrH,
+	    Tk_Depth(wPtr->headerWin));
+
+	XFillRectangle(wPtr->dispData.display, buffer,
+	    wPtr->backgroundGC, 0, 0, (unsigned) hdrW, (unsigned) hdrH);
+
+	Tix_HLDrawHeader(wPtr, buffer, wPtr->normalGC,
+	    0, 0, hdrW, hdrH, xOffset);
+
+	if (buffer != Tk_WindowId(wPtr->headerWin)) {
+	    XCopyArea(wPtr->dispData.display, buffer, 
+		Tk_WindowId(wPtr->headerWin), wPtr->normalGC,
+		0, 0, (unsigned) hdrW, (unsigned) hdrH, 0, 0);
+
+	    Tk_FreePixmap(wPtr->dispData.display, buffer);
+	}
+
+	/* If we map the header window, that may change the size requirement
+	 * of the HList
+	 * %% Call only when geometry is *really* changed
+	 */
+	if (wPtr->sizeCmd) {
+	    if (Tcl_GlobalEval(wPtr->dispData.interp, wPtr->sizeCmd)
+		 != TCL_OK) {
+		Tcl_AddErrorInfo(wPtr->dispData.interp,
+		    "\n	   (size command executed by tixHList)");
+		Tk_BackgroundError(wPtr->dispData.interp);
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	Tk_UnmapWindow(wPtr->headerWin);
+    }
+
+    /* unmap those windows we mapped the last time */
+    Tix_UnmapInvisibleWindowItems(&wPtr->mappedWindows, wPtr->serial);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DrawElements() --
+ *
+ *      Draws an element and all of its visible descendants.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DrawElements(wPtr, drawable, chPtr, x, y, xOffset)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;                     /* Widget to render */
+    Drawable drawable;                  /* Drawable to draw into */
+    HListElement * chPtr;               /* Draw this element and its visible
+                                         * descendants */
+    int x;                              /* x position of the element's 
+                                         * top-left corner */
+    int y;                              /* y position of the element's 
+                                         * top-left corner */
+    int xOffset;                        /* x-offset due to horizontal
+                                         * scrolling */
+{
+    HListElement * ptr, * lastVisible;
+    GC gc = wPtr->normalGC;
+    int myIconX = 0, myIconY = 0;		/* center of my icon */
+    int childIconX, childIconY;		/* center of child's icon */
+    int childY, childX;
+    int oldY;
+    int top    = wPtr->useHeader ? wPtr->headerHeight : 0;
+    int left   = 0;
+    int bottom = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+    int right  = Tk_Width(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+
+    if (chPtr != wPtr->root) {
+	if (bottom > y  && (y + chPtr->height) >= top) {
+	    /*
+             * This element is (at least partialy) visible
+             */
+
+	    DrawOneElement(wPtr, drawable, chPtr, x, y, xOffset);
+	}
+	myIconX = x + chPtr->branchX;
+	myIconY = y + chPtr->branchY;
+
+	if (wPtr->useIndicator && chPtr->parent == wPtr->root) {
+	    childX = x + 2 * wPtr->indent;
+	} else {
+	    childX = x +  wPtr->indent;
+	}
+	childY = y + chPtr->height;
+	if (myIconX > childX) {
+	    /* Can't shift the vertical branch too much to the right */
+	    myIconX = childX;
+	}
+    } else {
+	childX = x;
+	childY = y;
+    }
+
+    oldY = childY;		/* saved for 2nd iteration */
+
+    /* find the last non-hidden element, 
+     * to determine when to draw the vertical line 
+     */
+    lastVisible = NULL;
+    for (ptr = chPtr->childTail; ptr!=NULL; ptr=ptr->prev) {
+	if (! ptr->hidden) {
+	    lastVisible = ptr;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (lastVisible == NULL) {
+	/* No child is visible */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /* First iteration : draw the entries and branches */
+    for (ptr = chPtr->childHead; ptr!=NULL; ptr=ptr->next) {
+	if (ptr->hidden) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	childIconX = childX + ptr->iconX;
+	childIconY = childY + ptr->iconY;
+
+	if (bottom > childY && (childY + ptr->allHeight) >= top) {
+	    DrawElements(wPtr, drawable, ptr, childX, childY, xOffset);
+
+	    if (wPtr->drawBranch && chPtr != wPtr->root
+		    && top <= childIconY && childIconY <= bottom) {
+		/*
+                 * Draw a horizontal branch to the child. We draw the line
+                 * after drawing the element, because DrawElement may
+                 * clear out some area around the element.
+                 */
+		XDrawLine(wPtr->dispData.display, drawable, gc, myIconX,
+		    childIconY, childIconX, childIconY);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * -- no branches for toplevel elements
+	 * -- for last element, draw a vertical branch, even if element
+	 *    is not seen
+	 */
+	if (ptr == lastVisible      && wPtr->drawBranch
+	    && chPtr != wPtr->root  && childIconY >= top
+	    && left <= myIconX      && myIconX <= right) {
+	    /*
+             * clip vertical lines to avoid wrap-around
+             */
+            int y0 = myIconY < 0 ? 0 : myIconY;
+            int y1 = childIconY > bottom ? bottom : childIconY;
+
+	    XDrawLine(wPtr->dispData.display, drawable, gc, myIconX, y0,
+		    myIconX, y1);
+	}
+	childY += ptr->allHeight;
+    }
+
+    if (!wPtr->useIndicator) {
+	return;
+    }
+    childY = oldY;
+
+    /* Second iteration : draw the indicators */
+    for (ptr = chPtr->childHead; ptr!=NULL; ptr=ptr->next) {
+	int cY = childY;
+
+	if (ptr->hidden) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	childY += ptr->allHeight;
+	childIconY = cY + ptr->iconY;
+
+	if (bottom > cY && (cY + ptr->allHeight) >= top
+	    && ptr->indicator != NULL
+	) {
+	    /* Otherwise all descendants of ptr are not seen at all
+	     */
+	    int justMapped,
+	        indW = Tix_DItemWidth (ptr->indicator),
+	        indH = Tix_DItemHeight(ptr->indicator),
+	        indY = childIconY - indH/2,
+	        indX = (chPtr == wPtr->root
+		       ? (wPtr->indent / 2 + wPtr->borderWidth
+		         + wPtr->highlightWidth - wPtr->leftPixel)
+		       : myIconX) - indW/2;
+	    if ( indX > right || (indX + indW) < left
+		 || indY > bottom ||(indY + indH) < top
+	    ) {
+		continue;  /* indicator not visible */
+	    }
+
+	    justMapped = 0;
+	    if (Tix_DItemType(ptr->indicator) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+		Tix_SetWindowItemSerial(&wPtr->mappedWindows,
+		    ptr->indicator, wPtr->serial);
+		if (!Tk_IsMapped(ptr->indicator->window.tkwin)) {
+		    justMapped = 1;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    /* Put down the indicator */
+	    Tix_DItemDisplay(drawable, ptr->indicator,
+		    indX, indY, indW, indH, 0, 0,
+                    TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG|TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG);
+
+	    if (justMapped) {
+		Tk_RestackWindow(ptr->indicator->window.tkwin, Below, NULL);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DrawOneElement --
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DrawOneElement(wPtr, drawable, chPtr, x, y, xOffset)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;                     /* Widget to render */
+    Drawable drawable;                  /* Drawable to draw into */
+    HListElement * chPtr;               /* Draw this element and its visible
+                                         * descendants */
+    int x;                              /* x position of the element's 
+                                         * top-left corner */
+    int y;                              /* y position of the element's 
+                                         * top-left corner */
+    int xOffset;                        /* x-offset due to horizontal
+                                         * scrolling */
+{
+    int flags0 = TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG;   /* DItem flags for column 0 */
+    int flags1 = TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG;   /* DItem flags for column 1 and above*/
+    int i;
+    int selectWidth, selectX;
+    int hasDrawnBackground = 0;
+
+    x = xOffset + chPtr->indent;
+
+    if (wPtr->wideSelect) {
+	selectWidth = wPtr->selectWidth;
+	selectX = xOffset;
+    } else {
+	selectWidth = Tix_DItemWidth(chPtr->col[0].iPtr)
+	        + 2*wPtr->selBorderWidth;
+	selectX = x;
+    }
+
+    if (chPtr->selected && wPtr->wideSelect) {
+	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, drawable, wPtr->selectBorder,
+	        selectX, y, selectWidth, chPtr->height, wPtr->selBorderWidth,
+	        TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
+        hasDrawnBackground = 1;
+    }
+
+    if (chPtr->selected) {
+	flags0 |= TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_FG;
+
+	if (hasDrawnBackground) {
+	    flags1 |= TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_FG;
+        } else {
+	    flags0 |= TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_BG;
+            flags0 |= TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG;
+	}
+    } else {
+        flags0 |= TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG;
+    }
+
+    if (!hasDrawnBackground) {
+        flags1 |= TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG;
+    }
+
+    if (chPtr == wPtr->anchor) {
+	flags0 |= TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_FG;
+
+	if (hasDrawnBackground) {
+            flags1 |= TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_FG;
+        } else {
+	    flags0 |= TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_BG;
+            if (wPtr->hasFocus && !(wPtr->wideSelect)) {
+                flags0 |= TIX_DITEM_ANCHOR;
+            }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (chPtr == wPtr->dropSite) {
+        /*
+         * Draw a rectangle to indicate that this is a drop site.
+         *
+         * TOD: what about wide-select??
+         */
+
+	XDrawRectangle(Tk_Display(wPtr->dispData.tkwin), drawable,
+	        wPtr->dropSiteGC, selectX, y,
+		(unsigned) selectWidth-1, (unsigned) chPtr->height-1);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now Draw the display items in each column
+     *
+     * %% ToDo: clip off the non-visible items
+     */
+
+    for (x=xOffset, i=0; i<wPtr->numColumns; i++) {
+	Tix_DItem * iPtr = chPtr->col[i].iPtr;
+	int drawX, drawY, drawW, drawH;
+        int drawOffX, drawOffY;
+        int flags;
+
+	if (iPtr != NULL) {
+	    int justMapped = 0;
+
+
+	    if (Tix_DItemType(iPtr) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+		Tix_SetWindowItemSerial(&wPtr->mappedWindows,iPtr,
+		    wPtr->serial);
+		if (!Tk_IsMapped(iPtr->window.tkwin)) {
+		    justMapped = 1;
+		}
+	    }
+
+            drawX = x;
+            drawY = y;
+            drawW = wPtr->actualSize[i].width;
+            drawH = chPtr->height;
+
+            drawOffX = wPtr->selBorderWidth;
+            drawOffY = wPtr->selBorderWidth;
+
+            if (i == 0) {
+                flags = flags0;
+                drawOffX += chPtr->indent;
+            } else {
+                flags = flags1;
+            }
+
+	    Tix_DItemDisplay(drawable, iPtr, drawX, drawY, drawW, drawH,
+                    drawOffX, drawOffY, flags);
+
+	    if (justMapped) {
+		/*
+		 * We need to lower it so that it doesn't
+		 * overlap the header subwindow
+		 */
+
+		Tk_RestackWindow(iPtr->window.tkwin, Below, NULL);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	x += wPtr->actualSize[i].width;
+    }
+
+    if (chPtr == wPtr->anchor && wPtr->hasFocus && wPtr->wideSelect) {
+	int ancX, ancY, ancW, ancH;
+        ancX = selectX + wPtr->selBorderWidth;
+        ancY = y       + wPtr->selBorderWidth;
+	ancW = selectWidth   - 2*wPtr->selBorderWidth;
+	ancH = chPtr->height - 2*wPtr->selBorderWidth;
+
+        /*
+         * TODO: use a different anchorGC on normal background
+         */
+	Tix_DrawAnchorLines(Tk_Display(wPtr->dispData.tkwin), drawable,
+	        wPtr->anchorGC, ancX, ancY, ancW, ancH);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SelectionAdd --
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void SelectionAdd(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+{
+    if (chPtr->selected) {		/* sanity check */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    chPtr->selected = 1;
+    SelectionNotifyAncestors(wPtr, chPtr->parent);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * HL_SelectionClear --
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void HL_SelectionClear(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+{
+    if (! chPtr->selected) {		/* sanity check */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    chPtr->selected = 0;
+    HL_SelectionClearNotifyAncestors(wPtr, chPtr->parent);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * HL_SelectionClearAll --
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void HL_SelectionClearAll(wPtr, chPtr, changed_ret)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    int * changed_ret;
+{
+    HListElement * ptr;
+
+    if (chPtr->selected) {
+	*changed_ret = 1;
+	chPtr->selected = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (chPtr->numSelectedChild == 0) {
+	return;
+    } else {
+	chPtr->numSelectedChild = 0;
+
+	for (ptr=chPtr->childHead; ptr; ptr=ptr->next) {
+	    HL_SelectionClearAll(wPtr, ptr, changed_ret);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SelectionNotifyAncestors --
+ *
+ *	!!This has nothing to do with SelectionNotify in X!!
+ *
+ *	HList keeps a counter in every entry on how many of its
+ *	child entries has been selected. This will make the
+ *	"selection clear" very efficient. To keep this counter
+ *	up-to-date, we must call SelectionNotifyAncestors() or
+ *	HL_SelectionClearNotifyAncestors every time the selection
+ *	has changed.
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void SelectionNotifyAncestors(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+{
+    chPtr->numSelectedChild ++;
+
+    if (chPtr->selected || (chPtr->numSelectedChild > 1)) {
+	/* My ancestors already know that I have selections */
+	return;
+    } else {
+	if (chPtr != wPtr->root) {
+	    SelectionNotifyAncestors(wPtr, chPtr->parent);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void HL_SelectionClearNotifyAncestors(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+{
+    chPtr->numSelectedChild --;
+
+    if (chPtr->selected || (chPtr->numSelectedChild > 0)) {
+	/* I still have selections, don't need to notify parent */
+	return;
+    } else {
+	if (chPtr != wPtr->root) {
+	    SelectionNotifyAncestors(wPtr, chPtr->parent);
+	}
+    }
+}
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DeleteOffsprings --
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void DeleteOffsprings(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+{
+    HListElement * ptr;
+    HListElement * toFree;
+
+    ptr=chPtr->childHead;
+    while (ptr) {
+	DeleteOffsprings(wPtr, ptr);
+	toFree = ptr;
+	ptr=ptr->next;
+	FreeElement(wPtr, toFree);
+    }
+
+    chPtr->childHead = 0;
+    chPtr->childTail = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DeleteSiblings --
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void DeleteSiblings(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+{
+    HListElement * ptr;
+
+    for (ptr=chPtr->parent->childHead; ptr; ptr=ptr->next) {
+	if (ptr != chPtr) {
+	    DeleteNode(wPtr, ptr);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DeleteNode --
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void DeleteNode(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+{
+    if (chPtr->parent == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * This is root node : can't delete
+	 */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    DeleteOffsprings(wPtr, chPtr);
+
+    /*
+     * Check for deleting parent's first child
+     */
+    if (chPtr == chPtr->parent->childHead) {
+	chPtr->parent->childHead = chPtr->next;
+    }
+    else {
+	chPtr->prev->next = chPtr->next;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Check for 'last' child (could be both first AND last)
+     */
+    if (chPtr == chPtr->parent->childTail) {
+	chPtr->parent->childTail = chPtr->prev;
+    }
+    else {
+	chPtr->next->prev = chPtr->prev;
+    }
+ 
+    FreeElement(wPtr, chPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * UpdateOneScrollBar --
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void UpdateOneScrollBar(wPtr, command, total, window, first)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    CONST84 char * command;
+    int total;
+    int window;
+    int first;
+{
+    char string[100];
+    double d_first, d_last;
+
+    GetScrollFractions(total, window, first, &d_first, &d_last);
+
+    sprintf(string, " %g %g", d_first, d_last);
+    if (Tix_GlobalVarEval(wPtr->dispData.interp, command, string,
+	    (char *) NULL) != TCL_OK) {
+	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(wPtr->dispData.interp,
+		"\n    (scrolling command executed by tixHList)");
+	Tk_BackgroundError(wPtr->dispData.interp);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  UpdateScrollBars
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void UpdateScrollBars(wPtr, sizeChanged)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int sizeChanged;
+{
+    int total, window, first;
+
+    CheckScrollBar(wPtr, TIX_X);
+    CheckScrollBar(wPtr, TIX_Y);
+ 
+    if (wPtr->xScrollCmd) {
+	total  = wPtr->totalSize[0];
+	window = Tk_Width(wPtr->dispData.tkwin)
+	  - 2*wPtr->borderWidth - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+	first  = wPtr->leftPixel;
+	UpdateOneScrollBar(wPtr, wPtr->xScrollCmd, total, window, first);
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->yScrollCmd) {
+	total  = wPtr->totalSize[1];
+	window = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin)
+	  - 2*wPtr->borderWidth - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+	first  = wPtr->topPixel;
+
+	if (wPtr->useHeader) {
+	    window -= wPtr->headerHeight;
+	}
+	UpdateOneScrollBar(wPtr, wPtr->yScrollCmd, total, window, first);
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->sizeCmd && sizeChanged) {
+	if (Tcl_GlobalEval(wPtr->dispData.interp, wPtr->sizeCmd) != TCL_OK) {
+	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(wPtr->dispData.interp,
+		"\n    (size command executed by tixHList)");
+	    Tk_BackgroundError(wPtr->dispData.interp);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * XScrollByUnits
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int XScrollByUnits(wPtr, count)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int count;
+{
+    return wPtr->leftPixel + count*wPtr->scrollUnit[0];
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * XScrollByPages
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int XScrollByPages(wPtr, count)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int count;
+{
+    return wPtr->leftPixel + count*Tk_Width(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * YScrollByUnits
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int YScrollByUnits(wPtr, count)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int count;
+{
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+    int height;
+
+    if ((chPtr = FindElementAtPosition(wPtr, 0))) {
+	height = chPtr->height;
+    } else if (wPtr->root->childHead) {
+	height = wPtr->root->childHead->height;
+    } else {
+	height = 0;
+    }
+
+    return wPtr->topPixel + count*height;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * YScrollByPages
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int YScrollByPages(wPtr, count)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int count;
+{
+    int window = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin)
+      - 2*wPtr->borderWidth - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+
+    if (wPtr->useHeader) {
+	window -= wPtr->headerHeight;
+    }
+
+    return wPtr->topPixel + count*window;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CheckScrollBar
+ *
+ *	Make sures that the seeting of the scrollbars are correct: i.e.
+ *	the bottom element will never be scrolled up by too much.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void CheckScrollBar(wPtr, which)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int which;
+{
+    int window;
+    int total;
+    int first;
+
+    if (which == TIX_Y) {
+	window = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin)
+	  - 2*wPtr->borderWidth - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+	if (wPtr->useHeader) {
+	    window -= wPtr->headerHeight;
+	}
+	total  = wPtr->totalSize[1];
+	first  = wPtr->topPixel;
+    } else {
+	window = Tk_Width(wPtr->dispData.tkwin)
+	  - 2*wPtr->borderWidth - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+	total  = wPtr->totalSize[0];
+	first  = wPtr->leftPixel;
+    }
+
+    /* Check whether the topPixel is out of bound */
+    if (first < 0) {
+	first = 0;
+    } else {
+	if (window > total) {
+	    first = 0;
+	} else if ((first + window) > total) {
+	    first = total - window;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (which == TIX_Y) {
+	wPtr->topPixel = first;
+    } else {
+	wPtr->leftPixel = first;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * GetScrollFractions --
+ *
+ * Compute the fractions of a scroll-able widget.
+ *
+ */
+static void GetScrollFractions(total, window, first, first_ret, last_ret)
+    int total;
+    int window;
+    int first;
+    double * first_ret;
+    double * last_ret;
+{
+    if (total == 0 || total < window) {
+	*first_ret = 0.0;
+	*last_ret  = 1.0;
+    } else {
+	*first_ret = (double)(first) / (double)(total);
+	*last_ret  = (double)(first+window) / (double)(total);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Find the element that's immediately below this element.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static HListElement *
+FindNextEntry(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+{
+    if (chPtr->childHead != NULL) {
+	return chPtr->childHead;
+    }
+    if (chPtr->next) {
+	return chPtr->next;
+    }
+	
+    /* go to a different branch */
+    while (1) {
+	if (chPtr == wPtr->root) {
+	    return (HListElement *)NULL;
+	}
+	chPtr = chPtr->parent;
+	if (chPtr->next) {
+	    return chPtr->next;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Find the element that's immediately above this element.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static HListElement *
+FindPrevEntry(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    HListElement * chPtr;
+{
+    if (chPtr->prev) {
+	/* Find the bottom of this sub-tree
+	 */
+	for (chPtr=chPtr->prev; chPtr->childTail; chPtr = chPtr->childTail)
+	  ;
+
+	return chPtr;
+    } else {
+	if (chPtr->parent == wPtr->root) {
+	    return 0;
+	} else {
+	    return chPtr->parent;
+	}
+    }
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixHList.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixHList.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixHList.h,v 1.2 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixHList.h --
+ *
+ *	Defines the data structures and functions used by the tixHList
+ *	widget.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TIX_HLIST_H_
+#define _TIX_HLIST_H_
+
+#ifndef  _TIX_INT_H_
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#endif
+
+#define HLTYPE_COLUMN 1
+#define HLTYPE_HEADER 2
+#define HLTYPE_ENTRY  3
+
+/* This is used to indetify what object has caused a DItemSizeChange
+ * All data structs for objects that manage DItems must have these two
+ * members as the beginning of the struct.
+ */
+typedef struct HLItemTypeInfo {
+    int type;
+    char * self;
+} HLItemTypeInfo;
+
+typedef struct HListColumn {
+    /* generic type info section */
+    int type;
+    char * self;
+    struct _HListElement * chPtr;
+
+    /* other data */
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int width;
+} HListColumn;
+
+typedef struct HListHeader {
+    /* generic type info section */
+    int type;
+    char * self;
+
+    struct HListStruct * wPtr;
+    /* other data */
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    int width;
+
+    Tk_3DBorder background;	/* Used for drawing the 3d border. */
+    int relief;			/* Indicates whether window as a whole is
+				 * raised, sunken, or flat. */
+    int borderWidth;
+} HListHeader;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  A HListElement structure contain the information about each element
+ * inside the HList.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct _HListElement {
+    /* generic type info section */
+    int type;
+    char * self;
+
+    /* other data */
+    struct HListStruct   * wPtr;
+    struct _HListElement * parent;
+    struct _HListElement * prev;
+    struct _HListElement * next;
+    struct _HListElement * childHead;
+    struct _HListElement * childTail;
+
+    int numSelectedChild;	/* number of childs that has selection(s) in 
+				 * them (either this child is selected or some
+				 * of its descendants are selected */
+    int numCreatedChild;	/* this var gets increment by one each
+				 * time a child is created */
+    char * pathName;		/* Full pathname of this element */
+    char * name;		/* Name of this element */
+    int height;			/* Height of this element, including padding
+				 * and selBorderWidth;
+				 */
+    int allHeight;		/* Height of all descendants and self */
+    Tk_Uid state;		/* State of Tab's for display purposes:
+				 * normal or disabled. */
+    char * data;		/* user data field */
+
+    /* bottom-middle position of the bitmap/image branch (offset from
+     * the top-left corner of the item)
+     */
+    int branchX;		
+    int branchY;
+
+    /*  offset of the left-middle position of the icon */
+    int iconX;
+    int iconY;
+    /*----------------------------------*/
+    /* Things to display in the element */
+    /*----------------------------------*/
+    HListColumn * col;		/* the multi-column display items */
+    HListColumn  _oneCol;	/* If we have only one column, then this
+				 * space is used (pointed to by column).
+				 * This will save one Malloc */
+    int indent;
+    Tix_DItem * indicator;	/* indicator: little triangle on Mac */
+
+    /*----------------------------------*/
+    /* Flags			        */
+    /*----------------------------------*/
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;
+
+    unsigned int selected : 1;
+    unsigned int hidden   : 1;
+    unsigned int dirty    : 1;	/* If it is dirty then its geometry needs
+				 * be recalculated */
+} Tix_HListElement, HListElement;
+
+/*
+ * A data structure of the following type is kept for each
+ * widget managed by this file:
+ */
+typedef struct HListStruct {
+    Tix_DispData dispData;
+    Tcl_Command widgetCmd;	/* Token for button's widget command. */
+
+    /*
+     * Information used when displaying widget:
+     */
+    char *command;		/* Command prefix to use when invoking
+				 * scrolling commands.  NULL means don't
+				 * invoke commands.  Malloc'ed. */
+    int width, height;		/* For app programmer to request size */
+
+    /*
+     * Information used when displaying widget:
+     */
+
+    /* Border and general drawing */
+    int borderWidth;		/* Width of 3-D borders. */
+    int selBorderWidth;		/* Width of 3-D borders for selected items */
+    int relief;			/* Indicates whether window as a whole is
+				 * raised, sunken, or flat. */
+    int indent;			/* How much should the children be indented
+				 * (to the right)?, in pixels */
+    Tk_3DBorder border;		/* Used for drawing the 3d border. */
+    Tk_3DBorder selectBorder;	/* Used for selected background. */
+    XColor *normalFg;		/* Normal foreground for text. */
+    XColor *normalBg;		/* Normal bachground for  text. */
+    XColor *selectFg;		/* Color for drawing selected text. */
+    TixFont font;		/* The default font used in the DItems. */
+    GC backgroundGC;		/* GC for drawing background. */
+    GC normalGC;		/* GC for drawing text in normal mode. */
+    GC selectGC;		/* GC for drawing selected background. */
+    GC anchorGC;		/* GC for drawing dotted anchor highlight. */
+    GC dropSiteGC;		/* GC for drawing dotted anchor highlight. */
+
+    Cursor cursor;		/* Current cursor for window, or None. */
+
+    int topPixel;		/* Vertical offset */
+    int leftPixel;		/* Horizontal offset */
+    int bottomPixel;
+    int wideSelect;		/* BOOL: if 1, use a wide selection: the 
+				 * selection background color covers the whole
+				 * widget. If 0, only the "significant" part
+				 * of a list entry is highlighted */
+    int selectWidth;		/* Width of the selection: takes effect only
+				 * if wideSelect == 1 */
+    /* For highlights */
+    int highlightWidth;		/* Width in pixels of highlight to draw
+				 * around widget when it has the focus.
+				 * <= 0 means don't draw a highlight. */
+    XColor *highlightColorPtr;	/* Color for drawing traversal highlight. */
+    GC highlightGC;		/* For drawing traversal highlight. */
+
+    /* default pad and gap values */
+    int gap, padX, padY;
+    char * separator;
+
+    Tk_Uid selectMode;		/* Selection style: single, browse, multiple,
+				 * or extended.  This value isn't used in C
+				 * code, but the Tcl bindings use it. */
+    int drawBranch;		/* Whether to draw the "branch" lines from
+				 * parent entry to children */
+    Tcl_HashTable childTable;	/* Hash table to translate child names
+				 * into (HListElement *) */
+    HListElement * root;	/* Mother of all elements */
+    HListElement * anchor;	/* The current anchor item */
+    HListElement * dragSite;	/* The current drag site */
+    HListElement * dropSite;	/* The current drop site */
+
+    char *yScrollCmd;		/* Command prefix for communicating with
+				 * vertical scrollbar.  NULL means no command
+				 * to issue.  Malloc'ed. */
+    char *xScrollCmd;		/* Command prefix for communicating with
+				 * horizontal scrollbar. NULL means no command
+				 * to issue.  Malloc'ed. */
+    char *sizeCmd;		/* The command to call when the size of
+				 * the listbox changes. E.g., when the user
+				 * add/deletes elements. Useful for
+				 * auto-scrollbar geometry managers */
+    char *browseCmd;		/* The command to call when the selection
+				 * changes. */
+    char *indicatorCmd;		/* The command to call when the user touches
+				 * the indicator. */
+    char *dragCmd;		/* The command to call when info about a 
+				 * drag source is needed */
+    char *dropCmd;		/* The command to call when action at a drop
+				 * side needs to be performed */
+    char *takeFocus;		/* Value of -takefocus option;  not used in
+				 * the C code, but used by keyboard traversal
+				 * scripts.  Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */
+
+    Tix_LinkList mappedWindows; /* Those windows that are are mapped by this
+				 * widget*/
+    int serial;			/* this number is incremented before each time
+				 * the widget is redisplayed */
+
+    int numColumns;		/* number of columns in the tixHList widget,
+				 * cannot be changed after the widget's
+				 * creation */
+
+    int totalSize[2];
+
+    HListColumn * reqSize;	/* Requested column sizes by the user:
+				   take precedence */
+    HListColumn * actualSize;	/* Actual column sizes, calculated using
+				 * the sizes of the ditems */
+
+    HListHeader ** headers;	/* Stores all the headers for a HList widget */
+    int useHeader;		/* whether headers should be used */
+    int headerHeight;		/* required height of the header */
+
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;	/* Default item type */
+    Tix_StyleTemplate stTmpl;
+
+    int useIndicator;		/* should indicators be displayed */
+    int scrollUnit[2];
+
+    Tk_Window headerWin;	/* subwindow, used to draw the headers */
+    char * elmToSee;		/* name of element to "see" the next time
+				 * this widget is redrawn */
+    unsigned redrawing : 1;
+    unsigned redrawingFrame : 1;
+    unsigned resizing  : 1;
+    unsigned hasFocus  : 1;
+    unsigned allDirty  : 1;
+    unsigned initialized : 1;
+    unsigned headerDirty : 1;
+    unsigned needToRaise : 1;	/* The header subwindow needs to be raised
+				 * if we add a new window item into the
+				 * HList widget (either in the list or
+				 * in the header */
+} HList;
+
+#define TIX_X 0
+#define TIX_Y 1
+#define UNINITIALIZED -1
+
+typedef HList   WidgetRecord;
+typedef HList * WidgetPtr;
+
+EXTERN HListColumn * 	Tix_HLAllocColumn _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, HListElement * chPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_HLCancelResizeWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_HLComputeGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData));
+EXTERN HListElement * 	Tix_HLFindElement _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, CONST84 char * pathName));
+EXTERN void 		Tix_HLFreeMappedWindow _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement * chPtr));
+EXTERN int	 	Tix_HLElementTopOffset _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, HListElement *chPtr));
+EXTERN int	 	Tix_HLElementLeftOffset _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, HListElement *chPtr));
+EXTERN int 		Tix_HLItemInfo _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int argc, CONST84 char** argv));
+EXTERN int		Tix_HLHeader _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+EXTERN int		Tix_HLCreateHeaders _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, WidgetPtr wPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_HLFreeHeaders _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, WidgetPtr wPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_HLDrawHeader _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, Pixmap pixmap, GC gc,
+			    int hdrX, int hdrY, int hdrW, int hdrH,
+			    int xOffset));
+EXTERN void		Tix_HLComputeHeaderGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr));
+
+EXTERN void  		Tix_HLMarkElementDirty _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    HListElement *chPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_HLResizeWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_HLResizeNow _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr));
+EXTERN void		Tix_HLComputeGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData));
+EXTERN void		Tix_HLCancelResizeWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr));
+
+
+/* in tixHLCol.c */
+EXTERN TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLColumn);
+EXTERN TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLItem);
+
+/* in tixHLInd.c */
+EXTERN TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_HLIndicator);
+
+
+#endif /*_TIX_HLIST_H_ */
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixImgCmp.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixImgCmp.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1514 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixImgCmp.c,v 1.6 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/* 
+ * tkImgCmp.c --
+ *
+ *	This procedure implements images of type "compound" for Tix.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixDef.h>
+
+/*
+ * ToDo: 
+ *	- lineconfig and itemconfig command
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The following data structure represents the master for a bitmap
+ * image:
+ */
+typedef struct CmpMaster {
+    Tk_ImageMaster tkMaster;	/* Tk's token for image master.  NULL means
+				 * the image is being deleted. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter for application that is
+				 * using image. */
+    Tcl_Command imageCmd;	/* Token for image command (used to delete
+				 * it when the image goes away).  NULL means
+				 * the image command has already been
+				 * deleted. */
+    Display * display;		/* Display of the the window associated with
+				 * this image. We need to keep it
+				 * because Tk_Display(CmpMaster.tkwin) may
+				 * be invalid. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* default options are taken from this window.
+				 * If undefined, will use the main window
+				 * of this application */
+    int width, height;		/* Dimensions of image. */
+    int padX, padY;
+    struct CmpLine * lineHead;
+    struct CmpLine * lineTail;
+
+    /* Thde default options, etc */
+    int borderWidth;		/* Width of 3-D borders. */
+    Tk_3DBorder background;	/* Used for drawing background. */
+    int relief;			/* Indicates whether window as a whole is
+				 * raised, sunken, or flat. */
+
+    TixFont font;		/* Information about text font.*/
+    XColor *foreground;		/* Color for drawing text and bitmaps */
+    GC gc;			/* default GC for drawing text. */
+
+    int showBackground;		/* whether the background should be drawn */
+    unsigned int changing;	/* is this image going to call Tk_ImageChanged
+				 * in an idle event? */
+    unsigned int isDeleted;
+} CmpMaster;
+
+#define TYPE_TEXT	0
+#define TYPE_SPACE	1
+#define TYPE_IMAGE	2
+#define TYPE_BITMAP	3
+#define TYPE_WIDGET	4
+
+typedef struct CmpLine {
+    struct CmpMaster *masterPtr;
+    struct CmpLine * next;
+    struct CmpItem * itemHead;
+    struct CmpItem * itemTail;
+    int padX, padY;
+    Tk_Anchor anchor;
+    int width, height;		/* Dimensions of this line. */
+
+} CmpLine;
+
+/* abstract type */
+
+#define COMMON_MEMBERS \
+    struct CmpLine * line; \
+    struct CmpItem * next; \
+    Tk_Anchor anchor; \
+    char type; \
+    int width; \
+    int height; \
+    int padX, padY
+
+typedef struct CmpItem {
+    COMMON_MEMBERS;
+} CmpItem;
+
+typedef struct CmpBitmapItem {
+    COMMON_MEMBERS;
+
+    Pixmap bitmap;
+    XColor *foreground;
+    XColor *background;
+    GC gc;			/* GC for drawing the bitmap. */
+} CmpBitmapItem;
+
+typedef struct CmpImageItem {
+    COMMON_MEMBERS;
+
+    Tk_Image image;
+    char * imageString;
+} CmpImageItem;
+
+typedef struct CmpSpaceItem {
+    COMMON_MEMBERS;
+
+} CmpSpaceItem;
+
+typedef struct CmpTextItem {
+    COMMON_MEMBERS;
+
+    char * text;
+    int numChars;
+    Tk_Justify justify;		/* Justification to use for multi-line text. */
+    int wrapLength;
+    int underline;		/* Index of character to underline.  < 0 means
+				 * don't underline anything. */
+    XColor *foreground;
+    TixFont font;		/* Information about text font, or NULL. */
+    GC gc;			/* GC for drawing the bitmap. */
+} CmpTextItem;
+
+typedef union CmpItemPtr {
+    CmpItem	  * item;
+    CmpBitmapItem * bitmap;
+    CmpImageItem  * image;
+    CmpSpaceItem  * space;
+    CmpTextItem  * text;
+} CmpItemPtr;
+
+/*
+ * The type record for bitmap images:
+ */
+static int		ImgCmpCreate _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    char *name, int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],
+			    Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
+			    ClientData *clientDataPtr));
+static ClientData	ImgCmpGet _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    ClientData clientData));
+static void		ImgCmpDisplay _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Display *display, Drawable drawable, 
+			    int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height,
+			    int drawableX, int drawableY));
+static void		ImgCmpFree _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Display *display));
+static void		ImgCmpDelete _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+static void		ImgCmpFreeResources _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+
+Tk_ImageType tixCompoundImageType = {
+    "compound",                     /* name */
+    ImgCmpCreate,                   /* createProc */
+    ImgCmpGet,                      /* getProc */
+    ImgCmpDisplay,                  /* displayProc */
+    ImgCmpFree,                     /* freeProc */
+    ImgCmpDelete,                   /* deleteProc */
+    NULL,                           /* postscriptProc (tk8.3 or later)*/
+    NULL,                           /* nextPtr */
+    NULL,                           /* reserved */
+};
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
+       DEF_CMPIMAGE_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(CmpMaster, background),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
+       DEF_CMPIMAGE_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(CmpMaster, background),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", (char *) NULL,
+       "0", Tk_Offset(CmpMaster, borderWidth), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
+       DEF_CMPIMAGE_FONT, Tk_Offset(CmpMaster, font), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
+       DEF_CMPIMAGE_FG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(CmpMaster, foreground),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
+       DEF_CMPIMAGE_FG_MONO, Tk_Offset(CmpMaster, foreground),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-padx", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+	"0", Tk_Offset(CmpMaster, padX), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-pady", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+	"0", Tk_Offset(CmpMaster, padY), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+	"flat", Tk_Offset(CmpMaster, relief), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-showbackground", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+	"0", Tk_Offset(CmpMaster, showBackground), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_WINDOW, "-window", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+	(char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(CmpMaster, tkwin), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+	(char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec lineConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "c", Tk_Offset(CmpLine, anchor), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-padx", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "0", Tk_Offset(CmpLine, padX), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-pady", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "0", Tk_Offset(CmpLine, padY), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+	(char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec bitmapConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "c", Tk_Offset(CmpBitmapItem, anchor), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-background", "background", "Background",
+       "", Tk_Offset(CmpBitmapItem, background),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-bitmap", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "",  Tk_Offset(CmpBitmapItem, bitmap), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
+       "", Tk_Offset(CmpBitmapItem, foreground),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-padx", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "0", Tk_Offset(CmpBitmapItem, padX), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-pady", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "0", Tk_Offset(CmpBitmapItem, padY), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+        (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec imageConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "c", Tk_Offset(CmpImageItem, anchor), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-image", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(CmpImageItem, imageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-padx", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "0", Tk_Offset(CmpImageItem, padX), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-pady", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "0", Tk_Offset(CmpImageItem, padY), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+        (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec spaceConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "0", Tk_Offset(CmpSpaceItem, height), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "0", Tk_Offset(CmpSpaceItem, width), 0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+	(char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec textConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "c", Tk_Offset(CmpTextItem, anchor), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "", Tk_Offset(CmpTextItem, font), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
+       "", Tk_Offset(CmpTextItem, foreground),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_JUSTIFY, "-justify", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "left", Tk_Offset(CmpTextItem, justify), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-padx", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "0", Tk_Offset(CmpTextItem, padX), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-pady", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "0", Tk_Offset(CmpTextItem, padY), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-text", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "",  Tk_Offset(CmpTextItem, text), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-underline", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "-1", Tk_Offset(CmpTextItem, underline), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-wraplength", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       "0", Tk_Offset(CmpTextItem, wrapLength), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+        (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/*
+ * Prototypes for procedures used only locally in this file:
+ */
+
+static int		ImgCmpCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+static void		ImgCmpCmdDeletedProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData));
+static int		ImgCmpConfigureMaster _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    CmpMaster *masterPtr, int argc, CONST84 char **argv,
+			    int flags));
+CmpBitmapItem *		AddNewBitmap _ANSI_ARGS_((CmpMaster *masterPtr,
+			    CmpLine *line,
+			    int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+CmpImageItem * 		AddNewImage _ANSI_ARGS_((CmpMaster *masterPtr,
+			    CmpLine *line,
+			    int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+CmpSpaceItem * 		AddNewSpace _ANSI_ARGS_((CmpMaster *masterPtr,
+			    CmpLine *line,
+			    int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+CmpTextItem * 		AddNewText _ANSI_ARGS_((CmpMaster *masterPtr,
+			    CmpLine *line,
+			    int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+CmpLine* 		AddNewLine _ANSI_ARGS_((CmpMaster *masterPtr,
+			    int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+static void		CalculateMasterSize _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData));
+static void		ChangeImageWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    CmpMaster *masterPtr));
+static void		ImageProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int height,
+			    int imgWidth, int imgHeight));
+static void 		FreeLine _ANSI_ARGS_((CmpLine * lPtr));
+static void 		FreeItem _ANSI_ARGS_((CmpItemPtr p));
+static void		CmpEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr));
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgCmpCreate --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called by the Tk image code to create "test"
+ *	images.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The data structure for a new image is allocated.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+	/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+ImgCmpCreate(interp, name, argc, objv, typePtr, master, clientDataPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter for application containing
+				 * image. */
+    char *name;			/* Name to use for image. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];	/* Argument strings for options (doesn't
+				 * include image name or type). */
+    Tk_ImageType *typePtr;	/* Pointer to our type record (not used). */
+    Tk_ImageMaster master;	/* Token for image, to be used by us in
+				 * later callbacks. */
+    ClientData *clientDataPtr;	/* Store manager's token for image here;
+				 * it will be returned in later callbacks. */
+{
+    CmpMaster *masterPtr;
+    int i;
+    CONST84 char *argvbuf[10];
+    CONST84 char **argv = argvbuf;
+
+    /*
+     * Convert the objv arguments into string equivalent.
+     */
+    if (argc > 10) {
+	argv = (CONST84 char **) ckalloc(argc * sizeof(char *));
+    }
+    for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+        /*
+         * no need to free the value returned by Tcl_GetString. It's
+         * managed by Tcl's object system.
+         */
+
+	argv[i] = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
+    }
+
+    masterPtr = (CmpMaster *) ckalloc(sizeof(CmpMaster));
+    masterPtr->tkMaster = master;
+    masterPtr->interp = interp;
+    masterPtr->imageCmd = Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, name, ImgCmpCmd,
+	(ClientData)masterPtr, ImgCmpCmdDeletedProc);
+    masterPtr->tkwin = NULL;
+    masterPtr->display = NULL;
+    masterPtr->width = 0;
+    masterPtr->height = 0;
+    masterPtr->padX = 0;
+    masterPtr->padY = 0;
+    masterPtr->lineHead = NULL;
+    masterPtr->lineTail = NULL;
+    masterPtr->borderWidth = 0;
+    masterPtr->background = NULL;
+    masterPtr->relief = 0;
+    masterPtr->font = NULL;
+    masterPtr->foreground = NULL;
+    masterPtr->gc = None;
+    masterPtr->showBackground = 0;
+    masterPtr->changing = 0;
+    masterPtr->isDeleted = 0;
+	
+    if (ImgCmpConfigureMaster(masterPtr, argc, argv, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	ImgCmpDelete((ClientData) masterPtr);
+	if (argv != argvbuf) {
+	    ckfree((char *) argv);
+	}
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    *clientDataPtr = (ClientData) masterPtr;
+    if (argv != argvbuf) {
+	ckfree((char *) argv);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgCmpConfigureMaster --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called when a bitmap image is created or
+ *	reconfigured.  It process configuration options and resets
+ *	any instances of the image.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl return value.  If TCL_ERROR is returned then
+ *	an error message is left in masterPtr->interp->result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Existing instances of the image will be redisplayed to match
+ *	the new configuration options.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ImgCmpConfigureMaster(masterPtr, argc, argv, flags)
+    CmpMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to data structure describing
+				 * overall bitmap image to (reconfigure). */
+    int argc;			/* Number of entries in argv. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Pairs of configuration options for image. */
+    int flags;			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget,
+				 * such as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */
+{
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+    GC newGC;
+    int i;
+
+    if (argc %2) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(masterPtr->interp, "value missing for option \"",
+	    argv[argc-1], "\"", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    for (i=0; i<argc; i+=2) {
+	size_t length = strlen(argv[i]);
+	if (strncmp(argv[i], "-window", length) == 0) {
+	    masterPtr->tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(masterPtr->interp, argv[i+1],
+		Tk_MainWindow(masterPtr->interp));
+	    if (masterPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if (masterPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(masterPtr->interp, 
+	    "no value given for -window option.", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    masterPtr->display = Tk_Display(masterPtr->tkwin);
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(masterPtr->interp, masterPtr->tkwin,
+	    configSpecs, argc, argv, (char *) masterPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(masterPtr->tkwin,
+	StructureNotifyMask, CmpEventProc, (ClientData)masterPtr);
+
+    /*
+     * Get the default GC for text and bitmaps
+     */
+    gcValues.foreground = masterPtr->foreground->pixel;
+    gcValues.background = Tk_3DBorderColor(masterPtr->background)->pixel;
+    gcValues.font = TixFontId(masterPtr->font);
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(masterPtr->tkwin,
+	 GCBackground|GCForeground|GCFont|GCGraphicsExposures,
+	 &gcValues);
+    if (masterPtr->gc != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(masterPtr->tkwin), masterPtr->gc);
+    }
+    masterPtr->gc = newGC;
+
+    ChangeImageWhenIdle(masterPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgCmpCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command
+ *	that corresponds to an image managed by this module.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ImgCmpCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Information about button widget. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    CmpMaster *masterPtr = (CmpMaster *) clientData;
+    int c, code;
+    size_t length;
+
+    if (argc < 2) {
+	sprintf(interp->result,
+	    "wrong # args: should be \"%.50s option ?arg arg ...?\"",
+	    argv[0]);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    c = argv[1][0];
+    length = strlen(argv[1]);
+    if ((c == 'a') && (strncmp(argv[1], "add", length) == 0)) {
+	if (argc < 3) {
+	    return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 2, 
+		"type ?option value? ...");
+	}
+	c = argv[2][0];
+	length = strlen(argv[2]);
+
+	if ((c == 'l') && (strncmp(argv[2], "line", length) == 0)) {
+	    CmpLine * newLine;
+
+	    newLine = AddNewLine(masterPtr, argc-3, argv+3);
+	    if (newLine == NULL) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+	else {
+	    CmpItemPtr p;
+
+	    if (masterPtr->lineTail == 0) {
+		if (AddNewLine(masterPtr, 0, 0) == NULL) {
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if ((c == 'b') && (strncmp(argv[2], "bitmap", length) == 0)) {
+		p.bitmap = AddNewBitmap(masterPtr, masterPtr->lineTail, 
+		    argc-3, argv+3);
+		if (p.bitmap == NULL) {
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+	    }
+	    else if ((c == 'i') && (strncmp(argv[2], "image", length) == 0)) {
+		p.image = AddNewImage(masterPtr, masterPtr->lineTail, 
+		    argc-3, argv+3);
+		if (p.image == NULL) {
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+	    }
+	    else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(argv[2], "space", length) == 0)) {
+		p.space = AddNewSpace(masterPtr, masterPtr->lineTail, 
+		    argc-3, argv+3);
+		if (p.space == NULL) {
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+	    }
+	    else if ((c == 't') && (strncmp(argv[2], "text", length) == 0)) {
+		p.text = AddNewText(masterPtr, masterPtr->lineTail, 
+		    argc-3, argv+3);
+		if (p.text == NULL) {
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+	    }
+	    else {
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"",
+		    argv[2], "\", must be bitmap, image, line, ",
+		    "space, text or widget", NULL);
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+
+	    /* append to the end of the line */
+	    if (masterPtr->lineTail->itemHead == NULL) {
+		masterPtr->lineTail->itemHead =  p.item;
+		masterPtr->lineTail->itemTail = p.item;
+	    } else {
+		masterPtr->lineTail->itemTail->next = p.item;
+		masterPtr->lineTail->itemTail = p.item;
+	    }
+	}
+	ChangeImageWhenIdle(masterPtr);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    } else if ((c == 'c') && (strncmp(argv[1], "cget", length) == 0)
+	    && (length >= 2)) {
+	if (argc != 3) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+		    argv[0], " cget option\"",
+		    (char *) NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), configSpecs,
+		(char *) masterPtr, argv[2], 0);
+    } else if ((c == 'c') && (strncmp(argv[1], "configure", length) == 0)
+	    && (length >= 2)) {
+	if (argc == 2) {
+	    code = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
+		configSpecs, (char *) masterPtr, (char *) NULL, 0);
+	} else if (argc == 3) {
+	    code = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
+		configSpecs, (char *) masterPtr, argv[2], 0);
+	} else {
+	    int i;
+	    for (i=2; i<argc-2; i++) {
+		length = strlen(argv[i]);
+		if (strncmp(argv[i], "-window", length) == 0) {
+		    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "The -window option cannot ",
+			"be changed.", (char *) NULL);
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+	    }
+	    code = ImgCmpConfigureMaster(masterPtr, argc-2, argv+2,
+		TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
+	}
+	return code;
+    } else if ((c == 'i') && (strncmp(argv[1], "itemconfigure", length)== 0)) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unimplemented", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    } else if ((c == 'l') && (strncmp(argv[1], "lineconfigure", length)== 0)) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unimplemented", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    } else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[1],
+	    "\": must be cget or configure", (char *) NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+CmpLine * 
+AddNewLine(masterPtr, argc, argv)
+    CmpMaster *masterPtr;
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    CmpLine * lPtr = (CmpLine *)ckalloc(sizeof(CmpLine));
+
+    lPtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
+    lPtr->next = NULL;
+    lPtr->itemHead = NULL;
+    lPtr->itemTail = NULL;
+    lPtr->padX   = 0;
+    lPtr->padY   = 0;
+    lPtr->width  = 1;
+    lPtr->height = 1;
+
+    lPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(masterPtr->interp, masterPtr->tkwin,
+	    lineConfigSpecs, argc, argv, (char *) lPtr, 
+	    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY) != TCL_OK) {
+	FreeLine(lPtr);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Append to the end of the master's lines
+     */
+    if (masterPtr->lineHead == NULL) {
+	masterPtr->lineHead = masterPtr->lineTail = lPtr;
+    } else {
+	masterPtr->lineTail->next = lPtr;
+	masterPtr->lineTail = lPtr;
+    }
+
+    return lPtr;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+CmpBitmapItem *
+AddNewBitmap(masterPtr, line, argc, argv)
+    CmpMaster *masterPtr;
+    CmpLine *line;
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    CmpItemPtr p;
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+
+    p.bitmap = (CmpBitmapItem*) ckalloc(sizeof(CmpBitmapItem));
+    p.bitmap->line = line;
+    p.bitmap->next = NULL;
+    p.bitmap->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
+    p.bitmap->type = TYPE_BITMAP;
+    p.bitmap->padX = 0;
+    p.bitmap->padY = 0;
+    p.bitmap->width = 0;
+    p.bitmap->height = 0;
+   
+    p.bitmap->bitmap = None;
+    p.bitmap->foreground = NULL;
+    p.bitmap->background = NULL;
+    p.bitmap->gc = None;
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(masterPtr->interp, masterPtr->tkwin,
+	    bitmapConfigSpecs, argc, argv, (char *) p.bitmap, 
+	    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY) != TCL_OK) {
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    /* Get the GC for the bitmap */
+    if (p.bitmap->background) {
+	gcValues.background = p.bitmap->background->pixel;
+    } else {
+	gcValues.background = Tk_3DBorderColor(masterPtr->background)->pixel;
+    }
+    if (p.bitmap->foreground) {
+	gcValues.foreground = p.bitmap->foreground->pixel;
+    } else {
+	gcValues.foreground = masterPtr->foreground->pixel;
+    }
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+    p.bitmap->gc = Tk_GetGC(masterPtr->tkwin,
+	 GCBackground|GCForeground|GCGraphicsExposures,
+	 &gcValues);
+
+    return p.bitmap;
+
+  error:
+
+    FreeItem(p);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+CmpImageItem *
+AddNewImage(masterPtr, line, argc, argv)
+    CmpMaster *masterPtr;
+    CmpLine *line;
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    CmpItemPtr p;
+
+
+    p.image = (CmpImageItem*) ckalloc(sizeof(CmpImageItem));
+    p.image->line = line;
+    p.image->next = NULL;
+    p.image->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
+    p.image->type = TYPE_IMAGE;
+    p.image->padX = 0;
+    p.image->padY = 0;
+    p.image->width = 0;
+    p.image->height = 0;
+   
+    p.image->imageString = NULL;
+    p.image->image = NULL;
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(masterPtr->interp, masterPtr->tkwin,
+	    imageConfigSpecs, argc, argv, (char *) p.image, 
+	    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY) != TCL_OK) {
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    /* Get the image */
+    if (p.image->imageString != NULL) {
+	p.image->image = Tk_GetImage(masterPtr->interp, masterPtr->tkwin,
+	    p.image->imageString, ImageProc, (ClientData)p.image);
+	if (p.image->image == NULL) {
+	    goto error;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return p.image;
+
+  error:
+
+    FreeItem(p);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+CmpSpaceItem *
+AddNewSpace(masterPtr, line, argc, argv)
+    CmpMaster *masterPtr;
+    CmpLine *line;
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    CmpItemPtr p;
+
+    p.space = (CmpSpaceItem*) ckalloc(sizeof(CmpSpaceItem));
+    p.space->line = line;
+    p.space->next = NULL;
+    p.space->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
+    p.space->type = TYPE_SPACE;
+    p.space->padX = 0;
+    p.space->padY = 0;
+    p.space->width = 0;
+    p.space->height = 0;
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(masterPtr->interp, masterPtr->tkwin,
+	spaceConfigSpecs, argc, argv, (char *)p.space, 
+	TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY) != TCL_OK) {
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    return p.space;
+
+  error:
+
+    FreeItem(p);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+CmpTextItem *
+AddNewText(masterPtr, line, argc, argv)
+    CmpMaster *masterPtr;
+    CmpLine *line;
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    CmpItemPtr p;
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+
+    p.text = (CmpTextItem*) ckalloc(sizeof(CmpTextItem));
+    p.text->line = line;
+    p.text->next = NULL;
+    p.text->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
+    p.text->type = TYPE_TEXT;
+    p.text->padX = 0;
+    p.text->padY = 0;
+    p.text->width = 0;
+    p.text->height = 0;
+   
+    p.text->text = NULL;
+    p.text->numChars = 0;
+    p.text->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_CENTER;
+    p.text->underline = -1;
+    p.text->wrapLength = 0;
+
+    p.text->foreground = NULL;
+    p.text->font = NULL;
+    p.text->gc = None;
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(masterPtr->interp, masterPtr->tkwin,
+	textConfigSpecs, argc, argv, (char *) p.text, 
+	TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY) != TCL_OK) {
+
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    /* Get the GC for the text */
+    if (p.text->foreground) {
+	gcValues.foreground = p.text->foreground->pixel;
+    } else {
+	gcValues.foreground = masterPtr->foreground->pixel;
+    }
+    if (p.text->font) {
+	gcValues.font = TixFontId(p.text->font);
+    } else {
+	gcValues.font = TixFontId(masterPtr->font);
+    }
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+    p.text->gc = Tk_GetGC(masterPtr->tkwin,
+	 GCFont|GCForeground|GCGraphicsExposures,
+	 &gcValues);
+
+    return p.text;
+
+  error:
+
+    FreeItem(p);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgCmpGet --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called for each use of a bitmap image in a
+ *	widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a token for the instance, which is passed
+ *	back to us in calls to ImgCmpDisplay and ImgCmpFree.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A data structure is set up for the instance (or, an existing
+ *	instance is re-used for the new one).
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static ClientData
+ImgCmpGet(tkwin, masterData)
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window in which the instance will be
+				 * used. */
+    ClientData masterData;	/* Pointer to our master structure for the
+				 * image. */
+{
+    CmpMaster *masterPtr = (CmpMaster *)masterData;
+    
+    if (tkwin == masterPtr->tkwin) {
+	return masterData;
+    }
+
+    Tcl_AppendResult(masterPtr->interp, 
+	"Image \"",
+	Tk_NameOfImage(masterPtr->tkMaster),
+	"\" can only be assigned to window \"",
+	Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin), "\"", NULL);
+    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(masterPtr->interp, "\n    (while configuring image \"");
+    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(masterPtr->interp, Tk_NameOfImage(masterPtr->tkMaster));
+    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(masterPtr->interp, "\")");
+    Tk_BackgroundError(masterPtr->interp);
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+CalculateMasterSize(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;
+{
+    CmpMaster *masterPtr = (CmpMaster *)clientData;
+    CmpLine *lPtr;
+    CmpItemPtr p;
+
+    masterPtr->width  = 0;
+    masterPtr->height = 0;
+
+    for (lPtr = masterPtr->lineHead; lPtr; lPtr=lPtr->next) {
+	lPtr->width  = 0;
+	lPtr->height = 0;
+	for (p.item = lPtr->itemHead; p.item; p.item=p.item->next) {
+
+	    switch (p.item->type) {
+	      case TYPE_IMAGE:
+		Tk_SizeOfImage(p.image->image, 
+		    &p.image->width, &p.image->height);
+		break;
+
+	      case TYPE_SPACE:
+		/* Do nothing */
+		break;
+
+	      case TYPE_TEXT:
+		{
+		    TixFont font;
+
+		    if (p.text->text == NULL) {
+			break;
+		    }
+		  
+		    if (p.text->font) {
+			font = p.text->font;
+		    } else {
+			font = masterPtr->font;
+		    }
+		    
+		    p.text->numChars = -1;
+		    TixComputeTextGeometry(font, p.text->text,
+			p.text->numChars,
+			p.text->wrapLength,
+			&p.text->width, &p.text->height);
+	        }
+		break;
+		
+	      case TYPE_BITMAP:
+		Tk_SizeOfBitmap(Tk_Display(masterPtr->tkwin),
+		    p.bitmap->bitmap, &p.bitmap->width,
+		    &p.bitmap->height);
+		break;
+
+	      case TYPE_WIDGET:
+
+		
+		break;
+	    }
+	    p.item->width  += 2*p.item->padX;
+	    p.item->height += 2*p.item->padY;
+
+	    lPtr->width += p.item->width;
+	    if (lPtr->height < p.item->height) {
+		lPtr->height = p.item->height;
+	    }
+	}
+	lPtr->width  += 2*lPtr->padX;
+	lPtr->height += 2*lPtr->padY;
+
+	if (masterPtr->width < lPtr->width) {
+	    masterPtr->width = lPtr->width;
+	}
+	masterPtr->height += lPtr->height;
+    }
+    masterPtr->width  += 2*masterPtr->padX + 2*masterPtr->borderWidth;
+    masterPtr->height += 2*masterPtr->padY + 2*masterPtr->borderWidth;
+
+    Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, masterPtr->width,
+	masterPtr->height, masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
+    masterPtr->changing = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+ChangeImageWhenIdle(masterPtr)
+    CmpMaster *masterPtr;
+{
+    if (!masterPtr->changing) {
+	masterPtr->changing = 1;
+	Tk_DoWhenIdle(CalculateMasterSize, (ClientData)masterPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgCmpDisplay --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to draw a bitmap image.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A portion of the image gets rendered in a pixmap or window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ImgCmpDisplay(clientData, display, drawable, imageX, imageY, width,
+	height, drawableX, drawableY)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Pointer to CmpInstance structure for
+				 * for instance to be displayed. */
+    Display *display;		/* Display on which to draw image. */
+    Drawable drawable;		/* Pixmap or window in which to draw image. */
+    int imageX, imageY;		/* Upper-left corner of region within image
+				 * to draw. */
+    int width, height;		/* Dimensions of region within image to draw.*/
+    int drawableX, drawableY;	/* Coordinates within drawable that
+				 * correspond to imageX and imageY. */
+{
+    CmpMaster * masterPtr = (CmpMaster*)clientData;
+    CmpLine *lPtr;
+    CmpItemPtr p;
+    int dx, dy, extraX;
+
+    if (masterPtr == NULL) {
+	/* attempting to draw into a invalid window (can only be drawn into
+	 * the original window set by the -window option */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (masterPtr->showBackground) {
+	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(masterPtr->tkwin, drawable, 
+	    masterPtr->background,
+	    drawableX + masterPtr->padX - imageX,
+	    drawableY + masterPtr->padY - imageY,
+	    masterPtr->width  - 2*masterPtr->padX,
+	    masterPtr->height - 2*masterPtr->padY,
+	    masterPtr->borderWidth, masterPtr->relief);
+    }
+
+    /* ToDo: Set the clipping region according to the imageX,Y, and 
+     * width, height */
+    dy = drawableY + masterPtr->padY + masterPtr->borderWidth - imageY;
+
+    for (lPtr = masterPtr->lineHead; lPtr; lPtr=lPtr->next) {
+	dx = drawableX + masterPtr->padX - imageX;
+	dx += lPtr->padX;
+	dy += lPtr->padY;
+
+	extraX = masterPtr->width - 2*masterPtr->padX - lPtr->width;
+	switch (lPtr->anchor) {
+	  case TK_ANCHOR_SW: case TK_ANCHOR_W: case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
+	    extraX = 0;
+	    break;
+	  case TK_ANCHOR_N: case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: case TK_ANCHOR_S:
+	    extraX /= 2;
+	    break;
+	  case TK_ANCHOR_SE: case TK_ANCHOR_E: case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
+	    break;
+	}
+	dx += extraX;
+
+	for (p.item = lPtr->itemHead; p.item; p.item=p.item->next) {
+	    int extraY;
+	    dx += p.item->padX;
+
+	    extraY = lPtr->height - 2*lPtr->padY - p.item->height;
+	    switch (p.item->anchor) {
+	      case TK_ANCHOR_SW: case TK_ANCHOR_S: case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
+		break;
+	      case TK_ANCHOR_W: case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: case TK_ANCHOR_E:
+		extraY /= 2;
+		break;
+	      case TK_ANCHOR_NW: case TK_ANCHOR_N: case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
+		extraY = 0;
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	    switch (p.item->type) {
+	      case TYPE_IMAGE:
+		Tk_RedrawImage(p.image->image, 0, 0, 
+		    p.image->width  - 2*p.item->padX,
+		    p.image->height - 2*p.item->padY,
+		    drawable, dx, dy+extraY);
+		break;
+
+	      case TYPE_SPACE:
+		/* Do nothing */
+		break;
+
+	      case TYPE_TEXT:
+		{
+		    TixFont font;
+
+		    if (p.text->text == NULL) {
+			break;
+		    }
+		  
+		    if (p.text->font) {
+			font = p.text->font;
+		    } else {
+			font = masterPtr->font;
+		    }
+
+		    TixDisplayText(Tk_Display(masterPtr->tkwin), drawable,
+			font, p.text->text, p.text->numChars,
+			dx, dy+extraY,	    
+			p.text->width - 2*p.item->padX,
+			p.text->justify,
+			p.text->underline,
+			p.text->gc);
+	        }
+		break;
+		
+	      case TYPE_BITMAP:
+		XCopyPlane(Tk_Display(masterPtr->tkwin), p.bitmap->bitmap,
+		    drawable, p.bitmap->gc, 0, 0,
+		    (unsigned) p.bitmap->width  - 2*p.item->padX,
+		    (unsigned) p.bitmap->height - 2*p.item->padY,
+		    dx, dy+extraY, 1);
+
+		break;
+
+	      case TYPE_WIDGET:
+
+		
+		break;
+	    }
+	    dx += p.item->width - p.item->padX;
+	}
+	dy += lPtr->height - lPtr->padY;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgCmpFree --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called when a widget ceases to use a
+ *	particular instance of an image.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Internal data structures get cleaned up.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ *  clientData -- Pointer to CmpInstance for instance to be displayed
+ *  display    -- Display containing image window
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+ImgCmpFree(clientData, display)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Display *display;
+{
+    /*
+     * Since one compound image can only be used in one window, when
+     * that window is deleted, this image is now useless and should be
+     * deleted as well
+     */
+}
+
+static void FreeLine(lPtr)
+    CmpLine * lPtr;
+{
+    Tk_FreeOptions(lineConfigSpecs, (char *)lPtr,
+	Tk_Display(lPtr->masterPtr->tkwin), 0);
+    ckfree((char *) lPtr);
+}
+
+static void FreeItem(p)
+    CmpItemPtr p;
+{
+    switch (p.item->type) {
+      case TYPE_IMAGE:
+	if (p.image->image) {
+	    Tk_FreeImage(p.image->image);
+	}
+	Tk_FreeOptions(imageConfigSpecs, (char *)p.image, 
+	    Tk_Display(p.item->line->masterPtr->tkwin), 0);
+	break;
+
+      case TYPE_SPACE:
+	Tk_FreeOptions(spaceConfigSpecs, (char *)p.space, 
+	    Tk_Display(p.item->line->masterPtr->tkwin), 0);
+	break;
+
+      case TYPE_TEXT:
+	if (p.text->gc != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(p.text->line->masterPtr->tkwin),
+		p.text->gc);
+	}
+	Tk_FreeOptions(textConfigSpecs, (char *)p.text, 
+	    Tk_Display(p.item->line->masterPtr->tkwin), 0);
+	break;
+
+      case TYPE_BITMAP:
+	if (p.bitmap->gc != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(p.bitmap->line->masterPtr->tkwin),
+		p.bitmap->gc);
+	}
+	Tk_FreeOptions(bitmapConfigSpecs, (char *)p.bitmap, 
+	    Tk_Display(p.item->line->masterPtr->tkwin), 0);
+	break;
+
+      case TYPE_WIDGET:
+	break;
+    }
+    ckfree((char *) p.item);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgCmpFreeResources --
+ *
+ *	This procedure frees resources associated with the window
+ *	specified with the -window arg to "image create compound ..."
+ *
+ *	This procedure must be called from both ImgCmpDelete and from
+ *	the destroy notifier CmpEventProc() (for the -window window)
+ * 	in order to ensure resources are freed under all circumstances.
+ *
+ *	The way Tk shuts down windows (in tkWindow.c) does not allow
+ *	the destroy notifier CmpEventProc() to just delete the TCL
+ *	command associated with the image.  The destroy notifier for
+ *	the TCL command calls Tk_DeleteImage().  This command has no
+ *	effect when Tk is shutting down (see tkImage.c) since the main
+ *	window has already been removed from the main window list. As
+ *	a result, ImgCmpDelete() doesn't get called when we want it to.
+ *
+ *	Later, tkWindow.c will call tkDeleteAllImages() to delete all 
+ *	images, but by then the window referred to by masterPtr->tkwin
+ *	is gone.  ImgCmdDelete cannot free the resources.
+ * 
+ *	By allowing CmpEventProc() to do most of the cleanup, we avoid
+ *	this situation.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Resources associated with the image get freed, new image command
+ *	is removed from interpreter.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ImgCmpFreeResources(masterData)
+    ClientData masterData;	/* Pointer to CmpMaster structure for
+				 * image.  Must not have any more instances. */
+{
+    CmpMaster *masterPtr = (CmpMaster *) masterData;
+    CmpLine * lPtr;
+    CmpItemPtr p;
+
+    if (masterPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
+        return ;
+    }
+
+    Tk_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr);
+
+    if (masterPtr->isDeleted == 0) {
+        masterPtr->isDeleted = 1;
+
+        Tk_DeleteEventHandler(masterPtr->tkwin,
+		StructureNotifyMask, 
+		CmpEventProc, (ClientData)masterPtr);
+        for (lPtr=masterPtr->lineHead; lPtr;) {
+            CmpLine * toDelete = lPtr;
+            lPtr = lPtr->next;
+		    
+            for (p.item=toDelete->itemHead; p.item;) {
+                CmpItemPtr toDelete;
+			    
+                toDelete.item = p.item;
+                p.item=p.item->next;
+			    
+                FreeItem(toDelete);
+            }
+            FreeLine(toDelete);
+        }
+
+        if (masterPtr->changing) {
+            Tk_CancelIdleCall(CalculateMasterSize, (ClientData)masterPtr);
+        }
+        masterPtr->tkMaster = NULL;
+
+        if (masterPtr->imageCmd != NULL) {
+            CONST84 char * cmd = Tcl_GetCommandName(masterPtr->interp,
+                masterPtr->imageCmd);
+            masterPtr->imageCmd = NULL;
+            Tcl_DeleteCommand(masterPtr->interp, cmd);
+        }
+
+        if (masterPtr->gc != None) {
+            Tk_FreeGC(masterPtr->display, masterPtr->gc);
+        }
+	    
+        Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *) masterPtr, masterPtr->display, 0);
+    }
+
+    Tk_Release((ClientData) masterPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgCmpDelete --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called by the image code to delete the
+ *	master structure for an image.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Resources associated with the image get freed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ImgCmpDelete(masterData)
+    ClientData masterData;	/* Pointer to CmpMaster structure for
+				 * image.  Must not have any more instances. */
+{
+    CmpMaster *masterPtr = (CmpMaster *) masterData;
+
+    ImgCmpFreeResources(masterData);
+    ckfree((char *) masterPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgCmpCmdDeletedProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked when the image command for an image
+ *	is deleted.  It deletes the image.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The image is deleted.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ImgCmpCmdDeletedProc(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Pointer to CmpMaster structure for
+				 * image. */
+{
+    CmpMaster *masterPtr = (CmpMaster *) clientData;
+
+    masterPtr->imageCmd = NULL;
+
+    if (masterPtr->tkMaster != NULL) {
+	    Tk_DeleteImage(masterPtr->interp, 
+			   Tk_NameOfImage(masterPtr->tkMaster));
+    }
+}
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImageProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the image code whenever the manager
+ *	for an image does something that affects the size or contents
+ *	of an image displayed in a button.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Arranges for the HList to get redisplayed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ImageProc(clientData, x, y, width, height, imgWidth, imgHeight)
+    ClientData clientData;		/* Pointer to widget record. */
+    int x, y;				/* Upper left pixel (within image)
+					 * that must be redisplayed. */
+    int width, height;			/* Dimensions of area to redisplay
+					 * (may be <= 0). */
+    int imgWidth, imgHeight;		/* New dimensions of image. */
+{
+    CmpItemPtr p;
+
+    p.image = (CmpImageItem *)clientData;
+
+    ChangeImageWhenIdle(p.item->line->masterPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * CmpEventProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
+ *	events on the window that employs this compound image.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	When the window gets deleted, internal structures get
+ *	cleaned up. 
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+CmpEventProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Information about window. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr;		/* Information about event. */
+{
+    /* CmpMaster *masterPtr = (CmpMaster *)clientData; */
+
+    if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
+	    ImgCmpFreeResources(clientData);
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixImgXpm.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixImgXpm.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1305 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixImgXpm.c,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:56 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixImgXpm.c --
+ *
+ *	This file implements images of type "pixmap" for Tix.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixImgXpm.h>
+
+/*
+ * Prototypes for procedures used only locally in this file:
+ */
+
+static int		ImgXpmCreate _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    char *name, int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],
+			    Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
+			    ClientData *clientDataPtr));
+static ClientData	ImgXpmGet _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    ClientData clientData));
+static void		ImgXpmDisplay _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Display *display, Drawable drawable, 
+			    int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height,
+			    int drawableX, int drawableY));
+static void		ImgXpmFree _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Display *display));
+static void		ImgXpmDelete _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+static int		ImgXpmCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+static void		ImgXpmCmdDeletedProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData));
+static void		ImgXpmConfigureInstance _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    PixmapInstance *instancePtr));
+static int		ImgXpmConfigureMaster _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    PixmapMaster *masterPtr, int argc, CONST84 char **argv,
+			    int flags));
+static int		ImgXpmGetData _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    PixmapMaster *masterPtr));
+static char ** 		ImgXpmGetDataFromFile _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    char * string, int * numLines_return));
+static char ** 		ImgXpmGetDataFromId _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    CONST84 char * id));
+static char ** 		ImgXpmGetDataFromString _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp*interp,
+			    char * string, int * numLines_return));
+static void 		ImgXpmGetPixmapFromData _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    PixmapMaster *masterPtr,
+			    PixmapInstance *instancePtr));
+static char *		GetType _ANSI_ARGS_((char * colorDefn,
+			    int  * type_ret));
+static char *		GetColor _ANSI_ARGS_((char * colorDefn,
+			    char * colorName, int * type_ret));
+
+/*
+ * Information used for parsing configuration specs:
+ */
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-data", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+	(char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PixmapMaster, dataString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-file", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+	(char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PixmapMaster, fileString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-id", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+	(char *) NULL, Tk_Offset(PixmapMaster, id), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+	(char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+Tk_ImageType tixPixmapImageType = {
+    "pixmap",                       /* name */
+    ImgXpmCreate,                   /* createProc */
+    ImgXpmGet,                      /* getProc */
+    ImgXpmDisplay,                  /* displayProc */
+    ImgXpmFree,                     /* freeProc */
+    ImgXpmDelete,                   /* deleteProc */
+    NULL,                           /* postscriptProc (tk8.3 or later)*/
+    NULL,                           /* nextPtr */
+    NULL,                           /* reserved */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Local data, used only in this file
+ */
+
+static Tcl_HashTable xpmTable;
+static int xpmTableInited = 0;
+
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgXpmCreate --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called by the Tk image code to create "pixmap"
+ *	images.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The data structure for a new image is allocated.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ImgXpmCreate(interp, name, argc, objv, typePtr, master, clientDataPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter for application containing
+				 * image. */
+    char *name;			/* Name to use for image. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];	/* Argument strings for options (doesn't
+				 * include image name or type). */
+    Tk_ImageType *typePtr;	/* Pointer to our type record (not used). */
+    Tk_ImageMaster master;	/* Token for image, to be used by us in
+				 * later callbacks. */
+    ClientData *clientDataPtr;	/* Store manager's token for image here;
+				 * it will be returned in later callbacks. */
+{
+    PixmapMaster *masterPtr;
+    int i;
+    CONST84 char *argvbuf[10];
+    CONST84 char **argv = argvbuf;
+
+    /*
+     * Convert the objv arguments into string equivalent.
+     */
+    if (argc > 10) {
+	argv = (CONST84 char **) ckalloc(argc * sizeof(char *));
+    }
+    for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+        /*
+         * no need to free the value returned by Tcl_GetString. It's
+         * managed by Tcl's object system.
+         */
+
+	argv[i] = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
+    }
+
+    masterPtr = (PixmapMaster *) ckalloc(sizeof(PixmapMaster));
+    masterPtr->tkMaster = master;
+    masterPtr->interp = interp;
+    masterPtr->imageCmd = Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, name, ImgXpmCmd,
+	    (ClientData) masterPtr, ImgXpmCmdDeletedProc);
+
+    masterPtr->fileString = NULL;
+    masterPtr->dataString = NULL;
+    masterPtr->id = NULL;
+    masterPtr->data = NULL;
+    masterPtr->isDataAlloced = 0;
+    masterPtr->instancePtr = NULL;
+
+    if (ImgXpmConfigureMaster(masterPtr, argc, argv, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	ImgXpmDelete((ClientData) masterPtr);
+	if (argv != argvbuf) {
+	    ckfree((char *) argv);
+	}
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (argv != argvbuf) {
+	ckfree((char *) argv);
+    }
+    *clientDataPtr = (ClientData) masterPtr;
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgXpmConfigureMaster --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called when a pixmap image is created or
+ *	reconfigured.  It process configuration options and resets
+ *	any instances of the image.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl return value.  If TCL_ERROR is returned then
+ *	an error message is left in masterPtr->interp->result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Existing instances of the image will be redisplayed to match
+ *	the new configuration options.
+ *
+ *	If any error occurs, the state of *masterPtr is restored to
+ *	previous state.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ImgXpmConfigureMaster(masterPtr, argc, argv, flags)
+    PixmapMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to data structure describing
+				 * overall pixmap image to (reconfigure). */
+    int argc;			/* Number of entries in argv. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Pairs of configuration options for image. */
+    int flags;			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget,
+				 * such as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */
+{
+    PixmapInstance *instancePtr;
+    char * oldData, * oldFile;
+    Tk_Uid oldId;
+
+    oldData = masterPtr->dataString;
+    oldFile = masterPtr->fileString;
+    oldId   = masterPtr->id;
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(masterPtr->interp, Tk_MainWindow(masterPtr->interp),
+	    configSpecs, argc, argv, (char *) masterPtr, flags)
+	    != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (masterPtr->id != NULL ||
+	masterPtr->dataString != NULL ||
+	masterPtr->fileString != NULL) {
+	if (ImgXpmGetData(masterPtr->interp, masterPtr) != TCL_OK) {
+	    goto error;
+	}
+    } else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(masterPtr->interp,
+	    "must specify one of -data, -file or -id", NULL);
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Cycle through all of the instances of this image, regenerating
+     * the information for each instance.  Then force the image to be
+     * redisplayed everywhere that it is used.
+     */
+    for (instancePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr != NULL;
+	instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
+	ImgXpmConfigureInstance(instancePtr);
+    }
+
+    if (masterPtr->data) {
+	Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0,
+	    masterPtr->size[0], masterPtr->size[1],
+	    masterPtr->size[0], masterPtr->size[1]);
+    } else {
+	Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+
+  error:
+    /* Restore it to the original (possible valid) mode */
+    if (masterPtr->dataString && masterPtr->dataString != oldData) {
+	ckfree(masterPtr->dataString);
+    }
+    if (masterPtr->fileString && masterPtr->fileString != oldFile) {
+	ckfree(masterPtr->fileString);
+    }
+    masterPtr->dataString = oldData;
+    masterPtr->fileString = oldFile;
+    masterPtr->id = oldId;
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgXpmGetData --
+ *
+ *	Given a file name or ASCII string, this procedure parses the
+ *	file or string contents to produce binary data for a pixmap.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	If the pixmap description was parsed successfully then the data
+ *	is read into an array of strings. This array will later be used
+ *	to create X Pixmaps for each instance.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The masterPtr->data array is allocated when successful. Contents of
+ *	*masterPtr is changed only when successful.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ImgXpmGetData(interp, masterPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;			/* For reporting errors. */
+    PixmapMaster *masterPtr;
+{
+    char ** data = NULL;
+    int  isAllocated = 0;	/* do we need to free "data"? */
+    int listArgc;
+    CONST84 char ** listArgv = NULL;
+    int numLines;
+    int size[2];
+    int cpp;
+    int ncolors;
+    int code = TCL_OK;
+
+    if (masterPtr->id != NULL) {
+	data = ImgXpmGetDataFromId(interp, masterPtr->id);
+    } else if (masterPtr->fileString != NULL) {
+	data = ImgXpmGetDataFromFile(interp, masterPtr->fileString, &numLines);
+	isAllocated = 1;
+    } else if (masterPtr->dataString != NULL) {
+	data = ImgXpmGetDataFromString(interp,masterPtr->dataString,&numLines);
+	isAllocated = 1;
+    } else {
+	/* Should have been enforced by ImgXpmConfigureMaster() */
+	Tcl_Panic("ImgXpmGetData(): -data, -file and -id are all NULL");
+    }
+
+    if (data == NULL) {
+	/* nothing has been allocated yet. Don't need to goto done */
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Parse the first line of the data and get info about this pixmap */
+    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, data[0], &listArgc, &listArgv) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR; goto done;
+    }
+
+    if ((listArgc < 4) /* file format error */
+	    || (Tcl_GetInt(interp, listArgv[0], &size[0]) != TCL_OK)
+	    || (Tcl_GetInt(interp, listArgv[1], &size[1]) != TCL_OK)
+	    || (Tcl_GetInt(interp, listArgv[2], &ncolors) != TCL_OK)
+	    || (Tcl_GetInt(interp, listArgv[3], &cpp) != TCL_OK)) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR; goto done;
+    }
+
+    if (isAllocated) {
+	if (numLines != size[1] + ncolors + 1) {
+	    /* the number of lines read from the file/data
+	     * is not the same as specified in the data
+	     */
+	    code = TCL_ERROR; goto done;
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (code == TCL_OK) {
+	if (masterPtr->isDataAlloced && masterPtr->data) {
+	    ckfree((char*)masterPtr->data);
+	}
+	masterPtr->isDataAlloced = isAllocated;
+	masterPtr->data = data;
+	masterPtr->size[0] = size[0];
+	masterPtr->size[1] = size[1];
+	masterPtr->cpp = cpp;
+	masterPtr->ncolors = ncolors;
+    } else {
+	if (isAllocated && data) {
+	    ckfree((char*)data);
+	}
+
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "File format error", NULL);
+    }
+
+    if (listArgv) {
+	ckfree((char*)listArgv);
+    }
+		   
+    return code;
+}
+
+static char ** ImgXpmGetDataFromId(interp, id)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    CONST84 char * id;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry * hashPtr;
+
+    if (xpmTableInited == 0) {
+	hashPtr = NULL;
+    } else {
+	hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&xpmTable, id);
+    }
+
+    if (hashPtr == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown pixmap ID \"", id,
+	    "\"", NULL);
+	return (char**)NULL;
+    } else {
+	return (char**)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+static char ** ImgXpmGetDataFromString(interp, string, numLines_return)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    char * string;
+    int * numLines_return;
+{
+    int quoted;
+    char * p, * list;
+    int numLines;
+    char ** data;
+
+    /* skip the leading blanks (leading blanks are not defined in the
+     * the XPM definition, but skipping them shouldn't hurt. Also, the ability
+     * to skip the leading blanks is good for using in-line XPM data in TCL
+     * scripts
+     */
+    while (isspace(*string)) {
+	++ string;
+    }
+
+    /* parse the header */
+    if (strncmp("/* XPM", string, 6) != 0) {
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    /* strip the comments */
+    for (quoted = 0, p=string; *p;) {
+	if (!quoted) {
+	    if (*p == '"') {
+		quoted = 1;
+		++ p;
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    if (*p == '/' && *(p+1) == '*') {
+		*p++ = ' ';
+		*p++ = ' ';
+		while (1) {
+		    if (*p == 0) {
+			break;
+		    }
+		    if (*p == '*' && *(p+1) == '/') {
+			*p++ = ' ';
+			*p++ = ' ';
+			break;
+		    }
+		    *p++ = ' ';
+		}
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    ++ p;
+	} else {
+	    if (*p == '"') {
+		quoted = 0;
+	    }
+	    ++ p;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Search for the opening brace */
+    for (p=string; *p;) {
+	if (*p != '{') {
+	    ++ p;
+	} else {
+	    ++p;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Change the buffer in to a proper TCL list */
+    quoted = 0;
+    list = p;
+
+    while (*p) {
+	if (!quoted) {
+	    if (*p == '"') {
+		quoted = 1;
+		++ p;
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    if (isspace(*p)) {
+		*p = ' ';
+	    }
+	    else if (*p == ',') {
+		*p = ' ';
+	    }
+	    else if (*p == '}') {
+		*p = 0;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    ++p;
+	}
+	else {
+	    if (*p == '"') {
+		quoted = 0;
+	    }
+	    ++ p;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* The following code depends on the fact that Tcl_SplitList
+     * strips away double quoates inside a list: ie:
+     * if string == "\"1\" \"2\"" then
+     *		list[0] = "1"
+     *		list[1] = "2"
+     * and NOT
+     *
+     *		list[0] = "\"1\""
+     *		list[1] = "\"2\""
+     */
+    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, list, &numLines, &data) != TCL_OK) {
+	goto error;
+    } else {
+	if (numLines == 0) {
+	    /* error: empty data? */
+	    if (data != NULL) {
+		ckfree((char*)data);
+		goto error;
+	    }
+	}
+	* numLines_return = numLines;
+	return data;
+    }
+
+  error:
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "File format error", NULL);
+    return (char**) NULL;
+}
+
+static char ** ImgXpmGetDataFromFile(interp, fileName, numLines_return)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    char * fileName;
+    int * numLines_return;
+{
+    FILE * fd = NULL;
+    int size, n;
+    char ** data;
+    char *cmdBuffer = NULL;
+    Tcl_DString buffer;			/* initialized by Tcl_TildeSubst */
+
+    fileName = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, fileName, &buffer);
+    if (fileName == NULL) {
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Open the file and find its size
+     */
+
+    fd = fopen(fileName, "r");
+    if (fd == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't read file \"", fileName,
+		"\": ", Tcl_PosixError(interp), (char *) NULL);
+	goto error;
+    }
+    if (fseek(fd, 0, SEEK_END) < 0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't fseek file \"", fileName,
+		"\": ", Tcl_PosixError(interp), (char *) NULL);
+	goto error;
+    }
+    size = ftell(fd);
+    if (size < 0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't ftell file \"", fileName,
+		"\": ", Tcl_PosixError(interp), (char *) NULL);
+	goto error;
+    }
+    if (fseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET) < 0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't fseek file \"", fileName,
+		"\": ", Tcl_PosixError(interp), (char *) NULL);
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Read the entire file
+     */
+
+    cmdBuffer = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) size + 1);
+    n = fread(cmdBuffer, 1, (size_t) size, fd);
+    if (size != n) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error in reading file \"", fileName,
+		"\": ", Tcl_PosixError(interp), (char *) NULL);
+	goto error;
+    }
+    if (fclose(fd) != 0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error closing file \"", fileName,
+		"\": ", Tcl_PosixError(interp), (char *) NULL);
+        fd = NULL;
+	goto error;
+    }
+    cmdBuffer[size] = 0;
+
+    data = ImgXpmGetDataFromString(interp, cmdBuffer, numLines_return);
+    ckfree(cmdBuffer);
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer);
+    return data;
+
+  error:
+    if (fd != NULL) {
+        fclose(fd);
+    }
+    if (cmdBuffer != NULL) {
+	ckfree(cmdBuffer);
+    }
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer);
+    return (char**)NULL;
+}
+
+
+static char *
+GetType(colorDefn, type_ret)
+    char * colorDefn;
+    int  * type_ret;
+{
+    char * p = colorDefn;
+
+    /* skip white spaces */
+    while (*p && isspace(*p)) {
+	p ++;
+    }
+
+    /* parse the type */
+    if (p[0] != '\0' && p[0] == 'm' &&
+	p[1] != '\0' && isspace(p[1])) {
+	*type_ret = XPM_MONO;
+	p += 2;
+    }
+    else if (p[0] != '\0' && p[0] == 'g' &&
+	     p[1] != '\0' && p[1] == '4' &&
+	     p[2] != '\0' && isspace(p[2])) {
+	*type_ret = XPM_GRAY_4;
+	p += 3;
+    }
+    else if (p[0] != '\0' && p[0] == 'g' &&
+	     p[1] != '\0' && isspace(p[1])) {
+	*type_ret = XPM_GRAY;
+	p += 2;
+    }
+    else if (p[0] != '\0' && p[0] == 'c' &&
+	     p[1] != '\0' && isspace(p[1])) {
+	*type_ret = XPM_COLOR;
+	p += 2;
+    }
+    else if (p[0] != '\0' && p[0] == 's' &&
+	     p[1] != '\0' && isspace(p[1])) {
+	*type_ret = XPM_SYMBOLIC;
+	p += 2;
+    }
+    else {
+	*type_ret = XPM_UNKNOWN;
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    return p;
+}
+
+/*
+ * colorName is guaranteed to be big enough
+ */
+static char *
+GetColor(colorDefn, colorName, type_ret)
+    char * colorDefn;
+    char * colorName;		/* if found, name is copied to this array */
+    int  * type_ret;
+{
+    int type;
+    char * p;
+
+    if (!colorDefn) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    if ((colorDefn = GetType(colorDefn, &type)) == NULL) {
+	/* unknown type */
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    else {
+	*type_ret = type;
+    }
+
+    /* skip white spaces */
+    while (*colorDefn && isspace(*colorDefn)) {
+	colorDefn ++;
+    }
+
+    p = colorName;
+
+    while (1) {
+	int dummy;
+
+	while (*colorDefn && !isspace(*colorDefn)) {
+	    *p++ = *colorDefn++;
+	}
+
+	if (!*colorDefn) {
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	if (GetType(colorDefn, &dummy) == NULL) {
+	    /* the next string should also be considered as a part of a color
+	     * name */
+	    
+	    while (*colorDefn && isspace(*colorDefn)) {
+		*p++ = *colorDefn++;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (!*colorDefn) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Mark the end of the colorName */
+    *p = '\0';
+
+    return colorDefn;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ImgXpmGetPixmapFromData --
+ *
+ *	Creates a pixmap for an image instance.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ImgXpmGetPixmapFromData(interp, masterPtr, instancePtr)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    PixmapMaster *masterPtr;
+    PixmapInstance *instancePtr;
+{
+    XImage * image = NULL, * mask = NULL;
+    int depth, i, j, k, lOffset, isTransp = 0, isMono;
+    ColorStruct * colors;
+
+    depth = Tk_Depth(instancePtr->tkwin);
+
+    switch ((Tk_Visual(instancePtr->tkwin))->class) {
+      case StaticGray:
+      case GrayScale:
+	isMono = 1;
+	break;
+      default:
+	isMono = 0;
+    }
+
+    TixpXpmAllocTmpBuffer(masterPtr, instancePtr, &image, &mask);
+
+    /*
+     * Parse the colors
+     */
+    lOffset = 1;
+    colors = (ColorStruct*)ckalloc(sizeof(ColorStruct)*masterPtr->ncolors);
+
+    /*
+     * Initialize the color structures
+     */
+    for (i=0; i<masterPtr->ncolors; i++) {
+	colors[i].colorPtr = NULL;
+	if (masterPtr->cpp == 1) {
+	    colors[i].c = 0;
+	} else {
+	    colors[i].cstring = (char*)ckalloc((unsigned) masterPtr->cpp);
+	    colors[i].cstring[0] = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<masterPtr->ncolors; i++) {
+	char * colorDefn;		/* the color definition line */
+	char * colorName;		/* temp place to hold the color name
+					 * defined for one type of visual */
+	char * useName;			/* the color name used for this
+					 * color. If there are many names
+					 * defined, choose the name that is
+					 * "best" for the target visual
+					 */
+	int found;
+
+	colorDefn = masterPtr->data[i+lOffset]+masterPtr->cpp;
+	colorName = (char*)ckalloc(strlen(colorDefn));
+	useName   = (char*)ckalloc(strlen(colorDefn));
+	found     = 0;
+
+	while (colorDefn && *colorDefn) {
+	    int type;
+
+	    if ((colorDefn=GetColor(colorDefn, colorName, &type)) == NULL) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if (colorName[0] == '\0') {
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    switch (type) {
+	      case XPM_MONO:
+		if (isMono && depth == 1) {
+		    strcpy(useName, colorName);
+		    found = 1; goto gotcolor;
+		}
+		break;
+	      case XPM_GRAY_4:
+		if (isMono && depth == 4) {
+		    strcpy(useName, colorName);
+		    found = 1; goto gotcolor;
+		}
+		break;
+	      case XPM_GRAY:
+		if (isMono && depth > 4) {
+		    strcpy(useName, colorName);
+		    found = 1; goto gotcolor;
+		}
+		break;
+	      case XPM_COLOR:
+		if (!isMono) {
+		    strcpy(useName, colorName);
+		    found = 1; goto gotcolor;
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if (type != XPM_SYMBOLIC && type != XPM_UNKNOWN) {
+		if (!found) {			/* use this color as default */
+		    strcpy(useName, colorName);
+		    found = 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      gotcolor:
+	if (masterPtr->cpp == 1) {
+	    colors[i].c = masterPtr->data[i+lOffset][0];
+	} else {
+	    strncpy(colors[i].cstring, masterPtr->data[i+lOffset],
+		(size_t)masterPtr->cpp);
+	} 
+
+	if (found) {
+	    if (strcasecmp(useName, "none") != 0) {
+		colors[i].colorPtr = Tk_GetColor(interp,
+		    instancePtr->tkwin, Tk_GetUid(useName));
+		if (colors[i].colorPtr == NULL) {
+		    colors[i].colorPtr = Tk_GetColor(interp,
+			instancePtr->tkwin, Tk_GetUid("black"));
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    colors[i].colorPtr = Tk_GetColor(interp,
+		instancePtr->tkwin, Tk_GetUid("black"));
+	}
+
+	ckfree(colorName);
+	ckfree(useName);
+    }
+
+    lOffset += masterPtr->ncolors;
+
+    /*
+     * Parse the main body of the image
+     */
+    for (i=0; i<masterPtr->size[1]; i++) {
+	char * p = masterPtr->data[i+lOffset];
+
+	for (j=0; j<masterPtr->size[0]; j++) {
+	    if (masterPtr->cpp == 1) {
+		for (k=0; k<masterPtr->ncolors; k++) {
+		    if (*p == colors[k].c) {
+			TixpXpmSetPixel(instancePtr, image, mask, j, i,
+			        colors[k].colorPtr, &isTransp);
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+		if (*p) {
+		    p++;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		for (k=0; k<masterPtr->ncolors; k++) {
+		    if (strncmp(p, colors[k].cstring, 
+			    (size_t)masterPtr->cpp) == 0) {
+			TixpXpmSetPixel(instancePtr, image, mask, j, i,
+			        colors[k].colorPtr, &isTransp);
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+		for (k=0; *p && k<masterPtr->cpp; k++) {
+		    p++;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    instancePtr->colors = colors;
+
+    TixpXpmRealizePixmap(masterPtr, instancePtr, image, mask, isTransp);
+    TixpXpmFreeTmpBuffer(masterPtr, instancePtr, image, mask);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgXpmConfigureInstance --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called to create displaying information for
+ *	a pixmap image instance based on the configuration information
+ *	in the master.  It is invoked both when new instances are
+ *	created and when the master is reconfigured.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Generates errors via Tk_BackgroundError if there are problems
+ *	in setting up the instance.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ImgXpmConfigureInstance(instancePtr)
+    PixmapInstance *instancePtr;	/* Instance to reconfigure. */
+{
+    PixmapMaster *masterPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr;
+
+    if (instancePtr->pixmap != None) {
+	Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(instancePtr->tkwin), instancePtr->pixmap);
+    }
+    TixpXpmFreeInstanceData(instancePtr, 0, Tk_Display(instancePtr->tkwin));
+
+    if (instancePtr->colors != NULL) {
+	int i;
+	for (i=0; i<masterPtr->ncolors; i++) {
+	    if (instancePtr->colors[i].colorPtr != NULL) {
+		Tk_FreeColor(instancePtr->colors[i].colorPtr);
+	    }
+	    if (masterPtr->cpp != 1) {
+		ckfree(instancePtr->colors[i].cstring);
+	    }
+	}
+	ckfree((char*)instancePtr->colors);
+    }
+
+    if (Tk_WindowId(instancePtr->tkwin) == None) {
+	Tk_MakeWindowExist(instancePtr->tkwin);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Assumption: masterPtr->data is always non NULL (enfored by
+     * ImgXpmConfigureMaster()). Also, the data must be in a valid
+     * format (partially enforced by ImgXpmConfigureMaster(), see comments
+     * inside that function).
+     */
+    ImgXpmGetPixmapFromData(masterPtr->interp, masterPtr, instancePtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgXpmCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command
+ *	that corresponds to an image managed by this module.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+ImgXpmCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Information about button widget. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    PixmapMaster *masterPtr = (PixmapMaster *) clientData;
+    int c, code;
+    size_t length;
+
+    if (argc < 2) {
+	sprintf(interp->result,
+	    "wrong # args: should be \"%.50s option ?arg arg ...?\"",
+	    argv[0]);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    c = argv[1][0];
+    length = strlen(argv[1]);
+
+    if ((c == 'c') && (strncmp(argv[1], "cget", length) == 0)
+	    && (length >= 2)) {
+	if (argc != 3) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+		    argv[0], " cget option\"",
+		    (char *) NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), configSpecs,
+		(char *) masterPtr, argv[2], 0);
+    } else if ((c == 'c') && (strncmp(argv[1], "configure", length) == 0)
+	    && (length >= 2)) {
+	if (argc == 2) {
+	    code = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
+		    configSpecs, (char *) masterPtr, (char *) NULL, 0);
+	} else if (argc == 3) {
+	    code = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
+		    configSpecs, (char *) masterPtr, argv[2], 0);
+	} else {
+	    code = ImgXpmConfigureMaster(masterPtr, argc-2, argv+2,
+		    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
+	}
+	return code;
+    } else if ((c == 'r') && (strncmp(argv[1], "refcount", length) == 0)) {
+	/*
+	 * The "refcount" command is for debugging only
+	 */
+	PixmapInstance *instancePtr;
+	int count = 0;
+	char buff[30];
+
+	for (instancePtr=masterPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr;
+	     instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
+	    count += instancePtr->refCount;
+	}
+	sprintf(buff, "%d", count);
+	Tcl_SetResult(interp, buff, TCL_VOLATILE);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    } else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[1],
+	    "\": must be cget, configure or refcount", (char *) NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgXpmGet --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called for each use of a pixmap image in a
+ *	widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a token for the instance, which is passed
+ *	back to us in calls to ImgXpmDisplay and ImgXpmFre.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A data structure is set up for the instance (or, an existing
+ *	instance is re-used for the new one).
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static ClientData
+ImgXpmGet(tkwin, masterData)
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window in which the instance will be
+				 * used. */
+    ClientData masterData;	/* Pointer to our master structure for the
+				 * image. */
+{
+    PixmapMaster *masterPtr = (PixmapMaster *) masterData;
+    PixmapInstance *instancePtr;
+
+    /*
+     * See if there is already an instance for this window.  If so
+     * then just re-use it.
+     */
+
+    for (instancePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr != NULL;
+	    instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (instancePtr->tkwin == tkwin) {
+	    instancePtr->refCount++;
+	    return (ClientData) instancePtr;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * The image isn't already in use in this window.  Make a new
+     * instance of the image.
+     */
+    instancePtr = (PixmapInstance *) ckalloc(sizeof(PixmapInstance));
+    instancePtr->refCount = 1;
+    instancePtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
+    instancePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
+    instancePtr->pixmap = None;
+    instancePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->instancePtr;
+    instancePtr->colors = NULL;
+    masterPtr->instancePtr = instancePtr;
+
+    TixpInitPixmapInstance(masterPtr, instancePtr);
+    ImgXpmConfigureInstance(instancePtr);
+
+    /*
+     * If this is the first instance, must set the size of the image.
+     */
+    if (instancePtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
+	if (masterPtr->data) {
+	    Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0,
+	        masterPtr->size[0], masterPtr->size[1],
+	        masterPtr->size[0], masterPtr->size[1]);
+	} else {
+	    Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+	}
+    }
+
+    return (ClientData) instancePtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgXpmDisplay --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to draw a pixmap image.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A portion of the image gets rendered in a pixmap or window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+ImgXpmDisplay(clientData, display, drawable, imageX, imageY, width,
+	height, drawableX, drawableY)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Pointer to PixmapInstance structure for
+				 * for instance to be displayed. */
+    Display *display;		/* Display on which to draw image. */
+    Drawable drawable;		/* Pixmap or window in which to draw image. */
+    int imageX, imageY;		/* Upper-left corner of region within image
+				 * to draw. */
+    int width, height;		/* Dimensions of region within image to draw.*/
+    int drawableX, drawableY;	/* Coordinates within drawable that
+				 * correspond to imageX and imageY. */
+{
+    TixpXpmDisplay(clientData, display, drawable, imageX, imageY, width,
+	height, drawableX, drawableY);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgXpmFree --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called when a widget ceases to use a
+ *	particular instance of an image.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Internal data structures get cleaned up.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+ImgXpmFree(clientData, display)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Pointer to PixmapInstance structure for
+				 * for instance to be displayed. */
+    Display *display;		/* Display containing window that used image.*/
+{
+    PixmapInstance *instancePtr = (PixmapInstance *) clientData;
+    PixmapInstance *prevPtr;
+
+    instancePtr->refCount--;
+    if (instancePtr->refCount > 0) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * There are no more uses of the image within this widget.  Free
+     * the instance structure.
+     */
+    if (instancePtr->pixmap != None) {
+	Tk_FreePixmap(display, instancePtr->pixmap);
+    }
+    TixpXpmFreeInstanceData(instancePtr, 1, display);
+
+    if (instancePtr->colors != NULL) {
+	int i;
+	for (i=0; i<instancePtr->masterPtr->ncolors; i++) {
+	    if (instancePtr->colors[i].colorPtr != NULL) {
+		Tk_FreeColor(instancePtr->colors[i].colorPtr);
+	    }
+	    if (instancePtr->masterPtr->cpp != 1) {
+		ckfree(instancePtr->colors[i].cstring);
+	    }
+	}
+	ckfree((char*)instancePtr->colors);
+    }
+
+    if (instancePtr->masterPtr->instancePtr == instancePtr) {
+	instancePtr->masterPtr->instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr;
+    } else {
+	for (prevPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr->instancePtr;
+		prevPtr->nextPtr != instancePtr; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    /* Empty loop body */
+	}
+	prevPtr->nextPtr = instancePtr->nextPtr;
+    }
+    ckfree((char *) instancePtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgXpmDelete --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called by the image code to delete the
+ *	master structure for an image.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Resources associated with the image get freed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+ImgXpmDelete(masterData)
+    ClientData masterData;	/* Pointer to PixmapMaster structure for
+				 * image.  Must not have any more instances. */
+{
+    PixmapMaster *masterPtr = (PixmapMaster *) masterData;
+
+    if (masterPtr->instancePtr != NULL) {
+	panic("tried to delete pixmap image when instances still exist");
+    }
+    masterPtr->tkMaster = NULL;
+    if (masterPtr->imageCmd != NULL) {
+	Tcl_DeleteCommand(masterPtr->interp,
+		Tcl_GetCommandName(masterPtr->interp, masterPtr->imageCmd));
+    }
+    if (masterPtr->isDataAlloced && masterPtr->data != NULL) {
+	ckfree((char*)masterPtr->data);
+	masterPtr->data = NULL;
+    }
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *) masterPtr, (Display *) NULL, 0);
+    ckfree((char *) masterPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImgXpmCmdDeletedProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked when the image command for an image
+ *	is deleted.  It deletes the image.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The image is deleted.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ImgXpmCmdDeletedProc(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Pointer to PixmapMaster structure for
+				 * image. */
+{
+    PixmapMaster *masterPtr = (PixmapMaster *) clientData;
+
+    masterPtr->imageCmd = NULL;
+    if (masterPtr->tkMaster != NULL) {
+	if (Tk_MainWindow(masterPtr->interp) != NULL) {
+	    Tk_DeleteImage(masterPtr->interp,
+		    Tk_NameOfImage(masterPtr->tkMaster));
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_DefinePixmap
+ *
+ *	Define an XPM data structure with an unique name, so that you can
+ *	later refer to this pixmap using the -id switch in [image create
+ *	pixmap].
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The data is stored in a HashTable.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Tix_DefinePixmap(interp, name, data)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tk_Uid name;		/* Name to use for bitmap.  Must not already
+				 * be defined as a bitmap. */
+    char **data;
+{
+    int new;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hshPtr;
+
+    if (!xpmTableInited) {
+	xpmTableInited = 1;
+	Tcl_InitHashTable(&xpmTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+    }
+
+    hshPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&xpmTable, name, &new);
+    if (!new) {
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "pixmap \"", name,
+		"\" is already defined", (char *) NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    Tcl_SetHashValue(hshPtr, (char*)data);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixImgXpm.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixImgXpm.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixImgXpm.h,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:42 idiscovery Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixImgXpm.h --
+ *
+ *	Generic header file for the pixmap image type. This is NOT a public
+ *	header file!
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TIX_IMG_XPM_H_
+#define _TIX_IMG_XPM_H_
+
+/*
+ * Constants
+ */
+
+#define XPM_MONO		1
+#define XPM_GRAY_4		2
+#define XPM_GRAY		3
+#define XPM_COLOR		4
+#define XPM_SYMBOLIC		5
+#define XPM_UNKNOWN		6
+
+/*
+ * The following data structure represents the master for a pixmap
+ * image:
+ */
+
+typedef struct PixmapMaster {
+    Tk_ImageMaster tkMaster;	/* Tk's token for image master.  NULL means
+				 * the image is being deleted. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter for application that is
+				 * using image. */
+    Tcl_Command imageCmd;	/* Token for image command (used to delete
+				 * it when the image goes away).  NULL means
+				 * the image command has already been
+				 * deleted. */
+    char *fileString;		/* Value of -file option (malloc'ed).
+				 * valid only if the -file option is specified
+				 */
+    char *dataString;		/* Value of -data option (malloc'ed).
+				 * valid only if the -data option is specified
+				 */
+				/* First in list of all instances associated
+				 * with this master. */
+    Tk_Uid id;			/* ID's for XPM data already compiled
+				 * into the tixwish binary */
+    int size[2];		/* width and height */
+    int ncolors;		/* number of colors */
+    int cpp;			/* characters per pixel */
+    char ** data;		/* The data that defines this pixmap 
+				 * image (array of strings). It is
+				 * converted into an X Pixmap when this
+				 * image is instanciated
+				 */
+    int isDataAlloced;		/* False iff the data is got from
+				 * the -id switch */
+    struct PixmapInstance *instancePtr;
+} PixmapMaster;
+
+typedef struct ColorStruct {
+    char c;			/* This is used if CPP is one */
+    char * cstring;		/* This is used if CPP is bigger than one */
+    XColor * colorPtr;
+} ColorStruct;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * PixmapInstance --
+ *
+ *	Represents all of the instances of an image that lie within a
+ *	particular window:
+ *
+ *	%% ToDo
+ *	Currently one instance is created for each window that uses
+ *	this pixmap.  This is usually OK because pixmaps are usually
+ *	not shared or only shared by a small number of windows. To
+ *	improve resource allocation, we can create an instance for
+ *	each (Display x Visual x Depth) combo. This will usually
+ *	reduce the number of instances to one.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+typedef struct PixmapInstance {
+    int refCount;		/* Number of instances that share this
+				 * data structure. */
+    PixmapMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window in which the instances will be
+				 * displayed. */
+    Pixmap pixmap;		/* The pixmap to display. */
+    struct PixmapInstance *nextPtr;
+				/* Next in list of all instance structures
+				 * associated with masterPtr (NULL means
+				 * end of list).
+				 */
+    ColorStruct * colors;
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Place holder for platform specific
+				 * instance data */
+} PixmapInstance;
+
+
+EXTERN void		TixpInitPixmapInstance _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    PixmapMaster *masterPtr,
+			    PixmapInstance *instancePtr));
+EXTERN void		TixpXpmAllocTmpBuffer _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    PixmapMaster * masterPtr,
+			    PixmapInstance * instancePtr,
+			    XImage ** imagePtr, XImage ** maskPtr));
+EXTERN void		TixpXpmFreeTmpBuffer _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    PixmapMaster * masterPtr,
+			    PixmapInstance * instancePtr,
+			    XImage * image, XImage * mask));
+EXTERN void		TixpXpmSetPixel _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    PixmapInstance * instancePtr, XImage * image,
+			    XImage * mask, int x, int y, XColor * colorPtr,
+			    int * isTranspPtr));
+EXTERN void		TixpXpmRealizePixmap _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    PixmapMaster * masterPtr,
+			    PixmapInstance * instancePtr,
+			    XImage * image, XImage * mask, int isTransp));
+EXTERN void		TixpXpmFreeInstanceData _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    PixmapInstance *instancePtr, int delete,
+			    Display *display));
+EXTERN void		TixpXpmDisplay _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Display *display, Drawable drawable,
+			    int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height,
+			    int drawableX, int drawableY));
+
+#endif

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixInit.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixInit.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
+/*	$Id: tixInit.c,v 1.19 2006/11/16 22:34:11 hobbs Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * tixInit.c --
+ *
+ *	Initialze the Tix native code as well as the script library.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+ * Copyright 2004 ActiveState
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixInit.c,v 1.19 2006/11/16 22:34:11 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+
+/*
+ * Minimum required version of Tcl and Tk. These are used when we access
+ * Tcl/Tk using the stubs API.
+ */
+
+#define MIN_TCL_VERSION "8.4"
+#define MIN_TK_VERSION  "8.4"
+
+/*
+ * All the Tix commands implemented in C code.
+ */
+
+static Tix_TclCmd commands[] = {
+    /*
+     * Commands that are part of the intrinsics:
+     */
+    {"tixCallMethod",           Tix_CallMethodCmd},
+    {"tixChainMethod",          Tix_ChainMethodCmd},
+    {"tixClass",                Tix_ClassCmd},
+    {"tixDisplayStyle",         Tix_ItemStyleCmd},
+    {"tixDoWhenIdle",           Tix_DoWhenIdleCmd},
+    {"tixDoWhenMapped",         Tix_DoWhenMappedCmd},
+    {"tixFlushX",           	Tix_FlushXCmd},
+    {"tixForm",                 Tix_FormCmd},
+    {"tixGeometryRequest",      Tix_GeometryRequestCmd},
+    {"tixGet3DBorder",		Tix_Get3DBorderCmd},
+    {"tixGetDefault",           Tix_GetDefaultCmd},
+    {"tixGetMethod",            Tix_GetMethodCmd},
+    {"tixGrid",     		Tix_GridCmd},
+    {"tixHandleOptions",        Tix_HandleOptionsCmd},
+    {"tixHList",                Tix_HListCmd},
+#if !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
+    {"tixInputOnly",		Tix_InputOnlyCmd},
+#endif
+    {"tixManageGeometry",       Tix_ManageGeometryCmd},
+    {"tixMapWindow",            Tix_MapWindowCmd},
+    {"tixMoveResizeWindow",     Tix_MoveResizeWindowCmd},
+#if !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
+    {"tixMwm",     		Tix_MwmCmd},
+#endif
+    {"tixNoteBookFrame",        Tix_NoteBookFrameCmd},
+    {"tixTList",     		Tix_TListCmd},
+    {"tixTmpLine",              Tix_TmpLineCmd},
+    {"tixUnmapWindow",          Tix_UnmapWindowCmd},
+    {"tixWidgetClass",          Tix_ClassCmd},
+    {"tixWidgetDoWhenIdle",     Tix_DoWhenIdleCmd},
+
+    {(char *) NULL,		(Tix_CmdProc)NULL}
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+    char      * binding;
+    int		isDebug;
+    char      * fontSet;
+    char      * scheme;
+    char      * schemePriority;
+} OptionStruct;
+
+static OptionStruct tixOption;
+
+/*
+ * TIX_DEF_FONTSET and TIX_DEF_SCHEME should have been defined in the
+ * Makefile by the configure script. We define them here just in case
+ * the configure script failed to determine the proper values.
+ */
+
+#ifndef TIX_DEF_FONTSET
+#define TIX_DEF_FONTSET "WmDefault"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TIX_DEF_SCHEME
+#define TIX_DEF_SCHEME "WmDefault"
+#endif
+
+#define DEF_TIX_TOOLKIT_OPTION_BINDING		"TK"
+#define DEF_TIX_TOOLKIT_OPTION_DEBUG		"0"
+#define DEF_TIX_TOOLKIT_OPTION_FONTSET		TIX_DEF_FONTSET
+#define DEF_TIX_TOOLKIT_OPTION_SCHEME		TIX_DEF_SCHEME
+#define DEF_TIX_TOOLKIT_OPTION_SCHEME_PRIORITY	"20" /* widgetDefault */
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-binding", "binding", "TixBinding",
+       DEF_TIX_TOOLKIT_OPTION_BINDING, Tk_Offset(OptionStruct, binding),
+       0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-debug", "tixDebug", "TixDebug",
+       DEF_TIX_TOOLKIT_OPTION_DEBUG, Tk_Offset(OptionStruct, isDebug),
+       0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-fontset", "tixFontSet", "TixFontSet",
+       DEF_TIX_TOOLKIT_OPTION_FONTSET, Tk_Offset(OptionStruct, fontSet),
+       0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-scheme", "tixScheme", "TixScheme",
+       DEF_TIX_TOOLKIT_OPTION_SCHEME, Tk_Offset(OptionStruct, scheme),
+       0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-scheme", "tixSchemePriority", "TixSchemePriority",
+       DEF_TIX_TOOLKIT_OPTION_SCHEME_PRIORITY,
+       Tk_Offset(OptionStruct, schemePriority),
+       0},
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * 			Some global variables
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Tk_Uid tixNormalUid   = (Tk_Uid)NULL;
+Tk_Uid tixCellUid     = (Tk_Uid)NULL;
+Tk_Uid tixRowUid      = (Tk_Uid)NULL;
+Tk_Uid tixColumnUid   = (Tk_Uid)NULL;
+Tk_Uid tixDisabledUid = (Tk_Uid)NULL;
+
+static int		ParseToolkitOptions _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp));
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseToolkitOptions() --
+ *
+ *	Before the Tix initialized, we need to determine the toolkit
+ *	options which are set by the options database.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl completion code (TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR).  Also
+ *	leaves information in the interp's result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      Sets several variables in the global Tcl array "tixPriv".
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+ParseToolkitOptions(interp)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+{
+    char buff[10];
+    int flag;
+
+    tixOption.binding = NULL;
+    tixOption.isDebug = 0;
+    tixOption.fontSet = NULL;
+    tixOption.scheme = NULL;
+    tixOption.schemePriority = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * The toolkit options may be set in the resources of the main
+     * window, probably by using your .Xdefaults file.
+     */
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), configSpecs,
+	    0, 0, (char *) &tixOption, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now lets set the Tix toolkit variables so that the Toolkit can
+     * initialize according to user options.
+     */
+
+    flag = TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY;
+
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tix_priv", "-binding",
+	tixOption.binding,    		flag);
+    sprintf(buff, "%d", tixOption.isDebug);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tix_priv", "-debug", 
+	buff,    		flag);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tix_priv", "-fontset", 
+	tixOption.fontSet,    		flag);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tix_priv", "-scheme",  
+	tixOption.scheme,     		flag);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tix_priv", "-schemepriority",
+	tixOption.schemePriority,     flag);
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *)&tixOption,
+	Tk_Display(Tk_MainWindow(interp)), 0);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Package initialization.
+ * tcl_findLibrary basename version patch initScript enVarName varName
+ * We use patchLevel instead of version as we use the full patchlevel
+ * in the directory naming on install.
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static char initScript[] = "if {[info proc tixInit]==\"\"} {\n\
+  proc tixInit {} {\n\
+    global tix_library tix_version tix_patchLevel\n\
+    rename tixInit {}\n\
+    tcl_findLibrary Tix $tix_patchLevel $tix_patchLevel Init.tcl TIX_LIBRARY tix_library\n\
+  }\n\
+}\n\
+tixInit";
+
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_Init() --
+ *
+ *	Initialize the Tix library.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl completion code (TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR).  Also
+ *	leaves information in the interp's result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Sets "tix_library" Tcl variable, runs "Init.tcl" script from
+ *      the Tix script library directory.
+ * 
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+Tix_Init(interp)
+	 Tcl_Interp * interp;
+{
+    Tk_Window topLevel;
+
+    /*
+     * This procedure may be called  several times for several
+     * interpreters. Since some global variables are shared by
+     * all of the interpreters, we initialize these variables only
+     * once. The variable "globalInitialized" keeps track of this
+     */
+    static int globalInitialized = 0;
+
+#ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
+    if ((Tcl_InitStubs(interp, MIN_TK_VERSION, 0) == NULL)
+	    || (Tk_InitStubs(interp, MIN_TK_VERSION, 0) == NULL)) {
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+#else
+    if ((Tcl_PkgRequire(interp, "Tcl", TCL_VERSION, 1) == NULL)
+	    || (Tcl_PkgRequire(interp, "Tk", TK_VERSION, 1) == NULL)) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+#endif /* USE_TCL_STUBS */
+
+    if (Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "Tix", TIX_PATCH_LEVEL) != TCL_OK) {
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (!globalInitialized) {
+	globalInitialized = 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * Initialize the global variables shared by all interpreters
+	 */
+	tixNormalUid   = Tk_GetUid("normal");
+	tixCellUid     = Tk_GetUid("cell");
+	tixRowUid      = Tk_GetUid("row");
+	tixColumnUid   = Tk_GetUid("column");
+	tixDisabledUid = Tk_GetUid("disabled");
+
+#if !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
+	/* This is for tixMwm command */
+	Tk_CreateGenericHandler(TixMwmProtocolHandler, NULL);
+#endif
+
+	/*
+         * Initialize the image readers
+         */
+
+	Tk_CreateImageType(&tixPixmapImageType);
+	Tk_CreateImageType(&tixCompoundImageType);
+
+	/*
+         * Initialize the display item subsystem.
+         */
+
+        TixInitializeDisplayItems();
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Initialize the per-interpreter variables
+     */
+
+    /*  Set the "tix_version" variable */
+    Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tix_version",    TIX_VERSION,    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tix_patchLevel", TIX_PATCH_LEVEL,TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tix_release",    TIX_RELEASE,    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+
+    /*
+     * Initialize the Tix commands
+     */
+
+    topLevel = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
+    Tix_CreateCommands(interp, commands, (ClientData) topLevel,
+	    (void (*)_ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData))) NULL);
+
+    /*
+     * Parse options database for fontSets, schemes, etc
+     */
+
+    if (ParseToolkitOptions(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * In normal operation mode, we use the command defined in
+     * tixInitScript to load the Tix library scripts off the file
+     * system
+     */
+
+    return Tcl_EvalEx(interp, initScript, -1, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_SafeInit --
+ *
+ * 	Initializes Tix for a safe interpreter.
+ *
+ *      TODO: the week security check in Tix is probably not complete
+ *      and may lead to security holes. This function is temporarily
+ *      disabled.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl completion code (TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR).  Also
+ *	leaves information in the interp's result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Sets "tix_library" Tcl variable, runs "Init.tcl" script from
+ *      the Tix script library directory.
+ * 
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+Tix_SafeInit(interp)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+{
+#if 0
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tix_priv", "isSafe", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    return Tix_Init(interp);
+#else
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Tix has not been tested for use in a safe ",
+            "interppreter. Modify tixInit.c at your own risks", NULL);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+#endif
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixInputO.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixInputO.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixInputO.c,v 1.3 2005/03/25 20:15:53 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/* 
+ * tixInputO.c --
+ *
+ *	This module implements "InputOnly" widgets.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tkInt.h>
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tix.h>
+
+#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
+/*
+ * A data structure of the following type is kept for each
+ * widget managed by this file:
+ */
+
+typedef struct Tix_InputOnlyStruct {
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window that embodies the widget.  NULL
+				 * means window has been deleted but
+				 * widget record hasn't been cleaned up yet. */
+    Tcl_Command widgetCmd;	/* Token for button's widget command. */
+    Display *display;		/* X's token for the window's display. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with widget. */
+
+    /*
+     * Information used when displaying widget:
+     */
+    int width;
+    int height;
+
+    /* Cursor */
+    Cursor cursor;		/* Current cursor for window, or None. */
+    int changed;
+} Tix_InputOnly;
+
+typedef Tix_InputOnly   WidgetRecord;
+typedef Tix_InputOnly * WidgetPtr;
+
+/*
+ * hint:: Place these into a default.f file
+ */
+#define DEF_INPUTONLY_CURSOR		""
+#define DEF_INPUTONLY_WIDTH		"0"
+#define DEF_INPUTONLY_HEIGHT		"0"
+
+/*
+ * Information used for argv parsing.
+ */
+static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
+       DEF_INPUTONLY_CURSOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, cursor),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
+       DEF_INPUTONLY_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, height), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
+       DEF_INPUTONLY_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, width), 0},
+
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+	(char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/*
+ * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
+ */
+
+static void		WidgetCmdDeletedProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData));
+static int		WidgetConfigure _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int argc, CONST84 char **argv,
+			    int flags));
+static void		WidgetDestroy _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+static void		WidgetEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr));
+static int		WidgetCommand _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *, int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+static void		Tix_MakeInputOnlyWindowExist _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr));
+
+
+#define INPUT_ONLY_EVENTS_MASK \
+  KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask| \
+  EnterWindowMask|LeaveWindowMask|PointerMotionMask| \
+  VisibilityChangeMask|SubstructureNotifyMask| \
+  FocusChangeMask|PropertyChangeMask
+
+static XSetWindowAttributes inputOnlyAtts = {
+    None,			/* background_pixmap */
+    0,				/* background_pixel */
+    None,			/* border_pixmap */
+    0,				/* border_pixel */
+    ForgetGravity,		/* bit_gravity */
+    NorthWestGravity,		/* win_gravity */
+    NotUseful,			/* backing_store */
+    (unsigned) ~0,		/* backing_planes */
+    0,				/* backing_pixel */
+    False,			/* save_under */
+    INPUT_ONLY_EVENTS_MASK,	/* event_mask */
+    0,				/* do_not_propagate_mask */
+    False,			/* override_redirect */
+    None,			/* colormap */
+    None			/* cursor */
+};
+
+
+static
+void Tix_MakeInputOnlyWindowExist(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    TkWindow* winPtr;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
+    int new;
+    Window parent;
+
+    winPtr = (TkWindow*) wPtr->tkwin;
+    inputOnlyAtts.cursor = winPtr->atts.cursor;
+
+
+    if (winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL) {
+	parent = XRootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
+    } else {
+	if (winPtr->parentPtr->window == None) {
+	    Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr->parentPtr);
+	}
+	parent = winPtr->parentPtr->window;
+    }
+
+    winPtr->window = XCreateWindow(winPtr->display, 
+	parent,
+	winPtr->changes.x, winPtr->changes.y,
+	(unsigned) winPtr->changes.width,
+	(unsigned) winPtr->changes.height,
+	0, 0,
+	InputOnly,
+	CopyFromParent,
+	CWEventMask|CWCursor,
+	&inputOnlyAtts);
+
+    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&winPtr->dispPtr->winTable,
+	(char *) winPtr->window, &new);
+    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr);
+
+    winPtr->dirtyAtts = 0;
+    winPtr->dirtyChanges = 0;
+#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
+    winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
+#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_InputOnlyCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "inputOnly" Tcl
+ *	command.  It creates a new "InputOnly" widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A new widget is created and configured.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Tix_InputOnlyCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Main window associated with
+				 * interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    Tk_Window mainwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+
+    if (argc < 2) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args:  should be \"",
+		argv[0], " pathName ?options?\"", (char *) NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, mainwin, argv[1], (char *) NULL);
+    if (tkwin == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Allocate and initialize the widget record.
+     */
+    wPtr = (WidgetPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WidgetRecord));
+    wPtr->tkwin 	= tkwin;
+    wPtr->display 	= Tk_Display(tkwin);
+    wPtr->interp 	= interp;
+    wPtr->width 	= 0;
+    wPtr->height 	= 0;
+    wPtr->cursor 	= None;
+    wPtr->changed 	= 0;
+
+    Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "TixInputOnly");
+
+    Tix_MakeInputOnlyWindowExist(wPtr);
+
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(wPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	WidgetEventProc, (ClientData) wPtr);
+    wPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, Tk_PathName(wPtr->tkwin),
+	WidgetCommand, (ClientData) wPtr, WidgetCmdDeletedProc);
+    if (WidgetConfigure(interp, wPtr, argc-2, argv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	Tk_DestroyWindow(wPtr->tkwin);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    interp->result = Tk_PathName(wPtr->tkwin);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetCommand --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command
+ *	that corresponds to a widget managed by this module.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+WidgetCommand(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;		/* Information about the widget. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;			/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;				/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;		/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int result = TCL_OK;
+    size_t length;
+    char c;
+
+    if (argc < 2) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+		argv[0], " option ?arg arg ...?\"", (char *) NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tk_Preserve((ClientData) wPtr);
+    c = argv[1][0];
+    length = strlen(argv[1]);
+    if ((c == 'c') && (strncmp(argv[1], "configure", length) == 0)) {
+	if (argc == 2) {
+	    result = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->tkwin, configSpecs,
+		    (char *) wPtr, (char *) NULL, 0);
+	} else if (argc == 3) {
+	    result = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->tkwin, configSpecs,
+		    (char *) wPtr, argv[2], 0);
+	} else {
+	    result = WidgetConfigure(interp, wPtr, argc-2, argv+2,
+		    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
+	}
+    }
+    else if ((c == 'c') && (strncmp(argv[1], "cget", length) == 0)) {
+	if (argc == 3) {
+	    return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, wPtr->tkwin, configSpecs,
+		(char *)wPtr, argv[2], 0);
+	} else {
+	    return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 2, "option");
+	}
+    } else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[1],
+		"\":  must be cget or configure", (char *) NULL);
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    Tk_Release((ClientData) wPtr);
+    return result;
+
+    error:
+    Tk_Release((ClientData) wPtr);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetConfigure --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list in
+ *	conjunction with the Tk option database to configure (or
+ *	reconfigure) a InputOnly widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a standard Tcl result.  If TCL_ERROR is
+ *	returned, then interp->result contains an error message.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Configuration information, such as colors, border width,
+ *	etc. get set for wPtr;  old resources get freed,
+ *	if there were any.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+WidgetConfigure(interp, wPtr, argc, argv, flags)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;			/* Used for error reporting. */
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;			/* Information about widget. */
+    int argc;				/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;		/* Arguments. */
+    int flags;				/* Flags to pass to
+					 * Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
+{
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, wPtr->tkwin, configSpecs,
+	argc, argv, (char *) wPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tk_GeometryRequest(wPtr->tkwin, wPtr->width, wPtr->height);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetEventProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
+ *	events on InputOnlys.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	When the window gets deleted, internal structures get
+ *	cleaned up.  When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+WidgetEventProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Information about window. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr;		/* Information about event. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    switch (eventPtr->type) {
+      case DestroyNotify:
+	if (wPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
+	    wPtr->tkwin = NULL;
+	    Tcl_DeleteCommand(wPtr->interp, 
+	        Tcl_GetCommandName(wPtr->interp, wPtr->widgetCmd));
+	}
+	Tk_EventuallyFree((ClientData) wPtr, (Tix_FreeProc*)WidgetDestroy);
+	break;
+
+      case MapNotify:
+      case ConfigureNotify:
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetDestroy --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by Tk_EventuallyFree or Tk_Release
+ *	to clean up the internal structure of a InputOnly at a safe time
+ *	(when no-one is using it anymore).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Everything associated with the InputOnly is freed up.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+WidgetDestroy(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Info about my widget. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *) wPtr, wPtr->display, 0);
+    ckfree((char *) wPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetCmdDeletedProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked when a widget command is deleted.  If
+ *	the widget isn't already in the process of being destroyed,
+ *	this command destroys it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The widget is destroyed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+WidgetCmdDeletedProc(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    /*
+     * This procedure could be invoked either because the window was
+     * destroyed and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin
+     * is NULL) or because the command was deleted, and then this procedure
+     * destroys the widget.
+     */
+    if (wPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
+	Tk_Window tkwin = wPtr->tkwin;
+	wPtr->tkwin = NULL;
+	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
+    }
+}
+#endif

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixInt.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixInt.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,862 @@
+/*
+ * tixInt.h --
+ *
+ *	Defines internal data types and functions used by the Tix library.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixInt.h,v 1.6 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TIX_INT_H_
+#define _TIX_INT_H_
+
+#ifndef _TIX_H_
+#include <tix.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _TIX_PORT_H_
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *		Tix Display Item Types
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#define TIX_DITEM_NONE			0
+#define TIX_DITEM_TEXT			1
+#define TIX_DITEM_IMAGETEXT		2
+#define TIX_DITEM_WINDOW		3
+#define TIX_DITEM_IMAGE			4
+
+/*
+ * The following 12 values can be OR'ed to passed as the flags
+ * parameter to Tix_DItemDisplay().
+ */
+
+#define TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG		(0x1 <<	 0)
+#define TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_BG		(0x1 <<	 1)
+#define TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_BG		(0x1 <<	 2)
+#define TIX_DITEM_DISABLED_BG		(0x1 <<	 3)
+#define TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG		(0x1 <<	 4)
+#define TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_FG		(0x1 <<	 5)
+#define TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_FG		(0x1 <<	 6)
+#define TIX_DITEM_DISABLED_FG		(0x1 <<	 7)
+#define TIX_DITEM_FONT			(0x1 <<	 8)
+#define TIX_DITEM_PADX			(0x1 <<	 9)
+#define TIX_DITEM_PADY			(0x1 << 10)
+#define TIX_DITEM_ANCHOR                (0x1 << 11)
+
+#define TIX_DITEM_OTHER_BG \
+    (TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE_BG|TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_BG|TIX_DITEM_DISABLED_BG)
+
+#define TIX_DITEM_ALL_BG \
+    (TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG|TIX_DITEM_OTHER_BG)
+
+#define TIX_DONT_CALL_CONFIG		TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT
+
+/*
+ * These values are used ONLY for indexing the color array in
+ * Tix_StyleTemplate
+ */
+
+#define TIX_DITEM_NORMAL		0
+#define TIX_DITEM_ACTIVE		1
+#define TIX_DITEM_SELECTED		2
+#define TIX_DITEM_DISABLED		3
+
+/*
+ * Flags for MultiInfo
+ */
+#define TIX_CONFIG_INFO			1
+#define TIX_CONFIG_VALUE		2
+
+typedef union  Tix_DItem		Tix_DItem;
+typedef union  Tix_DItemStyle		Tix_DItemStyle;
+typedef struct Tix_DItemInfo		Tix_DItemInfo;
+typedef struct Tix_DispData		Tix_DispData;
+typedef struct Tix_StyleTemplate	Tix_StyleTemplate;
+
+typedef void		Tix_DItemCalculateSizeProc(Tix_DItem * iPtr);
+typedef char *		Tix_DItemComponentProc(Tix_DItem * iPtr, int x, int y);
+typedef int		Tix_DItemConfigureProc(Tix_DItem * iPtr,
+	int argc, CONST84 char **argv, int flags);
+typedef Tix_DItem *	Tix_DItemCreateProc(Tix_DispData * ddPtr,
+	Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr);
+typedef void		Tix_DItemDisplayProc(Drawable drawable,
+	Tix_DItem * iPtr,
+	int x, int y, int width, int height,
+	int xOffset, int yOffset, int flag);
+typedef void		Tix_DItemFreeProc(Tix_DItem * diPtr);
+typedef void		Tix_DItemSizeChangedProc(Tix_DItem * iPtr);
+
+typedef void		Tix_DItemStyleChangedProc(Tix_DItem * iPtr);
+typedef void		Tix_DItemLostStyleProc(Tix_DItem * iPtr);
+typedef int		Tix_DItemStyleConfigureProc(Tix_DItemStyle* style,
+	int argc, CONST84 char **argv, int flags);
+typedef Tix_DItemStyle*	Tix_DItemStyleCreateProc(Tcl_Interp * interp,
+	Tk_Window tkwin,
+	Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr, char * name);
+typedef void		Tix_DItemStyleFreeProc(Tix_DItemStyle* style);
+typedef void		Tix_DItemStyleSetTemplateProc(Tix_DItemStyle* style,
+	Tix_StyleTemplate * tmplPtr);
+
+/*
+ * These are debugging routines
+ */
+
+typedef int		Tix_DItemRefCountProc();
+typedef int		Tix_DItemStyleRefCountProc();
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_DItemInfo --
+ *
+ *	This structure is used to register a new display item (call
+ *	Tix_AddDItemType).
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+struct Tix_DItemInfo {
+    char * name;
+    int type;
+
+    /*
+     * These procedures communicate with the items
+     */
+    Tix_DItemCreateProc * createProc;
+    Tix_DItemConfigureProc * configureProc;
+    Tix_DItemCalculateSizeProc * calculateSizeProc;
+    Tix_DItemComponentProc * componentProc;
+    Tix_DItemDisplayProc * displayProc;
+    Tix_DItemFreeProc * freeProc;
+    Tix_DItemStyleChangedProc *styleChangedProc;
+    Tix_DItemLostStyleProc * lostStyleProc;
+
+    /*
+     * These procedures communicate with the styles
+     */
+    Tix_DItemStyleCreateProc * styleCreateProc;
+    Tix_DItemStyleConfigureProc * styleConfigureProc;
+    Tix_DItemStyleFreeProc * styleFreeProc;
+    Tix_DItemStyleSetTemplateProc * styleSetTemplateProc;
+
+    Tk_ConfigSpec * itemConfigSpecs;
+    Tk_ConfigSpec * styleConfigSpecs;
+    struct Tix_DItemInfo * next;
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_DispData --
+ *
+ *	Information needed by the display types to display the item in
+ *	an X drawable.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+struct Tix_DispData {
+    Display * display;
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    Tix_DItemSizeChangedProc * sizeChangedProc;
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_StyleTemplate --
+ *
+ *	A StyleTemplate is used to set the values of the default styles
+ *	associated with a widget
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+struct Tix_StyleTemplate {
+    int flags;			/* determines which field is valid */
+
+    struct {
+	XColor * bg;
+	XColor * fg;
+    } colors[4];		/* colors for the four basic modes*/
+
+    int pad[2];
+#if 0
+    /* %bordercolor not used */
+    XColor * borderColor;
+    Tix_Relief relief;
+    int borderWidth;
+#endif
+    TixFont font;
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *			Display Item Types
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  Display Styles
+ */
+typedef struct TixBaseStyle		TixBaseStyle;
+typedef struct TixImageTextStyle	TixImageTextStyle;
+typedef struct TixImageStyle		TixImageStyle;
+typedef struct TixTextStyle		TixTextStyle;
+typedef struct TixWindowStyle		TixWindowStyle;
+
+typedef struct TixBaseItem		TixBaseItem;
+typedef struct TixColorStyle		TixColorStyle;
+typedef struct TixImageTextItem		TixImageTextItem;
+typedef struct TixImageItem		TixImageItem;
+typedef struct TixTextItem		TixTextItem;
+typedef struct TixWindowItem		TixWindowItem;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixBaseItem --
+ *
+ *	This is the abstract base class for all display items. All
+ *	display items should have the data members defined in the
+ *	BaseItem structure
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#define ITEM_COMMON_MEMBERS \
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr; \
+    Tix_DispData * ddPtr; \
+    ClientData clientData; \
+    int size[2];		/* Size of this element */ \
+    int selX, selY, selW, selH  /* Location of the selection highlight */
+
+struct TixBaseItem {
+    ITEM_COMMON_MEMBERS;
+    TixBaseStyle * stylePtr;
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixBaseStyle --
+ *
+ *	This is the abstract base class for all display styles. All
+ *	display items should have the data members defined in the
+ *	BaseStyle structure.  The common members are initialized by
+ *	tixDiStyle.c
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#define STYLE_COMMON_MEMBERS \
+    Tcl_Command styleCmd;	/* Token for style's command. */ \
+    Tcl_HashTable items;	/* Ditems affected by this style */ \
+    int refCount;		/* Number of ditems affected by this style */\
+    int flags;			/* Various attributes */ \
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with style. */ \
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window associated with this style */ \
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr; \
+    Tk_Anchor anchor;		/* Anchor information */ \
+    char * name;		/* Name of this style */ \
+    int pad[2];			/* paddings */ \
+    \
+    struct { \
+	XColor * bg; \
+	XColor * fg; \
+	GC foreGC;   \
+	GC backGC;   \
+        GC anchorGC; \
+    } colors[4]			/* colors and GC's for the four basic modes*/
+
+
+#define STYLE_COLOR_MEMBERS     /* Backwards-cimpatibility */
+
+struct TixBaseStyle {
+    STYLE_COMMON_MEMBERS;
+};
+
+#define TIX_STYLE_DELETED 1
+#define TIX_STYLE_DEFAULT 2
+
+/*
+ * Abstract type for all styles that have a color element
+ */
+struct TixColorStyle {
+    STYLE_COMMON_MEMBERS;
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ImageTextItem --
+ *
+ *	Display an image together with a text string
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+struct TixImageTextItem {
+    ITEM_COMMON_MEMBERS;
+
+    TixImageTextStyle *stylePtr;
+	/*-------------------------*/
+	/*	 Bitmap		   */
+	/*-------------------------*/
+    Pixmap bitmap;
+    int bitmapW, bitmapH;	/* Size of bitmap */
+
+	/*-------------------------*/
+	/*	 Image		   */
+	/*-------------------------*/
+    char *imageString;		/* Name of image to display (malloc'ed), or
+				 * NULL.  If non-NULL, bitmap, text, and
+				 * textVarName are ignored. */
+    Tk_Image image;
+    int imageW, imageH;		/* Size of image */
+
+	/*-------------------------*/
+	/*	 Text		  */
+	/*-------------------------*/
+
+    char * text;		/* Show descriptive text */
+    size_t numChars;		/* Size of text */
+    int textW, textH;
+    int wrapLength;
+    Tk_Justify justify;		/* Justification to use for multi-line text. */
+    int underline;		/* Index of character to underline.  < 0 means
+				 * don't underline anything. */
+
+    int showImage, showText;
+};
+
+struct TixImageTextStyle {
+    STYLE_COMMON_MEMBERS;
+    int wrapLength;
+    Tk_Justify justify;		/* Justification to use for multi-line text. */
+    TixFont font;
+    int gap;			/* Gap between text and image */
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ImageItem --
+ *
+ *	Displays an image
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+struct TixImageItem {
+    ITEM_COMMON_MEMBERS;
+
+    TixImageStyle *stylePtr;
+
+	/*-------------------------*/
+	/*	 Image		   */
+	/*-------------------------*/
+    char *imageString;		/* Name of image to display (malloc'ed), or
+				 * NULL.  If non-NULL, bitmap, text, and
+				 * textVarName are ignored. */
+    Tk_Image image;
+    int imageW, imageH;		/* Size of image */
+};
+
+struct TixImageStyle {
+    STYLE_COMMON_MEMBERS;
+};
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TextItem --
+ *
+ *	Displays a text string.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+struct TixTextItem {
+    ITEM_COMMON_MEMBERS;
+
+    TixTextStyle *stylePtr;
+	/*-------------------------*/
+	/*	 Text		  */
+	/*-------------------------*/
+
+    char * text;		/* Show descriptive text */
+    int numChars;		/* Size of text */
+    int textW, textH;
+    int underline;		/* Index of character to underline.  < 0 means
+				 * don't underline anything. */
+};
+
+struct TixTextStyle {
+    STYLE_COMMON_MEMBERS;
+    int wrapLength;
+    Tk_Justify justify;		/* Justification to use for multi-line text. */
+    TixFont font;
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * WindowItem --
+ *
+ *	Displays a window.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+struct TixWindowItem {
+    ITEM_COMMON_MEMBERS;
+    TixWindowStyle *stylePtr;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    struct TixWindowItem * next;
+    int serial;
+};
+
+struct TixWindowStyle {
+    STYLE_COMMON_MEMBERS;
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_DItem and Tix_DItemStyle --
+ *
+ *	These unions just make it easy to address the internals of the
+ *	structures of the display items and styles. If you create a new
+ *	display item, you will need to do you type casting yourself.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+union Tix_DItem {
+    TixBaseItem		base;
+    TixImageTextItem	imagetext;
+    TixTextItem		text;
+    TixWindowItem	window;
+    TixImageItem	image;
+};
+
+union Tix_DItemStyle {
+    TixBaseStyle	base;
+    TixColorStyle	color;
+    TixImageTextStyle	imagetext;
+    TixTextStyle	text;
+    TixWindowStyle	window;
+    TixImageStyle	image;
+};
+
+#define Tix_DItemType(x)	((x)->base.diTypePtr->type)
+#define Tix_DItemTypeName(x)	((x)->base.diTypePtr->name)
+#define Tix_DItemWidth(x)	((x)->base.size[0])
+#define Tix_DItemHeight(x)	((x)->base.size[1])
+#define Tix_DItemConfigSpecs(x) ((x)->base.diTypePtr->itemConfigSpecs)
+#define Tix_DItemPadX(x)	((x)->base.stylePtr->pad[0])
+#define Tix_DItemPadY(x)	((x)->base.stylePtr->pad[1])
+
+#define TIX_WIDTH  0
+#define TIX_HEIGHT 1
+
+typedef struct _TixpSubRegion TixpSubRegion;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_ArgumentList --
+ * 
+ *	This data structure is used to split command arguments for
+ *	the display item types
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#define FIXED_SIZE 4
+typedef struct {
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char **argv;
+} Tix_Argument;
+
+typedef struct {
+    Tix_Argument * arg;
+    int numLists;
+    Tix_Argument preAlloc[FIXED_SIZE];
+} Tix_ArgumentList;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_ScrollInfo --
+ * 
+ *	This data structure encapsulates all the necessary operations
+ *	for scrolling widgets
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#define TIX_SCROLL_INT		1
+#define TIX_SCROLL_DOUBLE	2
+
+/* abstract type */
+typedef struct Tix_ScrollInfo {
+    int type;		/* TIX_SCROLL_INT or TIX_SCROLL_DOUBLE */
+    char * command;
+} Tix_ScrollInfo;
+
+typedef struct Tix_IntScrollInfo {
+    int type;		/* TIX_SCROLL_INT */
+    char * command;
+
+    int total;		/* total size (width or height) of the widget*/
+    int window;		/* visible size */
+    int offset;		/* The top/left side of the scrolled widget */
+    int unit;		/* How much should we scroll when the user
+			 * press the arrow on a scrollbar? */
+
+} Tix_IntScrollInfo;
+
+typedef struct Tix_DoubleScrollInfo {
+    int type;		/* TIX_SCROLL_DOUBLE */
+    char * command;
+
+    double total;	/* total size (width or height) of the widget*/
+    double window;	/* visible size */
+    double offset;	/* The top/left side of the scrolled widget */
+    double unit;	/* How much should we scroll when the user
+			 * press the arrow on a scrollbar? */
+} Tix_DoubleScrollInfo;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *		Global variables
+ *
+ * Should be used only in the Tix library. Some systems don't support
+ * exporting of global variables from shared libraries.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+EXTERN Tk_Uid tixNormalUid;
+EXTERN Tk_Uid tixDisabledUid;
+EXTERN Tk_Uid tixCellUid;
+EXTERN Tk_Uid tixRowUid;
+EXTERN Tk_Uid tixColumnUid;
+
+#define FLAG_READONLY	0
+#define FLAG_STATIC	1
+#define FLAG_FORCECALL	2
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ *		    MEGA-WIDGET CONFIG HANDLING
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+typedef struct _TixConfigSpec		TixConfigSpec;
+typedef struct _TixConfigAlias		TixConfigAlias;
+typedef struct _TixClassRecord		TixClassRecord;
+
+struct _TixConfigSpec {
+    unsigned int isAlias	: 1;
+    unsigned int readOnly	: 1;
+    unsigned int isStatic	: 1;
+    unsigned int forceCall	: 1;
+
+    char *argvName;
+    char * defValue;
+
+    char * dbName;		/* The additional parts of a */
+    char * dbClass;		/* TixWidgetConfigSpec structure */
+
+    char *verifyCmd;
+
+    TixConfigSpec * realPtr;	/* valid only if this option is an alias */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Controls the access of root widget and subwidget commands and options
+ */
+typedef struct _Tix_ExportSpec {
+    Tix_LinkList exportCmds;
+    Tix_LinkList restrictCmds;
+    Tix_LinkList exportOpts;
+    Tix_LinkList restrictOpts;
+} Tix_ExportSpec;
+
+typedef struct _Tix_SubWidgetSpec {
+    struct _Tix_SubWidgetSpec * next;
+    CONST84 char * name;
+    Tix_ExportSpec export;
+} Tix_SubWidgetSpec;
+
+typedef struct _Tix_StringLink {
+    struct _Tix_StringLink *next;
+    CONST84 char * string;
+} Tix_StringLink;
+
+typedef struct _Tix_SubwidgetDef {
+    struct _TixSubwidgetDef * next;
+    CONST84 char * spec;
+    CONST84 char * value;
+} Tix_SubwidgetDef;
+
+typedef struct _TixClassParseStruct {
+    CONST84 char * alias;
+    CONST84 char * ClassName;
+    CONST84 char * configSpec;
+    CONST84 char * def;
+    CONST84 char * flag;
+    CONST84 char * forceCall;
+    CONST84 char * method;
+    CONST84 char * readOnly;
+    CONST84 char * isStatic;
+    CONST84 char * superClass;
+    CONST84 char * subWidget;
+    CONST84 char * isVirtual;
+
+    int	    optArgc;
+    CONST84 char ** optArgv;
+} TixClassParseStruct;
+
+struct _TixClassRecord {
+    TixClassRecord    * next;		/* Chains to the next class record in
+					 * a superClass's unInitSubCls list */
+    TixClassRecord    * superClass;	/* The superclass of this class. Is
+					 * NULL if this class does not have
+					 * a superclass. */
+    unsigned int	isWidget;	/* TRUE iff this class is created by
+					 * the "tixWidgetClass" command */
+    char	      * className;	/* Instiantiation command */
+    char	      * ClassName;	/* used in TK option database */
+
+    int			nSpecs;
+    TixConfigSpec    ** specs;
+    int			nMethods;
+    char	     ** methods;
+    Tk_Window		mainWindow;	/* This variable is essentially
+					 * a cached variable so that
+					 * we can advoid calling
+					 * Tk_MainWindow() */
+    int			isVirtual;	/* is this a virtual base class
+					 * (shouldn't be instantiated)*/
+    TixClassParseStruct*parsePtr;	/* Information supplied by the
+					 * tixClass or tixWidgetClass
+					 * commands */
+    Tix_LinkList	unInitSubCls;	/* The subclasses that have not been
+					 * initialized. */
+    int			initialized;	/* Is this class initialized? A class
+					 * is not initialized if it has been
+					 * defined but some its superclass
+					 * is not initialized.
+					 */
+    Tix_LinkList	subWDefs;	/* the -defaults option */
+#if USE_ACCESS_CONTROL
+    Tix_LinkList	subWidgets;
+    Tix_ExportSpec	exportSpec;	/* controls the export status
+					 * of the commands and options
+					 * of the root widget */
+#endif
+};
+
+typedef struct _TixInterpState {
+    char * result;
+    char * errorInfo;
+    char * errorCode;
+} TixInterpState;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *		Internal procedures
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+EXTERN int		Tix_CallConfigMethod(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, TixClassRecord *cPtr,
+    CONST84 char * widRec, TixConfigSpec *spec, CONST84 char * value);
+EXTERN int		Tix_CallMethod(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+	CONST84 char *context, CONST84 char *widRec, CONST84 char *method,
+	int argc, CONST84 char **argv, int *foundPtr);
+EXTERN int		Tix_ChangeOneOption(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, TixClassRecord *cPtr,
+    CONST84 char * widRec, TixConfigSpec *spec, CONST84 char * value,
+    int isDefault, int isInit);
+EXTERN int		Tix_ChangeOptions(
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, TixClassRecord *cPtr,
+			    CONST84 char * widRec, int argc, CONST84 char **argv);
+EXTERN TixConfigSpec *	Tix_FindConfigSpecByName(
+			    Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    TixClassRecord * cPtr, CONST84 char * name);
+EXTERN CONST84 char  *	Tix_FindMethod(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    CONST84 char *context, CONST84 char *method);
+EXTERN char *		Tix_FindPublicMethod(
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, TixClassRecord * cPtr, 
+			    CONST84 char * method);
+EXTERN int		Tix_GetChars(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    CONST84 char *string, double *doublePtr);
+EXTERN CONST84 char  *	Tix_GetConfigSpecFullName(CONST84 char *clasRec,
+			    CONST84 char *flag);
+EXTERN CONST84 char *	Tix_GetContext(
+			    Tcl_Interp * interp, CONST84 char * widRec);
+EXTERN CONST84 char *	Tix_GetMethodFullName(CONST84 char *context,
+			    CONST84 char *method);
+EXTERN void		Tix_GetPublicMethods(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    CONST84 char *widRec, int *numMethods,
+			    char *** validMethods);
+EXTERN int		Tix_GetWidgetOption(
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    CONST84 char *argvName, CONST84 char *dbName, CONST84 char *dbClass,
+			    CONST84 char *defValue, int argc, CONST84 char **argv,
+			    int type, char *ptr);
+EXTERN int		Tix_GetVar(
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, TixClassRecord *cPtr,
+			    CONST84 char * widRec, CONST84 char * flag);
+EXTERN int		Tix_QueryAllOptions(
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, TixClassRecord * cPtr,
+			    CONST84 char *widRec);
+EXTERN int		Tix_QueryOneOption(
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, TixClassRecord *cPtr,
+			    CONST84 char *widRec, CONST84 char *flag);
+EXTERN int		Tix_SuperClass(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    CONST84 char *widClass, CONST84 char ** superClass_ret);
+EXTERN int		Tix_UnknownPublicMethodError(
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, TixClassRecord * cPtr,
+			    CONST84 char * widRec, CONST84 char * method);
+EXTERN int		Tix_ValueMissingError(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    CONST84 char *spec);
+EXTERN void		Tix_AddDItemType(
+			    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr);
+EXTERN int		Tix_ConfigureInfo2(
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    CONST84 char *entRec, Tk_ConfigSpec *entConfigSpecs,
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr, CONST84 char *argvName, int flags);
+EXTERN int		Tix_ConfigureValue2(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin, CONST84 char * entRec,
+			    Tk_ConfigSpec *entConfigSpecs, Tix_DItem * iPtr,
+			    CONST84 char *argvName, int flags);
+EXTERN void		Tix_DItemCalculateSize(
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr);
+EXTERN char *		Tix_DItemComponent(Tix_DItem * diPtr,
+			    int x, int y);
+EXTERN int		Tix_DItemConfigure(
+			    Tix_DItem * diPtr, int argc,
+			    CONST84 char **argv, int flags);
+EXTERN Tix_DItem *	Tix_DItemCreate(Tix_DispData * ddPtr,
+			    CONST84 char * type);
+EXTERN void		Tix_DItemDrawBackground(Drawable drawable,
+                           TixpSubRegion *subRegPtr, Tix_DItem * iPtr,
+                           int x, int y, int width, int height, 
+                           int xOffset, int yOffset, int flags);
+EXTERN void		Tix_DItemDisplay(
+			    Drawable drawable, Tix_DItem * iPtr,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int height,
+                            int xOffset, int yOffset, int flag);
+EXTERN int              Tix_DItemFillNormalBG(Drawable drawable,
+                           TixpSubRegion *subRegPtr, Tix_DItem * iPtr,
+                           int x, int y, int width, int height, 
+                           int xOffset, int yOffset, int flags);
+EXTERN void		Tix_DItemFree(
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr);
+EXTERN void		TixDItemStyleChanged(
+			    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr,
+			    Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr);
+EXTERN void             TixDItemStyleConfigureGCs(
+                            Tix_DItemStyle *style);
+EXTERN void		TixDItemStyleFree(Tix_DItem *iPtr, 
+			    Tix_DItemStyle * stylePtr);
+EXTERN void		TixDItemGetAnchor(Tk_Anchor anchor,
+			    int x, int y, int cav_w, int cav_h,
+			    int width, int height, int * x_ret, int * y_ret);
+EXTERN void		Tix_FreeArgumentList(
+			    Tix_ArgumentList *argListPtr);
+EXTERN void		TixGetColorDItemGC(
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr, GC * backGC_ret,
+			    GC * foreGC_ret, GC * anchorGC_ret, int flags);
+EXTERN Tix_DItemStyle*	TixGetDefaultDItemStyle(
+			    Tix_DispData * ddPtr, Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr,
+			    Tix_DItem *iPtr, Tix_DItemStyle* oldStylePtr);
+EXTERN Tix_DItemInfo *	Tix_GetDItemType(
+			    Tcl_Interp * interp, CONST84 char *type);
+EXTERN void		Tix_GetScrollFractions(
+			    Tix_ScrollInfo * siPtr,
+			    double * first_ret, double * last_ret);
+EXTERN void		Tix_InitScrollInfo(
+			    Tix_ScrollInfo * siPtr, int type);
+EXTERN int		Tix_MultiConfigureInfo(
+			    Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec **specsList,
+			    int numLists, CONST84 char **widgRecList, CONST84 char *argvName,
+			    int flags, int request);
+EXTERN void		Tix_SetDefaultStyleTemplate(
+			    Tk_Window tkwin, Tix_StyleTemplate * tmplPtr);
+EXTERN int		Tix_SetScrollBarView(
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tix_ScrollInfo * siPtr,
+			    int argc, CONST84 char **argv, int compat);
+EXTERN void		Tix_SetWindowItemSerial(
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr, Tix_DItem * iPtr,
+			    int serial);
+EXTERN int		Tix_SplitConfig(Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec  ** specsList,
+			    int numLists, int argc, CONST84 char **argv,
+			    Tix_ArgumentList * argListPtr);
+EXTERN void		Tix_UnmapInvisibleWindowItems(
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr, int serial);
+EXTERN void		Tix_UpdateScrollBar(
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tix_ScrollInfo * siPtr);
+EXTERN int		Tix_WidgetConfigure2(
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST84 char * entRec,
+			    Tk_ConfigSpec *entConfigSpecs,
+			    Tix_DItem * iPtr, int argc, CONST84 char **argv,
+			    int flags, int forced, int * sizeChanged_ret);
+EXTERN void		Tix_WindowItemListRemove(
+			    Tix_LinkList * lPtr, Tix_DItem * iPtr);
+/* 
+ * Functions that should be used by Tix only. Functions prefixed by "Tix"
+ * are generic functions that has one implementation for all platforms.
+ * Functions prefixed with "Tixp" requires one implementation on each
+ * platform.
+ */
+
+extern void             TixInitializeDisplayItems(void);
+extern void		TixpDrawAnchorLines(Display *display,
+			    Drawable drawable, GC gc, int x, int y,
+			    int w, int h);
+extern void		TixpDrawTmpLine(int x1, int y1,
+			    int x2, int y2, Tk_Window tkwin);
+extern void		TixpEndSubRegionDraw(Display *display,
+			     Drawable drawable, GC gc,
+			     TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr);
+extern int		TixpSetWindowParent(Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Window newParent,
+			    int parentId);
+extern void		TixpStartSubRegionDraw(Display *display,
+			     Drawable drawable, GC gc,
+			     TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr, int origX,
+			     int origY, int x, int y, int width, int height,
+			     int needWidth, int needHeight);
+extern void		TixpSubRegDisplayText(Display *display,
+			    Drawable drawable, GC gc,
+			    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr,
+			    TixFont font, CONST84 char *string,
+			    int numChars, int x, int y, int length,
+			    Tk_Justify justify, int underline);
+extern void		TixpSubRegDrawBitmap(Display *display,
+			    Drawable drawable, GC gc,
+			    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr, Pixmap bitmap,
+			    int src_x, int src_y, int width, int height,
+			    int dest_x, int dest_y, unsigned long plane);
+extern void 		TixpSubRegDrawImage(
+			    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr, Tk_Image image,
+			    int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height,
+			    Drawable drawable, int drawableX, int drawableY);
+extern void             TixpSubRegDrawAnchorLines(
+                            Display *display, Drawable drawable,
+                            GC gc, TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr,
+                            int x, int y, int w, int h);
+extern void		TixpSubRegFillRectangle(Display *display,
+			    Drawable drawable, GC gc,
+			    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr, int x, int y,
+			    int width, int height);
+extern void             TixpSubRegSetClip(
+                            Display *display, TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr,
+                            GC gc);
+extern void             TixpSubRegUnsetClip(
+                            Display *display, TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr,
+                            GC gc);
+extern void             TixRestoreInterpState(
+                            Tcl_Interp * interp, TixInterpState * statePtr);
+extern void             TixSaveInterpState(
+                            Tcl_Interp * interp, TixInterpState * statePtr);
+extern char *           tixStrDup( CONST char * s);
+extern int 		TixMwmProtocolHandler(
+			    ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
+
+/*
+ * Image types implemented by Tix.
+ */
+
+extern Tk_ImageType tixPixmapImageType;
+extern Tk_ImageType tixCompoundImageType;
+
+/*
+ * Display Items implemented in the Tix core.
+ */
+
+extern Tix_DItemInfo tix_ImageTextItemType;
+extern Tix_DItemInfo tix_TextItemType;
+extern Tix_DItemInfo tix_WindowItemType;
+extern Tix_DItemInfo tix_ImageItemType;
+
+#endif /* _TIX_INT_H_ */

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixList.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixList.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixList.c,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:42 idiscovery Exp $	*/
+
+/* 
+ * tixList.c --
+ *
+ *	Implements easy-to-use link lists.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+
+#define NEXT(info,ptr) (char*)(*(char**)((ptr+(info->nextOffset))))
+#define PREV(info,ptr) (char*)(*(char**)((ptr+(info->prevOffset))))
+
+static void 		SetNext _ANSI_ARGS_((Tix_ListInfo * info,
+			    char * ptr, char * next));
+
+static void SetNext(info, ptr, next)
+    Tix_ListInfo * info;
+    char * ptr;
+    char * next;
+{
+    char ** next_ptr = (char**)((ptr+(info->nextOffset)));
+    * next_ptr = next;
+}
+
+void Tix_LinkListInit(lPtr)
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+{
+    lPtr->numItems = 0;
+    lPtr->head   = (char*)NULL;
+    lPtr->tail   = (char*)NULL;
+}
+
+
+void
+Tix_LinkListAppend(infoPtr, lPtr, itemPtr, flags)
+    Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr;
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    char * itemPtr;
+    int flags;
+{
+    char * ptr;
+
+    if (flags | TIX_UNIQUE) {
+	/* Check for uniqueness */
+	for (ptr=lPtr->head;
+	     ptr!=NULL;
+	     ptr=NEXT(infoPtr,ptr)) {
+	    if (ptr == itemPtr) {
+		return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if (lPtr->head == NULL) {
+	lPtr->head = lPtr->tail = itemPtr;
+    } else {
+	SetNext(infoPtr, lPtr->tail, itemPtr);
+	lPtr->tail = itemPtr;
+    }
+
+    SetNext(infoPtr, itemPtr, NULL);
+    ++ lPtr->numItems;
+}
+
+void Tix_LinkListIteratorInit(liPtr)
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    liPtr->started = 0;
+}
+
+void Tix_LinkListStart(infoPtr, lPtr, liPtr)
+    Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr;
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    if (lPtr->head == NULL) {
+	liPtr->last = NULL;
+	liPtr->curr = NULL;
+    } else {
+	liPtr->last = liPtr->curr = lPtr->head;
+    }
+    liPtr->deleted = 0;
+    liPtr->started = 1;
+}
+
+void Tix_LinkListNext(infoPtr, lPtr, liPtr)
+    Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr;
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    if (liPtr->curr == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+    if (liPtr->deleted == 1) {
+	/* the curr pointer has already been adjusted */
+	liPtr->deleted = 0;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    liPtr->last = liPtr->curr;
+    liPtr->curr = NEXT(infoPtr, liPtr->curr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_LinkListDelete --
+ *
+ *	Deletes an element from the linklist. The proper step of deleting
+ *	an element is:
+ *
+ *	for (Tix_SimpleListStart(&list, &li); !Tix_SimpleListDone(&li);
+ *	         Tix_SimpleListNext (&list, &li)) {
+ *	    MyData * p = (MyData*)li.curr;
+ *	    if (someCondition) {
+ *		Tix_SimpleListDelete(&cPtr->subWDefs, &li);
+ *		ckfree((char*)p);
+ *          }
+ *	}
+ *
+ *	i.e., The pointer can be freed only after Tix_SimpleListDelete().
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The pointers in the list are adjusted  and the liPtr is advanced
+ *	to the next element.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Tix_LinkListDelete(infoPtr, lPtr, liPtr)
+    Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr;
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    if (liPtr->curr == NULL) {
+	/* %% probably is a mistake */
+	return;
+    }
+    if (liPtr->deleted == 1) {
+	/* %% probably is a mistake */
+	return;
+    }
+    if (lPtr->head == lPtr->tail) {
+	lPtr->head  = lPtr->tail = NULL;
+	liPtr->curr = NULL;
+    }
+    else if (lPtr->head == liPtr->curr) {
+	lPtr->head  = NEXT(infoPtr, liPtr->curr);
+	liPtr->curr = lPtr->head;
+	liPtr->last = lPtr->head;
+    }
+    else if (lPtr->tail == liPtr->curr) {
+	lPtr->tail = liPtr->last;
+	SetNext(infoPtr, lPtr->tail, NULL);
+	liPtr->curr = NULL;
+    }
+    else {
+	SetNext(infoPtr, liPtr->last, NEXT(infoPtr, liPtr->curr));
+	liPtr->curr = NEXT(infoPtr, liPtr->last);
+    }
+    -- lPtr->numItems;
+
+    liPtr->deleted = 1;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Tix_LinkListInsert --
+ *
+ *	Insert the item at the position indicated by liPtr
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void Tix_LinkListInsert(infoPtr, lPtr, itemPtr, liPtr)
+    Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr;
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    char * itemPtr;
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    if (lPtr->numItems == 0) {
+	/* Just do an append
+	 */
+	Tix_LinkListAppend(infoPtr, lPtr, itemPtr, 0);
+
+	/* Fix the iterator (%% I am not sure if this is necessary)
+	 */
+	liPtr->curr = liPtr->last = lPtr->head;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (liPtr->curr == NULL) {
+	/* %% probably is a mistake */
+	return;
+    }
+    if (lPtr->head == lPtr->tail) {
+	lPtr->head = itemPtr;
+	SetNext(infoPtr, lPtr->head, lPtr->tail);
+	liPtr->last = itemPtr;
+	liPtr->curr = itemPtr;
+    }
+    else if (liPtr->curr == lPtr->head) {
+	lPtr->head = itemPtr;
+	SetNext(infoPtr, lPtr->head, liPtr->curr);
+	liPtr->last = itemPtr;
+	liPtr->curr = itemPtr;
+    }
+    else {
+	SetNext(infoPtr, liPtr->last, itemPtr);
+	SetNext(infoPtr, itemPtr,     liPtr->curr);
+	liPtr->last = itemPtr;
+    }
+    ++ lPtr->numItems;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_LinkListFindAndDelete --
+ *
+ *	Find an element and delete it.
+ *
+ * liPtr:
+ *	Can be NULL.
+ *	If non-NULL, the search will start from the current entry indexed
+ *	by liPtr;
+ *
+ * Return value:
+ *	1 if element is found and deleted
+ *	0 if element is not found
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int Tix_LinkListFindAndDelete(infoPtr, lPtr, itemPtr, liPtr)
+    Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr;
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    char * itemPtr;
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    Tix_ListIterator defIterator;
+
+    if (liPtr == NULL) {
+	Tix_LinkListIteratorInit(&defIterator);
+	liPtr = &defIterator;
+    }
+
+    if (!liPtr->started) {
+	Tix_LinkListStart(infoPtr, lPtr, liPtr);
+    }
+
+    if (Tix_LinkListFind(infoPtr, lPtr, itemPtr, liPtr)) {
+	Tix_LinkListDelete(infoPtr, lPtr, liPtr);
+	return 1;
+    } else {
+	return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+int Tix_LinkListDeleteRange(infoPtr, lPtr, fromPtr, toPtr, liPtr)
+    Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr;
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    char * fromPtr;
+    char * toPtr;
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    Tix_ListIterator defIterator;
+    int start = 0;
+    int deleted = 0;
+
+    if (liPtr == NULL) {
+	Tix_LinkListIteratorInit(&defIterator);
+	liPtr = &defIterator;
+    }
+    if (!liPtr->started) {
+	Tix_LinkListStart(infoPtr, lPtr, liPtr);
+    }
+
+    for (;
+	 !Tix_LinkListDone(liPtr);
+	 Tix_LinkListNext (infoPtr, lPtr, liPtr)) {
+
+	if (liPtr->curr == fromPtr) {
+	    start = 1;
+	}
+	if (start) {
+	    Tix_LinkListDelete(infoPtr, lPtr, liPtr);
+	    ++ deleted;
+	}
+	if (liPtr->curr == toPtr) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return deleted;
+}
+
+int Tix_LinkListFind(infoPtr, lPtr, itemPtr, liPtr)
+    Tix_ListInfo * infoPtr;
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    char * itemPtr;
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    if (!liPtr->started) {
+	Tix_LinkListStart(infoPtr, lPtr, liPtr);
+    }
+
+    for (Tix_LinkListStart(infoPtr, lPtr, liPtr);
+	 !Tix_LinkListDone(liPtr);
+	 Tix_LinkListNext (infoPtr, lPtr, liPtr)) {
+
+	if (liPtr->curr == itemPtr) {
+	    return 1;				/* found! */
+	}
+    }
+
+    return 0;					/* Can't find */
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixMethod.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixMethod.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,573 @@
+/*
+ * tixMethod.c --
+ *
+ *	Handle the calling of class methods.
+ *
+ *	Implements the basic OOP class mechanism for the Tix Intrinsics.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixMethod.c,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tk.h>
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+
+#define GetMethodTable(interp) \
+    (TixGetHashTable(interp, "tixMethodTab", MethodTableDeleteProc, \
+            TCL_STRING_KEYS))
+
+static int		Tix_CallMethodByContext _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST84 char *context,
+			    CONST84 char *widRec, CONST84 char *method,
+			    int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+static void		Tix_RestoreContext _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST84 char *widRec,
+			    CONST84 char *oldContext));
+static void		Tix_SetContext _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST84 char *widRec,
+			    CONST84 char *newContext));
+static char *		Tix_SaveContext _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    CONST84 char *widRec));
+static void		MethodTableDeleteProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp));
+
+/*
+ *
+ * argv[1] = widget record 
+ * argv[2] = method
+ * argv[3+] = args
+ *
+ */
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_CallMethodCmd)
+{
+    CONST84 char *context;
+    CONST84 char *newContext;
+    CONST84 char *widRec = argv[1];
+    CONST84 char *method = argv[2];
+    int    result;
+
+    if (argc<3) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, "w method ...");
+    }
+ 
+    if ((context = GET_RECORD(interp, widRec, "className")) == NULL) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid object reference \"", widRec,
+	    "\"", (char*)NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    newContext = Tix_FindMethod(interp, context, method);
+
+    if (newContext) {
+	result = Tix_CallMethodByContext(interp, newContext, widRec, method,
+	    argc-3, argv+3);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot call method \"", method,
+	    "\" for context \"", context, "\".", (char*)NULL);
+	Tcl_SetVar(interp, "errorInfo", interp->result, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	result = TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ *
+ * argv[1] = widget record 
+ * argv[2] = method
+ * argv[3+] = args
+ *
+ */
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_ChainMethodCmd)
+{
+    CONST84 char *context;
+    CONST84 char *superClassContext;
+    CONST84 char *newContext;
+    CONST84 char *widRec = argv[1];
+    CONST84 char *method = argv[2];
+    int    result;
+
+    if (argc<3) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, "w method ...");
+    }
+
+    if ((context = Tix_GetContext(interp, widRec)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (Tix_SuperClass(interp, context, &superClassContext) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (superClassContext == NULL) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no superclass exists for context \"",
+	    context, "\".", (char*)NULL);
+	result = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    newContext = Tix_FindMethod(interp, superClassContext, method);
+
+    if (newContext) {
+	result = Tix_CallMethodByContext(interp, newContext, widRec,
+	    method, argc-3, argv+3);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot chain method \"", method,
+	    "\" for context \"", context, "\".", (char*)NULL);
+	Tcl_SetVar(interp, "errorInfo", interp->result, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	result = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+  done:
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ *
+ * argv[1] = widget record 
+ * argv[2] = class (context)
+ * argv[3] = method
+ *
+ */
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_GetMethodCmd)
+{
+    CONST84 char *newContext;
+    CONST84 char *context= argv[2];
+    CONST84 char *method = argv[3];
+    CONST84 char *cmdName;
+
+    if (argc!=4) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, "w class method");
+    }
+
+    newContext = Tix_FindMethod(interp, context, method);
+
+    if (newContext) {
+	cmdName = Tix_GetMethodFullName(newContext, method);
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, cmdName, NULL);
+	ckfree((char *) cmdName);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_SetResult(interp, "", TCL_STATIC);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_FindMethod
+ *
+ *	Starting with class "context", find the first class that defines
+ * the method. This class must be the same as the class "context" or
+ * a superclass of the class "context".
+ */
+CONST84 char *
+Tix_FindMethod(interp, context, method)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    CONST84 char *context;
+    CONST84 char *method;
+{
+    CONST84 char      *theContext;
+    int    	isNew;
+    CONST84 char      *key;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+
+    key = Tix_GetMethodFullName(context, method);
+    hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(GetMethodTable(interp), key, &isNew);
+    ckfree((char *) key);
+
+    if (!isNew) {
+	theContext = (char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    } else {
+	for (theContext = context; theContext;) {
+	    if (Tix_ExistMethod(interp, theContext, method)) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    /* Go to its superclass and see if it has the method */
+	    if (Tix_SuperClass(interp, theContext, &theContext) != TCL_OK) {
+		return NULL;
+	    }
+	    if (theContext == NULL) {
+		return NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (theContext != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * theContext may point to the stack. We have to put it
+	     * in some more permanent place.
+	     */
+	    theContext = tixStrDup(theContext);
+	}
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)theContext);
+    }
+
+    return theContext;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_CallMethod
+ *
+ *	Starting with class "context", find the first class that defines
+ *      the method. If found, call this method.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl completion code (TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR).  Also
+ *	leaves information in the interp's result. 
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+Tix_CallMethod(interp, context, widRec, method, argc, argv, foundPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;	/* Tcl interpreter to execute the method in */
+    CONST84 char *context;	/* context */
+    CONST84 char *widRec;	/* Name of the widget record */
+    CONST84 char *method;	/* Name of the method */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments passed to the method */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Arguments */
+    int *foundPtr;		/* If non-NULL. returns whether the
+				 * method has been found */
+{
+    CONST84 char *targetContext;
+
+    targetContext = Tix_FindMethod(interp, context, method);
+
+    if (foundPtr != NULL) {
+        *foundPtr =  (targetContext != NULL);
+    }
+
+    if (targetContext != NULL) {
+	return Tix_CallMethodByContext(interp, targetContext, widRec, method,
+	    argc, argv);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot call method \"", method,
+	    "\" for context \"", context, "\".", (char*)NULL);
+	Tcl_SetVar(interp, "errorInfo", interp->result, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_FindConfigSpec
+ *
+ *	Starting with class "classRec", find the first class that defines
+ * the option flag. This class must be the same as the class "classRec" or
+ * a superclass of the class "classRec".
+ */
+
+/* save the old context: calling a method of a superclass will
+ * change the context of a widget.
+ */
+static char *Tix_SaveContext(interp, widRec)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    CONST84 char *widRec;
+{
+    CONST84 char *context;
+
+    if ((context = GET_RECORD(interp, widRec, "context")) == NULL) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid object reference \"", widRec,
+	    "\"", (char*)NULL);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    else {
+	return tixStrDup(context);
+    }
+}
+
+static void Tix_RestoreContext(interp, widRec, oldContext)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    CONST84 char *widRec;
+    CONST84 char *oldContext;
+{
+    SET_RECORD(interp, widRec, "context", oldContext);
+    ckfree((char *) oldContext);
+}
+
+static void Tix_SetContext(interp, widRec, newContext)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    CONST84 char *widRec;
+    CONST84 char *newContext;
+{
+    SET_RECORD(interp, widRec, "context", newContext);
+}
+
+
+CONST84 char *
+Tix_GetContext(interp, widRec)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    CONST84 char *widRec;
+{
+    CONST84 char *context;
+
+    if ((context = GET_RECORD(interp, widRec, "context")) == NULL) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid object reference \"", widRec,
+	    "\"", (char*)NULL);
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	return context;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+Tix_SuperClass(interp, class, superClass_ret)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    CONST84 char *class;
+    CONST84 char **superClass_ret;
+{
+    CONST84 char *superclass;
+
+    if ((superclass = GET_RECORD(interp, class, "superClass")) == NULL) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid class \"", class,
+	    "\"; ", (char*)NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (strlen(superclass) == 0) {
+	*superClass_ret = (char*) NULL;
+    } else {
+	*superClass_ret =  superclass;
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+CONST84 char *
+Tix_GetMethodFullName(context, method)
+    CONST84 char *context;
+    CONST84 char *method;
+{
+    char *buff;
+    int    max;
+    int    conLen;
+
+    conLen = strlen(context);
+    max = conLen + strlen(method) + 3;
+    buff = (char*)ckalloc(max * sizeof(char));
+
+    strcpy(buff, context);
+    strcpy(buff+conLen, ":");
+    strcpy(buff+conLen+1, method);
+
+    return buff;
+}
+
+int Tix_ExistMethod(interp, context, method)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    CONST84 char *context;
+    CONST84 char *method;
+{
+    CONST84 char *cmdName;
+    Tcl_CmdInfo dummy;
+    int exist;
+
+    /*
+     * TODO: does Tcl_GetCommandInfo check in global namespace??
+     */
+
+    cmdName = Tix_GetMethodFullName(context, method);
+    exist = Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, cmdName, &dummy);
+
+    if (!exist) {
+	if (Tix_GlobalVarEval(interp, "auto_load ", cmdName, 
+	        (char*)NULL)!= TCL_OK) {
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	if (strcmp(interp->result, "1") == 0) {
+	    exist = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+    ckfree((char *) cmdName);
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, TCL_STATIC);
+    return exist;
+}
+
+/* %% There is a dirty version that uses the old argv, without having to
+ * malloc a new argv.
+ */
+static int
+Tix_CallMethodByContext(interp, context, widRec, method, argc, argv)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    CONST84 char *context;
+    CONST84 char *widRec;
+    CONST84 char *method;
+    int    argc;
+    CONST84 char **argv;
+{
+    CONST84 char  *cmdName;
+    int     i, result;
+    CONST84 char  *oldContext;
+    CONST84 char **newArgv;
+
+    if ((oldContext = Tix_SaveContext(interp, widRec)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    Tix_SetContext(interp, widRec, context);
+
+    cmdName = Tix_GetMethodFullName(context, method);
+
+    /* Create a new argv list */
+    newArgv = (CONST84 char**)ckalloc((argc+2)*sizeof(char*));
+    newArgv[0] = cmdName;
+    newArgv[1] = widRec;
+    for (i=0; i< argc; i++) {
+	newArgv[i+2] = argv[i];
+    }
+    result = Tix_EvalArgv(interp, argc+2, newArgv);
+
+    Tix_RestoreContext(interp, widRec, oldContext);
+    ckfree((char*)newArgv);
+    ckfree((char*)cmdName);
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Deprecated: use Tcl_EvalObjv instead. Will be removed.
+ */
+
+int Tix_EvalArgv(interp, argc, argv)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char **argv;
+{
+    register Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
+    register int i;
+    int result;
+
+#define NUM_ARGS 20
+    Tcl_Obj *(objStorage[NUM_ARGS]);
+    register Tcl_Obj **objv = objStorage;
+
+    /*
+     * TODO: callers to this method should be changed to use Tcl_EvalObjv
+     * directly.
+     */
+
+    /*
+     * Create the object argument array "objv". Make sure objv is large
+     * enough to hold the objc arguments plus 1 extra for the zero
+     * end-of-objv word.
+     */
+
+    if ((argc + 1) > NUM_ARGS) {
+	objv = (Tcl_Obj **)
+	    ckalloc((unsigned)(argc + 1) * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *));
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0;  i < argc;  i++) {
+	objv[i] = Tcl_NewStringObj(argv[i], -1);
+	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objv[i]);
+    }
+    objv[argc] = NULL;
+
+    result = Tcl_EvalObjv(interp, argc, objv, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
+
+    /*
+     * Move the interpreter's object result to the string result, 
+     * then reset the object result. We do this because some
+     * of our callers expect to find result inside interp->result.
+     */
+    
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)),
+	    TCL_VOLATILE);
+
+    /*
+     * Decrement the ref counts on the objv elements since we are done
+     * with them.
+     */
+
+    for (i = 0;  i < argc;  i++) {
+	objPtr = objv[i];
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
+    }
+    
+    /*
+     * Free the objv array if malloc'ed storage was used.
+     */
+
+    if (objv != objStorage) {
+	ckfree((char *) objv);
+    }
+    return result;
+#undef NUM_ARGS
+}
+
+char *
+Tix_FindPublicMethod(interp, cPtr, method)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    TixClassRecord *cPtr;
+    CONST84 char *method;
+{
+    int i;
+    unsigned int len = strlen(method);
+
+    for (i=0; i<cPtr->nMethods; i++) {
+	if (cPtr->methods[i][0] == method[0] &&
+	    strncmp(cPtr->methods[i], method, len)==0) {
+	    return cPtr->methods[i];
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MethodTableDeleteProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called when the interp is about to
+ *	be deleted. It cleans up the hash entries and destroys the hash
+ *	table.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	All class method contexts are deleted for this interpreter.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+MethodTableDeleteProc(clientData, interp)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+{
+    Tcl_HashTable *methodTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)clientData;
+    Tcl_HashSearch hashSearch;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    CONST84 char *context;
+
+    for (hashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(methodTablePtr, &hashSearch);
+	 hashPtr;
+	 hashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&hashSearch)) {
+
+	context = (char*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	if (context) {
+	    ckfree((char *) context);
+	}
+	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+    }
+    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(methodTablePtr);
+    ckfree((char*)methodTablePtr);
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixNBFrame.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixNBFrame.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1644 @@
+/* 
+ * tixNBFrame.c --
+ *
+ *	This module implements "tixNoteBookFrame" widgets.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000      Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixNBFrame.c,v 1.7 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixDef.h>
+
+#define NUM_TAB_POINTS          6
+#define ANCHOR_TABPAD           2
+#define MIN_TABPADX             3
+#define MIN_TABPADY             3
+#define ACTIVE_TAB_ELEVATION    2
+#define MAX_BORDER_WIDTH        4
+
+/*
+ * A data structure of the following type is kept for each
+ * widget managed by this file:
+ */
+
+typedef struct NoteBookFrameStruct {
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window that embodies the widget.  NULL
+				 * means window has been deleted but
+				 * widget record hasn't been cleaned up yet. */
+    Display *display;		/* X's token for the window's display. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with widget. */
+    Tcl_Command widgetCmd;	/* Token for button's widget command. */
+
+    /*
+     * Information used when displaying widget:
+     */
+    int desiredWidth;		/* Desired narrow dimension of scrollbar,
+				 * in pixels. */
+    int width;			/* total width of the widget */
+    int height;			/* total width of the widget */
+
+    /*
+     * Information used when displaying widget:
+     */
+
+    /* Border and general drawing */
+
+    int borderWidth;		/* Width of 3-D borders. */
+    Tk_3DBorder bgBorder;	/* Used for drawing background. */
+    Tk_3DBorder focusBorder;	/* background of the "focus" tab. */
+    Tk_3DBorder inactiveBorder;	/* background of the "inactive" tab(s) */
+    XColor * backPageColorPtr;	/* the color used as the "back page" */
+    GC backPageGC;		/* GC for drawing text in normal mode. */
+    int relief;			/* Indicates whether window as a whole is
+				 * raised, sunken, or flat. */
+    int tabPadx;                /* Horiz-paddings around the tab label/image */
+    int tabPady;                /* Vert-paddings around the tab label/image */
+
+    int isSlave;		/* if is in Slave mode, do not request for
+				 * germetry */
+    /* Text drawing */
+    TixFont font;		/* Font used by the active (selected)
+                                 * notebook tab. May be NULL */
+    XColor *textColorPtr;	/* Color for drawing text. */
+    XColor *disabledFg;		/* Foreground color when disabled.  NULL
+				 * means use normalFg with a 50% stipple
+				 * instead. */
+    GC activeGC;		/* GC for drawing text on active tab. */
+    GC disabledGC;		/* GC for drawing text on disabled tabs */
+    GC anchorGC;		/* GC for drawing dotted anchor highlight. */
+    GC inactiveAnchorGC;	/* GC for drawing dotted anchor highlight
+                                 * inside inactive tabs.*/
+    Pixmap gray;		/* Pixmap for displaying disabled text if
+				 * disabledFg is NULL. */
+
+    Cursor cursor;		/* Current cursor for window, or None. */
+
+    struct _Tab * tabHead;
+    struct _Tab * tabTail;
+    struct _Tab * active;
+    struct _Tab * focus;
+
+    int tabsWidth;		/* total width  of the tabs */
+    int tabsHeight;		/* total height of the tabs */
+
+    char *takeFocus;		/* Value of -takefocus option;  not used in
+				 * the C code, but used by keyboard traversal
+				 * scripts.  Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */
+
+    unsigned int redrawing : 1;
+    unsigned int gotFocus : 1;
+
+} NoteBookFrame;
+
+typedef struct _Tab {
+    struct _Tab * next;
+
+    NoteBookFrame * wPtr;
+    char * name;
+
+    Tk_Uid state;		/* State of Tab's for display purposes:
+				 * normal or disabled. */
+    Tk_Anchor anchor;
+
+    char * text;
+    int width, height;
+    Tk_Justify justify;		/* Justification to use for multi-line text. */
+    int wrapLength;
+    int underline;		/* Index of character to underline.  < 0 means
+				 * don't underline anything. */
+
+    Tk_Image image;
+    char * imageString;
+
+    Pixmap bitmap;
+} Tab;
+
+typedef NoteBookFrame   WidgetRecord;
+typedef NoteBookFrame * WidgetPtr;
+
+/*
+ * Information used for argv parsing.
+ */
+static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, bgBorder),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, bgBorder),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-backpagecolor", "backPageColor", "BackPageColor",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_BACKPAGE_COLOR,
+       Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, backPageColorPtr),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-backpagecolor", "backPageColor", "BackPageColor",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_BACKPAGE_MONO,
+       Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, backPageColorPtr),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_BORDER_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, borderWidth),
+       0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_CURSOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, cursor),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
+       "DisabledForeground", DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
+       Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, disabledFg),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY|TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
+       "DisabledForeground", DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_DISABLED_FG_MONO,
+       Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, disabledFg),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY|TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-focuscolor", "focusColor", "FocusColor",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_FOCUS_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, focusBorder),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-focuscolor", "focusColor", "FocusColor",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_FOCUS_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, focusBorder),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_FONT, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, font), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_FG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, textColorPtr),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_FG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, textColorPtr),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-inactivebackground", "inactiveBackground",
+       "Background",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_INACTIVE_BG_COLOR,
+       Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, inactiveBorder),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-inactivebackground", "inactiveBackground",
+       "Background",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_INACTIVE_BG_MONO,
+       Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, inactiveBorder),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, relief), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-slave", "slave", "Slave",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_SLAVE, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, isSlave), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-tabpadx", "tabPadX", "Pad",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_TABPADX, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, tabPadx), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-tabpady", "tabPadY", "Pad",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_TABPADY, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, tabPady), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
+	DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, takeFocus),
+	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
+       DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, desiredWidth), 0},
+    
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+	(char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+#define DEF_NBF_TAB_ANCHOR		"c"
+#define DEF_NBF_TAB_BITMAP		""
+#define DEF_NBF_TAB_IMAGE		""
+#define DEF_NBF_TAB_JUSTIFY		"center"
+#define DEF_NBF_TAB_TEXT		""
+#define DEF_NBF_TAB_STATE		"normal"
+#define DEF_NBF_TAB_UNDERLINE		"-1"
+#define DEF_NBF_TAB_WRAPLENGTH		"0"
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec tabConfigSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", (char*)NULL, (char*)NULL,
+       DEF_NBF_TAB_ANCHOR, Tk_Offset(Tab, anchor), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-bitmap", (char*)NULL, (char*)NULL,
+       DEF_NBF_TAB_BITMAP, Tk_Offset(Tab, bitmap), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-image", (char*)NULL, (char*)NULL,
+       DEF_NBF_TAB_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(Tab, imageString),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_JUSTIFY, "-justify", (char*)NULL, (char*)NULL,
+	DEF_NBF_TAB_JUSTIFY, Tk_Offset(Tab, justify), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-label", (char*)NULL, (char*)NULL,
+       DEF_NBF_TAB_TEXT, Tk_Offset(Tab, text), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-state", (char*)NULL, (char*)NULL,
+       DEF_NBF_TAB_STATE, Tk_Offset(Tab, state), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-underline", (char*)NULL, (char*)NULL,
+	DEF_NBF_TAB_UNDERLINE, Tk_Offset(Tab, underline), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-wraplength", (char*)NULL, (char*)NULL,
+       DEF_NBF_TAB_WRAPLENGTH, Tk_Offset(Tab, wrapLength), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/*
+ * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
+ */
+
+/* These are standard procedures for TK widgets implemeted in C
+ */
+static void		WidgetCmdDeletedProc(
+			    ClientData clientData);
+static int		WidgetConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int argc, CONST84 char **argv,
+			    int flags);
+static int		WidgetCommand(ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *, int argc, CONST84 char **argv);
+static void		WidgetComputeGeometry(WidgetPtr wPtr);
+static void		WidgetDestroy(ClientData clientData);
+static void		WidgetDisplay(ClientData clientData);
+static void		WidgetEventProc(ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr);
+
+	/* Extra procedures for this widget
+	 */
+static int		AddTab(WidgetPtr wPtr, CONST84 char * name,
+			    CONST84 char ** argv, int argc);
+static void		DeleteTab(Tab * tPtr);
+static void		CancelRedrawWhenIdle(WidgetPtr wPtr);
+static void		ComputeGeometry(WidgetPtr wPtr);
+static void		DrawTab(WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    Tab * tPtr, int x, int isActive, int isFocused,
+			    Drawable drawable);
+static Tab * 		FindTab(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, CONST84 char * name);
+static void		GetTabPoints(
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, Tab * tPtr,
+			    int x, XPoint *points, int isActive);
+static void		ImageProc(ClientData clientData,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int height,
+			    int imgWidth, int imgHeight);
+static void		RedrawWhenIdle(WidgetPtr wPtr);
+static int		TabConfigure(WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    Tab *tPtr, CONST84 char ** argv, int argc);
+
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_NoteBookFrameCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "tixNoteBookFrame" Tcl
+ *	command.  It creates a new "TixNoteBookFrame" widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A new widget is created and configured.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Tix_NoteBookFrameCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Main window associated with
+				 * interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    Tk_Window mainwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+
+    if (argc < 2) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args:  should be \"",
+		argv[0], " pathName ?options?\"", (char *) NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, mainwin, argv[1], (char *) NULL);
+    if (tkwin == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "TixNoteBookFrame");
+
+    /*
+     * Allocate and initialize the widget record.
+     */
+    wPtr = (WidgetPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WidgetRecord));
+    wPtr->tkwin 	 	= tkwin;
+    wPtr->display 	 	= Tk_Display(tkwin);
+    wPtr->interp 	 	= interp;
+    wPtr->isSlave 	 	= 1;
+    wPtr->desiredWidth  	= 0;
+    wPtr->interp 	 	= interp;
+    wPtr->width 	 	= 0;
+    wPtr->borderWidth 	 	= 0;
+    wPtr->bgBorder 	 	= NULL;
+    wPtr->backPageGC	 	= None;
+    wPtr->backPageColorPtr 	= NULL;
+    wPtr->disabledFg 		= NULL;
+    wPtr->gray	 		= None;
+    wPtr->disabledGC 		= None;
+    wPtr->inactiveBorder 	= NULL;
+    wPtr->focusBorder	 	= NULL;
+    wPtr->font	 	        = NULL;
+    wPtr->textColorPtr	 	= NULL;
+    wPtr->activeGC	 	= None;
+    wPtr->anchorGC		= None;
+    wPtr->inactiveAnchorGC	= None;
+    wPtr->relief 	 	= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
+    wPtr->cursor 	 	= None;
+
+    wPtr->tabHead 	 	= 0;
+    wPtr->tabTail	 	= 0;
+    wPtr->tabPadx	 	= 0;
+    wPtr->tabPady	 	= 0;
+    wPtr->active	 	= 0;
+    wPtr->focus		 	= 0;
+    wPtr->takeFocus	 	= 0;
+    wPtr->redrawing	 	= 0;
+    wPtr->gotFocus	 	= 0;
+
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(wPtr->tkwin, 
+	ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
+	WidgetEventProc, (ClientData) wPtr);
+    wPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, Tk_PathName(wPtr->tkwin),
+	WidgetCommand, (ClientData) wPtr, WidgetCmdDeletedProc);
+    if (WidgetConfigure(interp, wPtr, argc-2, argv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	Tk_DestroyWindow(wPtr->tkwin);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    interp->result = Tk_PathName(wPtr->tkwin);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetCommand --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command
+ *	that corresponds to a widget managed by this module.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WidgetCommand(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;		/* Information about the widget. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;			/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;				/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;		/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int result = TCL_OK;
+    unsigned int length;
+    char c;
+
+    if (argc < 2) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+		argv[0], " option ?arg arg ...?\"", (char *) NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    Tk_Preserve((ClientData) wPtr);
+    c = argv[1][0];
+    length = strlen(argv[1]);
+
+    if (((c == 'a') && (strncmp(argv[1], "activate", length) == 0))||
+	((c == 'f') && (strncmp(argv[1], "focus", length) == 0))){
+	if (argc != 3) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+		argv[0], " ", argv[1], " name\"", (char *) NULL);
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	else {
+	    if (strcmp(argv[2], "")==0) {
+		if (c == 'a') {
+		    wPtr->active = 0;
+		    wPtr->focus  = 0;
+		}
+		else {
+		    wPtr->focus  = 0;
+		}
+		RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	    }
+	    else {
+		Tab * tPtr;
+
+		for (tPtr=wPtr->tabHead; tPtr; tPtr=tPtr->next) {
+		    if (strcmp(argv[2], tPtr->name) == 0) {
+			if (c == 'a') {
+			    wPtr->active = tPtr;
+			    wPtr->focus  = tPtr;
+			}
+			else {
+			    wPtr->focus  = tPtr;
+			}
+			RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+			goto done;
+		    }
+		}
+
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown tab \"",
+		    argv[0], "\"", (char *) NULL);
+		goto error;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    else if ((c == 'a') && (strncmp(argv[1], "add", length) == 0)) {
+	if (argc < 3) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be ",
+		argv[0], " add name ?options?", (char *) NULL);
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	else {
+	    if (AddTab(wPtr, argv[2], argv+3, argc-3)!= TCL_OK) {
+		goto error;
+	    } else {
+		WidgetComputeGeometry(wPtr);
+		RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    else if ((c == 'c') && (strncmp(argv[1], "cget", length) == 0)) {
+	if (argc == 3) {
+	    result = Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, wPtr->tkwin, configSpecs,
+		(char *)wPtr, argv[2], 0);
+	} else {
+	    result = Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 2, "option");
+	}
+    }
+    else if ((c == 'c') && (strncmp(argv[1], "configure", length) == 0)) {
+	if (argc == 2) {
+	    result = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->tkwin, configSpecs,
+		    (char *) wPtr, (char *) NULL, 0);
+	} else if (argc == 3) {
+	    result = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->tkwin, configSpecs,
+		    (char *) wPtr, argv[2], 0);
+	} else {
+	    result = WidgetConfigure(interp, wPtr, argc-2, argv+2,
+		    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
+	}
+    }
+    else if ((c == 'd') && (strncmp(argv[1], "delete", length) == 0)) {
+	Tab * tPtr, * prev ;
+
+	if (argc != 3) {
+	    Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 2, "page");
+	    goto error;
+	}
+
+	/* Find the tab from the list */
+	for (prev=tPtr=wPtr->tabHead; tPtr; prev=tPtr,tPtr=tPtr->next) {
+	    if (strcmp(tPtr->name, argv[2])==0) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (tPtr == NULL) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(wPtr->interp, 
+		"Unknown tab \"", argv[2], "\"", (char*) NULL);
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	if (tPtr == prev) {
+	    if (wPtr->tabHead == wPtr->tabTail) {
+		wPtr->tabHead = wPtr->tabTail = NULL;
+	    } else {
+		wPtr->tabHead = tPtr->next;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (tPtr == wPtr->tabTail) {
+		wPtr->tabTail = prev;
+	    }
+	    prev->next = tPtr->next;
+	}
+
+	DeleteTab(tPtr);
+	ComputeGeometry(wPtr);
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    }
+    else if ((c == 'g') && (strncmp(argv[1], "geometryinfo", length) == 0)) {
+	char buff[20];
+
+	ComputeGeometry(wPtr);
+	sprintf(buff, "%d %d", wPtr->width, wPtr->height);
+
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+    }
+    else if ((c == 'i') && (strncmp(argv[1], "identify", length) == 0)) {
+	if (argc != 4) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+		argv[0], " identify x y\"", (char *) NULL);
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	else {
+	    int x, y, left, right;
+	    Tab * tPtr;
+
+	    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) {
+		goto error;
+	    }
+	    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &y) != TCL_OK) {
+		goto error;
+	    }
+
+	    if (y < wPtr->tabsHeight) {
+		left = 0;
+		for (tPtr=wPtr->tabHead; tPtr; tPtr=tPtr->next) {
+		    right = left + (wPtr->borderWidth +  wPtr->tabPadx) * 2
+		      + tPtr->width;
+
+		    if (x >= left && x <= right && tPtr->state ==tixNormalUid){
+			Tcl_AppendResult(interp, tPtr->name, NULL);
+			goto done;
+		    }
+		    left = right;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * An empty string is returned to indicate "nothing selected"
+	     */
+	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	}
+    }
+    else if ((c == 'i') && (strncmp(argv[1], "info", length) == 0)) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+
+	if (argc == 3 && strcmp(argv[2], "pages")==0 ) {
+	    Tab * tPtr;
+
+	    for (tPtr=wPtr->tabHead; tPtr; tPtr=tPtr->next) {
+		Tcl_AppendElement(interp, tPtr->name);
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (argc == 3 && strcmp(argv[2], "active")==0 ) {
+	    if (wPtr->active) {
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, wPtr->active->name, NULL);
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (argc == 3 && strcmp(argv[2], "focus")==0 ) {
+	    if (wPtr->focus) {
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, wPtr->focus->name, NULL);
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (argc == 3 && strcmp(argv[2], "focusnext")==0 ) {
+	    Tab * next;
+	    if (wPtr->focus) {
+		if (wPtr->focus->next) {
+		    next = wPtr->focus->next;
+		} else {
+		    next = wPtr->tabHead;
+		}
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, next->name, NULL);
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (argc == 3 && strcmp(argv[2], "focusprev")==0 ) {
+	    Tab * prev, *tPtr;
+
+	    if (wPtr->focus==wPtr->tabHead) {
+		prev = wPtr->tabTail;
+	    }
+	    else {
+		for (prev=tPtr=wPtr->tabHead;tPtr; prev=tPtr,tPtr=tPtr->next) {
+		    if (tPtr == wPtr->focus) {
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (prev) {
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, prev->name, NULL);
+	    }
+	}
+	else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong number of arguments or ",
+		"unknown option", NULL);
+	    goto error;
+	}
+    }
+    else if ((c == 'm') && (strncmp(argv[1], "move", length) == 0)) {
+
+    }
+    else if ((c == 'p') && (strncmp(argv[1], "pagecget", length) == 0)) {
+	Tab * tPtr;
+
+	if (argc != 4) {
+	    Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 2, "option");
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	if ((tPtr=FindTab(interp, wPtr, argv[2])) == NULL) {
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	result = Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, wPtr->tkwin, tabConfigSpecs,
+	    (char *)tPtr, argv[3], 0);
+    }
+    else if ((c == 'p') && (strncmp(argv[1], "pageconfigure", length) == 0)) {
+	Tab * tPtr;
+
+	if (argc < 3) {
+	    Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 2, 
+		"page ?option value ...?");
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	if ((tPtr=FindTab(interp, wPtr, argv[2])) == NULL) {
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	if (argc == 3) {
+	    result = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->tkwin, tabConfigSpecs,
+		(char *)tPtr, (char *) NULL, 0);
+	} else if (argc == 4) {
+	    result = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->tkwin, tabConfigSpecs,
+		(char *)tPtr, argv[3], 0);
+	} else {
+	    result = TabConfigure(wPtr, tPtr, argv+3, argc-3);
+	}
+    }
+    else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[1],
+	    "\":  must be activate, add, configure, delete, ",
+	    "geometryinfo, identify, move, pagecget or ",
+	    "pageconfigure", (char *) NULL);
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+  done:
+    Tk_Release((ClientData) wPtr);
+    return result;
+
+  error:
+    Tk_Release((ClientData) wPtr);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetConfigure --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list in
+ *	conjunction with the Tk option database to configure (or
+ *	reconfigure) a Notebookframe widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a standard Tcl result.  If TCL_ERROR is
+ *	returned, then interp->result contains an error message.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Configuration information, such as colors, border width,
+ *	etc. get set for wPtr;  old resources get freed,
+ *	if there were any.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+WidgetConfigure(interp, wPtr, argc, argv, flags)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;			/* Used for error reporting. */
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;			/* Information about widget. */
+    int argc;				/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;		/* Arguments. */
+    int flags;				/* Flags to pass to
+					 * Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
+{
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+    GC newGC;
+    unsigned int mask;
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, wPtr->tkwin, configSpecs,
+	    argc, argv, (char *) wPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Tab paddings cannot be too small, or else we can't draw the
+     * focus highlight nicely.
+     */
+    if (wPtr->tabPadx < MIN_TABPADX) {
+	wPtr->tabPadx = MIN_TABPADX;
+    } 
+    if (wPtr->tabPady < MIN_TABPADY) {
+	wPtr->tabPady = MIN_TABPADY;
+    } 
+
+    if (wPtr->borderWidth > MAX_BORDER_WIDTH) {
+        wPtr->borderWidth = MAX_BORDER_WIDTH;
+    }
+
+    Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(wPtr->tkwin, wPtr->bgBorder);
+
+    /*
+     * Get the back page GC
+     */
+    gcValues.foreground = wPtr->backPageColorPtr->pixel;
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(wPtr->tkwin, GCForeground|GCGraphicsExposures,
+	    &gcValues);
+    if (wPtr->backPageGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->display, wPtr->backPageGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->backPageGC = newGC;
+
+    /*
+     * Get the active GC
+     */
+    gcValues.foreground = wPtr->textColorPtr->pixel;
+    gcValues.background = Tk_3DBorderColor(wPtr->bgBorder)->pixel;
+    gcValues.font = TixFontId(wPtr->font);
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(wPtr->tkwin,
+	 GCBackground|GCForeground|GCFont|GCGraphicsExposures,
+	 &gcValues);
+    if (wPtr->activeGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->display, wPtr->activeGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->activeGC = newGC;
+
+    /*
+     * Get the disabled GC
+     */
+    if (wPtr->disabledFg != NULL) {
+	gcValues.foreground = wPtr->disabledFg->pixel;
+	gcValues.background = Tk_3DBorderColor(wPtr->bgBorder)->pixel;
+	mask = GCForeground|GCBackground|GCFont;
+    } else {
+	gcValues.foreground = Tk_3DBorderColor(wPtr->bgBorder)->pixel;
+	if (wPtr->gray == None) {
+	    wPtr->gray = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, wPtr->tkwin,
+			Tk_GetUid("gray50"));
+	    if (wPtr->gray == None) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+	gcValues.fill_style = FillStippled;
+	gcValues.stipple = wPtr->gray;
+	mask = GCForeground|GCFillStyle|GCFont|GCStipple;
+    }
+    gcValues.font = TixFontId(wPtr->font);
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(wPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
+    if (wPtr->disabledGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->display, wPtr->disabledGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->disabledGC = newGC;
+
+    /*
+     * GC for the dotted anchor lines drawn around the focused tab's
+     * label/image.
+     */
+    newGC = Tix_GetAnchorGC(wPtr->tkwin, Tk_3DBorderColor(wPtr->bgBorder));
+    if (wPtr->anchorGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->display, wPtr->anchorGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->anchorGC = newGC;
+
+    /*
+     * GC for the dotted anchor lines drawn around the focused tab's
+     * label/image.
+     */
+    newGC = Tix_GetAnchorGC(wPtr->tkwin,
+            Tk_3DBorderColor(wPtr->inactiveBorder));
+    if (wPtr->inactiveAnchorGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->display, wPtr->inactiveAnchorGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->inactiveAnchorGC = newGC;
+
+    WidgetComputeGeometry(wPtr);
+    RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetEventProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
+ *	events on Notebookframes.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	When the window gets deleted, internal structures get
+ *	cleaned up.  When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+WidgetEventProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Information about window. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr;		/* Information about event. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    switch (eventPtr->type ) {
+      case DestroyNotify:
+	if (wPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
+	    wPtr->tkwin = NULL;
+	    Tcl_DeleteCommand(wPtr->interp, 
+	        Tcl_GetCommandName(wPtr->interp, wPtr->widgetCmd));
+	}
+	CancelRedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	Tk_EventuallyFree((ClientData) wPtr, (Tix_FreeProc*)WidgetDestroy);
+	break;
+
+      case Expose:
+      case ConfigureNotify:
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	break;
+
+      case FocusIn:
+	if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyVirtual) {
+	    wPtr->gotFocus = 1;
+	    if (wPtr->focus == NULL) {
+		wPtr->focus = wPtr->active;
+	    }
+	    RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	}
+	break;
+
+      case FocusOut:
+	if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyVirtual) {
+	    wPtr->gotFocus = 0;
+	    RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetDestroy --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by Tk_EventuallyFree or Tk_Release
+ *	to clean up the internal structure of a Notebookframe at a safe time
+ *	(when no-one is using it anymore).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Everything associated with the Notebookframe is freed up.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+WidgetDestroy(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Info about my widget. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    Tab * tPtr;
+
+    for (tPtr=wPtr->tabHead; tPtr;) {
+	Tab * toDelete;
+
+	toDelete = tPtr;
+	tPtr=tPtr->next;
+
+	DeleteTab(toDelete);
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->backPageGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->display, wPtr->backPageGC);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->activeGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->display, wPtr->activeGC);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->anchorGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->display, wPtr->anchorGC);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->inactiveAnchorGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->display, wPtr->inactiveAnchorGC);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->gray != None) {
+	Tk_FreeBitmap(wPtr->display, wPtr->gray);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->disabledGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->display, wPtr->disabledGC);
+    }
+    Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *) wPtr, wPtr->display, 0);
+    ckfree((char *) wPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetCmdDeletedProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked when a widget command is deleted.  If
+ *	the widget isn't already in the process of being destroyed,
+ *	this command destroys it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The widget is destroyed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+WidgetCmdDeletedProc(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    /*
+     * This procedure could be invoked either because the window was
+     * destroyed and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin
+     * is NULL) or because the command was deleted, and then this procedure
+     * destroys the widget.
+     */
+    if (wPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
+	Tk_Window tkwin = wPtr->tkwin;
+	wPtr->tkwin = NULL;
+	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * FindTab --
+ *
+ *	Seraches for the Tab is the widget's tab list
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Tab * FindTab(interp, wPtr, name)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    CONST84 char * name;
+{
+    Tab *tPtr;
+ 
+    for (tPtr=wPtr->tabHead; tPtr; tPtr=tPtr->next) {
+	if (strcmp(tPtr->name, name) == 0) {
+	    return tPtr;
+	}
+    }
+
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Unknown tab \"", name, "\"", (char*) NULL);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+
+static int TabConfigure(wPtr, tPtr, argv, argc)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Tab *tPtr;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int argc;
+{
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(wPtr->interp, wPtr->tkwin, tabConfigSpecs,
+	argc, argv, (char *)tPtr, TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Free the old images for the widget, if there were any.
+     */
+    if (tPtr->image != NULL) {
+	Tk_FreeImage(tPtr->image);
+	tPtr->image = NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (tPtr->imageString != NULL) {
+	tPtr->image = Tk_GetImage(wPtr->interp, wPtr->tkwin,
+	    tPtr->imageString, ImageProc, (ClientData) tPtr);
+	if (tPtr->image == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Recalculate the size of the tab (minus the padding and borders)
+     */
+
+    if (tPtr->text != NULL) {
+        TixComputeTextGeometry(wPtr->font, tPtr->text, -1,
+                tPtr->wrapLength, &tPtr->width, &tPtr->height);
+    }
+    else if (tPtr->image != NULL) {
+	Tk_SizeOfImage(tPtr->image, &tPtr->width, &tPtr->height);
+    }
+    else if (tPtr->bitmap != None) {
+	Tk_SizeOfBitmap(wPtr->display, tPtr->bitmap, &tPtr->width,
+	    &tPtr->height);
+    }
+    else {
+	tPtr->width = 0;
+	tPtr->height = 0;
+    }
+
+    WidgetComputeGeometry(wPtr);
+    RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * AddTab --
+ *
+ *	Adds a new tab into the list of tabs.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a standard Tcl result.  If TCL_ERROR is
+ *	returned, then interp->result contains an error message.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Configuration information, such as colors, border width,
+ *	etc. get set for wPtr;  old resources get freed,
+ *	if there were any.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+AddTab(wPtr, name, argv, argc)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;			/* Information about widget. */
+    CONST84 char * name;		/* Arguments. */
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int argc;
+{
+    Tab * tPtr;
+
+    tPtr = (Tab*)ckalloc(sizeof(Tab));
+
+    tPtr->next = NULL;
+    tPtr->wPtr = wPtr;
+    tPtr->name = tixStrDup(name);
+    tPtr->state = tixNormalUid;
+    tPtr->text = NULL;
+    tPtr->width = 0;
+    tPtr->height = 0;
+    tPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_CENTER;
+    tPtr->wrapLength = 0;
+    tPtr->underline = -1;
+    tPtr->image = NULL;
+    tPtr->imageString = NULL;
+    tPtr->bitmap = None;
+    tPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
+
+    if (TabConfigure(wPtr, tPtr, argv, argc) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Append the tab to the end of the list */
+
+    if (wPtr->tabHead == 0) {
+	wPtr->tabHead = wPtr->tabTail = tPtr;
+    }
+    else {
+	/* Insert right after the tail */
+	wPtr->tabTail->next = tPtr;
+	wPtr->tabTail = tPtr;
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static void DeleteTab(tPtr)
+    Tab * tPtr;
+{
+    if (tPtr->wPtr->focus == tPtr) {
+	tPtr->wPtr->focus = 0;
+    }
+    if (tPtr->wPtr->active == tPtr) {
+	tPtr->wPtr->active = 0;
+    }
+    if (tPtr->name) {
+	ckfree(tPtr->name);
+    }
+    if (tPtr->image) {
+	Tk_FreeImage(tPtr->image);
+    }
+
+    if (tPtr->wPtr->tkwin) {
+	Tk_FreeOptions(tabConfigSpecs, (char *)tPtr, 
+	    Tk_Display(tPtr->wPtr->tkwin), 0);
+    }
+    ckfree((char*)tPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * RedrawWhenIdle --
+ *
+ *	Redraw this widget when idle
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;			/* Information about widget. */
+{
+    if (! wPtr->redrawing && Tk_IsMapped(wPtr->tkwin)) {
+	wPtr->redrawing = 1;
+	Tk_DoWhenIdle(WidgetDisplay, (ClientData)wPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * CancelRedrawWhenIdle --
+ *
+ *	Redraw this widget when idle
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+CancelRedrawWhenIdle(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;			/* Information about widget. */
+{
+    if (wPtr->redrawing) {
+	wPtr->redrawing = 0;
+	Tk_CancelIdleCall(WidgetDisplay, (ClientData)wPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+GetTabPoints(wPtr, tPtr, x, points, isActive)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Tab * tPtr;
+    int x;
+    XPoint *points;
+    int isActive;
+{
+    /*
+     * Starting clock-wise from points[0] (the lower-left corner of the tab)
+     */
+
+    points[0].x = x + wPtr->borderWidth;
+    points[0].y = wPtr->tabsHeight;
+    points[1].x = points[0].x;
+    points[1].y = wPtr->borderWidth * 2;
+    points[2].x = x + wPtr->borderWidth * 2;
+    points[2].y = wPtr->borderWidth;
+
+    points[3].x = x + tPtr->width + wPtr->tabPadx*2;
+    points[3].y = points[2].y;
+    points[4].x = points[3].x + wPtr->borderWidth;
+    points[4].y = points[1].y;
+    points[5].x = points[4].x;
+    points[5].y = points[0].y;
+
+    if (!isActive) {
+        points[1].y += ACTIVE_TAB_ELEVATION;
+        points[2].y += ACTIVE_TAB_ELEVATION;
+        points[3].y += ACTIVE_TAB_ELEVATION;
+        points[4].y += ACTIVE_TAB_ELEVATION;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DrawTab --
+ *
+ *	Draws one tab according to its position and text
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DrawTab(wPtr, tPtr, x, isActive, isFocused, drawable)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;             /* The widget to draw */
+    Tab * tPtr;                 /* The tab to draw. */
+    int x;                      /* The x coordinate of the left edge
+                                 * of the tab */
+    int isActive;               /* Is this an active tab */
+    int isFocused;              /* Should this tab be focused */
+    Drawable drawable;          /* The drawable to render the widget
+                                 * in */
+{
+    Tk_3DBorder border;
+    XPoint points[NUM_TAB_POINTS];
+    int drawX, drawY, extraH;
+    GC gc, anchorGC;
+    int tabHeight = wPtr->tabsHeight - ACTIVE_TAB_ELEVATION;
+
+    /*
+     * (1) Choose the right GC/border for drawing the tab
+     */
+
+    if (tPtr->state == tixNormalUid) {
+        gc = wPtr->activeGC;
+        if (isActive) {
+            anchorGC = wPtr->anchorGC;
+        } else {
+            anchorGC = wPtr->inactiveAnchorGC;
+        }
+    } else {
+	anchorGC = NULL;
+        gc = wPtr->disabledGC;
+    }
+
+    if (isActive) {
+	border = wPtr->bgBorder;
+    } else {
+	border = wPtr->inactiveBorder;
+        tabHeight -= ACTIVE_TAB_ELEVATION;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * (2) Draw the tab border
+     */
+
+    GetTabPoints(wPtr, tPtr, x, points, isActive);
+    drawX = x + wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->tabPadx;
+    drawY = wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->tabPady;
+    extraH = tabHeight - tPtr->height - wPtr->borderWidth - wPtr->tabPady *2;
+
+    if (extraH > 0) {
+        /*
+         * Center the content vertically -- we may have contents
+         * of different height in the tabs of this notebook frame.
+         */
+
+	switch (tPtr->anchor) {
+	  case TK_ANCHOR_SW: case TK_ANCHOR_S: case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
+	    drawY += extraH;
+	    break;
+	  case TK_ANCHOR_W: case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: case TK_ANCHOR_E:
+	    drawY += extraH/2;
+	    break;
+	  case TK_ANCHOR_N: case TK_ANCHOR_NE: case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
+	    /*
+	     * Do nothing.
+	     */
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!isActive) {
+        drawY += ACTIVE_TAB_ELEVATION;
+    }
+
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+    if (wPtr->borderWidth == 2) {
+        /*
+         * If the borderWidth is the standard value of 2, try to make
+         * the 3D page tab look like native Win32 tabs.
+         */
+
+        int x = points[0].x - wPtr->borderWidth;
+        int y = points[2].y - wPtr->borderWidth;
+        int w = points[4].x - points[0].x + wPtr->borderWidth * 2;
+        int h = points[0].y - points[2].y + wPtr->borderWidth * 2;
+
+        if (tPtr != wPtr->tabHead && isActive) {
+            /*
+             * Make this active tab look more prominent
+             */
+
+            x -= 2;
+            w += 2;
+        }
+
+        Tk_Fill3DRectangle(wPtr->tkwin, drawable,
+	        border, x, y, w, h,
+	        wPtr->borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
+
+        /*
+         * Round the edges of the 3D rect
+         */
+
+        XFillRectangle(wPtr->display, drawable, wPtr->backPageGC,
+            x, y, 2, 1);
+        XFillRectangle(wPtr->display, drawable, wPtr->backPageGC,
+            x, y, 1, 2);
+        XFillRectangle(wPtr->display, drawable, wPtr->backPageGC,
+            x+w-2, y, 2, 1);
+        XFillRectangle(wPtr->display, drawable, wPtr->backPageGC,
+            x+w-1, y, 1, 2);
+
+        /*
+         * Fill in one missing pixel
+         */
+
+        XFillRectangle(wPtr->display, drawable,
+                Tk_3DBorderGC(wPtr->tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC),
+                x+1, y+1, 1, 1);
+    } else {
+        Tk_Fill3DPolygon(wPtr->tkwin, drawable,
+                border, points, NUM_TAB_POINTS,
+                wPtr->borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
+    }
+#else
+    Tk_Fill3DPolygon(wPtr->tkwin, drawable,
+            border, points, NUM_TAB_POINTS,
+            wPtr->borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * (3) Draw the tab content
+     */
+    if (tPtr->text != NULL) {
+        TixDisplayText(wPtr->display, drawable, wPtr->font,
+	        tPtr->text, -1,
+	    	drawX, drawY,
+	        tPtr->wrapLength,
+	        tPtr->justify,
+	        tPtr->underline,
+	        gc);
+    } else if (tPtr->image != NULL) {
+	Tk_RedrawImage(tPtr->image, 0, 0, tPtr->width, tPtr->height,
+	    drawable, drawX, drawY);
+    } else if (tPtr->bitmap != None) {
+	XSetClipOrigin(wPtr->display, gc, drawX, drawY);
+	XCopyPlane(wPtr->display, tPtr->bitmap, drawable,
+		gc, 0, 0, (unsigned) tPtr->width, (unsigned) tPtr->height,
+		drawX, drawY, 1);
+	XSetClipOrigin(wPtr->display, gc, 0, 0);
+    }
+
+    if (isFocused) {
+        int ancX = drawX - ANCHOR_TABPAD;
+        int ancY = drawY - ANCHOR_TABPAD;
+        int ancW = tPtr->width  + 2*ANCHOR_TABPAD;
+        int ancH = tPtr->height + 2*ANCHOR_TABPAD;
+
+	Tix_DrawAnchorLines(wPtr->display, drawable, anchorGC,
+                ancX, ancY, ancW, ancH);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetDisplay --
+ *
+ *	Redraw this widget
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+WidgetDisplay(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;			/* Information about widget. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    Tab * tPtr;
+    int width, height;
+    Drawable buffer;
+
+    /* Now let's redraw */
+    if (wPtr->tabHead == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * no tabs to redraw: just draw the border
+	 */
+	if ((wPtr->bgBorder != NULL) && (wPtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) {
+	    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(wPtr->tkwin, Tk_WindowId(wPtr->tkwin),
+		wPtr->bgBorder, 0, 0,
+		Tk_Width(wPtr->tkwin), Tk_Height(wPtr->tkwin),
+		wPtr->borderWidth, wPtr->relief);
+	}
+    }
+    else {
+	int x, y, activex = 0;
+
+	buffer = Tix_GetRenderBuffer(wPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(wPtr->tkwin),
+	    Tk_Width(wPtr->tkwin), Tk_Height(wPtr->tkwin),
+	    Tk_Depth(wPtr->tkwin));
+	XFillRectangle(wPtr->display, buffer, wPtr->backPageGC, 0, 0,
+		(unsigned) Tk_Width(wPtr->tkwin),
+		(unsigned) Tk_Height(wPtr->tkwin));
+
+	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(wPtr->tkwin, buffer,
+		wPtr->bgBorder, 0, wPtr->tabsHeight,
+		Tk_Width(wPtr->tkwin), 
+		Tk_Height(wPtr->tkwin) - wPtr->tabsHeight,
+		wPtr->borderWidth, wPtr->relief);
+
+	/* Draw the tabs */
+	x = 0;
+	for (tPtr=wPtr->tabHead; tPtr; tPtr=tPtr->next) {
+            int isActive = 0, isFocused = 0;
+
+	    if (tPtr == wPtr->active) {
+		activex = x;
+                isActive = 1;
+	    }
+	    if (tPtr == wPtr->focus && wPtr->gotFocus) {
+                isFocused = 1;
+	    }
+
+            DrawTab(wPtr, tPtr, x, isActive, isFocused, buffer);
+
+	    x += (wPtr->borderWidth +  wPtr->tabPadx) * 2;
+	    x += tPtr->width;
+	}
+
+	/* Draw the box */
+	Tk_Draw3DRectangle(wPtr->tkwin, buffer,
+		wPtr->bgBorder, 0, wPtr->tabsHeight,
+		Tk_Width(wPtr->tkwin), 
+		Tk_Height(wPtr->tkwin) - wPtr->tabsHeight,
+		wPtr->borderWidth, wPtr->relief);
+
+	if (wPtr->active != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Fill up the gap between the active tab and the box
+	     */
+	    x = activex + wPtr->borderWidth;
+	    y = wPtr->tabsHeight;
+	    height = wPtr->borderWidth;
+	    width = wPtr->active->width + wPtr->tabPadx*2;
+
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+            if (wPtr->borderWidth == 2) {
+                x -= 1;
+                width += 2;
+                if (wPtr->active != wPtr->tabHead) {
+                    x -= 2;
+                    width += 2;
+                }
+            }
+#endif
+	    XFillRectangle(wPtr->display, buffer,
+		Tk_3DBorderGC(wPtr->tkwin, wPtr->bgBorder, TK_3D_FLAT_GC),
+		x, y, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
+	}
+
+	if (buffer != Tk_WindowId(wPtr->tkwin)) {
+	    XCopyArea(wPtr->display, buffer, Tk_WindowId(wPtr->tkwin),
+	        wPtr->activeGC, 0, 0, (unsigned) Tk_Width(wPtr->tkwin),
+		(unsigned) Tk_Height(wPtr->tkwin), 0, 0);
+	    Tk_FreePixmap(wPtr->display, buffer);
+	}
+    }
+
+    wPtr->redrawing = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ComputeGeometry --
+ *
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ComputeGeometry(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    Tab * tPtr;
+
+    /* Calculate the requested size of the widget */
+    if (wPtr->tabHead == NULL) {
+	wPtr->width  = wPtr->borderWidth * 2;
+	wPtr->height = wPtr->borderWidth * 2;
+
+	wPtr->tabsWidth  = 0;
+	wPtr->tabsHeight = 0;
+    } else {
+	wPtr->tabsWidth  = 0;
+	wPtr->tabsHeight = 0;
+	for (tPtr=wPtr->tabHead; tPtr; tPtr=tPtr->next) {
+	    wPtr->tabsWidth += (wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->tabPadx) * 2;
+	    wPtr->tabsWidth += tPtr->width;
+
+	    if (wPtr->tabsHeight < tPtr->height) {
+		wPtr->tabsHeight = tPtr->height;
+	    }
+	}
+	wPtr->tabsHeight += wPtr->tabPady*2 + wPtr->borderWidth;
+        wPtr->tabsHeight += ACTIVE_TAB_ELEVATION;
+
+	wPtr->width  = wPtr->tabsWidth;
+	wPtr->height = wPtr->tabsHeight + wPtr->borderWidth*2;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetComputeGeometry --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command
+ *	that corresponds to a widget managed by this module.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+WidgetComputeGeometry(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    int width;
+
+    ComputeGeometry(wPtr);
+
+    if (!wPtr->isSlave) {
+	if (wPtr->desiredWidth > 0) {
+	    width = wPtr->desiredWidth;
+	} else {
+	    width = wPtr->width;
+	}
+	Tk_GeometryRequest(wPtr->tkwin, width, wPtr->height);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ImageProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the image code whenever the manager
+ *	for an image does something that affects the size of contents
+ *	of an image displayed in this widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Arranges for the HList to get redisplayed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ImageProc(clientData, x, y, width, height, imgWidth, imgHeight)
+    ClientData clientData;		/* Pointer to widget record. */
+    int x, y;				/* Upper left pixel (within image)
+					 * that must be redisplayed. */
+    int width, height;			/* Dimensions of area to redisplay
+					 * (may be <= 0). */
+    int imgWidth, imgHeight;		/* New dimensions of image. */
+{
+    Tab * tPtr;
+
+    tPtr = (Tab *)clientData;
+
+    WidgetComputeGeometry(tPtr->wPtr);
+    RedrawWhenIdle(tPtr->wPtr);
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixOption.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixOption.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixOption.c,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixOption.c --
+ *
+ *	Handle the "$widget config" commands
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* ToDo:
+ *
+ * 1) ConfigSpec structures shouldn't be shared between parent and child
+ *    classes.
+ * 2) Specs array should be compacted (no duplication) and sorted according
+ *    to argvName during class declaration.
+ * 3) Merge aliases with specs
+ *
+ */
+#include <tk.h>
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+
+static char *	FormatConfigInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+	TixClassRecord *cPtr, CONST84 char * widRec, TixConfigSpec * spec);
+/*
+ * This is a lightweight interface for querying the value of a
+ * variable in the object. This is simpler compared to
+ * [lindex [$w config -flag] 4]
+ */
+int Tix_GetVar (interp, cPtr, widRec, flag)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    TixClassRecord *cPtr;
+    CONST84 char * widRec;
+    CONST84 char * flag;
+{
+    TixConfigSpec * spec;
+    CONST84 char * value;
+
+    spec = Tix_FindConfigSpecByName(interp, cPtr, flag);
+    if (spec != NULL) {
+	if (spec->isAlias) {
+	    flag = spec->realPtr->argvName;
+	} else {
+	    /* The user may have specified a shorthand like -backgro */
+	    flag = spec->argvName;
+	}
+	value = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, widRec, flag, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, value, (char*)NULL);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+Tix_QueryOneOption(interp, cPtr, widRec, flag)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    TixClassRecord *cPtr;
+    CONST84 char *widRec;
+    CONST84 char *flag;
+{
+    TixConfigSpec * spec;
+    char * list;
+
+    spec = Tix_FindConfigSpecByName(interp, cPtr, flag);
+    if (spec != NULL) {
+	list = FormatConfigInfo(interp, cPtr, widRec, spec);
+	Tcl_SetResult(interp, list, TCL_VOLATILE);
+
+	ckfree((char *) list);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Tix_QueryAllOptions --
+ *
+ *	Note: This function does not call Tix_FindConfigSpec() because
+ * it just needs to print out the list of all configSpecs from the
+ * class structure.
+ *
+ */
+int
+Tix_QueryAllOptions (interp, cPtr, widRec)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+    CONST84 char *widRec;
+{
+    int		i, code = TCL_OK;
+    char *list;
+    CONST84 char *lead = "{";
+
+    /* Iterate over all the options of class */
+    for (i=0; i<cPtr->nSpecs; i++) {
+	if (cPtr->specs[i] && cPtr->specs[i]->argvName) {
+	    list = FormatConfigInfo(interp, cPtr, widRec, cPtr->specs[i]);
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, lead, list, "}", (char *) NULL);
+
+	    ckfree((char *) list);
+	    lead = " {";
+	}
+    }
+
+    return code;
+}
+
+TixConfigSpec *
+Tix_FindConfigSpecByName(interp, cPtr, flag)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    TixClassRecord *cPtr;
+    CONST84 char *flag;
+{
+    CONST84 char *classRec;
+    CONST84 char *key;
+    int nMatch, i;
+    size_t len;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    TixConfigSpec *configSpec;
+
+    classRec = cPtr->className;
+
+    /*
+     * First try to look up the confifspec in a hash table, 
+     * it should be faster.
+     */
+
+    key = Tix_GetConfigSpecFullName(classRec, flag);
+    hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(TixGetHashTable(interp, "tixSpecTab", NULL,
+            TCL_STRING_KEYS), key);
+    ckfree((char *) key);
+
+    if (hashPtr) {
+	return (TixConfigSpec *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * The user may specified a partial name. Try to match, but will
+     * return error if we don't get exactly one match.
+     */
+    len = strlen(flag);
+    for (configSpec=NULL,nMatch=0,i=0; i<cPtr->nSpecs; i++) {
+	if (strncmp(flag, cPtr->specs[i]->argvName, len) == 0) {
+	    if (nMatch > 0) {
+		Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ambiguous option \"", flag, "\"",
+		    (char*)NULL);
+		return NULL;
+	    } else {
+		nMatch ++;
+		configSpec = cPtr->specs[i];
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (configSpec == NULL) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", flag, "\"", (char*)NULL);
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	return configSpec;
+    }
+}
+
+CONST84 char *
+Tix_GetConfigSpecFullName(classRec, flag)
+    CONST84 char * classRec;
+    CONST84 char * flag;
+{
+    char * buff;
+    int    max;
+    int    conLen;
+
+    conLen = strlen(classRec);
+    max = conLen + strlen(flag) + 1;
+    buff = (char*)ckalloc(max * sizeof(char));
+
+    strcpy(buff, classRec);
+    strcpy(buff+conLen, flag);
+
+    return buff;
+}
+
+int Tix_ChangeOptions(interp, cPtr, widRec, argc, argv)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    TixClassRecord *cPtr;
+    CONST84 char * widRec;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+{
+    int i, code = TCL_OK;
+    TixConfigSpec * spec;
+
+    if (argc == 0) {
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    if ((argc %2) != 0) {
+	if (Tix_FindConfigSpecByName(interp, cPtr, argv[argc-1])) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", argv[argc-1],
+		"\" missing", (char*)NULL);
+	} else {
+	    /* The error message is already appended by 
+	     * Tix_FindConfigSpecByName()
+	     */
+	}
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<argc; i+=2) {
+	spec = Tix_FindConfigSpecByName(interp, cPtr, argv[i]);
+
+	if (spec == NULL) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	if (Tix_ChangeOneOption(interp, cPtr, widRec, spec,
+		argv[i+1], 0, 0)!=TCL_OK) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+    return code;
+}
+
+int Tix_CallConfigMethod(interp, cPtr, widRec, spec, value)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    TixClassRecord *cPtr;
+    CONST84 char * widRec;
+    TixConfigSpec *spec;
+    CONST84 char * value;
+{
+#define STATIC_SPACE_SIZE 60
+    CONST84 char * argv[2];
+    char buff[STATIC_SPACE_SIZE];
+    char * method = buff;
+    CONST84 char * context = Tix_GetContext(interp, widRec);
+    CONST84 char * c;
+    unsigned int bufsize = strlen(spec->argvName) + 7;
+    int code;
+
+    if (bufsize > STATIC_SPACE_SIZE) {
+        method = ckalloc(bufsize);
+    }
+
+    sprintf(method, "config%s", spec->argvName);
+
+    c = Tix_FindMethod(interp, context, method);
+    if (c != NULL) {
+	argv[0] = value;
+	code = Tix_CallMethod(interp, c, widRec, method, 1, argv, NULL);
+        goto done;
+    }
+
+    c = Tix_FindMethod(interp, context, "config");
+    if (c != NULL) {
+	argv[0] = spec->argvName;
+	argv[1] = value;
+	code = Tix_CallMethod(interp, c, widRec, "config", 2, argv, NULL);
+        goto done;
+    }
+
+    code = TCL_OK;
+
+done:
+    if (method != buff) {
+        ckfree((char *) method);
+    }
+    return code;
+#undef STATIC_SPACE_SIZE
+}
+
+int Tix_ChangeOneOption(interp, cPtr, widRec, spec, value, isDefault, isInit)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    TixClassRecord *cPtr;
+    CONST84 char * widRec;
+    TixConfigSpec *spec;
+    CONST84 char * value;
+    int isDefault;		/* Set to be true when Tix tries to set
+				 * the options according to their default
+				 * values */
+    int isInit;			/* Set to true only if the option was
+				 * specified at the widget creation command
+				 */
+{
+    int code = TCL_OK;
+    CONST84 char * newValue = NULL;
+
+    if (spec->isAlias) {
+	spec = spec->realPtr;
+    }
+
+    /* -- STEP 1 --
+     * Check if these variables are protected.
+     *	readonly means the variable can never be assigned to.
+     *	static means ths variable can only ne assigned during initialization.
+     */
+
+    if (!isDefault && spec->readOnly) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot assigned to readonly variable \"",
+		spec->argvName, "\"", (char*) NULL);
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+    if (!(isInit || isDefault) && spec->isStatic) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot assigned to static variable \"",
+		spec->argvName, "\"", (char*) NULL);
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    /* -- STEP 2 --
+     * Call the verify command to check whether the value is acceptable
+     *
+     */
+    if (spec->verifyCmd != NULL) {
+	CONST84 char * cmdArgv[2];
+	cmdArgv[0] = spec->verifyCmd;
+	cmdArgv[1] = value;
+
+	if (Tix_EvalArgv(interp, 2, cmdArgv) != TCL_OK) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	} else {
+	    newValue = value = tixStrDup(interp->result);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* -- STEP 3 --
+     * Call the configuration method of the widget. This method may
+     * override the user-supplied value. The configuration method should
+     * not be called during initialization.
+     */
+    if (isInit || isDefault) {
+	/* No need to call the configuration method */
+	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, widRec, spec->argvName, value,TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    }
+    else {
+	if (Tix_CallConfigMethod(interp, cPtr, widRec, spec, value)!=TCL_OK) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	/* -- STEP 4 --
+	 * If the configuration method does not override the value, set
+	 * it in the widget record.
+	 *
+	 * If the configuration method has override the value, it will
+	 * return a non-empty string. In this case, it is the configuration
+	 * method's responsibility to set the value in the widget record.
+	 */
+	if (interp->result && (*interp->result)) {
+	    /* value was overrided. Don't do anything */
+	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, widRec, spec->argvName, value,TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (newValue) {
+	ckfree((char *) newValue);
+    }
+    return code;
+}
+
+static char *
+FormatConfigInfo(interp, cPtr, widRec, sPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    TixClassRecord *cPtr;
+    CONST84 char * widRec;
+    TixConfigSpec * sPtr;
+{
+    CONST84 char *argv[6];
+
+    if (sPtr->isAlias) {
+	if (cPtr->isWidget) {
+	    argv[0] = sPtr->argvName;
+	    argv[1] = sPtr->realPtr->dbName;
+	} else {
+	    argv[0] = sPtr->argvName;
+	    argv[1] = sPtr->realPtr->argvName;
+	}
+	return Tcl_Merge(2, argv);
+    } else {
+	argv[0] = sPtr->argvName;
+	argv[1] = sPtr->dbName;
+	argv[2] = sPtr->dbClass;
+	argv[3] = sPtr->defValue;
+	argv[4] = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, widRec, argv[0], TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+
+	return Tcl_Merge(5, argv);
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixPort.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixPort.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixPort.h,v 1.6 2005/03/25 20:15:53 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixPort.h --
+ *
+ *	This header file handles porting issues that occur because of
+ *	differences between systems.  It reads in platform specific
+ *	portability files.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TIX_PORT_H_
+#define _TIX_PORT_H_
+
+#ifndef _TCL
+#include "tcl.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _TK
+#include "tk.h"
+#endif
+
+#if (!defined(__WIN32__)) && (!defined(_WIN32)) && (!defined(MAC_TCL))
+    /*
+     * The Tcl/Tk porting stuff is needed only in Unix.
+     */
+#if !defined(_TCLPORT) && !defined(_TKPORT)
+#  ifdef _TKINT
+#    include "tkPort.h"
+#  else
+#    include "tclPort.h"
+#  endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _TIX_H_
+#include <tix.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(_WIN32)
+#   include "tixWinPort.h"
+#else
+#   if defined(MAC_TCL)
+#	include "tixMacPort.h"
+#   else
+#   if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
+#	include <X11/X.h>
+#	define Cursor XCursor
+#	define Region XRegion
+#	include "../unix/tixUnixPort.h"
+#   else
+#	include "../unix/tixUnixPort.h"
+#   endif
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+EXTERN Tcl_HashTable *	TixGetHashTable _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    char * name, Tcl_InterpDeleteProc *deleteProc,
+                            int keyType));
+
+/*
+ * Some pre-Tk8.0 style font handling. Should be updated to new Tk
+ * font functions soon.
+ */
+
+typedef Tk_Font TixFont;
+#define TixFontId(font) Tk_FontId(font)
+
+EXTERN void		TixComputeTextGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    TixFont fontStructPtr, CONST84 char *string,
+			    int numChars, int wrapLength, int *widthPtr,
+			    int *heightPtr));
+EXTERN void		TixDisplayText _ANSI_ARGS_((Display *display,
+			    Drawable drawable, TixFont font,
+			    CONST84 char *string, int numChars, int x, int y,
+			    int length, Tk_Justify justify, int underline,
+			    GC gc));
+
+#define TixFreeFont Tk_FreeFont
+#define TixNameOfFont Tk_NameOfFont
+#define TixGetFont Tk_GetFont
+
+/*
+ * Tcl 8.4.a2 defines this macro that causes Tix compiled with
+ * Tcl 8.4 to break in Tcl 8.3
+ */
+
+#if defined(Tcl_InitHashTable) && defined(USE_TCL_STUBS)
+#undef Tcl_InitHashTable
+#define Tcl_InitHashTable \
+    (tclStubsPtr->tcl_InitHashTable)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _TIX_PORT_H_ */

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixScroll.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixScroll.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixScroll.c,v 1.2 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixScroll.c -- Handle all the mess of Tk scroll bars
+ *
+ *
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixInt.h>
+
+
+void Tix_InitScrollInfo(siPtr, type)
+    Tix_ScrollInfo * siPtr;
+    int type;
+{
+    Tix_IntScrollInfo*    isiPtr = (Tix_IntScrollInfo*)   siPtr;
+    Tix_DoubleScrollInfo* dsiPtr = (Tix_DoubleScrollInfo*)siPtr;
+
+    siPtr->command 	= NULL;
+    siPtr->type 	= type;
+
+    if (type == TIX_SCROLL_INT) {
+	isiPtr->total	= 1;
+	isiPtr->window	= 1;
+	isiPtr->offset	= 0;
+	isiPtr->unit	= 1;
+    }
+    else {
+	dsiPtr->total	= 1.0;
+	dsiPtr->window	= 1.0;
+	dsiPtr->offset	= 0.0;
+	dsiPtr->unit	= 1.0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_GetScrollFractions --
+ *
+ * Compute the fractions of a scroll-able widget.
+ *
+ */
+void Tix_GetScrollFractions(siPtr, first_ret, last_ret)
+    Tix_ScrollInfo * siPtr;
+    double * first_ret;
+    double * last_ret;
+{
+    Tix_IntScrollInfo*    isiPtr = (Tix_IntScrollInfo*)   siPtr;
+    Tix_DoubleScrollInfo* dsiPtr = (Tix_DoubleScrollInfo*)siPtr;
+    double total, window, first;
+
+    if (siPtr->type == TIX_SCROLL_INT) {
+	total  = isiPtr->total;
+	window = isiPtr->window;
+	first  = isiPtr->offset;
+    } else {
+	total  = dsiPtr->total;
+	window = dsiPtr->window;
+	first  = dsiPtr->offset;
+    }
+
+    if (total == 0 || total < window) {
+	*first_ret = 0.0;
+	*last_ret  = 1.0;
+    } else {
+	*first_ret = first / total;
+	*last_ret  = (first+window) / total;
+    }
+}
+
+void Tix_UpdateScrollBar(interp, siPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    Tix_ScrollInfo * siPtr;
+{
+    Tix_IntScrollInfo*    isiPtr = (Tix_IntScrollInfo*)   siPtr;
+    Tix_DoubleScrollInfo* dsiPtr = (Tix_DoubleScrollInfo*)siPtr;
+    double d_first, d_last;
+    char string[100];
+
+    if (siPtr->type == TIX_SCROLL_INT) {
+	/* Check whether the topPixel is out of bound */
+	if (isiPtr->offset < 0) {
+	    isiPtr->offset = 0;
+	} else {
+	    if (isiPtr->window > isiPtr->total) {
+		isiPtr->offset = 0;
+	    }
+	    else if((isiPtr->offset+isiPtr->window) > isiPtr->total) {
+		isiPtr->offset = isiPtr->total - isiPtr->window;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	/* Check whether the topPixel is out of bound */
+	if (dsiPtr->offset < 0) {
+	    dsiPtr->offset = 0;
+	} else {
+	    if (dsiPtr->window > dsiPtr->total) {
+		dsiPtr->offset = 0;
+	    }
+	    else if((dsiPtr->offset+dsiPtr->window) > dsiPtr->total) {
+		dsiPtr->offset = dsiPtr->total - dsiPtr->window;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+
+    if (siPtr->command) {
+	Tix_GetScrollFractions(siPtr, &d_first, &d_last);
+
+	sprintf(string, " %f %f", d_first, d_last);
+	if (Tcl_VarEval(interp, siPtr->command, string, 
+	    (char *) NULL) != TCL_OK) {
+	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
+		"\n    (scrolling command executed by tixTList)");
+	    Tk_BackgroundError(interp);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+int Tix_SetScrollBarView(interp, siPtr, argc, argv, compat)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    Tix_ScrollInfo * siPtr;
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+    int compat;			/* compatibility mode */
+{
+    Tix_IntScrollInfo*    isiPtr = (Tix_IntScrollInfo*)   siPtr;
+    Tix_DoubleScrollInfo* dsiPtr = (Tix_DoubleScrollInfo*)siPtr;
+    int offset;
+
+    if (compat && Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &offset) == TCL_OK) {
+	/* backward-compatible mode */
+	if (siPtr->type == TIX_SCROLL_INT) {
+	    isiPtr->offset = offset;
+	}
+	else {
+	    dsiPtr->offset = (double)offset;
+	}
+
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else {
+	int type, count;
+	double fraction;
+
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+
+	/* Tk_GetScrollInfo () wants strange argc,argv combinations .. */
+	type = Tk_GetScrollInfo(interp, argc+2, argv-2, &fraction, &count);
+
+	if (siPtr->type == TIX_SCROLL_INT) {
+	    switch (type) {
+	      case TK_SCROLL_ERROR:
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+
+	      case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
+		isiPtr->offset = 
+		  (int)(fraction * (double)isiPtr->total);
+		break;
+
+	      case TK_SCROLL_PAGES:
+		isiPtr->offset += count * isiPtr->window;
+		break;
+
+	      case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
+		isiPtr->offset += count * isiPtr->unit;
+		break;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    switch (type) {
+	      case TK_SCROLL_ERROR:
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+
+	      case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
+		dsiPtr->offset = 
+		  fraction * dsiPtr->total;
+		break;
+
+	      case TK_SCROLL_PAGES:
+		dsiPtr->offset += count * dsiPtr->window;
+		break;
+
+	      case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
+		dsiPtr->offset += count * dsiPtr->unit;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixSmpLs.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixSmpLs.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixSmpLs.c,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:42 idiscovery Exp $	*/
+
+/* 
+ * tixSmpLs.c --
+ *
+ *	To implement simple link lists (next is always the first
+ *	member of the list).
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+
+static Tix_ListInfo simpleListInfo = {
+    0,
+    TIX_UNDEFINED,
+};
+
+void Tix_SimpleListInit(lPtr)
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+{
+    Tix_LinkListInit(lPtr);
+}
+
+
+void
+Tix_SimpleListAppend(lPtr, itemPtr, flags)
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    char * itemPtr;
+    int flags;
+{
+    Tix_LinkListAppend(&simpleListInfo, lPtr, itemPtr, flags);
+}
+
+void Tix_SimpleListIteratorInit(liPtr)
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    Tix_LinkListIteratorInit(liPtr);
+}
+
+void Tix_SimpleListStart(lPtr, liPtr)
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    Tix_LinkListStart(&simpleListInfo, lPtr, liPtr);
+}
+
+void Tix_SimpleListNext(lPtr, liPtr)
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    Tix_LinkListNext(&simpleListInfo, lPtr, liPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * To delete consecutive elements, you must delete, next, delete, next ...
+ */
+void Tix_SimpleListDelete(lPtr, liPtr)
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    Tix_LinkListDelete(&simpleListInfo, lPtr, liPtr);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Tix_SimpleListInsert --
+ *
+ *	Insert the item at the position indicated by liPtr
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void Tix_SimpleListInsert(lPtr, itemPtr, liPtr)
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    char * itemPtr;
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    Tix_LinkListInsert(&simpleListInfo, lPtr, itemPtr, liPtr);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_SimpleListFindAndDelete --
+ *
+ *	Find an element and delete it.
+ *
+ * liPtr:
+ *	Can be zero.
+ *	If non-zero, the search will start from the current entry indexed
+ *	by liPtr;
+ *
+ * Return value:
+ *	1 if element is found and deleted
+ *	0 if element is not found
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int Tix_SimpleListFindAndDelete(lPtr, itemPtr, liPtr)
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    char * itemPtr;
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    return Tix_LinkListFindAndDelete(&simpleListInfo, lPtr, itemPtr, liPtr);
+}
+
+int Tix_SimpleListDeleteRange(lPtr, fromPtr, toPtr, liPtr)
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    char * fromPtr;
+    char * toPtr;
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    return Tix_LinkListDeleteRange(&simpleListInfo, lPtr,
+	fromPtr, toPtr, liPtr);
+}
+
+int Tix_SimpleListFind(lPtr, itemPtr, liPtr)
+    Tix_LinkList * lPtr;
+    char * itemPtr;
+    Tix_ListIterator * liPtr;
+{
+    return Tix_LinkListFind(&simpleListInfo, lPtr, itemPtr, liPtr);
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixTList.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixTList.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,2519 @@
+/* 
+ * tixTList.c --
+ *
+ *	This module implements "TList" widgets.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000      Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixTList.c,v 1.5 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixDef.h>
+#include <tixTList.h>
+
+#define TIX_UP		1
+#define TIX_DOWN	2
+#define TIX_LEFT	3
+#define TIX_RIGHT 	4
+
+/*
+ * Information used for argv parsing.
+ */
+static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-background", "background", "Background",
+       DEF_TLIST_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, normalBg),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-background", "background", "Background",
+       DEF_TLIST_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, normalBg),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
+       "HighlightBackground",
+       DEF_TLIST_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, border),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
+       "HighlightBackground",
+       DEF_TLIST_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, border),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
+       DEF_TLIST_BORDER_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, borderWidth), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-browsecmd", "browseCmd", "BrowseCmd",
+	DEF_TLIST_BROWSE_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, browseCmd),
+	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
+       DEF_TLIST_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, command),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
+       DEF_TLIST_CURSOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, cursor),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
+       DEF_TLIST_FONT, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, font), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
+       DEF_TLIST_FG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, normalFg),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
+       DEF_TLIST_FG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, normalFg),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-height", "height", "Height",
+       DEF_TLIST_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, height), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
+       DEF_TLIST_HIGHLIGHT_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, highlightColorPtr),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
+       DEF_TLIST_HIGHLIGHT_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, highlightColorPtr),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
+       "HighlightThickness",
+       DEF_TLIST_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, highlightWidth), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-itemtype", "itemType", "ItemType",
+       DEF_TLIST_ITEM_TYPE, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, diTypePtr),
+       0, &tixConfigItemType},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
+	DEF_TLIST_ORIENT, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, orientUid), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
+	DEF_TLIST_PADX, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, padX), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
+	DEF_TLIST_PADY, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, padY), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
+       DEF_TLIST_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, relief), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
+	DEF_TLIST_SELECT_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectBorder),
+	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
+	DEF_TLIST_SELECT_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectBorder),
+	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth","BorderWidth",
+       DEF_TLIST_SELECT_BORDERWIDTH,Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selBorderWidth),0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
+       DEF_TLIST_SELECT_FG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectFg),
+       TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
+       DEF_TLIST_SELECT_FG_MONO, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectFg),
+       TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-selectmode", "selectMode", "SelectMode",
+	DEF_TLIST_SELECT_MODE, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, selectMode), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-state", (char*)NULL, (char*)NULL,
+       DEF_TLIST_STATE, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, state), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-sizecmd", "sizeCmd", "SizeCmd",
+       DEF_TLIST_SIZE_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, sizeCmd),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+ 
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
+	DEF_TLIST_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, takeFocus),
+	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
+	DEF_TLIST_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, width), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
+       DEF_TLIST_X_SCROLL_COMMAND,
+       Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, scrollInfo[0].command),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
+       DEF_TLIST_Y_SCROLL_COMMAND,
+       Tk_Offset(WidgetRecord, scrollInfo[1].command),
+       TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};	
+
+#define DEF_TLISTENTRY_STATE	 "normal"
+
+static Tk_ConfigSpec entryConfigSpecs[] = {
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-state", (char*)NULL, (char*)NULL,
+       DEF_TLISTENTRY_STATE, Tk_Offset(ListEntry, state), 0},
+
+    {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
+       (char *) NULL, 0, 0}
+};
+
+static Tix_ListInfo entListInfo = {
+    Tk_Offset(ListEntry, next),
+    TIX_UNDEFINED,
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
+ */
+
+	/* These are standard procedures for TK widgets
+	 * implemeted in C
+	 */
+
+static void		WidgetCmdDeletedProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData));
+static int		WidgetConfigure _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int argc, CONST84 char **argv,
+			    int flags));
+static void		WidgetDestroy _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+static void		WidgetEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr));
+static int		WidgetCommand _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *, int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+static void		WidgetDisplay _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+static void		WidgetComputeGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    ClientData clientData));
+
+	/* Extra procedures for this widget
+	 */
+static void		CancelRedrawWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr));
+static void		CancelResizeWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr));
+static int		ConfigElement _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    ListEntry *chPtr, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv,
+			    int flags, int forced));
+static void 		RedrawRows _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, Drawable pixmap));
+static void		RedrawWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr));
+static void 		ResizeRows _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int winW, int winH));
+static void		ResizeWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr));
+static void		ResizeNow _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr));
+static void		UpdateScrollBars _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int sizeChanged));
+static int		Tix_TLGetFromTo _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    int argc, CONST84 char **argv,
+			    ListEntry ** fromPtr_ret, ListEntry ** toPtr_ret));
+static void		Tix_TLDItemSizeChanged _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_DItem *iPtr));
+static void		MakeGeomRequest _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr));
+static int		Tix_TLGetNearest _ANSI_ARGS_((
+   			    WidgetPtr wPtr, int posn[2]));
+static int		Tix_TLGetAt _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST84 char * spec, int *at));
+static int		Tix_TLGetNeighbor _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    int type, int argc, CONST84 char **argv));
+static int		Tix_TranslateIndex _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST84 char * string,
+			    int * index, int isInsert));
+static int		Tix_TLDeleteRange _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, ListEntry * fromPtr,
+			    ListEntry *toPtr));
+static ListEntry *	AllocEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr));
+static int		AddElement _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    ListEntry * chPtr, int at));
+static void		FreeEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,
+			    ListEntry * chPtr));
+static int 		Tix_TLSpecialEntryInfo _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    WidgetPtr wPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    ListEntry * chPtr));
+static void		Realloc _ANSI_ARGS_((WidgetPtr wPtr,int new_size));
+
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_TLInsert);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_TLCGet);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_TLConfig);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_TLDelete);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_TLEntryCget);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_TLEntryConfig);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_TLGeometryInfo);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_TLIndex);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_TLInfo);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_TLNearest);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_TLSee);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_TLSelection);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_TLSetSite);
+static TIX_DECLARE_SUBCMD(Tix_TLView);
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_TListCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "tixTList" Tcl
+ *	command.  It creates a new "TixTList" widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A new widget is created and configured.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Tix_TListCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    Tk_Window mainwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+
+    if (argc < 2) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args:  should be \"",
+		argv[0], " pathName ?options?\"", (char *) NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, mainwin, argv[1], (char *) NULL);
+    if (tkwin == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "TixTList");
+
+    /*
+     * Allocate and initialize the widget record.
+     */
+    wPtr = (WidgetPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WidgetRecord));
+
+    wPtr->dispData.tkwin 	= tkwin;
+    wPtr->dispData.display 	= Tk_Display(tkwin);
+    wPtr->dispData.interp 	= interp;
+    wPtr->dispData.sizeChangedProc = Tix_TLDItemSizeChanged;
+    wPtr->font		= NULL;
+    wPtr->normalBg 		= NULL;
+    wPtr->normalFg		= NULL;
+    wPtr->command 		= NULL;
+    wPtr->border 		= NULL;
+    wPtr->borderWidth 		= 0;
+    wPtr->selectBorder 		= NULL;
+    wPtr->selBorderWidth 	= 0;
+    wPtr->selectFg		= NULL;
+    wPtr->backgroundGC		= None;
+    wPtr->selectGC		= None;
+    wPtr->anchorGC		= None;
+    wPtr->anchorGC2		= None;
+    wPtr->highlightWidth	= 0;
+    wPtr->highlightColorPtr	= NULL;
+    wPtr->highlightGC		= None;
+    wPtr->relief 		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
+    wPtr->cursor 		= None;
+    wPtr->redrawing 		= 0;
+    wPtr->resizing 		= 0;
+    wPtr->hasFocus 		= 0;
+    wPtr->selectMode		= NULL;
+    wPtr->seeElemPtr 		= NULL;
+    wPtr->anchor 		= NULL;
+    wPtr->active 		= NULL;
+    wPtr->dropSite 		= NULL;
+    wPtr->dragSite 		= NULL;
+    wPtr->sizeCmd		= NULL;
+    wPtr->browseCmd		= NULL;
+    wPtr->takeFocus		= NULL;
+    wPtr->orientUid		= NULL;
+    wPtr->serial		= 0;
+    wPtr->state			= tixNormalUid;
+    wPtr->rows			= (ListRow*)ckalloc(sizeof(ListRow) *1);
+    wPtr->numRow		= 1;
+    wPtr->numRowAllocd		= 1;
+    wPtr->width			= 0;
+    wPtr->height		= 0;
+
+    Tix_LinkListInit(&wPtr->entList);
+    Tix_InitScrollInfo((Tix_ScrollInfo*)&wPtr->scrollInfo[0], TIX_SCROLL_INT);
+    Tix_InitScrollInfo((Tix_ScrollInfo*)&wPtr->scrollInfo[1], TIX_SCROLL_INT);
+
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
+	WidgetEventProc, (ClientData) wPtr);
+    wPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateCommand(interp,
+	Tk_PathName(wPtr->dispData.tkwin), WidgetCommand, (ClientData) wPtr,
+	WidgetCmdDeletedProc);
+
+    if (WidgetConfigure(interp, wPtr, argc-2, argv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	Tk_DestroyWindow(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    interp->result = Tk_PathName(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetConfigure --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list in
+ *	conjunction with the Tk option database to configure (or
+ *	reconfigure) a List widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a standard Tcl result.  If TCL_ERROR is
+ *	returned, then interp->result contains an error message.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Configuration information, such as colors, border width,
+ *	etc. get set for wPtr;  old resources get freed,
+ *	if there were any.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+WidgetConfigure(interp, wPtr, argc, argv, flags)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;			/* Used for error reporting. */
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;			/* Information about widget. */
+    int argc;				/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;		/* Arguments. */
+    int flags;				/* Flags to pass to
+					 * Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
+{
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+    GC newGC;
+    TixFont oldfont;
+    size_t length;
+    Tix_StyleTemplate stTmpl;
+
+    oldfont = wPtr->font;
+
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, configSpecs,
+	    argc, argv, (char *) wPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    length = strlen(wPtr->orientUid);
+    if (strncmp(wPtr->orientUid, "vertical", length) == 0) {
+	wPtr->isVertical = 1;
+    } else if (strncmp(wPtr->orientUid, "horizontal", length) == 0) {
+	wPtr->isVertical = 0;
+    } else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad orientation \"", wPtr->orientUid,
+	    "\": must be vertical or horizontal", (char *) NULL);
+	wPtr->orientUid = Tk_GetUid("vertical");
+	wPtr->isVertical = 1;
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if ((wPtr->state != tixNormalUid) && (wPtr->state != tixDisabledUid)) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad state value \"", wPtr->state,
+	    "\":  must be normal or disabled", (char *) NULL);
+	wPtr->state = tixNormalUid;
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+
+    if (oldfont != wPtr->font) {
+	/* Font has been changed (initialized) */
+	TixComputeTextGeometry(wPtr->font, "0", 1,
+	    0, &wPtr->scrollInfo[0].unit, &wPtr->scrollInfo[1].unit);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * A few options need special processing, such as setting the
+     * background from a 3-D border, or filling in complicated
+     * defaults that couldn't be specified to Tk_ConfigureWidget.
+     */
+
+    Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, wPtr->border);
+
+    /*
+     * Note: GraphicsExpose events are disabled in normalGC because it's
+     * used to copy stuff from an off-screen pixmap onto the screen (we know
+     * that there's no problem with obscured areas).
+     */
+
+    /* The background GC */
+    gcValues.foreground 	= wPtr->normalBg->pixel;
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	GCForeground|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+    if (wPtr->backgroundGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->backgroundGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->backgroundGC = newGC;
+
+    /* The selected text GC */
+    gcValues.font 		= TixFontId(wPtr->font);
+    gcValues.foreground 	= wPtr->selectFg->pixel;
+    gcValues.background 	= Tk_3DBorderColor(wPtr->selectBorder)->pixel;
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	GCForeground|GCBackground|GCFont|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+    if (wPtr->selectGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->selectGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->selectGC = newGC;
+
+    /* The dotted anchor lines (for selected item) */
+    newGC = Tix_GetAnchorGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+            Tk_3DBorderColor(wPtr->selectBorder));
+    if (wPtr->anchorGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->anchorGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->anchorGC = newGC;
+
+    /* The dotted anchor lines (for unselected item)  */
+    newGC = Tix_GetAnchorGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, wPtr->normalBg);
+    if (wPtr->anchorGC2 != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->anchorGC2);
+    }
+    wPtr->anchorGC2 = newGC;
+
+    /* The highlight border */
+    gcValues.background 	= wPtr->selectFg->pixel;
+    gcValues.foreground 	= wPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel;
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+
+    newGC = Tk_GetGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	GCForeground|GCBackground|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+    if (wPtr->highlightGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->highlightGC);
+    }
+    wPtr->highlightGC = newGC;
+
+    /* We must set the options of the default styles so that
+     * -- the default styles will change according to what is in
+     *    stTmpl
+     */
+    stTmpl.font 			= wPtr->font;
+    stTmpl.pad[0]  			= wPtr->padX;
+    stTmpl.pad[1]  			= wPtr->padY;
+    stTmpl.colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].fg  = wPtr->normalFg;
+    stTmpl.colors[TIX_DITEM_NORMAL].bg  = wPtr->normalBg;
+    stTmpl.colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].fg= wPtr->selectFg;
+    stTmpl.colors[TIX_DITEM_SELECTED].bg= Tk_3DBorderColor(wPtr->selectBorder);
+    stTmpl.flags = TIX_DITEM_FONT|TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG|
+	TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_BG|TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG|TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_FG |
+	TIX_DITEM_PADX|TIX_DITEM_PADY;
+
+    Tix_SetDefaultStyleTemplate(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, &stTmpl);
+
+    /*
+     * Probably the -font or -width or -height options have changed. Let's
+     * make geometry request
+     */
+    MakeGeomRequest(wPtr);
+
+    ResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetCommand --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command
+ *	that corresponds to a widget managed by this module.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WidgetCommand(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;		/* Information about the widget. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;			/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;				/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;		/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    int code;
+
+    static Tix_SubCmdInfo subCmdInfo[] = {
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "active", 1, 2, Tix_TLSetSite,
+	   "option ?index?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "anchor", 1, 2, Tix_TLSetSite,
+	   "option ?index?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "cget", 1, 1, Tix_TLCGet,
+	   "option"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "configure", 0, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_TLConfig,
+	   "?option? ?value? ?option value ... ?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "delete", 1, 2, Tix_TLDelete,
+	   "from ?to?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "dragsite", 1, 2, Tix_TLSetSite,
+	   "option ?entryPath?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "dropsite", 1, 2, Tix_TLSetSite,
+	   "option ?entryPath?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "entrycget", 2, 2, Tix_TLEntryCget,
+	   "entryPath option"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "entryconfigure", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_TLEntryConfig,
+	   "index ?option? ?value? ?option value ... ?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "geometryinfo", 0, 2, Tix_TLGeometryInfo,
+	   "?width height?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "index", 1, 1, Tix_TLIndex,
+	   "index"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "info", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_TLInfo,
+	   "option ?args ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "insert", 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, Tix_TLInsert,
+	   "where ?option value ..."},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "nearest", 2, 2, Tix_TLNearest,
+	   "x y"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "see", 1, 1, Tix_TLSee,
+	   "entryPath"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "selection", 1, 3, Tix_TLSelection,
+	   "option arg ?arg ...?"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "xview", 0, 3, Tix_TLView,
+	   "args"},
+	{TIX_DEFAULT_LEN, "yview", 0, 3, Tix_TLView,
+	   "args"},
+    };
+
+    static Tix_CmdInfo cmdInfo = {
+	Tix_ArraySize(subCmdInfo), 1, TIX_VAR_ARGS, "?option? arg ?arg ...?",
+    };
+
+    Tk_Preserve(clientData);
+    code = Tix_HandleSubCmds(&cmdInfo, subCmdInfo, clientData,
+	interp, argc, argv);
+    Tk_Release(clientData);
+
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetEventProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
+ *	events on Lists.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	When the window gets deleted, internal structures get
+ *	cleaned up.  When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+WidgetEventProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Information about window. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr;		/* Information about event. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    switch (eventPtr->type) {
+      case DestroyNotify:
+	if (wPtr->dispData.tkwin != NULL) {
+	    wPtr->dispData.tkwin = NULL;
+	    Tcl_DeleteCommand(wPtr->dispData.interp, 
+	        Tcl_GetCommandName(wPtr->dispData.interp, wPtr->widgetCmd));
+	}
+	CancelResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	CancelRedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	Tk_EventuallyFree((ClientData) wPtr, (Tix_FreeProc*)WidgetDestroy);
+	break;
+
+      case ConfigureNotify:
+	ResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	break;
+
+      case Expose:
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	break;
+
+      case FocusIn:
+	wPtr->hasFocus = 1;
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	break;
+
+      case FocusOut:
+	wPtr->hasFocus = 0;
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetDestroy --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked by Tk_EventuallyFree or Tk_Release
+ *	to clean up the internal structure of a List at a safe time
+ *	(when no-one is using it anymore).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Everything associated with the List is freed up.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+WidgetDestroy(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Info about my widget. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+
+    if (wPtr->backgroundGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->backgroundGC);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->selectGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->selectGC);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->anchorGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->anchorGC);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->anchorGC2 != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->anchorGC2);
+    }
+    if (wPtr->highlightGC != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(wPtr->dispData.display, wPtr->highlightGC);
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->entList.numItems > 0) {
+	ListEntry * fromPtr=NULL, *toPtr=NULL;
+	CONST84 char * argv[2];
+	argv[0] = "0";
+	argv[1] = "end";
+
+	Tix_TLGetFromTo(wPtr->dispData.interp, wPtr, 2, argv, &fromPtr,&toPtr);
+	Tcl_ResetResult(wPtr->dispData.interp);
+
+	if (fromPtr && toPtr) {
+	    Tix_TLDeleteRange(wPtr, fromPtr, toPtr);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->rows) {
+	ckfree((char*)wPtr->rows);
+    }
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *) wPtr, wPtr->dispData.display, 0);
+    ckfree((char *) wPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetCmdDeletedProc --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked when a widget command is deleted.  If
+ *	the widget isn't already in the process of being destroyed,
+ *	this command destroys it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The widget is destroyed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+WidgetCmdDeletedProc(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    /*
+     * This procedure could be invoked either because the window was
+     * destroyed and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin
+     * is NULL) or because the command was deleted, and then this procedure
+     * destroys the widget.
+     */
+    if (wPtr->dispData.tkwin != NULL) {
+	Tk_Window tkwin = wPtr->dispData.tkwin;
+	wPtr->dispData.tkwin = NULL;
+	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetComputeGeometry --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command
+ *	that corresponds to a widget managed by this module.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	none
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+WidgetComputeGeometry(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr)clientData;
+    int winW, winH;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = wPtr->dispData.tkwin;
+
+    wPtr->resizing = 0;
+
+    winW = Tk_Width(tkwin)  - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth - 2*wPtr->borderWidth;
+    winH = Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*wPtr->highlightWidth - 2*wPtr->borderWidth;
+
+    ResizeRows(wPtr, winW, winH);
+    /* Update scrollbars */
+    UpdateScrollBars(wPtr, 1);
+
+    RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+}
+
+static void
+MakeGeomRequest(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    int reqW, reqH;
+    
+    reqW = wPtr->width  * wPtr->scrollInfo[0].unit;
+    reqH = wPtr->height * wPtr->scrollInfo[1].unit;
+
+    Tk_GeometryRequest(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, reqW, reqH);
+}
+
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DItemSizeChanged --
+ *
+ *	This is called whenever the size of one of the HList's items
+ *	changes its size.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+Tix_TLDItemSizeChanged(iPtr)
+    Tix_DItem *iPtr;
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr)iPtr->base.clientData;
+
+    if (wPtr) {
+	/* double-check: perhaps we haven't set the clientData yet! */
+	ResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ResizeWhenIdle --
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ResizeWhenIdle(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    if (wPtr->redrawing) {
+	CancelRedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    }
+    if (!wPtr->resizing) {
+	wPtr->resizing = 1;
+	Tk_DoWhenIdle(WidgetComputeGeometry, (ClientData)wPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ResizeWhenIdle --
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ResizeNow(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    if (wPtr->resizing) {
+	Tk_CancelIdleCall(WidgetComputeGeometry, (ClientData)wPtr);
+
+	WidgetComputeGeometry((ClientData)wPtr);
+	wPtr->resizing = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CancelResizeWhenIdle --
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+CancelResizeWhenIdle(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    if (wPtr->resizing) {
+	wPtr->resizing = 0;
+	Tk_CancelIdleCall(WidgetComputeGeometry, (ClientData)wPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RedrawWhenIdle --
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    if (wPtr->resizing) {
+	/*
+	 * Resize will eventually call redraw.
+	 */
+	return;
+    }
+    if (!wPtr->redrawing && Tk_IsMapped(wPtr->dispData.tkwin)) {
+	wPtr->redrawing = 1;
+	Tk_DoWhenIdle(WidgetDisplay, (ClientData)wPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CancelRedrawWhenIdle --
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+CancelRedrawWhenIdle(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    if (wPtr->redrawing) {
+	wPtr->redrawing = 0;
+	Tk_CancelIdleCall(WidgetDisplay, (ClientData)wPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WidgetDisplay --
+ *
+ *	Draw the widget to the screen.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+WidgetDisplay(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Info about my widget. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    Pixmap pixmap;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = wPtr->dispData.tkwin;
+    int winH, winW;
+    int hl = wPtr->highlightWidth;
+    int bd = wPtr->borderWidth;
+
+    wPtr->redrawing = 0;		/* clear the redraw flag */
+    wPtr->serial ++;
+
+    pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(wPtr->dispData.display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
+	Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin));
+
+    /* Fill the background */
+    XFillRectangle(wPtr->dispData.display, pixmap, wPtr->backgroundGC,
+	0, 0, (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin));
+
+    winW = Tk_Width(tkwin)  - 2*hl - 2*bd;
+    winH = Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*hl - 2*bd;
+
+    if (winW > 0 && winH > 0) {
+	RedrawRows(wPtr, pixmap);
+    }
+
+    /* Draw the border */
+    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, pixmap, wPtr->border,
+	    hl, hl, Tk_Width(tkwin)  - 2*hl, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*hl, bd,
+	    wPtr->relief);
+  
+    /* Draw the highlight */
+    if (hl > 0) {
+	GC gc;
+
+	if (wPtr->hasFocus) {
+	    gc = wPtr->highlightGC;
+	} else {
+	    gc = Tk_3DBorderGC(wPtr->dispData.tkwin, wPtr->border, 
+		TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
+	}
+	Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, hl, pixmap);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Copy the information from the off-screen pixmap onto the screen,
+     * then delete the pixmap.
+     */
+    XCopyArea(wPtr->dispData.display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
+	    wPtr->backgroundGC, 0, 0,
+	    (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, 0);
+    Tk_FreePixmap(wPtr->dispData.display, pixmap);
+
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  AddElement  --
+ *
+ *	Add the element at the position indicated by "at".
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+AddElement(wPtr, chPtr, at)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    ListEntry * chPtr;
+    int at;
+{
+    if (at >= wPtr->entList.numItems) {
+	/* The "end" position */
+	Tix_LinkListAppend(&entListInfo, &wPtr->entList, (char*)chPtr, 0);
+    }
+    else {
+	Tix_ListIterator li;
+	Tix_LinkListIteratorInit(&li);
+
+	for (Tix_LinkListStart(&entListInfo, &wPtr->entList, &li);
+	     !Tix_LinkListDone(&li);
+	     Tix_LinkListNext (&entListInfo, &wPtr->entList, &li)) {
+
+	    if (at == 0) {
+		Tix_LinkListInsert(&entListInfo, &wPtr->entList,
+		    (char*)chPtr, &li);
+		break;
+	    } else {
+		-- at;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  AllocEntry  --
+ *
+ *	Allocates memory for a new entry and initializes it to a
+ *	proper state.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static ListEntry *
+AllocEntry(wPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+{
+    ListEntry * chPtr;
+
+    chPtr = (ListEntry *)ckalloc(sizeof(ListEntry));
+    chPtr->state	= NULL;
+    chPtr->selected	= 0;
+    chPtr->iPtr		= NULL;
+
+    return chPtr;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  FreeEntry  --
+ *
+ *	Free the entry and all resources allocated to this entry.
+ *	This entry must already be deleted from the list.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+FreeEntry(wPtr, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    ListEntry * chPtr;
+{
+
+    if (wPtr->seeElemPtr == chPtr) {
+	/*
+	 * This is the element that should be visible the next time
+	 * we draw the window. Adjust the "to see element" to an element
+	 * that is close to it.
+	 */
+	if (chPtr->next != NULL) {
+	    wPtr->seeElemPtr = chPtr->next;
+	} else {
+	    ListEntry *p;
+
+	    wPtr->seeElemPtr = NULL;
+	    for (p=(ListEntry*)wPtr->entList.head; p; p=p->next) {
+		if (p->next == chPtr) {
+		    wPtr->seeElemPtr = p;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->anchor == chPtr) {
+	wPtr->anchor = NULL;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->active == chPtr) {
+	wPtr->active = NULL;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->dragSite == chPtr) {
+	wPtr->dragSite = NULL;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->dropSite == chPtr) {
+	wPtr->dropSite = NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (chPtr->iPtr != NULL) {
+	if (Tix_DItemType(chPtr->iPtr) == TIX_DITEM_WINDOW) {
+#if 0
+	    Tix_WindowItemListRemove(&wPtr->mappedWindows,
+		chPtr->iPtr);
+#endif
+	}
+	Tix_DItemFree(chPtr->iPtr);
+    }
+
+    Tk_FreeOptions(entryConfigSpecs, (char *)chPtr,wPtr->dispData.display, 0);
+    ckfree((char*)chPtr);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "insert" sub command -- 
+ *
+ *	Insert a new item into the list
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_TLInsert(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    ListEntry * chPtr = NULL;
+    char buff[40];
+    CONST84 char * ditemType;
+    int at;
+    int added = 0;
+    int code = TCL_OK;
+
+    /*------------------------------------------------------------
+     * (1) We need to determine the options:
+     *     -itemtype and -at.
+     *------------------------------------------------------------
+     */
+
+    /* (1.1) Find out where */
+    if (Tix_TranslateIndex(wPtr, interp, argv[0], &at, 1) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR; goto done;
+    }
+
+    /* (1.2) Find out the -itemtype, if specified */
+    ditemType = wPtr->diTypePtr->name;   		 /* default value */
+    if (argc > 1) {
+	size_t len;
+	int i;
+	if (argc %2 != 1) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", argv[argc-1],
+		"\" missing", NULL);
+	    code = TCL_ERROR; goto done;
+	}
+	for (i=1; i<argc; i+=2) {
+	    len = strlen(argv[i]);
+	    if (strncmp(argv[i], "-itemtype", len) == 0) {
+		ditemType = argv[i+1];
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (Tix_GetDItemType(interp, ditemType) == NULL) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR; goto done;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * (2) Allocate a new entry
+     */
+    chPtr = AllocEntry(wPtr);
+
+    /* (2.1) The Display item data */
+    if ((chPtr->iPtr = Tix_DItemCreate(&wPtr->dispData, ditemType)) == NULL) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR; goto done;
+    }
+    chPtr->iPtr->base.clientData = (ClientData)wPtr;
+    chPtr->size[0] = chPtr->iPtr->base.size[0];
+    chPtr->size[1] = chPtr->iPtr->base.size[1];
+
+    /*
+     * (3) Add the entry into the list
+     */
+    if (AddElement(wPtr, chPtr, at) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR; goto done;
+    } else {
+	added = 1;
+    }
+
+    if (ConfigElement(wPtr, chPtr, argc-1, argv+1, 0, 1) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR; goto done;
+    }
+
+    ResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+
+  done:
+    if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
+	if (chPtr != NULL) {
+	    if (added) {
+		Tix_LinkListFindAndDelete(&entListInfo, &wPtr->entList, 
+		    (char*)chPtr, NULL);
+	    }
+	    FreeEntry(wPtr, chPtr);
+	}
+    } else {
+	sprintf(buff, "%d", at);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);	
+    }
+
+    return code;
+}
+
+static int 
+Tix_TLSpecialEntryInfo(wPtr, interp, chPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    ListEntry * chPtr;
+{
+    char buff[100];
+
+    if (chPtr) {
+	int i;
+	Tix_ListIterator li;
+
+	Tix_LinkListIteratorInit(&li);
+
+	for (i=0,Tix_LinkListStart(&entListInfo, &wPtr->entList, &li);
+	     !Tix_LinkListDone(&li);
+	     Tix_LinkListNext(&entListInfo, &wPtr->entList, &li),i++) {
+	    if (li.curr == (char*)chPtr) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (li.curr != NULL) {
+	    sprintf(buff, "%d", i);
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+	} else {
+	    panic("TList list entry is invalid");
+	}
+    } else {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "index" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_TLIndex(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* TList widget record. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int index;
+    char buff[100];
+
+    if (Tix_TranslateIndex(wPtr, interp, argv[0], &index, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    sprintf(buff, "%d", index);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "info" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_TLInfo(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    size_t len = strlen(argv[0]);
+
+    if (strncmp(argv[0], "anchor", len)==0) {
+	return Tix_TLSpecialEntryInfo(wPtr, interp, wPtr->anchor);
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "active", len)==0) {
+	return Tix_TLSpecialEntryInfo(wPtr, interp, wPtr->active);
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "down", len)==0) {
+	return Tix_TLGetNeighbor(wPtr, interp, TIX_DOWN,  argc-1, argv+1);
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "left", len)==0) {
+	return Tix_TLGetNeighbor(wPtr, interp, TIX_LEFT,  argc-1, argv+1);
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "right", len)==0) {
+	return Tix_TLGetNeighbor(wPtr, interp, TIX_RIGHT, argc-1, argv+1);
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "selection", len)==0) {
+	ListEntry *chPtr;
+	int i;
+	char buffer[32];
+
+	for (chPtr=(ListEntry*)wPtr->entList.head, i=0;
+	     chPtr;
+	     chPtr=chPtr->next, i++) {
+	    
+	    if (chPtr->selected) {
+		if (i) {
+		    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", (char *) NULL);
+		}
+		sprintf(buffer, "%d", i);
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, (char *) NULL);
+	    }
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "size", len)==0) {
+	char buff[100];
+
+	sprintf(buff, "%d", wPtr->entList.numItems);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "up", len)==0) {
+	return Tix_TLGetNeighbor(wPtr, interp, TIX_UP,    argc-1, argv+1);
+    }
+    else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", argv[0], 
+	    "\": must be anchor or selection",
+	    NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+Tix_TranslateIndex(wPtr, interp, string, index, isInsert)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;		/* TList widget record. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    CONST84 char * string;	/* String representation of the index. */
+    int * index;		/* Returns the index value(0 = 1st element).*/
+    int isInsert;		/* Is this function called by an "insert"
+				 * operation? */
+{
+    if (strcmp(string, "end") == 0) {
+	*index = wPtr->entList.numItems;
+    }
+    else if (Tix_TLGetAt(wPtr, interp, string, index) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, index) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	else if (*index < 0) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"expected non-negative integer but got \"",
+	    	string, "\"", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+
+    /*
+     * The meaning of "end" means:
+     *     isInsert:wPtr->entList.numItems
+     *    !isInsert:wPtr->entList.numItems-1;
+     */
+
+    if (isInsert) {
+	if (*index > wPtr->entList.numItems) {
+	    /*
+	     * By default add it to the end, just to follow what TK
+	     * does for the Listbox widget
+	     */
+	    *index = wPtr->entList.numItems;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (*index >= wPtr->entList.numItems) {
+	    /*
+	     * By default add it to the end, just to follow what TK
+	     * does for the Listbox widget
+	     */
+	    *index = wPtr->entList.numItems - 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (*index < 0) {
+	*index = 0;
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int Tix_TLGetNeighbor(wPtr, interp, type, argc, argv)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int type;
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    int index;
+    int dst = 0; /* lint */
+    int xStep, yStep;
+    int numPerRow;
+    char buff[100];
+
+    if (argc != 1) {
+	Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+3, argv-3, 3, "index");
+    }
+
+    if (Tix_TranslateIndex(wPtr, interp, argv[0], &index, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->entList.numItems == 0) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    numPerRow = wPtr->rows[0].numEnt;
+
+    if (wPtr->isVertical) {
+	xStep = numPerRow;
+	yStep = 1;
+    } else {
+	xStep = 1;
+	yStep = numPerRow;
+    }
+
+    switch (type) {
+      case TIX_UP:
+	dst = index - yStep;
+	break;
+      case TIX_DOWN:
+	dst = index + yStep;
+	break;
+      case TIX_LEFT:
+	dst = index - xStep;
+	break;
+      case TIX_RIGHT:
+	dst = index + xStep;
+	break;
+    }
+
+    if (dst < 0) {
+	dst = index;
+    } else if (dst >= wPtr->entList.numItems) {
+	dst = index;
+    }
+
+    sprintf(buff, "%d", dst);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);	
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "cget" sub command --
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_TLCGet(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, configSpecs,
+	(char *)wPtr, argv[0], 0);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "configure" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_TLConfig(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+
+    if (argc == 0) {
+	return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, configSpecs,
+	    (char *) wPtr, (char *) NULL, 0);
+    } else if (argc == 1) {
+	return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, configSpecs,
+	    (char *) wPtr, argv[0], 0);
+    } else {
+	return WidgetConfigure(interp, wPtr, argc, argv,
+	    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "geometryinfo" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_TLGeometryInfo(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int qSize[2];
+    double first[2], last[2];
+    char string[40];
+    int i;
+
+    if (argc == 2) {
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &qSize[0]) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &qSize[1]) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	qSize[0] = Tk_Width (wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+	qSize[1] = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+    }
+    qSize[0] -= 2*wPtr->borderWidth + 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+    qSize[1] -= 2*wPtr->borderWidth + 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+
+    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
+	qSize[i] -= 2*wPtr->borderWidth + 2*wPtr->highlightWidth;
+	Tix_GetScrollFractions((Tix_ScrollInfo*)&wPtr->scrollInfo[i],
+	    &first[i], &last[i]);
+    }
+
+    sprintf(string, "{%f %f} {%f %f}", first[0], last[0], first[1], last[1]);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "delete" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_TLDelete(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    ListEntry * fromPtr, *toPtr;
+    int code = TCL_OK;
+
+    if (argc < 1 || argc > 2) {
+	Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 2, "from ?to?");
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    if (Tix_TLGetFromTo(interp, wPtr, argc, argv, &fromPtr, &toPtr)!= TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+    if (fromPtr == NULL) {
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    if (Tix_TLDeleteRange(wPtr, fromPtr, toPtr)) {
+	ResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    }
+
+  done:
+    return code;
+}
+
+/* returns true if some element has been deleted */
+static int Tix_TLDeleteRange(wPtr, fromPtr, toPtr)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    ListEntry * fromPtr;
+    ListEntry *toPtr;
+{
+    int started;
+    Tix_ListIterator li;
+
+    Tix_LinkListIteratorInit(&li);
+    started = 0;
+    for (Tix_LinkListStart(&entListInfo, &wPtr->entList, &li);
+	 !Tix_LinkListDone(&li);
+	 Tix_LinkListNext (&entListInfo, &wPtr->entList, &li)) {
+
+	ListEntry * curr = (ListEntry *)li.curr;
+	if (curr == fromPtr) {
+	    started = 1;
+	}
+	if (started) {
+	    Tix_LinkListDelete(&entListInfo, &wPtr->entList, &li);
+	    FreeEntry(wPtr, curr);
+	}
+	if (curr == toPtr) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return started;
+}
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "entrycget" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_TLEntryCget(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    ListEntry * chPtr, * dummy;
+
+    if (Tix_TLGetFromTo(interp, wPtr, 1, argv, &chPtr, &dummy)
+	!= TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (chPtr == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "list entry \"", argv[0],
+	    "\" does not exist", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return Tix_ConfigureValue2(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin, (char *)chPtr,
+	entryConfigSpecs, chPtr->iPtr, argv[1], 0);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "entryconfigure" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_TLEntryConfig(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    ListEntry * chPtr, * dummy;
+
+    if (Tix_TLGetFromTo(interp, wPtr, 1, argv, &chPtr, &dummy)
+	!= TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (chPtr == NULL) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "list entry \"", argv[0],
+	    "\" does not exist", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (argc == 1) {
+	return Tix_ConfigureInfo2(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	    (char*)chPtr, entryConfigSpecs, chPtr->iPtr, (char *) NULL, 0);
+    } else if (argc == 2) {
+	return Tix_ConfigureInfo2(interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	    (char*)chPtr, entryConfigSpecs, chPtr->iPtr, (char *) argv[1], 0);
+    } else {
+	return ConfigElement(wPtr, chPtr, argc-1, argv+1,
+	    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "nearest" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_TLNearest(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int posn[2];
+    int index;
+    char buff[100];
+
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[0], &posn[0]) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &posn[1]) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    index = Tix_TLGetNearest(wPtr, posn);
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+
+    if (index != -1) {
+	sprintf(buff, "%d", index);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buff, NULL);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int Tix_TLGetAt(wPtr, interp, spec, at)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    CONST84 char * spec;
+    int *at;
+{
+    int posn[2];
+    char *p, *end;
+
+    if (spec[0] != '@') {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    p = (char *) spec+1;
+    posn[0] = strtol(p, &end, 0);
+    if ((end == p) || (*end != ',')) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    p = end+1;
+    posn[1] = strtol(p, &end, 0);
+    if ((end == p) || (*end != 0)) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    *at = Tix_TLGetNearest(wPtr, posn);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int Tix_TLGetNearest(wPtr, posn)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int posn[2];
+{
+    int i, j, index;
+    int maxX, maxY;
+    int r, c;
+
+    if (wPtr->resizing) {
+	ResizeNow(wPtr);
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->entList.numItems == 0) {
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* clip off the position with the border of the window */
+
+    posn[0] -= wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->highlightWidth;
+    posn[1] -= wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->highlightWidth;
+
+    maxX = Tk_Width (wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+    maxY = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+
+    maxX -= 2*(wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->highlightWidth);
+    maxY -= 2*(wPtr->borderWidth + wPtr->highlightWidth);
+
+    if (posn[0] >= maxX) {
+	posn[0] =  maxX -1;
+    }
+    if (posn[1] >= maxY) {
+	posn[1] =  maxY -1;
+    }
+    if (posn[0] < 0) {
+	posn[0] = 0;
+    }
+    if (posn[1] < 0) {
+	posn[1] = 0;
+    }
+
+    i = (wPtr->isVertical == 0);
+    j = (wPtr->isVertical == 1);
+
+    posn[0] += wPtr->scrollInfo[0].offset;
+    posn[1] += wPtr->scrollInfo[1].offset;
+
+    r = posn[i] / wPtr->maxSize[i];
+    c = posn[j] / wPtr->maxSize[j];
+
+    index = (r * wPtr->rows[0].numEnt) + c;
+
+    if (index >= wPtr->entList.numItems) {
+	index = wPtr->entList.numItems - 1;
+    }
+
+    return index;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "selection" sub command
+ * 	Modify the selection in this HList box
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_TLGetFromTo(interp, wPtr, argc, argv, fromPtr_ret, toPtr_ret)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char **argv;
+    ListEntry ** fromPtr_ret;
+    ListEntry ** toPtr_ret;
+{
+    /*
+     * ToDo: make it more efficient by saving the previous from and to
+     * pointers and make the list of childrens a doubly-linked list
+     */
+    ListEntry * fromPtr;
+    ListEntry * toPtr;
+    int from, to, tmp;
+
+    if (Tix_TranslateIndex(wPtr, interp, argv[0], &from, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (argc == 2) {
+	if (Tix_TranslateIndex(wPtr, interp, argv[1], &to, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	to = from;
+    }
+
+    if (from > to) {
+	/* swap from and to */
+	tmp = to; to = from; from = tmp;
+    }
+
+    fromPtr = NULL;
+    toPtr   = NULL;
+
+    if (from >= wPtr->entList.numItems) {
+	fromPtr = (ListEntry *)wPtr->entList.tail;
+	toPtr   = (ListEntry *)wPtr->entList.tail;
+    }
+    if (to >= wPtr->entList.numItems) {
+	toPtr   = (ListEntry *)wPtr->entList.tail;
+    }
+
+    if (fromPtr == NULL) {
+	for (fromPtr = (ListEntry*)wPtr->entList.head;
+	     from > 0;
+	     fromPtr=fromPtr->next) {
+
+	    -- from;
+	    -- to;
+	}
+    }
+    if (toPtr == NULL) {
+	for (toPtr = fromPtr; to > 0; toPtr=toPtr->next) {
+	    -- to;
+	}
+    }
+
+    * fromPtr_ret = fromPtr;
+    if (toPtr_ret) {
+	* toPtr_ret = toPtr;
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+Tix_TLSelection(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    size_t len = strlen(argv[0]);
+    int code = TCL_OK;
+    int changed = 0;
+    ListEntry * chPtr, * fromPtr, * toPtr;
+
+    if (strncmp(argv[0], "clear", len)==0) {
+	if (argc == 1) {
+	    /*
+	     * Clear all entries
+	     */
+	    for (chPtr=(ListEntry*)wPtr->entList.head;
+		 chPtr;
+		 chPtr=chPtr->next) {
+
+		chPtr->selected = 0;
+	    }
+	    changed = 1;
+	}
+	else {
+	    if (Tix_TLGetFromTo(interp, wPtr, argc-1, argv+1, &fromPtr, &toPtr)
+		    != TCL_OK) {
+		code = TCL_ERROR;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    if (fromPtr == NULL) {
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    else {
+		while (1) {
+		    fromPtr->selected = 0;
+		    if (fromPtr == toPtr) {
+			break;
+		    } else {
+			fromPtr=fromPtr->next;
+		    }
+		}
+		changed = 1;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "includes", len)==0) {
+	if (argc != 2) {
+	    Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 3, "index");
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	if (Tix_TLGetFromTo(interp, wPtr, argc-1, argv+1, &fromPtr, &toPtr)
+		!= TCL_OK) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	if (fromPtr->selected) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "1", NULL);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "0", NULL);
+	}
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "set", len)==0) {
+	if (argc < 2 || argc > 3) {
+	    Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc+2, argv-2, 3, "from ?to?");
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (Tix_TLGetFromTo(interp, wPtr, argc-1, argv+1, &fromPtr, &toPtr)
+		!= TCL_OK) {
+	    code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	if (fromPtr == NULL) {
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	else {
+	    while (1) {
+		fromPtr->selected = 1;
+		if (fromPtr == toPtr) {
+		    break;
+		} else {
+		    fromPtr=fromPtr->next;
+		}
+	    }
+	    changed = 1;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+    }
+    else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", argv[0], 
+	    "\": must be anchor, clear, includes or set", NULL);
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (changed) {
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    }
+
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_TLSee --
+ *
+ *      Implements the "see" widget subcommand -- make sure that the
+ *      given entry is visible as much as possible.
+ *
+ *      We don't scroll the widget immediately in this function.
+ *      Instead, we set the wPtr->seeElemPtr and the scrolling will be
+ *      set when the widget is redrawn. This make sure that the "see"
+ *      command works even before the widget's contents has been laid
+ *      out.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      Widget is scheduled to be redrawn.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+Tix_TLSee(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;      /* The widget data struct */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    ListEntry * chPtr, * dummy;
+
+    if (argc == 1) {
+	if (Tix_TLGetFromTo(interp, wPtr, 1, argv, &chPtr, &dummy) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (chPtr != NULL) {
+	    wPtr->seeElemPtr = chPtr;
+	    RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+	}
+    } else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # of arguments, must be: ",
+		Tk_PathName(wPtr->dispData.tkwin), " ", argv[-1],
+		" index", NULL);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "anchor", "dragsite" and "dropsite" sub commands --
+ *
+ *	Set/remove the anchor element
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_TLSetSite(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    int changed = 0;
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    ListEntry * fromPtr;
+    ListEntry * toPtr;			/* unused */
+    ListEntry ** changePtr;
+    size_t len;
+
+    /* Determine which site should be changed (the last else clause
+     * doesn't need to check the string because HandleSubCommand
+     * already ensures that only the valid options can be specified.
+     **/
+    len = strlen(argv[-1]);
+    if (strncmp(argv[-1], "anchor", len)==0) {
+	changePtr = &wPtr->anchor;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[-1], "active", len)==0) {
+	changePtr = &wPtr->active;
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[-1], "dragsite", len)==0) {
+	changePtr = &wPtr->dragSite;
+    }
+    else {
+	changePtr = &wPtr->dropSite;
+    }
+
+    len = strlen(argv[0]);
+    if (strncmp(argv[0], "set", len)==0) {
+	if (argc == 2) {
+	    if (Tix_TLGetFromTo(interp,wPtr, argc-1, argv+1, &fromPtr, &toPtr)
+		    != TCL_OK) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	    if (*changePtr != fromPtr) {
+		*changePtr = fromPtr;
+		changed = 1;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # of arguments, must be: ",
+		Tk_PathName(wPtr->dispData.tkwin), " ", argv[-1],
+		" set index", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "clear", len)==0) {
+	if (*changePtr != NULL) {
+	    *changePtr = NULL;
+	    changed = 1;
+	}
+    }
+    else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong option \"", argv[0], "\", ",
+	    "must be clear or set", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (changed) {
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "xview" and "yview" sub command
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+Tix_TLView(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    WidgetPtr wPtr = (WidgetPtr) clientData;
+    int axis;
+
+    if (argv[-1][0] == 'x') {
+	axis = 0;
+    } else {
+	axis = 1;
+    }
+
+    if (argc == 0) {
+	char string[80];
+	double first, last;
+
+	Tix_GetScrollFractions((Tix_ScrollInfo*)&wPtr->scrollInfo[axis],
+	    &first, &last);
+
+	sprintf(string, "{%f %f}", first, last);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if (Tix_SetScrollBarView(interp, 
+	(Tix_ScrollInfo*)&wPtr->scrollInfo[axis], argc, argv, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    UpdateScrollBars(wPtr, 0);
+    RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *
+ * 			Memory Management Section
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ConfigElement(wPtr, chPtr, argc, argv, flags, forced)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    ListEntry *chPtr;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+    int flags;
+    int forced;
+{
+    int sizeChanged;
+
+    if (Tix_WidgetConfigure2(wPtr->dispData.interp, wPtr->dispData.tkwin,
+	(char*)chPtr, entryConfigSpecs, chPtr->iPtr, argc, argv, flags,
+	forced, &sizeChanged) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (sizeChanged) {
+	chPtr->size[0] = chPtr->iPtr->base.size[0];
+	chPtr->size[1] = chPtr->iPtr->base.size[1];
+	ResizeWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    } else {
+	RedrawWhenIdle(wPtr);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static void
+Realloc(wPtr, new_size)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int new_size;
+{
+    if (new_size < 1) {
+	new_size = 1;
+    }
+    if (new_size == wPtr->numRowAllocd) {
+	return;
+    }
+    wPtr->rows = (ListRow*)ckrealloc( (char *)wPtr->rows,
+                                      sizeof(ListRow)*new_size);
+    wPtr->numRowAllocd = new_size;
+}
+
+static void ResizeRows(wPtr, winW, winH)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int winW;			/* -1 == current width */
+    int winH;			/* -1 == current height */
+{
+    ListEntry * chPtr;
+    ListEntry * rowHead;
+    int n, c, r;
+    int maxI;			/* max of width in the current column */
+    int maxJ;			/* max of height among all elements */
+    int curRow;
+    int i, j;
+    int sizeJ;
+    int winSize[2];
+
+    if (wPtr->isVertical) {
+	i = 0;		/* Column major, 0,0 -> 0,1 -> 0,2 ... -> 1,0 */
+	j = 1;
+    } else {
+	i = 1;		/* Row major, 0,0 -> 1,0 -> 2,0 ... -> 0,1 */
+	j = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (winW == -1) {
+	winW = Tk_Width (wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+    }
+    if (winH == -1) {
+	winH = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+    }
+
+    winSize[0] = winW;
+    winSize[1] = winH;
+    
+    if (wPtr->entList.numItems == 0) {
+	wPtr->rows[0].chPtr = NULL;
+	wPtr->rows[0].size[0] = 1;
+	wPtr->rows[0].size[1] = 1;
+	wPtr->rows[0].numEnt = 0;
+
+	wPtr->numRow = 1;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    /* 	    --  The following verbal description follows the "Column Major"
+     *     	model. Row major are similar, just the i,j incides are swapped
+     *
+     * (1) (a) Search for the tallest element, use it as the height of all
+     *         the elements;
+     *     (b) Search for the widest element, use it as the width of all
+     *         the elements;
+     */
+    for (maxJ=1, maxI=1, chPtr = (ListEntry*)wPtr->entList.head;
+	 chPtr;
+	 chPtr=chPtr->next) {
+
+	if (maxJ < chPtr->iPtr->base.size[j]) {
+	    maxJ = chPtr->iPtr->base.size[j];
+	}
+	if (maxI < chPtr->iPtr->base.size[i]) {
+	    maxI = chPtr->iPtr->base.size[i];
+	}
+    }
+    wPtr->maxSize[i] = maxI;
+    wPtr->maxSize[j] = maxJ;
+
+    /* (2) Calculate how many elements can be in each column
+     *
+     */
+    n = winSize[j] / maxJ;
+    if (n <=0) {
+	n = 1;
+    }
+
+    wPtr->numRow = 0;
+    curRow = 0;
+    c = 0;
+    sizeJ = 0;
+    rowHead = (ListEntry*)wPtr->entList.head;
+    for(chPtr = (ListEntry*)wPtr->entList.head; chPtr; chPtr=chPtr->next) {
+	sizeJ += chPtr->iPtr->base.size[j];
+	++ c;
+	if (c == n || chPtr->next == NULL) {
+	    if (curRow >= wPtr->numRowAllocd) {
+		Realloc(wPtr, curRow*2);
+	    }
+	    wPtr->rows[curRow].chPtr   = rowHead;
+	    wPtr->rows[curRow].size[i] = maxI;
+	    wPtr->rows[curRow].size[j] = sizeJ;
+	    wPtr->rows[curRow].numEnt  = c;
+	    ++ curRow;
+	    ++ wPtr->numRow;
+	    c = 0;
+	    rowHead = chPtr->next;
+	    sizeJ = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+    /* calculate the size of the total and visible area */
+    wPtr->scrollInfo[i].total = 0;
+    wPtr->scrollInfo[j].total = 0;
+
+    for (r=0; r<wPtr->numRow; r++) {
+	wPtr->scrollInfo[i].total += wPtr->rows[r].size[i];
+	if (wPtr->scrollInfo[j].total < wPtr->rows[r].size[j]) {
+	    wPtr->scrollInfo[j].total = wPtr->rows[r].size[j];
+	}
+    }
+
+    wPtr->scrollInfo[i].window = winSize[i];
+    wPtr->scrollInfo[j].window = winSize[j];
+
+    if (wPtr->scrollInfo[i].total < 1) {
+	wPtr->scrollInfo[i].total = 1;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->scrollInfo[j].total < 1) {
+	wPtr->scrollInfo[j].total = 1;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->scrollInfo[i].window < 1) {
+	wPtr->scrollInfo[i].window = 1;
+    }
+    if (wPtr->scrollInfo[j].window < 1) {
+	wPtr->scrollInfo[j].window = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* If we have much fewer rows now, adjust the size of the rows list */
+    if (wPtr->numRowAllocd > (2*wPtr->numRow)) {
+	Realloc(wPtr, 2*wPtr->numRow);
+    }
+
+    /* Update the scrollbars */
+
+    UpdateScrollBars(wPtr, 1);
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RedrawRows --
+ *
+ *	Redraw the rows, according to the "offset" in both directions
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+RedrawRows(wPtr, pixmap)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    Drawable pixmap;
+{
+    int r, n;
+    int p[2];
+    ListEntry * chPtr;
+    int i, j;
+    int total;
+    int windowSize;
+
+    if (wPtr->entList.numItems == 0) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->isVertical) {
+	i = 0;		/* Column major, 0,0 -> 0,1 -> 0,2 ... -> 1,0 */
+	j = 1;
+	windowSize = Tk_Width(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+    } else {
+	i = 1;		/* Row major, 0,0 -> 1,0 -> 2,0 ... -> 0,1 */
+	j = 0;
+	windowSize = Tk_Height(wPtr->dispData.tkwin);
+    }
+
+    p[i] = wPtr->highlightWidth + wPtr->borderWidth;
+    windowSize -= 2*p[i];
+
+    if (windowSize < 1) {
+	windowSize = 1;
+    }
+
+    if (wPtr->seeElemPtr != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Adjust the scrolling so that the given the entry is visible in
+         * its entirty (as much as allowed by the height of the TList)
+	 */
+
+	int start = 0;		/* y1 position of the element to see. */
+	int size = 0;		/* height of the element to see. */
+	int old = wPtr->scrollInfo[i].offset;
+
+	for (r=0, n=0, chPtr=(ListEntry*)wPtr->entList.head; chPtr;
+		chPtr=chPtr->next) {
+	    if (chPtr == wPtr->seeElemPtr) {
+		size = chPtr->size[i];
+		break;
+	    }
+            n++;
+	    if (n == wPtr->rows[r].numEnt) {
+		n=0;
+		r++;
+		start += wPtr->rows[r].size[i];
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (wPtr->scrollInfo[i].offset + windowSize < start + size) {
+            /*
+             * Bottom of the entry is beneath the bottom edge
+             */
+	    wPtr->scrollInfo[i].offset = start + size - windowSize;
+	}
+	if (wPtr->scrollInfo[i].offset > start) {
+            /*
+             * Top of the entry is above the top edge
+             */
+	    wPtr->scrollInfo[i].offset = start;
+	}
+	if (wPtr->scrollInfo[i].offset != old) {
+	    UpdateScrollBars(wPtr, 0);
+	}
+	wPtr->seeElemPtr = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Search for the first row from the top (or first column from the left)
+     * that is (possibly partially) visible
+     */
+    total=0; r=0;
+    if (wPtr->scrollInfo[i].offset != 0) {
+	for (; r<wPtr->numRow; r++) {
+	    total += wPtr->rows[r].size[i];
+
+	    if (total > wPtr->scrollInfo[i].offset) {
+		p[i] -= wPtr->scrollInfo[i].offset - 
+		        (total - wPtr->rows[r].size[i]);
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if (total == wPtr->scrollInfo[i].offset) {
+		r++;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Redraw all the visible rows */
+    for (; r<wPtr->numRow; r++) {
+
+	p[j] = wPtr->highlightWidth + wPtr->borderWidth;
+
+	total=0; n=0; chPtr=wPtr->rows[r].chPtr;
+	if (wPtr->scrollInfo[j].offset > 0)  {
+	    /* Search for a column that is (possibly partially) visible*/
+	    for (;
+		 n<wPtr->rows[r].numEnt;
+		 n++, chPtr = chPtr->next) {
+
+		total += chPtr->iPtr->base.size[j];
+		if (total > wPtr->scrollInfo[j].offset) {
+		    /* Adjust for the shift due to partially visible elements*/
+		    p[j] -= wPtr->scrollInfo[j].offset - 
+		      (total - chPtr->iPtr->base.size[j]);
+		    break;
+		}
+		if (total == wPtr->scrollInfo[j].offset) {
+		    n++; chPtr = chPtr->next;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/* Redraw all the visible columns in this row */
+	for (; n<wPtr->rows[r].numEnt; n++, chPtr = chPtr->next) {
+	    int flags = TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_FG | TIX_DITEM_NORMAL_BG;
+	    int W, H;
+
+	    if (chPtr->selected) {
+		flags |= TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_FG;
+		flags |= TIX_DITEM_SELECTED_BG;
+	    }
+
+	    if (wPtr->isVertical) {
+		W = wPtr->rows[r].size[0];
+		H = chPtr->iPtr->base.size[1];
+	    } else {
+		H = wPtr->rows[r].size[1];
+		W = chPtr->iPtr->base.size[0];
+	    }
+
+            if (chPtr == wPtr->anchor && wPtr->hasFocus) {
+                flags |= TIX_DITEM_ANCHOR;
+            }
+
+	    Tix_DItemDisplay(pixmap, chPtr->iPtr, p[0], p[1], W, H,
+		0, 0, flags);
+
+#if 0
+	    if (chPtr == wPtr->anchor && wPtr->hasFocus) {
+                GC ancGC;
+                if (chPtr->selected) {
+                    ancGC = wPtr->anchorGC;
+                } else {
+                    ancGC = wPtr->anchorGC2;
+                }
+		Tix_DrawAnchorLines(Tk_Display(wPtr->dispData.tkwin), pixmap,
+	                ancGC, p[0], p[1], W, H);
+	    }
+#endif
+	    p[j] += wPtr->maxSize[j];
+	}
+
+	/* advance to the next row */
+	p[i]+= wPtr->rows[r].size[i];
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  UpdateScrollBars
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void UpdateScrollBars(wPtr, sizeChanged)
+    WidgetPtr wPtr;
+    int sizeChanged;
+{
+    Tix_UpdateScrollBar(wPtr->dispData.interp,
+	(Tix_ScrollInfo*)&wPtr->scrollInfo[0]);
+    Tix_UpdateScrollBar(wPtr->dispData.interp,
+	(Tix_ScrollInfo*)&wPtr->scrollInfo[1]);
+
+    if (wPtr->sizeCmd && sizeChanged) {
+	if (Tcl_Eval(wPtr->dispData.interp, wPtr->sizeCmd) != TCL_OK) {
+	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(wPtr->dispData.interp,
+		"\n    (size command executed by tixTList)");
+	    Tk_BackgroundError(wPtr->dispData.interp);
+	}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixTList.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixTList.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixTList.h,v 1.2 2000/12/24 07:06:22 ioilam Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixTList.h --
+ *
+ *	This header file defines the data structures used by the tixTList
+ *	widget.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TIX_TLIST_H_
+#define _TIX_TLIST_H_
+
+#define TIX_X 0
+#define TIX_Y 1
+
+typedef struct ListEntry {
+    struct ListEntry * next;
+    Tix_DItem * iPtr;
+    Tk_Uid state;
+    int size[2];
+    unsigned int selected : 1;
+} ListEntry;
+
+typedef struct ListRow {
+    ListEntry * chPtr;
+    int size[2];
+    int numEnt;
+} ListRow;
+
+/*
+ * A data structure of the following type is kept for each
+ * widget managed by this file:
+ */
+typedef struct ListStruct {
+    Tix_DispData dispData;
+
+    Tcl_Command widgetCmd;	/* Token for button's widget command. */
+
+    /*
+     * Information used when displaying widget:
+     */
+    int width, height;		/* For app programmer to request size */
+
+    /*
+     * Information used when displaying widget:
+     */
+
+    /* Border and general drawing */
+    int borderWidth;		/* Width of 3-D borders. */
+    int selBorderWidth;		/* Width of 3-D borders for selected items */
+    int relief;			/* Indicates whether window as a whole is
+				 * raised, sunken, or flat. */
+    Tk_3DBorder border;		/* Used for drawing the 3d border. */
+    Tk_3DBorder selectBorder;	/* Used for selected background. */
+    XColor *normalFg;		/* Normal foreground for text. */
+    XColor *normalBg;		/* Normal background for  text. */
+    XColor *selectFg;		/* Color for drawing selected text. */
+
+       /* GC and stuff */
+    GC backgroundGC;		/* GC for drawing background. */
+    GC selectGC;		/* GC for drawing selected background. */
+    GC anchorGC;		/* GC for drawing dotted anchor highlight
+                                 * around a selected item */
+    GC anchorGC2;		/* GC for drawing dotted anchor highlight
+                                 * around an unselected item */
+    TixFont font;		/* Default font used by the DItems. */
+
+    /* Text drawing */
+    Cursor cursor;		/* Current cursor for window, or None. */
+
+    /* For highlights */
+    int highlightWidth;		/* Width in pixels of highlight to draw
+				 * around widget when it has the focus.
+				 * <= 0 means don't draw a highlight. */
+    XColor *highlightColorPtr;	/* Color for drawing traversal highlight. */
+    GC highlightGC;		/* For drawing traversal highlight. */
+
+    /* default pad and gap values */
+    int padX, padY;
+
+    Tk_Uid selectMode;		/* Selection style: single, browse, multiple,
+				 * or extended.  This value isn't used in C
+				 * code, but the Tcl bindings use it. */
+    Tk_Uid state;		/* State can only be normal or disabled. */
+    Tix_LinkList entList;
+
+    int numRowAllocd;
+    int numRow;
+    ListRow * rows;
+
+    ListEntry * seeElemPtr;	/* The current item to "see" */
+    ListEntry * anchor;		/* The current anchor item */
+    ListEntry * active;		/* The current active item */
+    ListEntry * dropSite;	/* The current drop site */
+    ListEntry * dragSite;	/* The current drop site */
+
+    /*
+     * Commands 
+     */
+    char *command;		/* The command when user double-clicks */
+    char *browseCmd;		/* The command to call when the selection
+				 * changes. */
+    char *sizeCmd;		/* The command to call when the size of
+				 * the listbox changes. E.g., when the user
+				 * add/deletes elements. Useful for
+				 * auto-scrollbar geometry managers */
+
+    /* These options control how the items are arranged on the list */
+    Tk_Uid orientUid;		/* Can be "vertical" or "horizontal" */
+    int packMode[2];		/* is row and column packed */
+    int numMajor[2];		/* num of rows and columns */
+    int itemSize[2];		/* horizontal and vertical size of items, -1
+				 * means natural size */
+
+    /* Info for laying out */
+    int maxSize[2];		/* max size of all elements in X and Y, (they
+				 * do not need to be the same element, may be
+				 * invalid according to mode */
+    char *takeFocus;		/* Value of -takefocus option;  not used in
+				 * the C code, but used by keyboard traversal
+				 * scripts.  Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */
+
+    int serial;			/* this number is incremented before each time
+				 * the widget is redisplayed */
+
+    Tix_DItemInfo * diTypePtr;	/* Default item type */
+    Tix_IntScrollInfo scrollInfo[2];
+    unsigned int redrawing : 1;
+    unsigned int resizing  : 1;
+    unsigned int hasFocus  : 1;
+    unsigned int isVertical : 1;
+} TixTListWidget;
+
+typedef TixTListWidget   WidgetRecord;
+typedef TixTListWidget * WidgetPtr;
+
+#endif /* _TIX_TLIST_H_ */

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixUtils.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixUtils.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,888 @@
+/*
+ * tixUtils.c --
+ *
+ *	This file contains some utility functions for Tix, such as the
+ *	subcommand handling functions and option handling functions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixUtils.c,v 1.12 2005/03/25 20:15:53 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+/*
+ * tclInt.h is needed for the va_list declaration.
+ */
+#include <tclInt.h>
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+
+/*
+ * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
+ */
+
+static int		ReliefParseProc(ClientData clientData,
+	Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST84 char *value,
+	char *widRec, int offset);
+static char *	ReliefPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
+	Tk_Window tkwin, char *widRec, int offset,
+	Tix_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
+
+#define WRONG_ARGC 1
+#define NO_MATCH   2
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixSaveInterpState --
+ *
+ *	Save the current application-visible state of the interpreter.
+ *	This can later be restored by the TixSaveInterpState() function.
+ *	These two functions are useful if you want to evaluate a Tcl
+ *	command, which may cause errors, inside a command function.
+ *
+ *	Each TixSaveInterpState() call much be matched by one
+ *	TixRestoreInterpState() call with the same statePtr. statePtr
+ *	should be allocated by the calling function, usually
+ *	as a variable on the stack.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixSaveInterpState(interp, statePtr)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    TixInterpState * statePtr;
+{
+    CONST84 char * p;
+    if (interp->result) {
+	statePtr->result = tixStrDup(interp->result);
+    } else {
+	statePtr->result = NULL;
+    }
+
+    p = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "errorInfo", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    statePtr->errorInfo = (p ? tixStrDup(p) : NULL);
+
+    p = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "errorCode", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    statePtr->errorCode = (p ? tixStrDup(p) : NULL);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixRestoreInterpState --
+ *
+ *	See TixSaveInterpState above.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixRestoreInterpState(interp, statePtr)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    TixInterpState * statePtr;
+{
+    if (statePtr->result) {
+	Tcl_SetResult(interp, statePtr->result, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+    }
+    if (statePtr->errorInfo) {
+	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "errorInfo", NULL, statePtr->errorInfo,
+		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	ckfree((char*)statePtr->errorInfo);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_UnsetVar2(interp, "errorInfo", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    }
+    if (statePtr->errorCode) {
+	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "errorCode", NULL, statePtr->errorCode,
+		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	ckfree((char*)statePtr->errorCode);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_UnsetVar2(interp, "errorCode", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_HandleSubCmds --
+ *
+ *	This function makes it easier to write major-minor style TCL
+ *	commands.  It matches the minor command (sub-command) names
+ *	with names defined in the cmdInfo structure and call the
+ *	appropriate sub-command functions for you. This function will
+ *	automatically generate error messages when the user calls an
+ *	invalid sub-command or calls a sub-command with incorrect
+ *	number of arguments.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int Tix_HandleSubCmds(cmdInfo, subCmdInfo, clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    Tix_CmdInfo * cmdInfo;
+    Tix_SubCmdInfo * subCmdInfo;
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Main window associated with
+				 * interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+
+    int i;
+    int error = NO_MATCH;
+    unsigned int len;
+    Tix_SubCmdInfo * s;
+
+    /*
+     * First check if the number of arguments to the major command 
+     * is correct
+     */
+    argc -= 1;
+    if (argc < cmdInfo->minargc || 
+	(cmdInfo->maxargc != TIX_VAR_ARGS && argc > cmdInfo->maxargc)) {
+
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+	    argv[0], " ", cmdInfo->info, "\".", (char *) NULL);
+
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now try to match the subcommands with argv[1]
+     */
+    argc -= 1;
+    len = strlen(argv[1]);
+
+    for (i = 0, s = subCmdInfo; i < cmdInfo->numSubCmds; i++, s++) {
+	if (s->name == TIX_DEFAULT_SUBCMD) {
+	    if (s->checkArgvProc) {
+	      if (!((*s->checkArgvProc)(clientData, interp, argc+1, argv+1))) {
+		    /* Some improper argv in the arguments of the default
+		     * subcommand
+		     */
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    return (*s->proc)(clientData, interp, argc+1, argv+1);
+	}
+
+	if (s->namelen == TIX_DEFAULT_LEN) {
+	    s->namelen = strlen(s->name);
+	}
+	if (s->name[0] == argv[1][0] && strncmp(argv[1],s->name,len)==0) {
+	    if (argc < s->minargc) {
+		error = WRONG_ARGC;
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	    if (s->maxargc != TIX_VAR_ARGS && 
+		argc > s->maxargc) {
+		error = WRONG_ARGC;
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * Here we have a matched argc and command name --> go for it!
+	     */
+	    return (*s->proc)(clientData, interp, argc, argv+2);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (error == WRONG_ARGC) {
+	/*
+	 * got a match but incorrect number of arguments
+	 */
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+	    argv[0], " ", argv[1], " ", s->info, "\"", (char *) NULL);
+    } else {
+	int max;
+
+	/*
+	 * no match: let print out all the options
+	 */
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"",
+	    argv[1], "\".",  (char *) NULL);
+	
+	if (cmdInfo->numSubCmds == 0) {
+	    max = 0;
+	} else {
+	    if (subCmdInfo[cmdInfo->numSubCmds-1].name == TIX_DEFAULT_SUBCMD) {
+		max = cmdInfo->numSubCmds-1;
+	    } else {
+		max = cmdInfo->numSubCmds;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (max == 0) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
+		" This command does not take any options.",
+		(char *) NULL);
+	} else if (max == 1) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, 
+		" Must be ", subCmdInfo->name, ".", (char *)NULL);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " Must be ", (char *) NULL);
+
+	    for (i = 0, s = subCmdInfo; i < max; i++, s++) {
+		if (i == max-1) {
+		    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"or ",s->name, ".", (char *) NULL);
+		} else if (i == max-2) {
+		    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, s->name, " ", (char *) NULL); 
+		} else {
+		    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, s->name, ", ", (char *) NULL); 
+		}
+	    }
+	} 
+    }
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_Exit --
+ *
+ *	Call the "exit" tcl command so that things can be cleaned up
+ *	before calling the unix exit(2);
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void Tix_Exit(interp, code)
+    Tcl_Interp* interp;
+    int code;
+{
+    if (code != 0 && interp && interp->result != 0) {
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", interp->result);
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", 
+	    Tcl_GetVar(interp, "errorInfo", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY));
+    }
+
+    if (interp) {
+	Tcl_EvalEx(interp, "exit", -1, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    }
+    exit(code);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_CreateCommands --
+ *
+ *
+ *	Creates a list of commands stored in the array "commands"
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int initialized = 0;
+
+void Tix_CreateCommands(interp, commands, clientData, deleteProc)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    Tix_TclCmd *commands;
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc;
+{
+    Tix_TclCmd * cmdPtr;
+
+    if (!initialized) {
+	Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
+
+	initialized = 1;
+	if (!Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp,"image", (Tcl_CmdInfo *) &cmdInfo)) {
+	    Tcl_Panic("cannot find the \"image\" command");
+	} else if (cmdInfo.isNativeObjectProc == 1) {
+	    initialized = 2; /* we use objects */
+	}
+    }
+    for (cmdPtr = commands; cmdPtr->name != NULL; cmdPtr++) {
+	Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name,
+	     cmdPtr->cmdProc, clientData, deleteProc);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_GetAnchorGC --
+ *
+ *	Get the GC for drawing the anchor dotted lines around anchor
+ *	elements.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a GC that can be passed to Tix_DrawAnchorLines for
+ *	drawing an anchor line for the given background color.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+GC
+Tix_GetAnchorGC(tkwin, bgColor)
+	Tk_Window tkwin;
+	XColor *bgColor;
+{
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+    XColor valueKey;
+    XColor * anchorColor;
+    int r, g, b;
+    int max;
+
+    /*
+     * Get the best color to draw the dotted lines on the given background
+     * color.
+     */
+
+    r = bgColor->red;
+    g = bgColor->green;
+    b = bgColor->blue;
+
+    r = (65535 - r) & 0xffff;
+    g = (65535 - g) & 0xffff;
+    b = (65535 - b) & 0xffff;
+
+    max = r;
+    if (max < g) {
+	max = g;
+    }
+    if (max < b) {
+	max = b;
+    }
+
+    max = max / 256;
+    if (max > 96) {
+	/*
+	 * scale color up
+	 */
+
+	r = (r * 255) / max;
+	g = (g * 255) / max;
+	b = (b * 255) / max;
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * scale color down
+	 */
+	int min = r;
+	if (min > g) {
+	    min = g;
+	}
+	if (min > b) {
+	    min = b;
+	}
+	r = r - min;
+	g = g - min;
+	b = b - min;
+    }
+
+    valueKey.red   = r;
+    valueKey.green = g;
+    valueKey.blue  = b;
+
+    anchorColor = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, &valueKey);
+
+    gcValues.foreground		= anchorColor->pixel;
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+    gcValues.subwindow_mode	= IncludeInferiors;
+
+    return Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground|GCGraphicsExposures|GCSubwindowMode,
+	    &gcValues);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_DrawAnchorLines --
+ *
+ *	Draw dotted anchor lines around anchor elements. The exact
+ *	behavior is defined in the platform-specific
+ *	TixpDrawAnchorLines function.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tix_DrawAnchorLines(display, drawable, gc, x, y, w, h)
+    Display *display;
+    Drawable drawable;
+    GC gc;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int w;
+    int h;
+{
+    TixpDrawAnchorLines(display, drawable, gc, x, y, w, h);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_CreateSubWindow --
+ *
+ *	Creates a subwindow for a widget (usually used to draw headers,
+ *	e.g, HList and Grid widgets)
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Tk_Window
+Tix_CreateSubWindow(interp, tkwin, subPath)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    CONST84 char * subPath;
+{
+    Tcl_DString dString;
+    Tk_Window subwin;
+
+    Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, Tk_PathName(tkwin),
+	    (int) strlen(Tk_PathName(tkwin)));
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, ".tixsw:", 7);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, subPath, (int) strlen(subPath));
+
+    subwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, tkwin, dString.string,
+	(char *) NULL);
+
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
+
+    return subwin;
+}
+static int
+ErrorProc(clientData, errorEventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    XErrorEvent *errorEventPtr;		/* unused */
+{
+    int * badAllocPtr = (int*) clientData;
+
+    * badAllocPtr = 1;
+    return 0;				/* return 0 means error has been
+					 * handled properly */
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_GetRenderBuffer --
+ *
+ *	Returns a drawable for rendering a widget. If there is
+ *	sufficient graphics resource, a pixmap is returned so that
+ *	double-buffering can be done. However, if resource is
+ *	insufficient, then the windowId is returned. In the second
+ *	case happens, the caller of this function has two choices: (1)
+ *	draw to the window directly (which may lead to flickering on
+ *	the screen) or (2) try to allocate smaller pixmaps.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	An allocated pixmap of the same depth as the window, or the
+ *	window itself.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A pixmap may be allocated. The caller should call
+ *	Tk_FreePixmap() to free the pixmap returned by this function.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Uncomment this if you want to use single-buffer mode drawing to
+ * debug paintings.
+ */
+
+/* #define PAINT_DEBUG 1 */
+
+Drawable
+Tix_GetRenderBuffer(display, windowId, width, height, depth)
+    Display *display;		/* Display of the windowId */
+    Window windowId;		/* Window to draw into */
+    int width;			/* width of the drawing region */
+    int height;			/* height of the drawing region */
+    int depth;			/* Depth of the window. TODO remove this arg*/
+{
+#ifdef PAINT_DEBUG
+    return windowId;
+#else
+    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
+    Pixmap pixmap;
+    int badAlloc = 0;
+
+    handler= Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, BadAlloc,
+	-1, -1, (Tk_ErrorProc *) ErrorProc, (ClientData) &badAlloc);
+    pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, windowId, width, height, depth);
+
+#if !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(MAC_TCL) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) /* UNIX */
+    /*
+     * This XSync call is necessary because X may delay the delivery of the
+     * error message. This will make our graphics a bit slower, though,
+     * especially over slow lines
+     */
+    XSync(display, 0);
+#endif
+    /* If ErrorProc() is eevr called, it is called before XSync returns */
+
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+
+    if (!badAlloc) {
+	return pixmap;
+    } else {
+	return windowId;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_GlobalVarEval --
+ *
+ *	Given a variable number of string arguments, concatenate them
+ *	all together and execute the result as a Tcl command in the global
+ *	scope.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl return result.  An error message or other
+ *	result may be left in interp->result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Depends on what was done by the command.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+	/* VARARGS2 */ /* ARGSUSED */
+int
+Tix_GlobalVarEval TCL_VARARGS_DEF(Tcl_Interp *,arg1)
+{
+    va_list argList;
+    Tcl_DString buf;
+    char *string;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    int result;
+
+    /*
+     * Copy the strings one after the other into a single larger
+     * string.	Use stack-allocated space for small commands, but if
+     * the command gets too large than call ckalloc to create the
+     * space.
+     */
+
+    interp = TCL_VARARGS_START(Tcl_Interp *,arg1,argList);
+    Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
+    while (1) {
+	string = va_arg(argList, char *);
+	if (string == NULL) {
+	    break;
+	}
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, string, -1);
+    }
+    va_end(argList);
+
+    result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf),
+	    Tcl_DStringLength(&buf), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixGetHashTable --
+ *
+ *	This functions makes it possible to keep one hash table per
+ *	interpreter. This way, Tix classes can be used in multiple
+ *	interpreters.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void		DeleteHashTableProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp * interp));
+static void
+DeleteHashTableProc(clientData, interp)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+{
+    Tcl_HashTable * htPtr = (Tcl_HashTable *)clientData;
+    Tcl_HashSearch hashSearch;
+    Tcl_HashEntry * hashPtr;
+
+    for (hashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(htPtr, &hashSearch);
+	    hashPtr;
+	    hashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&hashSearch)) {
+	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+    }
+
+    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(htPtr);
+    ckfree((char*)htPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixGetHashTable() --
+ *
+ *	Returns a named hashtable to be used for the given
+ *	interpreter. Creates the hashtable if it doesn't exist yet. It
+ *	uses Tcl_GetAssocData to make sure that the hashtable is not
+ *	shared by different interpreters.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Pointer to the hashtable.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The hashtable is created if it doesn't exist yet.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Tcl_HashTable *
+TixGetHashTable(interp, name, deleteProc, keyType)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    char * name;
+    Tcl_InterpDeleteProc *deleteProc;
+    int keyType;
+{
+    Tcl_HashTable * htPtr;
+
+    htPtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, name, NULL);
+
+    if (htPtr == NULL) {
+	htPtr = (Tcl_HashTable *)ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable));
+	Tcl_InitHashTable(htPtr, keyType);
+	Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, name, NULL, (ClientData)htPtr);
+
+	if (deleteProc) {
+	    Tcl_CallWhenDeleted(interp, deleteProc, (ClientData)htPtr);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_CallWhenDeleted(interp, DeleteHashTableProc,
+		    (ClientData)htPtr);
+	}
+    }
+
+    return htPtr;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *		 The Tix Customed Config Options
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  ReliefParseProc --
+ *
+ *	Parse the text string and store the Tix_Relief information
+ *	inside the widget record.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ReliefParseProc(clientData, interp, tkwin, value, widRec,offset)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    CONST84 char *value;
+    char *widRec;	/* Must point to a valid Tix_DItem struct */
+    int offset;
+{
+    Tix_Relief * ptr = (Tix_Relief *)(widRec + offset);
+    Tix_Relief	 newVal;
+
+    if (value != NULL) {
+	size_t len = strlen(value);
+
+	if (strncmp(value, "raised", len) == 0) {
+	    newVal = TIX_RELIEF_RAISED;
+	} else if (strncmp(value, "flat", len) == 0) {
+	    newVal = TIX_RELIEF_FLAT;
+	} else if (strncmp(value, "sunken", len) == 0) {
+	    newVal = TIX_RELIEF_SUNKEN;
+	} else if (strncmp(value, "groove", len) == 0) {
+	    newVal = TIX_RELIEF_GROOVE;
+	} else if (strncmp(value, "ridge", len) == 0) {
+	    newVal = TIX_RELIEF_RIDGE;
+	} else if (strncmp(value, "solid", len) == 0) {
+	    newVal = TIX_RELIEF_SOLID;
+	} else {
+	    goto error;
+	}
+    } else {
+	value = "";
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    *ptr = newVal;
+    return TCL_OK;
+
+  error:
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad relief type \"", value,
+	"\":  must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid or sunken", NULL);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+static char *
+ReliefPrintProc(clientData, tkwin, widRec,offset, freeProcPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    char *widRec;
+    int offset;
+    Tix_FreeProc **freeProcPtr;
+{
+    Tix_Relief *ptr = (Tix_Relief*)(widRec+offset);
+
+    switch (*ptr) {
+      case TIX_RELIEF_RAISED:
+	return "raised";
+      case TIX_RELIEF_FLAT:
+	return "flat";
+      case TIX_RELIEF_SUNKEN:
+	return "sunken";
+      case TIX_RELIEF_GROOVE:
+	return "groove";
+      case TIX_RELIEF_RIDGE:
+	return "ridge";
+      case TIX_RELIEF_SOLID:
+	return "solid";
+      default:
+	return "unknown";
+    }
+}
+/*
+ * The global data structures to use in widget configSpecs arrays
+ *
+ * These are declared in <tix.h>
+ */
+
+Tk_CustomOption tixConfigRelief = {
+    ReliefParseProc, ReliefPrintProc, 0,
+};
+
+/* Tix_SetRcFileName --
+ *
+ *	Sets a user-specific startup file in a way that's compatible with
+ *	different versions of Tclsh
+ */
+void Tix_SetRcFileName(interp, rcFileName)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    CONST84 char * rcFileName;
+{
+    /*
+     * Starting from TCL 7.5, the symbol tcl_rcFileName is no longer
+     * exported by libtcl.a. Instead, this variable must be set using
+     * a TCL global variable
+     */
+    Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tcl_rcFileName", rcFileName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+}
+
+/*
+ * The TkComputeTextGeometry function is no longer supported in Tk 8.0+
+ */
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixComputeTextGeometry --
+ *
+ *	This procedure computes the amount of screen space needed to
+ *	display a multi-line string of text.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	There is no return value.  The dimensions of the screen area
+ *	needed to display the text are returned in *widthPtr, and *heightPtr.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixComputeTextGeometry(font, string, numChars, wrapLength,
+	widthPtr, heightPtr)
+    TixFont font;		/* Font that will be used to display text. */
+    CONST84 char *string;	/* String whose dimensions are to be
+				 * computed. */
+    int numChars;		/* Number of characters to consider from
+				 * string. -1 means the entire size of
+				 * the text string */
+    int wrapLength;		/* Longest permissible line length, in
+				 * pixels.  <= 0 means no automatic wrapping:
+				 * just let lines get as long as needed. */
+    int *widthPtr;		/* Store width of string here. */
+    int *heightPtr;		/* Store height of string here. */
+{
+    Tk_TextLayout textLayout;
+
+    /*
+     * The justification itself doesn't affect the geometry (size) of 
+     * the text string. We pass TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT.
+     */
+
+    textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(font,
+	string, numChars, wrapLength, TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT, 0,
+	widthPtr, heightPtr);
+    Tk_FreeTextLayout(textLayout);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixDisplayText --
+ *
+ *	Display a text string on one or more lines.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The text given by "string" gets displayed at the given location
+ *	in the given drawable with the given font etc.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixDisplayText(display, drawable, font, string, numChars, x, y,
+	length, justify, underline, gc)
+    Display *display;		/* X display to use for drawing text. */
+    Drawable drawable;		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw the
+				 * text. */
+    TixFont font;		/* Font that determines geometry of text
+				 * (should be same as font in gc). */
+    CONST84 char *string;	/* String to display;  may contain embedded
+				 * newlines. */
+    int numChars;		/* Number of characters to use from string. */
+    int x, y;			/* Pixel coordinates within drawable of
+				 * upper left corner of display area. */
+    int length;			/* Line length in pixels;  used to compute
+				 * word wrap points and also for
+				 * justification. Must be > 0. */
+    Tk_Justify justify;		/* How to justify lines. */
+    int underline;		/* Index of character to underline, or < 0
+				 * for no underlining. */
+    GC gc;			/* Graphics context to use for drawing text. */
+{
+    Tk_TextLayout textLayout;
+    int dummyx, dummyy;
+
+    textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(font,
+	string, numChars, length, justify, 0,
+	&dummyx, &dummyy);
+
+    Tk_DrawTextLayout(display, drawable, gc, textLayout,
+	    x, y, 0, -1);
+    Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(display, drawable, gc,
+	    textLayout, x, y, underline);
+
+    Tk_FreeTextLayout(textLayout);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_ZAlloc --
+ *
+ *	Allocate the memory block with ckalloc and zeros it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Same as ckalloc() except the new memory block is filled with 
+ *	zero. Returns NULL if memory allocation fails.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+char * Tix_ZAlloc(nbytes)
+    unsigned int nbytes;	/* size of memory block to alloc, in
+				 * number of bytes.*/
+{
+    char * ptr = (char*)ckalloc(nbytes);
+    if (ptr) {
+	memset(ptr, 0, nbytes);
+    }
+    return ptr;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixWidget.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/generic/tixWidget.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/*
+ * tixWidget.c --
+ *
+ *	Constructs Tix-based mega widgets
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixWidget.c,v 1.6 2005/03/25 20:15:53 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tcl.h>
+#include <tclInt.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+
+static int	ParseOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, TixClassRecord *cPtr,
+	CONST84 char *widRec, int argc, CONST84 char** argv);
+
+TIX_DECLARE_CMD(Tix_InstanceCmd);
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Tix_CreateWidgetCmd
+ *
+ * 	Create an instance object of a Tix widget class.
+ *
+ * argv[0]  = object name.
+ * argv[1+] = args
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+TIX_DEFINE_CMD(Tix_CreateWidgetCmd)
+{
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr =(TixClassRecord *)clientData;
+    TixConfigSpec * spec;
+    CONST84 char * value;
+    CONST84 char * widRec = NULL;
+    char * widCmd = NULL, * rootCmd = NULL;
+    int i;
+    int code = TCL_OK;
+    Tk_Window mainWin = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
+
+    if (argc <= 1) {
+	return Tix_ArgcError(interp, argc, argv, 1, "pathname ?arg? ...");
+    } else {
+	widRec = argv[1];
+    }
+
+    if (strstr(argv[1], "::") != NULL) {
+        /*
+         * Cannot contain :: in widget name, otherwise all hell will
+         * rise w.r.t. namespace
+         */
+
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid widget name \"", argv[1],
+		"\": may not contain substring \"::\"", NULL);
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (Tk_NameToWindow(interp, widRec, mainWin) != NULL) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window name \"", widRec,
+	    "\" already exists", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    } else {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Before doing anything, let's reset the TCL result, errorInfo,
+     * errorCode, etc.
+     */
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "errorInfo", NULL, "", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "errorCode", NULL, "", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+
+    /*
+     * Set up the widget record
+     *
+     * TODO: avoid buffer allocation if possible.
+     */
+    widCmd = ckalloc(strlen(widRec) + 3);
+    sprintf(widCmd, "::%s", widRec);
+    rootCmd = ckalloc(strlen(widRec) + 8);
+    sprintf(rootCmd, "::%s:root", widRec);
+
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, widRec, "className", cPtr->className, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, widRec, "ClassName", cPtr->ClassName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, widRec, "context",   cPtr->className, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, widRec, "w:root",    widRec,  	      TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, widRec, "rootCmd",   rootCmd,         TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+
+    /* We need to create the root widget in order to parse the options
+     * database
+     */
+    if (Tix_CallMethod(interp, cPtr->className, widRec, "CreateRootWidget",
+	    argc-2, argv+2, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    /* Parse the options specified in the option database and supplied
+     * in the command line.
+     */
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    if (ParseOptions(interp, cPtr, widRec, argc-2, argv+2) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    /* Rename the root widget command and create a new TCL command for
+     * this widget
+     */
+
+    if (TclRenameCommand(interp, widCmd, rootCmd) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, widRec, Tix_InstanceCmd,
+	(ClientData)cPtr, NULL);
+
+    /* Now call the initialization methods defined by the Tix Intrinsics
+     */
+    if (Tix_CallMethod(interp, cPtr->className, widRec, "InitWidgetRec",
+	    0, 0, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    if (Tix_CallMethod(interp, cPtr->className, widRec, "ConstructWidget",
+	    0, 0, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    if (Tix_CallMethod(interp, cPtr->className, widRec, "SetBindings",
+	    0, 0, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
+	code = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    /* The widget has been successfully initialized. Now call the config
+     * method for all -forceCall options
+     */
+    for (i=0; i<cPtr->nSpecs; i++) {
+	spec = cPtr->specs[i];
+	if (spec->forceCall) {
+	    value = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, widRec, spec->argvName,
+		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	    if (Tix_CallConfigMethod(interp, cPtr, widRec, spec,
+		    value)!=TCL_OK){
+		code = TCL_ERROR;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) widRec, TCL_VOLATILE);
+
+  done:
+
+    if (code != TCL_OK) {
+	/* %% TCL CORE USED !! %% */
+	Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
+	CONST84 char * oldResult, * oldErrorInfo, * oldErrorCode;
+	Tk_Window topLevel, tkwin;
+
+	/* We need to save the old error message because
+	 * interp->result may be changed by some of the following function
+	 * calls.
+	 */
+	if (interp->result) {
+	    oldResult = tixStrDup(interp->result);
+	} else {
+	    oldResult = NULL;
+	}
+	oldErrorInfo = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "errorInfo", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	oldErrorCode = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "errorCode", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+
+	/* (1) window */
+	topLevel = cPtr->mainWindow;
+
+	if (widRec != NULL) {
+	    Display *display = NULL;
+
+	    tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, widRec, topLevel);
+	    if (tkwin != NULL) {
+		display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
+		Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+             * (2) Clean up widget command + root command. Because widCmd
+             *     and rootCmd contains ::, the commands will be correctly
+             *     deleted from the global namespace.
+             */
+
+	    Tcl_DeleteCommand(interp, widCmd);
+	    Tcl_DeleteCommand(interp, rootCmd);
+
+	    /* (3) widget record */
+	    Tcl_UnsetVar(interp, widRec, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+
+	    if (display) {
+#if !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(MAC_TCL) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) /* UNIX */
+                /* TODO: why is this necessary?? */
+		XSync(display, False);
+#endif
+		while (1) {
+		    if (Tk_DoOneEvent(TK_X_EVENTS|TK_DONT_WAIT) == 0) {
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if (oldResult) {
+	    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) oldResult, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+	}
+	if (oldErrorInfo && *oldErrorInfo) {
+	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "errorInfo", NULL, oldErrorInfo,
+		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "errorInfo", NULL, oldResult,
+		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	}
+	if (oldErrorCode) {
+	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "errorCode", NULL, oldErrorCode,
+		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	}
+	iPtr->flags |= ERR_IN_PROGRESS;
+    }
+    if (widCmd) {
+	ckfree(widCmd);
+    }
+    if (rootCmd) {
+	ckfree(rootCmd);
+    }
+
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Subroutines for object instantiation.
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int ParseOptions(interp, cPtr, widRec, argc, argv)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    TixClassRecord * cPtr;
+    CONST84 char *widRec;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char** argv;
+{
+    int i;
+    TixConfigSpec *spec;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    CONST84 char * value;
+
+    if ((argc %2) != 0) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "missing argument for \"", argv[argc-1],
+	    "\"", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if ((tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, widRec, cPtr->mainWindow)) == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Set all specs by their default values */
+    /* BUG: default value may be override by options database */
+    for (i=0; i<cPtr->nSpecs; i++) {
+	spec = cPtr->specs[i];
+
+	if (!spec->isAlias) {
+	    if ((value=Tk_GetOption(tkwin,spec->dbName,spec->dbClass))==NULL) {
+		value = spec->defValue;
+	    }
+	    if (Tix_ChangeOneOption(interp, cPtr, widRec, spec,
+		value, 1, 0)!=TCL_OK) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Set specs according to argument line values */
+    for (i=0; i<argc; i+=2) {
+	spec = Tix_FindConfigSpecByName(interp, cPtr, argv[i]);
+
+	if (spec == NULL) {	/* this is an invalid flag */
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	
+	if (Tix_ChangeOneOption(interp, cPtr, widRec, spec,
+		argv[i+1], 0, 1)!=TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/index.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/index.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Tix Documentation Index</TITLE>
+<!-- $Id -->
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#800000" ALINK="#800080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+
+<Center><H2>Tix Documentation Index</H2></Center>
+
+  This file is the index of all the documentation included in this Tix
+  source release package. For additional information about Tix, please
+  visit the Tix Home Page at <a href="http://tix.sourceforge.net">
+  http://tix.sourceforge.net</a>. <p>
+
+  Tix is open-source software. See <a
+  href="license.terms">license.terms</a> for details.
+
+<h3> General Documents </h3>
+
+<ul>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="ABOUT.html">ABOUT.html</a></b><br>
+       A brief descriptions of Tix.
+       <p>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="docs/Release.html">docs/Release.html</a></b><br>
+       Important release notes about this version of Tix.
+       <p>
+
+
+  <li> <b><a href="license.terms">license.terms</a></b><br>
+       Licensing terms and a <b><i>disclaimer of all
+       liabilities</i></b>. You should use Tix only if you agree to
+       <i><b>all</b></i> of its licensing terms.  <p>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="ChangeLog">ChangeLog</a></b><br>
+       A log of changes made to Tix.
+       <p>
+
+</ul>
+
+<h3> Build Instructions </h3>
+
+<ul>
+  <li> <b><a href="unix/README.txt">unix/README.txt</a></b><br>
+       Build instruction for Unix/Linux and OS X platforms.
+       <p>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="win/README.txt">win/README.txt</a></b><br>
+       Build instruction for Win32 platforms.
+       <p>
+
+</ul>
+
+<h3> Programming with Tix </h3>
+
+<ul>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="docs/html/TixUser/TixUser.html">
+       docs/html/TixUser/TixUser.html</a></b><br>
+
+       Tix Users's Guide. An introduction to Tix under Python or Tcl.<BR>
+       Also available in <A HREF="docs/pdf/TixUser.pdf">PDF</A>.
+       <p>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="docs/tix-book/tix.book.html">
+       docs/tix-book/tix.book.html</a></b><br>
+
+       Tix Programmer's Guide. It was written for Tix 4.0, but most
+       of its contents are still relevant for this version of Tix.
+       <p>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="man/html/contents.htm">man/html/contents.htm</a></b><br>
+       Tix Reference Manual.
+       <p>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="docs/FAQ.html">docs/FAQ.html</a></b><br>
+       Frequent Asked Questions about Tix.
+       <p>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="tools/README.html">tools/README.html</a></b><br>
+       Useful development tools included in this package
+       <p>
+
+</ul>
+
+<h3> Our Web Site </h3>
+
+    To contact the Tix Project Group, reach your fellow Tix users,
+    submit patches or bug reports, and find a range of other
+    information, please visit our web site at <a
+    href="http://tix.sourceforge.net"> http://tix.sourceforge.net
+    </a>.
+
+<hr>
+
+<a href=http://tix.sourceforge.net> Tix Home Page</a><br>
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Balloon.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Balloon.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,579 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Balloon.tcl,v 1.6 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# Balloon.tcl --
+#
+#	The help widget. It provides both "balloon" type of help
+#	message and "status bar" type of help message. You can use
+#	this widget to indicate the function of the widgets inside
+#	your application.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+tixWidgetClass tixBalloon {
+    -classname TixBalloon
+    -superclass tixShell
+    -method {
+	bind post unbind
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-installcolormap -initwait -state -statusbar -cursor
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-installcolormap installColormap InstallColormap false}
+	{-initwait initWait InitWait 1000}
+	{-state state State both}
+	{-statusbar statusBar StatusBar ""}
+ 	{-cursor cursor Cursor left_ptr}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{*background 			#ffff60}
+	{*foreground 			black}
+	{*borderWidth 			0}
+	{.borderWidth 			1}
+	{.background 			black}
+	{*Label.anchor			w}
+	{*Label.justify			left}
+    }
+}
+# static seem to be -installcolormap -initwait -statusbar -cursor
+
+# Class Record
+#
+global tixBalloon
+set tixBalloon(bals) ""
+
+proc tixBalloon:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global tixBalloon
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    set data(isActive)    0
+    set data(client)    ""
+
+    lappend tixBalloon(bals) $w
+}
+
+proc tixBalloon:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    wm overrideredirect $w 1
+    wm withdraw $w
+
+    # Frame 1 : arrow
+    frame $w.f1 -bd 0
+    set data(w:label) [label $w.f1.lab -bd 0 -relief flat \
+			   -bitmap [tix getbitmap balarrow]]
+    pack $data(w:label) -side left -padx 1 -pady 1
+    
+    # Frame 2 : Message
+    frame $w.f2 -bd 0
+    set data(w:message) [label $w.f2.message -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0]
+    pack $data(w:message) -side left -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 1
+
+    # Pack all
+    pack $w.f1 -fill both
+    pack $w.f2 -fill both
+
+    # This is an event tag used by the clients
+    #
+    bind TixBal$w <Destroy> [list tixBalloon:ClientDestroy $w %W]
+}
+
+proc tixBalloon:Destructor {w} {
+    global tixBalloon
+
+    set bals ""
+    foreach b $tixBalloon(bals) {
+	if {$w != $b} {
+	    lappend bals $b
+	}
+    }
+    set tixBalloon(bals) $bals
+
+    tixChainMethod $w Destructor
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Config:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixBalloon:config-state {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set re {^(none|balloon|status|both)$}
+    if {![regexp -- $re $value]} {
+	error "invalid value $value, must be none, balloon, status, or both"
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# "RAW" event bindings:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bind all <B1-Motion> 	    "+tixBalloon_XXMotion %X %Y 1"
+bind all <B2-Motion> 	    "+tixBalloon_XXMotion %X %Y 2"
+bind all <B3-Motion> 	    "+tixBalloon_XXMotion %X %Y 3"
+bind all <B4-Motion> 	    "+tixBalloon_XXMotion %X %Y 4"
+bind all <B5-Motion> 	    "+tixBalloon_XXMotion %X %Y 5"
+bind all <Any-Motion> 	    "+tixBalloon_XXMotion %X %Y 0"
+# Should %b be 0? %b is illegal
+bind all <Leave>      	    "+tixBalloon_XXMotion %X %Y 0"
+bind all <Button>      	    "+tixBalloon_XXButton   %X %Y %b"
+bind all <ButtonRelease>    "+tixBalloon_XXButtonUp %X %Y %b"
+
+proc tixBalloon_XXMotion {rootX rootY b} {
+    global tixBalloon
+
+    foreach w $tixBalloon(bals) {
+	tixBalloon:XXMotion $w $rootX $rootY $b
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixBalloon_XXButton {rootX rootY b} {
+    global tixBalloon
+
+    foreach w $tixBalloon(bals) {
+	tixBalloon:XXButton $w $rootX $rootY $b
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixBalloon_XXButtonUp {rootX rootY b} {
+    global tixBalloon
+
+    foreach w $tixBalloon(bals) {
+	tixBalloon:XXButtonUp $w $rootX $rootY $b
+    }
+}
+
+# return true if d is a descendant of w
+#
+proc tixIsDescendant {w d} {
+    return [expr {$w eq "." || [string match $w.* $d]}]
+}
+
+# All the button events are fine if the ballooned widget is
+# a descendant of the grabbing widget
+#
+proc tixBalloon:GrabBad {w cw} {
+    global tixBalloon
+
+    set g [grab current $w]
+    if {$g == ""} {
+	return 0
+    }
+    if {[info exists tixBalloon(g_ignore,$g)]} {
+	return 1
+    }
+    if {[info exists tixBalloon(g_ignore,[winfo class $g])]} {
+	return 1
+    }
+    if {$g == $cw || [tixIsDescendant $g $cw]} {
+	return 0
+    }
+    return 1
+}
+
+proc tixBalloon:XXMotion {w rootX rootY b} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data(-state)]} {
+	# puts "tixBalloon:XXMotion called without a state\n$w"
+	set data(state) none
+	return
+    }
+    if {$data(-state) eq "none"} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {$b == 0} {
+	if {[info exists data(b:1)]} {unset data(b:1)}
+	if {[info exists data(b:2)]} {unset data(b:2)}
+	if {[info exists data(b:3)]} {unset data(b:3)}
+	if {[info exists data(b:4)]} {unset data(b:4)}
+	if {[info exists data(b:5)]} {unset data(b:5)}
+    }
+
+    if {[llength [array names data b:*]]} {
+	# Some buttons are down. Do nothing
+	#
+	return
+    }
+
+    set cw [winfo containing -displayof $w $rootX $rootY]
+    if {[tixBalloon:GrabBad $w $cw]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    # Find the a client window that matches
+    #
+    if {$w eq $cw || [string match $w.* $cw]} {
+	# Cursor moved over the balloon -- Ignore
+	return
+    }
+
+    while {$cw != ""} {
+	if {[info exists data(m:$cw)]} {
+	    set client $cw
+	    break
+	} else {
+	    set cw [winfo parent $cw]
+	}
+    }
+    if {![info exists client]} {
+	# The cursor is at a position covered by a non-client
+	# Popdown the balloon if it is up
+	if {$data(isActive)} {
+	    tixBalloon:Deactivate $w
+	}
+	set data(client) ""
+	if {[info exists data(cancel)]} {
+	    unset data(cancel) 
+	}
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {$data(client) ne $client} {
+	if {$data(isActive)} {
+	    tixBalloon:Deactivate $w
+	}
+	set data(client) $client
+	after $data(-initwait) tixBalloon:SwitchToClient $w $client
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixBalloon:XXButton {w rootX rootY b} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixBalloon:XXMotion $w $rootX $rootY $b
+
+    set data(b:$b) 1
+
+    if {$data(isActive)} {
+	tixBalloon:Deactivate $w
+    } else {
+	set data(cancel) 1
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixBalloon:XXButtonUp {w rootX rootY b} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixBalloon:XXMotion $w $rootX $rootY $b
+    if {[info exists data(b:$b)]} {
+	unset data(b:$b)
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# "COOKED" event bindings:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# switch the balloon to a new client
+#
+proc tixBalloon:SwitchToClient {w client} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+    if {![winfo exists $client]} {
+	return
+    }
+    if {$client ne $data(client)} {
+	return
+    }
+    if {[info exists data(cancel)]} {
+	unset data(cancel)
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {[tixBalloon:GrabBad $w $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    tixBalloon:Activate $w
+}
+
+proc tixBalloon:ClientDestroy {w client} {
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(client) eq $client} {
+	tixBalloon:Deactivate $w
+	set data(client) ""
+    }
+
+    # Maybe thses have already been unset by the Destroy method
+    #
+    if {[info exists data(m:$client)]} {unset data(m:$client)}
+    if {[info exists data(s:$client)]} {unset data(s:$client)}
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Popping up balloon:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixBalloon:Activate {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[tixBalloon:GrabBad $w $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+    if {[winfo containing -displayof $w \
+	    [winfo pointerx $w] [winfo pointery $w]] == ""} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {![info exists data(-state)]} {
+	# puts "tixBalloon:Activate called without a state\n$w"
+	set data(state) none
+	return
+    }
+    if {$data(-state) eq "none"} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    switch -exact -- $data(-state) {
+	"both" {
+	    tixBalloon:PopUp $w
+	    tixBalloon:SetStatus $w
+	}
+	"balloon" {
+	    tixBalloon:PopUp $w
+	}
+	"status" {
+	    tixBalloon:SetStatus $w
+	}
+    }
+
+    set data(isActive) 1
+
+    after 200 tixBalloon:Verify $w
+}
+
+
+# %% Perhaps this is no more needed
+#
+proc tixBalloon:Verify {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+    if {!$data(isActive)} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {[tixBalloon:GrabBad $w $w]} {
+	tixBalloon:Deactivate $w
+	return
+    }
+    if {[winfo containing -displayof $w \
+	    [winfo pointerx $w] [winfo pointery $w]] == ""} {
+	tixBalloon:Deactivate $w
+	return
+    }
+    after 200 tixBalloon:Verify $w
+}
+
+proc tixBalloon:Deactivate {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixBalloon:PopDown $w
+    tixBalloon:ClearStatus $w
+    set data(isActive) 0
+    if {[info exists data(cancel)]} {
+	unset data(cancel)
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixBalloon:PopUp {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[string is true -strict $data(-installcolormap)]} {
+	wm colormapwindows [winfo toplevel $data(client)] $w
+    }
+
+    # trick: the following lines allow the balloon window to
+    # acquire a stable width and height when it is finally
+    # put on the visible screen
+    #
+    set client $data(client)
+    if {$data(m:$client) == ""} {return ""}
+
+    $data(w:message) config -text $data(m:$client)
+    wm geometry $w +10000+10000
+    wm deiconify $w
+    raise $w
+    update
+
+    # The windows may become destroyed as a result of the "update" command
+    #
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+    if {![winfo exists $client]} {
+	return
+    }
+    # Put it on the visible screen
+    #
+    set x [expr {[winfo rootx $client]+[winfo width  $client]/2}]
+    set y [expr {int([winfo rooty $client]+[winfo height $client]/1.3)}]
+
+    set width  [winfo reqwidth $w]
+    set height [winfo reqheight $w]
+    set scrwidth  [winfo vrootwidth  $w]
+    set scrheight [winfo vrootheight $w]
+
+    # If the balloon is too far right, pull it back to the left
+    #
+    if {($x + $width) > $scrwidth} {
+	set x [expr {$scrwidth - $width}]
+    }
+
+    # If the balloon is too far left, pull it back to the right
+    #
+    if {$x < 0} {
+	set x 0
+    }
+
+    # If the listbox is below bottom of screen, put it upwards
+    #
+    if {($y + $height) > $scrheight} {
+	set y [expr {$scrheight-$height}]
+    }
+    if {$y < 0} {
+	set y 0
+    }
+
+    wm geometry $w +$x+$y
+    after idle raise $w
+}
+
+proc tixBalloon:PopDown {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # Close the balloon
+    #
+    wm withdraw $w
+
+    # We don't set the data(client) to be zero, so that the balloon
+    # will re-appear only if you move out then in the client window
+    # set data(client) ""
+}
+
+proc tixBalloon:SetStatus {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![winfo exists $data(-statusbar)]
+	|| ![info exists data(s:$data(client))]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    set vv [$data(-statusbar) cget -textvariable]
+    if {$vv == ""} {
+	$data(-statusbar) config -text $data(s:$data(client))
+    } else {
+	uplevel #0 set $vv [list $data(s:$data(client))]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixBalloon:ClearStatus {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![winfo exists $data(-statusbar)]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    # Clear the StatusBar widget
+    #
+    set vv [$data(-statusbar) cget -textvariable]
+    if {$vv == ""} {
+	$data(-statusbar) config -text ""
+    } else {
+	uplevel #0 set $vv [list ""]
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PublicMethods:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# %% if balloon is already popped-up for this client, change mesage
+#
+proc tixBalloon:bind {w client args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set alreadyBound [info exists data(m:$client)]
+
+    set opt(-balloonmsg) ""
+    set opt(-statusmsg)  ""
+    set opt(-msg)        ""
+
+    tixHandleOptions opt {-balloonmsg -msg -statusmsg} $args
+
+    if {$opt(-balloonmsg) != ""} {
+	set data(m:$client) $opt(-balloonmsg)
+    } else {
+	set data(m:$client) $opt(-msg)
+    }
+    if {$opt(-statusmsg) != ""} {
+	set data(s:$client) $opt(-statusmsg)
+    } else {
+	set data(s:$client) $opt(-msg)
+    }
+
+    tixAppendBindTag $client TixBal$w
+}
+
+proc tixBalloon:post {w client} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data(m:$client)] || $data(m:$client) == ""} {
+	return
+    }
+    tixBalloon:Enter $w $client
+    incr data(fakeEnter)
+}
+
+proc tixBalloon:unbind {w client} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[info exists data(m:$client)]} {
+	if {[info exists data(m:$client)]} {unset data(m:$client)}
+	if {[info exists data(s:$client)]} {unset data(s:$client)}
+
+	if {[winfo exists $client]} {
+	    catch {tixDeleteBindTag $client TixBal$w}
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Utility function
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# $w can be a widget name or a classs name
+proc tixBalIgnoreWhenGrabbed {wc} {
+    global tixBalloon
+    set tixBalloon(g_ignore,$wc) ""
+}
+
+tixBalIgnoreWhenGrabbed TixComboBox
+tixBalIgnoreWhenGrabbed Menu
+tixBalIgnoreWhenGrabbed Menubutton

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/BtnBox.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/BtnBox.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: BtnBox.tcl,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# BtnBox.tcl --
+#
+#	Implements the tixButtonBox widget
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixButtonBox {
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -classname  TixButtonBox
+    -method {
+	add invoke button buttons
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-orientation -orient -padx -pady -state
+    }
+    -static {
+	-orientation
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-orientation orientation Orientation horizontal}
+	{-padx padX Pad 0}
+	{-pady padY Pad 0}
+	{-state state State normal}
+    }
+    -alias {
+	{-orient -orientation}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.borderWidth 		1}
+	{.relief 		raised}
+	{.padX 			5}
+	{.padY 			10}
+	{*Button.anchor		c}
+	{*Button.padX		5}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixButtonBox:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    set data(g:buttons) ""
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                           CONFIG OPTIONS
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixButtonBox:config-padx {w arg} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    foreach item $data(g:buttons) {
+	pack configure $w.$item -padx $arg
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixButtonBox:config-pady {w arg} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    foreach item $data(g:buttons) {
+	pack configure $w.$item -pady $arg
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixButtonBox:config-state {w arg} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    foreach item $data(g:buttons) {
+	$w.$item config -state $arg
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Methods
+#                     WIDGET COMMANDS
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixButtonBox:add {w name args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    eval button $w.$name $args
+    if {$data(-orientation) == "horizontal"} {
+	pack $w.$name -side left -expand yes -fill y\
+	    -padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady)
+    } else {
+	pack $w.$name -side top -expand yes  -fill x\
+	    -padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady)
+    }
+
+    # allow for subwidget access
+    #
+    lappend data(g:buttons) $name
+    set data(w:$name) $w.$name
+
+    return $w.$name
+}
+
+proc tixButtonBox:button {w name args} {
+    return [eval tixCallMethod $w subwidget $name $args]
+}
+
+proc tixButtonBox:buttons {w args} {
+    return [eval tixCallMethod $w subwidgets -group buttons $args]
+}
+
+#
+# call the command
+proc tixButtonBox:invoke {w name} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $w.$name invoke
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/CObjView.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/CObjView.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: CObjView.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# CObjView.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements the Canvas Object View widget. This is a base
+#	class of IconView. It implements:
+
+#	(1) Automatic placement/adjustment of the scrollbars according
+#	to the canvas objects inside the canvas subwidget. The
+#	scrollbars are adjusted so that the canvas is just large
+#	enough to see all the objects.
+#
+#	(2) D+D bindings of the objects (%% not implemented)
+#
+#	(3) Keyboard traversal of the objects (%% not implemented). By the
+#	virtual method :SelectObject.
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixCObjView {
+    -classname TixCObjView
+    -superclass tixScrolledWidget
+    -method {
+	adjustscrollregion
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-xscrollincrement -yscrollincrement
+    }
+    -static {
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-xscrollincrement xScrollIncrement ScrollIncrement 10}
+	{-yscrollincrement yScrollIncrement ScrollIncrement 10}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.scrollbar			auto}
+	{*borderWidth			1}
+	{*canvas.background		#c3c3c3}
+	{*canvas.highlightBackground	#d9d9d9}
+	{*canvas.relief			sunken}
+	{*canvas.takeFocus		1}
+	{*Scrollbar.takeFocus		0}
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-scrollbar
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixCObjView:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    set data(w:canvas) \
+	[canvas $w.canvas]
+    set data(w:hsb) \
+	[scrollbar $w.hsb -orient horizontal]
+    set data(w:vsb) \
+	[scrollbar $w.vsb -orient vertical]
+
+    set data(pw:client) $data(w:canvas)
+
+    set data(xorig) 0
+    set data(yorig) 0
+
+    set data(sx1) 0
+    set data(sy1) 0
+    set data(sx2) 0
+    set data(sy2) 0
+}
+
+proc tixCObjView:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+# %% scan/drag of canvas??
+#
+#    $data(w:canvas) config \
+#	-xscrollcommand "tixCObjView:XScroll $w"\
+#	-yscrollcommand "tixCObjView:YScroll $w"
+
+    $data(w:hsb) config -command "tixCObjView:UserScroll $w x"
+    $data(w:vsb) config -command "tixCObjView:UserScroll $w y"
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		option configs
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixCObjView:config-takefocus {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+  
+    $data(w:canvas) config -takefocus $value
+}	
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Widget commands
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixCObjView:adjustscrollregion {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set cW [tixWinWidth  $data(w:canvas)]
+    set cH [tixWinHeight $data(w:canvas)]
+
+    tixCObjView:GetScrollRegion $w $cW $cH 1 1
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Private Methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixCObjView:GeometryInfo {w cW cH} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set bd \
+	[expr [$data(w:canvas) cget -bd] + [$data(w:canvas) cget -highlightthickness]]
+
+    incr cW -[expr {2*$bd}]
+    incr cH -[expr {2*$bd}]
+
+    return [tixCObjView:GetScrollRegion $w $cW $cH 0 0]
+}
+
+proc tixCObjView:PlaceWindow {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set cW [tixWinWidth  $data(w:canvas)]
+    set cH [tixWinHeight $data(w:canvas)]
+
+    tixCObjView:GetScrollRegion $w $cW $cH 1 0
+
+    tixChainMethod $w PlaceWindow
+}
+
+proc tixCObjView:GetScrollRegion {w cW cH setReg callConfig} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set x1max $data(xorig)
+    set y1max $data(yorig)
+
+    set x2min [expr {$x1max + $cW - 1}]
+    set y2min [expr {$y1max + $cH - 1}]
+ 
+    set bbox [$data(w:canvas) bbox all]
+
+    if {$bbox == ""} {
+	set bbox {0 0 1 1}
+    }
+
+    set x1 [lindex $bbox 0]
+    set y1 [lindex $bbox 1]
+    set x2 [lindex $bbox 2]
+    set y2 [lindex $bbox 3]
+
+    set bd \
+	[expr [$data(w:canvas) cget -bd] + [$data(w:canvas) cget -highlightthickness]]
+
+    incr x1 -$bd
+    incr y1 -$bd
+    incr x2 -$bd
+    incr y2 -$bd
+
+    if {$x1 > $x1max} {
+	set x1 $x1max
+    }
+    if {$y1 > $y1max} {
+	set y1 $y1max
+    }
+    if {$x2 < $x2min} {
+	set x2 $x2min
+    }
+    if {$y2 < $y2min} {
+	set y2 $y2min
+    }
+
+    set data(sx1) $x1
+    set data(sy1) $y1
+    set data(sx2) $x2
+    set data(sy2) $y2
+
+    set sW [expr {$x2 - $x1 + 1}]
+    set sH [expr {$y2 - $y1 + 1}]
+
+#    puts "sregion = {$x1 $y1 $x2 $y2}; sW=$sW; cW=$cW"
+
+    if {$sW > $cW} {
+	set hsbSpec {0.5 1}
+    } else {
+	set hsbSpec {0 1}
+    }
+    if {$sH > $cH} {
+	set vsbSpec {0.5 1}
+    } else {
+	set vsbSpec {0 1}
+    }
+
+    if $setReg {
+	tixCObjView:SetScrollBars $w $cW $cH $sW $sH
+    }
+    if $callConfig {
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledWidget:Configure $w
+    }
+
+    return [list $hsbSpec $vsbSpec]
+}
+
+#xF = xFirst
+#
+proc tixCObjView:SetScrollBars {w cW cH sW sH} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+#    puts "$data(xorig) <--> $data(sx1)"
+
+    set xF [expr ($data(xorig).0-$data(sx1).0)/$sW.0]
+    set xL [expr $cW.0/$sW.0 + $xF]
+
+    set yF [expr ($data(yorig).0-$data(sy1).0)/$sH.0]
+    set yL [expr $cH.0/$sH.0 + $yF]
+
+#    puts "$xF $xL : $yF $yL"
+    $data(w:hsb) set $xF $xL    
+    $data(w:vsb) set $yF $yL    
+}
+
+proc tixCObjView:UserScroll {w dir type args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:canvas) config -xscrollincrement 1 -yscrollincrement 1
+
+    case $dir {
+	x {
+	    set n $data(xorig)
+	    set orig $data(xorig)
+	    set s1 $data(sx1)
+	    set total [expr {$data(sx2)-$data(sx1)}]
+	    set page  [tixWinWidth $data(w:canvas)]
+	    set min $data(sx1)
+	    set max [expr {$data(sx1)+$total-$page}]
+	    set inc $data(-xscrollincrement)
+	}
+	y {
+	    set n $data(yorig)
+	    set orig $data(yorig)
+	    set s1 $data(sy1)
+	    set total [expr {$data(sy2)-$data(sy1)}]
+	    set page  [tixWinHeight $data(w:canvas)]
+	    set min $data(sy1)
+	    set max [expr {$data(sy1)+$total-$page}]
+	    set inc $data(-yscrollincrement)
+	}
+    }
+	    
+    case $type {
+	scroll {
+	    set amt  [lindex $args 0] 
+	    set unit [lindex $args 1] 
+
+	    case $unit {
+		units {
+		    incr n [expr int($inc)*$amt]
+		}
+		pages {
+		    incr n [expr {$page*$amt}]
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	moveto {
+	    set first [lindex $args 0] 
+	    set n [expr round($first*$total)+$s1]
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {$n < $min} {
+	set n $min
+    }
+    if {$n > $max} {
+	set n $max
+    }
+
+#    puts "n=$n min=$min max=$max"
+
+    case $dir {
+	x {
+	    $data(w:canvas) xview scroll [expr {$n-$orig}] units
+	    set data(xorig) $n
+	}
+	y {
+	    $data(w:canvas) yview scroll [expr {$n-$orig}] units
+	    set data(yorig) $n
+	}
+    }
+
+    set cW [tixWinWidth $data(w:canvas)]
+    set cH [tixWinHeight $data(w:canvas)]
+    set sW [expr {$data(sx2)-$data(sx1)+1}]
+    set sH [expr {$data(sy2)-$data(sy1)+1}]
+
+    tixCObjView:SetScrollBars $w $cW $cH $sW $sH
+}
+
+# Junk
+#
+#
+proc tixCObjView:XScroll {w first last} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set sc [$data(w:canvas) cget -scrollregion]
+    if {$sc == ""} {
+	set x1 1
+	set x2 [tixWinWidth $data(w:canvas)]
+    } else {
+	set x1 [lindex $sc 0]
+	set x2 [lindex $sc 2]
+    }
+    
+    set W [expr {$x2 - $x1}]
+    if {$W < 1} {
+	set W 1
+    }
+
+    $data(w:hsb) set $first $last
+
+#    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledWidget:Configure $w
+}
+
+# Junk
+#
+proc tixCObjView:YScroll {w first last} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set sc [$data(w:canvas) cget -scrollregion]
+
+    if {$sc == ""} {
+	set y1 1
+	set y2 [tixWinHeight $data(w:canvas)]
+    } else {
+	set y1 [lindex $sc 1]
+	set y2 [lindex $sc 3]
+    }
+    
+    set H [expr {$y2 - $y1}]
+    if {$H < 1} {
+	set H 1
+    }
+
+    $data(w:vsb) set $first $last
+
+#   tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledWidget:Configure $w
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/ChkList.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/ChkList.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: ChkList.tcl,v 1.6 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# ChkList.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements the TixCheckList widget.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixCheckList {
+    -classname TixCheckList
+    -superclass tixTree
+    -method {
+	getselection getstatus setstatus
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-radio
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-radio radio Radio false tixVerifyBoolean}
+
+	{-ignoreinvoke ignoreInvoke IgnoreInvoke true tixVerifyBoolean}
+    }
+    -static {
+	-radio
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.scrollbar			auto}
+	{.doubleClick			false}
+	{*Scrollbar.takeFocus           0}
+	{*borderWidth                   1}
+	{*hlist.background              #c3c3c3}
+	{*hlist.drawBranch              1}
+	{*hlist.height                  10}
+	{*hlist.highlightBackground      #d9d9d9}
+	{*hlist.indicator               1}
+	{*hlist.indent                  20}
+	{*hlist.itemType                imagetext}
+	{*hlist.padX                    3}
+	{*hlist.padY                    0}
+	{*hlist.relief                  sunken}
+	{*hlist.takeFocus               1}
+	{*hlist.wideSelection           0}
+	{*hlist.width                   20}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixCheckList:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    if {$data(-radio)} {
+	set data(selected) ""
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#			Widget commands
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Helper function for getselection
+#
+proc tixCheckList:GetSel {w var ent mode} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    upvar $var img
+
+    set ents ""
+
+    catch {
+	if {[$data(w:hlist) entrycget $ent -bitmap] eq $img($mode)} {
+	    lappend ents $ent
+	}
+    }
+
+    foreach child [$data(w:hlist) info children $ent] {
+	set ents [concat $ents [tixCheckList:GetSel $w img $child $mode]]
+    }
+
+    return $ents
+}
+
+
+# Mode can be on, off, default
+#
+proc tixCheckList:getselection {w {mode on}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set img(on)      [tix getbitmap ck_on]
+    set img(off)     [tix getbitmap ck_off]
+    set img(default) [tix getbitmap ck_def]
+
+    set ents ""
+    foreach child [$data(w:hlist) info children] {
+	set ents [concat $ents [tixCheckList:GetSel $w img $child $mode]]
+    }
+    return $ents
+}
+
+proc tixCheckList:getstatus {w ent} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[$data(w:hlist) entrycget $ent -itemtype] eq "imagetext"} {
+	set img(on)      [tix getbitmap ck_on]
+	set img(off)     [tix getbitmap ck_off]
+	set img(default) [tix getbitmap ck_def]
+
+	set bitmap [$data(w:hlist) entrycget $ent -bitmap]
+
+	if {$bitmap eq $img(on)} {
+	    set status on
+	}
+	if {$bitmap eq $img(off)} {
+	    set status off
+	}
+	if {$bitmap eq $img(default)} {
+	    set status default
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {[info exists status]} {
+	return $status
+    } else {
+	return "none"
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixCheckList:setstatus {w ent {mode on}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-radio)} {
+	set status [tixCheckList:getstatus $w $ent]
+
+	if {$status eq $mode} {
+	    return
+	}
+
+	if {$mode eq "on"} {
+	    if {$data(selected) != ""} {
+		tixCheckList:Select $w $data(selected) off
+	    }
+	    set data(selected) $ent
+	    tixCheckList:Select $w $ent $mode
+	} elseif {$mode eq "off"} {
+	    if {$data(selected) eq $ent} {
+		return
+	    }
+	    tixCheckList:Select $w $ent $mode
+	} else {
+	    tixCheckList:Select $w $ent $mode
+	}
+    } else {
+	tixCheckList:Select $w $ent $mode
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixCheckList:Select {w ent mode} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[$data(w:hlist) entrycget $ent -itemtype] eq "imagetext"} {
+	set img(on)      ck_on
+	set img(off)     ck_off
+	set img(default) ck_def
+
+	if [catch {
+	    set bitmap [tix getbitmap $img($mode)]
+	    $data(w:hlist) entryconfig $ent -bitmap $bitmap
+	}] {
+	    # must be the "none" mode
+	    #
+	    catch {
+		$data(w:hlist) entryconfig $ent -bitmap ""
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    return $mode
+}
+
+proc tixCheckList:HandleCheck {w ent} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[$data(w:hlist) entrycget $ent -itemtype] eq "imagetext"} {
+	set img(on)      [tix getbitmap ck_on]
+	set img(off)     [tix getbitmap ck_off]
+	set img(default) [tix getbitmap ck_def]
+
+	set curMode [tixCheckList:getstatus $w $ent]
+
+	case $curMode {
+	    on {
+		tixCheckList:setstatus $w $ent off
+	    }
+	    off {
+		tixCheckList:setstatus $w $ent on
+	    }
+	    none {
+		return
+	    }
+	    default {
+		tixCheckList:setstatus $w $ent on
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixCheckList:Command {w B} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    upvar $B bind
+
+    set ent [tixEvent flag V]
+    tixCheckList:HandleCheck $w $ent
+
+    tixChainMethod $w Command $B
+}
+
+proc tixCheckList:BrowseCmd {w B} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    upvar $B bind
+
+    set ent [tixEvent flag V]
+
+    case [tixEvent type] {
+	{<ButtonPress-1> <space>} {
+	    tixCheckList:HandleCheck $w $ent
+	}
+    }
+
+    tixChainMethod $w BrowseCmd $B 
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/ComboBox.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/ComboBox.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1558 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: ComboBox.tcl,v 1.8 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# tixCombobox --
+#
+#	A combobox widget is basically a listbox widget with an entry
+#	widget.
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+
+global tkPriv
+if {![llength [info globals tkPriv]]} {
+    tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable tkPriv
+}
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# tkPriv elements used in this file:
+#
+# afterId -		Token returned by "after" for autoscanning.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+foreach fun {tkCancelRepeat tkListboxUpDown tkButtonUp} {
+    if {![llength [info commands $fun]]} {
+	tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand $fun
+    }
+}
+unset fun
+
+tixWidgetClass tixComboBox {
+    -classname TixComboBox
+    -superclass tixLabelWidget
+    -method {
+	addhistory align appendhistory flash invoke insert pick popdown
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-anchor -arrowbitmap -browsecmd -command -crossbitmap
+	-disablecallback -disabledforeground -dropdown -editable
+	-fancy -grab -histlimit -historylimit -history -listcmd
+	-listwidth -prunehistory -selection -selectmode -state
+	-tickbitmap -validatecmd -value -variable
+    }
+    -static {
+	-dropdown -fancy
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-variable -selectmode -state
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-arrowbitmap arrowBitmap ArrowBitmap ""}
+	{-anchor anchor Anchor w}
+	{-browsecmd browseCmd BrowseCmd ""}
+        {-command command Command ""}
+	{-crossbitmap crossBitmap CrossBitmap ""}
+	{-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-disabledforeground disabledForeground DisabledForeground #606060}
+	{-dropdown dropDown DropDown true tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-editable editable Editable false tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-fancy fancy Fancy false tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-grab grab Grab global}
+	{-listcmd listCmd ListCmd ""}
+	{-listwidth listWidth ListWidth ""}
+	{-historylimit historyLimit HistoryLimit ""}
+	{-history history History false tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-prunehistory pruneHistory PruneHistory true tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-selectmode selectMode SelectMode browse}
+	{-selection selection Selection ""}
+        {-state state State normal}
+	{-validatecmd validateCmd ValidateCmd ""}
+	{-value value Value ""}
+	{-variable variable Variable ""}
+	{-tickbitmap tickBitmap TickBitmap ""}
+    }
+    -alias {
+	{-histlimit -historylimit}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{*Entry.relief				sunken}
+	{*TixScrolledListBox.scrollbar		auto}
+	{*Listbox.exportSelection		false}
+	{*Listbox.takeFocus			false}
+	{*shell.borderWidth			2}
+	{*shell.relief				raised}
+	{*shell.cursor				arrow}
+	{*Button.anchor				c}
+	{*Button.borderWidth			1}
+	{*Button.highlightThickness		0}
+	{*Button.padX				0}
+	{*Button.padY				0}
+	{*tick.width				18}
+	{*tick.height				18}
+	{*cross.width				18}
+	{*cross.height				18}
+	{*arrow.anchor				c}
+	{*arrow.width				15}
+	{*arrow.height				18}
+    }
+}
+
+# States: normal numbers: for dropdown style
+#         d+digit(s)    : for non-dropdown style
+#
+proc tixComboBox:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    set data(curIndex)    ""
+    set data(varInited)	  0
+    set data(state)       none
+    set data(ignore)      0
+
+    if {$data(-history)} {
+        set data(-editable) 1
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-arrowbitmap) eq ""} {
+	set data(-arrowbitmap) [tix getbitmap cbxarrow]
+    }
+    if {$data(-crossbitmap) eq ""} {
+	set data(-crossbitmap) [tix getbitmap cross]
+    }
+    if {$data(-tickbitmap) eq ""} {
+	set data(-tickbitmap) [tix getbitmap tick]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:ConstructFramedWidget {w frame} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructFramedWidget $frame
+
+    if {$data(-dropdown)} {
+	tixComboBox:ConstructEntryFrame $w $frame
+	tixComboBox:ConstructListShell $w
+    } else {
+	set f1 [frame $frame.f1]
+	set f2 [frame $frame.f2]
+
+	tixComboBox:ConstructEntryFrame $w $f1
+	tixComboBox:ConstructListFrame  $w $f2
+	pack $f1 -side top -pady 2 -fill x
+	pack $f2 -side top -pady 2 -fill both -expand yes
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:ConstructEntryFrame {w frame} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # (1) The entry
+    #
+    set data(w:entry) [entry $frame.entry]
+
+    if {!$data(-editable)} {
+	set bg [$w cget -bg]
+	$data(w:entry) config -bg $bg -state disabled -takefocus 1
+    }
+
+    # This is used during "config-state"
+    #
+    set data(entryfg) [$data(w:entry) cget -fg]
+
+    # (2) The dropdown button, not necessary when not in dropdown mode
+    #
+    set data(w:arrow) [button $frame.arrow -bitmap $data(-arrowbitmap)]
+    if {!$data(-dropdown)} {
+	set xframe [frame $frame.xframe -width 19]
+    }
+
+    # (3) The fancy tick and cross buttons
+    #
+    if {$data(-fancy)} {
+	if {$data(-editable)} {
+           set data(w:cross)  [button $frame.cross -bitmap $data(-crossbitmap)]
+	   set data(w:tick)   [button $frame.tick  -bitmap $data(-tickbitmap)]
+
+	   pack $frame.cross -side left -padx 1
+	   pack $frame.tick  -side left -padx 1
+	} else {
+	   set data(w:tick)   [button $frame.tick  -bitmap $data(-tickbitmap)]
+	   pack $frame.tick  -side left -padx 1
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-dropdown)} {
+	pack $data(w:arrow) -side right -padx 1
+	foreach wid [list $data(w:frame) $data(w:label)] {
+	    tixAddBindTag $wid TixComboWid
+	    tixSetMegaWidget $wid $w TixComboBox
+	}
+    } else {
+	pack $xframe -side right -padx 1
+    }
+    pack $frame.entry -side right -fill x -expand yes -padx 1
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:ConstructListShell {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # Create the shell and the list
+    #------------------------------
+    set data(w:shell) [menu $w.shell -bd 2 -relief raised -tearoff 0]
+    wm overrideredirect $data(w:shell) 1
+    wm withdraw $data(w:shell)
+
+    set data(w:slistbox) [tixScrolledListBox $data(w:shell).slistbox \
+	-anchor $data(-anchor) -scrollbarspace y \
+	-options {listbox.selectMode "browse"}]
+
+    set data(w:listbox) [$data(w:slistbox) subwidget listbox]
+
+    pack $data(w:slistbox) -expand yes -fill both -padx 2 -pady 2
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:ConstructListFrame {w frame} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(w:slistbox) [tixScrolledListBox $frame.slistbox \
+	-anchor $data(-anchor)]
+
+    set data(w:listbox) [$data(w:slistbox) subwidget listbox]
+
+    pack $data(w:slistbox) -expand yes -fill both
+}
+
+
+proc tixComboBox:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    # (1) Fix the bindings for the combobox
+    #
+    bindtags $w [list $w TixComboBox [winfo toplevel $w] all]
+
+    # (2) The entry subwidget
+    #
+    tixSetMegaWidget $data(w:entry) $w TixComboBox
+
+    bindtags $data(w:entry) [list $data(w:entry) Entry TixComboEntry\
+	TixComboWid [winfo toplevel $data(w:entry)] all]
+
+    # (3) The listbox and slistbox
+    #
+    $data(w:slistbox) config -browsecmd \
+	[list tixComboBox:LbBrowse  $w]
+    $data(w:slistbox) config -command\
+	[list tixComboBox:LbCommand $w]
+    $data(w:listbox) config -takefocus 0
+
+    tixAddBindTag $data(w:listbox)  TixComboLb
+    tixAddBindTag $data(w:slistbox) TixComboLb
+    tixSetMegaWidget $data(w:listbox)  $w TixComboBox
+    tixSetMegaWidget $data(w:slistbox) $w TixComboBox
+
+    # (4) The buttons
+    #
+    if {$data(-dropdown)} {
+	$data(w:arrow) config -takefocus 0
+	tixAddBindTag $data(w:arrow) TixComboArrow
+	tixSetMegaWidget $data(w:arrow) $w TixComboBox
+
+	bind $data(w:root) <1>                [list tixComboBox:RootDown $w]
+	bind $data(w:root) <ButtonRelease-1>  [list tixComboBox:RootUp   $w]
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-fancy)} {
+	if {$data(-editable)} {
+	    $data(w:cross) config -command [list tixComboBox:CrossBtn $w] \
+		-takefocus 0
+	}
+	$data(w:tick) config -command [list tixComboBox:Invoke $w] -takefocus 0
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-dropdown)} {
+	set data(state) 0
+    } else {
+	set data(state) n0
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBoxBind {} {
+    #----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # The class bindings for the TixComboBox
+    #
+    tixBind TixComboBox <Escape> {
+	if {[tixComboBox:EscKey %W]} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    tixBind TixComboBox <Configure> {
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixComboBox:align %W
+    }
+    # Only the two "linear" detail_fields  are for tabbing (moving) among
+    # widgets inside the same toplevel. Other detail_fields are sort
+    # of irrelevant
+    #
+    tixBind TixComboBox <FocusOut>  {
+	if {[string equal %d NotifyNonlinear] ||
+	    [string equal %d NotifyNonlinearVirtual]} {
+
+	    if {[info exists %W(cancelTab)]} {
+		unset %W(cancelTab)
+	    } else {
+		if {[set %W(-state)] ne "disabled"} {
+		    if {[set %W(-selection)] ne [set %W(-value)]} {
+			tixComboBox:Invoke %W
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    tixBind TixComboBox <FocusIn>  {
+	if {"%d" eq "NotifyNonlinear" || "%d" eq "NotifyNonlinearVirtual"} {
+	    focus [%W subwidget entry]
+
+	    # CYGNUS: Setting the selection if there is no data
+	    # causes backspace to misbehave.
+	    if {[[set %W(w:entry)] get] ne ""} {
+  		[set %W(w:entry)] selection from 0
+  		[set %W(w:entry)] selection to end
+  	    }
+
+	}
+    }
+
+    #----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # The class tixBindings for the arrow button widget inside the TixComboBox
+    #
+
+    tixBind TixComboArrow <1>               {
+	tixComboBox:ArrowDown [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox]
+    }
+    tixBind TixComboArrow <ButtonRelease-1> {
+	tixComboBox:ArrowUp   [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox]
+    }
+    tixBind TixComboArrow <Escape>          {
+	if {[tixComboBox:EscKey [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox]]} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+
+
+    #----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # The class tixBindings for the entry widget inside the TixComboBox
+    #
+    tixBind TixComboEntry <Up>		{
+	tixComboBox:EntDirKey [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox] up
+    }
+    tixBind TixComboEntry <Down>	{
+	tixComboBox:EntDirKey [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox] down
+    }
+    tixBind TixComboEntry <Prior>	{
+	tixComboBox:EntDirKey [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox] pageup
+    }
+    tixBind TixComboEntry <Next>	{
+	tixComboBox:EntDirKey [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox] pagedown
+    }
+    tixBind TixComboEntry <Return>	{
+	tixComboBox:EntReturnKey [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox]
+    }
+    tixBind TixComboEntry <KeyPress>	{
+	tixComboBox:EntKeyPress [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox]
+    }
+    tixBind TixComboEntry <Escape> 	{
+	if {[tixComboBox:EscKey [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox]]} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    tixBind TixComboEntry <Tab> 	{
+	if {[set [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox](-state)] ne "disabled"} {
+	    if {[tixComboBox:EntTab [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox]]} {
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    tixBind TixComboEntry <1>	{
+	if {[set [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox](-state)] ne "disabled"} {
+	    focus %W
+	}
+    }
+    tixBind TixComboEntry <ButtonRelease-2>	{
+	tixComboBox:EntKeyPress [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox]
+    }
+
+    #----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # The class bindings for the listbox subwidget
+    #
+
+    tixBind TixComboWid <Escape> {
+	if {[tixComboBox:EscKey [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox]]} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+
+    #----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # The class bindings for some widgets inside ComboBox
+    #
+    tixBind TixComboWid <ButtonRelease-1> {
+	tixComboBox:WidUp [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox]
+    }
+    tixBind TixComboWid <Escape> {
+	if {[tixComboBox:EscKey [tixGetMegaWidget %W TixComboBox]]} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#              Cooked events
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixComboBox:ArrowDown {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-state) eq "disabled"} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    switch -exact -- $data(state) {
+	0	{ tixComboBox:GoState 1 $w }
+	2	{ tixComboBox:GoState 19 $w }
+	default	{ tixComboBox:StateError $w }
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:ArrowUp {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    
+    switch -exact -- $data(state) {
+	1	{ tixComboBox:GoState 2 $w }
+	19	{
+	    # data(ignore) was already set in state 19
+	    tixComboBox:GoState 4 $w
+	}
+	5	{ tixComboBox:GoState 13 $w }
+	default	{ tixComboBox:StateError $w }
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:RootDown {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    
+    switch -exact -- $data(state) {
+	0	{
+	    # Ignore
+	}
+	2	{ tixComboBox:GoState 3 $w }
+	default { tixComboBox:StateError $w }
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:RootUp {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    
+    switch -exact -- $data(state) {
+	{1} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState 12 $w
+	}
+	{3} {
+	    # data(ignore) was already set in state 3
+	    tixComboBox:GoState 4 $w
+	}
+	{5} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState 7 $w
+	}
+	default {
+	    tixComboBox:StateError $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:WidUp {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    
+    switch -exact -- $data(state) {
+	{1} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState 12 $w
+	}
+	{5} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState 13 $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:LbBrowse {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set event [tixEvent type]
+    set x [tixEvent flag x]
+    set y [tixEvent flag y]
+    set X [tixEvent flag X]
+    set Y [tixEvent flag Y]
+
+    if {$data(-state) eq "disabled"} { return }
+
+    switch -exact -- $event {
+	<1> {
+	    case $data(state) {
+		{2} {
+		    tixComboBox:GoState 5 $w $x $y $X $Y
+		}
+		{5} {
+		    tixComboBox:GoState 5 $w $x $y $X $Y
+		}
+		{n0} {
+		    tixComboBox:GoState n6 $w $x $y $X $Y
+		}
+		default {
+		    tixComboBox:StateError $w
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	<ButtonRelease-1> {
+	    case $data(state) {
+		{5} {
+		    tixComboBox:GoState 6 $w $x $y $X $Y
+		}
+		{n6} {
+		    tixComboBox:GoState n0 $w
+		}
+		default {
+		    tixComboBox:StateError $w
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	default {
+	    # Must be a motion event
+	    case $data(state) {
+		{1} {
+		    tixComboBox:GoState 9 $w $x $y $X $Y
+		}
+		{5} {
+		    tixComboBox:GoState 5 $w $x $y $X $Y
+		}
+		{n6} {
+		    tixComboBox:GoState n6 $w $x $y $X $Y
+		}
+		default {
+		    tixComboBox:StateError $w
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:LbCommand {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(state) eq "n0"} {
+	tixComboBox:GoState n1 $w
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#           General keyboard event
+
+# returns 1 if the combobox is in some special state and the Escape key
+# shouldn't be handled by the toplevel bind tag. As a result, when a combobox
+# is popped up in a dialog box, Escape will popdown the combo. If the combo
+# is not popped up, Escape will invoke the toplevel bindtag (which can
+# pop down the dialog box)
+#
+proc tixComboBox:EscKey {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-state) eq "disabled"} { return }
+
+    switch -exact -- $data(state) {
+	{0} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState 17 $w
+	}
+	{2} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState 16 $w
+	    return 1
+	}
+	{n0} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState n4 $w
+	}
+	default {
+	    # ignore
+	    return 1
+	}
+    }
+
+    return 0
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------
+# Keyboard events
+#----------------------------------------
+proc tixComboBox:EntDirKey {w dir} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-state) eq "disabled"} { return }
+
+    switch -exact -- $data(state) {
+	{0} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState 10 $w $dir
+	}
+	{2} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState 11 $w $dir
+	}
+	{5} {
+	    # ignore
+	}
+	{n0} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState n3 $w $dir
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:EntReturnKey {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-state) eq "disabled"} { return }
+
+    switch -exact -- $data(state) {
+	{0} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState 14 $w
+	}
+	{2} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState 15 $w
+	}
+	{5} {
+	    # ignore
+	}
+	{n0} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState n1 $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+# Return 1 == break from the binding == no keyboard focus traversal
+proc tixComboBox:EntTab {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    switch -exact -- $data(state) {
+	{0} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState 14 $w
+	    set data(cancelTab) ""
+	    return 0
+	}
+	{2} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState 15 $w
+	    set data(cancelTab) ""
+	    return 0
+	}
+	{n0} {
+	    tixComboBox:GoState n1 $w
+	    set data(cancelTab) ""
+	    return 0
+	}
+	default {
+	    return 1
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:EntKeyPress {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-state) eq "disabled" || !$data(-editable)} { return }
+
+    switch -exact -- $data(state) {
+	0 - 2 - n0 {
+	    tixComboBox:ClearListboxSelection $w
+	    tixComboBox:SetSelection $w [$data(w:entry) get] 0 0
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixComboBox:HandleDirKey {w dir} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[tixComboBox:CheckListboxSelection $w]} {
+	switch -exact -- $dir {
+	    "up" {
+		tkListboxUpDown $data(w:listbox) -1
+		set data(curIndex) [lindex [$data(w:listbox) curselection] 0]
+		tixComboBox:SetSelectionFromListbox $w
+	    }
+	    "down" {
+		tkListboxUpDown $data(w:listbox)  1
+		set data(curIndex) [lindex [$data(w:listbox) curselection] 0]
+		tixComboBox:SetSelectionFromListbox $w
+	    }
+	    "pageup" {
+		$data(w:listbox) yview scroll -1 pages
+	    }
+	    "pagedown" {
+		$data(w:listbox) yview scroll  1 pages
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	# There wasn't good selection in the listbox.
+	#
+	tixComboBox:SetSelectionFromListbox $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:Invoke {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:SetValue $w $data(-selection)
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-history)} {
+	tixComboBox:addhistory $w $data(-value)
+	set data(curIndex) 0
+    }
+    $data(w:entry) selection from 0
+    $data(w:entry) selection to end
+    $data(w:entry) icursor end
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                   MAINTAINING THE -VALUE
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixComboBox:SetValue {w newValue {noUpdate 0} {updateEnt 1}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[llength $data(-validatecmd)]} {
+       set data(-value) [tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-validatecmd) "" $newValue]
+    } else {
+	set data(-value) $newValue
+    }
+
+    if {! $noUpdate} {
+	tixVariable:UpdateVariable $w
+    }
+
+    if {$updateEnt} {
+	if {!$data(-editable)} {
+	    $data(w:entry) delete 0 end
+	    $data(w:entry) insert 0 $data(-value)
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {!$data(-disablecallback) && [llength $data(-command)]} {
+	if {![info exists data(varInited)]} {
+	    set bind(specs) {%V}
+	    set bind(%V)    $data(-value)
+
+	    tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $data(-value)
+	    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+		# The user destroyed the window!
+		return
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    set data(-selection) $data(-value)
+    if {$updateEnt} {
+	tixSetEntry $data(w:entry) $data(-value)
+
+	if {$data(-anchor) eq "e"} {
+	    tixComboBox:EntryAlignEnd $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+# markSel: should the all the text in the entry be highlighted?
+#
+proc tixComboBox:SetSelection {w value {markSel 1} {setent 1}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$setent} {
+	tixSetEntry $data(w:entry) $value
+    }
+    set data(-selection) $value
+
+    if {$data(-selectmode) eq "browse"} {
+	if {$markSel} {
+	    $data(w:entry) selection range 0 end
+	}
+	if {[llength $data(-browsecmd)]} {
+	    set bind(specs) {%V}
+	    set bind(%V)    [$data(w:entry) get]
+	    tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-browsecmd) bind [$data(w:entry) get]
+	}
+    } else {
+	tixComboBox:SetValue $w $value 0 0
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:ClearListboxSelection {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![winfo exists $data(w:listbox)]} {
+	tixDebug "tixComboBox:ClearListboxSelection error non-existent $data(w:listbox)"
+	return
+    }
+
+    $data(w:listbox) selection clear 0 end
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:UpdateListboxSelection {w index} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![winfo exists $data(w:listbox)]} {
+	tixDebug "tixComboBox:UpdateListboxSelection error non-existent $data(w:listbox)"
+	return
+    }
+    if {$index != ""} {
+	$data(w:listbox) selection set $index
+	$data(w:listbox) selection anchor $index
+    }
+}
+
+
+proc tixComboBox:Cancel {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixSetEntry $data(w:entry) $data(-value)
+    tixComboBox:SetSelection $w $data(-value)
+
+    if {[tixComboBox:LbGetSelection $w] ne $data(-selection)} {
+	tixComboBox:ClearListboxSelection $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:flash {w} {
+    tixComboBox:BlinkEntry $w
+}
+
+# Make the entry blink when the user selects a choice
+#
+proc tixComboBox:BlinkEntry {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data(entryBlacken)]} {
+	set old_bg [$data(w:entry) cget -bg]
+	set old_fg [$data(w:entry) cget -fg]
+
+	$data(w:entry) config -fg $old_bg
+	$data(w:entry) config -bg $old_fg
+
+	set data(entryBlacken) 1
+	after 50 tixComboBox:RestoreBlink $w [list $old_bg] [list $old_fg]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:RestoreBlink {w old_bg old_fg} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[info exists data(w:entry)] && [winfo exists $data(w:entry)]} {
+	$data(w:entry) config -fg $old_fg
+	$data(w:entry) config -bg $old_bg
+    }
+
+    if {[info exists data(entryBlacken)]} {
+	unset data(entryBlacken)
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------
+#  Handle events inside the list box
+#----------------------------------------
+
+proc tixComboBox:LbIndex {w {flag ""}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![winfo exists $data(w:listbox)]} {
+	tixDebug "tixComboBox:LbIndex error non-existent $data(w:listbox)"
+	if {$flag eq "emptyOK"} {
+	    return ""
+	} else {
+	    return 0
+	}
+    }
+    set sel [lindex [$data(w:listbox) curselection] 0]
+    if {$sel != ""} {
+	return $sel
+    } else {
+	if {$flag eq "emptyOK"} {
+	    return ""
+	} else {
+	    return 0
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#			STATE MANIPULATION
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-0 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[info exists data(w:root)] && [grab current] eq "$data(w:root)"} {
+	grab release $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-1 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:Popup $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-2 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-3 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(ignore) 1
+    tixComboBox:Popdown $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-4 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:Ungrab $w
+    if {$data(ignore)} {
+	tixComboBox:Cancel $w
+    } else {
+	tixComboBox:Invoke $w
+    }
+    tixComboBox:GoState 0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-5 {w x y X Y} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:LbSelect $w $x $y $X $Y
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-6 {w x y X Y} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:Popdown $w
+
+    if {[tixWithinWindow $data(w:shell) $X $Y]} {
+	set data(ignore) 0
+    } else {
+	set data(ignore) 1
+    }
+
+    tixComboBox:GoState 4 $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-7 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:Popdown $w
+    set data(ignore) 1
+    catch {
+	global tkPriv
+	if {$tkPriv(afterId) != ""} {
+	    tkCancelRepeat
+	}
+    }
+
+    set data(ignore) 1
+    tixComboBox:GoState 4 $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-9 {w x y X Y} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    catch {
+	tkButtonUp $data(w:arrow)
+    }
+    tixComboBox:GoState 5 $w $x $y $X $Y
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-10 {w dir} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:Popup $w
+    if {![tixComboBox:CheckListboxSelection $w]} {
+	# There wasn't good selection in the listbox.
+	#
+	tixComboBox:SetSelectionFromListbox $w
+    }
+
+    tixComboBox:GoState 2 $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-11 {w dir} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:HandleDirKey $w $dir
+
+    tixComboBox:GoState 2 $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-12 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    catch {
+	tkButtonUp $data(w:arrow)
+    }
+
+    tixComboBox:GoState 2 $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-13 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    catch {
+	global tkPriv
+	if {$tkPriv(afterId) != ""} {
+	    tkCancelRepeat
+	}
+    }
+    tixComboBox:GoState 2 $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-14 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:Invoke $w
+    tixComboBox:GoState 0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-15 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:Popdown $w
+    set data(ignore) 0
+    tixComboBox:GoState 4 $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-16 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:Popdown $w
+    tixComboBox:Cancel $w
+    set data(ignore) 1
+    tixComboBox:GoState 4 $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-17 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:Cancel $w
+    tixComboBox:GoState 0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-19 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(ignore) [string equal $data(-selection) $data(-value)]
+    tixComboBox:Popdown $w
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                      Non-dropdown states
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-n0 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-n1 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:Invoke $w
+    tixComboBox:GoState n0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-n3 {w dir} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:HandleDirKey $w $dir
+    tixComboBox:GoState n0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-n4 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:Cancel $w
+    tixComboBox:GoState n0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:GoState-n6 {w x y X Y} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:LbSelect $w $x $y $X $Y
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                      General State Manipulation
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixComboBox:GoState {s w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:SetState $w $s
+    eval tixComboBox:GoState-$s $w $args
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:SetState {w s} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+#    catch {puts [info level -2]}
+#    puts "setting state $data(state) --> $s"
+    set data(state) $s
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:StateError {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+#    error "wrong state $data(state)"
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                      Listbox handling
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Set a selection if there isn't one. Returns true if there was already
+# a good selection inside the listbox
+#
+proc tixComboBox:CheckListboxSelection {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![winfo exists $data(w:listbox)]} {
+	tixDebug "tixComboBox:CheckListboxSelection error non-existent $data(w:listbox)"
+	return 0
+    }
+    if {[$data(w:listbox) curselection] == ""} {
+	if {$data(curIndex) == ""} {
+	    set data(curIndex) 0
+	}
+
+	$data(w:listbox) activate $data(curIndex)
+	$data(w:listbox) selection clear 0 end
+	$data(w:listbox) selection set $data(curIndex)
+	$data(w:listbox) see $data(curIndex)
+	return 0
+    } else {
+	return 1
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:SetSelectionFromListbox {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set string [$data(w:listbox) get $data(curIndex)] 
+    tixComboBox:SetSelection $w $string
+    tixComboBox:UpdateListboxSelection $w $data(curIndex)
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:LbGetSelection {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    set index [tixComboBox:LbIndex $w emptyOK]
+
+    if {$index >=0} {
+	return [$data(w:listbox) get $index]
+    } else {
+	return ""
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:LbSelect {w x y X Y} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set index [tixComboBox:LbIndex $w emptyOK]
+    if {$index == ""} {
+	set index [$data(w:listbox) nearest $y]
+    }
+
+    if {$index >= 0} {
+	if {[focus -lastfor $data(w:entry)] ne $data(w:entry) &&
+	    [focus -lastfor $data(w:entry)] ne $data(w:listbox)} {
+	    focus $data(w:entry)
+	}
+
+	set string [$data(w:listbox) get $index] 
+	tixComboBox:SetSelection $w $string
+
+	tixComboBox:UpdateListboxSelection $w $index
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Internal commands
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixComboBox:CrossBtn {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:entry) delete 0 end
+    tixComboBox:ClearListboxSelection $w
+    tixComboBox:SetSelection $w ""
+}
+
+#--------------------------------------------------
+#		Popping up list shell
+#--------------------------------------------------
+
+# Popup the listbox and grab
+#
+#
+proc tixComboBox:Popup {w} {
+    global tcl_platform
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![winfo ismapped $data(w:root)]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    #---------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # 				Pop up
+    #
+    if {$data(-listcmd) != ""} {
+	# This option allows the user to fill in the listbox on demand
+	#
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-listcmd)
+    }
+
+    # calculate the size
+    set  y [winfo rooty $data(w:entry)]
+    incr y [winfo height $data(w:entry)]
+    incr y 3
+
+    set bd [$data(w:shell) cget -bd]
+#   incr bd [$data(w:shell) cget -highlightthickness]
+    set height [expr {[winfo reqheight $data(w:slistbox)] + 2*$bd}]
+
+    set x1 [winfo rootx $data(w:entry)]
+    if {$data(-listwidth) == ""} {
+	if {[winfo ismapped $data(w:arrow)]} {
+	    set x2  [winfo rootx $data(w:arrow)]
+	    if {$x2 >= $x1} {
+		incr x2 [winfo width $data(w:arrow)]
+		set width  [expr {$x2 - $x1}]
+	    } else {
+		set width  [winfo width $data(w:entry)]
+		set x2 [expr {$x1 + $width}]
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    set width  [winfo width $data(w:entry)]
+	    set x2 [expr {$x1 + $width}]
+	}
+    } else {
+	set width $data(-listwidth)
+	set x2 [expr {$x1 + $width}]
+    }
+
+    set reqwidth [winfo reqwidth $data(w:shell)]
+    if {$reqwidth < $width} {
+	set reqwidth $width
+    } else {
+	if {$reqwidth > [expr {$width *3}]} {
+	    set reqwidth [expr {$width *3}]
+	}
+	if {$reqwidth > [winfo vrootwidth .]} {
+	    set reqwidth [winfo vrootwidth .]
+	}
+    }
+    set width $reqwidth
+
+
+    # If the listbox is too far right, pull it back to the left
+    #
+    set scrwidth [winfo vrootwidth .]
+    if {$x2 > $scrwidth} {
+	set x1 [expr {$scrwidth - $width}]
+    }
+
+    # If the listbox is too far left, pull it back to the right
+    #
+    if {$x1 < 0} {
+	set x1 0
+    }
+
+    # If the listbox is below bottom of screen, put it upwards
+    #
+    set scrheight [winfo vrootheight .]
+    set bottom [expr {$y+$height}]
+    if {$bottom > $scrheight} {
+	set y [expr {$y-$height-[winfo height $data(w:entry)]-5}]
+    }
+
+    # OK , popup the shell
+    #
+    global tcl_platform
+
+    wm geometry $data(w:shell) $reqwidth\x$height+$x1+$y
+    if {$tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} {
+	update
+    }
+    wm deiconify $data(w:shell)
+    if {$tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} {
+	update
+    }
+    raise $data(w:shell)
+    focus $data(w:entry)
+    set data(popped) 1
+
+    # add for safety
+    update
+    
+    tixComboBox:Grab $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:SetCursor {w cursor} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $w config -cursor $cursor
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:Popdown {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    wm withdraw $data(w:shell)
+    tixComboBox:SetCursor $w ""
+}
+
+# Grab the server so that user cannot move the windows around
+proc tixComboBox:Grab {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:SetCursor $w arrow
+    if {[catch {
+	# We catch here because grab may fail under a lot of circumstances
+	# Just don't want to break the code ...
+	switch -exact -- $data(-grab) {
+	    global { tixPushGrab -global $data(w:root) }
+	    local  { tixPushGrab $data(w:root) }
+	}
+    } err]} {
+	tixDebug "tixComboBox:Grab+: Error grabbing $data(w:root)\n$err"
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:Ungrab {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[catch {
+	catch {
+	    switch -exact -- $data(-grab) {
+		global { tixPopGrab }
+		local  { tixPopGrab }
+	    }
+	}
+    } err]} {
+	tixDebug "tixComboBox:Grab+: Error grabbing $data(w:root)\n$err"
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#		 Alignment
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The following two routines can emulate a "right align mode" for the
+# entry in the combo box.
+
+proc tixComboBox:EntryAlignEnd {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    $data(w:entry) xview end
+}
+
+
+proc tixComboBox:Destructor {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixUnsetMegaWidget $data(w:entry)
+    tixVariable:DeleteVariable $w
+
+    # Chain this to the superclass
+    #
+    tixChainMethod $w Destructor
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                           CONFIG OPTIONS
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixComboBox:config-state {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    catch {if {[$data(w:arrow) cget -state] eq $value} {set a 1}}
+    if {[info exists a]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    catch {$data(w:arrow) config -state $value}
+    catch {$data(w:tick)  config -state $value}
+    catch {$data(w:cross) config -state $value}
+    catch {$data(w:slistbox) config -state $value}
+
+    if {[string equal $value normal]} {
+	set fg [$data(w:arrow) cget -fg]
+	set entryFg $data(entryfg)
+	set lbSelFg [lindex [$data(w:listbox) config -selectforeground] 3]
+	set lbSelBg [lindex [$data(w:listbox) config -selectbackground] 3]
+	set entrySelFg [lindex [$data(w:entry) config -selectforeground] 3]
+	set entrySelBg [lindex [$data(w:entry) config -selectbackground] 3]
+    } else {
+	set fg [$data(w:arrow) cget -disabledforeground]
+	set entryFg $data(-disabledforeground) 
+	set lbSelFg $entryFg
+	set lbSelBg [$data(w:listbox) cget -bg]
+	set entrySelFg $entryFg
+	set entrySelBg [$data(w:entry) cget -bg]
+    }
+    if {$fg ne ""} {
+	$data(w:label) config -fg $fg
+	$data(w:listbox) config -fg $fg -selectforeground $lbSelFg \
+	  -selectbackground $lbSelBg
+    }
+    $data(w:entry) config -fg $entryFg -selectforeground $entrySelFg \
+      -selectbackground $entrySelBg
+
+    if {$value eq "normal"} {
+	if {$data(-editable)} {
+	    $data(w:entry) config -state normal
+	}
+        $data(w:entry) config -takefocus 1
+    } else {
+	if {$data(-editable)} {
+	   $data(w:entry) config -state disabled
+        }
+        $data(w:entry) config -takefocus 0
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:config-value {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:SetValue $w $value
+
+    set data(-selection) $value
+
+    if {[tixComboBox:LbGetSelection $w] ne $value} {
+	tixComboBox:ClearListboxSelection $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:config-selection {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:SetSelection $w $value
+
+    if {[tixComboBox:LbGetSelection $w] ne $value} {
+	tixComboBox:ClearListboxSelection $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:config-variable {w arg} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[tixVariable:ConfigVariable $w $arg]} {
+       # The value of data(-value) is changed if tixVariable:ConfigVariable 
+       # returns true
+       set data(-selection) $data(-value)
+       tixComboBox:SetValue $w $data(-value) 1
+    }
+    catch {
+	unset data(varInited)
+    }
+    set data(-variable) $arg
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                     WIDGET COMMANDS
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixComboBox:align {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-anchor) eq "e"} {
+	tixComboBox:EntryAlignEnd $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:addhistory {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:insert $w 0 $value
+    $data(w:listbox) selection clear 0 end
+
+    if {$data(-prunehistory)} {
+	# Prune from the end
+	# 
+	set max [$data(w:listbox) size]
+	if {$max <= 1} {
+	    return
+	}
+	for {set i [expr {$max -1}]} {$i >= 1} {incr i -1} {
+	    if {[$data(w:listbox) get $i] eq $value} {
+		$data(w:listbox) delete $i
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:appendhistory {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixComboBox:insert $w end $value
+    $data(w:listbox) selection clear 0 end
+
+    if {$data(-prunehistory)} {
+	# Prune from the end
+	# 
+	set max [$data(w:listbox) size]
+	if {$max <= 1} {
+	    return
+	}
+	for {set i [expr {$max -2}]} {$i >= 0} {incr i -1} {
+	    if {[$data(w:listbox) get $i] eq $value} {
+		$data(w:listbox) delete $i
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:insert {w index newitem} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:listbox) insert $index $newitem
+
+    if {$data(-history) && $data(-historylimit) != ""
+	&& [$data(w:listbox) size] eq $data(-historylimit)} {
+	$data(w:listbox) delete 0
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:pick {w index} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:listbox) activate $index
+    $data(w:listbox) selection clear 0 end
+    $data(w:listbox) selection set active
+    $data(w:listbox) see active
+    set text [$data(w:listbox) get $index]
+
+    tixComboBox:SetValue $w $text
+
+    set data(curIndex) $index
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:invoke {w} {
+    tixComboBox:Invoke $w
+}
+
+proc tixComboBox:popdown {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-dropdown)} {
+	tixComboBox:Popdown $w
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Compat.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Compat.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Compat.tcl,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# Compat.tcl --
+#
+# 	This file wraps around many incompatibilities from Tix 3.6
+#	to Tix 4.0.
+#
+#	(1) "box" to "Box" changes
+#	(2) "DlgBtns" to "ButtonBox" changes
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+foreach {old new} {
+    tixDlgBtns tixButtonBox
+    tixStdDlgBtns tixStdButtonBox
+    tixCombobox tixComboBox
+    tixFileSelectbox tixFileSelectBox
+    tixScrolledListbox tixScrolledListBox
+} {
+    interp alias {} $old {} $new
+}
+
+proc tixInit {args} {
+    eval tix config $args
+    puts stderr "tixInit no longer needed for this version of Tix"
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Console.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Console.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,613 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Console.tcl,v 1.4 2002/01/24 09:13:58 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Console.tcl --
+#
+#	This code constructs the console window for an application.
+#	It can be used by non-unix systems that do not have built-in
+#	support for shells.
+#
+#	This file was distributed as a part of Tk 4.1 by Sun
+#	Microsystems, Inc. and subsequently modified by Expert
+#	Interface Techonoligies and included as a part of Tix.
+#
+#	Some of the functions in this file have been renamed from
+#	using a "tk" prefix to a "tix" prefix to avoid namespace
+#	conflict with the original file.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "docs/license.tcltk" for information on usage and
+# redistribution of the original file "console.tcl". These license
+# terms do NOT apply to other files in the Tix distribution.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and
+# redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL
+# WARRANTIES.
+
+# tixConsoleInit --
+# This procedure constructs and configures the console windows.
+#
+# Arguments:
+# 	None.
+
+foreach fun {tkTextSetCursor} {
+    if {![llength [info commands $fun]]} {
+	tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand $fun
+    }
+}
+unset fun
+
+proc tixConsoleInit {} {
+    global tcl_platform
+
+    uplevel #0 set tixConsoleTextFont Courier
+    uplevel #0 set tixConsoleTextSize 14
+
+    set f [frame .f]
+    set fontcb [tixComboBox $f.size -label "" -command "tixConsoleSetFont" \
+	-variable tixConsoleTextFont \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width    15
+	    listbox.height 5
+	}]
+    set sizecb [tixComboBox $f.font -label "" -command "tixConsoleSetFont" \
+	-variable tixConsoleTextSize \
+	-options {
+	    entry.width    4
+	    listbox.width  6
+	    listbox.height 5
+	}]
+    pack $fontcb $sizecb -side left
+    pack $f -side top -fill x -padx 2 -pady 2
+    foreach font {
+	"Courier New"
+	"Courier"
+	"Helvetica"
+	"Lucida"
+	"Lucida Typewriter"
+	"MS LineDraw"
+	"System"
+	"Times Roman"
+    } {
+	$fontcb subwidget listbox insert end $font
+    }
+
+    for {set s 6} {$s < 25} {incr s} {
+	$sizecb subwidget listbox insert end $s
+    }
+
+    bind [$fontcb subwidget entry] <Escape> "focus .console"
+    bind [$sizecb subwidget entry] <Escape> "focus .console"
+
+    text .console  -yscrollcommand ".sb set" -setgrid true \
+	-highlightcolor [. cget -bg] -highlightbackground [. cget -bg] \
+	-cursor left_ptr
+    scrollbar .sb -command ".console yview" -highlightcolor [. cget -bg] \
+	-highlightbackground [. cget -bg]
+    pack .sb -side right -fill both
+    pack .console -fill both -expand 1 -side left
+
+    tixConsoleBind .console
+
+    .console tag configure stderr -foreground red
+    .console tag configure stdin -foreground blue
+
+    focus .console
+    
+    wm protocol . WM_DELETE_WINDOW { wm withdraw . }
+    wm title . "Console"
+    flush stdout
+    .console mark set output [.console index "end - 1 char"]
+    tkTextSetCursor .console end
+    .console mark set promptEnd insert
+    .console mark gravity promptEnd left
+
+    tixConsoleSetFont
+}
+
+proc tixConsoleSetFont {args} {
+    if ![winfo exists .console] tixConsoleInit
+
+    global tixConsoleTextFont tixConsoleTextSize
+
+    set font  -*-$tixConsoleTextFont-medium-r-normal-*-$tixConsoleTextSize-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+    .console config -font $font
+}
+
+# tixConsoleInvoke --
+# Processes the command line input.  If the command is complete it
+# is evaled in the main interpreter.  Otherwise, the continuation
+# prompt is added and more input may be added.
+#
+# Arguments:
+# None.
+
+proc tixConsoleInvoke {args} {
+    if ![winfo exists .console] tixConsoleInit
+
+    if {[.console dlineinfo insert] != {}} {
+	set setend 1
+    } else {
+	set setend 0
+    }
+    set ranges [.console tag ranges input]
+    set cmd ""
+    if {$ranges != ""} {
+	set pos 0
+	while {[lindex $ranges $pos] != ""} {
+	    set start [lindex $ranges $pos]
+	    set end [lindex $ranges [incr pos]]
+	    append cmd [.console get $start $end]
+	    incr pos
+	}
+    }
+    if {$cmd == ""} {
+	tixConsolePrompt
+    } elseif {[info complete $cmd]} {
+	.console mark set output end
+	.console tag delete input
+	set err [catch {
+	    set result [interp record $cmd]
+	} result]
+
+	if {$result != ""} {
+	    if {$err} {
+		.console insert insert "$result\n" stderr
+	    } else {
+		.console insert insert "$result\n"
+	    }
+	}
+	tixConsoleHistory reset
+	tixConsolePrompt
+    } else {
+	tixConsolePrompt partial
+    }
+    if {$setend} {
+	.console yview -pickplace insert
+    }
+}
+
+# tixConsoleHistory --
+# This procedure implements command line history for the
+# console.  In general is evals the history command in the
+# main interpreter to obtain the history.  The global variable
+# histNum is used to store the current location in the history.
+#
+# Arguments:
+# cmd -	Which action to take: prev, next, reset.
+
+set histNum 1
+proc tixConsoleHistory {cmd} {
+    if ![winfo exists .console] tixConsoleInit
+
+    global histNum
+    
+    switch $cmd {
+    	prev {
+	    incr histNum -1
+	    if {$histNum == 0} {
+		set cmd {history event [expr [history nextid] -1]}
+	    } else {
+		set cmd "history event $histNum"
+	    }
+    	    if {[catch {interp eval $cmd} cmd]} {
+    	    	incr histNum
+    	    	return
+    	    }
+	    .console delete promptEnd end
+    	    .console insert promptEnd $cmd {input stdin}
+    	}
+    	next {
+	    incr histNum
+	    if {$histNum == 0} {
+		set cmd {history event [expr [history nextid] -1]}
+	    } elseif {$histNum > 0} {
+		set cmd ""
+		set histNum 1
+	    } else {
+		set cmd "history event $histNum"
+	    }
+	    if {$cmd != ""} {
+		catch {interp eval $cmd} cmd
+	    }
+	    .console delete promptEnd end
+	    .console insert promptEnd $cmd {input stdin}
+    	}
+    	reset {
+    	    set histNum 1
+    	}
+    }
+}
+
+# tixConsolePrompt --
+# This procedure draws the prompt.  If tcl_prompt1 or tcl_prompt2
+# exists in the main interpreter it will be called to generate the 
+# prompt.  Otherwise, a hard coded default prompt is printed.
+#
+# Arguments:
+# partial -	Flag to specify which prompt to print.
+
+proc tixConsolePrompt {{partial normal}} {
+    if ![winfo exists .console] tixConsoleInit
+
+    if {$partial == "normal"} {
+	set temp [.console index "end - 1 char"]
+	.console mark set output end
+    	if {[interp eval "info exists tcl_prompt1"]} {
+    	    interp eval "eval \[set tcl_prompt1\]"
+    	} else {
+    	    puts -nonewline "% "
+    	}
+    } else {
+	set temp [.console index output]
+	.console mark set output end
+    	if {[interp eval "info exists tcl_prompt2"]} {
+    	    interp eval "eval \[set tcl_prompt2\]"
+    	} else {
+	    puts -nonewline "> "
+    	}
+    }
+
+    flush stdout
+    .console mark set output $temp
+    tkTextSetCursor .console end
+    .console mark set promptEnd insert
+    .console mark gravity promptEnd left
+}
+
+# tixConsoleBind --
+# This procedure first ensures that the default bindings for the Text
+# class have been defined.  Then certain bindings are overridden for
+# the class.
+#
+# Arguments:
+# None.
+
+proc tixConsoleBind {win} {
+    if ![winfo exists .console] tixConsoleInit
+
+    bindtags $win "$win Text . all"
+
+    # Ignore all Alt, Meta, and Control keypresses unless explicitly bound.
+    # Otherwise, if a widget binding for one of these is defined, the
+    # <KeyPress> class binding will also fire and insert the character,
+    # which is wrong.  Ditto for <Escape>.
+
+    bind $win <Alt-KeyPress> {# nothing }
+    bind $win <Meta-KeyPress> {# nothing}
+    bind $win <Control-KeyPress> {# nothing}
+    bind $win <Escape> {# nothing}
+    bind $win <KP_Enter> {# nothing}
+
+    bind $win <Tab> {
+	tixConsoleInsert %W \t
+	focus %W
+	break
+    }
+    bind $win <Return> {
+	%W mark set insert {end - 1c}
+	tixConsoleInsert %W "\n"
+	tixConsoleInvoke
+	break
+    }
+    bind $win <Delete> {
+	if {[%W tag nextrange sel 1.0 end] != ""} {
+	    %W tag remove sel sel.first promptEnd
+	} else {
+	    if {[%W compare insert < promptEnd]} {
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    bind $win <BackSpace> {
+	if {[%W tag nextrange sel 1.0 end] != ""} {
+	    %W tag remove sel sel.first promptEnd
+	} else {
+	    if {[%W compare insert <= promptEnd]} {
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    foreach left {Control-a Home} {
+	bind $win <$left> {
+	    if {[%W compare insert < promptEnd]} {
+		tkTextSetCursor %W {insert linestart}
+	    } else {
+		tkTextSetCursor %W promptEnd
+            }
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    foreach right {Control-e End} {
+	bind $win <$right> {
+	    tkTextSetCursor %W {insert lineend}
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    bind $win <Control-d> {
+	if {[%W compare insert < promptEnd]} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    bind $win <Control-k> {
+	if {[%W compare insert < promptEnd]} {
+	    %W mark set insert promptEnd
+	}
+    }
+    bind $win <Control-t> {
+	if {[%W compare insert < promptEnd]} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    bind $win <Meta-d> {
+	if {[%W compare insert < promptEnd]} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    bind $win <Meta-BackSpace> {
+	if {[%W compare insert <= promptEnd]} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    bind $win <Control-h> {
+	if {[%W compare insert <= promptEnd]} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    foreach prev {Control-p Up} {
+	bind $win <$prev> {
+	    tixConsoleHistory prev
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    foreach prev {Control-n Down} {
+	bind $win <$prev> {
+	    tixConsoleHistory next
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    bind $win <Control-v> {
+	if {[%W compare insert > promptEnd]} {
+	    catch {
+		%W insert insert [selection get -displayof %W] {input stdin}
+		%W see insert
+	    }
+	}
+	break
+    }
+    bind $win <Insert> {
+	catch {tixConsoleInsert %W [selection get -displayof %W]}
+	break
+    }
+    bind $win <KeyPress> {
+	tixConsoleInsert %W %A
+	break
+    }
+    foreach left {Control-b Left} {
+	bind $win <$left> {
+	    if {[%W compare insert == promptEnd]} {
+		break
+	    }
+	    tkTextSetCursor %W insert-1c
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    foreach right {Control-f Right} {
+	bind $win <$right> {
+	    tkTextSetCursor %W insert+1c
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    bind $win <Control-Up> {
+	%W yview scroll -1 unit
+	break;
+    }
+    bind $win <Control-Down> {
+	%W yview scroll 1 unit
+	break;
+    }
+    bind $win <Prior> {
+	%W yview scroll -1 pages
+    }
+    bind $win <Next> {
+	%W yview scroll  1 pages
+    }
+    bind $win <F9> {
+	eval destroy [winfo child .]
+	source $tix_library/Console.tcl
+    }
+    foreach copy {F16 Meta-w Control-i} {
+	bind $win <$copy> {
+	    if {[selection own -displayof %W] == "%W"} {
+		clipboard clear -displayof %W
+		catch {
+		    clipboard append -displayof %W [selection get -displayof %W]
+		}
+	    }
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    foreach paste {F18 Control-y} {
+	bind $win <$paste> {
+	    catch {
+	        set clip [selection get -displayof %W -selection CLIPBOARD]
+		set list [split $clip \n\r]
+		tixConsoleInsert %W [lindex $list 0]
+		foreach x [lrange $list 1 end] {
+		    %W mark set insert {end - 1c}
+		    tixConsoleInsert %W "\n"
+		    tixConsoleInvoke
+		    tixConsoleInsert %W $x
+		}
+	    }
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+# tixConsoleInsert --
+# Insert a string into a text at the point of the insertion cursor.
+# If there is a selection in the text, and it covers the point of the
+# insertion cursor, then delete the selection before inserting.  Insertion
+# is restricted to the prompt area.
+#
+# Arguments:
+# w -		The text window in which to insert the string
+# s -		The string to insert (usually just a single character)
+
+proc tixConsoleInsert {w s} {
+    if ![winfo exists .console] tixConsoleInit
+
+    if {[.console dlineinfo insert] != {}} {
+	set setend 1
+    } else {
+	set setend 0
+    }
+    if {$s == ""} {
+	return
+    }
+    catch {
+	if {[$w compare sel.first <= insert]
+		&& [$w compare sel.last >= insert]} {
+	    $w tag remove sel sel.first promptEnd
+	    $w delete sel.first sel.last
+	}
+    }
+    if {[$w compare insert < promptEnd]} {
+	$w mark set insert end	
+    }
+    $w insert insert $s {input stdin}
+    if $setend {
+	.console see insert
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+# tixConsoleOutput --
+#
+# This routine is called directly by ConsolePutsCmd to cause a string
+# to be displayed in the console.
+#
+# Arguments:
+# dest -	The output tag to be used: either "stderr" or "stdout".
+# string -	The string to be displayed.
+
+proc tixConsoleOutput {dest string} {
+    if ![winfo exists .console] tixConsoleInit
+
+    if {[.console dlineinfo insert] != {}} {
+	set setend 1
+    } else {
+	set setend 0
+    }
+    .console insert output $string $dest
+    if $setend {
+	.console see insert
+    }
+}
+
+# tixConsoleExit --
+#
+# This routine is called by ConsoleEventProc when the main window of
+# the application is destroyed.
+#
+# Arguments:
+# None.
+
+proc tixConsoleExit {} {
+    if ![winfo exists .console] tixConsoleInit
+
+    exit
+}
+
+# Configure the default Tk console
+proc tixConsoleEvalAppend {inter} {
+    global tixOption
+    # A slave like the console interp has no global variables set!
+    
+    if {!$inter} {
+	console hide
+
+	# Change the menubar to Close the console instead of exiting
+	# Your code must provide a way for the user to do a "console show"
+	console eval {
+	    if {[winfo exists .menubar.file]} {
+		.menubar.file entryconfigure "Hide Console" \
+			-underline 0 \
+			-label Close \
+			-command [list wm withdraw .]
+		.menubar.file entryconfigure Exit -state disabled
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    console eval ".option configure -font \{$tixOption(fixed_font)\}"
+
+    console eval {
+	if {[winfo exists .menubar.edit]} {
+	    .menubar.edit add sep
+	    .menubar.edit add command \
+		    -accelerator 'Ctrl+l' \
+		    -underline 0 \
+		    -label Clear \
+		    -command [list .console delete 1.0 end]
+	    bind .console <Control-Key-l> [list .console delete 1.0 end]
+	}
+	if {![winfo exists .menubar.font]} {
+	    set m .menubar.font
+	    menu $m -tearoff 0
+	    .menubar add cascade -menu .menubar.font \
+		    -underline 0 -label Options
+
+	    global _TixConsole
+	    set font [font actual [.console cget -font]]
+	    set pos [lsearch $font -family]
+	    set _TixConsole(font) [lindex $font [incr pos]]
+	    set pos [lsearch $font -size]
+	    set _TixConsole(size) [lindex $font [incr pos]]
+	    set pos [lsearch $font -weight]
+	    set _TixConsole(weight) [lindex $font [incr pos]]
+
+	    set allowed {System Fixedsys Terminal {MS Serif} 
+	    {MS Sans Serif} Courier {Lucida Console} Tahoma 
+	    Arial {Courier New} {Times New Roman} 
+	    {Arial Black} Verdana  Garamond  {Arial Narrow}}
+	    .menubar.font add cascade -label Font -menu $m.font
+	    menu $m.font -tearoff 0
+	    foreach font [lsort [font families]] {
+		if {[lsearch $allowed $font] < 0} {continue}
+		$m.font add radiobutton -label $font \
+			-variable _TixConsole(font) \
+			-value $font \
+			-command \
+			".console configure -font \"\{$font\} \$_TixConsole(size) \$_TixConsole(weight)\""
+	    }
+
+	    .menubar.font add cascade -label Size -menu $m.size
+	    menu $m.size -tearoff 0
+	    foreach size {8 9 10 12 14 16 18} {
+		$m.size add radiobutton -label $size \
+			-variable _TixConsole(size) \
+			-value $size \
+			-command \
+			".console configure -font \"\{\$_TixConsole(font)\} $size \$_TixConsole(weight)\""
+	    }
+
+	    .menubar.font add cascade -label Weight -menu $m.weight
+	    menu $m.weight -tearoff 0
+	    foreach weight {normal bold} {
+		$m.weight add radiobutton -label [string totit $weight] \
+			-variable _TixConsole(weight) \
+			-value $weight \
+			-command \
+			".console configure -font \"\{\$_TixConsole(font)\} \$_TixConsole(size) $weight\""
+	    }
+
+	}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Control.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Control.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Control.tcl,v 1.9 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# Control.tcl --
+#
+# 	Implements the TixControl Widget. It is called the "SpinBox"
+# 	in other toolkits.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixControl {
+    -classname  TixControl
+    -superclass tixLabelWidget
+    -method {
+	incr decr invoke update
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-allowempty -autorepeat -command -decrcmd -disablecallback
+	-disabledforeground -incrcmd -initwait -integer -llimit
+	-repeatrate -max -min -selectmode -step -state -validatecmd
+	-value -variable -ulimit
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-variable -state
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-allowempty allowEmpty AllowEmpty false}
+	{-autorepeat autoRepeat AutoRepeat true}
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-decrcmd decrCmd DecrCmd ""}
+	{-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-disabledforeground disabledForeground DisabledForeground #303030}
+	{-incrcmd incrCmd IncrCmd ""}
+	{-initwait initWait InitWait 500}
+	{-integer integer Integer false}
+	{-max max Max ""}
+	{-min min Min ""}
+	{-repeatrate repeatRate RepeatRate 50}
+	{-step step Step 1}
+	{-state state State normal}
+	{-selectmode selectMode SelectMode normal}
+	{-validatecmd validateCmd ValidateCmd ""}
+	{-value value Value 0}
+	{-variable variable Variable ""}
+    }
+    -alias {
+	{-llimit -min}
+	{-ulimit -max}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.borderWidth 			0}
+	{*entry.relief			sunken}
+	{*entry.width			5}
+	{*label.anchor			e}
+	{*label.borderWidth		0}
+	{*Button.anchor			c}
+	{*Button.borderWidth		2}
+	{*Button.highlightThickness	1}
+	{*Button.takeFocus		0}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixControl:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    set data(varInited)	  0
+    set data(serial)	0
+}
+
+proc tixControl:ConstructFramedWidget {w frame} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructFramedWidget $frame
+
+    set data(w:entry)  [entry $frame.entry]
+
+    set data(w:incr) \
+	[button $frame.incr -bitmap [tix getbitmap incr] -takefocus 0]
+    set data(w:decr) \
+	[button $frame.decr -bitmap [tix getbitmap decr] -takefocus 0]
+
+#    tixForm $data(w:entry) -left 0 -top 0 -bottom -1 -right $data(w:decr) 
+#    tixForm $data(w:incr) -right -1 -top 0 -bottom %50
+#    tixForm $data(w:decr) -right -1 -top $data(w:incr) -bottom -1
+
+    pack $data(w:entry) -side left   -expand yes -fill both
+    pack $data(w:decr)  -side bottom -fill both -expand yes
+    pack $data(w:incr)  -side top    -fill both -expand yes
+
+    $data(w:entry) delete 0 end
+    $data(w:entry) insert 0 $data(-value)
+
+    # This value is used to configure the disable/normal fg of the ebtry
+    set data(entryfg) [$data(w:entry) cget -fg]
+    set data(labelfg) [$data(w:label) cget -fg]
+}
+
+proc tixControl:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    bind $data(w:incr) <ButtonPress-1> \
+	[list after idle tixControl:StartRepeat $w 1]
+    bind $data(w:decr) <ButtonPress-1> \
+	[list after idle tixControl:StartRepeat $w -1]
+
+    # These bindings will stop the button autorepeat when the 
+    # mouse button is up
+    foreach btn [list $data(w:incr) $data(w:decr)] {
+	bind $btn <ButtonRelease-1> [list tixControl:StopRepeat $w]
+    }
+
+    tixSetMegaWidget $data(w:entry) $w
+
+    # If user press <return>, verify the value and call the -command
+    #
+    tixAddBindTag $data(w:entry) TixControl:Entry
+}
+
+proc tixControlBind {} {
+    tixBind TixControl:Entry <Return> {
+	tixControl:Invoke [tixGetMegaWidget %W] 1
+    }
+    tixBind TixControl:Entry <Escape> {
+	tixControl:Escape [tixGetMegaWidget %W]
+    }
+    tixBind TixControl:Entry <Up> {
+	[tixGetMegaWidget %W] incr
+    }
+    tixBind TixControl:Entry <Down> {
+	[tixGetMegaWidget %W] decr
+    }
+    tixBind TixControl:Entry <FocusOut> {
+	if {"%d" eq "NotifyNonlinear" || "%d" eq "NotifyNonlinearVirtual"} {
+	    tixControl:Tab [tixGetMegaWidget %W] %d
+	}
+    }
+    tixBind TixControl:Entry <Any-KeyPress> {
+	tixControl:KeyPress [tixGetMegaWidget %W]
+    }
+    tixBind TixControl:Entry <Any-Tab> {
+	# This has a higher priority than the <Any-KeyPress>  binding
+	# --> so that data(edited) is not set
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                           CONFIG OPTIONS
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixControl:config-state {w arg} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$arg eq "normal"} {
+	$data(w:incr)  config -state $arg
+	$data(w:decr)  config -state $arg
+	catch {
+	    $data(w:label) config -fg $data(labelfg)
+	}
+	$data(w:entry) config -state $arg -fg $data(entryfg)
+    } else {
+	$data(w:incr)  config -state $arg
+	$data(w:decr)  config -state $arg
+	catch {
+	    $data(w:label) config -fg $data(-disabledforeground)
+	}
+	$data(w:entry) config -state $arg -fg $data(-disabledforeground)
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixControl:config-value {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixControl:SetValue $w $value 0 1
+
+    # This will tell the Intrinsics: "Please use this value"
+    # because "value" might be altered by SetValues
+    #
+    return $data(-value)
+}
+
+proc tixControl:config-variable {w arg} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[tixVariable:ConfigVariable $w $arg]} {
+       # The value of data(-value) is changed if tixVariable:ConfigVariable 
+       # returns true
+       tixControl:SetValue $w $data(-value) 1 1
+    }
+    catch {
+	unset data(varInited)
+    }
+    set data(-variable) $arg
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                         User Commands
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixControl:incr {w {by 1}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-state) ne "disabled"} {
+	if {![catch {$data(w:entry) index sel.first}]} {
+	    $data(w:entry) select from end
+	    $data(w:entry) select to   end
+	}
+	# CYGNUS - why set value before changing it?
+	#tixControl:SetValue $w [$data(w:entry) get] 0 1
+	tixControl:AdjustValue $w $by
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixControl:decr {w {by 1}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-state) ne "disabled"} {
+	if {![catch {$data(w:entry) index sel.first}]} {
+	    $data(w:entry) select from end
+	    $data(w:entry) select to   end
+	}
+	# CYGNUS - why set value before changing it?
+	#tixControl:SetValue $w [$data(w:entry) get] 0 1
+	tixControl:AdjustValue $w [expr {0 - $by}]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixControl:invoke {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixControl:Invoke $w 0
+}
+
+proc tixControl:update {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[info exists data(edited)]} {
+	tixControl:invoke $w
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                       Internal Commands
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Change the value by a multiple of the data(-step)
+#
+proc tixControl:AdjustValue {w amount} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$amount == 1 && [llength $data(-incrcmd)]} {
+	set newValue [tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-incrcmd) "" $data(-value)]
+    } elseif {$amount == -1 && [llength $data(-decrcmd)]} {
+	set newValue [tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-decrcmd) "" $data(-value)]
+    } else {
+	set newValue [expr {$data(-value) + $amount * $data(-step)}]
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-state) ne "disabled"} {
+	tixControl:SetValue $w $newValue 0 1
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixControl:SetValue {w newvalue noUpdate forced} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[$data(w:entry) selection present]} {
+	set oldSelection [list [$data(w:entry) index sel.first] \
+			      [$data(w:entry) index sel.last]]
+    }
+
+    set oldvalue $data(-value)
+    set oldCursor [$data(w:entry) index insert]
+    set changed 0
+
+
+    if {[llength $data(-validatecmd)]} {
+	# Call the user supplied validation command
+	#
+       set data(-value) [tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-validatecmd) "" $newvalue]
+    } else {
+	# Here we only allow int or floating numbers
+	#
+	# If the new value is not a valid number, the old value will be
+	# kept due to the "catch" statements
+	#
+	if {[catch {expr 0+$newvalue}]} {
+	    set newvalue 0
+	    set data(-value) 0
+	    set changed 1
+	}
+
+	if {$newvalue == ""} {
+	    if {![string is true -strict $data(-allowempty)]} {
+		set newvalue 0
+		set changed 1
+	    } else {
+		set data(-value) ""
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if {$newvalue != ""} {
+	    # Change this to a valid decimal string (trim leading 0)
+	    #
+	    regsub -- {^[0]*} $newvalue "" newvalue
+	    if {[catch {expr 0+$newvalue}]} {
+		set newvalue 0
+		set data(-value) 0
+		set changed 1
+	    }
+	    if {$newvalue == ""} {
+		set newvalue 0
+	    }
+
+	    if {[string is true -strict $data(-integer)]} {
+		set data(-value) [tixGetInt -nocomplain $newvalue]
+	    } else {
+		if {[catch {set data(-value) [format "%d" $newvalue]}]} {
+		    if {[catch {set data(-value) [expr $newvalue+0.0]}]} {
+			set data(-value) $oldvalue
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    
+	    # Now perform boundary checking
+	    #
+	    if {$data(-max) != "" && $data(-value) > $data(-max)} {
+		set data(-value) $data(-max)
+	    }
+	    if {$data(-min) != "" && $data(-value) < $data(-min)} {
+		set data(-value) $data(-min)
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {! $noUpdate} {
+	tixVariable:UpdateVariable $w
+    }
+
+    if {$forced || ($newvalue ne $data(-value)) || $changed} {
+	$data(w:entry) delete 0 end
+	$data(w:entry) insert 0 $data(-value)
+	$data(w:entry) icursor $oldCursor
+	if {[info exists oldSelection]} {
+	    eval [list $data(w:entry) selection range] $oldSelection
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {!$data(-disablecallback) && $data(-command) != ""} {
+	if {![info exists data(varInited)]} {
+	    set bind(specs) ""
+	    tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $data(-value)
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixControl:Invoke {w forced} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    catch {
+	unset data(edited)
+    }
+
+    if {[catch {$data(w:entry) index sel.first}] == 0} {
+	# THIS ENTRY OWNS SELECTION --> TURN IT OFF
+	#
+	$data(w:entry) select from end
+	$data(w:entry) select to   end
+    }
+
+    tixControl:SetValue $w [$data(w:entry) get] 0 $forced
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The three functions StartRepeat, Repeat and StopRepeat make use of the
+# data(serial) variable to discard spurious repeats: If a button is clicked
+# repeatedly but is not hold down, the serial counter will increase
+# successively and all "after" time event handlers will be discarded
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixControl:StartRepeat {w amount} {
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    incr data(serial)
+    # CYGNUS bug fix
+    # Need to set a local variable because otherwise the buttonrelease
+    # callback could change the value of data(serial) between now and
+    # the time the repeat is scheduled.
+    set serial $data(serial)
+
+    if {![catch {$data(w:entry) index sel.first}]} {
+	$data(w:entry) select from end
+	$data(w:entry) select to   end
+    }
+
+    if {[info exists data(edited)]} {
+	unset data(edited)
+	tixControl:SetValue $w [$data(w:entry) get] 0 1
+    }
+
+    tixControl:AdjustValue $w $amount
+
+    if {$data(-autorepeat)} {
+	after $data(-initwait) tixControl:Repeat $w $amount $serial
+    }
+
+    focus $data(w:entry)
+}
+
+proc tixControl:Repeat {w amount serial} {
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$serial eq $data(serial)} {
+	tixControl:AdjustValue $w $amount
+
+	if {$data(-autorepeat)} {
+	   after $data(-repeatrate) tixControl:Repeat $w $amount $serial
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixControl:StopRepeat {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    incr data(serial)
+}
+
+proc tixControl:Destructor {w} {
+
+    tixVariable:DeleteVariable $w
+
+    # Chain this to the superclass
+    #
+    tixChainMethod $w Destructor
+}
+
+# ToDo: maybe should return -code break if the value is not good ...
+#
+proc tixControl:Tab {w detail} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data(edited)]} {
+	return
+    } else {
+	unset data(edited)
+    }
+
+    tixControl:invoke $w
+}
+
+proc tixControl:Escape {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:entry) delete 0 end
+    $data(w:entry) insert 0 $data(-value)
+}
+
+proc tixControl:KeyPress {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-selectmode) eq "normal"} {
+	set data(edited) 0
+	return
+    } else {
+	# == "immediate"
+	after 1 tixControl:invoke $w
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DefSchm.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DefSchm.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DefSchm.tcl,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# DefSchm.tcl --
+#
+#	Implements the default color and font schemes for Tix.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc tixSetDefaultFontset {} {
+    global tixOption tcl_platform
+
+    switch -- $tcl_platform(platform) "windows" {
+	# This should be Tahoma for Win2000/XP
+	set font "MS Sans Serif"
+	set fixedfont "Courier New"
+	set size 8
+     } unix {
+	set font "helvetica"
+	set fixedfont "courier"
+	set size -12
+    }
+
+    set tixOption(font)         [list $font $size]
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    [list $font $size bold]
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    [list $font $size]
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  [list $font $size bold italic]
+    set tixOption(fixed_font)   [list $fixedfont $size]
+    set tixOption(border1)      1
+}
+
+proc tixSetDefaultScheme-Color {} {
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           #d9d9d9
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     #c3c3c3
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     #a3a3a3
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  #a3a3a3
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    #ececec
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    #fcfcfc
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    #d9d9d9
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    #d9d9d9
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    black
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    #c3c3c3
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	#b03060
+}
+
+proc tixSetDefaultScheme-Mono {} {
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           lightgray
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     gray70
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     gray60
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     white
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  lightgray
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    black
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	black
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DialogS.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DialogS.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DialogS.tcl,v 1.5 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# DialogS.tcl --
+#
+#
+#	Implements the DialogShell widget. It tells the window
+#	manager that it is a dialog window and should be treated specially.
+#	The exact treatment depends on the treatment of the window
+#	manager
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994-1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixDialogShell {
+    -superclass tixShell
+    -classname  TixDialogShell
+    -method {
+	popdown popup center
+    }
+    -flag   {
+	-mapped -minheight -minwidth -parent -transient
+    }
+    -static {}
+    -configspec {
+	{-mapped mapped Mapped 0}
+	{-minwidth minWidth MinWidth 0}
+	{-minheight minHeight MinHeight 0}
+	{-transient transient Transient true}
+	{-parent parent Parent ""}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#		Construct widget
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixDialogShell:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    # Set the title of this shell appropriately
+    #
+    if {$data(-title) == ""} {
+	# dynamically sets the title
+	#
+	set data(-title) [winfo name $w]
+    }
+    wm title $w $data(-title)
+
+    # Set the parent of this dialog shell
+    #
+    if {$data(-parent) == ""} {
+	set data(-parent) [winfo parent $w]
+    }
+
+    # Set the minsize and maxsize of the thing
+    #
+    wm minsize $w $data(-minwidth) $data(-minheight)
+    wm transient $w ""
+}
+
+# The next procedures manage the dialog boxes
+#
+proc tixDialogShell:popup {w {parent ""}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # First update to make sure the boxes are the right size
+    #
+    update idletask
+
+    # Then we set the position and update
+    #
+    # tixDialogShell:center $w $parent
+
+    # and now make it visible. Viola!  Centered over parent.
+    #
+    wm deiconify $w
+    after idle raise $w
+}
+
+# This procedure centers a dialog box over a window making sure that the 
+# dialog box doesn't appear off the screen
+#
+# However, if the parent is smaller than this dialog, make this dialog
+# appear at parent(x,y) + (20,20)
+#
+proc tixDialogShell:center {w {parent ""}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # Tell the WM that we'll do this ourselves.
+    wm sizefrom $w user
+    wm positionfrom $w user
+
+    if {$parent == ""} {
+	set parent $data(-parent)
+    }
+    if {$parent == "" || [catch {set parent [winfo toplevel $parent]}]} {
+	set parent "."
+    }
+
+    # Where is my parent and what are it's dimensions
+    #
+    if {$parent != ""} {
+	set pargeo [split [wm geometry $parent] "+x"]
+	set parentW [lindex $pargeo 0]
+	set parentH [lindex $pargeo 1]
+	set parx [lindex $pargeo 2]
+	set pary [lindex $pargeo 3]
+
+	if {[string is true -strict $data(-transient)]} {
+	    wm transient $w $parent
+	}
+    } else {
+	set parentW [winfo screenwidth $w]
+	set parentH [winfo screenheight $w]
+	set parx 0
+	set pary 0
+	set parent [winfo parent $w]
+    }
+
+    # What are is the offset of the virtual window
+    set vrootx [winfo vrootx $parent]
+    set vrooty [winfo vrooty $parent]
+
+    # What are my dimensions ?
+    set dialogW [winfo reqwidth $w]
+    set dialogH [winfo reqheight $w]
+
+    if {$dialogW < $parentW-30 || $dialogW < $parentH-30} {
+	set dialogx [expr {$parx+($parentW-$dialogW)/2+$vrootx}]
+	set dialogy [expr {$pary+($parentH-$dialogH)/2+$vrooty}]
+    } else {
+	# This dialog is too big. Place it at (parentx, parenty) + (20,20)
+	#
+	set dialogx [expr {$parx+20+$vrootx}]
+	set dialogy [expr {$pary+20+$vrooty}]
+    }
+
+    set maxx [expr {[winfo screenwidth  $parent] - $dialogW}]
+    set maxy [expr {[winfo screenheight $parent] - $dialogH}]
+
+    # Make sure it doesn't go off screen
+    #
+    if {$dialogx < 0} {
+	set dialogx 0
+    } else {
+	if {$dialogx > $maxx} {
+	    set dialogx $maxx
+	}
+    }
+    if {$dialogy < 0} {
+	set dialogy 0
+    } else {
+	if {$dialogy > $maxy} {
+	    set dialogy $maxy
+	}
+    }
+
+    # set my new position (and dimensions)
+    #
+    if {[wm geometry $w] == "1x1+0+0"} {
+	wm geometry $w ${dialogW}x${dialogH}+${dialogx}+${dialogy}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDialogShell:popdown {w args} {
+    wm withdraw $w
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DirBox.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DirBox.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DirBox.tcl,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# DirBox.tcl --
+#
+#	Implements the tixDirSelectBox widget.
+#
+# 	   - overrides the -browsecmd and -command options of the
+#	     HList subwidget
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixDirSelectBox {
+    -classname TixDirSelectBox
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-command -disablecallback -value
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-label label Label "Directory:"}
+	{-value value Value ""}
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-value -label
+    }
+    -default {
+	{*combo*listbox.height 		5}
+	{*combo.label.anchor		w}
+	{*combo.labelSide		top}
+	{*combo.history			true}
+	{*combo.historyLimit		20}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDirSelectBox:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+}
+
+proc tixDirSelectBox:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+    set data(w:dircbx) [tixFileComboBox $w.dircbx]
+    set data(w:dirlist)  [tixDirList $w.dirlist]
+
+    pack $data(w:dircbx) -side top -fill x -padx 4 -pady 2
+    pack $data(w:dirlist) -side top -fill both -expand yes -padx 4 -pady 2
+
+    if {$data(-value) eq ""} {
+	set data(-value) [pwd]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDirSelectBox:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    $data(w:dircbx) config -command [list tixDirSelectBox:Cmd-DirCbx $w]
+    $data(w:dirlist) config -command [list tixDirSelectBox:Cmd-DirList $w]\
+	-browsecmd [list tixDirSelectBox:Browse-DirList $w]
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Incoming event: User
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# User activates the FileComboBox
+#
+#
+proc tixDirSelectBox:Cmd-DirCbx {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set fInfo [tixEvent value]
+    set path [lindex $fInfo 0]
+
+    if {![file exists $path]} {
+	# 1.1 Check for validity. The pathname cannot contain invalid chars
+	#
+	if {![tixFSIsValid $path]} {
+	    tk_messageBox -title "Invalid Directory" \
+		-type ok -icon error \
+		-message "\"$path\" is not a valid directory name"
+	    $data(w:dircbx) config \
+		-text [tixFSDisplayName [file normalize $data(-value)]] \
+		-directory $data(-value)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# 1.2 Prompt for creation
+	#
+	set choice [tk_messageBox -title "Create Directory?" \
+			-type yesno -icon question \
+			-message "Directory \"$path\" does not exist.\
+			\nDo you want to create it?"]
+	if {$choice eq "yes"
+	    && [catch {file mkdir [file dirname $path]} err]} {
+	    tk_messageBox -title "Error Creating Directory" \
+		-icon error -type ok \
+		-message "Cannot create directory \"$path\":\n$err"
+	    set choice "no"
+	}
+	if {$choice eq "no"} {
+	    $data(w:dircbx) config \
+		-text [tixFSDisplayName [file normalize $data(-value)]] \
+		-directory $data(-value)
+	    return
+	}
+	tixDirSelectBox:SetValue $w $path 1 1
+    } elseif {![file isdirectory $path]} {
+	# 2.1: Can't choose a non-directory file
+	#
+	tk_messageBox -title "Invalid Directory" \
+	    -type ok -icon error \
+	    -message "\"$path\" is not a directory"
+	$data(w:dircbx) config \
+	    -text [tixFSDisplayName [file normalize $data(-value)]] \
+	    -directory $data(-value)
+	return
+    } else {
+	# OK. It is an existing directory
+	#
+	tixDirSelectBox:SetValue $w $path 1 1
+    }
+}
+
+# User activates the dir list
+#
+#
+proc tixDirSelectBox:Cmd-DirList {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set dir $data(-value)
+    catch {set dir [tixEvent flag V]}
+    set dir [tixFSNormalize $dir]
+    tixDirSelectBox:SetValue $w $dir 0 0
+}
+
+# User browses the dir list
+#
+#
+proc tixDirSelectBox:Browse-DirList {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set dir $data(-value)
+    catch {set dir [tixEvent flag V]}
+    set dir [tixFSNormalize $dir]
+    tixDirSelectBox:SetValue $w $dir 0 0
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Incoming event: Application
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDirSelectBox:config-value {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set value [tixFSNormalize $value]
+    tixDirSelectBox:SetValue $w $value 1 1
+    return $value
+}
+
+proc tixDirSelectBox:config-label {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:dircbx) subwidget combo config -label $value
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#			Internal functions
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Arguments:
+#	callback:Bool	Should we invoke the the -command.
+# 	setlist:Bool	Should we set the -value of the DirList subwidget.
+#
+proc tixDirSelectBox:SetValue {w dir callback setlist} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(-value) $dir
+    $data(w:dircbx) config -text [tixFSDisplayName $dir] -directory $dir
+    if {$setlist && [file isdirectory $dir]} {
+	tixSetSilent $data(w:dirlist) $dir
+    }
+
+    if {$callback} {
+	if {!$data(-disablecallback) && [llength $data(-command)]} {
+	    set bind(specs) {%V}
+	    set bind(%V)    $data(-value)
+
+	    tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $data(-value)
+	}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DirDlg.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DirDlg.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DirDlg.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# DirDlg.tcl --
+#
+#	Implements the Directory Selection Dialog widget.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixDirSelectDialog {
+    -classname TixDirSelectDialog
+    -superclass tixDialogShell
+    -method {}
+    -flag   {
+	-command
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-title title Title "Select A Directory"}
+    }
+
+    -default {
+	{*ok.text		"OK"}
+	{*ok.underline		0}
+	{*ok.width		6}
+	{*cancel.text		"Cancel"}
+	{*cancel.underline	0}
+	{*cancel.width		6}
+	{*dirbox.borderWidth	1}
+	{*dirbox.relief		raised}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDirSelectDialog:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    # the buttons
+    frame $w.f -relief raised -bd 1
+    set data(w:ok)     [button $w.f.ok -command \
+	"tixDirSelectDialog:OK $w"]
+    set data(w:cancel) [button $w.f.cancel -command \
+	"tixDirSelectDialog:Cancel $w"]
+
+    pack $data(w:ok) $data(w:cancel) -side left -expand yes -padx 10 -pady 8
+    pack $w.f -side bottom -fill x
+    # the dir select box
+    set data(w:dirbox) [tixDirSelectBox $w.dirbox \
+	-command [list tixDirSelectDialog:DirBoxCmd $w]]
+    pack $data(w:dirbox) -expand yes -fill both
+}
+
+proc tixDirSelectDialog:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    bind $w <Alt-Key-d> "focus [$data(w:dirbox) subwidget dircbx]"
+}
+
+proc tixDirSelectDialog:OK {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    wm withdraw $w
+    $data(w:dirbox) subwidget dircbx invoke
+}
+
+proc tixDirSelectDialog:DirBoxCmd {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set value [tixEvent flag V]
+    wm withdraw $w
+    tixDirSelectDialog:CallCmd $w $value
+}
+
+proc tixDirSelectDialog:CallCmd {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-command) != ""} {
+	set bind(specs) "%V"
+	set bind(%V) $value
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $value
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDirSelectDialog:Cancel {w} {
+    wm withdraw $w
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DirList.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DirList.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DirList.tcl,v 1.5 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# DirList.tcl --
+#
+#	Implements the tixDirList widget.
+#
+# 	   - overrides the -browsecmd and -command options of the
+#	     HList subwidget
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixDirList {
+    -classname TixDirList
+    -superclass tixScrolledHList
+    -method {
+	chdir
+    }
+    -flag {
+	 -browsecmd -command -dircmd -disablecallback 
+	 -root -rootname -showhidden -value
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-browsecmd browseCmd BrowseCmd ""}
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-dircmd dirCmd DirCmd ""}
+	{-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-root root Root ""}
+	{-rootname rootName RootName ""}
+	{-showhidden showHidden ShowHidden 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-value value Value ""}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.scrollbar			auto}
+	{*borderWidth			1}
+	{*hlist.background		#c3c3c3}
+	{*hlist.indent			7}
+	{*hlist.relief			sunken}
+	{*hlist.height			10}
+	{*hlist.width			20}
+	{*hlist.padX			2}
+	{*hlist.padY			0}
+	{*hlist.wideSelection		0}
+	{*hlist.drawBranch		0}
+	{*hlist.highlightBackground	#d9d9d9}
+	{*hlist.itemType		imagetext}
+	{*hlist.takeFocus		1}
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-value
+    }
+}
+
+# Important data members:
+#
+# data(vpath)
+#	The currently selected vpath. This internal variable is useful on
+#	the Win95 platform, where an directory may correspond to more than
+#	one node in the hierarchy. For example, C:\Windows\Desktop\Foo
+#	can appead as "Desktop\Foo" and
+#	"Desktop\My Computer\C:\Windows\Desktop\Foo". This variable tells us
+#	which icon should we show given the same DOS pathname.
+#
+
+proc tixDirList:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+}
+
+proc tixDirList:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    $data(w:hlist) config -separator [tixFSSep] -selectmode "single"
+}
+
+proc tixDirList:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    $data(w:hlist) config \
+	-browsecmd [list tixDirList:Browse $w] \
+	-command [list tixDirList:Command $w]
+
+    if {$data(-value) eq ""
+	|| [catch {set data(-value) [tixFSNormalize $data(-value)]}]} {
+	set data(-value) [pwd]
+    }
+    set data(vpath) [tixFSInternal $data(-value)]
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Incoming-Events
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDirList:Browse {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set vpath [tixEvent flag V]
+    set value [$data(w:hlist) info data $vpath]
+
+    tixDirList:HighLight $w $vpath
+
+    set data(vpath)  $vpath
+    set data(-value) [tixFSExternal $value]
+
+    tixDirList:CallBrowseCmd $w $data(-value)
+}
+
+proc tixDirList:Command {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set vpath [tixEvent value]
+    set value [$data(w:hlist) info data $vpath]
+    set data(-value) [tixFSExternal $value]
+
+    tixDirList:LoadDir $w [tixFSNativeNorm $value] $vpath
+    tixDirList:HighLight $w $vpath
+
+    set data(vpath) $vpath
+    tixDirList:CallCommand $w $data(-value)
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Outgoing-Events
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixDirList:CallBrowseCmd {w npath} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[llength $data(-browsecmd)]} {
+	set bind(specs) "%V"
+	set bind(%V) $npath
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-browsecmd) bind $npath
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDirList:CallCommand {w npath} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[llength $data(-command)] && !$data(-disablecallback)} {
+	set bind(specs) "%V"
+	set bind(%V) $npath
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $npath
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 		Directory loading
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDirList:LoadDir {w {npath ""} {vpath ""}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixBusy $w on $data(w:hlist)
+
+    $data(w:hlist) delete all
+
+    if {$npath eq ""} {
+	set npath [tixFSNativeNorm $data(-value)]
+	set vpath [tixFSInternal $npath]
+    }
+
+    tixDirList:ListHierachy $w $npath $vpath
+    tixDirList:ListSubDirs $w $npath $vpath
+
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixBusy $w off $data(w:hlist)
+}
+
+proc tixDirList:ListHierachy {w npath vpath} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set img     [tix getimage openfold]
+    set curpath ""
+    foreach part [tixFSAncestors $npath] {
+	set curpath [file join $curpath $part]
+	set text    [tixFSDisplayFileName $curpath]
+	set vpath   [tixFSInternal $curpath]
+	$data(w:hlist) add $vpath -text $text -data $curpath -image $img
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDirList:ListSubDirs {w npath vpath} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:hlist) entryconfig $vpath -image [tix getimage act_fold]
+
+    set img [tix getimage folder]
+    foreach ent [tixFSListDir $npath 1 0 0 $data(-showhidden)] {
+	set curpath [file join $npath $ent]
+	set vp      [tixFSInternal $curpath]
+	if {![$data(w:hlist) info exists $vp]} {
+	    $data(w:hlist) add $vp -text $ent -data $curpath -image $img
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDirList:SetValue {w npath vpath {flag ""}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$flag eq "reload" || ![$data(w:hlist) info exists $vpath]} {
+    	tixDirList:LoadDir $w $npath $vpath
+    }
+
+    tixDirList:HighLight $w $vpath
+
+    set data(-value) [tixFSNativeNorm $npath]
+    set data(vpath)  $vpath
+    tixDirList:CallCommand $w $data(-value)
+}
+
+proc tixDirList:HighLight {w vpath} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(vpath) ne $vpath} {
+	set old $data(vpath)
+
+	if {[$data(w:hlist) info exists $old]} {
+	    # Un-highlight the originally selected entry by changing its
+	    # folder image
+
+	    if {[llength [$data(w:hlist) info children $old]]} {
+		set img [tix getimage openfold]
+	    } else {
+		set img [tix getimage folder]
+	    }
+	    $data(w:hlist) entryconfig $old -image $img
+	}
+    }
+
+    # Highlight the newly selected entry
+    #
+    $data(w:hlist) entryconfig $vpath -image [tix getimage act_fold]
+    $data(w:hlist) anchor set $vpath
+    $data(w:hlist) select clear
+    $data(w:hlist) select set $vpath
+    $data(w:hlist) see $vpath
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Config options
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDirList:config-value {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixDirList:chdir $w $value
+    return $data(-value)
+}
+
+proc tixDirList:config-showhidden {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixDirList:LoadDir $w
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Public methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDirList:chdir {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set npath [tixFSNativeNorm $value]
+    tixDirList:SetValue $w $npath [tixFSInternal $npath]
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DirTree.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DirTree.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DirTree.tcl,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# DirTree.tcl --
+#
+#	Implements directory tree for Unix file systems
+#
+#       What the indicators mean:
+#
+#	(+): There are some subdirectories in this directory which are not
+#	     currently visible.
+#	(-): This directory has some subdirectories and they are all visible
+#
+#      none: The dir has no subdirectori(es).
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+##
+## The tixDirTree require special FS handling due to it's limited
+## separator idea (instead of real tree).
+##
+
+tixWidgetClass tixDirTree {
+    -classname TixDirTree
+    -superclass tixVTree
+    -method {
+	activate chdir refresh
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-browsecmd -command -directory -disablecallback -showhidden -value
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-browsecmd browseCmd BrowseCmd ""}
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-showhidden showHidden ShowHidden 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-value value Value ""}
+    }
+    -alias {
+	{-directory -value}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.scrollbar			auto}
+	{*Scrollbar.takeFocus           0}
+	{*borderWidth                   1}
+	{*hlist.indicator               1}
+	{*hlist.background              #c3c3c3}
+	{*hlist.drawBranch              1}
+	{*hlist.height                  10}
+	{*hlist.highlightBackground     #d9d9d9}
+	{*hlist.indent                  20}
+	{*hlist.itemType                imagetext}
+	{*hlist.padX                    3}
+	{*hlist.padY                    0}
+	{*hlist.relief                  sunken}
+	{*hlist.takeFocus               1}
+	{*hlist.wideSelection           0}
+	{*hlist.width                   20}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDirTree:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    if {$data(-value) == ""} {
+	set data(-value) [pwd]
+    }
+
+    tixDirTree:SetDir $w [file normalize $data(-value)]
+}
+
+proc tixDirTree:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+    tixDoWhenMapped $w [list tixDirTree:StartUp $w]
+
+    $data(w:hlist) config -separator [tixFSSep] \
+	-selectmode "single" -drawbranch 1
+
+    # We must creat an extra copy of these images to avoid flashes on
+    # the screen when user changes directory
+    #
+    set data(images) [image create compound -window $data(w:hlist)]
+    $data(images) add image -image [tix getimage act_fold]
+    $data(images) add image -image [tix getimage folder]
+    $data(images) add image -image [tix getimage openfold]
+}
+
+proc tixDirTree:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+}
+
+# Add one dir into the node (parent directory), sorted alphabetically
+#
+proc tixDirTree:AddToList {w fsdir image} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set dir    [tixFSInternal $fsdir]
+
+    if {[$data(w:hlist) info exists $dir]} { return }
+
+    set parent [file dirname $fsdir]
+    if {$fsdir eq $parent} {
+	# root node
+	set node ""
+    } else {
+	# regular node
+	set node [tixFSInternal $parent]
+    }
+    set added 0
+    set text  [tixFSDisplayFileName $fsdir]
+    foreach sib [$data(w:hlist) info children $node] {
+	if {[string compare $dir $sib] < 0} {
+	    $data(w:hlist) add $dir -before $sib -text $text -image $image
+	    set added 1
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    if {!$added} {
+	$data(w:hlist) add $dir -text $text -image $image
+    }
+
+    # Check to see if we have children (%% optimize!)
+    if {[llength [tixFSListDir $fsdir 1 0 0 $data(-showhidden)]]} {
+	tixVTree:SetMode $w $dir open
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDirTree:LoadDir {w fsdir {mode toggle}} {
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} { return }
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # Add the directory and set it to the active directory
+    #
+    set fsdir [tixFSNormalize $fsdir]
+    set dir   [tixFSInternal $fsdir]
+    if {![$data(w:hlist) info exists $dir]} {
+	# Add $dir and all ancestors of $dir into the HList widget
+	set fspath ""
+	set imgopenfold [tix getimage openfold]
+	foreach part [tixFSAncestors $fsdir] {
+	    set fspath [file join $fspath $part]
+	    tixDirTree:AddToList $w $fspath $imgopenfold
+	}
+    }
+    $data(w:hlist) entryconfig $dir -image [tix getimage act_fold]
+
+    if {$mode eq "toggle"} {
+	if {[llength [$data(w:hlist) info children $dir]]} {
+	    set mode flatten
+	} else {
+	    set mode expand
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {$mode eq "expand"} {
+	# Add all the sub directories of fsdir into the HList widget
+	tixBusy $w on $data(w:hlist)
+	set imgfolder [tix getimage folder]
+	foreach part [tixFSListDir $fsdir 1 0 0 $data(-showhidden)] {
+	    tixDirTree:AddToList $w [file join $fsdir $part] $imgfolder
+	}
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixBusy $w off $data(w:hlist)
+	# correct indicator to represent children status (added above)
+	if {[llength [$data(w:hlist) info children $dir]]} {
+	    tixVTree:SetMode $w $dir close
+	} else {
+	    tixVTree:SetMode $w $dir none
+	}
+    } else {
+	$data(w:hlist) delete offsprings $dir
+	tixVTree:SetMode $w $dir open
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDirTree:ToggleDir {w value mode} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixDirTree:LoadDir $w $value $mode
+    tixDirTree:CallCommand $w
+}
+
+proc tixDirTree:CallCommand {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[llength $data(-command)] && !$data(-disablecallback)} {
+	set bind(specs) {%V}
+	set bind(%V)    $data(-value)
+
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $data(-value)
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDirTree:CallBrowseCmd {w ent} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[llength $data(-browsecmd)] && !$data(-disablecallback)} {
+	set bind(specs) {%V}
+	set bind(%V)    $data(-value)
+
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-browsecmd) bind [list $data(-value)]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDirTree:StartUp {w} {
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} { return }
+
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # make sure that all the basic volumes are listed
+    set imgopenfold [tix getimage openfold]
+    foreach fspath [tixFSVolumes] {
+	tixDirTree:AddToList $w $fspath $imgopenfold
+    }
+
+    tixDirTree:LoadDir $w [tixFSExternal $data(i-directory)]
+}
+
+proc tixDirTree:ChangeDir {w fsdir {forced 0}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set dir [tixFSInternal $fsdir]
+    if {!$forced && $data(i-directory) eq $dir} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {!$forced && [$data(w:hlist) info exists $dir]} {
+	# Set the old directory to "non active"
+	#
+	if {[$data(w:hlist) info exists $data(i-directory)]} {
+	    $data(w:hlist) entryconfig $data(i-directory) \
+		-image [tix getimage folder]
+	}
+
+	$data(w:hlist) entryconfig $dir -image [tix getimage act_fold]
+    } else {
+	if {$forced} {
+	    if {[llength [$data(w:hlist) info children $dir]]} {
+		set mode expand
+	    } else {
+		set mode flatten
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    set mode toggle
+	}
+	tixDirTree:LoadDir $w $fsdir $mode
+	tixDirTree:CallCommand $w
+    }
+    tixDirTree:SetDir $w $fsdir
+}
+
+
+proc tixDirTree:SetDir {w path} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(i-directory) [tixFSInternal $path]
+    set data(-value) [tixFSNativeNorm $path]
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Virtual Methods
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDirTree:OpenCmd {w ent} {
+    set fsdir [tixFSExternal $ent]
+    tixDirTree:ToggleDir $w $fsdir expand
+    tixDirTree:ChangeDir $w $fsdir
+    tixDirTree:CallBrowseCmd $w $fsdir
+}
+
+proc tixDirTree:CloseCmd {w ent} {
+    set fsdir [tixFSExternal $ent]
+    tixDirTree:ToggleDir $w $fsdir flatten
+    tixDirTree:ChangeDir $w $fsdir
+    tixDirTree:CallBrowseCmd $w $fsdir
+}
+
+proc tixDirTree:Command {w B} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    upvar $B bind
+
+    set ent [tixEvent flag V]
+    tixChainMethod $w Command $B
+
+    if {[llength $data(-command)]} {
+	set fsdir [tixFSExternal $ent]
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $fsdir
+    }
+}
+
+# This is a virtual method
+#
+proc tixDirTree:BrowseCmd {w B} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    upvar 1 $B bind
+
+    set ent [tixEvent flag V]
+    set fsdir [tixFSExternal $ent]
+
+    # This is a hack because %V may have been modified by callbrowsecmd
+    set fsdir [file normalize $fsdir]
+
+    tixDirTree:ChangeDir $w $fsdir
+    tixDirTree:CallBrowseCmd $w $fsdir
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Public Methods
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDirTree:chdir {w value} {
+    tixDirTree:ChangeDir $w [file normalize $value]
+}
+
+proc tixDirTree:refresh {w {dir ""}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$dir eq ""} {
+	set dir $data(-value)
+    }
+    set dir [file normalize $dir]
+
+    tixDirTree:ChangeDir $w $dir 1
+
+    # Delete any stale directories that no longer exist
+    #
+    foreach child [$data(w:hlist) info children [tixFSInternal $dir]] {
+	if {![file exists [tixFSExternal $child]]} {
+	    $data(w:hlist) delete entry $child
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDirTree:config-directory {w value} {
+    tixDirTree:ChangeDir $w [file normalize $value]
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DragDrop.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DragDrop.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DragDrop.tcl,v 1.4 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# DragDrop.tcl ---
+#
+#	Implements drag+drop for Tix widgets.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixClass tixDragDropContext {
+    -superclass {}
+    -classname  TixDragDropContext
+    -method {
+	cget configure drag drop set startdrag
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-command -source
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-command ""}
+	{-source ""}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDragDropContext:Constructor {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Private methods
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDragDropContext:CallCommand {w target command X Y} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+     
+    set x [expr $X-[winfo rootx $target]]
+    set y [expr $Y-[winfo rooty $target]]
+    
+    regsub %x $command $x command
+    regsub %y $command $y command
+    regsub %X $command $X command
+    regsub %Y $command $Y command
+    regsub %W $command $target command
+    regsub %S $command [list $data(-command)] command
+
+    eval $command
+}
+
+proc tixDragDropContext:Send {w target event X Y} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global tixDrop
+
+    foreach tag [tixDropBindTags $target] {
+	if {[info exists tixDrop($tag,$event)]} {
+	    tixDragDropContext:CallCommand $w $target \
+		$tixDrop($tag,$event) $X $Y
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# set --
+#
+#	Set the "small data" of the type supported by the source widget
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixDragDropContext:set {w type data} {
+
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# startdrag --
+#
+#	Start the dragging action
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDragDropContext:startdrag {w x y} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(oldTarget) ""
+
+    $data(-source) config -cursor "[tix getbitmap drop] black"
+    tixDragDropContext:drag $w $x $y
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# drag --
+#
+#	Continue the dragging action
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDragDropContext:drag {w X Y} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global tixDrop
+
+    set target [winfo containing -displayof $w $X $Y]
+ 
+    if {$target != $data(oldTarget)} {
+	if {$data(oldTarget) != ""} {
+	    tixDragDropContext:Send $w $data(oldTarget) <Out> $X $Y 
+	}
+	if {$target != ""} {
+	    tixDragDropContext:Send $w $target <In> $X $Y
+	}
+	set data(oldTarget) $target
+    }
+    if {$target != ""} {
+	tixDragDropContext:Send $w $target <Over> $X $Y
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixDragDropContext:drop {w X Y} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global tixDrop
+
+    set target [winfo containing -displayof $w $X $Y]
+    if {$target != ""} {
+	tixDragDropContext:Send $w $target <Drop> $X $Y
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-source) != ""} {
+	$data(-source) config -cursor ""
+    }
+    set data(-source) ""
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Public Procedures -- This is NOT a member of the tixDragDropContext
+#		       class!
+#
+# parameters :
+#	$w:	who wants to start dragging? (currently ignored)
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixGetDragDropContext {w} {
+    global tixDD
+    if {[info exists tixDD]} {
+	return tixDD
+    }
+
+    return [tixDragDropContext tixDD]
+}
+
+proc tixDropBind {w event command} {
+    global tixDrop
+
+    set tixDrop($w) 1
+    set tixDrop($w,$event) $command
+}
+
+proc tixDropBindTags {w args} {
+    global tixDropTags
+
+    if {$args == ""} {
+	if {[info exists tixDropTags($w)]} {
+	    return $tixDropTags($w)
+	} else {
+	    return [list [winfo class $w] $w]
+	}
+    } else {
+	set tixDropTags($w) $args
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DtlList.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/DtlList.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DtlList.tcl,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# DtlList.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements DetailList widgets
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixDetailList {
+    -classname TixDetailList
+    -superclass tixScrolledGrid
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-hdrbackground
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-hdrbackground hdrBackground HdrBackground #606060}
+    }
+    -alias {
+	{-hdrbg -hdrbackground}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{*grid.topMargin		1}
+	{*grid.leftMargin		0}
+    }
+}
+
+
+proc tixDetailList:FormatCmd {w area x1 y1 x2 y2} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    case $area {
+	main {
+	}
+	default {
+	    $data(w:grid) format border $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 \
+		-filled 1 \
+		-relief raised -bd 1 -bg $data(-hdrbackground)
+	}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/EFileBox.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/EFileBox.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: EFileBox.tcl,v 1.5 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# EFileBox.tcl --
+#
+#	Implements the Extended File Selection Box widget.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+#
+# ToDo
+#   (1)	If user has entered an invalid directory, give an error dialog
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixExFileSelectBox {
+    -classname TixExFileSelectBox
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -method {
+	filter invoke
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-browsecmd -command -dialog -dir -dircmd -directory 
+	-disablecallback -filetypes -pattern -selection -showhidden -value
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-filetypes
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-browsecmd browseCmd BrowseCmd ""}
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-dialog dialog Dialog ""}
+	{-dircmd dirCmd DirCmd ""}
+	{-directory directory Directory ""}
+	{-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-filetypes fileTypes FileTypes ""}
+	{-pattern pattern Pattern *}
+	{-showhidden showHidden ShowHidden 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-value value Value ""}
+    }
+    -alias {
+	{-dir -directory}
+	{-selection -value}
+    }
+
+    -default {
+	{*dir.label 			{Directories:}}
+	{*dir.editable 			true}
+	{*dir.history 			true}
+	{*dir*listbox.height 		5}
+	{*file.label  			Files:}
+	{*file.editable 		true}
+	{*file.history 			false}
+	{*file*listbox.height 		5}
+	{*types.label 			{List Files of Type:}}
+	{*types*listbox.height 		3}
+	{*TixComboBox.labelSide 	top}
+	{*TixComboBox*Label.anchor 	w}
+	{*dir.label.underline 		0}
+	{*file.label.underline		0}
+	{*types.label.underline 	14}
+	{*TixComboBox.anchor 		e}
+	{*TixHList.height 		7}
+	{*filelist*listbox.height 	7}
+	{*hidden.wrapLength 		3c}
+	{*hidden.justify 		left}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global env
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    if {$data(-directory) eq ""} {
+	set data(-directory) [pwd]
+    }
+    set data(oldDir)    ""
+    set data(flag)      0
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#		Construct widget
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    # listbox frame
+    set lf [frame $w.lf]
+
+    # The pane that contains the two listboxes
+    #
+    set pane  [tixPanedWindow $lf.pane -orientation horizontal]
+    set dpane [$pane add 1 -size 160]
+    set fpane [$pane add 2 -size 160]
+
+    $dpane config -relief flat
+    $fpane config -relief flat
+
+    # The File List Pane
+    #
+    set data(w:file)  [tixComboBox $fpane.file\
+			   -command [list tixExFileSelectBox:Cmd-FileCombo $w]\
+			   -prunehistory true \
+			   -options {
+			       label.anchor w
+			   }]
+    set data(w:filelist) \
+	[tixScrolledListBox $fpane.filelist \
+	     -command   [list tixExFileSelectBox:Cmd-FileList $w 1] \
+	     -browsecmd [list tixExFileSelectBox:Cmd-FileList $w 0]]
+    pack $data(w:file)  -padx 8 -pady 4 -side top -fill x
+    pack $data(w:filelist) -padx 8 -pady 4 -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    # The Directory Pane
+    #
+    set data(w:dir)   [tixComboBox $dpane.dir \
+			   -command [list tixExFileSelectBox:Cmd-DirCombo $w]\
+			   -prunehistory true \
+			   -options {
+			       label.anchor w
+			   }]
+    set data(w:dirlist) \
+	[tixDirList  $dpane.dirlist \
+	     -command   [list tixExFileSelectBox:Cmd-DirList $w]\
+	     -browsecmd [list tixExFileSelectBox:Browse-DirList $w]]
+    pack $data(w:dir)   -padx 8 -pady 4 -side top -fill x
+    pack $data(w:dirlist) -padx 8 -pady 4 -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+    # The file types listbox
+    #
+    set data(w:types) [tixComboBox $lf.types\
+			   -command [list tixExFileSelectBox:Cmd-TypeCombo $w]\
+			   -options {
+			       label.anchor w
+			   }]
+
+    pack $data(w:types)  -padx 12 -pady 4 -side bottom -fill x -anchor w
+    pack $pane -side top -padx 4 -pady 4 -expand yes -fill both
+
+    # Buttons to the right
+    #
+    set bf [frame $w.bf]
+    set data(w:ok)     [button $bf.ok -text Ok -width 6 \
+	-underline 0 -command [list tixExFileSelectBox:Ok $w]]
+    set data(w:cancel) [button $bf.cancel -text Cancel -width 6 \
+	-underline 0 -command [list tixExFileSelectBox:Cancel $w]]
+    set data(w:hidden) [checkbutton $bf.hidden -text "Show Hidden Files"\
+	-underline 0\
+       	-variable [format %s(-showhidden) $w] -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0\
+	-command [list tixExFileSelectBox:SetShowHidden $w]]
+
+    pack $data(w:ok) $data(w:cancel) $data(w:hidden)\
+	-side top -fill x -padx 6 -pady 3
+
+    pack $bf -side right -fill y -pady 6
+    pack $lf -side left -expand yes -fill both
+
+    tixDoWhenMapped $w [list tixExFileSelectBox:Map $w]
+
+    if {$data(-filetypes) == ""} {
+	$data(w:types) config -state disabled
+    }
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:config-showhidden {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(-showhidden) $value
+    tixExFileSelectBox:SetShowHidden $w
+}
+
+# Update both DirList and {file list and dir combo}
+#
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:config-directory {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(-directory) [tixFSNormalize $value]
+    tixSetSilent $data(w:dirlist) $data(-directory)
+    tixSetSilent $data(w:dir) $data(-directory)
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixExFileSelectBox:LoadFiles $w reload
+
+    return $data(-directory)
+}
+
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:config-filetypes {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:types) subwidget listbox delete 0 end
+
+    foreach name [array names data] {
+	if {[string match type,* $name]} {
+	    catch {unset data($name)}
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {$value == ""} {
+	$data(w:types) config -state disabled
+    } else {
+	$data(w:types) config -state normal
+
+	foreach type $value {
+	    $data(w:types) insert end [lindex $type 1]
+	    set data(type,[lindex $type 1]) [lindex $type 0]
+	}
+	tixSetSilent $data(w:types) ""
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# MISC Methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:SetShowHidden {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:dirlist) config -showhidden $data(-showhidden)
+
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixExFileSelectBox:LoadFiles $w reload
+}
+
+# User activates the dir combobox
+#
+#
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:Cmd-DirCombo {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set dir [tixEvent flag V]
+    set dir [tixFSExternal $dir]
+    if {![file isdirectory $dir]} {
+	return
+    }
+    set dir [tixFSNormalize $dir]
+
+    $data(w:dirlist) config -value $dir
+    set data(-directory) $dir
+}
+
+# User activates the dir list
+#
+#
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:Cmd-DirList {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set dir $data(-directory)
+    catch {set dir [tixEvent flag V]}
+    set dir [tixFSNormalize [tixFSExternal $dir]]
+
+    tixSetSilent $data(w:dir) $dir
+    set data(-directory) $dir
+
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixExFileSelectBox:LoadFiles $w noreload
+}
+
+# User activates the dir list
+#
+#
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:Browse-DirList {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set dir [tixEvent flag V]
+    set dir [tixFSNormalize [tixFSExternal $dir]]
+    tixExFileSelectBox:Cmd-DirList $w $dir
+}
+
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:IsPattern {w string} {
+    return [regexp "\[\[\\\{\\*\\?\]" $string]
+}
+
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:Cmd-FileCombo {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[tixEvent type] eq "<Return>"} {
+	tixExFileSelectBox:Ok $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:Ok {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set value [string trim [$data(w:file) subwidget entry get]]
+    if {$value == ""} {
+	set value $data(-pattern)
+    }
+    tixSetSilent $data(w:file) $value
+
+    if {[tixExFileSelectBox:IsPattern $w $value]} {
+	set data(-pattern) $value
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixExFileSelectBox:LoadFiles $w reload
+    } else {
+	# ensure absolute path
+	set value [file join $data(-directory) $value]; # native
+	set data(-value) [tixFSNativeNorm $value]
+	tixExFileSelectBox:Invoke $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:Cancel {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-dialog) != ""} {
+	eval $data(-dialog) popdown
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:Invoke {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # Save some old history
+    #
+    $data(w:dir)  addhistory [$data(w:dir) cget -value]
+    $data(w:file) addhistory $data(-pattern)
+    $data(w:file) addhistory $data(-value)
+    if {$data(-dialog) != ""} {
+	eval $data(-dialog) popdown
+    }
+    if {$data(-command) != "" && !$data(-disablecallback)} {
+	set bind(specs) "%V"
+	set bind(%V) $data(-value)
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $data(-value)
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:Cmd-FileList {w invoke args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set index [lindex [$data(w:filelist) subwidget listbox curselection] 0]
+    if {$index == ""} {
+	set index 0
+    }
+
+    set file [$data(w:filelist) subwidget listbox get $index]
+    tixSetSilent $data(w:file) $file
+
+    set value [file join $data(-directory) $file]
+    set data(-value) [tixFSNativeNorm $value]
+
+    if {$invoke == 1} {
+	tixExFileSelectBox:Invoke $w
+    } elseif {$data(-browsecmd) != ""} {
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-browsecmd) "" $data(-value)
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:Cmd-TypeCombo {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set value [tixEvent flag V]
+
+    if {[info exists data(type,$value)]} {
+	set data(-pattern) $data(type,$value)
+	tixSetSilent $data(w:file) $data(-pattern)
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixExFileSelectBox:LoadFiles $w reload
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:LoadFiles {w flag} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$flag ne "reload" && $data(-directory) eq $data(oldDir)} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {![winfo ismapped [winfo toplevel $w]]} {
+	tixDoWhenMapped [winfo toplevel $w] \
+	    [list tixExFileSelectBox:LoadFiles $w $flag]
+	return
+    }
+
+    set listbox [$data(w:filelist) subwidget listbox]
+    $listbox delete 0 end
+
+    set data(-value) ""
+
+    tixBusy $w on [$data(w:dirlist) subwidget hlist]
+
+    # wrap in a catch so you can't get stuck in a Busy state
+    if {[catch {
+	foreach name [tixFSListDir $data(-directory) 0 1 0 \
+			  $data(-showhidden) $data(-pattern)] {
+	    $listbox insert end $name
+	}
+
+	if {$data(oldDir) ne $data(-directory)} {
+	    # Otherwise if the user has already selected a file and then
+	    # presses "show hidden", the selection won't be wiped out.
+	    tixSetSilent $data(w:file) $data(-pattern)
+	}
+    } err]} {
+	tixDebug "tixExFileSelectBox:LoadFiles error for $w\n$err"
+    }
+    set data(oldDir) $data(-directory)
+
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixBusy $w off [$data(w:dirlist) subwidget hlist]
+}
+
+#
+# Called when thd listbox is first mapped
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:Map {w} {
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set bind(specs) "%V"
+    set bind(%V) $data(-value)
+    tixEvalCmdBinding $w bind \
+	[list tixExFileSelectBox:Cmd-DirList $w] $data(-directory)
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Public commands
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:invoke {w} {
+    tixExFileSelectBox:Invoke $w
+}
+
+proc tixExFileSelectBox:filter {w} {
+    tixExFileSelectBox:LoadFiles $w reload
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/EFileDlg.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/EFileDlg.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: EFileDlg.tcl,v 1.3 2002/01/24 09:13:58 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# EFileDlg.tcl --
+#
+#	Implements the Extended File Selection Dialog widget.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+foreach fun {tkButtonInvoke} {
+    if {![llength [info commands $fun]]} {
+	tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand $fun
+    }
+}
+unset fun
+
+tixWidgetClass tixExFileSelectDialog {
+    -classname TixExFileSelectDialog
+    -superclass tixDialogShell
+    -method {}
+    -flag   {
+	-command
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-command command Command ""}
+
+	{-title title Title "Select A File"}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixExFileSelectDialog:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+    set data(w:fsbox) [tixExFileSelectBox $w.fsbox -dialog $w \
+	-command $data(-command)]
+    pack $data(w:fsbox) -expand yes -fill both
+
+
+}
+
+proc tixExFileSelectDialog:config-command {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:fsbox) config -command $value
+}
+
+proc tixExFileSelectDialog:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    bind $w <Alt-Key-f> "focus [$data(w:fsbox) subwidget file]"
+    bind $w <Alt-Key-t> "focus [$data(w:fsbox) subwidget types]"
+    bind $w <Alt-Key-d> "focus [$data(w:fsbox) subwidget dir]"
+    bind $w <Alt-Key-o> "tkButtonInvoke [$data(w:fsbox) subwidget ok]"
+    bind $w <Alt-Key-c> "tkButtonInvoke [$data(w:fsbox) subwidget cancel]"
+    bind $w <Alt-Key-s> "tkButtonInvoke [$data(w:fsbox) subwidget hidden]"
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Event.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Event.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Event.tcl,v 1.6 2004/04/09 21:37:01 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# Event.tcl --
+#
+#	Handles the event bindings of the -command and -browsecmd options
+#	(and various of others such as -validatecmd).
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Evaluate high-level bindings (-command, -browsecmd, etc):
+# with % subsitution or without (compatibility mode)
+#
+#
+# BUG : if a -command is intercepted by a hook, the hook must use
+#       the same record name as the issuer of the -command. For the time
+#	being, you must use the name "bind" as the record name!!!!!
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace eval ::tix {
+    variable event_flags ""
+    set evs [list % \# a b c d f h k m o p s t w x y A B E K N R S T W X Y]
+    foreach ev $evs {
+	lappend event_flags "%$ev"
+    }
+
+    # This is a "name stack" for storing the "bind" structures
+    #
+    # The bottom of the event stack is usually a raw event (generated by
+    # tixBind) but it may also be a programatically triggered (caused by
+    # tixEvalCmdBinding)
+    variable EVENT
+    set EVENT(nameStack)	""
+    set EVENT(stackLevel)	0
+}
+
+proc tixBind {tag event action} {
+    set cmd [linsert $::tix::event_flags 0 _tixRecordFlags $event]
+    append cmd "; $action; _tixDeleteFlags;"
+
+    bind $tag $event $cmd
+}
+
+proc tixPushEventStack {} {
+    variable ::tix::EVENT
+
+    set lastEvent [lindex $EVENT(nameStack) 0]
+    incr EVENT(stackLevel)
+    set thisEvent ::tix::_event$EVENT(stackLevel)
+
+    set EVENT(nameStack) [list $thisEvent $EVENT(nameStack)]
+
+    if {$lastEvent == ""} {
+	upvar #0 $thisEvent this
+	set this(type) <Application>
+    } else {
+	upvar #0 $lastEvent last
+	upvar #0 $thisEvent this
+
+	foreach name [array names last] {
+	    set this($name) $last($name)
+	}
+    }
+
+    return $thisEvent
+}
+
+proc tixPopEventStack {varName} {
+    variable ::tix::EVENT
+
+    if {$varName ne [lindex $EVENT(nameStack) 0]} {
+	error "unmatched tixPushEventStack and tixPopEventStack calls"
+    }
+    incr EVENT(stackLevel) -1
+    set EVENT(nameStack) [lindex $EVENT(nameStack) 1]
+    global $varName
+    unset $varName
+}
+
+
+# Events triggered by tixBind
+#
+proc _tixRecordFlags [concat event $::tix::event_flags] {
+    set thisName [tixPushEventStack]; upvar #0 $thisName this
+
+    set this(type) $event
+    foreach f $::tix::event_flags {
+	set this($f) [set $f]
+    }
+}
+
+proc _tixDeleteFlags {} {
+    variable ::tix::EVENT
+
+    tixPopEventStack [lindex $EVENT(nameStack) 0]
+}
+
+# programatically trigged events
+#
+proc tixEvalCmdBinding {w cmd {subst ""} args} {
+    global tixPriv tix
+    variable ::tix::EVENT
+
+    set thisName [tixPushEventStack]; upvar #0 $thisName this
+
+    if {$subst != ""} {
+	upvar $subst bind
+
+	if {[info exists bind(specs)]} {
+	    foreach spec $bind(specs) {
+		set this($spec) $bind($spec)
+	    }
+	}
+	if {[info exists bind(type)]} {
+	    set this(type) $bind(type)
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {[catch {
+	if {![info exists tix(-extracmdargs)]
+	    || [string is true -strict $tix(-extracmdargs)]} {
+	    # Compatibility mode
+	    set ret [uplevel \#0 $cmd $args]
+	} else {
+	    set ret [uplevel 1 $cmd]
+	}
+    } error]} {
+	if {[catch {tixCmdErrorHandler $error} error]} {
+	    # double fault: just print out 
+	    tixBuiltInCmdErrorHandler $error
+	}
+	tixPopEventStack $thisName
+	return ""
+    } else {
+	tixPopEventStack $thisName
+
+	return $ret
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixEvent {option args} {
+    global tixPriv
+    variable ::tix::EVENT
+    set varName [lindex $EVENT(nameStack) 0]
+
+    if {$varName == ""} {
+	error "tixEvent called when no event is being processed"
+    } else {
+	upvar #0 $varName event
+    }
+
+    switch -exact -- $option {
+	type {
+	    return $event(type)
+	}
+	value {
+	    if {[info exists event(%V)]} {
+		return $event(%V)
+	    } else {
+		return ""
+	    }
+	}
+	flag {
+	    set f %[lindex $args 0]
+	    if {[info exists event($f)]} {
+		return $event($f)
+	    }
+	    error "The flag \"[lindex $args 0]\" does not exist"
+	}
+	match {
+	    return [string match [lindex $args 0] $event(type)]
+	}
+	default {
+	    error "unknown option \"$option\""
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+# tixBuiltInCmdErrorHandler --
+#
+#	Default method to report command handler errors. This procedure is
+#	also called if double-fault happens (command handler causes error,
+#	then tixCmdErrorHandler causes error).
+#
+proc tixBuiltInCmdErrorHandler {errorMsg} {
+    global errorInfo tcl_platform
+    if {![info exists errorInfo]} {
+	set errorInfo "???"
+    }
+    if {$tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} {
+	bgerror "Tix Error: $errorMsg"
+    } else {
+	puts "Error:\n $errorMsg\n$errorInfo"
+    }
+}
+
+# tixCmdErrorHandler --
+#
+#	You can redefine this command to handle the errors that occur
+#	in the command handlers. See the programmer's documentation
+#	for details
+#
+if {![llength [info commands tixCmdErrorHandler]]} {
+    proc tixCmdErrorHandler {errorMsg} {
+	tixBuiltInCmdErrorHandler $errorMsg
+    }
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/FileBox.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/FileBox.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,568 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: FileBox.tcl,v 1.5 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# FileBox.tcl --
+#
+#	Implements the File Selection Box widget.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+# ToDo
+#   (1)	If user has entered an invalid directory, give an error dialog
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixFileSelectBox {
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -classname  TixFileSelectBox
+    -method {
+	filter invoke
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-browsecmd -command -dir -directory -disablecallback
+	-grab -pattern -selection -value
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-browsecmd browseCmd BrowseCmd ""}
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-directory directory Directory ""}
+	{-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-grab grab Grab global}
+	{-pattern pattern Pattern *}
+	{-value value Value ""}
+    }
+    -alias {
+	{-selection -value}
+	{-dir -directory}
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-value
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.relief			raised}
+	{*filelist*Listbox.takeFocus	true}
+	{.borderWidth 			1}
+	{*Label.anchor			w}
+	{*Label.borderWidth		0}
+	{*TixComboBox*scrollbar		auto}
+	{*TixComboBox*Label.anchor	w}
+	{*TixScrolledListBox.scrollbar	auto}
+	{*Listbox.exportSelection	false}
+	{*directory*Label.text  	"Directories:"}
+	{*directory*Label.underline	0}
+	{*file*Label.text		"Files:"}
+	{*file*Label.underline		2}
+	{*filter.label			"Filter:"}
+	{*filter*label.underline	3}
+	{*filter.labelSide		top}
+	{*selection.label		"Selection:"}
+	{*selection*label.underline	0}
+	{*selection.labelSide		top}
+    }
+}
+
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global env
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    if {$data(-directory) eq ""} {
+	set data(-directory) [pwd]
+    }
+    if {$data(-pattern) eq ""} {
+	set data(-pattern) "*"
+    }
+
+    tixFileSelectBox:SetPat $w $data(-pattern)
+    tixFileSelectBox:SetDir $w [tixFSNormalize $data(-directory)]
+
+    set data(flag)      0
+    set data(fakeDir)   0
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#		Construct widget
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixFileSelectBox:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    set frame1 [tixFileSelectBox:CreateFrame1 $w]
+    set frame2 [tixFileSelectBox:CreateFrame2 $w]
+    set frame3 [tixFileSelectBox:CreateFrame3 $w]
+
+    pack $frame1 -in $w -side top -fill x
+    pack $frame3 -in $w -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $frame2 -in $w -side top -fill both -expand yes
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:CreateFrame1 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    frame $w.f1 -border 10
+    tixComboBox $w.f1.filter -editable 1\
+	-command [list $w filter] -anchor e \
+	-options {
+	    slistbox.scrollbar auto
+	    listbox.height 5
+	    label.anchor w
+	}
+    set data(w:filter) $w.f1.filter
+
+    pack $data(w:filter) -side top -expand yes -fill both
+    return $w.f1
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:CreateFrame2 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixPanedWindow $w.f2 -orientation horizontal
+    #     THE LEFT FRAME
+    #-----------------------
+    set dir [$w.f2 add directory -size 120]
+    $dir config -relief flat
+    label $dir.lab
+    set data(w:dirlist) [tixScrolledListBox $dir.dirlist\
+			     -scrollbar auto\
+			     -options {listbox.width 4 listbox.height 6}]
+
+    pack $dir.lab -side top -fill x -padx 10
+    pack $data(w:dirlist) -side bottom -expand yes -fill both -padx 10
+
+    #     THE RIGHT FRAME
+    #-----------------------
+    set file [$w.f2 add file -size 160]
+    $file config -relief flat
+    label $file.lab
+    set data(w:filelist) [tixScrolledListBox $file.filelist \
+			      -scrollbar auto\
+			      -options {listbox.width 4 listbox.height 6}]
+
+    pack $file.lab -side top -fill x -padx 10
+    pack $data(w:filelist) -side bottom -expand yes -fill both -padx 10
+
+    return $w.f2
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:CreateFrame3 {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    frame $w.f3 -border 10
+    tixComboBox $w.f3.selection -editable 1\
+	-command [list tixFileSelectBox:SelInvoke $w] \
+	-anchor e \
+	-options {
+	    slistbox.scrollbar auto
+	    listbox.height 5
+	    label.anchor w
+	}
+
+    set data(w:selection) $w.f3.selection
+
+    pack $data(w:selection) -side top -fill both
+
+    return $w.f3
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:SelInvoke {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set event [tixEvent type]
+
+    if {$event ne "<FocusOut>" && $event ne "<Tab>"} {
+	$w invoke
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:SetValue {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(i-value) $value
+    set data(-value)  [tixFSNative $value]
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:SetDir {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(i-directory) $value
+    set data(-directory)  [tixFSNative $value]
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:SetPat {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(i-pattern) $value
+    set data(-pattern)  [tixFSNative $value]
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                           BINDINGS
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    tixDoWhenMapped $w [list tixFileSelectBox:FirstMapped $w]
+
+    $data(w:dirlist) config \
+	-browsecmd [list tixFileSelectBox:SelectDir $w] \
+	-command   [list tixFileSelectBox:InvokeDir $w]
+
+    $data(w:filelist) config \
+	-browsecmd [list tixFileSelectBox:SelectFile $w] \
+	-command   [list tixFileSelectBox:InvokeFile $w]
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                           CONFIG OPTIONS
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixFileSelectBox:config-directory {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$value eq ""} {
+	set value [pwd]
+    }
+    tixFileSelectBox:SetDir $w [tixFSNormalize $value]
+    tixFileSelectBox:SetFilter $w $data(i-directory) $data(i-pattern)
+    $w filter
+
+    return $data(-directory)
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:config-pattern {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$value eq ""} {
+	set value "*"
+    }
+
+    tixFileSelectBox:SetPat $w $value
+    tixFileSelectBox:SetFilter $w $data(i-directory) $data(i-pattern)
+
+    # Returning a value means we have overridden the value and updated
+    # the widget record ourselves.
+    #
+    return $data(-pattern)
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:config-value {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixFileSelectBox:SetValue $w [tixFSNormalize $value]
+    tixSetSilent $data(w:selection) $value
+
+    return $data(-value)
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                    PUBLIC METHODS
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixFileSelectBox:filter {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:filter) popdown
+    tixFileSelectBox:InterpFilter $w
+    tixFileSelectBox:LoadDir $w
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:invoke {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[$data(w:selection) cget -value] ne
+	[$data(w:selection) cget -selection]} {
+	# this will in turn call "invoke" again ...
+	#
+	$data(w:selection) invoke
+	return
+    }
+
+    # record the filter
+    #
+    set filter [tixFileSelectBox:InterpFilter $w]
+    $data(w:filter) addhistory $filter
+
+    # record the selection
+    #
+    set userInput [string trim [$data(w:selection) cget -value]]
+    tixFileSelectBox:SetValue $w \
+	[tixFSNormalize [file join $data(i-directory) $userInput]]
+    $data(w:selection) addhistory $data(-value)
+
+    $data(w:filter) align
+    $data(w:selection)  align
+
+    if {[llength $data(-command)] && !$data(-disablecallback)} {
+	set bind(specs) "%V"
+	set bind(%V) $data(-value)
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $data(-value)
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                    INTERNAL METHODS
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# InterpFilter:
+#	Interprets the value of the w:filter widget. 
+#
+# Side effects:
+#	Changes the fields data(-directory) and data(-pattenn) 
+#
+proc tixFileSelectBox:InterpFilter {w {filter ""}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$filter == ""} {
+	set filter [$data(w:filter) cget -selection]
+	if {$filter == ""} {
+	    set filter [$data(w:filter) cget -value]
+	}
+    }
+
+    set i_filter [tixFSNormalize $filter]
+
+    if {[file isdirectory $filter]} {
+	tixFileSelectBox:SetDir $w $i_filter
+	tixFileSelectBox:SetPat $w "*"
+    } else {
+	set nDir [file dirname $filter]
+	if {$nDir eq "" || $nDir eq "."} {
+	    tixFileSelectBox:SetDir $w [tixFSNormalize $data(i-directory)]
+	} else {
+	    tixFileSelectBox:SetDir $w [tixFSNormalize $nDir]
+	}
+	tixFileSelectBox:SetPat $w [file tail $filter]
+    }
+
+    tixFileSelectBox:SetFilter $w $data(i-directory) $data(i-pattern)
+
+    return $data(filter)
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:SetFilter {w dir pattern} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(filter) [file join $dir $pattern]
+    tixSetSilent $data(w:filter) $data(filter)
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:LoadDirIntoLists {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:dirlist)  subwidget listbox delete 0 end
+    $data(w:filelist) subwidget listbox delete 0 end
+
+    set dir $data(i-directory)
+
+    # (1) List the directories
+    #
+    set isDrive [expr {[llength [file split $dir]] == 1}]
+    foreach name [tixFSListDir $dir 1 0 1 1] {
+	if {".." eq $name && $isDrive} { continue }
+	$data(w:dirlist) subwidget listbox insert end $name
+    }
+
+    # (2) List the files
+    #
+    # %% UNIX'ISM:
+    # If the pattern is "*" force glob to list the .* files.
+    # However, since the user might not
+    # be interested in them, shift the listbox so that the "normal" files
+    # are seen first
+    #
+    # NOTE: if we pass $pat == "" but with $showHidden set to true,
+    #       tixFSListDir will list "* .*" in Unix. See the comment on top of
+    #	    the tixFSListDir code.
+    #
+    if {$data(i-pattern) eq "*"} {
+	set pat ""
+    } else {
+	set pat $data(i-pattern)
+    }
+
+    set top 0
+    foreach name [tixFSListDir $dir 0 1 0 0 $pat] {
+	$data(w:filelist) subwidget listbox insert end $name
+	if {[string match .* $name]} {
+	    incr top
+	}
+    }
+
+    $data(w:filelist) subwidget listbox yview $top
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:LoadDir {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixBusy $w on [$data(w:dirlist) subwidget listbox]
+
+    tixFileSelectBox:LoadDirIntoLists $w
+
+    if {[$data(w:dirlist) subwidget listbox size] == 0} {
+	# fail safe, just in case the user has inputed an errnoeuos
+	# directory
+	$data(w:dirlist) subwidget listbox insert 0 ".."
+    }
+
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixBusy $w off [$data(w:dirlist) subwidget listbox]
+}
+
+# User single clicks on the directory listbox
+#
+proc tixFileSelectBox:SelectDir {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(fakeDir) > 0} {
+	incr data(fakeDir) -1
+	$data(w:dirlist) subwidget listbox select clear 0 end
+	$data(w:dirlist) subwidget listbox activate -1
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {$data(flag)} {
+	return
+    }
+    set data(flag) 1
+
+    set subdir [tixListboxGetCurrent [$data(w:dirlist) subwidget listbox]]
+    if {$subdir == ""} {
+	set subdir "."
+    }
+
+    tixFileSelectBox:SetFilter $w \
+	[tixFSNormalize [file join $data(i-directory) $subdir]] \
+	$data(i-pattern)
+    set data(flag) 0
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:InvokeDir {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set theDir [$data(w:dirlist) subwidget listbox get active]
+
+    tixFileSelectBox:SetDir $w \
+	[tixFSNormalize [file join $data(i-directory) $theDir]]
+
+    $data(w:dirlist) subwidget listbox select clear 0 end
+
+    tixFileSelectBox:SetFilter $w $data(i-directory) $data(i-pattern)
+    tixFileSelectBox:InterpFilter $w [tixFSNativeNorm $data(filter)]
+
+    tixFileSelectBox:LoadDir $w
+
+    if {![tixEvent match <Return>]} {
+	incr data(fakeDir) 1
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:SelectFile {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(flag)} {
+	return
+    }
+    set data(flag) 1
+
+    # Reset the "Filter:" box to the current directory:
+    #	
+    $data(w:dirlist) subwidget listbox select clear 0 end
+    tixFileSelectBox:SetFilter $w $data(i-directory) $data(i-pattern)
+
+    # Now select the file
+    #
+    set selected [tixListboxGetCurrent [$data(w:filelist) subwidget listbox]]
+    if {$selected != ""} {
+	# Make sure that the selection is not empty!
+	#
+	tixFileSelectBox:SetValue $w \
+	    [tixFSNormalize [file join $data(i-directory) $selected]]
+	tixSetSilent $data(w:selection) $data(-value)
+
+	if {[llength $data(-browsecmd)]} {
+	    tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-browsecmd) "" $data(-value)
+	}
+    }
+    set data(flag) 0
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectBox:InvokeFile {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set selected [tixListboxGetCurrent [$data(w:filelist) subwidget listbox]]
+    if {$selected  != ""} {
+	$w invoke
+    }
+}
+
+# This is only called the first this fileBox is mapped -- load the directory
+#
+proc tixFileSelectBox:FirstMapped {w} {
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixFileSelectBox:SetFilter $w $data(i-directory) $data(i-pattern)
+    tixFileSelectBox:LoadDir $w
+    $data(w:filter) align
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#
+#              C O N V E N I E N C E   R O U T I N E S 
+#
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This is obsolete. Use the widget tixFileSelectDialog instead
+#
+#
+proc tixMkFileDialog {w args} {
+    set option(-okcmd)    ""
+    set option(-helpcmd)  ""
+
+    tixHandleOptions option {-okcmd -helpcmd} $args
+
+    toplevel $w
+    wm minsize $w 10 10
+
+    tixStdDlgBtns $w.btns
+    
+    if {$option(-okcmd) != ""} {
+	tixFileSelectBox $w.fsb \
+	    -command "[list wm withdraw $w]; $option(-okcmd)"
+    } else {
+	tixFileSelectBox $w.fsb -command [list wm withdraw $w]
+    }
+
+    $w.btns button ok     config -command [list $w.fsb invoke]
+    $w.btns button apply  config -command [list $w.fsb filter] -text Filter
+    $w.btns button cancel config -command [list wm withdraw $w]
+
+    if {$option(-helpcmd) == ""} {
+	$w.btns button help config -state disabled
+    } else {
+	$w.btns button help config -command $option(-helpcmd)
+    }
+    wm protocol $w WM_DELETE_WINDOW [list wm withdraw $w]
+    pack $w.btns  -side bottom -fill both
+    pack $w.fsb   -fill both -expand yes
+
+    return $w.fsb
+}
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/FileCbx.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/FileCbx.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: FileCbx.tcl,v 1.5 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# tixFileCombobox --
+#
+#	A combobox widget for entering file names, directory names, file
+#	patterns, etc.
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+
+# tixFileComboBox displays and accepts the DOS pathnames only. It doesn't
+# recognize UNC file names or Tix VPATHS.
+#
+tixWidgetClass tixFileComboBox {
+    -classname TixFileComboBox
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -method {
+	invoke
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-command -defaultfile -directory -text
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-directory
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-defaultfile defaultFile DefaultFile ""}
+	{-directory directory Directory ""}
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-text text Text ""}
+    }
+    -default {
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixFileComboBox:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    if {$data(-directory) eq ""} {
+	set data(-directory) [pwd]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixFileComboBox:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+    set data(w:combo) [tixComboBox $w.combo -editable true -dropdown true]
+    pack $data(w:combo) -expand yes -fill both
+}
+
+proc tixFileComboBox:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+    $data(w:combo) config -command [list tixFileComboBox:OnComboCmd $w]
+}
+
+proc tixFileComboBox:OnComboCmd {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set text [string trim [tixEvent value]]
+
+    set path [tixFSJoin $data(-directory) $text]
+    if {[file isdirectory $path]} {
+	set path [tixFSJoin $path $data(-defaultfile)]
+	set tail $data(-defaultfile)
+    } else {
+	set tail [file tail $path]
+    }
+    set norm [tixFSNormalize $path]
+    tixSetSilent $data(w:combo) $norm
+    if {[llength $data(-command)]} {
+	set bind(specs) {%V}
+	set bind(%V)    [list $norm $path $tail ""]
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $bind(%V)
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixFileComboBox:config-text {w val} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixSetSilent $data(w:combo) $val
+}
+
+proc tixFileComboBox:config-directory {w val} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(-directory) [tixFSNormalize $val]
+    return $data(-directory)
+}
+
+proc tixFileComboBox:invoke {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:combo) invoke
+}
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/FileDlg.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/FileDlg.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: FileDlg.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# FileDlg.tcl --
+#
+#	Implements the File Selection Dialog widget.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixFileSelectDialog {
+    -classname TixFileSelectDialog
+    -superclass tixStdDialogShell
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-command
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-command command Command ""}
+
+	{-title title Title "Select A File"}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectDialog:ConstructTopFrame {w frame} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructTopFrame $frame
+
+    set data(w:fsbox) [tixFileSelectBox $frame.fsbox \
+	-command [list tixFileSelectDialog:Invoke $w]]
+    pack $data(w:fsbox) -expand yes -fill both
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectDialog:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    $data(w:btns) subwidget ok     config -command "$data(w:fsbox) invoke" \
+	-underline 0
+    $data(w:btns) subwidget apply  config -command "$data(w:fsbox) filter" \
+	-text Filter -underline 0
+    $data(w:btns) subwidget cancel config -command "wm withdraw $w" \
+	-underline 0
+    $data(w:btns) subwidget help config -underline 0
+
+
+    bind $w <Alt-Key-l> "focus [$data(w:fsbox) subwidget filelist]"
+    bind $w <Alt-Key-d> "focus [$data(w:fsbox) subwidget dirlist]"
+    bind $w <Alt-Key-s> "focus [$data(w:fsbox) subwidget selection]"
+    bind $w <Alt-Key-t> "focus [$data(w:fsbox) subwidget filter]"
+    bind $w <Alt-Key-o> "tkButtonInvoke [$data(w:btns) subwidget ok]"
+    bind $w <Alt-Key-f> "tkButtonInvoke [$data(w:btns) subwidget apply]"
+    bind $w <Alt-Key-c> "tkButtonInvoke [$data(w:btns) subwidget cancel]"
+    bind $w <Alt-Key-h> "tkButtonInvoke [$data(w:btns) subwidget help]"
+}
+
+proc tixFileSelectDialog:Invoke {w filename} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    wm withdraw $w
+
+    if {$data(-command) != ""} {
+	set bind(specs) "%V"
+	set bind(%V) $filename
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $filename
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/FileEnt.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/FileEnt.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: FileEnt.tcl,v 1.7 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# FileEnt.tcl --
+#
+# 	TixFileEntry Widget: an entry box for entering filenames.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixFileEntry {
+    -classname TixFileEntry
+    -superclass tixLabelWidget
+    -method {
+	invoke filedialog update
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-activatecmd -command -dialogtype -disablecallback -disabledforeground
+	-filebitmap -selectmode -state -validatecmd -value -variable
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-variable
+    }
+    -static {
+	-filebitmap
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-activatecmd activateCmd ActivateCmd ""}
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-dialogtype dialogType DialogType ""}
+	{-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-disabledforeground disabledForeground DisabledForeground #303030}
+	{-filebitmap fileBitmap FileBitmap ""}
+	{-selectmode selectMode SelectMode normal}
+	{-state state State normal}
+	{-validatecmd validateCmd ValidateCmd ""}
+	{-value value Value ""}
+	{-variable variable Variable ""}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{*frame.borderWidth		2}
+	{*frame.relief			sunken}
+	{*Button.highlightThickness	0}
+	{*Entry.highlightThickness	0}
+	{*Entry.borderWidth 		0}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixFileEntry:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+    set data(varInited)	  0
+
+    if {$data(-filebitmap) eq ""} {
+	set data(-filebitmap) [tix getbitmap openfile]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixFileEntry:ConstructFramedWidget {w frame} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructFramedWidget $frame
+
+    set data(w:entry)  [entry  $frame.entry]
+    set data(w:button) [button $frame.button -bitmap $data(-filebitmap) \
+			    -takefocus 0]
+    set data(entryfg) [$data(w:entry) cget -fg]
+
+    pack $data(w:button) -side right -fill both
+    pack $data(w:entry)  -side left  -expand yes -fill both
+}
+
+proc tixFileEntry:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    $data(w:button) config -command [list tixFileEntry:OpenFile $w]
+    tixSetMegaWidget $data(w:entry) $w
+
+    # If user press <return>, verify the value and call the -command
+    #
+    bind $data(w:entry) <Return> [list tixFileEntry:invoke $w]
+    bind $data(w:entry) <KeyPress> {
+	if {[set [tixGetMegaWidget %W](-selectmode)] eq "immediate"} {
+	    tixFileEntry:invoke [tixGetMegaWidget %W]
+	}
+    }
+    bind $data(w:entry) <FocusOut>  {
+        if {"%d" eq "NotifyNonlinear" || "%d" eq "NotifyNonlinearVirtual"} {
+	    tixFileEntry:invoke [tixGetMegaWidget %W]
+        }
+    }
+    bind $w <FocusIn> [list focus $data(w:entry)]
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                           CONFIG OPTIONS
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixFileEntry:config-state {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$value eq "normal"} {
+	$data(w:button) config -state $value
+	$data(w:entry)  config -state $value -fg $data(entryfg)
+	catch {$data(w:label)  config -fg $data(entryfg)}
+    } else {
+	$data(w:button) config -state $value
+	$data(w:entry)  config -state $value -fg $data(-disabledforeground)
+	catch {$data(w:label)  config -fg $data(-disabledforeground)}
+    }
+
+    return ""
+}
+
+proc tixFileEntry:config-value {w value} {
+    tixFileEntry:SetValue $w $value
+}
+
+proc tixFileEntry:config-variable {w arg} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[tixVariable:ConfigVariable $w $arg]} {
+       # The value of data(-value) is changed if tixVariable:ConfigVariable 
+       # returns true
+       tixFileEntry:SetValue $w $data(-value)
+    }
+    catch {
+	unset data(varInited)
+    }
+    set data(-variable) $arg
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                         User Commands
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixFileEntry:invoke {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![catch {$data(w:entry) index sel.first}]} {
+	# THIS ENTRY OWNS SELECTION --> TURN IT OFF
+	#
+	$data(w:entry) select from end
+	$data(w:entry) select to   end
+    }
+
+    tixFileEntry:SetValue $w [$data(w:entry) get]
+}
+
+proc tixFileEntry:filedialog {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[llength $args]} {
+	return [eval [tix filedialog $data(-dialogtype)] $args]
+    } else {
+	return [tix filedialog $data(-dialogtype)]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixFileEntry:update {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[$data(w:entry) get] ne $data(-value)} {
+	tixFileEntry:invoke $w
+    }
+}
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                       Internal Commands
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixFileEntry:OpenFile {w} {
+     upvar #0 $w data
+
+     if {$data(-activatecmd) != ""} {
+	 uplevel #0 $data(-activatecmd)
+     }
+
+     switch -- $data(-dialogtype) tk_chooseDirectory {
+	 set args [list -parent [winfo toplevel $w]]
+	 if {[set initial $data(-value)] != ""} {
+	     lappend args -initialdir $data(value)
+	 }
+	 set retval [eval [linsert $args 0 tk_chooseDirectory]]
+
+	 if {$retval != ""} {tixFileEntry:SetValue $w [tixFSNative $retval]}
+     } tk_getOpenFile - tk_getSaveFile {
+	 set args [list -parent [winfo toplevel $w]]
+
+	 if {[set initial [$data(w:entry) get]] != ""} {
+	     switch -glob -- $initial *.py {
+		 set types [list {"Python Files" {.py .pyw}} {"All Files" *}]
+	     } *.txt {
+		 set types [list {"Text Files" .txt} {"All Files" *}]
+	     } *.tcl {
+		 set types [list {"Tcl Files" .tcl} {"All Files" *}]
+	     } * - default {
+		 set types [list {"All Files" *}]
+	     }
+	     if {[file isfile $initial]} {
+		 lappend args -initialdir [file dir $initial] \
+			 -initialfile $initial
+	     } elseif {[file isdir $initial]} {
+		 lappend args -initialdir $initial
+	     }
+	 } else {
+	     set types [list {"All Files" *}]
+	 }
+	 lappend args -filetypes $types
+
+	 set retval [eval $data(-dialogtype) $args]
+	 if {$retval != ""} {tixFileEntry:SetValue $w [tixFSNative $retval]}
+     } default {
+	 set filedlg [tix filedialog $data(-dialogtype)]
+
+	 $filedlg config -parent [winfo toplevel $w] \
+		 -command [list tixFileEntry:FileDlgCallback $w]
+
+	 focus $data(w:entry)
+
+	 $filedlg popup
+     }
+}
+
+proc tixFileEntry:FileDlgCallback {w args} {
+    set filename [tixEvent flag V]
+
+    tixFileEntry:SetValue $w $filename
+}
+
+proc tixFileEntry:SetValue {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[llength $data(-validatecmd)]} {
+	set value [tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-validatecmd) "" $value]
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-state) eq "normal"} {
+	$data(w:entry) delete 0 end
+	$data(w:entry) insert 0 $value
+	$data(w:entry) xview end
+    }
+
+    set data(-value) $value
+
+    tixVariable:UpdateVariable $w
+
+    if {[llength $data(-command)] && !$data(-disablecallback)} {
+	if {![info exists data(varInited)]} {
+	    set bind(specs) ""
+	    tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $value
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixFileEntry:Destructor {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixUnsetMegaWidget $data(w:entry)
+    tixVariable:DeleteVariable $w
+
+    # Chain this to the superclass
+    #
+    tixChainMethod $w Destructor
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/FloatEnt.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/FloatEnt.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: FloatEnt.tcl,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# FloatEnt.tcl --
+#
+#	An entry widget that can be attached on top of any widget to
+#	provide dynamic editing. It is used to provide dynamic editing
+#	for the tixGrid widget, among other things.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixFloatEntry {
+    -classname TixFloatEntry
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -method {
+	invoke post unpost
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-command -value
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-value value Value ""}
+	{-command command Command ""}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.entry.highlightThickness	0}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#	Initialization bindings
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixFloatEntry:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+}
+
+proc tixFloatEntry:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+    set data(w:entry) [entry $w.entry]
+    pack $data(w:entry) -expand yes -fill both
+}
+
+proc tixFloatEntry:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+    tixBind $data(w:entry) <Return> [list tixFloatEntry:invoke $w]
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#	Class bindings
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixFloatEntryBind {} {
+    tixBind TixFloatEntry <FocusIn>  {
+      if {[focus -displayof [set %W(w:entry)]] ne [set %W(w:entry)]} {
+	  focus [%W subwidget entry]
+	  [set %W(w:entry)] selection from 0
+	  [set %W(w:entry)] selection to end
+	  [set %W(w:entry)] icursor end
+      }
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#	Public methods
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixFloatEntry:post {w x y {width ""} {height ""}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$width == ""} {
+	set width [winfo reqwidth $data(w:entry)]
+    }
+    if {$height == ""} {
+	set height [winfo reqheight $data(w:entry)]
+    }
+
+    place $w -x $x -y $y -width $width -height $height -bordermode ignore
+    raise $w
+    focus $data(w:entry)
+}
+
+proc tixFloatEntry:unpost {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    place forget $w
+}
+
+proc tixFloatEntry:config-value {w val} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:entry) delete 0 end
+    $data(w:entry) insert 0 $val
+
+    $data(w:entry) selection from 0
+    $data(w:entry) selection to end
+    $data(w:entry) icursor end
+}
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#	Private methods
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixFloatEntry:invoke {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[llength $data(-command)]} {
+	set bind(specs) {%V}
+	set bind(%V)    [$data(w:entry) get]
+
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $bind(%V)
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Grid.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Grid.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1122 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Grid.tcl,v 1.6 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# Grid.tcl --
+#
+# 	This file defines the default bindings for Tix Grid widgets.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+global tkPriv
+if {![llength [info globals tkPriv]]} {
+    tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable tkPriv
+}
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# tkPriv elements used in this file:
+#
+# afterId -		Token returned by "after" for autoscanning.
+# fakeRelease -		Cancel the ButtonRelease-1 after the user double click
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+foreach fun {tkCancelRepeat} {
+    if {![llength [info commands $fun]]} {
+	tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand $fun
+    }
+}
+unset fun
+
+proc tixGridBind {} {
+    tixBind TixGrid <ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixGrid:Button-1 %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <Shift-ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixGrid:Shift-Button-1 %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <Control-ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixGrid:Control-Button-1 %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <ButtonRelease-1> {
+	tixGrid:ButtonRelease-1 %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <Double-ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixGrid:Double-1 %W  %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <B1-Motion> {
+	set tkPriv(x) %x 
+	set tkPriv(y) %y
+	set tkPriv(X) %X
+	set tkPriv(Y) %Y
+
+	tixGrid:B1-Motion %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <Control-B1-Motion> {
+	set tkPriv(x) %x 
+	set tkPriv(y) %y
+	set tkPriv(X) %X
+	set tkPriv(Y) %Y
+
+	tixGrid:Control-B1-Motion %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <B1-Leave> {
+	set tkPriv(x) %x 
+	set tkPriv(y) %y
+	set tkPriv(X) %X
+	set tkPriv(Y) %Y
+
+	tixGrid:B1-Leave %W
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <B1-Enter> {
+	tixGrid:B1-Enter %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <Control-B1-Leave> {
+	set tkPriv(x) %x 
+	set tkPriv(y) %y
+	set tkPriv(X) %X
+	set tkPriv(Y) %Y
+
+	tixGrid:Control-B1-Leave %W
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <Control-B1-Enter> {
+	tixGrid:Control-B1-Enter %W %x %y
+    }
+
+    # Keyboard bindings
+    #
+    tixBind TixGrid <Up> {
+	tixGrid:DirKey %W up
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <Down> {
+	tixGrid:DirKey %W down
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <Left> {
+	tixGrid:DirKey %W left
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <Right> {
+	tixGrid:DirKey %W right
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <Prior> {
+	%W yview scroll -1 pages
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <Next> {
+	%W yview scroll 1 pages
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <Return> {
+	tixGrid:Return %W 
+    }
+    tixBind TixGrid <space> {
+	tixGrid:Space %W 
+    }
+    #
+    # Don't use tixBind because %A causes Tk 8.3.2 to crash
+    #
+    bind TixGrid <MouseWheel> {
+        %W yview scroll [expr {- (%D / 120) * 2}] units
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#
+#			 Mouse bindings
+#
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixGrid:Button-1 {w x y} {
+    if {[$w cget -state] eq "disabled"} {
+	return
+    }
+    tixGrid:SetFocus $w
+
+    if {[tixGrid:GetState $w] == 0} {
+	tixGrid:GoState 1 $w $x $y
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:Shift-Button-1 {w x y} {
+    if {[$w cget -state] eq "disabled"} {
+	return
+    }
+    tixGrid:SetFocus $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:Control-Button-1 {w x y} {
+    if {[$w cget -state] eq "disabled"} {
+	return
+    }
+    tixGrid:SetFocus $w
+
+    case [tixGrid:GetState $w] {
+	{s0} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState s1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+	{b0} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState b1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+	{m0} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState m1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+	{e0} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState e10 $w $x $y
+       	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:ButtonRelease-1 {w x y} {
+    case [tixGrid:GetState $w] {
+	{2} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState 5 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{4} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState 3 $w $x $y
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:B1-Motion {w x y} {
+    case [tixGrid:GetState $w] {
+	{2 4} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState 4 $w $x $y
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:Control-B1-Motion {w x y} {
+    case [tixGrid:GetState $w] {
+	{s2 s4} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState s4 $w $x $y 
+	}
+	{b2 b4} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState b4 $w $x $y 
+	}
+	{m2 m5} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState m4 $w $x $y 
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:Double-1 {w x y} {
+    case [tixGrid:GetState $w] {
+	{s0} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState s7 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{b0} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState b7 $w $x $y
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:B1-Leave {w} {
+    case [tixGrid:GetState $w] {
+	{s2 s4} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState s5 $w
+	}
+	{b2 b4} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState b5 $w
+	}
+	{m2 m5} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState m8 $w
+	}
+	{e2 e5} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState e8 $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:B1-Enter {w x y} {
+    case [tixGrid:GetState $w] {
+	{s5 s6} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState s4 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{b5 b6} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState b4 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{m8 m9} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState m4 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{e8 e9} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState e4 $w $x $y
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:Control-B1-Leave {w} {
+    case [tixGrid:GetState $w] {
+	{s2 s4} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState s5 $w
+	}
+	{b2 b4} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState b5 $w
+	}
+	{m2 m5} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState m8 $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:Control-B1-Enter {w x y} {
+    case [tixGrid:GetState $w] {
+	{s5 s6} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState s4 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{b5 b6} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState b4 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{m8 m9} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState m4 $w $x $y
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:AutoScan {w} {
+    case [tixGrid:GetState $w] {
+	{s5 s6} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState s6 $w
+	}
+	{b5 b6} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState b6 $w
+	}
+	{m8 m9} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState m9 $w
+	}
+	{e8 e9} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState e9 $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#
+#			 Key bindings
+#
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixGrid:DirKey {w key} {
+    if {[$w cget -state] eq "disabled"} {
+	return
+    }
+    case [tixGrid:GetState $w] {
+	{s0} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState s8 $w $key
+       	}
+	{b0} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState b8 $w $key
+       	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:Return {w} {
+    if {[$w cget -state] eq "disabled"} {
+	return
+    }
+    case [tixGrid:GetState $w] {
+	{s0} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState s9 $w
+       	}
+	{b0} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState b9 $w
+       	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:Space {w} {
+    if {[$w cget -state] eq "disabled"} {
+	return
+    }
+    case [tixGrid:GetState $w] {
+	{s0} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState s10 $w
+       	}
+ 	{b0} {
+	    tixGrid:GoState b10 $w
+       	}
+   }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#			STATE MANIPULATION
+#
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixGrid:GetState {w} {
+    global $w:priv:state
+
+    if {![info exists $w:priv:state]} {
+	set $w:priv:state 0
+    }
+    return [set $w:priv:state]
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:SetState {w n} {
+    global $w:priv:state
+
+    set $w:priv:state $n
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState {n w args} {
+
+#   puts "going from [tixGrid:GetState $w] --> $n"
+
+    tixGrid:SetState $w $n
+    eval tixGrid:GoState-$n $w $args
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#		   SELECTION ROUTINES
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixGrid:SelectSingle {w ent} {
+    $w selection set [lindex $ent 0] [lindex $ent 1]
+    tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	SINGLE SELECTION
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixGrid:GoState-0 {w} {
+    set list $w:_list
+    global $list
+
+    if {[info exists $list]} {
+	foreach cmd [set $list] {
+	    uplevel #0 $cmd
+	}
+	if {[info exists $list]} {
+	    unset $list
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-1 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	tixGrid:SetAnchor $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:CheckEdit $w
+    $w selection clear 0 0 max max
+
+    if {[$w cget -selectmode] ne "single"} {
+	tixGrid:SelectSingle $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState 2 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-2 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-3 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	tixGrid:SelectSingle $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState 0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-5 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	tixGrid:SelectSingle $w $ent
+	tixGrid:SetEdit $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState 0 $w
+}
+
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-4 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+
+    case [$w cget -selectmode] {
+	single {
+	    tixGrid:SetAnchor $w $ent
+	}
+	browse {
+	    tixGrid:SetAnchor $w $ent
+	    $w selection clear 0 0 max max
+	    tixGrid:SelectSingle $w $ent
+	}
+	{multiple extended} {
+	    set anchor [$w anchor get]
+	    $w selection adjust [lindex $anchor 0] [lindex $anchor 1] \
+		[lindex $ent 0] [lindex $ent 1]
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-s5 {w} {
+    tixGrid:StartScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-s6 {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+
+    tixGrid:DoScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-s7 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixGrid:CallCommand $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState s0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-s8 {w key} {
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$anchor == ""} {
+	set anchor 0
+    } else {
+	set anchor [$w info $key $anchor]
+    }
+
+    $w anchor set $anchor
+    $w see $anchor
+    tixGrid:GoState s0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-s9 {w} {
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$anchor == ""} {
+	set anchor 0
+	$w anchor set $anchor
+	$w see $anchor
+    }
+
+    if {[$w info anchor] != ""} {
+	# ! may not have any elements
+	#
+	tixGrid:CallCommand $w [$w info anchor]
+	$w selection clear 
+	$w selection set $anchor
+    }
+
+    tixGrid:GoState s0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-s10 {w} {
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$anchor == ""} {
+	set anchor 0
+	$w anchor set $anchor
+	$w see $anchor
+    }
+
+    if {[$w info anchor] != ""} {
+	# ! may not have any elements
+	#
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w [$w info anchor]
+	$w selection clear 
+	$w selection set $anchor
+    }
+
+    tixGrid:GoState s0 $w
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	BROWSE SELECTION
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixGrid:GoState-b0 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-b1 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w anchor set $ent
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState b2 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-b2 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-b3 {w} {
+    set ent [$w info anchor]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState b0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-b4 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w anchor set $ent
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-b5 {w} {
+    tixGrid:StartScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-b6 {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+
+    tixGrid:DoScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-b7 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixGrid:CallCommand $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState b0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-b8 {w key} {
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$anchor == ""} {
+	set anchor 0
+    } else {
+	set anchor [$w info $key $anchor]
+    }
+
+    $w anchor set $anchor
+    $w selection clear
+    $w selection set $anchor
+    $w see $anchor
+
+    tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $anchor
+    tixGrid:GoState b0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-b9 {w} {
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$anchor == ""} {
+	set anchor 0
+	$w anchor set $anchor
+	$w see $anchor
+    }
+
+    if {[$w info anchor] != ""} {
+	# ! may not have any elements
+	#
+	tixGrid:CallCommand $w [$w info anchor]
+	$w selection clear 
+	$w selection set $anchor
+    }
+
+    tixGrid:GoState b0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-b10 {w} {
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$anchor == ""} {
+	set anchor 0
+	$w anchor set $anchor
+	$w see $anchor
+    }
+
+    if {[$w info anchor] != ""} {
+	# ! may not have any elements
+	#
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w [$w info anchor]
+	$w selection clear 
+	$w selection set $anchor
+    }
+
+    tixGrid:GoState b0 $w
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	MULTIPLE SELECTION
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixGrid:GoState-m0 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-m1 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w anchor set $ent
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState m2 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-m2 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-m3 {w} {
+    set ent [$w info anchor]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState m0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-m4 {w x y} {
+    set from [$w info anchor]
+    set to   [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$to != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $from $to
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $to
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState m5 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-m5 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-m6 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState m0 $w  
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-m7 {w x y} {
+    set from [$w info anchor]
+    set to   [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$from == ""} {
+	set from $to
+	$w anchor set $from
+    }
+    if {$to != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $from $to
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $to
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState m5 $w
+}
+
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-m8 {w} {
+    tixGrid:StartScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-m9 {w} {
+    tixGrid:DoScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-xm7 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixGrid:CallCommand $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState m0 $w
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	EXTENDED SELECTION
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixGrid:GoState-e0 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-e1 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w anchor set $ent
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState e2 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-e2 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-e3 {w} {
+    set ent [$w info anchor]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState e0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-e4 {w x y} {
+    set from [$w info anchor]
+    set to   [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$to != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $from $to
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $to
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState e5 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-e5 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-e6 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState e0 $w  
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-e7 {w x y} {
+    set from [$w info anchor]
+    set to   [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$from == ""} {
+	set from $to
+	$w anchor set $from
+    }
+    if {$to != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $from $to
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $to
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState e5 $w
+}
+
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-e8 {w} {
+    tixGrid:StartScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-e9 {w} {
+    tixGrid:DoScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-e10 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	if {[$w info anchor] == ""} {
+	    $w anchor set $ent
+	}
+	if {[$w selection includes $ent]} {
+	    $w selection clear $ent
+	} else {
+	    $w selection set $ent
+	}
+	tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState e2 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-xm7 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixGrid:CallCommand $w $ent
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState e0 $w
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	HODGE PODGE
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-12 {w x y} {
+    tkCancelRepeat
+    tixGrid:GoState 5 $w $x $y 
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-13 {w ent oldEnt} {
+    global tkPriv
+    set tkPriv(tix,indicator) $ent
+    set tkPriv(tix,oldEnt)    $oldEnt
+    tixGrid:IndicatorCmd $w <Arm> $ent
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-14 {w x y} {
+    global tkPriv
+
+    if {[tixGrid:InsideArmedIndicator $w $x $y]} {
+	$w anchor set $tkPriv(tix,indicator)
+	$w select clear
+	$w select set $tkPriv(tix,indicator)
+	tixGrid:IndicatorCmd $w <Activate> $tkPriv(tix,indicator)
+    } else {
+	tixGrid:IndicatorCmd $w <Disarm>   $tkPriv(tix,indicator)
+    }
+
+    unset tkPriv(tix,indicator)
+    tixGrid:GoState 0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-16 {w ent} {
+    if {$ent == ""} {
+	return
+    }
+    if {[$w cget -selectmode] ne "single"} {
+	tixGrid:Select $w $ent
+	tixGrid:Browse $w $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-18 {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+    tkCancelRepeat
+    tixGrid:GoState 6 $w $tkPriv(x) $tkPriv(y) 
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-20 {w x y} {
+    global tkPriv
+
+    if {![tixGrid:InsideArmedIndicator $w $x $y]} {
+	tixGrid:GoState 21 $w $x $y
+    } else {
+	tixGrid:IndicatorCmd $w <Arm> $tkPriv(tix,indicator)
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-21 {w x y} {
+    global tkPriv
+
+    if {[tixGrid:InsideArmedIndicator $w $x $y]} {
+	tixGrid:GoState 20 $w $x $y
+    } else {
+	tixGrid:IndicatorCmd $w <Disarm> $tkPriv(tix,indicator)
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:GoState-22 {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+
+    if {$tkPriv(tix,oldEnt) != ""} {
+	$w anchor set $tkPriv(tix,oldEnt)
+    } else {
+	$w anchor clear
+    }
+    tixGrid:GoState 0 $w
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#			callback actions
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixGrid:SetAnchor {w ent} {
+    if {$ent ne ""} {
+	$w anchor set [lindex $ent 0] [lindex $ent 1]
+#	$w see $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:Select {w ent} {
+    $w selection clear
+    $w select set $ent
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:StartScan {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+    set tkPriv(afterId) [after 50 tixGrid:AutoScan $w]
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:DoScan {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+    set x $tkPriv(x)
+    set y $tkPriv(y)
+    set X $tkPriv(X)
+    set Y $tkPriv(Y)
+
+    set out 0
+    if {$y >= [winfo height $w]} {
+	$w yview scroll 1 units
+	set out 1
+    }
+    if {$y < 0} {
+	$w yview scroll -1 units
+	set out 1
+    }
+    if {$x >= [winfo width $w]} {
+	$w xview scroll 2 units
+	set out 1
+    }
+    if {$x < 0} {
+	$w xview scroll -2 units
+	set out 1
+    }
+
+    if {$out} {
+	set tkPriv(afterId) [after 50 tixGrid:AutoScan $w]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:CallBrowseCmd {w ent} {
+    return
+
+    set browsecmd [$w cget -browsecmd]
+    if {$browsecmd != ""} {
+	set bind(specs) {%V}
+	set bind(%V)    $ent
+
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $browsecmd bind $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:CallCommand {w ent} {
+    set command [$w cget -command]
+    if {$command != ""} {
+	set bind(specs) {%V}
+	set bind(%V)    $ent
+
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $command bind $ent
+    }
+}
+
+# tixGrid:EditCell --
+#
+#	This command is called when "$w edit set $x $y" is called. It causes
+#	an SetEdit call when the grid's state is 0.
+#
+proc tixGrid:EditCell {w x y} {
+    set list $w:_list
+    global $list
+
+    if {[tixGrid:GetState $w] == 0} {
+	tixGrid:SetEdit $w [list $x $y]
+    } else {
+	lappend $list [list tixGrid:SetEdit $w [list $x $y]]
+    }
+}
+
+# tixGrid:EditApply --
+#
+#	This command is called when "$w edit apply $x $y" is called. It causes
+#	an CheckEdit call when the grid's state is 0.
+#
+proc tixGrid:EditApply {w} {
+    set list $w:_list
+    global $list
+
+    if {[tixGrid:GetState $w] == 0} {
+	tixGrid:CheckEdit $w
+    } else {
+	lappend $list [list tixGrid:CheckEdit $w]
+    }
+}
+
+# tixGrid:CheckEdit --
+#
+#	This procedure is called when the user sets the focus on a cell.
+#	If another cell is being edited, apply the changes of that cell.
+#
+proc tixGrid:CheckEdit {w} {
+    set edit $w.tixpriv__edit
+    if {[winfo exists $edit]} {
+	#
+	# If it -command is not empty, it is being used for another cell.
+	# Invoke it so that the other cell can be updated.
+	#
+	if {[$edit cget -command] ne ""} {
+	    $edit invoke
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+# tixGrid:SetEdit --
+#
+#	Puts a floatentry on top of an editable entry.
+#
+proc tixGrid:SetEdit {w ent} {
+    set edit $w.tixpriv__edit
+    tixGrid:CheckEdit $w
+
+    set editnotifycmd [$w cget -editnotifycmd]
+    if {$editnotifycmd eq ""} {
+	return
+    }
+    set px [lindex $ent 0]
+    set py [lindex $ent 1]
+
+    if {![uplevel #0 $editnotifycmd $px $py]} {
+	return
+    }
+    if {[$w info exists $px $py]} {
+	if [catch {
+	    set oldValue [$w entrycget $px $py -text]
+	}] {
+	    # The entry doesn't support -text option. Can't edit it.
+	    #
+	    # If the application wants to force editing of an entry, it could
+	    # delete or replace the entry in the editnotifyCmd procedure.
+	    #
+	    return
+	}
+    } else {
+	set oldValue ""
+    }
+
+    set bbox [$w info bbox [lindex $ent 0] [lindex $ent 1]]
+    set x [lindex $bbox 0]
+    set y [lindex $bbox 1]
+    set W [lindex $bbox 2]
+    set H [lindex $bbox 3]
+
+    if {![winfo exists $edit]} {
+	tixFloatEntry $edit
+    }
+
+    $edit config -command "tixGrid:DoneEdit $w $ent"
+    $edit post $x $y $W $H
+
+    $edit config -value $oldValue
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:DoneEdit {w x y args} {
+    set edit $w.tixpriv__edit
+    $edit config -command ""
+    $edit unpost
+
+    set value [tixEvent value]
+    if {[$w info exists $x $y]} {
+	if [catch {
+	    $w entryconfig $x $y -text $value
+	}] {
+	    return
+	}
+    } elseif {$value ne ""} {
+	if {[catch {
+	    # This needs to be catch'ed because the default itemtype may
+	    # not support the -text option
+	    #
+	    $w set $x $y -text $value
+	}]} {
+	    return
+	}
+    } else {
+	return
+    }
+
+    set editDoneCmd [$w cget -editdonecmd]
+    if {$editDoneCmd ne ""} {
+	uplevel #0 $editDoneCmd $x $y
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixGrid:SetFocus {w} {
+    if {[$w cget -takefocus] && ![string match $w.* [focus -displayof $w]]} {
+	focus $w
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/HList.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/HList.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,917 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: HList.tcl,v 1.6 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# HList.tcl --
+#
+#	This file defines the default bindings for Tix Hierarchical Listbox
+#	widgets.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+global tkPriv
+if {![llength [info globals tkPriv]]} {
+    tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable tkPriv
+}
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# tkPriv elements used in this file:
+#
+# afterId -		Token returned by "after" for autoscanning.
+# fakeRelease -		Cancel the ButtonRelease-1 after the user double click
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+foreach fun {tkCancelRepeat} {
+    if {![llength [info commands $fun]]} {
+	tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand $fun
+    }
+}
+unset fun
+
+proc tixHListBind {} {
+    tixBind TixHList <ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixHList:Button-1 %W %x %y ""
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <Shift-ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixHList:Button-1 %W %x %y s
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <Control-ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixHList:Button-1 %W %x %y c
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <ButtonRelease-1> {
+	tixHList:ButtonRelease-1 %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <Double-ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixHList:Double-1 %W  %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <B1-Motion> {
+	set tkPriv(x) %x
+	set tkPriv(y) %y
+	set tkPriv(X) %X
+	set tkPriv(Y) %Y
+
+	tixHList:B1-Motion %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <B1-Leave> {
+	set tkPriv(x) %x
+	set tkPriv(y) %y
+	set tkPriv(X) %X
+	set tkPriv(Y) %Y
+
+	tixHList:B1-Leave %W
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <B1-Enter> {
+	tixHList:B1-Enter %W %x %y
+    }
+
+    # Keyboard bindings
+    #
+    tixBind TixHList <Up> {
+	tixHList:UpDown %W prev ""
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <Down> {
+	tixHList:UpDown %W next ""
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <Shift-Up> {
+	tixHList:UpDown %W prev s
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <Shift-Down> {
+	tixHList:UpDown %W next s
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <Left> {
+	tixHList:LeftRight %W left
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <Right> {
+	tixHList:LeftRight %W right
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <Prior> {
+	%W yview scroll -1 pages
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <Next> {
+	%W yview scroll 1 pages
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <Return> {
+	tixHList:Keyboard-Activate %W 
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <space> {
+	tixHList:Keyboard-Browse %W 
+    }
+
+    # Under Windows <Home> moves up, clears the sel and sets the selection
+    # Under Windows <Control-Home> moves up, leaves the selection, and sets the anchor
+    tixBind TixHList <Home> {
+	set w %W
+	$w yview moveto 0; # $w xview moveto 0
+	set sel [lindex [$w info children] 0]
+	# should be first not disabled
+	$w anchor set $sel
+	tixHList:Keyboard-Browse $w
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <End>  {
+	set w %W
+	$w yview moveto 1; #	$w xview moveto 0
+	$w select clear
+	# should be last not disabled
+	set sel [lindex [$w info children .] end]
+	while {[set next [$w info next $sel]] ne "" && \
+		![$w info hidden $next] && \
+		[llength [set kids [$w info child $sel]]]} {
+	    set sel [lindex $kids end]
+	}
+	$w anchor set $sel
+	tixHList:Keyboard-Browse $w
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <Control-Home> {
+	set w %W
+	$w yview moveto 0; # $w xview moveto 0
+	set sel [lindex [$w info children] 0]
+	# should be first not disabled
+	$w anchor set $sel
+    }
+    tixBind TixHList <Control-End>  {
+	set w %W
+	$w yview moveto 1; #	$w xview moveto 0
+	# should be last not disabled
+	set sel [lindex [$w info children .] end]
+	while {[set next [$w info next $sel]] ne "" && \
+		![$w info hidden $next] && \
+		[llength [set kids [$w info child $sel]]]} {
+	    set sel [lindex $kids end]
+	}
+	$w anchor set $sel
+    }
+    #
+    # Don't use tixBind because %A causes Tk 8.3.2 to crash
+    #
+    bind TixHList <MouseWheel> {
+        %W yview scroll [expr {- (%D / 120) * 2}] units
+    }
+
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#
+#			 Key bindings
+#
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixHList:Keyboard-Activate {w} {
+    if {[tixHList:GetState $w] != 0} {
+	return
+    }
+    set ent [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$ent eq ""} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {[$w cget -selectmode] eq "single"} {
+	$w select clear
+    }
+    $w select set $ent
+
+    set command [$w cget -command]
+    if {$command ne ""} {
+	set bind(specs) {%V}
+	set bind(%V)    $ent
+
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $command bind $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:Keyboard-Browse {w} {
+    if {[tixHList:GetState $w] != 0} {
+	return
+    }
+    set ent [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$ent eq ""} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {[$w cget -selectmode] eq "single"} {
+	$w select clear
+    }
+    $w select set $ent
+
+    tixHList:Browse $w $ent
+}
+
+proc tixHList:LeftRight {w spec} {
+    catch {
+	uplevel #0 unset $w:priv:shiftanchor
+    }
+    if {[tixHList:GetState $w] != 0} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+    if {$anchor eq ""} {
+	set anchor [lindex [$w info children] 0]
+    }
+    if {$anchor eq ""} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    set ent $anchor
+    while {1} {
+	set e $ent
+	if {$spec eq "left"} {
+	    set ent [$w info parent $e]
+
+	    if {$ent eq "" || [$w entrycget $ent -state] eq "disabled"} {
+		set ent [$w info prev $e]
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    set ent [lindex [$w info children $e] 0]
+
+	    if {$ent eq "" || [$w entrycget $ent -state] eq "disabled"} {
+		set ent [$w info next $e]
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if {$ent eq ""} {
+	    break
+	}
+ 	if {[$w entrycget $ent -state] eq "disabled"} {
+	    continue
+	}
+ 	if {[$w info hidden $ent]} {
+	    continue
+	}
+	break
+    }
+
+    if {$ent eq ""} {
+       return
+    }
+
+    $w anchor set $ent
+    $w see $ent
+
+    if {[$w cget -selectmode] ne "single"} {
+	$w select clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+
+	tixHList:Browse $w $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:UpDown {w spec mod} {
+    if {[tixHList:GetState $w] ne 0} {
+	return
+    }
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+    set done 0
+
+    if {$anchor eq ""} {
+	set anchor [lindex [$w info children] 0]
+
+	if {$anchor eq ""} {
+	    return
+	}
+
+	if {[$w entrycget $anchor -state] ne "disabled"} {
+	    # That's a good anchor
+	    set done 1
+	} else {
+	    # We search for the first non-disabled entry (downward)
+	    set spec next
+	}
+    }
+
+    set ent $anchor
+    # mike - bulletproofing
+    if {![$w info exists $ent]} {return}
+    # Find the prev/next non-disabled entry
+    #
+    while {!$done} {
+	set ent [$w info $spec $ent]
+	if {$ent eq ""} {
+	    break
+	}
+	if {[$w entrycget $ent -state] eq "disabled"} {
+	    continue
+	}
+	if {[$w info hidden $ent]} {
+	    continue
+	}
+	break
+    }
+
+    if {$ent eq ""} {
+	return
+    } else {
+	$w see $ent
+	$w anchor set $ent
+
+	set selMode [$w cget -selectmode]
+	if {$mod eq "s" && ($selMode eq "extended" || $selMode eq "multiple")} {
+	    global $w:priv:shiftanchor
+
+	   if {![info exists $w:priv:shiftanchor]} {
+		set $w:priv:shiftanchor $anchor
+	    }
+
+	    $w selection clear
+	    # mike - bulletproofing
+	    if {![catch {$w selection set $ent [set $w:priv:shiftanchor]}]} {
+		tixHList:Browse $w $ent
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    catch {
+		uplevel #0 unset $w:priv:shiftanchor
+	    }
+
+	    if {[$w cget -selectmode] ne "single"} {
+		$w select clear
+		$w selection set $ent
+
+		tixHList:Browse $w $ent
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#
+#			 Mouse bindings
+#
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixHList:Button-1 {w x y mod} {
+#    if {[$w cget -state] eq "disabled"} {
+#	return
+#    }
+
+    if {[$w cget -takefocus]} {
+	focus $w
+    }
+
+    set selMode [$w cget -selectmode]
+
+    case [tixHList:GetState $w] {
+	{0} {
+	    if {$mod eq "s" && $selMode eq "multiple"} {
+		tixHList:GoState 28 $w $x $y
+		return
+	    }
+	    if {$mod eq "s" && $selMode eq "extended"} {
+		tixHList:GoState 28 $w $x $y
+		return
+	    }
+	    if {$mod eq "c" && $selMode eq "extended"} {
+		tixHList:GoState 33 $w $x $y
+		return
+	    }
+
+	    tixHList:GoState 1 $w $x $y
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:ButtonRelease-1 {w x y} {
+    case [tixHList:GetState $w] {
+	{5 16} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 6 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{15} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 17 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{10 11} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 18 $w
+	}
+	{13 20} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 14 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{21} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 22 $w
+	}
+	{24} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 25 $w
+	}
+	{26 28 33} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 27 $w
+	}
+	{30} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 32 $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:Double-1 {w x y} {
+    case [tixHList:GetState $w] {
+	{0} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 23 $w $x $y
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:B1-Motion {w x y} {
+    case [tixHList:GetState $w] {
+	{1} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 5 $w $x $y 
+	}
+	{5 16} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 5 $w $x $y 
+	}
+	{13 20 21} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 20 $w $x $y 
+	}
+	{24 26 28} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 26 $w $x $y
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:B1-Leave {w} {
+    case [tixHList:GetState $w] {
+	{5} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 10 $w
+	}
+	{26} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 29 $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:B1-Enter {w x y} {
+    case [tixHList:GetState $w] {
+	{10 11} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 12 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{29 30} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 31 $w $x $y
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:AutoScan {w} {
+    case [tixHList:GetState $w] {
+	{29 30} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 30 $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#			STATE MANIPULATION
+#
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixHList:GetState {w} {
+    global $w:priv:state
+
+    if {![info exists $w:priv:state]} {
+	set $w:priv:state 0
+    }
+    return [set $w:priv:state]
+}
+
+proc tixHList:SetState {w n} {
+    global $w:priv:state
+
+    set $w:priv:state $n
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState {n w args} {
+
+#   puts "going from [tixHList:GetState $w] --> $n"
+
+    tixHList:SetState $w $n
+    eval tixHList:GoState-$n $w $args
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#			States
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixHList:GoState-0 {w} {
+
+}
+proc tixHList:GoState-1 {w x y} {
+    set oldEnt [$w info anchor]
+    set ent [tixHList:SetAnchor $w $x $y 1]
+
+    if {$ent eq ""} {
+	tixHList:GoState 0 $w
+	return
+    }
+
+    set info [$w info item $x $y]
+    if {[lindex $info 1] eq "indicator"} {
+	tixHList:GoState 13 $w $ent $oldEnt
+    } else {
+	if {[$w entrycget $ent -state] eq "disabled"} {
+	    tixHList:GoState 0 $w
+	} else {
+	    case [$w cget -selectmode] {
+		{single browse} {
+		    tixHList:GoState 16 $w $ent
+		}
+		default {
+		    tixHList:GoState 24 $w $ent
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-5 {w x y} {
+    set oldEnt [$w info anchor]
+
+    set ent [tixHList:SetAnchor $w $x $y]
+
+    if {$ent eq "" || $oldEnt eq $ent} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {[$w cget -selectmode] ne "single"} {
+	tixHList:Select $w $ent
+	tixHList:Browse $w $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-6 {w x y} {
+    set ent [tixHList:SetAnchor $w $x $y]
+
+    if {$ent eq ""} {
+	tixHList:GoState 0 $w
+	return
+    }
+    tixHList:Select $w $ent
+    tixHList:Browse $w $ent
+
+    tixHList:GoState 0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-10 {w} {
+    tixHList:StartScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-11 {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+
+    tixHList:DoScan $w
+
+    set oldEnt [$w info anchor]
+    set ent [tixHList:SetAnchor $w $tkPriv(x) $tkPriv(y)]
+
+    if {$ent eq "" || $oldEnt eq $ent} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {[$w cget -selectmode] ne "single"} {
+	tixHList:Select $w $ent
+	tixHList:Browse $w $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-12 {w x y} {
+    tkCancelRepeat
+    tixHList:GoState 5 $w $x $y 
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-13 {w ent oldEnt} {
+    global tkPriv
+    set tkPriv(tix,indicator) $ent
+    set tkPriv(tix,oldEnt)    $oldEnt
+    tixHList:CallIndicatorCmd $w <Arm> $ent
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-14 {w x y} {
+    global tkPriv
+
+    if {[tixHList:InsideArmedIndicator $w $x $y]} {
+	$w anchor set $tkPriv(tix,indicator)
+	$w select clear
+	$w select set $tkPriv(tix,indicator)
+	tixHList:CallIndicatorCmd $w <Activate> $tkPriv(tix,indicator)
+    } else {
+	tixHList:CallIndicatorCmd $w <Disarm>   $tkPriv(tix,indicator)
+    }
+
+    unset tkPriv(tix,indicator)
+    tixHList:GoState 0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-16 {w ent} {
+    if {$ent ne "" && [$w cget -selectmode] ne "single"} {
+	tixHList:Select $w $ent
+	tixHList:Browse $w $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-18 {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+    tkCancelRepeat
+    tixHList:GoState 6 $w $tkPriv(x) $tkPriv(y) 
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-20 {w x y} {
+    global tkPriv
+
+    if {![tixHList:InsideArmedIndicator $w $x $y]} {
+	tixHList:GoState 21 $w $x $y
+    } else {
+	tixHList:CallIndicatorCmd $w <Arm> $tkPriv(tix,indicator)
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-21 {w x y} {
+    global tkPriv
+
+    if {[tixHList:InsideArmedIndicator $w $x $y]} {
+	tixHList:GoState 20 $w $x $y
+    } else {
+	tixHList:CallIndicatorCmd $w <Disarm> $tkPriv(tix,indicator)
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-22 {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+
+    if {$tkPriv(tix,oldEnt) ne ""} {
+	$w anchor set $tkPriv(tix,oldEnt)
+    } else {
+	$w anchor clear
+    }
+    tixHList:GoState 0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-23 {w x y} {
+    set ent [tixHList:GetNearest $w $y]
+
+    if {$ent ne ""} {
+	set info [$w info item $x $y]
+
+	if {[lindex $info 1] eq "indicator"} {
+	    tixHList:CallIndicatorCmd $w <Activate> $ent
+	} else {
+	    $w select set $ent
+	    set command [$w cget -command]
+	    if {$command ne ""} {
+		set bind(specs) {%V}
+		set bind(%V)    $ent
+
+		tixEvalCmdBinding $w $command bind $ent
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    tixHList:GoState 0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-24 {w ent} {
+    if {$ent ne ""} {
+	tixHList:Select $w $ent
+	tixHList:Browse $w $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-25 {w} {
+    set ent [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$ent ne ""} {
+	tixHList:Select $w $ent
+	tixHList:Browse $w $ent
+    }
+
+    tixHList:GoState 0 $w
+}
+
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-26 {w x y} {
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+    if {$anchor eq ""} {
+	set first [lindex [$w info children ""] 0]
+	if {$first ne ""} {
+	    $w anchor set $first
+	    set anchor $first
+	} else {
+	    return
+	}
+    }
+
+    set ent [tixHList:GetNearest $w $y 1]
+
+    if {$ent ne ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $anchor $ent
+
+	tixHList:Browse $w $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-27 {w} {
+    set ent [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$ent ne ""} {
+	tixHList:Browse $w $ent
+    }
+
+    tixHList:GoState 0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-28 {w x y} {
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+    if {$anchor eq ""} {
+	set first [lindex [$w info children ""] 0]
+	if {$first ne ""} {
+	    $w anchor set $first
+	    set anchor $first
+	} else {
+	    return
+	}
+    }
+
+    set ent [tixHList:GetNearest $w $y 1]
+    if {$ent ne ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $anchor $ent
+
+	tixHList:Browse $w $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-29 {w} {
+    tixHList:StartScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-30 {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+
+    tixHList:DoScan $w
+
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+    if {$anchor eq ""} {
+	set first [lindex [$w info children ""] 0]
+	if {$first ne ""} {
+	    $w anchor set $first
+	    set anchor $first
+	} else {
+	    return
+	}
+    }
+
+    set ent [tixHList:GetNearest $w $tkPriv(y) 1]
+    if {$ent ne ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $anchor $ent
+
+	tixHList:Browse $w $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-31 {w x y} {
+    tkCancelRepeat
+    tixHList:GoState 26 $w $x $y 
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-32 {w} {
+    tkCancelRepeat
+    tixHList:GoState 0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixHList:GoState-33 {w x y} {
+    set ent [tixHList:GetNearest $w $y]
+    if {$ent ne ""} {
+	$w anchor set $ent
+	if {[lsearch [$w selection get] $ent] > -1} {
+	    # This was missing - mike
+	    $w selection clear $ent
+	} else {
+	    $w selection set $ent
+	}
+	tixHList:Browse $w $ent
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Common actions
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixHList:GetNearest {w y {disableOK 0}} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $y]
+
+    if {$ent ne ""} {
+	if {!$disableOK && [$w entrycget $ent -state] eq "disabled"} {
+	    return ""
+	}
+    }
+
+    return $ent
+}
+
+proc tixHList:SetAnchor {w x y {disableOK 0}} {
+    set ent [tixHList:GetNearest $w $y $disableOK]
+
+    if {$ent ne ""} {
+	if {[$w entrycget $ent -state] ne "disabled"} {
+	    $w anchor set $ent
+	    # mike This is non-standard and has a wierd effect: too much motion
+	    # $w see $ent
+	    return $ent
+	} elseif $disableOK {
+	    return $ent
+	}
+    }
+
+    return ""
+}
+
+proc tixHList:Select {w ent} {
+    if {[$w info selection] ne $ent} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w select set $ent
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		       Auto scan
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixHList:StartScan {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+    set tkPriv(afterId) [after 50 tixHList:AutoScan $w]
+}
+
+proc tixHList:DoScan {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+    set x $tkPriv(x)
+    set y $tkPriv(y)
+    set X $tkPriv(X)
+    set Y $tkPriv(Y)
+
+    if {$y >= [winfo height $w]} {
+	$w yview scroll 1 units
+    } elseif {$y < 0} {
+	$w yview scroll -1 units
+    } elseif {$x >= [winfo width $w]} {
+	$w xview scroll 2 units
+    } elseif {$x < 0} {
+	$w xview scroll -2 units
+    } else {
+	return
+    }
+
+    set tkPriv(afterId) [after 50 tixHList:AutoScan $w]
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Indicator handling
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixHList:CallIndicatorCmd {w event ent} {
+    set cmd [$w cget -indicatorcmd]
+
+    if {$cmd ne ""} {
+	set bind(type)  $event
+	set bind(specs) {%V}
+	set bind(%V)    $ent
+
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $cmd bind $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:InsideArmedIndicator {w x y} {
+    global tkPriv
+
+    set ent [tixHList:GetNearest $w $y 1]
+    if {$ent eq "" || $ent ne $tkPriv(tix,indicator)} {
+	return 0
+    }
+
+    set info [$w info item $x $y]
+    if {[lindex $info 1] eq "indicator"} {
+	return 1
+    } else {
+	return 0
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHList:Browse {w ent} {
+    set browsecmd [$w cget -browsecmd]
+    if {$browsecmd ne ""} {
+	set bind(specs) {%V}
+	set bind(%V)    $ent
+
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $browsecmd bind $ent
+    }
+}
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/HListDD.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/HListDD.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: HListDD.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# HListDD.tcl --
+#
+#	!!! PRE-ALPHA CODE, NOT USED, DON'T USE !!!
+#
+#	This file implements drag+drop for HList.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+#
+# events
+#
+#
+
+proc tixHListSingle:DragTimer {w ent} {
+    case [tixHListSingle:GetState $w] {
+	{1} {
+	    # fire up
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		    Drag + Drop Bindings
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+	     #----------------------------------------#
+	     #	          Sending Actions	      #
+	     #----------------------------------------#
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#  tixHListSingle:Send:WaitDrag --
+#
+#	Sender wait for dragging action
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixHListSingle:Send:WaitDrag {w x y} {
+    global tixPriv
+
+    set ent [tixHListSingle:GetNearest $w $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w anchor set $ent
+	$w select clear
+	$w select set $ent
+ 
+	set tixPriv(dd,$w:moved) 0
+	set tixPriv(dd,$w:entry) $ent
+
+#	set browsecmd [$w cget -browsecmd]
+#	if {$browsecmd != "" && $ent != ""} {
+#	    eval $browsecmd $ent
+#	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHListSingle:Send:StartDrag {w x y} {
+    global tixPriv
+    set dd [tixGetDragDropContext $w]
+
+    if {![info exists tixPriv(dd,$w:entry)]} {
+	return
+    }
+    if {$tixPriv(dd,$w:entry) == ""} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {$tixPriv(dd,$w:moved) == 0} {
+	$w dragsite set $tixPriv(dd,$w:entry)
+	set tixPriv(dd,$w:moved) 1
+	$dd config -source $w -command [list tixHListSingle:Send:Cmd $w]
+	$dd startdrag $X $Y
+    } else {
+	$dd drag $X $Y
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHListSingle:Send:DoneDrag {w x y} {
+    global tixPriv
+    global moved
+
+    if {![info exists tixPriv(dd,$w:entry)]} {
+	return
+    }
+    if {$tixPriv(dd,$w:entry) == ""} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {$tixPriv(dd,$w:moved) == 1} {
+	set dd [tixGetDragDropContext $w]
+	$dd drop $X $Y
+    }
+    $w dragsite clear
+    catch {unset tixPriv(dd,$w:moved)}
+    catch {unset tixPriv(dd,$w:entry)}
+}
+
+proc tixHListSingle:Send:Cmd {w option args} {
+    set dragCmd [$w cget -dragcmd]
+    if {$dragCmd != ""} {
+	return [eval $dragCmd $option $args]
+    }
+
+    # Perform the default action
+    #
+    case "$option" {
+	who {
+	    return $w
+	}
+	types {
+	    return {data text}
+	}
+	get {
+	    global tixPriv
+	    if {[lindex $args 0] == "text"} {
+		if {$tixPriv(dd,$w:entry) != ""} {
+		    return [$w entrycget $tixPriv(dd,$w:entry) -text]
+		}
+	    }
+	    if {[lindex $args 0] == "data"} {
+		if {$tixPriv(dd,$w:entry) != ""} {
+		    return [$w entrycget $tixPriv(dd,$w:entry) -data]
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+	     #----------------------------------------#
+	     #	          Receiving Actions	      #
+	     #----------------------------------------#
+proc tixHListSingle:Rec:DragOver {w sender x y} {
+    if {[$w cget -selectmode] != "dragdrop"} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    set ent [tixHListSingle:GetNearest $w $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w dropsite set $ent
+    } else {
+	$w dropsite clear
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHListSingle:Rec:DragIn {w sender x y} {
+    if {[$w cget -selectmode] != "dragdrop"} {
+	return
+    }
+    set ent [tixHListSingle:GetNearest $w $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w dropsite set $ent
+    } else {
+	$w dropsite clear
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixHListSingle:Rec:DragOut {w sender x y} {
+    if {[$w cget -selectmode] != "dragdrop"} {
+	return
+    }
+    $w dropsite clear
+}
+
+proc tixHListSingle:Rec:Drop {w sender x y} {
+    if {[$w cget -selectmode] != "dragdrop"} {
+	return
+    }
+    $w dropsite clear
+
+    set ent [tixHListSingle:GetNearest $w $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w anchor set $ent
+	$w select clear
+	$w select set $ent
+    }
+ 
+    set dropCmd [$w cget -dropcmd]
+    if {$dropCmd != ""} {
+	eval $dropCmd $sender $x $y
+	return
+    }
+
+#    set browsecmd [$w cget -browsecmd]
+#    if {$browsecmd != "" && $ent != ""} {
+#	eval $browsecmd [list $ent]
+#    }
+}
+
+tixDropBind TixHListSingle <In>   "tixHListSingle:Rec:DragIn %W %S %x %y"
+tixDropBind TixHListSingle <Over> "tixHListSingle:Rec:DragOver %W %S %x %y"
+tixDropBind TixHListSingle <Out>  "tixHListSingle:Rec:DragOut %W %S %x %y"
+tixDropBind TixHListSingle <Drop> "tixHListSingle:Rec:Drop %W %S %x %y"

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/IconView.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/IconView.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: IconView.tcl,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# IconView.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements the Icon View widget: the "icon" view mode of
+#	the MultiView widget. It implements:
+#
+#	(1) Creation of the icons in the canvas subwidget.
+#	(2) Automatic arrangement of the objects
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixIconView {
+    -classname TixIconView
+    -superclass tixCObjView
+    -method {
+	add arrange
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-autoarrange
+    }
+    -static {
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-autoarrange autoArrange AutoArrange 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.scrollbar			auto}
+	{*borderWidth			1}
+	{*canvas.background		#c3c3c3}
+	{*canvas.highlightBackground	#d9d9d9}
+	{*canvas.relief			sunken}
+	{*canvas.takeFocus		1}
+	{*Scrollbar.takeFocus		0}
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixIconView:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+}
+
+proc tixIconView:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    set c $data(w:canvas)
+
+    bind $c <1>         "tixIconView:StartDrag $w %x %y"
+    bind $c <B1-Motion> "tixIconView:Drag $w %x %y"
+    bind $c <ButtonRelease-1> "tixIconView:EndDrag $w"
+}
+
+proc tixIconView:StartDrag {w x y} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global lastX lastY
+
+    set c $data(w:canvas)
+    $c raise current
+
+    set lastX [$c canvasx $x]
+    set lastY [$c canvasy $y]
+}
+
+
+proc tixIconView:Drag {w x y} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global lastX lastY
+
+    set c $data(w:canvas)
+    set x [$c canvasx $x]
+    set y [$c canvasy $y]
+    $c move current [expr $x-$lastX] [expr $y-$lastY]
+    set lastX $x
+    set lastY $y
+}
+
+proc tixIconView:EndDrag {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixCallMethod $w adjustscrollregion
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		option configs
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixIconView:add {w tag image text} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set cmp [image create compound -window $data(w:canvas)]
+
+    $cmp add image -image $image
+    $cmp add line
+    $cmp add text -text $text
+
+    set id [$data(w:canvas) create image 0 0 -image $cmp -anchor nw]
+    $data(w:canvas) addtag $tag withtag $id
+
+    if {$data(-autoarrange)} {
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixIconView:Arrange $w 1
+    }
+}
+
+# Do it in an idle handler, so that Arrange is not called before the window
+# is properly mapped.
+#
+proc tixIconView:arrange {w} {
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixIconView:Arrange $w 1
+}
+
+
+proc tixIconView:PackOneRow {w row y maxH bd padX padY} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set iX [expr $bd+$padX]
+    foreach i $row {
+	set box [$data(w:canvas) bbox $i]
+	set W [expr [lindex $box 2]-[lindex $box 0]+1]
+	set H [expr [lindex $box 3]-[lindex $box 1]+1]
+
+	set iY [expr $y + $maxH - $H]
+	$data(w:canvas) coords $i $iX $iY
+	incr iX [expr $W+$padX]
+    }
+}
+
+# virtual method
+#
+proc tixIconView:PlaceWindow {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-autoarrange)} {
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixIconView:Arrange $w 0
+    }
+
+    tixChainMethod $w PlaceWindow
+}
+
+proc tixIconView:Arrange {w adjust} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set padX 2
+    set padY 2
+
+    tixIconView:ArrangeGrid $w $padX $padY
+    if {$adjust} {
+	tixCallMethod $w adjustscrollregion
+    }
+}
+
+# the items are not packed
+#
+proc tixIconView:ArrangeGrid {w padX padY} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set maxW 0
+    set maxH 0
+    foreach item [$data(w:canvas) find all] {
+	set box [$data(w:canvas) bbox $item]
+	set itemW [expr [lindex $box 2]-[lindex $box 0]+1]
+	set itemH [expr [lindex $box 3]-[lindex $box 1]+1]
+	if {$maxW < $itemW} {
+	    set maxW $itemW
+	}
+	if {$maxH < $itemH} {
+	    set maxH $itemH
+	}
+    }
+    if {$maxW == 0 || $maxH == 0} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    set winW [tixWinWidth $data(w:canvas)]
+    set bd [expr [$data(w:canvas) cget -bd]+\
+	[$data(w:canvas) cget -highlightthickness]]
+    set cols [expr $winW / ($maxW+$padX)]
+    if {$cols < 1} {
+	set cols 1
+    }
+    set y $bd
+
+    set c 0
+    set x $bd
+    foreach item [$data(w:canvas) find all] {
+	set box [$data(w:canvas) bbox $item]
+	set itemW [expr [lindex $box 2]-[lindex $box 0]+1]
+	set itemH [expr [lindex $box 3]-[lindex $box 1]+1]
+
+	set iX [expr $x + $padX + ($maxW-$itemW)/2]
+	set iY [expr $y + $padY + ($maxH-$itemH)  ]
+
+	$data(w:canvas) coords $item $iX $iY
+	incr c
+	incr x [expr $maxW + $padY]
+	if {$c == $cols} {
+	    set c 0
+	    incr y [expr $maxH + $padY]
+	    set x $bd
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+# the items are packed
+#
+proc tixIconView:ArrangePack {w padX padY} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set winW [tixWinWidth $data(w:canvas)]
+    set bd [expr [$data(w:canvas) cget -bd]+\
+	[$data(w:canvas) cget -highlightthickness]]
+    set y [expr $bd + $padY]
+
+    set maxH 0
+    set usedW $padX
+    set row ""
+    foreach item [$data(w:canvas) find all] {
+	set box [$data(w:canvas) bbox $item]
+	set itemW [expr [lindex $box 2]-[lindex $box 0]+1]
+	set itemH [expr [lindex $box 3]-[lindex $box 1]+1]
+
+	if {[expr $usedW + $itemW] > $winW} {
+	    if {$row == ""} {
+		# only one item in this row
+		#
+		$data(w:canvas) coords $item [expr $bd + $padX] $y
+		incr y [expr $itemH+$padY]
+		continue
+	    } else {
+		# this item is not in this row. Arrange the previous items
+		# first
+		#
+		tixIconView:PackOneRow $w $row $y $maxH $bd $padX $padY
+
+		incr y $maxH
+		set row ""
+		set maxH 0
+		set usedW $padX
+	    }
+	}
+	lappend row $item
+	if {$maxH < $itemH} {
+	    set maxH $itemH
+	}
+	incr usedW [expr $padX+$itemW]
+    }
+    if {$row != ""} {
+	tixIconView:PackOneRow $w $row $y $maxH $bd $padX $padY
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Widget commands
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Private Methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Init.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Init.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Init.tcl,v 1.17 2006/11/16 22:34:41 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# Init.tcl --
+#
+#	Initializes the Tix library and performes version checking to ensure
+#	the Tcl, Tk and Tix script libraries loaded matches with the binary
+#	of the respective packages.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+namespace eval ::tix {
+}
+
+proc tixScriptVersion {}    { return $::tix_version }
+proc tixScriptPatchLevel {} { return $::tix_patchLevel }
+
+proc ::tix::Init {dir} {
+    global tix env tix_library tcl_platform auto_path
+
+    if {[info exists tix(initialized)]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {![info exists tix_library]} {
+        # we're running from stand-alone module. 
+        set tix_library ""
+    } elseif {[file isdir $tix_library]} {
+        if {![info exists auto_path] ||
+            [lsearch $auto_path $tix_library] == -1} {
+            lappend auto_path $tix_library
+        }
+    }
+
+    # STEP 1: Version checking
+    #
+    #
+    package require Tcl 8.4
+    package require -exact Tix 8.4.2
+
+    # STEP 2: Initialize file compatibility modules
+    #
+
+    foreach file {
+	fs.tcl
+	Tix.tcl		Event.tcl
+	Balloon.tcl	BtnBox.tcl
+	CObjView.tcl	ChkList.tcl
+	ComboBox.tcl	Compat.tcl
+	Console.tcl	Control.tcl
+	DefSchm.tcl	DialogS.tcl
+	DirBox.tcl	DirDlg.tcl
+	DirList.tcl	DirTree.tcl
+	DragDrop.tcl	DtlList.tcl
+	EFileBox.tcl	EFileDlg.tcl
+	FileBox.tcl	FileCbx.tcl
+	FileDlg.tcl	FileEnt.tcl
+	FloatEnt.tcl
+	Grid.tcl	HList.tcl
+	HListDD.tcl	IconView.tcl
+	LabEntry.tcl	LabFrame.tcl
+	LabWidg.tcl	ListNBk.tcl
+	Meter.tcl	MultView.tcl
+	NoteBook.tcl	OldUtil.tcl
+	OptMenu.tcl	PanedWin.tcl
+	PopMenu.tcl	Primitiv.tcl
+	ResizeH.tcl	SGrid.tcl
+	SHList.tcl	SListBox.tcl
+	STList.tcl	SText.tcl
+	SWidget.tcl	SWindow.tcl
+	Select.tcl	Shell.tcl
+	SimpDlg.tcl	StackWin.tcl
+	StatBar.tcl	StdBBox.tcl
+	StdShell.tcl	TList.tcl
+	Tree.tcl
+	Utils.tcl	VResize.tcl
+	VStack.tcl	VTree.tcl
+	Variable.tcl	WInfo.tcl
+    } {
+	uplevel \#0 [list source [file join $dir $file]]
+    }
+
+    # STEP 3: Initialize the Tix application context
+    #
+    tixAppContext tix
+
+    # DO NOT DO THIS HERE !!
+    # This causes the global defaults to be altered, which may not
+    # be desirable.  The user can call this after requiring Tix if
+    # they wish to use different defaults.
+    #
+    #tix initstyle
+
+    # STEP 4: Initialize the bindings for widgets that are implemented in C
+    #
+    foreach w {
+	HList TList Grid ComboBox Control FloatEntry
+	LabelEntry ScrolledGrid ScrolledListBox
+    } {
+	tix${w}Bind
+    }
+
+    rename ::tix::Init ""
+}
+
+# tixWidgetClassEx --
+#
+#       This procedure is similar to tixWidgetClass, except it
+#       performs a [subst] on the class declaration before evaluating
+#       it. This gives us a chance to specify platform-specific widget
+#       default without using a lot of ugly double quotes.
+#
+#       The use of subst'able entries in the class declaration should
+#       be restrained to widget default values only to avoid producing
+#       unreadable code.
+#
+# Arguments:
+# name -	The name of the class to declare.
+# classDecl -	Various declarations about the class. See documentation
+#               of tixWidgetClass for details.
+
+proc tixWidgetClassEx {name classDecl} {
+    tixWidgetClass $name [uplevel [list subst $classDecl]]
+}
+
+#
+# Deprecated tix* functions
+#
+interp alias {} tixFileJoin {} file join
+interp alias {} tixStrEq {} string equal
+proc tixTrue  {args} { return 1 }
+proc tixFalse {args} { return 0 }
+proc tixStringSub {var fromStr toStr} {
+    upvar 1 var var
+    set var [string map $var [list $fromStr $toStr]]
+}
+proc tixGetBoolean {args} {
+    set len [llength [info level 0]]
+    set nocomplain 0
+    if {$len == 3} {
+	if {[lindex $args 0] ne "-nocomplain"} {
+	    return -code error "wrong \# args:\
+		must be [lindex [info level 0] 0] ?-nocomplain? string"
+	}
+	set nocomplain 1
+	set val [lindex $args 1]
+    } elseif {$len != 2} {
+	return -code error "wrong \# args:\
+		must be [lindex [info level 0] 0] ?-nocomplain? string"
+    } else {
+	set val [lindex $args 0]
+    }
+    if {[string is boolean -strict $val] || $nocomplain} {
+	return [string is true -strict $val]
+    } elseif {$nocomplain} {
+	return 0
+    } else {
+	return -code error "\"$val\" is not a valid boolean"
+    }
+}
+interp alias {} tixVerifyBoolean {} tixGetBoolean
+proc tixGetInt {args} {
+    set len [llength [info level 0]]
+    set nocomplain 0
+    set trunc      0
+    for {set i 1} {$i < $len-1} {incr i} {
+	set arg [lindex $args 0]
+	if {$arg eq "-nocomplain"} {
+	    set nocomplain 1
+	} elseif {$arg eq "-trunc"} {
+	    set trunc 1
+	} else {
+	    return -code error "wrong \# args: must be\
+		[lindex [info level 0] 0] ?-nocomplain? ?-trunc? string"
+	}
+    }
+    if {$i != $len-1} {
+	return -code error "wrong \# args: must be\
+		[lindex [info level 0] 0] ?-nocomplain? ?-trunc? string"
+    }
+    set val [lindex $args end]
+    set code [catch {expr {round($val)}} res]
+    if {$code} {
+	if {$nocomplain} {
+	    return 0
+	} else {
+	    return -code error "\"$val\" cannot be converted to integer"
+	}
+    }
+    if {$trunc} {
+	return [expr {int($val)}]
+    } else {
+	return $res
+    }
+}
+proc tixFile {option filename} {
+    set len [string length $option]
+    if {$len > 1 && [string equal -length $len $option "tildesubst"]} {
+	set code [catch {file normalize $filename} res]
+	if {$code == 0} {
+	    set filename $res
+	}
+    } elseif {$len > 1 && [string equal -length $len $option "trimslash"]} {
+	# normalize extra slashes
+	set filename [file join $filename]
+	if {$filename ne "/"} {
+	    set filename [string trimright $filename "/"]
+	}
+    } else {
+	return -code error "unknown option \"$option\",\
+		must be tildesubst or trimslash"
+    }
+    return $filename
+}
+
+interp alias {} tixRaiseWindow {} raise
+#proc tixUnmapWindow {w} { }
+
+#
+# if tix_library is not defined, we're running in SAM mode. ::tix::Init
+# will be called later by the Tix_Init() C code.
+#
+
+if {[info exists tix_library]} {
+    ::tix::Init [file dirname [info script]]
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/LabEntry.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/LabEntry.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: LabEntry.tcl,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# LabEntry.tcl --
+#
+# 	TixLabelEntry Widget: an entry box with a label
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+tixWidgetClass tixLabelEntry {
+    -classname TixLabelEntry
+    -superclass tixLabelWidget
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-disabledforeground -state
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-state
+    }
+    -static {
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-disabledforeground disabledForeground DisabledForeground #303030}
+	{-state state State normal}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.borderWidth 			0}
+	{*entry.relief			sunken}
+	{*entry.width			7}
+	{*label.anchor			e}
+	{*label.borderWidth		0}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixLabelEntry:ConstructFramedWidget {w frame} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructFramedWidget $frame
+
+    set data(w:entry)  [entry $frame.entry]
+    pack $data(w:entry) -side left -expand yes -fill both
+
+    # This value is used to configure the disable/normal fg of the ebtry
+    #
+    set data(entryfg) [$data(w:entry) cget -fg]
+    set data(labelfg) [$data(w:label) cget -fg]
+}
+
+proc tixLabelEntryBind {} {
+  tixBind TixLabelEntry <FocusIn>  {
+    if {[focus -displayof [set %W(w:entry)]] ne [set %W(w:entry)]} {
+	focus [%W subwidget entry]
+	[set %W(w:entry)] selection from 0
+	[set %W(w:entry)] selection to end
+	[set %W(w:entry)] icursor end
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                           CONFIG OPTIONS
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixLabelEntry:config-state {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$value == "normal"} {
+	catch {
+	    $data(w:label) config -fg $data(labelfg)
+	}
+	$data(w:entry) config -state $value -fg $data(entryfg)
+    } else {
+	catch {
+	    $data(w:label) config -fg $data(-disabledforeground)
+	}
+	$data(w:entry) config -state $value -fg $data(-disabledforeground)
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/LabFrame.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/LabFrame.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: LabFrame.tcl,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# LabFrame.tcl --
+#
+# 	TixLabelFrame Widget: a frame box with a label
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixLabelFrame {
+    -classname TixLabelFrame
+    -superclass tixLabelWidget
+    -method {
+	frame
+    }
+    -flag {}
+    -static {}
+    -configspec {
+	{-labelside labelSide LabelSide acrosstop}
+	{-padx padX Pad 2}
+	{-pady padY Pad 2}
+    }
+    -alias {}
+    -default {
+	{*Label.anchor          c}
+	{.frame.borderWidth	2}
+	{.frame.relief		groove}
+	{.border.borderWidth	2}
+	{.border.relief		groove}
+	{.borderWidth 	 	2}
+	{.padX 		 	2}
+	{.padY 		 	2}
+	{.anchor 	 	sw}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Public methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixLabelFrame:frame {w args} {
+
+    return [eval tixCallMethod $w subwidget frame $args]
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/LabWidg.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/LabWidg.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: LabWidg.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# LabWidg.tcl --
+#
+#	TixLabelWidget: Virtual base class. Do not instantiate
+#
+# 	This widget class is the base class for all widgets that has a
+# 	label. Most Tix compound widgets will have a label so that
+# 	the app programmer doesn't need to add labels themselvel.
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+# LabelSide : top, left, right, bottom, none, acrosstop
+#
+# public widgets:
+#	frame, label
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixLabelWidget {
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -classname  TixLabelWidget
+    -flag {
+	-label -labelside -padx -pady
+    }
+    -static {-labelside}
+    -configspec {
+	{-label label Label ""}
+	{-labelside labelSide LabelSide left}
+	{-padx padX Pad 0}
+	{-pady padY Pad 0}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixLabelWidget:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    if {$data(-labelside) != "acrosstop"} {
+	set data(w:frame) [frame $w.frame]
+    } else {
+	set data(pw:border) [frame $w.border]
+	set data(pw:pad)    [frame $w.border.pad]
+	set data(w:frame)   [frame $w.border.frame]
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-labelside) != "none"} {
+	set data(w:label) [label $w.label -text $data(-label)]
+    }
+    tixLabelWidget:Pack $w
+
+    tixCallMethod $w ConstructFramedWidget $data(w:frame)
+}
+
+proc tixLabelWidget:ConstructFramedWidget {w frame} {
+    # Do nothing
+}
+
+proc tixLabelWidget:Pack {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[catch {tixLabelWidget:Pack-$data(-labelside) $w}]} {
+	error "unknown -labelside option \"$data(-labelside)\""
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixLabelWidget:Pack-acrosstop {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set labHalfHeight [expr [winfo reqheight $data(w:label)] / 2]
+    set padHeight [expr $labHalfHeight - [$data(pw:border) cget -bd]]
+    if {$padHeight < 0} {
+	set padHeight 0
+    }
+
+    tixForm $data(w:label) -top 0 -left 4\
+	-padx [expr $data(-padx) +4] -pady $data(-pady)
+    tixForm $data(pw:border) -top $labHalfHeight -bottom -1 \
+	-left 0 -right -1 -padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady)
+    tixForm $data(pw:pad) -left 0 -right -1 \
+	-top 0 -bottom $padHeight
+    tixForm $data(w:frame) -top $data(pw:pad) -bottom -1 \
+	-left 0 -right -1
+}
+
+proc tixLabelWidget:Pack-top {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    pack $data(w:label) -side top \
+	-padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady) \
+	-fill x
+    pack $data(w:frame) -side top \
+	-padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady) \
+	-expand yes -fill both
+}
+
+proc tixLabelWidget:Pack-bottom {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    pack $data(w:label) -side bottom \
+	-padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady) \
+	-fill x
+    pack $data(w:frame) -side bottom \
+	-padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady) \
+	-expand yes -fill both
+}
+
+proc tixLabelWidget:Pack-left {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    pack $data(w:label) -side left \
+	-padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady) \
+	-fill y
+    pack $data(w:frame) -side left \
+	-padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady) \
+	-expand yes -fill both
+}
+
+proc tixLabelWidget:Pack-right {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    pack $data(w:label) -side right \
+	-padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady) \
+	-fill x
+    pack $data(w:frame) -side right \
+	-padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady) \
+	-expand yes -fill both
+}
+
+proc tixLabelWidget:Pack-none {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    pack $data(w:frame)\
+	-padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady) \
+	-expand yes -fill both
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                           CONFIG OPTIONS
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixLabelWidget:config-label {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:label) config -text $value
+
+    if {$data(-labelside) == "acrosstop"} {
+	tixLabelWidget:Pack-acrosstop $w
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/ListNBk.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/ListNBk.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: ListNBk.tcl,v 1.5 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# ListNBk.tcl --
+#
+#	"List NoteBook" widget. Acts similarly to the notebook but uses a
+#	HList widget to represent the pages.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixListNoteBook {
+    -classname TixListNoteBook
+    -superclass tixVStack
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-height -width
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-width width Width 0}
+	{-height height Height 0}
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-dynamicgeometry -width -height
+    }
+    -default {
+	{*Orientation		horizontal}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixListNoteBook:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+    set data(w_pane) [tixPanedWindow $w.pane -panerelief flat]
+    set p1 [$data(w_pane) add p1 -expand 0]
+    set p2 [$data(w_pane) add p2 -expand 1]
+    set data(w_p2) $p2
+    set data(w:shlist) [tixScrolledHList $p1.shlist]
+    set data(w:hlist) [$data(w:shlist) subwidget hlist]
+
+    if {[$data(w_pane) cget -orientation] eq "vertical"} {
+	pack $data(w:shlist) -expand yes -fill both -padx 2 -pady 3
+    } else {
+	pack $data(w:shlist) -expand yes -fill both -padx 3 -pady 2
+    }
+
+    $data(w:hlist) config \
+	-command   [list tixListNoteBook:Choose $w] \
+	-browsecmd [list tixListNoteBook:Choose $w] \
+	-selectmode single
+
+    pack $data(w_pane) -expand yes -fill both
+}
+
+proc tixListNoteBook:add {w child args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[string match *.* $child]} {
+	error "the name of the page cannot contain the \".\" character"
+    }
+    return [eval tixChainMethod $w add $child $args]
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Virtual Methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixListNoteBook:InitGeometryManager {w} {
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixListNoteBook:InitialRaise $w
+}
+
+proc tixListNoteBook:InitialRaise {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(topchild) eq ""} {
+	set top [lindex $data(windows) 0]
+    } else {
+	set top $data(topchild)
+    }
+
+    if {$top ne ""} {
+	tixCallMethod $w raise $top
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixListNoteBook:CreateChildFrame {w child} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    return [frame $data(w_p2).$child]
+}
+
+proc tixListNoteBook:RaiseChildFrame {w child} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(topchild) ne $child} {
+	if {$data(topchild) ne ""} {
+	    pack forget $data(w:$data(topchild))
+	}
+	pack $data(w:$child) -expand yes -fill both
+    }
+}
+
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+
+proc tixListNoteBook:config-dynamicgeometry {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w_pane) config -dynamicgeometry $value
+}
+
+proc tixListNoteBook:config-width {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$value != 0} {
+	$data(w_pane) config -width $value
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixListNoteBook:config-height {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$value != 0} {
+	$data(w_pane) config -height $value
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixListNoteBook:raise {w child} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:hlist) selection clear
+    $data(w:hlist) selection set $child
+    $data(w:hlist) anchor set $child
+
+    tixChainMethod $w raise $child
+}
+
+proc tixListNoteBook:Choose {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set entry [tixEvent flag V]
+
+    if {[lsearch $data(windows) $entry] != -1} {
+	tixCallMethod $w raise $entry
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Makefile
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Makefile	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+tclIndex::
+	../tools/tixindex *tcl
+
+clean::
+	-rm -f *.bak *~

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Meter.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Meter.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Meter.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Meter.tcl --
+#
+#	Implements the tixMeter widget
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+tixWidgetClass tixMeter {
+    -classname TixMeter
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-foreground -text -value
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-fillcolor fillColor FillColor #8080ff}
+	{-foreground foreground Foreground black}
+	{-text text Text ""}
+	{-value value Value 0}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.relief		sunken}
+	{.borderWidth		2}
+	{.width			150}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixMeter:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global env
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#		Construct widget
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixMeter:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    set data(w:canvas) [canvas $w.canvas]
+    pack $data(w:canvas) -expand yes -fill both
+
+    tixMeter:Update $w
+}
+
+proc tixMeter:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+}
+
+proc tixMeter:Update {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # set the width of the canvas
+    set W [expr $data(-width)-\
+	([$data(w:root) cget -bd]+[$data(w:root) cget -highlightthickness]*2)]
+    $data(w:canvas) config -width $W
+
+    if {$data(-text) == ""} {
+	set text [format "%d%%" [expr int($data(-value)*100)]]
+    } else {
+	set text $data(-text)
+    }
+
+    # (Create/Modify) the text item.
+    #
+    if {![info exists data(text)]} {
+	set data(text) [$data(w:canvas) create text 0 0 -text $text]
+    } else {
+	$data(w:canvas) itemconfig $data(text) -text $text
+    }
+
+    set bbox [$data(w:canvas) bbox $data(text)]
+
+    set itemW [expr [lindex $bbox 2]-[lindex $bbox 0]]
+    set itemH [expr [lindex $bbox 3]-[lindex $bbox 1]]
+
+
+    $data(w:canvas) coord $data(text) [expr $W/2] [expr $itemH/2+4]
+
+    set H [expr $itemH + 4]
+    $data(w:canvas) config -height [expr $H]
+
+
+    set rectW [expr int($W*$data(-value))]
+
+    if {![info exists data(rect)]} {
+	set data(rect) [$data(w:canvas) create rectangle 0 0 $rectW 1000]
+    } else {
+	$data(w:canvas) coord $data(rect) 0 0 $rectW 1000
+    }
+
+    $data(w:canvas) itemconfig $data(rect) \
+	-fill $data(-fillcolor) -outline $data(-fillcolor)
+
+    $data(w:canvas) raise $data(text)
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixMeter:config-value {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(-value) $value
+    tixMeter:Update $w
+}
+
+proc tixMeter:config-text {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(-text) $value
+    tixMeter:Update $w
+}
+
+proc tixMeter:config-fillcolor {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(-fillcolor) $value
+    tixMeter:Update $w
+}
+  
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/MultView.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/MultView.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: MultView.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# MultView.tcl --
+#
+#	Implements the multi-view widget
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+tixWidgetClass tixMultiView {
+    -classname TixMultiView
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -method {
+	add
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-browsecmd -command -view
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-view
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-browsecmd browseCmd BrowseCmd ""}
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-view view View icon tixMultiView:VerifyView}
+    }
+    -alias {
+    }
+
+    -default {
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixMultiView:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global env
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#		Construct widget
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixMultiView:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    set data(w:stlist) [tixScrolledTList $w.stlist]
+    set data(w:sgrid)  [tixScrolledGrid $w.sgrid]
+    set data(w:icon)   [tixIconView  $w.icon]
+
+    set data(w:tlist) [$data(w:stlist) subwidget tlist]
+    set data(w:grid)  [$data(w:sgrid) subwidget grid]
+
+    $data(w:grid) config -formatcmd [list tixMultiView:GridFormat $w] \
+	-leftmargin 0 -topmargin 1
+}
+
+proc tixMultiView:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+}
+
+proc tixMultiView:GetWid {w which} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    case $which {
+	list {
+	    return $data(w:stlist)
+	}
+	icon {
+	    return $data(w:icon)
+	}
+	detail {
+	    return $data(w:sgrid)
+	}
+    }
+}
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixMultiView:config-view {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-view) != ""} {
+	pack forget [tixMultiView:GetWid $w $data(-view)]
+    }
+
+    pack [tixMultiView:GetWid $w $value] -expand yes -fill both
+}
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Private methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixMultiView:GridFormat {w area x1 y1 x2 y2} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    case $area {
+	main {
+	}
+	{x-margin y-margin s-margin} {
+	    # cborder specifies consecutive 3d borders
+	    #
+	    $data(w:grid) format cborder $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 \
+		-fill 1 -relief raised -bd 2 -bg gray60 \
+		-selectbackground gray80
+	}
+    }
+
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Public methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Return value is the index of "$name" in the grid subwidget
+#
+#
+proc tixMultiView:add {w name args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set validOptions {-image -text}
+
+    set opt(-image)  ""
+    set opt(-text)   ""
+
+    tixHandleOptions -nounknown opt $validOptions $args
+
+    $data(w:icon) add $name $opt(-image) $opt(-text)
+    $data(w:tlist) insert end -itemtype imagetext \
+	-image $opt(-image) -text $opt(-text)
+    $data(w:grid) set 0 end -itemtype imagetext \
+	-image $opt(-image) -text $opt(-text)
+
+    return max
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# checker
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixMultiView:VerifyView {value} {
+    case $value {
+	{icon list detail} {
+	    return $value
+	}
+    }
+    error "bad view \"$value\", must be detail, icon or list"
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/NoteBook.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/NoteBook.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: NoteBook.tcl,v 1.7 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# NoteBook.tcl --
+#
+#	tixNoteBook: NoteBook type of window.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixNoteBook {
+    -classname TixNoteBook
+    -superclass tixVStack
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-takefocus takeFocus TakeFocus 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.nbframe.tabPadX	8}
+	{.nbframe.tabPadY	5}
+	{.nbframe.borderWidth	2}
+	{*nbframe.relief	raised}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixNoteBook:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    set data(pad-x1) 0
+    set data(pad-x2) 0
+    set data(pad-y1) 20
+    set data(pad-y2) 0
+}
+
+proc tixNoteBook:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    set data(w:top) [tixNoteBookFrame $w.nbframe -slave 1 -takefocus 1]
+    set data(w:nbframe) $data(w:top)
+
+    bind $data(w:top) <ButtonPress-1> [list tixNoteBook:MouseDown $w %x %y]
+    bind $data(w:top) <ButtonRelease-1> [list tixNoteBook:MouseUp $w %x %y]
+
+    bind $data(w:top) <B1-Motion> [list tixNoteBook:MouseDown $w %x %y]
+
+    bind $data(w:top) <Left>  [list tixNoteBook:FocusNext $w prev]
+    bind $data(w:top) <Right> [list tixNoteBook:FocusNext $w next]
+
+    bind $data(w:top) <Return> [list tixNoteBook:SetFocusByKey $w]
+    bind $data(w:top) <space>  [list tixNoteBook:SetFocusByKey $w]
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Public methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixNoteBook:add {w child args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set ret [eval tixChainMethod $w add $child $args]
+
+    set new_args ""
+    foreach {flag value} $args {
+	if {$flag ne "-createcmd" && $flag ne "-raisecmd"} {
+	    lappend new_args $flag
+	    lappend new_args $value
+	}
+    }
+
+    eval [linsert $new_args 0 $data(w:top) add $child]
+
+    return $ret
+}
+
+proc tixNoteBook:raise {w child} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w raise $child
+
+    if {[$data(w:top) pagecget $child -state] eq "normal"} {
+	$data(w:top) activate $child
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixNoteBook:delete {w child} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w delete $child
+    $data(w:top) delete $child
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Private methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixNoteBook:Resize {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # We have to take care of the size of the tabs so that 
+    #
+    set rootReq [$data(w:top) geometryinfo]
+    set tW [lindex $rootReq 0]
+    set tH [lindex $rootReq 1]
+
+    set data(pad-x1) 2
+    set data(pad-x2) 2
+    set data(pad-y1) [expr {$tH + $data(-ipadx) + 1}]
+    set data(pad-y2) 2
+    set data(minW)   [expr {$tW}]
+    set data(minH)   [expr {$tH}]
+
+    # Now that we know data(pad-y1), we can chain the call
+    #
+    tixChainMethod $w Resize
+}
+
+proc tixNoteBook:MouseDown {w x y} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    focus $data(w:top)
+
+    set name [$data(w:top) identify $x $y]
+    $data(w:top) focus $name
+    set data(w:down) $name
+}
+
+proc tixNoteBook:MouseUp {w x y} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    #it could happen (using the tk/menu) that a MouseUp
+    #proceeds without a MouseDown event!!
+    if {![info exists data(w:down)] || ![info exists data(w:top)]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    set name [$data(w:top) identify $x $y]
+
+    if {$name ne "" && $name eq $data(w:down)
+	&& [$data(w:top) pagecget $name -state] eq "normal"} {
+        $data(w:top) activate $name
+        tixCallMethod $w raise $name
+    } else {
+        $data(w:top) focus ""
+    }
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Section for keyboard bindings
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixNoteBook:FocusNext {w dir} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[$data(w:top) info focus] == ""} {
+	set name [$data(w:top) info active]
+	$data(w:top) focus $name
+
+	if {$name ne ""} {
+	    return
+	}
+    } else {
+	set name [$data(w:top) info focus$dir]
+ 	$data(w:top) focus $name
+   }
+}
+
+proc tixNoteBook:SetFocusByKey {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set name [$data(w:top) info focus]
+
+    if {$name ne "" && [$data(w:top) pagecget $name -state] eq "normal"} {
+	tixCallMethod $w raise $name
+	$data(w:top) activate $name
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Automatic bindings for alt keys
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixNoteBookFind {w char} {
+    set char [string tolower $char]
+
+    foreach child [winfo child $w] {
+	if {![winfo ismapped $w]} {
+	    continue
+	}
+	switch -exact -- [winfo class $child] {
+	    Toplevel    { continue }
+	    TixNoteBook {
+		set nbframe [$child subwidget nbframe]
+		foreach page [$nbframe info pages] {
+		    set char2 [string index [$nbframe pagecget $page -label] \
+				   [$nbframe pagecget $page -underline]]
+		    if {($char eq [string tolower $char2] || $char eq "")
+			&& [$nbframe pagecget $page -state] ne "disabled"} {
+			return [list $child $page]
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	# Well, this notebook doesn't match with the key, but maybe
+	# it contains a "subnotebook" that will match ..
+	set match [tixNoteBookFind $child $char]
+	if {$match ne ""} {
+	    return $match
+	}
+    }
+    return ""
+}
+
+proc tixTraverseToNoteBook {w char} {
+    if {$char eq ""} {
+	return 0
+    }
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return 0
+    }
+    set list [tixNoteBookFind [winfo toplevel $w] $char]
+    if {$list ne ""} {
+	[lindex $list 0] raise [lindex $list 1]
+	return 1
+    }
+    return 0
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Set default class bindings
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bind all <Alt-KeyPress> "+tixTraverseToNoteBook %W %A"
+bind all <Meta-KeyPress> "+tixTraverseToNoteBook %W %A"
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/OldUtil.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/OldUtil.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: OldUtil.tcl,v 1.5 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# OldUtil.tcl -
+#
+#	This is an undocumented file.
+#	   Are these features used in Tix : NO.
+#	   Should I use these features    : NO.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc setenv {name args} {
+    global env
+
+    if {[llength $args] == 1} {
+        return [set env($name) [lindex $args 0]]
+    } else {
+        if {[info exists env($ename)] == 0} {
+            bgerror "Error in setenv: "
+                    "environment variable \"$name\" does not exist"
+        } else {
+            return $env($name)
+        }
+    }
+}
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#
+#           U T I L I T Y   F U N C T I O N S  F O R   T I X 
+#
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# RESET THE STRING IN THE ENTRY
+proc tixSetEntry {entry string} {
+    set oldstate [lindex [$entry config -state] 4]
+    $entry config -state normal
+    $entry delete 0 end
+    $entry insert 0 $string
+    $entry config -state $oldstate
+}
+
+# GET THE FIRST SELECTED ITEM IN A LIST
+proc tixListGetSingle {lst} {
+    set indices [$lst curselection]
+    if {$indices != ""} {
+	return [$lst get [lindex $indices 0]]
+    } else {
+	return ""
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# RECORD A DIALOG'S POSITION AND RESTORE IT THE NEXT TIME IT IS OPENED
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDialogRestore {w {flag -geometry}} {
+    global tixDPos
+
+    if {[info exists tixDPos($w)]} {
+	if {![winfo ismapped $w]} {
+	    wm geometry $w $tixDPos($w)
+	    wm deiconify $w
+	}
+    } elseif {$flag eq "-geometry"} {
+	update
+	set tixDPos($w) [winfo geometry $w]
+    } else {
+	update
+	set tixDPos($w) +[winfo rootx $w]+[winfo rooty $w]
+    }
+}
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# RECORD A DIALOG'S POSITION AND RESTORE IT THE NEXT TIME IT IS OPENED
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDialogWithdraw {w {flag -geometry}} {
+    global tixDPos
+
+    if {[winfo ismapped $w]} {
+	if {$flag eq "-geometry"} {
+	    set tixDPos($w) [winfo geometry $w]
+	} else {
+	    set tixDPos($w) +[winfo rootx $w]+[winfo rooty $w]
+	}
+	wm withdraw $w
+    }
+}
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# RECORD A DIALOG'S POSITION AND RESTORE IT THE NEXT TIME IT IS OPENED
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDialogDestroy {w {flag -geometry}} {
+    global tixDPos
+
+    if {[winfo ismapped $w]} {
+	if {$flag eq "-geometry"} {
+	    set tixDPos($w) [winfo geometry $w]
+	} else {
+	    set tixDPos($w) +[winfo rootx $w]+[winfo rooty $w]
+	}
+    }
+    destroy $w
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/OptMenu.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/OptMenu.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: OptMenu.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# OptMenu.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements the TixOptionMenu widget.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+tixWidgetClass tixOptionMenu {
+    -classname TixOptionMenu
+    -superclass tixLabelWidget
+    -method {
+	add delete disable enable entrycget entryconfigure entries
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-command -disablecallback -dynamicgeometry -value -variable
+	-validatecmd -state
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-variable -state
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-dynamicgeometry dynamicGeometry DynamicGeometry 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-state state State normal}
+	{-value value Value ""}
+	{-validatecmd validateCmd ValidateCmd ""}
+	{-variable variable Variable ""}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.highlightThickness			0}
+	{.takeFocus				0}
+	{.frame.menubutton.relief		raised}
+	{.frame.menubutton.borderWidth		2}
+	{.frame.menubutton.anchor		w}
+	{.frame.menubutton.highlightThickness	2}
+	{.frame.menubutton.takeFocus		1}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixOptionMenu:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+ 
+    set data(nItems)	0
+    set data(items)     ""
+    set data(posted)	0
+    set data(varInited)	0
+    set data(maxWidth)  0
+}
+
+proc tixOptionMenu:ConstructFramedWidget {w frame} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructFramedWidget $frame
+
+    set data(w:menubutton) [menubutton $frame.menubutton -indicatoron 1]
+    set data(w:menu)       [menu $frame.menubutton.menu -tearoff 0]
+    pack $data(w:menubutton) -side left -expand yes -fill both
+
+    $data(w:menubutton) config -menu $data(w:menu)
+
+    bind $data(w:menubutton) <Up>   [bind Menubutton <space>]
+    bind $data(w:menubutton) <Down> [bind Menubutton <space>]
+
+    tixSetMegaWidget $data(w:menubutton) $w
+}
+
+proc tixOptionMenu:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Private methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixOptionMenu:Invoke {w name} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {"$data(-state)" == "normal"} {
+	tixOptionMenu:SetValue $w $name
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixOptionMenu:SetValue {w value {noUpdate 0}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-validatecmd) != ""} {
+	set value [tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-validatecmd) "" $value]
+    }
+
+    set name $value
+
+    if {$name == "" || [info exists data(varInited)]} {
+	# variable may contain a bogus value
+	if {![info exists data($name,index)]} {
+	    set data(-value) ""
+	    tixVariable:UpdateVariable $w
+	    $data(w:menubutton) config -text ""
+	    return
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {[info exists data($name,index)]} {
+       $data(w:menubutton) config -text $data($name,label)
+
+       set data(-value) $value
+
+       if {! $noUpdate} {
+	   tixVariable:UpdateVariable $w
+       }
+
+       if {$data(-command) != "" && !$data(-disablecallback)} {
+	   if {![info exists data(varInited)]} {
+	       set bind(specs) ""
+	       tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $value
+	   }
+       }
+    } else {
+	error "item \"$value\" does not exist"
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixOptionMenu:SetMaxWidth {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    foreach name $data(items) {
+	set len [string length $data($name,label)]
+	if {$data(maxWidth) < $len} {
+	    set data(maxWidth) $len
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {$data(maxWidth) > 0} {
+	$data(w:menubutton) config -width $data(maxWidth)
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixOptionMenu:config-state {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data(w:label)]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {$value == "normal"} {
+	catch {
+	    $data(w:label) config -fg \
+		[$data(w:menubutton) cget -foreground]
+	}
+	$data(w:menubutton) config -state $value
+    } else {
+	catch {
+	    $data(w:label) config -fg \
+		[$data(w:menubutton) cget -disabledforeground]
+	}
+	$data(w:menubutton) config -state $value
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixOptionMenu:config-value {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixOptionMenu:SetValue $w $value
+
+    # This will tell the Intrinsics: "Please use this value"
+    # because "value" might be altered by SetValues
+    #
+    return $data(-value)
+}
+
+proc tixOptionMenu:config-variable {w arg} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[tixVariable:ConfigVariable $w $arg]} {
+       # The value of data(-value) is changed if tixVariable:ConfigVariable 
+       # returns true
+       tixOptionMenu:SetValue $w $data(-value) 1
+    }
+    catch {
+	unset data(varInited)
+    }
+    set data(-variable) $arg
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Public Methdos
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixOptionMenu:add {w type name args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[info exists data($name,index)]} {
+	error "item $name already exists in the option menu $w"
+    }
+
+    case $type {
+	"command" {
+	    set validOptions {
+		-command -label
+	    }
+	    set opt(-command)		""
+	    set opt(-label)		$name
+
+	    tixHandleOptions -nounknown opt $validOptions $args
+
+	    if {$opt(-command)	!= ""} {
+		error "option -command cannot be specified"
+	    }
+
+	    # Create a new item inside the menu
+	    #
+	    eval $data(w:menu) add command $args \
+		[list -label $opt(-label) \
+		-command "tixOptionMenu:Invoke $w \{$name\}"]
+	    set index $data(nItems)
+
+	    # Store info about this item
+	    #
+	    set data($index,name) $name
+	    set data($name,type) cmd
+	    set data($name,label) $opt(-label)
+	    set data($name,index) $index
+
+	    if {$index == 0} {
+		$data(w:menubutton) config -text $data($name,label)
+		tixOptionMenu:SetValue $w $name
+	    }
+
+	    incr data(nItems)
+	    lappend data(items) $name
+
+	    if $data(-dynamicgeometry) {
+		tixOptionMenu:SetMaxWidth $w
+	    }
+	}
+	"separator" {
+	    $data(w:menu) add separator
+
+	    set index $data(nItems)
+	    # Store info about this item
+	    #
+	    set data($index,name) $name
+	    set data($name,type) sep
+	    set data($name,label) ""
+	    set data($name,index) $index
+
+	    incr data(nItems)
+	    lappend data(items) $name
+	}
+	default {
+	    error "only types \"separator\" and \"command\" are allowed"
+	}
+    }
+
+    return ""
+}
+
+proc tixOptionMenu:delete {w item} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data($item,index)]} {
+	error "item $item does not exist in $w"
+    }
+
+    # Rehash the item list
+    set newItems ""
+    set oldIndex 0
+    set newIndex 0
+    foreach name $data(items) {
+	if {$item == $name} {
+	    unset data($name,label)
+	    unset data($name,index)
+	    unset data($name,type)
+	    $data(w:menu) delete $oldIndex
+	} else {
+	    set data($name,index)    $newIndex
+	    set data($newIndex,name) $name
+	    incr newIndex
+	    lappend newItems $name
+	}
+	incr oldIndex
+    }
+    incr oldIndex -1; unset data($oldIndex,name)
+    set data(nItems) $newIndex
+    set data(items) $newItems
+
+    if {$data(-value) == $item} {
+	set newVal ""
+	foreach item $data(items) {
+	    if {$data($item,type) == "cmd"} {
+		set newVal $item
+	    }
+	}
+	tixOptionMenu:SetValue $w $newVal
+    }
+
+    return ""
+}
+
+
+proc tixOptionMenu:disable {w item} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data($item,index)]} {
+	error "item $item does not exist in $w"
+    } else {
+	catch {$data(w:menu) entryconfig $data($item,index) -state disabled}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixOptionMenu:enable {w item} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data($item,index)]} {
+	error "item $item does not exist in $w"
+    } else {
+	catch {$data(w:menu) entryconfig $data($item,index) -state normal}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixOptionMenu:entryconfigure {w item args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data($item,index)]} {
+	error "item $item does not exist in $w"
+    } else {
+	return [eval $data(w:menu) entryconfig $data($item,index) $args]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixOptionMenu:entrycget {w item arg} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data($item,index)]} {
+	error "item $item does not exist in $w"
+    } else {
+	return [$data(w:menu) entrycget $data($item,index) $arg]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixOptionMenu:entries {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    return $data(items)
+}
+
+
+proc tixOptionMenu:Destructor {w} {
+
+    tixVariable:DeleteVariable $w
+
+    # Chain this to the superclass
+    #
+    tixChainMethod $w Destructor
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Obsolete
+# These have been replaced by new commands in Tk 4.0
+#
+proc tixOptionMenu:Post {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set rootx [winfo rootx $data(w:frame)]
+    set rooty [winfo rooty $data(w:frame)]
+
+    # adjust for the border of the menu and frame
+    #
+    incr rootx [lindex [$data(w:menu)  config -border] 4]
+    incr rooty [lindex [$data(w:frame) config -border] 4]
+    incr rooty [lindex [$data(w:menu)  config -border] 4]
+
+    set value $data(-value)
+    set y [$data(w:menu) yposition $data($value,index)]
+
+    $data(w:menu) post $rootx [expr $rooty - $y]
+    $data(w:menu) activate $data($value,index)
+    grab -global $data(w:menubutton)
+    set data(posted) 1
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/PanedWin.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/PanedWin.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1215 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: PanedWin.tcl,v 1.7 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# PanedWin.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements the TixPanedWindow widget
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+tixWidgetClass tixPanedWindow {
+    -classname TixPanedWindow
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -method {
+	add delete forget manage panecget paneconfigure panes setsize
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-command -dynamicgeometry -handleactivebg -handlebg -orient
+	-orientation -panebd -paneborderwidth -panerelief
+	-separatoractivebg -separatorbg
+    }
+    -static {
+	-orientation
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-dynamicgeometry dynamicGeometry DynamicGeometry 1 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-handleactivebg handleActiveBg HandleActiveBg #ececec}
+	{-handlebg handleBg Background #d9d9d9}
+	{-orientation orientation Orientation vertical}
+	{-paneborderwidth paneBorderWidth PaneBorderWidth 1}
+	{-panerelief paneRelief PaneRelief raised}
+	{-separatoractivebg separatorActiveBg SeparatorActiveBg red}
+	{-separatorbg separatorBg Background #d9d9d9}
+    }
+    -alias {
+	{-panebd -paneborderwidth}
+	{-orient -orientation}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# ClassInitialization:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    set data(items)       ""
+    set data(nItems)      0
+    set data(totalsize)   0
+    set data(movePending) 0
+
+    set data(repack)      0
+    set data(counter)     0
+
+    set data(maxReqW)     1
+    set data(maxReqH)     1
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+    # Do nothing
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    bind $w <Configure> [list tixPanedWindow:MasterGeomProc $w ""]
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# ConfigOptions:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixPanedWindow:config-handlebg {w arg} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    for {set i 1} {$i < $data(nItems)} {incr i} {
+	$data(btn,$i) config -bg $arg
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PublicMethods:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+# method: add
+#
+#    Adds a new pane into the PanedWindow.
+#
+# options -size -max -min -allowresize
+#
+proc tixPanedWindow:add {w name args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[winfo exists $w.$name] && !$data($name,forgotten)} {
+	error "Pane $name is already managed"
+    }
+    # Step 1: Parse the options to get the children's size options
+
+    # The default values
+    #
+    if {[info exists data($name,forgotten)]} {
+	set option(-size)        $data($name,size)
+	set option(-min)         $data($name,min)
+	set option(-max)         $data($name,max)
+	set option(-allowresize) $data($name,allowresize)
+	set option(-expand)      $data($name,expand)
+    } else {
+	set option(-size)        0
+	set option(-min)         0
+	set option(-max)         100000
+	set option(-allowresize) 1
+	set option(-expand)      0
+    }
+
+    set option(-before)      ""
+    set option(-after)       ""
+    set option(-at)          ""
+    set validOpts {-after -allowresize -at -before -expand -max -min -size}
+
+    tixHandleOptions option $validOpts $args
+
+    set data($name,size)        $option(-size)
+    set data($name,rsize)       $option(-size)
+    set data($name,min)         $option(-min)
+    set data($name,max)         $option(-max)
+    set data($name,allowresize) $option(-allowresize)
+    set data($name,expand)      $option(-expand)
+    set data($name,forgotten)   0
+
+    if {$data($name,expand) < 0} {
+	set data($name,expand) 0
+    }
+
+    # Step 2: Add the frame and the separator (if necessary)
+    #
+    if {![winfo exist $w.$name]} {
+	# need to check because the frame may have been "forget'ten"
+	#
+	frame $w.$name -bd $data(-paneborderwidth) -relief $data(-panerelief)
+    }
+
+    if {$option(-at) != ""} {
+	set at [tixGetInt $option(-at)]
+	if {$at < 0} {
+	    set at 0
+	}
+    } elseif {$option(-after) != ""} {
+	set index [lsearch -exact $data(items) $option(-after)]
+	if {$index == -1} {
+	    error "Pane $option(-after) doesn't exists"
+	} else {
+	    set at [incr index]
+	}
+    } elseif {$option(-before) != ""} {
+	set index [lsearch -exact $data(items) $option(-before)]
+	if {$index == -1} {
+	    error "Pane $option(-before) doesn't exists"
+	}
+	set at $index
+    } else {
+	set at end
+    }
+
+    set data(items) [linsert $data(items) $at $name]    
+    incr data(nItems)
+
+    if {$data(nItems) > 1} {
+	tixPanedWindow:AddSeparator $w
+    }
+    set data(w:$name) $w.$name
+
+    # Step 3: Add the new frame. Adjust the window later (do when idle)
+    #
+    tixManageGeometry $w.$name [list tixPanedWindow:ClientGeomProc $w]
+    bind $w.$name <Configure> \
+	[list tixPanedWindow:ClientGeomProc $w "" $w.$name]
+
+    tixPanedWindow:RepackWhenIdle $w
+
+    return $w.$name
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:manage {w name args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![winfo exists $w.$name]} {
+	error "Pane $name does not exist"
+    }
+    if {!$data($name,forgotten)} {
+	error "Pane $name is already managed"
+    }
+    tixMapWindow $data(w:$name)
+    eval tixPanedWindow:add $w [list $name] $args
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:forget {w name} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![winfo exists $w.$name]} {
+	error "Pane $name does not exist"
+    }
+    if $data($name,forgotten) {
+	# It has already been forgotten
+	#
+	return
+    }
+
+    set items ""
+    foreach item $data(items) {
+	if {$item != $name} {
+	    lappend items $item
+	}
+    }
+    set data(items) $items
+    incr data(nItems) -1
+
+    set i $data(nItems)
+    if {$i > 0} {
+	destroy $data(btn,$i)
+	destroy $data(sep,$i)
+	unset data(btn,$i)
+	unset data(sep,$i)
+    }
+    set data($name,forgotten) 1
+
+    tixUnmapWindow $w.$name
+
+    tixPanedWindow:RepackWhenIdle $w
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:delete {w name} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![winfo exists $w.$name]} {
+	error "Pane $name does not exist"
+    }
+
+
+    if {!$data($name,forgotten)} {
+	set items ""
+	foreach item $data(items) {
+	    if {$item != $name} {
+		lappend items $item
+	    }
+	}
+	set data(items) $items
+	incr data(nItems) -1
+
+	set i $data(nItems)
+	if {$i > 0} {
+	    destroy $data(btn,$i)
+	    destroy $data(sep,$i)
+	    unset data(btn,$i)
+	    unset data(sep,$i)
+	}
+    }
+    unset data($name,allowresize)
+    unset data($name,expand)
+    unset data($name,forgotten)
+    unset data($name,max)
+    unset data($name,min)
+    unset data($name,rsize)
+    unset data($name,size)
+    unset data(w:$name)
+    destroy $w.$name
+
+    tixPanedWindow:RepackWhenIdle $w
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:paneconfigure {w name args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data($name,size)]} {
+	error "pane \"$name\" does not exist in $w"
+    }
+
+    set len [llength $args]
+
+    if {$len == 0} {
+	set value [$data(w:$name) configure]
+	lappend value [list -allowresize "" "" "" $data($name,allowresize)]
+	lappend value [list -expand "" "" "" $data($name,expand)]
+	lappend value [list -max "" "" "" $data($name,max)]
+	lappend value [list -min "" "" "" $data($name,min)]
+	lappend value [list -size "" "" "" $data($name,size)]
+	return $value
+    }
+
+    if {$len == 1} {
+	case [lindex $args 0] {
+	    -allowresize {
+		return [list -allowresize "" "" "" $data($name,allowresize)]
+	    }
+	    -expand {
+		return [list -expand "" "" "" $data($name,expand)]
+	    }
+	    -min {
+		return [list -min "" "" "" $data($name,min)]
+	    }
+	    -max {
+		return [list -max "" "" "" $data($name,max)]
+	    }
+	    -size {
+		return [list -size "" "" "" $data($name,size)]
+	    }
+	    default {
+		return [$data(w:$name) configure [lindex $args 0]]
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    # By default handle each of the options
+    #
+    set option(-allowresize) $data($name,allowresize)
+    set option(-expand)      $data($name,expand)
+    set option(-min)         $data($name,min)
+    set option(-max)         $data($name,max)
+    set option(-size)        $data($name,size)
+
+    tixHandleOptions -nounknown option {-allowresize -expand -max -min -size} \
+	$args
+
+    #
+    # the widget options
+    set new_args ""
+    foreach {flag value} $args {
+	case $flag {
+	    {-expand -min -max -allowresize -size} {
+
+	    }
+	    default {
+		lappend new_args $flag
+		lappend new_args $value
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {[llength $new_args] >= 2} {
+	eval $data(w:$name) configure $new_args
+    }
+
+    #
+    # The add-on options
+    set data($name,allowresize) $option(-allowresize)
+    set data($name,expand)      $option(-expand)
+    set data($name,max)         $option(-max)
+    set data($name,min)         $option(-min)
+    set data($name,rsize)       $option(-size)
+    set data($name,size)        $option(-size)
+
+    # 
+    # Integrity check
+    if {$data($name,expand) < 0} {
+	set data($name,expand) 0
+    }
+    if {$data($name,size) < $data($name,min)} {
+	set data($name,size) $data($name,min)
+    }
+    if {$data($name,size) > $data($name,max)} {
+	set data($name,size) $data($name,max)
+    }
+
+    tixPanedWindow:RepackWhenIdle $w
+    return ""
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:panecget {w name option} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data($name,size)]} {
+	error "pane \"$name\" does not exist in $w"
+    }
+
+    case $option {
+	{-min -max -allowresize -size} {
+	    regsub \\\- $option "" option
+	    return "$data($name,$option)"
+	}
+	default {
+	    return [$data(w:$name) cget $option]
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+# return the name of all panes
+proc tixPanedWindow:panes {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    return $data(items)
+}
+
+# set the size of a pane, specifying which direction it should
+# grow/shrink
+proc tixPanedWindow:setsize {w item size {direction next}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set posn [lsearch $data(items) $item]
+    if {$posn == -1} {
+	error "pane \"$item\" does not exist"
+    }
+
+    set diff [expr {$size - $data($item,size)}]
+    if {$diff == 0} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {$posn == 0 && $direction eq "prev"} {
+	set direction next
+    }
+    if {$posn == $data(nItems)-1 && $direction eq "next"} {
+	set direction prev
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+        set rx [winfo rooty $data(w:$item)]
+    } else {
+        set rx [winfo rootx $data(w:$item)]
+    }
+    if {$direction eq "prev"} {
+	set rx [expr {$rx - $diff}]
+    } elseif {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+	set rx [expr {$rx + [winfo height $data(w:$item)] + $diff}]
+	incr posn
+    } else {
+	set rx [expr {$rx + [winfo width $data(w:$item)] + $diff}]
+	incr posn
+    }
+
+    # Set up the panedwin in a proper state
+    #
+    tixPanedWindow:BtnDown $w $posn 1
+    tixPanedWindow:BtnMove $w $posn $rx 1
+    tixPanedWindow:BtnUp $w $posn 1
+
+    return $data(items)
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PrivateMethods:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:AddSeparator {w} {
+    global tcl_platform
+
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set n [expr {$data(nItems)-1}]
+
+    # CYGNUS: On Windows, use relief ridge and a thicker line.
+    if {$tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} then {
+      set relief "ridge"
+      set thickness 4
+    } else {
+      set relief "sunken"
+      set thickness 2
+    }
+    if {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+	set data(sep,$n) [frame $w.sep$n -relief $relief \
+	    -bd 1 -height $thickness -width 10000 -bg $data(-separatorbg)]
+    } else {
+	set data(sep,$n) [frame $w.sep$n -relief $relief \
+	    -bd 1 -width $thickness -height 10000 -bg $data(-separatorbg)]
+    }
+
+    set data(btn,$n) [frame $w.btn$n -relief raised \
+	-bd 1 -width 9 -height 9 \
+	-bg $data(-handlebg)]
+
+    if {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+	set cursor sb_v_double_arrow
+    } else {
+	set cursor sb_h_double_arrow
+    }
+    $data(sep,$n) config -cursor $cursor
+    $data(btn,$n) config -cursor $cursor
+
+    foreach wid [list $data(btn,$n) $data(sep,$n)] {
+	bind $wid \
+	    <ButtonPress-1>   [list tixPanedWindow:BtnDown $w $n]
+	bind $wid \
+	    <ButtonRelease-1> [list tixPanedWindow:BtnUp   $w $n]
+	bind $wid \
+	    <Any-Enter>       [list tixPanedWindow:HighlightBtn $w $n]
+	bind $wid \
+	    <Any-Leave>       [list tixPanedWindow:DeHighlightBtn $w $n]
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+	bind  $data(btn,$n) <B1-Motion> [list tixPanedWindow:BtnMove $w $n %Y]
+    } else {
+	bind  $data(btn,$n) <B1-Motion> [list tixPanedWindow:BtnMove $w $n %X]
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+#	place $data(btn,$n) -relx 0.90 -y [expr "$data(totalsize)-5"]
+#	place $data(sep,$n) -x 0 -y [expr "$data(totalsize)-1"] -relwidth 1
+    } else {
+#	place $data(btn,$n) -rely 0.90 -x [expr "$data(totalsize)-5"]
+#	place $data(sep,$n) -y 0 -x [expr "$data(totalsize)-1"] -relheight 1
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:BtnDown {w item {fake 0}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+	set spec -height
+    } else {
+	set spec -width
+    }
+
+    if {!$fake} {
+	for {set i 1} {$i < $data(nItems)} {incr i} {
+	    $data(sep,$i) config -bg $data(-separatoractivebg) $spec 1
+	}
+	update idletasks
+	$data(btn,$item) config -relief sunken
+    }
+
+    tixPanedWindow:GetMotionLimit $w $item $fake
+
+    if {!$fake} {
+	grab -global $data(btn,$item)
+    }
+    set data(movePending) 0
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:Min2 {a b} {
+    if {$a < $b} {
+	return $a
+    } else {
+	return $b
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:GetMotionLimit {w item fake} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set curBefore 0
+    set minBefore 0
+    set maxBefore 0
+
+    for {set i 0} {$i < $item} {incr i} {
+	set name [lindex $data(items) $i]
+	incr curBefore $data($name,size)
+	incr minBefore $data($name,min)
+	incr maxBefore $data($name,max)
+    }
+
+    set curAfter 0
+    set minAfter 0
+    set maxAfter 0
+    while {$i < $data(nItems)} {
+	set name [lindex $data(items) $i]
+	incr curAfter $data($name,size)
+	incr minAfter $data($name,min)
+	incr maxAfter $data($name,max)
+	incr i
+    }
+
+    set beforeToGo [tixPanedWindow:Min2 \
+			[expr {$curBefore-$minBefore}] \
+			[expr {$maxAfter-$curAfter}]]
+
+    set afterToGo [tixPanedWindow:Min2 \
+		       [expr {$curAfter-$minAfter}] \
+		       [expr {$maxBefore-$curBefore}]]
+
+    set data(beforeLimit) [expr {$curBefore-$beforeToGo}]
+    set data(afterLimit)  [expr {$curBefore+$afterToGo}]
+    set data(curSize)     $curBefore
+
+    if {!$fake} {
+	tixPanedWindow:PlotHandles $w 1
+    }
+}
+
+# Compress the motion so that update is quick even on slow machines
+#
+# rootp = root position (either rootx or rooty)
+proc tixPanedWindow:BtnMove {w item rootp {fake 0}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(rootp) $rootp
+
+    if {$fake} {
+	tixPanedWindow:BtnMoveCompressed $w $item $fake
+    } else {
+	if {$data(movePending) == 0} {
+	    after 2 tixPanedWindow:BtnMoveCompressed $w $item
+	    set data(movePending) 1
+	}
+    } 
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:BtnMoveCompressed {w item {fake 0}} {
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+	set p [expr {$data(rootp)-[winfo rooty $w]}]
+    } else {
+	set p [expr {$data(rootp)-[winfo rootx $w]}]
+    }
+
+    if {$p == $data(curSize)} {
+	set data(movePending) 0
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {$p < $data(beforeLimit)} {
+	set p $data(beforeLimit)
+    }
+    if {$p >= $data(afterLimit)} {
+	set p $data(afterLimit)
+    }
+    tixPanedWindow:CalculateChange $w $item $p $fake
+
+    if {!$fake} {
+	# Force the redraw to happen
+	#
+	update idletasks
+    }
+    set data(movePending) 0
+}
+
+# Calculate the change in response to mouse motions
+#
+proc tixPanedWindow:CalculateChange {w item p {fake 0}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$p < $data(curSize)} {
+	tixPanedWindow:MoveBefore $w $item $p
+    } elseif {$p > $data(curSize)} {
+	tixPanedWindow:MoveAfter $w $item $p
+    }
+
+    if {!$fake} {
+	tixPanedWindow:PlotHandles $w 1
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:MoveBefore {w item p} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set n [expr {$data(curSize)-$p}]
+
+    # Shrink the frames before
+    #
+    set from [expr {$item-1}]
+    set to   0
+    tixPanedWindow:Iterate $w $from $to tixPanedWindow:Shrink $n
+
+    # Adjust the frames after
+    #
+    set from $item
+    set to   [expr {$data(nItems)-1}]
+    tixPanedWindow:Iterate $w $from $to tixPanedWindow:Grow $n
+
+    set data(curSize) $p
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:MoveAfter {w item p} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set n    [expr {$p-$data(curSize)}]
+
+    # Shrink the frames after
+    #
+    set from $item
+    set to   [expr {$data(nItems)-1}]
+    tixPanedWindow:Iterate $w $from $to tixPanedWindow:Shrink $n
+
+    # Graw the frame before
+    #
+    set from [expr {$item-1}]
+    set to   0
+    tixPanedWindow:Iterate $w $from $to tixPanedWindow:Grow $n
+
+    set data(curSize) $p
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:CancleLines {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[info exists data(lines)]} {
+	foreach line $data(lines) {
+	    set x1 [lindex $line 0]
+	    set y1 [lindex $line 1]
+	    set x2 [lindex $line 2]
+	    set y2 [lindex $line 3]
+
+	    tixTmpLine $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 $w
+	}
+
+	catch {unset data(lines)}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:PlotHandles {w transient} {
+    global tcl_platform
+
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set totalsize 0
+    set i 0
+
+    if {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+	set btnp [expr {[winfo width $w]-13}]
+    } else {
+	set h [winfo height $w]
+	if {$h > 18} {
+	    set btnp 9
+	} else {
+	    set btnp [expr {$h-9}]
+	}
+    }
+
+    set firstpane [lindex $data(items) 0]
+    set totalsize $data($firstpane,size)
+
+    if {$transient} {
+	tixPanedWindow:CancleLines $w
+	set data(lines) ""
+    }
+
+    for {set i 1} {$i < $data(nItems)} {incr i} {
+	if {! $transient} {
+	    if {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+		place $data(btn,$i) -x $btnp -y [expr {$totalsize-4}]
+		place $data(sep,$i) -x 0 -y [expr {$totalsize-1}] -relwidth 1
+	    } else {
+		place $data(btn,$i) -y $btnp -x [expr {$totalsize-5}]
+		place $data(sep,$i) -y 0 -x [expr {$totalsize-1}] -relheight 1
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+		set x1 [winfo rootx $w]
+		set x2 [expr {$x1 + [winfo width $w]}]
+		set y  [expr {$totalsize-1+[winfo rooty $w]}]
+
+		tixTmpLine $x1 $y $x2 $y $w
+		lappend data(lines) [list $x1 $y $x2 $y]
+	    } else {
+		set y1 [winfo rooty $w]
+		set y2 [expr {$y1 + [winfo height $w]}]
+		set x  [expr {$totalsize-1+[winfo rootx $w]}]
+
+		tixTmpLine $x $y1 $x $y2 $w
+		lappend data(lines) [list $x $y1 $x $y2]
+	    }
+	}
+
+	set name [lindex $data(items) $i]
+	incr totalsize $data($name,size)
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:BtnUp {w item {fake 0}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {!$fake} {
+	tixPanedWindow:CancleLines $w
+    }
+
+    tixPanedWindow:UpdateSizes $w
+
+    if {!$fake} {
+	$data(btn,$item) config -relief raised
+	grab release $data(btn,$item)
+    }
+}
+
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:HighlightBtn {w item} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(btn,$item) config -background $data(-handleactivebg)
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:DeHighlightBtn {w item} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(btn,$item) config -background $data(-handlebg)
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#
+# Geometry management routines
+#
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# update the sizes of each pane according to the data($name,size) variables
+#
+proc tixPanedWindow:UpdateSizes {w} {
+    global tcl_platform
+
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(totalsize) 0
+
+    set mw [winfo width  $w]
+    set mh [winfo height $w]
+
+    for {set i 0} {$i < $data(nItems)} {incr i} {
+	set name [lindex $data(items) $i]
+
+	if {$data($name,size) > 0} {
+	    if {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+		tixMoveResizeWindow $w.$name 0 $data(totalsize) \
+		    $mw $data($name,size)
+		tixMapWindow $w.$name
+		raise $w.$name
+	    } else {
+		tixMoveResizeWindow $w.$name $data(totalsize) 0 \
+		    $data($name,size) $mh
+		tixMapWindow $w.$name
+		raise $w.$name
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    tixUnmapWindow $w.$name
+	}
+	incr data(totalsize) $data($name,size)
+    }
+
+    # Reset the color and width of the separator
+    #
+    if {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+	set spec -height
+    } else {
+	set spec -width
+    }
+
+    # CYGNUS: On Windows, use a thicker line.
+    if {$tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} then {
+	set thickness 4
+    } else {
+	set thickness 2
+    }
+
+    for {set i 1} {$i < $data(nItems)} {incr i} {
+	$data(sep,$i) config -bg $data(-separatorbg) $spec $thickness
+	raise $data(sep,$i)
+	raise $data(btn,$i)
+    }
+
+
+    # Invoke the callback command
+    #
+    if {$data(-command) != ""} {
+	set sizes ""
+	foreach item $data(items) {
+	    lappend sizes $data($item,size)
+	}
+	set bind(specs) ""
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind [list $sizes]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:GetNaturalSizes {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(totalsize) 0
+    set totalreq 0
+
+    if {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+	set majorspec height
+	set minorspec width
+    } else {
+	set majorspec width
+	set minorspec height
+    }
+
+    set minorsize 0
+    foreach name $data(items) {
+	if {[winfo manager $w.$name] ne "tixGeometry"} {
+	    error "Geometry management error: pane \"$w.$name\" cannot be managed by \"[winfo manager $w.$name]\"\nhint: delete the line \"[winfo manager $w.$name] $w.$name ...\" from your program"
+	}
+
+	# set the minor size
+	#
+	set req_minor [winfo req$minorspec $w.$name]
+
+	if {$req_minor > $minorsize} {
+	    set minorsize $req_minor
+	}
+
+	# Check the natural size against the max, min requirements.
+	# Change the natural size if necessary
+	#
+	if {$data($name,size) <= 1} {
+	    set data($name,size) [winfo req$majorspec $w.$name]
+	}
+
+	if {$data($name,size) > 1} {
+	    # If we get zero maybe the widget was not initialized yet ...
+	    #
+	    # %% hazard : what if the window is really 1x1?
+	    #
+	    if {$data($name,size) < $data($name,min)} {
+		set data($name,size) $data($name,min)
+	    }
+	    if {$data($name,size) > $data($name,max)} {
+		set data($name,size) $data($name,max)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# kludge: because a frame always returns req size of {1,1} before
+	# the packer processes it, we do the following to mark the
+	# pane as "size unknown"
+	#
+#	if {$data($name,size) == 1 && ![winfo ismapped $w.$name]} {
+#	    set data($name,size) 0
+#	}
+
+	# Add up the total size
+	#
+	incr data(totalsize) $data($name,size)
+
+	# Find out the request size
+	#
+	if {$data($name,rsize) == 0} {
+	    set rsize [winfo req$majorspec $w.$name]
+	} else {
+	    set rsize $data($name,rsize)
+	}
+
+	if {$rsize < $data($name,min)} {
+	    set rsize $data($name,min)
+	}
+	if {$rsize > $data($name,max)} {
+	    set rsize $data($name,max)
+	}
+
+	incr totalreq $rsize
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+	return [list $minorsize $totalreq]
+    } else {
+	return [list $totalreq $minorsize]
+    }
+}
+
+#--------------------------------------------------
+# Handling resize
+#--------------------------------------------------
+proc tixPanedWindow:ClientGeomProc {w type client} {
+    tixPanedWindow:RepackWhenIdle $w
+}
+
+#
+# This monitor the sizes of the master window
+#
+proc tixPanedWindow:MasterGeomProc {w master} {
+    tixPanedWindow:RepackWhenIdle $w
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:RepackWhenIdle {w} {
+    if {![winfo exist $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(repack) == 0} {
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixPanedWindow:Repack $w
+	set data(repack) 1
+    }
+}
+
+#
+# This monitor the sizes of the master window
+#
+proc tixPanedWindow:Repack {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # Calculate the desired size of the master
+    #
+    set dim [tixPanedWindow:GetNaturalSizes $w]
+
+    if {$data(-width) != 0} {
+	set mreqw $data(-width)
+    } else {
+	set mreqw [lindex $dim 0]
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-height) != 0} {
+	set mreqh $data(-height)
+    } else {
+	set mreqh [lindex $dim 1]
+    }
+
+    if !$data(-dynamicgeometry) {
+	if {$mreqw < $data(maxReqW)} {
+	    set mreqw $data(maxReqW)
+	}
+	if {$mreqh < $data(maxReqH)} {
+	    set mreqh $data(maxReqH)
+	}
+	set data(maxReqW) $mreqw
+	set data(maxReqH) $mreqh
+    }
+    if {$mreqw != [winfo reqwidth $w] || $mreqh != [winfo reqheight $w] } {
+	if {![info exists data(counter)]} {
+	    set data(counter) 0
+	}
+	if {$data(counter) < 50} {
+	    incr data(counter)
+	    tixGeometryRequest $w $mreqw $mreqh
+	    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixPanedWindow:Repack $w
+	    set data(repack) 1
+	    return
+	}
+    }
+
+    set data(counter) 0
+
+    if {$data(nItems) == 0} {
+	set data(repack) 0
+	return
+    }
+
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixPanedWindow:DoRepack $w
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:DoRepack {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-orientation) eq "vertical"} {
+	set newSize [winfo height $w]
+    } else {
+	set newSize [winfo width $w]
+    }
+
+    if {$newSize <= 1} {
+	# Probably this window is too small to see anyway
+	# %%Kludge: I don't know if this always work.
+	#
+	set data(repack) 0
+	return
+    }
+
+    set totalExp 0
+    foreach name $data(items) {
+	set totalExp [expr {$totalExp + $data($name,expand)}]
+    }
+
+    if {$newSize > $data(totalsize)} {
+	# Grow
+	#
+	set toGrow [expr {$newSize-$data(totalsize)}]
+
+	set p [llength $data(items)]
+	foreach name $data(items) {
+	    set toGrow [tixPanedWindow:xGrow $w $name $toGrow $totalExp $p]
+	    if {$toGrow > 0} {
+		set totalExp [expr {$totalExp-$data($name,expand)}]
+		incr p -1
+	    } else {
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	# Shrink
+	#
+	set toShrink [expr {$data(totalsize)-$newSize}]
+
+	set usedSize 0
+	foreach name $data(items) {
+	    set toShrink [tixPanedWindow:xShrink $w $name $toShrink \
+		$totalExp $newSize $usedSize]
+	    if {$toShrink > 0} {
+		set totalExp [expr {$totalExp-$data($name,expand)}]
+		incr usedSize $data($name,size)
+	    } else {
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    tixPanedWindow:UpdateSizes $w
+    tixPanedWindow:PlotHandles $w 0
+
+    set data(repack) 0
+}
+
+#--------------------------------------------------
+# Shrink and grow items
+#--------------------------------------------------
+# 
+#   toGrow: how much free area to grow into
+#        p: == 1 if $name is the last in the list of items
+# totalExp: used to calculate the amount of the free area that this
+#	    window can grow into
+#
+proc tixPanedWindow:xGrow {w name toGrow totalExp p} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$p == 1} {
+	set canGrow $toGrow
+    } else {
+	if {$totalExp == 0} {
+	    set canGrow 0
+	} else {
+	    set canGrow [expr {int($toGrow * $data($name,expand) / $totalExp)}]
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {($canGrow + $data($name,size)) > $data($name,max)} {
+	set canGrow [expr {$data($name,max) - $data($name,size)}]
+    }
+
+    incr data($name,size) $canGrow
+    incr toGrow -$canGrow
+
+    return $toGrow
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:xShrink {w name toShrink totalExp newSize usedSize} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$totalExp == 0} {
+	set canShrink 0
+    } else {
+	set canShrink [expr {int($toShrink * $data($name,expand) / $totalExp)}]
+    }
+
+    if {$data($name,size) - $canShrink < $data($name,min)} {
+	set canShrink [expr {$data($name,size) - $data($name,min)}]
+    }
+    if {$usedSize + $data($name,size) - $canShrink > $newSize} {
+	set data($name,size) [expr {$newSize - $usedSize}]
+	return 0
+    } else {
+	incr data($name,size) -$canShrink
+	incr toShrink -$canShrink
+
+	return $toShrink
+    }
+}
+
+#--------------------------------------------------
+# Shrink and grow items
+#--------------------------------------------------
+proc tixPanedWindow:Shrink {w name n} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set canShrink [expr {$data($name,size) - $data($name,min)}]
+
+    if {$canShrink > $n} {
+	incr data($name,size) -$n
+	return 0
+    } elseif {$canShrink > 0} {
+	set data($name,size) $data($name,min)
+	incr n -$canShrink
+    }
+    return $n
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:Grow {w name n} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set canGrow [expr {$data($name,max) - $data($name,size)}]
+
+    if {$canGrow > $n} {
+	incr data($name,size) $n
+	return 0
+    } elseif {$canGrow > 0} {
+	set data($name,size) $data($name,max)
+	incr n -$canGrow
+    }
+
+    return $n
+}
+
+proc tixPanedWindow:Iterate {w from to proc n} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$from <= $to} {
+	for {set i $from} {$i <= $to} {incr i} {
+	    set n [$proc $w [lindex $data(items) $i] $n]
+	    if {$n == 0} {
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	for {set i $from} {$i >= $to} {incr i -1} {
+	    set n [$proc $w [lindex $data(items) $i] $n]
+	    if {$n == 0} {
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/PopMenu.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/PopMenu.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: PopMenu.tcl,v 1.7 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# PopMenu.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements the TixPopupMenu widget
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+global tkPriv
+if {![llength [info globals tkPriv]]} {
+    tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable tkPriv
+}
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# tkPriv elements used in this file:
+#
+# inMenubutton -	
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+foreach fun {tkMenuUnpost tkMbButtonUp tkMbEnter tkMbPost} {
+    if {![llength [info commands $fun]]} {
+	tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand $fun
+    }
+}
+unset fun
+
+tixWidgetClass tixPopupMenu {
+    -classname TixPopupMenu
+    -superclass tixShell
+    -method {
+	bind post unbind
+    }
+    -flag {
+	 -buttons -installcolormap -postcmd -spring -state -title
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-buttons buttons Buttons {{3 {Any}}}}
+	{-installcolormap installColormap InstallColormap false}
+	{-postcmd postCmd PostCmd ""}
+	{-spring spring Spring 1 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-state state State normal}
+	{-cursor corsor Cursor arrow}
+    }
+    -static {
+	-buttons
+    }
+    -default  {
+	{*Menu.tearOff			0}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixPopupMenu:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    set data(g:clients)   ""
+}
+
+proc tixPopupMenu:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    wm overrideredirect $w 1
+    wm withdraw $w
+
+    set data(w:menubutton) [menubutton $w.menubutton -text $data(-title) \
+			    -menu $w.menubutton.menu -anchor w]
+    set data(w:menu) [menu $w.menubutton.menu]
+
+    pack $data(w:menubutton) -expand yes -fill both
+}
+
+proc tixPopupMenu:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    foreach elm $data(-buttons) {
+	set btn [lindex $elm 0]
+	foreach mod [lindex $elm 1] {
+	    tixBind TixPopupMenu:MB:$w <$mod-ButtonPress-$btn> \
+		"tixPopupMenu:Unpost $w"
+
+	    tixBind TixPopupMenu:$w <$mod-ButtonPress-$btn> \
+		"tixPopupMenu:post $w %W %x %y"
+	}
+
+	tixBind TixPopupMenu:MB:$w <ButtonRelease-$btn> \
+	    "tixPopupMenu:BtnRelease $w %X %Y"
+
+	tixBind TixPopupMenu:M:$w <Unmap> \
+	    "tixPopupMenu:Unmap $w"
+	tixBind TixPopupMenu:$w <ButtonRelease-$btn> \
+	    "tixPopupMenu:BtnRelease $w %X %Y"
+
+	tixAddBindTag $data(w:menubutton) TixPopupMenu:MB:$w
+	tixAddBindTag $data(w:menu)       TixPopupMenu:M:$w
+    }
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PrivateMethods:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixPopupMenu:Unpost {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    catch {
+	tkMenuUnpost ""
+    }
+#   tkMbButtonUp $data(w:menubutton)
+}
+
+proc tixPopupMenu:BtnRelease {w rootX rootY} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set cW [winfo containing -displayof $w $rootX $rootY]
+
+    if {$data(-spring)} {
+	tixPopupMenu:Unpost $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixPopupMenu:Unmap {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    wm withdraw $w
+}
+
+proc tixPopupMenu:Destructor {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    foreach client $data(g:clients) {
+	if {[winfo exists $client]} {
+	    tixDeleteBindTag $client TixPopupMenu:$w
+	}
+    }
+
+    # delete the extra bindings
+    #
+    foreach tag [list TixPopupMenu:MB:$w TixPopupMenu:M:$w] {
+	foreach e [bind $tag] {
+	    bind $tag $e ""
+	}
+    }
+
+    tixChainMethod $w Destructor
+}
+
+proc tixPopupMenu:config-title {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:menubutton) config -text $value
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PublicMethods:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixPopupMenu:bind {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    foreach client $args {
+	if {[lsearch $data(g:clients) $client] == -1} {
+	    lappend data(g:clients) $client
+	    tixAppendBindTag $client TixPopupMenu:$w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixPopupMenu:unbind {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    foreach client $args {
+	if {[winfo exists $client]} {
+	    set index [lsearch $data(g:clients) $client]
+	    if {$index != -1} {
+		tixDeleteBindTag $client TixPopupMenu:$w
+		set data(g:clients) [lreplace $data(g:clients) $index $index]
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixPopupMenu:post {w client x y} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global tkPriv
+
+    if {$data(-state)  == "disabled"} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    set rootx [expr $x + [winfo rootx $client]]
+    set rooty [expr $y + [winfo rooty $client]]
+
+    if {$data(-postcmd) != ""} {
+	set ret [tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-postcmd) "" $rootx $rooty]
+	if {![tixGetBoolean $ret]} {
+	    return
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {[string is true -strict $data(-installcolormap)]} {
+	wm colormapwindows . $w
+    }
+
+
+    set menuWidth [winfo reqwidth $data(w:menu)]
+    set width     [winfo reqwidth  $w]
+    set height    [winfo reqheight $w]
+
+    if {$width < $menuWidth} {
+	set width $menuWidth
+    }
+
+    set wx $rootx
+    set wy $rooty
+
+    # trick: the following lines allow the popup menu
+    # acquire a stable width and height when it is finally
+    # put on the visible screen. Advoid flashing
+    #
+    wm geometry $w +10000+10000
+    wm deiconify $w
+    raise $w
+
+    update
+    wm geometry $w ${width}x${height}+${wx}+${wy}
+    update
+
+    tkMbEnter $data(w:menubutton)
+    tkMbPost $tkPriv(inMenubutton) $rootx $rooty
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Primitiv.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Primitiv.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Primitiv.tcl,v 1.7 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# Primitiv.tcl --
+#
+#	This is the primitive widget. It is just a frame with proper
+#	inheritance wrapping. All new Tix widgets will be derived from
+#	this widget
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+# No superclass, so the superclass switch is not used
+#
+#
+tixWidgetClass tixPrimitive {
+    -virtual true
+    -superclass {}
+    -classname  TixPrimitive
+    -method {
+	cget configure subwidget subwidgets
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-background -borderwidth -cursor
+	-height -highlightbackground -highlightcolor -highlightthickness
+	-options -relief -takefocus -width -bd -bg
+    }
+    -static {
+	-options
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-background background Background #d9d9d9}
+	{-borderwidth borderWidth BorderWidth 0}
+	{-cursor cursor Cursor ""}
+	{-height height Height 0}
+	{-highlightbackground highlightBackground HighlightBackground #c3c3c3}
+	{-highlightcolor highlightColor HighlightColor black}
+	{-highlightthickness highlightThickness HighlightThickness 0}
+	{-options options Options ""}
+	{-relief relief Relief flat}
+	{-takefocus takeFocus TakeFocus 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-width width Width 0}
+    }
+    -alias {
+	{-bd -borderwidth}
+	{-bg -background}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# ClassInitialization:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# not used
+# Implemented in C
+#
+# Override: never
+proc tixPrimitive:Constructor {w args} {
+
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    upvar #0 $data(className) classRec
+
+    # Set up some minimal items in the class record.
+    #
+    set data(w:root)  $w
+    set data(rootCmd) $w:root
+
+    # We need to create the root widget in order to parse the options
+    # database
+    tixCallMethod $w CreateRootWidget
+
+    # Parse the default options from the options database
+    #
+    tixPrimitive:ParseDefaultOptions $w
+
+    # Parse the options supplied by the user
+    #
+    tixPrimitive:ParseUserOptions $w $args
+
+    # Rename the widget command so that it can be use to access
+    # the methods of this class
+
+    tixPrimitive:MkWidgetCmd $w
+
+    # Inistalize the Widget Record
+    #
+    tixCallMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    # Construct the compound widget
+    #
+    tixCallMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    # Do the bindings
+    #
+    tixCallMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    # Call the configuration methods for all "force call" options
+    #
+    foreach option $classRec(forceCall) {
+	tixInt_ChangeOptions $w $option $data($option)
+    }
+}
+
+
+# Create only the root widget. We need the root widget to query the option
+# database.
+#
+# Override: seldom. (unless you want to use a toplevel as root widget)
+# Chain   : never.
+
+proc tixPrimitive:CreateRootWidget {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    upvar #0 $data(className) classRec
+
+    frame $w -class $data(ClassName)
+}
+
+proc tixPrimitive:ParseDefaultOptions {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    upvar #0 $data(className) classRec
+
+    # SET UP THE INSTANCE RECORD ACCORDING TO DEFAULT VALUES IN
+    # THE OPTIONS DATABASE
+    #
+    foreach option $classRec(options) {
+	set spec [tixInt_GetOptionSpec $data(className) $option]
+
+	if {[lindex $spec 0] eq "="} {
+	    continue
+	}
+
+	set o_name    [lindex $spec 1]
+	set o_class   [lindex $spec 2]
+	set o_default [lindex $spec 3]
+
+	if {![catch {option get $w $o_name $o_class} db_default]} {
+	    if {$db_default ne ""} {
+		set data($option) $db_default
+	    } else {
+		set data($option) $o_default
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    set data($option) $o_default
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixPrimitive:ParseUserOptions {w arglist} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    upvar #0 $data(className) classRec
+
+    # SET UP THE INSTANCE RECORD ACCORDING TO COMMAND ARGUMENTS FROM
+    # THE USER OF THE TIX LIBRARY (i.e. Application programmer:)
+    #
+    foreach {option arg} $arglist {
+	if {[lsearch $classRec(options) $option] != "-1"} {
+	    set spec [tixInt_GetOptionSpec $data(className) $option]
+
+	    if {[lindex $spec 0] ne "="} {
+		set data($option) $arg
+	    } else {
+		set realOption [lindex $spec 1]
+		set data($realOption) $arg
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    error "unknown option $option. Should be: [tixInt_ListOptions $w]"
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Initialize the widget record
+# 
+#
+# Override: always
+# Chain   : always, before
+proc tixPrimitive:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    # default: do nothing
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SetBindings
+# 
+#
+# Override: sometimes
+# Chain   : sometimes, before
+#
+bind TixDestroyHandler <Destroy> {
+    [tixGetMethod %W [set %W(className)] Destructor] %W
+}
+
+proc tixPrimitive:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[winfo toplevel $w] eq $w} {
+	bindtags $w [concat TixDestroyHandler [bindtags $w]]
+    } else {
+	bind $data(w:root) <Destroy> \
+	    "[tixGetMethod $w $data(className) Destructor] $w"
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PrivateMethod: ConstructWidget
+# 
+# Construct and set up the compound widget
+#
+# Override: sometimes
+# Chain   : sometimes, before
+#
+proc tixPrimitive:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(rootCmd) config \
+	-background  $data(-background) \
+	-borderwidth $data(-borderwidth) \
+	-cursor      $data(-cursor) \
+	-relief      $data(-relief)
+
+    if {$data(-width) != 0} {
+	$data(rootCmd) config -width $data(-width)
+    }
+    if {$data(-height) != 0} {
+	$data(rootCmd) config -height $data(-height)
+    }
+
+    set rootname *[string range $w 1 end]
+
+    foreach {spec value} $data(-options) {
+	option add $rootname*$spec $value 100
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PrivateMethod: MkWidgetCmd
+# 
+# Construct and set up the compound widget
+#
+# Override: sometimes
+# Chain   : sometimes, before
+#
+proc tixPrimitive:MkWidgetCmd {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    rename $w $data(rootCmd)
+    tixInt_MkInstanceCmd $w
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# ConfigOptions:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# ConfigMethod: config
+#
+# Configure one option.
+# 
+# Override: always
+# Chain   : automatic.
+#
+# Note the hack of [winfo width] in this procedure
+#
+# The hack is necessary because of the bad interaction between TK's geometry
+# manager (the packer) and the frame widget. The packer determines the size
+# of the root widget of the ComboBox (a frame widget) according to the
+# requirement of the slaves inside the frame widget, NOT the -width
+# option of the frame widget.
+#
+# However, everytime the frame widget is
+# configured, it sends a geometry request to the packer according to its
+# -width and -height options and the packer will temporarily resize
+# the frame widget according to the requested size! The packer then realizes
+# something is wrong and revert to the size determined by the slaves. This
+# cause a flash on the screen.
+#
+foreach opt {-height -width -background -borderwidth -cursor
+        -highlightbackground -highlightcolor -relief -takefocus -bd -bg} {
+
+    set tixPrimOpt($opt) 1
+}
+
+proc tixPrimitive:config {w option value} {
+    global tixPrimOpt
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[info exists tixPrimOpt($option)]} {
+	$data(rootCmd) config $option $value
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PublicMethods:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This method is used to implement the "subwidgets" widget command.
+# Will be re-written in C. It can't be used as a public method because
+# of the lame substring comparison routines used in tixClass.c
+#
+#
+proc tixPrimitive:subwidgets {w type args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    case $type {
+	-class {
+	    set name [lindex $args 0]
+	    set args [lrange $args 1 end]
+	    # access subwidgets of a particular class
+	    #
+	    # note: if $name=="Frame", will *not return the root widget as well
+	    #
+	    set sub ""
+	    foreach des [tixDescendants $w] {
+		if {[winfo class $des] eq $name} {
+		    lappend sub $des
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Note: if the there is no subwidget of this class, does not
+	    # cause any error.
+	    #
+	    if {$args eq ""} {
+		return $sub
+	    } else {
+		foreach des $sub {
+		    eval [linsert $args 0 $des]
+		}
+		return ""
+	    }
+	}
+	-group {
+	    set name [lindex $args 0]
+	    set args [lrange $args 1 end]
+	    # access subwidgets of a particular group
+	    #
+	    if {[info exists data(g:$name)]} {
+		if {$args eq ""} {
+		    set ret ""
+		    foreach item $data(g:$name) {
+			lappend ret $w.$item
+		    }
+		    return $ret
+		} else {
+		    foreach item $data(g:$name) {
+			eval [linsert $args 0 $w.$item]
+		    }
+		    return ""
+		}
+	    } else {
+		error "no such subwidget group $name"
+	    }
+	}
+	-all {
+	    set sub [tixDescendants $w]
+
+	    if {$args eq ""} {
+		return $sub
+	    } else {
+		foreach des $sub {
+		    eval [linsert $args 0 $des]
+		}
+		return ""
+	    }
+	}
+	default {
+	    error "unknown flag $type, should be -all, -class or -group"
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PublicMethod: subwidget
+#
+# Access a subwidget withe a particular name 
+#
+# Override: never
+# Chain   : never
+#
+# This is implemented in native C code in tixClass.c
+#
+proc tixPrimitive:subwidget {w name args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[info exists data(w:$name)]} {
+	if {$args eq ""} {
+	    return $data(w:$name)
+	} else {
+	    return [eval [linsert $args 0 $data(w:$name)]]
+	}
+    } else {
+	error "no such subwidget $name"
+    }
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PrivateMethods:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# delete the widget record and remove the command
+#
+proc tixPrimitive:Destructor {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data(w:root)]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {[llength [info commands $w]]} {
+	# remove the command
+	rename $w ""
+    }
+
+    if {[llength [info commands $data(rootCmd)]]} {
+	# remove the command of the root widget
+	rename $data(rootCmd) ""
+    }
+
+    # delete the widget record
+    catch {unset data}
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/ResizeH.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/ResizeH.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,505 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: ResizeH.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# ResizeH.tcl --
+#
+#	tixResizeHandle: A general purpose "resizing handle"
+#	widget. You can use it to resize pictures, widgets, etc. When
+#	using it to resize a widget, you can use the "attachwidget"
+#	command to attach it to a widget and it will handle all the
+#	events for you.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+#
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixResizeHandle {
+    -classname TixResizeHandle
+    -superclass tixVResize
+
+    -method {
+	attachwidget detachwidget hide show
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-command -cursorfg -cursorbg -handlesize -hintcolor -hintwidth -x -y
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-cursorfg cursorFg CursorColor white}
+	{-cursorbg cursorBg CursorColor red}
+	{-handlesize handleSize HandleSize 6}
+	{-hintcolor hintColor HintColor red}
+	{-hintwidth hintWidth HintWidth 1}
+	{-x x X 0}
+	{-y y Y 0}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    set data(shown)  0
+    set data(widget) ""
+}
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    # Create the hints
+    #
+    set data(w_ht) $w:tix_priv_ht
+    set data(w_hb) $w:tix_priv_hb
+    set data(w_hl) $w:tix_priv_hl
+    set data(w_hr) $w:tix_priv_hr
+
+    frame $data(w_ht) -height $data(-hintwidth) -bg $data(-background)
+    frame $data(w_hb) -height $data(-hintwidth) -bg $data(-background)
+    frame $data(w_hl) -width  $data(-hintwidth) -bg $data(-background)
+    frame $data(w_hr) -width  $data(-hintwidth) -bg $data(-background)
+
+    # Create the corner resize handles
+    #
+    set data(w_r00) $w
+
+#   Windows don't like this
+#    $data(rootCmd) config\
+#	-cursor "top_left_corner $data(-cursorbg) $data(-cursorfg)"
+
+    $data(rootCmd) config -cursor top_left_corner
+
+    set data(w_r01) $w:tix_priv_01
+    set data(w_r10) $w:tix_priv_10
+    set data(w_r11) $w:tix_priv_11
+
+    frame $data(w_r01) -relief $data(-relief) -bd $data(-borderwidth) \
+	-cursor "bottom_left_corner"\
+	-bg $data(-background)
+    frame $data(w_r10) -relief $data(-relief) -bd $data(-borderwidth) \
+	-cursor "top_right_corner"\
+	-bg $data(-background)
+    frame $data(w_r11) -relief $data(-relief) -bd $data(-borderwidth) \
+	-cursor "bottom_right_corner"\
+	-bg $data(-background)
+
+    # Create the border resize handles
+    #
+    set data(w_bt)  $w:tix_priv_bt
+    set data(w_bb)  $w:tix_priv_bb
+    set data(w_bl)  $w:tix_priv_bl
+    set data(w_br)  $w:tix_priv_br
+
+    frame $data(w_bt) -relief $data(-relief) -bd $data(-borderwidth) \
+	-cursor "top_side"\
+	-bg $data(-background)
+    frame $data(w_bb) -relief $data(-relief) -bd $data(-borderwidth) \
+	-cursor "bottom_side"\
+	-bg $data(-background)
+    frame $data(w_bl) -relief $data(-relief) -bd $data(-borderwidth) \
+	-cursor "left_side"\
+	-bg $data(-background)
+    frame $data(w_br) -relief $data(-relief) -bd $data(-borderwidth) \
+	-cursor "right_side"\
+	-bg $data(-background)
+}
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    bind $data(w_r00)   <1> \
+	"tixResizeHandle:dragstart $w $data(w_r00)   1 %X %Y  {1  1 -1 -1}"
+    bind $data(w_r01)   <1> \
+	"tixResizeHandle:dragstart $w $data(w_r01)   1 %X %Y  {1  0 -1  1}"
+    bind $data(w_r10)   <1> \
+	"tixResizeHandle:dragstart $w $data(w_r10)   1 %X %Y  {0  1  1 -1}"
+    bind $data(w_r11)   <1> \
+	"tixResizeHandle:dragstart $w $data(w_r11)   1 %X %Y  {0  0  1  1}"
+    bind $data(w_bt)    <1> \
+	"tixResizeHandle:dragstart $w $data(w_bt)    1 %X %Y  {0  1  0 -1}"
+    bind $data(w_bb)    <1> \
+	"tixResizeHandle:dragstart $w $data(w_bb)    1 %X %Y  {0  0  0  1}"
+    bind $data(w_bl)    <1> \
+	"tixResizeHandle:dragstart $w $data(w_bl)    1 %X %Y  {1  0 -1  0}"
+    bind $data(w_br)    <1> \
+	"tixResizeHandle:dragstart $w $data(w_br)    1 %X %Y  {0  0  1  0}"
+
+    foreach win [list \
+		 $data(w_r00)\
+		 $data(w_r01)\
+		 $data(w_r10)\
+		 $data(w_r11)\
+		 $data(w_bt)\
+		 $data(w_bb)\
+		 $data(w_bl)\
+		 $data(w_br)\
+		 ] {
+	bind $win <B1-Motion>       "tixVResize:drag    $w %X %Y"
+	bind $win <ButtonRelease-1> "tixVResize:dragend $w $win 0 %X %Y"
+	bind $win <Any-Escape>      "tixVResize:dragend $w $win 1  0  0"
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 		Config Methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixResizeHandle:config-width {w value} {
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixResizeHandle:ComposeWindow $w
+}
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:config-height {w value} {
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixResizeHandle:ComposeWindow $w
+}
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:config-x {w value} {
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixResizeHandle:ComposeWindow $w
+}
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:config-y {w value} {
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixResizeHandle:ComposeWindow $w
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 		Public Methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixResizeHandle:dragstart {w win depress rootx rooty mrect} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set wx $data(-x)
+    set wy $data(-y)
+    set ww $data(-width)
+    set wh $data(-height)
+
+    tixVResize:dragstart $w $win $depress $rootx $rooty \
+	[list $wx $wy $ww $wh] $mrect
+}
+
+# tixDeleteBindTag --
+#
+#	Delete the bindtag(s) in the args list from the bindtags of the widget
+#
+proc tixDeleteBindTag {w args} {
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+    set newtags ""
+
+    foreach tag [bindtags $w] {
+	if {[lsearch $args $tag] == -1} {
+	    lappend newtags $tag
+	}
+    }
+    bindtags $w $newtags
+}
+
+proc tixAddBindTag {w args} {
+    bindtags $w [concat [bindtags $w] $args]
+}
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:attachwidget {w widget args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set opt(-move) 0
+    tixHandleOptions opt {-move} $args
+
+    if {$data(widget) != ""} {
+	tixDeleteBindTag $data(widget) TixResizeHandleTag:$w
+    }
+
+    set data(widget) $widget
+
+    if {$data(widget) != ""} {
+	# Just in case TixResizeHandleTag was already there
+	tixDeleteBindTag $data(widget) TixResizeHandleTag:$w
+	tixAddBindTag $data(widget) TixResizeHandleTag:$w
+
+	
+	set data(-x)      [winfo x      $data(widget)]
+	set data(-y)      [winfo y      $data(widget)]
+	set data(-width)  [winfo width  $data(widget)]
+	set data(-height) [winfo height $data(widget)]
+
+	tixResizeHandle:show $w
+	tixResizeHandle:ComposeWindow $w
+
+	# Now set the bindings
+	#
+	if {$opt(-move)} {
+	    bind TixResizeHandleTag:$w <1> \
+		"tixResizeHandle:Attach $w %X %Y"
+	    bind TixResizeHandleTag:$w <B1-Motion> \
+		"tixResizeHandle:BMotion $w %X %Y"
+	    bind TixResizeHandleTag:$w <Any-Escape> \
+		"tixResizeHandle:BRelease $w 1 %X %Y"
+	    bind TixResizeHandleTag:$w <ButtonRelease-1>\
+		"tixResizeHandle:BRelease $w 0 %X %Y"
+	} else {
+	    # if "move" is false, then the widget won't be moved as a whole -- 
+	    # ResizeHandle will only move its sides
+	    bind TixResizeHandleTag:$w <1> 		 {;}
+	    bind TixResizeHandleTag:$w <B1-Motion>	 {;}
+	    bind TixResizeHandleTag:$w <Any-Escape>	 {;}
+	    bind TixResizeHandleTag:$w <ButtonRelease-1> {;}
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:detachwidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(widget) != ""} {
+	tixDeleteBindTag $data(widget) TixResizeHandleTag:$w
+    }
+    tixResizeHandle:hide $w
+}
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:show {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(shown) 1
+
+    raise $data(w_ht)
+    raise $data(w_hb)
+    raise $data(w_hl)
+    raise $data(w_hr)
+
+    raise $data(w_r00)
+    raise $data(w_r01)
+    raise $data(w_r10)
+    raise $data(w_r11)
+
+    raise $data(w_bt)
+    raise $data(w_bb)
+    raise $data(w_bl)
+    raise $data(w_br)
+
+#   tixCancleIdleTask tixResizeHandle:ComposeWindow $w
+    tixResizeHandle:ComposeWindow $w
+}
+
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:hide {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {!$data(shown)} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    set data(shown) 0
+
+    place forget $data(w_r00)
+    place forget $data(w_r01)
+    place forget $data(w_r10)
+    place forget $data(w_r11)
+
+    place forget $data(w_bt)
+    place forget $data(w_bb)
+    place forget $data(w_bl)
+    place forget $data(w_br)
+
+    place forget $data(w_ht)
+    place forget $data(w_hb)
+    place forget $data(w_hl)
+    place forget $data(w_hr)
+}
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:Destructor {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(widget) != ""} {
+	tixDeleteBindTag $data(widget) TixResizeHandleTag:$w
+    }
+
+    catch {destroy $data(w_r01)}
+    catch {destroy $data(w_r10)}
+    catch {destroy $data(w_r11)}
+
+    catch {destroy $data(w_bt)}
+    catch {destroy $data(w_bb)}
+    catch {destroy $data(w_bl)}
+    catch {destroy $data(w_br)}
+
+    catch {destroy $data(w_ht)}
+    catch {destroy $data(w_hb)}
+    catch {destroy $data(w_hl)}
+    catch {destroy $data(w_hr)}
+
+    tixChainMethod $w Destructor
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 	  Private Methods Dealing With Attached Widgets
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixResizeHandle:Attach {w rx ry} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixResizeHandle:dragstart $w $data(widget) 0 $rx $ry {1 1 0 0}
+}
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:BMotion {w rx ry} {
+    tixVResize:drag $w $rx $ry
+}
+
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:BRelease {w isAbort rx ry} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixVResize:dragend $w $data(widget) $isAbort $rx $ry
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 		Private Methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixResizeHandle:DrawTmpLines {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # I've seen this error - mike
+    if {![info exists data(hf:x1)]} {return}
+    set x1 $data(hf:x1)
+    if {![info exists data(hf:y1)]} {return}
+    set y1 $data(hf:y1)
+    if {![info exists data(hf:x2)]} {return}
+    set x2 $data(hf:x2)
+    if {![info exists data(hf:y2)]} {return}
+    set y2 $data(hf:y2)
+
+    tixTmpLine $x1 $y1 $x2 $y1 $w
+    tixTmpLine $x1 $y2 $x2 $y2 $w
+    tixTmpLine $x1 $y1 $x1 $y2 $w
+    tixTmpLine $x2 $y1 $x2 $y2 $w
+}
+
+# Place the hint frame to indicate the changes
+#
+proc tixResizeHandle:SetHintFrame {w x1 y1 width height} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # The four sides of the window
+    #
+    set x2 [expr "$x1+$width"]
+    set y2 [expr "$y1+$height"]
+
+    set rx [winfo rootx [winfo parent $w]]
+    set ry [winfo rooty [winfo parent $w]]
+
+    incr x1 $rx
+    incr y1 $ry
+    incr x2 $rx
+    incr y2 $ry
+
+    if {[info exists data(hf:x1)]} {
+	tixResizeHandle:DrawTmpLines $w
+    }
+
+    set data(hf:x1) $x1
+    set data(hf:y1) $y1
+    set data(hf:x2) $x2
+    set data(hf:y2) $y2
+
+    tixResizeHandle:DrawTmpLines $w
+}
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:ShowHintFrame {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    place forget $data(w_ht)
+    place forget $data(w_hb)
+    place forget $data(w_hl)
+    place forget $data(w_hr)
+
+    update
+}
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:HideHintFrame {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixResizeHandle:DrawTmpLines $w
+    unset data(hf:x1)
+    unset data(hf:y1)
+    unset data(hf:x2)
+    unset data(hf:y2)
+}
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:UpdateSize {w x y width height} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(-x)      $x
+    set data(-y)      $y
+    set data(-width)  $width
+    set data(-height) $height
+
+    tixResizeHandle:ComposeWindow $w
+
+    if {$data(widget) != ""} {
+	place $data(widget) -x $x -y $y -width $width -height $height
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-command) != ""} {
+	eval $data(-command) $x $y $width $height
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixResizeHandle:ComposeWindow {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set px $data(-x)
+    set py $data(-y)
+    set pw $data(-width)
+    set ph $data(-height)
+
+    # Show the hint frames
+    #
+    set x1 $px
+    set y1 $py
+    set x2 [expr "$px+$pw"]
+    set y2 [expr "$py+$ph"]
+
+    place $data(w_ht) -x $x1 -y $y1 -width  $pw -bordermode outside
+    place $data(w_hb) -x $x1 -y $y2 -width  $pw -bordermode outside
+    place $data(w_hl) -x $x1 -y $y1 -height $ph -bordermode outside
+    place $data(w_hr) -x $x2 -y $y1 -height $ph -bordermode outside
+
+    # Set the four corner resize handles
+    #
+    set sz_2 [expr $data(-handlesize)/2]
+
+    set x1 [expr "$px - $sz_2"]
+    set y1 [expr "$py - $sz_2"]
+    set x2 [expr "$px - $sz_2" + $pw]
+    set y2 [expr "$py - $sz_2" + $ph]
+
+    place $data(w_r00) -x $x1 -y $y1 \
+	-width $data(-handlesize) -height $data(-handlesize)
+    place $data(w_r01) -x $x1 -y $y2\
+	-width $data(-handlesize) -height $data(-handlesize)
+    place $data(w_r10) -x $x2 -y $y1\
+	-width $data(-handlesize) -height $data(-handlesize)
+    place $data(w_r11) -x $x2 -y $y2\
+	-width $data(-handlesize) -height $data(-handlesize)
+
+
+    # Set the four border resize handles
+    #
+    set mx [expr "$px + $pw/2 - $sz_2"]
+    set my [expr "$py + $ph/2 - $sz_2"]
+
+    place $data(w_bt) -x $mx -y $y1 \
+	-width $data(-handlesize) -height $data(-handlesize)
+    place $data(w_bb) -x $mx -y $y2 \
+	-width $data(-handlesize) -height $data(-handlesize)
+    place $data(w_bl) -x $x1 -y $my \
+	-width $data(-handlesize) -height $data(-handlesize)
+    place $data(w_br) -x $x2 -y $my \
+	-width $data(-handlesize) -height $data(-handlesize)
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SGrid.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SGrid.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: SGrid.tcl,v 1.6 2002/01/24 09:13:58 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# SGrid.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements Scrolled Grid widgets
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+global tkPriv
+if {![llength [info globals tkPriv]]} {
+    tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable tkPriv
+}
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# tkPriv elements used in this file:
+#
+# x -	
+# y -	
+# X -	
+# Y -	
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixScrolledGrid {
+    -classname TixScrolledGrid
+    -superclass tixScrolledWidget
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+    }
+    -configspec {
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.scrollbar			auto}
+	{*grid.borderWidth		1}
+	{*grid.Background		#c3c3c3}
+	{*grid.highlightBackground	#d9d9d9}
+	{*grid.relief			sunken}
+	{*grid.takeFocus		1}
+	{*Scrollbar.takeFocus		0}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledGrid:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    set data(w:grid) [tixGrid $w.grid]
+
+    set data(w:hsb) \
+	[scrollbar $w.hsb -orient horizontal -takefocus 0]
+    set data(w:vsb) \
+	[scrollbar $w.vsb -orient vertical -takefocus 0]
+
+    set data(pw:client) $data(w:grid)
+
+    pack $data(w:grid) -expand yes -fill both -padx 0 -pady 0
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledGrid:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    $data(w:grid) config \
+	-xscrollcommand "$data(w:hsb) set"\
+	-yscrollcommand "$data(w:vsb) set"\
+	-sizecmd [list tixScrolledWidget:Configure $w] \
+	-formatcmd "tixCallMethod $w FormatCmd"
+
+    $data(w:hsb) config -command "$data(w:grid) xview"
+    $data(w:vsb) config -command "$data(w:grid) yview"
+
+    bindtags $data(w:grid) \
+	"$data(w:grid) TixSGrid TixGrid [winfo toplevel $data(w:grid)] all"    
+
+    tixSetMegaWidget $data(w:grid) $w
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#			RAW event bindings
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixScrolledGridBind {} {
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixScrolledGrid:Button-1 [tixGetMegaWidget %W] %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <Shift-ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixScrolledGrid:Shift-Button-1 %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <Control-ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixScrolledGrid:Control-Button-1 %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <ButtonRelease-1> {
+	tixScrolledGrid:ButtonRelease-1 %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <Double-ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixScrolledGrid:Double-1 %W  %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <B1-Motion> {
+	set tkPriv(x) %x 
+	set tkPriv(y) %y
+	set tkPriv(X) %X
+	set tkPriv(Y) %Y
+
+	tixScrolledGrid:B1-Motion %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <Control-B1-Motion> {
+	set tkPriv(x) %x 
+	set tkPriv(y) %y
+	set tkPriv(X) %X
+	set tkPriv(Y) %Y
+
+	tixScrolledGrid:Control-B1-Motion %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <B1-Leave> {
+	set tkPriv(x) %x 
+	set tkPriv(y) %y
+	set tkPriv(X) %X
+	set tkPriv(Y) %Y
+
+	tixScrolledGrid:B1-Leave %W
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <B1-Enter> {
+	tixScrolledGrid:B1-Enter %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <Control-B1-Leave> {
+	set tkPriv(x) %x 
+	set tkPriv(y) %y
+	set tkPriv(X) %X
+	set tkPriv(Y) %Y
+
+	tixScrolledGrid:Control-B1-Leave %W
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <Control-B1-Enter> {
+	tixScrolledGrid:Control-B1-Enter %W %x %y
+    }
+
+    # Keyboard bindings
+    #
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <Up> {
+	tixScrolledGrid:DirKey %W up
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <Down> {
+	tixScrolledGrid:DirKey %W down
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <Left> {
+	tixScrolledGrid:DirKey %W left
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <Right> {
+	tixScrolledGrid:DirKey %W right
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <Prior> {
+	%W yview scroll -1 pages
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <Next> {
+	%W yview scroll 1 pages
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <Return> {
+	tixScrolledGrid:Return %W 
+    }
+    tixBind TixScrolledGrid <space> {
+	tixScrolledGrid:Space %W 
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#
+#			 Mouse bindings
+#
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixScrolledGrid:Button-1 {w x y} {
+    if {[$w cget -state] == "disabled"} {
+	return
+    }
+    if {[$w cget -takefocus]} {
+	focus $w
+    }
+    case [tixScrolled:GetState $w] {
+	{0} {
+	    tixScrolledGrid:GoState s1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+	{b0} {
+	    tixScrolledGrid:GoState b1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+	{m0} {
+	    tixScrolledGrid:GoState m1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+	{e0} {
+	    tixScrolledGrid:GoState e1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		option configs
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Widget commands
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Private Methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#		Virtual Methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixScrolledGrid:FormatCmd {w area x1 y1 x2 y2} {
+    # do nothing
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# virtual functions to query the client window's scroll requirement
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixScrolledGrid:GeometryInfo {w mW mH} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+
+    if {$mW < 1} {
+	set mW 1
+    }
+    if {$mH < 1} {
+	set mH 1
+    }
+
+    return [$data(w:grid) geometryinfo $mW $mH]
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SHList.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SHList.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: SHList.tcl,v 1.7 2004/04/09 21:37:33 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# SHList.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements Scrolled HList widgets
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixScrolledHList {
+    -classname TixScrolledHList
+    -superclass tixScrolledWidget
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+	 -highlightbackground -highlightcolor -highlightthickness
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-highlightbackground -highlightBackground HighlightBackground #d9d9d9}
+	{-highlightcolor -highlightColor HighlightColor black}
+	{-highlightthickness -highlightThickness HighlightThickness 2}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.scrollbar			auto}
+	{*f1.borderWidth		1}
+	{*hlist.Background		#c3c3c3}
+	{*hlist.highlightBackground	#d9d9d9}
+	{*hlist.relief			sunken}
+	{*hlist.takeFocus		1}
+	{*Scrollbar.takeFocus		0}
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-highlightbackground -highlightcolor -highlightthickness
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledHList:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    set data(pw:f1) [frame $w.f1 -takefocus 0]
+    set data(w:hlist) \
+	[tixHList $w.f1.hlist -bd 0 -takefocus 1 -highlightthickness 0]
+
+    pack $data(w:hlist) -in $data(pw:f1) -expand yes -fill both -padx 0 -pady 0
+
+    set data(w:hsb) [scrollbar $w.hsb -orient horizontal -takefocus 0]
+    set data(w:vsb) [scrollbar $w.vsb -orient vertical -takefocus 0]
+
+    set data(pw:client) $data(pw:f1)
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledHList:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    $data(w:hlist) config \
+	-xscrollcommand [list $data(w:hsb) set] \
+	-yscrollcommand [list $data(w:vsb) set] \
+	-sizecmd [list tixScrolledWidget:Configure $w]
+
+    $data(w:hsb) config -command [list $data(w:hlist) xview]
+    $data(w:vsb) config -command [list $data(w:hlist) yview]
+
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		option configs
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixScrolledHList:config-takefocus {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    $data(w:hlist) config -takefocus $value
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledHList:config-highlightbackground {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    $data(pw:f1) config -highlightbackground $value
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledHList:config-highlightcolor {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    $data(pw:f1) config -highlightcolor $value
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledHList:config-highlightthickness {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    $data(pw:f1) config -highlightthickness $value
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Widget commands
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Private Methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# virtual
+#
+proc tixScrolledHList:RepackHook {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w RepackHook
+}
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# virtual functions to query the client window's scroll requirement
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixScrolledHList:GeometryInfo {w mW mH} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[winfo class $w.f1] eq "Frame"} {
+	set extra [expr {[$w.f1 cget -bd]+[$w.f1 cget -highlightthickness]}]
+    } else {
+	set extra 0
+    }
+
+    set mW [expr {$mW - $extra*2}]
+    set mH [expr {$mH - $extra*2}]
+
+    if {$mW < 1} {
+	set mW 1
+    }
+    if {$mH < 1} {
+	set mH 1
+    }
+
+    return [$data(w:hlist) geometryinfo $mW $mH]
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SListBox.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SListBox.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: SListBox.tcl,v 1.5 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# SListBox.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements Scrolled Listbox widgets
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+# ToDo:
+# -anchor (none)
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixScrolledListBox {
+    -classname TixScrolledListBox
+    -superclass tixScrolledWidget
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-anchor -browsecmd -command -state
+    }
+    -static {
+	-anchor
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-anchor anchor Anchor w}
+	{-browsecmd browseCmd BrowseCmd ""}
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-state state State normal}
+	{-takefocus takeFocus TakeFocus 1 tixVerifyBoolean}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.scrollbar			auto}
+	{*borderWidth			1}
+	{*listbox.highlightBackground	#d9d9d9}
+	{*listbox.relief		sunken}
+	{*listbox.background		#c3c3c3}
+	{*listbox.takeFocus		1}
+	{*Scrollbar.takeFocus		0}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledListBox:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    set data(x-first) 0
+    set data(x-last)  1
+    set data(y-first) 0
+    set data(y-last)  1
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledListBox:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    set data(w:listbox) \
+	[listbox $w.listbox]
+    set data(w:hsb) \
+	[scrollbar $w.hsb -orient horizontal]
+    set data(w:vsb) \
+	[scrollbar $w.vsb -orient vertical ]
+
+    set data(pw:client) $data(w:listbox)
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledListBox:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    $data(w:listbox) config \
+	-xscrollcommand "tixScrolledListBox:XView $w"\
+	-yscrollcommand "tixScrolledListBox:YView $w"
+
+    $data(w:hsb) config -command "$data(w:listbox) xview"
+    $data(w:vsb) config -command "$data(w:listbox) yview"
+
+    bind $w <Configure> "+tixScrolledListBox:Configure $w"
+    bind $w <FocusIn> "focus $data(w:listbox)"
+
+    bindtags $data(w:listbox) \
+    "$data(w:listbox) TixListboxState Listbox TixListbox [winfo toplevel $data(w:listbox)] all"
+    tixSetMegaWidget $data(w:listbox) $w
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledListBoxBind {} {
+    tixBind TixListboxState <1> {
+	if {[set [tixGetMegaWidget %W](-state)] eq "disabled"} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    tixBind TixListbox      <1> {
+	if {[string is true -strict [%W cget -takefocus]]} {
+	    focus %W
+	}
+	tixScrolledListBox:Browse [tixGetMegaWidget %W]
+    }
+
+    tixBind TixListboxState <B1-Motion> {
+	if {[set [tixGetMegaWidget %W](-state)] eq "disabled"} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    tixBind TixListbox      <B1-Motion> {
+	tixScrolledListBox:Browse [tixGetMegaWidget %W]
+    }
+
+    tixBind TixListboxState <Up> {
+	if {[set [tixGetMegaWidget %W](-state)] eq "disabled"} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    tixBind TixListbox      <Up> {
+	tixScrolledListBox:KeyBrowse [tixGetMegaWidget %W]
+    }
+
+    tixBind TixListboxState <Down> {
+	if {[set [tixGetMegaWidget %W](-state)] eq "disabled"} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    tixBind TixListbox      <Down> {
+	tixScrolledListBox:KeyBrowse [tixGetMegaWidget %W]
+    }
+
+    tixBind TixListboxState <Return> {
+	if {[set [tixGetMegaWidget %W](-state)] eq "disabled"} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    tixBind TixListbox      <Return> {
+	tixScrolledListBox:KeyInvoke [tixGetMegaWidget %W]
+    }
+
+
+    tixBind TixListboxState <Double-1> {
+	if {[set [tixGetMegaWidget %W](-state)] eq "disabled"} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    tixBind TixListbox      <Double-1> {
+	tixScrolledListBox:Invoke [tixGetMegaWidget %W]
+    }
+
+    tixBind TixListboxState <ButtonRelease-1> {
+	if {[set [tixGetMegaWidget %W](-state)] eq "disabled"} {
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    tixBind TixListbox      <ButtonRelease-1> {
+	tixScrolledListBox:Browse [tixGetMegaWidget %W]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledListBox:Browse {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-browsecmd) != ""} {
+	set bind(specs) {%V}
+	set bind(%V) [$data(w:listbox) get \
+	    [$data(w:listbox) nearest [tixEvent flag y]]]
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-browsecmd) bind
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledListBox:KeyBrowse {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-browsecmd) != ""} {
+	set bind(specs) {%V}
+	set bind(%V) [$data(w:listbox) get active]
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-browsecmd) bind
+    }
+}
+
+# tixScrolledListBox:Invoke --
+#
+#	The user has invoked the listbox by pressing either the <Returh>
+# key or double-clicking. Call the user-supplied -command function.
+#
+# For both -browsecmd and -command, it is the responsibility of the
+# user-supplied function to determine the current selection of the listbox
+# 
+proc tixScrolledListBox:Invoke {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-command) != ""} {
+	set bind(specs) {%V}
+	set bind(%V) [$data(w:listbox) get \
+	    [$data(w:listbox) nearest [tixEvent flag y]]]
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledListBox:KeyInvoke {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-command) != ""} {
+	set bind(specs) {%V}
+	set bind(%V) [$data(w:listbox) get active]
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		option configs
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixScrolledListBox:config-takefocus {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    $data(w:listbox) config -takefocus $value
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Widget commands
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Private Methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixScrolledListBox:XView {w first last} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(x-first) $first
+    set data(x-last) $last
+
+    $data(w:hsb) set $first $last
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledWidget:Configure $w
+
+
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledListBox:YView {w first last} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(y-first) $first
+    set data(y-last) $last
+
+    $data(w:vsb) set $first $last
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledWidget:Configure $w
+
+    # Somehow an update here must be used to advoid osscilation
+    #
+    update idletasks
+}
+
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# virtual functions to query the client window's scroll requirement
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixScrolledListBox:GeometryInfo {w mW mH} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    return [list \
+	[list $data(x-first) $data(x-last)]\
+	[list $data(y-first) $data(y-last)]]
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledListBox:Configure {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledListBox:TrickScrollbar $w
+
+    if {$data(-anchor) eq "e"} {
+	$data(w:listbox) xview 100000
+    }
+}
+
+# This procedure is necessary because listbox does not call x,y scroll command
+# when its size is changed
+#
+proc tixScrolledListBox:TrickScrollbar {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set inc [$data(w:listbox) select include 0]
+
+    $data(w:listbox) select set 0
+    if {!$inc} {
+	$data(w:listbox) select clear 0
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/STList.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/STList.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: STList.tcl,v 1.4 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# STList.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements Scrolled TList widgets
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixScrolledTList {
+    -classname TixScrolledTList
+    -superclass tixScrolledWidget
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+    }
+    -configspec {
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.scrollbar			auto}
+	{*borderWidth			1}
+	{*tlist.background		#c3c3c3}
+	{*tlist.highlightBackground	#d9d9d9}
+	{*tlist.relief			sunken}
+	{*tlist.takeFocus		1}
+	{*Scrollbar.takeFocus		0}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledTList:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    set data(w:tlist) \
+	[tixTList $w.tlist]
+    set data(w:hsb) \
+	[scrollbar $w.hsb -orient horizontal]
+    set data(w:vsb) \
+	[scrollbar $w.vsb -orient vertical ]
+
+    set data(pw:client) $data(w:tlist)
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledTList:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    $data(w:tlist) config \
+	-xscrollcommand "$data(w:hsb) set"\
+	-yscrollcommand "$data(w:vsb) set"\
+	-sizecmd [list tixScrolledWidget:Configure $w]
+
+    $data(w:hsb) config -command "$data(w:tlist) xview"
+    $data(w:vsb) config -command "$data(w:tlist) yview"
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		option configs
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixScrolledTList:config-takefocus {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+  
+    $data(w:tlist) config -takefocus $value
+}	
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Widget commands
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Private Methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# virtual functions to query the client window's scroll requirement
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixScrolledTList:GeometryInfo {w mW mH} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    return [$data(w:tlist) geometryinfo $mW $mH]
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SText.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SText.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: SText.tcl,v 1.4 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# SText.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements Scrolled Text widgets
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+
+tixWidgetClass tixScrolledText {
+    -classname TixScrolledText
+    -superclass tixScrolledWidget
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+    }
+    -static {
+    }
+    -configspec {
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.scrollbar			both}
+	{*Scrollbar.takeFocus		0}
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-scrollbar
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledText:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global tcl_platform
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    set data(w:text) \
+	[text $w.text]
+    set data(w:hsb) \
+	[scrollbar $w.hsb -orient horizontal]
+    set data(w:vsb) \
+	[scrollbar $w.vsb -orient vertical]
+
+    if {$data(-sizebox) && $tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+#       set data(w:sizebox) [ide_sizebox $w.sizebox]
+    }
+
+    set data(pw:client) $data(w:text)
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledText:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    $data(w:text) config \
+	-xscrollcommand "tixScrolledText:XScroll $w"\
+	-yscrollcommand "tixScrolledText:YScroll $w"
+
+    $data(w:hsb) config -command "$data(w:text) xview"
+    $data(w:vsb) config -command "$data(w:text) yview"
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		option configs
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixScrolledText:config-takefocus {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+  
+    $data(w:text) config -takefocus $value
+}	
+
+proc tixScrolledText:config-scrollbar {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+  
+    if {[string match "auto*" $value]} {
+	set value "both"
+    }
+    set data(-scrollbar) $value
+
+    tixChainMethod $w config-scrollbar $value
+
+    return $value
+}	
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Widget commands
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		Private Methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# virtual functions to query the client window's scroll requirement
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixScrolledText:GeometryInfo {w mW mH} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    return [list "$data(x,first) $data(x,last)" "$data(y,first) $data(y,last)"]
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledText:XScroll {w first last} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(x,first) $first
+    set data(x,last)  $last
+
+    $data(w:hsb) set $first $last
+
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledWidget:Configure $w
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledText:YScroll {w first last} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(y,first) $first
+    set data(y,last)  $last
+    
+    $data(w:vsb) set $first $last
+
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledWidget:Configure $w
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SWidget.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SWidget.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,465 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: SWidget.tcl,v 1.5 2002/01/24 09:13:58 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# SWidget.tcl --
+#
+# 	tixScrolledWidget: virtual base class. Do not instantiate
+#	This is the core class for all scrolled widgets.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+tixWidgetClass tixScrolledWidget {
+    -virtual true
+    -classname TixScrolledWidget
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-scrollbar -scrollbarspace
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-scrollbar scrollbar Scrollbar both}
+	{-scrollbarspace scrollbarSpace ScrollbarSpace {both}}
+        {-sizebox sizeBox SizeBox 0}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledWidget:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    set data(x,first)   0
+    set data(x,last)    0
+
+    set data(y,first)   0
+    set data(y,last)    0
+
+    set data(lastSpec) ""
+    set data(lastMW)   ""
+    set data(lastMH)   ""
+    set data(lastScbW) ""
+    set data(lastScbH) ""
+
+    set data(repack)	0
+    set data(counter)   0
+
+    set data(vsbPadY)   0
+    set data(hsbPadX)   0
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledWidget:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    tixManageGeometry $data(pw:client) "tixScrolledWidget:ClientGeomProc $w"
+    bind $data(pw:client) <Configure> \
+	[list tixScrolledWidget:ClientGeomProc $w "" $data(pw:client)]
+
+    tixManageGeometry $data(w:hsb) "tixScrolledWidget:ClientGeomProc $w"
+    bind $data(w:hsb) <Configure> \
+	[list tixScrolledWidget:ClientGeomProc $w "" $data(w:hsb)]
+
+    tixManageGeometry $data(w:vsb) "tixScrolledWidget:ClientGeomProc $w"
+    bind $data(w:vsb) <Configure> \
+	[list tixScrolledWidget:ClientGeomProc $w "" $data(w:vsb)]
+
+    bind $w <Configure> "tixScrolledWidget:MasterGeomProc $w"
+
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledWidget:Repack $w
+    set data(repack) 1
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledWidget:config-scrollbar {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global tcl_platform
+
+    if {[lindex $value 0] == "auto"} {
+	foreach xspec [lrange $value 1 end] {
+	    case $xspec {
+		{+x -x +y -y} {}
+		default {
+		    error "bad -scrollbar value \"$value\""
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	case $value in {
+	    {none x y both} {}
+	    default {
+		error "bad -scrollbar value \"$value\""
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-sizebox) && $tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+        set data(-scrollbar) both
+    }
+
+    if {$data(repack) == 0} {
+	set data(repack) 1
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledWidget:Repack $w
+    }
+}	
+
+proc tixScrolledWidget:config-scrollbarspace {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+  
+    if {$data(repack) == 0} {
+	set data(repack) 1
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledWidget:Repack $w
+    }
+}	
+
+proc tixScrolledWidget:config-sizebox {w value} {
+  error "unimplemented"
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#		 Scrollbar calculations
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixScrolledWidget:ClientGeomProc {w type client} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(repack) == 0} {
+	set data(repack) 1
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledWidget:Repack $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledWidget:MasterGeomProc {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(repack) == 0} {
+	set data(repack) 1
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledWidget:Repack $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledWidget:Configure {w} {
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(repack) == 0} {
+	set data(repack) 1
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledWidget:Repack $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledWidget:ScrollCmd {w scrollbar axis first last} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $scrollbar set $first $last
+}
+
+# Show or hide the scrollbars as required.
+#
+# spec: 00 = need none
+# spec: 01 = need y
+# spec: 10 = need x
+# spec: 11 = need xy
+#
+proc tixScrolledWidget:Repack {w} {
+    tixCallMethod $w RepackHook
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledWidget:RepackHook {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global tcl_platform
+
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	# This was generated by the <Destroy> event
+	#
+	return
+    }
+
+    set client $data(pw:client)
+
+    # Calculate the size of the master
+    #
+    set mreqw [winfo reqwidth  $w]
+    set mreqh [winfo reqheight $w]
+    set creqw [winfo reqwidth  $client]
+    set creqh [winfo reqheight $client]
+
+    set scbW [winfo reqwidth  $w.vsb]
+    set scbH [winfo reqheight $w.hsb]
+
+    case $data(-scrollbarspace) {
+	"x" {
+	    incr creqh $scbH
+	}
+	"y" {
+	    incr creqw $scbW
+	}
+	"both" {
+	    incr creqw $scbW
+	    incr creqh $scbH
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-width) != 0} {
+	set creqw $data(-width)
+    }
+    if {$data(-height) != 0} {
+	set creqh $data(-height)
+    }
+
+    if {$mreqw != $creqw || $mreqh != $creqh } {
+	if {![info exists data(counter)]} {
+	    set data(counter) 0
+	}
+	if {$data(counter) < 50} {
+	    incr data(counter)
+	    tixGeometryRequest $w $creqw $creqh
+	    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledWidget:Repack $w
+	    set data(repack) 1
+	    return
+	}
+    }
+
+    set data(counter) 0
+    set mw [winfo width  $w]
+    set mh [winfo height $w]
+
+    set cw [expr $mw - $scbW]
+    set ch [expr $mh - $scbH]
+
+    set scbx [expr $mw - $scbW]
+    set scby [expr $mh - $scbH]
+
+    # Check the validity of the sizes: if window was not mapped then
+    # sizes will be below 1x1
+    if {$cw < 1} {
+	set cw 1
+    }
+    if {$ch < 1} {
+	set ch 1
+    }
+    if {$scbx < 1} {
+	set scbx 1
+    }
+    if {$scby < 1} {
+	set scby 1
+    }
+
+    if {[lindex $data(-scrollbar) 0] == "auto"} {
+	# Find out how we are going to pack the scrollbars
+	#
+	set spec [tixScrolledWidget:CheckScrollbars $w $scbW $scbH]
+
+	foreach xspec [lrange $data(-scrollbar) 1 end] {
+	    case $xspec {
+		+x {
+		    set spec [expr $spec | 10]
+		}
+		-x {
+		    set spec [expr $spec & 01]
+		}
+		+y {
+		    set spec [expr $spec | 01]
+		}
+		-y {
+		    set spec [expr $spec & 10]
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if {$spec == 0} {
+	    set spec 00
+	}
+	if {$spec == 1} {
+	    set spec 01
+	}
+    } else {
+	case $data(-scrollbar) in {
+	    none {
+		set spec 00
+	    }
+	    x {
+		set spec 10
+	    }
+	    y {
+		set spec 01
+	    }
+	    both {
+		set spec 11
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+
+    if {$data(lastSpec)==$spec && $data(lastMW)==$mw && $data(lastMH)==$mh} {
+	if {$data(lastScbW) == $scbW && $data(lastScbH) == $scbH} {
+	    tixCallMethod $w PlaceWindow
+	    set data(repack) 0
+	    return
+	}
+    }
+
+    set vsbH [expr $mh - $data(vsbPadY)]
+    set hsbW [expr $mw - $data(hsbPadX)]
+
+    if {$vsbH < 1} {
+	set vsbH 1
+    }
+    if {$hsbW < 1} {
+	set hsbW 1
+    }
+
+    case $spec in {
+	"00" {
+	    tixMoveResizeWindow $client 0 0 $mw $mh
+
+	    tixMapWindow $client
+    	    tixUnmapWindow $data(w:hsb)
+	    tixUnmapWindow $data(w:vsb)
+	}
+	"01" {
+	    tixMoveResizeWindow $client 0 0 $cw $mh
+	    tixMoveResizeWindow $data(w:vsb) $scbx $data(vsbPadY) $scbW $vsbH
+
+	    tixMapWindow $client
+	    tixUnmapWindow $data(w:hsb)
+	    tixMapWindow $data(w:vsb)
+	}
+	"10" {
+	    tixMoveResizeWindow $client 0 0 $mw $ch
+	    tixMoveResizeWindow $data(w:hsb) $data(hsbPadX) $scby $hsbW $scbH 
+
+	    tixMapWindow $client
+	    tixMapWindow $data(w:hsb)
+	    tixUnmapWindow $data(w:vsb)
+	}
+	"11" {
+	    set vsbH [expr $ch - $data(vsbPadY)]
+	    set hsbW [expr $cw - $data(hsbPadX)]
+	    if {$vsbH < 1} {
+		set vsbH 1
+	    }
+	    if {$hsbW < 1} {
+		set hsbW 1
+	    }
+
+	    tixMoveResizeWindow $client 0 0 $cw $ch
+	    tixMoveResizeWindow $data(w:vsb) $scbx $data(vsbPadY) $scbW $vsbH
+	    tixMoveResizeWindow $data(w:hsb) $data(hsbPadX) $scby $hsbW $scbH 
+	    if {$data(-sizebox) && $tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+	        tixMoveResizeWindow $data(w:sizebox) $scbx $scby $scbW $scbH
+	    }
+
+	    tixMapWindow $client
+	    tixMapWindow $data(w:hsb)
+	    tixMapWindow $data(w:vsb)
+	    if {$data(-sizebox) && $tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+	        tixMapWindow $data(w:sizebox)
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    set data(lastSpec) $spec
+    set data(lastMW)   $mw
+    set data(lastMH)   $mh
+    set data(lastScbW) $scbW
+    set data(lastScbH) $scbH
+
+    tixCallMethod $w PlaceWindow
+    set data(repack) 0
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledWidget:PlaceWindow {w} {
+    # virtual base function
+}
+
+#
+# Helper function
+#
+proc tixScrolledWidget:NeedScrollbar {w axis} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data($axis,first) > 0.0} {
+	return 1
+    }
+
+    if {$data($axis,last) < 1.0} {
+	return 1
+    }
+    
+    return 0
+}
+
+# Return whether H and V needs scrollbars in a list of two booleans
+#
+#
+proc tixScrolledWidget:CheckScrollbars {w scbW scbH} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set mW [winfo width  $w]
+    set mH [winfo height $w]
+
+    set info [tixCallMethod $w GeometryInfo $mW $mH]
+
+    if {$info != ""} {
+	set xSpec [lindex $info 0]
+	set ySpec [lindex $info 1]
+
+	set data(x,first)   [lindex $xSpec 0]
+	set data(x,last)    [lindex $xSpec 1]
+
+	set data(y,first)   [lindex $ySpec 0]
+	set data(y,last)    [lindex $ySpec 1]
+    }
+
+    set needX [tixScrolledWidget:NeedScrollbar $w x]
+    set needY [tixScrolledWidget:NeedScrollbar $w y]
+
+    if {[winfo ismapped $w]==0} {
+	return "$needX$needY"
+    }
+
+    if {$needX && $needY} {
+	return 11
+    }
+
+    if {$needX == 0 && $needY == 0} {
+	return 00
+    }
+
+    if {$needX} {
+	set mH [expr $mH - $scbH]
+    }
+    if {$needY} {
+	set mW [expr $mW - $scbW]
+    }
+
+    set info [tixCallMethod $w GeometryInfo $mW $mH]
+    if {$info != ""} {
+	set xSpec [lindex $info 0]
+	set ySpec [lindex $info 1]
+
+	set data(x,first)   [lindex $xSpec 0]
+	set data(x,last)    [lindex $xSpec 1]
+
+	set data(y,first)   [lindex $ySpec 0]
+	set data(y,last)    [lindex $ySpec 1]
+    }
+
+    set needX [tixScrolledWidget:NeedScrollbar $w x]
+    set needY [tixScrolledWidget:NeedScrollbar $w y]
+
+    return "$needX$needY"
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SWindow.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SWindow.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: SWindow.tcl,v 1.4 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# SWindow.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements Scrolled Window widgets
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+#
+#
+# Example:
+#	
+#	tixScrolledWindow .w
+#	set window [.w subwidget window]
+#		# Now you can put a whole widget hierachy inside $window.
+#		#
+#	button $window.b
+#	pack $window.b
+#
+# Author's note
+#
+# Note, the current implementation does not allow the child window
+# to be outside of the parent window when the parent's size is larger
+# than the child's size. This is fine for normal operations. However,
+# it is not suitable for an MDI master window. Therefore, you will notice
+# that the MDI master window is not a subclass of ScrolledWidget at all.
+#
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixScrolledWindow {
+    -classname TixScrolledWindow
+    -superclass tixScrolledWidget
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-expandmode -shrink -xscrollincrement -yscrollincrement
+    }
+    -static {
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-expandmode expandMode ExpandMode expand}
+	{-shrink shrink Shrink ""}
+	{-xscrollincrement xScrollIncrement ScrollIncrement ""}
+	{-yscrollincrement yScrollIncrement ScrollIncrement ""}
+
+	{-scrollbarspace scrollbarSpace ScrollbarSpace {both}}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.scrollbar			auto}
+	{*window.borderWidth		1}
+	{*f1.borderWidth		1}
+	{*Scrollbar.borderWidth		1}
+	{*Scrollbar.takeFocus		0}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledWindow:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    set data(dx) 0
+    set data(dy) 0
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledWindow:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global tcl_platform
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    set data(pw:f1) \
+	[frame $w.f1 -relief sunken]
+    set data(pw:f2) \
+	[frame $w.f2 -bd 0]
+    set data(w:window) \
+	[frame $w.f2.window -bd 0]
+    pack $data(pw:f2) -in $data(pw:f1) -expand yes -fill both
+
+    set data(w:hsb) \
+	[scrollbar $w.hsb -orient horizontal -takefocus 0]
+    set data(w:vsb) \
+	[scrollbar $w.vsb -orient vertical -takefocus 0]
+#   set data(w:pann) \
+#	[frame $w.pann -bd 2 -relief groove]
+    
+    $data(pw:f1) config -highlightthickness \
+	[$data(w:hsb) cget -highlightthickness]
+
+    set data(pw:client) $data(pw:f1)
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledWindow:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    $data(w:hsb) config -command "tixScrolledWindow:ScrollBarCB $w x"
+    $data(w:vsb) config -command "tixScrolledWindow:ScrollBarCB $w y"
+
+    tixManageGeometry $data(w:window) "tixScrolledWindow:WindowGeomProc $w"
+}
+
+# This guy just keeps asking for a same size as the w:window 
+#
+proc tixScrolledWindow:WindowGeomProc {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set rw [winfo reqwidth  $data(w:window)]
+    set rh [winfo reqheight $data(w:window)]
+
+    if {$rw != [winfo reqwidth  $data(pw:f2)] ||
+	$rh != [winfo reqheight $data(pw:f2)]} {
+	tixGeometryRequest $data(pw:f2) $rw $rh
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledWindow:Scroll {w axis total window first args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    case [lindex $args 0] {
+	"scroll" {
+	    set amt  [lindex $args 1]
+	    set unit [lindex $args 2]
+
+	    case $unit {
+		"units" {
+		    set incr $axis\scrollincrement
+		    if {$data(-$incr) != ""} {
+			set by $data(-$incr)
+		    } else {
+			set by [expr $window / 16]
+		    }
+		    set first [expr $first + $amt * $by]
+		}
+		"pages" {
+		    set first [expr $first + $amt * $window]
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	"moveto" {
+	    set to [lindex $args 1]
+	    set first [expr int($to * $total)]
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {[expr $first + $window] > $total} {
+	set first [expr $total - $window]
+    }
+    if {$first < 0} {
+	set first 0
+    }
+
+    return $first
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledWindow:ScrollBarCB {w axis args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set bd \
+       [expr [$data(pw:f1) cget -bd] + [$data(pw:f1) cget -highlightthickness]]
+    set fw [expr [winfo width  $data(pw:f1)] - 2*$bd]
+    set fh [expr [winfo height $data(pw:f1)] - 2*$bd]
+    set ww [winfo reqwidth  $data(w:window)]
+    set wh [winfo reqheight $data(w:window)]
+
+    if {$axis == "x"} {
+	set data(dx) \
+	    [eval tixScrolledWindow:Scroll $w $axis $ww $fw $data(dx) $args]
+    } else {
+	set data(dy) \
+	    [eval tixScrolledWindow:Scroll $w $axis $wh $fh $data(dy) $args]
+    }
+
+    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixScrolledWindow:PlaceWindow $w
+}
+
+proc tixScrolledWindow:PlaceWindow {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set bd \
+       [expr [$data(pw:f1) cget -bd] + [$data(pw:f1) cget -highlightthickness]]
+    set fw [expr [winfo width  $data(pw:f1)] - 2*$bd]
+    set fh [expr [winfo height $data(pw:f1)] - 2*$bd]
+    set ww [winfo reqwidth  $data(w:window)]
+    set wh [winfo reqheight $data(w:window)]
+
+    tixMapWindow $data(w:window)
+
+    if {$data(-expandmode) == "expand"} {
+	if {$ww < $fw} {
+	    set ww $fw
+	}
+	if {$wh < $fh} {
+	    set wh $fh
+	}
+    }
+    if {$data(-shrink) == "x"} {
+	if {$fw < $ww} {
+	    set ww $fw
+	}
+    }
+
+    tixMoveResizeWindow $data(w:window) -$data(dx) -$data(dy) $ww $wh
+
+    set first [expr $data(dx).0 / $ww.0]
+    set last  [expr $first + ($fw.0 / $ww.0)]
+    $data(w:hsb) set $first $last
+
+    set first [expr $data(dy).0 / $wh.0]
+    set last  [expr $first + ($fh.0 / $wh.0)]
+    $data(w:vsb) set $first $last
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# virtual functions to query the client window's scroll requirement
+#
+# When this function is called, the scrolled window is going to be
+# mapped, if it is still unmapped. Also, it is going to change its
+# size. Therefore, it is a good time to check whether the w:window needs
+# to be re-positioned due to the new parent window size.
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixScrolledWindow:GeometryInfo {w mW mH} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set bd \
+       [expr [$data(pw:f1) cget -bd] + [$data(pw:f1) cget -highlightthickness]]
+    set fw [expr $mW -2*$bd]
+    set fh [expr $mH -2*$bd]
+    set ww [winfo reqwidth  $data(w:window)]
+    set wh [winfo reqheight $data(w:window)]
+
+    # Calculate the X info
+    #
+    if {$fw >= $ww} {
+	if {$data(dx) > 0} {
+	    set data(dx) 0
+	}
+	set xinfo [list 0.0 1.0]
+    } else {
+	set maxdx [expr $ww - $fw]
+	if {$data(dx) > $maxdx} {
+	    set data(dx) $maxdx
+	}
+	set first [expr $data(dx).0 / $ww.0]
+	set last  [expr $first + ($fw.0 / $ww.0)]
+	set xinfo [list $first $last]
+    }
+    # Calculate the Y info
+    #
+    if {$fh >= $wh} {
+	if {$data(dy) > 0} {
+	    set data(dy) 0
+	}
+	set yinfo [list 0.0 1.0]
+    } else {
+	set maxdy [expr $wh - $fh]
+	if {$data(dy) > $maxdy} {
+	    set data(dy) $maxdy
+	}
+	set first [expr $data(dy).0 / $wh.0]
+	set last  [expr $first + ($fh.0 / $wh.0)]
+	set yinfo [list $first $last]
+    }
+
+    return [list $xinfo $yinfo]
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Select.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Select.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Select.tcl,v 1.3 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Select.tcl --
+#
+#	Implement the tixSelect widget.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixSelect {
+    -superclass tixLabelWidget
+    -classname  TixSelect
+    -method {
+	add button invoke
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-allowzero -buttontype -command -disablecallback -orientation
+	-orient -padx -pady -radio -selectedbg -state -validatecmd
+	-value -variable
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-variable -state
+    }
+    -static {
+	-allowzero -orientation -padx -pady -radio
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-allowzero allowZero AllowZero 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-buttontype buttonType ButtonType button}
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-orientation orientation Orientation horizontal}
+	{-padx padx Pad 0}
+	{-pady pady Pad 0}
+	{-radio radio Radio 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-selectedbg selectedBg SelectedBg gray}
+	{-state state State normal}
+	{-validatecmd validateCmd ValidateCmd ""}
+	{-value value Value ""}
+	{-variable variable Variable ""}
+    }
+    -alias {
+	{-orient -orientation}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{*frame.borderWidth			1}
+	{*frame.relief				sunken}
+	{*Button.borderWidth			2}
+	{*Button.highlightThickness		0}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixSelect:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+    set data(items)    ""
+    set data(buttonbg) ""
+    set data(varInited)	  0
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                           CONFIG OPTIONS
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixSelect:config-state {w arg} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$arg == "disabled"} {
+	foreach item $data(items) {
+	    $data(w:$item) config -state disabled -relief raised \
+		-bg $data(buttonbg)
+	}
+	if {![info exists data(labelFg)]} {
+	    set data(labelFg) [$data(w:label) cget -foreground]
+	    catch {
+		$data(w:label) config -fg [tix option get disabled_fg]
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	foreach item $data(items) {
+	    if {[lsearch $data(-value) $item] != -1} {
+		# This button is selected
+		#
+		$data(w:$item) config -relief sunken -bg $data(-selectedbg) \
+		    -state normal
+	    } else {
+		$data(w:$item) config -relief raised -bg $data(buttonbg) \
+		    -command "$w invoke $item" -state normal
+	    }
+	}
+	if {[info exists data(labelFg)]} {
+	    catch {
+		$data(w:label) config -fg $data(labelFg)
+	    }
+	    unset data(labelFg)
+	}
+    }
+
+    return ""
+}
+
+proc tixSelect:config-variable {w arg} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set oldValue $data(-value)
+
+    if {[tixVariable:ConfigVariable $w $arg]} {
+	# The value of data(-value) is changed if tixVariable:ConfigVariable 
+	# returns true
+	set newValue $data(-value)
+	set data(-value) $oldValue
+	tixSelect:config-value $w $newValue
+    }
+    catch {
+	unset data(varInited)
+    }
+    set data(-variable) $arg
+}
+
+proc tixSelect:config-value {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # sanity checking
+    #
+    foreach item $value {
+	if {[lsearch $data(items) $item] == "-1"} {
+	    error "subwidget \"$item\" does not exist"
+	}
+    }
+
+    tixSelect:SetValue $w $value
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                     WIDGET COMMANDS
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixSelect:add {w name args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(w:$name) [eval $data(-buttontype) $data(w:frame).$name -command \
+	 [list "$w invoke $name"] -takefocus 0 $args]
+
+    if {$data(-orientation) == "horizontal"} {
+	pack $data(w:$name) -side left -expand yes -fill y\
+	    -padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady)
+    } else {
+	pack $data(w:$name) -side top -expand yes  -fill x\
+	    -padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady)
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-state) == "disabled"} {
+	$data(w:$name) config -relief raised -state disabled
+    }
+
+    # find out the background of the buttons
+    #
+    if {$data(buttonbg) == ""} {
+	set data(buttonbg) [lindex [$data(w:$name) config -background] 4]
+	
+    }
+
+    lappend data(items) $name
+}
+
+# Obsolete command
+#
+proc tixSelect:button {w name args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$args != ""} {
+	return [eval $data(w:$name) $args]
+    } else {
+	return $w.$name
+    }
+}
+
+# This is called when a button is invoked
+#
+proc tixSelect:invoke {w button} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-state) != "normal"} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    set newValue $data(-value)
+
+    if {[lsearch $data(-value) $button] != -1} {
+	# This button was selected
+	#
+    	if {[llength $data(-value)] > 1 || [tixGetBoolean $data(-allowzero)]} {
+
+	    # Take the button from the selected list
+	    #
+	    set newValue ""
+	    foreach item $data(-value) {
+		if {$item != $button} {
+		    lappend newValue $item
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	# This button was not selected
+	#
+	if {[tixGetBoolean $data(-radio)]} {
+	    # The button become the sole item in the list
+	    #
+	    set newValue [list $button]
+	} else {
+	    # Add this button into the list
+	    #
+	    lappend newValue $button
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {$newValue != $data(-value)} {
+	tixSelect:SetValue $w $newValue
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                Private functions
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixSelect:SetValue {w newValue {noUpdate 0}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set oldValue $data(-value)
+
+    if {$data(-validatecmd) != ""} {
+       set data(-value) [tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-validatecmd) "" $newValue]
+    } else {
+	if {[tixGetBoolean $data(-radio)] && [llength $newValue] > 1} {
+	    error "cannot choose more than one items in a radio box"
+	}
+
+	if {![tixGetBoolean $data(-allowzero)] && [llength $newValue] == 0} {
+	    error "empty selection not allowed"
+	}
+
+	set data(-value) $newValue
+    }
+
+    if {! $noUpdate} {
+	tixVariable:UpdateVariable $w
+    }
+
+    # Reset all to be unselected
+    #
+    foreach item $data(items) {
+	if {[lsearch $data(-value) $item] == -1} {
+	    # Is unselected
+	    #
+	    if {[lsearch $oldValue $item] != -1} {
+		# was selected
+		# -> popup the button, call command
+		#
+		$data(w:$item) config -relief raised -bg $data(buttonbg)
+		tixSelect:CallCommand $w $item 0
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    # Is selected
+	    #
+	    if {[lsearch $oldValue $item] == -1} {
+		# was unselected
+		# -> push down the button, call command
+		#
+		$data(w:$item) config -relief sunken -bg $data(-selectedbg)
+		tixSelect:CallCommand $w  $item 1
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixSelect:CallCommand {w name value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {!$data(-disablecallback) && $data(-command) != ""} {
+	if {![info exists data(varInited)]} {
+	    set bind(specs) "name value"
+	    set bind(name)  $name
+	    set bind(value) $value
+	    tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $name $value
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixSelect:Destructor {w} {
+
+    tixVariable:DeleteVariable $w
+
+    # Chain this to the superclass
+    #
+    tixChainMethod $w Destructor
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Shell.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Shell.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Shell.tcl,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Shell.tcl --
+#
+#	This is the base class to all shell widget
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+#
+# type : normal, transient, overrideredirect
+#
+tixWidgetClass tixShell {
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -classname  TixShell
+    -flag {
+	-title
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-title title Title ""}
+    }
+    -forcecall {
+	-title
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# ClassInitialization:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixShell:CreateRootWidget {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    upvar #0 $data(className) classRec
+
+    toplevel $w -class $data(ClassName)
+    wm transient $w ""
+    wm withdraw $w
+}
+
+proc tixShell:config-title {w value} {
+    wm title $w $value
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SimpDlg.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/SimpDlg.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: SimpDlg.tcl,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# SimpDlg.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements Simple Dialog widgets
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixSimpleDialog {
+    -classname TixSimpleDialog
+    -superclass tixDialogShell
+    -method {}
+    -flag   {
+	-buttons -message -type
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-buttons buttons Buttons ""}
+	{-message message Message ""}
+	{-type type Type info}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixSimpleDialog:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    frame $w.top
+
+    label $w.top.icon -image [tix getimage $data(-type)]
+    label $w.top.message -text $data(-message)
+
+    pack $w.top.icon    -side left -padx 20 -pady 50 -anchor c
+    pack $w.top.message -side left -padx 10 -pady 50 -anchor c
+
+    frame $w.bot
+
+    pack $w.bot -side bottom -fill x
+    pack $w.top -side top -expand yes -fill both
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/StackWin.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/StackWin.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: StackWin.tcl,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# StackWin.tcl --
+#
+#	Similar to NoteBook but uses a Select widget to represent the pages.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixStackWindow {
+    -classname TixStackWindow
+    -superclass tixVStack
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+    }
+    -configspec {
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixStackWindow:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    set data(w:tabs) [tixSelect $w.tabs]
+
+    # We can't use the packer because it will conflict with the
+    # geometry management of the VStack widget.
+    #
+    tixManageGeometry $data(w:tabs) [list tixVStack:ClientGeomProc $w]
+}
+
+proc tixStackWindow:add {w child args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set ret [eval [list tixChainMethod $w add $child] $args]
+
+    # Find out the -label option
+    #
+    foreach {flag value} $args {
+	if {$flag eq "-label"} {
+	    set label $value
+	}
+    }
+
+    $data(w:tabs) add $child -command [list $w raise $child] -text $label
+
+    return $ret
+}
+
+proc tixStackWindow:raise {w child} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    $data(w:tabs) config -value $child
+
+    tixChainMethod $w raise $child
+}
+
+proc tixStackWindow:Resize {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # We have to take care of the size of the tabs so that 
+    #
+    set tW [winfo reqwidth  $data(w:tabs)]
+    set tH [winfo reqheight $data(w:tabs)]
+
+    tixMoveResizeWindow $data(w:tabs) $data(-ipadx) $data(-ipady) $tW $tH
+    tixMapWindow $data(w:tabs)
+
+    set data(pad-y1) [expr $tH + $data(-ipadx)]
+    set data(minW)   [expr $tW + 2 * $data(-ipadx)]
+    set data(minH)   [expr $tH + 2 * $data(-ipady)]
+
+    # Now that we know data(pad-y1), we can chain the call
+    #
+    tixChainMethod $w Resize
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/StatBar.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/StatBar.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: StatBar.tcl,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# StatBar.tcl --
+#
+#	The StatusBar of an application.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixStatusBar {
+    -classname TixStatusBar
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-fields
+    }
+    -static {
+	-fields
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-fields fields Fields ""}
+    }
+}
+
+#--------------------------
+# Create Widget
+#--------------------------
+proc tixStatusBar:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    foreach field $data(-fields) {
+	set name  [lindex $field 0]
+	set width [lindex $field 1]
+
+	set data(w:width) [label $w.$name -width $width]
+    }
+}
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                         Public methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                         Internal commands
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/StdBBox.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/StdBBox.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: StdBBox.tcl,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# StdBBox.tcl --
+#
+#	Standard Button Box, used in standard dialog boxes
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+
+tixWidgetClass tixStdButtonBox {
+    -classname TixStdButtonBox
+    -superclass tixButtonBox
+    -flag {
+	-applycmd -cancelcmd -helpcmd -okcmd
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-applycmd applyCmd ApplyCmd ""}
+	{-cancelcmd cancelCmd CancelCmd ""}
+	{-helpcmd helpCmd HelpCmd ""}
+	{-okcmd okCmd OkCmd ""}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.borderWidth 	1}
+	{.relief 	raised}
+	{.padX 		5}
+	{.padY 		10}
+	{*Button.anchor	c}
+	{*Button.padX	5}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixStdButtonBox:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    $w add ok     -text OK     -under 0 -width 6 -command $data(-okcmd)
+    $w add apply  -text Apply  -under 0 -width 6 -command $data(-applycmd)
+    $w add cancel -text Cancel -under 0 -width 6 -command $data(-cancelcmd)
+    $w add help   -text Help   -under 0 -width 6 -command $data(-helpcmd)
+}
+
+proc tixStdButtonBox:config {w flag value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    case $flag {
+	-okcmd {
+	    $data(w:ok)     config -command $value
+	}
+	-applycmd {
+	    $data(w:apply)  config -command $value
+	}
+	-cancelcmd {
+	    $data(w:cancel) config -command $value
+	}
+	-helpcmd {
+	    $data(w:help)   config -command $value
+	}
+	default {
+	    tixChainMethod $w config $flag $value
+	}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/StdShell.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/StdShell.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: StdShell.tcl,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# StdShell.tcl --
+#
+#	Standard Dialog Shell.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixStdDialogShell {
+    -classname TixStdDialogShell
+    -superclass tixDialogShell
+    -method {}
+    -flag   {
+	-cached
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-cached cached Cached ""}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixStdDialogShell:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+    set data(w:btns)   [tixStdButtonBox $w.btns]
+    set data(w_tframe) [frame $w.tframe]
+
+    pack $data(w_tframe) -side top -expand yes -fill both
+    pack $data(w:btns) -side bottom -fill both
+
+    tixCallMethod $w ConstructTopFrame $data(w_tframe)
+}
+
+
+# Subclasses of StdDialogShell should override this method instead of
+# ConstructWidget.
+#
+# Override : always
+# chain    : before
+proc tixStdDialogShell:ConstructTopFrame {w frame} {
+    # Do nothing
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/TList.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/TList.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,953 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: TList.tcl,v 1.6 2002/01/24 09:13:58 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# TList.tcl --
+#
+#	This file defines the default bindings for Tix Tabular Listbox
+#	widgets.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+global tkPriv
+if {![llength [info globals tkPriv]]} {
+    tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable tkPriv
+}
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# tkPriv elements used in this file:
+#
+# afterId -		Token returned by "after" for autoscanning.
+# fakeRelease -		Cancel the ButtonRelease-1 after the user double click
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+proc tixTListBind {} {
+    tixBind TixTList <ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixTList:Button-1 %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <Shift-ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixTList:Shift-Button-1 %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <Control-ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixTList:Control-Button-1 %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <ButtonRelease-1> {
+	tixTList:ButtonRelease-1 %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <Double-ButtonPress-1> {
+	tixTList:Double-1 %W  %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <B1-Motion> {
+	set tkPriv(x) %x 
+	set tkPriv(y) %y
+	set tkPriv(X) %X
+	set tkPriv(Y) %Y
+
+	tixTList:B1-Motion %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <Control-B1-Motion> {
+	set tkPriv(x) %x 
+	set tkPriv(y) %y
+	set tkPriv(X) %X
+	set tkPriv(Y) %Y
+
+	tixTList:Control-B1-Motion %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <B1-Leave> {
+	set tkPriv(x) %x 
+	set tkPriv(y) %y
+	set tkPriv(X) %X
+	set tkPriv(Y) %Y
+
+	tixTList:B1-Leave %W
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <B1-Enter> {
+	tixTList:B1-Enter %W %x %y
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <Control-B1-Leave> {
+	set tkPriv(x) %x 
+	set tkPriv(y) %y
+	set tkPriv(X) %X
+	set tkPriv(Y) %Y
+
+	tixTList:Control-B1-Leave %W
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <Control-B1-Enter> {
+	tixTList:Control-B1-Enter %W %x %y
+    }
+
+    # Keyboard bindings
+    #
+    tixBind TixTList <Up> {
+	tixTList:DirKey %W up
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <Down> {
+	tixTList:DirKey %W down
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <Left> {
+	tixTList:DirKey %W left
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <Right> {
+	tixTList:DirKey %W right
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <Prior> {
+	%W yview scroll -1 pages
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <Next> {
+	%W yview scroll 1 pages
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <Return> {
+	tixTList:Return %W 
+    }
+    tixBind TixTList <space> {
+	tixTList:Space %W 
+    }
+    #
+    # Don't use tixBind because %A causes Tk 8.3.2 to crash
+    #
+    bind TixTList <MouseWheel> {
+        if {"[%W cget -orient]" == "vertical"} {
+            %W xview scroll [expr {- (%D / 120) * 4}] units
+        } else {
+            %W yview scroll [expr {- (%D / 120) * 2}] units
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#
+#			 Mouse bindings
+#
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixTList:Button-1 {w x y} {
+    if {[$w cget -state] == "disabled"} {
+	return
+    }
+    if {[$w cget -takefocus]} {
+	focus $w
+    }
+    case [tixTList:GetState $w] {
+	{s0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState s1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+	{b0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState b1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+	{m0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState m1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+	{e0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState e1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:Shift-Button-1 {w x y} {
+    if {[$w cget -state] == "disabled"} {
+	return
+    }
+    if {[$w cget -takefocus]} {
+	focus $w
+    }
+    case [tixTList:GetState $w] {
+	{s0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState s1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+	{b0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState b1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+	{m0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState m7 $w $x $y
+       	}
+	{e0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState e7 $w $x $y
+       	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:Control-Button-1 {w x y} {
+    if {[$w cget -state] == "disabled"} {
+	return
+    }
+    if {[$w cget -takefocus]} {
+	focus $w
+    }
+    case [tixTList:GetState $w] {
+	{s0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState s1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+	{b0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState b1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+	{m0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState m1 $w $x $y
+       	}
+	{e0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState e10 $w $x $y
+       	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:ButtonRelease-1 {w x y} {
+    case [tixTList:GetState $w] {
+	{s2 s4 s5 s6} {
+	    tixTList:GoState s3 $w
+	}
+	{b2 b4 b5 b6} {
+	    tixTList:GoState b3 $w
+	}
+	{m2} {
+	    tixTList:GoState m3 $w
+	}
+	{m5} {
+	    tixTList:GoState m6 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{m9} {
+	    tixTList:GoState m0 $w
+	}
+	{e2} {
+	    tixTList:GoState e3 $w
+	}
+	{e5} {
+	    tixTList:GoState e6 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{e9} {
+	    tixTList:GoState e0 $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:B1-Motion {w x y} {
+    case [tixTList:GetState $w] {
+	{s2 s4} {
+	    tixTList:GoState s4 $w $x $y 
+	}
+	{b2 b4} {
+	    tixTList:GoState b4 $w $x $y 
+	}
+	{m2 m5} {
+	    tixTList:GoState m4 $w $x $y 
+	}
+	{e2 e5} {
+	    tixTList:GoState e4 $w $x $y 
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:Control-B1-Motion {w x y} {
+    case [tixTList:GetState $w] {
+	{s2 s4} {
+	    tixTList:GoState s4 $w $x $y 
+	}
+	{b2 b4} {
+	    tixTList:GoState b4 $w $x $y 
+	}
+	{m2 m5} {
+	    tixTList:GoState m4 $w $x $y 
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:Double-1 {w x y} {
+    case [tixTList:GetState $w] {
+	{s0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState s7 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{b0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState b7 $w $x $y
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:B1-Leave {w} {
+    case [tixTList:GetState $w] {
+	{s2 s4} {
+	    tixTList:GoState s5 $w
+	}
+	{b2 b4} {
+	    tixTList:GoState b5 $w
+	}
+	{m2 m5} {
+	    tixTList:GoState m8 $w
+	}
+	{e2 e5} {
+	    tixTList:GoState e8 $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:B1-Enter {w x y} {
+    case [tixTList:GetState $w] {
+	{s5 s6} {
+	    tixTList:GoState s4 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{b5 b6} {
+	    tixTList:GoState b4 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{m8 m9} {
+	    tixTList:GoState m4 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{e8 e9} {
+	    tixTList:GoState e4 $w $x $y
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:Control-B1-Leave {w} {
+    case [tixTList:GetState $w] {
+	{s2 s4} {
+	    tixTList:GoState s5 $w
+	}
+	{b2 b4} {
+	    tixTList:GoState b5 $w
+	}
+	{m2 m5} {
+	    tixTList:GoState m8 $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:Control-B1-Enter {w x y} {
+    case [tixTList:GetState $w] {
+	{s5 s6} {
+	    tixTList:GoState s4 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{b5 b6} {
+	    tixTList:GoState b4 $w $x $y
+	}
+	{m8 m9} {
+	    tixTList:GoState m4 $w $x $y
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:AutoScan {w} {
+    case [tixTList:GetState $w] {
+	{s5 s6} {
+	    tixTList:GoState s6 $w
+	}
+	{b5 b6} {
+	    tixTList:GoState b6 $w
+	}
+	{m8 m9} {
+	    tixTList:GoState m9 $w
+	}
+	{e8 e9} {
+	    tixTList:GoState e9 $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#
+#			 Key bindings
+#
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixTList:DirKey {w key} {
+    if {[$w cget -state] == "disabled"} {
+	return
+    }
+    case [tixTList:GetState $w] {
+	{s0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState s8 $w $key
+       	}
+	{b0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState b8 $w $key
+       	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:Return {w} {
+    if {[$w cget -state] == "disabled"} {
+	return
+    }
+    case [tixTList:GetState $w] {
+	{s0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState s9 $w
+       	}
+	{b0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState b9 $w
+       	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:Space {w} {
+    if {[$w cget -state] == "disabled"} {
+	return
+    }
+    case [tixTList:GetState $w] {
+	{s0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState s10 $w
+       	}
+ 	{b0} {
+	    tixTList:GoState b10 $w
+       	}
+   }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#			STATE MANIPULATION
+#
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixTList:GetState {w} {
+    global $w:priv:state
+
+    if {[info exists $w:priv:state]} {
+        #
+        # If the app has changed the selectmode, reset the state to the
+        # original state.
+        #
+        set type [string index [$w cget -selectmode] 0]
+        if {"[string index [set $w:priv:state] 0]" != "$type"} {
+            unset $w:priv:state
+        }
+    }
+
+    if {![info exists $w:priv:state]} {
+	case [$w cget -selectmode] {
+	    single {
+		set $w:priv:state s0
+	    }
+	    browse {
+		set $w:priv:state b0
+	    }
+	    multiple {
+		set $w:priv:state m0
+	    }
+	    extended {
+		set $w:priv:state e0
+	    }
+	    default {
+		set $w:priv:state unknown
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return [set $w:priv:state]
+}
+
+proc tixTList:SetState {w n} {
+    global $w:priv:state
+
+    set $w:priv:state $n
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState {n w args} {
+
+#   puts "going from [tixTList:GetState $w] --> $n"
+
+    tixTList:SetState $w $n
+    eval tixTList:GoState-$n $w $args
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#			States
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	SINGLE SELECTION
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixTList:GoState-s0 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-s1 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w anchor set $ent
+        $w see $ent
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState s2 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-s2 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-s3 {w} {
+    set ent [$w info anchor]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState s0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-s4 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w anchor set $ent
+        $w see $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-s5 {w} {
+    tixTList:StartScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-s6 {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+
+    tixTList:DoScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-s7 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixTList:CallCommand $w $ent
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState s0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-s8 {w key} {
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$anchor == ""} {
+	set anchor 0
+    } else {
+	set anchor [$w info $key $anchor]
+    }
+
+    $w anchor set $anchor
+    $w see $anchor
+    tixTList:GoState s0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-s9 {w} {
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$anchor == ""} {
+	set anchor 0
+	$w anchor set $anchor
+	$w see $anchor
+    }
+
+    if {[$w info anchor] != ""} {
+	# ! may not have any elements
+	#
+	tixTList:CallCommand $w [$w info anchor]
+	$w selection clear 
+	$w selection set $anchor
+    }
+
+    tixTList:GoState s0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-s10 {w} {
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$anchor == ""} {
+	set anchor 0
+	$w anchor set $anchor
+	$w see $anchor
+    }
+
+    if {[$w info anchor] != ""} {
+	# ! may not have any elements
+	#
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w [$w info anchor]
+	$w selection clear 
+	$w selection set $anchor
+    }
+
+    tixTList:GoState s0 $w
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	BROWSE SELECTION
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixTList:GoState-b0 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-b1 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w anchor set $ent
+        $w see $ent
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState b2 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-b2 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-b3 {w} {
+    set ent [$w info anchor]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState b0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-b4 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w anchor set $ent
+        $w see $ent
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-b5 {w} {
+    tixTList:StartScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-b6 {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+
+    tixTList:DoScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-b7 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixTList:CallCommand $w $ent
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState b0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-b8 {w key} {
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$anchor == ""} {
+	set anchor 0
+    } else {
+	set anchor [$w info $key $anchor]
+    }
+
+    $w anchor set $anchor
+    $w selection clear
+    $w selection set $anchor
+    $w see $anchor
+
+    tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $anchor
+    tixTList:GoState b0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-b9 {w} {
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$anchor == ""} {
+	set anchor 0
+	$w anchor set $anchor
+	$w see $anchor
+    }
+
+    if {[$w info anchor] != ""} {
+	# ! may not have any elements
+	#
+	tixTList:CallCommand $w [$w info anchor]
+	$w selection clear 
+	$w selection set $anchor
+    }
+
+    tixTList:GoState b0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-b10 {w} {
+    set anchor [$w info anchor]
+
+    if {$anchor == ""} {
+	set anchor 0
+	$w anchor set $anchor
+	$w see $anchor
+    }
+
+    if {[$w info anchor] != ""} {
+	# ! may not have any elements
+	#
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w [$w info anchor]
+	$w selection clear 
+	$w selection set $anchor
+    }
+
+    tixTList:GoState b0 $w
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	MULTIPLE SELECTION
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixTList:GoState-m0 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-m1 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w anchor set $ent
+        $w see $ent
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState m2 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-m2 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-m3 {w} {
+    set ent [$w info anchor]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState m0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-m4 {w x y} {
+    set from [$w info anchor]
+    set to   [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$to != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $from $to
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $to
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState m5 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-m5 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-m6 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState m0 $w  
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-m7 {w x y} {
+    set from [$w info anchor]
+    set to   [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$from == ""} {
+	set from $to
+	$w anchor set $from
+        $w see $from
+    }
+    if {$to != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $from $to
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $to
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState m5 $w
+}
+
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-m8 {w} {
+    tixTList:StartScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-m9 {w} {
+    tixTList:DoScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-xm7 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixTList:CallCommand $w $ent
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState m0 $w
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	EXTENDED SELECTION
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixTList:GoState-e0 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-e1 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w anchor set $ent
+        $w see $ent
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState e2 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-e2 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-e3 {w} {
+    set ent [$w info anchor]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState e0 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-e4 {w x y} {
+    set from [$w info anchor]
+    set to   [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$to != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $from $to
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $to
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState e5 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-e5 {w} {
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-e6 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState e0 $w  
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-e7 {w x y} {
+    set from [$w info anchor]
+    set to   [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$from == ""} {
+	set from $to
+	$w anchor set $from
+        $w see $from
+    }
+    if {$to != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $from $to
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $to
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState e5 $w
+}
+
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-e8 {w} {
+    tixTList:StartScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-e9 {w} {
+    tixTList:DoScan $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-e10 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	if {[$w info anchor] == ""} {
+	    $w anchor set $ent
+	    $w see $ent
+	}
+	if {[$w selection includes $ent]} {
+	    $w selection clear $ent
+	} else {
+	    $w selection set $ent
+	}
+	tixTList:CallBrowseCmd $w $ent
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState e2 $w
+}
+
+proc tixTList:GoState-xm7 {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	$w selection clear
+	$w selection set $ent
+	tixTList:CallCommand $w $ent
+    }
+    tixTList:GoState e0 $w
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#			callback actions
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixTList:SetAnchor {w x y} {
+    set ent [$w nearest $x $y]
+    if {$ent != "" && [$w entrycget $ent -state] != "disabled"} {
+	$w anchor set $ent
+	$w see $ent
+	return $ent
+    }
+
+    return ""
+}
+
+proc tixTList:Select {w ent} {
+    $w selection clear
+    $w select set $ent
+}
+
+proc tixTList:StartScan {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+    set tkPriv(afterId) [after 50 tixTList:AutoScan $w]
+}
+
+proc tixTList:DoScan {w} {
+    global tkPriv
+    set x $tkPriv(x)
+    set y $tkPriv(y)
+    set X $tkPriv(X)
+    set Y $tkPriv(Y)
+
+    set out 0
+    if {$y >= [winfo height $w]} {
+	$w yview scroll 1 units
+	set out 1
+    }
+    if {$y < 0} {
+	$w yview scroll -1 units
+	set out 1
+    }
+    if {$x >= [winfo width $w]} {
+	$w xview scroll 2 units
+	set out 1
+    } 
+    if {$x < 0} {
+	$w xview scroll -2 units
+	set out 1
+    }
+
+    if {$out} {
+	set tkPriv(afterId) [after 50 tixTList:AutoScan $w]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:CallBrowseCmd {w ent} {
+    set browsecmd [$w cget -browsecmd]
+    if {$browsecmd != ""} {
+	set bind(specs) {%V}
+	set bind(%V)    $ent
+
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $browsecmd bind $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTList:CallCommand {w ent} {
+    set command [$w cget -command]
+    if {$command != ""} {
+	set bind(specs) {%V}
+	set bind(%V)    $ent
+
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $command bind $ent
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Tix.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Tix.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Tix.tcl,v 1.13 2004/12/24 01:27:54 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# Tix.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements the Tix application context class
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixClass tixAppContext {
+    -superclass {}
+    -classname  TixAppContext
+    -method {
+	cget configure addbitmapdir filedialog getbitmap getimage
+	option platform resetoptions setbitmap initstyle
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-binding -debug -extracmdargs -filedialog -fontset -grabmode
+	-haspixmap -libdir -scheme -schemepriority -percentsubst
+    }
+    -readonly {
+	-haspixmap
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-binding    		TK}
+	{-debug      		0}
+	{-extracmdargs 		1}
+	{-filedialog    	""}
+	{-fontset    		WmDefault}
+	{-grabmode 		global}
+	{-haspixmap 		0}
+	{-libdir     		""}
+	{-percentsubst		0}
+	{-scheme     		WmDefault}
+	{-schemepriority     	21}
+    }
+    -alias {
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixAppContext:Constructor {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global tix_priv tix_library tixOption
+
+    if {[info exists data(initialized)]} {
+	error "tixAppContext has already be initialized"
+    } else {
+	set data(initialized) 1
+    }
+
+    set data(et) [string equal $tix_library ""]
+    set data(image) 0
+
+    # These options were set when Tix was loaded
+    #
+    set data(-binding)		$tix_priv(-binding)
+    set data(-debug)		$tix_priv(-debug)
+    set data(-fontset)		$tix_priv(-fontset)
+    set data(-scheme)		$tix_priv(-scheme)
+    set data(-schemepriority)	$tix_priv(-schemepriority)
+
+    if {![info exists tix_priv(isSafe)]} {
+	set data(-libdir)	[file normalize $tix_library]
+    }
+    set tixOption(prioLevel) $tix_priv(-schemepriority)
+
+    # Compatibility stuff: the obsolete name courier_font has been changed to
+    # fixed_font
+    set tixOption(fixed_font) Courier
+    set tixOption(courier_font) $tixOption(fixed_font)
+
+    # Enable/Disable Intrinsics debugging
+    #
+    set tix_priv(debug) [string is true -strict $data(-debug)]
+
+    tixAppContext:BitmapInit $w
+    tixAppContext:FileDialogInit $w
+
+    # Clean up any error message generated by the above loop
+    set ::errorInfo ""
+}
+
+proc tixAppContext:initstyle {w} {
+    # Do the init stuff here that affects styles
+
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global tix_priv
+
+    if {![info exists tix_priv(isSafe)]} {
+	tixAppContext:config-fontset $w $data(-fontset)
+	tixAppContext:config-scheme  $w $data(-scheme)
+    }
+
+    tixAppContext:BitmapInit $w
+    tixAppContext:FileDialogInit $w
+
+    # Force the "." window to accept the new Tix options
+    #
+    set noconfig [list -class -colormap -container -menu -screen -use -visual]
+    set noconfig [lsort $noconfig]
+    foreach spec [. configure] {
+	set flag [lindex $spec 0]
+	if {[llength $spec] != 5
+	    || [lsearch -exact -sorted $noconfig $flag] != -1} {
+	    continue
+	}
+	set name  [lindex $spec 1]
+	set class [lindex $spec 2]
+	set value [option get . $name $class]
+	catch {. configure $flag $value}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#  Configurations
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixAppContext:resetoptions {w scheme fontset {schemePrio ""}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {! $data(et)} {
+	global tixOption
+	option clear
+
+	if {$schemePrio != ""} {
+	    set tixOption(prioLevel) $schemePrio
+	}
+	tixAppContext:config-scheme  $w $scheme
+	tixAppContext:config-fontset $w $fontset
+    }
+}
+proc tixAppContext:StartupError {args} {
+    bgerror [join $args "\n"]
+}
+
+proc tixAppContext:config-fontset {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global tix_priv tixOption
+
+    set data(-fontset) $value
+
+    #-----------------------------------
+    # Initialization of options database
+    #-----------------------------------
+    # Load the fontset
+    #
+    if {!$data(et)} {
+        set prefDir [file join $data(-libdir) pref]
+        set fontSetFile [file join $prefDir $data(-fontset).fsc]
+	if {[file exists $fontSetFile]} {
+	    source $fontSetFile
+	    tixPref:InitFontSet:$data(-fontset)
+	    tixPref:SetFontSet:$data(-fontset)
+	} else {
+	    tixAppContext:StartupError \
+		"	Error: cannot use fontset \"$data(-fontset)\"" \
+		"       Using default fontset "
+	    tixSetDefaultFontset
+	}
+    } else {
+	if [catch {
+	    tixPref:InitFontSet:$data(-fontset)
+	    tixPref:SetFontSet:$data(-fontset)
+	}] {
+	    # User chose non-existent fontset
+	    #
+	    tixAppContext:StartupError \
+		"	Error: cannot use fontset \"$data(-fontset)\"" \
+		"       Using default fontset "
+	    tixSetDefaultFontset
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixAppContext:config-scheme {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global tix_priv
+
+    set data(-scheme) $value
+
+    # Load the color scheme
+    #
+    if {!$data(et)} {
+	set schemeName [file join [file join $data(-libdir) pref] \
+	    $data(-scheme).csc]
+	if {[file exists $schemeName]} {
+	    source $schemeName
+	    tixPref:SetScheme-Color:$data(-scheme)
+	} else {
+	    tixAppContext:StartupError \
+		"	Error: cannot use color scheme \"$data(-scheme)\"" \
+		"       Using default color scheme"
+	    tixSetDefaultScheme-Color
+	}
+    } else {
+	if [catch {tixPref:SetScheme-Color:$data(-scheme)}] {
+	    # User chose non-existent color scheme
+	    #
+	    tixAppContext:StartupError \
+		"	Error: cannot use color scheme \"$data(-scheme)\"" \
+		"       Using default color scheme"
+	    tixSetDefaultScheme-Color
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#  Private methods
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixAppContext:BitmapInit {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # See whether we have pixmap extension
+    #
+    set data(-haspixmap) true
+
+    # Dynamically set the bitmap directory
+    #
+    if {! $data(et)} {
+	set data(bitmapdirs) [list [file join $data(-libdir) bitmaps]]
+    } else {
+	set data(bitmapdirs) ""
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixAppContext:FileDialogInit {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-filedialog) == ""} {
+	set data(-filedialog) [option get . fileDialog FileDialog]
+    }
+    if {$data(-filedialog) == ""} {
+	set data(-filedialog) tixFileSelectDialog
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 	Public methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixAppContext:addbitmapdir {w bmpdir} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[lsearch $data(bitmapdirs) $bmpdir] == -1} {
+	lappend data(bitmapdirs) $bmpdir
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixAppContext:getimage {w name} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global tix_priv
+
+    if {[info exists data(img:$name)]} {
+	return $data(img:$name)
+    }
+
+    if {![info exists tix_priv(isSafe)]} {
+	foreach dir $data(bitmapdirs) {
+	    foreach {ext type} {
+		xpm pixmap
+		gif photo
+		ppm photo
+		xbm bitmap
+		""  bitmap
+	    } {
+		set file [file join $dir $name.$ext]
+		if {[file exists $file]
+		    && ![catch {
+			set img tiximage$data(image)
+			set data(img:$name) \
+			    [image create $type $img -file $file]
+		    }]} {
+		    incr data(image)
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	    if {[info exists data(img:$name)]} {
+		return $data(img:$name)
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {![info exists data(img:$name)]} {
+	catch {
+	    set img tiximage$data(image)
+	    # This is for compiled-in images
+	    set data(img:$name) [image create pixmap $img -id $name]
+	} err
+	if {[string match internal* $err]} {
+	    error $err
+	} else {
+	    incr data(image)
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {[info exists data(img:$name)]} {
+	return $data(img:$name)
+    } else {
+	error "image file \"$name\" cannot be found"
+    }
+}
+
+
+proc tixAppContext:getbitmap {w bitmapname} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    global tix_priv
+
+    if {[info exists data(bmp:$bitmapname)]} {
+	return $data(bmp:$bitmapname)
+    } else {
+	set ext [file extension $bitmapname]
+	if {$ext == ""} {
+	    set ext .xbm
+	}
+
+	# This is the fallback value. If we can't find the bitmap in
+	# the bitmap directories, then use the name of the bitmap
+	# as the default value.
+	#
+	set data(bmp:$bitmapname) $bitmapname
+
+	if {[info exists tix_priv(isSafe)]} {
+	    return $data(bmp:$bitmapname)
+	}
+
+	foreach dir $data(bitmapdirs) {
+	    if {$ext eq ".xbm" &&
+		[file exists [file join $dir $bitmapname.xbm]]} {
+		set data(bmp:$bitmapname) \
+		    @[file join $dir $bitmapname.xbm]
+		break
+	    }
+	    if {[file exists [file join $dir $bitmapname]]} {
+		set data(bmp:$bitmapname) @[file join $dir $bitmapname]
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return $data(bmp:$bitmapname)
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixAppContext:filedialog {w {type tixFileSelectDialog}} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$type == ""} {
+	set type $data(-filedialog)
+    }
+    if {![info exists data(filedialog,$type)]} {
+	set data(filedialog,$type) ""
+    }
+
+    if {$data(filedialog,$type) == "" || \
+	    ![winfo exists $data(filedialog,$type)]} {
+	set data(filedialog,$type) [$type .tixapp_filedialog_$type]
+    }
+
+    return $data(filedialog,$type)
+}
+
+proc tixAppContext:option {w action {option ""} {value ""}} {
+    global tixOption
+
+    if {$action eq "get"} {
+	if {$option == ""} {return [lsort [array names tixOption]]}
+	return $tixOption($option)
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixAppContext:platform {w} {
+    return $::tcl_platform(platform)
+}
+
+proc tixDebug {message {level "1"}} {
+    set debug [tix cget -debug]
+    if {![string is true -strict $debug]} { return }
+
+    if {$debug > 0} {
+	# use $level here
+	if {[catch {fconfigure stderr}]} {
+	    # This will happen under PYTHONW.EXE or frozen Windows apps
+	    proc tixDebug args {} 
+	} else {
+	    puts stderr $message
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+if {![llength [info commands toplevel]]} {
+    interp alias {} toplevel {} frame
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Tree.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Tree.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Tree.tcl,v 1.7 2004/04/09 21:39:12 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# Tree.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements the TixTree widget.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+tixWidgetClass tixTree {
+    -classname TixTree
+    -superclass tixVTree
+    -method {
+	autosetmode close getmode open setmode
+
+	addchild anchor column delete entrycget
+	entryconfigure header hide indicator info
+	item nearest see selection show
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-browsecmd -command -opencmd -closecmd
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-browsecmd browseCmd BrowseCmd ""}
+	{-command command Command ""}
+	{-closecmd closeCmd CloseCmd ""}
+	{-opencmd openCmd OpenCmd ""}
+    }
+    -default {
+	{.scrollbar			auto}
+	{*Scrollbar.takeFocus           0}
+	{*borderWidth                   1}
+	{*hlist.background              #c3c3c3}
+	{*hlist.drawBranch              1}
+	{*hlist.height                  10}
+	{*hlist.highlightBackground      #d9d9d9}
+	{*hlist.indicator               1}
+	{*hlist.indent                  20}
+	{*hlist.itemType                imagetext}
+	{*hlist.padX                    2}
+	{*hlist.padY                    2}
+	{*hlist.relief                  sunken}
+	{*hlist.takeFocus               1}
+	{*hlist.wideSelection           0}
+	{*hlist.width                   20}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTree:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+}
+
+proc tixTree:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+}
+
+proc tixTree:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#			Widget commands
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixTree:autosetmode {w} {
+    tixTree:SetModes $w ""
+}
+
+proc tixTree:close {w ent} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set type [tixVTree:GetType $w $ent]
+    if {$type == "close"} {
+	tixCallMethod $w Activate $ent $type
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTree:open {w ent} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set type [tixVTree:GetType $w $ent]
+    if {$type == "open"} {
+	tixCallMethod $w Activate $ent $type
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTree:getmode {w ent} {
+    tixVTree:GetType $w $ent
+}
+
+proc tixTree:setmode {w ent mode} {
+    tixVTree:SetMode $w $ent $mode
+}
+
+foreach cmd {
+    addchild anchor column delete entrycget
+    entryconfigure header hide indicator info
+    item nearest see selection show
+} {
+    proc tixTree:$cmd {w args} {
+	# These are hlist passthrough methods to work around
+	# Tix' ignorant inheritance model.
+	upvar #0 $w data
+	set cmd [lindex [split [lindex [info level 0] 0] :] end]
+	uplevel 1 [linsert $args 0 $data(w:hlist) $cmd]
+    }
+}
+unset cmd
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#			Private Methods
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixTree:SetModes {w ent} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+   
+    set mode none
+
+    if {$ent == ""} {
+	set children [$data(w:hlist) info children]
+    } else {
+	set children [$data(w:hlist) info children $ent]
+    }
+ 
+    if {$children != ""} {
+	set mode close
+
+	foreach c $children {
+	    if {[$data(w:hlist) info hidden $c]} {
+		set mode open
+	    }
+	    tixTree:SetModes $w $c
+	}
+    }
+    
+    if {$ent != ""} {
+	tixVTree:SetMode $w $ent $mode
+    }
+}
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#			Virtual Methods
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixTree:OpenCmd {w ent} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-opencmd) != ""} {
+	tixTree:CallSwitchCmd $w $data(-opencmd) $ent
+    } else {
+	tixChainMethod $w OpenCmd $ent
+
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTree:CloseCmd {w ent} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-closecmd) != ""} {
+	tixTree:CallSwitchCmd $w $data(-closecmd) $ent
+    } else {
+	tixChainMethod $w CloseCmd $ent
+    }
+}
+
+# Call the opencmd or closecmd, depending on the mode ($cmd argument)
+#
+proc tixTree:CallSwitchCmd {w cmd ent} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set bind(specs) {%V}
+    set bind(%V)    $ent
+
+    tixEvalCmdBinding $w $cmd bind $ent
+}
+
+proc tixTree:Command {w B} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    upvar $B bind
+
+    tixChainMethod $w Command $B
+
+    set ent [tixEvent flag V]
+    if {$data(-command) != ""} {
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-command) bind $ent
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTree:BrowseCmd {w B} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set ent [tixEvent flag V]
+    if {$data(-browsecmd) != ""} {
+	tixEvalCmdBinding $w $data(-browsecmd) "" $ent
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Utils.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Utils.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,442 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Utils.tcl,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# Util.tcl --
+#
+#	The Tix utility commands. Some of these commands are
+#	replacement of or extensions to the existing TK
+#	commands. Occasionaly, you have to use the commands inside
+#	this file instead of thestandard TK commands to make your
+#	applicatiion work better with Tix. Please read the
+#	documentations (programmer's guide, man pages) for information
+#	about these utility commands.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+#
+# kludge: should be able to handle all kinds of flags
+#         now only handles "-flag value" pairs.
+#
+proc tixHandleArgv {p_argv p_options validFlags} {
+    upvar $p_options opt
+    upvar $p_argv    argv
+
+    set old_argv $argv
+    set argv ""
+
+    foreac {flag value} $old_argv {
+	if {[lsearch $validFlags $flag] != -1} {
+	    # The caller will handle this option exclusively
+	    # It won't be added back to the original arglist
+	    #
+	    eval $opt($flag,action) $value
+	} else {
+	    # The caller does not handle this option
+	    #
+	    lappend argv $flag
+	    lappend argv $value
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# tixDisableAll -
+#
+# 	Disable all members in a sub widget tree
+#
+proc tixDisableAll {w} {
+    foreach x [tixDescendants $w] {
+	catch {$x config -state disabled}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# tixEnableAll -
+#
+# 	enable all members in a sub widget tree
+#
+proc tixEnableAll {w} {
+    foreach x [tixDescendants $w] {
+	catch {$x config -state normal}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# tixDescendants -
+#
+#	Return a list of all the member of a widget subtree, including
+# the tree's root widget.
+#
+proc tixDescendants {parent} {
+    set des ""
+    lappend des $parent
+
+    foreach w [winfo children $parent] {
+	foreach x [tixDescendants $w] {
+	    lappend des $x
+	}
+    }
+    return $des
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# tixTopLevel -
+#
+#	Create a toplevel widget and unmap it immediately. This will ensure
+# that this toplevel widgets will not be popped up prematurely when you
+# create Tix widgets inside it.
+#
+#	"tixTopLevel" also provide options for you to specify the appearance
+# and behavior of this toplevel.
+#
+#
+#
+proc tixTopLevel {w args} {
+    set opt (-geometry) ""
+    set opt (-minsize)  ""
+    set opt (-maxsize)  ""
+    set opt (-width)    ""
+    set opt (-height)   ""
+
+    eval [linsert $args 0 toplevel $w]
+    wm withdraw $w
+}
+
+# This is a big kludge
+#
+#	Substitutes all [...] and $.. in the string in $args
+#
+proc tixInt_Expand {args} {
+    return $args
+}
+
+# Print out all the config options of a widget
+#
+proc tixPConfig {w} {
+    puts [join [lsort [$w config]] \n]
+}
+
+proc tixAppendBindTag {w tag} {
+    bindtags $w [concat [bindtags $w] $tag]
+}
+
+proc tixAddBindTag {w tag} {
+    bindtags $w [concat $tag [bindtags $w] ]
+}
+
+proc tixSubwidgetRef {sub} {
+    return $::tixSRef($sub)
+}
+
+proc tixSubwidgetRetCreate {sub ref} {
+    set ::tixSRef($sub) $ref
+}
+
+proc tixSubwidgetRetDelete {sub} {
+    catch {unset ::tixSRef($sub)}
+}
+
+proc tixListboxGetCurrent {listbox} {
+    return [tixEvent flag V]
+}
+
+
+# tixSetMegaWidget --
+#
+#	Associate a subwidget with its mega widget "owner". This is mainly
+#	used when we add a new bindtag to a subwidget and we need to find out
+#	the name of the mega widget inside the binding.
+#
+proc tixSetMegaWidget {w mega {type any}} {
+    set ::tixMega($type,$w) $mega
+}
+
+proc tixGetMegaWidget {w {type any}} {
+    return $::tixMega($type,$w)
+}
+
+proc tixUnsetMegaWidget {w} {
+    if {[info exists ::tixMega($w)]} { unset ::tixMega($w) }
+}
+
+# tixBusy : display busy cursors on a window
+#
+#
+# Should flush the event queue (but not do any idle tasks) before blocking
+# the target window (I am not sure if it is aready doing so )
+#
+# ToDo: should take some additional windows to raise
+#
+proc tixBusy {w flag {focuswin ""}} {
+
+    if {[info command tixInputOnly] == ""} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    global tixBusy
+    set toplevel [winfo toplevel $w]
+
+    if {![info exists tixBusy(cursor)]} {
+	set tixBusy(cursor) watch
+#	set tixBusy(cursor) "[tix getbitmap hourglass] \
+#	    [string range [tix getbitmap hourglass.mask] 1 end]\
+# 	    black white"
+    }
+
+    if {$toplevel eq "."} {
+	set inputonly0 .__tix__busy0
+	set inputonly1 .__tix__busy1
+	set inputonly2 .__tix__busy2
+	set inputonly3 .__tix__busy3
+    } else {
+	set inputonly0 $toplevel.__tix__busy0
+	set inputonly1 $toplevel.__tix__busy1
+	set inputonly2 $toplevel.__tix__busy2
+	set inputonly3 $toplevel.__tix__busy3
+    }
+
+    if {![winfo exists $inputonly0]} {
+	for {set i 0} {$i < 4} {incr i} {
+	    tixInputOnly [set inputonly$i] -cursor $tixBusy(cursor)
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {$flag eq "on"} {
+	if {$focuswin != "" && [winfo id $focuswin] != 0} {
+	    if {[info exists tixBusy($focuswin,oldcursor)]} {
+		return
+	    }
+	    set tixBusy($focuswin,oldcursor) [$focuswin cget -cursor]
+	    $focuswin config -cursor $tixBusy(cursor)
+
+	    set x1 [expr {[winfo rootx $focuswin]-[winfo rootx $toplevel]}]
+	    set y1 [expr {[winfo rooty $focuswin]-[winfo rooty $toplevel]}]
+
+	    set W  [winfo width $focuswin]
+	    set H  [winfo height $focuswin]
+	    set x2 [expr {$x1 + $W}]
+	    set y2 [expr {$y1 + $H}]
+
+
+	    if {$y1 > 0} {
+		tixMoveResizeWindow $inputonly0 0   0   10000 $y1
+	    }
+	    if {$x1 > 0} {
+		tixMoveResizeWindow $inputonly1 0   0   $x1   10000
+	    }
+	    tixMoveResizeWindow $inputonly2 0   $y2 10000 10000
+	    tixMoveResizeWindow $inputonly3 $x2 0   10000 10000
+
+	    for {set i 0} {$i < 4} {incr i} {
+		tixMapWindow [set inputonly$i] 
+		tixRaiseWindow [set inputonly$i]
+	    }
+	    tixFlushX $w
+	} else {
+	    tixMoveResizeWindow $inputonly0 0 0 10000 10000
+	    tixMapWindow $inputonly0
+	    tixRaiseWindow $inputonly0
+	}
+    } else {
+	tixUnmapWindow $inputonly0
+	tixUnmapWindow $inputonly1
+	tixUnmapWindow $inputonly2
+	tixUnmapWindow $inputonly3
+
+	if {$focuswin != "" && [winfo id $focuswin] != 0} {
+	    if {[info exists tixBusy($focuswin,oldcursor)]} {
+		$focuswin config -cursor $tixBusy($focuswin,oldcursor)
+		if {[info exists tixBusy($focuswin,oldcursor)]} {
+		    unset tixBusy($focuswin,oldcursor)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixOptionName {w} {
+    return [string range $w 1 end]
+}
+
+proc tixSetSilent {chooser value} {
+    $chooser config -disablecallback true
+    $chooser config -value $value
+    $chooser config -disablecallback false
+}
+
+# This command is useful if you want to ingore the arguments
+# passed by the -command or -browsecmd options of the Tix widgets. E.g
+#
+# tixFileSelectDialog .c -command "puts foo; tixBreak"
+#
+#
+proc tixBreak {args} {}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# tixDestroy -- deletes a Tix class object (not widget classes)
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixDestroy {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set destructor ""
+    if {[info exists data(className)]} {
+	catch {
+	    set destructor [tixGetMethod $w $data(className) Destructor]
+	}
+    }
+    if {$destructor != ""} {
+	$destructor $w
+    }
+    catch {rename $w ""}
+    catch {unset data}
+    return ""
+}
+
+proc tixPushGrab {args} {
+    global tix_priv
+
+    if {![info exists tix_priv(grab-list)]} {
+	set tix_priv(grab-list)    ""
+	set tix_priv(grab-mode)    ""
+	set tix_priv(grab-nopush) ""
+    }
+
+    set len [llength $args]
+    if {$len == 1} {
+	set opt ""
+	set w [lindex $args 0]
+    } elseif {$len == 2} {
+	set opt [lindex $args 0]
+	set w [lindex $args 1]
+    } else {
+	error "wrong # of arguments: tixPushGrab ?-global? window"
+    }
+
+    # Not everyone will call tixPushGrab. If someone else has a grab already
+    # save that one as well, so that we can restore that later
+    #
+    set last [lindex $tix_priv(grab-list) end]
+    set current [grab current $w]
+
+    if {$current ne "" && $current ne $last} {
+	# Someone called "grab" directly
+	#
+	lappend tix_priv(grab-list)   $current
+	lappend tix_priv(grab-mode)   [grab status $current]
+	lappend tix_priv(grab-nopush) 1
+    }
+
+    # Now push myself into the stack
+    #
+    lappend tix_priv(grab-list)   $w
+    lappend tix_priv(grab-mode)   $opt
+    lappend tix_priv(grab-nopush) 0
+
+    if {$opt eq "-global"} {
+	grab -global $w
+    } else {
+	grab $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixPopGrab {} {
+    global tix_priv
+
+    if {![info exists tix_priv(grab-list)]} {
+	set tix_priv(grab-list)   ""
+	set tix_priv(grab-mode)   ""
+	set tix_priv(grab-nopush) ""
+    }
+
+    set len [llength $tix_priv(grab-list)]
+    if {$len <= 0} {
+	error "no window is grabbed by tixGrab"
+    }
+
+    set w [lindex $tix_priv(grab-list) end]
+    grab release $w
+
+    if {$len > 1} {
+	set tix_priv(grab-list)   [lrange $tix_priv(grab-list) 0 end-1]
+	set tix_priv(grab-mode)   [lrange $tix_priv(grab-mode) 0 end-1]
+	set tix_priv(grab-nopush) [lrange $tix_priv(grab-nopush) 0 end-1]
+
+	set w  [lindex $tix_priv(grab-list) end]
+	set m  [lindex $tix_priv(grab-list) end]
+	set np [lindex $tix_priv(grab-nopush) end]
+
+	if {$np == 1} {
+	    # We have a grab set by "grab"
+	    #
+	    set len [llength $tix_priv(grab-list)]
+
+	    if {$len > 1} {
+		set tix_priv(grab-list)   [lrange $tix_priv(grab-list) 0 end-1]
+		set tix_priv(grab-mode)   [lrange $tix_priv(grab-mode) 0 end-1]
+		set tix_priv(grab-nopush) \
+		    [lrange $tix_priv(grab-nopush) 0 end-1]
+	    } else {
+		set tix_priv(grab-list)   ""
+		set tix_priv(grab-mode)   ""
+		set tix_priv(grab-nopush) ""
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if {$m == "-global"} {
+	    grab -global $w
+	} else {
+	    grab $w
+	}
+    } else {
+  	set tix_priv(grab-list)   ""
+	set tix_priv(grab-mode)   ""
+	set tix_priv(grab-nopush) ""
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixWithinWindow {wid rootX rootY} {
+    set wc  [winfo containing $rootX $rootY]
+    if {$wid eq $wc} { return 1 }
+
+    # no see if it is an enclosing parent
+    set rx1 [winfo rootx $wid]
+    set ry1 [winfo rooty $wid]
+    set rw  [winfo width  $wid]
+    set rh  [winfo height $wid]
+    set rx2 [expr {$rx1+$rw}]
+    set ry2 [expr {$ry1+$rh}]
+
+    if {$rootX >= $rx1 && $rootX < $rx2 && $rootY >= $ry1 && $rootY < $ry2} {
+	return 1
+    } else {
+	return 0
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixWinWidth {w} {
+    set W [winfo width $w]
+    set bd [expr {[$w cget -bd] + [$w cget -highlightthickness]}]
+
+    return [expr {$W - 2*$bd}]
+}
+
+proc tixWinHeight {w} {
+    set H [winfo height $w]
+    set bd [expr {[$w cget -bd] + [$w cget -highlightthickness]}]
+
+    return [expr {$H - 2*$bd}]
+}
+
+# junk?
+#
+proc tixWinCmd {w} {
+    return [winfo command $w]
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/VResize.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/VResize.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: VResize.tcl,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# VResize.tcl --
+#
+#	tixVResize:
+#	Virtual base class for all classes that provide resize capability,
+#	such as the resize handle and the MDI client window.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixVResize {
+    -virtual true
+    -classname TixVResize
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -method {
+	drag dragend dragstart
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-gridded -gridx -gridy -minwidth -minheight
+    }
+    -configspec {
+ 	{-gridded gridded Gridded false}
+	{-gridx gridX Grid 10}
+	{-gridy gridY Grid 10}
+	{-minwidth minWidth MinWidth 0}
+	{-minheight minHeight MinHeight 0}
+   }
+}
+
+
+proc tixVResize:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    set data(movePending) 0
+    set data(aborted) 0
+    set data(depress) 0
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                    Public methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Start dragging a window
+#
+proc tixVResize:dragstart {w win depress rootx rooty wrect mrect} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set data(rootx) $rootx
+    set data(rooty) $rooty
+
+    set data(mx) [lindex $mrect 0]
+    set data(my) [lindex $mrect 1]
+    set data(mw) [lindex $mrect 2]
+    set data(mh) [lindex $mrect 3]
+
+    set data(fx) [lindex $wrect 0]
+    set data(fy) [lindex $wrect 1]
+    set data(fw) [lindex $wrect 2]
+    set data(fh) [lindex $wrect 3]
+
+    set data(old_x) [lindex $wrect 0]
+    set data(old_y) [lindex $wrect 1]
+    set data(old_w) [lindex $wrect 2]
+    set data(old_h) [lindex $wrect 3]
+
+    if {$data(mw) < 0} {
+	set data(maxx)  [expr {$data(fx) + $data(old_w) - $data(-minwidth)}]
+    } else {
+	set data(maxx) 32000
+    }
+    if {$data(mh) < 0} {
+	set data(maxy)  [expr {$data(fy) + $data(old_h) - $data(-minheight)}]
+    } else {
+	set data(maxy) 32000
+    }
+
+    set data(aborted) 0
+
+    tixCallMethod $w ShowHintFrame
+    tixCallMethod $w SetHintFrame $data(fx) $data(fy) $data(fw) $data(fh)
+
+    # Grab so that all button events are captured
+    #
+    grab $win
+    focus $win
+
+    set data(depress) $depress
+    if {$depress} {
+	set data(oldRelief) [$win cget -relief]
+	$win config -relief sunken
+    }
+}
+
+
+proc tixVResize:drag {w rootx rooty} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(aborted) == 0} {
+	set data(newrootx) $rootx
+	set data(newrooty) $rooty
+
+	if {$data(movePending) == 0} {
+	    set data(movePending) 1
+	    after 2 tixVResize:DragCompressed $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVResize:dragend {w win isAbort rootx rooty} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(aborted)} {
+	if {$isAbort == 0} {
+	    grab release $win
+	}
+	return
+    }
+
+    # Just in case some draggings are not applied.
+    #
+    update
+
+    tixCallMethod $w HideHintFrame
+
+    if {$isAbort} {
+	set data(aborted) 1
+    } else {
+	# Apply the changes
+	#
+	tixCallMethod $w UpdateSize $data(fx) $data(fy) $data(fw) $data(fh)
+
+	# Release the grab
+	#
+	grab release $win
+    }
+
+    if {$data(depress)} {
+	$win config -relief $data(oldRelief)
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#                    Internal methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc tixVResize:DragCompressed {w} {
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(aborted) == 1 || $data(movePending) == 0} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    set dx [expr {$data(newrootx) - $data(rootx)}]
+    set dy [expr {$data(newrooty) - $data(rooty)}]
+
+    set data(fx) [expr {$data(old_x) + ($dx * $data(mx))}]
+    set data(fy) [expr {$data(old_y) + ($dy * $data(my))}]
+    set data(fw) [expr {$data(old_w) + ($dx * $data(mw))}]
+    set data(fh) [expr {$data(old_h) + ($dy * $data(mh))}]
+
+    if {$data(fw) < $data(-minwidth)} {
+	set data(fw) $data(-minwidth)
+    }
+    if {$data(fh) < $data(-minheight)} {
+	set data(fh) $data(-minheight)
+    }
+
+    if {$data(fx) > $data(maxx)} {
+	set data(fx) $data(maxx)
+    }
+    if {$data(fy) > $data(maxy)} {
+	set data(fy) $data(maxy)
+    }
+
+    # If we need grid, set x,y,w,h to fit the grid
+    #
+    # *note* grid overrides minwidth and maxwidth ...
+    #
+    if {$data(-gridded)} {
+	set data(fx) [expr {round(double($data(fx))/$data(-gridx)) * $data(-gridx)}]
+	set data(fy) [expr {round(double($data(fy))/$data(-gridy)) * $data(-gridy)}]
+
+	set fx2  [expr {$data(fx) + $data(fw) - 2}]
+	set fy2  [expr {$data(fy) + $data(fh) - 2}]
+
+	set fx2 [expr {round(double($fx2)/$data(-gridx)) * $data(-gridx)}]
+	set fy2 [expr {round(double($fy2)/$data(-gridy)) * $data(-gridy)}]
+
+	set data(fw) [expr {$fx2 - $data(fx) + 1}]
+	set data(fh) [expr {$fy2 - $data(fy) + 1}]
+    }
+
+    tixCallMethod $w SetHintFrame $data(fx) $data(fy) $data(fw) $data(fh)
+
+    update idletasks
+
+    set data(movePending) 0
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/VStack.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/VStack.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,430 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: VStack.tcl,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# VStack.tcl --
+#
+#	Virtual base class, do not instantiate!  This is the core
+#	class for all NoteBook style widgets. Stack maintains a list
+#	of windows. It provides methods to create, delete windows as
+#	well as stepping through them.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+#
+
+
+tixWidgetClass tixVStack {
+    -virtual true
+    -classname TixVStack
+    -superclass tixPrimitive
+    -method {
+	add delete pageconfigure pagecget pages raise raised
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-dynamicgeometry -ipadx -ipady
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-dynamicgeometry dynamicGeometry DynamicGeometry 0 tixVerifyBoolean}
+	{-ipadx ipadX Pad 0}
+	{-ipady ipadY Pad 0}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVStack:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+
+    set data(pad-x1) 0
+    set data(pad-x2) 0
+    set data(pad-y1) 0
+    set data(pad-y2) 0
+
+    set data(windows)  ""
+    set data(nWindows) 0
+    set data(topchild) ""
+
+    set data(minW)   1
+    set data(minH)   1
+
+    set data(w:top)  $w
+    set data(counter) 0
+    set data(repack) 0
+}
+
+proc tixVStack:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+    tixCallMethod $w InitGeometryManager
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Public methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixVStack:add {w child args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set validOptions {-createcmd -raisecmd}
+
+    set opt(-createcmd)  ""
+    set opt(-raisecmd)   ""
+
+    tixHandleOptions -nounknown opt $validOptions $args
+
+    set data($child,raisecmd)  $opt(-raisecmd)
+    set data($child,createcmd) $opt(-createcmd)
+
+    set data(w:$child) [tixCallMethod $w CreateChildFrame $child]
+
+    lappend data(windows) $child
+    incr data(nWindows) 1
+
+    return $data(w:$child) 
+}
+
+proc tixVStack:delete {w child} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {[info exists data($child,createcmd)]} {
+	if {[winfo exists $data(w:$child)]} {
+	    bind $data(w:$child) <Destroy> {;}
+	    destroy $data(w:$child)
+	}
+	catch {unset data($child,createcmd)}
+	catch {unset data($child,raisecmd)}
+	catch {unset data(w:$child)}
+
+	set index [lsearch $data(windows) $child]
+	if {$index >= 0} {
+	    set data(windows) [lreplace $data(windows) $index $index]
+	    incr data(nWindows) -1
+	}
+
+	if {[string equal $data(topchild) $child]} {
+	    set data(topchild) ""
+	    foreach page $data(windows) {
+		if {$page ne $child} {
+		    $w raise $page
+		    set data(topchild) $page
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	error "page $child does not exist"
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVStack:pagecget {w child option} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data($child,createcmd)]} {
+	error "page \"$child\" does not exist in $w"
+    }
+
+    case $option {
+	-createcmd {
+	    return "$data($child,createcmd)"
+	}
+	-raisecmd {
+	    return "$data($child,raisecmd)"
+	}
+	default {
+	    if {$data(w:top) ne $w} {
+		return [$data(w:top) pagecget $child $option]
+	    } else {
+		error "unknown option \"$option\""
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVStack:pageconfigure {w child args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data($child,createcmd)]} {
+	error "page \"$child\" does not exist in $w"
+    }
+
+    set len [llength $args]
+
+    if {$len == 0} {
+	set value [$data(w:top) pageconfigure $child]
+	lappend value [list -createcmd "" "" "" $data($child,createcmd)]
+	lappend value [list -raisecmd "" "" "" $data($child,raisecmd)]
+	return $value
+    }
+
+    if {$len == 1} {
+	case [lindex $args 0] {
+	    -createcmd {
+		return [list -createcmd "" "" "" $data($child,createcmd)]
+	    }
+	    -raisecmd {
+		return [list -raisecmd "" "" "" $data($child,raisecmd)]
+	    }
+	    default {
+		return [$data(w:top) pageconfigure $child [lindex $args 0]]
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    # By default handle each of the options
+    #
+    set opt(-createcmd)  $data($child,createcmd)
+    set opt(-raisecmd)   $data($child,raisecmd)
+
+    tixHandleOptions -nounknown opt {-createcmd -raisecmd} $args
+
+    #
+    # the widget options
+    set new_args ""
+    foreach {flag value} $args {
+	if {$flag ne "-createcmd" && $flag ne "-raisecmd"} {
+	    lappend new_args $flag
+	    lappend new_args $value
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {[llength $new_args] >= 2} {
+	eval $data(w:top) pageconfig $child $new_args
+    }
+
+    #
+    # The add-on options
+    set data($child,raisecmd)  $opt(-raisecmd)
+    set data($child,createcmd) $opt(-createcmd)
+
+    return ""
+}
+
+proc tixVStack:pages {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    return $data(windows)
+}
+
+proc tixVStack:raise {w child} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![info exists data($child,createcmd)]} {
+	error "page $child does not exist"
+    }
+
+    if {[llength $data($child,createcmd)]} {
+	uplevel #0 $data($child,createcmd)
+	set data($child,createcmd) ""
+    }
+
+    tixCallMethod $w RaiseChildFrame $child
+
+    set oldTopChild $data(topchild)
+    set data(topchild) $child
+
+    if {$oldTopChild ne $child} {
+	if {[llength $data($child,raisecmd)]} {
+ 	    uplevel #0 $data($child,raisecmd)
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVStack:raised {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    return $data(topchild)
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Virtual Methods
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixVStack:InitGeometryManager {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    bind $w <Configure> "tixVStack:MasterGeomProc $w"
+    bind $data(w:top) <Destroy> "+tixVStack:DestroyTop $w"
+
+    if {$data(repack) == 0} {
+	set data(repack) 1
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixCallMethod $w Resize
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVStack:CreateChildFrame {w child} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set f [frame $data(w:top).$child]
+
+    tixManageGeometry $f "tixVStack:ClientGeomProc $w"
+    bind $f <Configure> "tixVStack:ClientGeomProc $w -configure $f"
+    bind $f <Destroy>   "$w delete $child"
+
+    return $f
+}
+
+proc tixVStack:RaiseChildFrame {w child} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # Hide the original visible window
+    if {$data(topchild) ne "" && $data(topchild) ne $child} {
+	tixUnmapWindow $data(w:$data(topchild))
+    }
+
+    set myW [winfo width  $w]
+    set myH [winfo height $w]
+
+    set cW [expr {$myW - $data(pad-x1) - $data(pad-x2) - 2*$data(-ipadx)}]
+    set cH [expr {$myH - $data(pad-y1) - $data(pad-y2) - 2*$data(-ipady)}]
+    set cX [expr {$data(pad-x1) + $data(-ipadx)}]
+    set cY [expr {$data(pad-y1) + $data(-ipady)}]
+
+    if {$cW > 0 && $cH > 0} {
+	tixMoveResizeWindow $data(w:$child) $cX $cY $cW $cH
+	tixMapWindow $data(w:$child)
+	raise $data(w:$child)
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#	    G E O M E T R Y   M A N A G E M E N T
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixVStack:DestroyTop {w} {
+    catch {
+	destroy $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVStack:MasterGeomProc {w args} {
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(repack) == 0} {
+	set data(repack) 1
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixCallMethod $w Resize
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVStack:ClientGeomProc {w flag client} {
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(repack) == 0} {
+	set data(repack) 1
+	tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixCallMethod $w Resize
+    }
+
+    if {$flag eq "-lostslave"} {
+	error "Geometry Management Error: \
+Another geometry manager has taken control of $client.\
+This error is usually caused because a widget has been created\
+in the wrong frame: it should have been created inside $client instead\
+of $w"
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVStack:Resize {w} {
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
+	return
+    }
+
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(nWindows) == 0} {
+	set data(repack) 0
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {$data(-width) == 0 || $data(-height) == 0} {
+	if {!$data(-dynamicgeometry)} {
+	    # Calculate my required width and height
+	    #
+	    set maxW 1
+	    set maxH 1
+
+	    foreach child $data(windows) {
+		set cW [winfo reqwidth  $data(w:$child)]
+		set cH [winfo reqheight $data(w:$child)]
+
+		if {$maxW < $cW} {
+		    set maxW $cW
+		}
+		if {$maxH < $cH} {
+		    set maxH $cH
+		}
+	    }
+	    set reqW $maxW
+	    set reqH $maxH
+	} else {
+	    if {$data(topchild) ne ""} {
+		set reqW [winfo reqwidth  $data(w:$data(topchild))]
+		set reqH [winfo reqheight $data(w:$data(topchild))]
+	    } else {
+		set reqW 1
+		set reqH 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	incr reqW [expr {$data(pad-x1) + $data(pad-x2) + 2*$data(-ipadx)}]
+	incr reqH [expr {$data(pad-y1) + $data(pad-y2) + 2*$data(-ipady)}]
+
+	if {$reqW < $data(minW)} {
+	    set reqW $data(minW)
+	}
+	if {$reqH < $data(minH)} {
+	    set reqH $data(minH)
+	}
+    }
+    # These take higher precedence
+    #
+    if {$data(-width)  != 0} {
+	set reqW $data(-width)
+    }
+    if {$data(-height) != 0} {
+	set reqH $data(-height)
+    }
+
+    if {[winfo reqwidth $w] != $reqW || [winfo reqheight $w] != $reqH} {
+	if {![info exists data(counter)]} {
+	    set data(counter) 0
+	}
+        if {$data(counter) < 50} {
+            incr data(counter)
+	    tixGeometryRequest $w $reqW $reqH
+	    tixWidgetDoWhenIdle tixCallMethod $w Resize
+	    set data(repack) 1
+	    return
+	}
+    }
+    set data(counter) 0
+
+    if {$data(w:top) ne $w} {
+	tixMoveResizeWindow $data(w:top) 0 0 [winfo width $w] [winfo height $w]
+	tixMapWindow $data(w:top)
+    }
+
+    if {[string equal $data(topchild) ""]} {
+	set top [lindex $data(windows) 0]
+    } else {
+	set top $data(topchild)
+    }
+
+    if {$top ne ""} {
+	tixCallMethod $w raise $top
+    }
+
+    set data(repack) 0
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/VTree.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/VTree.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: VTree.tcl,v 1.6 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# VTree.tcl --
+#
+#	Virtual base class for Tree widgets.
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+tixWidgetClass tixVTree {
+    -virtual true
+    -classname TixVTree
+    -superclass tixScrolledHList
+    -method {
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-ignoreinvoke
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-ignoreinvoke ignoreInvoke IgnoreInvoke false tixVerifyBoolean}
+    }
+    -default {
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVTree:InitWidgetRec {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec
+}
+
+proc tixVTree:ConstructWidget {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget
+
+    set data(indStyle) \
+	[tixDisplayStyle image -refwindow $data(w:hlist) -padx 0 -pady 0]
+}
+
+proc tixVTree:SetBindings {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    tixChainMethod $w SetBindings
+
+    $data(w:hlist) config \
+	-indicatorcmd [list tixVTree:IndicatorCmd $w] \
+	-browsecmd [list tixVTree:BrowseCmdHook $w] \
+	-command [list tixVTree:CommandHook $w]
+}
+
+proc tixVTree:IndicatorCmd {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set event [tixEvent type]
+    set ent   [tixEvent flag V]
+
+    set type     [tixVTree:GetType $w $ent]
+    set plus	 [tix getimage plus]
+    set plusarm	 [tix getimage plusarm]
+    set minus	 [tix getimage minus]
+    set minusarm [tix getimage minusarm]
+
+    if {![$data(w:hlist) info exists $ent]} {return}
+    switch -exact -- $event {
+	<Arm> {
+	    if {![$data(w:hlist) indicator exists $ent]} {return}
+	    $data(w:hlist) indicator config $ent \
+		-image [expr {$type eq "open" ? $plusarm : $minusarm}]
+	}
+	<Disarm> {
+	    if {![$data(w:hlist) indicator exists $ent]} {return}
+	    $data(w:hlist) indicator config $ent \
+		-image [expr {$type eq "open" ? $plus : $minus}]
+	}
+	<Activate> {
+	    upvar bind bind
+	    tixCallMethod $w Activate $ent $type
+	    set bind(%V) $ent
+	    tixVTree:BrowseCmdHook $w
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVTree:GetType {w ent} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {![$data(w:hlist) indicator exists $ent]} {
+	return none
+    }
+
+    set img [$data(w:hlist) indicator cget $ent -image]
+    if {$img eq [tix getimage plus] || $img eq [tix getimage plusarm]} {
+	return open
+    }
+    return close
+}
+
+proc tixVTree:Activate {w ent type} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$type eq "open"} {
+	tixCallMethod $w OpenCmd $ent
+	$data(w:hlist) indicator config $ent -image [tix getimage minus]
+    } else {
+	tixCallMethod $w CloseCmd $ent
+	$data(w:hlist) indicator config $ent -image [tix getimage plus]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVTree:CommandHook {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    upvar bind bind
+
+    tixCallMethod $w Command bind
+}
+
+proc tixVTree:BrowseCmdHook {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    upvar bind bind
+
+    tixCallMethod $w BrowseCmd bind
+}
+
+proc tixVTree:SetMode {w ent mode} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    switch -exact -- $mode {
+	open {
+	    $data(w:hlist) indicator create $ent -itemtype image \
+		-image [tix getimage plus]  -style $data(indStyle)
+	}
+	close {
+	    $data(w:hlist) indicator create $ent -itemtype image \
+		-image [tix getimage minus] -style $data(indStyle)
+	}
+	none {
+	    if {[$data(w:hlist) indicator exist $ent]} {
+		$data(w:hlist) indicator delete $ent 
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#			Virtual Methods
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tixVTree:OpenCmd {w ent} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # The default action
+    foreach kid [$data(w:hlist) info children $ent] {
+	$data(w:hlist) show entry $kid
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVTree:CloseCmd {w ent} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # The default action
+    foreach kid [$data(w:hlist) info children $ent] {
+	$data(w:hlist) hide entry $kid
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVTree:Command {w B} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    upvar $B bind
+
+    if {$data(-ignoreinvoke)} {
+	return
+    }
+    set ent [tixEvent flag V]
+    if {[$data(w:hlist) indicator exist $ent]} {
+	tixVTree:Activate $w $ent [tixVTree:GetType $w $ent]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVTree:BrowseCmd {w B} {
+}
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#			Widget commands
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Variable.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/Variable.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Variable.tcl,v 1.4 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Variable.tcl --
+#
+#	Routines in this file are used to set up and operate variables
+#	for classes that support the -variable option
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+
+
+# tixVariable:ConfigVariable --
+#
+# 	Set up the -variable option for the object $w
+#
+# Side effects:
+#
+#	data(-variable) is changed to the name of the global variable
+#	if the global variable exists, data(-value) takes the value of this
+#	variable.
+#	if the global variable does not exist, it is created with the
+#	current data(-value)
+#
+# Return value:
+#
+#	true is data(-value) is changed, indicating that data(-command)
+#	should be invoked.
+#
+proc tixVariable:ConfigVariable {w arg} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    set changed 0
+
+    if {$data(-variable) != ""} {
+	uplevel #0 \
+	    [list trace vdelete $data(-variable) w "tixVariable:TraceProc $w"]
+    }
+
+    if {$arg != ""} {
+	if {[uplevel #0 info exists [list $arg]]} {
+	    # This global variable exists, we use its value
+	    #
+	    set data(-value) [uplevel #0 set [list $arg]]
+	    set changed 1
+	} else {
+	    # This global variable does not exist; let's set it 
+	    #
+	    uplevel #0 [list set $arg $data(-value)]
+	}
+	uplevel #0 \
+	    [list trace variable $arg w "tixVariable:TraceProc $w"]
+    }
+
+    return $changed
+}
+
+proc tixVariable:UpdateVariable {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    if {$data(-variable) != ""} {
+	uplevel #0 \
+	    [list trace vdelete  $data(-variable) w "tixVariable:TraceProc $w"]
+	uplevel #0 \
+	    [list set $data(-variable) $data(-value)]
+	uplevel #0 \
+	    [list trace variable $data(-variable) w "tixVariable:TraceProc $w"]
+
+	# just in case someone has another trace and restricted my change
+	#
+	set data(-value) [uplevel #0 set [list $data(-variable)]]
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixVariable:TraceProc {w name1 name2 op} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    set varname $data(-variable)
+
+    if {[catch {$w config -value [uplevel #0 [list set $varname]]} err]} {
+	uplevel #0 [list set $varname [list [$w cget -value]]]
+	error $err
+    }
+    return
+}
+
+proc tixVariable:DeleteVariable {w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    # Must delete the trace command of the -variable
+    #
+    if {$data(-variable) != ""} {
+	uplevel #0 \
+	    [list trace vdelete $data(-variable) w "tixVariable:TraceProc $w"]
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/WInfo.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/WInfo.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: WInfo.tcl,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:04:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# WInfo.tcl --
+#
+#	This file implements the command tixWInfo, which return various
+#	information about a Tix widget.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc tixWInfo {option w} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    case $option {
+	tix {
+	    # Is this a Tix widget?
+	    #
+	    return [info exists data(className)]
+	}
+	compound {
+	    # Is this a compound widget?
+	    #	Currently this is the same as "tixWinfo tix" because only
+	    # Tix compilant compound widgets are supported
+	    return [info exists data(className)]
+	}
+	class {
+	    if {[info exists data(className)]} {
+		return $data(className)
+	    } else {
+		return ""
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/act_fold.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/act_fold.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/act_fold.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#define act_fold_width 16
+#define act_fold_height 10
+static unsigned char act_fold_bits[] = {
+   0xfc, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x0f, 0x55, 0x15, 0xeb, 0xff, 0x15, 0x80, 0x0b, 0x40,
+   0x05, 0x20, 0x03, 0x10, 0x01, 0x08, 0xff, 0x07};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/act_fold.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/act_fold.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * act_fold_xpm[] = {
+/* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */
+"16 12 4 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c yellow",
+"o	c #5B5B57574646",
+/* pixels */
+"   ....         ",
+"  .XXXX.        ",
+" .XXXXXX.       ",
+".............   ",
+".oXoXoXoXoXo.   ",
+".XoX............",
+".oX.XXXXXXXXXXX.",
+".Xo.XXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".o.XXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".X.XXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+"..XXXXXXXXXX..  ",
+".............   "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/balarrow.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/balarrow.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+#define balarrow_width 6
+#define balarrow_height 6
+static char balarrow_bits[] = {
+   0x1f, 0x07, 0x07, 0x09, 0x11, 0x20};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/cbxarrow.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/cbxarrow.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define cbxarrow_width 11
+#define cbxarrow_height 14
+static char cbxarrow_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00,
+   0xfe, 0x03, 0xfc, 0x01, 0xf8, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xfe, 0x03, 0xfe, 0x03};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/ck_def.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/ck_def.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define ck_def_width 13
+#define ck_def_height 13
+static unsigned char ck_def_bits[] = {
+   0xff, 0x1f, 0x01, 0x10, 0x55, 0x15, 0x01, 0x10, 0x55, 0x15, 0x01, 0x10,
+   0x55, 0x15, 0x01, 0x10, 0x55, 0x15, 0x01, 0x10, 0x55, 0x15, 0x01, 0x10,
+   0xff, 0x1f};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/ck_off.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/ck_off.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define ck_off_width 13
+#define ck_off_height 13
+static unsigned char ck_off_bits[] = {
+   0xff, 0x1f, 0x01, 0x10, 0x01, 0x10, 0x01, 0x10, 0x01, 0x10, 0x01, 0x10,
+   0x01, 0x10, 0x01, 0x10, 0x01, 0x10, 0x01, 0x10, 0x01, 0x10, 0x01, 0x10,
+   0xff, 0x1f};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/ck_on.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/ck_on.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define ck_on_width 13
+#define ck_on_height 13
+static unsigned char ck_on_bits[] = {
+   0xff, 0x1f, 0x01, 0x10, 0x01, 0x10, 0x01, 0x14, 0x01, 0x16, 0x01, 0x17,
+   0x89, 0x13, 0xdd, 0x11, 0xf9, 0x10, 0x71, 0x10, 0x21, 0x10, 0x01, 0x10,
+   0xff, 0x1f};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/cross.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/cross.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define cross_width 14
+#define cross_height 14
+static char cross_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x18, 0x0e, 0x1c, 0x1c, 0x0e, 0x38, 0x07,
+   0xf0, 0x03, 0xe0, 0x01, 0xe0, 0x01, 0xf0, 0x03, 0x38, 0x07, 0x1c, 0x0e,
+   0x0e, 0x1c, 0x06, 0x18};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/decr.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/decr.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+#define decr_width 7
+#define decr_height 4
+static char decr_bits[] = {
+   0x7f, 0x3e, 0x1c, 0x08};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/drop.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/drop.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#define drop_width 16
+#define drop_height 16
+#define drop_x_hot 6
+#define drop_y_hot 4
+static unsigned char drop_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x07, 0x02, 0x04, 0x02, 0x04, 0x42, 0x04, 0xc2, 0x04,
+   0xc2, 0x05, 0xc2, 0x07, 0xc2, 0x07, 0xc2, 0x0f, 0xfe, 0x1f, 0xc0, 0x07,
+   0xc0, 0x06, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x00, 0x08};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/file.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/file.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/file.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#define file_width 12
+#define file_height 12
+static unsigned char file_bits[] = {
+   0xfe, 0x00, 0x02, 0x03, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,
+   0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0xfe, 0x03};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/file.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/file.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * file_xpm[] = {
+"12 12 3 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c #FFFFFFFFF3CE",
+" ........   ",
+" .XXXXXX.   ",
+" .XXXXXX... ",
+" .XXXXXXXX. ",
+" .XXXXXXXX. ",
+" .XXXXXXXX. ",
+" .XXXXXXXX. ",
+" .XXXXXXXX. ",
+" .XXXXXXXX. ",
+" .XXXXXXXX. ",
+" .XXXXXXXX. ",
+" .......... "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/folder.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/folder.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/folder.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#define folder_width 16
+#define folder_height 10
+static unsigned char folder_bits[] = {
+   0xfc, 0x00, 0x02, 0x07, 0x01, 0x08, 0x01, 0x08, 0x01, 0x08, 0x01, 0x08,
+   0x01, 0x08, 0x01, 0x08, 0x01, 0x08, 0xff, 0x07};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/folder.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/folder.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * folder_foo_xpm[] = {
+/* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */
+"16 12 3 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c #f0ff80",
+/* pixels */
+"   ....         ",
+"  .XXXX.        ",
+" .XXXXXX.       ",
+".............   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".............   "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/harddisk.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/harddisk.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define harddisk_width 32
+#define harddisk_height 32
+static unsigned char harddisk_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a,
+   0x48, 0x55, 0xd5, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1b, 0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d,
+   0xa8, 0xfa, 0xaf, 0x1a, 0xc8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xfa, 0xaf, 0x1a,
+   0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a, 0x48, 0x55, 0x55, 0x1d,
+   0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x1a, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/hourglas.mask
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/hourglas.mask	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#define hourglass_mask_width 32
+#define hourglass_mask_height 32
+#define hourglass_mask_x_hot 16
+#define hourglass_mask_y_hot 15
+static char hourglass_mask_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f,
+   0x58, 0x00, 0x00, 0x34, 0x58, 0x00, 0x00, 0x34, 0x58, 0x00, 0x00, 0x34,
+   0x98, 0x00, 0x00, 0x32, 0x98, 0x00, 0x00, 0x32, 0x98, 0x00, 0x00, 0x32,
+   0x18, 0x01, 0x00, 0x31, 0x18, 0xfd, 0x7e, 0x31, 0x18, 0xfa, 0xbf, 0x30,
+   0x18, 0xe4, 0x4f, 0x30, 0x18, 0xd8, 0x37, 0x30, 0x18, 0x20, 0x09, 0x30,
+   0x18, 0x40, 0x05, 0x30, 0x18, 0x20, 0x08, 0x30, 0x18, 0x18, 0x31, 0x30,
+   0x18, 0x04, 0x41, 0x30, 0x18, 0x02, 0x80, 0x30, 0x18, 0x01, 0x00, 0x31,
+   0x18, 0x01, 0x00, 0x31, 0x98, 0x00, 0x01, 0x32, 0x98, 0x00, 0x01, 0x32,
+   0x98, 0x80, 0x03, 0x32, 0x58, 0xc0, 0x07, 0x34, 0x58, 0xf0, 0x1f, 0x34,
+   0x58, 0xfe, 0xff, 0x34, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f,
+   0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/hourglas.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/hourglas.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#define hourglass_width 32
+#define hourglas_height 32
+#define hourglas_x_hot 16
+#define hourglas_y_hot 15
+static char hourglas_bits[] = {
+   0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+   0x7c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c,
+   0xfc, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0xfc, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0xfc, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e,
+   0xbc, 0x01, 0x00, 0x7b, 0xbc, 0xfd, 0x7e, 0x7b, 0x3c, 0xfb, 0xbf, 0x79,
+   0x3c, 0xe6, 0xcf, 0x78, 0x3c, 0xdc, 0x77, 0x78, 0x3c, 0x38, 0x39, 0x78,
+   0x3c, 0x60, 0x0d, 0x78, 0x3c, 0x38, 0x38, 0x78, 0x3c, 0x1c, 0x71, 0x78,
+   0x3c, 0x06, 0xc1, 0x78, 0x3c, 0x03, 0x80, 0x79, 0xbc, 0x01, 0x00, 0x7b,
+   0xbc, 0x01, 0x00, 0x7b, 0xfc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x7e, 0xfc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x7e,
+   0xfc, 0x80, 0x03, 0x7e, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0x07, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0xf0, 0x1f, 0x7c,
+   0x7c, 0xfe, 0xff, 0x7c, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+   0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/incr.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/incr.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+#define incr_width 7
+#define incr_height 4
+static char incr_bits[] = {
+   0x08, 0x1c, 0x3e, 0x7f};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/info.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/info.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/info.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * info_xpm[] = {
+"32 32 3 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c white",
+"                                ",
+"           .........            ",
+"        ...XXXXXXXXX...         ",
+"       .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.        ",
+"     ..XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX..      ",
+"    .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.     ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXX...XXXXXXXXXX.    ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXX.....XXXXXXXXX.    ",
+"  .XXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXX.   ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXX.....XXXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXXXX...XXXXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+"  .XXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXX.   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXX.    ",
+"   .XXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXX.    ",
+"    .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.     ",
+"     ..XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX..      ",
+"       .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.        ",
+"        ...XXXXXXXXX...         ",
+"           .........            "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/maximize.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/maximize.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define maximize_width 15
+#define maximize_height 15
+static unsigned char maximize_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x1f, 0x04, 0x10, 0x04, 0x70, 0x04, 0x70,
+   0x04, 0x70, 0x04, 0x70, 0x04, 0x70, 0x04, 0x70, 0x04, 0x70, 0x04, 0x70,
+   0xfc, 0x7f, 0xf0, 0x7f, 0xf0, 0x7f};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minimize.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minimize.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define minimize_width 15
+#define minimize_height 15
+static unsigned char minimize_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x01,
+   0x20, 0x03, 0x20, 0x03, 0xe0, 0x03, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minus.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minus.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minus.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#define minus_width 9
+#define minus_height 9
+static unsigned char minus_bits[] = {
+   0xff, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x7d, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,
+   0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0xff, 0x01};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minus.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minus.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * minus_xpm[] = {
+"9 9 2 1",
+".	s None	c None",
+" 	c black",
+"         ",
+" ....... ",
+" ....... ",
+" ....... ",
+" .     . ",
+" ....... ",
+" ....... ",
+" ....... ",
+"         "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minusarm.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minusarm.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minusarm.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#define minusarm_width 9
+#define minusarm_height 9
+static unsigned char minusarm_bits[] = {
+   0xff, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x7d, 0x01, 0x7d, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x7d, 0x01,
+   0x7d, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0xff, 0x01};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minusarm.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/minusarm.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * minusarm_xpm[] = {
+"9 9 3 1",
+" 	c black",
+".	c yellow",
+"X	c #808080808080",
+"         ",
+" ....... ",
+" ....... ",
+" .XXXXX. ",
+" .X   X. ",
+" .XXXXX. ",
+" ....... ",
+" ....... ",
+"         "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/mktransgif.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/mktransgif.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#
+#	$Id: mktransgif.tcl,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:46 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+#!/usr/local/bin/tclsh
+
+set dont(plusarm.gif)  1
+set dont(minusarm.gif) 1
+
+foreach file [glob *.gif] {
+    if ![info exists dont($file)] {
+	puts "giftool -1 -B $file"
+    }
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/network.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/network.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#define network_width 32
+#define network_height 32
+static unsigned char network_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x40,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52, 0x00, 0x00, 0x8a, 0x51, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x4a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x40, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x52, 0x55,
+   0x02, 0x40, 0xaa, 0x6a, 0xfa, 0x5f, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x0a, 0x50, 0xfe, 0x7f,
+   0x0a, 0x52, 0x80, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x52, 0x80, 0x00, 0x8a, 0x51, 0x80, 0x00,
+   0x0a, 0x50, 0x80, 0x00, 0x4a, 0x50, 0x80, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x50, 0xe0, 0x03,
+   0x0a, 0x50, 0x20, 0x02, 0xfa, 0xdf, 0x3f, 0x03, 0x02, 0x40, 0xa0, 0x02,
+   0x52, 0x55, 0xe0, 0x03, 0xaa, 0x6a, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/no_entry.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/no_entry.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/no_entry.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * no_entry_xpm[] = {
+"32 32 4 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c red",
+"o	c yellow",
+"                                ",
+"           .........            ",
+"        ...XXXXXXXXX...         ",
+"       .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.        ",
+"     ..XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX..      ",
+"    .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.     ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.    ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.    ",
+"  .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXX.......................XXX. ",
+".XXX.ooooooooooooooooooooo.XXX. ",
+".XXX.ooooooooooooooooooooo.XXX. ",
+".XXX.ooooooooooooooooooooo.XXX. ",
+".XXX.ooooooooooooooooooooo.XXX. ",
+".XXX.ooooooooooooooooooooo.XXX. ",
+".XXX.ooooooooooooooooooooo.XXX. ",
+".XXX.......................XXX. ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+"  .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.    ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.    ",
+"    .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.     ",
+"     ..XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX..      ",
+"       .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.        ",
+"        ...XXXXXXXXX...         ",
+"           .........            "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/openfile.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/openfile.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#define openfile_width 16
+#define openfile_height 10
+static unsigned char openfile_bits[] = {
+   0xf8, 0x01, 0x04, 0x06, 0x02, 0x08, 0x02, 0x10, 0xe2, 0xff, 0x52, 0x55,
+   0xaa, 0x2a, 0x56, 0x15, 0xaa, 0x0a, 0xfe, 0x07};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/openfold.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/openfold.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/openfold.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#define openfold_width 16
+#define openfold_height 10
+static unsigned char openfold_bits[] = {
+   0xfc, 0x00, 0x02, 0x07, 0x01, 0x08, 0xc1, 0xff, 0x21, 0x80, 0x11, 0x40,
+   0x09, 0x20, 0x05, 0x10, 0x03, 0x08, 0xff, 0x07};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/openfold.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/openfold.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * openfolder_xpm[] = {
+/* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */
+"16 12 3 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c #f0ff80",
+/* pixels */
+"   ....         ",
+"  .XXXX.        ",
+" .XXXXXX.       ",
+".............   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXX............",
+".XX.XXXXXXXXXXX.",
+".XX.XXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".X.XXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".X.XXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+"..XXXXXXXXXX..  ",
+".............   "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plus.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plus.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plus.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#define plus_width 9
+#define plus_height 9
+static unsigned char plus_bits[] = {
+   0xff, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x11, 0x01, 0x11, 0x01, 0x7d, 0x01, 0x11, 0x01,
+   0x11, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0xff, 0x01};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plus.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plus.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * plus_xpm[] = {
+"9 9 2 1",
+".	s None	c None",
+" 	c black",
+"         ",
+" ....... ",
+" ... ... ",
+" ... ... ",
+" .     . ",
+" ... ... ",
+" ... ... ",
+" ....... ",
+"         "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plusarm.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plusarm.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plusarm.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#define plusarm_width 9
+#define plusarm_height 9
+static unsigned char plusarm_bits[] = {
+   0xff, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x6d, 0x01, 0x6d, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x6d, 0x01,
+   0x6d, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0xff, 0x01};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plusarm.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/plusarm.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * plusarm_xpm[] = {
+"9 9 3 1",
+" 	c black",
+".	c yellow",
+"X	c gray40",
+"         ",
+" ....... ",
+" ... ... ",
+" ..X X.. ",
+" .  X  . ",
+" ..X X.. ",
+" ... ... ",
+" ....... ",
+"         "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/resize1.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/resize1.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#define resize1_width 13
+#define resize1_height 13
+#define resize1_x_hot 6
+#define resize1_y_hot 6
+static unsigned char resize1_bits[] = {
+   0x7f, 0x00, 0x21, 0x00, 0x11, 0x00, 0x31, 0x00, 0x6d, 0x00, 0xdb, 0x00,
+   0xb1, 0x11, 0x60, 0x1b, 0xc0, 0x16, 0x80, 0x11, 0x00, 0x11, 0x80, 0x10,
+   0xc0, 0x1f};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/resize2.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/resize2.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#define resize2_width 13
+#define resize2_height 13
+#define resize2_x_hot 6
+#define resize2_y_hot 6
+static unsigned char resize2_bits[] = {
+   0xc0, 0x1f, 0x80, 0x10, 0x00, 0x11, 0x80, 0x11, 0xc0, 0x16, 0x60, 0x1b,
+   0xb1, 0x11, 0xdb, 0x00, 0x6d, 0x00, 0x31, 0x00, 0x11, 0x00, 0x21, 0x00,
+   0x7f, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/restore.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/restore.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define restore_width 15
+#define restore_height 15
+static unsigned char restore_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xe0, 0x03, 0xf0, 0x07, 0xf8, 0x0f,
+   0xfc, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x1f, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0xf0, 0x07, 0xe0, 0x03,
+   0xc0, 0x01, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/srcfile.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/srcfile.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/srcfile.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#define srcfile_width 12
+#define srcfile_height 12
+static unsigned char srcfile_bits[] = {
+   0xfe, 0x01, 0x02, 0x01, 0x02, 0x07, 0x02, 0x04, 0x72, 0x04, 0x8a, 0x04,
+   0x0a, 0x04, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x8a, 0x04, 0x72, 0x04, 0x02, 0x04, 0xfe, 0x07};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/srcfile.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/srcfile.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * srcfile_xpm[] = {
+"12 12 3 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c gray91",
+" ........   ",
+" .XXXXXX.   ",
+" .XXXXXX... ",
+" .XXXXXXXX. ",
+" .XX...XXX. ",
+" .X.XXX.XX. ",
+" .X.XXXXXX. ",
+" .X.XXXXXX. ",
+" .X.XXX.XX. ",
+" .XX...XXX. ",
+" .XXXXXXXX. ",
+" .......... "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/system.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/system.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define system_width 15
+#define system_height 15
+static unsigned char system_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x3f,
+   0x02, 0x20, 0x02, 0x20, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/textfile.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/textfile.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/textfile.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#define textfile_width 12
+#define textfile_height 12
+static unsigned char textfile_bits[] = {
+   0xfe, 0x01, 0x02, 0x01, 0x02, 0x07, 0x7a, 0x04, 0x02, 0x04, 0x3a, 0x04,
+   0x02, 0x04, 0xfa, 0x04, 0x02, 0x04, 0xfa, 0x04, 0x02, 0x04, 0xfe, 0x07};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/textfile.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/textfile.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * textfile_xpm[] = {
+"12 12 3 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c #FFFFFFFFF3CE",
+" ........   ",
+" .XXXXXX.   ",
+" .XXXXXX... ",
+" .X....XXX. ",
+" .XXXXXXXX. ",
+" .X...XXXX. ",
+" .XXXXXXXX. ",
+" .X.....XX. ",
+" .XXXXXXXX. ",
+" .X.....XX. ",
+" .XXXXXXXX. ",
+" .......... "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/tick.xbm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/tick.xbm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define tick_width 14
+#define tick_height 14
+static char tick_bits[] = {
+   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x00, 0x0e,
+   0x00, 0x07, 0x80, 0x03, 0xc2, 0x01, 0xe7, 0x00, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x00,
+   0x1c, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/warning.gif
==============================================================================
Binary file. No diff available.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/warning.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/bitmaps/warning.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * warning_xpm[] = {
+"32 32 3 1",
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c #000000000000",
+"X	c yellow",
+"                                ",
+"           .........            ",
+"        ...XXXXXXXXX...         ",
+"       .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.        ",
+"     ..XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX..      ",
+"    .XXXXXXXXX...XXXXXXXXX.     ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXX.....XXXXXXXXX.    ",
+"   .XXXXXXXXX.....XXXXXXXXX.    ",
+"  .XXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXX.   ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXXX.....XXXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXXX.....XXXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXXX.....XXXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXXXX...XXXXXXXXXXXXX. ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXXX...XXXXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+" .XXXXXXXXXXX.....XXXXXXXXXXX.  ",
+"  .XXXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXXX.   ",
+"   .XXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXX.    ",
+"   .XXXXXXXX.......XXXXXXXX.    ",
+"    .XXXXXXXX.....XXXXXXXX.     ",
+"     ..XXXXXXX...XXXXXXX..      ",
+"       .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.        ",
+"        ...XXXXXXXXX...         ",
+"           .........            "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/fs.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/fs.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: fs.tcl,v 1.6 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# File system routines to handle some file system variations
+# and how that interoperates with the Tix widgets (mainly HList).
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+
+##
+## Cross-platform
+##
+
+proc tixFSSep {} { return "/" }
+
+proc tixFSNormalize {path} {
+    # possibly use tixFSTilde ?
+    return [file normalize $path]
+}
+
+proc tixFSVolumes {} {
+    return [file volumes]
+}
+
+proc tixFSAncestors {path} {
+    return [file split [file normalize $path]]
+}
+
+# how a filename should be displayed
+proc tixFSDisplayFileName {path} {
+    if {$path eq [file dirname $path]} {
+	return $path
+    } else {
+	return [file tail $path]
+    }
+}
+
+# dir:		Make a listing of this directory
+# showSubDir:	Want to list the subdirectories?
+# showFile:	Want to list the non-directory files in this directory?
+# showPrevDir:	Want to list ".." as well?
+# showHidden:	Want to list the hidden files?
+#
+# return value:	a list of files and/or subdirectories
+#
+proc tixFSListDir {dir showSubDir showFile showPrevDir \
+		       showHidden {pattern ""}} {
+
+    if {$pattern eq ""} { set pattern [list "*"] }
+    if {$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "unix"
+	&& $showHidden && $pattern eq "*"} { lappend pattern ".*" }
+
+    if {[catch {eval [list glob -nocomplain -directory $dir] \
+		    $pattern} files]} {
+	# The user has entered an invalid or unreadable directory
+	# %% todo: prompt error, go back to last succeed directory
+	return ""
+    }
+    set list ""
+    foreach f [lsort -dictionary $files] {
+	set tail [file tail $f]
+	# file tail handles this automatically
+	#if {[string match ~* $tail]} { set tail ./$tail }
+	if {[file isdirectory $f]} {
+	    if {$tail eq "."} { continue }
+	    if {$showSubDir} {
+		if {$tail eq ".." && !$showPrevDir} { continue }
+		lappend list $tail
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if {$showFile} { lappend list $tail }
+	}
+    }
+    return $list
+}
+
+# in:	internal name
+# out:	native name
+proc tixFSNativeNorm {path} {
+    return [tixFSNative [tixFSNormalize $path]]
+}
+
+# tixFSDisplayName --
+#
+#	Returns the name of a normalized path which is usually displayed by
+#	the OS
+#
+proc tixFSDisplayName {path} {
+    return [tixFSNative $path]
+}
+
+proc tixFSTilde {path} {
+    # verify that paths with leading ~ are files or real users
+    if {[string match ~* $path]} {
+	# The following will report if the user doesn't exist
+	if {![file isdirectory $path]} {
+	    set path ./$path
+	} else {
+	    set path [file normalize $path]
+	}
+    }
+    return $path
+}
+
+proc tixFSJoin {dir sub} {
+    return [tixFSNative [file join $dir [tixFSTilde $sub]]]
+}
+
+proc tixFSNative {path} {
+    return $path
+}
+
+if {$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} {
+
+    ##
+    ## WINDOWS
+    ##
+
+    # is an absoulte path only if it starts with a baclskash
+    # or starts with "<drive letter>:"
+    #
+    # in: nativeName
+    #
+    proc tixFSIsAbsPath {nativeName} {
+	set ptype [file pathtype $nativename]
+	return [expr {$ptype eq "absolute" || $ptype eq "volumerelative"}]
+    }
+
+    # tixFSIsValid --
+    #
+    #	Checks whether a native pathname contains invalid characters.
+    #
+    proc tixFSIsValid {path} {
+	#if {$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} {set bad "\\/:*?\"<>|\0"}
+	return 1
+    }
+
+    proc tixFSExternal {path} {
+	# Avoid normalization on root adding unwanted volumerelative pwd
+	if {[string match -nocase {[A-Z]:} $path]} {
+	    return $path/
+	}
+	return [file normalize $path]
+    }
+
+    proc tixFSInternal {path} {
+	# Only need to watch for ^[A-Z]:/$, but this does the trick
+	return [string trimright [file normalize $path] /]
+    }
+
+} else {
+
+    ##
+    ## UNIX
+    ##
+
+    proc tixFSIsAbsPath {path} {
+	return [string match {[~/]*} $path]
+    }
+
+    # tixFSIsValid --
+    #
+    #	Checks whether a native pathname contains invalid characters.
+    #
+    proc tixFSIsValid {path} { return 1 }
+
+    proc tixFSExternal {path} { return $path }
+    proc tixFSInternal {path} { return $path }
+
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/10Point.fs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/10Point.fs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# $Id: 10Point.fs,v 1.2 2002/01/24 09:17:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+
+proc tixSetFontset {} {
+    global tixOption tcl_platform
+
+    switch -- $tcl_platform(platform) "windows" {
+	# This should be Tahoma for Win2000/XP
+	set font "MS Sans Sherif"
+	set fixedfont "Courier New"
+    } unix {
+	set font "helvetica"
+	set fixedfont "courier"
+    }
+
+    set tixOption(font)         [list $font -10]
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    [list $font -10 bold]
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    [list $font -10]
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  [list $font -10 bold italic]
+    set tixOption(fixed_font)   [list $fixedfont -10]
+    set tixOption(border1)      1
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/10Point.fsc
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/10Point.fsc	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#
+# $Id: 10Point.fsc,v 1.2 2002/01/24 09:17:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixPref:InitFontSet:10Point {} { 
+
+    global tixOption tcl_platform
+
+    switch -- $tcl_platform(platform) "windows" {
+	# This should be Tahoma for Win2000/XP
+	set font "MS Sans Sherif"
+	set fixedfont "Courier New"
+    } unix {
+	set font "helvetica"
+	set fixedfont "courier"
+    }
+
+    set tixOption(font)         [list $font -10]
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    [list $font -10 bold]
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    [list $font -10]
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  [list $font -10 bold italic]
+    set tixOption(fixed_font)   [list $fixedfont -10]
+    set tixOption(border1)      1
+
+}
+proc tixPref:SetFontSet:10Point {} { 
+global tixOption
+option add *Font			$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *font			$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menu.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMenu.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menubutton.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.font              	$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.font			$tixOption(italic_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.font 			$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBitmapButton*label.font 			$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*label.font              	$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*label.font              	$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelFrame*label.font 	 		$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMwmClient*title.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixOptionMenu*menubutton.font		$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.font				$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileSelectBox*Label.font            		$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/12Point.fs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/12Point.fs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# $Id: 12Point.fs,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:03:09 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+
+proc tixSetFontset {} {
+    global tixOption tcl_platform
+
+    switch -- $tcl_platform(platform) "windows" {
+	# This should be Tahoma for Win2000/XP
+	set font "MS Sans Serif"
+	set fixedfont "Courier New"
+    } unix {
+	set font "helvetica"
+	set fixedfont "courier"
+    }
+
+    set tixOption(font)         [list $font -12]
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    [list $font -12 bold]
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    [list $font -12]
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  [list $font -12 bold italic]
+    set tixOption(fixed_font)   [list $fixedfont -12]
+    set tixOption(border1)      1
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/12Point.fsc
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/12Point.fsc	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#
+# $Id: 12Point.fsc,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:03:09 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixPref:InitFontSet:12Point {} { 
+
+    global tixOption tcl_platform
+
+    switch -- $tcl_platform(platform) "windows" {
+	# This should be Tahoma for Win2000/XP
+	set font "MS Sans Serif"
+	set fixedfont "Courier New"
+    } unix {
+	set font "helvetica"
+	set fixedfont "courier"
+    }
+
+    set tixOption(font)         [list $font -12]
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    [list $font -12 bold]
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    [list $font -12]
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  [list $font -12 bold italic]
+    set tixOption(fixed_font)   [list $fixedfont -12]
+    set tixOption(border1)      1
+
+}
+proc tixPref:SetFontSet:12Point {} { 
+global tixOption
+option add *Font			$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *font			$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menu.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMenu.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menubutton.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.font              	$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.font			$tixOption(italic_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.font 			$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBitmapButton*label.font 			$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*label.font              	$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*label.font              	$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelFrame*label.font 	 		$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMwmClient*title.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixOptionMenu*menubutton.font		$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.font				$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileSelectBox*Label.font            		$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/14Point.fs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/14Point.fs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#
+# $Id: 14Point.fs,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:03:09 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixSetFontset {} {
+    global tixOption tcl_platform
+
+    switch -- $tcl_platform(platform) "windows" {
+	# This should be Tahoma for Win2000/XP
+	set font "MS Sans Serif"
+	set fixedfont "Courier New"
+    } unix {
+	set font "helvetica"
+	set fixedfont "courier"
+    }
+
+    set tixOption(font)         [list $font -14]
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    [list $font -14 bold]
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    [list $font -14]
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  [list $font -14 bold italic]
+    set tixOption(fixed_font)   [list $fixedfont -14]
+    set tixOption(border1)      1
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/14Point.fsc
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/14Point.fsc	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#
+# $Id: 14Point.fsc,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:03:09 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixPref:InitFontSet:14Point {} { 
+
+
+    global tixOption tcl_platform
+
+    switch -- $tcl_platform(platform) "windows" {
+	if {$tcl_platform(osVersion) < 5} {
+	    set font "MS Sans Serif"
+	} else {
+	    set font "Tahoma"
+	}
+	set fixedfont "Courier New"
+	set bd 1
+    } unix {
+	set font "helvetica"
+	set fixedfont "courier"
+	set bd 2
+    }
+
+    set tixOption(font)         [list $font -14]
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    [list $font -14 bold]
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    [list $font -14]
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  [list $font -14 bold italic]
+    set tixOption(fixed_font)   [list $fixedfont -14]
+    set tixOption(border1)      $bd
+
+}
+proc tixPref:SetFontSet:14Point {} { 
+global tixOption
+option add *Font			$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *font			$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menu.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMenu.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menubutton.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.font              	$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.font			$tixOption(italic_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.font 			$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBitmapButton*label.font 			$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*label.font              	$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*label.font              	$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelFrame*label.font 	 		$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMwmClient*title.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixOptionMenu*menubutton.font		$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.font				$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileSelectBox*Label.font            		$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Bisque.cs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Bisque.cs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#
+# $Id: Bisque.cs,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:47 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixSetScheme-Color {} {
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           bisque1
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     bisque2
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     bisque3
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  bisque3
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    bisque1
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    bisque1
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    bisque2
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    bisque2
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    black
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    bisque2
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	#b03060
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Bisque.csc
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Bisque.csc	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+#
+# $Id: Bisque.csc,v 1.2 2000/10/12 01:59:13 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Color:Bisque {} {
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           bisque1
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     bisque2
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     bisque3
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  bisque3
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    bisque1
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    bisque1
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    bisque2
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    bisque2
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    black
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    bisque2
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	#b03060
+
+option add *background 		$tixOption(bg) 10
+option add *Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeBackground	$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeForeground	$tixOption(active_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *HighlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBorderWidth	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMenu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menubutton.padY			5 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.anchor		c $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Checkbutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Radiobutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.anchor		w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.activeForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.width			15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*background 			#ffff60 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*foreground 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon.background 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.anchor 			w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileEntry*Entry.background 		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.background			$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.activeBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.disabledBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.highlightThickness	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.width		15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.highlightThickness		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.relief		raised $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*Menubutton.padY 		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.Background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.backPageColor		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground	$tixOption(inactive_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleActiveBg 		$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.seperatorBg    		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleBg       		$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPopupMenu*menubutton.background 	$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow.frame.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.highlightBackground		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.background			$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.foreground			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.insertBackground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Mono:Bisque {} {
+
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           lightgray
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     gray70
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     gray60
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     white
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  lightgray
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    black
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	black
+
+option add *background 		$tixOption(bg) 10
+option add *Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeBackground	$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeForeground	$tixOption(active_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *HighlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBorderWidth	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMenu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menubutton.padY			5 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.anchor		c $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Checkbutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Radiobutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.anchor		w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.activeForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.width			15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*background 			#ffff60 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*foreground 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon.background 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.anchor 			w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileEntry*Entry.background 		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.background			$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.activeBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.disabledBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.highlightThickness	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.width		15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.highlightThickness		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.relief		raised $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*Menubutton.padY 		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.Background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.backPageColor		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground	$tixOption(inactive_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleActiveBg 		$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.seperatorBg    		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleBg       		$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPopupMenu*menubutton.background 	$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow.frame.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.highlightBackground		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.background			$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.foreground			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.insertBackground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Blue.cs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Blue.cs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#
+# $Id: Blue.cs,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:47 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixSetScheme-Color {} {
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           #9090f0
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     #8080d0
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     #7070c0
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  #8080da
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    #a8a8ff
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    black
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    #c0c0ff
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    black
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray25
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    $tixOption(bg)
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    black
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	yellow
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Blue.csc
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Blue.csc	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+#
+# $Id: Blue.csc,v 1.2 2000/10/12 01:59:28 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Color:Blue {} {
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           #9090f0
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     #8080d0
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     #7070c0
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  #8080da
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    #a8a8ff
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    black
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    #c0c0ff
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    black
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray25
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    $tixOption(bg)
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    black
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	yellow
+
+option add *background 		$tixOption(bg) 10
+option add *Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeBackground	$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeForeground	$tixOption(active_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *HighlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBorderWidth	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMenu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menubutton.padY			5 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.anchor		c $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Checkbutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Radiobutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.anchor		w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.activeForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.width			15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*background 			#ffff60 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*foreground 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon.background 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.anchor 			w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileEntry*Entry.background 		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.background			$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.activeBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.disabledBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.highlightThickness	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.width		15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.highlightThickness		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.relief		raised $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*Menubutton.padY 		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.Background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.backPageColor		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground	$tixOption(inactive_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleActiveBg 		$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.seperatorBg    		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleBg       		$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPopupMenu*menubutton.background 	$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow.frame.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.highlightBackground		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.background			$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.foreground			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.insertBackground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Mono:Blue {} {
+
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           lightgray
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     gray70
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     gray60
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     white
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  lightgray
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    black
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	black
+
+option add *background 		$tixOption(bg) 10
+option add *Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeBackground	$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeForeground	$tixOption(active_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *HighlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBorderWidth	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMenu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menubutton.padY			5 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.anchor		c $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Checkbutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Radiobutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.anchor		w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.activeForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.width			15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*background 			#ffff60 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*foreground 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon.background 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.anchor 			w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileEntry*Entry.background 		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.background			$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.activeBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.disabledBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.highlightThickness	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.width		15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.highlightThickness		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.relief		raised $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*Menubutton.padY 		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.Background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.backPageColor		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground	$tixOption(inactive_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleActiveBg 		$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.seperatorBg    		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleBg       		$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPopupMenu*menubutton.background 	$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow.frame.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.highlightBackground		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.background			$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.foreground			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.insertBackground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Gray.cs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Gray.cs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#
+# $Id: Gray.cs,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:47 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixSetScheme-Color {} {
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           lightgray
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     gray
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     gray50
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  gray50
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    $tixOption(bg)
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+	
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    black
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    lightblue
+	
+    set tixOption(selector)	yellow
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Gray.csc
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Gray.csc	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+#
+# $Id: Gray.csc,v 1.2 2000/10/12 01:59:44 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Color:Gray {} {
+
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           lightgray
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     gray
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     gray50
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  gray50
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    $tixOption(bg)
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+	
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    black
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    lightblue
+	
+    set tixOption(selector)	yellow
+
+option add *background 		$tixOption(bg) 10
+option add *Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeBackground	$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeForeground	$tixOption(active_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *HighlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBorderWidth	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMenu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menubutton.padY			5 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.anchor		c $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Checkbutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Radiobutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.anchor		w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.activeForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.width			15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*background 			#ffff60 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*foreground 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon.background 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.anchor 			w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileEntry*Entry.background 		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.background			$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.activeBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.disabledBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.highlightThickness	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.width		15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.highlightThickness		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.relief		raised $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*Menubutton.padY 		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.Background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.backPageColor		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground	$tixOption(inactive_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleActiveBg 		$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.seperatorBg    		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleBg       		$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPopupMenu*menubutton.background 	$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow.frame.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.highlightBackground		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.background			$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.foreground			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.insertBackground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Mono:Gray {} {
+
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           lightgray
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     gray70
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     gray60
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     white
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  lightgray
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    black
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	black
+
+option add *background 		$tixOption(bg) 10
+option add *Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeBackground	$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeForeground	$tixOption(active_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *HighlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBorderWidth	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMenu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menubutton.padY			5 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.anchor		c $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Checkbutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Radiobutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.anchor		w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.activeForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.width			15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*background 			#ffff60 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*foreground 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon.background 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.anchor 			w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileEntry*Entry.background 		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.background			$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.activeBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.disabledBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.highlightThickness	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.width		15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.highlightThickness		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.relief		raised $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*Menubutton.padY 		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.Background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.backPageColor		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground	$tixOption(inactive_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleActiveBg 		$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.seperatorBg    		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleBg       		$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPopupMenu*menubutton.background 	$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow.frame.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.highlightBackground		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.background			$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.foreground			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.insertBackground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Makefile
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Makefile	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+#
+# $Id: Makefile,v 1.2 2000/10/12 01:45:23 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# WARNING
+#
+# This Makefile is NOT for installation purposes. Please read the file
+# docs/Install.html for information about installing Tix.
+#
+#
+#
+#
+#
+#
+# fs = font scheme source 
+# cs = color scheme source 
+#
+# fsc = font scheme compiled
+# csc = color scheme compiled
+#
+
+
+.SUFFIXES: .fs .cs .csc .fsc
+
+all:: FONT_PREF COLOR_PREF
+
+FONT_SRC = 14Point.fs 12Point.fs TK.fs TkWin.fs
+
+FONT_PREF:: ${FONT_SRC:.fs=.fsc}
+
+COLOR_SRC = Bisque.cs Blue.cs Gray.cs SGIGray.cs TixGray.cs TK.cs TkWin.cs
+
+COLOR_PREF:: ${COLOR_SRC:.cs=.csc}
+
+fresh::
+	-rm -f ${COLOR_SRC:.cs=.csc} FONT_PREF:: ${FONT_SRC:.fs=.fsc}
+	make
+
+.cs.csc:
+	tixmkpref -color $< > $@
+
+.fs.fsc:
+	tixmkpref -font  $< > $@
+
+distclean:
+	- rm -f *.a *.o core errs *~ \#* TAGS *.E a.out errors \
+		*.ps
+
+clean:: distclean

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Old12Pt.fs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Old12Pt.fs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#
+# $Id: Old12Pt.fs,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:03:09 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+
+proc tixSetFontset:12Point {} {
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(font)         -*-helvetica-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    -*-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    -*-helvetica-bold-o-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  -*-helvetica-bold-o-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+    set tixOption(fixed_font) -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+    set tixOption(border1)      1
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Old14Pt.fs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/Old14Pt.fs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#
+# $Id: Old14Pt.fs,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:03:09 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixSetFontset {} {
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(font)         -*-helvetica-medium-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    -*-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    -*-helvetica-bold-o-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  -*-helvetica-bold-o-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+    set tixOption(fixed_font) -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/SGIGray.cs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/SGIGray.cs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# $Id: SGIGray.cs,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:47 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixSetScheme-Color {} {
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           lightgray
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     gray
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     gray50
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  gray50
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray35
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    rosybrown
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    rosybrown
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    black
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    lightblue
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	yellow
+}
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/SGIGray.csc
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/SGIGray.csc	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+#
+# $Id: SGIGray.csc,v 1.2 2000/10/12 02:00:00 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Color:SGIGray {} {
+
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           lightgray
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     gray
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     gray50
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  gray50
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray35
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    rosybrown
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    rosybrown
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    black
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    lightblue
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	yellow
+
+option add *background 		$tixOption(bg) 10
+option add *Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeBackground	$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeForeground	$tixOption(active_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *HighlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBorderWidth	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMenu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menubutton.padY			5 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.anchor		c $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Checkbutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Radiobutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.anchor		w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.activeForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.width			15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*background 			#ffff60 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*foreground 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon.background 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.anchor 			w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileEntry*Entry.background 		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.background			$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.activeBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.disabledBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.highlightThickness	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.width		15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.highlightThickness		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.relief		raised $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*Menubutton.padY 		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.Background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.backPageColor		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground	$tixOption(inactive_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleActiveBg 		$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.seperatorBg    		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleBg       		$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPopupMenu*menubutton.background 	$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow.frame.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.highlightBackground		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.background			$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.foreground			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.insertBackground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Mono:SGIGray {} {
+
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           lightgray
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     gray70
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     gray60
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     white
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  lightgray
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    black
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	black
+
+option add *background 		$tixOption(bg) 10
+option add *Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeBackground	$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeForeground	$tixOption(active_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *HighlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBorderWidth	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMenu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menubutton.padY			5 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.anchor		c $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Checkbutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Radiobutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.anchor		w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.activeForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.width			15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*background 			#ffff60 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*foreground 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon.background 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.anchor 			w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileEntry*Entry.background 		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.background			$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.activeBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.disabledBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.highlightThickness	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.width		15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.highlightThickness		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.relief		raised $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*Menubutton.padY 		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.Background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.backPageColor		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground	$tixOption(inactive_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleActiveBg 		$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.seperatorBg    		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleBg       		$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPopupMenu*menubutton.background 	$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow.frame.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.highlightBackground		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.background			$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.foreground			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.insertBackground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TK.cs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TK.cs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#
+# $Id: TK.cs,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:47 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixSetScheme-Color {} {
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           #d9d9d9
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     #c3c3c3
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     #a3a3a3
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  #a3a3a3
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    #ececec
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    #fcfcfc
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    #d9d9d9
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    #d9d9d9
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    black
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    #c3c3c3
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	#b03060
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TK.csc
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TK.csc	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+#
+# $Id: TK.csc,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:47 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Color:TK {} {
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           #d9d9d9
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     #c3c3c3
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     #a3a3a3
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  #a3a3a3
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    #ececec
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    #fcfcfc
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    #d9d9d9
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    #d9d9d9
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    black
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    #c3c3c3
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	#b03060
+
+}
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Mono:TK {} {
+
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           lightgray
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     gray70
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     gray60
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     white
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  lightgray
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    black
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	black
+
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TK.fs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TK.fs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#
+# $Id: TK.fs,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:03:09 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+
+proc tixSetFontset {} {
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(font)         -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal--*-120-*
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal--*-120-*
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-O-Normal--*-120-*
+    set tixOption(fixed_font) -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+    set tixOption(border1)      1
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TK.fsc
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TK.fsc	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#
+# $Id: TK.fsc,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:03:09 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixPref:InitFontSet:TK {} { 
+
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(font)         -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal--*-120-*
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal--*-120-*
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-O-Normal--*-120-*
+    set tixOption(fixed_font) -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+    set tixOption(border1)      1
+
+}
+proc tixPref:SetFontSet:TK {} { 
+global tixOption
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TixGray.cs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TixGray.cs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#
+# $Id: TixGray.cs,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:47 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixSetScheme-Color {} {
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           lightgray
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     gray86
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     gray77
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  gray77
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    gray92
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    black
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    lightblue
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	yellow
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TixGray.csc
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TixGray.csc	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+#
+# $Id: TixGray.csc,v 1.2 2000/10/12 02:00:25 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Color:TixGray {} {
+
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           lightgray
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     gray86
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     gray77
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  gray77
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    gray92
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    black
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    lightblue
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	yellow
+
+option add *background 		$tixOption(bg) 10
+option add *Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeBackground	$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeForeground	$tixOption(active_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *HighlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBorderWidth	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMenu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menubutton.padY			5 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.anchor		c $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Checkbutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Radiobutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.anchor		w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.activeForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.width			15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*background 			#ffff60 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*foreground 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon.background 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.anchor 			w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileEntry*Entry.background 		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.background			$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.activeBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.disabledBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.highlightThickness	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.width		15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.highlightThickness		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.relief		raised $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*Menubutton.padY 		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.Background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.backPageColor		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground	$tixOption(inactive_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleActiveBg 		$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.seperatorBg    		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleBg       		$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPopupMenu*menubutton.background 	$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow.frame.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.highlightBackground		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.background			$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.foreground			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.insertBackground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Mono:TixGray {} {
+
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           lightgray
+    set tixOption(fg)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     gray70
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(dark2_bg)     gray60
+    set tixOption(dark2_fg)     white
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  lightgray
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(light2_bg)    gray95
+    set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(input2_bg)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+    set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(light1_bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    black
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	black
+
+option add *background 		$tixOption(bg) 10
+option add *Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeBackground	$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *activeForeground	$tixOption(active_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *HighlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *selectBorderWidth	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMenu.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menubutton.padY			5 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.anchor		c $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Checkbutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Radiobutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.anchor		w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.activeForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.width			15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*background 			#ffff60 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*foreground 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon.background 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.anchor 			w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileEntry*Entry.background 		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.background			$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.activeBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.disabledBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.highlightThickness	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.width		15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.highlightThickness		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.relief		raised $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*Menubutton.padY 		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.Background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.backPageColor		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground	$tixOption(inactive_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleActiveBg 		$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.seperatorBg    		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleBg       		$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPopupMenu*menubutton.background 	$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow.frame.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.highlightBackground		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.background			$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.foreground			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.insertBackground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TkWin.cs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TkWin.cs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#
+# $Id: TkWin.cs,v 1.1 2000/10/12 01:41:04 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixSetScheme-Color {} {
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           SystemButtonFace
+    set tixOption(fg)           SystemButtonText
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     SystemScrollbar
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     SystemButtonText
+#     set tixOption(dark2_bg)     SystemDisabledText
+#     set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  SystemButtonFace
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  SystemButtonText
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    SystemButtonFace
+#     set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+#     set tixOption(light2_bg)    #fcfcfc
+#     set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  SystemDisabledText
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    SystemWindow
+#     set tixOption(input2_bg)    
+#     set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+#     set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    SystemHighlightText
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    SystemHighlight
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	SystemHighlight
+}
+
+proc tixSetScheme-Mono {} {
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           SystemButtonFace
+    set tixOption(fg)           SystemButtonText
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     SystemScrollbar
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     SystemButtonText
+#     set tixOption(dark2_bg)     SystemDisabledText
+#     set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  SystemButtonFace
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  SystemButtonText
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    SystemButtonFace
+#     set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+#     set tixOption(light2_bg)    #fcfcfc
+#     set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  SystemDisabledText
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    white
+#     set tixOption(input2_bg)    
+#     set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+#     set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    SystemHighlightText
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    SystemHighlight
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	SystemHighlight
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TkWin.csc
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TkWin.csc	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+#
+# $Id: TkWin.csc,v 1.2 2002/01/24 09:16:22 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Color:TkWin {} {
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           SystemButtonFace
+    set tixOption(fg)           SystemButtonText
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     SystemScrollbar
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     SystemButtonText
+#     set tixOption(dark2_bg)     SystemDisabledText
+#     set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  SystemButtonFace
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  SystemButtonText
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    SystemButtonFace
+#     set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+#     set tixOption(light2_bg)    #fcfcfc
+#     set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  SystemDisabledText
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    SystemWindow
+#     set tixOption(input2_bg)    
+#     set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+#     set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    SystemHighlightText
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    SystemHighlight
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	SystemHighlight
+
+option add *TixBalloon*background 			"#ffff60" $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*foreground 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon.background 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.anchor 			w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileEntry*Entry.background 		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.background			$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.activeBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.disabledBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.highlightThickness	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.width		15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.highlightThickness		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.relief		raised $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*Menubutton.padY 		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.Background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.backPageColor		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground	$tixOption(inactive_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleActiveBg 		$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.separatorBg    		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleBg       		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPopupMenu*menubutton.background 	$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox.background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText.background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow.background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow.frame.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree.background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.highlightBackground		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.background			$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.foreground			SystemWindowText $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.insertBackground		SystemWindowText $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*TixScrolledListBox.selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*TixScrolledListBox.selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}
+
+# Leave the standard widgets alone
+if {0} {
+option add *Menubutton.padY			5 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.anchor		c $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.anchor		w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.activeForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.width			15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}
+
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Mono:TkWin {} {
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           SystemButtonFace
+    set tixOption(fg)           SystemButtonText
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     SystemScrollbar
+    set tixOption(dark1_fg)     SystemButtonText
+#     set tixOption(dark2_bg)     SystemDisabledText
+#     set tixOption(dark2_fg)     black
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  SystemButtonFace
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  SystemButtonText
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    SystemButtonFace
+#     set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+#     set tixOption(light2_bg)    #fcfcfc
+#     set tixOption(light2_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(fg)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  SystemDisabledText
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    white
+#     set tixOption(input2_bg)    
+#     set tixOption(output1_bg)   $tixOption(dark1_bg)
+#     set tixOption(output2_bg)   $tixOption(bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    SystemHighlightText
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    SystemHighlight
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	SystemHighlight
+
+
+option add *TixBalloon*background 			"#ffff60" $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*foreground 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon.background 			black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.anchor 			w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixDirList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileEntry*Entry.background 		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.background			$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.activeBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixHList.disabledBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Listbox.highlightThickness	0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*Scrollbar.width		15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.relief			sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMultiList*f1.highlightThickness		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.relief		raised $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMDIMenuBar*Menubutton.padY 		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.Background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.Background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.backPageColor		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground	$tixOption(inactive_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleActiveBg 		$tixOption(active_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.separatorBg    		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPanedWindow.handleBg       		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixPopupMenu*menubutton.background 	$tixOption(dark1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox.background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText.background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow.background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixScrolledWindow.frame.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree.background			$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixTree*hlist.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.highlightBackground		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.background			$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.foreground			SystemWindowText $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.insertBackground		SystemWindowText $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*TixScrolledListBox.selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*TixScrolledListBox.selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}
+
+# Leave the standard widgets alone
+if {0} {
+option add *Menubutton.padY			5 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.borderWidth		2 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Button.anchor		c $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.foreground		black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Entry.insertBackground	black $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.anchor		w $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.borderWidth		0 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Listbox.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.foreground		$tixOption(fg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.activeForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderForeground	$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.sliderBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.borderWidth		1 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scrollbar.width			15 $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.background		$tixOption(input1_bg) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Text.relief		sunken $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TkWin.fs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TkWin.fs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#
+# $Id: TkWin.fs,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:03:09 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+
+proc tixSetFontset {} {
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(font)         "windows-message"
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    "windows-status"
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    "windows-menu"
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  "windows-message"
+    set tixOption(fixed_font)   "systemfixed"
+    set tixOption(border1)      1
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TkWin.fsc
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/TkWin.fsc	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+#
+# $Id: TkWin.fsc,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:03:09 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc tixPref:InitFontSet:TkWin {} { 
+
+
+    global tixOption
+
+    set tixOption(font)         "windows-message"
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    "windows-status"
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    "windows-menu"
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  "windows-message"
+    set tixOption(fixed_font)   "systemfixed"
+    set tixOption(border1)      1
+
+}
+proc tixPref:SetFontSet:TkWin {} { 
+global tixOption
+option add *Menu.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMenu.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Menubutton.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Label.font              	$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *Scale.font			$tixOption(italic_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBalloon*Label.font 			$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixBitmapButton*label.font 			$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixControl*label.font              	$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelEntry*label.font              	$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixLabelFrame*label.font 	 		$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixMwmClient*title.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixOptionMenu*menubutton.font		$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixComboBox*Entry.font				$tixOption(font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+option add *TixFileSelectBox*Label.font            		$tixOption(bold_font) $tixOption(prioLevel)
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.cs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.cs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: WmDefault.cs,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:03:09 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+
+proc tixSetScheme-Color {} {
+    global tixOption
+
+    package require wm_default
+    if {![info exists ::wm_default::wm]} {
+	wm_default::setup
+	wm_default::addoptions
+    }
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           $::wm_default::background
+    set tixOption(fg)           $::wm_default::foreground
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     #808080
+
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  $::wm_default::disabledbackground
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black; # unused
+
+    # light1 was used for listbox widgets and trough colors
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    $::wm_default::scrollbars
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white; # unused
+
+    # text is now used for listbox widgets
+    set tixOption(list_bg)   	$::wm_default::textbackground
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $::wm_default::activebackground
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $::wm_default::activeforeground
+
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  $::wm_default::disabledforeground
+    # new
+    set tixOption(disabled_bg)  $::wm_default::disabledtextbackground
+
+    set tixOption(input1_bg)    $::wm_default::textbackground
+    set tixOption(input1_fg)    $::wm_default::textforeground
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    $::wm_default::selectforeground
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    $::wm_default::selectbackground
+	
+    set tixOption(selector)	$::wm_default::selectcolor
+
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.csc
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.csc	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: WmDefault.csc,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:03:09 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+#
+
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Color:WmDefault {args} {
+    global tixOption
+
+    package require wm_default
+    if {![info exists ::wm_default::wm]} {
+	wm_default::setup
+	wm_default::addoptions
+    }
+
+    set tixOption(bg)           $::wm_default::background
+    set tixOption(fg)           $::wm_default::foreground
+
+    # was "#808080"
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     $::wm_default::disabledbackground
+
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  $::wm_default::disabledbackground
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black; # unused
+
+    # light1 was used for listbox widgets and trough colors
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    $::wm_default::scrollbars
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white; #unused
+
+    # text is now used for listbox widgets
+    set tixOption(list_bg)   	$::wm_default::textbackground
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    $::wm_default::activebackground
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $::wm_default::activeforeground
+
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  $::wm_default::disabledforeground
+    # new
+    set tixOption(disabled_bg)  $::wm_default::disabledtextbackground
+
+    set tixOption(textbackground)    $::wm_default::textbackground
+    set tixOption(input1_fg)    $::wm_default::textforeground
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    $::wm_default::selectforeground
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    $::wm_default::selectbackground
+	
+    set tixOption(selector)	$::wm_default::selectcolor
+
+    set pri $tixOption(prioLevel)
+
+    # Try to give the subwidget (hlist) the highlightThickness 
+    foreach pref {*TixDirTree *TixDirList *TixTree \
+	    *TixScrolledListBox  \
+	    *TixScrolledTList  *TixScrolledText} {
+	option add $pref.highlightThickness 0 $pri
+    }
+
+
+    # necessary:
+    option add *TixBalloon*background 			white $pri
+    option add *TixBalloon*foreground 			black $pri
+    option add *TixBalloon.background 			black $pri
+
+    # necessary: but should be restricted
+    # was -   option add *Label.anchor 				w $pri
+    option add *TixBalloon*Label.anchor 		w $pri
+    option add *TixComboBox*Label.anchor 		w $pri
+    option add *TixFileEntry*Label.anchor 		w $pri
+    option add *TixLabelEntry*Label.anchor 		w $pri
+    option add *TixOptionMenu*Label.anchor 		w $pri
+
+    option add *TixComboBox*background $tixOption(background) $pri
+    option add *TixFileEntry*Entry.borderWidth		0 $pri
+    option add *TixFileEntry.frame.background		$tixOption(textbackground) $pri
+
+    option add *TixFileEntry*Entry.highlightBackground $::wm_default::highlightbackground $pri
+
+    option add *TixOptionMenu*menubutton.relief raised $pri
+    option add *TixOptionMenu*menubutton.borderWidth $::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+    option add *TixResizeHandle*background $tixOption(disabledbackground) $pri
+
+    option add *handleActiveBg 		$::wm_default::selectbackground $pri
+
+
+    # These may already have been covered by wm_default
+
+    option add *TixControl*entry.insertBackground	$tixOption(textforeground) $pri
+
+    option add *TixDirTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+    option add *TixDirTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(disabled_bg) $pri
+    option add *TixDirTree*f1.borderWidth		$::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+    option add *TixDirTree*f1.relief			sunken $pri
+
+    option add *TixDirList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+    option add *TixDirList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(disabled_bg) $pri
+    option add *TixDirList*f1.borderWidth		$::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+    option add *TixDirList*f1.relief			sunken $pri
+
+    option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+    option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(disabled_bg) $pri
+    option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.borderWidth		$::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+    option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.relief			sunken $pri
+
+    option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(textbackground) $pri
+    option add *TixTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+    option add *TixTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(disabled_bg) $pri
+    option add *TixTree*f1.borderWidth		$::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+    option add *TixTree*f1.relief			sunken $pri
+
+    option add *TixFileEntry.background 		$tixOption(background) $pri
+
+    option add *TixHList.activeBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+    option add *TixHList.disabledBackground		$tixOption(disabled_bg) $pri
+
+    option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.background		$tixOption(textbackground) $pri
+    option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.foreground		$tixOption(textforeground) $pri
+    option add *TixLabelEntry*entry.insertBackground	$tixOption(textforeground) $pri
+
+    option add *TixMultiView*Listbox.borderWidth		0 $pri
+    option add *TixMultiView*Listbox.highlightThickness	0 $pri
+    option add *TixMultiView*Scrollbar.relief		sunken $pri
+    option add *TixMultiView*Scrollbar.width		15 $pri
+    option add *TixMultiView*f1.borderWidth		2 $pri
+    option add *TixMultiView*f1.relief			sunken $pri
+    option add *TixMultiView*f1.highlightThickness		2 $pri
+
+    option add *TixNoteBook.Background			$tixOption(background) $pri
+    option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.Background		$tixOption(background) $pri
+    option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.backPageColor		$tixOption(background) $pri
+    option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground	$tixOption(disabledbackground) $pri
+    option add *TixPanedWindow.handleActiveBg 		$tixOption(active_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixPanedWindow.seperatorBg    		$tixOption(disabledbackground) $pri
+#    option add *TixPanedWindow.handleBg       		$tixOption(disabledbackground) $pri
+
+    option add *TixPopupMenu*menubutton.background 	$tixOption(dark1_bg) $pri
+
+    option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.background		$tixOption(textbackground) $pri
+
+    option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.background		$tixOption(textbackground) $pri
+
+    option add *TixScrolledWindow.frame.background		$tixOption(list_bg) $pri
+
+    option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground		$tixOption(background) $pri
+    option add *TixTree*hlist.background			$tixOption(textbackground) $pri
+    option add *TixTree*hlist.borderWidth			$::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+
+    option add *TixComboBox*Entry.highlightBackground		$tixOption(background) $pri
+    option add *TixComboBox*Entry.background			$tixOption(textbackground) $pri
+    option add *TixComboBox*Entry.foreground			$tixOption(textforeground) $pri
+    option add *TixComboBox*Entry.insertBackground		$tixOption(textforeground) $pri
+}
+
+proc tixPref:SetScheme-Mono:Gray {} {
+    global tixOption
+
+    package require wm_default
+    if {![info exists ::wm_default::wm]} {
+	wm_default::setup
+	wm_default::addoptions
+    }
+
+    set tixOption(background)           lightgray
+    set tixOption(foreground)           black
+
+    set tixOption(dark1_bg)     gray70
+
+    set tixOption(inactive_bg)  lightgray
+    set tixOption(inactive_fg)  black
+
+    set tixOption(light1_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(light1_fg)    white
+
+    set tixOption(active_bg)    gray90
+    set tixOption(active_fg)    $tixOption(foreground)
+    set tixOption(disabled_fg)  gray55
+
+    set tixOption(textbackground)    $tixOption(light1_bg)
+
+    set tixOption(select_fg)    white
+    set tixOption(select_bg)    black
+
+    set tixOption(selector)	black
+
+    set pri $tixOption(prioLevel)
+
+    # Override what you want with optional arguments to wm_default::adoptions
+
+    # necessary:
+    option add *TixBalloon*background 			white $pri
+    option add *TixBalloon*foreground 			black $pri
+    option add *TixBalloon.background 			black $pri
+
+    # necessary: but should be restricted
+    # was -   option add *Label.anchor 				w $pri
+    option add *TixBalloon*Label.anchor 		w $pri
+    option add *TixComboBox*Label.anchor 		w $pri
+    option add *TixFileEntry*Label.anchor 		w $pri
+    option add *TixLabelEntry*Label.anchor 		w $pri
+
+#    option add *TixDirTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(background) $pri
+#    option add *TixDirTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixDirTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixDirTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(disabled_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixDirTree*f1.borderWidth		$::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+    option add *TixDirTree*f1.relief			sunken $pri
+#    option add *TixDirList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(background) $pri
+#    option add *TixDirList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixDirList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixDirList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(disabled_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixDirList*f1.borderWidth		$::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+    option add *TixDirList*f1.relief			sunken $pri
+#    option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(background) $pri
+#    option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(disabled_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.borderWidth		$::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+    option add *TixScrolledHList*f1.relief			sunken $pri
+#    option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(background) $pri
+#    option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixTree*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixTree*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(disabled_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixTree*f1.borderWidth		$::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+    option add *TixTree*f1.relief			sunken $pri
+#    option add *TixHList.background			$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixHList.activeBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixHList.disabledBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixMultiView*Listbox.borderWidth		0 $pri
+#    option add *TixMultiView*Listbox.highlightThickness	0 $pri
+    option add *TixMultiView*Scrollbar.relief		sunken $pri
+#    option add *TixMultiView*f1.borderWidth		2 $pri
+    option add *TixMultiView*f1.relief			sunken $pri
+#    option add *TixMultiView*f1.highlightThickness		2 $pri
+#    option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.relief		raised $pri
+#    option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.borderWidth		2 $pri
+#    option add *TixMDIMenuBar*Menubutton.padY 		2 $pri
+#    option add *TixNoteBook.Background			$tixOption(background) $pri
+#    option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.Background		$tixOption(background) $pri
+#    option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.backPageColor		$tixOption(background) $pri
+#    option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground	$tixOption(inactive_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixPanedWindow.handleActiveBg 		$tixOption(active_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixPanedWindow.seperatorBg    		$tixOption(disabledbackground) $pri
+#    option add *TixPanedWindow.handleBg       		$tixOption(disabledbackground) $pri
+#    option add *TixPopupMenu*menubutton.background 	$tixOption(dark1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(background) $pri
+#    option add *TixScrolledHList*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(background) $pri
+#    option add *TixScrolledTList*tlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixScrolledListBox*listbox.highlightBackground	$tixOption(background) $pri
+#    option add *TixScrolledWindow.frame.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixTree*hlist.highlightBackground	$tixOption(background) $pri
+#    option add *TixTree*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+#    option add *TixTree*hlist.borderWidth		$::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+
+    # These were missing
+
+#    option add *TixMenu*Menu.selectColor $NIMLook(foreground) $pri
+
+#    option add *TixMDIMenuBar*Menubutton.padY 2 $pri
+#    option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.borderWidth 2 $pri
+#    option add *TixMDIMenuBar*menubar.relief raised $pri
+
+#    option add *TixMultiView*Listbox.borderWidth 0 $pri
+#    option add *TixMultiView*Listbox.highlightThickness 0 $pri
+#    option add *TixMultiView*Scrollbar.relief sunken $pri
+#    option add *TixMultiView*f1.borderWidth 2 $pri
+#    option add *TixMultiView*f1.highlightThickness 2 $pri
+    option add *TixMultiView*f1.relief sunken $pri
+
+}
+
+# Leave the standard widgets alone
+if {0} {
+    option add *Background		$tixOption(background) $pri
+    option add *background		$tixOption(background) $pri
+    option add *Foreground		$tixOption(foreground) $pri
+    option add *foreground		$tixOption(foreground) $pri
+    option add *activeBackground	$tixOption(active_bg) $pri
+    option add *activeForeground	$tixOption(active_fg) $pri
+    option add *HighlightBackground	$tixOption(background) $pri
+
+    option add *selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg) $pri
+    option add *selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg) $pri
+    option add *selectBorderWidth		0 $pri
+
+    option add *Menu.selectColor	$tixOption(foreground) $pri
+    option add *TixMenu.selectColor	$tixOption(foreground) $pri
+    option add *Menubutton.padY		5 $pri
+
+    option add *Button.borderWidth		2 $pri
+    option add *Button.anchor			c $pri
+
+    option add *Checkbutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $pri
+    option add *Radiobutton.selectColor		$tixOption(selector) $pri
+    option add *Entry.relief			sunken $pri
+    option add *Entry.highlightBackground	$tixOption(background) $pri
+    option add *Entry.background		$tixOption(textbackground) $pri
+    option add *Entry.foreground		$tixOption(textforeground) $pri
+    option add *Entry.insertBackground		$tixOption(textforeground) $pri
+    option add *Label.anchor			w $pri
+    option add *Label.borderWidth		0 $pri
+
+    option add *Listbox.background		$tixOption(textbackground) $pri
+    option add *Listbox.relief			sunken $pri
+
+    option add *Scale.foreground		$tixOption(foreground) $pri
+    option add *Scale.activeForeground		$tixOption(background) $pri
+    option add *Scale.background		$tixOption(background) $pri
+    option add *Scale.sliderForeground		$tixOption(background) $pri
+    option add *Scale.sliderBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg) $pri
+
+    option add *Scrollbar.relief		sunken $pri
+    option add *Scrollbar.borderWidth		$::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+    option add *Scrollbar.width			15 $pri
+
+    option add *Text.background			$tixOption(textbackground) $pri
+    option add *Text.relief			sunken $pri
+
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.fs
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.fs	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: WmDefault.fs,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:03:09 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+
+proc tixSetFontset {} {
+    global tixOption
+
+    package require wm_default
+    if {![info exists ::wm_default::wm]} {
+	wm_default::setup
+	wm_default::addoptions
+    }
+
+    set tixOption(font) 	$::wm_default::system_font
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    [concat $::wm_default::system_font bold]
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    $::wm_default::menu_font        
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  [concat $::wm_default::system_font italic]
+    set tixOption(fixed_font)   $::wm_default::fixed_font
+    set tixOption(text_font)   $::wm_default::text_font
+    set tixOption(border1)      $::wm_default::borderwidth
+
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.fsc
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.fsc	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: WmDefault.fsc,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:03:09 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+#
+
+proc tixPref:InitFontSet:WmDefault {} { 
+    global tixOption
+
+    package require wm_default
+    if {1 || ![info exists ::wm_default::wm]} {
+	wm_default::setup
+	wm_default::addoptions
+    }
+
+    set tixOption(font) 	$::wm_default::system_font
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    [concat $::wm_default::system_font bold]
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    $::wm_default::menu_font        
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  [concat $::wm_default::system_font italic]
+    set tixOption(fixed_font)   $::wm_default::fixed_font
+    set tixOption(border1)      $::wm_default::borderwidth
+
+}
+
+proc tixPref:SetFontSet:WmDefault {} { 
+    global tixOption
+
+    package require wm_default
+    if {1 || ![info exists ::wm_default::wm]} {
+	wm_default::setup
+	wm_default::addoptions
+    }
+
+    set pri $tixOption(prioLevel)
+
+    set tixOption(font) 	$::wm_default::system_font
+    set tixOption(bold_font)    [concat $::wm_default::system_font bold]
+    set tixOption(menu_font)    $::wm_default::menu_font        
+    set tixOption(italic_font)  [concat $::wm_default::system_font italic]
+    set tixOption(fixed_font)   $::wm_default::fixed_font
+    set tixOption(text_font)    $::wm_default::text_font
+    set tixOption(border1)      $::wm_default::borderwidth
+
+    option add *TixBalloon*Label.font 		$tixOption(font) $pri
+    option add *TixBitmapButton*label.font 	$tixOption(font) $pri
+    option add *TixControl*label.font          	$tixOption(font) $pri
+    option add *TixLabelEntry*label.font       	$tixOption(font) $pri
+    option add *TixLabelFrame*label.font 	$tixOption(font) $pri
+    option add *TixMenu.font			$tixOption(menu_font) $pri
+    option add *TixMwmClient*title.font		$tixOption(font) $pri
+    option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.font	$tixOption(font) $pri
+    # Although its a menubutton, it's more like a button than a menu IMHO
+    option add *TixOptionMenu*menubutton.font	$tixOption(font) $pri
+    option add *TixComboBox*Entry.font		$tixOption(font) $pri
+    option add *TixFileSelectBox*Label.font    	$tixOption(font) $pri
+
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.py
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.py	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+# -*- mode: python; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: WmDefault.py,v 1.2 2001/12/09 05:03:09 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+
+
+"""One of the bad things about Tk/Tkinter is that it does not pick up
+the current color and font scheme from the prevailing CDE/KDE/GNOME/Windows 
+window manager scheme.
+
+One of the good things about Tk/Tkinter is that it is not tied to one
+particular widget set so it could pick up the current color and font scheme 
+from the prevailing CDE/KDE/GNOME/Windows window manager scheme.
+
+The WmDefault package is for making Tk/Tkinter applications use the 
+prevailing CDE/KDE/GNOME/Windows scheme. It tries to find the files
+and/or settings that the current window manager is using, and then
+sets the Tk options database accordingly.
+
+Download the latest version of wm_default from http://tix.sourceforge.net
+either as a part of the standard Tix distribution, or as a part of the
+Tix Applications: http://tix.sourceforge.net/Tide. wm_default does not
+require Tix, but is Tix enabled.
+"""
+
+import os, sys, traceback, string
+import tkMessageBox
+
+def setup(root, wm=''):
+    """1) find the files and/or settings (::wm_default::setup).
+    Takes one optional argument: wm, the name of the window manager
+    as a string, if known. One of: windows gnome kde1 kde2 cde kde.
+    """
+    try:
+        try:
+            # Make sure Tcl/Tk knows wm_default is installed
+            root.tk.eval("package require wm_default")
+        except:
+            # Try again with this directory on the Tcl/Tk path
+            dir = os.path.dirname (self.__file__)
+            root.tk.eval('global auto_path; lappend auto_path {%s}' % dir)
+            root.tk.eval("package require wm_default")
+    except:
+        t, v, tb = sys.exc_info()
+        text = "Error loading WmDefault\n"
+        for line in traceback.format_exception(t,v,tb): text = text + line + '\n'
+        try:
+            tkMessageBox.showerror ('WmDefault Error', text)
+        except:
+            sys.stderr.write( text )
+
+    return root.tk.call('::wm_default::setup', wm)
+
+def addoptions(root, cnf=None, **kw):
+    """2) Setting the Tk options database (::wm_default::addoptions).
+    You can override the settings in 1) by adding your values to the
+    call to addoptions().
+    """
+    if cnf is None:
+        return root.tk.splitlist(root.tk.call('::wm_default::addoptions'))
+    return root.tk.splitlist(
+        apply(root.tk.call,
+              ('::wm_default::addoptions',) + root._options(cnf,kw)))
+
+def getoptions(root):
+    """Returns the current settings, as a dictionary.
+    """
+    words = root.tk.splitlist(root.tk.call('::wm_default::getoptions'))
+    dict = {}
+    for i in range(0, len(words), 2):
+        key = words[i]
+        value = words[i+1]
+        dict[key] = value
+    return dict
+
+def parray(root):
+    """Returns a string of the current settings, one value-pair per line.
+    """
+    return root.tk.call('::wm_default::parray')
+
+if __name__ == "__main__":
+    dir = ""
+    if len(sys.argv) > 0:
+        # Assume the name of the file containing the tixinspect Tcl source
+        # is the same as argument on the command line with .tcl
+	dir = os.path.dirname(sys.argv[0])
+    if not dir or not os.path.isdir(dir) or not os.path.isabs(dir):
+        # Or, assume it's in the same directory as this one:
+        dir = os.getcwd()
+    import Tkinter
+    root = Tkinter.Tk()
+    setup(root)
+    addoptions(root, {'foreground': 'red'})
+    retval = getoptions(root)
+    print retval
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1098 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#
+#	$Id: WmDefault.tcl,v 1.5 2004/04/09 21:36:11 hobbs Exp $
+#
+#	Description: Package for making Tk apps use the CDE/KDE/Gnome/Windows scheme
+#	Prefix: wm_default::
+#	Url: http://tix.sourceforge.net/Tixapps/
+#
+# Usage:
+#	It should be sufficient at the beginning of a wish app to simply:
+#
+#	    package require wm_default
+#	    wm_default::setup
+#	    wm_default::addoptions
+#
+# 	wm_default::setup takes an optional argument - the scheme if already
+#	known, one of: windows gnome kde1 kde2 cde kde
+# 	wm_default::addoptions takes optional arguments - pairs of variables
+#	and values to override the kde settings. e.g. 
+#		wm_default::addoptions -background blue
+#
+# Description:
+#       package for making Tk apps look nice under CDE or KDE or Windows
+#
+#	The stuff below attempts to use the options database and the
+#	various files under ~/.dt, $DTHOME, and /usr/dt to figure out
+#	the user's current font and color set.  It then uses tk's
+#	palette routines to set sensible defaults, and then override
+#	some of the options to try to make them look like CDE.
+#
+#	There really *must* be an easier way to get text background
+#	colors and the radiobutton highlight colors out of the
+#	options database or winfo atom...  Unfortunately, I can't
+#	figure out how...
+
+# This package is based on the cde package by D. J. Hagberg, Jr.:
+# dhagberg at glatmos.com
+
+########################################################################
+#
+#
+ # Copyright 1998 D. J. Hagberg, Jr. and Global Atmospherics, Inc.
+ #
+ # Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+ # documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
+ # that the above copyright notice appear in all copies.
+ # D. J. Hagberg, Jr. and Global Atmospherics, Inc. make no representations
+ # about the suitability of this software for any It is provided "as is"
+ # without express or implied warranty.  By use of this software the user
+ # agrees to  indemnify and hold harmless D. J. Hagberg, Jr. and Global
+ # Atmospherics, Inc. from any claims or liability for loss arising out
+ # of such use.
+########################################################################
+
+package require Tk
+
+proc tixDetermineWM {} {
+    # Returns one of cde kde1 kde2 gnome windows or ""
+    global tcl_platform env
+
+    set type ""
+    if {$tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} {
+	set type windows
+    } else {
+	# The most definitive way is to check the X atoms
+	# I'm not sure if we can determine this using regular Tk wm calls
+	# I don't want to intern these symbols if they're not there.
+	if {![catch {exec xlsatoms} xatoms]} {
+	    if {[string match *GNOME_SESSION_CORBA_COOKIE* $xatoms]} {
+		set type gnome
+	    } elseif {[string match *KDEChangeStyle* $xatoms]} {
+		set type kde1
+	    } elseif {[string match *KDE_DESKTOP_WINDOW* $xatoms]} {
+		set type kde2
+	    }
+	}
+	if {$type != ""} {
+	    # drop through
+	} elseif {[info exists env(KDEDIR)] && [file isdir $env(KDEDIR)]} {
+	    # one or two?
+	    set type kde2
+	} elseif {[info exists env(DTHOME)] && [file isdir $env(DTHOME)]} {
+	    set type cde
+	} else {
+	    # Maybe look for other Unix window managers?
+	    # if {[file isfile $env(HOME)/.fwm2rc]} {}
+	    # if {[file isfile $env(HOME)/.fwmrc]} {}
+	    # if {[file isfile $env(HOME)/.twmrc]} {}
+	    # But twm and fwm don't color applications; mwm maybe?
+	    # Hope someone comes up with the code for openlook :-)
+	    return ""
+	}
+    }
+    return $type
+}
+
+namespace eval ::wm_default {
+    global tcl_platform env
+
+    set _usetix [llength [info commands "tix"]]
+
+    variable wm ""
+
+    variable _frame_widgets {*Frame *Toplevel}
+    #what about tixGrid?
+    if {$_usetix} {
+	lappend _frame_widgets *TixLabelFrame *TixButtonBox *TixCObjView \
+		*TixListNoteBook *TixPanedWindow *TixStdButtonBox \
+		*TixExFileSelectBox
+    }
+    variable _menu_font_widgets {*Menu *Menubutton}
+    if {$_usetix} {lappend _menu_font_widgets *TixMenu}
+    variable _button_font_widgets {*Button}
+
+    variable _system_font_widgets {*Label \
+		*Message \
+                *Scale *Radiobutton *Checkbutton
+    }
+    if {$_usetix} {
+	lappend _system_font_widgets \
+	    *TixBalloon*message *TixLabelFrame*Label \
+	    *TixControl*label *TixControl*Label \
+	    *TixLabelEntry*label *TixNoteBook.nbframe \
+	    *TixFileEntry*label *TixComboBox*label  \
+	    *TixOptionMenu*menubutton  *TixBitmapButton*label  \
+	    *TixMwmClient*title *TixFileSelectBox*Label
+    }
+   variable _text_type_widgets {*Canvas *Entry *Listbox *Text}
+   if {$_usetix} {
+       lappend _text_type_widgets \
+	   *TixComboBox*Entry *TixControl*entry *TixScrolledHList*hlist \
+	   *TixDirTree*hlist *TixDirList*hlist *TixTree*hlist \
+	   *TixMultiList*Listbox *TixScrolledListBox*listbox  \
+	   *TixFileEntry*Entry *TixLabelEntry*Entry \
+	   *TixFileEntry*entry *TixLabelEntry*entry \
+	   *TixScrolledTList*tlist  *TixScrolledText*text \
+	   *TixHList *TixCheckList*hlist
+       # These arent working yet
+       lappend _text_type_widgets \
+	       *TixDirTree*f1 *TixDirList*f1 \
+	       *TixFileSelectBox*file*listbox \
+	       *TixFileSelectBox*directory*listbox \
+	       *TixExFileSelectBox*filelist*listbox
+   }
+
+   variable _insert_type_widgets {*Entry *Text}
+   if {$_usetix} {
+       lappend _insert_type_widgets \
+	   *TixControl*entry *TixComboBox*Entry
+    }
+
+   variable _select_type_widgets {*Checkbutton \
+	   *Radiobutton \
+	   *Menu}
+   variable _active_borderwidth_widgets {*Button *Radiobutton *Checkbutton}
+
+   # Other Widgets that are given a borderwidth of $wm_default::borderwidth
+   variable _nonzero_borderwidth_widgets {}
+
+   # Widgets that are given a borderwidth of 0
+   # must not be  *Entry
+   variable _null_borderwidth_widgets {*Menubutton *Label}
+
+   variable _scrollbar_widgets {}
+   variable _scrollbar_widgets {*Scrollbar}
+   if {$_usetix} {
+       lappend  _scrollbar_widgets \
+	       *TixTree*Scrollbar *TixDirTree*Scrollbar *TixDirList*Scrollbar \
+	       *TixScrolledTList*Scrollbar *TixScrolledListBox*Scrollbar \
+	       *TixScrolledHList*Scrollbar *TixMultiView*Scrollbar \
+	       *TixScrolledText*Scrollbar *TixScrolledWindow*Scrollbar  \
+	       *TixCObjView*Scrollbar
+   }
+
+   proc debug {str} {
+       if {[llength [info commands "tix"]] &&
+	   [string is true -strict [tix cget -debug]]} {
+	   puts $str
+       }
+   }
+
+    # Return the array of what we have deduced
+    proc getoptions {} {
+	set retval {}
+	set len [string length "::wm_default::"]
+        foreach variable [lsort [info vars ::wm_default::*]] {
+	    if {[string match ::wm_default::_* $variable]} {continue}
+	    set key [string range $variable $len end]
+	    lappend retval $key [set $variable]
+	}
+	return $retval
+    }
+
+    # Print out the array of what we have deduced
+    proc parray {} {
+	set retval ""
+        foreach {key val} [::wm_default::getoptions] {
+	    append retval [join [list $key $val]] "\n"
+	}
+	debug $retval
+	return $retval
+    }
+
+    # Pick a default borderwidth in pixels
+    set _bd 2
+    # Pick a default font size in pixels
+    set _screenheight [winfo screenheight .]
+    if {$_screenheight < 500} {
+	# for 800x600 or smaller
+	set _pixel 10
+	set _point 8
+	# Pick a default borderwidth which smaller
+	set _bd 1
+    } elseif {$_screenheight < 800} {
+	# for 1024x768
+	set _pixel 12
+	set _point 8
+    } elseif {$_screenheight < 1100} {
+	# for 1200x1000
+	set _pixel 12
+	set _point 8
+    } else {
+	set _pixel 12
+	set _point 10
+    }
+
+    # setup defaults depending on the OS and Window Manager
+    # Really should do another version for mono
+    if {$tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} {
+
+	if {$tcl_platform(osVersion) < 5} {
+	    set _prop_default "MS Sans Serif"
+	} else {
+	    set _prop_default "Tahoma"
+	}
+
+	# make sure this font is installed 
+	set _allowed [string tolow [font families]]
+	foreach font [list $_prop_default "MS Sans Serif" Tahoma Arial System] {
+	    if {[lsearch -exact $_allowed [string tolow $font]] > -1} {
+		set _prop_default $font
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+
+	set _fixed_default {Courier New}
+	# make sure this font is installed 
+	foreach font [list $_fixed_default Courier System] {
+	    if {[lsearch -exact $_allowed [string tolow $font]] > -1} {
+		set _fixed_default $font
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Windows colors:
+	#    "3dDarkShadow",		COLOR_3DDKSHADOW,
+	#    "3dLight",			COLOR_3DLIGHT,
+	#    "ActiveBorder",		COLOR_ACTIVEBORDER,
+	#    "ActiveCaption",		COLOR_ACTIVECAPTION,
+	#    "AppWorkspace",		COLOR_APPWORKSPACE,
+	#    "Background",		COLOR_BACKGROUND,
+	#    "ButtonFace",		COLOR_BTNFACE,
+	#    "ButtonHighlight",		COLOR_BTNHIGHLIGHT,
+	#    "ButtonShadow",		COLOR_BTNSHADOW,
+	#    "ButtonText",		COLOR_BTNTEXT,
+	#    "CaptionText",		COLOR_CAPTIONTEXT,
+	#    "DisabledText",		COLOR_GRAYTEXT,
+	#    "GrayText",		COLOR_GRAYTEXT,
+	#    "Highlight",		COLOR_HIGHLIGHT,
+	#    "HighlightText",		COLOR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT,
+	#    "InactiveBorder",		COLOR_INACTIVEBORDER,
+	#    "InactiveCaption",		COLOR_INACTIVECAPTION,
+	#    "InactiveCaptionText",	COLOR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT,
+	#    "InfoBackground",		COLOR_INFOBK,
+	#    "InfoText",			COLOR_INFOTEXT,
+	#    "Menu",			COLOR_MENU,
+	#    "MenuText",			COLOR_MENUTEXT,
+	#    "Scrollbar",		COLOR_SCROLLBAR,
+	#    "Window",			COLOR_WINDOW,
+	#    "WindowFrame",		COLOR_WINDOWFRAME,
+	#    "WindowText",		COLOR_WINDOWTEXT,
+
+	variable \
+		background       	"SystemButtonFace" \
+		foreground       	"SystemButtonText" \
+		disabledforeground      "SystemDisabledText" \
+		disabledbackground      "SystemButtonShadow" \
+		textfamily	     	$_prop_default \
+		systemfamily       	$_prop_default \
+		menufamily 	      	$_prop_default \
+		fixedfamily       	$_fixed_default \
+		fontsize	      	$_point \
+		textbackground   	"SystemWindow" \
+		textforeground   	"SystemWindowText" \
+		disabledtextbackground  "SystemDisabledText" \
+		selectbackground 	"SystemHighlight" \
+		selectforeground 	"SystemHighlightText" \
+		selectcolor      	"SystemWindow" \
+		highlightcolor  	"SystemWindowFrame" \
+		highlightbackground 	"SystemButtonFace" \
+		scrollbars		"SystemScrollbar" \
+		borderwidth      	$_bd \
+		menubackground		"SystemMenu" \
+		menuforeground		"SystemMenuText"
+
+	variable highlightthickness         	1
+
+	# Windows does not have an activebackground, but Tk does
+	variable activebackground $background
+	variable activeforeground $foreground
+    } else {
+	# intended for Unix
+
+	# Tk uses the following defaults:
+
+	#define NORMAL_BG	"#d9d9d9"
+	#define ACTIVE_BG	"#ececec"
+	#define SELECT_BG	"#c3c3c3"
+	#define TROUGH		"#c3c3c3"
+	#define INDICATOR	"#b03060"
+	#define DISABLED	"#a3a3a3"
+
+	# We know . exists and it has a background
+	# This should be "#d9d9d9" under default Tk
+	set _bg [. cget -background]
+
+	set _prop_default helvetica
+	# make sure this font is installed 
+	set _allowed [string tolow [font families]]
+	foreach font [list $_prop_default times fixed] {
+	    if {[lsearch -exact $_allowed [string tolow $font]] > -1} {
+		set _prop_default $font
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+	set _fixed_default courier
+	# make sure this font is installed 
+	foreach font [list $_fixed_default fixed] {
+	    if {[lsearch -exact $_allowed [string tolow $font]] > -1} {
+		set _fixed_default $font
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+
+	variable \
+		background       	$_bg \
+		foreground       	Black \
+		disabledforeground      #808080 \
+		disabledbackground      #a3a3a3 \
+		textfamily	 	$_prop_default \
+		systemfamily       	$_prop_default \
+		menufamily       	$_prop_default \
+		fixedfamily       	$_fixed_default \
+		fontsize		$_pixel \
+		textbackground   	white \
+		textforeground   	Black \
+		disabledtextbackground  $_bg \
+		selectbackground 	#000080 \
+		selectforeground 	white \
+		selectcolor      	yellow \
+		highlightcolor  	Black \
+		highlightbackground     $_bg \
+		scrollbars		"#c3c3c3" \
+		borderwidth      	$_bd \
+		menubackground       	$_bg \
+		menuforeground       	Black
+
+	variable highlightthickness         	1
+
+	# Windows does not have an activebackground, but Tk does
+	variable activebackground "#ececec"
+	variable activeforeground $foreground
+   }
+
+   # priority should be userDefault?
+   if {$_usetix} {
+       variable priority [tix cget -schemepriority]
+   } else {
+       variable priority 75
+   }
+
+   # variables that will be derived during addoptions - set to null for now
+   variable system_font {}
+   variable menu_font  {}
+   variable fixed_font {}
+   variable text_font  {}
+
+   # Different desktops have different visible regions
+   # This is not working properly yet.
+   variable geometry 0+0+[winfo screenwidth .]+$_screenheight
+
+   # Different desktops have different focusmodels: clicktofocus or
+   # followsmouse This is not working properly yet
+   variable focusmodel clicktofocus
+
+   # Some desktops have standardized link colors
+   # This is not working properly yet
+   variable linkcolor "#0000ff" vlinkcolor "#800000" alinkcolor "#800080"
+
+   proc default {args} {
+	# Override the defaults with any optional arguments
+	foreach {var val} $args {
+	    set $var $val
+	}
+    }
+
+    proc setup {{type ""}} {
+	# type is one of the recognized window managers
+	# one of: cde kde win
+	global tcl_platform env
+
+	if {$type == ""} {
+	    if {[set type [::tixDetermineWM]] == ""} {
+		set ::wm_default::wm ""
+		# Generic unix
+		return
+	    }
+	}
+	setup-$type
+	set ::wm_default::wm $type
+	# todo - make the menubutton enter and leave events more compatible
+    }
+
+    proc setup-windows {args} {
+	# Already done by Tk above.
+	# Should find out the useable window region
+    }
+
+    proc setup-gnome {args} {
+	# GNOME is still barely supported because of the difficulty
+	# of finding and parsing sawfish definition files.
+	# First you have to find what window manager, then what theme,
+	# then find the files, then parse them according to each Wm's syntax.
+	global env
+
+	set bg $wm_default::background
+	set fg $wm_default::foreground
+	set txtFont $wm_default::textfamily
+	set btnFont $wm_default::systemfamily
+
+	debug "Setting up Gnome environment"
+
+	set file ~/.gnome/theme-switcher-capplet
+	if {![file exists $file] || \
+		[catch {open $file} fd] || $fd == ""} {
+	    debug "Skipping $file"
+	} else {
+	    debug "Reading $file"
+	    set contents [read $fd]
+	    catch {close $fd}
+
+	    if {![regexp -- "use_theme_font=true" $contents]} {
+		# not activated
+	    } elseif {[regexp -- "\nfont=(\[-a-zA-Z0-9,\]+)" $contents \
+			   foo font]} {
+		set_unix_font $font
+	    }
+	}
+
+    }
+
+    proc set_unix_font {font} {
+
+	set list [split $font "-"]
+	set font [lindex $list 2]
+	set font [string tolow $font]
+	if {$font != "" && [lsearch -exact [font families] $font] > -1} {
+	    set wm_default::textfamily $font
+	    debug "Setting textfamily to $font"
+	    set wm_default::systemfamily $font
+	    set wm_default::menufamily $font
+	} else {
+	    debug "Unable to set font: '$list'"
+	}
+	
+	if {[set size [lindex $list 7]] != "" && \
+		[string is int $size]} {
+	    debug "Setting fontsize to '$size'"
+	    set wm_default::fontsize $size
+	} elseif {[set size [lindex $list 8]] != "" && \
+		[string is int $size]} {
+	    if {$size > 100} {set size [expr $size / 10]}
+	    debug "Setting fontsize to '$size'"
+	    set wm_default::fontsize $size
+	} else {
+	    debug "Unable to set fontsize: '$list'"
+	}
+    }
+
+    # Common to KDE1 and KDE2
+    proc setup-kde {args} {
+	global env
+
+	set file ~/.kderc
+	if {![file exists $file] || \
+		[catch {open $file} fd] || $fd == ""} {
+	    debug "Skipping $file"
+	} else {
+	    debug "Reading $file"
+	    set contents [read $fd]
+	    catch {close $fd}
+	
+	    if {[regexp -- "\nfixedfamily=(\[-a-zA-Z0-9,\]+)" $contents \
+		    foo font]} {
+		set list [split $font ","]
+		set font [lindex $list 0]
+		set wm_default::fixedfamily $font
+		debug "Setting fixedfamily to $font"
+	    }
+	    if {[regexp -- "\nfont=(\[-a-zA-Z0-9,\]+)" $contents \
+		    foo font]} {
+		set list [split $font ","]
+		set font [lindex $list 0]
+		set wm_default::textfamily $font
+		debug "Setting textfamily to $font"
+		set wm_default::systemfamily $font
+		set wm_default::menufamily $font
+	    }
+	}
+
+    }
+
+    proc setup-kde1 {args} {
+	# Shortcut for the moment
+	return [eval setup-kde $args]
+    }
+
+    proc set-kde2-color {str contents var} {
+	if {[regexp -- "\n${str}=(\[0-9,\]+)" $contents \
+		foo color]} {
+	    set color [eval format "#%02x%02x%02x" [split $color ","]]
+	    set ::wm_default::$var $color
+	    debug "setting $var to $color"
+	}
+    }
+
+    proc setup-kde2 {args} {
+	global env
+
+	set bg $wm_default::background
+	set fg $wm_default::foreground
+	set txtFont $wm_default::textfamily
+	set btnFont $wm_default::systemfamily
+
+	debug "Setting up KDE environment"
+
+	# Look for system the user settings
+	set dirs ~/.kde
+	if {[info exists env(KDEDIR)] && [file isdir $env(KDEDIR)]} {
+	    lappend dirs $env(KDEDIR)
+	}
+	# read them sequentially and overwrite the previous values
+	foreach dir $dirs {
+
+	    set file $dir/share/config/kdeglobals
+	    if {![file exists $file] || \
+		    [catch {open $file} fd] || $fd == ""} {
+		debug "Skipping $file"
+	    } else {
+		debug "Reading $file"
+		set contents [read $fd]
+		catch {close $fd}
+		set-kde2-color background $contents background
+		if {[regexp -- "\nselectBackground=(\[0-9,\]+)" $contents \
+			foo color]} {
+		    set color [eval format "#%02x%02x%02x" [split $color ","]]
+		    set wm_default::selectbackground $color
+		    debug "setting selectbackground to $color"
+		}
+		if {[regexp -- "\nselectForeground=(\[0-9,\]+)" $contents \
+			foo color]} {
+		    set color [eval format "#%02x%02x%02x" [split $color ","]]
+		    set wm_default::selectforeground $color
+		    debug "setting selectforeground to $color"
+		}
+		if {[regexp -- "\nforeground=(\[0-9,\]+)" $contents \
+			foo color]} {
+		    set color [eval format "#%02x%02x%02x" [split $color ","]]
+		    set wm_default::foreground $color
+		    debug "setting foreground to $color"
+		}
+		if {[regexp -- "\nbackground=(\[0-9,\]+)" $contents \
+			foo color]} {
+		    set color [eval format "#%02x%02x%02x" [split $color ","]]
+		    set wm_default::background $color
+		    debug "setting background to $color"
+		}
+		if {[regexp -- "\nwindowBackground=(\[0-9,\]+)" $contents \
+			foo color]} {
+		    set color [eval format "#%02x%02x%02x" [split $color ","]]
+		    set wm_default::textbackground $color
+		    debug "setting textbackground to $color"
+		}
+		if {[regexp -- "\nvisitedLinkColor=(\[0-9,\]+)" $contents \
+			foo color]} {
+		    set color [eval format "#%02x%02x%02x" [split $color ","]]
+		    set wm_default::vlinkcolor $color
+		    debug "setting vlinkcolor to $color"
+		}
+		if {[regexp -- "\nlinkColor=(\[0-9,\]+)" $contents \
+			foo color]} {
+		    set color [eval format "#%02x%02x%02x" [split $color ","]]
+		    set wm_default::linkcolor $color
+		    debug "setting linkcolor to $color"
+		}
+		if {[regexp -- "\nactiveFont=(\[-a-zA-Z0-9,\]+)" $contents \
+			foo font]} {
+		    set list [split $font ","]
+		    set font [lindex $list 0]
+		    set wm_default::textfamily $font
+		    set size [lindex $list 1]
+		    if {[string is integer -strict $size]} {
+			set wm_default::fontsize $size
+		    }
+		    debug "Setting textfamily to $font"
+		    set wm_default::systemfamily $font
+		    set wm_default::menufamily $font
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # should pick up visitedLinkColor
+
+	    set file $dir/share/config/kwmrc
+	    if {![file exists $file] || \
+		    [catch {open $file} fd] || $fd == ""} {
+		debug "Skipping $file"
+	    } else {
+		debug "Reading $file"
+		set contents [read $fd]
+		catch {close $fd}
+		if {[regexp -- "\nDesktop1Region=(\[0-9+\]+)" $contents \
+			foo region]} {
+		    set wm_default::geometry $region
+		    debug "Setting geometry to $region"
+		}
+
+		if {[regexp -- "\nFocusPolicy=ClickToFocus" $contents \
+			foo region]} {
+		    set wm_default::focusmodel clicktofocus
+		    debug "Setting focusmodel to clicktofocus"
+		} else {
+		    # followsmouse
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return [eval setup-kde $args]
+    }
+
+    proc setup-cde {args} {
+	namespace import wm_default::*
+
+	set bg $wm_default::background
+	set fg $wm_default::foreground
+	set txtFont $wm_default::textfamily
+	set sysFont $wm_default::systemfamily
+
+	debug "Setting up CDE environment"
+
+        # if any of these options are missing, we must not be under CDE
+	set txtFont [option get . textfamilyList textfamilyList]
+	set sysFont [option get . systemfamilyList systemfamilyList]
+        if {[string length $txtFont] > 0 && [string length $sysFont] > 0} {
+	    set txtFont [lindex [split $txtFont :] 0]
+	    set sysFont [lindex [split $sysFont :] 0]
+	    if {$txtFont != ""} {set textfamily $txtFont}
+	    if {$sysFont != ""} {set systemfamily $sysFont}
+	    #
+	    # If we can find the user's dt.resources file, we can find out the
+	    # palette and text background/foreground colors
+	    #
+	    set txtBg $bg
+	    set txtFg $fg
+	    set selFg  $selectforeground
+	    set selBg  $selectbackground
+	    set selCol $selectcolor
+	    set fh ""
+	    set palf ""
+	    set cur_rsrc ~/.dt/sessions/current/dt.resources
+	    set hom_rsrc ~/.dt/sessions/home/dt.resources
+	    if {[file readable $cur_rsrc] && [file readable $hom_rsrc]} {
+		if {[file mtime $cur_rsrc] > [file mtime $hom_rsrc]} {
+		    if {[catch {open $cur_rsrc r} fh]} {set fh ""}
+		} else {
+		    if {[catch {open $hom_rsrc r} fh]} {set fh ""}
+		}
+	    } elseif {[file readable $cur_rsrc]} {
+		if {[catch {open $cur_rsrc r} fh]} {set fh ""}
+	    } elseif {[file readable $hom_rsrc]} {
+		if {[catch {open $hom_rsrc r} fh]} {set fh ""}
+	    }
+	    if {[string length $fh] > 0} {
+		while {[gets $fh ln] != -1} {
+		    regexp -- "^\\*0\\*ColorPalette:\[ \t]*(.*)\$" $ln nil palf
+		    regexp -- "^Window.Color.Background:\[ \t]*(.*)\$" $ln nil txtBg
+		    regexp -- "^Window.Color.Foreground:\[ \t]*(.*)\$" $ln nil txtFg
+		}
+		catch {close $fh}
+		if {[string compare $txtBg $bg] != 0} {
+		    set selBg $txtFg
+		    set selFg $txtBg
+		}
+	    }
+	    #
+	    # If the *0*ColorPalette setting was found above, try to find the
+	    # indicated file in ~/.dt, $DTHOME, or /usr/dt.  The 3rd line in the
+	    # file will be the radiobutton/checkbutton selectColor.
+	    #
+	    if {[string length $palf]} {
+		set dtdir /usr/dt
+		if [info exists env(DTHOME)] {
+		    set dtdir $env(DTHOME)
+		}
+		if {[file readable ~/.dt/palettes/$palf]} {
+		    set palf ~/.dt/palettes/$palf
+		} elseif {[file readable $dtdir/palettes/$palf]} {
+		    set palf $dtdir/palettes/$palf
+		} else {
+		    set palf ""
+		}
+		if {[string length $palf]} {
+		    if {![catch {open $palf r} fh]} {
+			# selectColor will be the 3rd line in the file --
+			set ln ""; catch {gets $fh; gets $fh; gets $fh ln}
+			set ln [string trim $ln]
+			if {[string length $ln]} {set selCol $ln}
+			close $fh
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    set wm_default::background $bg
+	    set wm_default::foreground $fg
+	    set wm_default::textfamily $txtFont
+	    set wm_default::systemfamily $sysFont
+	    set wm_default::menufamily $sysFont
+	    set wm_default::textbackground $txtBg
+	    set wm_default::textforeground $txtFg
+	    set wm_default::selectbackground $selBg
+	    set wm_default::selectforeground $selFg
+	    set wm_default::selectcolor $selCol
+	}
+    }
+
+    proc derivefonts {} {
+	global tcl_platform env
+
+	# variables that will be derived
+	variable system_font 
+	variable menu_font 
+	variable fixed_font 
+	variable text_font 
+
+        #
+        # Set default fonts 
+        #
+
+	global tcl_platform env
+	switch -exact -- $tcl_platform(platform) windows {
+	    set system_font [list $::wm_default::systemfamily $::wm_default::fontsize]
+	    set menu_font [list $::wm_default::menufamily $::wm_default::fontsize]
+	    set text_font [list $::wm_default::textfamily $::wm_default::fontsize]
+	    set fixed_font [list $::wm_default::fixedfamily $::wm_default::fontsize]
+	} default {
+	    set system_font [list $::wm_default::systemfamily -$::wm_default::fontsize]
+	    if {[set type $::wm_default::wm] == ""} {
+		# Generic unix
+		# some Unix Wms seem to make Menu fonts bold - ugly IMHO
+		set menu_font [list $::wm_default::menufamily -$::wm_default::fontsize bold]
+	    } else {
+		# gnome kde1 kde2 cde kde don't
+		set menu_font [list $::wm_default::menufamily -$::wm_default::fontsize]
+	    }
+	    set text_font [list $::wm_default::textfamily -$::wm_default::fontsize]
+	    set fixed_font [list $::wm_default::fixedfamily -$::wm_default::fontsize]
+	}
+    }
+
+    proc addoptions {args} {
+	global tcl_platform env tix_version
+
+	# variables that will be derived
+	variable system_font 
+	variable menu_font 
+	variable fixed_font 
+	variable text_font 
+
+	if {[info commands "tix"] != ""} {set _usetix 1} {set _usetix 0}
+
+	# Override what you have found with any optional arguments
+	foreach {var val} $args {
+	    set var [string trimleft $var "-"]
+	    set ::wm_default::$var $val
+	}
+
+	set pri $::wm_default::priority
+	# If you are running under Tix, set the colorscheme now
+	# The options below will then override the Tix settings
+	if {$_usetix} {
+	
+	    # Tix's focus model is very non-standard
+	    bind TixComboBox <FocusIn> ""
+	    bind TixComboBox <FocusOut> ""
+
+	    if {$tix_version < "8.2"} {
+		# works??
+		option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground \
+			$::wm_default::disabledbackground $pri
+	    } else {
+		# works??
+		option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground \
+			$::wm_default::background $pri
+	    }
+
+	    # works??
+	    option add *TixPanedWindow.seperatorBg \
+		    $::wm_default::disabledbackground $pri
+	    option add *TixPanedWindow.handleBg      \
+		    $::wm_default::disabledbackground $pri
+
+	    # works??
+	    option add *TixPanedWindow.separatorActiveBg \
+		    $::wm_default::activebackground $pri
+	    option add *TixPanedWindow.handleActiveBg      \
+		    $::wm_default::activebackground $pri
+	    option add *TixPanedWindow.Background      \
+		    $::wm_default::disabledbackground $pri
+
+	    # works??
+	    option add *TixResizeHandle*background \
+		    $::wm_default::disabledbackground $pri
+
+	}
+        foreach pref $wm_default::_frame_widgets {
+            option add $pref.background $::wm_default::background $pri
+        }
+	option add *Background $::wm_default::background $pri
+
+	derivefonts
+
+	# Set the global defaults to the system font
+        foreach pref [list *Font *font] {
+            option add $pref $system_font $pri
+        }
+
+	# Set the "system" type defaults to the system font
+        foreach pref $wm_default::_menu_font_widgets {
+            option add $pref.font $menu_font $pri
+        }
+        foreach pref $wm_default::_button_font_widgets {
+            option add $pref.font $system_font $pri
+            option add $pref.disabledForeground $::wm_default::disabledforeground $pri
+            option add $pref.background $::wm_default::background $pri
+            option add $pref.foreground $::wm_default::foreground $pri
+	    option add $pref.highlightBackground $::wm_default::highlightbackground $pri
+        }
+        foreach pref $wm_default::_system_font_widgets {
+            option add $pref.font $system_font $pri
+            option add $pref.background $::wm_default::background $pri
+            option add $pref.foreground $::wm_default::foreground $pri
+	    option add $pref.highlightBackground $::wm_default::highlightbackground $pri
+        }
+
+        foreach pref $wm_default::_text_type_widgets {
+            option add $pref.font $text_font $pri
+            option add $pref.relief sunken $pri
+            option add $pref.borderWidth $::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+
+            option add $pref.background $::wm_default::textbackground $pri
+            option add $pref.foreground $::wm_default::textforeground $pri
+            option add $pref.selectBackground $::wm_default::selectbackground $pri
+            option add $pref.selectForeground $::wm_default::selectforeground $pri
+            option add $pref.highlightThickness $::wm_default::highlightthickness $pri
+            option add $pref.disabledBackground $::wm_default::disabledtextbackground $pri
+        }
+        foreach pref $wm_default::_insert_type_widgets {
+            option add $pref.relief sunken $pri
+            option add $pref.insertBackground $::wm_default::textforeground $pri
+            option add $pref.highlightThickness $::wm_default::highlightthickness $pri
+        }
+        #
+        # Set the Selector color for radiobuttons, checkbuttons, et. al
+        #
+        foreach pref $wm_default::_select_type_widgets {
+            option add $pref.selectColor $::wm_default::selectcolor $pri
+            option add $pref.background $::wm_default::background $pri
+            option add $pref.foreground $::wm_default::foreground $pri
+
+	    option add $pref.activeBackground $::wm_default::activebackground $pri
+            option add $pref.activeForeground $::wm_default::activeforeground $pri
+        }
+
+	# Set the "active" defaults - this could be controversial
+        foreach pref $wm_default::_menu_font_widgets {
+	    option add $pref.activeBackground $::wm_default::activebackground $pri
+            option add $pref.activeForeground $::wm_default::activeforeground $pri
+            option add $pref.background $::wm_default::background $pri
+            option add $pref.foreground $::wm_default::foreground $pri
+            option add $pref.disabledForeground $::wm_default::disabledforeground $pri
+            option add $pref.highlightThickness $::wm_default::highlightthickness $pri
+        }
+
+	switch -exact -- $tcl_platform(platform) windows {
+	    # Make sure this is set to foreground - check marks on menus
+	    set _menu_select_color $::wm_default::foreground
+	} default {
+	    # On unix there are recessed check boxes not check marks
+	    set _menu_select_color $::wm_default::selectcolor
+	}
+	option add *Menu.selectColor $_menu_select_color $pri
+	if {$_usetix} {
+	    option add *TixMenu.selectColor $_menu_select_color $pri
+            option add *TixBalloon*message.background $::wm_default::textbackground $pri
+	    
+	}
+
+	# Windows does not have an activebackground, but Tk does
+        foreach pref $wm_default::_button_font_widgets {
+            option add $pref.activeBackground $::wm_default::activebackground $pri
+            option add $pref.activeForeground $::wm_default::activeforeground $pri
+        }
+
+        #
+        # Set the default *button borderwidth
+        #
+	# option add *.borderWidth $::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+
+        foreach pref $wm_default::_active_borderwidth_widgets {
+            option add $pref.activeBorderWidth $::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+            option add $pref.borderWidth $::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+        }
+        foreach pref $wm_default::_nonzero_borderwidth_widgets {
+            option add $pref.borderWidth $::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+        }
+        foreach pref $wm_default::_null_borderwidth_widgets {
+            option add $pref.borderWidth 0 $pri
+        }
+
+	if {$_usetix} {
+	    if {$tix_version < "8.2"} {
+		option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground \
+			$::wm_default::disabledbackground $pri
+		option add *TixNoteBook*nbframe.inactiveBackground \
+			$::wm_default::disabledbackground $pri
+	    } else {
+		option add *TixNoteBook.nbframe.inactiveBackground \
+			$::wm_default::background $pri
+		option add *TixNoteBook*nbframe.inactiveBackground \
+			$::wm_default::background $pri
+	    }
+	}
+
+        foreach pref $wm_default::_scrollbar_widgets {
+            option add $pref.background $::wm_default::background $pri
+	    option add $pref.foreground $::wm_default::foreground $pri
+	    # Tix 8.1.1 had these wrong
+	    option add $pref.troughColor $::wm_default::scrollbars $pri
+	    option add $pref.borderWidth $::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+	}
+	option add *Scale.borderWidth $::wm_default::borderwidth $pri
+	option add *Scale.troughColor $::wm_default::scrollbars $pri
+
+	option add *highlightColor $::wm_default::highlightcolor $pri
+	option add *highlightBackground $::wm_default::highlightbackground $pri
+	option add *HighlightBackground $::wm_default::highlightbackground $pri
+
+	# not _system_font_widgets
+	set _focus_widgets [concat \
+		$::wm_default::_frame_widgets \
+		$::wm_default::_menu_font_widgets \
+		$::wm_default::_text_type_widgets \
+		$::wm_default::_insert_type_widgets \
+		$::wm_default::_select_type_widgets \
+		$::wm_default::_active_borderwidth_widgets \
+		$::wm_default::_nonzero_borderwidth_widgets \
+		$::wm_default::_null_borderwidth_widgets ]
+
+	if {$_usetix} {
+	    set _tix_hl_widgets [list *TixBitmapButton*label \
+		    *TixComboBox*Entry \
+		    *TixControl*entry \
+		    *TixDirList*hlist \
+		    *TixDirTree*hlist \
+		    *TixFileEntry*Entry \
+		    *TixFileEntry*entry \
+		    *TixMultiList*Listbox \
+		    *TixNoteBook.nbframe \
+		    *TixOptionMenu*menubutton \
+		    *TixScrolledHList*hlist \
+		    *TixScrolledListBox*listbox\
+		    *TixScrolledTList*tlist \
+		    *TixTree*hlist]
+	    eval lappend _focus_widgets $_tix_hl_widgets
+	}
+
+	foreach pref [lsort -uniq $_focus_widgets] {
+	    option add $pref.highlightBackground $::wm_default::highlightbackground $pri
+	}
+
+	# Now for some things to make it look more like the WM
+
+	# todo - look for and call
+	if {$::wm_default::focusmodel == "followsmouse"} {
+	    tk_focusFollowsMouse
+	}
+
+	if {$_usetix} {
+	    tixSetDefaultOptions
+
+	    if {[lsearch -exact {windows kde1 kde2} $::wm_default::wm] > -1} {
+		# Fix the way Button boxes are packed
+		if {[info procs ::tixButtonBox:add] == ""} {
+		    uplevel #0 auto_load tixButtonBox
+		}
+		proc ::tixButtonBox:add {w name args} {
+		    upvar #0 $w data
+		    eval button $w.$name $args
+		
+		    if {![info exists data(-padx)]} {set data(-padx) 5}
+		    if {![info exists data(-pady)]} {set data(-pady) 10}
+		
+		    if {$data(-orientation) == "horizontal"} {
+			# Push the Buttons  to the right
+			if {[info commands $w.pad] == ""} {
+			    label $w.pad
+			    pack $w.pad -side left -expand yes -fill both
+			}
+			pack $w.$name -side left \
+				-expand no \
+				-padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady)
+		    } else {
+			pack $w.$name -side top \
+				-expand no -fill x \
+				-padx $data(-padx) -pady $data(-pady)
+		    }
+		    lappend data(g:buttons) $name
+		    set data(w:$name) $w.$name
+		    return $w.$name
+		}
+		option add *TixButtonBox.relief flat $::wm_default::priority
+		option add *TixButtonBox.borderwidth 2 $::wm_default::priority
+	    }
+	}
+	return [getoptions]
+    }
+
+    namespace export setup addoptions getoptions parray
+}
+
+package provide wm_default 1.0
+
+
+proc tixSetDefaultOptions {} {
+    # Returns one of cde kde1 kde2 gnome windows or ""
+    global tcl_platform env tixOption
+
+    # There is no overlap between the wm_default variable names and
+    # the old style tixOption names. So we can add the wm_default variable
+    # names to the array tixOption, and allow people to upgrade in time.
+
+    foreach variable {
+	wm
+	linkcolor
+	vlinkcolor
+	alinkcolor
+	background
+	foreground
+	disabledforeground
+	disabledbackground
+	textfamily
+	systemfamily
+	menufamily
+	fixedfamily
+	fontsize
+	textbackground
+	textforeground
+	disabledtextbackground
+	selectbackground
+	selectforeground
+	selectcolor
+	highlightcolor
+	highlightbackground
+	scrollbars
+	borderwidth
+	priority
+	menubackground
+	menuforeground
+	activebackground
+	activeforeground
+	system_font
+	menu_font
+	fixed_font
+	text_font
+    } {
+	set tixOption($variable) [set ::wm_default::$variable]
+    }
+
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/WmDefault.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+One of the bad things about Tk/Tkinter is that it does not pick up
+the current color and font scheme from the prevailing CDE/KDE/GNOME/Windows 
+window manager scheme.
+
+One of the good things about Tk/Tkinter is that it is not tied to one
+particular widget set so it could pick up the current color and font scheme 
+from the prevailing CDE/KDE/GNOME/Windows window manager scheme.
+
+The WmDefault package is for making Tk/Tkinter applications use the 
+prevailing CDE/KDE/GNOME/Windows scheme. It tries to find the files
+and/or settings that the current window manager is using, and then
+sets the Tk options database accordingly (plus a few other things as well). 
+
+
+DOWNLOAD
+--------
+
+Download the latest version of wm_default from http://tix.sourceforge.net
+either as a part of the standard Tix distribution, or as a part of the
+Tix Applications: http://tix.sourceforge.net/Tide. wm_default does not
+require Tix, but is Tix enabled.
+
+
+USAGE:
+------
+
+For Tix versions 8.1.2 and above from http://tix.sourceforge.net,
+WmDefault is the default Tix scheme, so there is nothing else to do.
+
+For Tk applications, it should be sufficent at the beginning of a wish
+app to simply:
+
+	    package require wm_default
+	    wm_default::setup
+	    wm_default::addoptions
+
+The process is divided into 2 steps:
+
+1) find the files and/or settings (::wm_default::setup).
+   This is complete for Windows, pretty good for KDE and CDE, and
+ still barely supported for GNOME because of the difficulty
+ of finding and parsing sawfish definition files.
+ setup takes one optional argument: wm, the name of the window manager
+ as a string, if known. One of: windows gnome kde1 kde2 cde.
+
+2) Setting the Tk options database (::wm_default::addoptions).
+You can override the settings in 1) by adding your values to the call
+to addoptions:
+   ::wm_default::addoptions -foreground red -background blue
+
+You can examine the settings with
+    ::wm_default::getoptions
+which returns a Tcl array of the current settings, and
+    ::wm_default::parray
+which returns a string of the current settings, one value-pair per line.
+
+There are a number of assumptions built into the heuristics of addoptions,
+that may need fine tuning. Post patches to http://tix.sourceforge.net.
+
+
+PYTHON
+______
+
+If you are using Tix versions 8.1.2 and above from http://tix.sourceforge.net
+with Python 2.1  and above, WmDefault is the default Tix scheme, 
+so there is nothing else you need to do.
+
+The easiest way to install WmDefault for Tkinter is to copy the WmDefault.*
+AND THE FILE pkgIndex.tcl from lib/tix8.1/pref to a directory on your
+PYTHONPATH. Then the following should work:
+
+	    import Tkinter
+	    root = Tkinter.Tk()
+	    import WmDefault
+	    WmDefault.setup(root)
+	    WmDefault.addoptions(root, {'foreground': 'red'})
+	    print WmDefault.getoptions(root)
+
+
+SETTINGS
+--------
+
+Here is a list of all the settings controlled by WmDefault:
+	wm		  	- one of windows gnome kde1 kde2 cde kde
+	background		
+	foreground		
+	disabledforeground		
+	disabledbackground		
+	textfamily			
+	systemfamily		
+	menufamily 			
+	fixedfamily		
+	fontsize		- in pixels under Unix, in points under Windows
+	textbackground		
+	textforeground		
+	disabledtextbackground		
+	selectbackground		
+	selectforeground		
+	selectcolor		
+	highlightcolor		
+	highlightbackground		
+	scrollbars		- scrollbar trough color
+	borderwidth		
+	priority		
+	menubackground		
+	menuforeground		
+	activebackground		
+	activeforeground		
+	system_font 		- a Tcl font spec, a list of family size weight
+	menu_font 		
+	fixed_font 		
+	text_font 		
+	linkcolor		- not working completely yet
+	vlinkcolor
+	alinkcolor
+
+
+
+TO MAKE A PREVIOUS TIX USE THIS AS THE DEFAULT SCHEME:
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+1) Compile Tix with 
+	-DTIX_DEF_SCHEME "WmDefault"
+	-DTIX_DEF_FONTSET "WmDefault"
+or change the defines in generic/tixInit.c 
+
+#define TIX_DEF_SCHEME "WmDefault"
+#define TIX_DEF_FONTSET "WmDefault"
+
+2) Edit the installed lib/8.1/Tix.tcl and change the -configspec 
+in tixClass tixAppContext with the following
+	{-fontset    		WmDefault}
+	{-scheme     		WmDefault}
+
+3) Copy the files WmDefault.* AND pkgIndex.tcl to the installed
+   lib/tix8.1/pref
+
+4) Make or edit the file lib/tix8.1/pkgIndex.tcl and add the lines
+
+package ifneeded wm_default 1.0 \
+	[list source [file join $dir pref WmDefault.tcl]]
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/pkgIndex.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/pkgIndex.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# -*-mode: tcl; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+# Tcl package index file, version 1.0
+#
+# $Id: pkgIndex.tcl,v 1.2 2002/01/24 09:17:02 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+
+package ifneeded wm_default 1.0 [list source [file join $dir WmDefault.tcl]]
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/tixmkpref
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/library/pref/tixmkpref	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
+#!/usr/local/bin/tclsh
+# Undocumented program. Don't use it.
+#
+# Usage:
+# 
+# 	tixmkpref option name.src > name.tcl
+#
+
+proc tixDefOption {classes specs {level \$tixOption(prioLevel)}} {
+    global isFont tixOption
+
+    foreach class $classes {
+	foreach spec $specs {
+	    if [regexp (Font)|(font) $spec] {
+		if {$isFont} {
+		    puts "option add *$class$spec $level"
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if {!$isFont} {
+		    set aspec [subst $spec]
+		    puts "option add *$class$spec $level"
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc option {classes specs {level \$tixOption(prioLevel)}} {
+    tixDefOption $classes $specs $level
+}
+
+proc tixInitOptionDatabase {strictTK} {
+    global tixOption isFont
+
+    # general stuff, everything gets these defaults unless otherwise specified
+    #-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    tixDefOption {""} {{Font			$tixOption(font)}}
+    tixDefOption {""} {{font			$tixOption(font)}}
+
+    tixDefOption {""} {{background 		$tixOption(bg)}}	10
+    tixDefOption {""} {{Background		$tixOption(bg)}}
+    tixDefOption {""} {{background		$tixOption(bg)}}
+    tixDefOption {""} {{Foreground		$tixOption(fg)}}
+    tixDefOption {""} {{foreground		$tixOption(fg)}}
+    tixDefOption {""} {{activeBackground	$tixOption(active_bg)}}
+    tixDefOption {""} {{activeForeground	$tixOption(active_fg)}}
+    tixDefOption {""} {{HighlightBackground	$tixOption(bg)}}
+    tixDefOption {""} {{selectBackground	$tixOption(select_bg)}}
+    tixDefOption {""} {{selectForeground	$tixOption(select_fg)}}
+    tixDefOption {""} {{selectBorderWidth	0}}
+
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # Standard TK Widget Options
+    #
+    # We set up the options for the TK widgets only if
+    # the strictTK option is not selected.
+    #----------------------------------------
+
+    tixDefOption {Menu TixMenu} {
+	{.font			$tixOption(menu_font)}
+	{.selectColor		$tixOption(selector)}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {Menubutton} {
+	{.font			$tixOption(menu_font)}
+	{.padY			5}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {Button} {
+	{.borderWidth		2}
+	{.anchor		c}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {Checkbutton Radiobutton} {
+	{.selectColor		$tixOption(selector)}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {Entry} {
+	{.relief		sunken}
+	{.highlightBacground	$tixOption(bg)}
+	{.background		$tixOption(input1_bg)}
+	{.foreground		black}
+	{.insertBackground	black}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {Label} {
+	{.anchor		w}
+	{.borderWidth		0}
+	{.font              	$tixOption(bold_font)}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {Listbox} {
+	{.background		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{.relief		sunken}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {Scale} {
+	{.foreground		$tixOption(fg)}
+	{.activeForeground	$tixOption(bg)}
+	{.background		$tixOption(bg)}
+	{.sliderForeground	$tixOption(bg)}
+	{.sliderBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{.font			$tixOption(italic_font)}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {Scrollbar} {
+	{.background		$tixOption(bg)}
+	{.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{.relief		sunken}
+	{.borderWidth		1}
+	{.width			15}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {Text} {
+	{.background		$tixOption(input1_bg)}
+	{.relief		sunken}
+    }
+
+    #----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # TIX WIDGETS
+    #----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    tixDefOption {TixBalloon} {
+	{*background 			#ffff60}
+	{*foreground 			black}
+	{.background 			black}
+	{*Label.font 			$tixOption(font)}
+	{*Label.anchor 			w}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {TixBitmapButton} {
+	{*label.font 			$tixOption(font)}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {TixControl} {
+	{*entry.highlightBacground	$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg)}
+	{*entry.foreground		black}
+	{*entry.insertBackground	black}
+	{*label.font              	$tixOption(bold_font)}
+    }
+
+    # DLG_BTNS
+    #
+    tixDefOption {TixStdButtonBox} {
+    }
+
+    # DIR_LIST
+    #
+    tixDefOption {TixDirTree TixDirList TixScrolledHList TixTree} {
+	{*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{*hlist.highlightBacground	$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{*hlist.activeBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{*hlist.disabledBackground	$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{*f1.borderWidth		1}
+	{*f1.relief			sunken}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {TixFileEntry} {
+	{*Entry.background 		$tixOption(input1_bg)}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {TixHList} {
+	{.background			$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{.activeBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{.disabledBackground		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {TixLabelEntry} {
+	{*entry.highlightBacground	$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*entry.background		$tixOption(input1_bg)}
+	{*entry.foreground		black}
+	{*entry.insertBackground	black}
+	{*label.font              	$tixOption(bold_font)}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {TixLabelFrame} {
+	{*label.font 	 		$tixOption(bold_font)}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {TixMultiList} {
+	{*Listbox.borderWidth		0}
+	{*Listbox.highlightThickness	0}
+	{*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{*Scrollbar.relief		sunken}
+	{*Scrollbar.width		15}
+	{*f1.borderWidth		2}
+	{*f1.relief			sunken}
+	{*f1.highlightThickness		2}
+    }
+
+    # MwmClient
+    #
+    tixDefOption {TixMwmClient} {
+	{*title.font			$tixOption(menu_font)}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {TixMDIMenuBar} {
+	{*menubar.relief		raised}
+	{*menubar.borderWidth		2}
+	{*Menubutton.padY 		2}
+    }
+
+    # NoteBook
+    #
+    tixDefOption {TixNoteBook} {
+	{.Background			$tixOption(bg)}
+	{.nbframe.Background		$tixOption(bg)}
+	{.nbframe.font			$tixOption(menu_font)}
+	{.nbframe.backPageColor		$tixOption(bg)}
+	{.nbframe.inactiveBackground	$tixOption(inactive_bg)}
+    }
+ 
+    # OPTION_MENU
+    #
+    tixDefOption {TixOptionMenu} {
+	{*menubutton.font		$tixOption(font)}
+    }
+
+    # PANED_WINDOW
+    #
+    tixDefOption {TixPanedWindow} {
+	{.handleActiveBg 		$tixOption(active_bg)}
+	{.seperatorBg    		$tixOption(bg)}
+	{.handleBg       		$tixOption(dark1_bg)}
+    }
+
+    # POPUP MENU
+    #
+    tixDefOption {TixPopupMenu} {
+	{*menubutton.background 	$tixOption(dark1_bg)}
+    }
+
+    # SCROLLED_HLIST
+    #
+    tixDefOption {TixScrolledHList} {
+	{*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{*hlist.highlightBacground	$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {TixScrolledTList} {
+	{*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{*tlist.highlightBacground	$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*tlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+    }
+
+    # SCROLLED_LISTBOX, .. ETC
+    #
+    tixDefOption {TixScrolledListBox} {
+	{*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{*listbox.highlightBacground	$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*listbox.background		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {TixScrolledText} {
+	{*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+    }
+
+
+    # SCROLLED_WINDOW
+    #
+    tixDefOption {TixScrolledWindow} {
+	{*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{.frame.background		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+    }
+
+
+    # SELECT
+    #
+    tixDefOption {TixSelect} {
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {TixTree} {
+	{*Scrollbar.background		$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*Scrollbar.troughColor		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{*hlist.highlightBacground	$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*hlist.background		$tixOption(light1_bg)}
+	{*hlist.borderWidth		1}
+    }
+    # NON ALPHABETICAL ORDER WIDGETS
+
+    # Since TK's option database follows the order-of-declaration rule, not
+    # specific-vs-general rule, the options of the widgets below depends on
+    # the options of the widget above, so their options must be defined here
+
+    # COMBOBOX
+    tixDefOption {TixComboBox} {
+	{*Entry.font				$tixOption(font)}
+	{*Entry.highlightBacground		$tixOption(bg)}
+	{*Entry.background			$tixOption(input1_bg)}
+	{*Entry.foreground			black}
+	{*Entry.insertBackground		black}
+    }
+
+    # FILE_SELECT_BOX
+    #
+    tixDefOption {TixFileSelectBox} {
+	{*Label.font            		$tixOption(bold_font)}
+    }
+
+    tixDefOption {TixExFileSelectBox} {
+    }
+}
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The default fontset and schemes
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+source ../DefSchm.tcl
+rename tixSetDefaultFontset 		tixSetFontset
+rename tixSetDefaultScheme-Color 	tixSetScheme-Color
+rename tixSetDefaultScheme-Mono 	tixSetScheme-Mono
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Action:
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+if [string match TK* [lindex $argv 1]] {
+    set isTK 1
+} else {
+    set isTK 0
+}
+set schemeName [lindex [split [lindex $argv 1] "."] 0]
+source [lindex $argv 1]
+
+
+tixSetFontset
+
+if {[lindex $argv 0] == "-font"} {
+
+    set isFont 1
+
+    # FontSets will be set in two steps.
+    # (1) init fontsets
+    #     ... tix checks the validity of the fonts ...
+    # (2) add the fontsets into the option database.
+    #
+    puts "proc tixPref:InitFontSet:$schemeName {} { "
+    puts [info body tixSetFontset]
+    puts "}"
+
+    puts "proc tixPref:SetFontSet:$schemeName {} { "
+    puts "global tixOption"
+    if {! $isTK} {
+	tixInitOptionDatabase 0
+    }
+    puts "}"
+
+
+} else {
+    set isFont 0
+
+    # Do the Color First
+    #
+    puts "proc tixPref:SetScheme-Color:$schemeName {} {"
+    puts [info body tixSetScheme-Color]
+    if {! $isTK} {
+	tixSetScheme-Color
+	tixInitOptionDatabase 0
+    }
+    puts "}"
+
+    # Now Do the Mono
+    #
+    puts "proc tixPref:SetScheme-Mono:$schemeName {} {"
+    puts [info body tixSetScheme-Mono]
+    if {! $isTK} {
+	tixSetScheme-Mono
+	tixInitOptionDatabase 0
+    }
+    puts "}"
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/license.terms
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/license.terms	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState
+
+This software is copyrighted by the above entities
+and other parties.  The following terms apply to all files associated
+with the software unless explicitly disclaimed in individual files.
+
+The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
+license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
+Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
+and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
+the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
+they apply.
+
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY
+FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY
+DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES,
+INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.  THIS SOFTWARE
+IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE
+NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR
+MODIFICATIONS.
+
+GOVERNMENT USE: If you are acquiring this software on behalf of the
+U.S. government, the Government shall have only "Restricted Rights"
+in the software and related documentation as defined in the Federal 
+Acquisition Regulations (FARs) in Clause 52.227.19 (c) (2).  If you
+are acquiring the software on behalf of the Department of Defense, the
+software shall be classified as "Commercial Computer Software" and the
+Government shall have only "Restricted Rights" as defined in Clause
+252.227-7013 (c) (1) of DFARs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
+authors grant the U.S. Government and others acting in its behalf
+permission to use and distribute the software in accordance with the
+terms specified in this license. 
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Parts of this software are based on the Tcl/Tk software copyrighted by
+the Regents of the University of California, Sun Microsystems, Inc.,
+and other parties. The original license terms of the Tcl/Tk software
+distribution is included in the file docs/license.tcltk.
+
+Parts of this software are based on the HTML Library software
+copyrighted by Sun Microsystems, Inc. The original license terms of
+the HTML Library software distribution is included in the file
+docs/license.html_lib.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/GNUmakefile
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/GNUmakefile	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# GNUmakefile --
+#
+#	This GNUmakefile requires GNU make. It builds the HTML version
+#	of the Tix man pages. You normally do not need to use this
+#	GNUmakefile, as all the HTML man pages are already included in
+#	the Tix source distribution.
+#
+#	You need to use this file when you are create a Tix source
+#	distribution from the Tix CVS tree. See
+#	../docs/MakeSrcDist.txt for more information.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and
+# redistribution of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# $Id: GNUmakefile,v 1.1 2001/01/22 08:01:22 ioilam Exp $
+
+TCLSH		= tclsh
+MAN2HTML	= ../tools/tix-man2html.tcl
+UPDATEIDX	= ../tools/man2html-fixindex.tcl
+NROFF_SRCS	= $(shell echo *.n *.1)
+
+all: html/contents.htm
+
+html/contents.htm: ${NROFF_SRCS} ${MAN2HTML} ${UPDATEIDX} GNUmakefile
+	${TCLSH} ${MAN2HTML} --htmldir=html --srcdir=../..
+	${TCLSH} ${UPDATEIDX} html
+
+distclean:
+	-cd html; rm -rf *.htm *~ Keywords UserCmd
+	-cd html; rm -rf TclCmd TclLib
+	-cd html; rm -rf TkCmd TkLib
+	-cd html; rm -rf TixCmd TixLib
+
+test:
+	env TEST_ONLY=true $(MAKE) all
+
+full:
+	env WITH_TCL_TK=true $(MAKE) all
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/Makefile
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/Makefile	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+# GNUmakefile --
+#
+#	This Makefile builds the HTML version
+#	of the Tix man pages. You normally do not need to use this
+#	Makefile, as all the HTML man pages are already included in
+#	the Tix source distribution.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and
+# redistribution of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# $Id: Makefile,v 1.2 2001/12/09 03:25:15 idiscovery Exp $
+
+TCLSH		= tclsh
+MAN2HTML	= ../tools/tix-man2html.tcl
+UPDATEIDX	= ../tools/man2html-fixindex.tcl
+NROFF_SRCS	= \
+	TixIntro.n compound.n pixmap.n tix.n tixBalloon.n tixButtonBox.n \
+	tixCheckList.n tixComboBox.n tixControl.n tixDestroy.n tixDirList.n \
+	tixDirSelectDialog.n tixDirTree.n tixDisplayStyle.n \
+	tixExFileSelectBox.n tixExFileSelectDialog.n tixFileEntry.n \
+	tixFileSelectBox.n tixFileSelectDialog.n tixForm.n tixGetBoolean.n \
+	tixGetInt.n tixGrid.n tixHList.n tixInputOnly.n \
+	tixLabelEntry.n tixLabelFrame.n tixListNoteBook.n \
+	tixMeter.n tixMwm.n tixNBFrame.n tixNoteBook.n tixOptionMenu.n \
+	tixPanedWindow.n tixPopupMenu.n tixScrolledHList.n tixScrolledListBox.n \
+	tixScrolledText.n tixScrolledWindow.n tixSelect.n tixStdButtonBox.n \
+	tixTList.n tixTree.n tixUtils.n tixwish.1
+    
+all: html/contents.htm
+
+html/contents.htm: ${NROFF_SRCS} ${MAN2HTML} ${UPDATEIDX} GNUmakefile
+	${TCLSH} ${MAN2HTML} --htmldir=html --srcdir=../..
+	${TCLSH} ${UPDATEIDX} html
+
+distclean:
+	-cd html; rm -rf *.htm *~ Keywords UserCmd
+	-cd html; rm -rf TclCmd TclLib
+	-cd html; rm -rf TkCmd TkLib
+	-cd html; rm -rf TixCmd TixLib
+
+test:
+	env TEST_ONLY=true $(MAKE) all
+
+full:
+	env WITH_TCL_TK=true $(MAKE) all

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/TixIntro.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/TixIntro.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: TixIntro.n,v 1.4 2001/01/22 07:59:48 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+.TH TixIntro n 8.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH NAME
+TixIntro \- Introduction to the Tix library
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+Tix, which stands for Tk Interface Extension, is an extension library
+for Tcl/Tk. Tix adds many new widgets, image types and other commands that
+allows you to create compelling Tcl/Tk-based GUI applications.
+.PP
+One advantage of Tix over other Tk widget libraries is many of the Tix
+standard widgets are implemented in native code. This enhances
+performance and provides native look-and-feel for your applications.
+.PP
+This version of Tix works with Tcl/Tk version 8.0 or above.
+If Tix has been installed properly on your system, you can load the
+package into any Tk script by invoking the command
+.CS
+package require Tix
+.CE
+After this command has successfully returned, you can start using the
+functionalities of the Tix library. See the \fBEXAMPLES\fR section
+below for example scripts that use Tix.
+.PP
+If the "package require Tix" command fails, you
+probably need to install a new copy of Tix on your system. You can
+download the latest version of Tix from the web site
+http://tix.sourceforge.net/.
+.PP
+'\"
+.SH STANDARD WIDGETS
+Tix includes the following standard widgets which, like their counterparts in
+Tk, are implemented in native code to achieve high performance and
+native look-and-feel.
+.TP
+\fBtixGrid\fR
+The \fBtixGrid\fR widget displays items in a spread-sheet format.
+.TP
+\fBtixHList\fR
+Hierarchical listbox widget. This widget display entries in a
+tree-like format.
+.TP
+\fBtixInputOnly\fR
+A transparent window that can be used to cover another widget so as to
+disable mouse input.
+.TP
+\fBtixNBFrame\fR
+The \fBtixNBFrame\fR widget is used internally by the
+\fBtixNoteBook\fR widget to display choices among a set of overlapping
+pages.
+.TP
+\fBtixTList\fR
+Tabular listbox widget. This widget is similar to the built-in Tk
+\fBlistbox\fR widget but provides more flexibility in displaying the
+list entries. 
+.SH MEGA WIDGETS
+Tix provides many new types of \fImega widgets\fR: these are widgets
+that are composed of built-in Tk widgets and the Tix standard widgets
+mentioned above.
+.TP
+\fBtixBalloon\fR
+The \fBtixBalloon\fR widget provides context-sensitive on-screen
+help.
+.TP
+\fBtixButtonBox\fR
+A convenience class for creating a box of \fBbutton\fR widgets.
+.TP
+\fBtixCheckList\fR
+A subclass of \fBtixTree\fR that presents single- or multiple
+choices to the user in a tree-like format.
+.TP
+\fBtixComboBox\fR
+A combination of the \fBlistbox\fR and \fBentry\fR widgets that allows
+the user to input an item by typing or by selecting from a list of
+items.
+.TP
+\fBtixControl\fR
+The \fBtixControl\fR widget allows the user to adjust a value using
+arrow buttons.
+.TP
+\fBtixDirList\fR
+A directory selection widget that displays the file system as a
+cascading list.
+.TP
+\fBtixDirSelectDialog\fR
+A dialog for selecting a directory. \fIThis widget is
+deprecated.\fR Use \fBtk_chooseDirectory\fR instead.
+.TP
+\fBtixDirTree\fR
+A directory selection widget that displays the file system in a tree
+format.
+.TP
+\fBtixExFileSelectBox\fR
+A widget for selecting a file. \fIThis widget is
+deprecated.\fR Use \fBtk_getOpenFile\fR instead.
+.TP
+\fBtixExFileSelectDialog\fR
+A dialog for selecting a file. \fIThis widget is
+deprecated.\fR Use \fBtk_getOpenFile\fR instead.
+.TP
+\fBtixFileEntry\fR
+A special entry widget that allows the user to choose a file by typing
+in its name or by selecting from a file dialog.
+.TP
+\fBtixFileSelectBox\fR
+A widget for selecting a file. \fIThis widget is
+deprecated.\fR Use \fBtk_getOpenFile\fR instead.
+.TP
+\fBtixFileSelectDialog\fR
+A dialog for selecting a file. \fIThis widget is
+deprecated.\fR Use \fBtk_getOpenFile\fR instead.
+.TP
+\fBtixLabelEntry\fR
+A convenience class for creating an \fBentry\fR with an associated
+\fBlabel\fR widget.
+.TP
+\fBtixLabelFrame\fR
+A labelled \fBframe\fR widget for grouping together a set of related
+widgets.
+.TP
+\fBtixListNoteBook\fR
+The \fBtixListNoteBook\fR widget allows the user to choose from a
+set of over-lapping pages by selecting from a list box.
+.TP
+\fBtixMeter\fR
+The \fBtixMeter\fR widget displays a bar graph to indicate progress.
+.TP
+\fBtixNoteBook\fR
+The \fBtixNoteBook\fR widget allows the user to choose from a
+set of over-lapping pages with a tabbed notebook metaphore.
+.TP
+\fBtixOptionMenu\fR
+The \fBtixOptionMenu\fR widget allows the user to choose a value from
+a pop-up menu.
+.TP
+\fBtixPanedWindow\fR
+The \fBtixPanedWindow\fR widgets allows the user to adjust the
+visible size of several \fBframe\fR widgets with handle bars.
+.TP
+\fBtixPopupMenu\fR
+The \fBtixPopupMenu\fR widget can be used to implement
+context-sensitive pop-up menu.
+.TP
+\fBtixScrolledHList\fR
+A \fBtixHList\fR widget with smart scrollbars. Like other Tix scrolled
+widgets, the scroll bars can be displayed on an as-needed basis.
+.TP
+\fBtixScrolledListBox\fR
+A Tk \fBlistbox\fR widget with smart scrollbars.
+.TP
+\fBtixScrolledText\fR
+A Tk \fBtext\fR widget with smart scrollbars.
+.TP
+\fBtixScrolledWindow\fR
+A Tk \fBframe\fR widget with smart scrollbars.
+.TP
+\fBtixSelect\fR
+The \fBtixSelect\fR widget uses a set of buttons to present
+single- or multiple selection options to the user.
+.TP
+\fBtixStdButtonBox\fR
+A subclass of \fBtixButtonBox\fR that provides four standard
+buttons (OK, Apply, Cancel Help) for Motif(TM)-like dialog boxes.
+.TP
+\fBtixTree\fR
+A subclass of \fBtixScrolledHList\fR that supports expanding and collapsing
+of entries in a hierarchical list.
+.SH DISPLAY ITEMS
+Three Tix standard widgets \fBtixGrid\fR, \fBtixHList\fR and
+\fBtixTList\fR support the \fIDisplay Items\fR mechanism. Display
+items are created by the widget command of these standard widgets. You can
+customize the items using \fIstyles\fR objects.
+.TP
+\fBtixDisplayStyle\fR
+Create style objects to customize display items.
+.SH IMAGE TYPES
+Tix provides two additional image types to the Tk \fBimage\fR
+framework.
+.TP
+\fBcompound\fR
+The \fBcompound\fR image type allows you to combine images, widgets,
+and text strings into a single Tk \fBimage\fR object.
+.TP
+\fBpixmap\fR
+The \fBpixmap\fR image type supports the XPM format.
+.SH OTHER COMMANDS
+The following Tcl command are also included in the Tix library to
+perform various functions.
+.TP
+\fBtixDestroy\fR
+Destroy Tix objects instances of classes defined by \fBtixClass\fR construct.
+.TP
+\fBtixForm\fR
+A geometry manager based on attachment rules. \fIThis geometry manager
+is deprecated\fR. Use the Tk \fBgrid\fR geometry manager instead.
+.TP
+\fBtixMwm\fR
+A command to communicate with the Mwm, the Motif(TM) Window
+Manager. Works on Unix only.
+.TP
+\fBtix\fR
+The \fBtix\fR command controls the Tix application context.
+.TP
+\fBtixGetBoolean\fR
+The \fBtixGetBoolean\fR command converts a string to a boolean value.
+.TP
+\fBtixGetInt\fR
+The \fBtixGetInt\fR command converts a string to a integer value.
+.TP
+\fBtixUtils\fR
+The \fBtixUtils\fR manual page describes some utility Tix commands.
+.SH EXECUTABLE PROGRAM
+.TP
+\fBtixwish\fR
+The \fBtixwish\fR program can be used to execute Tix-based
+applications. \fBtixwish\fR \fIis deprecated\fR. You shuld use the
+standard wish program from Tk and access Tix via the "package require
+Tix" command.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following is an example script that uses a \fBtixTree\fR widget.
+.PP
+.CS
+set tree [tixTree .t]
+pack $tree -expand yes -fill both
+for {set i 0} {$i < 2} {incr i} {
+    $tree subwidget hlist add $i -itemtype imagetext \\
+        -text "Folder $i" -image [tix getimage folder]
+    for {set j 0} {$j < 5} {incr j} {
+        $tree subwidget hlist add $i.$j -itemtype imagetext \\
+            -text "File $i.$j" -image [tix getimage textfile]
+    }
+}
+$tree autosetmode
+.CE
+.SH KEYWORDS
+'\"
+Tix, mega widgets
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/compound.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/compound.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: compound.n,v 1.3 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+.TH compound n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+.SH NAME
+compound \- multi-line compound image type.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBimage create compound \fR?\fIname\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR?
+.BE
+'\"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+'\"
+Compound image types can be used to create images that consists of
+multiple horizontal lines; each line is composed of a series of items
+(texts, bitmaps, images or spaces) arranged from left to
+right. Compound images are mainly used to embed complex drawings into
+widgets that support the \fB\-image\fR option. As shown in the EXAMPLE
+section below, a compound image can be used to display a bitmap and a
+text string simutaneously in a TK \fBbutton(n)\fR widget.
+'\"
+.SH "CREATING COMPOUND IMAGES"
+.PP
+Like all images, compound images are created using the \fBimage create\fR
+command. Compound images support the following \fIoptions\fR:
+.TP
+\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the background color of the compound image. This color is
+also used as the default background color for the bitmap items in the
+compound image.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-borderwidth \fIpixels\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a non-negative value indicating the width of the 3-D border
+drawn around the compound image.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-font \fIfont\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the default font for the text items in the compound image.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the default foreground color for the bitmap and text items
+in the compound image.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-padx \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a non-negative value indicating how much extra space to
+request for the compound image in the X-direction. The \fIvalue\fR may
+have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels(3)\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-pady \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a non-negative value indicating how much extra space to
+request for the compound image in the Y-direction.
+.TP
+\fB\-relief \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the background of the compound
+image. Acceptable values are \fBraised\fR, \fBsunken\fR, \fBflat\fR,
+\fBridge\fR, and \fBgroove\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-showbackground \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Specifies whether the background and the 3D borders should be drawn.
+Must be a valid boolean value. By default the background is not drawn
+and the compound image appears to have a transparent background.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-window \fIpathName\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the window in which the compound image is displayed. One
+compound image can be displayed in only one window. When that window
+is destroyed, the compound image is automatically destroyed as well.
+This option must be specified when calling the \fBimage create
+compound\fR command and cannot be changed by the \fBconfigure\fR image
+command.
+'\"
+.SH "IMAGE COMMAND"
+.PP
+When a compound image is created, Tk also creates a new command whose
+name is the same as the image. This command may be used to invoke
+various operations on the image. It has the following general form:
+.RS
+.CS
+\fIimageName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+\fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+'\"
+determine the exact behavior of the command. The following
+commands are possible for compound images:
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIimageName \fBadd line\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Creates a new line at the bottom of the compound image. Lines support
+the following \fIoptions\fR:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fB\-anchor\fR value
+'\"
+Specifies how the line should be aligned along the horizontal axis.
+When the values are \fBw\fR, \fBsw\fR or \fBnw\fR, the line is aligned
+to the left. When the values are \fBc\fR, \fBs\fR or \fBn\fR, the line
+is aligned to the middle.  When the values are \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR or
+\fBne\fR, the line is aligned to the right.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-padx \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a non-negative value indicating how much extra space to
+request for this line in the X-direction.
+.RE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIimageName \fBadd \fIitem-type\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Creates a new item of the type \fIitem-type\fR at the end of the last
+line of the compound image. All types of items support
+these following common \fIoptions\fR:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fB-anchor\fR value
+'\"
+Specifies how the item should be aligned along the vertical axis. When
+the values are \fBn\fR, \fBnw\fR or \fBne\fR, the item is aligned to
+the top of the line. When the values are \fBc\fR, \fBw\fR or \fBe\fR,
+the item is aligned to the middle of the line.  When the values are
+\fBs\fR, \fBse\fR or \fBsw\fR, the item is aligned to the bottom of
+the line.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-padx \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a non-negative value indicating how much extra space to
+request for this item in the X-direction.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-pady \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a non-negative value indicating how much extra space to
+request for this item in the Y-direction.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIitem-type\fR can be any of the following:
+.RE
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------
+.TP
+\fIimageName \fBadd bitmap\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Creates a new bitmap item of at the end of the last
+line of the compound image. Additional \fIoptions\fR accepted by the
+bitmap type are:
+'\"
+.RS
+.TP
+\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the background color of the bitmap item.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-bitmap \fIname\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a bitmap to display in this item, in any of the forms
+acceptable to \fBTk_GetBitmap(3)\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the foreground color of the bitmap item.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"----------------------------------------
+.TP
+\fIimageName \fBadd image\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Creates a new image item of at the end of the last
+line of the compound image. Additional \fIoptions\fR accepted by the
+image type are:
+'\"
+.RS
+.TP
+\fB\-image \fIname\fR
+Specifies an image to display in this item. \fIname\fR 
+must have been created with the \fBimage create\fR command. 
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"----------------------------------------
+.TP
+\fIimageName \fBadd space\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+Creates a new space item of at the end of the last line of the
+compound image. Space items do not display anything. They just acts as
+space holders that add additional spaces between items inside a
+compound image. Additional \fIoptions\fR accepted by the image type
+are:
+'\"
+.RS
+.TP
+\fB\-width \fIvalue\fR
+Specifies the width of this space. The \fIvalue\fR may have any of the
+forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels(3)\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-height \fIvalue\fR
+Specifies the height of this space. The \fIvalue\fR may have any of
+the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels(3)\fR.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"----------------------------------------
+.TP
+\fIimageName \fBadd text\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+Creates a new text item of at the end of the last line of the compound
+image. Additional \fIoptions\fR accepted by the text type are:
+'\"
+.RS
+.TP
+\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR
+Specifies the background color of the text item.
+.TP
+\fB\-font \fIname\fR
+Specifies the font to be used for this text item.
+.TP
+\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the foreground color of the text item.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-justify\fR \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+When there are multiple lines of text displayed in a text item, this
+option determines how the lines line up with each other. \fIvalue\fR
+must be one of \fBleft\fR, \fBcenter\fR, or \fBright\fR.  \fBLeft\fR
+means that the lines' left edges all line up, \fBcenter\fR means that
+the lines' centers are aligned, and \fBright\fR means that the lines'
+right edges line up.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-text \fIstring\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a text string to display in this text item.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-underline\fR \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the integer index of a character to underline in the text
+item. 0 corresponds to the first character of the text displayed in
+the text item, 1 to the next character, and so on.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-wraplength\fR \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+This option specifies the maximum line length of the label string on
+this text item. If the line length of the label string exceeds this
+length, it is wrapped onto the next line, so that no line is longer
+than the specified length. The value may be specified in any of the
+standard forms for screen distances. If this value is less than or
+equal to 0 then no wrapping is done: lines will break only at newline
+characters in the text.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"----------------------------------------
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIimageName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBimage create compound\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIimageName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? 
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options for the image. If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIimageName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case
+the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the
+values accepted by the \fBimage create compound\fR command, except the
+\fB\-window\fR option
+'\".
+'\"----------------------------------------
+'\"
+.SH EXAMPLE
+'\"
+The following example creates a compound image with a bitmap and a
+text string and places this image into a Tk \fBbitton(n)\fR
+widget. Notice that the image must be created after the creation of
+the window that it resides in.
+.PP
+.CS
+set btn [button .b]
+set img [image create compound -window $btn]
+$img add line
+$img add bitmap -bitmap warning
+$img add space -width 8
+$img add text -text "Warning" -underline 0
+$btn config -image $img
+pack $btn
+.CE
+'\"
+.SH KEYWORDS
+image(n), Tix(n)
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/html/.cvsignore
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/html/.cvsignore	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+contents.htm
+TclCmd
+TkCmd
+TixCmd
+Keywords
+UserCmd
+TclLib
+TkLib

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/html/README.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/html/README.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+RCS $Id: README.txt,v 1.1 2001/01/22 00:36:05 ioilam Exp $
+
+This directory contains HTML version of the Tix manual pages. All the
+HTML files are auto-generated, so do not edit them directly. If you
+need to make a change, edit the Nroff sources in the parent directory.
+
+If there are no other files in this directory except this README.txt
+file, you probably have a checked-out copy of the Tix CVS tree. See
+the file ../GNUmakefile about how to generate the HTML files.
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/index.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/index.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Tix Manual Index</TITLE>
+<!-- $Id: index.html,v 1.4 2005/03/25 20:15:53 hobbs Exp $ -->
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#800000" ALINK="#800080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
+
+<Center><H2>Tix Manual Index</H2></Center>
+
+<h3> General Documents </h3>
+
+<ul>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="../ABOUT.html">ABOUT.html</a></b><br>
+       A brief descriptions of Tix.
+       <p>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="../docs/Release.html">Release Notes</a></b><br>
+       Important release notes about this version of Tix.
+       <p>
+
+
+  <li> <b><a href="../license.terms">license.terms</a></b><br>
+       Licensing terms and a <b><i>disclaimer of all
+       liabilities</i></b>. You should use Tix only if you agree to
+       <i><b>all</b></i> of its licensing terms.  <p>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="../Roadmap.html">Roadmap.html</a></b><br>
+       Planned future changes to Tix.
+       <p>
+
+</ul>
+
+<h3> Programming with Tix </h3>
+
+<ul>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="../docs/html/TixUser/TixUser.html">
+       /docs/html/TixUser/TixUser.html</a></b><br>
+
+       Tix Users's Guide. An introduction to Tix under Python or Tcl.<BR>
+       Also available in <A HREF="docs/pdf/TixUser.pdf">PDF</A>.
+       <p>
+
+
+  <li> <b><a href="../docs/tix-book/tix.book.html">
+       /docs/tix-book/tix.book.html</a></b><br>
+
+       Tix Programmer's Guide. It was written for Tix 4.0, but most
+       of its contents are still relevant for this version of Tix.
+       <p>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="../man/html/contents.htm">/man/html/contents.htm</a></b><br>
+       Tix Manual Pages.
+       <p>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="../docs/FAQ.html">/docs/FAQ.html</a></b><br>
+       Frequent Asked Questions about Tix.
+       <p>
+
+  <li> <b><a href="../tools/README.html">/tools/README.html</a></b><br>
+       Useful development tools included in this package
+       <p>
+
+</ul>
+
+<hr>
+
+<a href="http://tix.sourceforge.net">Tix Home Page</a><br>
+</FONT>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/man.macros
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/man.macros	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
+'\" manual entries.
+'\"
+'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
+'\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
+'\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
+'\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
+'\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
+'\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
+'\"
+'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
+'\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
+'\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
+'\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
+'\"
+'\" .BS
+'\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
+'\"	enclosed in one large box.
+'\"
+'\" .BE
+'\"	End of box enclosure.
+'\"
+'\" .CS
+'\"	Begin code excerpt.
+'\"
+'\" .CE
+'\"	End code excerpt.
+'\"
+'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
+'\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
+'\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
+'\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
+'\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
+'\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
+'\"
+'\" .VE
+'\"	End of vertical sidebar.
+'\"
+'\" .DS
+'\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
+'\"
+'\" .DE
+'\"	End of indented unfilled display.
+'\"
+'\" .SO
+'\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget.  The
+'\"	options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
+'\"	by tabs.
+'\"
+'\" .SE
+'\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
+'\"
+'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
+'\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
+'\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
+'\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
+'\"	the option's class in the option database.
+'\"
+'\" .UL arg1 arg2
+'\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
+'\"
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.2 2001/01/22 00:32:09 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
+.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
+.nr ^l \n(.l
+.ad b
+'\"	# Start an argument description
+.de AP
+.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
+.el \{\
+.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
+.   el          .TP 15
+.\}
+.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
+.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
+\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP	(\\$3)
+.\".b
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.br
+.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
+\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
+.\}
+.el \{\
+\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
+.\}
+.\}
+..
+'\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
+.de AS
+.nr )A 10n
+.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
+.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
+.\"
+.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
+.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
+..
+.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
+'\"	# BS - start boxed text
+'\"	# ^y = starting y location
+'\"	# ^b = 1
+.de BS
+.br
+.mk ^y
+.nr ^b 1u
+.if n .nf
+.if n .ti 0
+.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
+.if n .fi
+..
+'\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
+.de BE
+.nf
+.ti 0
+.mk ^t
+.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
+.el \{\
+.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
+.\"	box if the box started on an earlier page.
+.ie !\\n(^b-1 \{\
+\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\l'\\n(^lu+3n\(ul'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
+.\}
+.el \}\
+\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
+.\}
+.\}
+.fi
+.br
+.nr ^b 0
+..
+'\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
+'\"	# ^Y = starting y location
+'\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
+.de VS
+.if !"\\$2"" .br
+.mk ^Y
+.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
+.el .nr ^v 1u
+..
+'\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
+.de VE
+.ie n 'mc
+.el \{\
+.ev 2
+.nf
+.ti 0
+.mk ^t
+\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
+.sp -1
+.fi
+.ev
+.\}
+.nr ^v 0
+..
+'\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
+'\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
+'\"	# page bottom macro.
+.de ^B
+.ev 2
+'ti 0
+'nf
+.mk ^t
+.if \\n(^b \{\
+.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
+.\"	draw two sides but no top otherwise.
+.ie !\\n(^b-1 \h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\l'\\n(^lu+3n\(ul'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\h'|0u'\c
+.el \h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\h'|0u'\c
+.\}
+.if \\n(^v \{\
+.nr ^x \\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu
+\kx\h'-\\nxu'\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\ky\L'-\\n(^xu'\v'\\n(^xu'\h'|0u'\c
+.\}
+.bp
+'fi
+.ev
+.if \\n(^b \{\
+.mk ^y
+.nr ^b 2
+.\}
+.if \\n(^v \{\
+.mk ^Y
+.\}
+..
+'\"	# DS - begin display
+.de DS
+.RS
+.nf
+.sp
+..
+'\"	# DE - end display
+.de DE
+.fi
+.RE
+.sp
+..
+'\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
+.de SO
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+.LP
+.nf
+.ta 4c 8c 12c
+.ft B
+..
+'\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
+.de SE
+.fi
+.ft R
+.LP
+See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
+..
+'\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
+.de OP
+.LP
+.nf
+.ta 4c
+Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
+Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
+Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+..
+'\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
+.de CS
+.RS
+.nf
+.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
+..
+'\"	# CE - end code excerpt
+.de CE
+.fi
+.RE
+..
+.de UL
+\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
+..

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/pixmap.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/pixmap.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: pixmap.n,v 1.3 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+.TH pixmap n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
+.SH NAME
+pixmap \- image type for the XPM file format.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBimage create pixmap \fR?\fIname\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR?
+.BE
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+XPM is a popular X Window image file format for storing color icons.
+The \fBpixmap\fR image type defined by the \fBTix(n)\fR library can be
+used to create color images using XPM files.
+
+.SH "CREATING PIXMAPS"
+.PP
+Like all images, pixmaps are created using the \fBimage create\fR
+command. Pixmaps support the following \fIoptions\fR:
+.TP
+\fB\-data \fIstring\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the contents of the source pixmap as a string.  The string
+must adhere to the XPM file format (e.g., as generated by the
+\fBpixmap(1)\fR program). If both the \fB\-data\fR and \fB\-file\fR
+options are specified, the \fB\-data\fR option takes precedence.
+Please note that the XPM file parsing code in the xpm library is
+extremely fragile. The first line of the string must be "\fB/* XPM
+*/\fR" or otherwise a segmatation fault will be caused.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-file \fIname\fR
+'\"
+\fIname\fR gives the name of a file whose contents define the source
+pixmap.  The file must adhere to the XPM file format (e.g., as
+generated by the \fBpixmap(1)\fR program).
+'\"
+.SH "IMAGE COMMAND"
+.PP
+When a pixmap image is created, Tk also creates a new command whose
+name is the same as the image.  This command may be used to invoke
+various operations on the image.  It has the following general form:
+.RS
+.CS
+\fIimageName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+\fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+'\"
+determine the exact behavior of the command. The following
+commands are possible for pixmap images:
+.TP
+\fIimageName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBimage create pixmap\fR command.
+.TP
+\fIimageName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? 
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options for the image. If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIimageName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case
+the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have any of the
+values accepted by the \fBimage create pixmap\fR command.
+
+.SH KEYWORDS
+pixmap(1), image(n), Tix(n)
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tix.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tix.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tix.n,v 1.5 2004/12/24 00:38:31 hobbs Exp $
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+.TH tix n 8.4 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+.SH NAME
+tix \- Manipulate internal states of the Tix library
+'\"
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtix\fR \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
+'\"
+This manual page descripts the \fBtix\fR command, which manipulates
+the internal states of the Tix library. If you're looking for a general
+introduction to the Tix library, please refer to the \fBTixIntro\fR
+manual page.
+.PP
+The Tix application context supports the following configuration
+options. Usually, these options are set using the X resource database,
+i.e., in the user's \fB\.Xdefault\fR file. For example, to choose a
+different color scheme for the Tix widgets, these two lines can be
+added to the user's \fB\.Xdefault\fR file:
+.RS
+.CS
+*TixScheme:  Gray
+*TixFontSet: 14Point
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP -binding binding Binding
+This is an obsolete option.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-debug debug Debug
+Specifies whether the Tix widgets should run in debug mode.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-fontset tixFontSet TixFontSet
+Specifies the fontset to use for the Tix widgets. Valid options are
+\fBWmDefault\fR,
+\fBTK\fR, \fBTkWin\fR, \fB12Point\fR and \fB14Point\fR. \fBTK\fR specifies that the
+standard TK fonts should be used. The default value is \fBWmDefault\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-scheme tixScheme TixScheme
+Specifies the color scheme to use for the Tix widgets. Valid options
+are \fBWmDefault\fR,
+\fBTK\fR, \fBTkWin\fR, \fBGray\fR, \fBBlue\fR, \fBBisque\fR, \fBSGIGray\fR and
+\fBTixGray\fR. If you want the
+standard TK color scheme, you can use the value \fBTK\fR. 
+The default value is \fBWmDefault\fR.
+ '\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-schemepriority tixSchemePriority TixSchemePriority
+Specifies the priority level of the TK options set by th Tix
+schemes. Please refer to the TK \fBoption(n)\fR manual page for a
+discussion of the priority level of Tix options. The default value is
+79, which makes the Tix schemes at a higher priority than the
+settings in the .Xdefaults file. If you want to allow the Tix schemes
+to be overridden by the settings in the .Xdefaults file, you can set
+the following line in you .Xdefaults file:
+.CS
+*TixSchemePriority: 21
+.CE
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+The \fBtix\fR command provides access to miscellaneous elements of
+Tix's internal state and the Tix \fBapplication context\fR.  Most of
+the information manipulated by this command pertains to the
+application as a whole, or to a screen or display, rather than to a
+particular window.  The command can take any of a number of different
+forms depending on the \fIoption\fR argument.  The legal forms are:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtix addbitmapdir\fR \fIdirectory\fR
+'\"
+Tix maintains a list of directory under which which the \fBtix
+getimage\fR and \fBtix getbitmap\fR commands will search for image
+files. The standard bitmap directory is
+\fB$TIX_LIBRARY/bitmaps\fR. The \fBaddbitmapdir\fR command adds
+\fIdirectory\fR into this list. By using this command, the image files
+of an applications can also be located using the \fBtix getimage\fR ot
+\fBtix getbitmap\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtix cget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any of the options described in the
+\fBCONFIGURATION OPTIONS\fR section.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtix configure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the Tix application
+context. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing
+all of the available options (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case
+the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may be any of the
+options described in the \fBCONFIGURATION OPTIONS\fR section.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtix filedialog \fR?\fIclass\fR?
+'\"
+Returns the file selection dialog that may be shared among different
+modules of this application. This command will create a file selection
+dialog widget when it is called the first time. This dialog will be
+returned by all subsequent calls to \fBtix filedialog\fR. An optional
+\fIclass\fR parameter can be passed to specified what type of file
+selection dialog widget is desired. Possible options are
+\fBtixFileSelectDialog\fR or \fBtixExFileSelectDialog.\fR
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtix getbitmap \fIname\fR
+'\"
+Locates a bitmap file of the name \fIname\fR.xpm or \fIname\fR in one
+of the bitmap directories (see the \fBaddbitmapdir\fR command
+above). By using \fBtix getbitmap\fR, you can advoid hard coding the
+pathnames of the bitmap files in your application. When successful, it
+returns the complete pathname of the bitmap file, prefixed with the
+character \fB@\fR.  The returned value can be used to configure the
+\fB\-bitmap\fR option of the TK and Tix widgets.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtix getimage \fIname\fR
+'\"
+Locates an image file of the name \fIname\fR.xpm, \fIname\fR.xbm or
+\fIname\fR.ppm in one of the bitmap directories (see the
+\fBaddbitmapdir\fR command above). If more than one file with the same
+name (but different extensions) exist, then the image type is chosen
+according to the depth of the X display: xbm images are chosen on
+monochrome displays and color images are chosen on color displays. By
+using \fBtix getimage\fR, you can advoid hard coding the pathnames of
+the image files in your application. When successful, this command
+returns the name of the newly created image, which can be used to
+configure the \fB\-image\fR option of the TK and Tix widgets.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtix initstyle\fR
+'\"
+Init the style defaults for Tix.  Prior to Tix 8.4 this was done by
+simply package requiring Tix, but this call is now required to
+explicitly use Tix style.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtix option\fR ?\fIargs ...\fR?
+'\"
+Manipulates the options manitained by the Tix scheme
+mechanism. Available options are:
+.CS
+active_bg   active_fg   bg
+bold_font   dark1_bg    dark1_fg
+dark2_bg    dark2_fg    disabled_fg
+fg          fixed_font  font    
+inactive_bg inactive_fg input1_bg    
+input2_bg   italic_font light1_bg
+light1_fg   light2_bg   light2_fg
+menu_font   output1_bg  output2_bg
+select_bg   select_fg   selector
+.CE
+The arguments to the \fBtix option\fR command can take the
+following form(s):
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBtix option get\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of \fIoption\fR.
+.RE
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtix resetoptions\fR \fInewScheme newFontSet\fR ?\fInewScmPrio\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+Resets the scheme and fontset of the Tix application to
+\fInewScheme\fR and \fInewFontSet\fR, respectively. This affects only
+those widgets created \fBafter\fR this call. Therefore, it is best to
+call the \fBresetoptions\fR command \fBbefore\fR the creation of any
+widgets in a Tix application.
+
+The optional parameter \fInewScmPrio\fR can be given to reset the
+priority level of the TK options set by the Tix schemes.
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH BUGS
+'\"
+.IP [1]
+In this release of Tix, the following configuration options have been
+disabled. Assigning values to them will cause no effect:
+.CS
+-binding
+-debug
+-fontset
+-scheme
+-schemepriority
+.CE
+In addition, the following options to the \fBtix\fR command have been
+disabled. Invoking the \fBtix\fR command with these options will cause
+no effect:
+.CS
+resetoptions
+.CE
+.IP [2]
+Because of the way TK handles the X option database, after tixwish has
+started up, it is not possible to reset the color schemes and font
+sets using the \fBtix config\fR command. Instead, the \fBtix
+resetoptions\fR command must be used.
+'\"
+.PP
+The tk_setPalette command does not work very well under Tix. To use
+it, one must follow these steps:
+.RS
+.CS
+tix resetoptions TK TK
+tk_setPalette lightblue
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+.SH KEYWORDS
+file selection dialog
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixBalloon.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixBalloon.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixBalloon.n,v 1.1 2001/01/22 00:37:59 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixBalloon n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixBalloon \- Create and manipulate tixBalloon widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixBalloon \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBtixBalloon\fR class is derived from the \fBTixShell\fR
+class and inherits all the commands, options and subwidgets of its
+super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+The Balloon widget supports all the standard options of a frame widget.
+See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-initwait initWait InitWait
+In milliseconds. Specifies how long the balloon should wait before
+popping up in a widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-state state State
+Specifies the which help message to display when the mouse pointer
+enters a widget associated with this balloon. Valid options are
+\fBboth\fR: display both the balloon message and the status bar
+message, \fBballoon\fR: display only the balloon message,
+\fBstatus\fR: display only the status bar message and \fBnone\fR:
+display no messages.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-statusbar statusBar statusBar
+Specifies the widget to use as the status bar of this balloon. This
+widget must have a "-text" option. Usually a label widget is used.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBlabel\fR
+Class:		\fBLabel\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The label widget that shows the little arrow bitmap in the pop-up
+balloon window.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBmessage\fR
+Class:		\fBLabel\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The message widget that shows the descriptive message in the the pop-up
+balloon window.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixBalloon\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a Balloon widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+Balloon widget such as its cursor and relief.
+
+The Balloon widget can be used to show popped-up messages
+that describe the functions of the widgets in an application. A
+Balloon widget can be bound to a number of widgets. When the user
+moves the cursor inside a widget to which a Balloon widget has been
+bound, a small pop-up window with a descriptive message will be shown
+on the screen.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixBalloon\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is
+the same as the path name of the Balloon widget's window.  This
+command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has
+the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+Balloon widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands
+are possible for Balloon widgets:
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBbind\fR widget ?\fIoption value ... \fR?
+'\"
+Binds the Balloon widget to the \fIwidget\fR. The messages to be
+shown can be passed as extra arguments to this command in \fIoption
+value\fR pairs. Possible options: \fB\-balloonmsg\fR specifies the
+string to show on the pop-up balloon window; \fB\-statusmsg\fR
+specifies the string to show on the status bar; \fB\-msg\fR specifies a
+string to show on both the balloon window and the stats bar window.
+When used together, the \fB\-msg\fR option has a lower precedence than
+the \fB\-balloonmsg\fR and \fB\-statusmsg\fR options.
+
+The \fBbind\fR command can also be used to change the messages after
+the initial bindings were set. Example:
+.PP
+.nf
+	button .b
+	tixBalloon .bal
+
+	# Add balloon binding
+	.bal bind .b -msg "This is a button"
+
+	...
+
+	# Change the balloon binding
+	.bal bind .b -msg "This is a useful button"
+.fi
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixBalloon\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixBalloon\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBunbind\fI widget\fR
+'\"
+Cancels the Balloon widget's binding with \fIwidget\fR.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+After a widget has be bound to a Balloon widget, when the user moves
+the cursor into this widget, the Balloon widget is activated: if the
+\fB\-balloonmsg\fR option of this widget is set, the balloon window
+pops up; if the \fB\-statusmsg\fR option of this widget is set, the
+message will be displayed in the status bar widget.
+.PP
+When the user moves the cursor out of the widget, the Balloon widget
+is de-activated: the balloon window is withdrawn and the status-bar
+message removed.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixButtonBox.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixButtonBox.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixButtonBox.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixButtonBox n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixButtonBox \- Create and manipulate Tix ButtonBox widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixButtonBox \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SO
+\-anchor	\-background	\-cursor
+\-relief	\-borderWidth
+'\"
+.SE
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP -orientation orientation Orientation
+\fBStatic Option\fR. Specifies the orientation of the button
+subwidgets. Only the values "horizontal" and "vertical" are recognized.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-padx padx Pad
+Specifies the horizontal padding between two neighboring button
+subwidgets in the ButtonBox widget.
+'\"----------END
+
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-pady pady Pad
+Specifies the vertical padding between two neighboring button
+subwidgets in the ButtonBox widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-state state State
+Specifies the state of all the buttons inside the ButtonBox widget.
+
+\fINote\fR:
+Setting this option using the \fIconfig\fR widget command will enable
+or disable all the buttons subwidgets. Original states of the
+individual buttons are \fInot\fR saved. Only the values "normal" and
+"disabled" are recognized.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+.PP
+'\"
+All the button subwidgets created as a result of the \fBadd\fR command
+can be accessed by the \fBsubwidget\fR command. They are identified by
+the \fBbuttonName\fR parameter to the \fBadd\fR command. Here is an
+example:
+.PP
+.CS
+set bbox [tixButtonBox .bbox]
+pack $bbox
+$bbox add eat   -text Eat
+$bbox add sleep -text Sleep
+$bbox subwidget eat   config -fg green
+$bbox subwidget sleep config -fg red
+.CE
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixButtonBox\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a ButtonBox
+widget. Additional options, described above, may be specified on the
+command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+ButtonBox such as its cursor and relief.
+'\"
+.PP
+The ButtonBox widget can be used as a container widget to hold the
+``action'' buttons in a dialog box.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixButtonBox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is
+the same as the path name of the ButtonBox's window. This command may
+be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the
+following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as
+the ButtonBox widget's path name.  \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following
+commands are possible for ButtonBox widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBadd \fIbuttonName \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Add a new button subwidget with the name \fIbuttonName\fR into
+the ButtonBox widget. Additional configuration options can be given to
+configure the new button subwidget.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixButtonBox\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixButtonBox\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinvoke \fIbuttonName\fR
+'\"
+Invoke the button subwidget with the name \fIbuttonName\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no additional arguments are given, returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When no additional arguments are given, the widget command of the
+specified subwidget will be called with these parameters.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+TixButtonBox widgets have no default bindings. The button subwidgets
+retain their default Tk bindings.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n), Container Widgets
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixCheckList.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixCheckList.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixCheckList.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixCheckList n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixCheckList \- Create and manipulate tixCheckList widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixCheckList \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBTixCheckList\fR class is derived from the \fBTixTree\fR class
+and inherits all the commands, options and subwidgets of its
+super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+\fBTixCheckList\fR supports all the standard options of a frame
+widget. See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the
+standard options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-browsecmd browseCmd BrowseCmd
+Specifies a command to call whenever the user browses on an entry
+(usually by single-clicking on the entry). The command is called with
+one argument, the pathname of the entry.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies a command to call whenever the user activates an entry
+(usually by double-clicking on the entry). The command
+is called with one argument, the pathname of the entry.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-radio radio Radio
+A Boolean value. If set to true, the user can select at most one item
+at a time; if set to false, the user can select as many items as
+possible.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhlist\fR
+Class:		\fBTixHList\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The hierarchical listbox that displays the CheckList.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The horizontal scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBvsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The vertical scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixCheckList\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a CheckList widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the CheckList
+widget such as its cursor and relief.
+.PP
+The CheckList widget displays a list of items to be selected by the
+user. CheckList acts similarly to the Tk checkbutton or radiobutton
+widgets, except it is capable of handling many more items than
+checkbuttons or radiobuttons.
+.PP
+The items are contained in the \fBhlist\fR subwidget.  Each item may
+be in one of the following status: \fBon\fR (indicated by a check
+bitmap), \fBoff\fR (indicated by a cross bitmap) \fBdefault\fR
+(indicated by a gray box bitmap) or \fBnone\fR, in which case the item
+will not be accompanied by a bitmap. The items whose status is
+\fBon\fR, \fBoff\fR or \fBdefault\fR are called the \fIselectable\fR
+items and can be checked or crossed by the user. All selectable
+entries must be of the type \fBimagetext\fR.
+.PP
+The items whose status is \fBnone\fR cannot be checked or crossed by
+the user; usually they are included in the \fBhlist\fR subwidget only
+for explanation purposes or as separators.
+.PP
+Initially, all the items have a \fInone\fR status. To make an item
+selectable, you can call the \fBsetstatus\fR command to change its
+status (see below).
+'\"
+.PP
+Notice that CheckList is a subclass of the TixTree widget and thus is
+is capable of displaying a hierachy of selectable entries. When
+necessary, you can call the \fBsetmode\fR method (see
+\fBTixTree(n)\fR) to define the hierachical structure of the
+selectable entries.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixCheckList\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is
+the same as the path name of the CheckList's window.  This command may
+be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the
+following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+CheckList widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands
+are possible for CheckList widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBgetselection\fR ?\fIstatus\fR?
+'\"
+Returns a list of items whose status matches \fIstatus\fR. If
+\fIstatus\fR is not specified, the list of items in the "\fBon\fR"
+status will be returned.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBgetstatus\fR \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current status of \fIentryPath\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsetstatus\fR \fIentryPath status\fR 
+'\"
+Sets the status of \fIentryPath\fR to be \fIstatus\fR. A bitmap will
+be displayed next to the entry its status is \fBon\fR, \fBoff\fR or
+\fBdefault\fR.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH EXAMPLE
+'\"
+.PP
+This example creates several choices for the user to select.
+.PP
+.CS
+set c [tixCheckList .c]
+$c subwidget hlist add choice1 -itemtype imagetext -text Choice1
+$c subwidget hlist add choice2 -itemtype imagetext -text Choice2
+$c subwidget hlist add choice3 -itemtype imagetext -text Choice3
+$c setstatus choice1 on
+$c setstatus choice2 off
+$c setstatus choice3 off
+pack $c
+.CE
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+'\"
+The basic mouse and keyboard bindings of the CheckList widget are the
+same as the bindings of the TixTree widget.
+
+In addition, the status of the entries in the CheckList are toggled
+under the following conditions:
+'\"
+.IP [1]
+When the user press the mouse button over an entry.
+'\"
+.IP [2]
+When the user press the <space> key over an entry.
+'\"
+.IP [3]
+When the user press the <Return> key over an entry.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n), tixHList(n), tixTree(n)
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixComboBox.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixComboBox.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixComboBox.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixComboBox n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixComboBox - Create and manipulate tixComboBox widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixComboBox \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBTixComboBox\fR class is derived from the \fBTixLabelWidget\fR
+class and inherits all the commands, options and subwidgets
+of its super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+\fBTixComboBox\fR supports all the standard options of a frame widget.
+See the options(n) manual entry for details on the standard options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.PP
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
+Specifies how the string inside the entry subwidget should be aligned.
+Only the values "w" or "e" are allowed. When set the "w", the entry is
+aligned to its beginning. When set to "e", it is aligned to its end.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-arrowbitmap arrowBitmap ArrowBitmap
+Specifies the bitmap to be used in the arrow button beside the entry
+widget. The default is an downward arrow bitmap in the file
+$tix_library/bitmaps/cbxarrow
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-browsecmd browseCmd BrowseCmd
+Specifies the command to be called when the user browses through the
+listbox. This command can be used to provide instant feedback when the
+user examines items in the listbox before committing a choice.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies the command to be called when the ComboBox is invoked
+or when the \fB\-value\fR of the ComboBox is changed.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-crossbitmap crossBitmap CrossBitmap
+Specifies the bitmap to be used in the "cross" button to the left of
+the entry widget. The default is a bitmap in the file
+$tix_library/bitmaps/cross
+'\"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback
+A boolean value indicating whether callbacks should be disabled. When
+set to true, the TCL command specified by the \fB\-command\fR option
+is not executed when the \fB\-value\fR of the ComboBox.
+changes.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-disabledforeground disabledforeground DisabledForeground
+Specifies the foreground color to be used when the ComboBox is disabled.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-dropdown dropdown Dropdown
+A Boolean value specifying the style of the ComboBox. When set to
+"true", the listbox is only displayed temporarily when the arrow
+button is pressed. When set to "false", the listbox is always
+displayed.
+'\"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-editable editable Editable
+Specifies whether the user is allowed to type into the entry subwidget of
+the ComboBox.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-fancy fancy Fancy
+A Boolean value specifying whether the cross and tick button
+subwidgets should be shown.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-grab grab Grab
+Specifies the pointer grabbing policy when the listbox is popped up.
+Only values "global", "local" or "none" are allowed. By default global
+grab is used. However, when you are developing your application, you
+may want to use only local grabbing so that in the event of errors,
+your X display won't be locked up.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhistoryLimit\fR
+Class:		\fBhistoryLimit\fR
+Switch:		\fB\-historylimit\fR
+Alias:		\fB\-histlimit\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+Specifies how many previous user inputs can be stored in the history
+list.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-history history History
+A Boolean value specifying whether previous user inputs should be
+stored in the history list.
+'\"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-label label Label
+Specifies the string to display as the label of this ComboBox widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-labelside labelSide LabelSide
+Specifies where the label should be displayed relative to the entry
+subwidget. Valid options are: \fBtop\fR, \fBleft\fR, \fBright\fR,
+\fBbottom\fR, \fBnone\fR or \fBacrosstop\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"'
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-listcmd listCmd listCmd
+Specifies a TCL command to be called every time when the listbox pops
+up. This option allows you to fill up the listbox on-demand. This
+option is ignored when the listbox is not in the \fBdropdown\fR style.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-listwidth listWidth listWidth
+If set, this option controls the width of the listbox subwidget when
+it is popped up. The option is ignored when the listbox is not in the
+\fBdropdown\fR style.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-prunehistory prunehistory PruneHistory
+Specifies whether duplicated previous user inputs should be pruned
+from the the history list. Only Boolean values are allowed.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-selection selection Selection
+Contains the selection in the ComboBox (the string displayed in the
+entry subwidget). Depending on the \fB\-selectmode\fR, the selection
+of a ComboBox may be different than its \fB\-value\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-selection selection Selection
+This option stores the temporary selection. When the user types in a
+text string inside the entry widget, that string is considered as a
+temporary input and is stored inside the \fB\-selection\fR option. The
+\fB\-value\fR option is updated only when the user presses the return
+key.
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-selectmode selectMode SelectMode
+Specifies the how the combobox responds to the mouse button events in
+the listbox subwidget; can eithet be \fB"browse"\fR or
+\fB"immediate"\fR. The default \fB\-selectmode\fR is "browse". See the
+\fBBINDINGS\fR section below.
+'\"----------END
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-state state State
+Specifies the whether the ComboBox is normal or disabled.
+Only the values "normal" and "disabled" are recognized.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-tickbitmap tickBitmap tickBitmap
+Specifies the bitmap to be used in the "tick" button to the left of
+the entry widget. The default is a bitmap in the file
+$tix_library/bitmaps/tick
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-validatecmd validateCmd ValidateCmd
+Specifies a TCL command to be called when the \fB\-value\fR of the
+ComboBox is about to change. This command is called with one parameter
+-- the new \fB\-value\fR entered by the user. This command is to
+validate this new value by returning a value it deems valid.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-value value Value
+Specifies the string to be displayed in the entry subwidget of the
+ComboBox. When queried, the returned value is the last value
+selected by the user. When the \fB\-value\fR option is changed as a
+result of the \fBconfig -value\fR widget command, the TCL command
+specified by the \fB\-command\fR option is called.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-variable variable Variable
+Specifies the global variable in which the value of the
+ComboBox should be stored. The value of the ComboBox
+will be automatically updated when this variable is changed.
+'\"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBarrow\fR
+Class:		\fBButton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The down arrow button.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBcross\fR
+Class:		\fBButton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The cross button. Available only when \fB\-fancy\fR is set.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBentry\fR
+Class:		\fBEntry\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The entry that shows the value of this \fBtixControl\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBlabel\fR
+Class:		\fBLabel\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The label subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBlistbox\fR
+Class:		\fBListbox\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The listbox that holds all the list entries.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBslistbox\fR
+Class:		\fBTixScrolledListBox\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The scrolled-listbox that provides the scrollbars.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBtick\fR
+Class:		\fBButton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The tick button. Available only when \fB\-fancy\fR is set.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixComboBox\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a \fBtixComboBox\fR widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+ComboBox such as its cursor and relief.
+
+The Tix ComboBox widget is similar to the combo box control in
+MS Windows. The user can select a choice by either typing in the entry
+subwdget or selecting from the listbox subwidget.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixComboBox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the
+same as the path name of the ComboBox's window.  This command
+may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the
+following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+ComboBox widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following commands
+are possible for ComboBox widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBaddhistory\fI string \fR
+'\"
+Add the string to the beinning of the listbox.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBappendhistory\fI string \fR
+Append the string to the end of the listbox.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR.  \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixComboBox\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixComboBox\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBflash \fIindex string\fR
+'\"
+Flashes the ComboBox. \fBflash\fR is usually called by a
+\fI\-command\fR procedure to acknowledge to the user that he has
+selected a value for the ComboBox.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinsert \fIindex string\fR
+Insert the \fI string\fR into the listbox at the specified index.
+\fIindex\fR must be a valid listbox index.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpick \fIindex\fR 
+Set the (\fIindex\fR)th item in the listbox to be the current value of
+the ComboBox. As a result, the \fIvalue\fR of the ComboBox is changed
+and the TCL command sepcified by the \fI\-command\fR option will be
+called.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+When no options are given, returns the pathname of the subwidget of
+the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget will
+be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.PP
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+.IP [1]
+If the \fB\-selectmode\fR is "immediate", when the user enters a
+keystroke, clicks on an item or drags the mouse pointer in the
+listbox, the \fB\-value\fR of the ComboBox will be immediately set to
+this item and the \fB\-command\fR procedure will be called.
+'\"
+'\"
+.IP [2]
+If the \fB\-selectmode\fR is "browse", when the user enters a
+keystroke, clicks on an item or drags the mouse pointer in the
+listbox, the \fB\-selection\fR of the ComboBox will be immediately set
+to the new content of the entry subwidget; also the \fB\-browsecmd\fR
+procedure will be called. The \fB\-value\fR option will be changed
+only when the user invokes the ComboBox (see [3] below). If the user
+presses the <Escape> key at any time, any new \fB\-selection\fR will
+be ignored and the text inside the entry subwidget will be restored to
+the current \fB\-value\fR of the ComboBox.
+'\"
+.IP [3]
+If the \fB\-dropdown\fR option is true, the user can invoke the
+ComboBox by releasing the left mouse button over the desired item in
+the listbox. If the \fB\-dropdown\fR option is false, the user can
+invoke the ComboBox by double-clicking over the desired item in the
+listbox. In both cases, the user can also invoke the listbox by
+pressing the <Return> or <Tab> key inside the entry subwidget, or
+switching the input focus to another widget inside the same toplevel
+widget
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.PP
+.SH BUGS
+.PP
+Starting from Tix vetsion 4.0, the default \fB\-value\fR of the
+ComboBox is the empty string. If you want the ComboBox to show a
+string by default, you must configure its \fB\-value\fR option
+explicitly.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.PP
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n), ComboBox(n), listbox(n)
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixControl.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixControl.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixControl.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixControl n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixControl \- Create and manipulate tixControl widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixControl \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBTixControl\fR class is derived from the \fBTixLabelWidget\fR
+class and inherits all the commands, options and subwidgets of its
+super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+The Control widget supports all the standard options of a frame
+widget. See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the
+standard options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-allowempty allowEmpty AllowEmpty
+Specifies whether the Control widget should allow the empty string
+as a valid input.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-autorepeat autorepeat AutoRepeat
+Specifies whether the Control widget should have autorepeat behavior.
+If set to be "true", the value of the Control widget will be
+automatically incremented or decremented when the user holds down the
+mouse button over the arrow buttons. Only values "true" and
+"false" will be recognized.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies the command to be called when the \fB\-value\fR option of
+the Control widget is changed.  The command will be called with one
+arguments -- the new value of the Control widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-decrcmd decrCmd DecrCmd
+Specifies a TCL command to be called when the the user presses the
+down-arrow button subwidget. This command is called with one parameter
+-- the current \fB\-value\fR of this Control widget. This
+command is to decrement this value by one step, according to its own
+definition of "decrement", and return the decremented value, which
+will be stored in the \fB\-value\fR of this Control widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback
+A boolean value indicating whether callbacks should be disabled. When
+set to true, the TCL command specified by the \fB\-command\fR option
+is not executed when the \fB\-value\fR of the Control widget
+changes.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-disableforeground disableForeground DisableForeground
+The foreground color to use for of the entry subwidget when the
+Control widget is disabled.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-incrcmd incrCmd IncrCmd
+Specifies a TCL command to be called when the the user presses the
+up-arrow button subwidget. This command is called with one parameter
+-- the current \fB\-value\fR of this Control widget. This
+command is to increment this value by one step, according to its own
+definition of "increment", and return the incremented value, which
+will be stored in the \fB\-value\fR of this Control widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-initwait initwait Initwait
+Specifies how long the Control widget should wait initially before
+it starts to automatically increment or decrement its value in the
+autorepeat mode. In milliseconds.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-integer integer Integer
+A Boolean value specifying whether only integer numbers are accepted.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-label label Label
+Specifies the string to display as the label of this Control widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-labelside labelSide LabelSide
+Specifies where the label should be displayed relative to the entry
+subwidget. Valid options are: \fBtop\fR, \fBleft\fR, \fBright\fR,
+\fBbottom\fR, \fBnone\fR or \fBacrosstop\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBmax\fR
+Class:		\fBMax\fR
+Switch:		\fB\-max\fR
+Alias:		\fB\-ulimit\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+Specifies the upper limit of the value of the Control widget. When set
+to empty string, the Control widget has no upper limit.
+'\"----------END
+'\"'
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBmin\fR
+Class:		\fBMin\fR
+Switch:		\fB\-min\fR
+Alias:		\fB\-llimit\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+Specifies the lower limit of the value of the Control widget.When set
+to empty string, the Control widget has no lower limit.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-repeatrate repeatRate RepeatRate
+Specifies how often the value of the Control widget should be
+incremented or decremented when it is in the autorepeat mode. In
+milliseconds.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-selectmode selectMode SelectMode
+Specifies how the Control widget should react to \fC<KeyPress>\fR
+events. When set to "immediate", any user keyboard inputs will
+immediately change the \fB\-value\fR option. When set to "normal", the
+user keyboard inputs will be copied to the \fB\-value\fR option only
+if the\fC <Return>\fR key is pressed or the keyboard focus is
+changed. The use of the immediate mode is discouraged. For effective
+use of the Control widget, one should use the normal mode together
+with the \fBupdate\fR widget command (see below).
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-state state State
+Specifies the whether the Control widget is normal or
+disabled.  Only the values "normal" and "disabled" are recognized.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-step step Step
+Specifies by how much the value of the Control widget should be
+incremented or decrmented when the user press the arrow buttons.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-validatecmd validateCmd ValidateCmd
+Specifies a TCL command to be called when the -value of the
+Control widget is about to change. This command is called
+with one parameter -- the new \fB\-value\fR entered by the user. This
+command is to validate this new value by returning a value it deems
+valid.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-value value Value
+Specifies the value of the Control widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-variable variable Variable
+Specifies the global variable in which the value of the
+Control widget should be stored. The value of the Control widget
+will be automatically updated when this variable is changed.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBdecr\fR
+Class:		\fBButton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The down arrow button.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBentry\fR
+Class:		\fBEntry\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The entry that shows the value of this Control widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBincr\fR
+Class:		\fBButton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The up arrow button.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBlabel\fR
+Class:		\fBLabel\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The label subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixControl\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a Control widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+Control widget such as its cursor and relief.
+
+The Control widget is also known as the \fBSpinBox\fR widget.
+It is generally used to control a value. The user can adjust the value
+by pressing the two arrow buttons or by entering the value directly
+into the entry. The new value will be checked against the user-defined
+upper and lower limits.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixControl\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is
+the same as the path name of the Control widget's window.  This
+command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has
+the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+Control widget's path name.  \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following commands
+are possible for Control widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixControl\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixControl\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdecr\fR
+'\"
+Decrements the value of the Control widget by the step specified
+by the \fI\-step\fR option.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBincr\fR
+'\"
+Increments the value of the Control widget by the step
+specified by the \fI\-step\fR option.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR
+'\"
+Causes the command specified by the \fI\-command\fR option to be
+invoked.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBupdate\fR
+'\"
+If the user has modified the entry using keyboard inputs, the update
+command will \fBupdate\fR the \fB\-value\fR of this Control
+widget. When the Control widget's \fB\-selectmode\fR option is set to
+"normal", one should call the \fBupdate\fR command on this widget
+before examining its \fB\-value\fR option. This command has no effect
+in if the \fB\-selectmode\fR option is set to "immediate".
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+'\"
+When the user presses the up/down arrow buttons (or press the <Up> and
+<Down> arrow keys on the keyboard), the value of the tixControl widget
+is adjusted according to the \fB\-validatecmd\fR, \fB\-incrcmd\fR,
+\fB\-decrcmd\fR, \fB\-step\fR, \fB\-max\fR and \fB\-min\fR options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixDestroy.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixDestroy.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixDestroy.n,v 1.1 2001/01/22 00:37:59 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+.TH tixDestroy n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+.SH NAME
+tixDestroy \- Destroy Tix Objects
+'\"
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixDestroy\fR \fIobjectName\fR
+'\"
+.BE
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+The \fBtixDestroy\fR destroys a Tix object whose class is declared by
+the \fBtixClass\fR keyword. When the object is destroyed, its
+\fBDestructor\fR function is called and the memory allocated for this
+object is freed.
+'\"
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix, Object
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixDirList.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixDirList.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixDirList.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixDirList n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixDirList \- Create and manipulate tixDirList widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixDirList \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBTixDirList\fR class is derived from the \fBTixScrolledHList\fR
+class and inherits all the commands, options and subwidgets of its
+super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+\fBTixDirList\fR supports all the standard options of a frame widget.
+See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-browsecmd browseCmd BrowseCmd
+Specifies a command to call whenever the user browses on a directory
+(usually by single-clicking on the name of the directory). The command
+is called with one argument, the complete pathname of the directory.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies the command to be called when the user activates on a directory
+(usually by double-clicking on the name of the directory). The command
+is called with one argument, the complete pathname of the directory.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-dircmd dircmd DirCmd
+Specifies the TCL command to be called when a directory listing is
+needed for a particular directory. If this option is not specified, by
+default the DirList widget will attempt to read the directory as a
+Unix directory. On special occasions, the application programmer may
+want to supply a special method for reading directories: for example,
+when he needs to list remote directories. In this case, the
+\fB\-dircmd\fR option can be used. The specified command accepts two
+arguments: the first is the name of the directory to be listed; the
+second is a Boolean value indicating whether hidden sub-directories
+should be listed. This command returns a list of names of the
+sub-directories of this directory. For example:
+.PP
+.CS
+proc read_dir {dir show_hidden} {
+    if {$dir == "C:\\"} {
+        return {DOS NORTON WINDOWS}
+    } else {
+        return {}
+    }
+}
+.CE
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback
+A boolean value indicating whether callbacks should be disabled. When
+set to true, the TCL command specified by the \fB\-command\fR option
+is not executed when the \fB\-value\fR of the DirList widget
+changes.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+'\"
+.OP \-showhidden showHidden ShowHidden
+Specifies whether hidden directories should be shown. By default, a
+directory name starting with a period "." is considered as a hidden
+directory. This rule can be overridden by supplying an alternative
+\fB\-dircmd\fR option.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.OP \-root root Root
+'\"
+Specifies the name of the root directory. Usually this is \fB"/"\fR
+under Unix machines, but can be changed to \fB"C:\\"\fR in DOS environments.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.OP \-rootname rootName RootNAme
+'\"
+Specifies a text string to display at the root directory. If
+unspecified, the text string will be the same as the string specified
+by \fB\-root\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBvalue\fR
+Class:		\fBValue\fR
+Switch:		\fB\-value\fR
+Alias:		\fB\-directory\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+Specifies the name of the current directory to be displayed in the
+DirList widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhlist\fR
+Class:		\fBTixHList\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The hierarchical listbox that displays the directory listing.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The horizontal scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBvsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The vertical scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixDirList\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a DirList widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+DirList such as its cursor and relief.
+
+The DirList widget displays a list view of a directory, its
+previous directories and its sub-directories. The user can choose one
+of the directories displayed in the list or change to another
+directory.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixDirList\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is
+the same as the path name of the DirList's window.  This
+command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has
+the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+DirList widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands
+are possible for DirList widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixDirList\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBchdir\fR \fIdir\fR
+'\"
+Change the current directory to \fIdir\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixDirList\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+'\"
+The mouse and keyboard bindings of the DirList widget are the same as
+the bindings of the HList widget.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixDirSelectDialog.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixDirSelectDialog.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixDirSelectDialog.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixDirSelectDialog n 4.1 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixDirSelectDialog \- Create and manipulate directory selection dialogs.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixDirSelectDialog \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+\fBTixDirSelectDialog\fR supports all the standard options of a
+toplevel widget. See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on
+the standard options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies the command to be called when the user selects a directory
+in the dialog box. The command is called with one extra argument, the
+complete pathname of the directory. If the user cancels the selection,
+this command is not called.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBdirbox\fR
+Class:		\fBTixDirSelectBox\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The DirSelectBox widget that consists of the main part of the dialog.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBcancel\fR
+Class:		\fBButton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The "Cancel" button.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBok\fR
+Class:		\fBButon\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The "OK" button.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixDirSelectDialog\fR command creates a new window (given by
+the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a DirSelectDialog
+widget.  Additional options, described above, may be specified on the
+command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+DirSelectDialog such as its cursor and relief.
+
+The DirSelectDialog widget presents the directories in the file system
+in a dialog window. The user can use this dialog window to navigate
+through the file system to select the desired directory.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixDirSelectDialog\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
+name is the same as the path name of the DirSelectDialog's window.
+This command may be used to invoke various operations on the
+widget. It has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+DirSelectDialog widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands
+are possible for DirSelectDialog widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixDirSelectDialog\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixDirSelectDialog\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpopup\fR
+'\"
+Pops up the DirSelectDialog widget on the screen.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH EXAMPLE
+'\"
+.CS
+set dlg [tixDirSelectDialog .dlg -command SelectDir]
+$dlg popup
+
+proc SelectDir {dir} {
+    puts "You have selected \\"$dir\\""
+}
+.CE
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixDirTree.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixDirTree.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixDirTree.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixDirTree n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixDirTree \- Create and manipulate tixDirTree widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixDirTree \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBTixDirTree\fR class is derived from the \fBTixScrolledHList\fR
+class and inherits all the commands, options and subwidgets of its
+super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+\fBTixDirTree\fR supports all the standard options of a frame widget.
+See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-browsecmd browseCmd BrowseCmd
+Specifies a command to call whenever the user browses on a directory
+(usually by single-clicking on the name of the directory). The command
+is called with one argument, the complete pathname of the directory.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies the command to be called when the user activates on a directory
+(usually by double-clicking on the name of the directory). The command
+is called with one argument, the complete pathname of the directory.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-dircmd dircmd DirCmd
+Specifies the TCL command to be called when a directory listing is
+needed for a particular directory. If this option is not specified, by
+default the DirTree widget will attempt to read the directory as a
+Unix directory. On special occasions, the application programmer may
+want to supply a special method for reading directories: for example,
+when he needs to list remote directories. In this case, the
+\fB\-dircmd\fR option can be used. The specified command accepts two
+arguments: the first is the name of the directory to be listed; the
+second is a Boolean value indicating whether hidden sub-directories
+should be listed. This command returns a list of names of the
+sub-directories of this directory. For example:
+.CS
+proc read_dir {dir show_hidden} {
+    if {$dir == "C:\\"} {
+        return {DOS NORTON WINDOWS}
+    } else {
+        return {}
+    }
+}
+.CE
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback
+A boolean value indicating whether callbacks should be disabled. When
+set to true, the TCL command specified by the \fB\-command\fR option
+is not executed when the \fB\-value\fR of the DirTree widget
+changes.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+'\"
+.OP \-showhidden showHidden ShowHidden
+Specifies whether hidden directories should be shown. By default, a
+directory name starting with a period "." is considered as a hidden
+directory. This rule can be overridden by supplying an alternative
+\fB\-dircmd\fR option.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBvalue\fR
+Class:		\fBValue\fR
+Switch:		\fB\-value\fR
+Alias:		\fB\-directory\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+Specifies the name of the current directory to be displayed in the
+DirTree widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhlist\fR
+Class:		\fBTixHList\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The hierarchical listbox that displays the directory listing.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The horizontal scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBvsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The vertical scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixDirTree\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a DirTree widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+DirTree such as its cursor and relief.
+
+The DirTree widget displays a list view of a directory, its
+previous directories and its sub-directories. The user can choose one
+of the directories displayed in the list or change to another
+directory.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixDirTree\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is
+the same as the path name of the DirTree's window.  This
+command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has
+the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+DirTree widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands
+are possible for DirTree widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixDirTree\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBchdir\fR \fIdir\fR
+'\"
+Change the current directory to \fIdir\fR.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixDirTree\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+'\"
+The mouse and keyboard bindings of the DirTree widget are the same as
+the bindings of the HList widget.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixDisplayStyle.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixDisplayStyle.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,473 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixDisplayStyle.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixDisplayStyle n 8.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixDisplayStyle \- Create style object for Tix display items.
+'\"
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixDisplayStyle \fIitemType\fR ?\fI\-stylename name\fR? ?\fI\-refwindow pathName\fR? ?\fIoptions value ...\fR?
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+The Tix \fBDisplay Items\fR mechanism is devised to
+solve a general problem: many Tix widgets (both existing and planned
+ones) display many items of many types simutaneously.
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+For example, a hierarchical listbox widget (HList) can display items
+of images, plain text and subwindows in the form of a
+hierarchy. Another widget, the tabular listbox, (TList, currently
+planned and will be released in Tix 4.1) also display items of the
+same types, although it arranges the items in a tabular form. Yet
+another widget, the spreadsheet widget, also displays similar types
+items, but in yet another format.
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+In these examples, the display items in different widgets are only
+different in how they are arranged by the \fBhost widget\fR. In Tix,
+display items are clearly separated from the host widgets. The
+advantage is two-fold: first, the creation and configuration of
+display items become uniform across different host widgets. Second,
+new display item types can be added without the need to modify the
+existing host widgets.
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+In a way, Tix display items are similar to the items inside Tk
+the canvas widget. However, unlike the Tix display items, the canvas
+items are not independent of the canvas widget; this makes it
+impossible to use the canvas items inside other types of TK widgets.
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The appearance of a display item is controlled by a set of
+\fIattributes\fR. It is observed that each the attributes usually fall
+into one of two categroies: "\fIindividual\fR" or
+"\fIcollective\fR". For example, the text items inside a HList widget
+may all display a different text string; however, in most cases, the
+text items share the same color, font and spacing. Instead of keeping
+a duplicated version of the same attributes inside each display item,
+it will be advantageous to put the collective attributes in a
+special object called a \fBdisplay style\fR. First, there is the space
+concern: a host widget may have many thousands of items; keeping
+dupilcated attributes will be very wasteful. Second, when it becomes
+necessary to change a collective attribute, such as changing all the
+text items' foreground color to red, it will be more efficient to
+change only the display style object than to modify all the text
+items one by one.
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The attributes of the a display item are thus stored in two places: it
+has a set of \fBitem options\fR to store its individual attributes. Each
+display item is also associated with a \fIdisplay style\fR, which specifies
+the collective attributes of all items associated with itself.
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The division between the individual and collective attributes are
+fixed and cannot be changed. Thus, when it becomes necessary for some
+items to differ in their collective attributes, two or more \fBdisplay
+styles\fR can be used. For example, suppose you want to display two
+columns of text items inside an HList widget, one column in red and
+the other in blue. You can create a TextStyle object called "red",
+which defines a red foreground, and another called "blue", which
+defines a blue foreground. You can then associate all text items of
+the first column to "red" and the second column to "blue".
+'\"
+.SH DISPLAY ITEM TYPES AND OPTIONS
+'\"
+Currently there are four types of display items: \fBtext\fR,
+\fBimage\fR, \fBimagetext\fR and \fBwindow\fR. (TODO: need to document
+the "image" item)
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+'\"			ImageText
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH IMAGETEXT ITEMS
+'\"
+Display items of the type \fBimagetext\fR are used to display an image
+together with a text string. Imagetext items support the following options:
+'\"
+.PP
+\fBITEM OPTIONS\fR
+.PP
+.RS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-bitmap bitmap Bitmap
+Specifies the bitmap to display in the item.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-image image Image
+Specifies the image to display in the item. When both the
+\fB\-bitmap\fR and \fB\-image\fR options are specified, only the image
+will be displayed.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-style imageTextStyle ImageTextStyle
+Specifies the display style to use for this item. Must be the
+name of a \fBimagetext\fR display style that has already be created by
+the \fBtixDisplayStyle(n)\fR command.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-showimage showImage ShowImage
+A Boolean value that specifies whether the image/bitmap should be
+displayed.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-showtext showText ShowText
+A Boolean value that specifies whether the text string should be
+displayed.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-text text Text
+Specifies the text string to display in the item.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-underline underline Underline
+Specifies the integer index of a character to underline in the text
+string in the item.  0 corresponds to the first character of the text
+displayed in the widget, 1 to the next character, and so on.
+'\"----------END
+.RE
+'\"
+.PP
+\fBSTYLE OPTIONS\fR
+'\"
+.PP
+The style information of \fBimagetext\fR items are stored in the
+\fBimagetext\fR display style. The following options are supported:
+'\"
+.RS
+'\"
+.PP
+\fBSTANDARD OPTIONS\fR
+'\"
+.PP
+.ta 6c
+.nf
+activeBackground	activeForeground
+anchor			background
+disabledBackground	disabledForeground
+foreground		font
+justify			padX
+padY			selectBackground
+selectForeground	wrapLength
+.fi
+.ta 4c 
+.PP
+See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the standard
+options.
+.PP
+'\"
+.PP
+\fBSTYLE-SPECIFIC OPTIONS\fR
+.PP
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBgap\fR
+Class:		\fBGap\fR
+Switch:		\fB\-gap\fR
+'\"
+.fi
+.IP
+Specifies the distance between the bitmap/image and the text string,
+in number of pixels.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+'\"**********************************************************************
+'\"
+'\"			text
+'\"
+'\"**********************************************************************
+.SH TEXT ITEMS
+'\"
+Display items of the type \fBtext\fR are used to display a text string
+in a widget. Text items support the following options:
+'\"
+.PP
+\fBITEM OPTIONS\fR
+.PP
+.RS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-style textStyle TextStyle
+Specifies the display style to use for this text item. Must be the
+name of a \fBtext\fR display style that has already be created by the
+\fBtixDisplayStyle(n)\fR command.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-text text Text
+Specifies the text string to display in the item.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-underline underline Underline
+Specifies the integer index of a character to underline in the item.
+0 corresponds to the first character of the text displayed in the
+widget, 1 to the next character, and so on.
+'\"----------END
+.RE
+'\"
+\fBSTYLE OPTIONS\fR
+.PP
+.RS
+.PP
+\fBSTANDARD OPTIONS\fR
+'\"
+.PP
+.ta 6c
+.nf
+activeBackground	activeForeground
+anchor			background
+disabledBackground	disabledForeground
+foreground		font
+justify			padX
+padY			selectBackground
+selectForeground	wrapLength
+.fi
+.ta 4c 
+.PP
+See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the standard
+options.
+'\"
+'\"
+.PP
+.RE
+'\"**********************************************************************
+'\"
+'\"			Window
+'\"
+'\"**********************************************************************
+.SH WINDOW ITEMS
+'\"
+Display items of the type \fBwindow\fR are used to display a
+sub-window in a widget. \fBWindow\fR items support the following
+options:
+'\"
+.PP
+\fBITEM OPTIONS\fR
+.PP
+.RS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-style windowStyle WindowStyle
+Specifies the display style to use for this window item. Must be the
+name of a \fBwindow\fR display style that has already be created by
+the \fBtixDisplayStyle(n)\fR command.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBwindow\fR
+Class:		\fBWindow\fR
+Switch:		\fB\-window\fR
+Alias:		\fB\-widget\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+Specifies the sub-window to display in the item.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+\fBSTYLE OPTIONS\fR
+.PP
+.RS
+\fBSTANDARD OPTIONS\fR
+'\"
+.PP
+.ta 6c
+.nf
+anchor
+padX		padY
+.PP
+.fi
+.ta 4c
+See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the standard
+options.
+'\"
+.PP
+.RE
+'\"
+'\"**********************************************************************
+'\"
+.SH CREATING DISPLAY ITEMS
+'\"
+'\"
+Display items do not exist on their and thus they cannot be created
+independently of the widgets they reside in. As a rule, display items
+are created by special widget commands of their "host" widgets. For
+example, the HList widgets has a command \fBitem\fR which can be used
+to create new display items. The following code creates a new imagetext
+item at the third column of the entry foo inside an HList widget:
+'\"
+.PP
+.nf
+ tixHList .h -columns 3
+ .h add foo
+ .h item create foo 2 \-itemtype imagetext \-text Hello \-image image1
+.fi
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBitem create\fR command of the HList widget accepts a variable
+number of arguments. The special argument \fB\-itemtype\fR specifies
+which type of display item to create. Options that are valid for this
+type of display items can then be specified by one or more
+\fIoption\-value\fR pairs.
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+After the display item is created, they can then be configured or
+destroyed using the commands provided by the host widget. For example,
+the HList widget has the command \fBitem configure\fR, \fBitem cget\fR
+and \fBitem delete\fR for accessing the display items.
+'\"
+'\"**********************************************************************
+'\"
+.SH CREATING AND MANIPULATING DISPLAY STYLES
+'\"
+'\"
+Display styles are created by the command \fBtixDisplayStyle\fR:
+'\"
+'\"
+.PP
+\fIitemType\fR must be one of the existing display items types such as
+\fBtext\fR, \fBimagetext\fR, \fBwindow\fR or any new types added by
+the user. Additional arguments can be given in one or more
+\fIoption\-value\fR pairs. \fIoption\fR can be any of the valid option
+for this display style or any of the following:
+.PP
+.RS
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-stylename \fIname\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a name for this style. If unspecified, then a default name
+will be chosen for this style.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-refwindow \fIpathName\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a window to use for determine the default values of the
+display type. If unspecified, the main window will be used. Default
+values for the display types can be set via the options database. The
+following example sets the \fB\-disablebackground\fR and
+\fB\-disabledforeground\fR options of a \fBtext\fR display style via
+the option database:
+.CS
+option add *table.list*disabledForeground blue
+option add *table.list*disabledBackground darkgray
+tixDisplayStyle text -refwindow .table.list -fg red
+.CE
+'\"
+.PP
+By using the option database to set the options of the display styles,
+we can advoid hard-coding the option values and give the user more
+flexibility in customization. See option(n) for a detailed description
+of the option database.
+.RE
+'\"
+.SH STYLE COMMAND
+.PP
+The \fBtixDisplayStyle\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the
+same as the name of the newly created display style.  This command
+may be used to invoke various operations on the display style.  It has the
+following general form:
+'\"
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIstyleName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIstyleName\fR is the name of the command. \fIOption\fR and the
+\fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following
+commands are possible:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIstyleName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the valid options of this
+display style.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIstyleName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the display style.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIstyleName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case
+the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the
+valid options of this display style.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIstyleName \fBdelete\fR
+'\"
+Destroy this display style object.
+'\"
+.SH EXAMPLE
+'\"
+The following example creates two columns of data in a HList
+widget. The first column is in red and the second column in blue. The
+colors of the columns are controlled by two different \fBtext\fR
+styles. Also, the anchor and font of the second column is chosen so
+that the income data is aligned properly.
+'\"
+.PP
+.CS
+set courier {courier 14}
+set h [tixHList .h -columns 2]; pack $h
+set red  [tixDisplayStyle text -fg #800000]
+set blue [tixDisplayStyle text -fg #000080 \\
+          -anchor e -font $courier]
+
+foreach n {{Joe $10,000} {Peter $20,000} {Raj $90,000}} {
+    set entry [$h addchild {}]
+    $h item create $entry 0 -itemtype text \\
+	-text [lindex $n 0] -style $red
+    $h item create $entry 1 -itemtype text \\
+	-text [lindex $n 1] -style $blue
+}
+.CE
+.SH KEYWORDS
+display item, display style, imagetext
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixExFileSelectBox.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixExFileSelectBox.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixExFileSelectBox.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixExFileSelectBox n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixExFileSelectBox \- Create and manipulate tixExFileSelectBox widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixExFileSelectBox \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBTixExFileSelectBox\fR class does not have a super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+\fBTixExFileSelectBox\fR supports all the standard options of a frame
+widget. See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the
+standard options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-browsecmd browseCmd BrowseCmd
+Specifies a command to call whenever the user browses on a filename in
+the file listbox (usually by single-clicking on the filename). The command
+is called with one argument, the complete pathname of the file.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies the command to be called when the user chooses on a filename
+the file listbox (usually by double-clicking on the filename). The command
+is called with one argument, the complete pathname of the file.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-dialog dialog Dialog
+Specifies a dialog box which contains this ExFileSelectBox widget. The
+dialog box must be a widget of the class TixShell or its
+descendant classes. \fIThis is an internal option and should not be used
+by application programmers.\fR
+'\"----------END
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-dircmd dircmd DirCmd
+Specifies the TCL command to be called when a file listing is needed
+for a particular directory. If this option is not specified, by
+default the ExFileSelectBox widget will attempt to read the directory
+as a Unix directory. On special occasions, the application programmer
+may want to supply a special method for reading directories: for
+example, when he needs to list remote files. In this case, the
+\fB\-dircmd\fR option can be used. The specified command accepts three
+arguments: the first is the name of the directory to be listed; the
+second is a list of file patterns, the third is a Boolean value
+indicating whether hidden files should be listed. This command returns
+a list of names of the files of this directory which match with the
+file patterns.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBdirectory\fR
+Class:		\fBDirectory\fR
+Switch:		\fB\-directory\fR
+Alias:		\fB\-dir\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+Specifies the current directory whose files and sub-directories are
+displayed in the ExFileSelectBox.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback
+A boolean value indicating whether callbacks should be disabled. When
+set to true, the TCL command specified by the \fB\-command\fR option
+is not executed when the \fB\-value\fR of the ExFileSelectBox
+widget changes.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+'\"
+.OP \-filetypes fileTypes FileTypes
+Specifies the file types that can be selected from the "List Files of
+Type:" ComboBox subwidget. The value of this option must be a TCL
+list; each item of this list must in turn be a list of two elements.
+The first element is a list of file patterns. The second element is a
+string that describe these file patterns. For example:
+.nf
+    tixExFileSelectBox .box -filetypes  {
+        {{*}	{All files}}
+        {{*.txt}	{Text files}}
+        {{*.c *.h}	{C source files}}
+    }
+.fi
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+'\"
+.OP \-showhidden showHidden ShowHidden
+Specifies whether hidden directories should be shown. By default, a
+directory name starting with a period "\." is considered as a hidden
+directory.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+'\"
+.OP \-pattern pattern Pattern
+Specifies whether the file pattern(s) to match with the files in the
+current directory. One or more file patterns can be given at the same
+time. For example, {*\.c *\.h} will match all files that have either the
+".h" or ".c" extensions.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBvalue\fR
+Class:		\fBValue\fR
+Switch:		\fB\-value\fR
+Alias:		\fB\-selection\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+Specifies the name of the filename currently selected by the user.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBcancel\fR
+Class:		\fBButton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The button widget with the "Cancel" label.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBdir\fR
+Class:		\fBTixComboBox\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The ComboBox subwidget under the "Directories" heading.
+'\"----------END
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBdirlist\fR
+Class:		\fBTixDirList\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The DirList subwidget that shows the hierarchical list of directories.
+'\"----------END
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBfile\fR
+Class:		\fBTixComboBox\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The ComboBox subwidget under the "Files" heading.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBfilelist\fR
+Class:		\fBTixScrolledListBox\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The ScrolledListBox subwidget that shows the list of filenames.
+'\"----------END
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhidden\fR
+Class:		\fBCheckbutton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The checkbutton widget with the "Show Hidden Files" label.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBok\fR
+Class:		\fBButton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The button widget with the "OK" label.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBtypes\fR
+Class:		\fBTixComboBox\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The ComboBox subwidget under the "List Files of Type" heading.
+'\"----------END
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixExFileSelectBox\fR command creates a new window (given by
+the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a
+ExFileSelectBox widget. Additional options, described above,
+may be specified on the command line or in the option database to
+configure aspects of the ExFileSelectBox such as its cursor
+and relief.
+
+The ExFileSelectBox widget is usually embedded in a
+tixExFileSelectDialog widget. It provides an convenient method for the
+user to select files. The style of the ExFileSelectBox widget is very
+similar to the standard file dialog in MS Windows 3.1.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixExFileSelectBox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
+name is the same as the path name of the ExFileSelectBox's
+window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the
+widget. It has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+ExFileSelectBox widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the
+\fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following
+commands are possible for ExFileSelectBox widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixExFileSelectBox\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixExFileSelectBox\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBfilter\fR 
+'\"
+Forces the ExFileSelectBox widget to re-filter all the filenames
+according to the \fB\-pattern\fR option.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR 
+'\"
+Forces the ExFileSelectBox widget to perform actions as if the user
+has pressed the "OK" button.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+'\".SH BINDINGS
+'\".PP
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixExFileSelectDialog.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixExFileSelectDialog.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixExFileSelectDialog.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixExFileSelectDialog n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixExFileSelectDialog \- Create and manipulate tixExFileSelectDialog widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixExFileSelectDialog \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBTixExFileSelectDialog\fR class does not have a super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+\fBTixExFileSelectDialog\fR supports all the standard options of a frame
+widget. See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the
+standard options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies the command to be called when the user chooses on a filename
+(usually by selecting the filename and clicking on the "OK" button").
+The command is called with one argument, the complete pathname of the
+file.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBfsbox\fR
+Class:		\fBTixExFileSelectBox\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The ExFileSelectBox subwidget embedded inside the ExFileSelectDialog.
+'\"----------END
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixExFileSelectDialog\fR command creates a new window (given by
+the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a ExFileSelectDialog
+widget. Additional options, described above, may be specified on the
+command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+ExFileSelectDialog such as its cursor and relief.
+
+The ExFileSelectDialog widget provides an convenient method for the
+user to select files. The style of the ExFileSelectDialog widget is
+very similar to the standard file dialog in MS Windows 3.1.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixExFileSelectDialog\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
+name is the same as the path name of the ExFileSelectDialog's
+window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the
+widget. It has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+ExFileSelectDialog widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the
+\fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following
+commands are possible for ExFileSelectDialog widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixExFileSelectDialog\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixExFileSelectDialog\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpopdown\fR 
+'\"
+Withdraws the ExFileSelectDialog from the screen.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpopup\fR 
+'\"
+Pops up the ExFileSelectDialog on the screen.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fIname ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+'\".SH BINDINGS
+'\".PP
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixFileEntry.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixFileEntry.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixFileEntry.n,v 1.3 2002/01/25 08:48:47 idiscovery Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixFileEntry n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixFileEntry \- Create and manipulate tixFileEntry widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixFileEntry \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBTixFileEntry\fR class is derived from the \fBTixLabelWidget\fR
+class and inherits all the commands, options and
+subwidgets of its super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+The FileEntry widget supports all the standard options of a frame
+widget. See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the
+standard options.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-activatecmd activateCmd ActivateCmd
+Specifies the command to be called when the user activates the
+\fBbutton\fR subwidget. This command is called before the file dialog
+is popped up and can be used to customize the file dialog (which may
+be shared by several FileEnt widget).
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies the command to be called when the \fB\-value\fR option of
+the FileEntry is changed. This usually happens when the user inputs a
+filename into the entry subwidget and hits the <Return> key. The
+command will be called with one arguments -- the new value of the
+FileEntry widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-dialogtype dialogType DialogType
+Specifies which type of file selection dialog should be popped up when
+the user invokes the \fBbutton\fR subwidget. Currently the following values
+are valid: \fBtixFileSelectDialog\fR, \fBtixExFileSelectDialog\fR,
+\fBtk_getOpenFile\fR, \fBtk_getSaveFile\fR or \fBtk_chooseDirectory\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback
+A boolean value indicating whether callbacks should be disabled. When
+set to true, the TCL command specified by the \fB\-command\fR option
+is not executed when the \fB\-value\fR of the FileEntry widget
+changes.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-disableforeground disableForeground DisableForeground
+The foreground color to use for of the entry subwidget when the
+FileEntry widget is disabled.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-filebitmap fileBitmap FileBitmap
+Specifies the bitmap to display in side the \fBbutton\fR subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-label label Label
+Specifies the string to display as the label of this FileEntry widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-labelside labelSide LabelSide
+Specifies where the label should be displayed relative to the entry
+subwidget. Valid options are: \fBtop\fR, \fBleft\fR, \fBright\fR,
+\fBbottom\fR, \fBnone\fR or \fBacrosstop\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-selectmode selectMode SelectMode
+Specifies how the FileEntry widget should react to \fC<KeyPress>\fR
+events. When set to "immediate", any user keyboard inputs will
+immediately change the \fB\-value\fR option. When set to "normal", the
+user keyboard inputs will be copied to the \fB\-value\fR option only
+if the\fC <Return>\fR key is pressed or the keyboard focus is
+changed. The use of the immediate mode is discouraged. For effective
+use of the FileEntry widget, one should use the normal mode together
+with the \fBupdate\fR widget command (see below).
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-state state State
+Specifies the whether the FileEntry widget is normal or disabled. Only
+the values "normal" and "disabled" are recognized.
+'\"----------END
+'\"'
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-validatecmd validateCmd ValidateCmd
+Specifies a TCL command to be called when the -value of the
+FileEntry widget is about to change. This command is called
+with one parameter -- the new \fB\-value\fR entered by the user. This
+command is to validate this new value by returning a value it deems
+valid.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-value value Value
+Specifies the value of the FileEntry.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-variable variable Variable
+Specifies the global variable in which the value of the FileEntry
+should be stored. The value of the FileEntry will be automatically
+updated when this variable is changed.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBbutton\fR
+Class:		\fBButton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The button subwidget next to the entry subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBentry\fR
+Class:		\fBEntry\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The entry subwidget in which the user can type in a filename.
+'\"----------END
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixFileEntry\fR command creates a new window (given by
+the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a FileEntry
+widget. Additional options, described above, may be specified on the
+command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+FileEntry such as its cursor and relief.
+.PP
+The FileEntry widget can be used to input a filename. The user can
+type in the filename manually. Alternatively, the user can press the
+button widget that sits next to the entry, which will bring up a file
+selection dialog of the type specified by the \fB\-dialogtype\fR option.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixFileEntry\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
+name is the same as the path name of the FileEntry's
+window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the
+widget. It has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+FileEntry widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the
+\fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following
+commands are possible for FileEntry widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixFileEntry\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixFileEntry\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR 
+'\"
+Forces the FileEntry widget to act as if the user has pressed the
+<return> key inside the entry subwidget.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBfiledialog\fR \fI?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no additional arguments are given, this command returns the
+pathname of the file dialog box associated with this FileEnt
+widget. When additional arguments are given, the widget command of the
+file dialog will be called with these arguments.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fIname ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name. When options are given, the widget
+command of the specified subwidget will be called with these options.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBupdate\fR
+'\"
+If the user has modified the entry using keyboard inputs, the update
+command will \fBupdate\fR the \fB\-value\fR of this FileEntry
+widget. When the FileEntry widget's \fB\-selectmode\fR option is set
+to "normal", one should call the \fBupdate\fR command on this widget
+before examining its \fB\-value\fR option. This command has no effect
+in if the \fB\-selectmode\fR option is set to "immediate".
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+'\".SH BINDINGS
+'\".PP
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixFileSelectBox.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixFileSelectBox.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixFileSelectBox.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixFileSelectBox n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH NAME
+tixFileSelectBox \- Create and manipulate Tix FileSelectBox widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixFileSelectBox \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+The FileSelectBox widget supports all the standard options of a frame
+widget.  See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the standard
+options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"----------
+.OP \-browsecmd browsecmd browseCmd
+Specifies the command to execute when the user browses through the
+files. By default, if the \fB\-browsecmd\fR is specified, the browse
+command will be executed when the user clicks on a filename in the
+\fIFiles\fR listbox.
+'\"----------
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies the command to execute when the FileSelectBox is
+invoked. This command is executed with one parameter : the filename
+selected by the user.
+'\"----------
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBdirectory\fR
+Class:		\fBDirectory\fR
+Switch:		\fB\-directory\fR
+Alias:		\fB\-dir\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+Specifies the directory to look for files. By default this will be the
+current working directory of the program and will be changed as the
+user browses through the directories.
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback
+A boolean value indicating whether callbacks should be disabled. When
+set to true, the TCL command specified by the \fB\-command\fR option
+is not executed when the \fB\-value\fR of the ExFileSelectBox
+widget changes.
+'\"----------END
+'\"----------
+.OP \-pattern pattern Pattern
+Specifies the matching pattern of the file names that should be listed in
+the \fIFiles\fR listbox. For example "*.c" matches all the filenames that
+end with ".c". If this option is set to the empty string, the default
+pattern "*" will be used.
+'\"----------
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBvalue\fR
+Class:		\fBValue\fR
+Switch:		\fB\-value\fR
+Alias:		\fB\-selection\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+Specifies the name of the filename currently selected by the user.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBdirlist\fR
+Class:		\fBTixScrolledListBox\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The scrolled listbox that shows the directories.
+'\"----------END
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBfilelist\fR
+Class:		\fBTixScrolledListBox\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The scrolled listbox that shows the files.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBfilter\fR
+Class:		\fBTixComboBox\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The ComboBox listbox that shows the filter string.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBselection\fR
+Class:		\fBTixComboBox\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The ComboBox listbox that shows the file selection.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"======================
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixFileSelectBox\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a FileSelectBox widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+FileSelectBox such as its cursor and relief.
+.PP
+The FileSelectBox is similar to the standard Motif(TM) file-selection
+box. It is generally used for the user to choose a file. FileSelectBox
+stores the files mostly recently selected into a ComboBox widget so
+that they can be quickly selected again. The \fBtixFileSelectDialog\fR
+widget is a combination of the FileSelectBox widget and a dialog
+widget.
+'\"
+.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixFileSelectBox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
+name is the same as the path name of the FileSelectBox's window.
+This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget.
+It has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+FileSelectBox widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the
+\fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following
+commands are possible for FileSelectBox widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixFileSelectBox\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixFileSelectBox\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBfilter\fR
+'\"
+Updates the files listed in the FileSelectBox according to the
+filtering pattern sepcified in the \fBfilter\fR subwidget.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR
+Execute the command specified by the \fB\-command\fR option with the
+filename stored in the \fBselection\fR subwidget.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS"
+TIX automatically creates class bindings for FileSelectBoxes that give them
+the following default behavior:
+.IP [1]
+Mouse button 1 in the \fIDirectory\fR listbox will change the filter
+string to the selected directory.
+.IP [2]
+Mouse button 1 in the \fIFiles\fR listbox will change the filename
+that appears in the \fISelection\fR entry. It will also trigger the
+\fB\-browsecmd\fR if the option has been specified.
+.IP [3]
+The current directory will be changed by (1) double clicking the
+\fIDirectory\fR listbox or (2) invoking the \fIFilter\fR ComboBox.
+Please refer to the man page of \fBtixComboBox\fR for the default
+bindings of the ComboBoxes and how they can be invoked.
+.IP [4]
+The command specified by the option -command will be invoked by (1)
+double clicking the \fIFiles\fR listbox or (2) invoking
+\fISelection\fR ComboBox.
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH KEYWORDS
+tixFileSelectBox, tixComboBox, tixFileSelectDialog, Tix(n), 
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixFileSelectDialog.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixFileSelectDialog.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixFileSelectDialog.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixFileSelectDialog n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixFileSelectDialog \- Create and manipulate tixFileSelectDialog widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixFileSelectDialog \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBTixFileSelectDialog\fR class does not have a super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+\fBTixFileSelectDialog\fR supports all the standard options of a frame
+widget. See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the
+standard options.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies the command to be called when the user chooses on a filename
+(usually by selecting the filename and clicking on the "OK" button").
+The command is called with one argument, the complete pathname of the
+file.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBbtns\fR
+Class:		\fBTixStdButtonBox\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The StdButtonBox subwidget at the bottom of FileSelectDialog. It
+contains the "OK", "Filter, "Cancel" and "Help" buttons.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBfsbox\fR
+Class:		\fBTixFileSelectBox\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The FileSelectBox subwidget at the top of the FileSelectDialog.
+'\"----------END
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixFileSelectDialog\fR command creates a new window (given by
+the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a FileSelectDialog
+widget. Additional options, described above, may be specified on the
+command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+FileSelectDialog such as its cursor and relief.
+.PP
+The FileSelectDialog widget provides an convenient method for the user
+to select files. The FileSelectBox is similar to the standard
+Motif(TM) file-selection box.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixFileSelectDialog\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
+name is the same as the path name of the FileSelectDialog's
+window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the
+widget. It has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+FileSelectDialog widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the
+\fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following
+commands are possible for FileSelectDialog widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixFileSelectDialog\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixFileSelectDialog\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpopdown\fR 
+'\"
+Withdraws the FileSelectDialog from the screen.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpopup\fR 
+'\"
+Pops up the FileSelectDialog on the screen.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fIname ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+'\".SH BINDINGS
+'\".PP
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixForm.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixForm.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,462 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixForm.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixForm n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH NAME
+tixForm \- Geometry manager based on attachment rules
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixForm\fI option arg ?arg ...?\fR
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixForm\fR command is used to communicate with the
+\fBtixForm\fR Geometry Manager, a geometry manager that arranges the
+geometry of the children in a parent window according to attachment
+rules. The \fBtixForm\fR geometry manager is very flexible and
+powerful; it can be used to emulate all the existing features of the
+Tk packer and placer geometry managers (see \fBpack(n)\fR,
+\fBplace(n)\fR).
+'\"
+The \fBtixForm\fR command can have any of several forms,
+depending on the \fIoption\fR argument:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixForm\fI slave \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+If the first argument to \fBtixForm\fR is a window name (any value
+starting with ``.''), then the command is processed in the same way as
+\fBtixForm configure\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixForm check \fImaster\fR
+'\"
+This command checks whether there is circular dependency in the
+attachments of the master's slaves (see the section \fBCIRCULAR
+DEPENDENCY\fR below). It returns the Boolean value \fBTRUE\fR if it
+discover circular dependency and \fBFALSE\fR otherwise.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixForm configure\fI slave \fR?\fI\-option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Sets or adjusts the attachment values of the slave window
+according to the \fI\-option value\fR argument pairs. 
+'\"
+.RS
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-b\fR \fIattachment\fR
+'\"
+Abbreviation for the \fB\-bottom\fR option.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-bottom\fR \fIattachment\fR
+'\"
+Specifies an attachment for the bottom edge of the slave window. The
+attachment must specied according to the section \fBSPECIFYING
+ATTACHMENTS\fR below.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-bottomspring\fR \fIweight\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the weight of the spring at the bottom edge of the slave
+window. See the section \fBUSING SPRINGS\fR below.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-bp\fR \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Abbreviation for the \fB\-padbottom\fR option.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-bs\fR \fIweight\fR
+'\"
+Abbreviation for the \fB\-bottomspring\fR option.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-fill\fR \fImaster\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the fillings when springs are used for this widget. The
+value must be \fBx\fR, \fBy\fR, \fBboth\fR or \fBnone\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-in\fR \fImaster\fR
+'\"
+Places the slave window into the specified master window. If the slave
+was originally in another master window, all attachment values with
+respect to the original master window are discarded. Even if the
+attachment values are the same as in the original master window, they
+need to be specified again.  The \fB\-in\fR flag, when needed, must appear
+as the first flag after the name of the slave. Otherwise an error is
+generated.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-l\fR \fIattachment\fR
+'\"
+Abbreviation for the \fB\-left\fR option.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-left\fR \fIattachment\fR
+'\"
+Specifies an attachment for the left edge of the slave window. The
+attachment must specied according to the section \fBSPECIFYING
+ATTACHMENTS\fR below.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-leftspring\fR \fIweight\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the weight of the spring at the left edge of the slave
+window. See the section \fBUSING SPRINGS\fR below.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-lp\fR \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Abbreviation for the \fB\-padleft\fR option.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-ls\fR \fIweight\fR
+'\"
+Abbreviation for the \fB\-leftspring\fR option.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-padbottom\fR \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the amount of external padding to leave on the bottom side
+of the slave. The \fIvalue\fR may have any of the forms acceptable to
+\fBTk_GetPixels(3)\fR.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-padleft\fR \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the amount of external padding to leave on the left side of
+the slave.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-padright\fR \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the amount of external padding to leave on the right side of
+the slave.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-padtop\fR \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the amount of external padding to leave on the top side of
+the slave.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-padx\fR \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the amount of external padding to leave on both the left and
+the right sides of the slave.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-pady\fR \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the amount of external padding to leave on both the top and
+the bottom sides of the slave.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-r\fR \fIattachment\fR
+'\"
+Abbreviation for the \fB\-right\fR option.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-right\fR \fIattachment\fR
+'\"
+Specifies an attachment for the right edge of the slave window. The
+attachment must specied according to the section \fBSPECIFYING
+ATTACHMENTS\fR below.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-rightspring\fR \fIweight\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the weight of the spring at the right edge of the slave
+window. See the section \fBUSING SPRINGS\fR below.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-rp\fR \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Abbreviation for the \fB\-padright\fR option.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-rs\fR \fIweight\fR
+'\"
+Abbreviation for the \fB\-rightspring\fR option.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-t\fR \fIattachment\fR
+'\"
+Abbreviation for the \fB\-top\fR option.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-top\fR \fIattachment\fR
+'\"
+Specifies an attachment for the top edge of the slave window. The
+attachment must specied according to the section \fBSPECIFYING
+ATTACHMENTS\fR below.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-topspring\fR \fIweight\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the weight of the spring at the top edge of the slave
+window. See the section \fBUSING SPRINGS\fR below.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-tp\fR \fIvalue\fR
+'\"
+Abbreviation for the \fB\-padtop\fR option.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-ts\fR \fIweight\fR
+'\"
+Abbreviation for the \fB\-topspring\fR option.
+'\"
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBtixForm forget\fI slave \fR?\fIslave ...\fR?
+'\"
+Removes each of the slaves from its master and unmaps their windows.
+The slaves will no longer be managed by tixForm. All attachment values
+with respect to their master windows are discarded. If another slave
+is attached to this slave, then the attachment of the other slave will
+be changed to grid attachment based on its geometry.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixForm grid \fImaster \fR?\fIx_size y_size\fR?
+'\"
+When \fIx_size\fR and \fIy_size\fR are given, this command returns the
+number of grids of the master window in a pair of integers of the form
+{\fIx_size y_size\fR}. When both \fIx_size\fR and \fIy_size\fR are
+given, this command changes the number of horizontal and vertical
+grids on the master window.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixForm info\fI slave\fR ?\fIoption\fR?
+'\"
+Queries the attachment options of a slave window. \fIoption\fR can be
+any of the options accepted by the \fBtixForm configure\fR command. If
+\fIoption\fR is given, only the value of that option is returned.
+Otherwise, this command returns a list whose elements are the current
+configuration state of the slave given in the same \fIoption\-value\fR form
+that might be specified to \fBtixForm configure\fR. The first two
+elements in this list list are "\fB\-in\fI master\fR" where
+\fImaster\fR is the slave's master window.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixForm slaves \fImaster\fR
+'\"
+Returns a list of all of the slaves for the master window. The order
+of the slaves in the list is the same as their order in the packing
+order. If master has no slaves then an empty string is returned.
+'\"
+.PP
+.SH SPECIFYING ATTACHMENTS
+'\"
+One can specify an attachment for each side of a slave window managed
+by tixForm. An attachment is specified in the the form "\-\fIside\fR
+{\fIanchor_point\fR \fIoffset\fR}". \-\fIside\fR can be one of
+\fB\-top\fR, \fB\-bottom\fR, \fB\-left\fR or \fB\-right\fR.
+.PP
+\fIOffset\fR is given in screen units (i.e. any of the forms
+acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR).  A positive offset indicates
+shifting to a position to the right or bottom of an anchor point. A
+negative offset indicates shifting to a position to the left or top of
+an anchor point.
+.PP
+\fIAnchor_point\fR can be given in one of the
+following forms:
+'\"
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBGrid Attachment\fR
+'\"
+The master window is divided into a number of horizontal and vertical
+grids. By default the master window is divided into 100x100 grids; the
+number of grids can be adjusted by the \fBtixForm grid\fR command. A
+grid attachment anchor point is given by a \fB%\fR sign followed by an
+\fBinteger\fR value. For example, \fB%0\fR spceifies the first grid
+line (the top or left edge of the master window). \fB%100\fR spceifies
+the last grid line (the bottom or right edge of the master window). 
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBOpposite Side Attachment\fR
+'\"
+Opposite attachment specifies an anchor point located on the
+\fBopposite\fR side of another slave widget, which must be managed by
+tixForm in the same master window. An opposite attachment anchor point
+is given by the name of another widget. For example, "tixForm .b \-top
+{.a 0}" attaches the \fBtop\fR side of the widget \fB\.b\fR to the
+\fBbottom\fR of the widget \fB\.a\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBParallel Side Attachment\fR
+'\"
+Opposite attachment specifies an anchor point located on the
+\fBsame\fR side of another slave widget, which must be managed by
+tixForm in the same master window. An parallel attachment anchor point
+is given by the sign \fB&\fR follwed by the name of another widget.
+For example, "tixForm .b \-top {&.a 0}" attaches the \fBtop\fR side of
+the widget \fB\.b\fR to the \fBtop\fR of the widget \fB\.a\fR, making
+the \fBtop\fR sides of these two widgets at the same vertical position
+in their parent window.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBNo Attachment\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a side of the slave to be attached to nothing, indicated by
+the keyword \fBnone\fR. When the \fBnone\fR anchor point is given, the
+offser must be zero.
+
+When a side of a slave is attached to \fB{none 0}\fR, the position
+of this side is calculated by the position of the other side and the
+natural size of the slave. For example, if a the \fBleft\fR side of a
+widget is attached to \fB{%0 100}\fR, its \fBright\fR side attached to
+\fB{none 0}\fR, and the natural size of the widget is \fB50\fR pixels,
+the \fBright\fR side of the widget will be positioned at pixel \fB{%0
+149}\fR.
+
+When both \fB\-top\fR and \fB\-bottom\fR are attached to \fBnone\fR,
+then by default \fB\-top\fR will be attached to \fB{%0 0}\fR. When both
+\fB\-left\fR and \fB\-right\fR are attached to none, then by default
+\fB\-left\fR will be attached to \fB{%0 0}\fR.
+'\"
+.RE
+.PP
+Shifting effects can be achieved by specifying a non-zero offset with
+an anchor point. In the following example, the \fBtop\fR side of
+widget \fB\.b\fR is attached to the \fBbottom\fR of \fB\.a\fR; hence \fB\.b\fR 
+always appears below \fB\.a\fR.  Also, the left edge of \fB\.b\fR
+is attached to the \fBleft\fR side of \fB\.a\fR with a 10
+pixel offest.  Therefore, the \fBleft\fR edge of \fB\.b\fR is always
+shifted 10 pixels to the right of \fB\.a\fR's \fBleft\fR edge:
+.PP
+.CS
+tixForm .b \-left {.a 10} \-top {.a 0}
+.CE
+.PP
+\fBABBREVIATIONS:\fR Certain abbreviations can be made on the
+attachment specifications: First an offset of zero can be omitted.
+Thus, the following two lines are equivalent:
+.PP
+.CS
+tixForm .b \-top {.a 0} \-right {%100 0}
+tixForm .b \-top {.a}   \-right {%100}
+.CE
+.PP
+Also, because of the way TCL handles lists, when you omit the offset,
+you can also leave out the braces. So you can further simplify the
+above to:
+.PP
+.CS
+tixForm .b \-top .a \-right %100
+.CE
+.PP
+In the second case, when the anchor point is omitted, the offset must
+be given. A default anchor point is chosen according to the value of
+the offset. If the anchor point is \fB0\fR or positive, the default
+anchor point %0 is used; thus, "tixForm \.b \-top 15" attaches the top
+edge of \fB\.b\fR to a position 15 pixels below the top edge of the
+master window. If the anchor point is "\fB-0\fR" or negative, the
+default anchor point \fB%100\fR is used; thus, "tixForm \.a \-right
+\-2" attaches the right edge of \fB\.a\fR to a position 2 pixels to
+the left of the master window's \fBright\fR edge.  An further example
+below shows a command with its equivalent abbreviation.
+'\"
+.CS
+tixForm .b \-top {%0 10} \-bottom {%100 0}
+tixForm .b \-top 10      \-bottom \-0
+.CE
+.PP
+.SH USING SPRINGS
+'\"
+To be written.
+'\"
+.PP
+.SH ALGORITHM OF TIXFORM
+'\"
+TixForm starts with any slave in the list of slaves of the master
+window. Then it tries to determine the position of each side of the
+slave.
+.PP
+If the attachment of a side of the slave is grid attachment, the
+position of the side is readily determined.
+.PP
+If the attachment of this side is \fBnone\fR, then tixForm tries to
+determine the position of the opposite side first, and then use the
+position of the opposite side and the natural size of the slave to
+determine the position of this side.
+.PP
+If the attachment is opposite or parallel widget attachments, then
+tixForm tries to determine the positions of the other widget first,
+and then use the positions of the other widget and the natural size of
+the slave determine the position of this side. This recursive
+algorithmis carried on until the positions of all slaves are
+determined.
+.PP
+.SH CIRCULAR DEPENDENCY
+.PP
+The algorithm of tixForm will fail if a circular dependency exists in
+the attachments of the slaves. For example:
+.PP
+.CS
+tixForm .c \-left .b
+tixForm .b \-right .c
+.CE
+.PP
+In this example, the position of the left side of \fB.b\fR depends on
+the right side of \fB.c\fR, which in turn depends on the left side of \fB.b\fR.
+.PP
+When a circular dependency is discovered during the execution of the
+tixForm algorithm, tixForm will generate a background error and the
+geometry of the slaves are undefined (and will be arbitrary). Notice
+that tixForm only executes the algorithm when the specification of the
+slaves' attachments is complete.  Therefore, it allows intermediate
+states of circular dependency during the specification of the slaves'
+attachments.  Also, unlike the Motif Form manager widget, tixForm
+defines circular dependency as "\fIdependency in the same
+dimension\fR". Therefore, the following code fragment will does not
+have circular dependency because the two widgets do not depend on each
+other in the same dimension (\fB\.b\fR depends \fB.c\fR in the
+horizontal dimension and \fB.c\fR depends on \fB.b\fR in the vertical
+dimension):
+.PP
+.CS
+tixForm .b \-left .c
+tixForm .c \-top .b
+.CE
+.PP
+.SH BUGS
+'\"
+.PP
+Springs have not been fully implemented yet.
+'\"
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n), Form, Geometry Management
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixGetBoolean.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixGetBoolean.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixGetBoolean.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixGetBoolean n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH NAME
+tixGetBoolean - Get the boolean value of a string.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixGetBoolean\fI ?-nocomplain? string\fR
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+'\"
+'\"
+The command \fBtixGetBoolean\fR returns "0" if the string is a valid
+TCL string for the boolean value FALSE. It returns "1" if the string
+is a valid TCL string for the boolean value TRUE. 
+.PP
+When the string is not a valid TCL boolean value and the
+\fB-nocomplain\fR option is specified, \fBtixGetBoolean\fR will return
+"0". Otherwise it will generate an error.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+.PP
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixGetInt.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixGetInt.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixGetInt.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixGetInt n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH NAME
+tixGetInt - Get the integer value of a string.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixGetInt\fI ?-nocomplain? ?-trunc? string\fR
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+'\"
+'\"
+The command \fBtixGetInt\fR converts any number into an integer
+number. By default, it will round the number to the nearest integer.
+When the \fB-trunc\fR option is specified, the number is truncated
+instead of rounded.
+.PP
+When the string is not a valid TCL numerical value and the
+\fB-nocomplain\fR option is specified, \fBtixGetInt\fR will return
+"0". Otherwise it will generate an error.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+.PP
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixGrid.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixGrid.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixGrid.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+.TH tixGrid n 4.1 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+.SH NAME
+tixGrid \- Create and manipulate Tix Grid widgets
+.SO
+\-background	\-borderWidth	\-cursor
+\-font	\-foreground	\-height
+\-highlightColor	\-highlightThickness	\-relief
+\-selectBackground	\-selectForeground	\-width
+\-xScrollCommand	\-yScrollCommand
+.SE
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+.OP -editdonecmd editDoneCmd EditDoneCmd
+If non-empty, gives a Tcl command to be executed when the user has
+edited grid cell. When this command is called, it is passed with two
+additional parameters: \fIx\fR \fIy\fR, where (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) is the
+location of the cell that has just been edited.
+'\"
+.OP -editnotifycmd editNotifyCmd EditNotifyCmd
+If non-empty, gives a Tcl command to be executed when the user tries to edit a grid cell. When this command is called, it is passed with two additional parameters: \fIx\fR \fIy\fR, where (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR,) is the location of the cell. This command should return a boolean value: \fBtrue\fR indicates that the cells is editable and \fBfalse\fR otherwise.
+'\"
+.OP -formatcmd formatCmd FormatCmd
+If non-empty, gives a Tcl command to be executed when the grid cells
+need to be formatted on the screen. Normally, this command calls the
+\fBformat\fR widget command (see below). When this command is called,
+it is passed with five additional parameters: \fItype\fR \fIx1\fR
+\fIy1\fR \fIx2\fR \fIy2\fR. \fItype\fR gives the logical type of the
+region in the grid. It may be one of the following. \fBx-region\fR:
+the horizontal margin; \fBy-region\fR: the vertical margin;
+\fBs-region\fR, the area where the the horizontal and vertical margins
+are joined; \fBmain\fR: all the cells that do not fall into the above
+three types.  \fIx1\fR \fIy1\fR \fIx2\fR \fIy2\fR gives the extent of
+the region that needs formatting.
+'\"
+.OP -leftmargin leftMargin LeftMargin
+In the number of cells, gives the width of vertical margin. A zero
+indicates that no vertical should be drawn.
+'\"
+.OP -selectmode selectMode SelectMode
+Specifies one of several styles for manipulating the selection. The
+value of the option may be arbitrary, but the default bindings expect
+it to be either \fBsingle\fR, \fBbrowse\fR, \fBmultiple\fR, or
+\fBextended\fR; the default value is \fBsingle\fR.
+'\"
+.OP -selectunit selectUnit SelectUnit
+Specifies the selection unit. Valid values are \fBcell\fR,
+\fBcolumn\fR or \fBrow\fR.
+'\"
+.OP -topmargin topMargin TopMargin
+In the number of cells, gives the height of horizontal margin. A zero
+indicates that no horizontal should be drawn.
+.BE
+'\"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBtixGrid\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a \fBtixGrid\fR widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+\fBtixGrid\fR widget such as its cursor and relief.
+.PP
+A Grid widget displays its contents in a two dimensional grid of
+cells. Each cell may contain one Tix \fBdisplay item\fR, which
+may be in text, graphics or other formats. See the
+\fBtixDisplayStyle\fR manual page for more information about Tix
+display items. Individual cells, or groups of cells, can be formatted
+with a wide range of attributes, such as its color, relief and border.
+'\"
+.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
+.PP
+The \fBtixGrid\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the
+same as the path name of the \fBtixGrid\fR widget's window. This
+command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has
+the following general form:
+.RS
+.CS
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+\fBtixGrid\fR widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands
+are possible for \fBtixGrid\fR widgets:
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBanchor \fIoption \fR?\fIargs ...\fR?
+Manipulates the \fBanchor cell\fR of the \fBtixGrid\fR widget. The
+anchor cell is the end of the selection that is fixed while the user
+is dragging out a selection with the mouse.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBbdtype\fR
+TODO place holder
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixGrid\fR command.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure \fR?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo(n)\fR
+for information on the format of this list.) If \fIoption\fR is
+specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list
+describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the
+corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is
+specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified,
+then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given
+value(s); in this case the command returns an empty
+string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixGrid\fR command.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdelete\fR \fIdim\fR \fIfrom \fR?\fIto\fR?
+\fIDim\fR may be \fBrow\fR or \fBcolumn\fR. If \fIto\fR is not given,
+deletes a single row (or column) at the position \fIfrom\fR. If
+\fIto\fR is given, deletes the range of rows (or columns) from
+position \fIfrom\fR through \fIto\fR.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBedit apply\fR
+If any cell is being edited, de-highlight the cell and applies the
+changes.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBedit set\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR
+Highlights the cell at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) for editing, if the
+\fB-editnotify\fR command returns true for this cell.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBentrycget\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR \fIoption\fR
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR of the cell at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR). \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBset\fR widget command.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBentryconfigure \fIx y \fR?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
+Query or modify the configuration options of the cell at
+(\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR).  If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list
+describing all of the available options for the cell (see
+\fBTk_ConfigureInfo(n)\fR for information on the format of this list.)
+If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command
+returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be
+identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no
+\fIoption\fR is specified.) If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs
+are specified, then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to
+have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty
+string.  \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBset\fR widget command.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBformat\fR
+TODO place holder
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBindex\fR
+TODO place holder
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBmove\fR \fIdim\fR \fIfrom\fR \fIto\fR \fIoffset\fR
+\fIDim\fR may be \fBrow\fR or \fBcolumn\fR. Moves the the range of
+rows (or columns) from position \fIfrom\fR through \fIto\fR by the
+distance indicated by \fIoffset\fR. For example, \fBmove row
+2 4 1\fR moves the rows 2,3,4 to rows 3,4,5.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBset \fIx y \fR?-itemtype \fItype\fR? ?\fIoption value...\fR?
+Creates a new display item at the cell at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR). The
+optional \fB-itemtype\fR parameter gives the type of the display
+item. An additional list of \fIoption-value\fR pairs specify options
+of the display item. If a display item already exists at this cell,
+the old item will be deleted automatically.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsize \fIdim index \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+Queries or sets the size of the row or column given by \fIdim\fR and
+\fIindex\fR. \fIDim\fR may be \fBrow\fR or \fBcolumn\fR.  \fIIndex\fR
+may be any non-negative integer that gives the position of a given row
+(or column). \fIIndex\fR can also be the string \fBdefault\fR; in this
+case, this command queries or sets the default size of all rows (or
+columns).
+.PP
+When no \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pair is given, this command returns a
+list containing the current size setting of the given row (or
+column). When \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pairs are given, the
+corresponding options of the size setting of the given row are
+changed. \fIOption\fR may be one of the follwing:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fB-pad0\fR \fIpixels\fR
+Specifies the paddings to the left or a column or the top of a row.
+.TP
+\fB-pad1\fR \fIpixels\fR
+Specifies the paddings to the right or a column or the bottom of a row.
+.TP
+\fB-size\fR \fIval\fR
+Specifies the width of a column or the height of a row. \fIVal\fR may
+be: \fBauto\fR -- the width of the column is set the the widest cell
+in the column; a valid Tk screen distance unit (see
+\fBTk_GetPixels(n)\fR); or a real number following by the word
+\fBchars\fR (e.g. \fB3.4chars\fR) that sets the width of the column to
+the given number of characters.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBunset\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR
+Clears the cell at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) by removing its display item.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBxview\fR
+TODO place holder
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fByview\fR
+TODO place holder
+.SH KEYWORDS
+grid, spread sheet, table
+
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixHList.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixHList.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1052 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixHList.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixHList n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixHList \- Create and manipulate Tix Hierarchial List widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixHList \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SO
+\-background	\-borderWidth	\-cursor	\-foreground
+\-font	\-height	\-highlightColor \-highlightThickness	
+\-relief	\-selectBackground	\-selectForeground
+\-xScrollCommand	\-yScrollCommand	\-width
+.SE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-browsecmd browsecmd BrowseCmd
+Specifies a TCL command to be executed when the user browses through the
+entries in the HList widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-columns columns Columns
+Specifies the number of columns in this HList widget. This option can
+only be set during the creation of the HList widget and cannot be
+changed subsequently.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies the TCL command to be executed when the user invokes a list
+entry in the HList widget. Normally the user invokes a list
+entry by double-clicking it or pressing the Return key.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-drawbranch drawBranch DrawBranch
+A Boolean value to specify whether branch line should be drawn to
+connect list entries to their parents.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBforeground\fR
+Class:		\fBForeground\fR
+Switch:		\fB\-foreground\fR
+Alias:		\fB\-fg\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+\fB[OBSOLETE]\fR Specifies the default foreground color for the list entries.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-gap gap Gap
+\fB[OBSOLETE]\fR The default distance between the bitmap/image and the
+text in list entries.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-header header Header
+A Boolean value specifying whether headers should be displayed for
+this HList widget (see the \fBheader\fR widget command below).
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-height height Height
+Specifies the desired height for the window in number of characters.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-indent indent Indent
+Specifies the amount of horizontal indentation between a list entry
+and its children. Must be a valid screen distance value.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-indicator indicator Indicator
+Specifies whether the indicators should be displayed inside the HList
+widget. See the \fBindicator\fR widget command below.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-indicatorcmd indicatorCmd IndicatorCmd
+Specifies a TCL command to be executed when the user manipulates the
+indicator of an HList entry. The \fB\-indicatorcmd\fR is triggered
+when the user press or releases the mouse button over the indicator in
+an HList entry. By default the TCL command specified by
+\fB\-indicatorcmd\fR is executed with one additional argument, the
+entryPath of the entry whose indicator has been triggered. Additional
+information about the event can be obtained by the \fBtixEvent\fR
+command.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-itemtype itemType ItemType
+Specifies the default type of display item for this HList widget. When
+you call the add and addchild widget commands, display items of this
+type will be created if the \fB\-itemtype\fR option is not specified .
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-padx padX Pad
+\fB[OBSOLETE]\fR The default horizontal padding for list entries.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-padx padY Pad
+\fB[OBSOLETE]\fR The default vertical padding for list entries.
+'\"----------END
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-selectbackground selectBackground SelectBackground
+Specifies the background color for the selected list entries.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-selectborderwidth selectBorderWidth BorderWidth
+Specifies a non-negative value indicating the width of the 3-D border
+to draw around selected items.  The value may have any of the forms
+acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-selectforeground selectForeground SelectForeground
+Specifies the foreground color for the selected list entries.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-selectmode selectMode SelectMode
+Specifies one of several styles for manipulating the selection.  The
+value of the option may be arbitrary, but the default bindings expect
+it to be either \fBsingle\fR, \fBbrowse\fR, \fBmultiple\fR, or
+\fBextended\fR; the default value is \fBsingle\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-sizecmd sizeCmd SizeCmd
+Specifies a TCL script to be called whenever the HList widget
+changes its size. This command can be useful to implement "user scroll
+bars when needed" features.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-separator separator Separator
+Specifies the character to used as the separator character when
+intepreting the path-names of list entries. By default the character
+"." is used.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-width width Width
+Specifies the desired width for the window in characters.
+'\"----------END
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixHList\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a HList widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+HList widget such as its cursor and relief.
+.PP
+The HList widget can be used to display any data that have a
+hierarchical structure, for example, file system directory trees. The
+list entries are indented and connected by branch lines according to
+their places in the hierachy.
+.PP
+Each list entry is identified by an \fBentryPath\fR. The entryPath is a
+sequence of \fBentry names\fR separated by the separator charactor
+(specified by the \fB\-separator\fR option). An \fBentry name\fR can be
+any string that does not contain the separator charactor, or it can be
+the a string that contains only one separator charactor.
+.PP
+For example, when "." is used as the separator charactor,
+"one.two.three" is the entryPath for a list entry whose parent is
+"one.two", whose parent is "one", which is a toplevel entry (has no
+parents).
+.PP
+Another examples: ".two.three" is the entryPath for a list entry whose
+parent is ".two", whose parent is ".", which is a toplevel entry.
+'\"
+.SH "DISPLAY ITEMS"
+.PP
+Each list entry in an HList widget is associated with a \fBdisplay
+item\fR.  The display item determines what visual information should
+be displayed for this list entry. Please see the \fBtixDisplayStyle\fR manual
+page for a list of all display items.
+
+When a list entry is created by the \fBadd\fR or \fBaddchild\fR widget
+commands, the type of its display item is determined by the
+\fB\-itemtype\fR option passed to these commands. If the
+\fB\-itemtype\fR is omitted, then by default the type specified by
+this HList widget's \fB\-itemtype\fR option is used.
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixHList\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the
+same as the path name of the HList widget's window.  This command
+may be used to invoke various operations on the widget.  It has the
+following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as
+the HList widget's path name.  \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following
+commands are possible for HList widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBadd\fI entryPath \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Creates a new list entry with the pathname \fIentryPath\fR. A list
+entry must be created after its parent is created (unless this entry
+is a top-level entry, which has no parent). This command returns the
+entryPath of the newly created list entry. The following
+configuration options can be given to configure the list entry:
+'\"
+.RS
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-at\fI position\fR
+'\"
+Insert the new list at the position given by \fIposition\fR.
+\fIposition\fR must be a valid integer. the Position \fB0\fR indicates
+the first position, \fB1\fR indicates the second position, and so on.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-after\fI afterWhich\fR
+'\"
+Insert the new list entry after the entry identified by
+\fIafterWhich\fR. \fIafterWhich\fR must be a valid list entry and it
+mush have the same parent as the new list entry
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-before\fI beforeWhich\fR
+'\"
+Insert the new list entry before the entry identified by
+\fIbeforeWhich\fR. \fIbeforeWhich\fR must be a valid list entry and it
+mush have the same parent as the new list entry
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-data\fI string\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a string to associate with this list entry. This string can
+be queried by the \fBinfo\fR widget command. The application
+programmer can use the \fB\-data\fR option to associate the list entry
+with the data it represents.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-itemtype\fI type\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the type of display item to be display for the new list
+entry. \fBtype\fR must be a valid display item type. Currently the
+available display item types are \fBimagetext\fR, \fBtext\fR, and
+\fBwindow\fR. If this option is not specified, then by default the
+type specified by this HList widget's \fB\-itemtype\fR option is used.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-state\fR
+'\"
+Specifies whether this entry can be selected or invoked by the user.
+Must be either \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+The \fBadd\fR widget command accepts additional configuration options
+to configure the display item associated with this list entry. The set
+of additional configuration options depends on the type of the display
+item given by the \fB\-itemtype\fR option. Please see the
+\fBtixDisplayStyle\fR manual page for a list of the configuration options for
+each of the display item types.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBaddchild\fI parentPath \fR?\fIoption value ... \fR?
+'\"
+Adds a new child entry to the children list of the list entry
+identified by \fIparentPath\fR. Or, if \fIparentPath\fR is set to be
+the empty string, then creates a new toplevel entry. The name of the
+new list entry will be a unique name automatically generated by the
+HList widget. Usually if \fIparentPath\fR is \fBfoo\fR, then the
+entryPath of the new entry will be \fBfoo.1\fR, \fBfoo.2\fR, ... etc.
+This command returns the entryPath of the newly created list entry.
+\fIoption\fR can be any option for the \fBadd\fR widget command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBanchor set \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Sets the anchor to the list entry identified by \fIentryPath\fR.  The
+anchor is the end of the selection that is fixed while the user is
+dragging out a selection with the mouse.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBanchor clear\fR
+'\"
+Removes the anchor, if any, from this HList widget. This only
+removes the surrounding highlights of the anchor entry and does not
+affect its selection status.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixHList\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcolumn width \fIcol\fR ?\fI\-char\fR? ?\fIwidth\fR? 
+'\"
+Querys or sets the width of a the column \fIcol\fR in the HList
+widget. The value of \fIcol\fR is zero-based: 0 stands for the first
+column, 1 stands for the second, and so on. If no further parameters
+are given, returns the current width of this column (in number of
+pixels). Additional parameters can be given to set the width of this
+column:
+.PP
+.RS
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcolumn width \fIcol\fR \fB{}\fR
+'\"
+An empty string indicates that the width of the column should be just
+wide enough to display the widest element in this column. In this
+case, the width of this column may change as a result of the elements
+in this column changing their sizes.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcolumn width \fIcol\fR \fIwidth\fR 
+'\"
+\fIwidth\fR must be in a form accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels(3)\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcolumn width \fIcol\fR \fB-char\fR \fInChars\fR 
+'\"
+The width is set to be the average width occupied by \fInChars\fR
+number of characters of the font specified by the \fB\-font\fR option
+of this HList widget.
+'\"
+.RE
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixHList\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdelete\fR \fIoption\fR ?\fIentryPath\fR?
+Delete one or more list entries. \fIoption\fR may be one of the
+following:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBall\fR
+Delete all entries in the HList. In this case the \fIentryPath\fR
+does not need to be specified.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBentry\fR
+Delete the entry specified by \fIentryPath\fR and all its offsprings,
+if any.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBoffsprings\fR
+Delete all the offsprings, if any, of the entry specified by
+\fIentryPath\fR. However, \fIentryPath\fR itself is not deleted.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBsiblings\fR
+Delete all the list entries that share the same parent with the entry
+specified by \fIentryPath\fR. However, \fIentryPath\fR itself is not
+deleted.
+.RE
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdragsite set \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Sets the dragsite to the list entry identified by
+\fIentryPath\fR. The dragsite is used to indicate the source of a
+drag-and-drop action. Currently drag-and-drop functionality has not
+been implemented in Tix yet.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdragsite clear\fR
+Remove the dragsite, if any, from the this HList widget. This only
+removes the surrounding highlights of the dragsite entry and does not
+affect its selection status.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdropsite set \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Sets the dropsite to the list entry identified by \fIentryPath\fR. The
+dropsite is used to indicate the target of a grag-and-drop
+action. Currently drag-and-drop functionality has not been implemented
+in Tix yet.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdropsite clear\fR
+'\"
+Remove the dropsite, if any, from the this HList widget. This only
+removes the surrounding highlights of the dropsite entry and does not
+affect its selection status.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBentrycget\fR \fI entryPath option\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR for the entry indentfied by \fIentryPath\fR. \fIOption\fR
+may have any of the values accepted by the \fBadd\fR widget command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBentryconfigure\fI entryPath \fR?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the list entry indentfied
+by \fIentryPath\fR. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list
+describing all of the available options for \fIentryPath\fR (see
+\fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list.) If
+\fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command
+returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be
+identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no
+\fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs
+are specified, then the command modifies the given option(s) to have
+the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
+\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBadd\fR or
+\fBaddchild\fR widget command. The exact set of options depends on the
+value of the \fB\-itemtype\fR option passed to the the \fBadd\fR or
+\fBaddchild\fR widget command when this list entry is created.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBheader \fIoption\fR \fIcol\fR ?\fIargs ...\fR?
+'\"
+Manipulates the header items of this HList widget. If the
+\fB\-header\fR option of this HList widget is set to true, then a
+header item is displayed at the top of each column. The \fIcol\fR
+argument for this command must be a valid integer. 0 indicates the
+first column, 1 the second column, ... and so on. This command
+supports the following options:
+'\"
+.RS
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBheader cget\fR \fIcol\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+If the \fIcol\fR-th column has a header display item, returns the
+value of the specified \fIoption\fR of the header item. If the header
+doesn't exist, returns an error.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBheader configure\fR \fIcol\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the header display item
+of the \fIcol\fR-th column. The header item must exist, or an error
+will result.  If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list
+describing all of the available options for the header display item
+(see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo(3)\fR for information on the format of this
+list.) If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the
+command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will
+be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no
+\fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs
+are specified, then the command modifies the given option(s) to have
+the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty
+string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBheader create\fR widget command. The exact set of options depends
+on the value of the \fB\-itemtype\fR option passed to the the \fBheader
+create\fR widget command when this display item was created.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBheader create\fR \fIcol\fR ?\fI\-itemtype type\fR? ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Creates a new display item as the header for the \fIcol\fR-th
+column. If an header display item already exists for this column, it
+will be replaced by the new item.  An optional parameter
+\fI\-itemtype\fR can be used to specify what type of display item
+should be created. If the \fI\-itemtype\fR is not given, then by
+default the type specified by this HList widget's \fB\-itemtype\fR
+option is used. Additional parameters, in \fIoption-value\fR pairs,
+can be passed to configure the appearance of the display item. Each
+\fIoption-value\fR pair must be a valid option for this type of
+display item or one of the following:
+.RS
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-borderwidth\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the border width of this header item.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-headerbackground\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the background color of this header item.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-relief\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the relief type of the border of this header item.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBheader delete \fIcol\fR
+'\"
+Deletes the header display item for the \fIcol\fR-th column.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBheader exists \fIcol\fR
+'\"
+Return true if an header display item exists for the \fIcol\fR-th
+column; return false otherwise.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBheader size \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+If an header display item exists for the \fIcol\fR-th column , returns
+its size in a two element list of the form {\fIwidth height\fR};
+returns an error if the header display item does not exist.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBhide \fIoption ?entryPath?\fR
+'\"
+Makes some of entries invisible invisible without deleting them.
+\fIOption\fR can be one of the following:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBentry\fR
+Hides the list entry identified by \fIentryPath\fR.
+.PP
+Currently only the \fBentry\fR option is supported. Other options will
+be added in the next release.
+.RE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBindicator \fIoption\fR entryPath ?\fIargs ...\fR?
+'\"
+Manipulates the indicator on the list entries. An indicator is usually
+a small display item (such as an image) that is displayed to the left
+to an entry to indicate the status of the entry. For example, it may
+be used to indicator whether a directory is opened or
+closed. \fIoption\fR can be one of the following:
+'\"
+.RS
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBindicator cget\fR \fIentryPath\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+If the list entry given by \fIentryPath\fR has an indicator, returns
+the value of the specified \fIoption\fR of the indicator. If the
+indicator doesn't exist, returns an error.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBindicator configure\fR \fIentryPath\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the indicator display
+item of the entry specified by \fIentryPath\fR. The indicator item
+must exist, or an error will result.  If no \fIoption\fR is specified,
+returns a list describing all of the available options for the
+indicator display item (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo(3)\fR for information
+on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no
+\fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named
+option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of
+the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more
+\fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the
+given option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command
+returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have any of the values
+accepted by the \fBindicator create\fR widget command. The exact set
+of options depends on the value of the \fB\-itemtype\fR option passed
+to the the \fBindicator create\fR widget command when this display item
+was created.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBindicator create\fR \fIentryPath\fR ?\fI\-itemtype type\fR? ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Creates a new display item as the indicator for the entry specified by
+\fIentryPath\fR. If an indicator display item already exists for this
+entry, it will be replaced by the new item.  An optional parameter
+\fI\-itemtype\fR can be used to specify what type of display item
+should be created. If the \fI\-itemtype\fR is not given, then by
+default the type specified by this HList widget's \fB\-itemtype\fR
+option is used. Additional parameters, in \fIoption-value\fR pairs,
+can be passed to configure the appearance of the display item. Each
+\fIoption-value\fR pair must be a valid option for this type of
+display item.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBindicator delete \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Deletes the indicator display item for the entry given by \fIentryPath\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBindicator exists \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Return true if an indicator display item exists for the entry given by
+\fIentryPath\fR; return false otherwise.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBindicator size \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+If an indicator display item exists for the entry given by
+\fIentryPath\fR, returns its size in a two element list of the form
+{\fIwidth height\fR}; returns an error if the indicator display item
+does not exist.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo \fIoption\fR \fIarg ...\fR
+'\"
+Query information about the HList widget. \fIoption\fR can be one
+of the following:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo anchor\fR
+'\"
+Returns the entryPath of the current anchor, if any, of the HList
+widget. If the anchor is not set, returns the empty string.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo bbox\fR \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Returns a list of four numbers describing the visible bounding box of
+the entry given \fIentryPath\fR. The first two elements of the list
+give the x and y coordinates of the upper-left corner of the screen
+area covered by the entry (specified in pixels relative to the widget)
+and the last two elements give the lower-right corner of the area, in
+pixels. If no part of the entry given by index is visible on the
+screen then the result is an empty string; if the entry is partially
+visible, the result gives the only the visible area of the entry.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo children\fR ?\fIentryPath\fR?
+'\"
+If \fIentrpyPath\fR is given, returns a list of the entryPath's of its
+children entries. Otherwise returns a list of the toplevel
+entryPath's.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo data\fR ?\fIentryPath\fR?
+'\"
+Returns the data associated with \fIentryPath\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo dragsite\fR
+'\"
+Returns the entryPath of the current dragsite, if any, of the HList
+widget. If the dragsite is not set, returns the empty string.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo dropsite\fR
+'\"
+Returns the entryPath of the current dropsite, if any, of the HList
+widget. If the dropsite is not set, returns the empty string.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo exists\fR \fIentryPath\fR
+Returns a boolean value indicating whether the list entry
+\fIentrpyPath\fR exists.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo hidden\fR \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Returns a boolean value indicating whether the list entry
+\fBentrpyPath\fR is hidden or not.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo next\fR \fIentryPath\fR
+Returns the entryPath of the list entry, if any, immediately below
+this list entry. If this entry is already at the bottom of the HList
+widget, returns an empty string.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo parent\fR \fIentryPath\fR
+Returns the name of the parent of the list entry identified by
+\fIentrpyPath\fR. If \fIentrpyPath\fR is a toplevel list entry,
+returns the empty string.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo prev\fR \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Returns the entryPath of the list entry, if any, immediately above
+this list entry. If this entry is already at the top of the HList
+widget, returns an empty string.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo selection\fR
+'\"
+Returns a list of selected entries in the HList widget. If no entries
+are selectd, returns an empty string.
+.RE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBitem \fIoption\fR ?\fIargs ...\fR?
+'\"
+Creates and configures the display items at individual columns the
+entries. The form of additional of arguments depends on the choice of
+\fIoption\fR:
+'\"
+.RS
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBitem cget \fIentryPath col option\fR
+'\"
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configure \fIoption\fR of the display
+item at the column designated by \fIcol\fR of the entry specified by
+\fIentryPath\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBitem configure \fIentryPath col\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the display item at the
+column designated by \fIcol\fR of the entry specified by
+\fIentryPath\fR. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list
+describing all of the available options for \fIentryPath\fR (see
+\fBTk_ConfigureInfo(3)\fR for information on the format of this
+list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the
+command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will
+be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no
+\fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs
+are specified, then the command modifies the given option(s) to have
+the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
+\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBitem
+create\fR widget command. The exact set of options depends on the
+value of the \fB\-itemtype\fR option passed to the the \fBitem
+create\fR widget command when this display item was created.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBitem create \fIentryPath col\fR ?\fI\-itemtype type\fR? ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+Creates a new display item at the column designated by \fIcol\fR of
+the entry specified by \fIentryPath\fR. An optional parameter
+\fI\-itemtype\fR can be used to specify what type of display items
+should be created. If the \fI\-itemtype\fR is not specified, then by
+default the type specified by this HList widget's \fB\-itemtype\fR
+option is used.  Additional parameters, in \fIoption-value\fR pairs,
+can be passed to configure the appearance of the display item. Each
+\fIoption- value\fR pair must be a valid option for this type of
+display item.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBitem delete \fIentryPath col\fR
+'\"
+Deletes the display item at the column designated by \fIcol\fR of
+the entry specified by \fIentryPath\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBitem exists \fIentryPath col\fR
+'\"
+Returns true if there is a display item at the column designated by
+\fIcol\fR of the entry specified by \fIentryPath\fR; returns false
+otherwise.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBnearest \fIy\fR
+'\"
+Given a y-coordinate within the HList window, this command returns
+the entryPath of the (visible) HList element nearest to that
+y-coordinate.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsee \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Adjust the view in the HList so that the entry given by \fIentryPath\fR is
+visible. If the entry is already visible then the command has no
+effect; if the entry is near one edge of the window then the HList
+scrolls to bring the element into view at the edge; otherwise the
+HList widget scrolls to center the entry.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBselection \fIoption\fR \fIarg ...\fR
+'\"
+This command is used to adjust the selection within a HList widget. It
+has several forms, depending on \fIoption\fR:
+.RS
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBselection clear \fR?\fIfrom\fR? ?\fIto\fR?
+'\"
+When no extra arguments are given, deselects all of the list entrie(s)
+in this HList widget. When only \fIfrom\fR is given, only the list
+entry identified by \fIfrom\fR is deselected. When both \fIfrom\fR and
+\fIto\fR are given, deselects all of the list entrie(s) between
+between \fIfrom\fR and \fIto\fR, inclusive, without affecting the
+selection state of entries outside that range.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBselection get\fR
+'\"
+This is an alias for the \fBinfo selection\fR widget command.
+,
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBselection includes \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Returns 1 if the list entry indicated by \fIentryPath\fR is currently
+selected; returns 0 otherwise.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBselection set \fIfrom\fR ?\fIto\fR?
+'\"
+Selects all of the list entrie(s) between between \fIfrom\fR and
+\fIto\fR, inclusive, without affecting the selection state of entries
+outside that range. When only \fIfrom\fR is given, only the list entry
+identified by \fIfrom\fR is selected.
+.RE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBshow \fIoption ?entryPath?\fR
+'\"
+Show the entries that are hidden by the \fBhide\fR command,
+\fIoption\fR can be one of the following:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBentry\fR
+Shows the list entry identified by \fIentryPath\fR.
+.PP
+Currently only the \fBentry\fR option is supported. Other options will
+be added in future releases.
+.RE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR
+This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the
+information in the widget's window. It can take any of the following
+forms:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBxview\fR
+'\"
+Returns a list containing two elements.  Each element is a real
+fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe the horizontal span
+that is visible in the window.  For example, if the first element
+is .2 and the second element is .6, 20% of the HList entry is
+off-screen to the left, the middle 40% is visible in the window, and
+40% of the entry is off-screen to the right. These are the same values
+passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBxview\fR \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Adjusts the view in the window so that the list entry identified by
+\fIentryPath\fR is aligned to the left edge of the window.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBxview moveto\fI fraction\fR
+'\"
+Adjusts the view in the window so that \fIfraction\fR of the total
+width of the HList is off-screen to the left. \fIfraction\fR must be
+a fraction between 0 and 1.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
+'\"
+This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
+\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer.
+\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR or an
+abbreviation of one of these. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view
+adjusts left or right by \fInumber\fR character units (the width of
+the \fB0\fR character) on the display; if it is \fBpages\fR then the
+view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls. If \fInumber\fR is negative
+then characters farther to the left become visible; if it is positive
+then characters farther to the right become visible.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fByview \fI?args\fR?
+'\"
+This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the
+entries in the widget's window. It can take any of the following forms:
+'\"
+.RS
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fByview\fR
+'\"
+Returns a list containing two elements, both of which are real
+fractions between 0 and 1.  The first element gives the position of
+the list element at the top of the window, relative to the HList as a
+whole (0.5 means it is halfway through the HList, for example).  The
+second element gives the position of the list entry just after the
+last one in the window, relative to the HList as a whole.  These are
+the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-yscrollcommand\fR
+option.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fByview\fR \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Adjusts the view in the window so that the list entry given by
+\fIentryPath\fR is displayed at the top of the window.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fByview moveto\fI fraction\fR
+'\"
+Adjusts the view in the window so that the list entry given by
+\fIfraction\fR appears at the top of the window. \fIFraction\fR is a
+fraction between 0 and 1; 0 indicates the first entry in the
+HList, 0.33 indicates the entry one-third the way through the
+HList, and so on.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR
+'\"
+This command adjust the view in the window up or down according to
+\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.  \fINumber\fR must be an integer.
+\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR.  If \fIwhat\fR
+is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down by \fInumber\fR lines; if
+it is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls.
+If \fInumber\fR is negative then earlier entries become visible; if
+it is positive then later entries become visible.
+.RE
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+.IP [1]
+If the \fB\-selectmode\fR is "browse", when the user drags the mouse
+pointer over the list entries, the entry under the pointer will be
+highlighted and the \fB\-browsecmd\fR procedure will be called with
+one parameter, the entryPath of the highlighted entry. Only one entry
+can be highlighted at a time. The \fB\-command\fR procedure will be
+called when the user double-clicks on a list entry.
+'\"
+.IP [2]
+If the \fB\-selectmode\fR is "single", the entries will only be
+highlighted by mouse <ButtonRelease-1> events. When a new list entry
+is highlighted, the \fB\-browsecmd\fR procedure will be called with
+one parameter indicating the highlighted list entry. The
+\fB\-command\fR procedure will be called when the user double-clicks
+on a list entry.
+'\"
+'\"
+.IP [3]
+If the \fB\-selectmode\fR is "multiple", when the user drags the mouse
+pointer over the list entries, all the entries under the pointer will
+be highlighted. However, only a contiguous region of list entries can
+be selected. When the highlighted area is changed, the
+\fB\-browsecmd\fR procedure will be called with an undefined
+parameter. It is the responsibility of the \fB\-browsecmd\fR procedure
+to find out the exact highlighted selection in the HList. The
+\fB\-command\fR procedure will be called when the user double-clicks
+on a list entry.
+'\"
+.IP [4]
+'\"
+If the \fB\-selectmode\fR is "extended", when the user drags the mouse
+pointer over the list entries, all the entries under the pointer will
+be highlighted. The user can also make disjointed selections using
+<Control-ButtonPress-1>. When the highlighted area is changed, the
+\fB\-browsecmd\fR procedure will be called with an undefined
+parameter. It is the responsibility of the \fB\-browsecmd\fR procedure
+to find out the exact highlighted selection in the HList. The
+\fB\-command\fR procedure will be called when the user double-clicks
+on a list entry.
+'\"
+.IP [5]
+\fBArrow key bindings:\fR <Up> arrow key moves the anchor point to the
+item right on top of the current anchor item. <Down> arrow key moves
+the anchor point to the item right below the current anchor item.
+<Left> arrow key moves the anchor to the parent item of the current
+anchor item. <Right> moves the anchor to the first child of the
+current anchor item. If the current anchor item does not have any
+children, moves the anchor to the item right below the current anchor
+item.
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.PP
+This example demonstrates how to use an HList to store a file
+directory structure and respond to the user's browse events:
+.PP
+.CS
+ tixHList .h -separator "/" \-browsecmd browse \-selectmode single \\
+    -itemtype text
+ .h add /         \-text /
+ .h add /home     \-text /home
+ .h add /home/ioi \-text /home/ioi
+ .h add /home/foo \-text /home/foo
+ .h add /usr      \-text /usr
+ .h add /usr/lib  \-text /usr/lib
+ pack .h
+
+ proc browse {file} {
+     puts "$file browsed"
+ }
+.CE
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH BUGS
+'\"
+The fact that the display item at column 0 is implicitly associated
+with the whole entry is probably a design bug. This was done for
+backward compatibility purposes. The result is that there is a large
+overlap between the \fBitem\fR command and the \fBadd\fR,
+\fBaddchild\fR, \fBentrycget\fR and \fBentryconfigure\fR
+commands. Whenever multiple columns exist, the programmer should use
+ONLY the \fBitem\fR command to create and configure the display items
+in each column; the \fBadd\fR, \fBaddchild\fR, \fBentrycget\fR and
+\fBentryconfigure\fR should be used ONLY to create and configure
+entries.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n), Hierarchical Listbox
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixInputOnly.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixInputOnly.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixInputOnly.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+.TH tixInputOnly n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixInputOnly \- Create and manipulate TIX \fBInputOnly\fR widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixInputOnly \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SO
+\-cursor \-width	\-height
+.SE
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+\fBTixInputOnly\fR does not have any widget specific options.
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixInputOnly\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a \fBtixInputOnly\fR
+widget.  Additional options, described above, may be specified on the
+command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+\fBtixInputOnly\fR such as its cursor or width.
+.PP
+\fBTixInputOnly\fR widgets are not visible to the user. The only
+purpose of \fBTixInputOnly\fR widgets are to accept inputs from the
+user, which can be done with the \fBbind\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixInputOnly\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is
+the same as the path name of the \fBtixInputOnly\fR's window. This
+command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It
+has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+InputOnly widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine
+the exact behavior of the command.  The following commands are
+possible for \fBtixInputOnly\fR widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixInputOnly\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If
+no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixInputOnly\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+\fBtixInputOnly\fR widgets have no default bindings.
+'\"
+.SH BUGS
+\fBtixInputOnly\fR is currently implemented for the Unix version of Tix only.
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixLabelEntry.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixLabelEntry.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixLabelEntry.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixLabelEntry n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixLabelEntry \- Create and manipulate tixLabelEntry widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixLabelEntry \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBTixLabelEntry\fR class is derived from the \fBTixLabelWidget\fR
+class and inherits all the commands, options and subwidgets of its
+super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+The LabelEntry widget supports all the standard options of a frame
+widget. See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the
+standard options.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-disableforeground disableForeground DisableForeground
+The foreground color to use for of the entry subwidget when the
+LabelEntry widget is disabled.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-label label Label
+Specifies the string to display as the label of this LabelEntry widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-labelside labelSide LabelSide
+Specifies where the label should be displayed relative to the entry
+subwidget. Valid options are: \fBtop\fR, \fBleft\fR, \fBright\fR,
+\fBbottom\fR, \fBnone\fR or \fBacrosstop\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-state state State
+Specifies the whether the LabelEntry widget is normal or disabled. Only
+the values "normal" and "disabled" are recognized.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBlabel\fR
+Class:		\fBLabel\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The label subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBentry\fR
+Class:		\fBEntry\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The entry subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixLabelEntry\fR command creates a new window (given by
+the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a LabelEntry
+widget. Additional options, described above, may be specified on the
+command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+LabelEntry such as its cursor and relief.
+.PP
+The LabelEntry widget packages an entry widget and a label into one
+mega widget. It can be used be used to simplify the creation of
+"entry-form" type of interface. In this kind of interface, one must
+create many entry widgets with label widgets next to them and describe
+the use of each of the entry widgets.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixLabelEntry\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
+name is the same as the path name of the LabelEntry's
+window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the
+widget. It has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+LabelEntry widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the
+\fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following
+commands are possible for LabelEntry widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixLabelEntry\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixLabelEntry\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fIname ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+'\".SH BINDINGS
+'\".PP
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixLabelFrame.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixLabelFrame.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixLabelFrame.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixLabelFrame n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixLabelFrame \- Create and manipulate tixLabelFrame widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixLabelFrame \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBTixLabelFrame\fR class is derived from the \fBTixLabelWidget\fR
+class and inherits all the commands, options and subwidgets of its
+super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+The LabelFrame widget supports all the standard options of a frame
+widget. See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the
+standard options.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-label label Label
+Specifies the string to display as the label of this LabelFrame widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-labelside labelSide LabelSide
+Specifies where the label should be displayed relative to the entry
+subwidget. Valid options are: \fBtop\fR, \fBleft\fR, \fBright\fR,
+\fBbottom\fR, \fBnone\fR or \fBacrosstop\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-padx padX Pad
+Specifies the amount of the horizontal padding around the \fBframe\fR
+subwidget. Must be a valid non-negative integer number.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-pady padY Pad
+Specifies the amount of the vertical padding around the \fBframe\fR
+subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBframe\fR
+Class:		\fBFrame\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The frame subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBlabel\fR
+Class:		\fBLabel\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The label subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixLabelFrame\fR command creates a new window (given by
+the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a LabelFrame
+widget. Additional options, described above, may be specified on the
+command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+LabelFrame such as its cursor and relief.
+'\"
+.SH CREATING WIDGETS INSIDE A LABELFRAME
+.PP
+'\"
+The LabelFrame widget packages a frame widget and a label into one
+mega widget. To create widgets inside a LabelFrame widget, one must
+create the new widgets relative to the \fBframe\fR subwidget and
+manage them inside the \fBframe\fR subwidget. An error will be
+generated if one tries to create widgets as immediate children of the
+LabelFrame. For example: the following is correct code, which creates
+new widgets inside the frame subwidget:
+.PP
+.CS
+tixLabelFrame .f
+set f [.f subwidget frame]
+button $f.b \-text hi
+pack $f.b
+.CE
+.PP
+The following example code is \fIincorrect\fR because it tries to
+create immediate children of the LabelFrame \fB\.f\fR:
+.PP
+.CS
+tixLabelFrame .f
+# wrong!
+button .f.b \-text hi
+pack .f.b
+.CE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixLabelFrame\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
+name is the same as the path name of the LabelFrame's
+window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the
+widget. It has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+LabelFrame widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the
+\fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following
+commands are possible for LabelFrame widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixLabelFrame\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixLabelFrame\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fIname ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+.PP
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+'\".SH BINDINGS
+'\".PP
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixListNoteBook.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixListNoteBook.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixListNoteBook.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixListNoteBook n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixListNoteBook - Create and manipulate tixListNoteBook widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixListNoteBook \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+The ListNoteBook widget supports all the standard options of a frame widget.
+See the options(n) manual entry for details on the standard options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-dynamicgeometry dynamicGeometry DynamicGeometry
+If set to false, the size of the ListNotebook will match the size of the
+largest page. If set to true, the size of the ListNotebook will match the
+size of the current page (therefore, the size may change when the user
+selects different pages). The default value is false. A setting of true
+is discouraged.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-ipadx ipadX Pad
+The amount of internal horizontal paddings around the sides of the
+page subwidgets.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-ipady ipadY Pad
+The amount of internal vertical paddings around the sides of the
+page subwidgets.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhlist\fR
+Class:		\fBTixHList\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The HList widget that displays the names of the pages.
+'\"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.LP
+In addition, all the page subwidgets created as a result of the
+\fBadd\fR command can be accessed by the \fBsubwidget\fR command. They
+are identified by the \fBpageName\fR parameter to the \fBadd\fR
+command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixListNoteBook\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a ListNoteBook widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+ListNoteBook widget such as its cursor and relief.
+
+The ListNoteBook widget is very similar to the TixNoteBook widget: it
+can be used to display many windows in a limited space using a
+"notebook" metaphore. The notebook is divided into a stack of pages
+(windows). At one time only one of these pages can be shown. The user
+can navigate through these pages by choosing the name of the desired
+page in the \fBhlist\fR subwidget.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixListNoteBook\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is
+the same as the path name of the ListNoteBook widget's window.  This
+command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has
+the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+ListNoteBook widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands
+are possible for ListNoteBook widgets:
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP 
+\fIpathName \fBadd\fI pageName \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Adds a new ListNotebook page subwidget into the ListNoteBook widget.
+\fIpageName\fR must be the name of an existing entry of the
+\fBhlist\fR subwidget. You must create the entry before calling the
+\fBadd\fR command. Please refer to the \fBtixHList(n)\fR manual entry
+for adding entries in an HList widget. 
+Additional parameters may be supplied to configure this page
+subwidget. Possible options are:
+'\"
+.RS
+.TP
+\fB\-createcmd\fR
+Specifies a TCL command to be called the first time a page is shown on
+the screen. This option can be used to delay the creation of the
+contents of a page until necessary. Therefore, it can be used to speed
+up interface creation process especially when there are a large number
+of pages in a ListNoteBook widget.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-raisecmd\fR
+Specifies a TCL command to be called whenever this page is raised by
+the user.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+When successful, this command returns the pathname of the newly
+created page.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR.\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixListNoteBook\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixListNoteBook\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdelete\fI pageName\fR?
+'\"
+Deletes the page identified by \fIpageName\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpagecget\fR \fIpageName option\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR in the page given by \fIpageName\fR. \fIOption\fR may
+have any of the values accepted by the \fBadd\fR widget command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpageconfigure\fI pageName \fR?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue ...\fR?
+'\"
+When no option is given, prints out the values of all options of this
+page. If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the
+command returns the current value of that option. If one or more
+\fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the
+given page's option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the
+command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may be any of options
+accepted by the \fBadd\fR widget command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpages\fR 
+'\"
+Returns a list of the names of all the pages.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBraise \fIpageName\fR 
+'\"
+Raise the page identified by \fIpageName\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBraised\fR 
+'\"
+Returns the name of the currently raised page.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH EXAMPLE
+'\"
+.CS
+set n [tixListNoteBook .n]; pack $n
+$n subwidget hlist add page1 -text "Page 1"
+$n subwidget hlist add page2 -text "Page 2"
+
+set page1 [$n add page1]
+set page2 [$n add page2]
+
+button $page1.b -text "On page1"
+button $page2.b -text "On page2"
+
+pack $page1.b
+pack $page2.b
+
+$n raise page2
+.CE
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+When the user activates an entry in the \fBhlist\fR subwidget, the
+page associated with that entry will be raised to the front.  This can
+be done by using the mouse or keyboard. The \fIhlist\fR subwidget
+operates with its \fB\-selectmode\fR option set to single. See the
+event bindings of the HList widget for more details.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n), tixHList(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixMeter.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixMeter.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixMeter.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixMeter n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixMeter \- Create and manipulate Tix Meter widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixMeter \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+None.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+The Meter widget supports all the standard options of a frame widget.
+See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the standard
+options.
+'\"
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-fillcolor fillColor FillColor
+The color of the progress bar.
+'\"----------END
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-text text Text
+The text string to place inside the progress bar. If not specified,
+then the text string will be the percentage value specified by the
+\fB\-value\fR option.
+'\"----------END
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-value value Value
+A real value that specifies the progress. Must be between 0.0 to 1.0.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixMeter\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a Meter widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+Meter widget such as its cursor and relief.
+
+The Meter widget can be used to show the pregress of a background job
+which may take a long time to execute.
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixMeter\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is
+the same as the path name of the Meter widget's window.  This
+command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has
+the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+Meter widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands
+are possible for Meter widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixMeter\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixMeter\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+There is no bindings for the Meter widget.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n), Meter Widget
+
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixMwm.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixMwm.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixMwm.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixMwm n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH NAME
+tixMwm - Communicate with the Motif(tm) window manager.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixMwm\fI option pathName \fR?\fIargs\fR?
+.SH COMMAND OPTIONS
+.PP
+.TP
+\fBtixMwm decoration \fIpathName\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue ...\fR? 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the values of all the
+decorations options for the toplevel window with the \fIpathName\fR.
+
+When only one option is given without specifying the value, the
+current value of that option is returned.
+
+When more than one "option value" pairs are passed to this command,
+the specified values will be assigned to the corresponding options. As
+a result, the appearance of the Motif decorations around the toplevel
+window will be changed.
+
+Possible options are: \fB-border\fR, \fB-menu\fR, \fB-maximize\fR,
+\fB-minimize\fR, \fB-resizeh\fR and \fB-title\fR. The value must be a
+Boolean value. The values returned by this command are undefined when
+the window is not managed by mwm.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixMwm ismwmrunning \fIpathName\fR
+This returns true if mwm is running on the screen where the specified
+window is located, false otherwise.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixMwm protocol \fIpathName\fR
+'\"
+When no additional options are given, this command returns all
+protocols associated with this toplevel window.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixMwm protocol \fIpathName \fBactivate\fI protocol_name\fR
+'\"
+Activate the mwm protocol message in mwm's menu.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixMwm protocol \fIpathName \fBadd\fI protocol_name menu_message\fR
+'\"
+Add a new mwm protocol message for this toplevel window. The
+message is identified by the string name specified in
+\fIprotocol_name\fR. A menu item will be added into mwm's menu as
+specified by \fImenu_message\fR. Once a new mwm protocol message is
+added to a toplevel, it can be catched by the TK \fBwm protocol\fR
+command. Here is an example:
+.CS
+tixMwm protocol . add MY_PRINT_HELLO \\
+    {"Print Hello"  _H Ctrl<Key>H}
+wm protocol . MY_PRINT_HELLO {puts Hello}
+.CE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixMwm protocol \fIpathName \fBdeactivate\fI protocol_name\fR
+'\"
+Deactivate the mwm protocol message in mwm's menu.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixMwm protocol \fIpathName \fBdelete\fI protocol_name\fR
+'\"
+Delete the mwm protocol message from mwm's menu. Please note that the
+window manager protocol handler associated with this protocol (by the
+\fBwm protocol\fR command) is not deleted automatically. You have to
+delete the protocol handle explicitly.  E.g.:
+.CS
+tixMwm protocol . delete MY_PRINT_HELLO
+wm protocol . MY_PRINT_HELLO {}
+.CE
+'\"
+.PP
+.SH BUGS
+'\"
+On some versions of Mwm, the \fB-border\fR will not disappear unless
+\fB-resizeh\fR is turned off. Also, the -title will not disappear
+unless all of \fB-title\fR, \fB-menu\fR, \fB-maximize\fR and
+\fB-minimize\fR are turned off.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+.PP
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixNBFrame.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixNBFrame.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixNBFrame.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixNBFrame n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixNBFrame \- Create and manipulate Tix NoteBook Frame widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixNBFrame \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SO
+\-background	\-borderWidth	\-cursor		\-disabledForeground
+\-foreground	\-font		\-height		\-highlightColor
+\-highlightThickness	\-relief		\-takeFocus
+\-width
+.SE
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-backpagecolor backPageColor BackPageColor
+Specifies the color for the extra space on the row of tabs which is
+not covered by any page tabs.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-focuscolor focusColor FocusColor
+Specifies the color for the focus highlight.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-inactivebackground inactiveBackground InactiveBackground
+Specifies the color for the inactive tabs (the active tab always have
+the same background color as the notebook).
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-tabpadx tabPadX Pad
+The horizontal padding around the text labels on the page tabs.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-tabpady tabPadY Pad
+The vertical padding around the text labels on the page tabs.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+'\"
+The NBFrame widget is used privately inside the \fBTixNoteBook(n)\fR
+widget to display the page tabs. The application programmer should
+never create a NBFrame widget directly. The sole purpose of this maual
+page is to describe the options that can be used to configure the
+appearance of the TixNoteBook widget.
+.PP
+The name of the NBFrame subwidget inside the TixNoteBook widget is
+called \fBnbframe\fR. It can be accessed using the \fBsubwidget\fR
+command of the TixNoteBook widget or the \fB\-options\fR switch. See
+below for an example.
+.PP
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH EXAMPLE
+'\"
+.CS
+set nb [tixNoteBook .nb -options {
+    nbframe.BackPageColor gray60
+}]
+$nb subwidget nbframe config -font fixed
+
+$nb add page1 -label "Page1"
+set page [$nb subwidget page1]
+button $page.b1
+pack $page.b1
+
+pack $nb -expand yes -fill both
+.CE
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n), tixNoteBook(n)
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixNoteBook.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixNoteBook.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixNoteBook.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixNoteBook n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixNoteBook - Create and manipulate tixNoteBook widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixNoteBook \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+The NoteBook widget supports all the standard options of a frame widget.
+See the options(n) manual entry for details on the standard options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-dynamicgeometry dynamicGeometry DynamicGeometry
+If set to false, the size of the Notebook will match the size of the
+largest page. If set to true, the size of the Notebook will match the
+size of the current page (therefore, the size may change when the user
+selects different pages). The default value is false. A setting of true
+is discouraged.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-ipadx ipadX Pad
+The amount of internal horizontal paddings around the sides of the
+page subwidgets.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-ipady ipadY Pad
+The amount of internal vertical paddings around the sides of the
+page subwidgets.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBnbframe\fR
+Class:		\fBtixNoteBookFrame\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The "note book frame" widget that displays ths tabs of the notebook.
+Most of the display options of the page tabs are controlled by this
+subwidget. For example, if you need to choose a different font to
+display the tab names of the pages, the color of the inactive tabs or
+the color behind the tabs, you can configure the options of the
+\fBnbframe\fR subwidget.  See the manual page of
+\fBtixNoteBookFrame(n)\fR for more details.
+'\"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.LP
+In addition, all the page subwidgets created as a result of the
+\fBadd\fR command can be accessed by the \fBsubwidget\fR command. They
+are identified by the \fBpageName\fR parameter to the \fBadd\fR
+command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixNoteBook\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a NoteBook widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+NoteBook widget such as its cursor and relief.
+
+The NoteBook widget can be used to display many windows in a
+limited space using a "notebook" metaphore. The notebook is divided
+into a stack of pages (windows). At one time only one of these pages
+can be shown. The user can navigate through these pages by choosing
+the visual "tabs" at the top of the NoteBook widget.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixNoteBook\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is
+the same as the path name of the NoteBook widget's window.  This
+command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has
+the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+NoteBook widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands
+are possible for NoteBook widgets:
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP 
+\fIpathName \fBadd\fI pageName \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Adds a new notebook page subwidget into the NoteBook widget.
+Additional parameters may be supplied to configure this page
+subwidget. Possible options are:
+'\"
+.RS
+.TP
+\fB\-anchor\fR
+'\"
+Specifies how the information in a tab (e.g. text or a bitmap) is to
+be displayed in the widget. Must be one of the values \fBn\fR,
+\fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, or
+\fBcenter\fR. For example, nw means display the information such that
+its top-left corner is at the top-left corner of the widget.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-bitmap\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a bitmap to display on the tab of this page. The bitmap is
+displayed only if none of the \fB-label\fR or \fB-image\fR options are
+specified.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-createcmd\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a TCL command to be called the first time a page is shown on
+the screen. This option can be used to delay the creation of the
+contents of a page until necessary. Therefore, it can be used to speed
+up interface creation process especially when there are a large number
+of pages in a NoteBook widget.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-image\fR
+'\"
+Specifies an image to display on the tab of this page. The image is
+displayed only if the \fB-label\fR options is not specified.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-justify\fR
+'\"
+When there are multiple lines of text displayed in a tab, this option
+determines how the lines line up with each other. Must be one of left,
+center, or right.  \fBLeft\fR means that the lines' left edges all
+line up, \fBcenter\fR means that the lines' centers are aligned, and
+\fBright\fR means that the lines' right edges line up.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-label\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a text label string to display on the tab of this page subwidget.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-raisecmd\fR
+'\"
+Specifies a TCL command to be called whenever this page is raised by
+the user.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-state\fR
+'\"
+Specifies whether this page can be raised by the user. Must be either
+\fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-underline\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the integer index of a character to underline in the tab.
+This option is used by the default bindings to implement keyboard
+traversal for menu buttons and menu entries.  0 corresponds to the
+first character of the text displayed in the widget, 1 to the next
+character, and so on.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-wraplength\fR
+'\"
+This option specifies the maximum line length of the label string on
+this tab. If the line length of the label string exceeds this length,
+it is wrapped onto the next line, so that no line is longer than the
+specified length. The value may be specified in any of the standard
+forms for screen distances. If this value is less than or equal to 0
+then no wrapping is done: lines will break only at newline characters
+in the text.
+'\"
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR.\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixNoteBook\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixNoteBook\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdelete\fI pageName\fR?
+'\"
+Deletes the page identified by \fIpageName\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpagecget\fR \fIpageName option\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR in the page given by \fIpageName\fR. \fIOption\fR may
+have any of the values accepted by the \fBadd\fR widget command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpageconfigure\fI pageName \fR?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue ...\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+When no option is given, prints out the values of all options of this
+page. If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the
+command returns the current value of that option. If one or more
+\fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the
+given page's option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the
+command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may be any of options
+accepted by the \fBadd\fR widget command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpages\fR 
+'\"
+Returns a list of the names of all the pages.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBraise \fIpageName\fR 
+'\"
+Raise the page identified by \fIpageName\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBraised\fR 
+'\"
+Returns the name of the currently raised page.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+.IP [1]
+When the user pressed the left mouse button over a notebook tab, the
+notebook page associated with that tab will be raised to the top of
+the stack of pages.
+'\"
+.PP
+.IP [2]
+The pages can also be selected using the keyboard. The user can type
+the \fB<Tab>\fR key to cycle among the set of pages. When the focus
+appears on the desired page, the user can type \fB<Return>\fR or
+\fB<space>\fR to select that page. Or, if the user wants to cancel the
+selection, he/she can type the \fB<Escape>\fR key.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixOptionMenu.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixOptionMenu.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixOptionMenu.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixOptionMenu n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixOptionMenu \- Create and manipulate tixOptionMenu widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixOptionMenu \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBTixOptionMenu\fR class is derived from the \fBTixLabelWidget\fR
+class and inherits all the commands, options and
+subwidgets of its super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+The OptionMenu widget supports all the standard Tix widget
+options. See the \fBTix-Options(n)\fR manual entry for details on the
+standard Tix widget options.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies the command to be called when the \fB\-value\fR option of
+the OptionMenu is changed. The command will be called with one
+arguments -- the new value of the OptionMenu widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback
+A boolean value indicating whether callbacks should be disabled. When
+set to true, the TCL command specified by the \fB\-command\fR option
+is not executed when the \fB\-value\fR of the OptionMenu widget
+changes.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-dynamicgeometry dynamicGeometry DynamicGeometry
+A boolean value indicating whether the size of the \fBmenubutton\fR
+subwidget should change dynamically to match the width of the
+currently selected menu entry. If set to false (the default), the the
+size of the menubutton subwidget will be wide enough to display every
+menu entry fully and does not change when the user selects different
+entries.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-label label Label
+Specifies the string to display as the label of this OptionMenu widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-labelside labelSide LabelSide
+Specifies where the label should be displayed relative to the entry
+subwidget. Valid options are: \fBtop\fR, \fBleft\fR, \fBright\fR,
+\fBbottom\fR, \fBnone\fR or \fBacrosstop\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-state state State
+Specifies the whether the OptionMenu widget is normal or disabled. Only
+the values "normal" and "disabled" are recognized.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-value value Value
+Specifies the value of the OptionMenu. The value of the OptionMenu
+widget is the name of the item currently displayed by its
+\fBmenubutton\fR subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-variable variable Variable
+Specifies the global variable in which the value of the OptionMenu
+should be stored. The value of the OptionMenu will be automatically
+updated when this variable is changed.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBmenu\fR
+Class:		\fBMenu\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The menu subwidget, which is popped up when the user press the
+\fBmenubutton\fR subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBmenubutton\fR
+Class:		\fBMenubutton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The menubutton subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixOptionMenu\fR command creates a new window (given by
+the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a OptionMenu
+widget. Additional options, described above, may be specified on the
+command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+OptionMenu such as its cursor and relief.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixOptionMenu\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
+name is the same as the path name of the OptionMenu's
+window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the
+widget. It has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+OptionMenu widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the
+\fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following
+commands are possible for OptionMenu widgets:
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBadd\fR \fItype name \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Adds a new item into the OptionMenu widget. \fItype\fR must be either
+\fBcommand\fR or \fBseparator\fR. The \fIoptions\fR may be any of the
+valid options for the \fBcommand\fR or \fBseparator\fR menu entry
+types for the TK \fBmenu\fR widget class, except \fB\-command\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixOptionMenu\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixOptionMenu\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdelete\fR \fIname\fR
+'\"
+Deletes the menu entry identified by \fIname\fR.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdisable\fR \fIname\fR
+'\"
+Disables the menu entry identified by \fIname\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBenable\fR \fIname\fR
+'\"
+Enables the menu entry identified by \fIname\fR.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBentrycget\fR \fIname option\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR in the menu entry identified by \fIname\fR. \fIOption\fR
+may have any of the values accepted by the \fBadd\fR widget command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBentryconfigure\fI name\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the menu entry identified
+by \fIname\fR. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list
+describing all of the available options for the menu entry (see
+\fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list).
+If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command
+returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be
+identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no
+\fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs
+are specified, then the command modifies the given option(s) to
+have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty
+string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBadd\fR widget command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBentries\fR
+'\"
+Returns the names of all the entries currently in the OptionMenu
+widget.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fIname ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+'\".SH BINDINGS
+'\".PP
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixPanedWindow.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixPanedWindow.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixPanedWindow.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixPanedWindow n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixPanedWindow \- Create and manipulate tixPanedWindow widgets
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixPanedWindow \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+The PanedWindow widget supports all the standard options of a frame
+widget. See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the
+standard options.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+'\"
+Name:		\fBcommand\fR
+Class:		\fBCommand\fR
+Switch:		\fB\-command\fR
+'\"
+.fi
+.IP
+'\"
+Specifies the command to invoke when the panes change their sizes.
+This command is called with a list of integers that record the new
+sizes of the panes. The sizes of the panes are listed in the order of
+the panes' creation.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-dynamicgeometry dynamicGeometry DynamicGeometry
+'\"
+If set to true, the size of the PanedWindow will dynamically change
+if the size of any of its panes changes. Otherwise, the size of the
+PanedWindow will only increase when size of any of its panes changes
+and will not decrease. The default value is true.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-handleactivebg handleActiveBg HandleActiveBg
+'\"
+Specifies the active background color of the resize handles. When the
+mouse cursor enters a resize handle, the resize handle will adopt
+the active background color.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-handlebg handleBg Background
+'\"
+Specifies the normal background color of the resize handles.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-height height Height
+Specifies the desired height for the window.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-orientation orientation Orientation
+Specifies the orientation of the panes. Must be either \fBvertical\fR
+or \fBhorizontal\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP "-paneborderwidth or -panebd" paneBorderWidth PaneBorderWidth
+Specifies the border width of the panes.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-panerelief paneRelief PaneRelief
+Specifies the border relief of the panes.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-separatoractivebg separatorActiveBg SeparatorActiveBg
+Specifies the active background color of the separators. When the user
+grabs a resize handle, the separators
+will adopt the active background color.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-separatorbg separatorBg Background
+'\"
+Specifies the normal background color of the separators.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-width width Width
+Specifies the desired width for the window.
+'\"----------END
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+.PP
+'\"
+All the pane subwidgets created as a result of the \fBadd\fR command
+can be accessed by the \fBsubwidget\fR command. They are identified by
+the \fBpaneName\fR parameter to the \fBadd\fR command.
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixPanedWindow\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a PanedWindow widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+PanedWindow widget such as its cursor and relief.
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The PanedWindow widget allows the user to interactively manipulate the
+sizes of several panes. The panes can be arranged either vertically or
+horizontally. Each individual pane may have upper and lower limits of
+its size. The user changes the sizes of the panes by dragging the
+resize handle between two panes.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixPanedWindow\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is
+the same as the path name of the PanedWindow widget's window.  This
+command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget.  It
+has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+frame widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine
+the exact behavior of the command.  The following commands are
+possible for PanedWindow widgets:
+'\"
+.TP 
+\fIpathName \fBadd\fI paneName \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Adds a new pane subwidget with the name \fIpaneName\fR into the
+PanedWindow widget. Additional configuration options can be
+given to configure the new button subwidget. Three configuration
+options are supported:
+.RS
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-after\fR \fIpane\fR
+'\"
+Specifies that the new pane should be placed after \fIpane\fR in the
+list of panes in this PanedWindow widget.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-at\fR \fIinteger\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the position of the new pane in the list of panes in this
+PanedWindow widget. \fB0\fR means the first position, \fB1\fR means
+the second, and so on. In addition, \fBend\fR means the end of the
+list.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-before\fR \fIpane\fR
+'\"
+Specifies that the new pane should be placed before \fIpane\fR in the
+list of panes in this PanedWindow widget.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-expand\fR \fIfactor\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the \fBexpand/shrink factor\fR of this pane. \fIFactor\fR
+must be a non-negative floating point number. The default value is
+0.0. The expand/shrink factor is used to calculate how much each pane
+should grow or shrink when the size of the PanedWindow main window is
+changed. When the main window expands/shrinks by \fIn\fR pixels, then
+pane \fIi\fR will grow/shrink by about \fIn * factor(i) /
+summation(factors)\fR, where \fIfactor(i)\fR is the expand/shrink
+factor of pane i and \fIsummation(factors)\fR is the summation of the
+expand/shrink factors of all the panes. If \fIsummation(factors)\fR is
+0.0, however, only the last visible pane will be grown or shrunk.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-min\fR \fIinteger\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the minimum size, in pixels, of the new pane; the default is 0.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-max\fR \fIinteger\fR
+Specifies the maximum size, in pixels, of the new pane; the default is 10000.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-size\fR \fIinteger\fR
+Specifies the size, in pixels, of the new pane; if the \fB\-size\fR
+option is not given, or set to the empty string, the PanedWindow
+widget will use the natural size of the pane subwidget.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be \fB\-min\fR, \fB\-max\fR and/or
+\fB\-size\fR, or any option accepted by the Tk frame widget.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may be any
+of the non-static options of the PanedWindow widget.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdelete\fR \fIpaneName\fR
+'\"
+Removes the pane given by \fIpaneName\fR and deletes its contents.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBforget\fR \fIpaneName\fR
+'\"
+Removes the pane given by \fIpaneName\fR but does not delete its
+contents. This pane can be later added back to the PanedWindow widget
+by the \fBmanage\fR method.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBmanage\fR \fIpaneName \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Adds the pane given by \fIpaneName\fR back to the PanedWindow widget.
+\fIPaneName\fR must be already forgotten by the \fBforget\fR
+method. Additional \fIoption-value\fR pairs, same as those accepted by
+the \fBadd\fR method, can be given to control the appearance and
+position of the pane.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpanecget\fR \fIpaneName option\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR in the pane given by \fIpaneName\fR. \fIOption\fR may
+have any of the values accepted by the \fBadd\fR widget command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpaneconfigure\fI paneName \fR?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue ...\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+When no option is given, prints out the values of all options of this
+pane. If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the
+command returns the current value of that option. If one or more
+\fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the
+given pane's option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the
+command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may be \fB\-min\fR,
+\fB\-max\fR and/or \fB\-size\fR, or any option accepted by the Tk
+frame widget. The sizes of the panes may be changed as a result of
+calling the \fBpaneconfigure\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpanes\fR
+'\"
+Returns a list of the names of all panes.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsetsize\fR \fIpaneName newSize\fR ?\fIdirection\fR?
+'\"
+Sets the size of the pane specified by \fIpaneName\fR to
+\fInewSize\fR. The \fIdirection\fR parameter specifies in which
+direction the pane should grow/shrink. Possible values are \fBnext\fR:
+the pane will grow or shrink by moving the boundary between itself and
+the pane to its right or bottom; \fBprev\fR: the pane will grow or
+shrink by moving the boundary between itself and the pane to its left
+or top.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fIname ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, returns the pathname of the subwidget of
+the specified name.
+.LP
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget will
+be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+'\"
+The panes' sizes will be changed when the user drags the handles. The
+change in the panes' sizes may be subjected to the \fB\-min\fR,
+\fB\-max\fR and \fB\-size\fR options of the panes.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+'\"
+TIX, Container Widget
+
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixPopupMenu.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixPopupMenu.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixPopupMenu.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixPopupMenu n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixPopupMenu \- Create and manipulate tixPopupMenu widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixPopupMenu \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBtixPopupMenu\fR class is derived from the \fBTixShell\fR
+class and inherits all the commands, options and subwidgets of its
+super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+The PopupMenu widget supports all the standard options of a frame widget.
+See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-buttons buttons Buttons
+A Tcl list that specifies the mouse button(s) and key modifier(s) that
+bring up the popup menu. Each element of this list is in turn a list
+that contains two elements: the first element is an integer that
+indicates the
+mouse button that brings up the popup menu; the second element
+specifies the key modifiers that should be used in conjunction with
+the mouse button. For example, the value \fB{{1 {Control Meta}} {3
+{Any}}}\fR specifies that the popup menu can be popped up by (a)
+pressing mouse button 1 with either the Control or the Meta key or (b)
+pressing mouse button 3 with any key modifier. The default value is
+\fB{{3 {Any}}}\fR: only mouse button 3 brings up the popup menu.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-postcmd postCmd PostCmd
+Specifies a command to be evaluated just before the menu is about to
+pop-up. This command is called with two default arguments: the root
+x-y coordinates where the user has pressed the mouse button. This
+command must return a boolean value: a false indicates that the menu
+shouldn't be popped up at this point; a true indicates that the menu
+should be popped up. This option can be used to find out where the
+user has pressed the mouse-button and optionally disable the popup
+menu over certain screen areas.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-spring spring Spring
+When set to \fBtrue\fR, the menu will be automatically popped down if
+the user releases the mouse button outside of the menu and no menu
+commands will be invoked. This makes it easy for the user to cancel
+the popup menu without pressing the Escape key. The default value is
+\fBtrue\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-state state State
+Must be either \fBdisabled\fR or \fBnormal\fR. The PopupMenu widget will not
+pop up unless its \fB\-state\fR is set to \fBnormal\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-title title Title
+Specifies a text string to display inside the \fBmenubutton\fR
+subwidget, as the title of this PopupMenu.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBmenu\fR
+Class:		\fBMenu\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The menu subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBmenubutton\fR
+Class:		\fBMenubutton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The menubutton subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixPopupMenu\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a PopupMenu widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+PopupMenu widget such as its cursor and relief.
+
+The Tix PopupMenu widget can be used as a replacement of the
+\fBtk_popup\fR command. The advantage of the Tix PopupMenu widget is
+it requires less application code to manipulate. Also, it provides a
+title for the popup menu, which is not available from \fBtk_popup\fR.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixPopupMenu\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is
+the same as the path name of the PopupMenu widget's window.  This
+command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has
+the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+PopupMenu widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands
+are possible for PopupMenu widgets:
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBbind \fIwidget \fR?\fIwidget ...\fR?
+'\"
+Binds this PopupMenu to one or more \fIwidgets\fR. The PopupMenu
+will be activated when the user presses the right mouse button over
+these \fIwidgets\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixPopupMenu\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixPopupMenu\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBpost \fIwidget x y\fR
+'\"
+Posts the PopupMenu inside the \fIwidget\fR at the coordinate
+\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBunbind \fIwidget \fR?\fIwidget ...\fR?
+'\"
+Cancels the PopupMenu's binding with the \fIwidget(s)\fR.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+'\".SH BINDINGS
+'\".PP
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixScrolledHList.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixScrolledHList.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixScrolledHList.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixScrolledHList n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixScrolledHList \- Create and manipulate Tix ScrolledHList widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixScrolledHList \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SO
+\-anchor	\-background	\-cursor
+\-relief	\-borderWidth
+.SE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP -height height Height
+Specifies the desired height for the window, in pixels.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-scrollbar scrollbar Scrollbar
+Specifies the display policy of the scrollbars. The following
+values are recognized:
+.RS
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBauto \fR?\fI+x\fR? ?\fI\-x\fR? ?\fI+y\fR? ?\fI\-y\fR? 
+'\"
+When \fB\-scrollbar\fR is set to "\fBauto\fR", the scrollbars are
+shown only when needed. Additional modifiers can be used to force a
+scrollbar to be shown or hidden. For example, "\fBauto \-y\fR" means
+the horizontal scrollbar should be shown when needed but the vertical
+scrollbar should always be hidden; "\fBauto +x\fR" means the vertical
+scrollbar should be shown when needed but the horizontal scrollbar
+should always be shown, and so on.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBboth\fR
+Both scrollbars are shown
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBnone\fR
+The scrollbars are never shown.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBx\fR
+Only the horizontal scrollbar is shown;
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBy\fR
+Only the vertical scrollbar is shown.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP -width width Width
+Specifies the desired width for the window, in pixels.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The horizontal scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhlist\fR
+Class:		\fBHlist\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The tixHList subwidget inside the ScrolledHList widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBvsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The vertical scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixScrolledHList\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a ScrolledHList widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+ScrolledHList widget such as its cursor and relief.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixScrolledHList\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
+name is the same as the path name of the ScrolledHList widget's window.  This
+command may be used to invoke various
+operations on the widget. It has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as
+the ScrolledHList widget's path name.  \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following
+commands are possible for ScrolledHList widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixScrolledHList\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If
+no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixScrolledHList\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no additional arguments are given, returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When no additional arguments are given, the widget command of the
+specified subwidget will be called with these parameters.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixScrolledListBox.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixScrolledListBox.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixScrolledListBox.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixScrolledListBox n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixScrolledListBox \- Create and manipulate Tix ScrolledListBox widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixScrolledListBox \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SO
+\-anchor	\-background	\-cursor
+\-relief	\-borderWidth
+.SE
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
+Specifies the alignment of the items inside the listbox subwidget.
+Only the values \fBw\fR and \fBe\fR are allowed. When set to \fBw\fR,
+the listbox is automatically aligned to the beginning of the items.
+When set to \fBe\fR, the listbox is automatically aligned to the end
+of the items.  Automatically alignment only happens when the
+ScrolledListBox widget changes its size.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-browsecmd browsecmd BrowseCmd
+Specifies the command to be called when the user browses the elements
+inside the \fBlistbox\fR subwidget (see the BINDINGS section below).
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies the command to be called when the user invokes the \fBlistbox\fR
+subwidget (see the BINDINGS section below).
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-height height Height
+Specifies the desired height for the window, in pixels.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-scrollbar scrollbar Scrollbar
+Specifies the display policy of the scrollbars. The following
+values are recognized:
+.RS
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBauto \fR?\fI+x\fR? ?\fI\-x\fR? ?\fI+y\fR? ?\fI\-y\fR? 
+'\"
+When \fB\-scrollbar\fR is set to "\fBauto\fR", the scrollbars are
+shown only when needed. Additional modifiers can be used to force a
+scrollbar to be shown or hidden. For example, "\fBauto \-y\fR" means
+the horizontal scrollbar should be shown when needed but the vertical
+scrollbar should always be hidden; "\fBauto +x\fR" means the vertical
+scrollbar should be shown when needed but the horizontal scrollbar
+should always be shown, and so on.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBboth\fR
+Both scrollbars are shown
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBnone\fR
+The scrollbars are never shown.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBx\fR
+Only the horizontal scrollbar is shown;
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBy\fR
+Only the vertical scrollbar is shown.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP -width width Width
+Specifies the desired width for the window, in pixels.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The horizontal scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBlistbox\fR
+Class:		\fBListbox\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The listbox subwidget inside the ScrolledListBox widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBvsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The vertical scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixScrolledListBox\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a ScrolledListBox widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+ScrolledListBox widget such as its cursor and relief.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixScrolledListBox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
+name is the same as the path name of the ScrolledListBox widget's
+window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the
+widget. It has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+ScrolledListBox widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following commands
+are possible for ScrolledListBox widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixScrolledListBox\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If
+no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixScrolledListBox\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no additional arguments are given, returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When no additional arguments are given, the widget command of the
+specified subwidget will be called with these parameters.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+'\"
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+.IP [1]
+'\"
+If the \fB\-browsecmd\fR option is set, the command which it referes
+to is called whenever a <ButtonPress\-1> or a <Motion\-1> event occurrs
+inside the \fBlistbox\fR subwidget.
+'\"
+.PP
+.IP [2]
+'\"
+The command specified by the \fB\-command\fR option is invoked when a
+<Double\-1> event occurrs inside the \fBlistbox\fR subwidget.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+'\"
+.SH BUGS
+'\"
+The capitalization of some of the commands names in Tix 3.x has been
+changed in Tix 4.0. All commands that ended with \fBbox\fR have been
+changed to a capitalized \fBBox\fR. Hence, the command
+\fBtixScrolledListbox\fR in Tix 3.x has been changed to
+\fBtixScrolledListBox\fR in Tix 4.0
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixScrolledText.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixScrolledText.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixScrolledText.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixScrolledText n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixScrolledText \- Create and manipulate Tix ScrolledText widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixScrolledText \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SO
+\-anchor	\-background	\-cursor
+\-relief	\-borderWidth
+.SE
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP -height height Height
+Specifies the desired height for the window, in pixels.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-scrollbar scrollbar Scrollbar
+Specifies the display policy of the scrollbars. The following
+values are recognized:
+.RS
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBauto \fR?\fI+x\fR? ?\fI\-x\fR? ?\fI+y\fR? ?\fI\-y\fR? 
+'\"
+When \fB\-scrollbar\fR is set to "\fBauto\fR", the scrollbars are
+shown only when needed. Additional modifiers can be used to force a
+scrollbar to be shown or hidden. For example, "\fBauto \-y\fR" means
+the horizontal scrollbar should be shown when needed but the vertical
+scrollbar should always be hidden; "\fBauto +x\fR" means the vertical
+scrollbar should be shown when needed but the horizontal scrollbar
+should always be shown, and so on.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBboth\fR
+Both scrollbars are shown
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBnone\fR
+The scrollbars are never shown.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBx\fR
+Only the horizontal scrollbar is shown;
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBy\fR
+Only the vertical scrollbar is shown.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP -width width Width
+Specifies the desired width for the window, in pixels.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The horizontal scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBtext\fR
+Class:		\fBText\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The Text subwidget inside the ScrolledText widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBvsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The vertical scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixScrolledText\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a ScrolledText widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+ScrolledText widget such as its cursor and relief.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixScrolledText\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
+name is the same as the path name of the ScrolledText widget's window.  This
+command may be used to invoke various
+operations on the widget. It has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as
+the ScrolledText widget's path name.  \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following
+commands are possible for ScrolledText widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixScrolledText\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If
+no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixScrolledText\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no additional arguments are given, returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When no additional arguments are given, the widget command of the
+specified subwidget will be called with these parameters.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixScrolledWindow.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixScrolledWindow.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixScrolledWindow.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixScrolledWindow n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixScrolledWindow \- Create and manipulate Tix ScrolledWindow widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixScrolledWindow \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SO
+\-anchor	\-background	\-cursor
+\-relief	\-borderWidth
+.SE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP -height height Height
+Specifies the desired height for the window, in pixels.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-scrollbar scrollbar Scrollbar
+Specifies the display policy of the scrollbars. The following
+values are recognized:
+.RS
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBauto \fR?\fI+x\fR? ?\fI\-x\fR? ?\fI+y\fR? ?\fI\-y\fR? 
+'\"
+When \fB\-scrollbar\fR is set to "\fBauto\fR", the scrollbars are
+shown only when needed. Additional modifiers can be used to force a
+scrollbar to be shown or hidden. For example, "\fBauto \-y\fR" means
+the horizontal scrollbar should be shown when needed but the vertical
+scrollbar should always be hidden; "\fBauto +x\fR" means the vertical
+scrollbar should be shown when needed but the horizontal scrollbar
+should always be shown, and so on.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBboth\fR
+Both scrollbars are shown
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBnone\fR
+The scrollbars are never shown.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBx\fR
+Only the horizontal scrollbar is shown;
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBy\fR
+Only the vertical scrollbar is shown.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP -width width Width
+Specifies the desired width for the window, in pixels.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP -xscrollincrement xScrollIncrement ScrollIncrement
+Specifies by how much the window should be scrolled in the horizontal
+direction when the user presses the arrows in the horizontal
+scrollbar. In Pixels.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP -yscrollincrement yScrollIncrement ScrollIncrement
+Specifies by how much the window should be scrolled in the vertical
+direction when the user presses the arrows in the horizontal
+scrollbar. In pixels.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The horizontal scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBwindow\fR
+Class:		\fBFrame\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The frame subwidget which is scrolled by the ScrolledWindow widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBvsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The vertical scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixScrolledWindow\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a ScrolledWindow widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+ScrolledWindow widget such as its cursor and relief.
+'\"
+.SH CREATING WIDGETS INSIDE A SCROLLEDWINDOW WIDGET
+.PP
+'\"
+To create widgets inside a ScrolledWindow widget, one must create the
+new widgets relative to the \fBwindow\fR subwidget and manage them
+inside the \fBwindow\fR subwidget. An error will be generated if one
+tries to create widgets as immediate children of the ScrolledWindow.
+For example: the following is correct code, which creates new widgets
+inside the window subwidget:
+.PP
+.nf
+    tixScrolledWindow .w; pack .w
+    set f [.w subwidget window]
+    button $f.b \-text hi \-width 40 \-height 40
+    pack $f.b
+.fi
+.PP
+The following example code is \fIincorrect\fR because it tries to
+create immediate children of the ScrolledWindow \fB\.w\fR:
+.PP
+.nf
+    tixScrolledWindow .w; pack .w
+    button .w.b \-text hi \-width 40 \-height 40
+    pack .w.b
+.fi
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixScrolledWindow\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
+name is the same as the path name of the ScrolledWindow widget's window.  This
+command may be used to invoke various
+operations on the widget. It has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as
+the ScrolledWindow widget's path name.  \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following
+commands are possible for ScrolledWindow widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixScrolledWindow\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If
+no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixScrolledWindow\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no additional arguments are given, returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When no additional arguments are given, the widget command of the
+specified subwidget will be called with these parameters.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixSelect.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixSelect.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixSelect.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixSelect n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixSelect \- Create and manipulate tixSelect widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixSelect \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBTixSelect\fR class is derived from the \fBTixLabelWidget\fR
+class and inherits all the commands, options and
+subwidgets of its super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+The Select widget supports all the standard options of a frame widget.
+See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-allowzero allowZero AllowZero
+A boolean value that specifies whether the selection can be empty.
+When set to false, at least one button subwidget must be selected at
+any time.
+
+\fBNote\fR: When the Select widget is first constructed, the default
+selection is always empty, even if \fB\-allowzero\fR is set to
+\fBfalse\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-buttontype buttonType ButtonType
+The type of buttons to be used as subwidgets inside the Select widget.
+By default, the standard Tk \fBbutton\fR widget class is used.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies the TCL command to be executed when the \fB\-value\fR of the
+Select widget is changed. This command will be invoked with
+two arguments. The first is the name of the button subwidget that has
+toggled. The second is a boolean value indicating whether the button
+subwidget is selected. This command is executed only when the
+\fB\-disableCallback\fR option is set to false.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-disablecallback disableCallback DisableCallback
+A boolean value indicating whether callbacks should be disabled. When
+set to true, the TCL command specified by the \fB\-command\fR option
+is not executed when the \fB\-value\fR of the Select widget
+changes.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBorientation\fR
+Class:		\fBOrientation\fR
+Switch:		\fB\-orientation\fR
+Alias:		\fB\-orient\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+Specifies the orientation of the button subwidgets. Only the values
+\fBhorizontal\fR and \fBvertical\fR are recognized. This is a
+\fIstatic option\fR and it can only be assigned during the creation of
+the widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-label label Label
+Specifies the string to display as the label of this Select widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-labelside labelSide LabelSide
+Specifies where the label should be displayed relative to the Select
+widget. Valid options are: \fBtop\fR, \fBleft\fR, \fBright\fR,
+\fBbottom\fR, \fBnone\fR or \fBacrosstop\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-padx padX Pad
+Specifies the horizontal padding between two neighboring button
+subwidgets. This is a \fIstatic option\fR and it can only be assigned
+during the creation of the widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-padx padY Pad
+Specifies the vertical padding between two neighboring button
+subwidgets. This is a \fIstatic option\fR and it can only be assigned
+during the creation of the widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-radio radio Radio
+A boolean value that specifies whether the Select widget
+should act as a radio-box. When set to true, at most one button
+subwidget can be selected at any time. This is a \fIstatic option\fR
+and it can only be assigned during the creation of the widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-selectedbg selectedBg SelectedBg
+Specifies the background color of all the selected button subwidgets.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-state state State
+Specifies the state of all the buttons inside the Select widget.  Only
+the values \fBnormal\fR and \fBdisabled\fR are recognized. When the
+state is set to \fBdisabled\fR, all user actions on this Select widget
+are ignore.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-validatecmd validateCmd ValidateCmd
+Specifies a TCL command to be called when the -value of the
+Select widget is about to change. This command is called with
+one parameter -- the new \fB\-value\fR entered by the user. This
+command is to validate this new value by returning a value it deems
+valid.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-value value Value
+The value of a Select widget is a list of the names of the
+button subwidgets that have been selected by the user.
+
+When you assign the value of a Select widget using the "config -value"
+widget command, the TCL command specified by the \fB\-command\fR
+option will be invoked if some button subwidgets are toggled.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-variable variable Variable
+Specifies the global variable in which the value of the Select widget
+should be stored. The value of a Select widget is stored as a list of
+the names of the button subwidgets that have been selected by the
+user. The value of the Select widget will be automatically updated
+when this variable is changed.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+.PP
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBlabel\fR
+Class:		\fBLabel\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The label subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+.PP
+In addition, all the button subwidgets created as a result of the
+\fBadd\fR widget command can be accessed by the \fBsubwidget\fR
+command. They are identified by the \fIbuttonName\fR parameter to the
+\fBadd\fR widget command. Here is an example:
+.PP
+.CS
+set s [tixSelect .s]
+pack $s
+$s add eat   -text Eat
+$s add sleep -text Sleep
+$s subwidget eat   config -fg green
+$s subwidget sleep config -fg red
+.CE
+'\"
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixSelect\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a Select widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+Select widget such as its cursor and relief.
+
+The Select widget is a container of button subwidgets. It can
+be used to provide radio-box or check-box style of selection options
+for the user.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixSelect\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is
+the same as the path name of the Select widget's window.  This
+command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget.  It
+has the following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+Select widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following commands
+are possible for Select widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBadd\fI buttonName \fR?\fIoption value ... \fR?
+'\"
+Adds a new button subwidget with the name \fIbuttonName\fR into the
+Select widget. Additional configuration options can be given
+to configure the new button subwidget.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixSelect\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR? 
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixSelect\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinvoke\fI buttonName\fR
+'\"
+Invokes the button subwidget with the name \fIbuttonName\fR.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget\fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, returns the pathname of the subwidget of
+the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget will
+be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+'\"
+When the user presses the left mouse button over the a button
+subwidget, it will be toggled and the \fB\-value\fR option of the
+tixSelect widget will be changed.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.PP
+'\"
+The following example creates a radio-box style iconbar for the user
+to choose one value among \fBeat\fR, \fBwork\fR or \fBsleep\fR.
+.PP
+.CS
+set s [tixSelect .s \-radio true \-allowzero false]
+$s add eat   \-bitmap [tix getbitmap eat]
+$s add work  \-bitmap [tix getbitmap work]
+$s add sleep \-bitmap [tix getbitmap sleep]
+.CE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n), Container Widget
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixStdButtonBox.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixStdButtonBox.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixStdButtonBox.n,v 1.1 2001/01/22 07:59:14 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixStdButtonBox n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixStdButtonBox \- Create and manipulate Tix StdButtonBox widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixStdButtonBox \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SO
+\-anchor	\-background	\-cursor
+\-relief	\-borderWidth
+.SE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP -orientation orientation Orientation
+\fBStatic Option\fR. Specifies the orientation of the button
+subwidgets. Only the values "horizontal" and "vertical" are recognized.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-padx padx Pad
+Specifies the horizontal padding between two neighboring button
+subwidgets in the StdButtonBox widget.
+'\"----------END
+
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-padx padx Pad
+Specifies the vertical padding between two neighboring button
+subwidgets in the StdButtonBox widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-state state State
+Specifies the state of all the buttons inside the StdButtonBox widget.
+
+\fINote\fR:
+Setting this option using the \fIconfig\fR widget command will enable
+or disable all the buttons subwidgets. Original states of the
+individual buttons are \fInot\fR saved.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+.PP
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBok\fR
+Class:		\fBButton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The first button subwidget. By default it displays the text string "Ok"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBapply\fR
+Class:		\fBButton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The second button subwidget. By default it displays the text string "Apply"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBcancel\fR
+Class:		\fBButton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The third button subwidget. By default it displays the text string "Cancel"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhelp\fR
+Class:		\fBButton\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The fourth button subwidget. By default it displays the text string "Help"
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixStdButtonBox\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a StdButtonBox widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the StdButtonBox
+such as its cursor and relief.
+'\"
+.PP
+The StdButtonBox widget is a group of Standard buttons for Motif-like
+dialog boxes.
+
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixStdButtonBox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is
+the same as the path name of the StdButtonBox's window. This command may
+be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the
+following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as
+the StdButtonBox widget's path name.  \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following
+commands are possible for StdButtonBox widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixStdButtonBox\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixStdButtonBox\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinvoke \fIbuttonName\fR
+'\"
+Invoke the button subwidget with the name \fIbuttonName\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no additional arguments are given, returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+.PP
+When no additional arguments are given, the widget command of the
+specified subwidget will be called with these parameters.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+TixStdButtonBox widgets have no default bindings. The button subwidgets
+retain their default Tk bindings.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n), Container Widgets
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixTList.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixTList.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,583 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixTList.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixTList n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixTList \- Create and manipulate Tix Tabular List widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixTList \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SO
+'\"
+\-background	\-borderWidth	\-cursor	\-foreground
+\-font	\-height	\-highlightColor \-highlightThickness	
+\-relief	\-selectBackground	\-selectForeground
+\-xScrollCommand	\-yScrollCommand	\-width
+.SE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-browsecmd browsecmd BrowseCmd
+Specifies a TCL command to be executed when the user browses through the
+entries in the TList widget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies the TCL command to be executed when the user invokes a list
+entry in the TList widget. Normally the user invokes a list
+entry by double-clicking it or pressing the Return key.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP -foreground foreground Foreground
+Specifies the default foreground color for the list entries.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-height height Height
+Specifies the desired height for the window in number of characters.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-itemtype itemType ItemType
+Specifies the default type of display item for this TList widget. When
+you call the \fBinsert\fR widget commands, display items of this
+type will be created if the \fB\-itemtype\fR option is not specified .
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-orient orient Orient
+Specifies the order of tabularizing the list entries. When set to
+"\fBvertical\fR", the entries are arranged in a column, from top to
+bottom. If the entries cannot be contained in one column, the
+remaining entries will go to the next column, and so on. When set to
+"\fBhorizontal\fR", the entries are arranged in a row, from left to
+right. If the entries cannot be contained in one row, the remaining
+entries will go to the next row, and so on.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-padx padX Pad
+The default horizontal padding for list entries.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-padx padY Pad
+The default vertical padding for list entries.
+'\"----------END
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-selectbackground selectBackground SelectBackground
+Specifies the background color for the selected list entries.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-selectborderwidth selectBorderWidth BorderWidth
+Specifies a non-negative value indicating the width of the 3-D border
+to draw around selected items.  The value may have any of the forms
+acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-selectforeground selectForeground SelectForeground
+Specifies the foreground color for the selected list entries.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-selectmode selectMode SelectMode
+Specifies one of several styles for manipulating the selection.  The
+value of the option may be arbitrary, but the default bindings expect
+it to be either \fBsingle\fR, \fBbrowse\fR, \fBmultiple\fR, or
+\fBextended\fR; the default value is \fBsingle\fR.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-sizecmd sizeCmd SizeCmd
+Specifies a TCL script to be called whenever the TList widget
+changes its size. This command can be useful to implement "user scroll
+bars when needed" features.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-state state State
+Specifies whether the TList command should react to user actions. When
+set to "\fBnormal\fR", the TList reacts to user actions in the normal
+way. When set to "\fBdisabled\fR", the TList can only be scrolled, but
+its entries cannot be selected or activated.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-width width Width
+Specifies the desired width for the window in characters.
+'\"----------END
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixTList\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a TList widget.
+Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command
+line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
+TList widget such as its cursor and relief.
+'\"
+.PP
+The TList widget can be used to display data in a tabular format. The
+list entries of a TList widget are similar to the entries in the Tk
+listbox widget. The main differences are (1) the TList widget can
+display the list entries in a two dimensional format and (2) you can
+use graphical images as well as multiple colors and fonts for 
+the list entries.
+'\"
+.PP
+Each list entry is identified by an \fBindex\fR, which can be in the
+following forms:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fInumber\fR
+'\"
+An integer that indicates the position of the entry in the list. 0
+means the first position, 1 means the second position, and so on.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBend\fR
+'\"
+Indicates the end of the listbox. For some commands this means just
+after the last entry; for other commands it means the last entry.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB@\fR\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR
+'\"
+Indicates the element that covers the point in the listbox window
+specified by x and y (in pixel coordinates). If no element covers that
+point, then the closest element to that point is used.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+.SH "DISPLAY ITEMS"
+.PP
+Each list entry in an TList widget is associated with a \fBdisplay
+item\fR.  The display item determines what visual information should
+be displayed for this list entry. Please see the \fBtixDisplayStyle\fR manual
+page for a list of all display items.
+'\"
+.PP
+When a list entry is created by the \fBinsert\fR command, the type of
+its display item is determined by the \fB\-itemtype\fR option passed
+to these commands. If the \fB\-itemtype\fR is omitted, then by default
+the type specified by this TList widget's \fB\-itemtype\fR option is
+used.
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixTList\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the
+same as the path name of the TList widget's window.  This command
+may be used to invoke various operations on the widget.  It has the
+following general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as
+the TList widget's path name.  \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following
+commands are possible for TList widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBanchor set \fIindex\fR
+'\"
+Sets the anchor to the list entry identified by \fIindex\fR. The
+anchor is the end of the selection that is fixed while dragging out a
+selection with the mouse.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBanchor clear\fR
+'\"
+Removes the anchor, if any, from this TList widget. This only removes
+the surrounding highlights of the anchor entry and does not affect its
+selection status.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixTList\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixTList\fR command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdelete\fR \fIfrom\fR ?\fIto\fR?
+Deletes one or more list entries between the two entries specified by
+the indices \fIfrom\fR and \fIto\fR. If \fIto\fR is not specified, deletes
+the single entry specified by \fIfrom\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdragsite set \fIindex\fR
+'\"
+Sets the dragsite to the list entry identified by
+\fIindex\fR. The dragsite is used to indicate the source of a
+drag-and-drop action. Currently drag-and-drop functionality has not
+been implemented in Tix yet.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdragsite clear\fR
+Remove the dragsite, if any, from the this TList widget. This only
+removes the surrounding highlights of the dragsite entry and does not
+affect its selection status.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdropsite set \fIindex\fR
+'\"
+Sets the dropsite to the list entry identified by \fIindex\fR. The
+dropsite is used to indicate the target of a grag-and-drop
+action. Currently drag-and-drop functionality has not been implemented
+in Tix yet.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBdropsite clear\fR
+'\"
+Remove the dropsite, if any, from the this TList widget. This only
+removes the surrounding highlights of the dropsite entry and does not
+affect its selection status.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBentrycget\fR \fIindex option\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR for the entry indentfied by \fIindex\fR. \fIOption\fR may
+have any of the values accepted by the \fBinsert\fR widget command.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBentryconfigure\fI index \fR?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the list entry indentfied
+by \fIindex\fR. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list
+describing all of the available options for \fIindex\fR (see
+\fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If
+\fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command
+returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be
+identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no
+\fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs
+are specified, then the command modifies the given option(s) to have
+the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
+\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBinsert\fR
+widget command. The exact set of options depends on the
+value of the \fB\-itemtype\fR option passed to the the \fBinsert\fR
+widget command when this list entry is created.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinsert\fI index \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Creates a new list entry at the position indicated by \fIindex\fR. The
+following configuration options can be given to configure the list
+entry:
+'\"
+.RS
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-itemtype\fI type\fR
+'\"
+Specifies the type of display item to be display for the new list
+entry. \fItype\fR must be a valid display item type. Currently the
+available display item types are \fBimage\fR, \fBimagetext\fR,
+\fBtext\fR, and \fBwindow\fR. If this option is not specified, then by
+default the type specified by this TList widget's \fB\-itemtype\fR
+option is used.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fB\-state\fR
+'\"
+Specifies whether this entry can be selected or invoked by the user.
+Must be either \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+The \fBinsert\fR widget command accepts additional configuration options
+to configure the display item associated with this list entry. The set
+of additional configuration options depends on the type of the display
+item given by the \fB\-itemtype\fR option. Please see the
+\fBtixDisplayStyle\fR manual page for a list of the configuration options for
+each of the display item types.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo \fIoption\fR \fIarg ...\fR
+'\"
+Query information about the TList widget. \fIoption\fR can be one
+of the following:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo anchor\fR \fIindex\fR
+;
+Returns the index of the current anchor, if any, of the TList
+widget. If the anchor is not set, returns the empty string.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo dragsite\fR \fIindex\fR
+Returns the index of the current dragsite, if any, of the TList
+widget. If the dragsite is not set, returns the empty string.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo dropsite\fR \fIindex\fR
+Returns the index of the current dropsite, if any, of the TList
+widget. If the dropsite is not set, returns the empty string.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBinfo selection\fR
+'\"
+Returns a list of selected elements in the TList widget. If no entries
+are selectd, returns an empty string.
+.RE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBnearest \fIx y\fR
+'\"
+Given an (x,y) coordinate within the TList window, this command
+returns the index of the TList element nearest to that coordinate.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsee \fIindex\fR
+'\"
+Adjust the view in the TList so that the entry given by \fIindex\fR is
+visible. If the entry is already visible then the command has no
+effect; if the entry is near one edge of the window then the TList
+scrolls to bring the element into view at the edge; otherwise the
+TList widget scrolls to center the entry.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBselection \fIoption\fR \fIarg ...\fR
+'\"
+This command is used to adjust the selection within a TList widget. It
+has several forms, depending on \fIoption\fR:
+.RS
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBselection clear \fR?\fIfrom\fR? ?\fIto\fR?
+'\"
+When no extra arguments are given, deselects all of the list entrie(s)
+in this TList widget. When only \fIfrom\fR is given, only the list
+entry identified by \fIfrom\fR is deselected. When both \fIfrom\fR and
+\fIto\fR are given, deselects all of the list entrie(s) between
+between \fIfrom\fR and \fIto\fR, inclusive, without affecting the
+selection state of entries outside that range.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBselection includes \fIindex\fR
+'\"
+Returns 1 if the list entry indicated by \fIindex\fR is currently
+selected; returns 0 otherwise.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBselection set \fIfrom\fR ?\fIto\fR?
+'\"
+Selects all of the list entrie(s) between between \fIfrom\fR and
+\fIto\fR, inclusive, without affecting the selection state of entries
+outside that range. When only \fIfrom\fR is given, only the list entry
+identified by \fIfrom\fR is selected.
+.RE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR
+This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the
+information in the widget's window. It can take any of the following
+forms:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBxview\fR
+'\"
+Returns a list containing two elements.  Each element is a real
+fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe the horizontal span
+that is visible in the window.  For example, if the first element is .2
+and the second element is .6, 20% of the TList entry is
+off-screen to the left, the middle 40% is visible in the window, and
+40% of the entry is off-screen to the right. These are the same values
+passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBxview\fR \fIindex\fR
+'\"
+Adjusts the view in the window so that the list entry identified by
+\fIindex\fR is aligned to the left edge of the window.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBxview moveto\fI fraction\fR
+'\"
+Adjusts the view in the window so that \fIfraction\fR of the total
+width of the TList is off-screen to the left. \fIfraction\fR must be
+a fraction between 0 and 1.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
+'\"
+This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
+\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer.
+\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR or an
+abbreviation of one of these. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view
+adjusts left or right by \fInumber\fR character units (the width of
+the \fB0\fR character) on the display; if it is \fBpages\fR then the
+view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls. If \fInumber\fR is negative
+then characters farther to the left become visible; if it is positive
+then characters farther to the right become visible.
+'\"
+.RE
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fByview \fI?args\fR?
+'\"
+This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the
+entries in the widget's window. It can take any of the following forms:
+'\"
+.RS
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fByview\fR
+'\"
+Returns a list containing two elements, both of which are real
+fractions between 0 and 1.  The first element gives the position of
+the list element at the top of the window, relative to the TList as a
+whole (0.5 means it is halfway through the TList, for example).  The
+second element gives the position of the list entry just after the
+last one in the window, relative to the TList as a whole.  These are
+the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-yscrollcommand\fR
+option.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fByview\fR \fIindex\fR
+'\"
+Adjusts the view in the window so that the list entry given by
+\fIindex\fR is displayed at the top of the window.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fByview moveto\fI fraction\fR
+'\"
+Adjusts the view in the window so that the list entry given by
+\fIfraction\fR appears at the top of the window. \fIFraction\fR is a
+fraction between 0 and 1; 0 indicates the first entry in the TList,
+0.33 indicates the entry one-third the way through the TList, and so
+on.
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR
+'\"
+This command adjust the view in the window up or down according to
+\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.  \fINumber\fR must be an integer.
+\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR.  If \fIwhat\fR
+is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down by \fInumber\fR lines; if
+it is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls.
+If \fInumber\fR is negative then earlier entries become visible; if
+it is positive then later entries become visible.
+.RE
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+.IP [1]
+If the \fB\-selectmode\fR is "browse", when the user drags the mouse
+pointer over the list entries, the entry under the pointer will be
+highlighted and the \fB\-browsecmd\fR procedure will be called with
+one parameter, the index of the highlighted entry. Only one entry
+can be highlighted at a time. The \fB\-command\fR procedure will be
+called when the user double-clicks on a list entry.
+'\"
+.IP [2]
+If the \fB\-selectmode\fR is "single", the entries will only be
+highlighted by mouse <ButtonRelease-1> events. When a new list entry
+is highlighted, the \fB\-browsecmd\fR procedure will be called with
+one parameter indicating the highlighted list entry. The
+\fB\-command\fR procedure will be called when the user double-clicks
+on a list entry.
+'\"
+'\"
+.IP [3]
+If the \fB\-selectmode\fR is "multiple", when the user drags the mouse
+pointer over the list entries, all the entries under the pointer will
+be highlighted. However, only a contiguous region of list entries can
+be selected. When the highlighted area is changed, the
+\fB\-browsecmd\fR procedure will be called with an undefined
+parameter. It is the responsibility of the \fB\-browsecmd\fR procedure
+to find out the exact highlighted selection in the TList. The
+\fB\-command\fR procedure will be called when the user double-clicks
+on a list entry.
+'\"
+.IP [4]
+'\"
+If the \fB\-selectmode\fR is "extended", when the user drags the mouse
+pointer over the list entries, all the entries under the pointer will
+be highlighted. The user can also make disjointed selections using
+<Control-ButtonPress-1>. When the highlighted area is changed, the
+\fB\-browsecmd\fR procedure will be called with an undefined
+parameter. It is the responsibility of the \fB\-browsecmd\fR procedure
+to find out the exact highlighted selection in the TList. The
+\fB\-command\fR procedure will be called when the user double-clicks
+on a list entry.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.PP
+This example demonstrates how to use an TList to store a list of
+numbers:
+.PP
+.CS
+set image [tix getimage folder]
+set t [tixTList .t -orient vertical]
+$t insert end -itemtype imagetext -image $image -text one
+$t insert end -itemtype imagetext -image $image -text two
+$t insert end -itemtype imagetext -image $image -text three
+$t insert end -itemtype imagetext -image $image -text four
+$t insert end -itemtype imagetext -image $image -text five
+$t insert end -itemtype imagetext -image $image -text six
+pack $t -expand yes -fill both
+.CE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n), Tabular Listbox, Display Items
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixTree.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixTree.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixTree.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH tixTree n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH NAME
+tixTree \- Create and manipulate tixTree widgets
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixTree \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUPER-CLASS
+The \fBTixTree\fR class is derived from the \fBTixScrolledHList\fR
+class and inherits all the commands, options and subwidgets of its
+super-class.
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
+'\"
+\fBTixTree\fR supports all the standard options of a frame widget.
+See the \fBoptions(n)\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-browsecmd browseCmd BrowseCmd
+Specifies a command to call whenever the user browses on an entry
+(usually by single-clicking on the entry). The command is called with
+one argument, the pathname of the entry.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-closecmd closeCmd CloseCmd
+Specifies a command to call whenever an entry needs to be closed (See
+the BINDINGS section below). This command is called with one argument,
+the pathname of the entry. This command should perform appropriate
+actions to close the specified entry. If the \fB\-closecmd\fR option
+is not specified, the default closing action is to hide all child
+entries of the specified entry.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-command command Command
+Specifies a command to call whenever the user activates an entry
+(usually by double-clicking on the entry). The command
+is called with one argument, the pathname of the entry.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-ignoreinvoke ignoreInvoke IgnoreInvoke
+A Boolean value that specifies when a branch should be opened or
+closed. A branch will always be opened or closed when the user presses
+the (+) and (-) indicators. However, when the user invokes a branch
+(by doublc-clicking or pressing <Return>), the branch will be opened
+or closed only if \fB\-ignoreinvoke\fR is set to false (the default
+setting).
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.OP \-opencmd openCmd OpenCmd
+Specifies a command to call whenever an entry needs to be opened (See
+the BINDINGS section below). This command is called with one argument,
+the pathname of the entry. This command should perform appropriate
+actions to open the specified entry. If the \fB\-opencmd\fR option
+is not specified, the default opening action is to show all the child
+entries of the specified entry.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH SUBWIDGETS
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhlist\fR
+Class:		\fBTixHList\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The hierarchical listbox that displays the tree.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBhsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The horizontal scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBvsb\fR
+Class:		\fBScrollbar\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+The vertical scrollbar subwidget.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+.BE
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixTree\fR command creates a new window (given by the
+\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a Tree widget.  Additional
+options, described above, may be specified on the command line or in
+the option database to configure aspects of the Tree widget such as its
+cursor and relief.
+.PP
+The Tree widget can be used to display hierachical data in a tree
+form. The user can adjust the view of the tree by opening or closing
+parts of the tree.
+.PP
+To display a static tree structure, you can add the entries into the
+\fBhlist\fR subwidget and hide any entries as desired. Then you can
+call the \fBautosetmode\fR method. This will set up the Tree widget so
+that it handles all the \fIopen\fR and \fIclose\fR events
+automatically.
+'\"(TODO add an example).
+.PP
+The above method is not applicable if you want to maintain a dynamic
+tree structure, i.e, you do not know all the entries in the tree and
+you need to add or delete entries subsequently. To do this, you should
+first create the entries in the \fBhlist\fR subwidget. Then, use the
+setmode method to indicate the entries that can be opened or closed,
+and use the \fB\-opencmd\fR and \fB \-closecmd\fR options to handle
+the opening and closing events.
+'\"(TODO add an example).
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH WIDGET COMMANDS
+.PP
+'\"
+The \fBtixTree\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the
+same as the path name of the Tree's window.  This command may be used
+to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following
+general form:
+'\"
+.RS
+.CS
+'\"
+\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+.RE
+'\"
+\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the
+Tree widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands
+are possible for Tree widgets:
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBautosetmode\fR
+'\"
+This command calls the \fBsetmode\fR method for all the entries in
+this Tree widget: if an entry has no child entries, its mode is set to
+\fBnone\fR. Otherwise, if the entry has any hidden child entries, its
+mode is set to \fBopen\fR; otherwise its mode is set to \fBclose\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBtixTree\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBclose \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Close the entry given by \fIentryPath\fR if its \fImode\fR is \fBclose\fR.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
+'\"
+Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.  If no
+\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
+available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.  \fIOption\fR may have
+any of the values accepted by the \fBtixTree\fR command.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBgetmode \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Returns the current \fImode\fR of the entry given by \fIentryPath\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBopen \fIentryPath\fR
+'\"
+Open the entry givaen by \fIentryPath\fR if its \fImode\fR is \fBopen\fR.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsetmode \fI entryPath mode\fR
+'\"
+This command is used to indicate whether the entry given by
+\fIentryPath\fR has children entries and whether the children are
+visible. \fImode\fR must be one of \fBopen\fR,
+\fBclose\fR or \fBnone\fR. If \fImode\fR is set to \fBopen\fR, a (+)
+indicator is drawn next the the entry. If \fImode\fR is set to
+\fBclose\fR, a (-) indicator is drawn next the the entry. If
+\fImode\fR is set to \fBnone\fR, no indicators will be drawn for this
+entry. The default \fImode\fR is none. The \fBopen\fR mode indicates
+the entry has hidden children and this entry can be opened by the
+user. The \fBclose\fR mode indicates that all the children of the entry
+are now visible and the entry can be closed by the user.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fIpathName \fBsubwidget \fI name ?args?\fR 
+'\"
+When no options are given, this command returns the pathname of the
+subwidget of the specified name.
+
+When options are given, the widget command of the specified subwidget
+will be called with these options.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH BINDINGS
+.PP
+'\"
+The basic mouse and keyboard bindings of the Tree widget are the same
+as the bindings of the HList widget.
+
+In addition, the entries can be opened or closed under the following
+conditions:
+'\"
+.IP [1]
+If the \fImode\fR of the entry is \fBopen\fR, it can be opened by clicking
+on its (+) indicator or double-clicking on the entry.
+'\"
+.IP [2]
+If the \fImode\fR of the entry is \fBclose\fR, it can be closed by clicking
+on its (-) indicator or double-clicking on the entry.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n),tixHList(n)
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixUtils.n
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixUtils.n	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixUtils.n,v 1.2 2001/01/22 08:02:45 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+'\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.TH Utils n 4.0 Tix "Tix Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH NAME
+tixUtils \- Utility commands in Tix.
+'\"
+'\"
+'\"
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+\fBtixDescendants \fIpathName\fR
+\fBtixDisableAll \fIpathName\fR
+\fBtixEnableAll \fIpathName\fR
+\fBtixPushGrab\fR ?\fI-global\fR? \fIwindow\fR
+\fBtixPopGrab\fR
+.fi
+.BE
+.PP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+.TP
+\fBtixDescendants\fR \fIpathName\fR
+'\"
+Returns a list of all the descendant widgets of \fIpathName\fR plus
+\fIpathName\fR itself.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixDisableAll\fR \fIpathName\fR
+'\"
+Disables \fIpathName\fR and all its descendants.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixEnableAll\fR \fIpathName\fR
+'\"
+Enables \fIpathName\fR and all its descendants.
+'\"
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixPushGrab\fR ?\fI-global\fR? \fIwindow\fR
+'\"
+The \fBtixPushGrab\fR and \fBtixPopGrab\fR commands allows you to
+perform "cascade-grabbing". \fBtixPushGrab\fR calls the \fBgrab(n)\fR
+command on \fIwindow\fR and saves \fIwindow\fR on a grabbing
+stack.
+'\"
+.TP
+\fBtixPopGrab\fR
+'\"
+\fBtixPopGrab\fR pops the top-most element from the grabbing stack and
+release its grab. If the grabbing stack is not empty, then
+\fBtixPopGrab\fR will execute grab(n) on the current top-most element
+in the grabbing stack.
+'\"
+.SH NOTES
+.PP
+Some Tix widgets (for example, tixComboBox and tixPanedWindow) grabs
+the screen on certain occasions using \fBtixPushGrab\fR and
+\fBtixPopGrab\fR. Therefore, if you need to grab the screen when these
+widgets are present, you should also call \fBtixPushGrab\fR and
+\fBtixPopGrab\fR in place of the Tk \fBgrab\fR and \fBgrab release\fR
+commands. Otherwise, the behavior of these widgets may be undefined.
+'\"
+.SH KEYWORDS
+Tix(n), grab(n)

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixwish.1
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/man/tixwish.1	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+'\"
+'\" $Id: tixwish.1,v 1.2 2001/01/22 00:33:19 ioilam Exp $
+'\"
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" The file man.macros and some of the macros used by this file are
+'\" copyrighted: (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\"              (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" The license terms of the Tcl/Tk distrobution are in the file
+'\" license.tcl.
+.so man.macros
+.TH tixwish 1 8.0 Tix "Tix Applications"
+.BS
+'\"
+.SH NAME
+tixwish \-  Windowing shell for interpreting Tix commands.
+'\"
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtixwish\fR ?\fIfileName arg arg ...\fR?
+'\"
+.SH OPTIONS
+'\"
+.IP "\fB\-display \fIdisplay\fR" 20
+Display (and screen) on which to display window.
+'\"
+.IP "\fB\-geometry \fIgeometry\fR" 20
+Initial geometry to use for window.  If this option is specified, its
+value is stored in the \fBgeometry\fR global variable of the application's
+Tcl interpreter.
+'\"
+.IP "\fB\-name \fIname\fR" 20
+'\"
+Use \fIname\fR as the title to be displayed in the window, and
+as the name of the interpreter for \fBsend\fR commands.
+'\"
+.IP "\fB\-sync\fR" 20
+'\"
+Execute all X server commands synchronously, so that errors are
+reported immediately. This will result in much slower execution, but
+it is useful for debugging.
+.BE
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+\fBTixwish\fR is a simple program consisting of the Tcl command
+language, the Tk toolkit, and a main program that reads commands from
+standard input or from a file.  It creates a main window and then
+processes Tcl commands.
+'\"
+If \fBtixwish\fR is invoked with no arguments, or with a first
+argument that starts with ``\-'', then it reads Tcl commands
+interactively from standard input.
+'\"
+It will continue processing commands until all windows have been
+deleted or until end-of-file is reached on standard input.  If there
+exists a file \fB.tixwishrc\fR in the home directory of the user,
+\fBtixwish\fR evaluates the file as a Tcl script just before reading
+the first command from standard input.
+'\"
+.PP
+'\"
+If \fBtixwish\fR is invoked with an initial \fIfileName\fR argument,
+then \fIfileName\fR is treated as the name of a script file.
+\fBTixwish\fR will evaluate the script in \fIfileName\fR (which
+presumably creates a user interface), then it will respond to events
+until all windows have been deleted.  Commands will not be read from
+standard input.  There is no automatic evaluation of \fB.tixwishrc\fR
+in this case, but the script file can always \fBsource\fR it if
+desired.
+
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.PP
+\fBTixwish\fR automatically processes all of the command-line options
+described in the \fBOPTIONS\fR summary above.  Any other command-line
+arguments besides these are passed through to the application using
+the \fBargc\fR and \fBargv\fR variables described later.
+
+.SH "APPLICATION NAME AND CLASS"
+.PP
+.VS
+The name of the application, which is used for purposes such as
+\fBsend\fR commands, is taken from the \fB\-name\fR option,
+if it is specified;  otherwise it is taken from \fIfileName\fR,
+if it is specified, or from the command name by which
+\fBtixwish\fR was invoked.  In the last two cases, if the name contains a ``/''
+character, then only the characters after the last slash are used
+as the application name.
+.PP
+The class of the application, which is used for purposes such as
+specifying options with a \fBRESOURCE_MANAGER\fR property or .Xdefaults
+file, is the same as its name except that the first letter is
+capitalized.
+.VE
+
+.SH "VARIABLES"
+.PP
+\fBTixwish\fR sets the following Tcl variables:
+.TP 15
+\fBargc\fR
+Contains a count of the number of \fIarg\fR arguments (0 if none),
+not including the options described above.
+.TP 15
+\fBargv\fR
+Contains a Tcl list whose elements are the \fIarg\fR arguments (not
+including the options described above), in order, or an empty string
+if there are no \fIarg\fR arguments.
+.TP 15
+\fBargv0\fR
+Contains \fIfileName\fR if it was specified.
+Otherwise, contains the name by which \fBtixwish\fR was invoked.
+.TP 15
+\fBgeometry\fR
+If the \fB\-geometry\fR option is specified, \fBtixwish\fR copies its
+value into this variable.  If the variable still exists after
+\fIfileName\fR has been evaluated, \fBtixwish\fR uses the value of
+the variable in a \fBwm geometry\fR command to set the main
+window's geometry.
+.TP 15
+\fBtcl_interactive\fR
+'\"
+Contains 1 if \fBtixwish\fR is reading commands interactively
+(\fBfileName\fR was not specified and standard input is a
+terminal-like device), 0 otherwise.
+'\"
+.SH "X RESOURCES"
+'\"
+\fBTixwish\fR makes use of several X Resources to determine the
+\fBToolkit Options\fR for the Tix library. These X resources must be
+set using \fBRESOURCE_MANAGER\fR properties or .Xdefaults files
+\fBbefore\fR \fBtixwish\fR starts running. These resources must be
+associated with the main window of the \fBtixwish\fR application.
+These options include:
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBtixScheme\fR
+Class:		\fBTixScheme\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+Specifies the color scheme to use for the Tix application. Currently
+only these schemes are supported: Blue, Gray, SGIGray, TixGray, and
+TK.
+'\"----------END
+'\"
+'\"----------BEGIN
+.LP
+.nf
+Name:		\fBtixFontSet\fR
+Class:		\fBTixFontSet\fR
+.fi
+.IP
+Specifies the FontSet to use for the Tix application. A FontSet
+designates the fonts to use for different types of widgets. Currently
+only these FontSets are supported: 12Point, 14Point and TK.
+'\"----------END
+.PP
+For example, you may put these two lines in your .Xdefaults file
+.nf
+    *tixwish.tixScheme: Gray
+    *tixwish.tixFontSet: 12Point
+.fi
+.SH "SCRIPT FILES"
+.PP
+If you create a Tcl script in a file whose first line is
+.RS
+.CS
+\fB#!/usr/local/bin/tixwish\fR
+.CE
+.RE
+then you can invoke the script file directly from your shell if you
+mark it as executable.  This assumes that \fBtixwish\fR has been
+installed in the default location in /usr/local/bin; if it's installed
+somewhere else then you'll have to modify the above line to match.
+Many UNIX systems do not allow the \fB#!\fR line to exceed about 30
+characters in length, so be sure that the \fBtixwish\fR executable can be
+accessed with a short file name.
+
+.SH PROMPTS
+.PP
+When \fBtixwish\fR is invoked interactively it normally prompts for each
+command with ``\fB% \fR''.  You can change the prompt by setting the
+variables \fBtcl_prompt1\fR and \fBtcl_prompt2\fR.  If variable
+\fBtcl_prompt1\fR exists then it must consist of a Tcl script to
+output a prompt; instead of outputting a prompt \fBtixwish\fR will
+evaluate the script in \fBtcl_prompt1\fR.  The variable
+\fBtcl_prompt2\fR is used in a similar way when a newline is typed but
+the current command isn't yet complete; if \fBtcl_prompt2\fR isn't set
+then no prompt is output for incomplete commands.
+
+.SH KEYWORDS
+shell, wish, Tk, toolkit
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tclconfig/README.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tclconfig/README.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+These files comprise the basic building blocks for a Tcl Extension
+Architecture (TEA) extension.  For more information on TEA see:
+
+	http://www.tcl.tk/doc/tea/
+
+This package is part of the Tcl project at SourceForge, and latest
+sources should be available there:
+
+	http://tcl.sourceforge.net/
+
+This package is a freely available open source package.  You can do
+virtually anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing
+it, and selling it either in whole or in part.
+
+CONTENTS
+========
+The following is a short description of the files you will find in
+the sample extension.
+
+README.txt	This file
+
+install-sh	Program used for copying binaries and script files
+		to their install locations.
+
+tcl.m4		Collection of Tcl autoconf macros.  Included by a package's
+		aclocal.m4 to define SC_* macros.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tclconfig/install-sh
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tclconfig/install-sh	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+#
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+# This comes from X11R5; it is not part of GNU.
+#
+# $XConsortium: install.sh,v 1.2 89/12/18 14:47:22 jim Exp $
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+#
+
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+
+instcmd="$mvprog"
+chmodcmd=""
+chowncmd=""
+chgrpcmd=""
+stripcmd=""
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=""
+dst=""
+
+while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
+    case $1 in
+	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
+	    then
+		src=$1
+	    else
+		dst=$1
+	    fi
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+    esac
+done
+
+if [ x"$src" = x ]
+then
+	echo "install:  no input file specified"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dst" = x ]
+then
+	echo "install:  no destination specified"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+
+# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
+# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+
+if [ -d $dst ]
+then
+	dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
+fi
+
+# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+
+dstdir=`dirname $dst`
+dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+
+# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+
+$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp
+
+# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+
+if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; fi
+if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; fi
+if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; fi
+if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; fi
+
+# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+
+$doit $rmcmd $dst
+$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dst
+
+
+exit 0

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tclconfig/tcl.m4
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tclconfig/tcl.m4	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,3970 @@
+# tcl.m4 --
+#
+#	This file provides a set of autoconf macros to help TEA-enable
+#	a Tcl extension.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
+# Copyright (c) 2002-2005 ActiveState Corporation.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# RCS: @(#) $Id: tcl.m4,v 1.5 2006/11/15 22:19:52 hobbs Exp $
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.50)
+
+dnl TEA extensions pass us the version of TEA they think they
+dnl are compatible with (must be set in TEA_INIT below)
+dnl TEA_VERSION="3.5"
+
+# Possible values for key variables defined:
+#
+# TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM - win32 aqua x11 (mirrors 'tk windowingsystem')
+# TEA_PLATFORM        - windows unix
+#
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG --
+#
+#	Locate the tclConfig.sh file and perform a sanity check on
+#	the Tcl compile flags
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--with-tcl=...
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		TCL_BIN_DIR	Full path to the directory containing
+#				the tclConfig.sh file
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG], [
+    dnl Make sure we are initialized
+    AC_REQUIRE([TEA_INIT])
+    #
+    # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
+    #
+
+    if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
+	no_tcl=true
+	AC_ARG_WITH(tcl,
+	    AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tcl],
+		[directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)]),
+	    with_tclconfig=${withval})
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl configuration])
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclconfig,[
+
+	    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
+		case ${with_tclconfig} in
+		    */tclConfig.sh )
+			if test -f ${with_tclconfig}; then
+			    AC_MSG_WARN([--with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself])
+			    with_tclconfig=`echo ${with_tclconfig} | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`
+			fi ;;
+		esac
+		if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd ${with_tclconfig}; pwd)`
+		else
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh])
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a private Tcl installation
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # on Windows, check in common installation locations
+	    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
+		-a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few common install locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few other private locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			${srcdir}/../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+		    break
+		fi
+		done
+	    fi
+	])
+
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+	    TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
+	    AC_MSG_WARN([Can't find Tcl configuration definitions])
+	    exit 0
+	else
+	    no_tcl=
+	    TCL_BIN_DIR=${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG --
+#
+#	Locate the tkConfig.sh file
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--with-tk=...
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		TK_BIN_DIR	Full path to the directory containing
+#				the tkConfig.sh file
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG], [
+    #
+    # Ok, lets find the tk configuration
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
+    #
+
+    if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_tk in case something fails here
+	no_tk=true
+	AC_ARG_WITH(tk,
+	    AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tk],
+		[directory containing tk configuration (tkConfig.sh)]),
+	    with_tkconfig=${withval})
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk configuration])
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkconfig,[
+
+	    # First check to see if --with-tkconfig was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_tkconfig}" != x ; then
+		case ${with_tkconfig} in
+		    */tkConfig.sh )
+			if test -f ${with_tkconfig}; then
+			    AC_MSG_WARN([--with-tk argument should refer to directory containing tkConfig.sh, not to tkConfig.sh itself])
+			    with_tkconfig=`echo ${with_tkconfig} | sed 's!/tkConfig\.sh$!!'`
+			fi ;;
+		esac
+		if test -f "${with_tkconfig}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd ${with_tkconfig}; pwd)`
+		else
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tkconfig} directory doesn't contain tkConfig.sh])
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a private Tk library
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../tk \
+			`ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../tk \
+			`ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../../tk \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/Tk.framework/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd $i/Tk.framework; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few common install locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # on Windows, check in common installation locations
+	    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
+		-a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few other private locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			${srcdir}/../tk \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+	])
+
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+	    TK_BIN_DIR="# no Tk configs found"
+	    AC_MSG_WARN([Can't find Tk configuration definitions])
+	    exit 0
+	else
+	    no_tk=
+	    TK_BIN_DIR=${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG --
+#
+#	Load the tclConfig.sh file
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	
+#	Requires the following vars to be set:
+#		TCL_BIN_DIR
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Subst the following vars:
+#		TCL_BIN_DIR
+#		TCL_SRC_DIR
+#		TCL_LIB_FILE
+#
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
+
+    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
+	. ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh
+    else
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
+
+    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
+    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
+    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
+    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
+    # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
+    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
+    if test -f ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile ; then
+        TCL_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
+        TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
+        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
+    elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+	# If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
+	# from the framework at the given location so that linking works
+	# against Tcl.framework installed in an arbitary location.
+	case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+	    *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
+		if test -f ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_LIB_FILE}; then
+		    for i in "`cd ${TCL_BIN_DIR}; pwd`" \
+			     "`cd ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../..; pwd`"; do
+			if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TCL_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then
+			    TCL_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i"` -framework ${TCL_LIB_FILE}"
+			    break
+			fi
+		    done
+		fi
+		if test -f ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}; then
+		    TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${TCL_BIN_DIR} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+		    TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+		fi
+		;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_DEFS)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_EXTRA_CFLAGS)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LD_FLAGS)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG --
+#
+#	Load the tkConfig.sh file
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	
+#	Requires the following vars to be set:
+#		TK_BIN_DIR
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Sets the following vars that should be in tkConfig.sh:
+#		TK_BIN_DIR
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
+
+    if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
+	. ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh
+    else
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TK_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
+
+    # If the TK_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
+    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
+    # For example, the variable TK_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
+    # of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TK_LIB_SPEC
+    # instead of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
+    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
+    if test -f ${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile ; then
+        TK_LIB_SPEC=${TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
+        TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
+        TK_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
+    elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+	# If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
+	# from the framework at the given location so that linking works
+	# against Tk.framework installed in an arbitary location.
+	case ${TK_DEFS} in
+	    *TK_FRAMEWORK*)
+		if test -f ${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}; then
+		    for i in "`cd ${TK_BIN_DIR}; pwd`" \
+			     "`cd ${TK_BIN_DIR}/../..; pwd`"; do
+			if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TK_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then
+			    TK_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i"` -framework ${TK_LIB_FILE}"
+			    break
+			fi
+		    done
+		fi
+		if test -f ${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}; then
+		    TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${TK_BIN_DIR} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+		    TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+		fi
+		;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TK_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
+
+    # Ensure windowingsystem is defined
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" ; then
+	case ${TK_DEFS} in
+	    *MAC_OSX_TK*)
+		AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TK, 1, [Are we building against Mac OS X TkAqua?])
+		TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="aqua"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="x11"
+		;;
+	esac
+    elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="win32"
+    fi
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_LIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_XINCLUDES)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ENABLE_SHARED --
+#
+#	Allows the building of shared libraries
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#	
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--enable-shared=yes|no
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		STATIC_BUILD	Used for building import/export libraries
+#				on Windows.
+#
+#	Sets the following vars:
+#		SHARED_BUILD	Value of 1 or 0
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_SHARED], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared],
+	    [build and link with shared libraries (default: on)]),
+	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
+
+    if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+	enableval="$enable_shared"
+	tcl_ok=$enableval
+    else
+	tcl_ok=yes
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
+	SHARED_BUILD=1
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
+	SHARED_BUILD=0
+	AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
+    fi
+    AC_SUBST(SHARED_BUILD)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ENABLE_THREADS --
+#
+#	Specify if thread support should be enabled.  If "yes" is specified
+#	as an arg (optional), threads are enabled by default, "no" means
+#	threads are disabled.  "yes" is the default.
+#
+#	TCL_THREADS is checked so that if you are compiling an extension
+#	against a threaded core, your extension must be compiled threaded
+#	as well.
+#
+#	Note that it is legal to have a thread enabled extension run in a
+#	threaded or non-threaded Tcl core, but a non-threaded extension may
+#	only run in a non-threaded Tcl core.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#	
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--enable-threads
+#
+#	Sets the following vars:
+#		THREADS_LIBS	Thread library(s)
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		TCL_THREADS
+#		_REENTRANT
+#		_THREAD_SAFE
+#
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_THREADS], [
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads],
+	    [build with threads]),
+	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
+
+    if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then
+	enableval="$enable_threads"
+	tcl_ok=$enableval
+    else
+	tcl_ok=yes
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
+	TCL_THREADS=1
+
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then
+	    # We are always OK on Windows, so check what this platform wants:
+    
+	    # USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
+	    # allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
+	    AC_DEFINE(USE_THREAD_ALLOC, 1,
+		[Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator?])
+	    AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then
+		AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
+			[Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
+	    fi
+	    AC_DEFINE(_THREAD_SAFE, 1, [Do we want the thread-safe OS API?])
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread,pthread_mutex_init,tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no)
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+		# Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same
+		# library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is
+		# defined.  We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with
+		# pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't
+		# exist, like AIX 4.2.  [Bug: 4359]
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, __pthread_mutex_init,
+		    tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+		# The space is needed
+		THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread"
+	    else
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_mutex_init,
+		    tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+		if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+		    # The space is needed
+		    THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads"
+		else
+		    AC_CHECK_LIB(c, pthread_mutex_init,
+			tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+		    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+			AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_mutex_init,
+			    tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+			if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+			    # The space is needed
+			    THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread"
+			else
+			    TCL_THREADS=0
+			    AC_MSG_WARN([Do not know how to find pthread lib on your system - thread support disabled])
+			fi
+		    fi
+		fi
+	    fi
+	fi
+    else
+	TCL_THREADS=0
+    fi
+    # Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for building with threads])
+    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
+	AC_DEFINE(TCL_THREADS, 1, [Are we building with threads enabled?])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (default)])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    fi
+    # TCL_THREADS sanity checking.  See if our request for building with
+    # threads is the same as the way Tcl was built.  If not, warn the user.
+    case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+	*THREADS=1*)
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "0"; then
+		AC_MSG_WARN([
+    Building ${PACKAGE_NAME} without threads enabled, but building against Tcl
+    that IS thread-enabled.  It is recommended to use --enable-threads.])
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then
+		AC_MSG_WARN([
+    --enable-threads requested, but building against a Tcl that is NOT
+    thread-enabled.  This is an OK configuration that will also run in
+    a thread-enabled core.])
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+    esac
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_THREADS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
+#
+#	Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
+#	Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) debugging can also be enabled.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#	
+#	TEA varies from core Tcl in that C|LDFLAGS_DEFAULT receives
+#	the value of C|LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE|DEBUG already substituted.
+#	Requires the following vars to be set in the Makefile:
+#		CFLAGS_DEFAULT
+#		LDFLAGS_DEFAULT
+#	
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--enable-symbols
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		CFLAGS_DEFAULT	Sets to $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
+#				Sets to $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
+#		LDFLAGS_DEFAULT	Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
+#				Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
+#		DBGX		Formerly used as debug library extension;
+#				always blank now.
+#
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [
+    dnl Make sure we are initialized
+    AC_REQUIRE([TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS])
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-symbols],
+	    [build with debugging symbols (default: off)]),
+	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no])
+    DBGX=""
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+	CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE}"
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE}"
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    else
+	CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_DEBUG}"
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_DEBUG}"
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (standard debugging)])
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS}"
+    fi
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_DBGX)
+    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+    AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
+	AC_DEFINE(TCL_MEM_DEBUG, 1, [Is memory debugging enabled?])
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled symbols mem debugging])
+	else
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled $tcl_ok debugging])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ENABLE_LANGINFO --
+#
+#	Allows use of modern nl_langinfo check for better l10n.
+#	This is only relevant for Unix.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#	
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--enable-langinfo=yes|no (default is yes)
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		HAVE_LANGINFO	Triggers use of nl_langinfo if defined.
+#
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_LANGINFO], [
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(langinfo,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-langinfo],
+	    [use nl_langinfo if possible to determine encoding at startup, otherwise use old heuristic (default: on)]),
+	[langinfo_ok=$enableval], [langinfo_ok=yes])
+
+    HAVE_LANGINFO=0
+    if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then
+	AC_CHECK_HEADER(langinfo.h,[langinfo_ok=yes],[langinfo_ok=no])
+    fi
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use nl_langinfo])
+    if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_langinfo_h, [
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <langinfo.h>], [nl_langinfo(CODESET);],
+		    [tcl_cv_langinfo_h=yes],[tcl_cv_langinfo_h=no])])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([$tcl_cv_langinfo_h])
+	if test $tcl_cv_langinfo_h = yes; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO, 1, [Do we have nl_langinfo()?])
+	fi
+    else 
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([$langinfo_ok])
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM
+#
+#	Determine what the system is (some things cannot be easily checked
+#	on a feature-driven basis, alas). This can usually be done via the
+#	"uname" command, but there are a few systems, like Next, where
+#	this doesn't work.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#	Defines the following var:
+#
+#	system -	System/platform/version identification code.
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM], [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([system version], tcl_cv_sys_version, [
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	    tcl_cv_sys_version=windows
+	elif test -f /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version; then
+	    tcl_cv_sys_version=NEXTSTEP-`awk '/3/,/3/' /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version`
+	else
+	    tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
+	    if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
+		AC_MSG_WARN([can't find uname command])
+		tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
+	    else
+		# Special check for weird MP-RAS system (uname returns weird
+		# results, and the version is kept in special file).
+
+		if test -r /etc/.relid -a "X`uname -n`" = "X`uname -s`" ; then
+		    tcl_cv_sys_version=MP-RAS-`awk '{print $[3]}' /etc/.relid`
+		fi
+		if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
+		    tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
+		fi
+	    fi
+	fi
+    ])
+    system=$tcl_cv_sys_version
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS
+#
+#	Try to determine the proper flags to pass to the compiler
+#	for building shared libraries and other such nonsense.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substitutes the following vars:
+#
+#       DL_OBJS -       Name of the object file that implements dynamic
+#                       loading for Tcl on this system.
+#       DL_LIBS -       Library file(s) to include in tclsh and other base
+#                       applications in order for the "load" command to work.
+#       LDFLAGS -      Flags to pass to the compiler when linking object
+#                       files into an executable application binary such
+#                       as tclsh.
+#       LD_SEARCH_FLAGS-Flags to pass to ld, such as "-R /usr/local/tcl/lib",
+#                       that tell the run-time dynamic linker where to look
+#                       for shared libraries such as libtcl.so.  Depends on
+#                       the variable LIB_RUNTIME_DIR in the Makefile. Could
+#                       be the same as CC_SEARCH_FLAGS if ${CC} is used to link.
+#       CC_SEARCH_FLAGS-Flags to pass to ${CC}, such as "-Wl,-rpath,/usr/local/tcl/lib",
+#                       that tell the run-time dynamic linker where to look
+#                       for shared libraries such as libtcl.so.  Depends on
+#                       the variable LIB_RUNTIME_DIR in the Makefile.
+#       SHLIB_CFLAGS -  Flags to pass to cc when compiling the components
+#                       of a shared library (may request position-independent
+#                       code, among other things).
+#       SHLIB_LD -      Base command to use for combining object files
+#                       into a shared library.
+#       SHLIB_LD_LIBS - Dependent libraries for the linker to scan when
+#                       creating shared libraries.  This symbol typically
+#                       goes at the end of the "ld" commands that build
+#                       shared libraries. The value of the symbol is
+#                       "${LIBS}" if all of the dependent libraries should
+#                       be specified when creating a shared library.  If
+#                       dependent libraries should not be specified (as on
+#                       SunOS 4.x, where they cause the link to fail, or in
+#                       general if Tcl and Tk aren't themselves shared
+#                       libraries), then this symbol has an empty string
+#                       as its value.
+#       SHLIB_SUFFIX -  Suffix to use for the names of dynamically loadable
+#                       extensions.  An empty string means we don't know how
+#                       to use shared libraries on this platform.
+#       LIB_SUFFIX -    Specifies everything that comes after the "libfoo"
+#                       in a static or shared library name, using the $VERSION variable
+#                       to put the version in the right place.  This is used
+#                       by platforms that need non-standard library names.
+#                       Examples:  ${VERSION}.so.1.1 on NetBSD, since it needs
+#                       to have a version after the .so, and ${VERSION}.a
+#                       on AIX, since a shared library needs to have
+#                       a .a extension whereas shared objects for loadable
+#                       extensions have a .so extension.  Defaults to
+#                       ${VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}.
+#       TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE -
+#                       1 means that an export file is needed to link to a
+#                       shared library.
+#       TCL_EXP_FILE -  The name of the installed export / import file which
+#                       should be used to link to the Tcl shared library.
+#                       Empty if Tcl is unshared.
+#       TCL_BUILD_EXP_FILE -
+#                       The name of the built export / import file which
+#                       should be used to link to the Tcl shared library.
+#                       Empty if Tcl is unshared.
+#	CFLAGS_DEBUG -
+#			Flags used when running the compiler in debug mode
+#	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE -
+#			Flags used when running the compiler in optimize mode
+#	CFLAGS -	Additional CFLAGS added as necessary (usually 64-bit)
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [
+    dnl Make sure we are initialized
+    AC_REQUIRE([TEA_INIT])
+
+    # Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support?
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit],
+	    [enable 64bit support (default: off)]),
+	[do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bit])
+
+    # Step 0.b: Enable Solaris 64 bit VIS support?
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit-vis,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit-vis],
+	    [enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off)]),
+	[do64bitVIS=$enableval], [do64bitVIS=no])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bitVIS])
+
+    if test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes"; then
+	# Force 64bit on with VIS
+	do64bit=yes
+    fi
+
+    # Step 0.c: Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds?
+
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([if Windows/CE build is requested])
+	AC_ARG_ENABLE(wince,[  --enable-wince          enable Win/CE support (where applicable)], [doWince=$enableval], [doWince=no])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([$doWince])
+    fi
+
+    # Step 1: set the variable "system" to hold the name and version number
+    # for the system.
+
+    TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM
+
+    # Step 2: check for existence of -ldl library.  This is needed because
+    # Linux can use either -ldl or -ldld for dynamic loading.
+
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen, have_dl=yes, have_dl=no)
+
+    # Require ranlib early so we can override it in special cases below.
+
+    AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])
+
+    # Step 3: set configuration options based on system name and version.
+    # This is similar to Tcl's unix/tcl.m4 except that we've added a
+    # "windows" case.
+
+    do64bit_ok=no
+    LDFLAGS_ORIG="$LDFLAGS"
+    # When ld needs options to work in 64-bit mode, put them in
+    # LDFLAGS_ARCH so they eventually end up in LDFLAGS even if [load]
+    # is disabled by the user. [Bug 1016796]
+    LDFLAGS_ARCH=""
+    TCL_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX=""
+    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
+    TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`'
+    ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION}`'
+    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
+    CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
+    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
+    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
+	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wno-implicit-int"
+    else
+	CFLAGS_WARNING=""
+    fi
+    TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE=0
+    TCL_BUILD_EXP_FILE=""
+    TCL_EXP_FILE=""
+dnl FIXME: Replace AC_CHECK_PROG with AC_CHECK_TOOL once cross compiling is fixed.
+dnl AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
+    AC_CHECK_PROG(AR, ar, ar)
+    STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
+    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+    case $system in
+	windows)
+	    # This is a 2-stage check to make sure we have the 64-bit SDK
+	    # We have to know where the SDK is installed.
+	    # This magic is based on MS Platform SDK for Win2003 SP1 - hobbs
+	    # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
+	    # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
+	    MACHINE="X86"
+	    if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
+		if test "x${MSSDK}x" = "xx" ; then
+		    MSSDK="C:/Progra~1/Microsoft Platform SDK"
+		fi
+		MSSDK=`echo "$MSSDK" | sed -e  's!\\\!/!g'`
+		PATH64=""
+		case "$do64bit" in
+		    amd64|x64|yes)
+			MACHINE="AMD64" ; # default to AMD64 64-bit build
+			PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64/x86/AMD64"
+			;;
+		    ia64)
+			MACHINE="IA64"
+			PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64"
+			;;
+		esac
+		if test ! -d "${PATH64}" ; then
+		    AC_MSG_WARN([Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK to enable 64bit mode])
+		    AC_MSG_WARN([Ensure latest Platform SDK is installed])
+		    do64bit="no"
+		else
+		    AC_MSG_RESULT([   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode])
+		    do64bit_ok="yes"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
+		if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([Windows/CE and 64-bit builds incompatible])
+		fi
+		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([Windows/CE and GCC builds incompatible])
+		fi
+		TEA_PATH_CELIB
+		# Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
+		# Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
+		CEVERSION=420; 		# could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
+		TARGETCPU=ARMV4;	# could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
+		ARCH=ARM;		# could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
+		PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
+		if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
+		    # If !yes then the user specified something
+		    # Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
+		    ARCH=
+		    eval `echo $doWince | awk -F, '{ \
+	    if (length([$]1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", [$]1; \
+	    if ([$]1 < 400)   { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
+	    if (length([$]2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]2) }; \
+	    if (length([$]3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]3) }; \
+	    if (length([$]4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", [$]4 }; \
+		    }'`
+		    if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
+			ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
+		    fi
+		fi
+		OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
+	    	if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
+			WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
+		    if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
+			WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
+		    fi
+		fi
+		if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
+		    SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
+		    if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
+			SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
+		    fi
+		fi
+		WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
+		SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
+		if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}" \
+		    -o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode [$CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM]])
+		    doWince="no"
+		else
+		    # We could PATH_NOSPACE these, but that's not important,
+		    # as long as we quote them when used.
+		    CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
+		    if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
+			CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
+		    fi
+		    CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
+    		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
+	        if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
+		    runtime=-MT
+	        else
+		    runtime=-MD
+	        fi
+
+                if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
+		    # All this magic is necessary for the Win64 SDK RC1 - hobbs
+		    CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\""
+		    CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\""
+		    RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\""
+		    lflags="-nologo -MACHINE:${MACHINE} -LIBPATH:\"${MSSDK}/Lib/${MACHINE}\""
+		    LINKBIN="\"${PATH64}/link.exe\""
+		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od -W3 ${runtime}d"
+		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
+		    # Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie'
+		    # errors, c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573
+		    TEA_ADD_LIBS([bufferoverflowU.lib])
+		elif test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
+		    CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
+		    if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
+			CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe\""
+		    else
+			CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe\""
+		    fi
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
+		    RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
+		    arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower([$]0)}'`
+		    defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _WINDOWS"
+		    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+			# Static CE builds require static celib as well
+		    	defs="${defs} _DLL"
+		    fi
+		    for i in $defs ; do
+			AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($i, 1, [WinCE def ]$i)
+		    done
+		    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE, $CEVERSION, [_WIN32_WCE version])
+		    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(UNDER_CE, $CEVERSION, [UNDER_CE version])
+		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
+		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -Ox"
+		    lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
+		    lflags="-MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
+		    LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""
+		    AC_SUBST(CELIB_DIR)
+		else
+		    RC="rc"
+		    lflags="-nologo"
+    		    LINKBIN="link"
+		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -W3 -WX ${runtime}d"
+		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+		# mingw gcc mode
+		RC="windres"
+		CFLAGS_DEBUG="-g"
+		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
+		SHLIB_LD="$CC -shared"
+		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+		LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-wl,--subsystem,console ${lflags}"
+		LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-wl,--subsystem,windows ${lflags}"
+	    else
+		SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll ${lflags}"
+		# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
+		STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
+		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.lib'
+		PATHTYPE=-w
+		# For information on what debugtype is most useful, see:
+		# http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dnvc60/html/gendepdebug.asp
+		# This essentially turns it all on.
+		LDFLAGS_DEBUG="-debug:full -debugtype:both -warn:2"
+		LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-release"
+		if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
+		    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
+		    LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
+		else
+		    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
+		    LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
+	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.dll'
+
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+	    # Bogus to avoid getting this turned off
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadNone.obj"
+    	    ;;
+	AIX-*)
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
+		# AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used
+		case "${CC}" in
+		    *_r)
+			# ok ...
+			;;
+		    *)
+			CC=${CC}_r
+			;;
+		esac
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([Using $CC for compiling with threads])
+	    fi
+	    LIBS="$LIBS -lc"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LIBPATH"
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker on AIX 4+
+	    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" -a "`uname -v`" -gt "3" ; then
+		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		    AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system])
+		else 
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -q64"
+		    LDFLAGS_ARCH="-q64"
+		    RANLIB="${RANLIB} -X64"
+		    AR="${AR} -X64"
+		    SHLIB_LD_FLAGS="-b64"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "`uname -m`" = "ia64" ; then
+		# AIX-5 uses ELF style dynamic libraries on IA-64, but not PPC
+		SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
+		# AIX-5 has dl* in libc.so
+		DL_LIBS=""
+		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		else
+		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		fi
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    else
+		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		    SHLIB_LD="gcc -shared"
+		else
+		    SHLIB_LD="/bin/ld -bhalt:4 -bM:SRE -bE:lib.exp -H512 -T512 -bnoentry"
+		fi
+		SHLIB_LD="${TCL_SRC_DIR}/unix/ldAix ${SHLIB_LD} ${SHLIB_LD_FLAGS}"
+		DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+		TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE=1
+		TCL_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}.exp'
+	    fi
+
+	    # AIX v<=4.1 has some different flags than 4.2+
+	    if test "$system" = "AIX-4.1" -o "`uname -v`" -lt "4" ; then
+		AC_LIBOBJ([tclLoadAix])
+		DL_LIBS="-lld"
+	    fi
+
+	    # On AIX <=v4 systems, libbsd.a has to be linked in to support
+	    # non-blocking file IO.  This library has to be linked in after
+	    # the MATH_LIBS or it breaks the pow() function.  The way to
+	    # insure proper sequencing, is to add it to the tail of MATH_LIBS.
+	    # This library also supplies gettimeofday.
+	    #
+	    # AIX does not have a timezone field in struct tm. When the AIX
+	    # bsd library is used, the timezone global and the gettimeofday
+	    # methods are to be avoided for timezone deduction instead, we
+	    # deduce the timezone by comparing the localtime result on a
+	    # known GMT value.
+
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(bsd, gettimeofday, libbsd=yes, libbsd=no)
+	    if test $libbsd = yes; then
+	    	MATH_LIBS="$MATH_LIBS -lbsd"
+	    	AC_DEFINE(USE_DELTA_FOR_TZ, 1, [Do we need a special AIX hack for timezones?])
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	BeOS*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -nostart"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+
+	    #-----------------------------------------------------------
+	    # Check for inet_ntoa in -lbind, for BeOS (which also needs
+	    # -lsocket, even if the network functions are in -lnet which
+	    # is always linked to, for compatibility.
+	    #-----------------------------------------------------------
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(bind, inet_ntoa, [LIBS="$LIBS -lbind -lsocket"])
+	    ;;
+	BSD/OS-2.1*|BSD/OS-3*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="shlicc -r"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	BSD/OS-4.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-export-dynamic -fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="cc -shared"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	dgux*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="cc -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	HP-UX-*.11.*)
+	    # Use updated header definitions where possible
+	    AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?])
+	    # Needed by Tcl, but not most extensions
+	    #AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?])
+	    #LIBS="$LIBS -lxnet"               # Use the XOPEN network library
+
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl"
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(dld, shl_load, tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z"
+		SHLIB_LD="ld -b"
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+		DL_OBJS="tclLoadShl.o"
+		DL_LIBS="-ldld"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH"
+	    fi
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		SHLIB_LD="gcc -shared"
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    fi
+
+	    # Users may want PA-RISC 1.1/2.0 portable code - needs HP cc
+	    #CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DAportable"
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" ; then
+		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		    hpux_arch=`${CC} -dumpmachine`
+		    case $hpux_arch in
+			hppa64*)
+			    # 64-bit gcc in use.  Fix flags for GNU ld.
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
+			    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+			    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+			    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+			    ;;
+			*)
+			    AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system])
+			    ;;
+		    esac
+		else
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DD64"
+		    LDFLAGS_ARCH="+DD64"
+		fi
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	HP-UX-*.08.*|HP-UX-*.09.*|HP-UX-*.10.*)
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl"
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(dld, shl_load, tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z"
+		SHLIB_LD="ld -b"
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+		DL_OBJS="tclLoadShl.o"
+		DL_LIBS="-ldld"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH"
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	IRIX-5.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    ;;
+	IRIX-6.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mabi=n32"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -mabi=n32"
+	    else
+		case $system in
+		    IRIX-6.3)
+			# Use to build 6.2 compatible binaries on 6.3.
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32 -D_OLD_TERMIOS"
+			;;
+		    *)
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32"
+			;;
+		esac
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -n32"
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	IRIX64-6.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+
+	    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" ; then
+	        if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+	            AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported by gcc])
+	        else
+	            do64bit_ok=yes
+	            SHLIB_LD="ld -64 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	            CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -64"
+	            LDFLAGS_ARCH="-64"
+	        fi
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	Linux*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
+	    # egcs-2.91.66 on Redhat Linux 6.0 generates lots of warnings 
+	    # when you inline the string and math operations.  Turn this off to
+	    # get rid of the warnings.
+	    #CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -D__NO_STRING_INLINES -D__NO_MATH_INLINES"
+
+	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    if test "`uname -m`" = "alpha" ; then
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"
+	    fi
+
+	    # The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related
+	    # to inlining of functions like strtod(). The
+	    # -fno-builtin flag should address this problem
+	    # but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag
+	    # is kind of overkill but it works.
+	    # Disable inlining only when one of the
+	    # files in compat/*.c is being linked in.
+	    if test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x ; then
+	        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline"
+	    fi
+
+	    ;;
+	GNU*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
+	    DL_OBJS=""
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    if test "`uname -m`" = "alpha" ; then
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	Lynx*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02
+	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared "
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-mshared -ldl"
+	    LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    ;;
+	MP-RAS-02*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="cc -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	MP-RAS-*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="cc -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	NetBSD-*|FreeBSD-[[1-2]].*)
+	    # NetBSD/SPARC needs -fPIC, -fpic will not do.
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ELF], tcl_cv_ld_elf, [
+		AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#ifdef __ELF__
+	yes
+#endif
+		], tcl_cv_ld_elf=yes, tcl_cv_ld_elf=no)])
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_elf = yes; then
+		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
+	    else
+		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so.1.0'
+	    fi
+
+	    # Ancient FreeBSD doesn't handle version numbers with dots.
+
+	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+	    ;;
+	OpenBSD-*)
+	    # OpenBSD/SPARC[64] needs -fPIC, -fpic will not do.
+	    case `machine` in
+	    sparc|sparc64)
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC";;
+	    *)
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic";;
+	    esac
+	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared ${SHLIB_CFLAGS}"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so.1.0'
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ELF], tcl_cv_ld_elf, [
+		AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#ifdef __ELF__
+	yes
+#endif
+		], tcl_cv_ld_elf=yes, tcl_cv_ld_elf=no)])
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_elf = yes; then
+		LDFLAGS=-Wl,-export-dynamic
+	    else
+		LDFLAGS=""
+	    fi
+
+	    # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
+	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+	    ;;
+	FreeBSD-*)
+	    # FreeBSD 3.* and greater have ELF.
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" ; then
+		# The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
+	    fi
+	    case $system in
+	    FreeBSD-3.*)
+	    	# FreeBSD-3 doesn't handle version numbers with dots.
+	    	UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+	    	SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
+	    	TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	Darwin-*)
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
+	    if test $do64bit = yes; then
+		do64bit_ok=yes
+		case `arch` in
+		    ppc)
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5";;
+		    i386)
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64";;
+		    *)
+			AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture `arch`])
+			do64bit_ok=no;;
+		esac
+	    else
+		# Check for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat build
+		echo "$CFLAGS " | grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc64|x86_64) ' && \
+		    echo "$CFLAGS " | grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc|i386) ' && \
+		    fat_32_64=yes
+	    fi
+	    # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS here:
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -dynamiclib ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}'
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -single_module flag], tcl_cv_ld_single_module, [
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module"
+		AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_single_module=yes, tcl_cv_ld_single_module=no)
+		LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes; then
+		SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module"
+	    fi
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDyld.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only:
+	    test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \
+		"`echo "${CFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4 && \
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names"
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag], tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first, [
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
+		AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes, tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no)
+		LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first = yes; then
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
+	    fi
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+
+	    # TEA specific: for Tk extensions, remove 64-bit arch flags from
+	    # CFLAGS for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat builds as neither TkAqua
+	    # nor TkX11 can be built for 64-bit at present.
+	    test "$fat_32_64" = yes && test -n "${TK_BIN_DIR}" && \
+		CFLAGS="`echo "$CFLAGS " | sed -e 's/-arch ppc64 / /g' -e 's/-arch x86_64 / /g'`"
+	    ;;
+	NEXTSTEP-*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="cc -nostdlib -r"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadNext.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	OS/390-*)
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=""		# Optimizer is buggy
+	    AC_DEFINE(_OE_SOCKETS, 1,	# needed in sys/socket.h
+		[Should OS/390 do the right thing with sockets?])
+	    ;;      
+	OSF1-1.0|OSF1-1.1|OSF1-1.2)
+	    # OSF/1 1.[012] from OSF, and derivatives, including Paragon OSF/1
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    # Hack: make package name same as library name
+	    SHLIB_LD='ld -R -export $@:'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadOSF.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	OSF1-1.*)
+	    # OSF/1 1.3 from OSF using ELF, and derivatives, including AD2
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    if test "$SHARED_BUILD" = "1" ; then
+	        SHLIB_LD="ld -shared"
+	    else
+	        SHLIB_LD="ld -non_shared"
+	    fi
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	OSF1-V*)
+	    # Digital OSF/1
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    if test "$SHARED_BUILD" = "1" ; then
+	        SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
+	    else
+	        SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
+	    fi
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"
+            else
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"
+	    fi
+	    # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" ; then
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE"
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64"
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//`
+		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		    LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc"
+		else
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+		    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    ;;
+	QNX-6*)
+	    # QNX RTP
+	    # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6.
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    # dlopen is in -lc on QNX
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SCO_SV-3.2*)
+	    # Note, dlopen is available only on SCO 3.2.5 and greater. However,
+	    # this test works, since "uname -s" was non-standard in 3.2.4 and
+	    # below.
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+	    	SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
+	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    else
+	    	SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
+	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    fi
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SINIX*5.4*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="cc -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-4*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+
+	    # SunOS can't handle version numbers with dots in them in library
+	    # specs, like -ltcl7.5, so use -ltcl75 instead.  Also, it
+	    # requires an extra version number at the end of .so file names.
+	    # So, the library has to have a name like libtcl75.so.1.0
+
+	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so.1.0'
+	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-5.[[0-6]])
+	    # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case
+
+	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
+	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.
+
+	    AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
+	    AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
+		[Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
+
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+
+	    # Note: need the LIBS below, otherwise Tk won't find Tcl's
+	    # symbols when dynamically loaded into tclsh.
+
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		SHLIB_LD="$CC -shared"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    else
+		SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-5*)
+	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
+	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.
+
+	    AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
+	    AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
+		[Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
+
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" ; then
+		arch=`isainfo`
+		if test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc" ; then
+			if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+			    if test "`gcc -dumpversion | awk -F. '{print [$]1}'`" -lt "3" ; then
+				AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system])
+			    else
+				do64bit_ok=yes
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
+				SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+			    fi
+			else
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			    if test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes" ; then
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9a"
+			    	LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9a"
+			    else
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9"
+			    	LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9"
+			    fi
+			    # Solaris 64 uses this as well
+			    #LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64"
+			fi
+		elif test "$arch" = "amd64 i386" ; then
+		    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+			AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system])
+		    else
+			do64bit_ok=yes
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=amd64"
+			LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -xarch=amd64"
+		    fi
+		else
+		    AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported for $arch])
+		fi
+	    fi
+	    
+	    # Note: need the LIBS below, otherwise Tk won't find Tcl's
+	    # symbols when dynamically loaded into tclsh.
+
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		SHLIB_LD="$CC -shared"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+		if test "$do64bit_ok" = "yes" ; then
+		    # We need to specify -static-libgcc or we need to
+		    # add the path to the sparv9 libgcc.
+		    # JH: static-libgcc is necessary for core Tcl, but may
+		    # not be necessary for extensions.
+		    SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -mcpu=v9 -static-libgcc"
+		    # for finding sparcv9 libgcc, get the regular libgcc
+		    # path, remove so name and append 'sparcv9'
+		    #v9gcclibdir="`gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_s.so` | ..."
+		    #CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS},-R,$v9gcclibdir"
+		fi
+	    else
+		SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	UNIX_SV* | UnixWare-5*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="cc -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers
+	    # that don't grok the -Bexport option.  Test that it does.
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ld accepts -Bexport flag], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport, [
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+		AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=yes, tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=no)
+	        LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport = yes; then
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    fi
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" -a "$do64bit_ok" = "no" ; then
+	AC_MSG_WARN([64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform])
+    fi
+
+    # Step 4: disable dynamic loading if requested via a command-line switch.
+
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(load,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-load],
+	    [allow dynamic loading and "load" command (default: on)]),
+	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+	DL_OBJS=""
+    fi
+
+    if test "x$DL_OBJS" != "x" ; then
+	BUILD_DLTEST="\$(DLTEST_TARGETS)"
+    else
+	echo "Can't figure out how to do dynamic loading or shared libraries"
+	echo "on this system."
+	SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	SHLIB_LD=""
+	SHLIB_SUFFIX=""
+	DL_OBJS="tclLoadNone.o"
+	DL_LIBS=""
+	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS_ORIG"
+	CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	BUILD_DLTEST=""
+    fi
+    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS_ARCH"
+
+    # If we're running gcc, then change the C flags for compiling shared
+    # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
+    # standard manufacturer compiler.
+
+    if test "$DL_OBJS" != "tclLoadNone.o" ; then
+	if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+	    case $system in
+		AIX-*)
+		    ;;
+		BSD/OS*)
+		    ;;
+		IRIX*)
+		    ;;
+		NetBSD-*|FreeBSD-*)
+		    ;;
+		Darwin-*)
+		    ;;
+		SCO_SV-3.2*)
+		    ;;
+		windows)
+		    ;;
+		*)
+		    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+		    ;;
+	    esac
+	fi
+    fi
+
+    if test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = "" ; then
+	SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}'
+    fi
+    if test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = "" ; then
+	UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}.a'
+    fi
+
+    AC_SUBST(DL_LIBS)
+
+    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
+    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
+    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_WARNING)
+
+    AC_SUBST(STLIB_LD)
+    AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD)
+
+    AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CFLAGS)
+
+    AC_SUBST(LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR)
+
+    # These must be called after we do the basic CFLAGS checks and
+    # verify any possible 64-bit or similar switches are necessary
+    TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
+    TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_SERIAL_PORT
+#
+#	Determine which interface to use to talk to the serial port.
+#	Note that #include lines must begin in leftmost column for
+#	some compilers to recognize them as preprocessor directives,
+#	and some build environments have stdin not pointing at a
+#	pseudo-terminal (usually /dev/null instead.)
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#	
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines only one of the following vars:
+#		HAVE_SYS_MODEM_H
+#		USE_TERMIOS
+#		USE_TERMIO
+#		USE_SGTTY
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_SERIAL_PORT], [
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/modem.h)
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([termios vs. termio vs. sgtty], tcl_cv_api_serial, [
+    AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <termios.h>
+
+int main() {
+    struct termios t;
+    if (tcgetattr(0, &t) == 0) {
+	cfsetospeed(&t, 0);
+	t.c_cflag |= PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}], tcl_cv_api_serial=termios, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no)
+    if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no ; then
+	AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <termio.h>
+
+int main() {
+    struct termio t;
+    if (ioctl(0, TCGETA, &t) == 0) {
+	t.c_cflag |= CBAUD | PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}], tcl_cv_api_serial=termio, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no)
+    fi
+    if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no ; then
+	AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sgtty.h>
+
+int main() {
+    struct sgttyb t;
+    if (ioctl(0, TIOCGETP, &t) == 0) {
+	t.sg_ospeed = 0;
+	t.sg_flags |= ODDP | EVENP | RAW;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}], tcl_cv_api_serial=sgtty, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no)
+    fi
+    if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no ; then
+	AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <termios.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+int main() {
+    struct termios t;
+    if (tcgetattr(0, &t) == 0
+	|| errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENXIO || errno == EINVAL) {
+	cfsetospeed(&t, 0);
+	t.c_cflag |= PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}], tcl_cv_api_serial=termios, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no)
+    fi
+    if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no; then
+	AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <termio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+int main() {
+    struct termio t;
+    if (ioctl(0, TCGETA, &t) == 0
+	|| errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENXIO || errno == EINVAL) {
+	t.c_cflag |= CBAUD | PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+    }], tcl_cv_api_serial=termio, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no)
+    fi
+    if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no; then
+	AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sgtty.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+int main() {
+    struct sgttyb t;
+    if (ioctl(0, TIOCGETP, &t) == 0
+	|| errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENXIO || errno == EINVAL) {
+	t.sg_ospeed = 0;
+	t.sg_flags |= ODDP | EVENP | RAW;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}], tcl_cv_api_serial=sgtty, tcl_cv_api_serial=none, tcl_cv_api_serial=none)
+    fi])
+    case $tcl_cv_api_serial in
+	termios) AC_DEFINE(USE_TERMIOS, 1, [Use the termios API for serial lines]);;
+	termio)  AC_DEFINE(USE_TERMIO, 1, [Use the termio API for serial lines]);;
+	sgtty)   AC_DEFINE(USE_SGTTY, 1, [Use the sgtty API for serial lines]);;
+    esac
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS
+#
+#	Supply substitutes for missing POSIX header files.  Special
+#	notes:
+#	    - stdlib.h doesn't define strtol, strtoul, or
+#	      strtod insome versions of SunOS
+#	    - some versions of string.h don't declare procedures such
+#	      as strstr
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#	
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines some of the following vars:
+#		NO_DIRENT_H
+#		NO_ERRNO_H
+#		NO_VALUES_H
+#		HAVE_LIMITS_H or NO_LIMITS_H
+#		NO_STDLIB_H
+#		NO_STRING_H
+#		NO_SYS_WAIT_H
+#		NO_DLFCN_H
+#		HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#
+#		HAVE_STRING_H ?
+#
+# tkUnixPort.h checks for HAVE_LIMITS_H, so do both HAVE and
+# CHECK on limits.h
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS], [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([dirent.h], tcl_cv_dirent_h, [
+    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>], [
+#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
+#   ifdef __Lynx__
+	/*
+	 * Generate compilation error to make the test fail:  Lynx headers
+	 * are only valid if really in the POSIX environment.
+	 */
+
+	missing_procedure();
+#   endif
+#endif
+DIR *d;
+struct dirent *entryPtr;
+char *p;
+d = opendir("foobar");
+entryPtr = readdir(d);
+p = entryPtr->d_name;
+closedir(d);
+], tcl_cv_dirent_h=yes, tcl_cv_dirent_h=no)])
+
+    if test $tcl_cv_dirent_h = no; then
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_DIRENT_H, 1, [Do we have <dirent.h>?])
+    fi
+
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(errno.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_ERRNO_H, 1, [Do we have <errno.h>?])])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(float.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_FLOAT_H, 1, [Do we have <float.h>?])])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(values.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_VALUES_H, 1, [Do we have <values.h>?])])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(limits.h,
+	[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIMITS_H, 1, [Do we have <limits.h>?])],
+	[AC_DEFINE(NO_LIMITS_H, 1, [Do we have <limits.h>?])])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
+    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
+    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
+    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
+    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?])
+    fi
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(string.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
+    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strstr, string.h, , tcl_ok=0)
+    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strerror, string.h, , tcl_ok=0)
+
+    # See also memmove check below for a place where NO_STRING_H can be
+    # set and why.
+
+    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_STRING_H, 1, [Do we have <string.h>?])
+    fi
+
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/wait.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_SYS_WAIT_H, 1, [Do we have <sys/wait.h>?])])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(dlfcn.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_DLFCN_H, 1, [Do we have <dlfcn.h>?])])
+
+    # OS/390 lacks sys/param.h (and doesn't need it, by chance).
+    AC_HAVE_HEADERS(sys/param.h)
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PATH_X
+#
+#	Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive.  Try
+#	the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff
+#	(e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through
+#	a list of possible directories.  Under some conditions the
+#	autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains
+#	no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe.
+#
+#	This should be called after TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS as setting the
+#	LIBS line can confuse some configure macro magic.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#	
+# Results:
+#
+#	Sets the following vars:
+#		XINCLUDES
+#		XLIBSW
+#		PKG_LIBS (appends to)
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_X], [
+    if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "x11" ; then
+	TEA_PATH_UNIX_X
+    fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_UNIX_X], [
+    AC_PATH_X
+    not_really_there=""
+    if test "$no_x" = ""; then
+	if test "$x_includes" = ""; then
+	    AC_TRY_CPP([#include <X11/XIntrinsic.h>], , not_really_there="yes")
+	else
+	    if test ! -r $x_includes/X11/Intrinsic.h; then
+		not_really_there="yes"
+	    fi
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$no_x" = "yes" -o "$not_really_there" = "yes"; then
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 header files])
+	found_xincludes="no"
+	AC_TRY_CPP([#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>], found_xincludes="yes", found_xincludes="no")
+	if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then
+	    dirs="/usr/unsupported/include /usr/local/include /usr/X386/include /usr/X11R6/include /usr/X11R5/include /usr/include/X11R5 /usr/include/X11R4 /usr/openwin/include /usr/X11/include /usr/sww/include"
+	    for i in $dirs ; do
+		if test -r $i/X11/Intrinsic.h; then
+		    AC_MSG_RESULT([$i])
+		    XINCLUDES=" -I$i"
+		    found_xincludes="yes"
+		    break
+		fi
+	    done
+	fi
+    else
+	if test "$x_includes" != ""; then
+	    XINCLUDES="-I$x_includes"
+	    found_xincludes="yes"
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test found_xincludes = "no"; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([couldn't find any!])
+    fi
+
+    if test "$no_x" = yes; then
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 libraries])
+	XLIBSW=nope
+	dirs="/usr/unsupported/lib /usr/local/lib /usr/X386/lib /usr/X11R6/lib /usr/X11R5/lib /usr/lib/X11R5 /usr/lib/X11R4 /usr/openwin/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/sww/X11/lib"
+	for i in $dirs ; do
+	    if test -r $i/libX11.a -o -r $i/libX11.so -o -r $i/libX11.sl; then
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([$i])
+		XLIBSW="-L$i -lX11"
+		x_libraries="$i"
+		break
+	    fi
+	done
+    else
+	if test "$x_libraries" = ""; then
+	    XLIBSW=-lX11
+	else
+	    XLIBSW="-L$x_libraries -lX11"
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(Xwindow, XCreateWindow, XLIBSW=-lXwindow)
+    fi
+    if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find any!  Using -lX11.])
+	XLIBSW=-lX11
+    fi
+    if test x"${XLIBSW}" != x ; then
+	PKG_LIBS="${PKG_LIBS} ${XLIBSW}"
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_BLOCKING_STYLE
+#
+#	The statements below check for systems where POSIX-style
+#	non-blocking I/O (O_NONBLOCK) doesn't work or is unimplemented. 
+#	On these systems (mostly older ones), use the old BSD-style
+#	FIONBIO approach instead.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#	
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines some of the following vars:
+#		HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
+#		HAVE_SYS_FILIO_H
+#		USE_FIONBIO
+#		O_NONBLOCK
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_BLOCKING_STYLE], [
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/ioctl.h)
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/filio.h)
+    TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([FIONBIO vs. O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking I/O])
+    case $system in
+	# There used to be code here to use FIONBIO under AIX.  However, it
+	# was reported that FIONBIO doesn't work under AIX 3.2.5.  Since
+	# using O_NONBLOCK seems fine under AIX 4.*, I removed the FIONBIO
+	# code (JO, 5/31/97).
+
+	OSF*)
+	    AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-4*)
+	    AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([O_NONBLOCK])
+	    ;;
+    esac
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_TIME_HANLDER
+#
+#	Checks how the system deals with time.h, what time structures
+#	are used on the system, and what fields the structures have.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#	
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines some of the following vars:
+#		USE_DELTA_FOR_TZ
+#		HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+#		HAVE_TM_TZADJ
+#		HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_TIME_HANDLER], [
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
+    AC_HEADER_TIME
+    AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
+
+    AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gmtime_r localtime_r)
+
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_tzadj in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj, [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [struct tm tm; tm.tm_tzadj;],
+	    tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=yes, tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=no)])
+    if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj = yes ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_TZADJ, 1, [Should we use the tm_tzadj field of struct tm?])
+    fi
+
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_gmtoff in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff, [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [struct tm tm; tm.tm_gmtoff;],
+	    tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=yes, tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=no)])
+    if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff = yes ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_GMTOFF, 1, [Should we use the tm_gmtoff field of struct tm?])
+    fi
+
+    #
+    # Its important to include time.h in this check, as some systems
+    # (like convex) have timezone functions, etc.
+    #
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([long timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_long, [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>],
+	    [extern long timezone;
+	    timezone += 1;
+	    exit (0);],
+	    tcl_cv_timezone_long=yes, tcl_cv_timezone_long=no)])
+    if test $tcl_cv_timezone_long = yes ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?])
+    else
+	#
+	# On some systems (eg IRIX 6.2), timezone is a time_t and not a long.
+	#
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([time_t timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_time, [
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>],
+		[extern time_t timezone;
+		timezone += 1;
+		exit (0);],
+		tcl_cv_timezone_time=yes, tcl_cv_timezone_time=no)])
+	if test $tcl_cv_timezone_time = yes ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD
+#
+#	Under Solaris 2.4, strtod returns the wrong value for the
+#	terminating character under some conditions.  Check for this
+#	and if the problem exists use a substitute procedure
+#	"fixstrtod" (provided by Tcl) that corrects the error.
+#	Also, on Compaq's Tru64 Unix 5.0,
+#	strtod(" ") returns 0.0 instead of a failure to convert.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#	
+# Results:
+#
+#	Might defines some of the following vars:
+#		strtod (=fixstrtod)
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD], [
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC(strtod, tcl_strtod=1, tcl_strtod=0)
+    if test "$tcl_strtod" = 1; then
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for Solaris2.4/Tru64 strtod bugs], tcl_cv_strtod_buggy,[
+	    AC_TRY_RUN([
+		extern double strtod();
+		int main() {
+		    char *infString="Inf", *nanString="NaN", *spaceString=" ";
+		    char *term;
+		    double value;
+		    value = strtod(infString, &term);
+		    if ((term != infString) && (term[-1] == 0)) {
+			exit(1);
+		    }
+		    value = strtod(nanString, &term);
+		    if ((term != nanString) && (term[-1] == 0)) {
+			exit(1);
+		    }
+		    value = strtod(spaceString, &term);
+		    if (term == (spaceString+1)) {
+			exit(1);
+		    }
+		    exit(0);
+		}], tcl_cv_strtod_buggy=ok, tcl_cv_strtod_buggy=buggy,
+		    tcl_cv_strtod_buggy=buggy)])
+	if test "$tcl_cv_strtod_buggy" = buggy; then
+	    AC_LIBOBJ([fixstrtod])
+	    USE_COMPAT=1
+	    AC_DEFINE(strtod, fixstrtod, [Do we want to use the strtod() in compat?])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_TCL_LINK_LIBS
+#
+#	Search for the libraries needed to link the Tcl shell.
+#	Things like the math library (-lm) and socket stuff (-lsocket vs.
+#	-lnsl) are dealt with here.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	Requires the following vars to be set in the Makefile:
+#		DL_LIBS
+#		LIBS
+#		MATH_LIBS
+#	
+# Results:
+#
+#	Subst's the following var:
+#		TCL_LIBS
+#		MATH_LIBS
+#
+#	Might append to the following vars:
+#		LIBS
+#
+#	Might define the following vars:
+#		HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_TCL_LINK_LIBS], [
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # On a few very rare systems, all of the libm.a stuff is
+    # already in libc.a.  Set compiler flags accordingly.
+    # Also, Linux requires the "ieee" library for math to work
+    # right (and it must appear before "-lm").
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC(sin, MATH_LIBS="", MATH_LIBS="-lm")
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(ieee, main, [MATH_LIBS="-lieee $MATH_LIBS"])
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Interactive UNIX requires -linet instead of -lsocket, plus it
+    # needs net/errno.h to define the socket-related error codes.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(inet, main, [LIBS="$LIBS -linet"])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(net/errno.h, [
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H, 1, [Do we have <net/errno.h>?])])
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #	Check for the existence of the -lsocket and -lnsl libraries.
+    #	The order here is important, so that they end up in the right
+    #	order in the command line generated by make.  Here are some
+    #	special considerations:
+    #	1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and
+    #	   "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl.
+    #	2. Use each function name only once:  can't redo a check because
+    #	   autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it.
+    #	3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that
+    #	   aren't already present in the normal libraries.  This is because
+    #	   IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're
+    #	   bogus:  they goof up name resolution if used.
+    #	4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too.
+    #	   To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
+    #	   if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    tcl_checkBoth=0
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC(connect, tcl_checkSocket=0, tcl_checkSocket=1)
+    if test "$tcl_checkSocket" = 1; then
+	AC_CHECK_FUNC(setsockopt, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, setsockopt,
+	    LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket", tcl_checkBoth=1)])
+    fi
+    if test "$tcl_checkBoth" = 1; then
+	tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+	LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket -lnsl"
+	AC_CHECK_FUNC(accept, tcl_checkNsl=0, [LIBS=$tk_oldLibs])
+    fi
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname,
+	    [LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"])])
+    
+    # Don't perform the eval of the libraries here because DL_LIBS
+    # won't be set until we call TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS
+
+    TCL_LIBS='${DL_LIBS} ${LIBS} ${MATH_LIBS}'
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(MATH_LIBS)
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
+#
+#	Check for what flags are needed to be passed so the correct OS
+#	features are available.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None
+#	
+# Results:
+#
+#	Might define the following vars:
+#		_ISOC99_SOURCE
+#		_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
+#		_LARGEFILE_SOURCE64
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG],[
+    AC_CACHE_VAL([tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z]),
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([$2], $3, [tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no,
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([[#define ]$1[ 1
+]$2], $3,
+		[tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=yes,
+		[tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no)))
+    if test ["x${tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])[}" = "xyes"] ; then
+	AC_DEFINE($1, 1, [Add the ]$1[ flag when building])
+	tcl_flags="$tcl_flags $1"
+    fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS],[
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for required early compiler flags])
+    tcl_flags=""
+    TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_ISOC99_SOURCE,[#include <stdlib.h>],
+	[char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull;])
+    TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE,[#include <sys/stat.h>],
+	[struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf);])
+    TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_LARGEFILE_SOURCE64,[#include <sys/stat.h>],
+	[char *p = (char *)open64;])
+    if test "x${tcl_flags}" = "x" ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([none])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_flags}])
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS
+#
+#	Check for what is defined in the way of 64-bit features.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None
+#	
+# Results:
+#
+#	Might define the following vars:
+#		TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
+#		TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
+#		HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64
+#		HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64
+#		HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 64-bit integer type])
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_64bit,[
+	tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
+	# See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[__int64 value = (__int64) 0;],
+	    tcl_type_64bit=__int64, tcl_type_64bit="long long")
+	# See if we should use long anyway  Note that we substitute in the
+	# type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check
+	# program, so it should be modified only carefully...
+        AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[switch (0) { 
+            case 1: case (sizeof(]${tcl_type_64bit}[)==sizeof(long)): ; 
+        }],tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit})])
+    if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG, 1, [Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's?])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([using long])
+    elif test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = "__int64" \
+		-a "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	# We actually want to use the default tcl.h checks in this
+	# case to handle both TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE and TCL_LL_MODIFIER*
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([using Tcl header defaults])
+    else
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE,${tcl_cv_type_64bit},
+	    [What type should be used to define wide integers?])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_cv_type_64bit}])
+
+	# Now check for auxiliary declarations
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct dirent64], tcl_cv_struct_dirent64,[
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/dirent.h>],[struct dirent64 p;],
+		tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no)])
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64, 1, [Is 'struct dirent64' in <sys/types.h>?])
+	fi
+
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct stat64], tcl_cv_struct_stat64,[
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/stat.h>],[struct stat64 p;
+],
+		tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no)])
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64, 1, [Is 'struct stat64' in <sys/stat.h>?])
+	fi
+
+	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(open64 lseek64)
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for off64_t])
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_off64_t,[
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],[off64_t offset;
+],
+		tcl_cv_type_off64_t=yes,tcl_cv_type_off64_t=no)])
+	dnl Define HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T only when the off64_t type and the
+	dnl functions lseek64 and open64 are defined.
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_type_off64_t}" = "xyes" && \
+	        test "x${ac_cv_func_lseek64}" = "xyes" && \
+	        test "x${ac_cv_func_open64}" = "xyes" ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T, 1, [Is off64_t in <sys/types.h>?])
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+	else
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+##
+## Here ends the standard Tcl configuration bits and starts the
+## TEA specific functions
+##
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_INIT --
+#
+#	Init various Tcl Extension Architecture (TEA) variables.
+#	This should be the first called TEA_* macro.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		CYGPATH
+#		EXEEXT
+#	Defines only:
+#		TEA_VERSION
+#		TEA_INITED
+#		TEA_PLATFORM (windows or unix)
+#
+# "cygpath" is used on windows to generate native path names for include
+# files. These variables should only be used with the compiler and linker
+# since they generate native path names.
+#
+# EXEEXT
+#	Select the executable extension based on the host type.  This
+#	is a lightweight replacement for AC_EXEEXT that doesn't require
+#	a compiler.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_INIT], [
+    # TEA extensions pass this us the version of TEA they think they
+    # are compatible with.
+    TEA_VERSION="3.5"
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for correct TEA configuration])
+    if test x"${PACKAGE_NAME}" = x ; then
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([
+The PACKAGE_NAME variable must be defined by your TEA configure.in])
+    fi
+    if test x"$1" = x ; then
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([
+TEA version not specified.])
+    elif test "$1" != "${TEA_VERSION}" ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([warning: requested TEA version "$1", have "${TEA_VERSION}"])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})])
+    fi
+    case "`uname -s`" in
+	*win32*|*WIN32*|*CYGWIN_NT*|*CYGWIN_9*|*CYGWIN_ME*|*MINGW32_*)
+	    AC_CHECK_PROG(CYGPATH, cygpath, cygpath -w, echo)
+	    EXEEXT=".exe"
+	    TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    CYGPATH=echo
+	    EXEEXT=""
+	    TEA_PLATFORM="unix"
+	    ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Check if exec_prefix is set. If not use fall back to prefix.
+    # Note when adjusted, so that TEA_PREFIX can correct for this.
+    # This is needed for recursive configures, since autoconf propagates
+    # $prefix, but not $exec_prefix (doh!).
+    if test x$exec_prefix = xNONE ; then
+	exec_prefix_default=yes
+	exec_prefix=$prefix
+    fi
+
+    AC_SUBST(EXEEXT)
+    AC_SUBST(CYGPATH)
+
+    # This package name must be replaced statically for AC_SUBST to work
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_LIB_FILE)
+    # Substitute STUB_LIB_FILE in case package creates a stub library too.
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+
+    # We AC_SUBST these here to ensure they are subst'ed,
+    # in case the user doesn't call TEA_ADD_...
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_SOURCES)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_HEADERS)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_INCLUDES)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_LIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_CFLAGS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ADD_SOURCES --
+#
+#	Specify one or more source files.  Users should check for
+#	the right platform before adding to their list.
+#	It is not important to specify the directory, as long as it is
+#	in the generic, win or unix subdirectory of $(srcdir).
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	one or more file names
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		PKG_SOURCES
+#		PKG_OBJECTS
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_SOURCES], [
+    vars="$@"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	case $i in
+	    [\$]*)
+		# allow $-var names
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		# check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
+		if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
+		    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
+		    ; then
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find source file '$i'])
+		fi
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		# this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
+		i=`basename $i`
+		# handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+		if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
+		else
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
+		fi
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $j"
+		;;
+	esac
+    done
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_SOURCES)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_OBJECTS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES --
+#
+#	Specify one or more source files.  Users should check for
+#	the right platform before adding to their list.
+#	It is not important to specify the directory, as long as it is
+#	in the generic, win or unix subdirectory of $(srcdir).
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	one or more file names
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		PKG_STUB_SOURCES
+#		PKG_STUB_OBJECTS
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES], [
+    vars="$@"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	# check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
+	if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
+	    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
+	    ; then
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find stub source file '$i'])
+	fi
+	PKG_STUB_SOURCES="$PKG_STUB_SOURCES $i"
+	# this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
+	i=`basename $i`
+	# handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+	if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
+	    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
+	else
+	    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
+	fi
+	PKG_STUB_OBJECTS="$PKG_STUB_OBJECTS $j"
+    done
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_SOURCES)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES --
+#
+#	Specify one or more Tcl source files.  These should be platform
+#	independent runtime files.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	one or more file names
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		PKG_TCL_SOURCES
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES], [
+    vars="$@"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	# check for existence, be strict because it is installed
+	if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find tcl source file '${srcdir}/$i'])
+	fi
+	PKG_TCL_SOURCES="$PKG_TCL_SOURCES $i"
+    done
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ADD_HEADERS --
+#
+#	Specify one or more source headers.  Users should check for
+#	the right platform before adding to their list.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	one or more file names
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		PKG_HEADERS
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_HEADERS], [
+    vars="$@"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	# check for existence, be strict because it is installed
+	if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find header file '${srcdir}/$i'])
+	fi
+	PKG_HEADERS="$PKG_HEADERS $i"
+    done
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_HEADERS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ADD_INCLUDES --
+#
+#	Specify one or more include dirs.  Users should check for
+#	the right platform before adding to their list.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	one or more file names
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		PKG_INCLUDES
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_INCLUDES], [
+    vars="$@"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i"
+    done
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_INCLUDES)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ADD_LIBS --
+#
+#	Specify one or more libraries.  Users should check for
+#	the right platform before adding to their list.  For Windows,
+#	libraries provided in "foo.lib" format will be converted to
+#	"-lfoo" when using GCC (mingw).
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	one or more file names
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		PKG_LIBS
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_LIBS], [
+    vars="$@"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+	    # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC.  No-op if not *.lib
+	    i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([[^-]].*\)\.lib[$]/-l\1/i'`
+	fi
+	PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i"
+    done
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_LIBS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ADD_CFLAGS --
+#
+#	Specify one or more CFLAGS.  Users should check for
+#	the right platform before adding to their list.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	one or more file names
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		PKG_CFLAGS
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_CFLAGS], [
+    PKG_CFLAGS="$PKG_CFLAGS $@"
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_CFLAGS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PREFIX --
+#
+#	Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	If --prefix or --exec-prefix was not specified, $prefix and
+#	$exec_prefix will be set to the values given to Tcl when it was
+#	configured.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PREFIX], [
+    if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
+	prefix_default=yes
+	if test x"${TCL_PREFIX}" != x; then
+	    AC_MSG_NOTICE([--prefix defaulting to TCL_PREFIX ${TCL_PREFIX}])
+	    prefix=${TCL_PREFIX}
+	else
+	    AC_MSG_NOTICE([--prefix defaulting to /usr/local])
+	    prefix=/usr/local
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE" -a x"${prefix_default}" = x"yes" \
+	-o x"${exec_prefix_default}" = x"yes" ; then
+	if test x"${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" != x; then
+	    AC_MSG_NOTICE([--exec-prefix defaulting to TCL_EXEC_PREFIX ${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}])
+	    exec_prefix=${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}
+	else
+	    AC_MSG_NOTICE([--exec-prefix defaulting to ${prefix}])
+	    exec_prefix=$prefix
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC --
+#
+#	Do compiler checks the way we want.  This is just a replacement
+#	for AC_PROG_CC in TEA configure.in files to make them cleaner.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Sets up CC var and other standard bits we need to make executables.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC], [
+    # Don't put any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE)
+    # in this macro, they need to go into TEA_SETUP_COMPILER instead.
+
+    # If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
+    # the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
+    if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
+	CFLAGS=""
+    fi
+
+    AC_PROG_CC
+    AC_PROG_CPP
+
+    AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Find ranlib
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    AC_PROG_RANLIB
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    AC_OBJEXT
+    AC_EXEEXT
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_SETUP_COMPILER --
+#
+#	Do compiler checks that use the compiler.  This must go after
+#	TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC, which does the actual compiler check.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Sets up CC var and other standard bits we need to make executables.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_SETUP_COMPILER], [
+    # Any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE) have to go here.
+    AC_REQUIRE([TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC])
+
+    #------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe. If so, use it.
+    # It makes compiling go faster.  (This is only a performance feature.)
+    #------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    if test -z "$no_pipe" -a -n "$GCC"; then
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([if the compiler understands -pipe])
+	OLDCC="$CC"
+	CC="$CC -pipe"
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]), CC="$OLDCC"
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([no]))
+    fi
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Common compiler flag setup
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    AC_C_BIGENDIAN
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" ; then
+	TEA_TCL_LINK_LIBS
+	TEA_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS
+	# Let the user call this, because if it triggers, they will
+	# need a compat/strtod.c that is correct.  Users can also
+	# use Tcl_GetDouble(FromObj) instead.
+	#TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_MAKE_LIB --
+#
+#	Generate a line that can be used to build a shared/unshared library
+#	in a platform independent manner.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+#	Requires:
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#	CFLAGS -	Done late here to note disturb other AC macros
+#       MAKE_LIB -      Command to execute to build the Tcl library;
+#                       differs depending on whether or not Tcl is being
+#                       compiled as a shared library.
+#	MAKE_SHARED_LIB	Makefile rule for building a shared library
+#	MAKE_STATIC_LIB	Makefile rule for building a static library
+#	MAKE_STUB_LIB	Makefile rule for building a stub library
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_MAKE_LIB], [
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then
+	MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -out:\[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
+	MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT} -out:\[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
+	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -out:\[$]@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
+    else
+	MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
+	MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} -o \[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS) \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS}"
+	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[$]@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
+    fi
+
+    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_SHARED_LIB} "
+    else
+	MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_STATIC_LIB} "
+    fi
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Shared libraries and static libraries have different names.
+    # Use the double eval to make sure any variables in the suffix is
+    # substituted. (@@@ Might not be necessary anymore)
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	    # We force the unresolved linking of symbols that are really in
+	    # the private libraries of Tcl and Tk.
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
+	    if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
+	    fi
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	else
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	fi
+	# Some packages build their own stubs libraries
+	eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+	    PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}
+	fi
+	# These aren't needed on Windows (either MSVC or gcc)
+	RANLIB=:
+	RANLIB_STUB=:
+    else
+	RANLIB_STUB="${RANLIB}"
+	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+	    if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+	    fi
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	    RANLIB=:
+	else
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	fi
+	# Some packages build their own stubs libraries
+	eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+    fi
+
+    # These are escaped so that only CFLAGS is picked up at configure time.
+    # The other values will be substituted at make time.
+    CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${CFLAGS_DEFAULT} \${CFLAGS_WARNING}"
+    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${SHLIB_CFLAGS}"
+    fi
+
+    AC_SUBST(MAKE_LIB)
+    AC_SUBST(MAKE_SHARED_LIB)
+    AC_SUBST(MAKE_STATIC_LIB)
+    AC_SUBST(MAKE_STUB_LIB)
+    AC_SUBST(RANLIB_STUB)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_LIB_SPEC --
+#
+#	Compute the name of an existing object library located in libdir
+#	from the given base name and produce the appropriate linker flags.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	basename	The base name of the library without version
+#			numbers, extensions, or "lib" prefixes.
+#	extra_dir	Extra directory in which to search for the
+#			library.  This location is used first, then
+#			$prefix/$exec-prefix, then some defaults.
+#
+# Requires:
+#	TEA_INIT and TEA_PREFIX must be called first.
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		${basename}_LIB_NAME	The computed library name.
+#		${basename}_LIB_SPEC	The computed linker flags.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_LIB_SPEC], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1 library])
+
+    # Look in exec-prefix for the library (defined by TEA_PREFIX).
+
+    tea_lib_name_dir="${exec_prefix}/lib"
+
+    # Or in a user-specified location.
+
+    if test x"$2" != x ; then
+	tea_extra_lib_dir=$2
+    else
+	tea_extra_lib_dir=NONE
+    fi
+
+    for i in \
+	    `ls -dr ${tea_extra_lib_dir}/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr ${tea_extra_lib_dir}/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr ${tea_lib_name_dir}/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr ${tea_lib_name_dir}/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr /usr/lib/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr /usr/lib/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr /usr/local/lib/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr /usr/local/lib/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` ; do
+	if test -f "$i" ; then
+	    tea_lib_name_dir=`dirname $i`
+	    $1_LIB_NAME=`basename $i`
+	    $1_LIB_PATH_NAME=$i
+	    break
+	fi
+    done
+
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+	$1_LIB_SPEC=\"`${CYGPATH} ${$1_LIB_PATH_NAME} 2>/dev/null`\"
+    else
+	# Strip off the leading "lib" and trailing ".a" or ".so"
+
+	tea_lib_name_lib=`echo ${$1_LIB_NAME}|sed -e 's/^lib//' -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//' -e 's/\.so.*//'`
+	$1_LIB_SPEC="-L${tea_lib_name_dir} -l${tea_lib_name_lib}"
+    fi
+
+    if test "x${$1_LIB_NAME}" = x ; then
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([not found])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([${$1_LIB_SPEC}])
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS --
+#
+#	Locate the private Tcl include files
+#
+# Arguments:
+#
+#	Requires:
+#		TCL_SRC_DIR	Assumes that TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG has
+#				 already been called.
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Substs the following vars:
+#		TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE
+#		TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE
+#		TCL_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE
+#		TCL_WIN_DIR_NATIVE
+#		TCL_BMAP_DIR_NATIVE
+#		TCL_TOOL_DIR_NATIVE
+#		TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE
+#		TCL_BIN_DIR_NATIVE
+#		TCL_INCLUDES
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl private include files])
+
+    TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_SRC_DIR}`
+    TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}\"
+    TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic\"
+    TCL_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/unix\"
+    TCL_WIN_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/win\"
+    TCL_BMAP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/bitmaps\"
+    TCL_TOOL_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/tools\"
+    TCL_COMPAT_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/compat\"
+
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+	TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=${TCL_WIN_DIR_NATIVE}
+    else
+	TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=${TCL_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE}
+    fi
+    # We want to ensure these are substituted so as not to require
+    # any *_NATIVE vars be defined in the Makefile
+    TCL_INCLUDES="-I${TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE} -I${TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE}"
+    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+        # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use
+        # the framework's Headers and PrivateHeaders directories
+        case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+	    *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
+	        if test -d "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers" -a -d "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders"; then
+	        TCL_INCLUDES="-I\"${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers\" -I\"${TCL_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders\" ${TCL_INCLUDES}"; else
+	        TCL_INCLUDES="${TCL_INCLUDES} ${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC} `echo "${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/Headers/PrivateHeaders/'`"; fi
+	        ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_WIN_DIR_NATIVE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_BMAP_DIR_NATIVE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_TOOL_DIR_NATIVE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_INCLUDES)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([Using srcdir found in tclConfig.sh: ${TCL_SRC_DIR}])
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS --
+#
+#	Locate the installed public Tcl header files
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None.
+#
+# Requires:
+#	CYGPATH must be set
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds a --with-tclinclude switch to configure.
+#	Result is cached.
+#
+#	Substs the following vars:
+#		TCL_INCLUDES
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl public headers])
+
+    AC_ARG_WITH(tclinclude, [  --with-tclinclude       directory containing the public Tcl header files], with_tclinclude=${withval})
+
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclh, [
+	# Use the value from --with-tclinclude, if it was given
+
+	if test x"${with_tclinclude}" != x ; then
+	    if test -f "${with_tclinclude}/tcl.h" ; then
+		ac_cv_c_tclh=${with_tclinclude}
+	    else
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tclinclude} directory does not contain tcl.h])
+	    fi
+	else
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+		# If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use
+		# the framework's Headers directory
+		case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+		    *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
+			list="`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers 2>/dev/null`"
+			;;
+		esac
+	    fi
+
+	    # Look in the source dir only if Tcl is not installed,
+	    # and in that situation, look there before installed locations.
+	    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+		list="$list `ls -d ${TCL_SRC_DIR}/generic 2>/dev/null`"
+	    fi
+
+	    # Check order: pkg --prefix location, Tcl's --prefix location,
+	    # relative to directory of tclConfig.sh.
+
+	    eval "temp_includedir=${includedir}"
+	    list="$list \
+		`ls -d ${temp_includedir}        2>/dev/null` \
+		`ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/include     2>/dev/null` \
+		`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null`"
+	    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" -o "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+		list="$list /usr/local/include /usr/include"
+		if test x"${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" != x ; then
+		    d=`echo "${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/^-I//'`
+		    list="$list `ls -d ${d} 2>/dev/null`"
+		fi
+	    fi
+	    for i in $list ; do
+		if test -f "$i/tcl.h" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tclh=$i
+		    break
+		fi
+	    done
+	fi
+    ])
+
+    # Print a message based on how we determined the include path
+
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclh}" = x ; then
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([tcl.h not found.  Please specify its location with --with-tclinclude])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([${ac_cv_c_tclh}])
+    fi
+
+    # Convert to a native path and substitute into the output files.
+
+    INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${ac_cv_c_tclh}`
+
+    TCL_INCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\"
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_INCLUDES)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS --
+#
+#	Locate the private Tk include files
+#
+# Arguments:
+#
+#	Requires:
+#		TK_SRC_DIR	Assumes that TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG has
+#				 already been called.
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Substs the following vars:
+#		TK_INCLUDES
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk private include files])
+
+    TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${TK_SRC_DIR}`
+    TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}\"
+    TK_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/unix\"
+    TK_WIN_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/win\"
+    TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic\"
+    TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/xlib\"
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+	TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=${TK_WIN_DIR_NATIVE}
+    else
+	TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=${TK_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE}
+    fi
+    # We want to ensure these are substituted so as not to require
+    # any *_NATIVE vars be defined in the Makefile
+    TK_INCLUDES="-I${TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE} -I${TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE}"
+    if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "win32" \
+	-o "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "aqua"; then
+	TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I${TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE}"
+    fi
+    if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "aqua"; then
+	TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/macosx"
+    fi
+    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+        # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use
+        # the framework's Headers and PrivateHeaders directories
+        case ${TK_DEFS} in
+	    *TK_FRAMEWORK*)
+	        if test -d "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers" -a -d "${TK_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders"; then
+	        TK_INCLUDES="-I\"${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers\" -I\"${TK_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders\" ${TK_INCLUDES}"; fi
+	        ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_UNIX_DIR_NATIVE)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_WIN_DIR_NATIVE)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDES)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([Using srcdir found in tkConfig.sh: ${TK_SRC_DIR}])
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS --
+#
+#	Locate the installed public Tk header files
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None.
+#
+# Requires:
+#	CYGPATH must be set
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds a --with-tkinclude switch to configure.
+#	Result is cached.
+#
+#	Substs the following vars:
+#		TK_INCLUDES
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk public headers])
+
+    AC_ARG_WITH(tkinclude, [  --with-tkinclude      directory containing the public Tk header files.], with_tkinclude=${withval})
+
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkh, [
+	# Use the value from --with-tkinclude, if it was given
+
+	if test x"${with_tkinclude}" != x ; then
+	    if test -f "${with_tkinclude}/tk.h" ; then
+		ac_cv_c_tkh=${with_tkinclude}
+	    else
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tkinclude} directory does not contain tk.h])
+	    fi
+	else
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+		# If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use
+		# the framework's Headers directory.
+		case ${TK_DEFS} in
+		    *TK_FRAMEWORK*)
+			list="`ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers 2>/dev/null`"
+			;;
+		esac
+	    fi
+
+	    # Look in the source dir only if Tk is not installed,
+	    # and in that situation, look there before installed locations.
+	    if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+		list="$list `ls -d ${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic 2>/dev/null`"
+	    fi
+
+	    # Check order: pkg --prefix location, Tk's --prefix location,
+	    # relative to directory of tkConfig.sh, Tcl's --prefix location, 
+	    # relative to directory of tclConfig.sh.
+
+	    eval "temp_includedir=${includedir}"
+	    list="$list \
+		`ls -d ${temp_includedir}        2>/dev/null` \
+		`ls -d ${TK_PREFIX}/include      2>/dev/null` \
+		`ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/../include  2>/dev/null` \
+		`ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/include     2>/dev/null` \
+		`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null`"
+	    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" -o "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+		list="$list /usr/local/include /usr/include"
+	    fi
+	    for i in $list ; do
+		if test -f "$i/tk.h" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tkh=$i
+		    break
+		fi
+	    done
+	fi
+    ])
+
+    # Print a message based on how we determined the include path
+
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkh}" = x ; then
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([tk.h not found.  Please specify its location with --with-tkinclude])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([${ac_cv_c_tkh}])
+    fi
+
+    # Convert to a native path and substitute into the output files.
+
+    INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${ac_cv_c_tkh}`
+
+    TK_INCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\"
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDES)
+
+    if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "win32" \
+	-o "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "aqua"; then
+	# On Windows and Aqua, we need the X compat headers
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 header files])
+	if test ! -r "${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}/X11/Xlib.h"; then
+	    INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE="`${CYGPATH} ${TK_SRC_DIR}/xlib`"
+	    TK_XINCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\"
+	    AC_SUBST(TK_XINCLUDES)
+	fi
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}])
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PROG_TCLSH
+#	Determine the fully qualified path name of the tclsh executable
+#	in the Tcl build directory or the tclsh installed in a bin
+#	directory. This macro will correctly determine the name
+#	of the tclsh executable even if tclsh has not yet been
+#	built in the build directory. The tclsh found is always
+#	associated with a tclConfig.sh file. This tclsh should be used
+#	only for running extension test cases. It should never be
+#	or generation of files (like pkgIndex.tcl) at build time.
+#
+# Arguments
+#	none
+#
+# Results
+#	Subst's the following values:
+#		TCLSH_PROG
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PROG_TCLSH], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tclsh])
+    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+        # tclConfig.sh is in Tcl build directory
+        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+            TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
+        else
+            TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh"
+        fi
+    else
+        # tclConfig.sh is in install location
+        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+            TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
+        else
+            TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}.${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}"
+        fi
+        list="`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../bin 2>/dev/null` \
+              `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/..     2>/dev/null` \
+              `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/bin     2>/dev/null`"
+        for i in $list ; do
+            if test -f "$i/${TCLSH_PROG}" ; then
+                REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR="`cd "$i"; pwd`"
+                break
+            fi
+        done
+        TCLSH_PROG="${REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCLSH_PROG}"
+    fi
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([${TCLSH_PROG}])
+    AC_SUBST(TCLSH_PROG)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PROG_WISH
+#	Determine the fully qualified path name of the wish executable
+#	in the Tk build directory or the wish installed in a bin
+#	directory. This macro will correctly determine the name
+#	of the wish executable even if wish has not yet been
+#	built in the build directory. The wish found is always
+#	associated with a tkConfig.sh file. This wish should be used
+#	only for running extension test cases. It should never be
+#	or generation of files (like pkgIndex.tcl) at build time.
+#
+# Arguments
+#	none
+#
+# Results
+#	Subst's the following values:
+#		WISH_PROG
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PROG_WISH], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for wish])
+    if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+        # tkConfig.sh is in Tk build directory
+        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+            WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
+        else
+            WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish"
+        fi
+    else
+        # tkConfig.sh is in install location
+        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+            WISH_PROG="wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
+        else
+            WISH_PROG="wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}.${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}"
+        fi
+        list="`ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/../bin 2>/dev/null` \
+              `ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/..     2>/dev/null` \
+              `ls -d ${TK_PREFIX}/bin     2>/dev/null`"
+        for i in $list ; do
+            if test -f "$i/${WISH_PROG}" ; then
+                REAL_TK_BIN_DIR="`cd "$i"; pwd`"
+                break
+            fi
+        done
+        WISH_PROG="${REAL_TK_BIN_DIR}/${WISH_PROG}"
+    fi
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([${WISH_PROG}])
+    AC_SUBST(WISH_PROG)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PATH_CONFIG --
+#
+#	Locate the ${1}Config.sh file and perform a sanity check on
+#	the ${1} compile flags.  These are used by packages like
+#	[incr Tk] that load *Config.sh files from more than Tcl and Tk.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--with-$1=...
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		$1_BIN_DIR	Full path to the directory containing
+#				the $1Config.sh file
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_CONFIG], [
+    #
+    # Ok, lets find the $1 configuration
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-$1
+    #
+
+    if test x"${no_$1}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_$1 in case something fails here
+	no_$1=true
+	AC_ARG_WITH($1, [  --with-$1              directory containing $1 configuration ($1Config.sh)], with_$1config=${withval})
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1 configuration])
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_$1config,[
+
+	    # First check to see if --with-$1 was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_$1config}" != x ; then
+		case ${with_$1config} in
+		    */$1Config.sh )
+			if test -f ${with_$1config}; then
+			    AC_MSG_WARN([--with-$1 argument should refer to directory containing $1Config.sh, not to $1Config.sh itself])
+			    with_$1config=`echo ${with_$1config} | sed 's!/$1Config\.sh$!!'`
+			fi;;
+		esac
+		if test -f "${with_$1config}/$1Config.sh" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd ${with_$1config}; pwd)`
+		else
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_$1config} directory doesn't contain $1Config.sh])
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a private $1 installation
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_$1config}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../$1 \
+			`ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../$1 \
+			`ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../../$1 \
+			`ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			${srcdir}/../$1 \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/$1Config.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/$1Config.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few common install locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_$1config}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/$1Config.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+	])
+
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_$1config}" = x ; then
+	    $1_BIN_DIR="# no $1 configs found"
+	    AC_MSG_WARN([Cannot find $1 configuration definitions])
+	    exit 0
+	else
+	    no_$1=
+	    $1_BIN_DIR=${ac_cv_c_$1config}
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found $$1_BIN_DIR/$1Config.sh])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_LOAD_CONFIG --
+#
+#	Load the $1Config.sh file
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	
+#	Requires the following vars to be set:
+#		$1_BIN_DIR
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Subst the following vars:
+#		$1_SRC_DIR
+#		$1_LIB_FILE
+#		$1_LIB_SPEC
+#
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_LOAD_CONFIG], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${$1_BIN_DIR}/$1Config.sh])
+
+    if test -f "${$1_BIN_DIR}/$1Config.sh" ; then
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
+	. ${$1_BIN_DIR}/$1Config.sh
+    else
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([file not found])
+    fi
+
+    #
+    # If the $1_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
+    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
+    # For example, the variable $1_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
+    # of $1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of $1_LIB_SPEC
+    # instead of $1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
+    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
+    #
+
+    if test -f ${$1_BIN_DIR}/Makefile ; then
+	AC_MSG_WARN([Found Makefile - using build library specs for $1])
+        $1_LIB_SPEC=${$1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
+        $1_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${$1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
+        $1_STUB_LIB_PATH=${$1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
+    fi
+
+    AC_SUBST($1_VERSION)
+    AC_SUBST($1_BIN_DIR)
+    AC_SUBST($1_SRC_DIR)
+
+    AC_SUBST($1_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST($1_LIB_SPEC)
+
+    AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
+    AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_PATH)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PATH_CELIB --
+#
+#	Locate Keuchel's celib emulation layer for targeting Win/CE
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--with-celib=...
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		CELIB_DIR	Full path to the directory containing
+#				the include and platform lib files
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_CELIB], [
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-celib
+
+    if test x"${no_celib}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_celib in case something fails here
+	no_celib=true
+	AC_ARG_WITH(celib,[  --with-celib=DIR        use Windows/CE support library from DIR], with_celibconfig=${withval})
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Windows/CE celib directory])
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_celibconfig,[
+	    # First check to see if --with-celibconfig was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_celibconfig}" != x ; then
+		if test -d "${with_celibconfig}/inc" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd ${with_celibconfig}; pwd)`
+		else
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_celibconfig} directory doesn't contain inc directory])
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a celib library
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../celib-palm-3.0 \
+			../celib \
+			../../celib-palm-3.0 \
+			../../celib \
+			`ls -dr ../celib-*3.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			${srcdir}/../celib-palm-3.0 \
+			${srcdir}/../celib \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../celib-*3.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -d "$i/inc" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+	])
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find celib support library directory])
+	else
+	    no_celib=
+	    CELIB_DIR=${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}
+	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found $CELIB_DIR])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: autoconf
+# End:

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/Driver.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/Driver.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Driver.tcl,v 1.4 2002/12/15 04:21:53 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# This is the "Test Driver" program that sources in each test script. It
+# is invoked by tests/Test.tcl or by "make tests" in unix/tk8.0 (in
+# Unix) or by a properly configured wish.exe program (in Windows).
+#
+catch {
+    cd [file dirname [info script]]
+}
+
+# Some parts of the test for a specific platform. The variable
+# tixPriv(test:platform) controls the tests for which platform should
+# be executed. This can be controlled by the TEST_PLATFORM environment
+# variable 
+#
+set tixPriv(test:platform) unix
+if [info exists tcl_platform(platform)] {
+    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+        set tixPriv(test:platform) windows
+    }
+}
+
+if [info exists env(TEST_PLATFORM)] {
+    set tixPriv(test:platform) $env(TEST_PLATFORM)
+}
+
+global testConfig
+if {![info exists tix]} {
+    puts "TIX INITIALIZATION ERROR: tix not found"
+    exit -1
+}
+set testConfig(dynlib) ""
+
+# The following global arrays are used by these tests:
+#
+# testConfig
+#     dynlib, VERBOSE, errCount
+# tix:
+# tixPriv:
+#     test:platform
+# testapp
+#     X, Y
+
+
+# ---------------------------------------------------------  Driver:Test
+#
+proc Driver:Test {name f} {
+    global errorInfo testConfig
+
+    # destroy all child windows other than '.__top'
+    foreach w [winfo children .] {
+        if [string comp .__top $w] {
+            destroy $w
+        }
+    }
+
+    if {$testConfig(VERBOSE) >= 20} {
+        puts -----------------------------------------------------------
+        puts "Loading script $name"
+    } else {
+        puts $name
+    }
+
+    update
+    uplevel #0 source $f
+    Event-Initialize
+    catch {
+        wm title . [About]
+        if {$testConfig(VERBOSE) >= 20} {
+            puts "  [About]"
+            puts "--------------------- starting ----------------------"
+        }
+    }
+
+    set code [catch {Test} error]
+
+    if $code {
+        if {$code == 1234} {
+            puts -nonewline "Test $f is aborted"
+        } else {
+            puts -nonewline "Test $f is aborted unexpectedly"
+        }
+        if {[info exists errorInfo] && ![tixStrEq $errorInfo ""]} {
+            puts " by the following error\n$errorInfo"
+        } else {
+            puts "."
+        }
+    }
+    Done
+};                                                         # Driver:Test
+
+# ---------------------------------------------------  Driver:GetTargets
+#
+# fileList: name of the file that contains a list of test targets
+# type: "dir" or "script"
+#
+proc Driver:GetTargets {fileList type} {
+    set fd [open $fileList {RDONLY}]
+    set data {}
+
+    while {![eof $fd]} {
+        set line [string trim [gets $fd]]
+        if [regexp ^# $line] {
+            continue
+        }
+        append data $line\n
+    }
+
+    close $fd
+    set files {}
+
+    foreach item $data {
+        set takeit 1
+
+        foreach cond [lrange $item 1 end] {
+            set inverse 0
+            set cond [string trim $cond]
+            if {[string index $cond 0] == "!"} {
+                set cond [string range $cond 1 end]
+                set inverse 1
+            }
+
+            set true 1
+            case [lindex $cond 0] {
+                c {
+                    set cmd [lindex $cond 1]
+                    if {[info command $cmd] != $cmd} {
+                        if ![auto_load $cmd] {
+                            set true 0
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+                i {
+                    if {[lsearch [image types] [lindex $cond 1]] == -1} {
+                        set true 0
+                    }
+                }
+                v {
+                    set var [lindex $cond 1]
+                    if ![uplevel #0 info exists [list $var]] {
+                        set true 0
+                    }
+                }
+                default {
+                    # must be an expression
+                    #
+                    if ![uplevel #0 expr [list $cond]] {
+                        set true 0
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            if {$inverse} {
+                set true [expr !$true]
+            }
+            if {!$true} {
+                set takeit 0
+                break
+            }
+        }
+
+        if {$takeit} {
+            lappend files [lindex $item 0]
+        }
+    }
+    return $files
+};                                                   # Driver:GetTargets
+
+# ---------------------------------------------------------  Driver:Main
+#
+proc Driver:Main {} {
+    global argv env
+
+    if [tixStrEq $argv "dont"] {
+        return
+    }
+
+    set argvfiles  $argv
+    set env(WAITTIME) 200
+
+    set errCount 0
+
+    set PWD [pwd]
+    if {$argvfiles == {}} {
+        set argvfiles [Driver:GetTargets files dir]
+    }
+
+    foreach f $argvfiles {
+        Driver:Execute $f
+        cd $PWD
+    }
+};                                                         # Driver:Main
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------  Driver:Execute
+#
+proc Driver:Execute {f} {
+    global testConfig
+
+    if [file isdir $f] {
+        raise .
+        set dir $f
+
+        if {$testConfig(VERBOSE) >= 20} {
+            puts "Entering directory $dir ..."
+        }
+        cd $dir
+
+        if [file exists pkginit.tcl] {
+            # call the package initialization file, which is
+            # something specific to the files in this directory
+            #
+            source pkginit.tcl
+        }
+        foreach f [Driver:GetTargets files script] {
+            set _PWD [pwd]
+            Driver:Test $dir/$f $f
+            cd $_PWD
+        }
+        if {$testConfig(VERBOSE) >= 20} {
+            puts "Leaving directory $dir ..."
+        }
+    } else {
+        set dir [file dirname $f]
+        if {$dir != {}} {
+            if {$testConfig(VERBOSE) >= 20} {
+                puts "Entering directory $dir ..."
+            }
+            cd $dir
+            if [file exists pkginit.tcl] {
+                # call the package initialization file, which is
+                # something specific to the files in this directory
+                #
+                source pkginit.tcl
+            }
+            set f [file tail $f]
+        }
+        set _PWD [pwd]
+        Driver:Test $f $f
+        cd $_PWD
+
+        if {$testConfig(VERBOSE) >= 20} {
+            puts "Leaving directory $dir ..."
+        }
+    }
+};                                                      # Driver:Execute
+
+if [tixStrEq [tix platform] "windows"] {
+    # The following are a bunch of useful functions to make it more
+    # convenient to run the tests on Windows inside the Tix console
+    # window.
+    #
+
+    # do -- Execute a test.
+    proc do {f} {
+        set PWD [pwd]
+        Driver:Execute $f
+        cd $PWD
+        puts "% "
+    }
+
+    # rnew -- Read in all the files in the Tix library path that have
+    #         been modified.
+    #
+    proc rnew {} {
+        global lastModified filesPatterns
+        foreach file [eval glob $filesPatterns] {
+            set mtime [file mtime $file]
+            if {$lastModified < $mtime} {
+                set lastModified $mtime
+                puts "sourcing $file"
+                uplevel #0 source [list $file]
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    
+    # pk -- pack widgets filled and expanded
+    proc pk {args} {
+        eval pack $args -expand yes -fill both
+    }
+
+    # Initialize 'lastModified' so that rnew loads only newly modified
+    # files
+    #
+    set filesPatterns {../library/*.tcl Driver.tcl library/*.tcl}
+    set lastModified 0
+    foreach file [eval glob $filesPatterns] {
+        set mtime [file mtime $file]
+        if {$lastModified < $mtime} {
+            set lastModified $mtime
+        }
+    }
+
+    proc ei {} {
+        global errorInfo
+        puts $errorInfo
+    }
+}
+
+puts "tcl_version = $tcl_version, tcl_patchLevel = $tcl_patchLevel"
+puts "tcl_precision = $tcl_precision, tcl_library = $tcl_library"
+puts "tk_version = $tk_version, tk_patchLevel = $tk_patchLevel"
+puts "tix_version = $tix_version, tix_patchLevel = $tix_patchLevel"
+puts "tix_release = $tix_release"
+puts "tcl_platform = '[array get tcl_platform]'"
+
+uplevel #0 source library/TestLib.tcl
+uplevel #0 source library/CaseData.tcl
+wm title . "Test-driving Tix"
+Driver:Main
+
+puts "$testConfig(errCount) error(s) found"
+
+destroy .
+catch {update}
+exit 0

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/Makefile.in
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/Makefile.in	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+# -*- mode: makefile; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+#	This file is a Makefile for Tix. If it has the name
+#	"Makefile.in" Then it is a template for a Makefile; to
+#	generate the actual Makefile, run "./configure", which is a
+#	configuration script generated by the "autoconf" program
+#	(constructs like "@foo@" will get replaced in the actual
+#	Makefile.
+#
+#	See the file README for information about executing the test
+#	suites.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+#
+ at SET_MAKE@
+
+BINSRC_DIR	=	@SRC_DIR@
+SRC_DIR		=	@SRC_DIR@
+LIBRARY_DIR	=	@SRC_DIR@/library
+DEMOS_DIR	=	@SRC_DIR@/demos
+MANUAL_DIR	=	@SRC_DIR@/man
+VPATH		=	@SRC_DIR@
+
+all: @TIX_TARGETS@ @TIX_TEST_LOAD@
+
+test: all
+
+unix-tk4.0:: tk40
+
+unix-tk4.1:: tk41
+
+unix-tk4.2:: tk42
+
+unix-itcl2.0:: itcl20
+
+unix-itcl2.1:: itcl21
+
+# There are no test for the following targets (they don't really need
+# tests)
+unix-et-tk4.0::
+
+unix-et-tk4.1::
+
+demos-c::
+
+# Some versions of make, like SGI's, use the following variable to
+# determine which shell to use for executing commands:
+SHELL =		/bin/sh
+
+SUBSETS=
+
+ENVIRON_74 = TEST_TCL_LIBRARY=@TCL74_SRC_DIR@/library \
+	TEST_TK_LIBRARY=@TK40_SRC_DIR@/library \
+	TEST_ITCL_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/itcl/library \
+	TEST_ITK_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/itk/library \
+	IWIDGETS_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/iwidgets2.0.0 \
+	TIX_LIBRARY=@SRC_DIR@/library \
+	TEST_BINSRC_DIR=$(BINSRC_DIR) \
+	TEST_LDPATHS=""
+
+
+ENVIRON_75 = TEST_TCL_LIBRARY=@TCL75_SRC_DIR@/library \
+	TEST_TK_LIBRARY=@TK41_SRC_DIR@/library \
+	TEST_ITCL_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/itcl/library \
+	TEST_ITK_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/itk/library \
+	IWIDGETS_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/iwidgets2.0.0 \
+	TIX_LIBRARY=@SRC_DIR@/library \
+	TEST_BINSRC_DIR=$(BINSRC_DIR) \
+	TEST_LDPATHS=@TCL75_SRC_DIR@/unix:@TK41_SRC_DIR@/unix:$(BINSRC_DIR)/unix-tk4.1
+
+
+ENVIRON_76 = TEST_TCL_LIBRARY=@TCL76_SRC_DIR@/library \
+	TEST_TK_LIBRARY=@TK42_SRC_DIR@/library \
+	TEST_ITCL_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/itcl/library \
+	TEST_ITK_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/itk/library \
+	IWIDGETS_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/iwidgets2.0.0 \
+	TIX_LIBRARY=@SRC_DIR@/library \
+	TEST_BINSRC_DIR=$(BINSRC_DIR) \
+	TEST_LDPATHS=@TCL76_SRC_DIR@/unix:@TK42_SRC_DIR@/unix:$(BINSRC_DIR)/unix-tk4.2
+
+ENVIRON_ITCL_20 = TEST_TCL_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/tcl7.4/library \
+	TEST_TK_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/tk4.0/library \
+	TEST_ITCL_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/itcl/library \
+	TEST_ITK_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/itk/library \
+	IWIDGETS_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/iwidgets2.0.0 \
+	TIX_LIBRARY=@SRC_DIR@/library \
+	TEST_BINSRC_DIR=$(BINSRC_DIR) \
+	TEST_LDPATHS=""
+
+ENVIRON_ITCL_21 = TEST_TCL_LIBRARY=@ITCL21_SRC_DIR@/tcl7.5/library \
+	TEST_TK_LIBRARY=@ITCL21_SRC_DIR@/tk4.1/library \
+	TEST_ITCL_LIBRARY=@ITCL21_SRC_DIR@/itcl/library \
+	TEST_ITK_LIBRARY=@ITCL21_SRC_DIR@/itk/library \
+	IWIDGETS_LIBRARY=@ITCL21_SRC_DIR@/iwidgets2.1.0 \
+	TIX_LIBRARY=@SRC_DIR@/library \
+	TEST_BINSRC_DIR=$(BINSRC_DIR) \
+	TEST_LDPATHS=@ITCL21_SRC_DIR@/itk/unix:@ITCL21_SRC_DIR@/itcl/unix:@ITCL21_SRC_DIR@/tcl7.5/unix:@ITCL21_SRC_DIR@/tk4.1/unix:$(BINSRC_DIR)/unix-itcl2.1
+
+tk40::
+	@$(ENVIRON_74) \
+	tclsh Test.tcl tk40 $(SUBSETS)
+
+tk41::
+	@$(ENVIRON_75) \
+	tclsh Test.tcl tk41 $(SUBSETS)
+
+tk42::
+	@$(ENVIRON_76) \
+	tclsh Test.tcl tk42 $(SUBSETS)
+
+itcl20::
+	@$(ENVIRON_ITCL_20) \
+	tclsh Test.tcl itcl20 $(SUBSETS)
+
+itcl21::
+	@$(ENVIRON_ITCL_21) \
+	tclsh Test.tcl itcl21 $(SUBSETS)
+
+load::
+	@$(ENVIRON_75) \
+	tclsh Test.tcl load $(SUBSETS)
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in
+	cd $(SRC_DIR); $(SHELL) config.status
+
+distclean:
+	- rm -f Makefile
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#	Testing the files in the binary distribution
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+dist: dist_tk40 dist_tk41 dist_itcl20 dist_itcl21
+
+BDIST=$(TIX_BIN_DIST_DIR)
+SDIST=$(TIX_SRC_DIST_DIR)
+
+ENV_TK40_DIST = \
+	TIX_LIBRARY=$(SDIST)/library \
+	TCL_LIBRARY=@TCL74_SRC_DIR@/library \
+	TK_LIBRARY=@TK40_SRC_DIR@/library \
+	LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$(SITE_LDPATH)
+
+ENV_TK41_DIST = \
+	TIX_LIBRARY=$(SDIST)/library \
+	TCL_LIBRARY=@TCL75_SRC_DIR@/library \
+	TK_LIBRARY=@TK41_SRC_DIR@/library \
+	LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$(BDIST)/unix-tk4.1:$(SITE_LDPATH)
+
+ENV_ITCL20_DIST = \
+	TIX_LIBRARY=$(SDIST)/library \
+	TCL_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/tcl7.4/library \
+	TK_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/tk4.0/library \
+	ITCL_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/itcl/library \
+	ITK_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/itk/library \
+	IWIDGETS_LIBRARY=@ITCL20_SRC_DIR@/iwidgets2.0.0 \
+	LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$(SITE_LDPATH)
+
+ENV_ITCL21_DIST = \
+	TIX_LIBRARY=$(SDIST)/library \
+	TCL_LIBRARY=@ITCL21_SRC_DIR@/tcl7.5/library \
+	TK_LIBRARY=@ITCL21_SRC_DIR@/tk4.1/library \
+	ITCL_LIBRARY=@ITCL21_SRC_DIR@/itcl/library \
+	ITK_LIBRARY=@ITCL21_SRC_DIR@/itk/library \
+	IWIDGETS_LIBRARY=@ITCL21_SRC_DIR@/iwidgets2.1.0 \
+	LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$(BDIST)/unix-itcl2.1:$(SITE_LDPATH)
+
+dist_tk40:
+	@echo
+	@echo ======================== tk40_dist
+	@echo
+	-$(ENV_TK40_DIST) ldd $(BDIST)/unix-tk4.0/tixwish
+	$(ENV_TK40_DIST) $(BDIST)/unix-tk4.0/tixwish Driver.tcl $(SUBSETS)
+
+dist_tk41:
+	@echo
+	@echo ======================== tk41_dist
+	@echo
+	-$(ENV_TK41_DIST) ldd $(BDIST)/unix-tk4.1/tixwish
+	$(ENV_TK41_DIST) $(BDIST)/unix-tk4.1/tixwish Driver.tcl $(SUBSETS)
+
+dist_itcl20:
+	@echo
+	@echo ======================== itcl20_dist
+	@echo
+	-$(ENV_ITCL20_DIST) ldd $(BDIST)/unix-itcl2.0/itixwish
+	$(ENV_ITCL20_DIST) $(BDIST)/unix-itcl2.0/itixwish Driver.tcl $(SUBSETS)
+
+dist_itcl21:
+	@echo
+	@echo ======================== itcl21_dist
+	@echo
+	-$(ENV_ITCL21_DIST) ldd $(BDIST)/unix-itcl2.1/itixwish
+	$(ENV_ITCL21_DIST) $(BDIST)/unix-itcl2.1/itixwish Driver.tcl $(SUBSETS)

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/README
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/README	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# -*- mode: text; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+
+There are two set of tests in this directory:
+
+[1] The Tcltest-style tests (with the .test extension), which are not yet
+fully supported.
+[2] The old-style tests, which are invoked by the script Driver.tcl.
+
+The old-style tests will be rewritten to use the Tcltest-style. 
+
+To execute all of the tests, simply do a "make test" in the win/ or
+unix/ build directories.
+
+To execute an individual test file:
+
+[1] .test files: simply source the file. E.g.,
+
+    cd unix
+    tixwish ../tests/basic.test
+
+[2] Old-style tests:
+
+    ../unix/tixwish Driver.tcl general/select.tcl
+
+    - or -
+
+    ..\win\tixwish.exe Driver.tcl general/select.tcl
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/TODO.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/TODO.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# -*- mode: text; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+
+[1] NoteBook active/inactive/disabled tabs drawing

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/Test.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/Test.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Test.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+#! /bin/sh
+# the next line restarts using tclsh \
+exec tclsh "$0" "$@"
+
+# Test.tcl --
+#
+#	This file executes the Tix test suite for the Unix platform.
+#	Don't execute this file directly. Read the README file in this
+#	directory first.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+set targets  [lindex $argv 0]
+set argvfiles [lrange $argv 1 end]
+
+set env(WAITTIME) 200
+
+set genDirs {
+    general xpm hlist
+}
+
+set env(TCL_LIBRARY) 	$env(TEST_TCL_LIBRARY)
+set env(TK_LIBRARY) 	$env(TEST_TK_LIBRARY)
+set env(ITCL_LIBRARY) 	$env(TEST_ITCL_LIBRARY)
+set env(ITK_LIBRARY) 	$env(TEST_ITK_LIBRARY)
+set BINSRC_DIR		$env(TEST_BINSRC_DIR)
+
+catch {
+    unset env(TIX_DEBUG_INTERACTIVE)
+}
+
+set load(bin)   $BINSRC_DIR/../tk4.1/unix/wish
+set tk40(bin)   $BINSRC_DIR/unix-tk4.0/tixwish
+set tk41(bin)   $BINSRC_DIR/unix-tk4.1/tixwish
+set tk42(bin)   $BINSRC_DIR/unix-tk4.2/tixwish
+set itcl20(bin) $BINSRC_DIR/unix-itcl2.0/itixwish
+set itcl21(bin) $BINSRC_DIR/unix-itcl2.1/itixwish
+
+if ![info exists env(LD_LIBRARY_PATH)] {
+    set env(LD_LIBRARY_PATH) ""
+}
+if [info exists env(TEST_LDPATHS)] {
+    set env(LD_LIBRARY_PATH) $env(TEST_LDPATHS):$env(LD_LIBRARY_PATH)
+}
+
+foreach t $targets {
+    upvar #0 $t target
+
+    puts "Executing ---\n"
+    puts "env TCL_LIBRARY=$env(TCL_LIBRARY) TK_LIBRARY=$env(TK_LIBRARY) ITCL_LIBRARY=$env(ITCL_LIBRARY) ITK_LIBRARY=$env(ITK_LIBRARY) LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$env(LD_LIBRARY_PATH) TIX_LIBRARY=$env(TIX_LIBRARY) $target(bin)"
+    puts ""
+
+
+    puts "Testing target $t with executable $target(bin)"
+    eval exec $target(bin) Driver.tcl $argvfiles >@ stdout 2>@ stderr
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/all.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/all.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# all.tcl --
+#
+# This file contains a top-level script to run all of the Tk
+# tests.  Execute it by invoking "source all.tcl" when running tktest
+# in this directory.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
+# All rights reserved.
+#
+# Copied from Tk 8.3.2 with very minor change.
+# Original RCS Id: all.tcl,v 1.4 1999/04/21 21:53:29 rjohnson Exp
+# Tix RCS Id: $Id: all.tcl,v 1.6 2002/12/17 08:03:44 idiscovery Exp $
+
+package require Tix
+if {[lsearch [namespace children] ::tcltest] == -1} {
+    source [file join [pwd] [file dirname [info script]] defs.tcl]
+}
+set ::tcltest::testSingleFile false
+
+puts stdout "Tix $tix_patchLevel tests running in interp:  [info nameofexecutable]"
+puts stdout "Tests running in working dir:  $::tcltest::workingDir"
+if {[llength $::tcltest::skip] > 0} {
+    puts stdout "Skipping tests that match:  $::tcltest::skip"
+}
+if {[llength $::tcltest::match] > 0} {
+    puts stdout "Only running tests that match:  $::tcltest::match"
+}
+puts stdout "tcl_library = $tcl_library"
+puts stdout "tk_library  = $tk_library"
+puts stdout "tix_library = $tix_library"
+
+# Use command line specified glob pattern (specified by -file or -f)
+# if one exists.  Otherwise use *.test.  If given, the file pattern
+# should be specified relative to the dir containing this file.  If no
+# files are found to match the pattern, print an error message and exit.
+set fileIndex [expr {[lsearch $argv "-file"] + 1}]
+set fIndex [expr {[lsearch $argv "-f"] + 1}]
+if {($fileIndex < 1) || ($fIndex > $fileIndex)} {
+    set fileIndex $fIndex
+}
+if {$fileIndex > 0} {
+    set globPattern [file join $::tcltest::testsDir [lindex $argv $fileIndex]]
+    puts stdout "Sourcing files that match:  $globPattern"
+} else {
+    set globPattern [file join $::tcltest::testsDir *.test]
+}
+set fileList [glob -nocomplain $globPattern]
+if {[llength $fileList] < 1} {
+    puts "Error: no files found matching $globPattern"
+    exit
+}
+
+global auto_path
+lappend auto_path [file dir [info script]]
+
+set timeCmd {clock format [clock seconds]}
+puts stdout "Tests began at [eval $timeCmd]"
+
+# source each of the specified tests
+foreach file [lsort $fileList] {
+    set tail [file tail $file]
+    if {[string match l.*.test $tail]} {
+	# This is an SCCS lockfile; ignore it
+	continue
+    }
+    puts stdout $tail
+    if {[catch {source $file} msg]} {
+	puts stdout $msg
+    }
+}
+
+# cleanup
+puts stdout "\nTests ended at [eval $timeCmd]"
+::tcltest::cleanupTests 1
+return
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/auto_loaded.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/auto_loaded.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# auto_loaded.tcl --
+#
+#       This file is auto-loaded by various test code to test whether
+#       the Tix code is compatible with Tcl autoloading.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# $Id: auto_loaded.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+
+proc tixTestClass_method:foo {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    return returned_by_tixTestClass_method:foo
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/basic.test
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/basic.test	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# basic.test --
+#
+#       This file is a Tcl script to test out Tix's basic behaviors.
+#       It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# $Id: basic.test,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+
+package require Tix
+
+if {[lsearch [namespace children] ::tcltest] == -1} {
+    source [file join [pwd] [file dirname [info script]] defs.tcl]
+}
+
+test basic-1.1 {version check} {
+    list This Tix test suite expects Tix version $tix_version
+} {This Tix test suite expects Tix version 8.4}
+
+
+# cleanup
+::tcltest::cleanupTests
+return
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/class.test
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/class.test	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# class.test --
+#
+#       This file is a Tcl script to test out tixClass.c.
+#       It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# $Id: class.test,v 1.4 2004/12/24 00:37:10 hobbs Exp $
+
+package require Tix
+
+if {[lsearch [namespace children] ::tcltest] == -1} {
+    source [file join [pwd] [file dirname [info script]] defs.tcl]
+}
+
+if {![info exists widgetTestClass1]} {
+    source [file join [pwd] [file dirname [info script]] widgetTestClass1.tcl]
+}
+
+test class-1.1 {Tix_InstanceCmd(): subwidget} {
+    widgetTestClass1 .test
+    set a [.test subwidget $longword]
+    destroy .test
+    list $a
+} [list .test.$longword]
+
+test class-2.1 {Tix_InstanceCmd(): subwidgets} {
+    widgetTestClass1 .test
+
+    set a [list [catch {
+        .test subwidgets
+    } msg] $msg]
+
+    destroy .test
+    set a
+} {1 {wrong # args: should be "tixPrimitive:subwidgets w type args"}}
+
+test class-2.2 {Tix_InstanceCmd(): subwidgets} {
+    widgetTestClass1 .test
+
+    set a [.test subwidgets -class Button]
+    destroy .test
+    expr {[lsearch  $a .test.$longword] >= 0}
+} {1}
+
+# todo: subwidgets -group, -all -
+
+# cleanup
+::tcltest::cleanupTests
+return

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/cleanup/cleanup.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/cleanup/cleanup.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: cleanup.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# cleanup.tcl --
+#
+#	This program tests whether whether there is any garbage left
+#	after all the test files are executed. If so, either Tix has
+#	resource leak or the test suite doesn't clean up properly.
+#	
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing resource leaks"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    global testConfig
+
+    if {$testConfig(VERBOSE) >= 20} {
+	foreach image [image names] {
+	    puts "Warning: \[resource leak\] image $image of type [image type $image]"
+	    foreach option [$image configure] {
+		puts "  $option"
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/cleanup/files
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/cleanup/files	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+cleanup.tcl
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/defs.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/defs.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1101 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# defs.tcl --
+#
+#	This file contains support code for the Tcl/Tk test suite.It is
+#	It is normally sourced by the individual files in the test suite
+#	before they run their tests.  This improved approach to testing
+#	was designed and initially implemented by Mary Ann May-Pumphrey
+#	of Sun Microsystems.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
+# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
+# All rights reserved.
+# 
+# Copied from Tk 8.3.2 without change.
+# Original RCS Id: defs.tcl,v 1.7 1999/12/14 06:53:12 hobbs Exp
+# Tix RCS Id: $Id: defs.tcl,v 1.3 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+
+# Initialize wish shell
+
+if {[info exists tk_version]} {
+    tk appname tktest
+    wm title . tktest
+} else {
+
+    # Ensure that we have a minimal auto_path so we don't pick up extra junk.
+
+    set auto_path [list [info library]]
+}
+
+# create the "tcltest" namespace for all testing variables and procedures
+
+namespace eval tcltest {
+    set procList [list test cleanupTests dotests saveState restoreState \
+	    normalizeMsg makeFile removeFile makeDirectory removeDirectory \
+	    viewFile bytestring set_iso8859_1_locale restore_locale \
+	    safeFetch threadReap]
+    if {[info exists tk_version]} {
+	lappend procList setupbg dobg bgReady cleanupbg fixfocus
+    }
+    foreach proc $procList {
+	namespace export $proc
+    }
+
+    # setup ::tcltest default vars
+    foreach {var default} {verbose b match {} skip {}} {
+	if {![info exists $var]} {
+	    variable $var $default
+	}
+    }
+
+    # Tests should not rely on the current working directory.
+    # Files that are part of the test suite should be accessed relative to
+    # ::tcltest::testsDir.
+
+    set originalDir [pwd]
+    set tDir [file join $originalDir [file dirname [info script]]]
+    cd $tDir
+    variable testsDir [pwd]
+    cd $originalDir
+
+    # Count the number of files tested (0 if all.tcl wasn't called).
+    # The all.tcl file will set testSingleFile to false, so stats will
+    # not be printed until all.tcl calls the cleanupTests proc.
+    # The currentFailure var stores the boolean value of whether the
+    # current test file has had any failures.  The failFiles list
+    # stores the names of test files that had failures.
+
+    variable numTestFiles 0
+    variable testSingleFile true
+    variable currentFailure false
+    variable failFiles {}
+
+    # Tests should remove all files they create.  The test suite will
+    # check the current working dir for files created by the tests.
+    # ::tcltest::filesMade keeps track of such files created using the
+    # ::tcltest::makeFile and ::tcltest::makeDirectory procedures.
+    # ::tcltest::filesExisted stores the names of pre-existing files.
+
+    variable filesMade {}
+    variable filesExisted {}
+
+    # ::tcltest::numTests will store test files as indices and the list
+    # of files (that should not have been) left behind by the test files.
+
+    array set ::tcltest::createdNewFiles {}
+
+    # initialize ::tcltest::numTests array to keep track fo the number of
+    # tests that pass, fial, and are skipped.
+
+    array set numTests [list Total 0 Passed 0 Skipped 0 Failed 0]
+
+    # initialize ::tcltest::skippedBecause array to keep track of
+    # constraints that kept tests from running
+
+    array set ::tcltest::skippedBecause {}
+
+    # tests that use thread need to know which is the main thread
+
+    variable ::tcltest::mainThread 1
+    if {[info commands testthread] != {}} {
+	puts "Tk with threads enabled is known to have problems with X"
+	set ::tcltest::mainThread [testthread names]
+    }
+}
+
+# If there is no "memory" command (because memory debugging isn't
+# enabled), generate a dummy command that does nothing.
+
+if {[info commands memory] == ""} {
+    proc memory args {}
+}
+
+# ::tcltest::initConfig --
+#
+# Check configuration information that will determine which tests
+# to run.  To do this, create an array ::tcltest::testConfig.  Each
+# element has a 0 or 1 value.  If the element is "true" then tests
+# with that constraint will be run, otherwise tests with that constraint
+# will be skipped.  See the README file for the list of built-in
+# constraints defined in this procedure.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#	The ::tcltest::testConfig array is reset to have an index for
+#	each built-in test constraint.
+
+proc ::tcltest::initConfig {} {
+
+    global tcl_platform tcl_interactive tk_version
+
+    catch {unset ::tcltest::testConfig}
+
+    # The following trace procedure makes it so that we can safely refer to
+    # non-existent members of the ::tcltest::testConfig array without causing an
+    # error.  Instead, reading a non-existent member will return 0.  This is
+    # necessary because tests are allowed to use constraint "X" without ensuring
+    # that ::tcltest::testConfig("X") is defined.
+
+    trace variable ::tcltest::testConfig r ::tcltest::safeFetch
+
+    proc ::tcltest::safeFetch {n1 n2 op} {
+	if {($n2 != {}) && ([info exists ::tcltest::testConfig($n2)] == 0)} {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig($n2) 0
+	}
+    }
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(unixOnly) \
+	    [expr {$tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"}]
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(macOnly) \
+	    [expr {$tcl_platform(platform) == "macintosh"}]
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(pcOnly) \
+	    [expr {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"}]
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(unix) $::tcltest::testConfig(unixOnly)
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(mac) $::tcltest::testConfig(macOnly)
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(pc) $::tcltest::testConfig(pcOnly)
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(unixOrPc) \
+	    [expr {$::tcltest::testConfig(unix) || $::tcltest::testConfig(pc)}]
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(macOrPc) \
+	    [expr {$::tcltest::testConfig(mac) || $::tcltest::testConfig(pc)}]
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(macOrUnix) \
+	    [expr {$::tcltest::testConfig(mac) || $::tcltest::testConfig(unix)}]
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(nt) [expr {$tcl_platform(os) == "Windows NT"}]
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(95) [expr {$tcl_platform(os) == "Windows 95"}]
+
+    # The following config switches are used to mark tests that should work,
+    # but have been temporarily disabled on certain platforms because they don't
+    # and we haven't gotten around to fixing the underlying problem.
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(tempNotPc) [expr {!$::tcltest::testConfig(pc)}]
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(tempNotMac) [expr {!$::tcltest::testConfig(mac)}]
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(tempNotUnix) [expr {!$::tcltest::testConfig(unix)}]
+
+    # The following config switches are used to mark tests that crash on
+    # certain platforms, so that they can be reactivated again when the
+    # underlying problem is fixed.
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(pcCrash) [expr {!$::tcltest::testConfig(pc)}]
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(macCrash) [expr {!$::tcltest::testConfig(mac)}]
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(unixCrash) [expr {!$::tcltest::testConfig(unix)}]
+
+    # Set the "fonts" constraint for wish apps
+
+    if {[info exists tk_version]} {
+	set ::tcltest::testConfig(fonts) 1
+	catch {destroy .e}
+	entry .e -width 0 -font {Helvetica -12} -bd 1
+	.e insert end "a.bcd"
+	if {([winfo reqwidth .e] != 37) || ([winfo reqheight .e] != 20)} {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(fonts) 0
+	}
+	destroy .e
+	catch {destroy .t}
+	text .t -width 80 -height 20 -font {Times -14} -bd 1
+	pack .t
+	.t insert end "This is\na dot."
+	update
+	set x [list [.t bbox 1.3] [.t bbox 2.5]]
+	destroy .t
+	if {[string match {{22 3 6 15} {31 18 [34] 15}} $x] == 0} {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(fonts) 0
+	}
+
+	# Test to see if we have are running Unix apps on Exceed,
+	# which won't return font failures (Windows-like), which is
+	# not what we want from ann X server (other Windows X servers
+	# operate as expected)
+
+	set ::tcltest::testConfig(noExceed) 1
+	if {$::tcltest::testConfig(unixOnly) && \
+		[catch {font actual "\{xyz"}] == 0} {
+	    puts "Running X app on Exceed, skipping problematic font tests..."
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(noExceed) 0
+	}
+    }
+
+    # Skip empty tests
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(emptyTest) 0
+
+    # By default, tests that expost known bugs are skipped.
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(knownBug) 0
+
+    # By default, non-portable tests are skipped.
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(nonPortable) 0
+
+    # Some tests require user interaction.
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(userInteraction) 0
+
+    # Some tests must be skipped if the interpreter is not in interactive mode
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(interactive) $tcl_interactive
+
+    # Some tests must be skipped if you are running as root on Unix.
+    # Other tests can only be run if you are running as root on Unix.
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(root) 0
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(notRoot) 1
+    set user {}
+    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
+	catch {set user [exec whoami]}
+	if {$user == ""} {
+	    catch {regexp {^[^(]*\(([^)]*)\)} [exec id] dummy user}
+	}
+	if {($user == "root") || ($user == "")} {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(root) 1
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(notRoot) 0
+	}
+    }
+
+    # Set nonBlockFiles constraint: 1 means this platform supports
+    # setting files into nonblocking mode.
+
+    if {[catch {set f [open defs r]}]} {
+	set ::tcltest::testConfig(nonBlockFiles) 1
+    } else {
+	if {[catch {fconfigure $f -blocking off}] == 0} {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(nonBlockFiles) 1
+	} else {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(nonBlockFiles) 0
+	}
+	close $f
+    }
+
+    # Set asyncPipeClose constraint: 1 means this platform supports
+    # async flush and async close on a pipe.
+    #
+    # Test for SCO Unix - cannot run async flushing tests because a
+    # potential problem with select is apparently interfering.
+    # (Mark Diekhans).
+
+    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
+	if {[catch {exec uname -X | fgrep {Release = 3.2v}}] == 0} {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(asyncPipeClose) 0
+	} else {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(asyncPipeClose) 1
+	}
+    } else {
+	set ::tcltest::testConfig(asyncPipeClose) 1
+    }
+
+    # Test to see if we have a broken version of sprintf with respect
+    # to the "e" format of floating-point numbers.
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(eformat) 1
+    if {[string compare "[format %g 5e-5]" "5e-05"] != 0} {
+	set ::tcltest::testConfig(eformat) 0
+    }
+
+    # Test to see if execed commands such as cat, echo, rm and so forth are
+    # present on this machine.
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) 1
+    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "macintosh"} {
+	set ::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) 0
+    }
+    if {($::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) == 1) && \
+	    ($tcl_platform(platform) == "windows")} {
+	if {[catch {exec cat defs}] == 1} {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) 0
+	}
+	if {($::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) == 1) && \
+		([catch {exec echo hello}] == 1)} {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) 0
+	}
+	if {($::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) == 1) && \
+		([catch {exec sh -c echo hello}] == 1)} {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) 0
+	}
+	if {($::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) == 1) && \
+		([catch {exec wc defs}] == 1)} {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) 0
+	}
+	if {$::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) == 1} {
+	    exec echo hello > removeMe
+	    if {[catch {exec rm removeMe}] == 1} {
+		set ::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) 0
+	    }
+	}
+	if {($::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) == 1) && \
+		([catch {exec sleep 1}] == 1)} {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) 0
+	}
+	if {($::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) == 1) && \
+		([catch {exec fgrep unixExecs defs}] == 1)} {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) 0
+	}
+	if {($::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) == 1) && \
+		([catch {exec ps}] == 1)} {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) 0
+	}
+	if {($::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) == 1) && \
+		([catch {exec echo abc > removeMe}] == 0) && \
+		([catch {exec chmod 644 removeMe}] == 1) && \
+		([catch {exec rm removeMe}] == 0)} {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) 0
+	} else {
+	    catch {exec rm -f removeMe}
+	}
+	if {($::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) == 1) && \
+		([catch {exec mkdir removeMe}] == 1)} {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) 0
+	} else {
+	    catch {exec rm -r removeMe}
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+::tcltest::initConfig
+
+
+# ::tcltest::processCmdLineArgs --
+#
+#	Use command line args to set the verbose, skip, and
+#	match variables.  This procedure must be run after
+#	constraints are initialized, because some constraints can be
+#	overridden.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#	::tcltest::verbose is set to <value>
+
+proc ::tcltest::processCmdLineArgs {} {
+    global argv
+
+    # The "argv" var doesn't exist in some cases, so use {}
+    # The "argv" var doesn't exist in some cases.
+
+    if {(![info exists argv]) || ([llength $argv] < 2)} {
+	set flagArray {}
+    } else {
+	set flagArray $argv
+    }
+
+    if {[catch {array set flag $flagArray}]} {
+	puts stderr "Error:  odd number of command line args specified:"
+	puts stderr "        $argv"
+	exit
+    }
+    
+    # Allow for 1-char abbreviations, where applicable (e.g., -match == -m).
+    # Note that -verbose cannot be abbreviated to -v in wish because it
+    # conflicts with the wish option -visual.
+
+    foreach arg {-verbose -match -skip -constraints} {
+	set abbrev [string range $arg 0 1]
+	if {([info exists flag($abbrev)]) && \
+		([lsearch -exact $flagArray $arg] < \
+		[lsearch -exact $flagArray $abbrev])} {
+	    set flag($arg) $flag($abbrev)
+	}
+    }
+
+    # Set ::tcltest::workingDir to [pwd].
+    # Save the names of files that already exist in ::tcltest::workingDir.
+
+    set ::tcltest::workingDir [pwd]
+    foreach file [glob -nocomplain [file join $::tcltest::workingDir *]] {
+	lappend ::tcltest::filesExisted [file tail $file]
+    }
+
+    # Set ::tcltest::verbose to the arg of the -verbose flag, if given
+
+    if {[info exists flag(-verbose)]} {
+	set ::tcltest::verbose $flag(-verbose)
+    }
+
+    # Set ::tcltest::match to the arg of the -match flag, if given
+
+    if {[info exists flag(-match)]} {
+	set ::tcltest::match $flag(-match)
+    }
+
+    # Set ::tcltest::skip to the arg of the -skip flag, if given
+
+    if {[info exists flag(-skip)]} {
+	set ::tcltest::skip $flag(-skip)
+    }
+
+    # Use the -constraints flag, if given, to turn on constraints that are
+    # turned off by default: userInteractive knownBug nonPortable.  This
+    # code fragment must be run after constraints are initialized.
+
+    if {[info exists flag(-constraints)]} {
+	foreach elt $flag(-constraints) {
+	    set ::tcltest::testConfig($elt) 1
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+::tcltest::processCmdLineArgs
+
+
+# ::tcltest::cleanupTests --
+#
+# Remove files and dirs created using the makeFile and makeDirectory
+# commands since the last time this proc was invoked.
+#
+# Print the names of the files created without the makeFile command
+# since the tests were invoked.
+#
+# Print the number tests (total, passed, failed, and skipped) since the
+# tests were invoked.
+#
+
+proc ::tcltest::cleanupTests {{calledFromAllFile 0}} {
+    set tail [file tail [info script]]
+
+    # Remove files and directories created by the :tcltest::makeFile and
+    # ::tcltest::makeDirectory procedures.
+    # Record the names of files in ::tcltest::workingDir that were not
+    # pre-existing, and associate them with the test file that created them.
+
+    if {!$calledFromAllFile} {
+
+	foreach file $::tcltest::filesMade {
+	    if {[file exists $file]} {
+		catch {file delete -force $file}
+	    }
+	}
+	set currentFiles {}
+	foreach file [glob -nocomplain [file join $::tcltest::workingDir *]] {
+	    lappend currentFiles [file tail $file]
+	}
+	set newFiles {}
+	foreach file $currentFiles {
+	    if {[lsearch -exact $::tcltest::filesExisted $file] == -1} {
+		lappend newFiles $file
+	    }
+	}
+	set ::tcltest::filesExisted $currentFiles
+	if {[llength $newFiles] > 0} {
+	    set ::tcltest::createdNewFiles($tail) $newFiles
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {$calledFromAllFile || $::tcltest::testSingleFile} {
+
+	# print stats
+
+	puts -nonewline stdout "$tail:"
+	foreach index [list "Total" "Passed" "Skipped" "Failed"] {
+	    puts -nonewline stdout "\t$index\t$::tcltest::numTests($index)"
+	}
+	puts stdout ""
+
+	# print number test files sourced
+	# print names of files that ran tests which failed
+
+	if {$calledFromAllFile} {
+	    puts stdout "Sourced $::tcltest::numTestFiles Test Files."
+	    set ::tcltest::numTestFiles 0
+	    if {[llength $::tcltest::failFiles] > 0} {
+		puts stdout "Files with failing tests: $::tcltest::failFiles"
+		set ::tcltest::failFiles {}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# if any tests were skipped, print the constraints that kept them
+	# from running.
+
+	set constraintList [array names ::tcltest::skippedBecause]
+	if {[llength $constraintList] > 0} {
+	    puts stdout "Number of tests skipped for each constraint:"
+	    foreach constraint [lsort $constraintList] {
+		puts stdout \
+			"\t$::tcltest::skippedBecause($constraint)\t$constraint"
+		unset ::tcltest::skippedBecause($constraint)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# report the names of test files in ::tcltest::createdNewFiles, and
+	# reset the array to be empty.
+
+	set testFilesThatTurded [lsort [array names ::tcltest::createdNewFiles]]
+	if {[llength $testFilesThatTurded] > 0} {
+	    puts stdout "Warning: test files left files behind:"
+	    foreach testFile $testFilesThatTurded {
+		puts "\t$testFile:\t$::tcltest::createdNewFiles($testFile)"
+		unset ::tcltest::createdNewFiles($testFile)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# reset filesMade, filesExisted, and numTests
+
+	set ::tcltest::filesMade {}
+	foreach index [list "Total" "Passed" "Skipped" "Failed"] {
+	    set ::tcltest::numTests($index) 0
+	}
+
+	# exit only if running Tk in non-interactive mode
+
+	global tk_version tcl_interactive
+	if {[info exists tk_version] && !$tcl_interactive} {
+	    exit
+	}
+    } else {
+
+	# if we're deferring stat-reporting until all files are sourced,
+	# then add current file to failFile list if any tests in this file
+	# failed
+
+	incr ::tcltest::numTestFiles
+	if {($::tcltest::currentFailure) && \
+		([lsearch -exact $::tcltest::failFiles $tail] == -1)} {
+	    lappend ::tcltest::failFiles $tail
+	}
+	set ::tcltest::currentFailure false
+    }
+}
+
+
+# test --
+#
+# This procedure runs a test and prints an error message if the test fails.
+# If ::tcltest::verbose has been set, it also prints a message even if the
+# test succeeds.  The test will be skipped if it doesn't match the
+# ::tcltest::match variable, if it matches an element in
+# ::tcltest::skip, or if one of the elements of "constraints" turns
+# out not to be true.
+#
+# Arguments:
+# name -		Name of test, in the form foo-1.2.
+# description -		Short textual description of the test, to
+#			help humans understand what it does.
+# constraints -		A list of one or more keywords, each of
+#			which must be the name of an element in
+#			the array "::tcltest::testConfig".  If any of these
+#			elements is zero, the test is skipped.
+#			This argument may be omitted.
+# script -		Script to run to carry out the test.  It must
+#			return a result that can be checked for
+#			correctness.
+# expectedAnswer -	Expected result from script.
+
+proc ::tcltest::test {name description script expectedAnswer args} {
+    incr ::tcltest::numTests(Total)
+
+    # skip the test if it's name matches an element of skip
+
+    foreach pattern $::tcltest::skip {
+	if {[string match $pattern $name]} {
+	    incr ::tcltest::numTests(Skipped)
+	    return
+	}
+    }
+    # skip the test if it's name doesn't match any element of match
+
+    if {[llength $::tcltest::match] > 0} {
+	set ok 0
+	foreach pattern $::tcltest::match {
+	    if {[string match $pattern $name]} {
+		set ok 1
+		break
+	    }
+        }
+	if {!$ok} {
+	    incr ::tcltest::numTests(Skipped)
+	    return
+	}
+    }
+    set i [llength $args]
+    if {$i == 0} {
+	set constraints {}
+    } elseif {$i == 1} {
+
+	# "constraints" argument exists;  shuffle arguments down, then
+	# make sure that the constraints are satisfied.
+
+	set constraints $script
+	set script $expectedAnswer
+	set expectedAnswer [lindex $args 0]
+	set doTest 0
+	if {[string match {*[$\[]*} $constraints] != 0} {
+
+	    # full expression, e.g. {$foo > [info tclversion]}
+
+	    catch {set doTest [uplevel #0 expr $constraints]}
+
+	} elseif {[regexp {[^.a-zA-Z0-9 ]+} $constraints] != 0} {
+
+	    # something like {a || b} should be turned into 
+	    # $::tcltest::testConfig(a) || $::tcltest::testConfig(b).
+
+ 	    regsub -all {[.a-zA-Z0-9]+} $constraints \
+		    {$::tcltest::testConfig(&)} c
+	    catch {set doTest [eval expr $c]}
+	} else {
+
+	    # just simple constraints such as {unixOnly fonts}.
+
+	    set doTest 1
+	    foreach constraint $constraints {
+		if {![info exists ::tcltest::testConfig($constraint)]
+			|| !$::tcltest::testConfig($constraint)} {
+		    set doTest 0
+
+		    # store the constraint that kept the test from running
+
+		    set constraints $constraint
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if {$doTest == 0} {
+	    incr ::tcltest::numTests(Skipped)
+	    if {[string first s $::tcltest::verbose] != -1} {
+		puts stdout "++++ $name SKIPPED: $constraints"
+	    }
+
+	    # add the constraint to the list of constraints the kept tests
+	    # from running
+
+	    if {[info exists ::tcltest::skippedBecause($constraints)]} {
+		incr ::tcltest::skippedBecause($constraints)
+	    } else {
+		set ::tcltest::skippedBecause($constraints) 1
+	    }
+	    return	
+	}
+    } else {
+	error "wrong # args: must be \"test name description ?constraints? script expectedAnswer\""
+    }
+    memory tag $name
+    set code [catch {uplevel $script} actualAnswer]
+    if {$code != 0 || [string compare $actualAnswer $expectedAnswer] != 0} {
+	incr ::tcltest::numTests(Failed)
+	set ::tcltest::currentFailure true
+	if {[string first b $::tcltest::verbose] == -1} {
+	    set script ""
+	}
+	puts stdout "\n==== $name $description FAILED"
+	if {$script != ""} {
+	    puts stdout "==== Contents of test case:"
+	    puts stdout $script
+	}
+	if {$code != 0} {
+	    if {$code == 1} {
+		puts stdout "==== Test generated error:"
+		puts stdout $actualAnswer
+	    } elseif {$code == 2} {
+		puts stdout "==== Test generated return exception;  result was:"
+		puts stdout $actualAnswer
+	    } elseif {$code == 3} {
+		puts stdout "==== Test generated break exception"
+	    } elseif {$code == 4} {
+		puts stdout "==== Test generated continue exception"
+	    } else {
+		puts stdout "==== Test generated exception $code;  message was:"
+		puts stdout $actualAnswer
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    puts stdout "---- Result was:\n$actualAnswer"
+	}
+	puts stdout "---- Result should have been:\n$expectedAnswer"
+	puts stdout "==== $name FAILED\n" 
+    } else { 
+	incr ::tcltest::numTests(Passed)
+	if {[string first p $::tcltest::verbose] != -1} {
+	    puts stdout "++++ $name PASSED"
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+# ::tcltest::dotests --
+#
+#	takes two arguments--the name of the test file (such
+#	as "parse.test"), and a pattern selecting the tests you want to
+#	execute.  It sets ::tcltest::matching to the second argument, calls
+#	"source" on the file specified in the first argument, and restores
+#	::tcltest::matching to its pre-call value at the end.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	file    name of tests file to source
+#	args    pattern selecting the tests you want to execute
+#
+# Results:
+#	none
+
+proc ::tcltest::dotests {file args} {
+    set savedTests $::tcltest::match
+    set ::tcltest::match $args
+    source $file
+    set ::tcltest::match $savedTests
+}
+
+proc ::tcltest::openfiles {} {
+    if {[catch {testchannel open} result]} {
+	return {}
+    }
+    return $result
+}
+
+proc ::tcltest::leakfiles {old} {
+    if {[catch {testchannel open} new]} {
+        return {}
+    }
+    set leak {}
+    foreach p $new {
+    	if {[lsearch $old $p] < 0} {
+	    lappend leak $p
+	}
+    }
+    return $leak
+}
+
+set ::tcltest::saveState {}
+
+proc ::tcltest::saveState {} {
+    uplevel #0 {set ::tcltest::saveState [list [info procs] [info vars]]}
+}
+
+proc ::tcltest::restoreState {} {
+    foreach p [info procs] {
+	if {[lsearch [lindex $::tcltest::saveState 0] $p] < 0} {
+	    rename $p {}
+	}
+    }
+    foreach p [uplevel #0 {info vars}] {
+	if {[lsearch [lindex $::tcltest::saveState 1] $p] < 0} {
+	    uplevel #0 "unset $p"
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc ::tcltest::normalizeMsg {msg} {
+    regsub "\n$" [string tolower $msg] "" msg
+    regsub -all "\n\n" $msg "\n" msg
+    regsub -all "\n\}" $msg "\}" msg
+    return $msg
+}
+
+# makeFile --
+#
+# Create a new file with the name <name>, and write <contents> to it.
+#
+# If this file hasn't been created via makeFile since the last time
+# cleanupTests was called, add it to the $filesMade list, so it will
+# be removed by the next call to cleanupTests.
+#
+proc ::tcltest::makeFile {contents name} {
+    set fd [open $name w]
+    fconfigure $fd -translation lf
+    if {[string index $contents [expr {[string length $contents] - 1}]] == "\n"} {
+	puts -nonewline $fd $contents
+    } else {
+	puts $fd $contents
+    }
+    close $fd
+
+    set fullName [file join [pwd] $name]
+    if {[lsearch -exact $::tcltest::filesMade $fullName] == -1} {
+	lappend ::tcltest::filesMade $fullName
+    }
+}
+
+proc ::tcltest::removeFile {name} {
+    file delete $name
+}
+
+# makeDirectory --
+#
+# Create a new dir with the name <name>.
+#
+# If this dir hasn't been created via makeDirectory since the last time
+# cleanupTests was called, add it to the $directoriesMade list, so it will
+# be removed by the next call to cleanupTests.
+#
+proc ::tcltest::makeDirectory {name} {
+    file mkdir $name
+
+    set fullName [file join [pwd] $name]
+    if {[lsearch -exact $::tcltest::filesMade $fullName] == -1} {
+	lappend ::tcltest::filesMade $fullName
+    }
+}
+
+proc ::tcltest::removeDirectory {name} {
+    file delete -force $name
+}
+
+proc ::tcltest::viewFile {name} {
+    global tcl_platform
+    if {($tcl_platform(platform) == "macintosh") || \
+		($::tcltest::testConfig(unixExecs) == 0)} {
+	set f [open $name]
+	set data [read -nonewline $f]
+	close $f
+	return $data
+    } else {
+	exec cat $name
+    }
+}
+
+#
+# Construct a string that consists of the requested sequence of bytes,
+# as opposed to a string of properly formed UTF-8 characters.  
+# This allows the tester to 
+# 1. Create denormalized or improperly formed strings to pass to C procedures 
+#    that are supposed to accept strings with embedded NULL bytes.
+# 2. Confirm that a string result has a certain pattern of bytes, for instance
+#    to confirm that "\xe0\0" in a Tcl script is stored internally in 
+#    UTF-8 as the sequence of bytes "\xc3\xa0\xc0\x80".
+#
+# Generally, it's a bad idea to examine the bytes in a Tcl string or to
+# construct improperly formed strings in this manner, because it involves
+# exposing that Tcl uses UTF-8 internally.
+
+proc ::tcltest::bytestring {string} {
+    encoding convertfrom identity $string
+}
+
+# Locate tcltest executable
+
+if {![info exists tk_version]} {
+    set tcltest [info nameofexecutable]
+
+    if {$tcltest == "{}"} {
+	set tcltest {}
+    }
+}
+
+set thisdir [file dirname [info script]]
+set ::tcltest::testConfig(stdio) 0
+catch {
+    catch {file delete -force [file join $thisdir tmp]}
+    set f [open [file join $thisdir tmp] w]
+    puts $f {
+	exit
+    }
+    close $f
+
+    set f [open "|[list $tcltest [file join $thisdir tmp]]" r]
+    close $f
+    
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(stdio) 1
+}
+catch {file delete -force [file join $thisdir tmp]}
+
+# Deliberately call the socket with the wrong number of arguments.  The error
+# message you get will indicate whether sockets are available on this system.
+
+catch {socket} msg
+set ::tcltest::testConfig(socket) \
+	[expr {$msg != "sockets are not available on this system"}]
+
+#
+# Internationalization / ISO support procs     -- dl
+#
+
+if {[info commands testlocale]==""} {
+
+    # No testlocale command, no tests...
+    # (it could be that we are a sub interp and we could just load
+    # the Tcltest package but that would interfere with tests
+    # that tests packages/loading in slaves...)
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(hasIsoLocale) 0
+} else {
+    proc ::tcltest::set_iso8859_1_locale {} {
+	set ::tcltest::previousLocale [testlocale ctype]
+	testlocale ctype $::tcltest::isoLocale
+    }
+
+    proc ::tcltest::restore_locale {} {
+	testlocale ctype $::tcltest::previousLocale
+    }
+
+    if {![info exists ::tcltest::isoLocale]} {
+	set ::tcltest::isoLocale fr
+        switch $tcl_platform(platform) {
+	    "unix" {
+
+		# Try some 'known' values for some platforms:
+
+		switch -exact -- $tcl_platform(os) {
+		    "FreeBSD" {
+			set ::tcltest::isoLocale fr_FR.ISO_8859-1
+		    }
+		    HP-UX {
+			set ::tcltest::isoLocale fr_FR.iso88591
+		    }
+		    Linux -
+		    IRIX {
+			set ::tcltest::isoLocale fr
+		    }
+		    default {
+
+			# Works on SunOS 4 and Solaris, and maybe others...
+			# define it to something else on your system
+			#if you want to test those.
+
+			set ::tcltest::isoLocale iso_8859_1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    "windows" {
+		set ::tcltest::isoLocale French
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    set ::tcltest::testConfig(hasIsoLocale) \
+	    [string length [::tcltest::set_iso8859_1_locale]]
+    ::tcltest::restore_locale
+} 
+
+#
+# procedures that are Tk specific
+#
+
+if {[info exists tk_version]} {
+
+    # If the main window isn't already mapped (e.g. because the tests are
+    # being run automatically) , specify a precise size for it so that the
+    # user won't have to position it manually.
+
+    if {![winfo ismapped .]} {
+	wm geometry . +0+0
+	update
+    }
+
+    # The following code can be used to perform tests involving a second
+    # process running in the background.
+    
+    # Locate the tktest executable
+
+    set ::tcltest::tktest [info nameofexecutable]
+    if {$::tcltest::tktest == "{}"} {
+	set ::tcltest::tktest {}
+	puts stdout \
+		"Unable to find tktest executable, skipping multiple process tests."
+    }
+
+    # Create background process
+    
+    proc ::tcltest::setupbg args {
+	if {$::tcltest::tktest == ""} {
+	    error "you're not running tktest so setupbg should not have been called"
+	}
+	if {[info exists ::tcltest::fd] && ($::tcltest::fd != "")} {
+	    cleanupbg
+	}
+	
+	# The following code segment cannot be run on Windows prior
+	# to Tk 8.1b3 due to a channel I/O bug (bugID 1495).
+
+	global tcl_platform
+	set ::tcltest::fd [open "|[list $::tcltest::tktest -geometry +0+0 -name tktest] $args" r+]
+	puts $::tcltest::fd "puts foo; flush stdout"
+	flush $::tcltest::fd
+	if {[gets $::tcltest::fd data] < 0} {
+	    error "unexpected EOF from \"$::tcltest::tktest\""
+	}
+	if {[string compare $data foo]} {
+	    error "unexpected output from background process \"$data\""
+	}
+	fileevent $::tcltest::fd readable bgReady
+    }
+    
+    # Send a command to the background process, catching errors and
+    # flushing I/O channels
+
+    proc ::tcltest::dobg {command} {
+	puts $::tcltest::fd "catch [list $command] msg; update; puts \$msg; puts **DONE**; flush stdout"
+	flush $::tcltest::fd
+	set ::tcltest::bgDone 0
+	set ::tcltest::bgData {}
+	tkwait variable ::tcltest::bgDone
+	set ::tcltest::bgData
+    }
+
+    # Data arrived from background process.  Check for special marker
+    # indicating end of data for this command, and make data available
+    # to dobg procedure.
+
+    proc ::tcltest::bgReady {} {
+	set x [gets $::tcltest::fd]
+	if {[eof $::tcltest::fd]} {
+	    fileevent $::tcltest::fd readable {}
+	    set ::tcltest::bgDone 1
+	} elseif {$x == "**DONE**"} {
+	    set ::tcltest::bgDone 1
+	} else {
+	    append ::tcltest::bgData $x
+	}
+    }
+
+    # Exit the background process, and close the pipes
+
+    proc ::tcltest::cleanupbg {} {
+	catch {
+	    puts $::tcltest::fd "exit"
+	    close $::tcltest::fd
+	}
+	set ::tcltest::fd ""
+    }
+
+    # Clean up focus after using generate event, which
+    # can leave the window manager with the wrong impression
+    # about who thinks they have the focus. (BW)
+    
+    proc ::tcltest::fixfocus {} {
+	catch {destroy .focus}
+	toplevel .focus
+	wm geometry .focus +0+0
+	entry .focus.e
+	.focus.e insert 0 "fixfocus"
+	pack .focus.e
+	update
+	focus -force .focus.e
+	destroy .focus
+    }
+}
+
+# threadReap --
+#
+#	Kill all threads except for the main thread.
+#	Do nothing if testthread is not defined.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none.
+#
+# Results:
+#	Returns the number of existing threads.
+
+if {[info commands testthread] != {}} {
+    proc ::tcltest::threadReap {} {
+	testthread errorproc ThreadNullError
+	while {[llength [testthread names]] > 1} {
+	    foreach tid [testthread names] {
+		if {$tid != $::tcltest::mainThread} {
+		    catch {testthread send -async $tid {testthread exit}}
+		    update
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	testthread errorproc ThreadError
+	return [llength [testthread names]]
+    }
+} else {
+    proc ::tcltest::threadReap {} {
+	return 1
+    }   
+}
+
+# Need to catch the import because it fails if defs.tcl is sourced
+# more than once.
+
+catch {namespace import ::tcltest::*}
+return

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/distyle.test
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/distyle.test	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# distyle.test --
+#
+#       This file is a Tcl script to test out tixDiStyle.c.
+#       It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# $Id: distyle.test,v 1.3 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+
+package require Tix
+
+if {[lsearch [namespace children] ::tcltest] == -1} {
+    source [file join [pwd] [file dirname [info script]] defs.tcl]
+}
+
+set longword XX
+for {set i 0} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
+    set longword $longword$longword
+}
+
+test distyle-1.1 {DeleteStyle()} {
+    set stylename [tixDisplayStyle text -stylename foo]
+    foo delete
+    list [catch {
+        foo config
+    } msg] $msg
+} {1 {invalid command name "foo"}}
+
+test distyle-1.2 {GetDItemStyle(), DeleteStyle()} {
+    set stylename [tixDisplayStyle text -stylename $longword]
+    $stylename delete
+    expr {"$stylename" == "$longword"}
+} {1}
+
+test distyle-1.3 {FindStyle()} {
+    set stylename [tixDisplayStyle text -stylename $longword]
+    set a [list [catch {
+        tixDisplayStyle text -stylename $longword
+    } msg] $msg]
+    $stylename delete
+    set a
+} [list 1 "style \"$longword\" already exists"]
+
+test distyle-2.1 {Tix_ItemStyleCmd()} {
+    set x [tixDisplayStyle text]
+    $x delete
+
+    set x
+} {tixStyle0}
+
+test distyle-2.1 {Tix_ItemStyleCmd()} {
+    set x [tixDisplayStyle text -stylename tixStyle1]
+    set a [list [catch {
+        set y [tixDisplayStyle text]
+    }]]
+    $x delete
+    $y delete
+
+    list $a $x $y
+} {0 tixStyle1 tixStyle2}
+
+# cleanup
+::tcltest::cleanupTests
+return

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/files
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/files	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# List of tests to execute.
+# Format:
+#
+# {<file/directory name> <Description> <List of conditions>}
+# {<file/directory name> <Description> <List of conditions>}
+# ...
+#
+# the conditions are AND'ed. Target is taken only if all conditions
+# are true 
+
+{general							}
+{xpm		{i pixmap}					}
+{hlist		{c tixHList}					}
+{load		{c load}					}
+{tlist		{c tixTList}					}
+{grid		{c tixGrid}					}
+{itcl		{c @scope}					}
+
+# This following subdirectory tests whether there is any garbage left
+# after all the test files are executed. If so, either Tix has
+# resource leak or the test suite doesn't clean up properly.
+#
+
+{cleanup							}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/NoteBook.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/NoteBook.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: NoteBook.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing the notebook widgets"
+}
+
+proc NoteBookPageConfig {w pages} {
+    foreach page $pages {
+	Assert {"x[$w pagecget $page -label]" == "x$page"}
+	Assert {"x[$w pageconfigure $page -label]" == "x-label {} {} {} $page"}
+	$w pageconfigure $page -label foo
+	Assert {"x[$w pagecget $page -label]" == "xfoo"}
+	update
+    }
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    foreach class {tixListNoteBook tixNoteBook tixStackWindow} {
+	set w [$class .d]
+	pack $w
+	update
+
+	set pages {1 2 3 4 5 6 1111111112221}
+
+	foreach page $pages {
+	    if {$class == "tixListNoteBook"} {
+		$w subwidget hlist add $page -itemtype imagetext \
+		    -image [tix getimage folder] -text $page
+	    }
+	    set p [$w add $page -label $page]
+	    for {set x 1} {$x < 10} {incr x} {
+		button $p.$x -text $x
+		pack $p.$x -fill x
+	    }
+	}
+
+	foreach page $pages {
+	    $w raise $page
+	    Assert {"x[$w raised]" == "x$page"}
+	    update
+	}
+
+	Assert {[string compare $pages [$w pages]] == 0}
+
+	# test the "hooking" of the notebook frame subwidget
+	#
+	#
+	if {$class == "tixNoteBook"} {
+	    NoteBookPageConfig $w $pages
+	}
+
+	foreach page $pages {
+	    Assert {"x[$w pagecget $page -raisecmd]" == "x"}
+#	    Assert {"x[$w pageconfigure $page -raisecmd]" == "x-raisecmd {} {} {} {}"}
+	    $w pageconfigure $page -raisecmd "RaiseCmd $page"
+	    Assert {"x[$w pagecget $page -raisecmd]" == "xRaiseCmd $page"}
+	    update
+	}
+
+	destroy $w
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/api.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/api.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: api.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# api.tcl --
+#
+#	Performs a comprehensive test on all the Tix widgets and
+#	commands. This test knows the types and arguments of many
+#	common Tix widget methods. It calls each widget method and
+#	ensure that it work as expected.
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+set depd(init)	       ""
+set info(init)         "Initialization, find out all the widget classes"
+set depd(wcreate)      "init"
+set info(wcreate)      "Try to create each widget"
+set depd(method)       "init wcreate"
+set info(method)       "Try to call each public method of all widgets"
+set depd(config-state) "init wcreate method"
+set info(config-state) "Configuring -state of widgets"
+
+proc APITest:init {} {
+    global widCmd cmdNames auto_index testConfig
+
+    TestBlock api-1.1 {Find out all the widget classes} {
+	# (1) Stores all the Tix commands in the associative array 
+	#     cmdNames
+	#
+	foreach cmd [info commands tix*] {
+	    if [regexp : $cmd] {
+		continue
+	    }
+	    set cmdNames($cmd) ""
+	}
+
+	foreach name [array names auto_index "tix*:AutoLoad"] {
+	    if [regsub {:AutoLoad} $name "" cmd] {
+		set cmdNames($cmd) ""
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# (3). Don't want to mess with the console routines
+	#
+	foreach name [array names cmdNames] {
+	    if [string match tixCon* $name] {
+		catch {
+		    unset cmdNames($name)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# (2) Find out the names of the widget creation commands
+	#
+	foreach cmd [lsort [array names cmdNames]] {
+	    if [info exists $cmd\(superClass\)] {
+		if {[set $cmd\(superClass\)] == ""} {
+		    continue
+		}
+	    }
+	    switch -regexp -- $cmd {
+		{(DoWhenIdle)|(:)} {
+		    continue
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if [info exists err] {
+		unset err
+	    }
+
+	    catch {
+		auto_load $cmd
+	    }
+	    catch {
+		if {[uplevel #0 set $cmd\(isWidget\)] == 1} {
+		    if {$testConfig(VERBOSE) > 20} {
+			puts "Found widget class: $cmd"
+		    }
+		    set widCmd($cmd) ""
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc APITest:wcreate {} {
+    global widCmd testConfig
+
+    TestBlock api-2 {Find out all the widget classes} {
+	foreach cls [lsort [array names widCmd]] {
+	    if {[uplevel #0 set $cls\(virtual\)] == 1} {
+		# This is a virtual base class. Skip it.
+		#
+		continue
+	    }
+
+	    TestBlock api-2.1-$cls "Create widget of class: $cls" {
+		$cls .c
+		if ![tixStrEq [winfo toplevel .c] .c] {
+		    pack .c -expand yes -fill both
+		}
+		update
+	    }
+
+	    TestBlock api-2.2-$cls "Widget Deletion" {
+		catch {
+		    destroy .c
+		}
+
+		frame .c
+		update idletasks
+		global .c
+		if {[info exists .c] && [array names .c] != "context"} {
+		    catch {
+			parray .c
+		    }
+		    catch {
+			puts [set .c]
+		    }
+		    error "widget record has not been deleted properly"
+		}
+	    }
+	    catch {
+		destroy .c
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc APITest:method {} {
+    global widCmd testConfig
+
+    TestBlock api-3 {Call all the methods of a widget class} {
+
+	foreach cls [lsort [array names widCmd]] {
+	    if {[uplevel #0 set $cls\(virtual\)] == 1} {
+		continue
+	    }
+
+	    TestBlock api-3.1-$cls "Widget class: $cls" {
+		$cls .c
+
+		upvar #0 $cls classRec
+		foreach method [lsort $classRec(methods)] {
+		    TestBlock api-3.1.1 "method: $method" {
+			catch {
+			    .c $method
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    catch {
+		destroy .c
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc APITest:config-state {} {
+    global widCmd testConfig
+
+    TestBlock api-4 {Call the config-state method} {
+
+	foreach cls [lsort [array names widCmd]] {
+	    if {[uplevel #0 set $cls\(virtual\)] == 1} {
+		continue
+	    }
+
+	    $cls .c
+	    catch {
+		pack .c
+	    }
+	    if [catch {.c cget -state}] {
+		destroy .c
+		continue
+	    }
+
+	    if [tixStrEq $cls tixBalloon] {
+		destroy .c
+		continue
+	    }
+
+	    TestBlock api-4.1-$cls "Class: $cls" {
+		.c config -state disabled
+		Assert {[tixStrEq [.c cget -state] "disabled"]}
+		update
+		Assert {[tixStrEq [.c cget -state] "disabled"]}
+
+		.c config -state normal
+		Assert {[tixStrEq [.c cget -state] "normal"]}
+		update
+		Assert {[tixStrEq [.c cget -state] "normal"]}
+
+
+		.c config -state disabled
+		Assert {[tixStrEq [.c cget -state] "disabled"]}
+		.c config -state normal
+		Assert {[tixStrEq [.c cget -state] "normal"]}
+
+	    }
+	    catch {
+		destroy .c; update
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+proc APITest {t {level 0}} {
+    global depd tested info
+
+    if {$level > 300} {
+	error "possibly circular dependency"
+    }
+
+    set tested(none)  1
+
+    if [info exist tested($t)] {
+	return
+    }
+    foreach dep $depd($t) {
+	if {![info exists tested($dep)]} {
+	    APITest $dep [expr $level + 1]
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {$t == "all"} {
+	set tested($t) 1
+	return
+    } else {
+	update
+	eval APITest:$t
+	set tested($t) 1
+    }
+}
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "Tix API Testing Suite"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    global depd env
+
+    if [info exists env(APT_SUBSET)] {
+	set tests $env(APT_SUBSET)
+    } else {
+	set tests [array names depd]
+    }
+
+    foreach test $tests {
+	APITest $test
+    }
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/cmderror.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/cmderror.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: cmderror.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# cmderror.tcl --
+#
+#	This program tests whether command handler errors are processed
+#	properly by the Tix toolkit.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing command handler errors are processed properly"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    global cmdHandlerCalled
+
+    if {![string compare [info command tixCmdErrorHandler] ""]} {
+	if ![auto_load tixCmdErrorHandler] {
+	    TestAbort "toolkit error: procedure \"tixCmdErrorHandler\" not implemented"
+	}
+    }
+    rename tixCmdErrorHandler _default_tixCmdErrorHandler
+    proc tixCmdErrorHandler {msg} {
+	global cmdHandlerCalled
+	set cmdHandlerCalled 1
+    }
+
+    # We cause an error to occur in the -command handler of the combobox
+    # widget. Such an error shouldn't cause the operation to fail.
+    # See the programmer's documentation of tixCmdErrorHandler for details.
+    #
+    catch {
+	tixComboBox .c -command CmdNotFound
+	.c invoke
+	set cmdNotFailed 1
+    }
+    Assert {[info exists cmdNotFailed]}
+    Assert {[info exists cmdHandlerCalled]}
+
+    # Clean up
+    #
+    destroy .c
+    rename tixCmdErrorHandler ""
+    rename _default_tixCmdErrorHandler tixCmdErrorHandler
+    unset cmdHandlerCalled
+
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/combobox.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/combobox.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: combobox.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# combobox.tcl --
+#
+#	Tests the ComboBox widget.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing the ComboBox widget."
+}
+
+proc cbTest_Command {args} {
+    global cbTest_selected
+
+    set cbTest_selected [tixEvent value]
+}
+
+proc cbTest_ListCmd {w} {
+    global counter
+
+    incr counter
+
+    $w subwidget listbox delete 0 end
+    $w subwidget listbox insert end 0
+    $w subwidget listbox insert end 1
+    $w subwidget listbox insert end 2
+}
+
+
+proc Test {} {
+    global cbTest_selected
+
+    for {set dropdown 1} {$dropdown >= 0} {incr dropdown -1} {
+
+	TestBlock combo-1.1 {Config -value} {
+	    set w [tixComboBox .c -command cbTest_Command -dropdown $dropdown \
+		-editable true]
+	    pack $w
+	    update
+	    set val "Testing some value .."
+	    $w config -value $val
+	    Assert {[tixStrEq "$cbTest_selected" $val]}
+	}
+
+	TestBlock combo-1.2 {selection from listbox} {
+	    $w subwidget listbox insert end "entry 0"
+	    $w subwidget listbox insert end "entry 1"
+	    $w subwidget listbox insert end "entry 2"
+
+	    for {set x 0} {$x <= 2} {incr x} {
+		Click [$w subwidget arrow] 
+		update
+
+		if $dropdown {
+		    ClickListboxEntry [$w subwidget listbox] $x single
+		} else {
+		    ClickListboxEntry [$w subwidget listbox] $x single
+		    ClickListboxEntry [$w subwidget listbox] $x double
+		}
+		update
+
+		Assert {[tixStrEq "$cbTest_selected" "entry $x"]}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	TestBlock combo-1.3 {invokation by keyboard} {
+	    set val "Testing by key with \\ slashes"
+	    KeyboardString [$w subwidget entry] $val
+	    KeyboardEvent [$w subwidget entry] <Return>
+	    update
+
+	    Assert {[tixStrEq "$cbTest_selected" "$val"]}
+	}
+
+	catch {
+	    destroy $w
+	}
+    }
+
+    TestBlock combo-2.1 {-listcmd of ComboBox} {
+	global counter
+	set counter 0
+	tixComboBox .c -listcmd "cbTest_ListCmd .c"
+	pack .c -expand yes -fill both
+	update
+
+	Click [.c subwidget arrow]
+	update
+	Assert {$counter == 1}
+	Click [.c subwidget arrow]
+	update
+
+	Click [.c subwidget arrow]
+	update
+	Click [.c subwidget arrow]
+	update
+	Assert {$counter == 2}
+
+
+	Assert {[.c subwidget listbox get 0] == "0"}
+	Assert {[.c subwidget listbox get 1] == "1"}
+	Assert {[.c subwidget listbox get 2] == "2"}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/dirbox.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/dirbox.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: dirbox.tcl,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# dirbox.tcl --
+#
+#	Tests the DirSelectBox and DirSelectDialog widgets.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing the DirSelectBox and DirSelectDialog widgets."
+}
+
+# Try to configure the directory of a widget and see if it satisfy all
+# the requirements:
+#
+#	1: Should return error for non-existant directory, preserving
+#	   the old directory
+#
+#	2: When given a non-normalized path, it should normalize it.
+#
+proc TestConfigDirectory {class spec pack} {
+    global errorInfo
+
+    set w .w
+
+    if [winfo exists $w] {
+	destroy $w
+    }
+
+    TestBlock config-dir-1.1 "Simple creating of $class" {
+	# Creation without the spec. The default value should be normalized
+	#
+
+	# The default value should always be an absolute path
+	#
+	$class .w
+	set value [$w cget $spec]
+	Assert {[tixFSIsNorm $value]} 0 cont
+    }
+    catch {
+	destroy .w
+    }
+
+    TestBlock config-dir-1.2 "Creation with arbitrary (perhaps invalid) path" {
+	foreach item [GetCases_FsNormDir] {
+	    if [info exists errorInfo] {
+		set errorInfo ""
+	    }
+
+	    set text    [lindex $item 0]
+	    set want    [lindex $item 1]
+	    set wanterr [lindex $item 2]
+
+	    set err [catch {
+		set w [$class .w $spec $text]
+		set got [$w cget -value]
+	    }]
+	    Assert {$err == $wanterr}
+	    if {!$err} {
+		set want [tixFSDisplayName $want]
+		Assert {[tixStrEq $want $got]}
+	    }
+
+	    catch {
+		destroy .w
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    catch {
+	destroy .w
+    }
+
+    TestBlock config-dir-1.2 "Config with arbitrary (perhaps invalid) path" {
+	set w [$class .w]
+
+	foreach item [GetCases_FsNormDir] {
+	    if [info exists errorInfo] {
+		set errorInfo ""
+	    }
+
+	    set text    [lindex $item 0]
+	    set want    [lindex $item 1]
+	    set wanterr [lindex $item 2]
+
+	    set err [catch {
+		$w config $spec $text
+		set got [$w cget -value]
+	    }]
+	    Assert {$err == $wanterr}
+
+	    if $err {
+		# Should hold the previous -value
+		#
+		set value [$w cget $spec]
+		Assert {[tixFSIsNorm $value]} 0 cont
+	    } else {
+		set value [$w cget $spec]
+		Assert {[tixFSIsNorm $value]} 0 cont
+
+		set want [tixFSDisplayName $want]
+		Assert {[tixStrEq $want $got]}
+	    }
+
+	    if $pack {
+		pack $w -expand yes -fill both -padx 10 -pady 10
+		update idletasks
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    catch {
+	destroy $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc TestRand {max} {
+    global testRandSeed
+
+    if ![info exists testRandSeed] {
+	set testRandSeed [expr [lindex [time {cd [pwd]}] 0] * 47 + 147]
+    }
+
+    set x [expr ($testRandSeed + 47) * [lindex [time {cd [pwd]}] 0]]
+    set x [expr $x + 7 * $max]
+    set testRandSeed [expr ($x % $max) + $max]
+
+    return [expr $testRandSeed % $max]
+}
+
+# TestHListWildClick --
+#
+#	Randomly click around an hlist widget
+#
+# Args:
+#	hlist:widget	The HList widget.
+#	mode:		Either "single" or "double", indicating which type
+#			of mouse click is desired.
+#	cmd:		Command to call after each click.
+#
+proc TestHListWildClick {hlist mode cmd} {
+    # The percentage chance that we sould traverse to a child node
+    #
+    set chance 40
+
+    for {set x 0} {$x < 10} {incr x} {
+	set node [$hlist info children ""]
+	if [tixStrEq $node ""] {
+	    return
+	}
+
+	while 1 {
+	    set ran [TestRand 100]
+	    if {$ran >= $chance} {
+		break
+	    }
+	    set children [$hlist info children $node]
+	    if [tixStrEq $children ""] {
+		break
+	    }
+	    set node [lindex $children [expr $ran % [llength $children]]]
+	}
+
+	TestBlock wild-click-1.1 "clicking \"$node\" of HList" {
+	    if {![regexp -nocase alex [$hlist info data $node]]} {
+		#
+		# dirty fix: "alex" may be an AFS mounted file. Reading this
+		# directory may start an FTP session, which may be slow like
+		# hell
+		#
+		ClickHListEntry $hlist $node $mode
+		eval $cmd [list $node]
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+proc DirboxTest_Cmd {args} {
+    global dirboxTest_selected
+
+    set dirboxTest_selected [tixEvent value]
+}
+
+proc DirboxTest_Compare {isDirBox w h node} {
+    global dirboxTest_selected
+
+    set selFile [$h info data $node]
+
+    Assert {[tixStrEq "$dirboxTest_selected" "$selFile"]}
+    set dirboxTest_selected ""
+
+    if {$isDirBox} {
+	set entry [$w subwidget dircbx subwidget combo subwidget entry]
+	set entText [$entry get]
+	Assert {[tixStrEq "$entText" "$selFile"]}
+    }
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    global dirboxTest_selected
+
+    #------------------------------------------------------------
+    # (1) DirList
+    #------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    TestBlock dirbox-1.1 {Generic testing of tixDirList} {
+	TestConfigDirectory tixDirList -value 1
+    }
+
+    TestBlock dirbox-1.2 {Wild click on the hlist subwidget} {
+	set dirboxTest_selected ""
+	set w [tixDirList .c -command DirboxTest_Cmd]
+	set h [$w subwidget hlist]
+	pack $w -expand yes -fill both
+	TestHListWildClick $h double "DirboxTest_Compare 0 $w $h"
+    }
+    catch {
+	destroy $w
+    }
+
+    #------------------------------------------------------------
+    # (2) DirTree
+    #------------------------------------------------------------
+    
+    TestBlock dirbox-2.1 {Generic testing of tixDirTree} {
+#	TestConfigDirectory tixDirTree -value 1
+    }
+
+    TestBlock dirbox-2.2 {Wild click on the hlist subwidget} {
+	set dirboxTest_selected ""
+	set w [tixDirTree .c -command DirboxTest_Cmd]
+	set h [$w subwidget hlist]
+	pack $w -expand yes -fill both
+#	TestHListWildClick $h double "DirboxTest_Compare 0 $w $h"
+    }
+    catch {
+	destroy $w
+    }
+
+    #------------------------------------------------------------
+    # (3) DirBox
+    #------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    TestBlock dirbox-3.1 {Generic testing of tixDirSelectBox} {
+#	TestConfigDirectory tixDirSelectBox -value 1
+    }
+
+    TestBlock dirbox-3.2 {Wild click on the hlist subwidget} {
+	set dirboxTest_selected ""
+	set w [tixDirSelectBox .c -command DirboxTest_Cmd]
+	set h [$w subwidget dirlist subwidget hlist]
+	pack $w -expand yes -fill both
+#	TestHListWildClick $h double "DirboxTest_Compare 0 $w $h"
+    }
+    catch {
+	destroy $w
+    }
+
+    TestBlock dirbox-4.1 {-disablecallback option} {
+	global dirbox_called
+	tixDirList .c -command dirbox_callback
+	pack .c
+	set dirbox_called 0
+	.c config -disablecallback 1
+	.c config -value [pwd]
+	.c config -disablecallback 0
+	Assert {$dirbox_called == 0}
+    }
+    catch {
+	destroy .c
+    }
+}
+
+proc dirbox_callback {args} {
+    global dirbox_called
+    set dirbox_called 1
+}
+    

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/draw.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/draw.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: draw.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# draw.tcl --
+#
+#	Test the drawing functions in Tix.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "Test the drawing functions in Tix."
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    TestBlock draw-1.1 {tixTmpLine} {
+	tixTmpLine 0 50 300 50	
+	tixTmpLine 0 50 300 50
+	tixTmpLine 0 50 300 50 .	
+	tixTmpLine 0 50 300 50 .
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/event0.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/event0.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: event0.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing the event emulation routines in the test suite"
+}
+
+proc TestEntry_Invoke {w} {
+    global testEntry_Invoked testEntry_value1
+
+    set testEntry_Invoked 1
+    set testEntry_value1 [$w get]
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    global foo
+    set foo 0
+
+    TestBlock event0-1.1 {Typing return in an entry widget} {
+	global testEntry_Invoked testEntry_value0 testEntry_value1
+
+	set testEntry_Invoked 0
+	entry .e -textvariable testEntry_value0
+	set testEntry_value0 "Entering some text ..."
+	bind .e <Return> "TestEntry_Invoke .e"
+	pack .e
+	update
+
+	KeyboardEvent .e <Return>
+	update
+	Assert {$testEntry_Invoked == 1}
+	Assert {$testEntry_value0 == $testEntry_value1}
+    }
+
+    TestBlock event0-1.2 {Typing characters in an entry widget} {
+	set testEntry_value0 ""
+	set val "Typing the keyboard ..."
+
+	focus .e
+	.e delete 0 end
+	update
+	KeyboardString .e $val
+	update
+	Assert {[tixStrEq "$testEntry_value0" "$val"]}
+    }
+
+    TestBlock event0-1.3 {Typing characters and slashes in an entry widget} {
+	set testEntry_value0 ""
+	set val "Typing the \\ keyboard ..."
+
+	focus .e
+	.e delete 0 end
+	KeyboardString .e $val
+	update
+	Assert {[tixStrEq "$testEntry_value0" "$val"]}
+
+	destroy .e
+    }
+
+    TestBlock event0-1.4 {Testing ClickListboxEntry} {
+	listbox .l -selectmode single
+	.l insert end "index 0"
+	.l insert end "index 1"
+	.l insert end "index 2"
+
+	pack .l; update
+
+	for {set x 0} {$x <= 2} {incr x} {
+	    ClickListboxEntry .l $x single
+	    update
+	    Assert {[.l index active] == $x}
+	    Assert {[.l curselection] == $x}
+	}
+
+	destroy .l
+	update
+    }
+
+    TestBlock event0-1.5 {Clicking a button} {
+	button .b -command "set foo 1"
+	pack .b; update
+
+	Click .b
+	Assert {$foo == 1}
+    }
+
+    TestBlock event0-1.6 {Drag and selecting a combobox} {
+	tixComboBox .c
+	.c insert end 10
+	.c insert end 10
+	.c insert end 10
+	.c insert end 10
+	.c insert end 10
+	pack .c; update
+
+	HoldDown [.c subwidget arrow]
+	Drag [.c subwidget listbox] 10 10
+	Release [.c subwidget listbox] 10 10
+	Release [.c subwidget arrow] -30 30
+
+	Assert {[.c cget -value] == "10"}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/filebox.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/filebox.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: filebox.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# filebox.tcl --
+#
+#	Tests the File selection box and dialog widget.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing the (Ex)FileSelectBox and (Ex)FileSelectDialog widgets."
+}
+
+proc FdTest_GetFile {args} {
+    global fdTest_selected
+
+    set fdTest_selected [tixEvent value]
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    global fdTest_fullPath
+
+    if [tixStrEq [tix platform] "unix"] {
+	set fdTest_fullPath /etc/passwd
+    } else {
+	set fdTest_fullPath C:\\Windows\\System.ini
+    }
+
+    Test_FileSelectBox
+    Test_FileSelectDialog
+
+    Test_ExFileSelectBox
+    Test_ExFileSelectDialog
+}
+
+proc Test_FileSelectBox {} {
+    global fdTest_selected fdTest_fullPath
+
+    TestBlock filebox-1.1 {FileSelectBox} {
+	set w [tixFileSelectBox .f -command FdTest_GetFile]
+	pack $w -expand yes -fill both
+	update
+
+	InvokeComboBoxByKey [$w subwidget selection] "$fdTest_fullPath"
+	Assert {[tixStrEq $fdTest_selected "$fdTest_fullPath"]}
+    }
+    catch {
+	destroy $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc Test_FileSelectDialog {} {
+    global fdTest_selected fdTest_fullPath
+
+    TestBlock filebox-2.1 {FileSelectDialog} {
+	set w [tixFileSelectDialog .f -command FdTest_GetFile]
+	$w popup
+	update
+
+	InvokeComboBoxByKey [$w subwidget fsbox subwidget selection] \
+	    "$fdTest_fullPath"
+	Assert {[tixStrEq $fdTest_selected "$fdTest_fullPath"]}
+    }
+    catch {
+	destroy $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc Test_ExFileSelectBox {} {
+    global fdTest_selected fdTest_fullPath
+
+    TestBlock filebox-3.1 {ExFileSelectBox} {
+	set w [tixExFileSelectBox .f -command FdTest_GetFile]
+	pack $w -expand yes -fill both
+	update
+
+	$w subwidget file config -selection "$fdTest_fullPath" \
+	    -value "$fdTest_fullPath"
+	Assert {[tixStrEq $fdTest_selected "$fdTest_fullPath"]}
+    }
+
+    TestBlock filebox-3.2 {Keyboard input in ExFileSelectBox entry subwidget} {
+	set dirCbx  [$w subwidget dir]
+	set fileCbx [$w subwidget file]
+	set okBtn   [$w subwidget ok]
+
+	foreach file {Foo bar "Foo Bar"} {
+	    set fdTest_selected ""
+
+	    InvokeComboBoxByKey $fileCbx $file
+	    set fullPath [tixFSJoin [$dirCbx cget -value] $file]
+	    update
+
+	    Assert {[tixStrEq "$fdTest_selected" "$fullPath"]}
+	}
+    }
+
+    TestBlock filebox-3.3 {Keyboard and then press OK} {
+	foreach file {bar "Foo Bar"} {
+	    set fdTest_selected ""
+
+	    SetComboBoxByKey $fileCbx $file
+	    Click $okBtn
+	    set fullPath [tixFSJoin [$dirCbx cget -value] $file]
+	    update
+
+	    Assert {[tixStrEq "$fdTest_selected" "$fullPath"]}
+	}
+    }
+
+    catch {
+	destroy $w
+    }
+}
+
+proc Test_ExFileSelectDialog {} {
+    global fdTest_selected fdTest_fullPath
+
+    TestBlock filebox-4.1 {ExFileSelectDialog} {
+	set w [tixExFileSelectDialog .f -command FdTest_GetFile]
+	$w popup
+	update
+
+	InvokeComboBoxByKey [$w subwidget fsbox subwidget file] \
+	    $fdTest_fullPath
+	Assert {[tixStrEq $fdTest_selected "$fdTest_fullPath"]}
+    }
+
+    catch {
+	destroy $w
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/files
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/files	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+testtmpl.tcl
+api.tcl
+minterp.tcl
+options.tcl
+labentry.tcl
+event0.tcl
+fs.tcl
+oop.tcl
+optmenu.tcl
+select.tcl
+slistbox.tcl
+var1.tcl
+NoteBook.tcl
+mwm.tcl
+cmderror.tcl
+dirbox.tcl
+filebox.tcl
+combobox.tcl
+samples.tcl
+draw.tcl

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/fs.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/fs.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: fs.tcl,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# fs.tcl
+#
+# Test the portable file handling ("FS") routines.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and
+# redistribution of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing portable file handling routines"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    # These tests were all obsolete post-Tix 8.2
+};            # Test

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/labentry.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/labentry.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: labentry.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# labentry.tcl
+#
+# Tests the TixLabelEntry widget.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and
+# redistribution of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing the TixLabelEntry widget"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    TestBlock labent-1.1 {LabelEntry focus management} {
+        set t [toplevel .t]
+
+        set w [tixLabelEntry .t.c -label "Stuff(c): "]
+        pack $w -padx 20 -pady 10
+        tixLabelEntry .t.d -label "Stuff(d): "
+        pack .t.d -padx 20 -pady 10
+        focus $w
+        update
+
+        set px [winfo pointerx $t]
+        set py [winfo pointery $t]
+        set W [winfo width $t]
+        set H [winfo height $t]
+
+        if {$W < 100} {
+            set W 100
+        }
+        if {$H < 100} {
+            set H 100
+        }
+
+        set mx [expr $px - $W / 2]
+        set my [expr $py - $H / 2]
+
+        # We must move the window under the cursor in order to test
+        # the current focus
+        #
+        wm geometry $t $W\x$H+$mx+$my
+        raise $t
+        update
+
+        # On some platforms (e.g. Red Hat Linux 5.2/x86), this fails
+        # because we get: LHS = .t.c, RHS = .t.c.frame.entry
+        # (not clear why).
+        #
+        Assert {[focus -lastfor $t] == [$w subwidget entry]}
+
+        destroy $t
+    };    # TestBlock
+};        # Test

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/minterp.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/minterp.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: minterp.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# minterp.tcl
+#
+#	Tests Tix running under multiple interpreters.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "Tests Tix running under multiple interpreters."
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    global tix tcl_version
+    if ![string comp [info commands interp] ""] {
+	# Does not support multiple interpreters.
+	return
+    }
+
+    if {[lsearch [package names] Itcl] != -1} {
+	#
+	# multiple interpreters currently core dumps under itcl2.1
+	#
+#	return
+    }
+
+    TestBlock minterp-1.1 {multiple interpreters} {
+	for {set x 0} {$x < 5} {incr x} {
+	    global testConfig
+	    interp create a
+	    interp eval a "set dynlib [list $testConfig(dynlib)]"
+	    if {[info exists tix(et)] && $tix(et) == 1} {
+		interp eval a {
+		    catch {load "" Tk}
+		    catch {load "" ITcl}
+		    catch {load "" ITk}
+		    catch {load "" Tclsam}
+		    catch {load "" Tksam}
+		    catch {load "" Tixsam}
+		}
+	    } else {
+		interp eval a {
+		    load "" Tk
+		    load $dynlib Tix
+		}
+	    }
+	    interp eval a {
+		tixControl .d -label Test
+		tixComboBox .e -label Test
+		tixDirList .l
+		pack .l	-expand yes -fill both
+		pack .d .e -expand yes -fill both
+		update
+	    }
+	    interp delete a
+	}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/mwm.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/mwm.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: mwm.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# mwm.tcl --
+#
+#	Test tixMwm command.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing tixMwm command"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    if ![string compare [info command tixMwm] ""] {
+	puts "(OK) The tixMwm command is not available."
+	return
+    }
+    if ![tixMwm ismwmrunning .] {
+	puts "(OK) Mwm is not running on this display."
+	return
+    }
+    
+    toplevel .d
+    toplevel .e
+
+    test {tixMwm protocol .d add MY_PRINT_HELLO {"Print Hello"  _H Ctrl<Key>H}}
+    wm protocol .d MY_PRINT_HELLO {puts Hello}
+
+    test {tixMwm protocol .e add MY_PRINT_HELLO {"Print Hello"  _H Ctrl<Key>H}}
+    wm protocol .e MY_PRINT_HELLO {puts Hello}
+
+    test {destroy .d}
+
+    test {tixMwm protocol .e add MY_PRINT_HELLO {"Print Hello"  _H Ctrl<Key>H}}
+    wm protocol .e MY_PRINT_HELLO {puts Hello}
+
+    test {tixMwm protocol . delete MY_PRINT_HELLO}
+    wm protocol . MY_PRINT_HELLO {}
+
+    test {tixMwm protocol .e add MY_PRINT_HELLO {"Print Hello"  _H Ctrl<Key>H}}
+    wm protocol .e MY_PRINT_HELLO {puts Hello}
+
+    test {destroy .e}
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/oop.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/oop.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: oop.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing OOP features"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    test {tix} {arg}
+    test {tixWidgetClass} {arg}
+    test {tixClass} {arg}
+    test {tixNoteBook} {arg}
+    test {tixAppContext} {arg}
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/options.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/options.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: options.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing the option configuration of the Tix widgets"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    test {tixComboBox .c -xxxxx} 	{missing}
+    test {tixComboBox .c -xxxxx xxx} 	{unknown}
+    test {tixComboBox .c -d xxx} 	{ambi}
+    test {tixComboBox .c -disab 0}	{ambi} 
+    test {tixComboBox .c -disablecal 0}
+    Assert {[.c cget -disablecallback] == 0}
+    Assert {[.c cget -disableca] == 0}
+    test {tixComboBox .d -histl 10} 
+    Assert {[.d cget -histlimit] == 10}
+    Assert {[.d cget -histlim] == 10}
+    Assert {[.d cget -historylimit] == 10}
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/optmenu.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/optmenu.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: optmenu.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing Option Menu widget"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    tixOptionMenu .p -label "From File Format : " -command "selectproc input" \
+	-disablecallback 1 \
+	-options {
+	    label.width 19
+	    label.anchor e
+	    menubutton.width 15
+	}
+
+    pack .p
+
+    .p add command text   -label "Plain Text"
+    .p add command post   -label "PostScript"      
+    .p add command format -label "Formatted Text"  
+    .p add command html   -label "HTML"            
+    .p add separator sep
+    .p add command tex    -label "LaTeX"           
+    .p add command rtf    -label "Rich Text Format"
+
+    update
+
+    foreach ent [.p entries] {
+	test {.p delete $ent}
+    }
+
+    Assert {[.p subwidget menubutton cget -text] == {}}
+
+    test {destroy .p}
+
+    # Testing deleting "sep" at the end
+    #
+    tixOptionMenu .p -label "From File Format : " -command "selectproc input" \
+	-disablecallback 1 \
+	-options {
+	    label.width 19
+	    label.anchor e
+	    menubutton.width 15
+	}
+
+
+    pack .p
+
+    .p add command text   -label "Plain Text"
+    .p add command post   -label "PostScript"      
+    .p add command format -label "Formatted Text"  
+    .p add command html   -label "HTML"            
+    .p add separator sep
+    .p add command tex    -label "LaTeX"           
+    .p add command rtf    -label "Rich Text Format"
+
+    test {.p delete text}
+    test {.p delete post}
+    test {.p delete html}
+    test {.p delete format}
+    test {.p delete tex}
+    test {.p delete rtf}
+    test {.p delete sep}
+
+    Assert {[.p subwidget menubutton cget -text] == {}}
+    test {destroy .p}
+
+    # Testing deleting "sep" as the second-last one
+    #
+    tixOptionMenu .p -label "From File Format : " -command "selectproc input" \
+	-disablecallback 1 \
+	-options {
+	    label.width 19
+	    label.anchor e
+	    menubutton.width 15
+	}
+
+
+    pack .p
+
+    .p add command text   -label "Plain Text"
+    .p add command post   -label "PostScript"      
+    .p add command format -label "Formatted Text"  
+    .p add command html   -label "HTML"            
+    .p add separator sep
+    .p add command tex    -label "LaTeX"           
+    .p add command rtf    -label "Rich Text Format"
+
+    test {.p delete text}
+    global .p
+    Assert {[info exists .p(text,type)] == 0}
+    Assert {[info exists .p(text,name)] == 0}
+    Assert {[info exists .p(text,label)] == 0}
+    test {.p delete post}
+    test {.p delete html}
+    test {.p delete format}
+    test {.p delete tex}
+
+    Assert {[.p cget -value] == "rtf"}
+    test {.p delete sep}
+    Assert {[.p cget -value] == "rtf"}
+    test {.p delete rtf}
+
+    Assert {[.p subwidget menubutton cget -text] == {}}
+
+    test {destroy .p}
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/pane.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/pane.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: pane.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# pane.tcl --
+#
+#	Test the PanedWindow widget.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "Test the PanedWindow widget."
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    TestBlock pane-1.1 {tixPanedWindow -expand} {
+	tixPanedWindow .p -orient horizontal
+	pack .p -expand yes -fill both
+	set p1 [.p add pane1 -expand 0.3]
+	set p2 [.p add pane2 -expand 1]
+	set p3 [.p add pane3 -size 20]
+	.p config -width 300 -height 200
+	update
+	.p config -width 500
+	update
+	.p config -width 200
+	update
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/pkginit.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/pkginit.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: pkginit.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# pkginit.tcl --
+#
+#
+#	This file contains the initialization code for all the test programs
+#	in this directory.
+#	

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/samples.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/samples.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: samples.tcl,v 1.3 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# samples.tcl --
+#
+#	Tests all the sample programs in the demo/samples directory.
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing all the sample programs in the demo/samples directory"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    global samples_dir demo_dir tix_library
+
+    TestBlock samples-1.0 "Finding the demo directory" {
+	foreach dir "$tix_library/demos $tix_library/../demos ../../demos ../demos demos" {
+	    if {[file exists $dir] && [file isdir $dir]} {
+		set pwd [pwd]
+		cd $dir
+		set demo_dir    [pwd]
+		set samples_dir [pwd]/samples
+		cd $pwd
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if {![info exists samples_dir]} {
+	puts "Cannot find demos directory. Sample tests are skipped"
+	return
+    } else {
+	puts "loading demos from $demo_dir"
+    }
+
+    TestBlock samples-1.1 "Running widget demo" {
+	if {[file exists [set file [file join $demo_dir tixwidgets.tcl]]]} {
+	    uplevel #0 [list source $file]
+	    tixDemo:SelfTest
+	}
+    }
+    if {![file exists [set file [file join $samples_dir AllSampl.tcl]]]} {
+	return
+    }
+    uplevel #0 [list source $file]
+
+    ForAllSamples root "" Test_Sample
+}
+
+
+proc Test_Sample {token type text dest} {
+    global samples_dir tix_demo_running 
+
+    set tix_demo_running 1
+
+    if {$type == "f"} {
+	set w .sampl_top
+	TestBlock samples-2-$dest "Loading sample $dest" {
+	    uplevel #0 source [list $samples_dir/$dest]
+	    toplevel $w
+	    wm geometry $w +100+100
+	    wm title $w $text
+	    RunSample $w
+	    update
+	}
+	catch {
+	    destroy $w
+	}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/select.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/select.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: select.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing the TixSelect widget"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    set dis  [tix option get disabled_fg]
+    set norm [tix option get fg]
+
+    # Create with a normal state
+    #
+    #
+    tixSelect .foo -allowzero 0 -radio 1 -label "Foo:" \
+	-state normal
+    .foo add "1" -text "One"
+    .foo add "2" -text "Two"
+    pack .foo
+
+    Assert {[.foo subwidget label cget -foreground] == $norm}
+    .foo config -state normal
+    .foo config -state normal
+    Assert {[.foo subwidget label cget -foreground] == $norm}
+    .foo config -state disabled
+    Assert {[.foo subwidget label cget -foreground] == $dis}
+    .foo config -state normal
+    Assert {[.foo subwidget label cget -foreground] == $norm}
+
+    update
+    destroy .foo
+
+    tixSelect .foo -allowzero 0 -radio 1 -label "Foo:" \
+	-state disabled
+    .foo add "1" -text "One"
+    .foo add "2" -text "Two"
+    pack .foo
+
+    Assert {[.foo subwidget label cget -foreground] == $dis}
+    .foo config -state normal
+    Assert {[.foo subwidget label cget -foreground] == $norm}
+    .foo config -state normal
+    Assert {[.foo subwidget label cget -foreground] == $norm}
+    .foo config -state disabled
+    Assert {[.foo subwidget label cget -foreground] == $dis}
+    .foo config -state normal
+    Assert {[.foo subwidget label cget -foreground] == $norm}
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/slistbox.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/slistbox.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: slistbox.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing ScrolledListBox"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    set w [tixScrolledListBox .listbox]
+    pack $w
+
+    foreach item {{1 1} 2 3 4 5 6} {
+	$w subwidget listbox insert end $item
+    }
+
+    Click [$w subwidget listbox] 30 30
+
+    destroy $w
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/testtmpl.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/testtmpl.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: testtmpl.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# testtmpl.tcl --
+#
+#	Test Template:
+#
+#	This program is used as the first test: see whether we can execute any
+#	case at all.
+#
+#	This program is also used as a template file for writing other test
+#	cases.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing whether the test program starts up properly"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    TestBlock testtmpl-1.1 {NULL test} {
+	#
+	# If this fails, we are in big trouble and probably none of the
+	# tests can pass. Abort all the tests
+	#
+    } 1 abortall
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/var1.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/general/var1.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: var1.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing -variable option with Tix widgets"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    global foo bar arr
+
+    set classes {tixControl tixComboBox}
+    set value 1234
+
+    foreach class $classes {
+	set w [$class .foo]
+	pack $w
+	update idletasks
+
+	TestBlock var1-1.1 {$class: config -variable with initialized value} {
+	    set bar $value
+	    $w config -variable bar
+	    update idletasks
+	    Assert {[$w cget -value] == $value}
+	}
+
+	TestBlock var1-1.2 {$class: config -variable w/ uninitialized value} {
+	    destroy $w
+	    set w [$class .foo]
+	    $w config -variable bar
+	    Assert {[$w cget -value] == $bar}
+	}
+
+	TestBlock var1-1.2 {$class: config -variable} {
+	    set foo 111
+	    $w config -variable foo
+	    update idletasks
+	    Assert {[$w cget -value] == $foo}
+	}
+
+	TestBlock var1-1.2 {$class: config -value} {
+	    $w config -value 123
+	    Assert {[$w cget -value] == 123}
+	    Assert {[set [$w cget -variable]] == 123}
+	}
+
+	TestBlock var1-1.2 {$class: config -variable on array variable} {
+	    set arr(12) 1234
+	    $w config -variable arr(12)
+	    Assert {[$w cget -value] == $arr(12)}
+	}
+
+	TestBlock var1-1.2 {$class: config -value on array variable} {
+	    $w config -value 12
+	    Assert {[$w cget -value] == 12}
+	    Assert {[set [$w cget -variable]] == 12}
+	}
+
+	catch {
+	    destroy $w
+	}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/grid.test
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/grid.test	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# grid.test --
+#
+#       This file is a Tcl script to test out tixGrid.c and tixGrRC.c
+#       It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# $Id: grid.test,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+
+package require Tix
+
+if {[lsearch [namespace children] ::tcltest] == -1} {
+    source [file join [pwd] [file dirname [info script]] defs.tcl]
+}
+
+set longword xx
+for {set i 0} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
+    set longword $longword$longword
+}
+
+proc format-$longword {args} {
+    global format_called
+
+    set format_called 1
+}
+
+test grid-1.1 {Tix_GrCallFormatCmd()} {
+    set format_called 0
+    tixGrid .grid -formatcmd format-$longword
+    pack .grid
+    update idletasks
+    destroy .grid
+    set format_called
+} {1}
+
+
+test grrc-1.1 {Tix_GrRCSize} {
+    tixGrid .grid
+
+    set a [list [catch {
+        .grid size row xx
+    } msg] $msg]
+
+    destroy .grid
+    set a
+} {1 {unknown option "xx"; must be an integer or "default"}}
+
+test grrc-1.2 {Tix_GrRCSize(): sprintf} {
+    tixGrid .grid
+
+    set a [list [catch {
+        .grid size row default -pad
+    } msg] $msg]
+
+    destroy .grid
+    set a
+} {1 {value missing for option "-pad"}}
+
+test grrc-1.3 {Tix_GrRCSize(): sprintf} {
+    tixGrid .grid
+
+    set a [list [catch {
+        .grid size row 123 -pad
+    } msg] $msg]
+
+    destroy .grid
+    set a
+} {1 {value missing for option "-pad"}}
+
+
+# cleanup
+::tcltest::cleanupTests
+return
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/grid/Grid.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/grid/Grid.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: Grid.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# This tests the Grid widget.
+#
+#
+#
+proc About {} {
+    return "Basic tests for the Grid widget"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    TestBlock grid-1.1 {Grid creation} {
+	test {tixGrid} {args}
+	test {tixGrid .g -ff} {unknown}
+	test {tixGrid .g -width} {missing}
+
+	Assert {[info command .g] == {}}
+	Assert {![winfo exists .g]}
+    }
+
+    TestBlock grid-1.2 {Grid creation} {
+	set g [tixGrid .g]
+	pack $g -expand yes -fill both
+	update
+	destroy $g
+    }
+
+    TestBlock grid-2.1 {Grid widget commands} {
+	set g [tixGrid .g]
+	pack $g -expand yes -fill both
+	test {$g} {args}
+	set foo ""
+    }
+    TestBlock grid-2.2 {Grid widget commands} {
+	$g config -selectmode browse
+	Assert {[tixStrEq [$g cget -selectmode] browse]}
+    }
+
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # Sites
+    #----------------------------------------
+    foreach cmd {anchor dragsite dropsite} {
+	TestBlock grid-3.1 "Grid \"$cmd\" widget command" {
+	    test1 {$g $cmd} \
+		"wrong # args: should be \".g $cmd option ?x y?\""
+	}
+	TestBlock grid-3.2 "Grid \"$cmd\" widget command" {
+	    test1 {$g $cmd foo} \
+		{wrong option "foo", must be clear, get or set}
+	}
+	TestBlock grid-3.3 "Grid \"$cmd\" widget command" {
+	    test1 {$g $cmd clear bar} \
+		"wrong # of arguments, must be: .g $cmd clear"
+	}
+	TestBlock grid-3.4 "Grid \"$cmd\" widget command" {
+	    test1 {$g $cmd set 0 0 bar} \
+		"wrong # args: should be \".g $cmd option ?x y?\""
+	}
+	TestBlock grid-3.5 "Grid \"$cmd\" widget command" {
+	    test1 {$g $cmd set xxx 0} \
+		{expected integer but got "xxx"}
+	}
+	TestBlock grid-3.6 "Grid \"$cmd\" widget command" {
+	    test1 {$g $cmd set 0 xxx} \
+		{expected integer but got "xxx"}
+	}
+	foreach selunit {row column cell} {
+	    TestBlock grid-3.7 "Grid \"$cmd\" widget command" {
+		$g config -selectunit $selunit
+		$g $cmd set 0 0
+		update
+	    }
+        }
+	TestBlock grid-3.8 "Grid \"$cmd\" widget command" {
+	    $g $cmd set 0 0
+	    Assert {[tixStrEq [$g $cmd get] "0 0"]}
+	}
+	TestBlock grid-3.9 "Grid \"$cmd\" widget command" {
+	    $g $cmd set -20 -0
+	    Assert {[tixStrEq [$g $cmd get] "0 0"]}
+	}
+	TestBlock grid-3.10 "Grid \"$cmd\" widget command" {
+	    $g $cmd set 10000000 100000000
+	    Assert {[tixStrEq [$g $cmd get] "10000000 100000000"]}
+	}
+    }
+
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # set
+    #----------------------------------------
+    TestBlock grid-4.1 {Grid "set" widget command} {
+	test {$g set} {args}
+	test {$g set 0 0 -foo} {missing}
+	test {$g set 0 0 -foo bar} {unknown}
+	test {$g set 0 0 -itemtype foo} {unknown}
+	test {$g set 0 0 -itemtype imagetext -image foo} {image}
+	test {$g set 0 0 -itemtype imagetext -text Hello -image \
+	    [tix getimage folder]
+	}
+	update
+    } 
+
+    TestBlock grid-4.2 {Grid "set" widget command} {
+	for {set x 0} {$x < 19} {incr x} {
+	    for {set y 0} {$y < 13} {incr y} {
+		$g set $x $y -itemtype imagetext -text ($x,$y) \
+		    -image [tix getimage folder]
+	    }
+	}
+	update
+    }
+
+    TestBlock grid-4.3 {Grid "unset" widget command} {
+	for {set x 0} {$x < 23} {incr x} {
+	    for {set y 0} {$y < 19} {incr y} {
+		$g unset $x $y
+	    }
+	}
+	update
+    }
+
+
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # delete
+    #----------------------------------------
+    TestBlock grid-5.1 {Grid "delete" widget command} {
+	for {set x 0} {$x < 19} {incr x} {
+	    for {set y 0} {$y < 13} {incr y} {
+		$g set $x $y -itemtype imagetext -text ($x,$y) \
+		    -image [tix getimage folder]
+	    }
+	}
+	foreach index {0 1 3 2 6 3 1 1 max 19 13 max} {
+	    $g delete row $index
+	    $g delete col $index
+	    update
+	}
+    } 
+    #----------------------------------------
+    # move
+    #----------------------------------------
+    TestBlock grid-6.1 {Grid "move" widget command} {
+	for {set x 0} {$x < 19} {incr x} {
+	    for {set y 0} {$y < 13} {incr y} {
+		$g set $x $y -itemtype imagetext -text ($x,$y) \
+		    -image [tix getimage folder]
+	    }
+	}
+	foreach index {0 1 3 2 6 3 1 1 max 19 13 max} {
+	    $g move row $index $index 3
+	    $g move col $index $index -2
+	    update
+	}
+    } 
+
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/grid/files
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/grid/files	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Grid.tcl
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/DirList.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/DirList.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: DirList.tcl,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# This file tests the pixmap image reader
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "This file performs test on the DirList widget"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    set w .dirlist
+
+    tixDirList $w
+    pack $w
+
+    set h [$w subwidget hlist]
+
+    # If we didn't specifi -value, the DirList should display the
+    # current directory
+    Assert {[string equal [$w cget -value] [pwd]]}
+
+    # After changing the directory, the selection and anchor should change as
+    # well
+    set root [$h info children ""]
+    ClickHListEntry $h $root single
+    Assert {[string equal [$w cget -value] [$h info data $root]]}
+    Assert {[string equal [$h info selection] $root]}
+    Assert {[string equal [$h info anchor]    $root]}
+
+    if {$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} {
+	set dir1 C:\\Windows
+	set dir2 C:\\Backup
+    } else {
+	set dir1 /etc
+	set dir2 /etc
+    }
+
+    foreach dir [list $dir1 $dir2] {
+	if ![file exists $dir] {
+	    continue
+	}
+
+	$w config -value $dir
+	Assert {[string equal [$w cget -value] $dir]}
+	Assert {[string equal [$h info data [$h info anchor]] $dir]}
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/HLHdr.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/HLHdr.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: HLHdr.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# This tests the "header" functions in HList
+#
+#
+# Assumptions:
+#	(1) add command OK
+#
+
+proc test {cmd {result {}} {ret {}}} {
+    if [catch {set ret [uplevel 1 $cmd]} err] {
+	set done 0
+	foreach r $result {
+	    if [regexp $r $err] {
+		puts "error message OK: $err"
+		set done 1
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+	if {!$done} {
+	    error $err
+	}
+    } else {
+	puts "execution OK: $cmd"
+    }
+    return $ret
+}
+
+set h [tixHList .h -header 1 -columns 2]
+pack $h -expand yes -fill both
+$h add hello -text hello
+$h add noind -text hello
+
+test {$h header} {args}
+test {$h header bad} {unknown}
+
+# Test for create
+#
+#
+
+test {$h header create} {args}
+test {$h header create 3} {{exist}}
+test {$h header create 1 -itemtype} {missing}
+test {$h header create 1 -itemtype bad} {unknown}
+test {$h header create 1 -itemtype imagetext -text Hello -image [tix getimage folder]}
+
+
+# Test for cget
+#
+test {$h header cget} {args}
+test {$h header cget 0 -text} {does not have}
+test {$h header cget 1} {args}
+test {$h header cget 3 -text} {exist}
+test {$h header cget 1 arg arg} {args}
+test {$h header cget 1 -bad} {{unknown}}
+test {$h header cget 1 -text}
+
+# Test for config
+#
+test {$h header config} {args}
+test {$h header config 3 -text} {exist}
+test {$h header config 0 -text} {does not have}
+test {$h header config 1 -bad} {{unknown}}
+test {$h header config 1}
+test {$h header config 1 -text}
+test {$h header config 1 -text Hi}
+
+# Test for size
+#
+test {$h header size} {args}
+test {$h header size 0 0} {args}
+test {$h header size 4} {exist}
+test {$h header size 0} {not have}
+test {puts [$h header size 1]}
+
+
+# Test for exist
+#
+test {$h header exist} {args}
+test {$h header exist hello hi} {args}
+test {$h header exist 4} {exist}
+test {puts [$h header exist 0]} 
+test {puts [$h header exist 1]} 
+
+# Test for delete
+#
+test {$h header delete} {args}
+test {$h header delete hello hi} {args}
+test {$h header delete 4} {exist}
+test {$h header delete 0} {not have}
+test {$h header delete 1} 
+
+# just do it again ..
+#
+test {$h header create 1 -itemtype imagetext -text Hello -image [tix getimage folder]}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/HLInd.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/HLInd.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: HLInd.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc Test {} {
+    set h [tixHList .h -indicator 1 -indent 20]
+    pack $h -expand yes -fill both
+    button .b -text close -command "Done forced"
+    pack .b
+
+    $h add hello -text hello
+    $h add noind -text hello
+
+    test {$h indicator} {args}
+    test {$h indicator bad} {unknown}
+
+    # Test for create
+    #
+    #
+
+    test {$h indicator create} {args}
+    test {$h indicator create xyz} {{not found}}
+    test {$h indicator create hello -itemtype} {missing}
+    test {$h indicator create hello -itemtype bad} {unknown}
+    test {$h indicator create hello -itemtype imagetext \
+	-image [tix getimage plus]}
+
+    # Test for cget
+    #
+    test {$h indicator cget} {args}
+    test {$h indicator cget hello} {args}
+    test {$h indicator cget hello arg arg} {args}
+    test {$h indicator cget noind -text} {{does not have}}
+    test {$h indicator cget hello -bad} {{unknown}}
+    test {$h indicator cget hello -image}
+
+    # Test for size
+    #
+    test {$h indicator size} {args}
+    test {$h indicator size hello hi} {args}
+    test {$h indicator size bad} {{not found}}
+    test {$h indicator size noind} {{does not have}}
+    test {set x [$h indicator size hello]}
+    test {$h indicator cget hello -image} {{does not}}
+
+    # Test for delete
+    #
+    test {$h indicator delete} {args}
+    test {$h indicator delete hello hi} {args}
+    test {$h indicator delete bad} {{not found}}
+    test {$h indicator delete hello}
+    test {$h indicator cget hello -image} {{does not}}
+
+    update
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/HList.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/HList.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: HList.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# HList.tcl --
+#
+#	General HList test.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "General tests for the HList widget"
+}
+
+
+proc Test {} {
+    set h [tixHList .h -selectmode single]
+    pack $h -expand yes -fill both
+
+    #
+    PutP "Testing the selection command"
+    #
+
+    for {set x 0} {$x < 40} {incr x} {
+	$h add foo$x -text Foo$x
+    }
+    update
+
+    test {$h selection set} {arg}
+    test {$h selection set foo1}
+
+    test {$h selection get foo} {arg}
+    Assert {[tixStrEq [$h selection get] "foo1"]}
+    Assert {[tixStrEq [$h selection get] [$h info selection]]}
+
+    #
+    PutP "Testing the info bbox command"
+    #
+    $h config -browsecmd "HLTest_BrowseCmd $h"
+    global hlTest_selected
+    for {set x 0} {$x <= 3} {incr x} {
+	set ent foo[expr $x * 8]
+	$h see $ent
+	update
+
+	set bbox [$h info bbox $ent]
+	Assert {![tixStrEq "$bbox" ""]}
+
+	set hlTest_selected ""
+	Click $h [lindex $bbox 0] [lindex $bbox 1]
+	update
+	Assert {[tixStrEq "$hlTest_selected" "$ent"]}
+
+	set hlTest_selected ""
+	Click $h [lindex $bbox 2] [lindex $bbox 3]
+	update
+	Assert {[tixStrEq "$hlTest_selected" "$ent"]}
+    }
+
+    #
+    PutP "Testing the ClickHListEntry test function"
+    #
+    for {set x 0} {$x <= 3} {incr x} {
+	set hlTest_selected ""
+	set ent foo[expr $x * 8]
+	ClickHListEntry $h $ent
+	update
+	Assert {[tixStrEq "$hlTest_selected" "$ent"]}
+    }
+}
+
+proc HLTest_BrowseCmd {w args} {
+    global hlTest_selected
+
+    set hlTest_selected [tixEvent value]
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/files
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/files	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+HLInd.tcl
+DirList.tcl
+items.tcl
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/items.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/hlist/items.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: items.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# items.tcl --
+#
+#	Test the handling of DisplayStyle and DisplayItem.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "Test the handling of DisplayStyle and DisplayItem."
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    TestBlock items-1.1 {tixTmpLine} {
+	tixHList .c
+	set style [tixDisplayStyle text -refwindow .c -font fixed]
+	.c add a -itemtype text -style $style -text Hello
+	.c add b -itemtype text -text Hello
+
+	tixHList .d
+	.d add a -itemtype text -style $style -text Hello
+	.d add b -itemtype text -text Hello
+
+	pack .c .d -expand yes -fill both
+	update
+
+	destroy .c
+	update
+	Assert {[string comp [info command $style] ""] == 0}
+    }
+
+    catch {
+	destroy .c
+    }
+    catch {
+	destroy .d
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl.test
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl.test	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# itcl.test --
+#
+#       This file tests interaction between Tix and [incr tcl]/[incr tk].
+#       It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl
+#       tests.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# $Id: itcl.test,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+
+package require Tix
+
+if {[lsearch [namespace children] ::tcltest] == -1} {
+    source [file join [pwd] [file dirname [info script]] defs.tcl]
+}
+
+if {[catch {package require Itcl} msg] || [catch {package require Itk} msg]} {
+    puts "itcl/itk not installed on your system: $msg"
+    puts "tests in [info script] skipped"
+    ::tcltest::cleanupTests
+    return
+}
+
+test itcl-1.1 {variable scope} {
+    # Tests:
+    #     - Creating a tix widget inside the scope of an itcl method
+    #     - Sharing global variable with itcl
+    itcl::class ::foo {
+        inherit itk::Widget
+
+        constructor {args} {
+	    itk_component add lab {
+		label $itk_interior.lab \
+		    -textvariable ::choice($this)
+	    }
+
+	    itk_component add tixwidget {
+		tixOptionMenu $itk_interior.tixwidget \
+		    -label "File format" \
+		    -variable ::choice($this) \
+		    -command "$this foocmd"
+	    }
+
+	    foreach cmd {HTML PostScript ASCII} {
+		$itk_component(tixwidget) add command $cmd
+	    }
+
+	    pack $itk_component(lab) $itk_component(tixwidget) \
+		-anchor e \
+		-padx 10 \
+		-pady 10 \
+		-fill x
+
+	    eval itk_initialize $args
+        }
+        common choice
+
+	method foocmd {args} {
+	    #puts $args
+	}
+        method set_format {format} {
+	    set ::choice($this) $format
+        }
+    }
+    itk::usual TixOptionMenu {
+    }
+
+    foo .xy
+    pack .xy
+
+    .xy set_format ASCII
+    lappend list $choice(::.xy)
+
+    .xy component tixwidget config -value PostScript
+    lappend list $choice(::.xy)
+
+    .xy component tixwidget config -value HTML
+    lappend list $choice(::.xy)
+
+    set list
+} {ASCII PostScript HTML}
+
+
+# cleanup
+::tcltest::cleanupTests
+return
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/files
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/files	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+general.tcl
+scope1.tcl
+namesp.tcl
+itk.tcl
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/general.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/general.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: general.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# ITcl general test
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "This file performs general test on Tix w/ ITcl 2.0"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/itk.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/itk.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: itk.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# This file tests the pixmap image reader
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "This file performs tests with ITK mega widgets"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    frame .f
+    pack .f
+    tixPanedWindow .f.tpw
+    pack .f.tpw -side left -expand yes -fill both
+    set p1 [.f.tpw add t1 -min 20 -size 120 ]
+    set p2 [.f.tpw add t2 -min 20  -size 80 ]
+    frame $p1.t1
+    frame $p2.t2
+    pack $p1.t1 $p2.t2
+    tixScrolledListBox $p1.t1.list
+    tixScrolledListBox $p2.t2.list
+    pack  $p1.t1.list  $p2.t2.list
+
+    Combobox .ibox -labeltext "ItkBox" -items {one two three}
+    pack .ibox
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/namesp.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/namesp.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: namesp.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# This file tests the pixmap image reader
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "This file performs test on name space"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    namespace mySpace {
+	variable hsl ".hsl"
+	proc creatHSL {} {
+	    global hsl
+	    tixScrolledHList $hsl
+	}
+	proc packHSL {} {
+	    global hsl
+	    pack $hsl
+	}
+    }
+    mySpace::creatHSL
+    mySpace::packHSL
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/pkginit.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/pkginit.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: pkginit.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+#@scope :: {lappend auto_path $env(IWIDGETS_LIBRARY)}
+#@scope :: {source "$env(IWIDGETS_LIBRARY)/init.iwidgets"}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/scope1.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/itcl/scope1.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: scope1.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc About {} {
+    return "Testing creation of Tix widgets inside ITCL classes"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    class foo {
+        inherit itk::Widget
+
+        constructor {args} {
+	    itk_component add lab {
+		label $itk_interior.lab \
+		    -textvariable [code choice($this)]
+	    }
+
+	    itk_component add le {
+		tixOptionMenu $itk_interior.le \
+		    -label "File format" \
+		    -variable [code choice($this)] \
+		    -command "$this foocmd"
+	    }
+
+	    foreach cmd {HTML PostScript ASCII} {
+		$itk_component(le) add command $cmd
+	    }
+
+	    pack $itk_component(lab) $itk_component(le) \
+		-anchor e \
+		-padx 10 \
+		-pady 10 \
+		-fill x
+
+	    eval itk_initialize $args
+        }
+        common choice
+
+	method foocmd {args} {
+	    puts $args
+	}
+        method set_format {format} {
+	    set choice($this) $format
+        }
+    }
+    usual TixOptionMenu {
+    }
+
+    foo .xy
+    pack .xy
+    .xy set_format ASCII
+    update
+    .xy component le config -value  PostScript
+    update
+    .xy component le config -value  HTML
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/library/CaseData.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/library/CaseData.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: CaseData.tcl,v 1.4 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# CaseData.tcl --
+#
+#	Contains data for test cases
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+
+# GetHomeDirs --
+#
+#	Returns a list of user names (prefixed with tilde) and their
+#	home directories
+#
+proc GetHomeDirs {} {
+    set tryList {root ftp admin operator man john ioi}
+    if [catch {
+	lappend tryList [exec whoami]
+    }] {
+	catch {
+	    lappend tryList [exec logname]
+	}
+    }
+	    
+
+    set list {}
+    foreach user $tryList {
+	if [info exists done($user)] {
+	    continue
+	}
+	set expanded [tixFile tilde ~$user]
+	if ![tixStrEq $expanded ~$user] {
+	    lappend list [list ~$user $expanded]
+	}
+	set done($user) 1
+    }
+    return $list
+}
+
+# GetCases_FsNormDir --
+#
+#	Returns a set of test cases for verifying whether a non-normalized
+#	directory is properly notmalized
+#
+proc GetCases_FsNormDir {} {
+
+    if [tixStrEq [tix platform] unix] {
+	#   PATHNAME to TEST		expected result   Causes error for
+	#						    file normalize?
+	#----------------------------------------------------------------
+	set list {
+	    {.					""		1}
+	    {foo				""		1}
+	    {~nosuchuser			""		1}
+	    {~nosuchuser/../			""		1}
+	    {/					/		0}
+	    {///				/		0}
+	    {/./				/		0}
+	    {/./.				/		0}
+	    {/./.				/		0}
+	    {/././.././../			/		0}
+	    {/etc				/etc		0}
+	    {/etc/../etc			/etc		0}
+	    {/etc/../etc/./			/etc		0}
+	    {/etc/../etc/./			/etc		0}
+	    {/etc/../usr/./lib			/usr/lib	0}
+	}
+	foreach userInfo [GetHomeDirs] {
+	    lappend list [list [lindex $userInfo 0] [lindex $userInfo 1] 0]
+	}
+    } else {
+	set list [list \
+	    [list .				""			1] \
+	    [list foo				""			1] \
+	    [list ..				""			1] \
+	    [list ..\\foo			""			1] \
+	    [list ..\\dat\\.			""			1] \
+	    [list C:				""			1] \
+	    [list C:\\				C:			0] \
+	    [list c:\\				C:			0] \
+	    [list C:\\\\			C:			0] \
+	    [list C:\\				C:			0] \
+	    [list C:\\.				C:			0] \
+	    [list C:\\Windows			C:\\Windows		0] \
+	    [list C:\\Windows\\System		C:\\Windows\\System	0] \
+	    [list C:\\Windows\\..		C:			0] \
+	]
+    }
+
+    return $list
+}
+
+# GetCases_FSNorm --
+#
+#	Returns a set of test cases for testing the tixFSNorm command.
+#
+proc GetCases_FSNorm {} {
+    global tixPriv
+
+    if [tixStrEq [tix platform] unix] {
+	#   PATHNAME to TEST		context    <----------  Expected Result ----------------------------------->
+	#					       path	       vpath(todo)     files(todo)   patterns(todo)
+	#----------------------------------------------------------------
+	set list {
+	    {.				/		/		}
+	    {./				/		/		}
+	    {./////./			/ 		/		}
+	    {..				/		/		}
+	    {../			/		/		}
+	    {../..			/		/		}
+	    {../../../			/		/		}
+	    {/etc			/		/etc		}
+	    {/etc///../etc///		/		/etc		}
+	    {/etc///../etc///..		/		/		}
+	    {/etc///../etc///../	/		/		}
+	    {/etc/.			/		/etc		}
+	    {/./etc/.			/		/etc		}
+	    {/./././etc/.		/		/etc		}
+	    {/usr/./././local/./lib////	/		/usr/local/lib	}
+	    {./././././etc/		/		/etc		}
+	    {/etc/../etc		/		/etc		}
+	    {/etc/../etc/../etc		/		/etc		}
+	    {/etc/../etc/../		/		/		}
+	    {~foobar/foo		/		/~foobar	}
+	    {~foobar/foo/		/		/~foobar/foo	}
+	}
+    } else {
+	set p $tixPriv(WinPrefix)
+
+	set list [list \
+	    [list .			$p\\C:		$p\\C:			] \
+	    [list .\\.			$p\\C:		$p\\C:			] \
+	    [list .\\Windows		$p\\C:		$p\\C:\\Windows		] \
+	    [list .\\Windows\\..\\	$p\\C:		$p\\C:			] \
+	    [list tmp\\			$p\\C:		$p\\C:\\tmp		] \
+	    [list "no such file"	$p\\C:		$p\\C:			] \
+	    [list "autoexec.bat"	$p\\C:		$p\\C:			] \
+	    [list "ignore/slash\\dd"	$p\\C:		$p\\C:\\ignore/slash	] \
+	    [list "has space\\"		$p\\C:		"$p\\C:\\has space"	] \
+	    [list "has space"		$p\\C:		"$p\\C:"		] \
+        ]
+	# ToDo:
+	#	(1) xx\xx\C: + .. should be xx\xx
+	#	(2) xx\xx\C: + D: should be xx\xx\D:
+    }
+    return $list
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/library/TestLib.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/library/TestLib.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,646 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: TestLib.tcl,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+#
+# TestLib.tcl
+#
+# Procedures used by the Tix test suite.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and
+# redistribution of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+set testapp(tix,w,normal) {
+    tixButtonBox tixComboBox tixControl tixDirList tixDirTree
+    tixExDirSelectBox tixExFileSelectBox tixFileSelectBox tixFileEntry
+    tixLabelEntry tixLabelFrame tixNoteBook tixOptionMenu
+    tixPanedWindow tixScrolledHList tixScrolledListBox
+    tixScrolledTList tixScrolledText tixScrolledWindow tixSelect
+    tixStdButtonBox tixTree
+}
+set testapp(tix,w,shell) {
+    tixBalloon tixDialogShell tixExFileSelectDialog tixFileSelectDialog
+    tixPopupMenu tixStdDialogShell
+}
+set testapp(tix,w,base) {
+    tixLabelWidget 
+    tixPrimitive 
+    tixScrolledWidget 
+    tixShell 
+    tixStackWindow 
+    tixVResize tixVStack tixVTree 
+}
+set testapp(tix,w,unsupported) {
+    tixMDIMenuBar 
+    tixMDIWindow 
+    tixMwmClient 
+    tixResizeHandle 
+    tixSimpleDialog 
+    tixStatusBar 
+}
+
+# testConfig(VERBOSE) is the "Verbosity level" of the test suite.
+#
+#    0 -- No messages except name of each test
+#   10 -- Print number of each test block
+#   15 -- Print number and name of each test block
+#   20 -- Print all kinds of messages
+#   30 -- level 20, plus when error occurs, print stack trace.
+#
+if [info exists env(TEST_VERBOSE)] {
+    if [catch {
+        set testConfig(VERBOSE) [expr "int($env(TEST_VERBOSE) + 0)"]
+    }] {
+        set testConfig(VERBOSE) 10
+    }
+} else {
+    set testConfig(VERBOSE) 0
+}
+
+set testConfig(errCount) 0
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#                   General assertion and evaluation
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# --------------------------------------------------------------  Assert
+#
+# Evaulates an assertion. Output error message if assertion fails
+#
+proc Assert {cond {printErrInfo 0} {abortMode abortfile}} {
+    global errorInfo testConfig
+    if [info exists errorInfo] {
+        set errorInfo ""
+    }
+    uplevel 1 [list \
+        if !($cond) [list \
+            TestError "Failed Assertion \"$cond\"\n    \
+            evaluated as \"[uplevel 1 subst -nocommand [list $cond]]\"\
+            :: [uplevel 1 subst [list $cond]]" $printErrInfo $abortMode
+        ] \
+    ]
+};                                                              # Assert
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------  TestAbort
+#
+# Aborts a single test file.
+#
+proc TestAbort {msg} {
+    error $msg
+};                                                           # TestAbort
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------  test
+#
+# Try to evaluate a command.
+#
+proc test {cmd {result {}} {ret {}}} {
+    global testConfig
+
+    if [catch {set ret [uplevel 1 $cmd]} err] {
+        set done 0
+        foreach r $result {
+            if [regexp $r $err] {
+                if {$testConfig(VERBOSE) >= 20} {
+                    puts "Passed (Error message is expected):"
+                    puts " command        = \"$cmd\""
+                    puts " expected error = \"$result\""
+                    puts " actual error   = $err"
+                }
+                set done 1
+                break
+            }
+        }
+        if {!$done} {
+            error $err
+        }
+    } else {
+        if {$testConfig(VERBOSE) >= 20} {
+            puts "Passed (Execution OK):\n command = \"$cmd\""
+        }
+    }
+    return $ret
+};                                                                # test
+
+# ---------------------------------------------------------------  test1
+#
+# Try to evaluate a command and make sure its error result is the same
+# as $result.
+#
+proc test1 {cmd {result {}}} {
+    global testConfig
+
+    set ret ""
+    if [catch {set ret [uplevel 1 $cmd]} err] {
+        if ![tixStrEq $err $result] {
+            error $err
+        } else {
+            if {$testConfig(VERBOSE) >= 20} {
+                puts "Passed (Error message is expected):"
+                puts " command        = \"$cmd\""
+                puts " expected error = \"$result\""
+            }
+        }
+    } else {
+        if {$testConfig(VERBOSE) >= 20} {
+            puts "Passed (Execution OK):\n command = \"$cmd\""
+        }
+    }
+    return $ret
+};                                                               # test1
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#                    Mouse event emulation routines
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------  GetRoot
+#
+# Converts window coordinates to root-window coordinates
+#
+proc GetRoot {w x y} {
+    upvar X X
+    upvar Y Y
+
+    set x0 [winfo rootx $w]
+    set y0 [winfo rooty $w]
+
+    set X [expr $x0 + $x]
+    set Y [expr $y0 + $y]
+};                                                             # GetRoot
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------  MouseEvent
+#
+# ? simulates mouse event ?
+#
+proc MouseEvent {w type x y args} {
+    set tags [bindtags $w]
+    GetRoot $w $x $y
+
+    lappend args %q
+    lappend args $w
+    lappend args %W
+    lappend args $w
+    lappend args %x
+    lappend args $x
+    lappend args %y
+    lappend args $y
+    lappend args %X
+    lappend args $X
+    lappend args %Y
+    lappend args $Y
+
+    set found 0
+    foreach t $tags {
+        set cmd [string trim [bind $t $type]]
+
+        if {$cmd != ""} {
+            set found 1
+        }
+        foreach {sub val} $args {
+            regsub -all $sub $cmd $val cmd
+        }
+        uplevel #0 $cmd
+    }
+    if {$found == 0} {
+        global testConfig
+        if $testConfig(VERBOSE) {
+            puts "(testlib warning): $w has no bindings for $type"
+        }
+    }
+    return $found
+};                                                          # MouseEvent
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------  KeyboardString
+#
+# Send a string to the widget via a list of key strokes.
+#
+# NOTE: To ensure that an entry widget content is exactly $string, you
+#       need to first erase old contents with "$entry delete 0 end"
+#
+proc KeyboardString {w string} {
+    set tags [bindtags $w]
+
+    lappend args %q
+    lappend args $w
+    lappend args %W
+    lappend args $w
+
+    set found 0
+
+    foreach c [split $string ""] {
+        foreach t $tags {
+            set cmd [string trim [bind $t <KeyPress>]]
+
+            if {$cmd != ""} {
+                set found 1
+            }
+            set list $args
+            lappend list %A
+            lappend list [list $c]
+
+            foreach {sub val} $list {
+                regsub -all $sub $cmd $val cmd
+            }
+
+            # This is really weird: If our char is '\', the lappend line
+            # makes it a quoted \\, but the previous regsub converts it
+            # back to a single quote. So we use regsub again to make it
+            # a \\ again. But that's not enough, because uplevel will
+            # change it back to a single quote and will eventually mess
+            # us up. Hence we use 4 slashes here!
+            #
+            regsub -all {[\\]} $cmd {\\\\} cmd
+            uplevel #0 $cmd
+        }
+    }
+    if {$found == 0} {
+        puts "warning: widget $w has no bindings for $type"
+    }
+    return $found
+};                                                      # KeyboardString
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------  KeyboardEvent
+#
+# Send a special keyboard event to the widget. E.g., <Return>, <space>,
+# <Escape>, <BackSpace> etc. To send ASCII character strings, use
+# KeyboardString
+#
+proc KeyboardEvent {w type} {
+    set tags [bindtags $w]
+
+    lappend args %q
+    lappend args $w
+    lappend args %W
+    lappend args $w
+
+    set found 0
+    foreach t $tags {
+        set cmd [string trim [bind $t $type]]
+
+        if {$cmd != ""} {
+            set found 1
+        }
+        foreach {sub val} $args {
+            regsub -all $sub $cmd $val cmd
+        }
+        uplevel #0 $cmd
+    }
+    if {$found == 0} {
+        puts "warning: widget $w has no bindings for $type"
+    }
+    return $found
+};                                                       # KeyboardEvent
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------- Event-Initialize
+#
+# Initialize event data; called from Driver.tcl/Driver:Test
+#
+proc Event-Initialize {} {
+    global app
+
+    set app(X)      -1000
+    set app(Y)      -1000
+    set app(curWid) {}
+};                                                    # Event-Initialize
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------  InWidget
+#
+# test if point is within window
+#
+proc InWidget {w} {
+    global app
+
+    set a [tixWithinWindow $w $app(X) $app(Y)]
+    # insert debug print here
+    return $a
+};                                                            # InWidget
+
+# ---------------------------------------------------------------  Leave
+#
+# simulate <Leave> event
+#
+proc Leave {w {x -10} {y -10} args} {
+    global app
+
+    eval MouseEvent $w <Leave> $x $y $args
+};                                                               # Leave
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------  B1-Leave
+#
+# simulate <Leave> event (?identical to Leave?)
+#
+proc B1-Leave {w {x -10} {y -10} args} {
+    global app
+
+    eval MouseEvent $w <Leave> $x $y $args
+};                                                            # B1-Leave
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------  RecordRoot
+#
+# Converts event coordinates to root-window coordinates and records them
+#
+proc RecordRoot {w x y} {
+    global app
+
+    GetRoot $w $x $y
+    set app(X) $X
+    set app(Y) $Y
+};                                                          # RecordRoot
+
+# ---------------------------------------------------------------  Enter
+#
+# simulate <Enter> event
+#
+proc Enter {w {x -1} {y -1} args} {
+    global app
+
+    if {$y == -1} {
+        set x [expr [winfo width  $w] / 2]
+        set y [expr [winfo height $w] / 2]
+    }
+
+    if {$app(curWid) != {} && [winfo exists $app(curWid)]} {
+        Leave $app(curWid)
+    }
+    RecordRoot $w $x $y
+
+    eval MouseEvent $w <Enter> $x $y $args
+    set app(curWid) $w
+};                                                               # Enter
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------  Drag
+#
+# simulate <Drag> event
+#
+proc Drag {w {x -1} {y -1} args} {
+    global app
+
+    if {$y == -1} {
+        set x [expr [winfo width  $w] / 2]
+        set y [expr [winfo height $w] / 2]
+    }
+
+    if {![InWidget $w]} {
+        B1-Leave $w $x $y
+    }
+
+    eval MouseEvent $w <B1-Motion> $x $y $args
+};                                                                # Drag
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------  Release
+#
+# simulate <ButtonRelease-1> event
+#
+proc Release  {w {x -1} {y -1} args} {
+    global app
+
+    if {$y == -1} {
+        set x [expr [winfo width  $w] / 2]
+        set y [expr [winfo height $w] / 2]
+    }
+    eval MouseEvent $w <ButtonRelease-1> $x $y $args
+};                                                             # Release
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------  HoldDown
+#
+# simulate <ButtonPress-1> event (assumming button was not already down)
+#
+proc HoldDown {w {x -1} {y -1} args} {
+    global app
+
+    if {$y == -1} {
+        set x [expr [winfo width  $w] / 2]
+        set y [expr [winfo height $w] / 2]
+    }
+    if {![InWidget $w]} {
+        Enter $w $x $y
+    }
+    
+    if {![eval MouseEvent $w <ButtonPress-1> $x $y $args]} {
+        eval MouseEvent $w <1> $x $y $args
+    }
+};                                                            # HoldDown
+
+# ---------------------------------------------------------------  Click
+#
+# simulate <ButtonRelease-1> event
+#
+proc Click {w {x -1} {y -1} args} {
+    global app
+
+    if {$y == -1} {
+        set x [expr [winfo width  $w] / 2]
+        set y [expr [winfo height $w] / 2]
+    }
+    eval HoldDown $w $x $y $args
+    eval MouseEvent $w <ButtonRelease-1> $x $y $args
+};                                                               # Click
+
+# --------------------------------------------------------------  Double
+#
+# simulate <Double-1> event
+#
+proc Double {w {x -1} {y -1} args} {
+    global app
+
+    if {$y == -1} {
+        set x [expr [winfo width  $w] / 2]
+        set y [expr [winfo height $w] / 2]
+    }
+    eval MouseEvent $w <Double-1> $x $y $args
+};                                                              # Double
+
+# ---------------------------------------------------  ClickListboxEntry
+#
+# Simulate the event where a listbox entry is clicked.
+#
+# Args:
+#   w       pathname of listbox
+#   index   index of entry to be clicked.
+#   mode    "single" ==> single click,  "double" ==> double click
+#
+proc ClickListboxEntry {w index {mode single}} {
+    $w see $index
+    set bbox [$w bbox $index]
+    set x1 [lindex $bbox 0]
+    set y1 [lindex $bbox 1]
+
+    if {$mode == "single"} {
+        Click $w $x1 $y1
+    } else {
+        Double $w $x1 $y1
+    }
+};                                                   # ClickListboxEntry
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------  ClickHListEntry
+#
+# Simulate the event where an HList entry is clicked.
+#
+# Args:
+# w        pathname of HList
+# index    index of entry to be clicked.
+# mode     "single" ==> single click, "double" ==> double click
+#
+proc ClickHListEntry {w index {mode single}} {
+    $w see $index
+    update
+    set bbox [$w info bbox $index]
+    set x1 [lindex $bbox 0]
+    set y1 [lindex $bbox 1]
+
+    if {$mode == "single"} {
+        Click $w $x1 $y1
+    } else {
+        Double $w $x1 $y1
+    }
+};                                                     # ClickHListEntry
+
+# -------------------------------------------------  InvokeComboBoxByKey
+#
+# Simulate the event when the user types in a string into the
+# entry subwidget of a ComboBox widget and then type Return
+#
+proc InvokeComboBoxByKey {w string} {
+    set ent [$w subwidget entry]
+    $ent delete 0 end
+    KeyboardString $ent $string
+    KeyboardEvent $ent <Return>
+    update
+};                                                 # InvokeComboBoxByKey
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------  SetComboBoxByKey
+#
+# Simulate the event when the user types in a string into the
+# entry subwidget of a ComboBox widget, *without* a subsequent
+# Return keystroke.
+#
+proc SetComboBoxByKey {w string} {
+    set ent [$w subwidget entry]
+    $ent delete 0 end
+    KeyboardString $ent $string
+    update
+};                                                    # SetComboBoxByKey
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#                        main routines
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------  Done
+proc Done {args} {
+    global testConfig
+
+    if {$testConfig(VERBOSE) >= 20} {
+        puts "---------------------  done  ----------------------------"
+    }
+};                                                                # Done
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------  Wait
+proc Wait {msecs} {
+    global Test:timer
+    set Test:timer 0
+    after $msecs uplevel #0 set Test:timer 1
+    tkwait variable Test:timer
+};                                                                # Wait
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#                        Messages
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------  PutP
+proc PutP {msg} {
+    puts $msg
+};                                                                # PutP
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------  TestError
+#
+# Handle an error
+#
+proc TestError {msg {printErrInfo 0} {abortMode cont}} {
+    global testConfig
+    puts "    $msg"
+    case $abortMode {
+        cont {
+            if {$printErrInfo || $testConfig(VERBOSE) >= 30} {
+                global errorInfo
+                puts "\$errorInfo = $errorInfo"
+            }
+            return
+        }
+        abortfile {
+            return -code 1234
+        }
+        abortall {
+            global errorInfo
+            puts "Aborting all test files because of error:"
+            puts $errorInfo
+            exit 1
+        }
+    }
+};                                                           # TestError
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------  TestBlock
+#
+# Performs a block of test. A block is mainly used to group
+# together tests that are dependent on each other. TestBlocks
+# may be nested.
+#
+# Args:
+# name:            Textual name of the test. E.g.: button-1.1
+# description:     Short description of the test. "Pressing button"
+# printErrInfo:    If an error occurs, should the errorInfo be printed
+#                  to the console. (Normally only a one-liner error
+#                  message is printed).
+# aMode:
+#   cont      -- skip this block and go to the next block
+#   abortfile -- skip all other blocks in this file
+#   abortall  -- skip all the Tix tests.
+#
+proc TestBlock {name description script {printErrInfo 0} {aMode cont}} {
+    global testConfig
+
+    # without this, we get a failure in the "Clicking a button" test of
+    # general/event0.tcl because, Click-->HoldDown-->InWidget returns
+    # true and so the Enter command never gets invoked.
+    #
+    Event-Initialize
+
+    set code [catch {uplevel 1 $script} result]
+
+    if {$testConfig(VERBOSE) >= 15} {
+        set des "($description)"
+    } else {
+        set des ""
+    }
+
+    if {$code != 0} {
+        incr testConfig(errCount)
+        puts stdout "---- $name FAILED $des"
+        puts "Script is"
+        foreach line [split $script \n] {
+            regsub "^\[[format %s \ \n\t]\]*" $line "" line
+            puts "    $line"
+        }
+        puts "Error message:"
+        TestError $result $printErrInfo $aMode
+        puts stdout "----"
+    } elseif $testConfig(VERBOSE) {
+        puts stdout "++++ $name PASSED $des"
+    }
+};                                                           # TestBlock
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#                        general initialization
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# place main window in predictable spot
+wm geometry . +0+0

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/library/TestLib.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/library/TestLib.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# -*- mode: text; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# $Id: TestLib.txt,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+
+HIGH LEVEL INTERFACE FOR INTERACTIVE TESTING
+--------------------------------------------
+Click:
+
+     Simulates a the event when a user moves the mouse pointer into
+     the widget (if the cursor is still outside of the widget), press
+     the button and release it.
+
+
+Double:
+
+     Simulates a the event when a user moves the mouse pointer into
+     the widget (if the cursor is still outside of the widget), double-click
+     the button and release it.
+
+
+MESSAGE PRINTING
+----------------
+
+PutP
+
+    Prints a progress message.
+
+PutTitle
+
+    Prints the title of a test file
+
+PutSubTitle
+
+    Print the title of a part of a test file
+
+PutSubSubTitle
+
+    One more level than PutSubTitle
+
+TestWarn
+
+    Print a warning message. This will be counted in the final report.
+
+TestError {msg {printErrInfo 0} {abortMode cont}}
+
+    Print an error message. abortMode controls how the error affects
+    other test cases:
+
+	cont:		simply print the message and continue
+	abortfile:	skip other test cases in this file
+	abortall:	abort the all other tests and exit the test
+			program.
+
+   printErrInfo specifies whether the "$errorInfo" variable should be
+   printed.
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/library/load-init.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/library/load-init.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: load-init.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# 
+#
+#
+
+puts -nonewline "trying to load the Tix dynamic library ... "
+load ../../unix-tk4.1/libtix.so Tix
+puts "done"

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/load/files
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/load/files	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+general.tcl

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/load/general.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/load/general.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: general.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# This file tests the pixmap image reader
+#
+
+proc About {} {
+    return "This file performs general test on Tix w/ Tk 4.1 dynamic loading"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    if [tixStrEq [info commands tix] tix] {
+	return
+    }
+
+    if ![file exists ../../unix-tk4.1/libtix.so] {
+	puts "File ../../unix-tk4.1/libtix.so doesn't exist."
+	puts "Dynamic loading skipped."
+	return
+    }
+
+    test {load ../../unix-tk4.1/libtix.so Tix}
+    test {tixComboBox .c}
+    test {pack .c}
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/load/pkginit.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/load/pkginit.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: pkginit.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/method.test
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/method.test	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# method.test --
+#
+#       Tests code in tixMethod.c. It is organized in the standard
+#       fashion for Tcl tests.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# $Id: method.test,v 1.4 2004/12/24 00:37:21 hobbs Exp $
+
+
+package require Tix
+if {[lsearch [namespace children] ::tcltest] == -1} {
+    source [file join [pwd] [file dirname [info script]] defs.tcl]
+}
+
+tixClass tixTestClass_method {
+    -superclass {}
+    -classname  TixTestClass_Method
+    -method {
+	cget configure foo bar
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-x -y
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-x 0}
+	{-y 0}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTestClass_method:Constructor {args} {}
+
+test method-1.1 {auto-load method} {
+    catch {
+        # Make sure this method needs to be auto-loaded again
+
+        rename tixTestClass_method:foo {}
+    }
+
+    tixTestClass_method xx
+    set a [list [catch {xx foo} msg] $msg]
+    rename xx {}
+    set a
+} {0 returned_by_tixTestClass_method:foo}
+
+# cleanup
+::tcltest::cleanupTests
+return
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/namesp.test
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/namesp.test	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# namesp.test --
+#
+#       This file is a Tcl script to test out Tix's behavior under
+#       namespaces.  It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl
+#       tests.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# $Id: namesp.test,v 1.3 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+
+
+# TODO:
+#       Invoke tix methods inside namespace
+#       Invoke tix var traces inside namesp
+#       Invoke tix -commands inside namesp
+#       Invoke delayed actions (e.g., browsecmd) inside namesp
+#       more more more tests
+
+package require Tix
+if {[lsearch [namespace children] ::tcltest] == -1} {
+    source [file join [pwd] [file dirname [info script]] defs.tcl]
+}
+
+tixClass tixTestClass {
+    -superclass {}
+    -classname  TixTestClass
+    -method {
+	cget configure foo bar
+    }
+    -flag {
+	-x -y
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-x 0}
+	{-y 0}
+    }
+}
+
+proc tixTestClass:Constructor {args} {}
+
+proc tixTestClass:foo {w args} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+
+    return [list $data(-x) and me too]
+}
+
+test namesp-1.1.1 {create widget in namespace} {
+    #
+    # widget command should be created in global name space
+    #
+
+    namespace eval ::myNameSpace {
+        tixScrolledHList .sl
+    }
+    set a [info command ::.sl]
+    destroy .sl
+    set a
+} {::.sl}
+
+test namesp-1.1.2 {create class instance in namespace} {
+    #
+    # instance command should be created in global name space
+    #
+
+    namespace eval ::myNameSpace {
+        tixTestClass xx
+    }
+    set a [info command ::xx]
+    rename xx ""
+    set a
+} {::xx}
+
+test namesp-1.2.1 {create widget in namespace} {
+    #
+    # widget variable should be created in global name space
+    #
+
+    namespace eval ::myNameSpace {
+        tixScrolledHList .sl
+    }
+    set a [list [catch {set ::.sl} msg] $msg]
+    destroy .sl
+    set a
+} {1 {can't read "::.sl": variable is array}}
+
+test namesp-1.2.2 {create class instance in namespace} {
+    #
+    # instance variable should be created in global name space
+    #
+
+    namespace eval ::myNameSpace {
+        tixTestClass xx
+    }
+    set a [list [catch {set ::xx} msg] $msg]
+    rename xx {}
+    set a
+} {1 {can't read "::xx": variable is array}}
+
+test namesp-1.3.2 {class instance variable} {
+    #
+    # instance variable should be created in global name space
+    #
+
+    namespace eval ::myNameSpace {
+        tixTestClass xx -x 10 -y 10
+    }
+    set a [list [catch {set ::xx(-x)} msg] $msg]
+    rename xx {}
+    set a
+} {0 10}
+
+test namesp-1.4.2 {class instance method} {
+    tixTestClass xx -x 10 -y 10
+    namespace eval ::myNameSpace {
+        set ::a [list [catch {xx foo} msg] $msg]
+    }
+    rename xx {}
+    set a
+} {0 {10 and me too}}
+
+test namesp-1.5.2 {class instance cget} {
+    tixTestClass xx -x 1234
+
+    namespace eval ::myNameSpace {
+        set ::a [list [catch {xx cget -x} msg] $msg]
+    }
+    rename xx {}
+    set a
+} {0 1234}
+
+test namesp-1.6.2 {class instance configure} {
+    tixTestClass xx -x 1234
+
+    namespace eval ::myNameSpace {
+        xx config -x 2345
+    }
+    set ::a [list [catch {xx cget -x} msg] $msg]
+    rename xx {}
+    set a
+} {0 2345}
+
+test namesp-2.1.1 {invalid widget name} {
+    list [catch {tixScrolledHList ::.sl} msg] $msg
+} {1 {invalid widget name "::.sl": may not contain substring "::"}}
+
+test namesp-2.1.2 {invalid instance name} {
+    list [catch {tixTestClass ::.sl} msg] $msg
+} {1 {invalid instance name "::.sl": may not contain substring "::"}}
+
+test namesp-2.2 {invalid widget name} {
+    list [catch {tixScrolledHList .sl::xx} msg] $msg
+} {1 {invalid widget name ".sl::xx": may not contain substring "::"}}
+
+test namesp-3.1.1 {declare class inside namespace} {
+    namespace eval ::myNameSpace {
+        tixClass tixTestClass2 {
+            -superclass {}
+            -classname  TixTestClass
+            -method {
+                foo bar
+            }
+            -flag {
+                -x -y
+            }
+            -configspec {
+                {-x 0}
+                {-y 0}
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    set a [list [catch {info commands ::tixTestClass2} msg] $msg]
+    set b [list [catch {set ::tixTestClass2} msg] $msg]
+    set c [list [catch {set ::tixTestClass2(className)} msg] $msg]
+
+    list $a $b $c
+} {{0 ::tixTestClass2} {1 {can't read "::tixTestClass2": variable is array}} {0 tixTestClass2}}
+
+
+
+# cleanup
+::tcltest::cleanupTests
+return
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/option.test
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/option.test	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# option.test --
+#
+#       This file is a Tcl script to test out tixOption.c.
+#       It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# $Id: option.test,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+
+package require Tix
+
+if {[lsearch [namespace children] ::tcltest] == -1} {
+    source [file join [pwd] [file dirname [info script]] defs.tcl]
+}
+
+if {![info exists widgetTestClass1]} {
+    source [file join [pwd] [file dirname [info script]] widgetTestClass1.tcl]
+}
+
+set longword [widgetTestClass1_longword]
+
+test option-1.1 {Tix_CallConfigMethod()} {
+    widgetTestClass1 .test
+    set a [.test config -$longword]
+    destroy .test
+    set a
+} [list -$longword $longword $longword $longword $longword]
+
+test option-1.2 {Tix_CallConfigMethod()} {
+    widgetTestClass1 .test
+    .test config -$longword 1234
+    set a [.test config -$longword]
+    destroy .test
+    set a
+} [list -$longword $longword $longword $longword 1234]
+
+test option-1.3 {Tix_CallConfigMethod()} {
+    widgetTestClass1 .test
+    .test config -x$longword 1234
+    set a [.test config -x$longword]
+    destroy .test
+    set a
+} [list -x$longword x$longword x$longword x$longword 1234-x$longword]
+
+
+# cleanup
+::tcltest::cleanupTests
+return

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/tclIndex
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/tclIndex	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Tcl autoload index file, version 2.0
+# Hand-generated for testing puurpose.
+# 
+# Typically each line is a command that
+# sets an element in the auto_index array, where the
+# element name is the name of a command and the value is
+# a script that loads the command.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# $Id: tclIndex,v 1.3 2002/12/11 07:14:12 idiscovery Exp $
+
+set auto_index(tixTestClass_method:foo) [list source [file join $dir auto_loaded.tcl]]

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/tlist/TList.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/tlist/TList.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#
+#	$Id: TList.tcl,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:53 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# This tests the TList widget.
+#
+#
+# Assumptions:
+#	None
+#
+proc About {} {
+    return "Basic tests for the TList widget"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+
+    #
+    # Test the creation
+    #
+    test {tixTList} {args}
+    test {tixTList .t -ff} {unknown}
+    test {tixTList .t -width} {missing}
+
+    if {[info command .t] != {}} {
+	error "widget not destroyed when creation failed"
+    }
+
+    set t [tixTList .t]
+    test {$t} {args}
+
+    #
+    # Test the "insert" command
+    #
+    test {$t insert} {args}
+    test {$t insert 0 -foo} {missing}
+    test {$t insert 0 -foo bar} {unknown}
+    test {$t insert 0 -itemtype foo} {unknown}
+    test {$t insert 0 -itemtype text -image foo} {unknown}
+    test {$t insert 0 -itemtype text -text Hello} 
+
+    pack $t
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/tlist/files
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/tlist/files	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+TList.tcl
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/widgetTestClass1.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/widgetTestClass1.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+# widgetTestClass1.test --
+#
+#       This class is used by several test files in this
+#       directory.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# $Id: widgetTestClass1.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:17 idiscovery Exp $
+
+set longword xx
+for {set i 0} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
+    set longword $longword$longword
+}
+
+tixWidgetClassEx widgetTestClass1 {
+    -classname WidgetTestClass1
+    -superclass tixFileEntry
+    -flag {
+	-$longword -x$longword
+    }
+    -configspec {
+	{-$longword $longword $longword $longword}
+	{-x$longword x$longword x$longword x$longword}
+    }
+}
+
+proc widgetTestClass1:ConstructFramedWidget {w frame} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    set longword [widgetTestClass1_longword]
+
+    tixChainMethod $w ConstructFramedWidget $frame
+
+    set data(w:$longword) [button $w.$longword]
+}
+
+proc widgetTestClass1_longword {} [list return $longword]
+
+proc widgetTestClass1:config-x$longword {w value} {
+    upvar #0 $w data
+    set longword [widgetTestClass1_longword]
+
+    set data(-x$longword) $value-x$longword
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/2cpp.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/2cpp.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * folder_xpm[] = {
+"4 4 3 2",
+ "AA 	c black",
+"..	c white",
+"XY	c yellow",
+"AAAAAAXY",
+"XYAAAAAA",
+"..AA..AA",
+"..AAAA..",
+};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/brace.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/brace.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * tmp [] = {
+/* width height ncolors cpp [x_hot y_hot] */
+"10 10 2 1 -1 -1",
+/* colors */
+"       s iconColor1    m black c gray",
+"}      s iconColor2    m white c white",
+/* pixels */
+"          ",
+"          ",
+"          ",
+"          ",
+"          ",
+"}}}}}}}}}}",
+"}}}}}}}}}}",
+"}}}}}}}}}}",
+"}}}}}}}}}}",
+"}}}}}}}}}}"};
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/comments.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/comments.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * tmp [] = {
+/* width height ncolors cpp [x_hot y_hot] */
+/* width height ncolors cpp [x_hot y_hot] */ /* Some comments */
+"10 10 2 1 -1 -1",
+/* colors */
+"       s iconColor1    m black c gray",
+"}      s iconColor2    m white c white",
+/* pixels */
+"          ",
+"          ",
+"          ",
+"          ",
+ /* Some comments */
+"          ",
+"}}}}}}}}}}",
+"}}}}}}}}}}",
+"}}}}}}}}}}" /* Some comments */,
+"}}}}}}}}}}",
+"}}}}}}}}}}" /* Some comments */};
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/compound.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/compound.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: compound.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc About {} {
+    return "the compound image type"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+    set num 3
+    # Test for create
+    #
+    #
+    test {image create compound -foo} {missing}
+    test {image create compound -window} {missing}
+    test {image create compound -window foo} {path name}
+    test {set image1 [image create compound -window .b]} {path name}
+
+    for {set i 0} {$i < $num} {incr i} {
+        button .b$i
+        pack .b$i
+    }
+
+    # (0) Empty image
+    #
+    test {set image0 [image create compound -window .b0]}
+    
+    # (1) Simple image
+    #
+    test {set image1 [image create compound -window .b1]}
+    
+    $image1 add line
+    $image1 add text -text Hello
+
+    # (2) Two lines
+    #
+    test {set image2 [image create compound -window .b2]}
+    
+    $image2 add line
+    $image2 add text -text "Line One"
+    $image2 add line
+    $image2 add text -text "Line Two"
+
+
+    # Display them
+    #
+    for {set i 0} {$i < $num} {incr i} {
+        .b$i config -image [set image$i]
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-badcol.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-badcol.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * folder_xpm[] = {
+/* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */
+"16 12 3 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c foooo",
+/* pixels */
+"   ....         ",
+"  .XXXX.        ",
+" .XXXXXX.       ",
+".............   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".............   "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-badpix.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-badpix.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * folder_xpm[] = {
+/* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */
+"16 12 3 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c #f0ff80",
+/* pixels */
+"   ....         ",
+"  .XXXX.        ",
+" .XXXXXX.       ",
+".............   ",
+".XBBBBBBXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXBBXXX.   ",
+".XXBBBBBBXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXNNXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".............   "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-commt.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-commt.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * folder_xpm[] = {
+/* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */
+"16 12 3 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c #f0ff80",
+/* pixels
+
+asd
+a
+sd
+as
+da
+sd
+asad
+
+
+ */
+"   ....         ",
+"  .XXXX.        ",
+" .XXXXXX.       ",
+".............   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".............   "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-missline.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-missline.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * folder_xpm[] = {
+/* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */
+"16 12 3 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c foooo",
+/* pixels */
+"   ....         ",
+"  .XXXX.        ",
+" .XXXXXX.       ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".............   "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-ok.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-ok.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * folder_xpm[] = {
+/* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */
+"16 12 3 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c #f0ff80",
+/* pixels */
+"   ....         ",
+"  .XXXX.        ",
+" .XXXXXX.       ",
+".............   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".............   "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-shortln.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/f-shortln.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * folder_xpm[] = {
+/* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */
+"16 12 3 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c #f0ff80",
+/* pixels */
+"   ....         ",
+"  .XXXX.        ",
+" .XXXXXX.       ",
+".............   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XX",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XX.   ",
+".XX.   ",
+".XX.   ",
+".............   "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/files
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/files	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+xpm.tcl
+compound.tcl
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/folder.xpm
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/folder.xpm	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * folder_xpm[] = {
+/* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */
+"16 12 3 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c #f0ff80",
+/* pixels */
+"   ....         ",
+"  .XXXX.        ",
+" .XXXXXX.       ",
+".............   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".............   "};

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/xpm.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tests/xpm/xpm.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+# -*- mode: TCL; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-unix -*-
+#
+#	$Id: xpm.tcl,v 1.2 2002/11/13 21:12:18 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+proc About {} {
+    return "the pixmap image reader"
+}
+
+proc Test {} {
+
+    set data {
+/* XPM */
+static char * folder_xpm[] = {
+/* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */
+"16 12 4 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c #f0ff80",
+"+	c red",
+/* pixels */
+"   ....         ",
+"  .XXXX.        ",
+" .XXXXXX.       ",
+".............   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXX+XXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXX+XXXXX.   ",
+".XX+++++++XX.   ",
+".XXXXX+XXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXX+XXXXX.   ",
+".XXXXXXXXXXX.   ",
+".............   "};
+    }
+
+set data1 {
+/* XPM */
+static char * news4_xpm[] = {
+/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"45 34 6 1",
+/* colors */
+" 	s None	c None",
+".	c black",
+"X	c lemon chiffon",
+"o	c tan",
+"O	c blue",
+"+	c dark slate grey",
+/* pixels */
+"                                             ",
+"                                             ",
+"                       .                     ",
+"                      .X.                    ",
+"                    ..XX.                    ",
+"                   .XXX.X.                   ",
+"                  .XXX.XX.                   ",
+"                 .XXX.XXXX.                  ",
+"               ..XXX.XXX.XX.                 ",
+"              .XX...XXX.o..X.                ",
+"             .XX.OO.XX.oooo.X..              ",
+"            .XXX..O.X.oo..oo..X..            ",
+"          ..XXX.X..XX..o...oo.XXX.           ",
+"         .XXXX.XXXXX.XX.oo...XXXXX.          ",
+"         .XX..XXXX..XXXX.o.XXXX.XXX.         ",
+"        .X.X.XXXX.XXX.XX..XXX..XXXX.         ",
+"       ..X.XXXXX.XX..XXXXXXX.XXXX.XX.        ",
+"       .X.X.XXX.XX.XXXX.XXX.XXXX.XXX.        ",
+"        .X.X.X.XX.XXXX.XXXXXXX..XXX..        ",
+"         .X.X.XX.XXX..XX.XXXX.XXX...+        ",
+"        ++.X.X.XXXX.XXX.XXXX.XXX..++         ",
+"       ++++.X.X.XX.XX..XXX.XXXX..++          ",
+"       +++++.X.X.XXX.XXXX.XXX...++           ",
+"        +++++.X.X.X.XXX..XXX..+++            ",
+"         +++++.X.X.XXX.XXXX..++              ",
+"          +++++.X.X.X.XXX...++               ",
+"            ++++.X.X.XXX..+++                ",
+"             ++++.X.X.X..++                  ",
+"               +++.XX...++                   ",
+"                 ++...+++                    ",
+"                   ++++                      ",
+"                                             ",
+"                                             ",
+"                                             "};
+}
+
+
+    # Test for create
+    #
+    #
+
+    # Good pixmap
+    #
+    test {set pixmap1 [image create pixmap -file f-ok.xpm]}
+
+    # With some comments 
+    #
+    test {set pixmap2 [image create pixmap -file f-commt.xpm]}
+
+    # Bad color (should use "black" by default)
+    #
+    test {set pixmap3 [image create pixmap -file f-badcol.xpm]}
+
+    # Shortened lines (should show garbage, shouldn't core dump)
+    #
+    test {set pixmap4 [image create pixmap -file f-shortln.xpm]}
+
+    # Two chars per pixel
+    #
+    test {set pixmap5 [image create pixmap -file 2cpp.xpm]}
+
+    # Bad pixel (should show garbage for undefined pixels)
+    #
+    test {set pixmap6 [image create pixmap -file f-badpix.xpm]}
+
+
+    # Data switch
+    #
+    test {set pixmap7 [image create pixmap -data $data]}
+
+
+    # Missing one line
+    #
+    test {image create pixmap -file f-missline.xpm} {File For}
+
+    # Multi-word color names
+    #
+    test {set pixmap8 [image create pixmap -data $data1]}
+
+    # Brace used as pixel value
+    #
+    test {set pixmap9 [image create pixmap -file brace.xpm]}
+
+    # Many /* ... */ comments
+    #
+    test {set pixmap10 [image create pixmap -file brace.xpm]}
+
+    set num 10
+    for {set i 1} {$i < $num} {incr i} {
+	button .b$i -image [set pixmap$i] -bg red
+	pack .b$i
+    }
+
+    update
+
+    for {set i 1} {$i < $num} {incr i} {
+	destroy .b$i
+	image delete [set pixmap$i]
+    }
+
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/README.html
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/README.html	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<HTML>
+<!--	$Id: README.html,v 1.2 2002/01/25 08:47:52 idiscovery Exp $	-->
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Tix Tools</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+
+<Center><H2>Tix Tools</H2></Center>
+
+<h3><a href="tix-man2html.tcl">tix-man2html.tcl</a> --  Man pages to HTML</A>
+Convert Ousterhout format man pages into highly crosslinked hypertext.
+
+<h3><a href="hanno.tcl">hanno.tcl</a> -- An HTML Annotation Program</h3>
+
+    <code>hanno.tcl</code> automatically generates a "Last Modified"
+tag for HTML files. It recursively traverses all sub-directories
+and generates a "Last Modified" tag for each HTML file according
+to the file's last modification date. Please read the file for
+available options.
+
+<h3><a href="tcltrim">tcltrim</a></h3>
+
+    <code>tcltrim</code> trims all comments and white spaces from TCL
+    files.
+
+<h3><a href="tixindex">tixindex</a></h3>
+
+    <code>tixindex</code> builds the tclIndex file for the Tix widget
+    implementation files. You must use this program to index the Tix
+    librarys instead of the normal TCL <code>auto_mkindex</code>
+    command.
+
+
+<h3><a href="color.tcl">color.tcl</a></h3>
+
+    <code>color.tcl</code> displays all the available colors in your X
+    display. This program requires <code>tixwish</code>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/README.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/README.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+
+                                 Tix Tools
+                                      
+  [1]tix-man2html.tcl -- Man pages to HTML Convert Ousterhout format man pages
+  into highly crosslinked hypertext.
+  
+  [2]hanno.tcl -- An HTML Annotation Program
+  
+   hanno.tcl automatically generates a "Last Modified" tag for HTML
+   files. It recursively traverses all sub-directories and generates a
+   "Last Modified" tag for each HTML file according to the file's last
+   modification date. Please read the file for available options.
+   
+  [3]tcltrim
+  
+   tcltrim trims all comments and white spaces from TCL files.
+   
+  [4]tixindex
+  
+   tixindex builds the tclIndex file for the Tix widget implementation
+   files. You must use this program to index the Tix librarys instead of
+   the normal TCL auto_mkindex command.
+   
+  [5]color.tcl
+  
+   color.tcl displays all the available colors in your X display. This
+   program requires tixwish.
+
+References
+
+   1. file://localhost/path/to/tix/tools/tix-man2html.tcl
+   2. file://localhost/path/to/tix/tools/hanno.tcl
+   3. file://localhost/path/to/tix/tools/tcltrim
+   4. file://localhost/path/to/tix/tools/tixindex
+   5. file://localhost/path/to/tix/tools/color.tcl

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/hanno.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/hanno.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+#
+#	$Id: hanno.tcl,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:53 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+#!/bin/sh
+# the next line restarts using tixwish \
+exec tclsh7.6 "$0" "$@"
+
+# Options
+#
+#	-v : Verbose mode. Print out what hanno is doing.
+#
+set verbose 0
+
+if {[info exists env(TIX_VERBOSE)] && $env(TIX_VERBOSE) == 1} {
+    set verbose 1
+}
+
+if {[lsearch -glob $argv -v*] != -1} {
+    set verbose 1
+}
+
+set files [exec find . -name *.html -print]
+
+foreach file $files {
+    if {$verbose} {
+	puts "\[html anno]: checking $file"
+    }
+    set output {}
+    set src [open $file RDONLY]
+
+    set changed 1
+
+    while {![eof $src]} {
+	set line [gets $src]
+
+	if {[regexp -nocase {[ \t]*\<hr>\<i>Last modified.*} $line]} {
+	    # Do nothing
+	} elseif {[regexp -nocase {[ \t]*\<i>Serial.*\</i>} $line]} {
+	    if {[scan $line "<i>Serial %d</i>" lastmtime] == 1} {
+		if {[expr [file mtime $file] - $lastmtime] >= 10} {
+		    set changed 1
+		} else {
+		    set changed 0
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    append output $line\n
+	}
+    }
+    close $src
+
+    if {$changed == 1} {
+	if {$verbose} {
+	    puts "\[html anno]: modifying tag of $file"
+	}
+
+	set date [clock format [file mtime $file]]
+
+	set des [open $file {WRONLY TRUNC}]
+	puts -nonewline $des $output
+
+	# Somehow the "seek" is necessary
+	#
+	seek $des -1 current
+	puts $des "<hr><i>Last modified $date </i> --- "
+	puts $des "<i>Serial [file mtime $file]</i>"
+	close $des
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/man2html-fixindex.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/man2html-fixindex.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+# man2html-fixindex.tcl
+#
+#       Updates the index file generated by tix-man2html.tcl
+#       in a format more suitable for Tix
+#
+#       This program is dependent on the specific HTML format
+#       generated by ./tix-man2html.tcl.
+#
+# $Id: man2html-fixindex.tcl,v 1.1 2001/01/22 08:18:35 ioilam Exp $
+
+set root [lindex $argv 0]
+set file [file join $root contents.htm]
+set fd [open $file RDONLY]
+set data [read $fd]
+close $fd
+
+#
+# Remove the link about Tix Commands
+#
+regsub "<DT><A HREF=\"TixCmd\[^\n\]*\n" $data "" data
+
+set std {
+    tixGrid 
+    tixHList 
+    tixInputOnly 
+    tixNBFrame 
+    tixTList 
+}
+set mega {
+    tixBalloon 
+    tixButtonBox 
+    tixCheckList 
+    tixComboBox 
+    tixControl 
+    tixDirList 
+    tixDirSelectDialog 
+    tixDirTree 
+    tixExFileSelectBox 
+    tixExFileSelectDialog 
+    tixFileEntry 
+    tixFileSelectBox 
+    tixFileSelectDialog 
+    tixLabelEntry 
+    tixLabelFrame 
+    tixListNoteBook 
+    tixMeter 
+    tixNoteBook 
+    tixOptionMenu 
+    tixPanedWindow 
+    tixPopupMenu 
+    tixScrolledHList 
+    tixScrolledListBox 
+    tixScrolledText 
+    tixScrolledWindow 
+    tixSelect 
+    tixStdButtonBox 
+    tixTree
+}
+set img {
+    compound 
+    pixmap 
+}
+set other {
+    tixDestroy 
+    tixDisplayStyle 
+    tixForm 
+    tixMwm 
+    tix 
+    tixGetBoolean 
+    tixGetInt 
+    tixUtils
+}
+set progs  {
+    tixwish
+}
+
+#
+# returns the links to the list of man pages in an HTML table.
+#
+proc section {name dir list} {
+    set tab_width 4
+
+    append html <b>$name</b>\n
+    append html <blockquote>\n
+    append html {<TABLE>}
+
+    set tab_height [expr ([llength $list] + $tab_width - 1) / $tab_width]
+    for {set i 0} {$i < $tab_height} {incr i} {
+        append html {<TR>}
+        for {set j 0} {$j < $tab_width} {incr j} {
+            set idx [expr ($j * $tab_height) + $i]
+            append html <TD>
+            if {$idx < [llength $list]} {
+                set page [lindex $list $idx]
+                append html "<A HREF=$dir/$page.htm>$page</A>"
+            } else {
+                append html ""
+            }
+            append html </TD>
+        }
+        append html </TR>
+    }
+
+    append html </TABLE>
+    append html </blockquote>\n
+    append html \n
+    return $html
+}
+
+#
+# Add Tix commands to the page with better categorization.
+#
+
+append tixdata {
+    <blockquote>
+    
+    <b><a href=TixCmd/TixIntro.htm#M3>
+    Introduction to the Tix Library</a></b>
+
+    </blockquote>
+}
+append tixdata [section {Tix Standard Widgets} TixCmd $std]
+append tixdata [section {Tix Mega Widgets} TixCmd $mega]
+append tixdata [section {Tix Image Types} TixCmd $img]
+append tixdata [section {Tix Core Commands} TixCmd $other]
+append tixdata [section {Tix User Programs} UserCmd $progs]
+
+regsub </H3> $data </H3>$tixdata data
+
+set fd [open $file {WRONLY TRUNC CREAT}]
+puts -nonewline $fd $data
+close $fd
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/tcltrim
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/tcltrim	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#!/usr/local/bin/tclsh
+
+foreach source $argv {
+    set target [file rootname $source].tt
+
+    set src [open $source RDONLY]
+    set tgt [open $target {RDWR CREAT TRUNC}]
+
+    while {[eof $src] == 0} {
+	set line [string trim [gets $src]]
+
+	if {$line == ""} {
+	    continue
+	}
+	if {[string index $line 0] == "#"} {
+	    continue
+	}
+	puts $tgt $line
+    }
+
+    close $src
+    close $tgt
+}
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/tix-man2html.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/tix-man2html.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,1813 @@
+set tix_version 8.2.0
+
+package require Tcl 8.0
+
+# $Id: tix-man2html.tcl,v 1.4 2001/12/09 05:06:29 idiscovery Exp $
+#
+# Convert Ousterhout format man pages into highly crosslinked
+# hypertext.
+#
+# Along the way detect many unmatched font changes and other odd
+# things.
+#
+# Note well, this program is a hack rather than a piece of software
+# engineering.  In that sense it's probably a good example of things
+# that a scripting language, like Tcl, can do well.  It is offered as
+# an example of how someone might convert a specific set of man pages
+# into hypertext, not as a general solution to the problem.  If you
+# try to use this, you'll be very much on your own.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Roger E. Critchlow Jr
+#
+# The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+# and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+# that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+# notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
+# license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
+# Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
+# and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
+# the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
+# they apply.
+# 
+# IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY
+# FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+# ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY
+# DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+# POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+# 
+# THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES,
+# INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.  THIS SOFTWARE
+# IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE
+# NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR
+# MODIFICATIONS.
+#
+# Revisions:
+#  May 15, 1995 - initial release
+#  May 16, 1995 - added a back to home link to toplevel table of
+#	contents.
+#  May 18, 1995 - broke toplevel table of contents into separate
+#	pages for each section, and broke long table of contents
+#	into a one page for each man page.
+#  Mar 10, 1996 - updated for tcl7.5b3/tk4.1b3
+#  Apr 14, 1996 - incorporated command line parsing from Tom Tromey,
+#		  <tromey at creche.cygnus.com> -- thanks Tom.
+#		- updated for tcl7.5/tk4.1 final release.
+#		- converted to same copyright as the man pages.
+#  Sep 14, 1996 - made various modifications for tcl7.6b1/tk4.2b1
+#  Oct 18, 1996 - added tcl7.6/tk4.2 to the list of distributions.
+#  Oct 22, 1996 - major hacking on indentation code and elsewhere.
+#  Mar  4, 1997 - 
+#  May 28, 1997 - added tcl8.0b1/tk8.0b1 to the list of distributions
+#		- cleaned source for tclsh8.0 execution
+#		- renamed output files for windoze installation
+#		- added spaces to tables
+#  Oct 24, 1997 - moved from 8.0b1 to 8.0 release
+#  Jan 19, 2001 - added Tix support
+
+set Version "0.20"
+
+proc parse_command_line {} {
+    global argv Version
+
+    # These variables determine where the man pages come from and where
+    # the converted pages go to.
+    global tcltkdir tixdir tkdir tcldir webdir
+
+    # Set defaults based on original code.
+    set tcltkdir ../..
+    set tkdir {}
+    set tcldir {}
+    set webdir ../man/html
+
+    # Directory names for Tcl, Tk and Tix, in priority order.
+    set tclDirList {tcl8.3.3 tcl8.3.2 tcl8.2.3 tcl8.3 tcl8.2 tcl8.1 tcl8.0 tcl}
+    set tkDirList {tk8.3.3 tk8.3.2 tk8.2.3 tk8.3 tk8.2 tk8.1 tk8.0 tk}
+    set tixDirList {tix-8.2.0 tix}
+
+    # Handle arguments a la GNU:
+    #   --version
+    #   --help
+    #   --srcdir=/path
+    #   --htmldir=/path
+
+    foreach option $argv {
+	switch -glob -- $option {
+	    --version {
+		puts "tcltk-man-html $Version"
+		exit 0
+	    }
+
+	    --help {
+		puts "usage: tcltk-man-html \[OPTION\] ...\n"
+		puts "  --help              print this help, then exit"
+		puts "  --version           print version number, then exit"
+		puts "  --srcdir=DIR        find tcl and tk source below DIR"
+		puts "  --htmldir=DIR       put generated HTML in DIR"
+		exit 0
+	    }
+
+	    --srcdir=* {
+		# length of "--srcdir=" is 9.
+		set tcltkdir [string range $option 9 end]
+	    }
+
+	    --htmldir=* {
+		# length of "--htmldir=" is 10
+		set webdir [string range $option 10 end]
+	    }
+
+	    default {
+		puts stderr "tcltk-man-html: unrecognized option -- `$option'"
+		exit 1
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    # Find Tcl.
+    foreach dir $tclDirList {
+	if {[file isdirectory $tcltkdir/$dir]} then {
+	    set tcldir $dir
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    if {$tcldir == ""} then {
+	puts stderr "tcltk-man-html: couldn't find Tcl below $tcltkdir"
+	exit 1
+    }
+
+    # Find Tk.
+    foreach dir $tkDirList {
+	if {[file isdirectory $tcltkdir/$dir]} then {
+	    set tkdir $dir
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    if {$tkdir == ""} then {
+	puts stderr "tcltk-man-html: couldn't find Tk below $tcltkdir"
+	exit 1
+    }
+
+    # Find Tix.
+    foreach dir $tixDirList {
+	if {[file isdirectory $tcltkdir/$dir]} then {
+	    set tixdir $dir
+	    break
+	}
+    }
+    if {$tixdir == ""} then {
+	puts stderr "tcltk-man-html: couldn't find Tix below $tcltkdir"
+	exit 1
+    }
+
+    # the title for the man pages overall
+    global overall_title env tix_version
+
+    if {[info exists env(WITH_TCL_TK)]} {
+        set overall_title "[capitalize tix$tix_version]/[capitalize $tcldir]/[capitalize $tkdir] Reference Manual"
+    } else {
+        set overall_title "[capitalize tix$tix_version] Reference Manual"
+    }
+}
+
+proc capitalize {string} {
+    return [string toupper $string 0]
+}
+
+##
+##
+##
+set manual(report-level) 1
+
+proc manerror {msg} {
+    global manual
+    set name {}
+    set subj {}
+    if {[info exists manual(name)]} {
+	set name $manual(name)
+    }
+    if {[info exists manual(section)] && [string length $manual(section)]} {
+	puts stderr "$name: $manual(section):  $msg"
+    } else {
+	puts stderr "$name: $msg"
+    }
+}
+
+proc manreport {level msg} {
+    global manual
+    if {$level < $manual(report-level)} {
+	manerror $msg
+    }
+}
+
+proc fatal {msg} {
+    global manual
+    manerror $msg
+    exit 1
+}
+##
+## parsing
+##
+proc unquote arg {
+    return [string map [list \" {}] $arg]
+}
+
+proc parse-directive {line codename restname} {
+    upvar $codename code $restname rest
+    return [regexp {^(\.[.a-zA-Z0-9]*) *(.*)} $line all code rest]
+}
+
+proc process-text {text} {
+    global manual
+    # preprocess text
+    set text [string map [list \
+	    {\&}	"\t" \
+	    {&}		{&amp;} \
+	    {\\}	{&#92;} \
+	    {\e}	{&#92;} \
+	    {\ }	{&nbsp;} \
+	    {\|}	{&nbsp;} \
+	    {\0}	{ } \
+	    {\%}	{} \
+	    "\\\n"	"\n" \
+	    \"		{&quot;} \
+	    {<}		{&lt;} \
+	    {>}		{&gt;} \
+	    {\(+-}	{&#177;} \
+	    {\fP}	{\fR} \
+	    {\.}	. \
+	    ] $text]
+    regsub -all {\\o'o\^'} $text {\&ocirc;} text; # o-circumflex in re_syntax.n
+    regsub -all {\\-\\\|\\-} $text -- text;	# two hyphens
+    regsub -all -- {\\-\\\^\\-} $text -- text;	# two hyphens
+    regsub -all {\\-} $text - text;		# a hyphen
+    regsub -all "\\\\\n" $text "\\&\#92;\n" text; # backslashed newline
+    while {[regexp {\\} $text]} {
+	# C R
+	if {[regsub {^([^\\]*)\\fC([^\\]*)\\fR(.*)$} $text {\1<TT>\2</TT>\3} text]} continue
+	# B R
+	if {[regsub {^([^\\]*)\\fB([^\\]*)\\fR(.*)$} $text {\1<B>\2</B>\3} text]} continue
+	# B I
+	if {[regsub {^([^\\]*)\\fB([^\\]*)\\fI(.*)$} $text {\1<B>\2</B>\\fI\3} text]} continue
+	# I R
+	if {[regsub {^([^\\]*)\\fI([^\\]*)\\fR(.*)$} $text {\1<I>\2</I>\3} text]} continue
+	# I B
+	if {[regsub {^([^\\]*)\\fI([^\\]*)\\fB(.*)$} $text {\1<I>\2</I>\\fB\3} text]} continue
+	# B B, I I, R R
+	if {[regsub {^([^\\]*)\\fB([^\\]*)\\fB(.*)$} $text {\1\\fB\2\3} ntext]
+	    || [regsub {^([^\\]*)\\fI([^\\]*)\\fI(.*)$} $text {\1\\fI\2\3} ntext]
+	    || [regsub {^([^\\]*)\\fR([^\\]*)\\fR(.*)$} $text {\1\\fR\2\3} ntext]} {
+	    manerror "process-text: impotent font change: $text"
+	    set text $ntext
+	    continue
+	}
+	# unrecognized 
+	manerror "process-text: uncaught backslash: $text"
+	set text [string map [list "\\" "#92;"] $text]
+    }
+    return $text
+}
+##
+## pass 2 text input and matching
+##
+proc open-text {} {
+    global manual
+    set manual(text-length) [llength $manual(text)]
+    set manual(text-pointer) 0
+}
+proc more-text {} {
+    global manual
+    return [expr {$manual(text-pointer) < $manual(text-length)}]
+}
+proc next-text {} {
+    global manual
+    if {[more-text]} {
+	set text [lindex $manual(text) $manual(text-pointer)]
+	incr manual(text-pointer)
+	return $text
+    }
+    manerror "read past end of text"
+    error "fatal"
+}
+proc is-a-directive {line} {
+    return [expr {[string first . $line] == 0}]
+}
+proc split-directive {line opname restname} {
+    upvar $opname op $restname rest
+    set op [string range $line 0 2]
+    set rest [string trim [string range $line 3 end]]
+}
+proc next-op-is {op restname} {
+    global manual
+    upvar $restname rest
+    if {[more-text]} {
+	set text [lindex $manual(text) $manual(text-pointer)]
+	if {[string equal -length 3 $text $op]} {
+	    set rest [string range $text 4 end]
+	    incr manual(text-pointer)
+	    return 1
+	}
+    }
+    return 0
+}
+proc backup-text {n} {
+    global manual
+    if {$manual(text-pointer)-$n >= 0} {
+	incr manual(text-pointer) -$n
+    }
+}
+proc match-text args {
+    global manual
+    set nargs [llength $args]
+    if {$manual(text-pointer) + $nargs > $manual(text-length)} {
+	return 0
+    }
+    set nback 0
+    foreach arg $args {
+	if {![more-text]} {
+	    backup-text $nback
+	    return 0
+	}
+	set arg [string trim $arg]
+	set targ [string trim [lindex $manual(text) $manual(text-pointer)]]
+	if {[string equal $arg $targ]} {
+	    incr nback
+	    incr manual(text-pointer)
+	    continue
+	}
+	if {[regexp {^@([_a-zA-Z0-9]+)$} $arg all name]} {
+	    upvar $name var
+	    set var $targ
+	    incr nback
+	    incr manual(text-pointer)
+	    continue
+	}
+	if {[regexp {^(\.[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z])@([_a-zA-Z0-9]+)$} $arg all op name]\
+		&& [string equal $op [lindex $targ 0]]} {
+	    upvar $name var
+	    set var [lrange $targ 1 end]
+	    incr nback
+	    incr manual(text-pointer)
+	    continue
+	}
+	backup-text $nback
+	return 0
+    }
+    return 1
+}
+proc expand-next-text {n} {
+    global manual
+    return [join [lrange $manual(text) $manual(text-pointer) \
+	    [expr {$manual(text-pointer)+$n-1}]] \n\n]
+}
+##
+## pass 2 output
+##
+proc man-puts {text} {
+    global manual
+    lappend manual(output-$manual(wing-file)-$manual(name)) $text
+}
+
+##
+## build hypertext links to tables of contents
+##
+proc long-toc {text} {
+    global manual
+    set here M[incr manual(section-toc-n)]
+    set there L[incr manual(long-toc-n)]
+    lappend manual(section-toc) "<DD><A HREF=\"$manual(name).htm#$here\" NAME=\"$there\">$text</A>"
+    return "<A NAME=\"$here\">$text</A>"
+}
+proc option-toc {name class switch} {
+    global manual
+    if {[string equal $manual(section) "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"] ||
+        [string equal $manual(section) "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"] ||
+        [regexp ITEMS $manual(section)]} {
+	# link the defined option into the long table of contents
+	set link [long-toc "$switch, $name, $class"]
+	regsub -- "$switch, $name, $class" $link "$switch" link
+	return $link
+    } elseif {[string equal $manual(name):$manual(section) \
+	    "options:DESCRIPTION"]} {
+	# link the defined standard option to the long table of
+	# contents and make a target for the standard option references
+	# from other man pages.
+	set first [lindex $switch 0]
+	set here M$first
+	set there L[incr manual(long-toc-n)]
+	set manual(standard-option-$first) "<A HREF=\"$manual(name).htm#$here\">$switch, $name, $class</A>"
+	lappend manual(section-toc) "<DD><A HREF=\"$manual(name).htm#$here\" NAME=\"$there\">$switch, $name, $class</A>"
+	return "<A NAME=\"$here\">$switch</A>"
+    } else {
+	error "option-toc in $manual(name) section $manual(section)"
+    }
+}
+proc std-option-toc {name} {
+    global manual
+    if {[info exists manual(standard-option-$name)]} {
+	lappend manual(section-toc) <DD>$manual(standard-option-$name)
+	return $manual(standard-option-$name)
+    }
+    set here M[incr manual(section-toc-n)]
+    set there L[incr manual(long-toc-n)]
+    set other M$name
+    lappend manual(section-toc) "<DD><A HREF=\"options.htm#$other\">$name</A>"
+    return "<A HREF=\"options.htm#$other\">$name</A>"
+}
+##
+## process the widget option section
+## in widget and options man pages
+##
+proc output-widget-options {rest} {
+    global manual
+    man-puts <DL>
+    lappend manual(section-toc) <DL>
+    backup-text 1
+    set para {}
+    while {[next-op-is .OP rest]} {
+	switch -exact [llength $rest] {
+	    3 {
+		set switch [lindex $rest 0]
+		set name [lindex $rest 1]
+		set class [lindex $rest 2]
+	    }
+	    5 {
+		set switch [lrange $rest 0 2]
+		set name [lindex $rest 3]
+		set class [lindex $rest 4]
+	    }
+	    default {
+		fatal "bad .OP $rest"
+	    }
+	}
+	if {![regexp {^(<.>)([-a-zA-Z0-9 ]+)(</.>)$} $switch all oswitch switch cswitch]} {
+	    if {![regexp {^(<.>)([-a-zA-Z0-9 ]+) or ([-a-zA-Z0-9 ]+)(</.>)$} $switch all oswitch switch1 switch2 cswitch]} {
+		error "not Switch: $switch"
+	    } else {
+		set switch "$switch1$cswitch or $oswitch$switch2"
+	    }
+	}
+	if {![regexp {^(<.>)([a-zA-Z0-9]*)(</.>)$} $name all oname name cname]} {
+	    error "not Name: $name"
+	}
+	if {![regexp {^(<.>)([a-zA-Z0-9]*)(</.>)$} $class all oclass class cclass]} {
+	    error "not Class: $class"
+	}
+	man-puts "$para<DT>Command-Line Name: $oswitch[option-toc $name $class $switch]$cswitch"
+	man-puts "<DT>Database Name: $oname$name$cname"
+	man-puts "<DT>Database Class: $oclass$class$cclass"
+	man-puts <DD>[next-text]
+	set para <P>
+    }
+    man-puts </DL>
+    lappend manual(section-toc) </DL>
+}
+
+##
+## process .RS lists
+##
+proc output-RS-list {} {
+    global manual
+    if {[next-op-is .IP rest]} {
+	output-IP-list .RS .IP $rest
+	if {[match-text .RE .sp .RS @rest .IP @rest2]} {
+	    man-puts <P>$rest
+	    output-IP-list .RS .IP $rest2
+	}
+	if {[match-text .RE .sp .RS @rest .RE]} {
+	    man-puts <P>$rest
+	    return
+	}
+	if {[next-op-is .RE rest]} {
+	    return
+	}
+    }
+    man-puts <DL><P><DD>
+    while {[more-text]} {
+	set line [next-text]
+	if {[is-a-directive $line]} {
+	    split-directive $line code rest
+	    switch -exact $code {
+		.RE {
+		    break
+		}
+		.SH {
+		    manerror "unbalanced .RS at section end"
+		    backup-text 1
+		    break
+		}
+		default {
+		    output-directive $line
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    man-puts $line
+	}
+    }	
+    man-puts </DL>
+}
+
+##
+## process .IP lists which may be plain indents,
+## numeric lists, or definition lists
+##
+proc output-IP-list {context code rest} {
+    global manual
+    if {[string equal $rest {}]} {
+	# blank label, plain indent, no contents entry
+	man-puts <DL><P><DD>
+	while {[more-text]} {
+	    set line [next-text]
+	    if {[is-a-directive $line]} {
+		split-directive $line code rest
+		if {[string equal $code ".IP"] && [string equal $rest {}]} {
+		    man-puts "<P>"
+		    continue
+		}
+		if {[lsearch {.br .DS .RS} $code] >= 0} {
+		    output-directive $line
+		} else {
+		    backup-text 1
+		    break
+		}
+	    } else {
+		man-puts $line
+	    }
+	}
+	man-puts </DL>
+    } else {
+	# labelled list, make contents
+	if {[string compare $context ".SH"]} {
+	    man-puts <P>
+	}
+	man-puts <DL>
+	lappend manual(section-toc) <DL>
+	backup-text 1
+	set accept_RE 0
+	while {[more-text]} {
+	    set line [next-text]
+	    if {[is-a-directive $line]} {
+		split-directive $line code rest
+		switch -exact $code {
+		    .IP {
+			if {$accept_RE} {
+			    output-IP-list .IP $code $rest
+			    continue
+			}
+			if {[string equal $manual(section) "ARGUMENTS"] || \
+				[regexp {^\[[0-9]+\]$} $rest]} {
+			    man-puts "<P><DT>$rest<DD>"
+			} else {
+                            set canlink 0
+                            if {[regexp {<B>([A-Za-z0-9_]+)</B>} $rest \
+                                     foo ref]} {
+                                if {"$foo" == "$rest"} {
+                                    set canlink 1
+                                }
+                            }
+                            set outtext "<P><DT>[long-toc $rest]<DD>"
+                            if {$canlink} {
+                                regsub ">$rest</A>" $outtext \
+                                    "></A><B>[cross-reference $ref]</B>" \
+                                    outtext
+                            }
+                            man-puts $outtext
+			}
+			if {[string equal $manual(name):$manual(section) \
+				"selection:DESCRIPTION"]} {
+			    if {[match-text .RE @rest .RS .RS]} {
+				man-puts <DT>[long-toc $rest]<DD>
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		    .sp -
+		    .br -
+		    .DS -
+		    .CS {
+			output-directive $line
+		    }
+		    .RS {
+			if {[match-text .RS]} {
+			    output-directive $line
+			    incr accept_RE 1
+			} elseif {[match-text .CS]} {
+			    output-directive .CS
+			    incr accept_RE 1
+			} elseif {[match-text .PP]} {
+			    output-directive .PP
+			    incr accept_RE 1
+			} elseif {[match-text .DS]} {
+			    output-directive .DS
+			    incr accept_RE 1
+			} else {
+			    output-directive $line
+			}
+		    }
+                    .LP {
+                        man-puts "<P>$rest"
+                    }
+		    .PP {
+			if {[match-text @rest1 .br @rest2 .RS]} {
+			    # yet another nroff kludge as above
+			    man-puts "<P><DT>[long-toc $rest1]"
+			    man-puts "<DT>[long-toc $rest2]<DD>"
+			    incr accept_RE 1
+			} elseif {[match-text @rest .RE]} {
+			    # gad, this is getting ridiculous
+			    if { ! $accept_RE} {
+				man-puts "</DL><P>$rest<DL>"
+				backup-text 1
+				break
+			    } else {
+				man-puts "<P>$rest"
+				incr accept_RE -1
+			    }
+			} elseif {$accept_RE} {
+			    output-directive $line
+			} else {
+			    backup-text 1
+			    break
+			}
+		    }
+		    .RE {
+			if { ! $accept_RE} {
+			    backup-text 1
+			    break
+			}
+			incr accept_RE -1
+		    }
+		    default {
+			backup-text 1
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		man-puts $line
+	    }
+	}
+	man-puts <P></DL>
+	lappend manual(section-toc) </DL>
+	if {$accept_RE} {
+	    manerror "missing .RE in output-IP-list"
+	}
+    }
+}
+##
+## handle the NAME section lines
+## there's only one line in the NAME section,
+## consisting of a comma separated list of names,
+## followed by a hyphen and a short description.
+##
+proc output-name {line} {
+    global manual
+    # split name line into pieces
+    regexp {^([^-]+) - (.*)$} $line all head tail
+    # output line to manual page untouched
+    man-puts $line
+    # output line to long table of contents
+    lappend manual(section-toc) <DL><DD>$line</DL>
+    # separate out the names for future reference
+    foreach name [split $head ,] {
+	set name [string trim $name]
+	if {[llength $name] > 1} {
+	    manerror "name has a space: {$name}\nfrom: $line"
+	}
+	lappend manual(wing-toc) $name
+	lappend manual(name-$name) $manual(wing-file)/$manual(name)
+    }
+}
+##
+## build a cross-reference link if appropriate
+##
+proc cross-reference {ref} {
+    global manual
+
+    regsub {[(][31n][)]} $ref "" ref
+
+    if {[string match Tcl_* $ref]} {
+	set lref $ref
+    } elseif {[string match Tk_* $ref]} {
+	set lref $ref
+    } elseif {[string equal $ref "Tcl"]} {
+	set lref $ref
+    } elseif {[regexp -nocase tix $ref]} {
+	set lref $ref
+    } else {
+	set lref [string tolower $ref]
+    }
+
+    ##
+    ## nothing to reference
+    ##
+    if { ! [info exists manual(name-$lref)]} {
+	foreach name {array file history info interp string trace
+	after clipboard grab image option pack place selection tk tkwait update winfo wm} {
+	    if {[regexp "^$name \[a-z0-9]*\$" $lref] && \
+		    [string compare $manual(tail) "$name.n"] && \
+                    [info exists manual(name-$name)]} {                    
+		return "<A HREF=\"../$manual(name-$name).htm\">$ref</A>"
+	    }
+	}
+	if {[lsearch {stdin stdout stderr end} $lref] >= 0} {
+	    # no good place to send these
+	    # tcl tokens?
+	    # also end
+	}
+	return $ref
+    }
+    ##
+    ## would be a self reference
+    ##
+    foreach name $manual(name-$lref) {
+	if {[lsearch $name $manual(wing-file)/$manual(name)] >= 0} {
+	    return $ref
+	}
+    }
+    ##
+    ## multiple choices for reference
+    ##
+    if {[llength $manual(name-$lref)] > 1} {
+	set tcl_i [lsearch -glob $manual(name-$lref) *TclCmd*]
+	set tcl_ref [lindex $manual(name-$lref) $tcl_i]
+	set tk_i [lsearch -glob $manual(name-$lref) *TkCmd*]
+	set tk_ref [lindex $manual(name-$lref) $tk_i]
+	if {$tcl_i >= 0 && "$manual(wing-file)" == {TclCmd} ||  "$manual(wing-file)" == {TclLib}} {
+	    return "<A HREF=\"../$tcl_ref.htm\">$ref</A>"
+	}
+	if {$tk_i >= 0 && "$manual(wing-file)" == {TkCmd} || "$manual(wing-file)" == {TkLib}} {
+	    return "<A HREF=\"../$tk_ref.htm\">$ref</A>"
+	}
+	if {"$lref" == {exit} && "$manual(tail)" == {tclsh.1} && $tcl_i >= 0} {
+	    return "<A HREF=\"../$tcl_ref.htm\">$ref</A>"
+	}
+	puts stderr "multiple cross reference to $ref in $manual(name-$lref) from $manual(wing-file)/$manual(tail)"
+	return $ref
+    }
+    ##
+    ## exceptions, sigh, to the rule
+    ##
+    switch $manual(tail) {
+	canvas.n {
+	    if {$lref == {focus}} {
+		upvar tail tail
+		set clue [string first command $tail]
+		if {$clue < 0 ||  $clue > 5} {
+		    return $ref
+		}
+	    }
+	    if {[lsearch {bitmap image text} $lref] >= 0} {
+		return $ref
+	    }
+	}
+	checkbutton.n -
+	radiobutton.n {
+	    if {[lsearch {image} $lref] >= 0} {
+		return $ref
+	    }
+	}
+	menu.n {
+	    if {[lsearch {checkbutton radiobutton} $lref] >= 0} {
+		return $ref
+	    }
+	}
+	options.n {
+	    if {[lsearch {bitmap image set} $lref] >= 0} {
+		return $ref
+	    }
+	}
+	regexp.n {
+	    if {[lsearch {string} $lref] >= 0} {
+		return $ref
+	    }
+	}
+	source.n {
+	    if {[lsearch {text} $lref] >= 0} {
+		return $ref
+	    }
+	}
+	history.n {
+	    if {[lsearch {exec} $lref] >= 0} {
+		return $ref
+	    }
+	}
+	return.n {
+	    if {[lsearch {error continue break} $lref] >= 0} {
+		return $ref
+	    }
+	}
+	scrollbar.n {
+	    if {[lsearch {set} $lref] >= 0} {
+		return $ref
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    ##
+    ## return the cross reference
+    ##
+    return "<A HREF=\"../$manual(name-$lref).htm\">$ref</A>"
+}
+##
+## reference generation errors
+##
+proc reference-error {msg text} {
+    global manual
+    puts stderr "$manual(tail): $msg: {$text}"
+    return $text
+}
+##
+## insert as many cross references into this text string as are appropriate
+##
+proc insert-cross-references {text} {
+    global manual
+    ##
+    ## we identify cross references by:
+    ##     ``quotation''
+    ##    <B>emboldening</B>
+    ##    Tcl_ prefix
+    ##    Tk_ prefix
+    ##	  [a-zA-Z0-9]+ manual entry
+    ## and we avoid messing with already anchored text
+    ##
+    ##
+    ## find where each item lives
+    ##
+    array set offset [list \
+	    anchor [string first {<A } $text] \
+	    end-anchor [string first {</A>} $text] \
+	    quote [string first {``} $text] \
+	    end-quote [string first {''} $text] \
+	    bold [string first {<B>} $text] \
+	    end-bold [string first {</B>} $text] \
+	    tcl [string first {Tcl_} $text] \
+	    tk [string first {Tk_} $text] \
+	    Tcl1 [string first {Tcl manual entry} $text] \
+	    Tcl2 [string first {Tcl overview manual entry} $text] \
+	    ]
+    ##
+    ## accumulate a list
+    ##
+    foreach name [array names offset] {
+	if {$offset($name) >= 0} {
+	    set invert($offset($name)) $name
+	    lappend offsets $offset($name)
+	}
+    }
+    ##
+    ## if nothing, then we're done.
+    ##
+    if { ! [info exists offsets]} {
+	return $text
+    }
+    ##
+    ## sort the offsets
+    ##
+    set offsets [lsort -integer $offsets]
+    ##
+    ## see which we want to use
+    ##
+    switch -exact $invert([lindex $offsets 0]) {
+	anchor {
+	    if {$offset(end-anchor) < 0} { return [reference-error {Missing end anchor} $text]; }
+	    set head [string range $text 0 $offset(end-anchor)]
+	    set tail [string range $text [expr $offset(end-anchor)+1] end]
+	    return $head[insert-cross-references $tail]
+	}
+	quote {
+	    if {$offset(end-quote) < 0} { return [reference-error {Missing end quote} $text]; }
+	    if {"$invert([lindex $offsets 1])" == {tk}} { set offsets [lreplace $offsets 1 1]; }
+	    if {"$invert([lindex $offsets 1])" == {tcl}} { set offsets [lreplace $offsets 1 1]; }
+	    switch -exact $invert([lindex $offsets 1]) {
+		end-quote {
+		    set head [string range $text 0 [expr $offset(quote)-1]]
+		    set body [string range $text [expr $offset(quote)+2] [expr $offset(end-quote)-1]]
+		    set tail [string range $text [expr $offset(end-quote)+2] end]
+		    return $head``[cross-reference $body]''[insert-cross-references $tail]
+		}
+		bold -
+		anchor {
+		    set head [string range $text 0 [expr $offset(end-quote)+1]]
+		    set tail [string range $text [expr $offset(end-quote)+2] end]
+		    return $head[insert-cross-references $tail]
+		}
+	    }
+	    return [reference-error {Uncaught quote case} $text]
+	}
+	bold {
+	    if {$offset(end-bold) < 0} { return $text; }
+	    if {"$invert([lindex $offsets 1])" == {tk}} { set offsets [lreplace $offsets 1 1]; }
+	    if {"$invert([lindex $offsets 1])" == {tcl}} { set offsets [lreplace $offsets 1 1]; }
+	    switch -exact $invert([lindex $offsets 1]) {
+		end-bold {
+		    set head [string range $text 0 [expr $offset(bold)-1]]
+		    set body [string range $text [expr $offset(bold)+3] [expr $offset(end-bold)-1]]
+		    set tail [string range $text [expr $offset(end-bold)+4] end]
+		    return $head<B>[cross-reference $body]</B>[insert-cross-references $tail]
+		}
+		anchor {
+		    set head [string range $text 0 [expr $offset(end-bold)+3]]
+		    set tail [string range $text [expr $offset(end-bold)+4] end]
+		    return $head[insert-cross-references $tail]
+		}
+	    }
+	    return [reference-error {Uncaught bold case} $text]
+	}
+	tk {
+	    set head [string range $text 0 [expr $offset(tk)-1]]
+	    set tail [string range $text $offset(tk) end]
+	    if { ! [regexp {^(Tk_[a-zA-Z0-9_]+)(.*)$} $tail all body tail]} { return [reference-error {Tk regexp failed} $text]; }
+	    return $head[cross-reference $body][insert-cross-references $tail]
+	}
+	tcl {
+	    set head [string range $text 0 [expr $offset(tcl)-1]]
+	    set tail [string range $text $offset(tcl) end]
+	    if { ! [regexp {^(Tcl_[a-zA-Z0-9_]+)(.*)$} $tail all body tail]} { return [reference-error {Tcl regexp failed} $text]; }
+	    return $head[cross-reference $body][insert-cross-references $tail]
+	}
+	Tcl1 -
+	Tcl2 {
+	    set off [lindex $offsets 0]
+	    set head [string range $text 0 [expr $off-1]]
+	    set body Tcl
+	    set tail [string range $text [expr $off+3] end]
+	    return $head[cross-reference $body][insert-cross-references $tail]
+	}
+	end-anchor -
+	end-bold -
+	end-quote {
+	    return [reference-error "Out of place $invert([lindex $offsets 0])" $text]
+	}
+    }
+}
+##
+## process formatting directives
+##
+proc output-directive {line} {
+    global manual
+    # process format directive
+    split-directive $line code rest
+    switch -exact $code {
+	.BS -
+	.BE {
+	    # man-puts <HR>
+	}
+	.SH {
+	    # drain any open lists
+	    # announce the subject
+	    set manual(section) $rest
+	    # start our own stack of stuff
+	    set manual($manual(name)-$manual(section)) {}
+	    lappend manual(has-$manual(section)) $manual(name)
+	    man-puts "<H3>[long-toc $manual(section)]</H3>"
+	    # some sections can simply free wheel their way through the text
+	    # some sections can be processed in their own loops
+	    switch -exact $manual(section) {
+		NAME {
+		    if {[lsearch {CrtImgType.3 CrtItemType.3 CrtPhImgFmt.3} $manual(tail)] >= 0} {
+			# these manual pages have two NAME sections
+			if {[info exists manual($manual(tail)-NAME)]} {
+			    return
+			}
+			set manual($manual(tail)-NAME) 1
+		    }
+		    set names {}
+		    while {1} {
+			set line [next-text]
+			if {[is-a-directive $line]} {
+			    backup-text 1
+			    output-name [join $names { }]
+			    return
+			} else {
+			    lappend names [string trim $line]
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		SYNOPSIS {
+		    lappend manual(section-toc) <DL>
+		    while {1} {
+			if {[next-op-is .nf rest]
+			 || [next-op-is .br rest]
+			 || [next-op-is .fi rest]} {
+			    continue
+			}
+			if {[next-op-is .SH rest]
+		         || [next-op-is .BE rest]
+			 || [next-op-is .SO rest]} {
+			    backup-text 1
+			    break
+			}
+			if {[next-op-is .sp rest]} {
+			    #man-puts <P>
+			    continue
+			}
+			set more [next-text]
+			if {[is-a-directive $more]} {
+			    manerror "in SYNOPSIS found $more"
+			    backup-text 1
+			    break
+			} else {
+			    foreach more [split $more \n] {
+				man-puts $more<BR>
+				if {[lsearch {TclLib TkLib} $manual(wing-file)] < 0} {
+				    lappend manual(section-toc) <DD>$more
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		    lappend manual(section-toc) </DL>
+		    return
+		}
+		{SEE ALSO} {
+		    while {[more-text]} {
+			if {[next-op-is .SH rest]} {
+			    backup-text 1
+			    return
+			}
+			set more [next-text]
+			if {[is-a-directive $more]} {
+			    manerror "$more"
+			    backup-text 1
+			    return
+			}
+			set nmore {}
+			foreach cr [split $more ,] {
+			    set cr [string trim $cr]
+			    if { ! [regexp {^<B>.*</B>$} $cr]} {
+				set cr <B>$cr</B>
+			    }
+			    if {[regexp {^<B>(.*)\([13n]\)</B>$} $cr all name]} {
+				set cr <B>$name</B>
+			    }
+			    lappend nmore $cr
+			}
+			man-puts [join $nmore {, }]
+		    }
+		    return
+		}
+		KEYWORDS {
+		    while {[more-text]} {
+			if {[next-op-is .SH rest]} {
+			    backup-text 1
+			    return
+			}
+			set more [next-text]
+			if {[is-a-directive $more]} {
+			    manerror "$more"
+			    backup-text 1
+			    return
+			}
+			set keys {}
+			foreach key [split $more ,] {
+			    set key [string trim $key]
+			    lappend manual(keyword-$key) [list $manual(name) $manual(wing-file)/$manual(name).htm]
+			    set initial [string toupper [string index $key 0]]
+			    lappend keys "<A href=\"../Keywords/$initial.htm\#$key\">$key</A>"
+			}
+			man-puts [join $keys {, }]
+		    }
+		    return
+		}
+	    }
+	    if {[next-op-is .IP rest]} {
+		output-IP-list .SH .IP $rest
+		return
+	    }
+	    if {[next-op-is .PP rest]} {
+		return
+	    }
+	    return
+	}
+	.SO {
+	    if {[match-text @stuff .SE]} {
+		output-directive {.SH STANDARD OPTIONS}
+		set opts {}
+		foreach line [split $stuff \n] {
+		    foreach option [split $line \t] {
+			lappend opts $option
+		    }
+		}
+		man-puts <DL>
+		lappend manual(section-toc) <DL>
+		foreach option [lsort $opts] {
+		    man-puts "<DT><B>[std-option-toc $option]</B>"
+		}
+		man-puts </DL>
+		lappend manual(section-toc) </DL>
+	    } else {
+		manerror "unexpected .SO format:\n[expand-next-text 2]"
+	    }
+	}
+	.OP {
+	    output-widget-options $rest
+	    return
+	}
+	.IP {
+	    output-IP-list .IP .IP $rest
+	    return
+	}
+	.PP {
+	    man-puts <P>
+	}
+	.RS {
+	    output-RS-list
+	    return
+	}
+	.RE {
+	    manerror "unexpected .RE"
+	    return
+	}
+	.br {
+	    man-puts <BR>
+	    return
+	}
+	.DE {
+	    manerror "unexpected .DE"
+	    return
+	}
+	.DS {
+	    if {[next-op-is .ta rest]} {
+		
+	    }
+	    if {[match-text @stuff .DE]} {
+		man-puts <PRE>$stuff</PRE>
+	    } elseif {[match-text .fi @ul1 @ul2 .nf @stuff .DE]} {
+		man-puts "<PRE>[lindex $ul1 1][lindex $ul2 1]\n$stuff</PRE>"
+	    } else {
+		manerror "unexpected .DS format:\n[expand-next-text 2]"
+	    }
+	    return
+	}
+	.CS {
+	    if {[next-op-is .ta rest]} {
+		
+	    }
+	    if {[match-text @stuff .CE]} {
+		man-puts <PRE>$stuff</PRE>
+	    } else {
+		manerror "unexpected .CS format:\n[expand-next-text 2]"
+	    }
+	    return
+	}
+	.CE {
+	    manerror "unexpected .CE"
+	    return
+	}
+	.sp {
+	    man-puts <P>
+	}
+	.ta {
+	    # these are tab stop settings for short tables
+	    switch -exact $manual(name):$manual(section) {
+		{bind:MODIFIERS} -
+		{bind:EVENT TYPES} -
+		{bind:BINDING SCRIPTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS} -
+		{expr:OPERANDS} -
+		{expr:MATH FUNCTIONS} -
+		{history:DESCRIPTION} -
+		{history:HISTORY REVISION} -
+		{switch:DESCRIPTION} -
+		{upvar:DESCRIPTION} {
+		    return;			# fix.me
+		}
+		default {
+		    manerror "ignoring $line"
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	.nf {
+	    if {[match-text @more .fi]} {
+		foreach more [split $more \n] {
+		    man-puts $more<BR>
+		}
+	    } elseif {[match-text .RS @more .RE .fi]} {
+		man-puts <DL><DD>
+		foreach more [split $more \n] {
+		    man-puts $more<BR>
+		}
+		man-puts </DL>
+	    } elseif {[match-text .RS @more .RS @more2 .RE .RE .fi]} {
+		man-puts <DL><DD>
+		foreach more [split $more \n] {
+		    man-puts $more<BR>
+		}
+		man-puts <DL><DD>
+		foreach more2 [split $more2 \n] {
+		    man-puts $more2<BR>
+		}
+		man-puts </DL></DL>
+	    } elseif {[match-text .RS @more .RS @more2 .RE @more3 .RE .fi]} {
+		man-puts <DL><DD>
+		foreach more [split $more \n] {
+		    man-puts $more<BR>
+		}
+		man-puts <DL><DD>
+		foreach more2 [split $more2 \n] {
+		    man-puts $more2<BR>
+		}
+		man-puts </DL><DD>
+		foreach more3 [split $more3 \n] {
+		    man-puts $more3<BR>
+		}
+		man-puts </DL>
+	    } elseif {[match-text .sp .RS @more .RS @more2 .sp .RE .RE .fi]} {
+		man-puts <P><DL><DD>
+		foreach more [split $more \n] {
+		    man-puts $more<BR>
+		}
+		man-puts <DL><DD>
+		foreach more2 [split $more2 \n] {
+		    man-puts $more2<BR>
+		}
+		man-puts </DL></DL><P>
+	    } elseif {[match-text .RS .sp @more .sp .RE .fi]} {
+		man-puts <P><DL><DD>
+		foreach more [split $more \n] {
+		    man-puts $more<BR>
+		}
+		man-puts </DL><P>
+	    } else {
+		manerror "ignoring $line"
+	    }
+	}
+	.fi {
+	    manerror "ignoring $line"
+	}
+	.na -
+	.ad -
+	.UL -
+	.ne {
+	    manerror "ignoring $line"
+	}
+	default {
+	    manerror "unrecognized format directive: $line"
+	}
+    }
+}
+##
+## merge copyright listings
+## 
+proc merge-copyrights {l1 l2} {
+    foreach copyright [concat $l1 $l2] {
+	if {[regexp {^Copyright +\(c\) +([0-9]+) +(by +)?([A-Za-z].*)$} $copyright all date by who]} {
+	    lappend dates($who) $date
+	    continue
+	}
+	if {[regexp {^Copyright +\(c\) +([0-9]+)-([0-9]+) +(by +)?([A-Za-z].*)$} $copyright all from to by who]} {
+	    for {set date $from} {$date <= $to} {incr date} {
+		lappend dates($who) $date
+	    }
+	    continue
+	}
+	if {[regexp {^Copyright +\(c\) +([0-9]+), *([0-9]+) +(by +)?([A-Za-z].*)$} $copyright all date1 date2 by who]} {
+	    lappend dates($who) $date1 $date2
+	    continue
+	}
+	puts "oops: $copyright"
+    }
+    foreach who [array names dates] {
+	set list [lsort $dates($who)]
+	if {[llength $list] == 1 || [lindex $list 0] == [lrange $list end end]} {
+	    lappend merge "Copyright (c) [lindex $list 0] $who"
+	} else {
+	    lappend merge "Copyright (c) [lindex $list 0]-[lrange $list end end] $who"
+	}
+    }
+    return [lsort $merge]
+}
+    
+proc makedirhier {dir} {
+    if { ! [file isdirectory $dir]} {
+	makedirhier [file dirname $dir]
+	if { ! [file isdirectory $dir]} {
+	    if {[catch {exec mkdir $dir} error]} {
+		error "cannot create directory $dir: $error"
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+    
+##
+## foreach of the man directories specified by args
+## convert manpages into hypertext in the directory
+## specified by html.
+##
+proc make-man-pages {html args} {
+    global env manual overall_title
+    makedirhier $html
+    if { ! [file isdirectory $html]} {
+	exec mkdir $html
+    }
+    set manual(short-toc-n) 1
+    set manual(short-toc-fp) [open $html/contents.htm w]
+    puts $manual(short-toc-fp) "<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>$overall_title</TITLE></HEAD>"
+    puts $manual(short-toc-fp) {<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#800000" ALINK="#800080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">}
+    puts $manual(short-toc-fp) "<HR><H3>$overall_title</H3><HR><DL>"
+    set manual(merge-copyrights) {}
+    foreach arg $args {
+	set manual(wing-glob) [lindex $arg 0]
+	set manual(wing-name) [lindex $arg 1]
+	set manual(wing-file) [lindex $arg 2]
+	set manual(wing-description) [lindex $arg 3]
+	set manual(wing-copyrights) {}
+	makedirhier $html/$manual(wing-file)
+	set manual(wing-toc-fp) [open $html/$manual(wing-file)/contents.htm w]
+	# whistle
+	puts stderr "scanning section $manual(wing-name)"
+	# put the entry for this section into the short table of contents
+	puts $manual(short-toc-fp) "<DT><A HREF=\"$manual(wing-file)/contents.htm\">$manual(wing-name)</A><DD>$manual(wing-description)"
+	# initialize the wing table of contents
+	puts $manual(wing-toc-fp) "<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>$manual(wing-name) Manual</TITLE></HEAD>"
+	puts $manual(wing-toc-fp) {<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#800000" ALINK="#800080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">}
+	puts $manual(wing-toc-fp) "<HR><H3>$manual(wing-name)</H3><HR>"
+	# initialize the short table of contents for this section
+	set manual(wing-toc) {}
+	# initialize the man directory for this section
+	makedirhier $html/$manual(wing-file)
+	# initialize the long table of contents for this section
+	set manual(long-toc-n) 1
+	# get the manual pages for this section
+	set manual(pages) [lsort [glob $manual(wing-glob)]]
+	if {[lsearch -glob $manual(pages) */options.n] >= 0} {
+	    set n [lsearch $manual(pages) */options.n]
+	    set manual(pages) "[lindex $manual(pages) $n] [lreplace $manual(pages) $n $n]"
+	}
+	# set manual(pages) [lrange $manual(pages) 0 5]
+	foreach manual(page) $manual(pages) {
+	    # whistle
+	    puts stderr "scanning page $manual(page)"
+	    set manual(tail) [file tail $manual(page)]
+	    set manual(name) [file root $manual(tail)]
+	    set manual(section) {}
+	    if {[lsearch {case pack-old menubar} $manual(name)] >= 0} {
+		# obsolete
+		manerror "discarding $manual(name)"
+		continue
+	    }
+	    set manual(infp) [open "$manual(page)"]
+	    set manual(text) {}
+	    set manual(partial-text) {}
+	    foreach p {.RS .DS .CS .SO} {
+		set manual($p) 0
+	    }
+	    set manual(stack) {}
+	    set manual(section) {}
+	    set manual(section-toc) {}
+	    set manual(section-toc-n) 1
+	    set manual(copyrights) {}
+	    lappend manual(all-pages) $manual(wing-file)/$manual(tail)
+	    manreport 100 "$manual(name)"
+	    while {[gets $manual(infp) line] >= 0} {
+		manreport 100 $line
+		if {[regexp {^[`'][/\\]} $line]} {
+		    if {[regexp {Copyright \(c\).*$} $line copyright]} {
+			lappend manual(copyrights) $copyright
+		    }
+		    # comment
+		    continue
+		}
+		if {"$line" == {'}} {
+		    # comment
+		    continue
+		}
+		if {[parse-directive $line code rest]} {
+		    switch -exact $code {
+			.ad -
+			.na -
+			.so -
+			.ne -
+			.AS -
+			.VE -
+			.VS -
+			. {
+			    # ignore
+			    continue
+			}
+		    }
+		    if {"$manual(partial-text)" != {}} {
+			lappend manual(text) [process-text $manual(partial-text)]
+			set manual(partial-text) {}
+		    }
+		    switch -exact $code {
+			.SH {
+			    if {[llength $rest] == 0} {
+				gets $manual(infp) rest
+			    }
+			    lappend manual(text) ".SH [unquote $rest]"
+			}
+			.TH {
+			    lappend manual(text) "$code [unquote $rest]"
+			}
+			.HS -
+			.UL -
+			.ta {
+			    lappend manual(text) "$code [unquote $rest]"
+			}
+			.BS -
+			.BE -
+			.br -
+			.fi -
+			.sp -
+			.nf {
+			    if {"$rest" != {}} {
+				manerror "unexpected argument: $line"
+			    }
+			    lappend manual(text) $code
+			}
+			.AP {
+			    lappend manual(text) [concat .IP [process-text "[lindex $rest 0] \\fB[lindex $rest 1]\\fR ([lindex $rest 2])"]]
+			}
+			.IP {
+			    regexp {^(.*) +[0-9]+$} $rest all rest
+			    lappend manual(text) ".IP [process-text [unquote [string trim $rest]]]"
+			}
+			.TP {
+			    set next [gets $manual(infp)]
+			    if {"$next" != {'}} {
+				lappend manual(text) ".IP [process-text $next]"
+			    }
+			}
+			.OP {
+			    lappend manual(text) [concat .OP [process-text \
+								  "\\fB[lindex $rest 0]\\fR \\fB[lindex $rest 1]\\fR \\fB[lindex $rest 2]\\fR"]]
+			}
+			.PP {
+			    lappend manual(text) {.PP}
+                        }
+			.LP {
+			    lappend manual(text) {.LP}
+			}
+			.RS {
+			    incr manual(.RS)
+			    lappend manual(text) $code
+			}
+			.RE {
+			    incr manual(.RS) -1
+			    lappend manual(text) $code
+			}
+			.SO {
+			    incr manual(.SO)
+			    lappend manual(text) $code
+			}
+			.SE {
+			    incr manual(.SO) -1
+			    lappend manual(text) $code
+			}
+			.DS {
+			    incr manual(.DS)
+			    lappend manual(text) $code
+			}
+			.DE {
+			    incr manual(.DS) -1
+			    lappend manual(text) $code
+			}
+			.CS {
+			    incr manual(.CS)
+			    lappend manual(text) $code
+			}
+			.CE {
+			    incr manual(.CS) -1
+			    lappend manual(text) $code
+			}
+			.de {
+			    while {[gets $manual(infp) line] >= 0} {
+				if {[regexp {^\.\.} $line]} {
+				    break
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			.. {
+			    error "found .. outside of .de"
+			}
+			default {
+			    manerror "unrecognized format directive: $line"
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if {"$manual(partial-text)" == {}} {
+			set manual(partial-text) $line
+		    } else {
+			append manual(partial-text) \n$line
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if {"$manual(partial-text)" != {}} {
+		lappend manual(text) [process-text $manual(partial-text)]
+	    }
+	    close $manual(infp)
+	    # fixups
+	    if {$manual(.RS) != 0} {
+		if {"$manual(name)" != {selection}} {
+		    puts "unbalanced .RS .RE"
+		}
+	    }
+	    if {$manual(.DS) != 0} {
+		puts "unbalanced .DS .DE"
+	    }
+	    if {$manual(.CS) != 0} {
+		puts "unbalanced .CS .CE"
+	    }
+	    if {$manual(.SO) != 0} {
+		puts "unbalanced .SO .SE"
+	    }
+	    # output conversion
+	    open-text
+	    if {[next-op-is .HS rest]} {
+		set manual($manual(name)-title) "[lrange $rest 1 end] [lindex $rest 0] manual page"
+		while {[more-text]} {
+		    set line [next-text]
+		    if {[is-a-directive $line]} {
+			output-directive $line
+		    } else {
+			man-puts $line
+		    }
+		}
+		man-puts <HR><PRE>
+		foreach copyright $manual(copyrights) {
+		    man-puts "<A HREF=\"../copyright.htm\">Copyright</A> &#169; [lrange $copyright 2 end]"
+		}
+		man-puts "<A HREF=\"../copyright.htm\">Copyright</A> &#169; 1995-1997 Roger E. Critchlow Jr.</PRE>"
+		set manual(wing-copyrights) [merge-copyrights $manual(wing-copyrights) $manual(copyrights)]
+	    } elseif {[next-op-is .TH rest]} {
+		set manual($manual(name)-title) "[lrange $rest 4 end] - [lindex $rest 0] manual page"
+		while {[more-text]} {
+		    set line [next-text]
+		    if {[is-a-directive $line]} {
+			output-directive $line
+		    } else {
+			man-puts $line
+		    }
+		}
+		man-puts <HR><PRE>
+		foreach copyright $manual(copyrights) {
+		    man-puts "<A HREF=\"../copyright.htm\">Copyright</A> &#169; [lrange $copyright 2 end]"
+		}
+		man-puts "<A HREF=\"../copyright.htm\">Copyright</A> &#169; 1995-1997 Roger E. Critchlow Jr.</PRE>"
+		set manual(wing-copyrights) [merge-copyrights $manual(wing-copyrights) $manual(copyrights)]
+	    } else {
+		manerror "no .HS or .TH record found"
+	    }
+	    #
+	    # make the long table of contents for this page
+	    #
+	    set manual(toc-$manual(wing-file)-$manual(name)) [concat <DL> $manual(section-toc) </DL><HR>]
+	}
+
+	#
+	# make the wing table of contents for the section
+	#
+	set width 0
+	foreach name $manual(wing-toc) {
+	    if {[string length $name] > $width} {
+		set width [string length $name]
+	    }
+	}
+	set perline [expr 120 / $width]
+	set nrows [expr ([llength $manual(wing-toc)]+$perline)/$perline]
+	set n 0
+        catch {unset rows}
+	foreach name [lsort $manual(wing-toc)] {
+	    set tail $manual(name-$name)
+	    if {[llength $tail] > 1} {
+		manerror "$name is defined in more than one file: $tail"
+		set tail [lindex $tail [expr [llength $tail]-1]]
+	    }
+	    set tail [file tail $tail]
+	    append rows([expr $n%$nrows]) "<td> <a href=\"$tail.htm\">$name</a>"
+	    incr n
+	}
+	puts $manual(wing-toc-fp) <table>
+        foreach row [lsort -integer [array names rows]] {
+	    puts $manual(wing-toc-fp) <tr>$rows($row)</tr>
+	}
+	puts $manual(wing-toc-fp) </table>
+
+	#
+	# insert wing copyrights
+	#
+	puts $manual(wing-toc-fp) "<HR><PRE>"
+	foreach copyright $manual(wing-copyrights) {
+	    puts $manual(wing-toc-fp) "<A HREF=\"../copyright.htm\">Copyright</A> &#169; [lrange $copyright 2 end]"
+	}
+	puts $manual(wing-toc-fp) "<A HREF=\"../copyright.htm\">Copyright</A> &#169; 1995-1997 Roger E. Critchlow Jr."
+	puts $manual(wing-toc-fp) "</PRE></FONT></BODY></HTML>"
+	close $manual(wing-toc-fp)
+	set manual(merge-copyrights) [merge-copyrights $manual(merge-copyrights) $manual(wing-copyrights)]
+    }
+
+    ##
+    ## build the keyword index.
+    ##
+    proc strcasecmp {a b} { return [string compare -nocase $a $b] }
+    set keys [lsort -command strcasecmp [array names manual keyword-*]]
+    makedirhier $html/Keywords
+    catch {eval exec rm -f [glob $html/Keywords/*]}
+    puts $manual(short-toc-fp) {<DT><A HREF="Keywords/contents.htm">Keywords</A><DD>The keywords from the Tcl/Tk man pages.}
+    set keyfp [open $html/Keywords/contents.htm w]
+    puts $keyfp "<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>Tcl/Tk Keywords</TITLE></HEAD>"
+    puts $keyfp {<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#800000" ALINK="#800080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">}
+    puts $keyfp "<HR><H3>Tcl/Tk Keywords</H3><HR><H2>"
+    foreach a {A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z} {
+	puts $keyfp "<A HREF=\"$a.htm\">$a</A>"
+	set afp [open $html/Keywords/$a.htm w]
+	puts $afp "<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>Tcl/Tk Keywords - $a</TITLE></HEAD>"
+	puts $afp {<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#800000" ALINK="#800080">
+	<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">}
+	puts $afp "<HR><H3>Tcl/Tk Keywords - $a</H3><HR><H2>"
+	foreach b {A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z} {
+	    puts $afp "<A HREF=\"$b.htm\">$b</A>"
+	}
+	puts $afp "</H2><HR><DL>"
+	foreach k $keys {
+	    if {[regexp -nocase -- "^keyword-$a" $k]} {
+		set k [string range $k 8 end]
+		puts $afp "<DT><A NAME=\"$k\">$k</A><DD>"
+		set refs {}
+		foreach man $manual(keyword-$k) {
+		    set name [lindex $man 0]
+		    set file [lindex $man 1]
+		    lappend refs "<A HREF=\"../$file\">$name</A>"
+		}
+		puts $afp [join $refs {, }]
+	    }
+	}
+	puts $afp "</DL><HR><PRE>"
+	# insert merged copyrights
+	foreach copyright $manual(merge-copyrights) {
+	    puts $afp "<A HREF=\"copyright.htm\">Copyright</A> &#169; [lrange $copyright 2 end]"
+	}
+	puts $afp "<A HREF=\"copyright.htm\">Copyright</A> &#169; 1995-1997 Roger E. Critchlow Jr."
+	puts $afp "</PRE></FONT></BODY></HTML>"
+	close $afp
+    }
+    puts $keyfp "</H2><HR><PRE>"
+
+    # insert merged copyrights
+    foreach copyright $manual(merge-copyrights) {
+	puts $keyfp "<A HREF=\"copyright.htm\">Copyright</A> &#169; [lrange $copyright 2 end]"
+    }
+    puts $keyfp "<A HREF=\"copyright.htm\">Copyright</A> &#169; 1995-1997 Roger E. Critchlow Jr."
+    puts $keyfp </PRE></FONT></BODY></HTML>
+    close $keyfp
+
+    ##
+    ## finish off short table of contents
+    ##
+    puts $manual(short-toc-fp) {<DT><A HREF="http://www.elf.org">Source</A><DD>More information about these man pages.}
+    puts $manual(short-toc-fp) "</DL><HR><PRE>"
+    # insert merged copyrights
+    foreach copyright $manual(merge-copyrights) {
+	puts $manual(short-toc-fp) "<A HREF=\"copyright.htm\">Copyright</A> &#169; [lrange $copyright 2 end]"
+    }
+    puts $manual(short-toc-fp) "<A HREF=\"copyright.htm\">Copyright</A> &#169; 1995-1997 Roger E. Critchlow Jr."
+    puts $manual(short-toc-fp) "</PRE></FONT></BODY></HTML>"
+    close $manual(short-toc-fp)
+
+    ##
+    ## output man pages
+    ##
+    unset manual(section)
+    foreach path $manual(all-pages) {
+	set manual(wing-file) [file dirname $path]
+	set manual(tail) [file tail $path]
+	set manual(name) [file root $manual(tail)]
+	set text $manual(output-$manual(wing-file)-$manual(name))
+	set ntext 0
+	foreach item $text {
+	    incr ntext [llength [split $item \n]]
+	    incr ntext
+	}
+	set toc $manual(toc-$manual(wing-file)-$manual(name))
+	set ntoc 0
+	foreach item $toc {
+	    incr ntoc [llength [split $item \n]]
+	    incr ntoc
+	}
+	puts stderr "rescanning page $manual(name) $ntoc/$ntext"
+	set manual(outfp) [open $html/$manual(wing-file)/$manual(name).htm w]
+	puts $manual(outfp) "<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>$manual($manual(name)-title)</TITLE></HEAD>"
+	puts $manual(outfp) {
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#800000" ALINK="#800080">
+<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">}
+	if {($ntext > 60) && ($ntoc > 32) || [lsearch {
+	    Hash LinkVar SetVar TraceVar ConfigWidg CrtImgType CrtItemType
+	    CrtPhImgFmt DoOneEvent GetBitmap GetColor GetCursor GetDash
+	    GetJustify GetPixels GetVisual ParseArgv QueueEvent
+	} $manual(tail)] >= 0} {
+	    foreach item $toc {
+		puts $manual(outfp) $item
+	    }
+	}
+	foreach item $text {
+	    puts $manual(outfp) [insert-cross-references $item]
+	}
+	puts $manual(outfp) {</FONT></BODY></HTML>}
+	close $manual(outfp)
+    }
+    return {}
+}
+
+set usercmddesc {The interpreters which implement Tcl and Tk.}
+set tclcmddesc {The commands which the <B>tclsh</B> interpreter implements.}
+set tkcmddesc {The additional commands which the <B>wish</B> interpreter implements.}
+set tixcmddesc {The additional commands which the <B>Tix</B> extension implements.}
+set tcllibdesc {The C functions which a Tcl extended C program may use.}
+set tklibdesc {The additional C functions which a Tk extended C program may use.}
+		
+parse_command_line
+
+proc addfile {file} {
+    global testfiles
+    if {![info exists testfiles]} {
+        set testfiles $file
+    } else {
+        append testfiles ,$file
+    }
+}
+
+addfile TixIntro.n
+#-addfile compound.n
+#-addfile pixmap.n
+#-addfile tix.n
+#-addfile tixBalloon.n
+#-addfile tixButtonBox.n
+#-addfile tixCheckList.n
+#-addfile tixComboBox.n
+#-addfile tixControl.n
+#-addfile tixDestroy.n
+#-addfile tixDirList.n
+#-addfile tixDirSelectDialog.n
+#-addfile tixDirTree.n
+#-addfile tixDisplayStyle.n
+#-addfile tixExFileSelectBox.n
+#-addfile tixExFileSelectDialog.n
+#-addfile tixFileEntry.n
+#-addfile tixFileSelectBox.n
+#-addfile tixFileSelectDialog.n
+#-addfile tixForm.n
+#-addfile tixGetBoolean.n
+#-addfile tixGetInt.n
+#-addfile tixGrid.n
+#-addfile tixHList.n
+#-addfile tixInputOnly.n
+#-addfile tixLabelEntry.n
+#-addfile tixLabelFrame.n
+#-addfile tixListNoteBook.n
+#-addfile tixMeter.n
+#-addfile tixMwm.n
+#-addfile tixNBFrame.n
+#-addfile tixNoteBook.n
+#-addfile tixOptionMenu.n
+#-addfile tixPanedWindow.n
+#-addfile tixPopupMenu.n
+#-addfile tixScrolledHList.n
+#-addfile tixScrolledListBox.n
+#-addfile tixScrolledText.n
+#-addfile tixScrolledWindow.n
+#-addfile tixSelect.n
+#-addfile tixStdButtonBox.n
+#-addfile tixTList.n
+#-addfile tixTree.n
+#-addfile tixUtils.n
+
+if {[info exists env(TEST_ONLY)]} {
+    #
+    # Only test one or a few files
+    #
+    if {[catch {
+	make-man-pages $webdir \
+	    "$tcltkdir/$tkdir/doc/{button.n,image.n,options.n} {Tk Commands} TkCmd {$tkcmddesc}" \
+	    "$tcltkdir/$tixdir/man/{$testfiles} {Tix Commands} TixCmd {$tixcmddesc}" \
+    } error]} {
+	puts $error\n$errorInfo
+    }
+} elseif {[info exists env(WITH_TCL_TK)]} {
+    #
+    # Full distribution: all Tcl, Tk and Tix man pages
+    #
+    if {[catch {
+	make-man-pages $webdir \
+	    "$tcltkdir/{$tkdir,$tcldir,$tixdir}/doc/*.1 {Tcl/Tk Applications} UserCmd {$usercmddesc}" \
+	    "$tcltkdir/$tcldir/doc/*.n {Tcl Commands} TclCmd {$tclcmddesc}" \
+	    "$tcltkdir/$tkdir/doc/*.n {Tk Commands} TkCmd {$tkcmddesc}" \
+	    "$tcltkdir/$tcldir/doc/*.3 {Tcl Library} TclLib {$tcllibdesc}" \
+	    "$tcltkdir/$tkdir/doc/*.3 {Tk Library} TkLib {$tklibdesc}" \
+	 "$tcltkdir/$tixdir/man/*.n {Tix Commands} TixCmd {$tixcmddesc}"\
+    } error]} {
+	puts $error\n$errorInfo
+    }
+} else {
+    #
+    # Standard distribution: all Tix man pages and select Tcl/Tk pages
+    #
+    if {[catch {
+	make-man-pages $webdir \
+         "$tcltkdir/$tkdir/doc/{options.n} {Tk Commands} TkCmd {$tkcmddesc}" \
+	 "$tcltkdir/$tkdir/doc/{ConfigWidg.3} {Tk Library} TkLib {$tklibdesc}"\
+	 "$tcltkdir/$tixdir/man/*.n {Tix Commands} TixCmd {$tixcmddesc}"\
+         "$tcltkdir/$tixdir/man/*.1 {Applications} UserCmd {$usercmddesc}" \
+    } error]} {
+	puts $error\n$errorInfo
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/tixindex
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/tixindex	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# the next line restarts using tclsh \
+exec tclsh "$0" "$@"
+
+proc tixAutoMkIndex {dir args} {
+    global errorCode errorInfo
+    set oldDir [pwd]
+    cd $dir
+    set dir [pwd]
+    append index "# Tcl autoload index file, version 2.0\n"
+    append index "# This file is generated by the \"tixindex\" program,\n"
+    append index "# *NOT* by the \"auto_mkindex\" command,\n"
+    append index "# and sourced to set up indexing information for one or\n"
+    append index "# more commands.  Typically each line is a command that\n"
+    append index "# sets an element in the auto_index array, where the\n"
+    append index "# element name is the name of a command and the value is\n"
+    append index "# a script that loads the command.\n\n"
+    foreach file [eval glob $args] {
+	set f ""
+	set error [catch {
+	    set f [open $file]
+	    while {[gets $f line] >= 0} {
+		if [regexp {^tixClass[ 	]+([^ 	]*)} $line match className] {
+		    append index "set [list auto_index($className)]"
+		    append index " \"source {\$dir/$file}\"\n"
+		    append index "set [list auto_index($className:AutoLoad)]"
+		    append index " \"source {\$dir/$file}\"\n"
+		    set isClass($className) 1
+		}
+		if [regexp {^tixWidgetClass[ 	]+([^ 	]*)} $line match className] {
+		    append index "set [list auto_index($className)]"
+		    append index " \"source {\$dir/$file}\"\n"
+		    append index "set [list auto_index($className:AutoLoad)]"
+		    append index " \"source {\$dir/$file}\"\n"
+		    set isClass($className) 1
+		}
+
+		if [regexp {^proc[ 	]+([^ 	]*)} $line match procName] {
+		    set prefix [lindex [split $procName :] 0]
+		    if {![info exists isClass($prefix)]} {
+			append index "set [list auto_index($procName)]"
+			append index " \"source {\$dir/$file}\"\n"
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    close $f
+	} msg]
+	if $error {
+	    set code $errorCode
+	    set info $errorInfo
+	    catch {close $f}
+	    cd $oldDir
+	    error $msg $info $code
+	}
+    }
+    set f [open tclIndex w]
+    puts $f $index nonewline
+    close $f
+    cd $oldDir
+}
+
+if {$argv == {}} {
+    eval tixAutoMkIndex . *.tcl
+} else {
+    eval tixAutoMkIndex . $argv
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/winsetup.iss
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/tools/winsetup.iss	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+; -*- mode: text; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-dos -*-
+;
+; $Id: winsetup.iss,v 1.1 2002/01/31 21:35:19 idiscovery Exp $
+;
+; winsetup.iss --
+;
+;       Inno Setup Script for creating Win32 installer program for
+;       the Tix library.
+;
+; Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+;
+; See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+; of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+
+[Messages]
+
+[Setup]
+MinVersion=4.0.950,4.0.1381
+AppCopyright=Copyright © 2001, Tix Project Group
+AppName=Tix Widgets 8.2.0
+AppVerName=Tix Widgets 8.2.0
+AppVersion=8.2.0
+EnableDirDoesntExistWarning=true
+InfoBeforeFile=WinBin.txt
+OutputDir=.
+OutputBaseFilename=tix-8.2.0b3
+LicenseFile=..\license.terms
+AppPublisherURL=http://tix.sourceforge.net
+AppSupportURL=http://tix.sourceforge.net
+AppUpdatesURL=http://tix.sourceforge.net
+DefaultGroupName=Tix 8.2.0
+DefaultDirName={pf}\Tcl
+UsePreviousAppDir=yes
+DirExistsWarning=no
+AllowRootDirectory=true
+AlwaysShowGroupOnReadyPage=yes
+BackSolid=yes
+BackColor=$0000FF
+
+[Types] 
+Name: "full"; Description: "Full installation" 
+Name: "compact"; Description: "Compact installation" 
+Name: "custom"; Description: "Custom installation"; Flags: iscustom
+
+[Components] 
+Name: "main"; Description: "Main Files"; Types: full compact custom; Flags: fixed 
+Name: "demos"; Description: "Tix Demo Files"; Types: full
+;;Name: "html"; Description: "Tix Manual Pages"; Types: full
+Name: "pdf"; Description: "Tix User Guide"; Types: full
+
+[Icons]
+Name: {group}\tixwish; Filename: {app}\bin\tixwish82.exe; WorkingDir: {app}
+Name: {group}\Tix Demo; Filename: "{app}\bin\tixwish82.exe"; Parameters: """{app}\lib\tix8.2\demos\tixwidgets.tcl"""; WorkingDir: {app}\bin; Components: demos
+Name: {group}\Tix User Manual;Filename: {app}\docs\pdf\TixUser.pdf; Components: pdf
+Name: {group}\Tix Programming Guide; Filename: {app}\docs\pguide-tix4.0.pdf; Components: pdf
+Name: {group}\Release Notes; Filename: {app}\lib\tix8.2\Release-8.2.0.txt
+
+[Run]
+Filename: "{app}\lib\tix8.2\Release-8.2.0.txt"; Description: "View the Release notes"; Flags: postinstall shellexec skipifsilent unchecked 
+Filename: "{app}\bin\tixwish82.exe"; Description: "Launch Demos"; Parameters: """{app}\lib\tix8.2\demos\tixwidgets.tcl"""; WorkingDir: {app}\bin; Flags: postinstall nowait skipifsilent; Components: demos
+
+[LangOptions] 
+LanguageName=English 
+LanguageID=$0409 
+DialogFontName=MS Shell Dlg 
+DialogFontSize=8 
+DialogFontStandardHeight=13 
+TitleFontName=Arial 
+TitleFontSize=29 
+WelcomeFontName=Verdana 
+WelcomeFontSize=12 
+CopyrightFontName=Arial 
+CopyrightFontSize=8
+
+[Files]
+Source: ..\win\Release\tixwish82.exe; DestDir: {app}\bin
+Source: ..\win\Release\tixwishc82.exe; DestDir: {app}\bin
+Source: ..\win\Release\tix82.dll; DestDir: {app}\bin
+Source: ..\win\Release\tix82.lib; DestDir: {app}\lib
+Source: ..\library\*.tcl; DestDir: {app}\lib\tix8.2
+Source: ..\library\tclIndex; DestDir: {app}\lib\tix8.2
+Source: ..\license.terms; DestDir: {app}\lib\tix8.2
+Source: ..\docs\Release-8.2.0.txt; DestDir: {app}\lib\tix8.2
+
+;
+; This must appear below the line above. We are overridding the
+; file ..\library\pkgIndex.tcl with ..\win\Release\pkgIndex.tcl.src
+;
+Source: ..\win\Release\pkgIndex.tcl.src; DestDir: {app}\lib\tix8.2; DestName: "pkgIndex.tcl"
+Source: ..\library\pref\*.*; DestDir: {app}\lib\tix8.2\pref
+Source: ..\library\bitmaps\*.*; DestDir: {app}\lib\tix8.2\bitmaps
+Source: ..\demos\*.*; DestDir: {app}\lib\tix8.2\demos; Components: demos
+Source: ..\demos\bitmaps\*.*; DestDir: {app}\lib\tix8.2\demos\bitmaps; Components: demos
+Source: ..\demos\samples\*.*; DestDir: {app}\lib\tix8.2\demos\samples; Components: demos
+;
+; Docs
+;
+Source: ..\docs\pdf\TixUser.pdf; DestDir: {app}\doc; Components: pdf
+Source: ..\docs\pdf\pguide-tix4.0.pdf; DestDir: {app}\doc; Components: pdf
+
+[Dirs]
+
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/.cvsignore
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/.cvsignore	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+config.log
+config.cache
+config.status
+Makefile
+tixwish8.1
+tixwish8.1g
+tixwish8.2
+tixwish8.2g
+pkgIndex.tcl
+tixConfig.sh
+mkIndex.tcl
+tixBitmaps.h
+tixSamLib.h

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/README.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/README.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+$Id: README.txt,v 1.4 2004/10/02 01:25:52 hobbs Exp $
+
+        ---   Build Tix binaries for the Unix platforms   ---
+
+Before you start
+================
+
+    The Tix home page is at
+
+    http://tix.sourceforge.net/
+
+    This site also has more information in case you get stuck, such as
+    who to contact for questions.
+
+Required Tcl/Tk versions
+========================
+
+    You need Tcl/Tk 8.2 or later. Prior versions are no longer
+    supported. Tcl 8.4 is the recommended version.
+
+Install the Tcl/Tk/Tix sources
+==============================
+
+    Tix is a standard Tcl Extension Architecture (TEA) based extension.
+    You must have Tcl and Tk on your system prior to building Tix.
+
+Run the Tix configure script
+============================
+
+    To see the options for the Tix configure script:
+
+        cd /src/tix/
+        ./configure --help
+
+    Tix builds as a stubs-enabled shared extension to Tcl/Tk by default.
+
+    You may want to set the --prefix and --exec-prefix options if
+    you want to install Tix in a directory other than /usr/local.
+
+    If you have several versions of Tcl/Tk sources installed in your
+    source directory, you can use the --with-tcl and --with-tk options
+    to choose which version to build Tix with.
+
+Build Tix
+=========
+
+    After you run the configure script, you'd get a Makefile for
+    building Tix. Then, just invoke the "make" command to build the
+    Tix binaries.
+
+        cd /src/tix/
+        make
+
+Test Tix
+========
+
+    You may want to run the Tix regression test suite to see if things
+    work as expected:
+
+        cd /src/tix/
+        make tests
+
+    You can also run the Tix widget demos:
+
+        cd /src/tix/
+        make rundemos
+
+Install Tix
+===========
+
+    When you're satisfied with the Tix build, you can install it by
+    invoking:
+
+        cd /src/tix/
+        make install
+
+    This by default will install the Tix files into the following
+    places:
+
+        /usr/local/lib/tix8.4/libtix8.4.so    shared library
+        /usr/local/lib/tix8.4/*.tcl           script library
+        /usr/local/man/mann/*.n               man pages
+
+    The installation directory may be set using the --prefix and
+    --exec-prefix options  to the configure script.
+
+    You may also need to install Tcl and Tk if you haven't already
+    done so.
+
+Test the installation
+=====================
+
+    To make sure everything works after "make install", do this:
+
+        env TIX_LIBRARY=/set/correct/path wish /src/tix/tests/all.tcl
+
+    This will ensure Tcl/Tk and Tix can work without any environment
+    settings.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixDefault.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixDefault.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/*
+ * tixUnixDefault.h --
+ *
+ *	This file defines the defaults for all options for all of
+ *	the Tix widgets.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixUnixDefault.h,v 1.3 2000/12/24 06:43:07 ioilam Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef TIX_WIN_DEFAULT
+#define TIX_WIN_DEFAULT
+
+/*
+ * The following were defined in Windows versions of Tk 8.0+ but
+ * not in the Unix versions.
+ */
+#ifndef CTL_FONT
+#define CTL_FONT        "Helvetica -12 bold"
+#endif
+#ifndef NORMAL_FG
+#define NORMAL_FG       BLACK
+#endif
+#ifndef TEXT_FG
+#define TEXT_FG         NORMAL_FG
+#endif
+#ifndef SELECT_FG
+#define SELECT_FG       NORMAL_FG
+#endif
+#ifndef MENU_BG
+#define MENU_BG         NORMAL_BG
+#endif
+#ifndef MENU_FG
+#define MENU_FG         NORMAL_FG
+#endif
+#ifndef HIGHLIGHT
+#define HIGHLIGHT       NORMAL_FG
+#endif
+
+#define CTL_BOLD_FONT                   "Helvetica -12 bold"
+#define TIX_EDITOR_BG                   NORMAL_BG
+#define TIX_BORDER_WIDTH                "2"
+#define TIX_HIGHLIGHT_THICKNESS         "1"
+
+/*
+ * Compound image
+ */
+#define DEF_CMPIMAGE_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_CMPIMAGE_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_CMPIMAGE_FG_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_CMPIMAGE_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_CMPIMAGE_FONT	        CTL_FONT
+
+/*
+ * tixHList widget
+ */
+#define DEF_HLIST_BG_COLOR		TIX_EDITOR_BG
+#define DEF_HLIST_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_HLIST_BORDER_WIDTH		TIX_BORDER_WIDTH
+#define DEF_HLIST_BROWSE_COMMAND	""
+#define DEF_HLIST_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_HLIST_COLUMNS		"1"
+#define DEF_HLIST_CURSOR		""
+#define DEF_HLIST_DISPLAY_MODE		"tree"
+#define DEF_HLIST_DRAG_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_HLIST_DRAW_BRANCH		"true"
+#define DEF_HLIST_DROP_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_HLIST_FONT	      		CTL_FONT
+#define DEF_HLIST_FG_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_HLIST_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_HLIST_HEADER		"0"
+#define DEF_HLIST_HEIGHT		"10"
+#define DEF_HLIST_HIGHLIGHT_COLOR	BLACK
+#define DEF_HLIST_HIGHLIGHT_MONO	BLACK
+#define DEF_HLIST_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	TIX_HIGHLIGHT_THICKNESS
+#define DEF_HLIST_RELIEF		"sunken"
+#define DEF_HLIST_ORIENT		"vertical"
+#define DEF_HLIST_PADX			"2"
+#define DEF_HLIST_PADY			"2"
+#define DEF_HLIST_GAP			"5"
+#define DEF_HLIST_INDENT		"10"
+#define DEF_HLIST_INDICATOR		"0"
+#define DEF_HLIST_INDICATOR_CMD		""
+#define DEF_HLIST_ITEM_TYPE		"text"
+#define DEF_HLIST_SELECT_BG_COLOR	SELECT_BG
+#define DEF_HLIST_SELECT_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
+#define DEF_HLIST_SELECT_BG_MONO	BLACK
+#define DEF_HLIST_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
+#define DEF_HLIST_SELECT_MODE		"browse"
+#define DEF_HLIST_SELECT_BORDERWIDTH	"0"
+#define DEF_HLIST_SEPARATOR		"."
+#define DEF_HLIST_SIZE_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_HLIST_TAKE_FOCUS 		"1"
+#define DEF_HLIST_WIDTH			"20"
+#define DEF_HLIST_WIDE_SELECT		"true"
+#define DEF_HLIST_Y_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
+#define DEF_HLIST_X_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
+
+/*
+ * HList Entry
+ */
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_BITMAP	 ""
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_DATA	 ""
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_GAP	 "4"
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_IMAGE	 ""
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_JUSTIFY	 "left"
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_NAME	 ""
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_PADX	 "2"
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_PADY	 "2"
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_STATE	 "normal"
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_TEXT	 ""
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_UNDERLINE "-1"
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_WIDGET	 ""
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_WLENGTH	 "0"
+
+/*
+ * HList Entry
+ */
+#define DEF_HLISTHEADER_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_HLISTHEADER_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_HLISTHEADER_BORDER_WIDTH	TIX_BORDER_WIDTH
+#define DEF_HLISTHEADER_RELIEF		"raised"
+
+/*
+ * tixNBFrame widget
+ */
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_INACTIVE_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_INACTIVE_BG_MONO	WHITE
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_BACKPAGE_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_BACKPAGE_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_FOCUS_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_FOCUS_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_BORDER_WIDTH		TIX_BORDER_WIDTH
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_CURSOR		""
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_FONT	      		CTL_FONT
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_FG_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_RELIEF		"raised"
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_SLAVE			"1"
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_TAKE_FOCUS		"1"
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_WIDTH			"10"
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_TABPADX		"6"
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_TABPADY		"3"
+
+/*
+ * TList widget
+ */
+#define DEF_TLIST_BG_COLOR			TIX_EDITOR_BG
+#define DEF_TLIST_BG_MONO			WHITE
+#define DEF_TLIST_BORDER_WIDTH			TIX_BORDER_WIDTH
+#define DEF_TLIST_BROWSE_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_TLIST_COMMAND			""
+#define DEF_TLIST_CURSOR			""
+#define DEF_TLIST_FONT	      			CTL_FONT
+#define DEF_TLIST_FG_COLOR			BLACK
+#define DEF_TLIST_FG_MONO			BLACK
+#define DEF_TLIST_HEIGHT			"10"
+#define DEF_TLIST_HIGHLIGHT_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_TLIST_HIGHLIGHT_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_TLIST_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH		TIX_HIGHLIGHT_THICKNESS
+#define DEF_TLIST_ITEM_TYPE			"text"
+#define DEF_TLIST_RELIEF			"sunken"
+#define DEF_TLIST_ORIENT			"vertical"
+#define DEF_TLIST_PADX				"2"
+#define DEF_TLIST_PADY				"2"
+#define DEF_TLIST_SELECT_BG_COLOR		SELECT_BG
+#define DEF_TLIST_SELECT_FG_COLOR		SELECT_FG
+#define DEF_TLIST_SELECT_BG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_TLIST_SELECT_FG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_TLIST_SELECT_MODE			"browse"
+#define DEF_TLIST_SELECT_BORDERWIDTH		"0"
+#define DEF_TLIST_STATE				"normal"
+#define DEF_TLIST_SIZE_COMMAND			""
+#define DEF_TLIST_TAKE_FOCUS 			"1"
+#define DEF_TLIST_WIDTH				"20"
+#define DEF_TLIST_Y_SCROLL_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_TLIST_X_SCROLL_COMMAND		""
+
+/*
+ * Grid widget
+ */
+#define DEF_GRID_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_GRID_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_GRID_BORDER_WIDTH		TIX_BORDER_WIDTH
+#define DEF_GRID_BROWSE_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_GRID_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_GRID_CURSOR			""
+#define DEF_GRID_DEFAULT_WIDTH		"40"
+#define DEF_GRID_DEFAULT_HEIGHT		"20"
+#define DEF_GRID_EDITDONE_COMMAND	""
+#define DEF_GRID_EDITNOTIFY_COMMAND	""
+#define DEF_GRID_FLOATING_ROWS		"0"
+#define DEF_GRID_FLOATING_COLS		"0"
+#define DEF_GRID_FONT	      	        CTL_FONT
+#define DEF_GRID_FG_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_GRID_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_GRID_FORMAT_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_GRID_HEIGHT			"10"
+#define DEF_GRID_HIGHLIGHT_COLOR	BLACK
+#define DEF_GRID_HIGHLIGHT_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_GRID_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	TIX_HIGHLIGHT_THICKNESS
+#define DEF_GRID_LEFT_MARGIN		"1"
+#define DEF_GRID_ITEM_TYPE		"text"
+#define DEF_GRID_RELIEF			"sunken"
+#define DEF_GRID_PADX			"2"
+#define DEF_GRID_PADY			"2"
+#define DEF_GRID_SELECT_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
+#define DEF_GRID_SELECT_FG_COLOR	BLACK
+#define DEF_GRID_SELECT_BG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_GRID_SELECT_FG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_GRID_SELECT_MODE		"single"
+#define DEF_GRID_SELECT_UNIT		"row"
+#define DEF_GRID_SELECT_BORDERWIDTH	"0"
+#define DEF_GRID_STATE			"normal"
+#define DEF_GRID_SIZE_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_GRID_TAKE_FOCUS 		"1"
+#define DEF_GRID_TOP_MARGIN		"1"
+#define DEF_GRID_WIDTH			"4"
+#define DEF_GRID_Y_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
+#define DEF_GRID_X_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * default options for Text Display Items/Styles
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#define DEF_TEXTITEM_STYLE	 ""
+#define DEF_TEXTITEM_TEXT	 ""
+#define DEF_TEXTITEM_UNDERLINE	 "-1"
+#define DEF_TEXTITEM_TYPE	 "text"
+
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_FG_COLOR		NORMAL_FG
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_BG_COLOR		TIX_EDITOR_BG
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_BG_MONO		WHITE
+
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR		NORMAL_FG
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR		ACTIVE_BG
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
+
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_FG_COLOR		SELECT_FG
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_FG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_BG_COLOR		SELECT_BG
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_BG_MONO		BLACK
+
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_FG_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_BG_COLOR	        TIX_EDITOR_BG
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_BG_MONO		WHITE
+
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_PADX			"2"
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_PADY			"2"
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_FONT	                CTL_FONT
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_JUSTIFY			"left"
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_WLENGTH			"0"
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_ANCHOR			"w"
+
+#endif /* TIX_WIN_DEFAULT */

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixDraw.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixDraw.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
+/*
+ * tixUnixDraw.c --
+ *
+ *	Implement the Unix specific function calls for drawing.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000      Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixUnixDraw.c,v 1.6 2005/03/25 20:15:53 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixUnixInt.h>
+
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixpDrawTmpLine --
+ *
+ *	Draws a "temporary" line between the two points. The line can be
+ *	removed by calling the function again with the same parameters.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpDrawTmpLine(x1, y1, x2, y2, tkwin)
+    int x1;
+    int y1;
+    int x2;
+    int y2;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+{
+    GC gc;
+    XGCValues values;
+    unsigned long valuemask = GCForeground | GCSubwindowMode | GCFunction;
+    Window winId;		/* The Window to draw into. */
+    Tk_Window toplevel;		/* Toplevel containing the tkwin. */
+    int rootx1, rooty1;		/* Root x and y of the toplevel window. */
+    int rootx2, rooty2;
+
+    for (toplevel=tkwin; !Tk_IsTopLevel(toplevel);
+	    toplevel=Tk_Parent(toplevel)) {
+	;
+    }
+
+    Tk_GetRootCoords(toplevel, &rootx1, &rooty1);
+    rootx2 = rootx1 + Tk_Width(toplevel)  - 1;
+    rooty2 = rooty1 + Tk_Height(toplevel) - 1;
+
+    if (x1 >= rootx1 && x2 <= rootx2 &&	y1 >= rooty1 && y2 <= rooty2) {
+	/*
+	 * The line is completely inside the toplevel containing
+	 * tkwin. It's better to draw into this window because on some
+	 * X servers, especially PC X Servers running on Windows,
+	 * drawing into the root window shows no effect.
+	 */
+	winId = Tk_WindowId(toplevel);
+	x1 -= rootx1;
+	y1 -= rooty1;
+	x2 -= rootx1;
+	y2 -= rooty1;
+    } else {
+	winId = XRootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin));
+    }
+
+    values.foreground	  = 0xff;
+    values.subwindow_mode = IncludeInferiors;
+    values.function	  = GXxor;
+
+    gc = XCreateGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), winId, valuemask, &values);
+    XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), winId, gc, x1, y1, x2, y2);
+    XFreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixpDrawAnchorLines --
+ *
+ *	See comments near Tix_DrawAnchorLines.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      None
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpDrawAnchorLines(display, drawable, gc, x, y, w, h)
+    Display *display;
+    Drawable drawable;
+    GC gc;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int w;
+    int h;
+{
+    int n;
+    int draw = 1;
+
+    /*
+     * TODO: (perf) use XDrawPoints to reduce the number of X calls.
+     */
+    if (w < 2 || h < 2) {
+        /*
+         * Area too small to show effect. Don't bother
+         */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    for (n=0; n<w; n++, draw = !draw) {
+        if (draw) {
+            XDrawPoint(display, drawable, gc, x+n, y);
+        }
+    }
+
+    for (n=1; n<h; n++, draw = !draw) {
+        if (draw) {
+            XDrawPoint(display, drawable, gc, x+w-1, y+n);
+        }
+    }
+
+    for (n=1; n<w; n++, draw = !draw) {
+        if (draw) {
+            XDrawPoint(display, drawable, gc, x+w-n-1, y+h-1);
+        }
+    }
+
+    for (n=1; n<h-1; n++, draw = !draw) {
+        if (draw) {
+            XDrawPoint(display, drawable, gc, x, y+h-n-1);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixpStartSubRegionDraw --
+ *
+ *      This function is used by the Tix DItem code to implement
+ *      clipped rendering -- if a DItem is larger than the region
+ *      where the DItem is displayed (with the Tix_DItemDisplay
+ *      function), we clip the DItem so that all the rendering
+ *      happens inside the region.
+ *
+ *      If you're wondering why the SubReg API is necessary at all,
+ *      please consult the file tixWinDraw.c.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      Some infomation is saved in subRegPtr for use by the
+ *      TixpSubRegDrawXXX functions.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpStartSubRegionDraw(display, drawable, gc, subRegPtr, origX, origY,
+	x, y, width, height, needWidth, needHeight)
+    Display *display;
+    Drawable drawable;
+    GC gc;
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;
+    int origX;
+    int origY;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int width;
+    int height;
+    int needWidth;
+    int needHeight;
+{
+    if ((width < needWidth) || (height < needHeight)) {
+	subRegPtr->rectUsed    = 1;
+        subRegPtr->origX       = origX;
+        subRegPtr->origY       = origY;
+	subRegPtr->rect.x      = (short)x;
+	subRegPtr->rect.y      = (short)y;
+	subRegPtr->rect.width  = (short)width;
+	subRegPtr->rect.height = (short)height;
+#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
+	XSetClipRectangles(display, gc, origX, origY, &subRegPtr->rect,
+		1, Unsorted);
+#else
+	subRegPtr->pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, drawable, width, height,
+		32);
+
+	if (subRegPtr->pixmap != None) {
+	    XCopyArea(display, drawable, subRegPtr->pixmap, gc, x, y,
+		    width, height, 0, 0);
+	}
+#endif
+    } else {
+	subRegPtr->rectUsed    = 0;
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
+	subRegPtr->pixmap = None;
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+void
+TixpSubRegSetClip(display, subRegPtr, gc)
+    Display *display;
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;
+    GC gc;
+{
+#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
+    if (subRegPtr->rectUsed) {
+	XSetClipRectangles(display, gc, subRegPtr->origX, subRegPtr->origY,
+                &subRegPtr->rect, 1, Unsorted);
+    }
+
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+TixpSubRegUnsetClip(display, subRegPtr, gc)
+    Display *display;
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;
+    GC gc;
+{
+#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
+    XRectangle rect;
+
+    if (subRegPtr->rectUsed) {
+	rect.x      = 0;
+	rect.y      = 0;
+	rect.width  = 20000;
+	rect.height = 20000;
+	XSetClipRectangles(display, gc, 0, 0, &rect, 1, Unsorted);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixpEndSubRegionDraw --
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpEndSubRegionDraw(display, drawable, gc, subRegPtr)
+    Display *display;
+    Drawable drawable;
+    GC gc;
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;
+{
+#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
+    TixpSubRegUnsetClip(display, subRegPtr, gc);
+#else
+    if (subRegPtr->pixmap != None) {
+	XCopyArea(display, subRegPtr->pixmap, drawable, gc, 0, 0,
+		subRegPtr->rect.width, subRegPtr->rect.height,
+		subRegPtr->rect.x, subRegPtr->rect.y);
+	Tk_FreePixmap(display, subRegPtr->pixmap);
+	subRegPtr->pixmap = None;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixpSubRegDisplayText --
+ *
+ *	Display a text string on one or more lines in a sub region.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	See TkDisplayText
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See TkDisplayText
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpSubRegDisplayText(display, drawable, gc, subRegPtr, font, string,
+	numChars, x, y,	length, justify, underline)
+    Display *display;		/* X display to use for drawing text. */
+    Drawable drawable;		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw the
+				 * text. */
+    GC gc;			/* Graphics context to use for drawing text. */
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;	/* Information about the subregion */
+    TixFont font;		/* Font that determines geometry of text
+				 * (should be same as font in gc). */
+    CONST84 char *string;	/* String to display;  may contain embedded
+				 * newlines. */
+    int numChars;		/* Number of characters to use from string. */
+    int x, y;			/* Pixel coordinates within drawable of
+				 * upper left corner of display area. */
+    int length;			/* Line length in pixels;  used to compute
+				 * word wrap points and also for
+				 * justification.   Must be > 0. */
+    Tk_Justify justify;		/* How to justify lines. */
+    int underline;		/* Index of character to underline, or < 0
+				 * for no underlining. */
+{
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
+    if (subRegPtr->pixmap != None) {
+	TixDisplayText(display, subRegPtr->pixmap, font, string,
+		numChars, x - subRegPtr->x, y - subRegPtr->y,
+		length, justify, underline, gc);
+    } else 
+#endif	
+    {
+    TixDisplayText(display, drawable, font, string,
+	numChars, x, y,	length, justify, underline, gc);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixpSubRegFillRectangle --
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TixpSubRegFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, subRegPtr, x, y, width, height)
+    Display *display;		/* X display to use for drawing rectangle. */
+    Drawable drawable;		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw the
+				 * rectangle. */
+    GC gc;			/* Graphics context to use for drawing. */
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;	/* Information about the subregion */
+    int x, y;			/* Pixel coordinates within drawable of
+				 * upper left corner of display area. */
+    int width, height;		/* Size of the rectangle. */
+{
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
+    if (subRegPtr->pixmap != None) {
+	XFillRectangle(display, subRegPtr->pixmap, gc,
+		x - subRegPtr->x, y - subRegPtr->y, width, height);
+    } else
+#endif	
+    {
+    XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, x, y,
+	    (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixpSubRegDrawImage	--
+ *
+ *	Draws a Tk image in a subregion.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TixpSubRegDrawImage(subRegPtr, image, imageX, imageY, width, height,
+	drawable, drawableX, drawableY)
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;
+    Tk_Image image;
+    int imageX;
+    int imageY;
+    int width;
+    int height;
+    Drawable drawable;
+    int drawableX;
+    int drawableY;
+{
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
+    if (subRegPtr->pixmap != None) {
+        drawableX -= subRegPtr->x;
+        drawableY -= subRegPtr->y;
+        Tk_RedrawImage(image, imageX, imageY, width, height, subRegPtr->pixmap,
+	        drawableX, drawableY);
+    } else
+#endif	
+    {
+    if (subRegPtr->rectUsed) {
+        /*
+         * We need to do the clipping by hand because Tk_RedrawImage()
+         * Does not take in a GC so we can't set its clip region.
+         */
+
+	if (drawableX < subRegPtr->rect.x) {
+	    width  -= subRegPtr->rect.x - drawableX;
+	    imageX += subRegPtr->rect.x - drawableX;
+	    drawableX = subRegPtr->rect.x;
+	}
+	if (drawableX + width > subRegPtr->rect.x + subRegPtr->rect.width) {
+	    width = subRegPtr->rect.x - drawableX + subRegPtr->rect.width;
+	}
+
+	if (drawableY < subRegPtr->rect.y) {
+	    height -= subRegPtr->rect.y - drawableY;
+	    imageY += subRegPtr->rect.y - drawableY;
+	    drawableY = subRegPtr->rect.y;
+	}
+	if (drawableY + height > subRegPtr->rect.y + subRegPtr->rect.height) {
+	    height = subRegPtr->rect.y - drawableY + subRegPtr->rect.height;
+	}
+    }
+
+    Tk_RedrawImage(image, imageX, imageY, width, height, drawable,
+	    drawableX, drawableY);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+TixpSubRegDrawBitmap(display, drawable, gc, subRegPtr, bitmap, src_x, src_y,
+	width, height, dest_x, dest_y, plane)
+    Display *display;
+    Drawable drawable;
+    GC gc;
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;
+    Pixmap bitmap;
+    int src_x, src_y;
+    int width, height;
+    int dest_x, dest_y;
+    unsigned long plane;
+{
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
+    XSetClipOrigin(display, gc, dest_x, dest_y);
+    if (subRegPtr->pixmap != None) {
+	XCopyPlane(display, bitmap, subRegPtr->pixmap, gc, src_x, src_y,
+		width, height, dest_x - subRegPtr->x, dest_y - subRegPtr->y,
+		plane);
+    } else {
+#endif	
+    XCopyPlane(display, bitmap, drawable, gc, src_x, src_y,
+	    (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height, dest_x, dest_y, plane);
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
+    }
+    XSetClipOrigin(display, gc, 0, 0);
+#endif	
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixpSubRegDrawAnchorLines --
+ *
+ *	Draw anchor lines inside the given sub region.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      None
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpSubRegDrawAnchorLines(display, drawable, gc, subRegPtr, x, y, w, h)
+    Display *display;           /* Display to draw on. */
+    Drawable drawable;          /* Drawable to draw on. */
+    GC gc;                      /* Use the foreground color of this GC. */
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;  /* Describes the subregion. */
+    int x;                      /* x pos of top-left corner of anchor rect */
+    int y;                      /* y pos of top-left corner of anchor rect */
+    int w;                      /* width of anchor rect */
+    int h;                      /* height of anchor rect */
+{
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
+    if (subRegPtr->pixmap != None) {
+        x -= subRegPtr->x;
+        y -= subRegPtr->y;
+        TixpDrawAnchorLines(display, subRegPtr->pixmap, gc, x, y, w, h);
+    } else
+#endif	
+    {
+    TixpDrawAnchorLines(display, drawable, gc, x, y, w, h);
+    }
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixInt.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixInt.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixUnixInt.h,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:54 idiscovery Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixUnixInt.h
+ *
+ *	Internal header file for Tix on the Unix platform.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TIX_UNIX_INT_H_
+#define _TIX_UNIX_INT_H_
+
+#ifndef _TIX_INT_H_
+#include "tixInt.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _TIX_UNIX_INT_H_ */

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixMwm.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixMwm.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,909 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixUnixMwm.c,v 1.2 2005/03/25 20:15:53 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixUnixMwm.c --
+ *
+ *	Communicating with the Motif window manager.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tkInt.h>
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <X11/Xutil.h>
+
+
+#ifdef HAS_MOTIF_INC
+#include <Xm/MwmUtil.h>
+#else
+
+/*
+ * This section is provided for the machines that don't have the Motif
+ * header files installed.
+ */
+
+#define MWM_DECOR_ALL           (1L << 0)
+#define MWM_DECOR_BORDER        (1L << 1)
+#define MWM_DECOR_RESIZEH       (1L << 2)
+#define MWM_DECOR_TITLE         (1L << 3)
+#define MWM_DECOR_MENU          (1L << 4)
+#define MWM_DECOR_MINIMIZE      (1L << 5)
+#define MWM_DECOR_MAXIMIZE      (1L << 6)
+
+#define MWM_HINTS_DECORATIONS   (1L << 1)
+
+#define PROP_MOTIF_WM_HINTS_ELEMENTS    5
+#define PROP_MWM_HINTS_ELEMENTS         PROP_MOTIF_WM_HINTS_ELEMENTS
+
+/* atom name for _MWM_HINTS property */
+#define _XA_MOTIF_WM_HINTS      "_MOTIF_WM_HINTS"
+#define _XA_MWM_HINTS           _XA_MOTIF_WM_HINTS
+
+#define _XA_MOTIF_WM_MENU       "_MOTIF_WM_MENU"
+#define _XA_MWM_MENU            _XA_MOTIF_WM_MENU
+
+#define _XA_MOTIF_WM_INFO       "_MOTIF_WM_INFO"
+#define _XA_MWM_INFO            _XA_MOTIF_WM_INFO
+
+#define PROP_MOTIF_WM_INFO_ELEMENTS     2
+#define PROP_MWM_INFO_ELEMENTS          PROP_MOTIF_WM_INFO_ELEMENTS
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    CARD32      flags;
+    CARD32      functions;
+    CARD32      decorations;
+    INT32       inputMode;
+    CARD32      status;
+} PropMotifWmHints;
+
+typedef PropMotifWmHints        PropMwmHints;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    CARD32 flags;
+    CARD32 wmWindow;
+} PropMotifWmInfo;
+
+typedef PropMotifWmInfo PropMwmInfo;
+ 
+#endif	/* HAS_MOTIF_INC */
+
+#define MWM_DECOR_UNKNOWN (-1)
+#define MWM_DECOR_EVERYTHING (MWM_DECOR_BORDER |\
+			      MWM_DECOR_RESIZEH |\
+			      MWM_DECOR_TITLE |\
+			      MWM_DECOR_MENU |\
+			      MWM_DECOR_MINIMIZE |\
+			      MWM_DECOR_MAXIMIZE)
+
+typedef struct _Tix_MwmInfo {
+    Tcl_Interp	      * interp;
+    Tk_Window 		tkwin;
+    PropMwmHints	prop;		/* not used */
+    Atom 		mwm_hints_atom;
+    Tcl_HashTable 	protocols;
+    unsigned int	isremapping : 1;
+    unsigned int	resetProtocol : 1;
+    unsigned int	addedMwmMsg : 1;
+} Tix_MwmInfo;
+
+typedef struct Tix_MwmProtocol {
+    Atom 		protocol;
+    char 	      * name;
+    char 	      * menuMessage;
+    size_t 		messageLen;
+    unsigned int	active : 1;
+} Tix_MwmProtocol;
+
+
+/* Function declaration */
+
+static void		AddMwmProtocol _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    Tix_MwmInfo *wmPtr, CONST84 char * name, CONST84 char * message));
+static void		ActivateMwmProtocol _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    Tix_MwmInfo *wmPtr, CONST84 char * name));
+static void		DeactivateMwmProtocol _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    Tix_MwmInfo *wmPtr, CONST84 char * name));
+static void		DeleteMwmProtocol _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    Tix_MwmInfo *wmPtr, CONST84 char * name));
+static Tix_MwmInfo *	GetMwmInfo _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin));
+static Tix_MwmProtocol*	GetMwmProtocol _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    Tix_MwmInfo * wmPtr, Atom protocol));
+static int		IsMwmRunning _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    Tix_MwmInfo*wmPtr));
+static int 		MwmDecor _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    CONST84 char * string));
+static int		MwmProtocol _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp * interp,
+			    Tix_MwmInfo * wmPtr, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv));
+static void		QueryMwmHints _ANSI_ARGS_((Tix_MwmInfo * wmPtr));
+static void		RemapWindow _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+static void		RemapWindowWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_MwmInfo * wmPtr));
+static void 		ResetProtocols _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
+static void		ResetProtocolsWhenIdle _ANSI_ARGS_((
+			    Tix_MwmInfo * wmPtr));
+static int 		SetMwmDecorations _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    Tix_MwmInfo*wmPtr, int argc, CONST84 char ** argv));
+static int		SetMwmTransientFor _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    Tix_MwmInfo*wmPtr, TkWindow *mainWindow, int argc,
+			    CONST84 char ** argv));
+static void		StructureProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr));
+
+/* Local variables */
+
+static Tcl_HashTable mwmTable;
+
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tix_MwmCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "mwm" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+Tix_MwmCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Main window associated with
+				 * interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int argc;			/* Number of arguments. */
+    CONST84 char **argv;	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    TkWindow *winPtr;
+    char c;
+    size_t length;
+    Tix_MwmInfo * wmPtr;
+
+    if (argc < 3) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+		argv[0], " option pathname ?arg ...?\"", (char *) NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    c = argv[1][0];
+    length = strlen(argv[1]);
+
+    if (!(winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[2], tkwin))) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, argv[2], " is not a toplevel window.", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (!(wmPtr=GetMwmInfo(interp, (Tk_Window) winPtr))) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if ((c == 'd') && (strncmp(argv[1], "decorations", length) == 0)) {
+	return SetMwmDecorations(interp, wmPtr, argc-3, argv+3);
+    }
+    else if ((c == 'i') && (strncmp(argv[1], "ismwmrunning", length) == 0)) {
+	if (IsMwmRunning(interp, wmPtr)) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "1", NULL);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "0", NULL);
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    else if ((c == 'p') && (strncmp(argv[1], "protocol", length) == 0)) {
+	return MwmProtocol(interp, wmPtr, argc-3, argv+3);
+    }
+    else if ((c == 't') && (strncmp(argv[1], "transientfor", length) == 0)) {
+	return SetMwmTransientFor(interp, wmPtr, winPtr, argc-3, argv+3);
+    }
+    else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown or ambiguous option \"",
+	    argv[1], "\": must be decorations, ismwmrunning, protocol ",
+	    "or transientfor",
+	    NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixMwmProtocolHandler --
+ *
+ *	A generic X event handler that handles the events from the Mwm
+ *	Window manager.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	True iff the event has been handled.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TixMwmProtocolHandler(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;
+    XEvent *eventPtr;
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr;
+    Window handlerWindow;
+
+    if (eventPtr->type != ClientMessage) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    handlerWindow = eventPtr->xany.window;
+    winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(eventPtr->xany.display, handlerWindow);
+    if (winPtr != NULL) {
+	if (eventPtr->xclient.message_type ==
+	    Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,"_MOTIF_WM_MESSAGES")) {
+	    TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr);
+	    return 1;
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MwmDecor(interp, string)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    CONST84 char * string;
+{
+    size_t len = strlen(string);
+
+    if (strncmp(string, "-all", len) == 0) {
+	return MWM_DECOR_ALL;
+    } else if (strncmp(string, "-border", len) == 0) {
+	return MWM_DECOR_BORDER;
+    } else if (strncmp(string, "-resizeh", len) == 0) {
+	return MWM_DECOR_RESIZEH;
+    } else if (strncmp(string, "-title", len) == 0) {
+	return MWM_DECOR_TITLE;
+    } else if (strncmp(string, "-menu", len) == 0) {
+	return MWM_DECOR_MENU;
+    } else if (strncmp(string, "-minimize", len) == 0) {
+	return MWM_DECOR_MINIMIZE;
+    } else if (strncmp(string, "-maximize", len) == 0) {
+	return MWM_DECOR_MAXIMIZE;
+    } else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown decoration \"", string, "\"", NULL);
+	return -1;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+QueryMwmHints(wmPtr)
+    Tix_MwmInfo * wmPtr;
+{
+    Atom 		actualType;
+    int 		actualFormat;
+    unsigned long 	numItems, bytesAfter;
+
+    wmPtr->prop.flags = MWM_HINTS_DECORATIONS;
+
+    if (XGetWindowProperty(Tk_Display(wmPtr->tkwin),Tk_WindowId(wmPtr->tkwin), 
+	wmPtr->mwm_hints_atom, 0, PROP_MWM_HINTS_ELEMENTS,
+	False, wmPtr->mwm_hints_atom, &actualType, &actualFormat, &numItems,
+	&bytesAfter, (unsigned char **) & wmPtr->prop) == Success) {
+
+	if ((actualType != wmPtr->mwm_hints_atom) || (actualFormat != 32) ||
+	    (numItems <= 0)) {
+	    /* It looks like this window doesn't have a _XA_MWM_HINTS
+	     * property. Let's give the default value
+	     */
+	    wmPtr->prop.decorations = MWM_DECOR_EVERYTHING;
+	}
+    } else {
+	/* We get an error somehow. Pretend that the decorations are all
+	 */
+	wmPtr->prop.decorations = MWM_DECOR_EVERYTHING;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+RemapWindow(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;
+{
+    Tix_MwmInfo * wmPtr = (Tix_MwmInfo *)clientData;
+
+    Tk_UnmapWindow(wmPtr->tkwin);
+    Tk_MapWindow(wmPtr->tkwin);
+    wmPtr->isremapping = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+RemapWindowWhenIdle(wmPtr)
+    Tix_MwmInfo * wmPtr;
+{
+    if (!wmPtr->isremapping) {
+	wmPtr->isremapping = 1;
+	Tk_DoWhenIdle(RemapWindow, (ClientData)wmPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * SetMwmDecorations --
+ *
+ *
+ */
+static
+int SetMwmDecorations(interp, wmPtr, argc, argv)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    Tix_MwmInfo*wmPtr;
+    int 	argc;
+    CONST84 char     ** argv;
+{
+    int			i;
+    int			decor;
+    char		buff[40];
+
+    if (argc == 0 || argc == 1) {
+	/*
+	 * Query the existing settings
+	 */
+	QueryMwmHints(wmPtr);
+
+	if (argc == 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * Query all hints
+	     */
+	    sprintf(buff, "-border %d", 
+		((wmPtr->prop.decorations & MWM_DECOR_BORDER)!=0));
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, buff);
+
+	    sprintf(buff, "-resizeh %d", 
+		((wmPtr->prop.decorations &MWM_DECOR_RESIZEH)!=0));
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, buff);
+    
+	    sprintf(buff, "-title %d", 
+		((wmPtr->prop.decorations & MWM_DECOR_TITLE)!=0));
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, buff);
+    
+	    sprintf(buff, "-menu %d", 
+		((wmPtr->prop.decorations & MWM_DECOR_MENU)!=0));
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, buff);
+    
+	    sprintf(buff, "-minimize %d", 
+		((wmPtr->prop.decorations&MWM_DECOR_MINIMIZE)!=0));
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, buff);
+    
+	    sprintf(buff, "-maximize %d", 
+		((wmPtr->prop.decorations&MWM_DECOR_MAXIMIZE)!=0));
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, buff);
+
+	    return TCL_OK;
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * Query only one hint
+	     */
+	    if ((decor = MwmDecor(interp, argv[0])) == MWM_DECOR_UNKNOWN) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+
+	    if (wmPtr->prop.decorations & decor) {
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "1", NULL);
+	    } else {
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "0", NULL);
+	    }
+	    return TCL_OK;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (argc %2) {
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value missing for option \"",
+		argv[argc-1], "\"", NULL);
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	for (i=0; i<argc; i+=2) {
+	    int value;
+
+	    if ((decor = MwmDecor(interp, argv[i])) == MWM_DECOR_UNKNOWN)  {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+
+	    if (Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, argv[i+1], &value) != TCL_OK) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+
+	    if (value) {
+		wmPtr->prop.decorations |= decor;
+	    }
+	    else {
+		wmPtr->prop.decorations &= ~decor;
+	    }
+
+	    if (decor == MWM_DECOR_ALL) {
+		if (value) {
+		    wmPtr->prop.decorations |= MWM_DECOR_EVERYTHING;
+		} else {
+		    wmPtr->prop.decorations &= ~MWM_DECOR_EVERYTHING;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	wmPtr->prop.flags = MWM_HINTS_DECORATIONS;
+	XChangeProperty(Tk_Display(wmPtr->tkwin), Tk_WindowId(wmPtr->tkwin),
+	    wmPtr->mwm_hints_atom, wmPtr->mwm_hints_atom, 32, PropModeReplace,
+	    (unsigned char *) &wmPtr->prop, PROP_MWM_HINTS_ELEMENTS);
+
+	if (Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->tkwin)) {
+	    /* Needs unmap/map to refresh */
+	    RemapWindowWhenIdle(wmPtr);
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+}
+
+static int MwmProtocol(interp, wmPtr, argc, argv)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tix_MwmInfo * wmPtr;
+    int argc;
+    CONST84 char ** argv;
+{
+    size_t len;
+
+    if (argc == 0) {
+	Tcl_HashSearch 	  hSearch;
+	Tcl_HashEntry 	* hashPtr;
+	Tix_MwmProtocol * ptPtr;
+
+	/* Iterate over all the entries in the hash table */
+	for (hashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&wmPtr->protocols, &hSearch);
+	     hashPtr;
+	     hashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&hSearch)) {
+
+	    ptPtr = (Tix_MwmProtocol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, ptPtr->name);
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    len = strlen(argv[0]);
+    if (strncmp(argv[0], "add", len) == 0 && argc == 3) {
+	AddMwmProtocol(interp, wmPtr, argv[1], argv[2]);
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "activate", len) == 0 && argc == 2) {
+	ActivateMwmProtocol(interp, wmPtr, argv[1]);
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "deactivate", len) == 0 && argc == 2) {
+	DeactivateMwmProtocol(interp, wmPtr, argv[1]);
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(argv[0], "delete", len) == 0 && argc == 2) {
+	DeleteMwmProtocol(interp, wmPtr, argv[1]);
+    }
+    else {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", argv[0],
+	    "\" should be add, activate, deactivate or delete", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+static void AddMwmProtocol(interp, wmPtr, name, message)
+    Tcl_Interp  *interp;
+    Tix_MwmInfo *wmPtr;
+    CONST84 char * name;
+    CONST84 char * message;
+{
+    Atom protocol;
+    Tix_MwmProtocol *ptPtr;
+
+    protocol = Tk_InternAtom(wmPtr->tkwin, name);
+    ptPtr = GetMwmProtocol(interp, wmPtr, protocol);
+    
+    if (ptPtr->menuMessage != NULL) {
+	/* This may happen if "protocol add" called twice for the same name */
+	ckfree(ptPtr->menuMessage);
+    }
+
+    if (ptPtr->name == NULL) {
+	ptPtr->name = tixStrDup(name);
+    }
+    ptPtr->menuMessage = tixStrDup(message);
+    ptPtr->messageLen  = strlen(message);
+    ptPtr->active = 1;
+
+    ResetProtocolsWhenIdle(wmPtr);
+}
+
+static void ActivateMwmProtocol(interp, wmPtr, name)
+    Tcl_Interp  *interp;
+    Tix_MwmInfo *wmPtr;
+    CONST84 char * name;
+{
+    Atom protocol;
+    Tix_MwmProtocol *ptPtr;
+
+    protocol = Tk_InternAtom(wmPtr->tkwin, name);
+    ptPtr = GetMwmProtocol(interp, wmPtr, protocol);
+    ptPtr->active = 1;
+
+    ResetProtocolsWhenIdle(wmPtr);
+}
+
+static void DeactivateMwmProtocol(interp, wmPtr, name)
+    Tcl_Interp  *interp;
+    Tix_MwmInfo *wmPtr;
+    CONST84 char * name;
+{
+    Atom protocol;
+    Tix_MwmProtocol *ptPtr;
+
+    protocol = Tk_InternAtom(wmPtr->tkwin, name);
+    ptPtr = GetMwmProtocol(interp, wmPtr, protocol);
+    ptPtr->active = 0;
+
+    ResetProtocolsWhenIdle(wmPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Any "wm protocol" event handlers for the deleted protocol are
+ * *not* automatically deleted. It is the application programmer's
+ * responsibility to delete them using
+ *
+ *	wm protocol SOME_JUNK_PROTOCOL {}
+ */
+static void DeleteMwmProtocol(interp, wmPtr, name)
+    Tcl_Interp  *interp;
+    Tix_MwmInfo *wmPtr;
+    CONST84 char * name;
+{
+    Atom protocol;
+    Tix_MwmProtocol *ptPtr;
+    Tcl_HashEntry * hashPtr;
+
+    protocol = Tk_InternAtom(wmPtr->tkwin, name);
+    hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&wmPtr->protocols, (char*)protocol);
+
+    if (hashPtr) {
+	ptPtr = (Tix_MwmProtocol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	ckfree(ptPtr->name);
+	ckfree(ptPtr->menuMessage);
+	ckfree((char*)ptPtr);
+	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+    }
+
+    ResetProtocolsWhenIdle(wmPtr);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ResetProtocolsWhenIdle(wmPtr)
+    Tix_MwmInfo * wmPtr;
+{
+    if (!wmPtr->resetProtocol) {
+	wmPtr->resetProtocol = 1;
+	Tk_DoWhenIdle(ResetProtocols, (ClientData)wmPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+static void ResetProtocols(clientData)
+    ClientData clientData;
+{
+    Tix_MwmInfo       * wmPtr = (Tix_MwmInfo *) clientData;
+    int 		numProtocols = wmPtr->protocols.numEntries;
+    Atom 	      * atoms, mwm_menu_atom, motif_msgs;
+    Tcl_HashSearch 	hSearch;
+    Tcl_HashEntry     * hashPtr;
+    Tix_MwmProtocol   * ptPtr;
+    int			n;
+    Tcl_DString		dString;
+
+    atoms = (Atom*)ckalloc(numProtocols * sizeof(Atom));
+    Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
+
+    /* Iterate over all the entries in the hash table */
+    for (hashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&wmPtr->protocols, &hSearch), n=0;
+	 hashPtr;
+	 hashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&hSearch)) {
+	char tmp[100];
+
+	ptPtr = (Tix_MwmProtocol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	if (ptPtr->active) {
+	    atoms[n++] = ptPtr->protocol;
+	}
+
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, ptPtr->menuMessage, (int)ptPtr->messageLen);
+	sprintf(tmp, " f.send_msg %d\n", (int)(ptPtr->protocol));
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, tmp, (int)strlen(tmp));
+    }
+
+    /* Atoms for managing the MWM messages */
+    mwm_menu_atom   = Tk_InternAtom(wmPtr->tkwin, _XA_MWM_MENU);
+    motif_msgs      = Tk_InternAtom(wmPtr->tkwin, "_MOTIF_WM_MESSAGES");
+
+    /* The _MOTIF_WM_MESSAGES atom must be in the wm_protocols. Otherwise
+     * Mwm refuese to enable our menu items
+     */
+    if (!wmPtr->addedMwmMsg) {
+	Tix_GlobalVarEval(wmPtr->interp, "wm protocol ",
+	    Tk_PathName(wmPtr->tkwin), " _MOTIF_WM_MESSAGES {;}", NULL);
+	wmPtr->addedMwmMsg = 1;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * These are the extra MWM protocols defined by this application.
+     */
+    XChangeProperty(Tk_Display(wmPtr->tkwin), Tk_WindowId(wmPtr->tkwin),
+	motif_msgs, XA_ATOM, 32, PropModeReplace,
+	(unsigned char *)atoms, n);
+
+    /*
+     * Update the MWM menu items
+     */
+    XChangeProperty(Tk_Display(wmPtr->tkwin), Tk_WindowId(wmPtr->tkwin),
+	mwm_menu_atom, mwm_menu_atom, 8, PropModeReplace, 
+	(unsigned char *)dString.string, dString.length+1);
+
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
+    ckfree((char*)atoms);
+
+    /* Done ! */
+    wmPtr->resetProtocol = 0;
+    if (Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->tkwin)) {
+	/* Needs unmap/map to refresh */
+	RemapWindowWhenIdle(wmPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+
+static
+int SetMwmTransientFor(interp, wmPtr, mainWindow, argc, argv)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    Tix_MwmInfo*wmPtr;
+    TkWindow   *mainWindow;
+    int 	argc;
+    CONST84 char     ** argv;
+{
+    Atom 	transfor_atom;
+    TkWindow  *	master;
+
+    transfor_atom = Tk_InternAtom(wmPtr->tkwin, "WM_TRANSIENT_FOR");
+    if (argc == 0) {
+	return TCL_OK;
+    } else if (argc == 1) {
+	master = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[0], 
+	    (Tk_Window)mainWindow);
+	if (master == NULL) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	XChangeProperty(Tk_Display(wmPtr->tkwin), Tk_WindowId(wmPtr->tkwin),
+	    transfor_atom, XA_WINDOW, 32, PropModeReplace,
+	    (unsigned char *)&master->window, 1);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    } else {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * StructureProc --
+ *
+ *	Gets called in response to StructureNotify events in toplevels
+ *	operated by the tixMwm command. 
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The Tix_MwmInfo for the toplevel is deleted when the toplevel
+ *	is destroyed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+StructureProc(clientData, eventPtr)
+    ClientData clientData;		/* Our information about window
+					 * referred to by eventPtr. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr;			/* Describes what just happened. */
+{
+    register Tix_MwmInfo * wmPtr = (Tix_MwmInfo *) clientData;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    
+    if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
+	Tcl_HashSearch 	  hSearch;
+	Tix_MwmProtocol * ptPtr;
+
+	/* Delete all protocols in the hash table associated with
+	 * this toplevel
+	 */
+	for (hashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&wmPtr->protocols, &hSearch);
+	     hashPtr;
+	     hashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&hSearch)) {
+
+	    ptPtr = (Tix_MwmProtocol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	    ckfree(ptPtr->name);
+	    ckfree(ptPtr->menuMessage);
+	    ckfree((char*)ptPtr);
+	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+	}
+
+	Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&wmPtr->protocols);
+
+	/*
+	 * Delete info about this toplevel in the table of all toplevels
+	 * controlled by tixMwm
+	 */
+	hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&mwmTable, (char*)wmPtr->tkwin);
+	if (hashPtr != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr);
+	}
+
+	if (wmPtr->resetProtocol) {
+	    Tk_CancelIdleCall(ResetProtocols, (ClientData)wmPtr);
+	    wmPtr->resetProtocol = 0;
+	}
+
+	ckfree((char*)wmPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+static Tix_MwmInfo *
+GetMwmInfo(interp, tkwin)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+{
+    static inited = 0;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
+    int isNew;
+
+    if (!inited) {
+	Tcl_InitHashTable(&mwmTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+	inited = 1;
+    }
+
+    hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&mwmTable, (char*)tkwin, &isNew);
+
+    if (!isNew) {
+	return (Tix_MwmInfo *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    }
+    else {
+	Tix_MwmInfo * wmPtr;
+
+	wmPtr = (Tix_MwmInfo*) ckalloc(sizeof(Tix_MwmInfo));
+	wmPtr->interp		= interp;
+	wmPtr->tkwin 	       	= tkwin;
+	wmPtr->isremapping     	= 0;
+	wmPtr->resetProtocol   	= 0;
+	wmPtr->addedMwmMsg    	= 0;
+	if (Tk_WindowId(wmPtr->tkwin) == 0) {
+	    Tk_MakeWindowExist(wmPtr->tkwin);
+	}
+	wmPtr->mwm_hints_atom  	= Tk_InternAtom(wmPtr->tkwin, _XA_MWM_HINTS);
+
+	Tcl_InitHashTable(&wmPtr->protocols, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+
+	QueryMwmHints(wmPtr);
+
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)wmPtr);
+
+	Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+	    StructureProc, (ClientData)wmPtr);
+
+	return wmPtr;
+    }
+}
+
+static Tix_MwmProtocol *
+GetMwmProtocol(interp,  wmPtr, protocol)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tix_MwmInfo * wmPtr;
+    Atom protocol;
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry     * hashPtr;
+    int			isNew;
+    Tix_MwmProtocol   * ptPtr; 
+
+    hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&wmPtr->protocols, (char*)protocol, &isNew);
+    if (!isNew) {
+	ptPtr = (Tix_MwmProtocol *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    } else {
+	ptPtr = (Tix_MwmProtocol *)ckalloc(sizeof(Tix_MwmProtocol));
+
+	ptPtr->protocol		= protocol;
+	ptPtr->name		= NULL;
+	ptPtr->menuMessage	= NULL;
+
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (char*)ptPtr);
+    }
+
+    return ptPtr;
+}
+
+
+static int
+IsMwmRunning(interp, wmPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    Tix_MwmInfo*wmPtr;
+{
+    Atom motif_wm_info_atom;
+    Atom actual_type;
+    int	 actual_format;
+    unsigned long num_items, bytes_after;
+    PropMotifWmInfo *prop = 0;
+    Window root;
+
+    root = XRootWindow(Tk_Display(wmPtr->tkwin),Tk_ScreenNumber(wmPtr->tkwin));
+    motif_wm_info_atom = Tk_InternAtom(wmPtr->tkwin, _XA_MOTIF_WM_INFO);
+
+    /*
+     * If mwm is running, it will store info in the _XA_MOTIF_WM_INFO
+     * atom in the root window
+     */
+    XGetWindowProperty (Tk_Display(wmPtr->tkwin),
+	root, motif_wm_info_atom, 0, (long)PROP_MOTIF_WM_INFO_ELEMENTS,
+	0, motif_wm_info_atom,	&actual_type, &actual_format,
+	&num_items, &bytes_after, (unsigned char **) &prop);
+
+    if ((actual_type != motif_wm_info_atom) || (actual_format != 32) ||
+	(num_items < PROP_MOTIF_WM_INFO_ELEMENTS)) {
+
+	/*
+	 * The _XA_MOTIF_WM_INFO doesn't exist for the root window.
+	 * Persumably Mwm is not running.
+	 */
+	if (prop) {
+	    XFree((char *)prop);
+	}
+	return(0);
+    }
+    else {
+	/*
+	 * We still need to verify that the wm_window is indeed a child of
+	 * the root window.
+	 */
+	Window	wm_window = (Window) prop->wmWindow;
+	Window	top, parent, *children;
+	unsigned int num_children, i;
+	int	returnVal = 0;
+
+	if (XQueryTree(Tk_Display(wmPtr->tkwin), root, &top, &parent,
+	    &children, &num_children)) {
+
+	    for (returnVal = 0, i = 0; i < num_children; i++) {
+		if (children[i] == wm_window) {
+		    /*
+		     * is indeed a window of this root: mwm is rinning
+		     */
+		    returnVal = 1;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (prop) {
+	    XFree((char *)prop);
+	}
+	if (children) {
+	    XFree((char *)children);
+	}
+
+	return (returnVal);
+    }
+}
+#endif

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixPort.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixPort.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixUnixPort.h,v 1.3 2005/03/25 20:15:53 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixUnixPort.h --
+ *
+ *	This header file handles porting issues that occur because of
+ *	differences between systems.  It reads in platform specific
+ *	portability files.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TIX_UNIXPORT_H_
+#define _TIX_UNIXPORT_H_
+
+struct _TixpSubRegion {
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
+    Pixmap pixmap;
+    int x, y;
+#endif
+    XRectangle rect;
+    int rectUsed;
+    int origX;
+    int origY;
+};
+
+#ifdef UCHAR_SUPPORTED
+typedef unsigned char UNSIGNED_CHAR;
+#else
+typedef char UNSIGNED_CHAR;
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _TIX_UNIXPORT_H_ */

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixWm.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixWm.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixUnixWm.c,v 1.2 2005/03/25 20:15:53 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixUnixWm.c --
+ *
+ *	Implement the Windows specific function calls for window management.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "tixUnixInt.h"
+
+int
+TixpSetWindowParent(interp, tkwin, newParent, parentId)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    Tk_Window newParent;
+    int parentId;
+{
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
+#include "tkInt.h"
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * XLowerWindow --
+ *
+ *	Change the stacking order of a window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Changes the stacking order of the specified window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int 
+XLowerWindow(
+    Display* display,		/* Display. */
+    Window window)		/* Window. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = *((TkWindow **) window);
+    
+    display->request++;
+    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
+	TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, Below, NULL);
+    } else {
+    	/* TODO: this should generate damage */
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+#endif

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixXpm.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/unix/tixUnixXpm.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixUnixXpm.c,v 1.4 2006/11/15 22:18:36 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixUnixImgXpm.c --
+ *
+ *	Implement the Windows specific function calls for the pixmap
+ *	image type.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixUnixInt.h>
+#include <tixImgXpm.h>
+#include <X11/Xutil.h>
+
+#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
+#define TkPutImage(colors, ncolors, display, pixels, gc, image, destx, desty, srcx, srcy, width, height) \
+	XPutImage(display, pixels, gc, image, destx, desty, srcx, \
+	srcy, width, height);
+#endif
+
+typedef struct PixmapData {
+    Pixmap mask;		/* Mask: only display pixmap pixels where
+				 * there are 1's here. */
+    GC gc;			/* Graphics context for displaying pixmap.
+				 * None means there was an error while
+				 * setting up the instance, so it cannot
+				 * be displayed. */
+} PixmapData;
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixpInitPixmapInstance --
+ *
+ *	Initializes the platform-specific data of a pixmap instance
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpInitPixmapInstance(masterPtr, instancePtr)
+    PixmapMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
+    PixmapInstance *instancePtr;/* The pixmap instance. */
+{
+    PixmapData * dataPtr;
+
+    dataPtr = (PixmapData *)ckalloc(sizeof(PixmapData));
+    dataPtr->mask = None;
+    dataPtr->gc = None;
+
+    instancePtr->clientData = (ClientData)dataPtr;
+}
+
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
+static int
+MacPutPixel(image, x, y, pixel)
+    XImage *image;
+    int x, y;
+    unsigned long pixel;
+{
+    unsigned char *destPtr = &(image->data[(y * image->bytes_per_line)
+	    + ((x * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY)]);
+    int i=0;
+	
+    switch  (image->bits_per_pixel) {
+	case 32:
+
+	    destPtr[i++] = 0;
+	case 24:
+
+	    destPtr[i++] = (unsigned char) ((pixel >> 16) & 0xff);
+	    destPtr[i++] = (unsigned char) ((pixel >> 8) & 0xff);
+	    destPtr[i++] = (unsigned char) (pixel & 0xff);
+	    break;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+#endif
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixpXpmAllocTmpBuffer --
+ *
+ *	Allocate a temporary space to draw the image.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpXpmAllocTmpBuffer(masterPtr, instancePtr, imagePtr, maskPtr)
+    PixmapMaster * masterPtr;
+    PixmapInstance * instancePtr;
+    XImage ** imagePtr;
+    XImage ** maskPtr;
+{
+    int pad;
+    XImage * image = NULL, * mask = NULL;
+    Display *display = Tk_Display(instancePtr->tkwin);
+    int depth;
+
+    depth = Tk_Depth(instancePtr->tkwin);
+
+    if (depth > 16) {
+	pad = 32;
+    } else if (depth > 8) {
+	pad = 16;
+    } else {
+	pad = 8;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Create the XImage structures to store the temporary image
+     */
+    image = XCreateImage(display, Tk_Visual(instancePtr->tkwin),
+	    (unsigned) depth, ZPixmap, 0, 0,
+	    (unsigned) masterPtr->size[0], (unsigned) masterPtr->size[1],
+	    pad, 0);
+    image->data =
+      (char *)ckalloc((unsigned) image->bytes_per_line * masterPtr->size[1]);
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
+    image->f.put_pixel = MacPutPixel;
+#endif
+
+    mask  = XCreateImage(display, Tk_Visual(instancePtr->tkwin),
+	    1, XYPixmap, 0, 0,
+	    (unsigned) masterPtr->size[0], (unsigned) masterPtr->size[1],
+	    pad, 0);
+
+    mask->data =
+	(char *)ckalloc((unsigned) mask->bytes_per_line  * masterPtr->size[1]);
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
+    mask->f.put_pixel = MacPutPixel;
+#endif
+
+    *imagePtr = image;
+    *maskPtr = mask;
+}
+
+void
+TixpXpmFreeTmpBuffer(masterPtr, instancePtr, image, mask)
+    PixmapMaster * masterPtr;
+    PixmapInstance * instancePtr;
+    XImage * image;
+    XImage * mask;
+{
+    if (image) {
+	ckfree((char*)image->data);
+	image->data = NULL;
+	XDestroyImage(image);
+    }
+    if (mask) {
+	ckfree((char*)mask->data);
+	mask->data = NULL;
+	XDestroyImage(mask);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixpXpmSetPixel --
+ *
+ *	Sets the pixel at the given (x,y) coordinate to be the given
+ *	color.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TixpXpmSetPixel(instancePtr, image, mask, x, y, colorPtr, isTranspPtr)
+    PixmapInstance * instancePtr;
+    XImage * image;
+    XImage * mask;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    XColor * colorPtr;
+    int * isTranspPtr;
+{
+    if (colorPtr != NULL) {
+	XPutPixel(image, x, y, colorPtr->pixel);
+	XPutPixel(mask,  x, y, 1);
+    } else {
+	XPutPixel(mask,  x, y, 0);
+	*isTranspPtr = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixpXpmRealizePixmap --
+ *
+ *	On Unix: 	Create the pixmap from the buffer.
+ *	On Windows:	Free the mask if there are no transparent pixels.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpXpmRealizePixmap(masterPtr, instancePtr, image, mask, isTransp)
+    PixmapMaster * masterPtr;
+    PixmapInstance * instancePtr;
+    XImage * image;
+    XImage * mask;
+    int isTransp;
+{
+    Display *display = Tk_Display(instancePtr->tkwin);
+    int depth = Tk_Depth(instancePtr->tkwin);
+    PixmapData *dataPtr = (PixmapData*)instancePtr->clientData;
+    unsigned int gcMask;
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+    GC gc;
+
+    instancePtr->pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display,
+	Tk_WindowId(instancePtr->tkwin),
+	masterPtr->size[0], masterPtr->size[1], depth);
+
+    gc = Tk_GetGC(instancePtr->tkwin, 0, NULL);
+
+    TkPutImage(0, 0, display, instancePtr->pixmap,
+	    gc, image, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+	    (unsigned) masterPtr->size[0], (unsigned) masterPtr->size[1]);
+
+    Tk_FreeGC(display, gc);
+
+    if (isTransp) {
+	/*
+	 * There are transparent pixels. We need a mask.
+	 */
+	dataPtr->mask = Tk_GetPixmap(display,
+	    Tk_WindowId(instancePtr->tkwin),
+	    masterPtr->size[0], masterPtr->size[1], 1);
+	gc = XCreateGC(display, dataPtr->mask, 0, NULL);
+	TkPutImage(0, 0, display, dataPtr->mask,
+		gc, mask,  0, 0, 0, 0,
+		(unsigned) masterPtr->size[0], (unsigned) masterPtr->size[1]);
+	XFreeGC(display, gc);
+    } else {
+	dataPtr->mask = None;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Allocate a GC for drawing this instance (mask is not used if there
+     * is no transparent pixels inside the image).
+     */
+    if (dataPtr->mask != None) {
+	gcMask = GCGraphicsExposures|GCClipMask;
+    } else {
+	gcMask = GCGraphicsExposures;
+    }
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+    gcValues.clip_mask = dataPtr->mask;
+    
+    gc = Tk_GetGC(instancePtr->tkwin, gcMask, &gcValues);
+    dataPtr->gc = gc;
+}
+
+void
+TixpXpmFreeInstanceData(instancePtr, delete, display)
+    PixmapInstance *instancePtr;/* Pixmap instance. */
+    int delete;			/* Should the instance data structure
+				 * be deleted as well? */
+    Display *display;		/* Display containing window that used image.*/
+{
+    PixmapData *dataPtr = (PixmapData*)instancePtr->clientData;
+
+    if (dataPtr->mask != None) {
+	Tk_FreePixmap(display, dataPtr->mask);
+	dataPtr->mask = None;
+    }
+    if (dataPtr->gc != None) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(display, dataPtr->gc);
+	dataPtr->gc = None;
+    }
+    if (delete) {
+	ckfree((char*)dataPtr);
+	instancePtr->clientData = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+TixpXpmDisplay(clientData, display, drawable, imageX, imageY, width,
+	height, drawableX, drawableY)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Pointer to PixmapInstance structure for
+				 * for instance to be displayed. */
+    Display *display;		/* Display on which to draw image. */
+    Drawable drawable;		/* Pixmap or window in which to draw image. */
+    int imageX, imageY;		/* Upper-left corner of region within image
+				 * to draw. */
+    int width, height;		/* Dimensions of region within image to draw.*/
+    int drawableX, drawableY;	/* Coordinates within drawable that
+				 * correspond to imageX and imageY. */
+{
+    PixmapInstance *instancePtr = (PixmapInstance *) clientData;
+    PixmapData *dataPtr = (PixmapData*)instancePtr->clientData;
+
+    /*
+     * If there's no graphics context, it means that an error occurred
+     * while creating the image instance so it can't be displayed.
+     */
+    if (dataPtr->gc == None) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We always use clipping: modify the clip origin within
+     * the graphics context to line up with the image's origin.
+     * Then draw the image and reset the clip origin.
+     */
+    XSetClipOrigin(display, dataPtr->gc, drawableX - imageX,
+	drawableY - imageY);
+    XCopyArea(display, instancePtr->pixmap, drawable, dataPtr->gc,
+	imageX, imageY, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height,
+	drawableX, drawableY);
+    XSetClipOrigin(display, dataPtr->gc, 0, 0);
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/README.txt
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/README.txt	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+RCS $Id: README.txt,v 1.7 2004/10/02 01:25:52 hobbs Exp $
+
+        ---   Build Tix binaries for the Win32 platform   ---
+
+Before you start
+================
+
+    If you are not familiar with Windows or do not have a working
+    win32 compiler, you can download a Tix windows binary from
+
+    http://tix.sourceforge.net/
+
+    This site also has more information in case you get stuck, such as
+    who to contact for questions.
+
+Required Tcl/Tk versions
+========================
+
+    You need Tcl/Tk 8.2 or later. Prior versions are no longer
+    supported. Tcl 8.4 is the recommended version.
+
+Supported Compilers
+===================
+
+  * MSVC++ 6:                    use makefile.vc
+  * cygwin + mingw/gcc | MSVC:   use ../configure
+
+    If you don't want to pay for the VC++ compiler, you can get Cygwin
+    from http://www.cygwin.com/.  mingw/gcc is the recommended Windows
+    gcc variant.
+
+    No other compilers are currently supported.
+    Please post your patches to	http://tix.sourceforge.net.
+   
+Customizing your build
+======================
+
+    The recommended method of customizing your build is to create a file
+    called "Makefile" in this directory. Set the MAKE variables that you
+    want to modify. Then, include the makefile.vc.
+
+    You can look at the top of the makefile for the variables that you can
+    modify.
+
+    For example, if you use VC++, and you want to change the version
+    of Tcl/Tk to build with, create a Makefile like this:
+
+    ------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # My own makefile ...
+    TCL_MAJOR 	= 8
+    TCL_MINOR 	= 4
+    TCL_PATCH 	= 7
+    !include "makefile.vc"
+    ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    The advantage of this method is you can reuse your customization
+    Makefile across different Tix source releases without doing the
+    same modifications again and again.
+
+Building the binaries
+=====================
+
+    + First, you need to download the Tcl/Tk sources and install them to
+      along with Tix inside the same directory. You can download Tcl/Tk from
+
+      http://www.tcl.tk/
+
+    + If you use VC++: build both Tcl and Tk using the win/makefile.vc
+      files that come with Tcl and Tk.
+
+    + If you use Cygwin, download the Tcl binary distribution of the
+      same version as the Tcl/Tk sources from
+      http://www.tcl.tk/ and install it on your PC.
+
+    + Create the customization Makefile for Tix as mentioned above.
+
+    + Execute your favorite MAKE program in this directory.
+      E.g., if you use VC++:
+
+        cd win
+        nmake
+
+      If you use Cygwin:
+
+        cd win
+        make
+
+    This should produce various .DLL and .EXE files in the Release or
+    Debug subdirectories.
+
+Testing your build
+==================
+
+    Run the following command in this directory to run the Tix
+    regression test suite.
+
+        nmake test              -- with VC++, or
+        make test               -- with Cygwin
+
+    Run the following command in this directory to run the Tix
+    widget demos.
+
+        nmake rundemos          -- with VC++, or
+        make rundemos           -- with Cygwin
+
+
+Installing Tix
+==============
+
+    The makefiles in this directory has a crude method of installing
+    Tix on your local machine. E.g.,
+
+        nmake install  
+
+    The default installation directory is C:\Tcl. You can customize this
+    location by setting the INSTALL_DIR variable in your customization
+    Makefile.
+
+    Nevertheless, if you're planning a wide distribution of Tix across
+    many PC's, you probably need to create an installer program or use
+    more advanced administrator tools.
+
+Using Tix in your Tcl scripts
+=============================
+
+    Once Tix is installed properly on your machine, simple execute the
+    "package require Tix" command in your Tcl scripts to access the
+    Tix features.
+
+    See the file ../demos/widget for examples.

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/example.vc6
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/example.vc6	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+
+# Where the Tcl and Tk. They must be in the same directory
+# If you want to run "nmake tests", this *must* be an absolute filename.
+
+SRC_ROOT	= ..\..
+
+# Set the TCL version. The TK version are assumed to be equal. The default
+# is 8.4.7.
+
+TCL_MAJOR	= 8
+TCL_MINOR	= 4
+TCL_PATCH	= 7
+
+# Uncomment the following if you had compiled Tcl with debugging symbols
+#TCL_DBGX	= d
+
+# Uncomment the following if you had compiled Tk with debugging symbols
+#TK_DBGX	= d
+
+# Comment this out if you don't want to compile with stubs
+USESTUBS	= 1
+
+# Comment this out if you want to compile with debugging symbols
+NODEBUG		= 1
+
+# Where to install Tix. By default it installs at the default Tcl 
+# installation directory C:\Tcl
+INSTALL_DIR             = C:\Progra~1\Tcl
+
+# TOOLS32     	= location of VC++ 32-bit development tools.
+# TOOLS32_rc  	= location of VC++ rc program
+#
+# Visual C++ 6.0
+#
+TOOLS32 	= c:\Program Files\Microsoft Visual Studio\VC98
+TOOLS32_rc 	= c:\Program Files\Microsoft Visual Studio\Common\MSDev98
+
+!include "makefile.vc"

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/make_pkgIndex.tcl
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/make_pkgIndex.tcl	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# make_pkgIndex.tcl
+#
+#       Creates a pkgIndex.tcl file for in the Windows installation
+#       directory
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# $Id: make_pkgIndex.tcl,v 1.3 2006/04/11 19:19:28 hobbs Exp $
+
+if {[llength $argv] != 3} {
+    puts "usage: $argv0 <pkgIndex.tcl> <tix dll name> <tix version>"
+    exit -1
+}
+
+set fd [open [lindex $argv 0] {WRONLY TRUNC CREAT}]
+puts -nonewline $fd "package ifneeded Tix [lindex $argv 2] "
+puts -nonewline $fd "\[list load \"\[file join \[file dirname "
+puts -nonewline $fd "\[file dirname \$dir\]\] bin "
+puts -nonewline $fd "[file tail [lindex $argv 1]]\]\" Tix\]"
+puts $fd ""
+puts -nonewline $fd "package ifneeded wm_default 1.0 "
+puts -nonewline $fd "\[list source \[file join \$dir pref WmDefault.tcl\]\]"
+puts $fd ""
+close $fd

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/makefile.vc
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/makefile.vc	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
+# -*- mode: makefile; fill-column: 75; tab-width: 8; coding: iso-latin-1-dos -*-
+# $Id: makefile.vc,v 1.20 2006/11/16 22:33:32 hobbs Exp $
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# makefile.vc --
+#
+#       Visual C++ 6.0 makefile for Tix.
+#
+#       This makefile builds the Tix DLL and EXE files. You can also
+#       use this makefile to install Tix in your local machine (see
+#       common.mak) for details.
+#
+#       This makefile requires Tcl/Tk versions 8.2 or later.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Tix Project Group.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and
+# redistribution of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#
+# XXX makefile.vc no longer maintained - it *may* work ... or not
+# XXX use the toplevel configure/make with msys or cygwin on Windows
+#
+
+######################################################################
+# Customization section:
+#
+#	Normally you shouldn't modify this file directory to customize
+#	the make procedure. See README.txt in this directory for a better
+#	way.
+#
+######################################################################
+
+# Where the Tcl and Tk. They must be in the same directory
+
+!IFNDEF SRC_ROOT
+SRC_ROOT	= ..\..
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set the TCL version. The TK version are assumed to be equal. The default
+# is 8.3.3.
+
+!IFNDEF TCL_MAJOR
+TCL_MAJOR	= 8
+!ENDIF
+!IFNDEF TCL_MINOR
+TCL_MINOR	= 4
+!ENDIF
+!IFNDEF TCL_PATCH
+TCL_PATCH	= 7
+!ENDIF
+
+TK_MAJOR	= $(TCL_MAJOR)
+TK_MINOR	= $(TCL_MINOR)
+TK_PATCH	= $(TCL_PATCH)
+
+# Uncomment the following if you had compiled Tcl with debugging symbols
+
+!IFNDEF TCL_DBGX
+#TCL_DBGX	= d
+!ENDIF
+
+# Uncomment the following if you had compiled Tk with debugging symbols
+
+!IFNDEF TK_DBGX
+#TK_DBGX	= d
+!ENDIF
+
+# TOOLS32     	= location of VC++ 32-bit development tools.
+# TOOLS32_rc  	= location of VC++ rc program
+
+!IFNDEF TOOLS32
+#
+# Visual C++ 6.0
+#
+TOOLS32 	= c:\Program Files\Microsoft Visual Studio\VC98
+TOOLS32_rc 	= c:\Program Files\Microsoft Visual Studio\Common\MSDev98
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this to the appropriate value of /MACHINE: for your platform
+
+!IFNDEF MACHINE
+MACHINE 	= IX86
+!ENDIF
+
+# Comment this out if you don't want to compile with stubs
+
+!IFNDEF USESTUBS
+USESTUBS	= 1
+!ENDIF
+
+# Comment this out if you want to compile with debugging symbols
+
+!IFNDEF NODEBUG
+NODEBUG		= 1
+!ENDIF
+
+# Where to install Tix. By default it installs at the default Tcl 
+# installation directory C:\Tcl
+
+!IFNDEF INSTALLDIR
+INSTALLDIR	= C:\Tcl
+!ENDIF
+
+
+######################################################################
+# Do not modify below this line
+######################################################################
+default:	all
+
+######################################################################
+# Development tool specific definitions
+######################################################################
+
+#
+# Build tools
+#
+
+cc32   		= "$(TOOLS32)\bin\cl.exe"
+link32 		= "$(TOOLS32)\bin\link.exe"
+include32 	= -I"$(TOOLS32)\include"
+
+RMDIR		= $(TCL_DIR)\win\rmd.bat
+MKDIR		= $(TCL_DIR)\win\mkd.bat
+RM		= del
+
+#
+# Link flags
+#
+
+!IF "$(NODEBUG)" == "1"
+ldebug 		= /RELEASE
+!ELSE
+ldebug 		= -debug:full -debugtype:cv
+!ENDIF
+
+# declarations common to all linker options
+lcommon 	= /NODEFAULTLIB /RELEASE /NOLOGO
+
+# declarations for use on Intel i386, i486, and Pentium systems
+!IF "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
+DLLENTRY 	= @12
+lflags	 	= $(lcommon) /MACHINE:$(MACHINE)
+!ELSE
+lflags	 	= $(lcommon) /MACHINE:$(MACHINE)
+!ENDIF
+
+dlllflags 	= $(lflags) -entry:_DllMainCRTStartup$(DLLENTRY) -dll
+
+baselibs   	= kernel32.lib $(optlibs) advapi32.lib user32.lib
+winlibs    	= $(baselibs) gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib
+
+#
+# Compile flags
+#
+
+# makefile.vc in Tk claims -O2 is buggy and so uses -Ot, so we do the same)
+
+!IF "$(NODEBUG)" == "1"
+optflags 	= -Oti -Gs -GD
+!ELSE
+optflags 	= -Od -Zi
+!ENDIF
+
+cvarsdll  	= -D_X86_=1 -DWIN32 -D_WIN32 -D_MT -D_DLL
+cflagsdll 	= $(cvarsdll) -c -W3 -nologo -Fp$(TMPDIR)\ -YX -MD \
+	          $(optflags)
+
+######################################################################
+# Project specific definitions
+######################################################################
+
+TIX_MAJOR	= 8
+TIX_MINOR	= 4
+TIX_PATCH	= 2
+
+ROOT            = ..
+WINDIR          = $(ROOT)\win
+GENERICDIR      = $(ROOT)\generic
+DOTVERSION      = $(TIX_MAJOR).$(TIX_MINOR).$(TIX_PATCH)
+
+#
+# Choose to build with stubs or not
+#
+
+!IF ("$(TCL_MAJOR)" == "8") && ("$(TCL_MINOR)" == "0")
+
+#
+# Tcl 8.0 does not support stubs
+#
+
+STUBS_CFLAGS	= 
+DLLDEPENDS	= $(TK_LIB) $(TCL_LIB) 
+
+!ELSE
+
+#
+# Tcl 8.1 or later support stubs
+#
+
+!IF "$(USESTUBS)" == "1"
+STUBS_CFLAGS	= -DUSE_TCL_STUBS=1 -DUSE_TK_STUBS=1
+DLLDEPENDS	= $(TK_STUBLIB) $(TCL_STUBLIB) 
+!ELSE
+STUBS_CFLAGS	=
+DLLDEPENDS	= $(TK_LIB) $(TCL_LIB) 
+!ENDIF
+
+!ENDIF
+
+#
+# Debugging options and where to output .obj and .dll files
+#
+
+!IF "$(NODEBUG)" == "1"
+DBGX    	=
+TMPDIR 		= Release
+!ELSE
+DBGX 		= d
+TMPDIR 		= Debug
+!ENDIF
+
+#
+# File and dir names for Tcl
+#
+
+!IF "$(TCL_DBGX)" != "d"
+TCL_TMPDIR	= Release
+!ELSE
+TCL_TMPDIR	= Debug
+!ENDIF
+
+!IF "$(TCL_PATCH)" == ""
+TCL_DIR		= $(SRC_ROOT)\tcl$(TCL_MAJOR).$(TCL_MINOR)
+TK_DIR		= $(SRC_ROOT)\tk$(TCL_MAJOR).$(TCL_MINOR)
+!ELSE
+TCL_DIR		= $(SRC_ROOT)\tcl$(TCL_MAJOR).$(TCL_MINOR).$(TCL_PATCH)
+TK_DIR		= $(SRC_ROOT)\tk$(TCL_MAJOR).$(TCL_MINOR)
+!ENDIF
+
+TCL_LIBDIR      = $(TCL_DIR)\win\$(TCL_TMPDIR)
+TCL_LIB  	= $(TCL_LIBDIR)\tcl$(TCL_MAJOR)$(TCL_MINOR)$(TCL_DBGX).lib
+TCL_DLL  	= $(TCL_LIBDIR)\tcl$(TCL_MAJOR)$(TCL_MINOR)$(TCL_DBGX).dll
+TCL_STUBLIB  	= $(TCL_LIBDIR)\tclstub$(TCL_MAJOR)$(TCL_MINOR)$(TCL_DBGX).lib
+TCLSH_EXE	= $(TCL_LIBDIR)\tclsh$(TCL_MAJOR)$(TCL_MINOR)$(TCL_DBGX).exe
+
+TK_LIBDIR       = $(TK_DIR)\win\$(TK_TMPDIR)
+TK_LIB  	= $(TK_LIBDIR)\tk$(TCL_MAJOR)$(TCL_MINOR)$(TCL_DBGX).lib
+TK_DLL  	= $(TK_LIBDIR)\tk$(TCL_MAJOR)$(TCL_MINOR)$(TCL_DBGX).dll
+
+#
+# File and dir names for Tk
+#
+
+!IF "$(TK_DBGX)" == "d"
+TK_TMPDIR	= Debug
+!ELSE
+TK_TMPDIR	= Release
+!ENDIF
+
+!IF "$(TK_PATCH)" == ""
+TK_DIR		= $(SRC_ROOT)\tk$(TK_MAJOR).$(TK_MINOR)
+!ELSE
+TK_DIR		= $(SRC_ROOT)\tk$(TK_MAJOR).$(TK_MINOR).$(TK_PATCH)
+!ENDIF
+
+TK_LIBDIR       = $(TK_DIR)\win\$(TK_TMPDIR)
+TK_LIB  	= $(TK_LIBDIR)\tk$(TK_MAJOR)$(TK_MINOR)$(TK_DBGX).lib
+TK_STUBLIB  	= $(TK_LIBDIR)\tkstub$(TK_MAJOR)$(TK_MINOR)$(TK_DBGX).lib
+
+#
+# File and dir names for Tix
+#
+
+TIX_LIB		= $(TMPDIR)\tix$(TIX_MAJOR)$(TIX_MINOR)$(DBGX).lib
+TIX_DLL		= $(TMPDIR)\tix$(TIX_MAJOR)$(TIX_MINOR)$(DBGX).dll
+TIX_PKGIDX	= $(TMPDIR)\pkgIndex.tcl.src
+
+TIX_DEFINES     = -D__WIN32__ 
+TIX_INCLUDES 	= $(include32) \
+		  -I$(ROOT)\win -I$(ROOT)\generic \
+		  -I$(TK_DIR)\generic -I$(TK_DIR)\win -I$(TK_DIR)\xlib \
+		  -I$(TCL_DIR)\generic -I$(TCL_DIR)\win
+TIX_CFLAGS      = $(cflagsdll) $(TIX_INCLUDES) $(TIX_DEFINES)
+
+######################################################################
+# Project specific targets
+######################################################################
+
+all: $(TMPDIR) $(TIX_DLL) $(TIX_PKGIDX)
+
+$(TMPDIR):
+        -$(MKDIR) $@
+
+#
+# Object files
+#
+
+TIX_DLL_OBJS = \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixClass.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixCmds.obj     \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixCompat.obj   \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixDiImg.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixDiITxt.obj   \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixDiStyle.obj  \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixDItem.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixDiText.obj   \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixDiWin.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixError.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixForm.obj     \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixFormMisc.obj \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixGeometry.obj \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixGrid.obj     \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixGrData.obj   \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixGrRC.obj     \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixGrFmt.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixGrSel.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixGrUtl.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixHLCol.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixHLHdr.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixHLInd.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixHList.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixImgCmp.obj   \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixImgXpm.obj   \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixInit.obj     \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixList.obj     \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixMethod.obj   \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixNBFrame.obj  \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixOption.obj   \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixSmpLs.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixScroll.obj   \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixTList.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixUtils.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixWCmpt.obj    \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixWidget.obj   \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixWinDraw.obj  \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixWinXpm.obj   \
+	$(TMPDIR)\tixWinWm.obj
+
+#
+# .EXE and .DLL files
+#
+
+# (ToDo) $(TIX_DLL) doesn't have resources to define its icon, etc.
+#
+$(TIX_DLL): $(TIX_DLL_OBJS)
+	$(link32) $(ldebug) $(dlllflags) $(DLLDEPENDS) $(winlibs) \
+		-out:$@ @<<
+			$(TIX_DLL_OBJS)
+<<
+
+$(TIX_PKGIDX): make_pkgIndex.tcl makefile.vc
+	set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_DIR)\library
+	$(TCLSH_EXE) make_pkgIndex.tcl $@ $(TIX_DLL) $(DOTVERSION)
+
+#
+# Implicit rules
+#
+
+{$(GENERICDIR)}.c{$(TMPDIR)}.obj:
+	$(cc32) $(TIX_CFLAGS) $(STUBS_CFLAGS) -DBUILD_tix -Fo$@ $<
+
+{$(WINDIR)}.c{$(TMPDIR)}.obj:
+	$(cc32) $(TIX_CFLAGS) $(STUBS_CFLAGS) -DBUILD_tix -Fo$@ $<
+
+######################################################################
+# Test:
+######################################################################
+oldtest:
+	set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_DIR)\library
+	set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_DIR)\library
+	@echo "===================================================="
+	@echo "running old-style tests"
+	@echo "===================================================="
+        $(TIX_EXE_C) ../tests/Driver.tcl
+
+newtest:
+	set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_DIR)\library
+	set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_DIR)\library
+	@echo "===================================================="
+	@echo "running new-style tests"
+	@echo "===================================================="
+	set TIX_LIBRARY=$(ROOT)\library
+        $(TIX_EXE_C) ..\tests\all.tcl
+
+copydlls::
+	copy /y $(TCL_DLL) $(TMPDIR)
+	copy /y $(TK_DLL) $(TMPDIR)
+
+test: copydlls oldtest newtest
+tests: copydlls  oldtest newtest
+
+rundemos:
+	set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_DIR)\library
+	set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_DIR)\library
+	set TIX_LIBRARY=$(ROOT)\library
+        $(WISH) ..\demos\widget
+
+######################################################################
+# Clean up
+######################################################################
+
+clean:
+	-del $(TIX_LIB)
+	-del $(TIX_DLL)
+	-del $(TIX_PKGIDX)
+	-del $(TMPDIR)\*.obj
+	-del $(TMPDIR)\*.exp
+	-del $(TMPDIR)\*.res
+	-del $(TMPDIR)\*.def
+	-del $(TMPDIR)\*.pch
+	-del $(TMPDIR)\*.pdb
+	-del $(TMPDIR)\*.lib
+	-del *.pdb
+
+######################################################################
+# Install
+######################################################################
+
+LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(INSTALL_DIR)\lib\tix$(DOTVERSION)
+INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(INSTALL_DIR)\include
+
+install: all
+	-@$(MKDIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
+	@echo installing $(TIX_DLL)
+	@copy "$(TIX_DLL)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
+	@echo installing $(TIX_LIB)
+	@copy "$(TIX_LIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
+	@echo installing library files
+	-@$(MKDIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
+	-@$(MKDIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\pref"
+	-@$(MKDIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\bitmaps"
+	-@$(MKDIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\demos"
+	-@$(MKDIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\bitmaps"
+	-@$(MKDIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\samples"
+	xcopy "$(ROOT)\library"          "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
+	 copy "$(TIX_PKGIDX)"            "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl"
+	xcopy "$(ROOT)\library\pref"     "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\pref"
+	xcopy "$(ROOT)\library\bitmaps"  "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\bitmaps"
+	xcopy "$(ROOT)\demos"            "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\demos"
+	xcopy "$(ROOT)\demos\samples"    "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\samples"
+	xcopy "$(ROOT)\demos\bitmaps"    "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\bitmaps"
+

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWCmpt.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWCmpt.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixWCmpt.c,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/* 
+ * tixWCmpt.c --
+ *
+ *	Windows compatibility module: implements missing functions in Windows.
+ */
+
+#include <tixPort.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DllEntryPoint --
+ *
+ *	This wrapper function is used by Windows to invoke the
+ *	initialization code for the DLL.  If we are compiling
+ *	with Visual C++, this routine will be renamed to DllMain.
+ *	routine.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns TRUE;
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+BOOL APIENTRY
+DllEntryPoint(hInst, reason, reserved)
+    HINSTANCE hInst;		/* Library instance handle. */
+    DWORD reason;		/* Reason this function is being called. */
+    LPVOID reserved;		/* Not used. */
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinDefault.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinDefault.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/*
+ * tixWinDefault.h --
+ *
+ *	This file defines the defaults for all options for all of
+ *	the Tix widgets.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixWinDefault.h,v 1.3 2000/12/24 06:48:27 ioilam Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef TIX_WIN_DEFAULT
+#define TIX_WIN_DEFAULT
+
+#define CTL_BOLD_FONT                   "{MS Sans Serif} 8 bold"
+#define TIX_EDITOR_BG                   "SystemWindow"
+#define TIX_BORDER_WIDTH                "2"
+#define TIX_HIGHLIGHT_THICKNESS         "0"
+
+/*
+ * Compound image
+ */
+#define DEF_CMPIMAGE_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_CMPIMAGE_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_CMPIMAGE_FG_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_CMPIMAGE_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_CMPIMAGE_FONT	        CTL_FONT
+
+/*
+ * tixHList widget
+ */
+#define DEF_HLIST_BG_COLOR		TIX_EDITOR_BG
+#define DEF_HLIST_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_HLIST_BORDER_WIDTH		TIX_BORDER_WIDTH
+#define DEF_HLIST_BROWSE_COMMAND	""
+#define DEF_HLIST_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_HLIST_COLUMNS		"1"
+#define DEF_HLIST_CURSOR		""
+#define DEF_HLIST_DISPLAY_MODE		"tree"
+#define DEF_HLIST_DRAG_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_HLIST_DRAW_BRANCH		"true"
+#define DEF_HLIST_DROP_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_HLIST_FONT	      		CTL_FONT
+#define DEF_HLIST_FG_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_HLIST_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_HLIST_HEADER		"0"
+#define DEF_HLIST_HEIGHT		"10"
+#define DEF_HLIST_HIGHLIGHT_COLOR	BLACK
+#define DEF_HLIST_HIGHLIGHT_MONO	BLACK
+#define DEF_HLIST_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	TIX_HIGHLIGHT_THICKNESS
+#define DEF_HLIST_RELIEF		"sunken"
+#define DEF_HLIST_ORIENT		"vertical"
+#define DEF_HLIST_PADX			"2"
+#define DEF_HLIST_PADY			"2"
+#define DEF_HLIST_GAP			"5"
+#define DEF_HLIST_INDENT		"10"
+#define DEF_HLIST_INDICATOR		"0"
+#define DEF_HLIST_INDICATOR_CMD		""
+#define DEF_HLIST_ITEM_TYPE		"text"
+#define DEF_HLIST_SELECT_BG_COLOR	SELECT_BG
+#define DEF_HLIST_SELECT_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
+#define DEF_HLIST_SELECT_BG_MONO	BLACK
+#define DEF_HLIST_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
+#define DEF_HLIST_SELECT_MODE		"browse"
+#define DEF_HLIST_SELECT_BORDERWIDTH	"0"
+#define DEF_HLIST_SEPARATOR		"."
+#define DEF_HLIST_SIZE_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_HLIST_TAKE_FOCUS 		"1"
+#define DEF_HLIST_WIDTH			"20"
+#define DEF_HLIST_WIDE_SELECT		"true"
+#define DEF_HLIST_Y_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
+#define DEF_HLIST_X_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
+
+/*
+ * HList Entry
+ */
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_BITMAP	 ""
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_DATA	 ""
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_GAP	 "4"
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_IMAGE	 ""
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_JUSTIFY	 "left"
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_NAME	 ""
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_PADX	 "2"
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_PADY	 "2"
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_STATE	 "normal"
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_TEXT	 ""
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_UNDERLINE "-1"
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_WIDGET	 ""
+#define DEF_HLISTENTRY_WLENGTH	 "0"
+
+/*
+ * HList Entry
+ */
+#define DEF_HLISTHEADER_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_HLISTHEADER_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_HLISTHEADER_BORDER_WIDTH	TIX_BORDER_WIDTH
+#define DEF_HLISTHEADER_RELIEF		"raised"
+
+/*
+ * tixNBFrame widget
+ */
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_INACTIVE_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_INACTIVE_BG_MONO	WHITE
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_BACKPAGE_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_BACKPAGE_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_FOCUS_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_FOCUS_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_BORDER_WIDTH		TIX_BORDER_WIDTH
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_CURSOR		""
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_FONT	      		CTL_FONT
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_FG_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_RELIEF		"raised"
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_SLAVE			"1"
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_TAKE_FOCUS		"1"
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_WIDTH			"10"
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_TABPADX		"5"
+#define DEF_NOTEBOOKFRAME_TABPADY		"2"
+
+/*
+ * tixTList.h
+ */
+#define DEF_TLIST_BG_COLOR			TIX_EDITOR_BG
+#define DEF_TLIST_BG_MONO			WHITE
+#define DEF_TLIST_BORDER_WIDTH			TIX_BORDER_WIDTH
+#define DEF_TLIST_BROWSE_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_TLIST_COMMAND			""
+#define DEF_TLIST_CURSOR			""
+#define DEF_TLIST_FONT	      			CTL_FONT
+#define DEF_TLIST_FG_COLOR			BLACK
+#define DEF_TLIST_FG_MONO			BLACK
+#define DEF_TLIST_HEIGHT			"10"
+#define DEF_TLIST_HIGHLIGHT_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_TLIST_HIGHLIGHT_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_TLIST_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH		TIX_HIGHLIGHT_THICKNESS
+#define DEF_TLIST_ITEM_TYPE			"text"
+#define DEF_TLIST_RELIEF			"sunken"
+#define DEF_TLIST_ORIENT			"vertical"
+#define DEF_TLIST_PADX				"2"
+#define DEF_TLIST_PADY				"2"
+#define DEF_TLIST_SELECT_BG_COLOR		SELECT_BG
+#define DEF_TLIST_SELECT_FG_COLOR		SELECT_FG
+#define DEF_TLIST_SELECT_BG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_TLIST_SELECT_FG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_TLIST_SELECT_MODE			"browse"
+#define DEF_TLIST_SELECT_BORDERWIDTH		"0"
+#define DEF_TLIST_STATE				"normal"
+#define DEF_TLIST_SIZE_COMMAND			""
+#define DEF_TLIST_TAKE_FOCUS 			"1"
+#define DEF_TLIST_WIDTH				"20"
+#define DEF_TLIST_Y_SCROLL_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_TLIST_X_SCROLL_COMMAND		""
+
+/*
+ * Grid widget
+ */
+#define DEF_GRID_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_GRID_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_GRID_BORDER_WIDTH		TIX_BORDER_WIDTH
+#define DEF_GRID_BROWSE_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_GRID_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_GRID_CURSOR			""
+#define DEF_GRID_DEFAULT_WIDTH		"40"
+#define DEF_GRID_DEFAULT_HEIGHT		"20"
+#define DEF_GRID_EDITDONE_COMMAND	""
+#define DEF_GRID_EDITNOTIFY_COMMAND	""
+#define DEF_GRID_FLOATING_ROWS		"0"
+#define DEF_GRID_FLOATING_COLS		"0"
+#define DEF_GRID_FONT	      	        CTL_FONT
+#define DEF_GRID_FG_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_GRID_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_GRID_FORMAT_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_GRID_HEIGHT			"10"
+#define DEF_GRID_HIGHLIGHT_COLOR	BLACK
+#define DEF_GRID_HIGHLIGHT_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_GRID_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	TIX_HIGHLIGHT_THICKNESS
+#define DEF_GRID_LEFT_MARGIN		"1"
+#define DEF_GRID_ITEM_TYPE		"text"
+#define DEF_GRID_RELIEF			"sunken"
+#define DEF_GRID_PADX			"2"
+#define DEF_GRID_PADY			"2"
+#define DEF_GRID_SELECT_BG_COLOR	SELECT_BG
+#define DEF_GRID_SELECT_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
+#define DEF_GRID_SELECT_BG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_GRID_SELECT_FG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_GRID_SELECT_MODE		"single"
+#define DEF_GRID_SELECT_UNIT		"row"
+#define DEF_GRID_SELECT_BORDERWIDTH	"0"
+#define DEF_GRID_STATE			"normal"
+#define DEF_GRID_SIZE_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_GRID_TAKE_FOCUS 		"1"
+#define DEF_GRID_TOP_MARGIN		"1"
+#define DEF_GRID_WIDTH			"4"
+#define DEF_GRID_Y_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
+#define DEF_GRID_X_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * default options for Text Display Items/Styles
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#define DEF_TEXTITEM_STYLE	 ""
+#define DEF_TEXTITEM_TEXT	 ""
+#define DEF_TEXTITEM_UNDERLINE	 "-1"
+#define DEF_TEXTITEM_TYPE	 "text"
+
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_FG_COLOR		NORMAL_FG
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_BG_COLOR		TIX_EDITOR_BG
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_NORMAL_BG_MONO		WHITE
+
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR		NORMAL_FG
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR		ACTIVE_BG
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
+
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_FG_COLOR		SELECT_FG
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_FG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_BG_COLOR		SELECT_BG
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_SELECTED_BG_MONO		BLACK
+
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_FG_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_BG_COLOR		TIX_EDITOR_BG
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_DISABLED_BG_MONO		WHITE
+
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_PADX			"2"
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_PADY			"2"
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_FONT	                CTL_FONT
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_JUSTIFY			"left"
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_WLENGTH			"0"
+#define DEF_TEXTSTYLE_ANCHOR			"w"
+
+#endif /* TIX_WIN_DEFAULT */

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinDraw.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinDraw.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
+/*
+ * tixWinDraw.c --
+ *
+ *	Implement the Windows specific function calls for drawing.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Ioi Kim Lam.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000      Tix Project Group.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ * $Id: tixWinDraw.c,v 1.5 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <tkWinInt.h>
+#include <tixInt.h>
+#include <tixPort.h>
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixpDrawTmpLine --
+ *
+ *	Draws a "temporarily" line on the desktop window with XOR
+ *	drawing mode. This function is used by the PanedWindow and
+ *	ResizeHandler to draw the rubberband lines. Calling the
+ *	function again with the same parameters cancels the temporary
+ *	lines without affecting what was originally on the screen.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      None
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpDrawTmpLine(x1, y1, x2, y2, tkwin)
+    int x1;
+    int y1;
+    int x2;
+    int y2;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+{
+    HWND desktop;
+    HDC hdc;
+    HPEN hpen;
+    HGDIOBJ old;
+
+    desktop = GetDesktopWindow();
+    hdc = GetWindowDC(desktop);
+    hpen = CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 0, RGB(255,255,255));
+
+    old = SelectObject(hdc, hpen);
+    SetROP2(hdc, R2_XORPEN);
+
+    MoveToEx(hdc, x1, y1, NULL);
+    LineTo(hdc, x2, y2);
+
+    SelectObject(hdc, old);
+    DeleteObject(hpen);
+    ReleaseDC(desktop, hdc);	
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixpDrawAnchorLines --
+ *
+ *	See comments near Tix_DrawAnchorLines in tixUtils.c.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      None
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpDrawAnchorLines(display, drawable, gc, x, y, w, h)
+    Display *display;
+    Drawable drawable;
+    GC gc;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int w;
+    int h;
+{
+    HDC hdc;
+    TkWinDCState state;
+    RECT rect;
+
+    if (w < 2 || h < 2) {
+        /*
+         * Area too small to show effect. Don't bother
+         */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state);
+    rect.left   = x;
+    rect.top    = y;
+    rect.right  = x+w;
+    rect.bottom = y+h;
+    DrawFocusRect(hdc, &rect);
+    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(drawable, hdc, &state);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixpStartSubRegionDraw --
+ *
+ *      This function is used by the Tix DItem code to implement
+ *      clipped rendering -- if a DItem is larger than the region
+ *      where the DItem is displayed (with the Tix_DItemDisplay
+ *      function), we clip the DItem so that all the rendering
+ *      happens inside the region.
+ *
+ *      This Win32 implementation is tricky (which explains why the
+ *      TixpSubRegDrawXXX API looks so arcane.) Tk does not support
+ *      a portable API for setting the clip region of a GC. We could
+ *      hack into Tk's Win32 implementation of GC to get the clipping
+ *      to work, but that may run into future incompatibilities.
+ *
+ *      For a clean and (almost) portable, albeit a bit slow,
+ *      implemetation of clipping, we allocate a pixmap when clipping
+ *      is required. All subsequent drawing goes into this
+ *      pixmap. When TixpEndSubRegionDraw is called we then copy from
+ *      the pixmap back to the destination drawable.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      A Tk pixmap may be created and saved into subRegPtr->pixmap in
+ *      for the clipped drawing operations.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpStartSubRegionDraw(display, drawable, gc, subRegPtr, origX, origY,
+	x, y, width, height, needWidth, needHeight)
+    Display *display;
+    Drawable drawable;
+    GC gc;
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;
+    int origX;
+    int origY;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int width;
+    int height;
+    int needWidth;
+    int needHeight;
+{
+    TkWinDrawable * wdrPtr;
+    int depth;
+
+    if ((width < needWidth) || (height < needHeight)) {
+	subRegPtr->origX  = origX;
+	subRegPtr->origY  = origY;
+	subRegPtr->x	  = x;
+	subRegPtr->y	  = y;
+	subRegPtr->width  = width;
+	subRegPtr->height = height;
+
+	/*
+	 * Find out the depth of the drawable and create a pixmap of
+	 * the same depth.
+	 */
+
+	wdrPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)drawable;
+	if (wdrPtr->type == TWD_BITMAP) {
+	    depth = wdrPtr->bitmap.depth;
+	} else {
+	    depth = wdrPtr->window.winPtr->depth;
+	}
+
+	subRegPtr->pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, drawable, width, height,
+		depth);
+
+	if (subRegPtr->pixmap != None) {
+	    /*
+	     * It could be None if we have somehow exhausted the Windows
+	     * GDI resources.
+	     */
+	    XCopyArea(display, drawable, subRegPtr->pixmap, gc, x, y,
+		    (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height, 0, 0);
+	}
+    } else {
+	subRegPtr->pixmap = None;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixpEndSubRegionDraw --
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpEndSubRegionDraw(display, drawable, gc, subRegPtr)
+    Display *display;
+    Drawable drawable;
+    GC gc;
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;
+{
+    if (subRegPtr->pixmap != None) {
+	XCopyArea(display, subRegPtr->pixmap, drawable, gc, 0, 0,
+		(unsigned) subRegPtr->width, (unsigned) subRegPtr->height,
+		subRegPtr->x, subRegPtr->y);
+	Tk_FreePixmap(display, subRegPtr->pixmap);
+	subRegPtr->pixmap = None;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+TixpSubRegSetClip(display, subRegPtr, gc)
+    Display *display;
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;
+    GC gc;
+{
+    /* Do nothing */
+}
+
+void
+TixpSubRegUnsetClip(display, subRegPtr, gc)
+    Display *display;
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;
+    GC gc;
+{
+    /* Do nothing */
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixpSubRegDisplayText --
+ *
+ *	Display a text string on one or more lines in a sub region.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	See TkDisplayText
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See TkDisplayText
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpSubRegDisplayText(display, drawable, gc, subRegPtr, font, string,
+	numChars, x, y,	length, justify, underline)
+    Display *display;		/* X display to use for drawing text. */
+    Drawable drawable;		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw the
+				 * text. */
+    GC gc;			/* Graphics context to use for drawing text. */
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;	/* Information about the subregion */
+    TixFont font;		/* Font that determines geometry of text
+				 * (should be same as font in gc). */
+    CONST84 char *string;	/* String to display;  may contain embedded
+				 * newlines. */
+    int numChars;		/* Number of characters to use from string. */
+    int x, y;			/* Pixel coordinates within drawable of
+				 * upper left corner of display area. */
+    int length;			/* Line length in pixels;  used to compute
+				 * word wrap points and also for
+				 * justification.   Must be > 0. */
+    Tk_Justify justify;		/* How to justify lines. */
+    int underline;		/* Index of character to underline, or < 0
+				 * for no underlining. */
+{
+    if (subRegPtr->pixmap != None) {
+	TixDisplayText(display, subRegPtr->pixmap, font, string,
+		numChars, x - subRegPtr->x, y - subRegPtr->y,
+		length, justify, underline, gc);
+    } else {
+	TixDisplayText(display, drawable, font, string,
+		numChars, x, y,	length, justify, underline, gc);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixpSubRegFillRectangle --
+ *
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpSubRegFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, subRegPtr, x, y, width, height)
+    Display *display;		/* X display to use for drawing rectangle. */
+    Drawable drawable;		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw the
+				 * rectangle. */
+    GC gc;			/* Graphics context to use for drawing. */
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;	/* Information about the subregion */
+    int x, y;			/* Pixel coordinates within drawable of
+				 * upper left corner of display area. */
+    int width, height;		/* Size of the rectangle. */
+{
+    if (subRegPtr->pixmap != None) {
+	XFillRectangle(display, subRegPtr->pixmap, gc,
+		x - subRegPtr->x, y - subRegPtr->y, width, height);
+    } else {
+	XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, x, y, width, height);
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixpSubRegDrawImage	--
+ *
+ *	Draws a Tk image in a subregion.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpSubRegDrawImage(subRegPtr, image, imageX, imageY, width, height,
+	drawable, drawableX, drawableY)
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;
+    Tk_Image image;
+    int imageX;
+    int imageY;
+    int width;
+    int height;
+    Drawable drawable;
+    int drawableX;
+    int drawableY;
+{
+    Drawable dest;
+
+    if (subRegPtr->pixmap != None) {
+        dest = subRegPtr->pixmap;
+        drawableX -= subRegPtr->x;
+        drawableY -= subRegPtr->y;
+    } else {
+        dest = drawable;
+    }
+
+    Tk_RedrawImage(image, imageX, imageY, width, height, dest,
+	    drawableX, drawableY);
+}
+
+void
+TixpSubRegDrawBitmap(display, drawable, gc, subRegPtr, bitmap, src_x, src_y,
+	width, height, dest_x, dest_y, plane)
+    Display *display;
+    Drawable drawable;
+    GC gc;
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;
+    Pixmap bitmap;
+    int src_x, src_y;
+    int width, height;
+    int dest_x, dest_y;
+    unsigned long plane;
+{
+    XSetClipOrigin(display, gc, dest_x, dest_y);
+    if (subRegPtr->pixmap != None) {
+	XCopyPlane(display, bitmap, subRegPtr->pixmap, gc, src_x, src_y,
+		width, height, dest_x - subRegPtr->x, dest_y - subRegPtr->y,
+		plane);
+    } else {
+	XCopyPlane(display, bitmap, drawable, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height,
+	        dest_x, dest_y, plane);
+    }
+    XSetClipOrigin(display, gc, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TixpSubRegDrawAnchorLines --
+ *
+ *	Draw anchor lines inside the given sub region.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      None
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpSubRegDrawAnchorLines(display, drawable, gc, subRegPtr, x, y, w, h)
+    Display *display;           /* Display to draw on. */
+    Drawable drawable;          /* Drawable to draw on. */
+    GC gc;                      /* Use the foreground color of this GC. */
+    TixpSubRegion * subRegPtr;  /* Describes the subregion. */
+    int x;                      /* x pos of top-left corner of anchor rect */
+    int y;                      /* y pos of top-left corner of anchor rect */
+    int w;                      /* width of anchor rect */
+    int h;                      /* height of anchor rect */
+{
+    Drawable dest;
+
+    if (subRegPtr->pixmap != None) {
+        dest = subRegPtr->pixmap;
+        x -= subRegPtr->x;
+        y -= subRegPtr->y;
+    } else {
+        dest = drawable;
+    }
+
+    TixpDrawAnchorLines(display, dest, gc, x, y, w, h);
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinInt.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinInt.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixWinInt.h,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:55 idiscovery Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixWinInt.h
+ *
+ *	Internal header file for Tix on the Windows platform.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TIX_WIN_INT_H_
+#define _TIX_WIN_INT_H_
+
+#ifndef _TIX_INT_H_
+#include "tixInt.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _TIX_WIN_INT_H_ */

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinPort.h
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinPort.h	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixWinPort.h,v 1.3 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixWinPort.h --
+ *
+ *	This header file handles porting issues that occur because of
+ *	differences between systems.  It reads in platform specific
+ *	portability files.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TIX_WINPORT_H_
+#define _TIX_WINPORT_H_
+
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/timeb.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <io.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+
+struct _TixpSubRegion {
+    Pixmap pixmap;
+    int origX, origY;
+    int x, y;
+    int width, height;
+};
+
+typedef unsigned char UNSIGNED_CHAR;
+
+#endif /* _TIX_WINPORT_H_ */

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinWm.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinWm.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixWinWm.c,v 1.1.1.1 2000/05/17 11:08:55 idiscovery Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixWinWm.c --
+ *
+ *	Functions related to window management that are specific to
+ *	the Windows platform
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "tixWinInt.h"
+
+int
+TixpSetWindowParent(interp, tkwin, newParent, parentId)
+    Tcl_Interp * interp;
+    Tk_Window tkwin;
+    Tk_Window newParent;
+    int parentId;
+{
+    return TCL_OK;
+}

Added: external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinXpm.c
==============================================================================
--- (empty file)
+++ external/tix-8.4.2.x/win/tixWinXpm.c	Tue Mar 18 19:38:59 2008
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+
+/*	$Id: tixWinXpm.c,v 1.2 2004/03/28 02:44:57 hobbs Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * tixWinImgXpm.c --
+ *
+ *	Implement the Windows specific function calls for the pixmap
+ *	image type.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, Expert Interface Technologies
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <tkWinInt.h>
+#include <tix.h>
+#include <tixImgXpm.h>
+
+typedef struct PixmapData {
+    HDC bitmapDC;               /* Bitmap used on Windows platforms */
+    HDC maskDC;                 /* Mask used on Windows platforms */
+    HBITMAP bitmap, bitmapOld;
+    HBITMAP maskBm, maskBmOld;
+} PixmapData;
+
+static void		CopyTransparent _ANSI_ARGS_((Display* display,
+			    HDC srcDC, Drawable dest,
+			    int src_x, int src_y, int width,
+			    int height, int dest_x, int dest_y,
+			    HDC maskDC));
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixpInitPixmapInstance --
+ *
+ *	Initializes the platform-specific data of a pixmap instance
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TixpInitPixmapInstance(masterPtr, instancePtr)
+    PixmapMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
+    PixmapInstance *instancePtr;/* The pixmap instance. */
+{
+    PixmapData * dataPtr;
+
+    dataPtr = (PixmapData *)ckalloc(sizeof(PixmapData));
+    dataPtr->maskDC = NULL;
+    dataPtr->bitmapDC = NULL;
+
+    instancePtr->clientData = (ClientData)dataPtr;
+}
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixpXpmAllocTmpBuffer --
+ *
+ *	Allocate a temporary space to draw the image.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TixpXpmAllocTmpBuffer(masterPtr, instancePtr, imagePtr, maskPtr)
+    PixmapMaster * masterPtr;
+    PixmapInstance * instancePtr;
+    XImage ** imagePtr;
+    XImage ** maskPtr;
+{
+    XImage * image = NULL;		/* Unused. Always return NULL. */
+    XImage * mask;
+    Display *display = Tk_Display(instancePtr->tkwin);
+    int depth;
+    int maskSize;
+    int i;
+    int wordBits  = sizeof(WORD)*8;		/* # of bits in WORD */
+    int wordBytes = sizeof(WORD)/sizeof(char);	/* # of bytes in WORD */
+    int words_per_line;
+
+    depth = Tk_Depth(instancePtr->tkwin);
+
+    instancePtr->pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display,
+	Tk_WindowId(instancePtr->tkwin),
+	masterPtr->size[0], masterPtr->size[1], depth);
+
+    mask = (XImage*)ckalloc(sizeof(XImage));
+
+    mask->width = masterPtr->size[0];
+    mask->height = masterPtr->size[1];
+
+    /*
+     * In Windows, each scan line in the the mask data must be aligned
+     * to words. The padding bits must be zero'ed.
+     */
+    words_per_line = (mask->width + (wordBits-1))/wordBits;
+    mask->bytes_per_line = words_per_line * wordBytes;
+
+    maskSize = mask->bytes_per_line  * mask->height;
+    mask->data = (char *)ckalloc(maskSize);
+    for (i=0; i<maskSize; i++) {
+	mask->data[i] = 0;
+    }
+
+    *imagePtr = image;
+    *maskPtr = mask;
+}
+
+
+void
+TixpXpmFreeTmpBuffer(masterPtr, instancePtr, image, mask)
+    PixmapMaster * masterPtr;
+    PixmapInstance * instancePtr;
+    XImage * image;
+    XImage * mask;
+{
+    if (image) {
+	ckfree((char*)image->data);
+	image->data = NULL;
+	XDestroyImage(image);
+    }
+    if (mask) {
+	ckfree((char*)mask->data);
+	mask->data = NULL;
+	ckfree((char*)mask);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixpXpmSetPixel --
+ *
+ *	Sets the pixel at the given (x,y) coordinate to be the given
+ *	color.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TixpXpmSetPixel(instancePtr, image, mask, x, y, colorPtr, isTranspPtr)
+    PixmapInstance * instancePtr;
+    XImage * image;
+    XImage * mask;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    XColor * colorPtr;
+    int * isTranspPtr;
+{
+    char * p;
+    int n;
+    GC gc;
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+    Display *display = Tk_Display(instancePtr->tkwin);
+
+    if (colorPtr != NULL) {
+	gcValues.foreground = colorPtr->pixel;
+	gc = Tk_GetGC(instancePtr->tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
+	XDrawRectangle(display, instancePtr->pixmap, gc, x, y, 1, 1);
+	Tk_FreeGC(display, gc);
+    }
+
+    p = mask->data;
+    p+= y*(mask->bytes_per_line);
+    p+= x/8;
+    n = x%8;
+
+    if (colorPtr != NULL) {
+	*p |=  (1 << (7-n));
+    } else {
+	*p &= ~(1 << (7-n));
+	*isTranspPtr = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TixpXpmRealizePixmap --
+ *
+ *	On Unix: 	Create the pixmap from the buffer.
+ *	On Windows:	Free the mask if there are no transparent pixels.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TixpXpmRealizePixmap(masterPtr, instancePtr, image, mask, isTransp)
+    PixmapMaster * masterPtr;
+    PixmapInstance * instancePtr;
+    XImage * image;
+    XImage * mask;
+{
+    Display *display = Tk_Display(instancePtr->tkwin);
+    PixmapData *dataPtr = (PixmapData*)instancePtr->clientData;
+    HDC dc, bitmapDC;
+    TkWinDCState dcState;
+    HBITMAP bitmap, bitmapOld;
+    int w, h;
+
+    w = masterPtr->size[0];
+    h = masterPtr->size[1];
+
+    dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, instancePtr->pixmap, &dcState);
+    bitmapDC = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
+
+    bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, w, h);
+    bitmapOld = SelectObject(bitmapDC, bitmap);
+
+    BitBlt(bitmapDC, 0, 0, w, h, dc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
+
+    if (isTransp) {
+	HDC maskDC;
+	HBITMAP maskBm, maskBmOld;
+
+	/*
+	 * There are transparent pixels. We need a mask.
+	 */
+	maskDC = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
+	maskBm = CreateBitmap(w, h, 1, 1, (CONST VOID*)mask->data);
+	maskBmOld = SelectObject(maskDC, maskBm);
+
+	BitBlt(bitmapDC, 0, 0, w, h, maskDC, 0, 0, SRCAND);
+	BitBlt(maskDC,   0, 0, w, h, maskDC, 0, 0, NOTSRCCOPY);
+
+	dataPtr->maskDC = maskDC;
+	dataPtr->maskBm = maskBm;
+	dataPtr->maskBmOld = maskBmOld;
+    } else {
+	dataPtr->maskDC = NULL;
+    }
+    dataPtr->bitmapDC = bitmapDC;
+    dataPtr->bitmap = bitmap;
+    dataPtr->bitmapOld = bitmapOld;
+    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(instancePtr->pixmap, dc, &dcState);
+}
+
+void
+TixpXpmFreeInstanceData(instancePtr, delete, display)
+    PixmapInstance *instancePtr;	/* Pixmap instance. */
+    int delete;				/* Should the instance data structure
+					 * be deleted as well? */
+    Display * display;			/* Unused on Windows. */
+{
+    PixmapData *dataPtr = (PixmapData*)instancePtr->clientData;
+
+    if (dataPtr->maskDC != NULL) {
+	DeleteObject(SelectObject(dataPtr->maskDC,
+	    dataPtr->maskBmOld));
+	DeleteDC(dataPtr->maskDC);
+	dataPtr->maskDC = NULL;
+    }
+    if (dataPtr->bitmapDC != NULL) {
+	DeleteObject(SelectObject(dataPtr->bitmapDC,
+	    dataPtr->bitmapOld));
+	DeleteDC(dataPtr->bitmapDC);
+	dataPtr->bitmapDC = NULL;
+    }
+    if (delete) {
+	ckfree((char*)dataPtr);
+	instancePtr->clientData = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+TixpXpmDisplay(clientData, display, drawable, imageX, imageY, width,
+	height, drawableX, drawableY)
+    ClientData clientData;	/* Pointer to PixmapInstance structure for
+				 * for instance to be displayed. */
+    Display *display;		/* Display on which to draw image. */
+    Drawable drawable;		/* Pixmap or window in which to draw image. */
+    int imageX, imageY;		/* Upper-left corner of region within image
+				 * to draw. */
+    int width, height;		/* Dimensions of region within image to draw.*/
+    int drawableX, drawableY;	/* Coordinates within drawable that
+				 * correspond to imageX and imageY. */
+{
+    PixmapInstance *instancePtr = (PixmapInstance *) clientData;
+    PixmapData *dataPtr = (PixmapData*)instancePtr->clientData;
+
+    CopyTransparent(display, dataPtr->bitmapDC, drawable,
+	imageX, imageY, width, height,
+	drawableX, drawableY, dataPtr->maskDC);
+}
+
+static void
+CopyTransparent(display, srcDC, dest, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x,
+        dest_y,	maskDC)
+    Display* display;
+    HDC srcDC;
+    Drawable dest;
+    int src_x;
+    int src_y;
+    int width;
+    int height;
+    int dest_x;
+    int dest_y;
+    HDC maskDC;
+{
+    HDC destDC;
+    TkWinDCState destState;
+
+    destDC = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, dest, &destState);
+
+    if (maskDC) {
+	BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, width, height, maskDC, src_x, src_y,
+	    SRCAND);
+	BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, width, height, srcDC, src_x, src_y,
+	    SRCPAINT);
+    } else {
+	BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, width, height, srcDC, src_x, src_y,
+	    SRCCOPY);
+    }
+
+    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(dest, destDC, &destState);
+}
+
